LINK·BELT

MATERIALS HANDLING
AND PROCESSING
.
1 EQUIPMENT
CATALOG 1000

L INK • BELT COMPANY

Copyright 1958 by Unk-hlt Company

t--t--t-----+-4-- - --
 S Al!; - /- L - /-.e
lntroduction, page 2
Industries served, page 1O

.Bu.l k
\.
handling, page 34

catalog 1000 •
unloading, page 38
hQIJloge mochines 41, cor shokers 50, cor dumpers 52, power
unlooding scoops 60, boxear unlooders 62, hydroulic truck dumper 68,
receiving hoppers 70, goles ond volves 73

AND feeding, page 84

opron feeders 117, belt feeders 96, reciprocoting feeders 98,
vibrotory feed~rs 100, grovimetric weigh feeders 106, mechonicol
vibroting feeders 108, bar flight feeders 11 O, screw feeders 11 2,
rotory table feeders 116, rolory plow feeders 119,

EQUIPMENT rotory vone feeders 122

conveying and elevating, page 1 23

belt conveyors 127, oscilloting conveyors 236, opron conveyors 248 ,
screw conveyors 259, flight conveyors 294, wide choin drog
conveyors 301, Sidekor·Korrier 302, circular corrier 304,
weigh lorries 306, bucket elevotors 307, skip hoisls 352,
Bulk-Flo 357, Rotor·lift 371 , grovity-dischorge
conveyor-elevotors 373, Peck corrier 376
M.ARCONA Ml~lNO Co.
r: n: t~ .b:I V M:U

1963 Processing equipment, page 386

PLANT MAINT. SUPT. icing equipment 389, dryers ond coolers 396, vibroting screens 405,
revolving screens 421, seporotors, clossifiers ond woshers 423,
troveling water screens 429, water, sewoge, ond industrial
woste treotment 437, cool preporotion equipment 453,
cool crushers 462, foundry equipment 470

Parts and package handling, page 476

e ngineering 483, ploin choin conveyors 484,
pusher choin conveyors 487, corrier choin conveyors 489,
crossbor choin cooveyors 491, slot conveyors 492, palle! type ond
cor type conveyor( '494, Aot belt conveyors 497, orm ond troy
elevotors 500, peris feeders 506, trolley conveyors 508,
power ond free conveyors 539, Trukveyors 546

Technical infor.mation, page 562

Subsidiary companiés, page 582
lndex, page 587
 Meteríais handling ond processing equipment is on
""""" -- --
integral port of most modern industrial operotions.
For more thon 80 yeors Link-Belt has served industry 1 1
~ ~

by developing, designing ond monufocturing this

type of mechonized equipment. Todoy, more thon ever
before, Link-Belt meteríais handling ond processing
equipment is the key to effective cost reduction
!
l.... ond on oíd toword profitoble operotion.
;

- --- ~

'

-
------ -------
...... .-

.-1
" ~

o
-
-
on
- -

~ nn . - >- -

1 1 1

1
1
1 \ 1
~1
.. tfn.mc'.-:.M

~ (J \ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ·-
.. 11~~ 4 +-+- 1 1
-!
1 1

~ 1 1 11 1 11 1
1 1 1 1
1
'
-· · - 1 ·'!::: 1

·~
·-

r
.
1 1 1
.. ... ~
1 1

m
L __ J

n
1
rr 11 1 rl 1
1
1 1 1
' 1
~~/~ l~Y~~

modern
The tool1
of mate rlal1 handllne
ore !he vorious types of
co nveyors, elevators,
f ee ders, ond ou xillory
e quipmenl used to trons-
port, unloa d, loa d, store
ond recla im malerlals.
link-Bel! build s a comple te
line of this equlpmenl. This
auure s you of !he corred
se lection for your speciflc
a pplication.
2 • LINK - BELT
;
are
Materials handling equipment is of vital importonce
in the economical ond efficient performance of all modern
industrial operotions where materials are handl ed and re-
handled from their source, through monufacturing and proc-
essing. In many cases, materials handling equipment is the
only possible means of moving materiols becouse of their
characteristics or for other reasons such as location, safety
and capacity requirements. In fact, in many plants the pre-
dominant operotion is the handling of materials from their
raw sta te until they become flnished products.
Materials handling equipment, whether o si ngle unit or a
complex system, con link various processes together and
synchronize them in a monner not possible b y any other
means. Under certain conditions moterials handling units
themselves ore often adapted to process materials.
Processing equipment includes such items as Link-Belt
screens, d ryers, coolers, mixers, crushers and other related
machines.
The successful applicotion of moteriols handling and proc-
essing equipment requires a thorough basic knowledge of
the capabilities and economies provided by eoch unit as o
single machine or in combinotion to form a system. Knowl-
edge of the industry ond of the process involved in eoch
opplication is of vitol importonce.
The toob of 111race H ln9 a re !he varlous unils such as screens,
dryers, coolers, a nd mixen lo lra nsfo rm ro w ar semi-Anishe d
malerials lnlo usable pro ducts and for adding value lo origina l
materials.
Typk al of Industrial applica lions o f p rocessing equip menl ore
water, sewoge ond lndustrial wa ste treotment, cool pre paration
and foundries.
handling and processing
modern indus•rial

Link-Belt's extensive experience in materials handling and
processing covers a span of more than 80 years. The
knowledge gained over this long period is available to you.
Link-Be lt Cat a log 1000 presents the entire
line of Link-Belt materials handling and proc-
essing equipment. Essential information including
application, selection, engineering, speciflcations
is presented for this equipment.

Whether a single unit The equipment shown in this catalog is pre-

- or a complete sy st e m sented in three major categories:

No job is too small for Link-Be lt. lnquiries for a small • bulk handling equipment for unload-
installation or a single unit receive the sorne close attention ing, loading, feeding, conveying, and ele-
and careful consideration as inquiries for a complete system. vating all types of bulk materials which can
Broad experience in many industries assures the correct be handled mechanically. For conven ient
selection for each application. Link-Belt is also equipped to reference, this equipment is again divided
develop specially constructed units for special applications into three groups: unloading, feeding, con-
beyond the range of catalogued units. vey ing and elevating.

No job is too large for Link-Belt. Link-Belt will design, • parts and package handling equlp-
furnish and install complete systems of materials handling ment for handling work-in-process-indi-
and processing equipment to meet speciflc requirements. vidual parts, subassem bl ies and complete
Long experience in this fleld has resulted in extensive know- assemblies-os well os steel coils, poper
how in the arrangement of equipment for the most effective rolls, boxes, coses, etc.
and efficient operations . . . and is your assurance of an
installation providing the greatest possible economies in • processlng equlpme nt including screens,
flrst cost and operating cost. Link-Belt will assume single- crushers, dryers, coolers and mixers, for
contract responsibilities for such jobs. processing a wide variety of materiols.

Complete 1y1tem1
link-8elt designs, furnishes ond lnstolls complete molerlols handling systems, lncorpo·
roling processing equipment, under single controct responsibilities, generolly where
 a Link-Bel• sales office •IS ready
Link-Belt Company
Albany 6, New York
21 Colvin Avenue
Atlanta 1O, Georgia
1116 Murphy Avenue, S.W.,
P.O. Box 10514, Station A
Baltimore 18, Maryland
2315 St. Paul Street
Birmingham 9 , Alabama
321 Oxmoor Road
Boston 15, Massachusetts
136 Brookline Avenue
Buffalo 23, New York
956 Kenmore Avenue
Charlotte 2, North Carolina
1 12 S. Tryon Stre et
Chicago 9 , lllinois
301 W . Pershing Road
Cincinnati 2, Ohio
138 E. Court Street
Cleveland 20, Ohio
3592 Lee Road
Dallas 26, Texas
500 Good- Latimer Expressway
Denver 2 , Colorado
Schloss & Shubarl, 1626 Wazee Street
Detroit 4 , Michigan
5938 Linsdale Avenue
Duluth 2, Minnesota
30 l W . First Street
Grand Rapids 7, Michigan
1330 Bu rton Street, S.E.
Houston 1, Texas
3203 S. Wayside, P.O. Box 2563
Huntington 1, We st Virginia
1009 Fifth Avenue, P.O. Box 51 O
lndianapolis 6 , Indiana
220 S. Belmont Avenue
Ja cksonville 2, Florida
1 37 E. Forsyth Street
Kansas City 8 , Missouri
2630 Holmes Street
Los Angeles 22, California
P.O. Box 22056 (1200 Sycamore St.,
Montebello)
4 • L I N K- B ELT
Louisville 8 , Kentucky
23 5 E. Bu rnett Streel
Milwaukee 3, Wisconsin
808 N. Third St reet
Minneapolis 5, Minnesota
200 Lynd cle Avenue, N.
Moline, lllinois
161 4 Y2 Fifth Avenue
New Orleans 16, Louisiana
2025 Canal Stree t
New York 36, New York
530 Fifth Avenue
Philadelphia 40, Pennsylvania
20 45 W . Hunting Pa rk Avenue
Pittsburgh 13, Pennsylvania
5020 Centre Avenue
Portland 10, Oregon
3030 N. W. Ind ustrial Street
St. Louis 1, Missouri
317 N. Eleventh Street
Salt Lake City 1, Utah
l 08 S. Fourth W. Street
San Francisco 24, California
400 Paul Avenue
Seattle 4 , Wash ington
3405 Sixth Avenue S.
Shreveport, Louisiana
3 109 Alexander Street
Spokane 10, Washington
N. 1303 W ashington Street
Summit, New Jersey
293 Morris Avenue
Wash ington 1, D.C.
7 40 Eleventh Street, N.W.
Wilmington 1, Delaware
805 Orange Street
Export division
New York 7 , New York
233 Broadway
Cable address Linkbelt New York
•o ••rve you Wherever you are
• •
•

•
•
• • •
• • • •
• •
• •
•
•
•

Link-Belt Limited
Hal ifa x, Nova Scotia
Austen Brothers Limited, 11 8 Holl is Street
Maleo Industries Limited
Hamilton, Ontario Ma rrickville, N.S.W. Australia
605 Ja mes Street N. Rich St., P.O. Box 41
Montreal 15, Quebec Cable Address Molcoind Ma rrickville
945 Be aumont Avenue
Scarboro (Toronto 13) Ontario
1960 Eglinton Avenue E., Link-Belt Speeder Corporation
P.O. Box 173, Station H Cedar Rapids, lowa
Cable Address Linkb elt Toronto 1201 Sixth Street S.W.
Swastika, Ontario Cable Address Linkspeedr Ced er Rapid s
8 Boisvert Street Refer to poge 582
Sydney, Nova Scotia
Austen Brothers Limited, 361 G eorge
Street. Syntron Company
Vancouver 12, British Columbia
255 0 Boundory Rood Homer City, Pennsylvania
Re fer to poge 584
Winnipeg 10, Manitoba
1 315 Portoge Avenue
Detroit Power Screwdriver
Link-Belt Africa Limited Company
Springs, Transvaal, Union of South
A frica Detroit 16, Michigan
P.O. Box 287, lndustry Rood, New Ero 280 1 W. Fort Streel
Cable Address Linkbe lt Springs Re fer to p age 586

Link-Belt Company Pty. Limited

Marrickville (Sydney) N.S.W., Australia
Rich Street, P.O. Box 41 EXECUTIVE OFFICES
Cable Address Linkb e lt Morrickville
Chicago 1, lllinois
Link-Belt (S.A.) Pty. Limlted Prud entiol Plazo
Adela ide, S.A ., Australia
43· 69 Sturt Street

LINK · BELT • 5
Link-Bel•
manufacturing
•
planl's

-
·.-..

SEA TTLE

SAN FRANCISCO

AUSTRALIA • MA RRI CKVILLE

(SYONEY)

Widespread operations . .. strategically located

in key industrial oreas to better serve you .

These plants-staffed to provide competent enginee ring services

and equipp ed with mod ern manufacturing facilities - a re well-
prepared to meet the specific requirements of the oreas they se rve.
They a re your assurance of the finest quality material s ha nd ling,
processing and power transmiss ion equ ipment built for t ho roughly
dependable performance .

6 • LIN K - B ELT
 PHILADELPHIA
OLNEY FOUNDRY

.....__ -
HOMER CITY • SYNTRON COMPANY

BLAIRSVILLE
SYNTRON COMPANY

CEOAR RAPIOS
INDIANAPOLIS • EWART
LINK-BELT SPEEDER SOUTH AFRICA

LINK - BELT • 7
 Llnk-Belf re•earch laclll•les

Materlals handling equlpme nt a n d t e ch nlques

spe clflcally e nglne ered fo r y o ur p roduct
To assist in the proper application of Unk-Belt conveying, elevating,
and feeding equipment, pilot or full- scale tests may be conducted
to study the characteristics of customer's materials and operating
conditions. Photos-Laboratory al Chicago Pershing Road plant.

Physlcal research
and testlng facilities
The malerials and manufocturing processes
used in link-Belt equipment are under constan!
check by Link-Belt physical research and test-
ing facilities. Pholo-Laborotory al lndianap-
olis Ewart plant.

8 • LINK · B E LT
-a servlce •o lnclus•ry
Link-Be lt lobo roto ries ore devoted to progress in the ort
of mechonized ha ndling ond processing of moterio ls.
These fac ilities ore constontl y used to do two things:
• develop ond test new equipment for the purpose of
handling ond processing moteriols.
• improve the estoblished methods for mecha nized
handling ond processing of moteriols.
The performance of equipment is evoluoted under the
operoting conditions imposed by the chorocteristics of
the moteriols hondled, ond oll other factors involved in
opplying the equipment for dependoble, relioble per-
formance. Facilities ovoiloble olso include supplemenlo ry
onol yticol instrumentotion for complete onol ysis of proc-
essing operotions.
lt is occosionolly odvisoble to conduct tests using your
particular material to solve speciflc handling or process-
ing problems. Consult your neorest Link-Belt District Soles
Office for the feosibility of such tests. Under certoin
conditions leosed equipment is ovoiloble for conducting
tests on your property. The results of these tests oid in
the final selection of the correct equipment for your spe-
ciflc opplicotion.
Proce11ln9 tests on smoll, pllot slze
or full-scale equlpment
Unk-lelt materials handling and processing lab-
oratories indude facilities for both small batch,
ond continuous run processing tests. Equipment
ranges from small bench size units to actual com-
mercial companents lhat can be arranged to
simulate actual fleld condltians. Unk-lelt, wilh its
many years of experience in thls type of test worlc,
is well qualifled to anolyze completely your ma-
terials handling and processing problems. Photos
-laboratory at Chlcago Pershlng Road plant.
LINK · BELT • 9
metal mlnlng-ferrous and no n-fe rrous. metal producers- fe rrous and non·ferrous.

con1tructlon materlal1 including such industries as cement, lime, gyp· chemlcal1 including such industries as phormaceuticol, fertilizers, paint
sum, sand and grave!, stone, clay, glass, brick, ceramics. and varnish, soaps, oils and fats.

Link-Bel•
and

water, 1ewage and lndu1trlal wa1te treatment

•

food including such industries as dairies and creameries, grain, flour, automotfve and tran1portatlon including such industries o s a uto ·
cereal, meat packers, sugar milis, breweries, canning plants, bakery and mobile, rallrood, truck, aircraft, thips.
confedionery, ice and cold storage.

10 • LINK-BELT
foundries-ferrous and non·ferrous. coal preparation

pulp and paper power planta

processing equipmen•

s erves all lnclus•ry

This section contains a selection af photographs of
link-Belt equipment in only a few of the many
industries served. The combination of illustrations
shawn in each industry graup, and throughaut this
boak, demonstrates the wide range af link-Belt
equipment available and same of the many appli-
cations of this equipment. ·
Far each application illustrated there are many
more in daily operation ali over the world. Yaur
nearest Link-Belt District Sales Office can give you
full information about these and other Link-Belt
equipment applicatians in your industry and in
your geographlcal orea.

general manufacturlng

LINK - BELT • 11
 Me111•11••• eteel epre11 teetlere al secondary crvsher
11alion assvre vnlform flow al primary crvsher product
from svrge bln to 1calplng K reen1 below. Phato 361 1S

C....ete pwt ayate• where lron ore Is 11nloade d from roilroad cors, crvshed and
slodr p~ed al the rote of 6000 tono per hour. loler, lt is reclolmed and loaded inla ocean
veueh, olso al 6000 tons per hour. As prime contractor, link·lelt designed, furnished ond
""talled thl1 complete moterlals handling system. Photo 36082

400-ft. 1250 H.P. drive

for primory belt

Cor dumper ond

77 5-ft. belt primory cNsher
conveyor (67 90-ton cors
dumped per hr. l

t
910-ft. belt
Tronsfer from
2 recloim
conveyor conveyors
in tunnel

12 • LINK · BELT
 Short belt t ransfer conveyors
wilh rubber impocl supporling
idlers ond belts especiolly de-
signed to wilhslond impoct ond
obrasion, reduce weor on moin
belt by dischorging shorp, obro·
sive ore ot a speed neor to that
of moin belt. Photo 361 35

lelt co nveyor system serving crusher house, screening

lower, troveling slocker ond looding pockel offord s the
mosl efficienl, flexible, economicol meons of tronsporting
ore lhrough processing, slock-piling, recloiming ond looding
operolions. Pholo 37276

minlng
In metal mining, moteriols handling is often the greotest single
ítem of operoting cost-including the stripping ond disposol
of overburden, tronsportotion from mine to processing plonts,
introplont handling between such operotions os crushing,
grinding, screening, concentroting, pelletizing, sintering, stock-
piling, recloiming ond flnolly conveying refuse or toilings to
spoil oreas. Copocities ore sometimes enormous ond the
problems procticolly cover the entire bulk handling fleld, in-
cluding port facilities for shipment from foreign operotions.
To serve the metols mining industries-both ferrous ond
nonferrous-link-Belt manufactures o complete line of mo-
teriols handling equipment ond mony reloted processing units.
link-Belt will ossist in designing complete systems, or will for handling bouxite sinter from
design, furnish ond instoll plonts where materials handling coolers lo •ilo•. The lololly enclosed, du•l-lighl conveyors
ore oloo •pring mounled ond dynomicolly bolonced.
equipment is of primory importance.
Pholo 35768

Rotary table feeder delivers

iron ore concentrate from over·
heod storoge silos lo either of
two belt conveyors. This type of
feeder is effective in withdrowing
- - - -- ' from bin oullets moteriols lhol
hove o tendency to pock ond
orch over. Pholo 35460
Reclalm belt conveyor ond troveling reciprocoling feeder
locoled in tunnel beneolh ore •lockpile. Addilionol feeders
in tunne l, when p osilioned under ony of severol oir operote d
gole•, permil simultoneous blending of severol grades of
ore on lhe bell. Pholo 37277

LINK - BELT • 13
 Tltanlum amelter inlegrated
with extensive facilities far unload-
ing, storing, redoiming ond con·
cenlrating ore. Photo 393 17

Motor propelled apron feed·

er in tunnel under slorage build-
ing reclaims bauxite ore and feeds
to bell conveyar for d elivery lo
subsequent processing operations.
Photo 3551 2

Belt conve yor, 19 00 feet long

with tro veling tripper and p ivote d -
boom slacking-out conveyor han-
d i es iro n o re, sin ter, p e ll ets
on d li mestone a l s t ee l m ili.
Pho to 35755

14 • LINK - B E LT
 producers
Materials handling equipment is essential for
ecanomical operation of the rapidly expand-
ing metal producing industries-steel, aluminum,
copper, and all other metal producing plants.
Raw and processed ore, fuel and flux meteríais
for blast furnaces and smelting operations, must
be unloaded from can, barges or vessels-and
often must be stockpiled, reclaimed, screened,
blended, mixed and weighed.
As the metal praducts proceed through vari-
ous operations, they must be handled and re-
handled in numerous forms, such as ingots, billets,
slabs, coils, rods-and flnally, scrap. All equip-
ment for such service must be designed for
safety, economy and dependability for around-
the-clock operation.
Link-Belt affers broad experience and a wide
rang e of e quipment for handling materials in
all phases of the metal producing industries and
is equipped to design, furnish and install com-
plete systems for many of the required oper-
ations.

Heavy billet transfer conveyor between shear run-out table and furnace
table in steel mili. Photo 27246

Slde dlscharge downtllter transfers hot strip coil from

double-strand roller cho in coil conveyor to troughed gravity
rolis. Photo 35647

Stralghtllne collector conveys and elevates mili scale from concentrator, re-
claiming 97 per cent of scale from hot strip mili. Photo 34299

LINK · BELT• 15
 Thls entlre cool preparatlon plant was d e slgn e d and bullt by
Llnk-Be lt to produce metallurgicol coal from 350 tons per hour of run-
of-mine. This plant uses the duol bed air-pulsated wosh box method of
coal cleaning. One man controls the operation of the complete plont from
a centrol control station. Photo 38432

coal
prepara•lon
link-Belt is keeping pace with the coal mining
industry's needs for better products to meet
more critica! ,m arkets. Coal preparation
methods and equipment are adapted to
coal obtained from every type of mining
operation, including full seam and continu-
ous mining.
link-Belt builds complete coal preparation
plants and numerous types of equipment to
meet every requirement for conveying,
crushing, blending, cleaning, screening, heat
drying, fines recovery and water clariflca-
tion. Equipment is also available for other
coal handling operations, such as loading and
unloading railroad cars, trucks and barges,
and for the disposal of refuse.
Broad experience in all phases of coal
preparation and handling is applied by
link-Belt to every step of design, manufacture
and installation-assuring a single responsi-
b ility for a complete plant as well as a
dependable source for components.

Be lt conveyor delivers 1 200 tons of coal per hour in one uninterrupted

stream from slope bottom to preporation plant, covering a horizontol
distance of 3167 feet and a vertical d istance af 862 feet. Phota 344 1 2

16• LINK- B EL T
Cencentrlc-actfon vlbratln9 1creen1 seporollng wood chips in pulp ond poper plonl.
Chips ore fed lo screens In conlrolled flow by rotory vone feeders from bins obove.
Pholo 35994.

pulp ancl paper

From the unloading and handling of logs at the woodyard, through the
various processing operations to the flnol paper product, link-Belt
materials handling equipment assures dependable and economical
operations. link-Belt feeders, conveyors, stackers, elevators, screens
and related equipment perform important functions in the handling
and processing of pulpwood logs, wood chips, hog fuel, straw, pulp,
chemicals and other materials, as well as for handling flnished paper
rolls and other flbre products. Link-Belt serves the requirements of this Saddle top palle t conveyor carrying
important industry through the stages of creative applicotion, design, 2000·pa und ralls of newsprinl up incline for
lransfer lo storage. Also, troy elevators ore
rrranufacture, ond complete erection. often used for handling paper rolls fram one
Aoo r lo anothe r. Pho to 35100

Double a r m travellng stacker receives 80 cords p e r hour o f soft woo d log s from reve rsi-
ble b e l! conveyor a nd d e livers to eithe r o ne o f two continuous stock p iles. Pho to 37621

LIN K- B E LT• 17

Se p-Aerator removes shot ond porticles from recloimed shake-
out sond received from buckel elevalor, c e rotes and mixes the
sand, and discharges lo b ell conveyor for d islribution lo ind ivid ual
moldin9 sla lions. Pholo 38519
Roto -Louv r e d ry er reduces moislure contenl of
foundry sand, for relurn lo system by Link-B elt
bucket elevalor and belt conveyor. Photo 33800
foundries
Foundry modernization thru mechanization is the key to more profit-
able foundry operation.
Mechanization is the means-for increased production by providing
greater capacity in the same building space-for an improved product
through better control of quality-for lower costs through the use of
continuous flow equipment-for a cleaner, safer and more orderly
place in which to work.
From the unloading of sand, coke and other materials to the handling
of the flnished product including sand preporotion ond reconditioning,
mold ond castings handling, Link-Belt with its years of experience in
this fleld has contributed substantiolly to foundry modernizotion. Link-
Belt builds complete sand handling ond p rocessing systems, individual
conveyors and processing equipment and complete mold and costings
handling systems.
In oddition, the Link- Belt outomatic shell molding system comprises a
complete compact and economicol system for high volume production
of top quality, intricate precision castings on which mochining costs ore
greatly reduced ... often eliminoted entirely.
link-Belt's vost engineering experience bocked by loboratory ond
fleld testing facilities, plus operoting experience gained in its own
malleable iron, grey iron and steel foundries, plus the design and
manufacture of oll components and erection of the entire installation,
is your assurance of o foundry designed to produce castings ot a profit.
Tru- Tr ac car-type mold conve yor carries molds olong pouring line
and is synchronized wilh moving operalor's platform lo facilila le con-
tinuous p ouring. Photo 36598
He avy duty foundry shakeout seporales sand from caslings by
mechanical vibralory motion. Grizzly bars pratect screening surface Osclllatlng conveyor hondles aulomotive costings from shot-blast cleaning process
fram damage by caslings. Pho lo 32948 to machining aperalians. Photo 34779

shell moldlng 1y1te m

Four-statlon she ll moldln9 machlne at rl9ht and ahell doaln9 machlne at left ossure Tralley convayor with suspended troys p aues through
high-volume production of precislon castings, requiring little o r no machining. Photo 36932 automotic operation where shelf mold Is baclced -up
witt. sond by Syntron vibrotory feed er. Photo 38613

LINK · BELT• 19
 link-Belt, with its brood line of meteríais handling ond processing e quip-
ment, is o dependoble source for producers of moteriols for the con-
struction industry, such os cement, lime, gypsum, oggregotes, lumber ond
cons•ruc•ion doy products. Equipment is ovoiloble for the d iverse handling require-
ments of this industry ond for mony problems of sizing, clossifying, woshing,
groding, mixing, storing ond recloiming.

ma•erials Brood experience in engineering ond instolling this equipment is os-

suronce of relioble ond economicol operotion under severe operoting
conditions.

.. i
.... 1
~l
'
A complete constructlon 099re 9ates plant, engineered, built and erected by link·Belt, far handling concrete oggregales through oll phases
of production. Rugged construction, Rexible in operotion such systems give continuous, economicol ond efficient performance. Photo 26145

20 • L 1 N K - B E L T
V lbr atlng 1creen1 in londem, sizing limeslone.
Material is screened in lwo sizes ond the over-
size is recrushed ond recirculot ed. Rugged
Link-Bell screens operote dependobly under
lhese severe conditions. Photo 30473
Buck et eleva t ors carry slone lo sloroge bins in
this stone plont. Avoiloble in wide voriely of
styles, Link-Belt bucket elevators ore engineered
and buill for continuous, efficienl operalion
while requiring little mointenonce. Photo 34661
Apron conve yor carrying limeslone on incline
lo bucket elevolor far tronsfer lo crusher. While
reloining ils bosic design, this versotile ty pe of
conveyor has mony voriations far adopting to
the handling o f proclicolly ony bulk material,
hot or cold. Photo 37174
Belt conveyor feeding troveling lripp e r ond
wing conveyor far stockpiling oggregales ol
job site. Tronsfer o f material lo preparolion
building is perfarmed by redaim belt canveyors
in recovery tunnels located beneath center line
o f storage piles. Photo 31654
Revolvlng 1tacker and sectlonal belt con·
v e yor slockpiling ond redaiming o vo riety of
sizes of sond o nd grovel. Pre-engineered, shop
a 55embled standard components p ermil eose of
erection in the fleld. Pholo 36665
Llnk-Belt Spee d er crane1 leam up lo sel
bridge girders on turnpike construction. link-Bell
Speeder sho vels, cranes, hoes ond draglines
play on active role in logging, mining, quarrying
and construclion. Phalo A86-56
L 1 N K - BE L T • 21
chemicals
The chemicol induslry requires moleriols handling ond proc-
essing equipmenl lo hondle o wide ronge of moleriols with
vostly differenl characleristics.
In oddition lo the more common considerolions such as
material size, specifk grovily, obrosiveness, moisture con-
lenl, etc., it is often necessory lo hondle material with
chorocteristics thol ore unusuol in other industries. These
include materiols thol ore highly corrosive, frogile, explosive,
very sticky ond those lhot g ive off poisonous dust or fumes.
Broad experience in this fleld enables Link-Bell to odapt
its wide range of equipment to the handling ond processing
of these hord-to-hondle moleriols for such operotions os
feeding, conveying, cooling, drying, mixing, proportioning,
screening ond sloring. Often such equipment is combined
into complete systems, providing dependoble, continuous
ond precisely controlled flow for better quolity control and
improved economy.

Vibrat ing scre en sizing phosp hote rock in chemicol fertilizer

pion!. Pho to 30814

Complete f e rtlllz e r plant d esigned

and built by Link-Be lt. This plo nt
manufactures high-onolysis gronulo ted
fertilizer by !he continuous ommoniolor
process, using such Link-Bel! e quipment
as d ryer gronulotor, ommoniator, cla ssi·
fying screens, bucket elevotors, b el!
conveyors and numerous other items.
Photo 38150
 Two Roto•Louvre dryers processing ammonium nitrate prills in ferti-
lizer plant, completely engineered and equipped by Link-Belt.
Photo 38243

Bulk-Flo elevator delivers mineral mix fram two mixers to storage

bins in solvent exlraction plant. Gentle handling prevents degradation
of moteriol. Photo 27496

Two Monotube dryers used by pharmaceulical manufacturer to

recover solvenls in pracessing operatian. lnclined screw canveyors feed
the solvent soturated materia ls into the dryers. Photo 33880

Paddle mixe r and Rotor-Llft comprise a simple and effective pro- lelt conveyor 1y1tem dislributes brlne sal! to 2400-ton storage
cessing system for mixing, heating, and conveying chemicals. Stainless tanks al electro-chemical plant. Photo 34046
steel conslruction prevents contamination of materials handled,
Photo 28141

L 1 N K - B E L T • 23
power

From lorge central steam generoting stotions lo smoll heoting plonts,

Link-Belt cool handling e quipment is widely known for its efficienl ond
dependoble operotion. Whether cool is received by roil, water or road
corweyonces, handling systems ore required to unlood, feed, crush,
somple, weigh, store, recloim ond distribute, enroute to the furnaces.
For large or small tonnage requirements, Link- Belt designs, manufactures
ond installs systems to suit the individual requirements with full
considerotion given to the size of plant, location, transportation
facilities, ond speciol conditions in arder to obtain the highest
efficiency and greatest economy.

Coal handling equlpment for power

450 tons p e r hour coal handling system designed and built by Link-Bel! h ouse serving manufocturing planl, feeds
is an impartanl peri af this pawe r slalian. This system includes track happer, and elevates caal la silo slorage and
feeder, slacking-aut canveyar, reclaim happer, feeder, crushe r, magnetic d islributes to boilers. Photo 34 143
separalar, vi braling screen, b elt canveyors and motor-propelled tripper.
Photo 36564
Apron feeder hondles cool in reguloted continuous flow from trock hopper Se lf-propelle d b elt trlpper with ovtomotic reversing mechonism
to crusher in this power house cool handling syslem. Photo 31445 dischorges cool into line of storoge bvnkers et lorge power pion!.
Photo 35268

Two trove llng woter screens provide cleon condenser cooling water Peck carrier instolled in 1 927 continues to hondle coo l efficiently
for public utility power stotion. Refuse is retoined ond elevoted by screen et high copocity in power plont. Peck corriers convey horizontolly
troys, dischorged by spra ys ond sluiced owoy for disposol. Photo 31455 ond elevote, ond material con be dischorged al one or more
selected points along horizontal rvn. Pholo 34073

Rotary rallroad cor dumpe r unloods cool al the rote of 15 or more cors Two lnclined belt conveyors deliver cool from tronsfer hovse
per hour in ovtomoticolly controlled ond foolproof cycles. Photo 3271 5 to twin belt trippers operoling in gollery over bvnkers in o lo rge
power pion!. Photo 3881 O

L 1 N K • B E L T • 25
 Sewqe tre9'111ellf plent 1enrln9 1-.e -nldpallty includ es b ar K re ens, gril collectors o nd sludg e colleclo rs with copocily of 1 36,000,000 gollons
per doy. Equlpmenl has b een d e slg ned , monufocture d ond instolled by link-Belt, far plonls hoving o flow of 200 million g o llons per do y. Photo 3 7 368

Clrcvllne cellectera anti Str...htllne alew lnlaera lnslolled In rectangular Two of elght flaah mlxora in ln-
settling fonks p rovld e unifor111 dlslrlbutlon a nd remaval af slud ge ond prevent flu ent chonne ls leading to flocculo tion
floc break... p in water flltra llon planl. Thb arro ng ement p ermils economicol lank to nk1 al water treotmenl p lont far
con1lruclion with e ffkienl slud ge removol. l'holo 37536 ropid ond thorough mixing of chem-
icols wilh wa ter. Photo 37679
Horlzontal alow mix e r • ot
woter softening ond flltrolion
p lant a ssure gentle mixing and
build-up of maximum size floc.
Photo 3205.ol

26 • L 1 N K • B E L T
 wa'ler, sewage
and indus'lrial

In hundreds of cities, lorge ond smoll, Link-Belt sonitory engineering

equipment is providing efficient, long-life water puriAcation and
sewage treatment service. And in industrial plonts, Link-Belt waste Trltor screen re cloims grit, buttons, pieces of me tal
treotment equipment removes solids from waste water, often re- ond othe r inorgonic moteriol from ind ustrial pion! woste.
covering voluable by-products ... in oll cases, streom pollution is Trito r screens ore the only mechonicol me ons for removing
abated. screenings ond grit in one unit. Photo 36562
With more thon 35 yeors of experience in the speciolized
techniques of water, sewage ond industrial waste treotment, Link-
Belt offers a complete modern line of screens, grit collectors,
primary ond final sludge collectors, thickeners, mixers, chemical
feeders, sludge bed conveyors ond numerous other equipment to
perform the functions required for eoch specific installotion, oll de-
signed ond built to the highest standords for moximum efficiency
and long life.
Solids con be large, smoll or even colloidol in size and regardless
of the volume of water or quantity of solids, Link-Belt con furnish
the equipment designed to fit the speciAc application requirements.
Plants hove been constructed for flows os small os 50 gallons per
minute to os lorge as 200 million gollons per doy.

Two travelin g water screens re mo ve Aooting debris

from effluent woter ot sewoge tre otme nt pion!. Photo 34397

Bucke t e levator and scre w conve yor dlstrlbuting sys-

t e m elevote s ond conve ys lime, o lum, ond sulphote to
e ight slo ro g e lonks al water flltro tion pion!. Pho to 37845

Se wage d ispos al p la nt serving small communlty consisls of primory settling to nks,

o e rotion to nks ond fln o l settling tonks to provide sludge removol without disturbing settling
process. Pho to 3 8662

Disc screen ot paper mili. Screen cloth sep a ro tes flne

re fuse from water Aow ond e le vo tes it obove wo te r leve! for
d ischorge by spray wate r into refuse tro ug h. Pho to 3 7 172
 Dock-mounted cor leer ond soltlng mochlne feed ing ice ond sclt inlc

food bunkers el refrigerclcr ccrs. Fcst cnd d e p endcble cperction cssures minimum
lrcin delcys. Photo 38394

The wide scope of the food and food processing

industries encompasses one of the largesl collec·
tive industry groups where link-Belt malerials
handling and processing equipment is used. The
diversifled line of link-Belt equipmenl applicable
to this industry is unmalched.
This equipment serves numerous functions lo help
provide the enormous quanlities of food required
throughout the world. Represenlative of lhe vasl
phases of this industry are dairy, meal pocking,
sugar, canning, bottling ond the innumerable
products grown on the farm os well a s many b y·
products. Sanitation is one of the bosic requisites
of this entire induslry ond link-Belt speciolizes in
research and development for improved meteríais
and methods to meel these exacling requiremenls.

ICor-Flo boxcor unloader emplies grcin by unique rocking motion of cor. Roto-Lauv r e granulator processing sugor. Bucket elevatar, bin cnd
Economiccl high ccpccity unlocding beneflts terminal grcin elevctors, mailing screw feeder system delivers wet sugcr lo grcnulctor. Photo 30549
plcnls cnd soy becn oil extrccting plants. Controls ore grouped in one unil
for one·mcn operction. Photo 377 49

28 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Llquld vlbratl ng screen, with cover remove d , in a corn milling planl, used Twln scre w fe e dera and screw conve yors hondle flour from sloro ge bins
for seporaling ond dewolering operolions. All peris of screen in conlocl wilh through vorious processing operolions in o lorge bakery. Drop bollom
processed material ore sloinless slee l. Photo 34008 lroughs faci lilole quick and eosy cleoning. Phola 35258

Powe r and fr e e conve yor delivers d ressed hogs lo culling lo ble Re clalm belt conveyor used to flat-top chaln conve yor
in mear pocking planl. Carriers aulomolicolly d e tach from trolleys to tronsfer grain in tunne l und e r ro w of hondling jors of slralned cor-
d eposit ho g s on table. Photo 314 12 storoge silos. Photo 33727 rots from woshing lo lobeling
mochine. Photo 35852

L 1 N K - B E L T • 29
 Conveyor syst e ms such os thls help to mak e mass production of automoblles possible . H yd roul i ~ lifl tobl~1 automo ticolly tronsfer
bod ies to ony one of Ave roller flig ht selectivity conveyors. O p e ro tions ore complete ly ~ontrolled from Qverheod eontrol stotion. Photo 37 407

Trolley conveyor corries outomobile fromes through p oint spray b ooth Slat conveyor with speciol Axtures handling possenger cor
ond d rying oven to this sub-ossembly line alter which tronsfer is mode front seot cushion ossem blies. Photo 374 18
to flnol ossembly line flot top conveyor. Photo 374 20

30 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 Link-Belt serves the automotive and transportation industries in many ways. Materials handling equip-
ment ond systems ore indispensa ble to the highly mechanized production of aircraft, automobiles, trucks
and other vehicles - for the dependable, precisely timed, orderly ftow of materials, components and sub-
assemblies through various manufacturing and assembly operations. Also, Link-Belt serves these industries
in many other oreas, including coal handling equipment for their power plants and, for their foundries,
complete systems for handling and preparotion of sond and the handling of castings.

For the tronsportotion industry's exponding needs for raíl, truck and port terminals, Link-Belt builds a
brood line of equipment for unlooding, looding, storing and warehousing bulk materials, as well as for
the widely diversified mixed corgoes of boxes, bales, cartons and packages-even icing equipment for
preservation of perishoble commodities. Such equipment and systems provide dependable, economical
operation, often with initial savings in terminal buildings and dock structures.

ln-t he-floor Truk v e yor sys t e m in trucking termino!, tronsfers inbound Ice cruaher 1lln9er receives Ice cokes fram dock canveyo r, crushes ond
freight far local d e livery. This system permits disengogement of trucks et top-Ices perlshable cammod itles In re frlgerotar cors, Thls type of equip-
ony point, speeding up ond simplifying loodlng and unlooding a peratlans. ment is also use d far lclng trucks and shlps. Photo 3,¡j723
Phato 3 8877

e lf-unloading vessels for bulk cargos p rovide the means for high ca pocity unloa ding in ports where o ther types o f unlooding e quipment are not available. Stone, coal, pe lle ts
nd sized ore ore withdrawn by two parallel bel! conveyars under cargo holds, o bucket elevatar in bow, and a pivate d boom e quippe d with bel! conveyor to sto ckpile. Photo 35847
 Slat canveyor assembly line on floor transp a rls
automotic coffee mokers through final stoges of
ossembly and inspection offering full control o f
quolity and p rad uclian. Trolley canveyors above,
fitte d with slings, gently cradle highly polished
p ercolotor bodies in overhead storog e, ossuring
constant, sleady fl ow of mate rial to final assembly
orea. Photo 3547 5

general
manufac•uring
General manufacturing methods today are based on the
steady, automatic handling of materials, peris and assem-
blies on a mass production basis. Conveyors, such as trolley,
slat-assembly, flat belt and others are the arteries of this
mechanization. link-Bel! can develop and furnish conveying
equipment for almos! every purpose in the manufacture of
consumer goods or industrial products, for bulk materials,
parts and packages or flnished articles.

Trolley conveyor carrying refrigerator units

charged with high pressure air, through inspection
tank to detect leaks. Tralley type test and run-in
conveyors permit o p eration and inspectian of com-
panents and Anished articles while in transit.
Photo 38707

Channel t op ap r an co nveyor carries castings to trolley

conveyor loading mechanism where they are automatic-
ally sorted by pairs and loaded on the trolley conveyor.
Photo 38011
 Heavy duty oscillating conve yors receive forg-
ings from rotory tole box dumpers obove. Metal
construction with few moving parts assures longer
life, minimum operoting ond maintenonce expense.
Photo 37999

Flex mount oscillati ng conveyors, operoting in po irs in

eoch of five porollel trenches, carry off chips brought by
choin conveyors from severa! hundre d outomatic screw
mochines. Swivel-mounted chutes, in floo r pioles, odjust to
deposit chips in either of two lines o f conveyors depending
on the type of material being recloimed. Photos 39575 ond
39576

Apron conveyor with drain screens in pans, brings

bross chips ond turnings from mochining oreo to
scrop metal bale r in process of reclo mation. Specifi-
co lly designed to carry sharp, highly obrosive ond
hot materiols link-Be l! opron conveyors will hondle
scrop costings, hect treated p e ris, chips, slampings
and many other ma teriols. Pho to 27964

ln-the-ftoor Trukveyor tronsports b lades for bulldozer-

graders through cleaning, painting and drying operations.
Trukveyors provide operoting oreas, free of o bstructians ond
work con be performed on material while being conveyed .
Photo 37791

L 1 N K - B E L T • 33
bulk handling

contents
BULK general 34

unloadlng 38

MATERIALS Haulage machines

Ca r shakers
Car dumpers
41
50
52
Power unloading scoops 60
62

HANDLING
Bo,.;car unloaders
Hydraulic truck dumper 68
Receiving hoppers 70
Gales ond valves 73

Bulk materials handling equipment performs a vitally im-

f eedlng 84
portant funclion in most industries, where it is necessary to Apron feeders 87
handle and rehondle bulk moteriols from the time they ore Bel! feeders 96
e,.;lrocted from !he eorth until they ore flnally processed in Reciprocating feeders 98
usable form. Often, !he cosl of repeoted handling is a very Vibratory feeders 100
high proportion of !he total cosl of the end product. For this Gravimetric weigh feeders 106
reason, many modern plonts are designed oround their Mechonical vibrating feeders 108
malerials handling systems. Ba r Aight feeders 110
Screw feed ers 112
Link-Belt has designed, furnished, instolled ond placed in Rotary table feeders 116
operation mony complete plants in which the materials Rotary plow feeders 119
handling ond processin g equipment is of primory importonce. Rotary vane feeders 122
This method of handling o project assures the owner of one
reliable source for engineering , equipment and fleld erec- convey lng and elevatlng 123
t ion - os well as a single responsibility for performance of Bel! conveyors 127
O scillating conveyars 236
the plont.
Apron conveyors 248
link-Belt manufactures o wide range of equipment to Screw conveyors 259
meet the bulk handling needs of proctically oll industries. Flight conveyors 294
Sorne of the more importan! and common types of equip- Wide choin drag conveyors 301
ment and components are illustrated in this book. In addition, Sidekar-Ko rrier 302
Circular carrier 304
link-Belt designs and builds olher types ond models needed
Weigh larries 306
to meet unusuol operating conditions. Sorne of the industries,
Bucket elevarors 307
ond the functions performed in them b y Link-Belt equipment, 352
Skip hoists
ore described on the pages that follow. Bulk-Flo 357
Rotor-Lift 37 1
Gravity-discharge conveyor-elevators 373
Peck carrier 376

34 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling

In mlnlng , meteríais handling is the predominant operation.

L 1
'~SCR([N
Stripping and the disposal of overburden from open pit mines is
the flrst consideration prior to handling the minerals themselves.
Subsequently, the ore or coal must be transported to the processing
plant, after which it must be handled repeatedly during such
operations as crushing, grinding, screening, washing, concentrating,
drying, pelletizing and sintering. The flow sheets of these plants
also indicate such material handling operations as unloading, feed-
ing, conveying, elevating, storing in bins, stockpiling and reclaiming,
mixing, blending, picking, sorting, sampling, weighing, batching or
loading into cars, trucks or ships. Link-Belt manufactures and can
furnish equipment to perform these functions economically and d e-
pendably under the severe operating conditions which usually
prevail.
In th e stone, aggregate, and construction Industries,
;-i:<i~OA
1

HClJS(
T~SfL[S
many of the same functions are performed as in mining, and simi-
lar e quipment is available but is d esi gn ed for the particular
~ 1.: ANO STOA.\GC BINS material to be handled. Aggregates must be washed, sized,
r.IJ::::=:¡¡;-- -......;;t.;;;
IJN;;,:
Vl:::'<:::,;
lll',..,',,,
"'- '-' - - - - - "r-: lOl'<\IE~' CON\IEYOR 6
TRA.V(L J61 n .. rt screened and stored. On large dams and reclamation projects,
aggregates or flll material often may be transported over
G"'-~x~;~tllo.

·~ .. 1 "J
UCVAT~
• -
~.-:!'..__""' 'm
In thls st eel m ill the limit::itions of on existing row moteriols sloroge
yord were overcome by o conve ying system thot tronsports ore ot 6000
tons per hour, os well os sinte r, p ellets, stone ond cool more thon o mile
to o new storoge oreo. Loter, lhe system is reversed to re turn the re-
cloimed moteriols to blost furno ce ore a . The principal units are e le vated
ta ovoid inte rfe re nce with surface tro nsp ortation. A typicol e xomple a f
using the type o f bulk ha ndling equipme nt to best flt the conditions.
~ considerable distances with conveyors more economically than by
any other means.
fig SS28
Steel plant raw materials, such as ore, sinter, pellets,
stone, coal, and coke, must b e unloaded from cars, barges or
vessels, and then stockpiled, reclaimed, and often they are screened,
blended, mixed, weighed, batched and otherwise handl ed . An
extremely high degree of dependability is necessary to meet
around-the-clock operating schedules. Some of the most extensive
installa tions in the steel industry hove been furnished and installed
by Link-Belt.

O verburde n is tra nsported

more thon o mile by 36' wide
b elt conveyor ot lhe rote o f
1140 tons per hour and is dis-
lributed to spoil pile by o 1 00-
foot ro dius troveling belt con-
veyor stocker. Such systems o re
copo ble of handling tremendo us
volume, operoted oro und-the -
clock, ot low co st. Photo 3 2 594

Sto ne an d aggregate p lants must move o

great amount of bulk materiols from qua rry to
crushing, screening, looding out bins ond storage.
At this plant more !han 3800 feel of Link-Belt
Coal and refu se al this mine ore dumped on hillside ot left and conveyed al 750 tons per hour to prep- conve yors ore used in producing many sizes of
orotion plont where the cool is crushed, blended, woshe d, dried, sorte d ond looded into cors. The refuse stone ond oggre gote to exact speciflcolions o nd to
is conve yed lo spill oreo o t upper righl. This complete pion! wos designed, furnished ond instolled by se rve stockpile of over 110,000 tons copocity.
Link-Belt. Photo 33033 Photo 37824

L 1 N K - B E L T • 35
bulk handling

Power plants, from lorge public utility stotions

to smoll heoting plonts, require cool handling sys-
tems to unlood, feed, crush, somple, weigh ond
store cool en route to the furnoces. Dependobility,
economy, ond often high copocities ore primory
requirements. Mony outstonding power plonts in
the United Stotes ore Link-Belt equipped.

In the pulp and paper industry, con-

veyors ond other equ ipment ore ovoiloble for
handling the pulpwood logs from pond, flume or
yord to the plont, os well os for sorting ond feed-
ing them to chipper or grinder. Other types feed,
screen ond convey the chips ond pulp.
This modern powe r plant, hondles 4 00 tons of cool per hour. Cool is d ischorged
from roilrood cors into !rock hoppers ond the n corried to transfer house, to ond from
Bulk terminals, docks and other transfer outdoor storage p iles, ond up to bunkers over boilers by a network of belt conveyors
stations for cool, ore, bouxite, groin ond other to ta ling 1100 feet in length. Photo 38807
bulk moteriols, ore b ecoming more importont to
our economy. Here, high copocities ond depend-
obility ore required to ossure mínimum looding
ond unlooding time, ond low operoting costs ore
necessory to ossure o p rofüob le operotion.

In plants where bulk materials are proc-

essed, handling equipment is ovoiloble for per-
forming such functions os feeding, conveying, ele-
voting, distributing to bins or mochines, weighing,
blending, botching, proportioning, f111ing contoiners
or bulk looding. Copocities moy vory from the
smoll but exocting requirements of phormoceuticol
plonts to those of huge chemicol plonts-ond oper-
oting conditions from the spotless environment of
bokeries to the severe service of foundries. Often
bulk handling system s ore highly outomotic, with
meons ovoiloble for recording performance doto.
Requirements for cleonliness ond heolth ond sofety
of personnel moy olso influence the design ond
type of equipment used in plonts of this kind. Thls paper and board m ili produces 100,000 tons of kroft p a p er annually, and is
equipped with many d ifferent lypes o f b ul k handling equip menl for handling pulpwood
logs from storage, chips, ba rk, chemicals and pul p. Pho lo 34951

At thls water flltratlo n plant, lime, alum and sulphate a re

carried by bucket elevators and screw conve yors far cantrolled,
uniform distribution to storoge tonks on roof o f chemicol house.
Cleon, efficie nt o p erotion a l lo w casi is o ssured with such At thls grain terminal, grain is unloaded from boxcars, dislributed to sto rage silos ond
sy stems. Photo 37845 b uildings, then reclaimed and loaded into ship s al a ropid rete. Pholo 37 57 4

36 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling

Selecting the Selectlon guide for bulk handling equlpment

Material Poth
proper equipment charaderistic of travel

Type of Flow- Abrosive-

for the material equipment
Size
obility ness
>
Po ge g E:
(generolly suitoble far c. o - ~ "".,
E.
to be handled ..o
""e:.,
the purpose indicoted) o
E

!1.,
T
.,
..2 ~ ..oo 1: ., o e:
·g -¡;.:"" ·-e., Eo
:; >- o o :.o
., e: ·¡;,
- >- N u :.o
~
O>
.§ >~ ~
O> i:: "" ~ E
e:
¡¡; C> u.. " zo
¡¡; ~ ~ J: E > u u
o

UNLOADING 38
The characte ristics and b ehavior of the Haulage machines . . . . . 41 xl x
m ateria l t o b e handl e d is a n extremely Car shakers. ........... . 50 X X X X X X X X X
imp ort a nt consid e ration in the d esign o f C ar d um p e~ .......... .. 52 X X X X X X X X X
all bul k handling systems. The success of Pawer unloading scoop s .... 60 X X X X X X X X X X

an ind ividual component o r of a com plete

Boxea r unloaders. ... .. . 62 X X X X
Hydraulic truck d um pers . . . . 68 X X X X X X X X
syste m d e p e nd s largely upo n its suitability Receiving hoppers .......... 70 X X X X X X X X X
for the materi al it must handle . Link- Belt Gales ond valves ....... . . 73 X X X X X X

maintains an extensiv e material s handling

--
FEEDING
X
-- - - - - - - - - -
84
- - - - -
l abo ratory for testing and o b se rving the Apron feeders............. 87 X X X X X X X X X X X

b e h av ior o f materia Is as they a re handled Belt f eed ers . ........... 96 X X X X X X X X X

Recipro coting f eeders ... 98 X X X X X X X X X
b y va rious t y p es of equip ment, and for Vibroto ry feed ers .... 100 X X X X X X X X X X
stud ying th e unusual bulk handling prob- G ravimetric weight f eed ers . 106 X X X X X X X X X X
l ems of industry. A lso, information is con- M echonicol vibrating f eed ers 108 X X X X X X X X

ta in e d on pag e 56 3 wh ich bro adly covers Bar flight feeders . . ... ..... 11 0 X X X X X X X X X X X

th e cha racte ristics, b e havior a nd classifl-

Screw f eed ers ............. 112 X X X X X X X X X
Rotary table f eed ers... ..... 11 6 X X X X X X X X X
ca tion o f a wi d e variety o f bul k materi als. Rotary plow feeders ........ 119 X X X X X X X X
Rota ry vane f eeders . .. ... 122 -X X X X X X X
The ta ble a t the right w ill serve as a
CONVEYING AND ELEVA TIN G 123
- - - - - - - - - - - -
g u ide for tenta tive selection of typ es o f
Belt conveyors .. ......... . . 127 X X X X X X X X X X X X
e qu ip ment t o perform th e functions shown O scillating conveyors .. . ..... 236 X X X X X X X X X
and und e r the conditions broadly o utl ined Apron conveyors ......... 248 X X X X X X X X X X X

therein. lt illustr ates the no rmal applica- Screw conveyo rs .......... 259 X X X X X X X X X X X X

tio n o f e ach t y pe, b ut d o e s not cover Flight conveyors...... ... 294 X X X X X X X X X X X

W ide choin drog conveyors . 30 1 X X X X X X X X
spe cia l or unusual appl ications. The table
Sid ekar-Karrier ........ .... 302 X X X X X X X X
list s the location o f mo r e sp eciflc selection Circular carrier ........... 304 X X X X X X X X
and e ng ine ering data for e ach t y pe of W eigh larries ............ 306 X X X X X X X X

e quip ment. Bucket eleva tors . .... . •..•. 307 X X X X X X X X X X

Skip hoists ............. 352 X X X X X X X X X X X
Bulk-Flo ....... . ...... .. 357 X X X X X X X X X
Rotor lifts ....... ...... ..
Gravity-dischar ge conv.-elev.
Peck carrier .. .. _.
37 1 X
373 X
376 X
X
X
X
X

:1x
X
X
X

X
X
X
X lX
X
X X
X X
X
X
x ¡: xi

Thls Llnk- lelt Materlals

Handling Laboratory is
equipped to test various
bulk moteriols far feeding,
conveying, elevating, d rying ,
coolin g, sizing, weighi n g,
woshing ond numerous other
operotions. Photo 380 48.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 37
bulk handling
unloadi ng equipment

•
unloading equ1pmen•
for bulk ma•erials
Unloading common carriers or other means of trans-
portation is an important operation in most plants
which consume or process bulk materials. Such ma-
terials may be received in trucks, trailers, ships,
boats, barges, and various types of cars such as
mine ca rs, hopper bottoms, gondolas, and boxcars.
Requirements may vary from one or two cars per
week to sixty or more cars per hour.

Operation of unloading equipment may vary

from seasonal or intermittent use at sorne mines,
grain elevators, and small plants, to the severe
" do y in, doy out" service at steel mills and large
steam generating stations. Docks, piers, terminal s
and other bulk transfer stations require a high
degree of dependability and usually high capacities
for maximum economy.

Selection of the most effective and economical

unloading equipment depends upon th e type of
carrier to be unloaded, the characteristics and con-
dition of the material, the unloading rote, annual
tonnage, the means of moving cars or barges to
and from unloader, and, in the case of large ships,
the cost of demurrage.

Unloading of free flowing materials seldom re-

quires considerations o ther than those of capacity
and appropriate ty pe of equipment. Sluggish or
sticky materials often require a car shaker for quick,
clean discharge of hopper cars, or a rotary dumper
for higher capacities. Frozen coal or ore may require
thawing to free it from car sides, after which the
discharge of moderate capacities of frozen lumps
may usually be accelerated by a car shaker. Higher
capacities of frozen material can best be unloaded
with a rotary car dumper.

The average unloading rote, in cars per hour, in-

cludes both the unloading cycle and the time required
to move cars to and from the unloading operation.
The most effective use of unloading equipment often
requires haulage machines or car spotters to reduce
the d elays of such movements. Also, feeding and
conveying equipment is more economical when the
hopper, into which the car is unloaded, is large
enough to contain sufficient material to continuously
feed the system while cars are shifted to and from
the unloading operation.

Various types of bucket elevator unloaders are

available for unloading ships of grain, barges of
coal and other free flowing materials at capacities
up to 2000 or more tons per hour.

Various standard types of unloading equipment

are described on the following pages. Link-Belt has
built many other types and sizes for unusual con-
ditions and Link-Belt engineers are available for
a ssisting in the selection of such equipment.

38 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
unl oadlng equlpment

Haulage m achin es (page 41) are

of two types; capstan and drum. They
are used for moving railroad cars and
mine cars or performing other industrial
pulling jobs. Capstan car spotters are
compact, sturdy machines which pull
b y means of a rape snubbed around
the vertical capstan. Drum t y pe pullers Fig. 3900
are generally used for heavier service Car spotter
and larger installations. Both can be
arranged with a variety of cable sys-
tems for intermittent or continuous op-
eration to suit the track layout and the
handling of cars at the site.

/
l.,
\
Fig .

Mine car d ump er

~ 187

Rai lroad car du m per

Fig. 4190
Car shake rs (page 50) are an ef-
fective means of emptying hopper
bottom railroad cars when the material
fails to run out of the open hopper
doors by gravity clone. The machine is
set on the car after it has been spotted
over the track hopper. A motor drives
two eccentrically weighted flywheels.
Rota tion of these flywheels produces a
vibration which is transmitted to the car.
A short period of operation assists in
dislodging material.
Car dumpers (page 52) provide the most rapid and positive method of
emptying all ty pes of open top cars, by turning the enti re car upside down.
They are of two forms, one for ra ilroad cars and one for mine cars.
The railroad car dumpers are so designed that when rotation is started, the
transfer table supporting the rails moves laterally until the side of the car rests
against a timbered side frame of the cradle. Simultaneously with this movement,
overhead clamps descend to the top of the car to hold it securely. The cradle
rotates until automatically stopped at the inverted position. Operation is then
reversed. Rotary car dumpers have been built for dumping more than 60 cars
per hour.
Mine car dumpers may b e furnished to dump single cars, coupled or un-
coupled, or several cars in a train. Cars are automatically held in place.
Dumpers may be designed to rotate through an angle sufficient for dumping
and then return, or through a complete revolution. The frame includes a shield
to direct and ease the fall of material. Completely controlled by one man,
these dumpers are fast, smooth running, durable and foolproof.
Side-tilting type dumpers are also ava ilable for dumping refuse. This dumper
is semi-automatic in operation and lifts the car vertically, then tilts it to one side
to unload the contents.

Powe r unloading scoops (page 60) are used for unloading grain and other
granular materials from boxcars and trucks into hoppers, and for other
similar operations. They enable one man to perform tasks which would require
the efforts of several men by manual methods. The operator draws the scoop
back over the material a suitable distance, and then allows slack in the rape.
This starts the winding mechanism, which pulls the scoop forward to push the
material to the discharge point while the opera tor holds the scoop upright by
Fig . 4184 its handles.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 39
bulk handling
unloadlng equipment

Boxear unloaders (poge 62)

Kor-Flo boxear unlooder, including spotting to unlooding, will handle

up to 5 cars per hour of grain, chemicals, or other free-flowing bulk
materials. Th e cor is moved on the self-contained unloader platform,
ond is clamped hydraulically. The inner d oor of car is opened
hydraulicolly.
One rail is instolled high er than the other to give o side tilt to the
car. A drive unit creotes a unique rocking motion which conveys the
materi al simultoneously from both ends toward the center of the car
causing contents to flow smooth ly and continuously to a receiving
hopper below.
One man controls the unlooding operation. Shallow pit and low
overheod el ea ronce requirements keep instollotion costs ot o mínimum.
Kar-Fl o bo xear unloader

Tilting type boxear unlooder is o machine for dumping grains and

other free-flowing bulk materiols from railrood boxcars by tilting
the cars both loterally and longitudinolly. The unloader has o moin
cradle ond clomps which hold and automatically center the car. The
car supporting plotform mounted on the cradle is first tipped side-
wise about l 5 degrees, while the inner door is forced inward. The
car is then tilted endwise about 40 degrees in both directions, with
a baffle plate inserted on the final tip to deflect the last remoining
material.
lnstallotions are efficient and economical for extensive operations
that involve up to 6 to l O cars per hour.

F;g. 4186

Til ting type boxear unl oader

Hydraulic truck dumpe r (poge 68) simplifles the unlooding of

cotton seed, soybeons, grain, wood chips, potosh, coke, sugar cane
and beets, corn and similar materials thot are t ransported b y trailer
truck. Fast acting hydraulic cylinders lift 40 tons to o 40 degree angle
-== -::Z::::::::
in one minute-only 40 seconds required to lower it . Pl atforms will
accommodote tractor and trailer assembl ies up to 54 feet overall
length.

Gates (page 73) are normally used on the bottoms of

Receiving hoppers (poge 70) of plates and structural
steel ore used for receiving material from cors, trucks, etc.
and conducting it to feeders, crushers or conveyors. They
are usuolly provided with gratings to protect workmen and
machinery .
hoppers, either singly or in a series, to feed material s onto
conveyors for further processing.
Numerous styles of gales are available. Mony of these
are general purpose goles suitable for handling coal, sand,
grave!, crushed rock, stone, ore and similar materials. They
are built in o w id e range of sizes to meet ali normal
requirements.

40 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
haulage machines

machines
For many years Link-Belt has designed and manufactured haulage machines and systems
for handling a wide range of mobile loads. While commonly used for moving railroad
cars, there are numerous other industrial applications where haulage machines are being
successfully used for pulling heavy trucks into and out of shops, warping vessels through
drawbridges and along docks, for mooring service on canal barges, for pulling cars of
castings into and out of furnaces, and for moving cars into and out of core ovens and
dry kilns. They are used in foundries for pulling flasks over roll tables, dragging heavy
materials along the ground and wherever rope pulls up to the maximum capacity of
the machines can be used advantageously.
These machines are economical to operate, as power is consumed only when the y are
in actual operation. Their use has resulted in marked savings due to elimination of switch-
ing cha rges and delays in moving or spotting
railroad cars.
Link-Belt haulage machines are of two types-
car spotters which pull loods by meons of o rope
wrapp ed around a vertical capstan, and drum-
type pullers which exert pulling action through
a rope wound upon a horizontal drum.

-
On e o f 8 Llnk-8elt No, 50 car spotters on pier
moves roilrood cars far ship loading ond unlooding
operolions. Photo 25182

Reversible endless cable haulage system in sleel mili

yord moves roilrood cors over dislonce o f 11 00 fee l.
Pholos 23559 ond 23563.

LINK·BELT • 41
bulk handling
haulage mach ines

Haulage machines

Barges are shlfte d into looding position quickly ond elficiently by drum-ty p e Controlle d move me nt of coal barge into position under unloodi ng
pullers o n pier a l coal lransfer dock. Photos 30299 ond 2947 2 elevotor is provided by d rum-type puller on p ier al lorge coke
preporation p ion!. Photo 39 160

WIRE ROPE

l ayout shows two single-drum mochines used far pulling borges

in either direction. Borge is held in position when stopped by
ele ctric brokes o n molors. Two odditionol smoller single-drum
machines ore used os snubbers.

fig. 6225

This layout íltustroles borge in position unde r e levotor far unlooding. Haul lines pull
borge in either direction ond snub lines ho ld barge ogoinst d ock fo ce.

42 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
haulage machines

Car spotters

Link-Belt car spotters are made in two sizes and three types. A
sturdy, compact gray iron housing completely encloses and protects
the splash-lubricated gears and ball bearings. A capsta n made of
hard iron, for use with manila or marline covere d wire rope, is pro-
portione d to obtain maximum traction and pulling power. The
capstan face is machine flnished to prolong life of rope. The worm
and helical gears are precision cut to exacting speciflcations. The
steel capstan shaft runs in bronze sleeve bearings. A ratchet and
pawl can be furnished and installed within the capstan when the
spotter is required to hold cars on an incline.
Accessories such as haulage ropes, car pulling hooks, sheaves and
snatch blocks can be furnished.

No. SO and No. 1 00

stationary car spotters
The No. 50 ond No. 100 stationary car
spotte rs ore equipped with 5 ond l O horse-
power motors resp ectively. The molors a re
tota lly e nclosed nonve ntilated hoist type which
form on integ ral peri of the machines. The
No. 50 cor spotter will pull on average of 3
load ed railrood cors, and the No. 100 cor
spotter on average of 6 loaded roilroad cars,
depending upon track cond itions, curvature
ond grade.

No. SS and No. 110

stationary car spotters
The No. 55 and No. 11 O stationary car spot-
ters are a lso equippe d with 5 and 1O horse-
power motors. The motors, however, are of
the conventional foot typ e connected to the
car spotte r by means of Link-Belt fle xible
coupling s ond are mounte d on motor brocke ts
supporled directly from the car spotte r housing.

No. 60 and No. 120 portable car spotters

The No. 60 and No. 120 car spotters a re of the portoble type. They ore equipped with 5
ond l O horsepower motors which form en inte gral port of the machines. These motors o re
provide d with built-in starters. The spotters o re mounted on steel frome corriages and
balonced so that the units moy be e osily rolled to d esired locotions. Corriages include guide
rope d e flector s, attachme nts for onchoring ond pulling handles.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 43
bulk handling
haulage machi nes
Drum-type pullers with plain drums
Drum-ty pe p ullers with p loin drums o re mode in four sizes with
e ighlee n sp eed combinotions.
These pull e rs consist of heovy welded steel, d eep -Aong ed d rums
with bronze sleeve be o rings ond ore mounted on oversize s1otionory
steel shofts. The drum shofts o re supported by rigid welded steel
from e s, omply broced ond stiffened to hold the ports in occurote
olignme nt.
The drive consists of on e nclosed Link- Be lt Mo togeo r connected to
the drum through o gua rded Link-Belt precision steel roller choin drive.
Drum-type pullers with grooved drums
Drum-type pullers with grooved drums ore used for conditions beyond
the ronge of cor sp otters ond drum-ty pe p ullers with ploin drums.
A drum-type p uller with groaved drum in combinotian with sheoves
con b e odapted to o wide voriety of o rrongeme nts for moving roil-
rood cors ond for ather industrial usoge. Motion af the vehicle in
either direction is o ccom plished b y onchoring b oth e nd s of the rope
ta the drum so thot ene end is wound onto the drum o s the other
unwinds. This type of p uller is olso used for moving borg es. The rope
copocity of the d rum is the limiting factor in !he length of movement
of the ve hicle being pulled.
A drum-type puller with o poir of g roove d drums is used when
44 • L 1 N K - B E L T
36250
A lever o peroted ja w clutch o n the output shoft o f the e nclosed gear
drive disconne cts the power when poying out the rope. A retording
broke p revents spinning ond over-trovel of the drum.
Pull ers can olso be furnished with Geormotor drives, when pre-
ferred b y p urcho ser.
Accessories such as houloge rapes, cor pulling hooks, sheoves ond
snotch blocks can b e furnished.
13563
on endless cable is used. This drum-type puller is olsa known os o
double drum troction type or e ndless cable houloge mochine. With
this orrongement the length af movement of the vehicle is independ ent
of the size of the drums used. Bosicolly these units consist of o heavy
steel base on which ore maunted two porollel horizontal shofts with
o grooved drum on eoch. G eoring connects one or bath shofts to
the driving motar. Brokes ond control camponents ore included when
required by !he conditions of the instollotion.
Accessories such os houlog e rapes, cor pulling hooks, she oves ond
snatch blocks con be furnished.
 bulk handling
haulage machi nes

Typical layouts
Car spotter layouts

This layout shows a car spotter arrangeme nt indicating how

cars are moved over long or short hauls. Cars can be
moved in the opposite direction by reversing the snatch
block arrangement.

This car spotte r layout requires a longer rope than th e

preceding arrangement, but permits moving the car with a 1 - --++t
-lt:::~~~~~-------~~lt-- íl íl+++-íl-
single p ull. Cars can be moved in the opposite di rection b y ·- ·ROPE::;;::r·-·-·- ·- ·-
direct p ull from the car spo tter. +-m-·-·-·-·-·-·-· -·-·~·-·-·-·--~-=-~-:~
SPOTTER
SNATCH BLOCK
ANO ANCHOR
Fig. 3972

In this layout, a guide roller or _deflector is used to guide

the rope while pulling the car on a curve. O n straight
portian of !rack, the pull is direct from the car spotter.

Fig. 3973

SPOTTER~ ANCHOR IS NECESSARY-

SNATCH BLOCK MAY BE
ENCLOSURE TRANSFERRED FROM ENO
TOENO~
When th e ca r spotter is located some distance from the
!rack, a system of snatch blocks may b e used, as indicated,
\~~~TCH
BLOCK
~O ANCHOR
I
¡fSNATCH BLOCK
~()ANO ANCHOR

:=:=:=-.~R~PE-=-· ,e, ·-·-- ~~---..

to move the car in eithe r direction.

Drum-type puller layouts

~~-----~ji ,.
- - - ·- ·- - · ' DOCK FACE
WIRE ROPE/ r -·- · - - - - - - - - ~
.::, . . ~-~. . .
·¡71EJ\ OlLL
l .é9'RE:"VERSIBLE HAULAGt;;;c~ES
----- - - =
- - - - - - ·- -
Fig. 353 4A

In this layout, two drum-type machines are used for pulling barges in either directio n. Whe n stopped,
the e lectric b rakes on molors hold the barg e in position. The motor on the unwinding drum appli e s
suffici e nt counter-torque to keep the trailing rope taut. Whe re conditions permit, such machines
may be located near e nds of barge travel to keep dock cleor of the cables.

...-=-..-- ~ .
- _JI
...:.::=_- - '
'"G'
-- -
1L , _ ·- -=-.-:--.-:.-:::¡aL=,.
l couNTERWEIGHTED-·-·--"7- ·- . coocK FACE ~ ~ -------·-·c0u~TERWEIGHTE~
TAKEUP - --1>--- ~-- -
-·- ·- ·----"? - -· TAKEUP
WIRE ROPE - #'"
GREVERSIBLE HAULAGE MACHINE
Fig. 353 49

This layout illustrates application of a d ouble-drum traction or e ndless ca ble machine for pulling
barges in either direction. Counte rweighte d takeup on light sid e of rope seats while the counte r-
we ighted takeup on the sla ck side ke e ps the trailing rope tout.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 45
bulk handling
haulage machines

Typical layouts
Drum-type puller layouts
r1""'l yALTERNATE LOCATION OF MACHINE
IF CLEARANCE BETWEEN TRACKS
tt-j~ IS INSUFFICIENT
j

Fig.
3536A

This layout shows lhe drum-lype haulage machines serving o ne or The drum is generally provided with o clutch for disengagement
two !rocks. Cars can be pulled in either direclion on either track. with drive, since rope is p ulled out manuolly.

Fig.
3535A

In lhis layout, o reversible drum-type haulage mochine is used for to the drive while the other becomes on idle r. When id ling, the drums
serving one or two !rocks. Cors con be pulled in either direclion on conlacl drog devices lo preven! spinning. This machine con also be
eilher trock. Through o clutch arrangemenl either drum is connected used to service three or more trocks.

Fig.
35 358

This layout shows a reversible drum-lype hauloge mochine for on ony !rock. The rope is d ead- e nded al opposite ends of grooved
serving o ne lo lhree !rocks. Cors con be pulled in eilher direction drums so lhal one winds a s the other unwinds.

'º""'''-~
~ . COUNTERWEIGHTED
L rsris'-== ~ T:EUP ON EACH ROPE WEIGHT ;._ . ~
- · ~¡
Al

.
·

~-
r
íl íl ~ ~ I ' [h~ ~ ~
~ ro~ Jc1=1
- ---=- - ·-
A

-
=CAR

---
====;ilH-
- - -
'1

- - ·- ·- -
SECTION AA

·- ·- ·- · -·- - ·- -
l

-
J] ~
+¡..,.,...;.:..:...¡...--4...u...,.:...u...J..:.
.J L.. u u w .J
1------------------t,...,,.-"~º-'_---1- 1
•J uu
CAR llf-~-º_r. .,. .~o..i.+-++-+++H+-H-....H+-'-c+--r-t+-
, , u

~ ¡:'i ::~::~~- -- --- ---J~C ·[::€,::l:fl'Jílfffl~~l: ¡l

t1------- --c.=:::.:------ ---------------- --------- - ---- --------------------------------;::¡
n ~~ -tri-10 w-L... ,~~1-: ~= ~~== ~Gtfii:-SYSTEM
1

1
L"üuLifu'tr.tü-tr.c-::H.lt-~ ' 7'.l~7 1~== = ===1fJi:!-u+.
T0-- -·,~~ :-n-F...:L~t
-·-·-·- 0
CAN BE ARRANGED
!.. .l.- - --r:;J-
- SERVE ADDITIONAL TRACKS-
~----------------- ------- ------- ------ --- - ------------ ------------ ---- --- -- ---- ------ Fig.
35368

In this layout, a double-drum lra ction or endless cable reversible are shown; one required for eoch direction of lravel lo remove lhe
haulag e machine is shown for serving multiple !rocks. Cars can b e slock in the lrailing rope. Ro p e travel is nol limited by machine,
pulled in eilher direclion on ony !rock. Two counlerweighted takeups making it economice) for installations requiring exlremely long lrovel.

46 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
haulage machines

Selection
Calculation of rope pull for railroad cars no less thon dimension P from the puller, os shown in Fig. 5333. For
To determine the rope pull required to move o roilrood cor using puller Nos. 1O15, 1520, 1822 ond 2024, P equols 24, 31, 35 ond
either o cor spotter or drum-type puller with ploin drum, it is necessory 38 feet respectively.
to consider the following foctors:
Weight of cor ond conlenls
Curvoture of !rock
Trock grade
Trock ond roodbed condition
Fig. 5333
Temperoture of surrounding otmosphere
Cors, other thon roilrood cors, will require speciol considerotion. Table 2 • Factor C for pulling railroad cars
Consult Link Belt.
Factor C
Weight of car and contents Temperature of surrounding otmosphere,
Track ond roadbed candition
The weight of cor ond contenls is the gross weight in tons. degrees Fahrenheil
Below O 1 O to 20 1 20 to 45 1 Abave 45
Track curvature Even trock, firm bollos! 1 6
Trock curvoture is expressed in terms of rodius in feet, degrees of Uneven trock, soft bollos! 21 15
3 1
12
1.5 1 o9
1
curvoture or by chordol fac tor A. The degree of curvoture is the
included ongle in d e grees fo r o 100-foot chord ocross the center line Rope pull for pulling railroad cars
of !he !rock. Factor A is !he chordol distonce for o 50-foot chord on The sto rting rope pull is fo und b y the following formulo:
the inside roil. To obtoin !he chordol fa ctor, stretch o 50-foot line P = W (B+ C)
ocross !he curve ond meosure A os in Fig . 3704.
Where P = storting ro pe pull in pounds
W = weight of cor ond contents, in tons
B = factor from Table 1
C = factor from Table 2

Examples of rope pull calculations

Problem 1
A roilrood cor ond its contents weighing 42.5 tons is to be moved
50 FEET--- - - olong o curved leve! !rock where A equols 9 '!4 ". The operoting tem-
Fig. 3704
peroture is never lower !han 45° F al ony time. The !rock is uneven ond
Track grade has o soft bollost. Colculote the storting rope pull.
Trock grade is expressed in degrees of ongle to the horizontal or in
per cent of rise. Solution
100 X rise In Table 1, Factor B = 45 ond in Table 2, Factor C - 9.
grade in per cent storting rope p ull = 42.5 (45 + 9) = 2295 pounds
length
Refer to !he selection tables on the following poge. A No. 50, 55 or 60
,,~----....,LENGTH IN FEET- - - - - 1
... cor spotter is sotisfoctory.
:::t Probl em 2
F ¡ -. 1~ Four roilrood cors ond their contenls weighing 220 tons ore to be
moved olong o curved !rock al obout 35 FPM where A equols 6 Y2".
Fog. 3703 Trock rises 3 feel in eoch 100 feet. The operoting temperoture will
foil below Oº F. The !rock is e ven ond has o firm bollos!. Colculote the
Track and roadbed condition storting rope pull.
and atmospheric temperature
Soluti on
Co ndition of !rock ond roodbed ond temperoture of surrounding
3 X 100
otmosphere ore importan! considerotions. These foctors for use in the grade = ---¡¡)() = 3%
colculotion of rope pull ore given in Table 2.
In Tab le 1, Factor B = 100 ond in Table 2, Factor C = 6.
Fleet angle storting rope p ull = 220 ( 100 + 6) = 23,320 pounds
To ossisl in winding the rope on the drum in loyers, !he Aeet ongle Refer to the selection tables on !he following poge. A No. 2024-20
should not exceed 1 Y2 d egrees. Where required, locote guide sheoves drum-type puller, which operotes ot 36 FPM, is sotisfoctory.

Table 1 • Factor B for pulling railroad ca rs

Track curv ature Factor B
Chordal Trock grade, degrees and minutes
Rodius of Degree factor
curva ture,
of A, o 1 0 -35 1 1-9 1 1-44 1 2-18 1 2-52 1 3-27 1 4-1 1 4-35 1 5-9 1 5-43
curvature
feet inches Trock grade, per cent of rise •
• 6
o 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10
o o o 30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230
1146 5 3 Y2 35 55 75 95 115 135 155 175 195 215 235
573 10 6 Y2 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
383 15 9'!4 45 65 85 105 125 145 165 185 205 225 245

287 20 13 50 70 90 11 0 130 150 170 190 210 230 250

231 25 16 Y2 55 75 95 115 135 155 175 195 215 235 255
193 30 20 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
166 35 23 Y2 65 85 105 125 145 165 185 205 225 245 265
143 40 27 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270
• Degree ol curvature is the included angle in degrees for a 100-foot 6 See Fig. 3704.
chord across center fine of track. • Per cent of rise equals 100 times the rise divided by the iength.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 47
bulk handling
haulage machin e s

Selection
Ca r spotte r s

Maximum ro p e pull, Ra pe
pounds Cor Average Moto r
spotter rape horse-
number speed, power Outside Breoking Weight
Storting Runni ng
*
FPM
• Type d io meter,
inches
strength,
pound s
p er foot,
pounds
1 1 1 1

Manila l \4 13,500 .41

1Yi 18,500 .60
5,000 2,500
50
55 45 5 "'
Ma r line
60 3,4 13,000 .42
cov ered
Ve 21 ,400 .62
n
l Va 22,500 .74
Manila
l3,4 26,500 .88
100
10,000 5,000 1 10 45 10 "' 2 31 ,000 1.08
120 Marline
covered
l 26,400 .81
-- 1Ye 37,600 1.1 o

* Boldfoce tyce indicotes cor spotters normolly corried in stoc~ with 220 440
volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle mators. Mators with other curren! characteristics
can be furnished. Electrical contrals and wiring, haulage rape ond other
occessories ore not included.
• TENV, hoist-type mators, ro ted al 55° C fer 15 minutes.
6 Manila rape is generally used where its sfrengt h is adequote. 11 consists of
three strands of fiber, speciolly selected fer pliobility and sfre ngth.
O Morline covered wire rape is stranger lhan manila rape of the sorne diom-
eter. lt consis ts of ftve 19-wire strands o f plow steel rope, morline covered.

Drum-ty pe p ulle r s w ith p lai n drums

M oximum rope pull, p ounds Average Ro pe

Drum. rope c;peedl Moto r Tot al rope
type FPM horse- length in
Storting Running
puller power four loyers, Outside Breoking Weight
numb er
First Fourth First Fourth First Fourth • fe et Type dio me ter, strength, per foot,
loyer lo yer layer 1
loyer * loyer
1
loyer
inches p o unds p ound s

7,000 5,500 3,500 2,750 10 15-2 16 20 2

7 ,000 5,500 3,500 2,750 10 15 -3 24 31 3 Wire
7,600 6,000 3,800 3,000 1015-5 37 47 5
360
Á
Yi 18,700 .40
7,600 6,000 3,800 3,000 10 15-7 Y2 56 70 7Yi
- - - - -- - - --
14,000 11 ,000 7,000 5,500 1520-5 20 26 5
14,000 11,000 7 ,000 5,500 1520-7Y2 30 38 7Y2 Wir e
15,200
15,200
11,800
11,800
7,600
7 ,600
5,900
5,900
1520- 10
1520-15
37
55
48
71
10
15
500
Á
* 41,400 .90

-20,000
- 16,000 10,000
- -
8,000 1822 -5 14 17 5
20,000 16,000 10,000 8,000 1822-7Y2 21 26 7Yi
Wire
18,000 14,000 9,000 7,000 1822- 10 31 40 10 530 Ve 56,000 1.23
21,000 17,000 10,500 8,500 1822-1 s 40 49 15 Á

~40~1 15,400 9,700 7,700 182 2-20

-
58 73 20
34,000 26,800 17,000 13,400 2024 - 10 16 21 10
34,000 26,800 17,000 13,400 2024 -1 5 25 31 15
Wire
31,000 24,400 15,500 12,200 2024-20 36 46 20 570 1 72,800 1.60
Á
31,000 24,400 15,500 12,200 2024-25 45 56 25
31 ,000 1 24,400 15,500 1 12,200 2024-30 54 69 30
* Boldfoce ty pe i ndicotes pullers with Motogears narmolly carried in stock ¿ Wire rape is generally used fer drum-type pullers because of its smaller
with 220 440 volt, 3 pha se, 60 cycle moto rs. M o t a rs with other curren! diameter in relation fa i ts strenglh, thereby increasing rape capacity af
chara cferisti cs can b e fu rnished. Electrical co ntro ls ond wiring, haulage rape drum. 11 consists of six 19-wire strands of plow steel rape wilh hemp cen ter
and a ther accessa ries can be furnished. and must be provided wi th a thimble spl ice end to suit the drum connectio n.
• TENV, hoist-type motors, rated at 55° C fer 15 minutes.

48 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
haulage machlne5

Car spotters
C MAXIMUM-'1

f19. JU7 ''•· 6 314

No . 50 and No. 100 stationary car spotters No. 55 and No . 11 O stationa ry car spotters

Car Weigh t, e
sp otter p ounds Al B
1 1
D
1
E
1
F
1
G
1
H
1
J K
number 6 INCHES
50 600 7 25Y. 18 v. 6 5A6 9 13A6 1 v. 5 l/4 8 2 1 y.
55 690 7 25 v. 29 l/1 6 •A. 91 % 1 v. 5 y. 8 2 1 v.
... ...
36 lll 76 62 y. 13% 39:Y..
- - -. .-. -...-
60 1050 7
100 1500 12 14 y. 1 V1
-
33 l/1 26 o/1 9 8 :Y.. 12 lll 2 l/2 1 ll2
110 1650 12 33 l/1 38 % 9 14 v. 1 V1 8 :y.. 12 l/2 2 v. 1 v.
f l9. 3702
120 2000 12 44 3/a 84 :y.. 67 3/1 173/a 48 .. . .. .. .
No . 60 and No. 120 portable car spotte rs Hove dimensians ce rtified fa r i nstollotian purpases.
6 With 50 ar 60 cycle matars.

Drum-type pullers w it h pla in drums

Drum- type
Weight, e
puller number paunds
1 6 INCHES
1015-2 895 20 v.
1015-3 895 20 v.
1015-5 910 22 v.
1015-7 Y2 980 23 o/1
1520-5 1735 22 v.
1520-7 lll 1790 23 v.
1520-10 1810 26%
1520-15 1845 27 v.
1822-5 2770 23 v.
1822-7 lll 2820 24 :y..
1822- 10 2895 28
1822-15 2895 29:Y..
1822-20 3000 31 3/a
2024-10 4135 31 V1
2024-15 4135 33 v.
f09 6)1) 2024-20 4160 35 v.
2024-25 4250 36 v.
Dru m-type puller with plain d rum 2024-30 4285 35 v.
and Motogear drive
Hove dimensians certi fi ed far in-
stollotian pu rpases.
6 With 50 ar 60 cycle mata rs.

Drum·lype A 1
B D E F G H J K L M N p R s 1
T u V
1
puller number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
INCHES
10 15 10 15 16 15A6 16 l/2 31 o/1 32 5A6 1311A& 40 y. 15 y. 15 V1 12 V1 :y.. 2 19 l/2 8 :y.. 10 % 1 l/2 l/2
1520
1822
15
18
20
22
2 1 v.
24
21 v.
26 V2
42 v.
51 V1
39 v.
50 V1
16 3/a
20 3/a
47 v.
58 v.
22 l/1 20 y.
27 22 v.
15 3/a
17 1
% 2 V1
2 v.
24 11 3/a
3 1 Y. 14 314
¡ 12%
16 ll2
1 ll2
1 v.
3 3/a
5 v.
2024 20 24 26 V1 29 58 3A. 53% 21 o/1 63 :y.. 29 V1 23 v. 18 1 v. 2 v. 34 16 18 1 'la 2 3/1
Hove dimensia ns certified fa r instollotian purpases.

L 1 N K - B E l T • 49
bulk handling
car shakers

car shakers

Car s hak er in position for unloading carlaad a f coa!. Pholo 3901 3

The Link-Belt car shaker is an ideal medium for effectively

and economically unloading hopper bottom railroad cars.
lt produces a series of heavy, hammer-like blows on the
top of the car sides, which loasen the contained material
and accelerate its Aow through the hopper opening, re-
sulting in broom-clean unloading.

This machine supplements our varied line of car dump ers

and unloaders and offers an economical car empt ying
device for installations requiring moderate or small ca-
pacities. lt is ideal for use at central power stations and
industrial boiler houses, where the quantity of coal used
does not require a rotary car dumper. lt is also suitable
for unloading sand, coke, ore, cinders and other materials
transported in hopper bottom cars.

Link-Belt car shakers can be appl ied to single or multiple

track and single or double hopper installations.

Drive sld e af car shaker showing rugged ru bber-cushioned pival lype

mo tor suppo rl. Photo 3901 5

50 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
car shakers

Operation
----- ----------i
[
~ ---

The vibrator is located toward one

! ~ BOTTOM OF SUPPORTING BEAM i
TW IN CABLE HOIST

end of the welded, stress-relieved

frame and consists of two eccentrically
weighted flywheels keyed to each end •'11!1 i
of a concentric shaH rotating in self-
aligning roller bearings. Power for 1
operati ng the unit is supplied by an 1
electric motor driving through a multi -
ple V-belt drive. Extreme vibration and
impact shock is prevented from reach -
ing the motor by means of a pivoted,
rubber-mounted motor platform.

To unload , the cars are moved into

place over conventional track hoppers
in the usual manner by car hauls, car
spotters, switch engines or other
means . After the car gales hove been
opened, the car shaker is lowered into
place on the center portian of the car
and the motor started. Operation of
the machine cau ses the vibrator end
of the frame to rise and fall and impart heavy blows to
the car equal in number to the revo lutions of the vibra-
tor shaft. The mo tor end pivots on the car top and acts Capacity
as a guide to ho ld the shaker in place.
The rote of car un loading will vary with the natu re of
the material in the car, the design of the car, car switch -
The action of the car shaker also causes lengthwise ing and stori ng facilities and the rote at which materi a ls
motion of the car, resulting in a conveyi ng action on the can be co nveyed from the track hopper. Normally, a one
hopper bottom. Upon co mpleti o n of unloading, the to three minute operation of the shoker w ill completely
shaker is raised out of the way, the car doors closed, and empty the car. Sticky or frozen materials may require
another car moved in to position. Ca rs need not be un - additional time. Extremely frozen cars should be partially
couple d wh ile the shaker is in operation, permitting thawed .
movement of cars through the unloading zone as a com -
plete train . The shaker eliminates the destructive o r dan -
Hoists
gerous use of picks, augers, sledges or air hammers . W ith
Where conditions permit, single-hook five- ton capacity
the vibrator shaft revolving ata comparatively moderate
rote of speed , a much lower o peratin g sound level is ob- stationary or power-propelled, motor operated hoists
may be used for lowerin g the shaker into position . For
tained than with other machines operating at higher fre-
quencies. Objectionable noise i s correspondingly less, ground levef control, twin - hook hoists a re preferred, as
and damage to the cars is no more than that encountered this type machine will lower the shaker onto the car
in normal operation over roed bed . without guidance. l t is recommended that hoi sts be
equipped with lower limit or slack line switches t o
prevent operation of the shaker un ti l it is properly p laced
on the car. Yard cranes and similar hoisting equipmen t
can be used to handle car shakers.

2¡•"

Fig. 6158
.L---'-'-1_~-6-1:~_-~,-,_ ~~ 'l
LINK - BELT • 51
bulk handling
car dumpers

car dumpers
Link-Belt car dumpers rapidl y and economically unload all
types of open-top cars carrying bulk materials. Th ey are used at
power houses, mines, b y -product plants, steel milis, rail- to-water
transfer docks, cement mi li s, smelters, concentrators, aluminum
plants and sugar reflneries, for unloading such materials as coal,
coke, rock, ore, sugar beets and sugar cene.
Four types of car dumpers are available, each designed to
unload a car by rotating, tilting, or over-turning and dumping the
contents into a receiving hopper, in one operation. These four
types are:
Rotary railroad car dumpers.
Rotary mine car dumpers for single cars or multiple cars
coupled in a train.
Side tilting and transfer refuse car dumpers.
Side discharge railroad car dumpers.
All types embody Link-Belt's valuable background of experience
in the application of unloading equipment and the handling of
bulk materials.

Rotary railroad car dumpers

Rotory rollrood cor dumper handling cool

al 500 lons p e r hour, as parl af a comp lete car-to -
b a rg e syslem. Pholo 2 56 1 9 A

Rotory roilrood cor dumper will unlood 160 or

more cors ln- one eight-hour doy a nd will ha nd le
any o p en type ca r. Opero t ion is simple, oulomalic,
and foolproof. Photo 293 1 5

- '.
52 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bul l< handling
car dum pers

Rotary railroad car dumpers

Photo 28624

The Link - Belt rotary railroad car dumper is designed to rapidly un load open
top railroad cars, primarily coal cars. Th is is accomplished by overturn ing the
car, securely held in a rotating cradle, and completely dumping its contents
in one operation.
The full cycle of turning the car practically upside down and returning i t to
a normal position requires 90 seconds for the standard dumper, however drives
can be furnished for cycles as low as 40 seconds, when required. Switch ing
time, dependent on local facilities for handling the cars onto and a way from
the dumper, must be added to the turning cycle, to determine the total number
of ca rs that can be handled.

Dumping operation

After th e car has been placed on the dumper tra ck, the turning cycle is started
by the operator, located in a cab adjacent to the dumper, where he has a
clear view of ali operations.
As rotation begins, the transfer table moves sidewise within the cradle , until
the ca r side rests against the timbered side frame of the cradle. Simultaneously
the overhead self-adjusting clamps descend upon the t0p of the car, and hold
it securely to the !rack rail s during the turning cycle. Rotation continues until
!he car is overturned and stopped automatically by a limit switch.
To return the empty car, the operator reverses !he cycle. As the car nears
its normal upright position, the clamp s are automatically released and lifted.
The transfer table then moves sidewise until the rails are again in line with
those outside the dumper, and !he empty car is ready to be removed.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 53
bulk handling
car dum p ers

Rotary railroad car dumpers

- , "
- - - - - -58-0-0VERALL RAILS- - - - - - + <
...,_ _ _ _ _ 54.'..Q' RING CENTERS-----+<•1
l'

BASE OF RAIL

/' • 13~3-·- 13!..3' TO SUIT

'~· - - -- ----58'...6' 1NSIDE OF PIT ' CONVEYO~ SYSTEM
s. º.'t· ~'~· vO:: •':~ ~ ~~'r ;.._... ,.•\:< 1:· ~J.~•.,"rr\"fY_..:
1 l

Fig. 6159

Two-clamp rotary railroad car dumper for 58-foot long ca r

Constructio n
The entire enclosing ond car supporting cradle of the two -clamp dumper revolves
on four rollers, two under each end ring of the cradle. These supporting rollers
are made of high carbon forged steel wit h double flanges and machined con-
tact ing surfaces and are mounted on a struct ural frame to insure accurate align -
ment at all times. Four-clamp dumpers are available for 90 to 120-ton cars when
contents are frozen, and they are equipped with four pairs of equalizing rollers,
two pairs under each end ring.
The Link-Belt dumper cradle, which receives the car to be dumped, consists of
two distinctly separate parts; one, an outer structure made up of two structural
steel roller rings, rigidly connected and braced; and the other, a transfer table
or platen, supported within the outer structure, on transverse rollers, and provided
with track rails upon which the car rests.
The two-clamp dumper handles cars 29 feet to 58 feet long over coup lers;
6 feet, 4 inches to 12 feet, 7 inches high; 9 to 11 feet wide; and with capacities
up lo 90 tons.
One 40 -ho rsepower motor furnishes the power required for complete operation
of the two-clamp dumper operating on a 90 -second turning cycle. Where faster
cycles are required, the dumper speed can be increased by using a larger motor.

Automatic and safety features

Every operation, except placing and removing cars, and operating the controls,
is automatic and foolproof. The dumper can be stopped by t he operator, at any
time and in any position, where it is securely held in place by an auto mat ic
electric bra ke.
There are no electrical connections or complica ted interlocks on the dumper
cradle. The dumper track rails are always held in correct alignment with the out-
side rails, after com pletion of the cycle, allowing cars to be moved safely on or
off the dumper.

54 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Rotary mine car dumpers
Handling single ca rs, this rotory mine cor dumper ploys on important
part in phosphote mining. Photo 30024
Dumping two cars wlthout uncoupling, this rotary mine cor dumpe r
hondles run-o f-mine coal swiftly and efficiently. Pha to 1 5609
Unloadlng 2 800 tons p er hour of run - of-mln e coal, these twin ro ta ry mine dumpe rs eoch handle ten co rs a t o time. Pho to 27 654
bulk handling
car dumpe rs
Link-Belt rotary mine car dumpers are available for mine
cars of all kinds. Operating in a manner simi lar to the
Link - Belt rotary railroad car dumper, they rotate and
overturn the cars to discharge the contents . They are
power driven and can be designed to handle single car s
uncoupled, or single or multiple cars coupled in a !rain,
depending on capacity requirements .
Normally these dumpers are bu ilt for full 360 degree
rotation, but designs are available for rotating the cars
to an angle sufficien t for dumping and then returning to
an upright position.
A rotatable structural steel frame equipped with !rock s
and means for holdi ng the cars on the !rocks, receives
the cars either singly or in groups. Th is frame incorpo-
rales a dumping shield to ease the drop of ma teria l and
i s supp orted by high carbon stee l end rings carried on
rollers.
Mine ca r dumpers are b uil t with two t ypes of drives,
positive and traction . Each type i s capable of completing
several dumping cycles per minute.
One operat o r can handle the entire dumping opera -
tion , incl uding the pa ssag e of cars into and out of the
dumper .
Safety features are i ncorporated to insure trouble- free
operation and affo rd protecti on t o the operator and
the equipment.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 55
bulk handling
car dumpers

Rotary mine car dumpers

Positive drive rotary mine car dumper

The 360-degree revolving operotion is occomplished by o n electric
motor driven enclosed geor drive which delivers power to o ring
sprocket through o roll er choin drive. Regordless of the type of cor,
shockless, gentle handling ond fost, outomotic operotion ore ossured.
This dumper offers moximum positive control of the dumping operotion.
A geor drive type is olso ovoiloble.

Tractlon drlve rotary mine car dumpe r

The 360-degree revolving operotion is occomplished by direct surfoce
contoct of power driven friction trunnions contocting the two
dumper end ring s. The dumper is outomoticolly storted, ond speed
moy b e controlled to focilitote gentle handling.

56 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
car dumpers

Mine car hauls

A mine car haul is essentially a pusher chain conveyor con-
sisting of one or two strands of chain with pushers spaced at
intervals to engage the mine cars, either sing ly or coupled
together in trains, and propel them along the track as desired.
They are chiefly used for feeding cars to rotary, or other
types of dumpers. Their use assures rapid, uniform dumping
and continuous movement of loaded and empty cars with a
minimum of attention.

In the design of mine car hauls and in the selection of the

materials used in every part, special consideration is given to
the shock loads imposed by frequent starting and stopping
and to adverse conditions that usually surround this type of
equipment. Embodied in every Link-Belt car haul are the fol- Chain wilh gravity tilling pushers for car hauls, showing lhe sturdy canstruction
lowing features that give long, reliable service. of links, rollers ond attachments. Photo 39306

Fe atures

• Sturdy crane ond hoist molors designed for heovy duty cycles
with frequent storts ond stops.

• Adequote control equipment.

• Oversia:e brokes.

• Enclosed Link-Be lt porollel shoft geor drives with extra lorge input
ond output shofts for torsion loods.

• Heovy geored couplings on both input ond output shofts.

Typical !rack for car haul chain, showing heavy steel angle guides and high
carbon sleel wear bars. Figure 6185
• Cut steel spur geors between drive shoft ond counter-shoft.

• Pinion mounted between beo rings to ovoid overhung load on out-

put shoft of geor drive.
• Heovy duty rigid pillow blocks with mochined gibs to relieve cap
bolts of side thrust.
• Speciol heovy duty casi steel tokeups equipped with Cordwell
Westinghouse spring draft geor to obsorb shock.
• Cost steel piole center choin sprocket wheels securely keyed to
shofts. High grade heot-treoted choins ond pushers ond olloy steel
heot-treoted pins.
• Salid steel corrying rollers support choins ot pushers ond ot inter-
mediote points to preve n! weor from drogging choin links. Extra
heovy choin guides to withstond shock loods, with reploceoble
weor bors both top ond bottom. Substontiol steel supports, flrmly
onchored to foundotions, ossuring proper olignment.
• Adequote occess provided for lubricotion, inspection ond repoirs.
Weighing of mine cars
Accurote weighing of mine cors while coupled together is occom-
plished by properly spoced cor stops in conjunction with o cor houl.
One poir of stops obove the scole registers the oncoming cor os it is
odvonced by the cor houl ond o second poir below the scole holds
the cors thot hove possed, thus relieving the cor o n the scole of ony
externo! forces thot might offect its weight. The co r stops hove
heovy coil springs to obsorb the shock of the moving cors ond spe-
ciolly designed hydroulic cylinders to control the rebound. Cor stops
ore outomoticolly opened when the dumping cycle is completed, ond
closed by o trigger mechonism operoted by the entering cor. With
this orrongement, one man controls ond weighs cors, removes, checks
ond operotes the dumping mechonism.
Other uses
Although cor houls o re used moinly in the m1ning industry, they o re
olso useful wherever relioble ond economicol handling of cors is
required.

MINE CAR HAUL

Elevalion of a typical mine car haul installotion, shawing localion of sprockets, takeups and both runs of lhe choin. Figure 3821

L 1 N K - B E L T • 57
bulk handling
car dumpers

Ref use car dumpers

Two general types of Link-Belt refuse car dumpers are

available for discharging cars of mine refuse. These are
the side tilting dumper for hillside use and the transfer
dumper for transferring refuse to larger cars orto hoppers.

Side tilting dumper

Where local conditions are suitable, such as in hilly and
mountainous country, it is customary to dispose of mine
refuse by dumping it over a hillside . The side tilting
dumper is especially adapted to this service as it is port-
able and requires no expensive pit or trestle.

The main structural frame of this machine forms on

arch over the track, which permits cars to be run under
it onto the dumping cradle. The cradle is attached to an
endless chain which runs in guides mounted in the orched
Side tilting dumper Photo 20756A frame. Power for operating the chain t o raise the cradle
is provided by a motor and enclosed gear drive.

The cradle with car is tilted to one side for dumping

and then returned to its normal position.

Transfer dumper
The transfer dumper is a semiautomatic unit which lifts
the car vertically and then tilts to dump the contents into
a stationary chute or hopper for delivery to side dumping
l arries.

Loaded cars are elevated and tilted by means of a

counterweighted, roller- guided cradle connected to an
overhead motor-operated drum hoist through suitably
reeved cables. Limit switches and other inbuilt safety
features assure semiautomatic, safe and trouble-free
Side tilting dumper Photo 181 07 op eration.

\
\
\
\

1 1
~
-
Tran sfer dumper Photo 28653 Transfe r dumper Photo 28652

58 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
car dumpers

Side discharge car dumpers

·....:.-······

Simple ope rotlon and constructlon of side d ischorge cor dumper minimize
lobor ond mointenonce required to deliver cone to carrier. Photo 8256

Link -Belt side discharge car dumpers are used principally

for unloading cars containing sugar cane and similar
materials . Cars for this service are specially built and
are provided with top hinged sides which permit the
entire side to act as a door and to swing out from the
bottom to discharge the load.

These dumpers consist of a pivoted structural steel

platform, suitable in size for the cars being unloaded ,
and an actuating hydrau lic cylinder. Pla tform pivots are
located slightly to one side of the t rack center so that
lhe weight of the platform and car act to mainta in sta-
bility until the power is applied. Chains are used to
anchor the car to lhe platform during lhe dumping cycle.
Dlscharging cane to maln carrie r for delivery to mill, this side dis-
chorge cor dumper assures uniform unloading procedure. Photo 27280

Deliv erlng s u gar cane to feeder carrler , lhese side dischorge car
dumpers simplify and speed up unlooding operalions. Photos 26419 ond 26322

L 1 N K - B E L T • 59
bulk handling
power unloading scoops

power
unloading
scoops

U n l o ading grain fro m b oxear is o one- mon oper-

alion with o power unloading scaap. Phalo 29593

Originally designed for the unloading of grain from box-
ca rs, the Link-Belt power unloading scoop is now used for
many other bulk materia l unloading operations. With
this mechanism, pebble lime, phosphates, soda ash,
alum, bulk cement, sand, sa lt, cottonseed, and similar
materials, are unloaded successfully and economically
from boxcars and certa in forms of motor truck bodies.
The power unloading scoop will handle almost any gran-
ular material that can be scooped up, providing the proper
design scoop is used, and its size and shape are such that
it will no! overload !he operating mecha nism.
In operation, the operator draws th e scoop into the box-
ear or lruck and stops ba ck of the material to be moved.
Slack in !he rope serves to engage the w i ndin g mechanism,
wind up the rope , and pull the loaded scoop to the dis-
charge point.

Fi g. 4900 Fig. 4901

Boxear unlooding Tru ck unloading

60 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
powe r unloadlng scoops

f Ceili ng
s h e ave
The power unlooding scoop mechonism is of ~ubstontiol ond
durable construction. The gray iron frome is deep ond heovy.
The winding drum is lorge ond of welded steel. Other peris of
Drum
the mechonism subjecl to shock or unusuol weor ore of steel.
weight
Accessories, such os scoops ond sheoves, hove been designed
with omple strength ond for eose of handling.

-<- - 3~4: ~ - ~
1f..1 ~•sf->-< 20;· r -1;•1!"
..,
X

10 ~· 3,'¡'
t ;."--¡
10~'
l
1
sic·
l··" MAX.
l
1;'
__ _ _ _ _ y lever
w e ight
- .,.
2- 1,
Fig. 3743

Single machine

Scoop
cable sheave
19752

Power Copocity, Motor

unlooding Weight, cubic feet Orum horse·
scoop pounds Moteriols hondled per hour shaft power Style of scoop Scoop ca bles
number
1 Á
RPM
•
* Flal steel scoop 0 y, • día. 6 x 19 wlre ro pe
Groins, cottonseed, linseed, etc. 2000 65 5
36' wide x 30' híqh wi th % • dia. hemp coveríng
- -- - - -
89-3-1 54 0 Alum, lime, Weíghing 25 lo 50
750 to 1000 55 5 Curved steel scoop 6
pounds per cubic foot
soda ash,
chemicols,
-- --- - - - 28 1'.i" wide x 18' hígh
y,• dio. 8 x 19 wire rape
Weíghing 50 lo 100
sond, cement, etc. 600 to 750 50 5
pounds per cubic foot
Hove dimensíons certified far ínstollotíon purposes. Á Copocítíes depend on the conditíons a l operotion, human element, etc.
* Single, righ t hond mochines normolly corried in stock. Machines regulorly • Hígh pull-out-torque motors ore recommend ed.
0 Aluminum scoops con be furnished.
include 25-foot weigh t cord, lever weight, drum weight ond ceiling sheove.
Woll or íloor sheoves, sno tch blocks, scoop cables, scoop choins ond scoops 6 Specíol scoops con be furnished l ar handling sulphur ar o the r lumpy moteriols.
con be furníshed. Double mochines, consistíng of two single mochines mounted
on o common shoft, con be furnished.

Accessories

20065
Snatch block

20063
Swivel floor shea ve
20064
Curved steel scoop
Swivel w a ll sheave
Flat steel scoop

16704C
Scoop chain 167046

Scoop hook

LI NK - B E LT • 61
bulk handling
boxear unloaders

boxear
unloaders
Link- Belt builds two types of boxear unloaders. Both are for
high capacity unloading at te rminal grain elev at0rs, large
processing plants and other insta llations which require un-
loading of from 1 O to 70 ca rs per 8 hour do y.

The Link- Belt Kar-Flo b oxear unloader discharges bulk

meteríais from boxcars b y a unique rocking action which
conveys the material simultaneously from both ends of the
car and discharg es it through the center door opening. Th is
unloader is for applications requiring unloading rotes up to
5 cars per hour.
The Link- Be lt tilting ty pe boxea r unload er d ischa rg es bul k
materials from boxcars w ith a comb ined end and side tiltin g,
alt ernately from each end of the car, to discharge the con·
tents b y gravity th rough the center door opening. This
unloader is for applications wh ich require unloading rotes of
approximately 1O ca rs per hour.

Track layouts, spotting faciliti es and receiving equipment

must be considered when determining unloading rote s.

Tlltlng type box ear unloade r in maximum end tilt pasilion a l

lorge groin processing plonl. Cor is lhen tilted in opposile d irection
to complete unlooding operolion. Photo 33479

Ka r-flo boxcor unlooder discharging groin inlo rece1vong hopper o l terminal

gro in elevator. Cor is completely unlooded by unique rocking oclion. Phalo 377 49

62 • L 1 N K · B E L T
 bulk handling
boxear unloaders

Kar-Flo boxear unloader

The Link-Belt Kar- Flo boxear unloader repre-

sents a complete departure from conven·
tional unloading methods. lt uses a gentle,
rocking action that sla shes costs of unloading
grain, chemicals and other free-flowing bulk
material s.
Most signif1cant saving is in installation-
madc exceedingly simple b y the shallow p it
and low overhead clearance requirements.
Further economies result from low power and
minimum maintenance. In addition, Kar- Flo
induces smooth material discharge that re-
duces d ust and degradation . . . improves
working conditions.

37748

one- man control

SIMPLE OPERATION- Convenient control center facilitotes

.. .. ..
....-,-----.,....-,-----.lc::=:J
.... ·· ~
(1/\ unlooding. No deftectors or boffles need be inserted into cor•

unloads 4 or more cars per hour

FAST- Unlooding time for corn, borley or rice is 5 to 7 min-
utes. Hydroulic clomps speed centering of cors on plotform.
-a J___~l._.1_
:zs: ¡ z:s:
n atura l frequency spring actlon
LOW MAINTENANCE-Rubber bushed orticuloting joints in
rocker o rm o ssemblies reduce weor, need no lubricotion.

no machlne ry in car, gentle move m e nt of car

SAFE-No cables, scoops, etc. on operotor's plotform or in
cor. Clomps provid e sure hold on cor during unlooding.
shallow pit, low ove rh e ad cle arance
LOW INITIAL COST-lnstollotion expense is moderote.
Spring oction ond hydroulic system keep power needs low.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 63
bulk handling
boxear unloade rs
Box ear clampe d in posit ion on Kor-Flo plotform. Groin is being unloaded
into hopper. Photo 38285
Hy d r a u lic graln doo r o p ener in p o sitio n
to remove grain door. All movements are con-
lrolle d from operatar's position. Pho to 38289
Graln d o or, held abo ve fl o w o f graln , is
outo matically deposited on floor when g ra in
door apener is retracted. Door remains clear fa r
easy acceu a l all times. Photo 38291
64 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Kar-Flo boxear unloader
••
••
PLATFORM functions a s a see-saw-ends
alternately rise and dip app roxima tely four
inches. O ne rail is sel higher than the other,
g iving car a slight side tilt. Rocking motion
moves material from both ends toward doo r
ot center, and tilted position o f car as-
sists d ischarge into hopper.
A boxear moved onto the platform is automatically cente red
and flrmly clamped b y hy draulicall y operated car clamps,
securely locking the car to the p latform, preventing endwise
movement. Car door on the unloading side is opened, inner
door removed, car platform locks are released and the
drive is started by a pushbutton a t the control center.
Rotation of counterwe ights in drive assembly produces an
oscillating action of 140 strokes per minute which the rocker
arms convert into a controlled-path rocking motion. Spring
assemblies amplify this movement to approxim ately 4
inches at each end of the p latform.
This rocking motion produces an actual conveying action,
moving material in the car from both ends simultaneously
towa rd the center of the ca r. One rail is installed hi gher
than the other to give a side t ilt to the car, causing contents
to flow smoothly and continuously through the door to the
r eceiving hopper below.
To obtain maximum unloading rote, sorne manual assist-
ance may be requi red at the end of the unloading cycle for
clean-up a round the door.
 bulk handling
boxear unloaders

Kar-Flo boxear unloader

Rocker arm and sprlng a ssemblles support the car platform and control
racking motion which moves material from ends of car to center door opening.
Rocker orms are rugged H section weldments mounted on steel encased rubber
· bushings clamped in gib-capped pillow blocks. Alloy steel springs ore d esigned
for long life. Photo 377 53
Car clamps rise from p i! and slide forward lo automatically center and clamp
any standard 40 o r 50-foot boxear on platform. Clamping of the car auto-
matically releases hydraulic platform locks. Retracting car clamps automatic-
ally operate hydraulic platform locks and interlock prevents operation of drive
when platform is locked . The car platform is constructed of reinforced 36" WF
beams. Total weight of the Kar-Flo is 150,000 pounds. Photo 38286

Drlv e a ssembly consisls of two 140-RPM counter-
weighled shafts revolving in opposite directions to pro-
duce the reciprocating force. Orive shafls are mounted
in self-a ligning roller bearing pillow blocks. The ma in
drive unit, pawered by a 40 horsepower motor, is fully
guarded to preven! injury to personnel. Photo 37752
Plt dlmenslons
j
Op e rator's pane l for Kar- Flo and hy- Hydraullc control unlt, mounted on a 4 by 8-fool
draulic door opener is orranged for welded steel base, contains two low pressure pumps
simple one-man control. Hydraulic car operated by a 2 5 horsepower motor for moving
clamps and platform locks are controlled car clamps and two high pressure pumps operated
by pushbuttons. Motor controls hove mag- by a 1 5 horsepower motor to produce squeeze
netic starters with overload relays and pressure to hold cor in position. Photo 37755
automatic interlocks. The panel is com·
plete with indicator lights for all controls.
Photo 38294
¡·------ - · -·-· --- ·- · -·- ·- · --------~
. 1
! 1-1 i
1 i i 1
1 ----/~
- Í f ¡r-~
-~ 1\_______
~+·-·-(¡-T\
!
. . . . .' . .

Shallow p lt of simple design keeps installalion costs to a minimum; depth of only 7 feet, 3 inches Fig. 5879
results in economical installation in difficult locations.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 65
bulk handling
boxear unloaders

Tilting type boxear unloader

28625

The Link-Belt tilting type boxear unloader is designed for installations requiring the maximum
unloading capacity. The actual unloading cycle is 4 '12 minutes.

In addition to an automatic door opener, a power or hand operated deflector, which is

inserted into the door opening prior to the final tilt to effect b room clean unloading, can b e
supplied. The complete operation is performed from a one-man control stat ion and elimi-
nates the need for personne l t o enter the car at any t ime.

Four d ouble flanged steel trunnion rollers provide maximum stabi lit y and support for the
main t il1ing cradle and maintain permanent alignment. The entire machine is of welded
construction.

Operatlon
The looded co r is spotted on the plotform of the unlooder with the
outer door of the cor open on the dumping side. The end clomps of
the unlooder ore brought simultoneously into contoct with the cor
couplers ond cenler the cor on the moin crodle. This operotion outo-
moticolly disengoges the two end locks on the side toword which
the cor tilts sidewise.
The door opener is then brought into contoct with lhe inner door,
ond the cor t ilted sidewise 15 d egrees. The moin crodle is next
tilted endwise to o moximum ongle of 40 degrees to the horizontal, to
dischorge the material from one end of the cor, ond then to 40
degrees in the opposite direction to dischorge the material from the
opposite end. The baffle piole is then inserted in o diagonal position
through the door opening, ond the crodle is tilted 40 degrees to the
horizontal in the direction of the flrst endwise posit ion, dischorging the
remoinder of the material from the cor.
After the cor has been emptied of its load, the supporting plotform
with the empty cor is ogoin returned to normal horizontal position.
The door o pener ond end clomps ore withdrown which outomoticolly
locks the sup porling plotform. The empty cor is then reod y to be
moved off the plotform.
The t ime required for the complete cycle of operotion is 4 Y1
minutes, exclusive of the time required for spotting of cor, ond sweep-
ing, where necessory. Und er favorable opero ting conditions, on
average of ten cors per hour con be unlood ed.

66 • L 1 N K • B E L T
 bulk handling
box ear unloaders

Tilting type boxear unloader

1 3~·
CLEARANCE

END LOJ 1
UNDER N EAR RAIL
LOAD 60,000 LBS.
ON~ALL _J

ALTERNATE
ARRANGEMENT
BELT AT RIGHT
ANGLES TO TRACK

M1nimum p i! depth A is 20' 0• for conveyor porollel to trock ond 21 ' 6' for conveyor al right ongles to !rock. Fig. 3420
Pit width B is 1B' o• for conveyor porollel to trock ond 21 ' o• for conveyor al right ongles to trock.

Link-Bel! 6 0 -foot tilting type boxea r unloader

Maln cradle plotform opposile lhe dumping side; ond two end locks, operoted by
the end clamp corrioges, ore provided on the dumping side lo carry
A moin slruclurol sleel crodle supported by curved steel roils on four
lhe weight of a looded cor or locomotive os it posses over the un-
double flonged sleel rollers permits lhe nadie lo tilt endwise oboul 40
looder. Since the end locks ore operoted by the end clamp corriages,
degrees in either direclion. This tilt is occomplished by meons of cables
they ore o(woys in place when o car or locomotive is run onlo the
secured to both ends of the crodle ond driven by o 30 horsepower
unlooder. This featu re provides aulomotic protection from accidental
motor for lhe shorl mochine, ond o 40 horsepower motor for lhe long
tilting.
mochine, lhrough enclosed reduction geors lo winding drums. An
eleclricolly operoted broke holds lhe crodle when slopped al ony
poinl in ils movemenl.
Door opener

Car support ing platform
The slruclurol sleel supporling· plotform is pivoted on lhe moin crodle
ond con be tilled sidewise 15 degrees by spur geors ond on en-
closed geor drive, driven by o 1 1O horsepower motor. An eleclricolly
operoled broke on the motor holds the plotform tilted in ony desired
posilion whenever the motor is slopped.
End clamps
End clomps (acote ond hold lhe cor cenlrolly on lhe unlooder. These
clomps operole on lrocks in lhe supporling plotform ond ore driven by
sleel screws lhrough cut geors from o 15 horsepower motor. The
clamp~ ore roised simultoneously from recesses between cor roils al
eoch end of lhe supporling plotform lo engoge lhe couplers on lhe
cor, cenler the cor occurotely on lhe unlooder ond secure it ogoinst
movement in either direction during lhe unlooding operolion.
End posts and end locks
Stotlonory end posts ore provided under the ends of lhe supporting
Boxcors ore fltted with plonk or poper doors noiled lo lhe inside of the
cor door posts to preven! spillage from lhe cors during looding ond in
lronsil. These doors ore removed by forcing lhem inwordly ogoinsl
lhe pressure of lhe material in lhe cor. The Link-Belt door opener,
mounted on lhe unlooder crodle, is placed ogoinst the door ond locked
in place while lhe cor is in normal posilion. The door is held slotionary
by the opener o nd, os the cor is tilted sidewise, the door is forced in-
ward, allowing lhe contenls to Aow out.
Spikes in lhe door opener hold lhe door above lhe Aow until ali
material has been discharged. When lhe cor is righted, lhe door
opener is withdrown allowing lhe plonk or paper doors to foll lo lhe
cor Aoor.
Baffle plate
In lhe Anal lilt, lhe material moy move so ropidly thol some may by-
poss lhe door ond Aow lo lhe lower end of lhe cor. To preven! this, o
baffle plote is provided for manual or power inserlion in o diagonal
posilion lo deAecl the material through the door opening, thereby
completing lhe unlooding operalion.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 67
bulk handling
h y d r a ullc truck d ump e r

hydraulic
'lruck dumper
The hydroulic truck dumper greotly simplifles the un-
looding of cottonseed, soy beons, gro in, woodchips,
potosh, coke, sugor beets, corn ond similor moteriols
fro m trucks.
lt consists of o structurolly reinforced plotform with
two hydroulic telescop ing cylinders thot p ivot ot their
base ond ot connections on either side of the plot·
form. The plotform has o lifting copocity of 80,000
pounds ond con be roised to o 4 0 -degree ongle in
60 seconds ond lowered in 4 0 seconds under smooth,
positive, hydroulic control b y one operotor. Ample
reserve power mokes ropid unlooding of trucks up
to 54-foot overoll length o simple, sofe, one-mon
operotion.
Hydroulic truck dumpers ore ovoiloble in grade
level ond pit types, with or without ~rovisions for
scole mounting.
Link-Belt will furnish equipment for handling material
from the truck dumper to the plont, ond will design,
manufacture ond erect complete insto llotions, Jorg e
or smoll.

Unlo a d ing graln to silo st ora ge o t gra in e le v ator, this hy-

droulic truck du mper unloods o 45-foot truck quickly ond sofely.
Photo 38504

Rema te con t r o ls and power unlt, opera ted by o ne ma n ,

simplify o p erotion of this hydroulic truck dumper shown delivering Unloadlng cane a t a sugar mlll, this hydroulic truck dumper provides reliobility
g roin into hopper. Photo 36790A during seosonol horvest. Photo 38852

68 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
hydr aulic truck dumper

Features

35337
• Fast-acting hydroulic cylinders lift 40
tons to 40-degree ongle in one minute.
• Heavily reinforced truck plotform
prevents twisting ar torsionol bending if
truck is not in center of plotform.
• Stabllity is provided by wide seporo-
tion of pivot points ond low center of
grovity.
35334
• Reliable performance is ossured by
two 20 HP motors direct-connected lo hy-
droulic pump s, with either motor copoble
of lifting plotform ond fully lood e d truck.
• Remote control equipment supplied
for one-mon operotion of hydroulic volves
ond pump motors.
• Large capaclty to occommodote trac-
tor ond troiler ossemblies up to 54 feet
overo ll length.
35347
• Complete safety is ossure d b y extro-
heovy hydroulicolly controlled stops thot
contoct reo r wheels of truck.
• Smooth operation is provided by
two four-sleeve hydroulic telescoping cylin-
d ers thot pivot ot base ond ot o pivoted
connection on both sides of the plotform.
• V a rlous types ore o voiloble, such os
grade le vel, pit or scole type, with plotform
lengths of 50 or 60 feet.

º\
. ~ \
UNLOADING PIT ~

'_·---11'. 5•~
...
H
/ 2
f ig. 5402 s*l 9'-tti ' 16!
- - -- -11-4•
G rade level type hydra ulic truck d umper with unl oading pit

L 1 N K - B E L T • 69
bulk handling
recelvlng hoppers

• •
rece1v1ng hoppers

Link-Belt receiving hoppers are used for receiv-

ing bulk materials from trucks or cars, and for
providing sufficient surge to permit continuous
operation o f a conveyi ng system from the
hopper.
Bar gratings are furnished to suit material
delivered to hopper. Track beams support the
grating ond ra il s on installa tions where mate-
rial is delivered to receiving hopper in hopper
bottom railroad cars. For truck delivery or
when material is reclaimed from storage by
bulldozers , dragscrapers ar cranes, the grat-
ing and its supports are designed to suit indi -
vi dual conditions .
Special designs differing in pit depth , bot-
tom slopes or other indivi dual requirements Transferrlng pit sand and gravel from olf-the-roo d houler to o p ron
feeder which feed s b ell conveyor. Photo 35567
can be supplied when adaptation of hoppers
presented here is not practical.

.
"' .

Olscharglng coal lnto track hopper al munici pal powe r plan!. Dellvering coal lnto bollerhouse recelvlng hopper. Coal is trans-
Pholo 28426 ferred lo slorage bin by buckel elevator. Photo 36232

70 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
r ecelvln g h oppers

Track hoppers
The track hoppers shown meet the requirements of prac-
tically all installations. The four diagrams illustrate
suitable arrangements for small, medium, and large un- AAR STD.50 TON HOPPER CAR CLASS HM
loading hoppers and show the relationship between the
door open ings of commonly encountered hopper-bottom
cars and properly proportioned track hoppers.
For high capacity unloading, select a hopper long
enough to receive material from ali gales of a car simul-
taneously, plus enough end clearance for the inaccuracies
of spotting. Also, for most effective over-all unloading
performance, the hopper should contain sufficient surge
volume so the conveying system will be fed continuously
while the cars are being shifted. Such additionol capacity
con best be obtained by lowering the hopper rather than Fig. 3457
increasing its length beyond that required for the car
Trock hopper 10 feet wide by 6 feet long for unlooding 50-ton cor
door openings.
from one car door at a time.
Double hopper orrongements provide the means for
reducing pit depths, particulorly when handling materials
requiring steep bottom slopes.
T he square hoppers are so designed thot they may be
installed with the long axis of the rectangular bottom
opening located in either direction with respect to the
track. Through the medium of adapler collars, these
hoppers can be utilized with the various kinds of com- AAR STD. 50 TON HOPPER CAR CLASS HM
monly employed feeders, which may be installed porallel
oral right angles to the track. Suitable gales can be in-
serted between hopper and adapter collar.
Hopper sides have a minimum slope of 50 degrees
from the horizontal anda minimum valley angle of about
42 degrees. Since the steel portion of the hopper is com-
pletely below the beams, track b eam closure plates
are eliminated and consequent aggravoting leakoge is
avoided.

Syntron ele ctric or fluid power bin vibrators at

times may be employed to advanlctge with these hoppers.
In many inslances their use will aid in attaining an even
flow when material variations or uncontrollable choracter-
istics are the cause of stoppages.
Fig. 3460
Single 14-foot squore trock hopper receiving material from both doors
of o 50-ton cor. Dotted lines indicote lowered position of hopper far
increosed surge copocity.

Bar gratings are fobricated with angle end closures

which stiffen the bars and provide a simple grating sup-
port flush with the top of the track hopper pit. The most
common grating openings are listed, but others can be
provided to suit practically any requirement .

AAR STO. 70 TON HOPPER CAR CLASS HT

Fig. 3459
Double 14-foot squore trock hoppers for rece1v1ng material from oll
doors of o 70-ton cor. Dotted li nes indicote lowered posi tion of hoppers
for increose d surge capocity.
Fig. 3458
Lorge concrete hopper. incorporoting o 12. foot squore steel hoppe r,
for receiving material from oll doors of a 70-ton cor.

LINK - BELT • 71
bulk handling
receiving hoppers

Hoppers, beams and gratings

Track b eam

rrc:. H HHHH~
Re ctangular !rack hopper under single ra il Typica l arrange ment o f bar grating

~1

,I 3"

~~'---3...l'.r·
k3~o'>l
INSIDE

Rectangular !rack hopper under double rail De ta il of !rack beam pocket

+
H

l
l.•.40-J
..
"•
INSIDE

.,... 6ª
Fig. 3958
Square track hopper unde r double rail De tail of hopper s upport

Hopper Beams Groting

Capacity, Tota l llea ring

Si ze, W eight, Reodion, Square
fe et
cubic
pounds
ll e o H Valle y Size weight,
pounds
pi a te E F G p
openings,
feet
o • a ngle 0 pounds
0
si ze,
inches
Width Length • INCHES
t;,. inches
INCHES
7 5 62 540 .... . .. . 6 48 4 3° 24 ' 1 O"WF®4 9 lb. 41 0 43,000 1l x l Y.x l O 10 1 2 72 82 2 , 4 or 6
10 6 139 10 3 0 .... . . .. 6 5 4 46° 31 ' 1 o •wF@49 lb. 4 6 0 48,200 l l xl Y. xlO 10 1 2 84 94 2 , 4 or 6
12 12 395 181 0 53 8 3,4 12 66 42°51 ' 14 "Wf@.68 lb. 9 75 66,000 llx l l4x 12 1 4 16 Vi 144 156 6, 8 , 1Oor1 2
14 14 6 10 28 20 6 7 Y. 9 'A6 12 72 41 °49' 14 "W F@78 lb . 1300 72,300 13x 1 Vzxl2 1 4 l 6 V2 16 8 180 6, 8 1 1 O o r 1 2

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. O Reaction ot one end of a single beom. Beom sizes ore bosed on Coope r's
A.Cap:icity of hopper without vertical sides, level full to base of roil. E 60 loading with 253 impact. Beam specificotions a re subject to roi l-
o Weight based on y.• thick steel plate sides. road approvol.
• Consult Link -Belt regording vertica l sides higher than those listed. ~ Weight of eoch beam with two bearing plotes.

72 • LINK - B E LT
 bulk handling
gates and valves

ga'les and valves

A b atte ry af d uplex gat es d ischarging sand from hoppers to A Syntro n Iris valve contro lling flow of sugar
molds on molding machines. Photo 24564 into o scole mounted pan. Pholo 5200235

A motor-ope rated h e avy duty unde rcut gate a l coa l preparation A rack and p ln lon gate under a truck dump hopper controlling
plan! conlrolling the d ischorge of refuse from bin to trucks. Pholo 33474 flaw of coal inlo an L-palh Bulk-Flo al sleom pion!. Photo 33383

Gales are normally use d on the bottoms or sides of bins, tanks or hoppers, either sing ly or in a
series, to control flow of materials o nto conveyors for further processing ; directl y to machines for
bagging, weighing, etc.; or into trucks or railroad cars for shipment to other points.
Numerous types of gales are ava ilable. Many of these are general purpose gales suitable
for handling coal, sa nd, grave l, crushe d ·rock, stone, ore and similar meteríais. They are buil t
in a wide range of sizes to meet all normal requirements.
The types listed are those which hove been d eveloped through years of experience in the
materials handling fleld.

L 1 N K • B E L T • 73
bulk handling
gates and valves

Types
Bin gates, Types AS and A
Bin gates are designed for attachment to bottoms of bins or hoppers.
They ore suitable for handling sized coal, grave!, crushed rock, stone, ore
and other similar materials. Type AS gates are mode of plate steel with
welded construction throughout. Ty pe A gates o re made of gray iron.

Under cut gates, Types C and D

Undercut gates a re general purpose gray iron gates suitable for 31337
handling coal, gravel, crushed rock, stone, ore and similar materials. Bin gate, Ty p e AS
Type C gates are designed for ottachment to bottoms of bins or
hoppe rs. Ty pe D gates are used on openings in vertical sides of bins
or hoppers.

Duple x gates, Types BS and B

Typ e BS welded steel and Type B gray iron duplex gates are general
purpose gates suitable for handling sand, gravel, crushed rock, stone, Bin g ate, Ty pe A
ore, coal ond other similar materials.
The linkage system of Type BS and the segmenta! geor operating
mechanism of Type B result in quick-opening, smooth-octing gales,
a utomatically closed by gravity when the pull rod is released. The two
gate plates, moving in unison, provide complete opening with a mínimum
movement of the pull rod. This is advantageous in bulk moterials handling
operations such as bogging, weighing, foundry bench or mochine molding 31 335
operations and other similar opplicotions.
Unde rcut gate, Ty pe C
Rack and p in lon gate
The single ond dcuble rock ond pinion gotes ore of the sorne general
design. These gates ore of welded steel construction throughout. They
are frequently used ben eoth cool b unkers or trock hoppers in lorge
industrial plants ar power generoting stotions. Due to their construction,
these gotes ore olso suitoble for handling sond, grovel, crushed rock,
stone, ore ond similor moteriols. 31336

On the double rock ond pinion gote s, the steel s!ide plote is corried on
ball beoring rollers to ossure smooth, e osy operotion under !oad. Undercut gate, Type O
When the gote is closed, fine material seols the slide plote to pre-
vent dribble.

31339
Enclose d ra ck a n d p in io n g a te
Duplex gate, Type BS
These goles ore dust-tight ond totolly e nclosed, with welded steel
construction throughout. They ore frequently used beneoth cool bunkers
or track hoppers in lorge industrial plonls, power generoting stations or
wherever dusty materiols ore being hcndled. These gotes, while pri-
morily intended for free flowing or dusty meteríais, con olso be used for
sond, grovel, crushed rock, stone, flne· ore ond other similor meteríais.
The steel slide plote is corried on boll beoring rollers to assure smooth,
eosy operotion under leed. When the gote is closed, flne material seals
thc si id e . plote to prevent dribble. An occess plote is provided at the
reor of the gote housing to cid in the removo l of material which might
occumulate. Reclaimed material moy be returned to the system through
on opening provided inside the gote ot the lower end of the inclined
housing plote.
10798

Duplex gate, Type B

Enclosed rock and pinion gate Rack and pinion gale

74 • L 1 N K - B EL T
 bulk handling
gate s a n d valves

Types
Vertical slid e gate
Vertical slide goles ore mode of gray iron ond hove o lip chute casi
integral with the gote housing. These goles ore suitoble for handling
cool, grovel, crushed rock, stone, and similor nonpulverized moteriols.
They ore designed for instollotion on vertical sides of wooden, steel,
or concrete bins.
632 1
Tu nnel gat e
Vertical slide gate Welded steel tunnel goles with either flxed or hinged chutes, ore for
instollotion either singly or in series beneoth bins ond hoppers or in
recloim tunnels. They ore recommended for handling cool, sond, grovel,
crushed rock, stone, ore ond similor moteriols.
A hinged looding chute, pivoted on the gote shaft, ond orronged for
minimum belt cleoronce in lowered position, ossures gentle looding of
material onto the belt. When not in use, this looding chute is roised out
of the woy. Material flow is controlled by the segmento! gote operoting
Tun nel g a te w ith fixed chute within the stotionory portian of the unit. Arronged to close outomoticolly,
the gote moy be locked open in ony one of o number of positions.
Gotes with either flxed or hinged chutes embody the overcut closing
feoture.

Heavy duty undercut gafe

The heovy duty toggle operoted undercut goles ore suitoble for han-
dling such moteriols os cool, mine refuse, rock ond ore. They con be
furnished with either 35 or 45 degree slope bottom piole to suit individual
instollo tions.
These goles ore ruggedly built with oll steel welded construction.
They ore quick octing ond ore eosily operoted by choin wheel or hond
wheel ond designed for locking the gafe plote in closed or open position.
The lorge throot opening ossures moximum tonnoge ond possoge of
lorge lumps.

31342
Motor operated he avy dut y und e rcut gate
The motor operoted heovy duty undercut goles are self-contoined, ond
Heavy duty undercut gate
suitoble for run-of-mine cool, mine refuse, rock ond ore. A generous throot
opening is provided to ossure moximum tonnoge ond possoge of lorg e
lumps. A hinged plote or curtoin weights provide relief for ony lorge
lumps thot moy become lodged on the gafe os it doses.
The operoting mechonism consists of o Motogeor drive with o motor
mounted broke, on enclosed roller choin drive from the Motogeor to
the countershoft, ond o toggle mechonism connecting the countershoft
to the gote. The cronk of the toggle is mounted between the countershoft
be orings to ossure o mínimum of deflection. Com operoted limit switches
control the movement of the gote plote ot the extreme positions, but the
gafe piafe moy be stopped al ony position when opening or closing
31341 ond held ot thot point by the motor broke. A reversing motor control
Motor operated heavy duty und e rcut gate con be supplied.

Syntron Iris flow control valve

Syntron iris flow control volves provide positive flow control ond shut-off
of free-flowing bulk moteriols such os corbon dust, gelotine, dried food
powders, crystolline ond powdered chemicols, cement, sond, pigments,
plostics, ceromic o nd refroctory moteriols, etc. in blending, weighing,
bogging ond other operotions, or in controlling eddy-free oir for heoting,
ventiloting or drying.
The principal feoture of this volve is its flexible diophrogm which
forms o concentric operture-ond which moy be voried (similor to the
iris diophrogm of o camero) to form inflnitely variable openings from
fully closed to wide open, merely by moving the lever through o 180°
o re. The volve moy be held at ony desired open position ogoinst the
heod load of the material or low oir pressure.
The flexible diophrogm presents o resilient surfoce which rolls the
material with it in closing. There ore no metal ports in which the material
con lodge ond jom, thus ollowing opening or closing ot ony critico!
point in o process.
Usual construction consists of on oluminum housing or frome, ond o
brass, rototing control ring. They ore olso ovoiloble in oll-stoinless steel
construction.
While nylon is the fobri<i regulorly used for the flexib le diophrogm,
other fobrics such os conductive rubber-cooted nylon, orlan ond foir -
pre ne con be furnished.
Syntron iris flow control valve A dischorge chute, of the sorne diometer as the volve, moy be attoched.

LI NK - BELT • 75
bulk handling
gates and valves

Types
Rotary cutoff valve
The rotary cutoff volve provid es an easily operoted and q uick-acting
mea ns of cutting off or rele a sing the Aow of finely pulverized free Aowing
prod ucts such os cernen!, hy drated lime, pulverized coal, etc., lo or from
conveyors, bins, botchers or oth er processing equipment.
The rotory cutoff valve is fully enclosed ond dust-tighl. The housing is
o f gray iron, split vertically for ease of instollotion and fo r removal of
rotor. The gray iron rotor turns freely through on ore of 90 degrees, from
a fully closed to a fully opened position and return. Housing ond rotor
are accurotely machine fini shed to provide close rotor cl e orance and
dust-tight joints.
W e ld ed steel rotory cutoff valves of special sizes ond for speciol
purposes can be supplied. Rotary cutoff valve

Universal swlng gates and one-way swlng gates

Swing gales with spout heods o re made of gray iron. While d esigned
primorily for feeding coal from overhead storage bins into stoker
hoppers, they are olso used successfully in wholesale and retail cool
yord s. In oddition to handling coal, these gales o re suitoble for g ravel,
crushed rock, sto ne, ore and other similar materials.
The universal gate swings in ri g id hangers, while the hopp e r top of
the movable stoker-spout exlension is suspended by o joint which permits
leading the discharge e nd to deflnite radial distances from the ve rtical
center line .
The one-way gate is used for one-direction swing stoker spouls. lt is
generally used where the bottom of the spout is flored to cover the
stoker hopper.

Segmenta! sand gates, Types A and B

41 77
The Ty pe A segmenta! sand goles are fo r use on vertical si des of bins or
Un ivers al swing gate
hopp ers. Spring pressure holds the self-adjusting gate segme nt against
curve d guides on the frame , assuring a light fil with e a se of operotion.
The loading spout is hinged separotely to the gate frame and moy be
roised ond lowered e o sily by meons o f counterweights.
The Ty pe B gales are similar in o p eration to the Type A but ore in-
tended for use o n bottoms of bins or hoppers. The hinged spout is usually
unnecessary but can be furnished .

Segmenta! gravel gates

When handling grovel or slone, the sid e mounting segmenta! grovel
gale> hove proven very satisfactory. A special rinsing spout, shown sus-
pended from the main spout, can b e furnis hed. The upper end of the 7716
hing ed loading spout is perforated on the bottom and a water spra y can
One-way s wing gate
b e placed over the spout to rinse the material as it flows down the spout.
To preve n! the dirty water from remixing with the clean material, the
rinsing or deflector spout is suspended beneath the perforated portian
of the moin spout. Whe n the gote is not in use the main spout may be
raised agoinst the bin for clearo nce, allowing the d efl ector sp out to fo ld
back against it.

Segmenta! sand gafe,

Type A

17 158

10742 Se gme nta! sand gate,

Segmenta! gravel gate Type B

76 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions
Bln gates, Type AS • W elded steel

~u
Opening, 1 'rf0~~~:· 1 e1 o 1 F 1 H 1 K 1 ~ l1 ~ z

A
Short
Body
¡ long
Body
----'---'----'--.:..-,,.,.,,,..,.:,::--...:.....;B:...:o..:;
INCHES
d,_y-"-
Bo' -'d'-'y.:..-_

12 12 105 112 17 17 5 5 13 18 3 5 'h

12 16 125 133 17 21 5 4 'h 13 20 3 5 'h
16 16 155 164 21 21 4 1'.t 4 1'.t 17 24 3 6 'h
16 20 175 185 21 25 4 1'.t 6 1'.t 17 28 3 6 'h

18 18 190 200 23 23 5 'h 5'h 181'.t 30 3 6 y,

20 20 235 246 25 25 61'.t 6 1'.t 201'.t 36 3 7 y,
Hove dimensions certified for i nstollotion purposes.

ALTERNATE
LOCATION OF
LE VER Bln gates, Type A • G ray iron

8 8 l p 22084 ... 115 13 13 3 . .. 3

10 10 1 p 21041 ... 140 16 16 61'.t ... 61'.t
Fig. 386 4 12 12 1 e11123.,. 175 18 18 ... 5 y. ...
12 12 1 P27153 • 225 19 19 3 5 3
Bin gate, Type AS
13 13 1 p 22077 • 200 18 18 5 ... 5
14 14 1 e 25007.,. 260 20 20 6 ... 6
16 16 1 p 24205 0 260 22 22 5 ... 5
20 16 1 p 20681 0 330 22 26 5 ... 6

12 12 6 p 25307 • 6 225 19 19 3 5 3
20 16 6 p 29264 00 330 22 26 5 4 y, 6
Opening,
inches
1 Pottern
_ A_l_ B_ number
IN CHES
8 8 p 22084 ... ... 7 9y, 9 'h lO:V. 10:V. y,
10 10 p 21041 • .. . 4 9 y, 9y. 'h 13 13 :v.
12 12 e 11123.,. 5 Y. 5'l'1 11'/1 ... . 'h 15:V. 15:V. •¡,
12 12 p 27 153 . 5 5 'l'1 12 5116 15% y. 16 16 :v.
RADIUS-~
y 9\
13 13 p 22 077 • ... 5 'h 12% 11 'h 16 16 y,
N -@- 1 14 14 e 25007 ... ... 5 13\4 .... y, 18 18 :v.
' 16 16 p 24205 0 ... 4 15 \4 131'.t % 19 1'.t 191'.t %
20 16 p 20681 0 ... 4 15 Y• 131'.t y, 22Y, 191'.t %
Fig. 3862 Fig. 3861
STYLE 6 BODY STYLE 1 BOOY 12 12 p 25307 • 6 5 5 'l'a 12•,-1, 15Y• :v. 16 16 :v.
20 16 p 29264 00 5% 4 15 y, 131'.t % 22 3A 19 1'.t y,

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

~ Á
•
Gote has one-piece gray iron gote plote ond sides.
Gray i ron gote piole is bolted to gray iron sides.

LU
0 Steel gote plote is bolted to gray iron sides.
6 Rodius S=62Ya" .
o Rodius S = 36Ya".
LEVER N0.2 LEVER NO. 3 Fig. 3863

Bin gate, Type A Undercut gates, Type C

ºfn;~~:9• 1 Pottern 1 Weight, 1 e

number pounds -
o
- - ' - - - - ' -- -'-- -'---
G
- ' - --
H
-'--
K

A 1 B INCH ES
10 14 p 12356 235 16 20 13\.'.t 131'.t 12'Yo 6 9%
12 12 p 32192 225 18 18 8 7 8 21'.t 9 'l'1
14 16 p 13229 270 20 22 161'.t 7'h 141'.t 5'h 9%
14 16 p 13340 350 20 22 14 151'.t 13 5 'h 9 'h

20 • 24 p 29265 950 261'.t 27 \4 36 \4 14 21 'h 1O'h 25 1'.t

20 . 24 e 26290 870 26 30 1'.t 26:V. 15 231'.t 71-1. 21 Ya

/ Opening ,
inches X
A 1 B IN CHES
10 14 17 9% ... .. . .. . 6'h .. . 6 1'.t 8 y,
12 12 7'h 12 ... ... 7 'h 7'h ... 7'h 7'h y,
14 16 9'h 10% ... ... 9'h 8 'h .. . av, o y•
14 16 9:V. 1O'h ... . .. 9% ... . ... 171'.t 9 y,

20 . 24 3% 24 1'.t 5 y. 5 \4 5 \4 3Y, 5 'h 3% 143A :v.

20 • 1 24 7 22 7 7 7 1 l:V. ... ll:V. 11 y•
Hove dimensions cer tifi ed lor instollotion purposes.
Fig. 3866
Operating lever included.
• Con be furnished from 20" minimum to 42" moximum. Fo r eoch i nch increose,
Undercut gate, Type C odd 6 pounds to listed w eight.

LINK-BELT • 77
bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions
Undercut g a t es, Type D

o¡~~h~~º· 1 Pcttern
number
~c:'~~~:· I e j o 1 e j F jG1 H j J j K 1 L j M 1 N 1 P J R j z
A 1 B 1 INCH ES
13 14 p 19 079 210
16 Y, 125
11 Y1 7 Y1 11 13 . . . . .. ... 22 9 y, l 9 y. 1y,I %
14 10 p 9234 200 20 21 12 12 10 17 Y1 18 9 Y112 1!. 3 0 'I•
24 24 . p 6803 500 24 % 30 21 11 Y1 20 4 y, 4 y. 4 y, 4 y. 28 20 Y1 l 8','1 3 y.I y,
30 24 6 p 2843 0 640 30 29 Y2 26 15 26 6 6 6 6 27 y, 20V. 20% 3 y, y,

BOLTS·Z Hove dimensions cer ti fied far insta llotion purposes.

11 11
• Gate with steel gate plate con b e fu rnished from 24 minimum to 42" moximum. Fo r each 6 or less
increose, add 25 pounds to listed wei ght.
Fig. 3865 L'> Gote with steel gote piol e con be furnished from 24" minimum to 42" moximum. Far eoch 6" or less
Unde rcut g a te, Type D increase, add 48 pounds to listed w eigh t.
0 Pivo t is bel o w reference point.

STYLE 1 STYLE 2 STYLE 5 STYLE 7

fig. 3869

Styles of gate bodies

Fig. 3868
Du p lex gate, Type B

Duple x g a t e s, Ty pe B

:é~Rt~S
Opening,
inches Body Pottern Weigt-it, e D E F G H J M N p R s T 1
w y 1 y1 1 z
styl e number pounds 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
1
A 1 B INCHES 1 1 INCHES
12 12 1 PC 17818 145 17Y, 17Y, 1ov. 8 8 . .. ... . 9 4 y, 6 1'1 14 y, 20% Y1 15 '/• 15 % Y1
12 12 1 CP 27744 180 17Y2 17Y, 1o v. 8 . .. 8 . . .. .... . . .. 9 1OY, 61'1 14 y. 20% y, .... 15>;. 15 >;. Y1
. .. .... ....
1
12 12 2 p 27343 0 170 17 Y2 17 y, 1ov. 8 .. . . 8 9 4 y, 6 1'0 14 y. 20 % y, 24 15'!. 15% Yo
12 12 2 e 178190 150 l 7Y, l 7Y, l ov. 8 . ... 8 . .. .... . ... 9 4 y, 6 1'0 14!!. 20 '!. Yo 48 15 y, 15y, y,

16 16 1 PC 17825 215 23 23 l2 Y2 12 .. 12 . .. .... ... . 11 5 8 1'1 16 !!. 24!!. Yo .... 21 21 %

16 16 2 PC 178260 220 23 23 12Y, 12 . . 12 . . . .... . ... 11 5 8 1'0 16Y. 24Y. Yo 48 21 21 y,
16 16 2 PC 261980 220 23 23 l 2Y, 12 . .. 12 . .. . ... .... 11 5 8 1'1 16 y, 2 4 y, Yo 60 21 21 %
16 16 2 PC 248980 220 23 23 12Y, 12 ... . 12 . .. . ... ... 11 5 81'1 16!!. 2 4 Y, Yo 72 21 21 y,

16 . .. 5 e 18113 215 . . 21 >;. 12 y, . .. 2 y, . . . 45 45 11 3 y, 8 1'1 16'!. 24'!. Yo . . .. 19~ %

18 18 1 PC 19597 340 25 25 14 y, 7Y, 7% 7y, 7'1• .. .. 13 7 3/16 9 Y, 17 y, 23 Y. Yo .. .. 23 23 y,
18 18 1 p 4 1078.4 330 25 25 15Y, 7 y, 7'!. 7y, 7'!. .... .... 14% 7 3/16 10 17'!. 24 !!. Y1 . . .. 23 23 %
18 18 2 e 27029 0 345 25 25 14 y, 7y, 7y, 7Y, 7y, . .... 13 7t\6 9Y, 17 y, 23 y. v. 44 23 23 %

18 .... 5 CP 33950 320 . .. 23Y1 14 y, . .. . . .. 2Y, 45 45 13 4"A. 9 Y, 17y, 23 y, Yo .... 2 1 y, %

18 18 7 e 28378 0 345 25 24 14 y, 7 Y, 7 y, 7Y, 7 y, .... .... 13 7'/\• 9 Y, 17y, 23y, Yo 72 22 23 y,
20 20 1 p 41079 . 4 30 27 27 15y, 8 8 8 8 .... .... 14 % 7 70 12y, 19 y, 28'!. '!. . .. . 24 24 %
24 24 1 e 28 658 . 690 30 30 16Yo 9 9y, 9 9y, .. .. .... 16Yo 10 14 42 40 Yo 1 .... 27 Y, 27 Y, y,

24 24 1 P41076 • 680 30 30 20Y• 9 9 y, 9 9y, .. .. .... 20 Y, 12 15 23 41 % % . . .. 27Y, 27Y, \ y•

26 26 1 e 15906 . 710 32 32 17Y, 9 y, 10 9 y, 10 ... . .. .. 17 Yo 8 14 42 40 Y1 1 . ... 29'1• 29'!. %
26 .... 5 PC 24059 • 640 . . . . 31 Yo 17~ . .. . . .. . 2Y, . .. 30 45 17 Yo 8 14 42 40 Yo y, 29Y2 . 3/.4

Hove dimensions cer ti fied far instollation purposes. .4 Can be fu rnished wi th either steel or gray iron gote p ioles.
0 Addilional patterns are avoilable with variable N and W dimensions • Gate with steel gate pioles.
in case those listed d o not sui t the requirements.

78 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
gafes a n d valves

Dimensions
Duplex gates, Type BS • Weld ed sleel

oi~~~!~g. :o:i~;:·l-c-----º--''-E---'1-F.INCHES
A 1 B
, , .,.l,.,. .G,.,. . .l_H_l_____.__K_-'--z-
12 12 115 17 17 5 5 5 5 10 8% y,
12 14 122 17 19 5 5 5% 5% 10 8 'A. y,
12 16 129 17 21 5 5 6 V. 6\4 10 8•;,, y,
12 18 136 17 23 5 5 6 l11 6y, 10 1 8 •A. y,

14 14 135 19 19 5 y, 5% 5 Y, 5% l OY.i 8'A• y,

t 14 16 141 19 21 5 Yo 5% 6 V. 6\4 l OY, 8'A. y,

j· ~ 11 14
14
18
20
147
153
19
19
23
25
5•1t
So/o
5.Ya
s y,
6 lla
7 Y2 7 y,
6 Ya 1OY,
1OY,
8'A•
8%
Y2
y,

<§:3., '·"--< .J :º --· o,,J· «-.(~ 16 16 165 22 22 6Y.i 6Y, 6 Y, 6 y, 12 Ya 10'A6 y,

k1a
-

OR TO SUIT-L- 20 OR TO su1r-J
!> ~__}'
'
Fig. 3867
16
16
20
24
180
195
22
22
26
30
6 Y,
6Y,
6 Y2
6 V2
7 :y,
6 l11
3
7 /a
6 l11
l 12 Y1
12\la
103A.
103,\o
y,
y,
18 18 220 25 :Y1 25:Y1 7V. 7 y, 7 Y.. 7 y, 14'/a l 2 1',\, y,
Duplex gate, Type BS 20 y,
20 240 25 25 5 Ya 5 y, 5Y, 5Y, 15Y2 13•/,
Hove dimensians certified far installarian purpases.

Single rack and plnlon gates

ºfn~~~~g, 1
A B
12 12 131 19V. 5:Ya 14 Y, 15'!. 19y, 20\4 lOY, 17 12 20Y1
14 14 146 21 v. 6:Ya 16Y, 17'!. 21 y, 22\4 11 Ya 18 12 23 Ya
16 16 163 23V. 7,:Y1 10 v. 19\4 23y, 24'!. 12y, 19 16 26Y,
18 18 180 25V. 8:Y1 2o y, 21 y, 25V. 26V. 13Y1 20 18 29Y,
Hove dimensians certified íor installatian purpases.
4 Extended shaft can be fu rnished.
• Outside diameter af hand wheel ar piten diameter a f rag wheel.
o lncludes hand wheel.
'
6
1
H
Double r ack and plnlon gates
Jt
Opening,
inches Weight,
pounds
I D
1
H J
1
K l T
...u ~ 1 w 6 SPACE::; '
D
A 1 8 o INCHES l _J
24 24 324 30Y.i 5Y, 25'!. 26:Y. 29Ya 15 \4 26 24 48 1
6" 1 H
30 30 414 36Y, 5Y, 31 v. 32V. 35Ya 18\4 29 24 57
4,L -
,.. SPACES
L - J4•
,.
36 36 5 10 42 Y, 5 Y, 37'!. 39:y, 41 Ya 21 \4 35 30 66
36 48 645 53 4 V. 37'!. 49 y, 41 Ya 26\4 41 36 66 Fog 3873
48 36 675 41 4 V. 49'!. 37 y, 53Ya 21 \4 35 36 84
Single rack and piñion gate Hove dimensions cer tified for instollo tion purposes. Double rack and pini on gafe
4 Extended shaft can be furnisheo.
• Outside diameter a f hand wheel a r piten diometer a f rag w heel.
O lncludes hand wheel.

Enclosed rack and p lnlon gates

Opening, '
s
inches Weight,I
pounds e / D F 1 H
1
J
1
K
1
l
1
M
1p 1R 1
1
T
1 ...u 1
~ J w
A 1 B o INCHES
12 12 260 17 17 3 y, 3 y, 15 15 20 20 3 3 13 10 15 12 27
18 12 310 23 17 4Y, 3Y, 21 15 26 20 4 3 14 10 15 18 36
18 18 360 23 23 4Y, 4 Y, 21 21 26 26 4 4 14 13 18 18 36
24 24 580 29 29 3Y, 3 y, 27 27 32 32 3 3 17 16 24 24 49

30 30 770 35 35 4 y, 4 y, 33 33 38 38 4 4 18 19127 24 58
36 36 1000 41 41 3 y, 3 Y, 39 39 44 44 3 3 J 19 22 30 30 67

Hove d imensions certified fer instollotion purposes.

Gales 18 inches wide and narrawer hove single rocks an center line af gole; oll
athers hove d a uble ro cks and pinia ns.
4 Extended shaft can be fu rnished.
• Outside diameter a f hand wheel ar pitch diamete r a f rag wheel.
o lncludes hand wheel.

Enclosed rock and pinion gote

L 1 N K - B E L T • 79
bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions
Vertical sllde gates
(COREO
HOLES
O p e ning , , C a te 1 Chute
W e ight, , O 1 E F 1 G H
inches p ott ern pa tter n
A I numb er number p ounds
8 1 INCHES
10 16 p 18304 p 18297 200 26 22 18 26 14 y, 10 4 10 127
16 17 CP 20081 CP 21707 140 22 Y, 24 18 27 21 5 3 \1. 10 25:Y.
16 17 CP 20081 CP 22067 155 22Y, 24 18 27 21 8 Y, 5Y, a:v. 28
16 17 CP 20081 CP 25881 170 22 Y, 24 18 27 21 1OY, 6 :Y. 7 V1 29 \/.

16 20 CP 23993 CP 21707 150 22Y, 24 18 27 21 5 3Y. 10 25>;.

16 20 CP 23993 CP 22067 160 22Y, 24 18 27 21 8Y, 5Y, 8>;. 28
16 20 CP 23993 CP 25881 180 22Y, 24 18 27 21 1OY, 6 >;. 7 V1 29 \/.
18 16 p 19197 p 19198 250 26 30 18 34 22 Y, 10 4 10 27
f ;g. 3859
H ove d imensiens ce r tified fe r installatien p urpeses.
Vertical slide gate

~-:-==-,.-.=-..;::::;,.=-~
T ..
\j \. ) ....) ,)
f ;g. 3860 Fig. 3853
Tunnel gate, fi xed chute Tunnel gate, hinged chute

Tunnel gates • fi xed chute Tunnel gates • hing e d chute

Conveyor e 1 F 1 G H
w id th, Wei g ht,I A 1
po unds
inches
IN CHES
24 405 16 7 12 22 19 24 425 16 7 17 22 19
30 440 20 6 15 26 22 30 460 20 6 21 26 22
36 470 24 5 18 30 25 36 49 5 24 5 25 30 25
42 505 28 7 21 34 28 42 530 28 7 29 34 28
48 535 32 6 24 38 31 48 565 32 6 33 38 31
Hove dimensiens certified fer instollo tien Hove dimensiens certified fer installatien
purpeses. p urpeses.

Heavy duty undercut gates • 35-degree bollom pla tes

º;~:h~~g, ;º~~~:· e 1o j J j K 1 L j M N 1 P 1o 1 R 1~I v• w 1 z

A 1 8 O INCHES

18 1 181
24 24 41 5 30Y, 30Y, 5 % 3 Y, 115 l11 24
l
320 124 Y, 124 Y, l 2 % 3 y, 15 l111 24 , 8 \/, ,23 :Yol 10 \/119 \l, ,20 118114 ll11 %
8 \1• 23 :Yo 14 \/o 9 Y. 23 24 14:Yo Y,
30 30 580 36 Y, 36Y, 2 :Y1 3 y, 15l11 24 BY. 23 % 17>;. 9 Y. 26 30 18 Y. '/1
Hove dimensiens certified for installation purpeses.
& Extended shaft can be furnished.
• Outside diameter el hand whee l er pitch diometer el chain wheel.
RIGHT HAND O l ncludes chain wheel.
ASSEMBLY

Heavy duty undercut gates • 45-d e gree bollom plales

O p e ning,
inchei

18 l 24
24
30
1ª
30
I 320
415 l24
580
30 Y,
Y, \ 24
30 Y,
Y, l 5
36 Y, 36Y, 5
2 :Y1\ 3Y,
5 Y, \ 17
17 \ 24
26 \ 5Y,
5Y, \ 26
26 Y.
\/. \ 1º\I · ¡ ª8 l 2º
14 \11
8 Y, 17 29 5 y, 26 \/. 17>;. 8 26 30 21 y, Y1
18 l 17
23 1 24 y,1
15 Y. I :Y

Hove dimensi ens certified fe r installotien purpeses.

Fig 3870 & Extended shaft con be furnished .
• Outside diometer el hond wheel er pitch diameter el choin wheel.
Heovy duty undercut gate o lncludes choin whee l.

80 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
g a tes and v a lves

Dimensions

Mot o r oper a ted heavy d uty un d e rcut gate s

26 v, l 43 v. ¡ 9 1. 138 1 1 1v.¡ 22 ¡.<, l 35 v. l 13 ¡.<,

RIGHT HANO
ASSEMBLY 36 1 361 3800 1 5 4 1 43
48 48 4850 66 55
28v.
341~
l 33 50 10 41 13
1

29 37 Y. 14¡.<,

Hove dimensions ce rt ified for instollotion purposes.

3 HP 1800 RPM motor used with 36" x 36" gote.
5 HP 1800 RPM motor used with 48" x 48" gote.
Motors ond controls con be furnished to suit requirements.

4' N Fig. 6120

Motor op e rated hea vy duty undercut gate

THROUGH HOLES·H

Syntron Iris valves

Valve
number
1 _....!,..
A 1
__
C
!.,__ _:__ _..!.IN
-=
O
CH
' "'E
"S
E 1 f 1
'" ' - - - ' - - - . . . . l . . - -
G 1 H 1

FV- 4-A 4 6 5~ 6'!. l '.4 2% '.4-20 ~ 60°

FV- 6-A 6 9 Yo 8¡.<, 8¡.<, 1 3/o 3 ¡.<, '.4 -20 ~ 60°
FV- 8-A 8 11 y, 10¡.<, 9 y. l 'lo 4 ¡.<, '.4- 20 ~ 60°
FV- 10 -A 10 13li'> 12V. 10~ l 'lo 5V. l/o- 16 ''h2 45°
FV-12-A 12 16 15'.4 11 v. 1v. 6 V. l/o- 16 ''112 45°

Hove dimensions certified fer i nsta llotion pu rp oses.

CONTROL
LEVER

FLEXIBLE SINGLE
SLEE VE

F1g. 6121
Syntron iris v alve

Rotary cutoff valves

Nomino! Valve
size, Weight, A
number
lnches pounds
• * IN CHES

:fü l!~ ¡¡~

6 348 - 20- A 65 4'"6 8
9 348- 21 - A 120 6'" 6 11
12 348-2 2 - A 290 8 14
14 348- 23 - A 350 9'" 6 1 l 1 1 16

Nominol
si:z.e, G H K M N
inches 1 1 1 1 1

• IN CHES
6
9
12
''""''
'lo
2'1-16
4
5Y,
""'
~
~.
3
4
5'.4
6 ~.
8~
11 y,
'"'
'lo
~
7
10
13
1 ~
1 ~
2Y,
14 'lo 3~ 1 3~ 1 ~. 1 3~ 1 12"'6 1 ~ 1 15 2Y,

Hove dimensions certified fe r instal lation purpo ses.

Automatic ond remole controls can be lurnished.

Fig. 3742
* Boldfoce type indicotes volve s normally corried in stock. O peroting lever is i ncluded.
• Top and bottom ílang es match those of r egular discharge spouts o f sc rew conveyor
Rotary cutoff valve troughs o f sorne size.

LINK-BELT • 81
bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions

BOLTS· E· ~-o ~

Fig. 3 875 ff:tm

UH U
O ne way s w i ng g a te
STYLE 1 STYLE 2

STYLE 3 STYLE 8

Fig. 3877

St y le s of gate b odies

- - '-
STOKER ~
HOPPER -----..,·
Fig. 3876

Univers al s wing gate

Swi ng gates

Opening.
___in_
ch_e•__
1 ~~y1! 1 ~~~~:; 1 W eigh!, pounds 1 C
1
D
1
E 1 F 1G I K M 1 N 1 Q R 1 S 1 T I U 1 X 1 V 1 W
Univ~rsal 1 One. woy - - - - --'----'--=--- - - - - - ' - - - --IN
_C_H_E_S - - -- - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - - - ',- D
- E_G_R-EE-S
A swmg sw1ng

12 12 1 PC 11 6 17 400 370 18 15 % y, 11 'h 7y. 21 'h 714 17% lOYa 28'h 18 29 Y2 13 V1 10 17'h
12 12 2 PC20995 420 390 18 15 % y, 11 'í'a 7y. 2 1 y, 714 17% 1o •;. 28 'h 35 y, 18 29V2 13 Y1 10 17'h
12 12 2 PC25329 420 390 18 15% Yo 11 'í'a 1 v. 21 'h 714 17'1. 1OYo 28 'h 6 6 18 29 'h 13 Va 10 17'h
12 12 3 ( 19933 420 390 18 15% y, 11 'í'a 7 y, 21 'h 714 17'!. 1o•;. 28 'h 33 y, 18 29'h l 3 '1a 10 17'h
12 12 3 P30855 410 370 18 15% y, 11 'í'a 7 y. 2 1 y, 714 17:y, 1OYo 28 y, 36 18 29 'h 13 '1a 10 l 7Y,
12 12 3 PC 17190 420 390 18 1 5 3!. y, 11 'í'a 7y, 21 y, 714 17:Y. 1OYt 28 Y2 55'í'1 18 29 'h l 3 '1a 10 17'h
12 .. 8 C 19095 360 330 18 15 % 'h 5'í't 21 'h 5'l'a 17% 1OY, 28Y2 18 29'h 13 Ya 10 17Y,

14 14 1 ( 19064 6 10 550 21 17 :y. 14 'I• 9 Vo 32Y, 9y, 2o v. lO Ya 35 % 22 % 29y, 13V1-15Ya- 17 V1 18 18

14 14 3 (26651 6 40 580 21 17 % 14 :y, 9 '1a 32Y, 9y, 2o v. 10•;, 35:y, 40% 22 % 29'h 13'1a-1 5 Ya-17 Ya 18 18
14 14 3 C26042 64 0 580 21 17 % 14 :y, 9 y, 32'h 9y, 2o v. 1oy, 35:y, 27 22 % 29 'h 13 11i -15 V1- 17\la 18 18

16 16 1 PC 12219 720 600 23 21 Yo 4 4 'h % 10 32 'h 11 20 V2 11 v. 35% 22 % 38 13 1/a· 15 Ya-17 Ya 18 18

16 16 2 PC21650 770 650 23 21 Yo 4 4 'h % 10 32 y, 11 20 'h 11 y. 35% 24:Y.. 22:V.. 38 13Ya-15Ya- 17 Ya 18 18
16 16 2 (26435 770 650 25 21 Yo 4 4 Y2 % 10 32Y, 11 20Y, 11 14 35 3¡, 37 31, 22 % 38 13 Va- 15 \la -1 7Y1
18 118
16 16 2 (2 1675 770 650 25 21 Yo 4 4 y, % 10 32'h 11 20 Y, 11 y, 3531, 46Y. 22 % 38 13 Ye- 15 Va -17 \la 18 18
16 16 2 P3901 4 800 690 23 21 y, 4 4 'h '!. 10 32Y2 11 2o v, 11 y, 35 3¡, 72 22:V.. 38 13 Y1- 15 1/1-17 Y1 18 18
16 16 3 C23445 770 650 2.3 21 'la 4 4 y, :v.. 10 32 y, 11 20 'h 11 y, 35 :V.. 30 22% 38 13 Ya- 15Va-17Ya 18 18
Hove dimensio ns certified for installotion pu rposes.
Spout heod ond o pero ting lever included.
Coil choin o nd steel sp o ut extensio n not included but con be furnished .

82 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions

Segmenta! sand gafes, Type A

Opening,
Weighl e D E
inches
ea ch,
1 1
A B pounds
1 FEET ANO INCHES
18 18 600 2-0 l/a 2-2 1- 4
24 1 18 690 2-6% 1 2-8 1 1-1 o
Hove dimensions c ertified for instollotion purp oses.
/ ' , H inged chute, sheove ond counte rweights included.

~;r
W ire ro pe with clips con be furnished .

Segmenta! sand gate, Type A Fig. 3879

Segmenta! sand gafes, Type B

Opening,
Weight o E F G
inches
ea ch, 1
1 1
A B pounds
1 FEET ANO INCHES
18 17% 400 2 -2 1- 4 1 l-8 '.4 1
2 v.
24 1 17 % 1 460 2-8 1 1-1 o 2-2 1.4 5 V2
Hove dimensions ce rtified for instollo tion purposes.
Hinged chute, sheoves, w ire rope o nd counte rw e ig hts as shown fa r
Type A con be lurnished .
Segmenta! sand gate, Type B

Segmenta! gravel gafes

Opening,
inches
Weight e D
ea ch, 1
A B pounds
1 INCHES
16 18 540 16 1.4 21 v.
18 18 560 181.4 23 v.
20 18 1 575 201.4 25 v.
24 18 615 24 1.4 29 Va
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purpo ses.
Hinged chute, sheave o nd counterweights included.
Wire ro pe with clips con be furnished.

Se gmental gravel gate Fig. 3880

L 1 N K - B E L T • 83
bulk handling
feed lng equl pment

feeding equipmenl'
for bulk mal'erials
A uniformly controlled feed is necessory for !he most elfective
performance of most bulk conveying systems ond for mony
processing operotions. Yorious types of feeders ore mode for
obtoining o uniform feed, either mechonicolly, electricolly or
b y weight.
With most mechonicol feeders, control is occomplished by
reguloting !he volumetric flow of material by meons of odjust-
ing !he size of the feed opening ond !he speed of !he feeder.
Flow from vibrotory feeders is o lso controlled volumetricolly
by size of the feed opening ond the speed ond intensity of
vibrotions. Syntron Weigh-Flow grovimetric feeders provide
extremely occurote, continuous Aow by weight.
When flow must be conlrolled ot vorying rotes, mechonicol
feeders moy be equipped with variable speed drives. Or, in
sorne coses, manual odjustment of o gote ot feed opening
moy be sotisfoctory. Voriotion in Aow from electronic vibrotory
f eeders moy be controlled electricolly.
Selection of !he most suitoble type of feeder depends upon
the required copocity, os well os the size, Aowobility, moisture
content ond other chorocteristics of the material. Sorne feeders
which provide o uniform Aow when handling free-Aowing
moteriols, moy creote o pulsoting flow of moist or sluggish
moteriols.
Vorious standard types of feeders ore described ond selec-
tion informotion is given on the following poges. In oddition,
speciol designs ore ovoiloble such o s reciprocoting gote
feeders, push bar feeders, ond modifkotions of standard
types moy be mode for unusuol conditions. Consult Link-Bel!
for f urther informotion.

84 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
f eedlng equlpment

Apron f eede rs (page 87) are used

for convey ing heavy, lumpy, or abra-
sive materia Is and for severe conditions
of service. Materials are carried on
overlapping pans, mounted on heavy
chains operating on rails or rollers.

Syntron gravimetríc welgh

feeders (p age 106) accurately feed
bulk materials by weight at a con-
Belt feeders (page 96) consist of stant rate in continuous flow processes.
short belts operating over idler rolls. They consist of a vibratory feeder
Selected for smoothness of operation delivering to a constant speed belt
and uniformity of discharge, they han- conveyor mounted on a scale. The
die virtually all materials except those scale is electrically interlocked to con-
which are too hot or contain exception- trol the feeding action of the vibra-
ally large lumps. tory feeder, thereby maintaining a
preset constant weight on the belt .
Small units for weigh feeding chem-
ical reagents, up to large units for
weigh feeding high capacities of ore,
coal, limestone, and similar b ulk ma-
terials are available.

Reciprocating feeders (page 98)

consist of reciprocally driven plates or
pans operating under a head of ma-
terial, and imparting a pu lsating for-
ward flow to the product. They are
adapted to handling non- sticky ma-
terials and large lumps.

Mechanical vibrating feeders

(page 108) are low cost, pan type
units, usually operated on a slight
decline. Vibratory action is by un-

Syntron vibratory f e eders (page

100) are electromagnetically driven
J~-----r--~---J ba lanced counterweights driven from
electric motors. They are economical
units for applications that do not re-
with variable control of material flow- quire frequent changes in capacity.
from a precisely cont rolled dribble to They are a lso suitable as transfer
tons per hour. They will handle most chutes where limited height may 'Pre-
bulk materia ls-hot or cold-damp vent gravity flow of materials. '"
or dry-from fine powders to large
lumps.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 85
bulk handling
feedlng equlpment

Bar fllght feeders (po ge l l O) ore

simple ond economicol ond consist of
bors or Aights o ttoched to t wo stronds
of choin which sli de along the Aot
b ottoms of troughs. They ore used for
fine ond moderotely lumpy moteriols
which ore free Aowing ond nonobrosive
ond where heod room is limited .

Rotary plow feeders (poge 119)

Screw feede rs (poge 112) ore short .¡;;;;=:;.~;.­
screw conveyors, used for virtuolly oll
moteriols except those which contoin
lorge lumps, or which tend to pock.
They ore adoptable to specific pur-
poses b y the use of reduced diometers,
topered screws ond other voriotions.
consist of troveling corrioges hoving
one or more bloded rotors for p lowing
bu lk moteriols from o continuous shelf
to collecting conve yors. They ar e gen-
erolly used in tunnels und er stock piles,
but ore suitoble for long storoge bins.
Ro tory p low feeders ore the most
e ffective type of feeder for moteriols
thot would hove o tendency to pock
ond orch over conventional gote open-
ings. Also, by withdrowing material
from o continuous slotted opening under
the ful! length of the pile, they recloim
o higher percentoge of the stored
material thon could be obtoined
through spoced openings.
Fi g . 4193

'I. -

Rotary tabl e feeders (poge l 16)

ore most useful for handling moteriols
which ore sluggish or tend to interlock
or mot ond thereb y orch over re-
stricted openings. They ore usuolly
mounted under the bottom of bins and
hoppers ond ore especioll y designed
to prevent bridging or orching of ma -
terial. The convey ing medium is o hori-
zontal table rototed under on adjust-
oble collar. Material Aows from under
the collar ond is removed from the
table by o plow.
Fig. 4198
Rotary vane feeders (poge 122)
ore used for controlling the Aow of fine,
free-Aowing dusty moteriols, ond mo-
teriols such o s boggosse ond wood
chips where boffling to p revent bock-
droft of gases o r sporks is needed.
They consist of radial vones rototing
in a clase fitting housing designed to
mount directly in a chute or spout.

86 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Typ e D mongonese sleel opron feeder 60" wide receives iron ore from crusher obove ond feed s it lo two sco lping screens.
Typ e C inclined opron feeder. gote ond hopper ore port
of this economicol link-Bell coal handling syslem inslolled in o
modern power plont. Photo 29317
Type C opron feeder in this power plont has horizontal load-
ing seclion. The cool lrovels from o trock hopper anta lhe opron
feeder ond then to o storoge recloiming hopper. Photo 28543
Ty p e D heovy duty mongonese sleel opron feed e rs in steel
mili feed ing iron ore from hoppers to conveyors on floor be-
lo w. Photo 37481
bulk handling
apron feeders
apron feeders
Photo 36115
An opron feeder consists essentiolly of on endless opron of over-
lopping pons, operoting over head and foot terminols ond suitoble
intermediote supports. The opron is the conveying medium ond con-
sists of the pons ottoched to two or more stronds of choin. Pon sides
of vorious styles moy be ottoched to prevent spilloge. Stotionory
skirt plotes, or the sides of properly constructed hoppers ond
bins, serve to confine the materia l ond provide the necessory depth
of bed for desired copocity, or to occommodote lorge lumps.
Apron feeders con be used to hondle procticolly ony loase bulk
material such os ores, sond , grave!, stone, cool, cullet, foundry ond
industria l refuse . They ore recommended for hand ling moteriols
contoining lorge, heovy or shorp lumps, for instollotions whe re they
must withstond the impoct of heovy moterio ls folling sorne distonce,
ond for receiving ond feeding hot moteriols thot would domoge
other types of feeders.
link-Belt opron feeders embody design ond construction feotures
thot hove been proven over mony yeors of operotion. Link-Belt is
olso prepored to design ond build speciol opron feeders to suit
unusuol opplicotions.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 87
bulk handling
apron feed e r s
Typ e A apron feed e r
Ty pe A apron feed e rs
These feeders ore suitoble for handling both light ond heovy moleriols
where mol\imum lump size is limited ond impoct ond service ore nol
severe. They ore well suited to tronsferring heovy mo teriols such os
slone ond ore from bins ar hoppers which olwoys retoin o bed of
material lo obsorb the impoct of material being looded into the bin.
With coo l o nd other lighter moteriols such protection of the opron is
not necessory. Since relotively shorl pitch choins ond opron p ons ore
used, this type is copo ble of delivering o more uniform feed thon
other o pron feeders with longer pitch choins.
Type A o pron f eeders, incorporoting o self-contoined steel frome ,
ore sturdy ond simple to instoll. Two stronds of 4" p itch steel bushed
roller choin carry the overlopping double-beoded steel opron pons.
Greot strength is obtoined by ottoching the pons to, o nd supporting
them on the top of, both sidebors of eoch strond of choin, preventing
twisting of the choin ond undue weor on choin joints. Choin rollers
ride on !rocks we lde d to the steel frome of the corrying run. Skirt
pioles ore normolly required to confine the material. Pon sides ore
recommended to preven! el\cessive spilloge when fine moteriols ore
hondled.
Type C a p ron feeder
Type C apron fe e d e r s
These feeders ore designed for medium duty but ore more flellible
os to length ond opplicotion !han the self-contoined Types A ond B.
They ore odopted to instollotion in combined horizontal ond inclined
poths. The lighter moteriols, such os cool, moy be hondled under
moderote service, ond heovier, obrosive moleriols, such os rock, mcy
be hondled under limited service conditions where speeds ore relo-
tively low.
The e nds of the single-beoded steel opron pons ore foste ned
through ottochments to the inside sidebors of two stronds of 9 " pitch
steel bushed roller choin. Pons ore incline d in the direction of trovel,
forming volleys which, on inclined runs, restroin material from sliding.
The structurol slee l frome includes T-roils for supporting the choin
rollers on the corrying run ond ongles for the return run. The cho in has
hordened sleel pins ond bushings ond chrome iron flonged rollers.
lnside choin side bors ore wider thon normal ond elltend obove the
opron pons to form pon sides which, in conjunction with skirt pioles,
preven! el\cessive spilloge.
88 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Types
Type B apron feed e r
Type B apron f eeders
These feeders ore designed for heovier service thon Type A opron
feeders. They con hondle lorger lump sizes ond withstond substontiolly
more impoct. They ore compoct ond economicol, requiring minimum
heod room.
Double-beoded sleel opron pons ore mounted on two stronds of
6" p itch steel bushed roller choin. The outstonding feoture of this
design is thot on the corrying run the choin rides on lorge diometer,
wide foce rollers mounted in the frome. These stotionory rollers serve
in place of !rocks to carry the weight of the beoded opron. Choins
o nd supporting rollers ore locoted under the pons, reducing the un-
supported spon ond providing increosed resistonce to bending.
Type O opron fee d er
Type D apro n fee ders
These heovy duty feeders ore el\tremely rugged ond ore built to
withstond the most severe conditions of service, impoct ond obrosion.
They o re designed for handling such moteriols os ore ond rock con-
toining o high percentoge of lo rge lumps.
The conveying medium consists of substontiol, overlopping cast·
mongonese steel opro n pons mounted on two or three stronds of
heovy cost choin. Overlopping integrolly cost mongonese steel opron
pons ond choin con olso be furnished. Choins ore strotegicolly locoted
to support the load p roperly ond minimize pon deflection. On the
corrying run the choin is supported by independently mounted cor-
rying rollers. The return run is unsupported on short feeders, but on
medium ond long feeders supporting rollers ore provided which
operote on lugs projecting from the pon ends. Pons ore heovily
ribbed for strength, with o smooth flot top to preven! lumpy material
from fouling overlopping edges.
 bulk handling
apr on feeders

Arrangements

"""'""'-"'--''-'-'---'-'-'--"-'-'-'-'....._~~"-'-"--'-'"-"'--'-'-"'---~·"""""-><
. ~y,. P. SS
Fig. 4582 CHU.TE - . j
.J t .
lnclined ap roo feeder with horizontal looding section ,-i ~:::::~
under o trock ho p per for fe eding moteriol to o crusher .• EVATOR ~ ...
which d ischorges it to o bucket elevotor. ::1 ' . . ..."'
... .. .. ..
-~~.,.: -,,...~: ~·~ ~ ~ .\~ ·~

Horizontal opron feeder insto lled under o trock hoppe r

lo provide uniform feed of moleriol to on odjocent
bucke t elevolor.

SECTION AA

lnclined opron feeder orronged lo leed material from o !rock hopper to o belt
conve yor whose poth is al righl ongles to thot of the feeder.

Selection
Examples of apron feeder selectlon Problem 2
Problem 1 Select a Type D horizontal opron feed er lo mee! !he following con-
ditions:
Select a Type B inclined apron feeder to meet the following con- Material . ... ... ... . . . . iron ore
ditions: W eight .... . .. .. .. . ... 150 pounds per cubic foot
Material .. .. . ... .. .. . . dolomite Copocity . ......... . .. . 1000 tons per hour
W e ight . . . . ... .. .. . . . . 100 pounds p er cubic foot Moximum lump size . ..... 18", less thon 103 of total volume
Copocity .. ... . ... . .. . . 440 tons p er hour Shaft centers ... ....... . 12' -11 "
Moximum lump size . .. . . . 12", 103 of total volume Service . .............. . 1 O hours per doy
Shoft centers .. . ........ 8' - 1" olong incline
Solution
Incline ........ . . . . . ... 1' -6" lift
Service . .. . .... . . .. ... 8 hours p er doy minimum height of skirt plotes = 1 '12 x lump size = 1 '12 x 18" = 27"
Re fer to table for Ty pe D feeders. A 9" pitch feeder with 48 11 wide
Solutlon opron is required for the lump size. This feed er with 30" high skirt
pioles operoting ot 20 FPM will hondle 426 TPH of material weigh-
minimum height of skirt pioles= 1 '12 x lump size = 1 '12 x 12 = 18 11 ing 100 pounds per cubic foot.
Refer to table for Type B feeders. A feed er with 42 " wide apron is for material weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot, copo city of feeder
required for !he lump size. This feeder with 18 " high skirt piafes
426 X 150
operoting al 20 FPM will hondle 225 TPH of material weighing 100 lOO = 639 TPH
pound s per cubic foot.
440 X 20 1000 X 20
speed of feeder for copocity of 440 TPH = = 39.1 FPM speed of feeder for copacity of 1000 TPH = 31 .3 FPM
225 639

ho rsepower al he od shoft, bosed on 20 FPM fe e d e r speed horsepower ot head shoft, bosed o n 20 FPM feeder speed and 150
= 2.15 + (3.5 x .12) + (1.5 x .26) = 2.96 HP 3.89 + (5.5 X . 16) 150
pounds per cubic foot material = OO = 7.15 HP
1
Refer to table of lerminols. Terminal No. 2 with 3 UA.'' diometer heod
shoft is sotisfoctory for 2. 96 HP Refer to table of te rminols for 9 " pitch feeders. Terminal No. 3 with
5UA4 diomeler heod shoft is solisfoctory for 7 .15 HP.
horsepower al heod shoft, bosed on 39. 1 FPM feeder speed
horsepower ot he od shoft, ba sed on 31.3 FPM feeder spee d
2.96 X 39. 1 7.15x31.3
= 5.80 HP = 11.2 HP
20 20
5.7 X 39. 1 4.4 X 31.3
speed of he od shoft for 39.1 FPM
20
= 11.2 RPM speed of he od shoft for 31.3 FPM = = 6. 9 RPM
20
W ith the horsepower ond sp eed ot !he he od shoft known, refer to W ith the horse power ond sp eed al the heod shoft known, refe1 to
Cotolog 1 050 to make !he drive seleclion. Catolog 1050 to moke the drive seleclion.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 89
bulk handling
apr on f eed ers

Type A apron feeders • 4- inch pitch

L HEADSHAFT

íl "~-~~--~~~~1 \- -; 5L'
JI
JI
JJ
11 IDISCHL E : l~ ASSEMBLY 2

T.,. ~------- =-=- -= - =-..

A+I , 1 DPENING , SPACES

4 ·_____ _ 1 f/ \: ,.· . . . -¡' ASSEMBLY 1

1

5 --6~>-4 }~ 5 ~BOLTS
,• 1 1 n SPACES •
_ 17,_ t<-2•
VIEW XX

I •
2~ FOR! PANS
1
3 FOR ( PANS

2' SIOES
OPTIONAL

L6Í
b- A+4~!·--~
Gd" - !'soLTS DISCHARGE CHU TE
TAKEUP 4~0, MINIMUM CENTERS A~
1'
,_,_.__ _ _ _ _9!o"MAXIMUM CENTERS- - - - 7! 1, 1,
VARIABLE BY 12'1NCREMENTS SECTION AA

f;g. 5669

Moximum lump size, Copocily .A. Horsepowe r al heod shofl .6.

inches
é) Addi tionol Heod
Apron Cubic feet Tons Minimum Lif t,
width Weight of moteriol, centers, sho ft
per hour p er hour sha ft centers per foot per foot speed,
A, p ounds p er cu bic foot 1 1 1
RPM
inches Skirt height B, inches0
50 11 00 lo 125 Skirt height B, inches 0
•
Unsizedl Sized Unsized ! Sized 12 18 1
24 1
12 18 24 12 1 18 24 1 12 1 18 1 24 12 1 18 1 24
1 1 1
18 6 1 3 6 3 1140 1 57 .05 . . ...08 .. .. 7.5
1620 2400 81 120 .60 1 .92
.84 . . . .06 .08 .10 .14 7.5
24 8 4 6 3 .... . .
30 8 4 6 3 2100 3 100 4090 105 155 204 l.18 1.30 l.42 .07 . 10 .13 . 12 . 18 .24 7. 5

36 8 4 6 3 2570 3800 5020 128 190 251 l.52 l.64 1.80 .08 . 11 .1 5 .1 6 . 22 .30 7 .5
42 8 4 6 3 3040 4500 595 0 152 225 296 l.96 2.08 2.24 .09 . 12 . 16 .18 .26 .36 7.5
48 8 4 6 3 3520 1 5200 6880 176 260 1 344 2.20 2.36 2.52 . 10 .14 .18 .22 .3 0 .40 7.5

Heod shoft selection ond dimensions, inches Moximum

Additional
Apron we ight al weight per
width Terminal N o . 1 Terminal N o. 2 Terminal N o. 3
minimum foot of
A, 1 horsepower • 2 horsepower • 3.2 horsepower •
cen ters,
shoft centers,
inche s
D E f w 1Ke ys eo t D E f w \ Keyseat D E f w 1Keyseo t pounds pounds
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

18 4% 13 Y4 17 V4 ... . . 1 .. 1670 200

2 7/¡61 %x /i6
5

24 4% 16 Y4 20 % 2 % 5/o X 5/i6 5 Y2 16 3/4 21 % 2 15/¡6 :Y., x 3la 191 0 225

30 4% 19 Y4 23 3/4 27/¡, %x5/io 5 Y2 19 % 24 % 2 15/¡6 % x 3/a 6 v. 20 v4 26 3/4 311i, 'fax 7/¡, 2153 250

36 4% 22 Y4 26 % 5/o X 5/io 5 Y2 22% 2 7 3/. 2"1i• % x 3la 6 Y4 23% 29 % 3 7/¡, 'fax 7/¡, 2338 275
42 4 v. 25 v. 29 % 2 7/io 1 'lex'li•
211i, 5 Y2 25 % 30 % 2 "1i• %xVa 6 Y4 26 3/. 32 v. 3 7/io 'fa x 71Í• 2520 300
4B 4% 28 y. 32 % 211i, 'le x'/Í• 5 Y2 28 % 33 v. 21 s1i, v. x 3la 6 v. 29 3/. 35 %\3 7/io 'í"ax11i, 2705 325

Hove dimensions certified for insrollotion purposes. ''' For horizontal feeders 45 , for inclined feeders 63 , 18° maximum incline
Head and foot shafts hove bobbitted bearing blocks and tokeups. for feeders .
• Based on feed"r speed of 20 FPM and directly proporJ1onal to other
.6. Bosed on feeder speed of 20 FPM, handling material weighin g 100 pounds speeds.
per cubic foot and wilh skirt plates loaded 75°; of theoreticol moximum 0 Maximum size lumps for unsized mate rial not to exceed 10% of to ta l
cross section Capocity o nd horsepower dirt"ctly proportionol to feeder volume and at least 75°,::, o f l o ta! to be less than one-holf moximum lump
speed ond weigh t o f moteriol. Moximum speed 40 FPM. size. Aprons with 2" high pan sides recommended fo r fine material.
6 Feeders may be furni shed with or withoul skirJ plates. 0 Recommended minimum he1ght of skrrts, 1!/2 times moximum lump size.

90 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
apron feeders

Type B apron feeders • 6-inch pitch

HEAD SHAFT

1: - : 1
ASSEMBLY 2

I ~ -1 1
ASSEMBLY 1

VIEW XX

z'SIOES
OPTIONAL

11t* 11 ~'
TAKEUP 4~7*MINIMUM CENTERS 1
¡-->ó<----9~t*MAXIMUM CENTERS - -- >'<-13! B
VARIABLE BY 18' INCREMENTS

Fig . 5670

Moximum lump size, Capacity¿ Horsepower al hea d shaft A

in ches

Apron
o Cubic feet Tons Minimum
Additional
Lif t,
Hea d
Weight o f mate rial, cen ters, shaft
width per hour p e r hour sha ft centers per foot
per foot speed,
A, pounds per cubic foot 1 1 1 RPM
inches Skirt height 8, inches0 Skirt height 8, inches0
SO 1 100 to 125 •
Unsized 1 Sized Unsizedl Sized 12 1
18
1 12 1
24 1
18 1 24 12 ¡ 18
1
24 1 12 1 18 : 24 1 12 1 18 1
24
24 8 4 8 4 1620 2400 .. 81 120 . . . .87 .97 . . . . .06 .08 1 .. . . 10 .14 . .. 5.7
30 12 5 10 5 2100 3100 4090 105 152 204 1.22 1.36 1.49 .07 .10 .13 .12 .18 .24 5.7
36 16 6 10 5 2570 3800 5020 128 190 251 1.57 1.70 1.88 .08 . 11 . 15 . 16 .22 .30 5.7

42 16 8 12 6 3040 4500 5950 152 225 297 2.01 2.15 2.33 .09 .12 .16 .18 .26 .36 5 .7
48 16 8 12 6 3520 5200 6880 176 260 344 2.26 2.44 2.61 .10 .1 4 .18 .22 .30 .40 5.7

Head sho f t selection ond dimensions, inches Maximum Additiona l

Apron
weigh t at weight per
width Terminal No. 1 Terminal N o . 2 Termina l N o. 3
minimum foo t o f
A, 1.8 horsepower • 3 . 1 horsepower • 4.2 horsepower •
shoft centers, ce nters,
inches
o 1 E 1
F
1
w 1Keyseal D
1 E
1
F
1
w [ Keyseal D 1 E 1
F 1 w I Keyseal pounds pounds

24 6 y. 19 25 3 A6
7
rax 7
/16 . . . . . .. ... .. . .... ... . .. . .. . . . .. . . . .. 3088 335
30 6 y. 22 28 3 7A6 rax A6
7 7 22 Y2 29 3 151'16 1X Y2 ... . ... ... . ... . .... 3460 370
36 6 y. 25 31 3 7A6 %x 7A6 7 25 Y2 32 3 15116 1X Y2 7 Y2 26 33 4 7116 1X% 3753 400

42 6 y. 28 34 3 7A6 %x 7A6 7 28 Y2 35 3' % 1X Y2 7 Y2 29 36 4 7116 1X Y2 4055 435

48 6 y. 31 37 3 7A6 %x 7A6 7 31 Y2 38 3 151'16 lx Y2 7 Y2 32 39 4 71'16 1X Y2 4353 470
Hove dimension s certiíied for instollotion purposes. ~ For horizonta l feede rs 45° , fo r incli ned fe ed ers 63°, 18° ma xi mum incline
Head and faot shafts hove babbitted bearing blocks ond tokeups. for feeders.
• Based on feede r speed a l 20 FPM o nd d irect ly proportional to o ther
A Ba sed on feeder speed of 20 FPM, handling moteriol weighing 100 pounds speeds.
per cubic fo o t and w ith skir t plotes lo oded 75'7~ of theoretical moximum O Maximum si ze lumps fo r unsized mo te riaJ not to exceed 10% of the
cro ss section. Copocity ond horsepower directly propor tionol to feeder to ta l volume and a l least 75% o f to tal I:> be less t han o ne-half maximum
speed and weight o f material. Maximum speed 40 FPM. lump size. Aprons with 2" high p an sides recommended for fi ne mate ria l.
t;, Feeders may be lurnished with or without skirt pia fe s. 0 Recommended minimum height o f ski rts. 1Yz times maximum lump size.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 91
bulk handling
apr o n feed e r s

Type C apron feeders • 9-inch pitch

ASSEMBLY 2

VIEW XX

ASSEMBLY 1

16f~- r'-'i=c:t=o~tt?~==4¡;:¡¡.....=,.,,,.~~~~==fu=~==t'M!i:'T'-i--~
•= t 1 '<-A- 1
• MAXIMUM SPACING INTERMEDIATE BENTS S!O' 3~J '•
•
APRON WIDTH
• 1
-18 >'<--MAXIMUM SPACING SUPPORTING BENTS 10-0 '---~ 18" 1
.. A+13
-<- ,.. 1
> M - - - - - - --5'2' MINIMUM CENTERS------_..., ._ - 11
2 l z~r+

VARIABLE BY 9• 1NCREMENTS SECTION AA

Fig . .1671

Capacity & Harsepawer al head shaft •

Apron Mo ximum Heod

lump size, Cubic feet Tons Minimum Additionol centers, lift, shaft
wid th
inches per hour per hour shoft cen ters per foot per foot spe'>d,
A, 1 1 1
inches o RPM
Skirt height 8, inches 0 Skirt height 8, inches 0
•
Unsized
1
Size d 12
1
18 1 24 1 30 ¡ 12 ¡ 10 1 24 1 30 12 18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18 1 24 1 30
18 6 4 1200 .... .... . . . . 30 .. . ... .30 . . .. . . .. . .020 .... . . . . ... .036 . ... . ... . . . . 4.5
24 8 5 17602480 . .. . . . . . 44 62 . . . . . . .40 .4 8 . ... .. . . .022 .034 .. . ... .052 .07 4 . ... .. . . 4.5
30 12 6 2240 3200 4240 . . . . 56 80 106 . . . .58 .65 .72 . ... .026 .038 .052 .... .064 .094 . 130 . ... 4.5

36 16 8 2720 4000 5200 .... 68 100 130 . . . .76 .82 .89 . ... .030 .042 .056 . .080 .11 6 .15 4 . ... 4.5
42 16 10 3200 4640 6160 7600 80 11 6 154 190 .97 1.04 l. 11 1.21 .032 .046 .062 .080 .094 .136 . 180 .220 4.5
48 16 12 3680 5360 7040 8800 92 134 176 220 1.08 1.16 1.24 1.34 .034 .050 .066 .086 .1 08 .156 .204 .256 4.5

Apron
Head shaft selection and d imensions in inches L
Mo,;mom rddm~o;
weight al weight
Terminal No. 1 Terminal No. 2 Termina 1 No. 3 Terminal No. 4 Ski rt
width minimum p er
A,
1.0 horsepower • 1.6 horsepower • 2.5 horsepower E 3.9 horsepower • height N R s sha f t foot of
1 2 • 24.
inches
ol E
1
F 1W1Key-
seat ol E F W1 Key-
seot ol E
1
F
lw Key-
seat
0 E 1F1 w I Key-
seot
ond ond
18" 30"
centers,
pounds
centers,
pounds

18 3 V2 19 :Y.,124 V22 1A. Yax 5;1, 4 V2 20 Y. 25 3!. 2 15A-l :Y..x3/í ..... 1· .... ·1 · ........ ·1· ·1· ...... 18 8 3 3/í 63/í 2670 265
24 3 V2 22 Y• 27 Y2 2 7A. Y.x% 4 V2 23 Y. 28 :Y.. 2 15A. :Y..x 3/í 5 23 :Y.. 29 V2 3 7Ad'ax 7,-i, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 83 y, 63/í 2975 295
3 V2 25 :Y.. 30 V.2 1A. Y.x% 4 V2 26 Y. 31 :Y..12 " A-j:Y..x3/í 5 2631.32 V. 3 ~, 'l'ax 7,-i6 6 27 Y. 3431 % l x V2 18 24 8 3 3/í 6 y, 3382 330

··l···'·I".......
,, ,,, .¡.....
,..
30

36 3 ,, ,. 'h , ,, , , " , , " , ..,.. , . . " , ,.,, 35" ,,.. ¡...,. ,

30 " 37 ,. .,,. , • ,, 18 24 8 3 3/í 6 y, 3585 355
42 4 V232Y. 37 :Y..2 151Í6 3!.x3/í 5 132:Y..38 V. 3 'A&'l'ax'A. 6 33Y.4031 •fi6 l x V2 18 24 10 3 6 v. v. 4173 425
48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 V2 35 V. 40 :Y..2 1%:Y..xY1 5 35 Y. 41 V23 71161'l'ax 7;1,636 Y.433 1 %lxV. 18 24 10 3 v. 6 v. 4330 450

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.
Heod shalts hove either Series 2-1500 bobbitted or Series 400 roller bearin g
pillaw blocks.
Foot shafts hove either Series DS-02800 bobbitted or Series DS 3-400A roller
bearing takeups.
.6 Bosed on feeder speed o f 20 FPM, handling material weighing 50 pounds
per c ubic foo t and with skir l plates loaded 75% of theorerical moximum
cross section. Capacity and harsepower directly proportional to feeder
speed and weight of material. Maximum speed 50 FPM.
• Based on feeder speed of 20 FPM ond dorectly proportional to o ther speeds.
O Moximum size lumps for unsized material not to exceed 103 o f totol
volume and o t leost 753 of total to be less than one-hal f maximum lump
size. Aprons with 2" high pan sides recommended far fi ne material.
0 Recommended minimum height of skirts, 1Y, times moximum lump size .
0 For horizontal feeders 45°, far inclined feeders 70°, 25° maximum incline
for feeders.
6 Feeders can be furnished with o r without skirt pioles.

92 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
apron feeders

Type D apron feeders • Manga ne se steel

Selection table • 9-inch and 12-inch pitch
Capacily4 Harsepawer al head shafl far 9 " pitch fee der 4
Moximum
fump size, Mínimum shaft H ead
Apran
inches center s 7 '-6", Ad d iliana 1 centers shafl
widlh Cubic feel per haur Tons per haur Lift per faal
0 variable in 18" per faal speed,
A,
incr ements RPM
inches
Pitch, inches Skirt heighl 8, inches 0 Skirt heighl B, inches •
9 1 12 12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 1 2 1 18 1 24 1 30 12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18 1 24 1 30 12 1 18
1 1 24 1 30
36 15 15 2500 3760 5000 . . . . . 125 188 250 . . . 1.55 1.69 1.92 . ... .06 .08 .11 . . . . .15 .22 .30 .. .. 4.4
42 17 17 . . . . 4440 5920 7400 . .. 222 296 370 . ... 2.37 2.59 2.8 1 . . . . .09 .12 .15 .... .26 .35 .45 4.4
48 19 19 . . . . 5 120 6820 8520 . .. 256 341 426 .. . . 3.44 3.66 3.89 . . .. .10 .13 .16 .... .30 .40 .50 4.4
60 20 24 . . . . 6460 8600 10800 . .. 323 430 540 . .. . 6.12 6.41 6.71 . .. . .11 .15 .19 .... .38 .50 .6 4 4.4
72 . . .. .. 30 .... 7800 10380 13080 . . . 390 519 654 . ... ... . ... . . ... . .. . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . .

Ha r sep ower al head shafl far 12" p itch feeder 4

Apron H ead
Mínimum sha ft centers, Addilional cenlers sha f l
widlh Lif l per faol
8 ' -0" variable in 1 2 11 increments 1 per faol 1 spee d ,
A,
inches Skirl heighl B, inches
RPM
12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18 1 24 1 30 •
36 1.64 1.81 2.08 . ... .06 .08 .1 1 . .. . 15 .22 .30 ... 3.3
42 ... . 2.50 2.77 3.04 .. . .09 . 12 .15 ... .26 .35 .45 3.3
48 .. .. 3.59 3.86 4.13 . .. .1 0 .13 .16 . .. .30 .40 .50 3.3
60 . .. . 6.28 6.64 7.00 ... .11 . 15 .19 . .. .38 .50 .64 3.3
72 . . .. 7.38 7.68 7.98 . .. .13 .17 .21 ... .45 .60 .76 3.3

Termlnals • 9-inch pitch

Apron Terminal number

width
Horsepower a l headshafl •
A,
inches 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
36 1 1 1
42 1 1 1 2 3 1 1
48 1 1 4
60 1 1 1

Terminals • 12-inch pitch

Apron Te rminal number

widlh
Horsep awer al headshafl •
A,
inches 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
36
42 J 1 1

48 5 6 7 1
60 1 1 1 1
72 'I 1 11 1
H ove dimensi ens certified fer instollatien purpeses. • Bosed en feeder speed e l 20 FPM and d irec t ly propo rtionol to other speeds.
Head and feet shafts are previded with Series 2-1500 bobbitted pillew 0 Moximum size lumps fer unsized material not to exceed 103 of total
blocks. volume ond o t least 753 of to tal to be less thon one-holf moximum lump
4 Based on feeder spe ed el 20 FPM, handling material weighing 100 pounds size. Aprons wi th 2" high pon sides recommended for fine material.
pe r cubic fee t ond w ith skirt plotes looded 753 el theereticol moximum
0 Recommended mínimum height of skirts, 1Y, times moximum lump size.
cross section. Capocity ond hersepower directly propertionol to feeder
speed ond weight of moteriol. Maximum speed for 9" pitch fe eders, 50 FPM;
fer 12" pitch feeders, 40 FPM.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 93
bulk handling
apron feeders

Type D apron feeders • Manganese steel

ASSEMBLY 2

(BOLTS

ASSEMBLY 1

Fig 587?

9-inch pitch

Terminal N a. 1 Terminal N a. 2 Terminal N o. 3 Terminal N o. 4

Apran
width
A,
inches
oj E f K 1W 1 Keysea 1
ol E f K 1W1 Key sea D E f K w 1 Keysea
ol E f K 1W 1Keyseal
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
INCHES
36 6 30% 36 y, 6 1 Y2 4 "/Í• 1 Y.xYe 6 31 % 37 y, 63 y, 5'/Í• l Y.x o/a 6 31 3/4 37 y, 63 y, 5"/Í• 1 Y2x :Y. 8 32% 40 y, 65 y, 6 y, 1 Y,xo/.i
42 6 33% 39 y, 67 y, 4 1 S;í6 1 Y. x o/a 6 34 3/4 40 y, 69 y, 5'/Í• 1 Y.x o/a 6 3 4 % 40 y, 69 y, 51 S;í6 1 Y2x :Y. 8 35% 43 y, 71 y, 6 y, 1 Y,x :Y.
48 6 36% 42 Y2 73 y, 4 15/Í• 1 Y.x o/a 6 37% 43 'IÍ•
y, 75 y, 5 1 Y.x o/a 6 37% 43 y, 75 y, 5 "/Í• 1 Y2x :Y. 8 38% 46 y, 77 y, 6 Y2 1 Y2x :Y.
y, l Y2x%
60 6 42% 48 Y2 85 y, 4 "/Í• l Y.x o/a 6 4 3 :y. 49 Y2 87 Y2 5 7/Í• l Y.x o/a 6 43 % 49 Y2 87 y, 5"/Í• 1 Y2x :Y. 8 44 % 52 Y2 89 y, 6

N
Maximum Addi tional
Apron Skirt height 8, i nches weighl ot weig ht per
width L p Q T V y z H
minimum faot af
A,
12 1 18 24 1 30 shaft centers, centers,
inches paund s pounds
1
INCHES
36 4 26 32 38 .. . 9 o/a 26 23 17 Y2 17 y, 17 % 11 10,500 800
42 4 .. . 32 38 44 9 o/1 26 23 17 y, 17 y, 17% 11 12,085 860
48 4 ... 32 38 44 9 o/a 26 23 17 Y2 17 y, 17 % 11 13,050 940
60 4 y, .. 1 32 1 38 44 9 o/a 26 23 17 y, 17 Y2 17% 11 15,4 70 1 130

Hove dimensions certifled for instollarion purposes.

D. Feeders con be furnished with or without skirt plates.

® For horizontal feeders 45°, for inclined feeders 55°, 10° moximum incline for
feeders.

94 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
apro n feeders

Type D apron feeders • Mongonese steel

1 2 -inch pitch

Terminal Na. 5 Terminal Na. 6 Terminal Na. 7

Apran
width
A,
inches
o E F 1 K w Keyseat o 1 E 1 F K w 1 Keyseal D 1 E F K w 1 Keyseat
1 1 1 1 1
1

INCHES
36 6 37 V2 63 V2 5 " 11• 1 V2x% 8 32 % 40 V2 65 V2 6 v. 1 V2x % 8 32 %40 V2 65 V2 7 1 V2x%
131 %
42 6 34 % 40 V2 69 V2 5 15116 1 V2x % 8 35 % 43 V2 71 'l:i 6 V2 1 V2x% 8 35% 43 v. 71 V2 7 1 V2x%
48 6 37% 43 'l:i 75 'l:i 5"11• 1 V2x% 8 38% 46 V2 77 V2 6 v. 1 V.x 314 8 38 %46 V2 77 V2 7 1 'l:ix 314
60 6 143 ~. 49 'l:i 87 '/:i 5' % 1 V2x % 8 44 % 52 y, 89 y, 6% 1 V2x% 8 44% 52 V2 89 V2 7 1 V2x%
72 6 49 % 55 V2 99 V2 5'% 1 V2x% 8 50 % 58 V2 101 v. 6 V2 1 V2x 314 8 50% 58 V2 101 V2 7 1 V2x 314

N
Moximum Additianol
Apron Skirt height B weight al weighl per
width L p Q T V y z H
minimum foot of
A,
inches
18 24 30 shoft centers, centers,
1
1 pounds p ound s
INCHES
36 4 v. 35% 41 V2 47 v. 12 % 31 26 19 V2 19 V2 18 % 7% 12,645 870
42 4 Ye 35 V2 41 V2 47 V2 12 % 31 26 19 % 19 v. 18 314 7 V2 14,115 930
48 4 v. 35 V2 41 V2 47 V2 12 % 31 26 19 V2 19 'l:i 18 % 7 V2 15,150 10 20
60 4 \:/1 35 v. 41 V2 47 V2 12 % 31 26 19 V2 19 V2 18 % 7 V2 17,925 1250
72 5 Va 35 V2 41 'l:i 47 V2 12 \Í'• 31 26 19 V2 19 V2 18 % 7 V2 21 ,850 1620

Hove dimensions certified lo r installotion purposes

Special apron feeders

TRAVEL ----+ WI DTH - - - -¡

Fig. 4587

He o vy duly fe eder desig n , odopted to long shaft cenlers. Sleel pans with cushioning timbers , adapled la h andling large jagged lumps. are
mounted on pressure-lubrica ted cenler-roller lype chain s. T-ro ils support the chain rallers and lhe central wearing shaes ol lhe loading zone.

TRAVEL---+

~J
Fig. 4588
PITCH ii
Fee der designe d far inclined inslallotians. Shope of pons forms a series of ledges wh ich offer resistance to sliding of materia l downword when
conve yor is operoted on a slope. T- rails weld ed lo the p on b o ttoms odd stiffness and resist impoct by sliding on the intermediote supporls a l
th e looding p aint.

yr- Q
WIDTH
TRAVEL---+ 1E
~ ·1
-¡ í
1 1
''

Fig. 4589

Heovy d u ly feeder designed íar horizontal installations where long loading openings are required. Apron cansisls of heavy flal pons, rein-
fo rced by cro ss angles, mounted on Closs SS sleel bushed raller choin. T-rails suppart the chain rallers ond lhe pons a t the looding zone.

TRAVEL--+

,,,,
u
Fig. 4590

Feeder designed far severe service, su ch as whe re rock is dropped o considerable distonce. %" lo 1 Y2 " thick pons are moun ted directly
on sidebars ar extra heavy Clos¡ SS bar link chain. Chains ride an stalianary rollers. lnlermediote pon supports slide on T-rail al the looding point.

L 1N K - B ~ L T • 95
bulk handling
b e lt f eed e n
bell' feeders
f eed ing cle ane d and slzed caa l from crusher
to inclined b elt conveyor. Photo 28098
Fee dlng coal in o modern power pion! requires o belt feeder designed to meel speciflc conditions.
This instollotion includes a standard feeder modif1ed with troughed impoct idlers. Photo 31 284
Belt feeders are similar in construction to belt conveyors and
consist of endless belts operating over supporting idlers be-
tween head and foot pulley terminals.
Conveyor belts with a heavy rubber cover on the carrying
side are used to carry the material. Closely spaced flat belt
idlers provide the necessary support for the belt and material.
Skirt plates extend the full length of the feeder to confine the
material and provide necessary depth for desired capacity
or lump size.
Self-contained, sturdy steel frames sup port and align th e
head and foot shafts, intermediate idlers, and the continuous
skirt plates. Adjustable rubber strips along the lower edge of
the skirt plates reduce belt clearance and possible leakage.
96 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Mlxlng o f raw caal from ten blending bins is corefully controlled
by ten belt feeders orronged in poirs ond feeding to o collecting
bel! conveyor. Photo 3 2770
Adjustable regulating gates are normall y furnished with the
skirt plates. Belt wipers can be furnished to meet specific
conditions.
Belt feeders feed uniformly at ali times and will handle
practically any bulk material which is not too Jorge, too hot
o r will not adhere unduly to the belt. They can be used under
bins, track hoppers and other types of containers.
For lump sizes and capacities larger than listed, belt feeders
can be furnished to meet specific requirements. For such condi-
tions, feed chutes are designed to avoid severe impact and
prevent damage to the belt by lumps jamming as they emerge
from the chute.
 bulk handling
b e lt feeders

Example of belt feeder selection .

feeder speed for 165 TPH capac1ty =
165 X 20
= 33.3 FPM
99
Problem
horsepower at he ad shaft based on 20 FPM f eeder speed
Select a belt feed e r to meet the foll o wing conditions:
and 90-pound per cubic foot material
Material . . . . . . . . ..... ore
Weight .... . . . . . . . . . 90 pounds per cubic foot J33 + (5 X .0 15) + (2 X .065)] 90 = .96 HP
Capacity . . . . ......... 165 tons per hour 50
Moximum lum p size ..... 6 inches, 8 per cent of total volume Refer to the tab le below. Note that Terminal 2 with 21 SJi6"
Shaft centers .......... l O feet along incline diameter head shaft is satisfoctory for .96 HP
Incline . . . . . . .... • . . .. 2-foot lift horsepower at headshaft based on 33.3 FPM feeder speed

Solution = .96 X33.3 = l.6 HP

Refer to the table below. Note that a 30" wide belt is satis- 20
factory for the lump size, and operating at 20 FPM will handle 4 7 33 3
headshaft sp eed for 33.3 FPM = .7 x · = 7 .94 RPM
55 TP H of 50 pound p er cubic foot material. 20
feeder capacity for 90-pound per cubic foot material Knowing horsepower and speed of headshaft, r efer to Catalog
55 X 90 = 99 TPH l 050 a nd make d rive selection.
50

l
F

- -D+8-'-
rl
G E
1 1
y

VI EW XX

l -A+12-' _j
SECTION AA

Maximum Heod Minimum

Belt Copocity _.. Horsepower ot heod shoft .Á
width
lump size, shoft shaft Pu lle y B e D G H
inches
A, 0
Cubic 1 Tons Minimum Additional 1 lift, speed, centers, d iameter, 1 1 1 1
feet per per shaft centers, per RPM inches inches
inches INCHES
Nona brosive J Abrasive hour haur centers 1 per foat foot • 0
18 4 4 800 20 .14 .008 .025 4.77 54 16 10 12 22 22 22 !.4
24 5 5 1200 30 .20 .010 .035 4.77 54 16 12 16 24 25 22 *
30 6 6 2200 55 .33 .015 .065 4.77 60 16 16 22 28 28 22 3A
36 8 6 3720 93 .44 .025 .110 3.82 66 20 21 28 35 31 27!.4
42 10 6 5680 142 .57 .037 .165 3.82 72 20 27 34 41 34 27 !.4
48 12 6 8000 200 .76 .055 .230 3.82 78 20 32 40 46 37 27 !.4

Belt Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Terminal 3 Terminal 4 Terminal 5

width .6 HP • 1. 1 HP • 1.5 HP • 2. 2 HP • 3.4 HP •
A, E 1 F 1 K 1 w 1 E 1 F 1 K 1 w 1 E 1 F 1 K 1 w 1 E 1 F 1 K 1 w 1 E 1 F 1 K 1 w
inches IN CHES
18 17 .y. 21 % 32% 2 7A6
24 20 .y. 24% 37 3/.t 2 '116 21 26 !.4 38 lf.t 21 SJi6
30 2 3 5/1 27 r. 43 3A 2'A& 24 29 !.4 43 % 2 15A6 26r. 32 '/a 43% 3 7,16
36 26 .y. 30 r. 49 % 2'A& 27 32 Y4 50 % 2 1>Ji& 29 % 35 y, 50 % 3 7,i, 30 3la 37 y, 50 % 3 15,i,
42 . .... .. ... . ..... .... 30 35 !.4 56 % 2u¡1, 32 % 38 Y2 56 % 3 7/16 33 3la 40 Ya 60 Y4 3 15Ji& 33 3la 40 Ya 60 !.4 4 7A6
48 . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . ... 34 'la 39 3la 65 21•,i, 35 % 41 Y2 65 31¡1, 36 3la 43 Ya 66 !.4 3 1s.116 36 3la 43 'la 66 y. 4 7A6
Hove dimensions cerlified lor instollolion. purposes. .ÁCopocity ond horsepower bosed on feeder speed of 20 FPM handling material
Moximum recommended ongle o f incline, 10°. weighing 50 pounds per cubic foo t ond wilh skirt plotes looded 75°/o lheoreli·
Moximum recommended speed, 60 FPM lor obrosive moteriols ond 100 FPM col moximum cross section. Copocity ond horsepower directly proportionol
for nonobrosive moleriols. lo feeder speed ond weighl of molerio l.
Moximum recommended weighl of moleriol, 100 pounds per cubic foo t. • Bosed on feeder speed of 20 FPM ond di rectly proportionol to olher speeds.
Heod shofts ore provided wilh eilher Series 2· 1500 bobbitted or Series 0 Moximum size lumps not to exceed 103 of the total volume ond ot leost
P2-400 roller beo rlng plllow blocls. Dimensions shown for bobbitted beorings. 7s<'/o of the loto! to be less thon one-holf the moximum lump size.
Foot shofts ore provided with eilher Series DS-B2800 bobbitted or Series ® Moximum centers 18 leet, vorioble by 12• increments. Consul t Link-Belt for
DS 3-400A roller beoring tokeups. Dimensions shown for bobbitted beorings. longer centers.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 97
bulk handling
reciprocating feeders

Bitumlnous cool Is d ellv-

e r e d to bucke t e le vator
ol o role of 4 0 lons per hour
by lhis reciprocoling feeder,
requiring o minimum of heod
room. Photo 37430

Link-Belt reci p roco ting feede rs ore one of th e oldest on d
most relioble types of fe eders for handling o wide voriety
of materials. They are widely used for handl ing cool ond
stone, ond ore especio ll y odopted to the handling of lorg e
lumps ond lorge cop ocities.
These feeders consist essentially of o poir of sto tionory
skirt plotes ottoched to o bin or hopper beneoth which o
roller-supported plote operotes. Reciprocoting motion is
imported to th e bottom pl ote by meons of o d isc cronk
through o connecting rod.
During operotion, material Aowing from o storoge bin
or hopper comes to rest on the feeder plote ond is re-
stroined from continued Aow by the skirt plotes ond its
natural ongle of repose. As the reciprocoting plote moves
forword, it corries with it the material resting upon it.
Simultoneously, o s the plote ond material move forword,
other materia l Aows into the vocont spoce ot the reor of
the feeder. On the return stroke, the bottom pl ote slides
beneoth the material, since reorword movement of the
material is restroined by th e new material which filled th e
spoce creoted on the forword stroke. As th e cycle is re-
peoted, material is fed from the bin or hopper on the
forword stroke ond dischorged from the feeder on the re-
turn stroke.
While these feede rs ore not self-cleoning, occumulotion
of the material is reduced to sorne extent through the use of
d eclined bottom plotes. Where cond itions justify, they con be
mode procticolly self-cleo ning by using two-speed motors
ond operoting the feed e r ot increosed speed for o p eriod
of tim e ofter the Aow of the material has ceosed.
Reci proco ting feeders ore used extensively und er trock
hoppers on d bins to hondle ores, sond, stone, cool ond
mony o ther nonsticky or nonodhering moteriols where the
slightly intermittent d ischorg e is not obj ectiono b le. The y re-
quire o mínimum of heod room ond ore designed to hondle
lorge copocities ond lorge lumps without difficulty.
Reciprocoting feeders ore simple ond sturdy in construc-
tion ond eosy to instoll ond mointoin.
Lorge diometer, stroight foce, bronze bushed rollers,
operoting on sto tionory shofts hung from the skirt pioles,
support the bottom plote ond p rovide free reciprocoting
movement.
Cronk shofts operote in b obbitte d, or roller beo rings
ond ore fitted with odjustoble disc cronks. Connecting rod
beorings ore bronze bushed.

Exa m ple of r e clprocatin g f eed e r selectio n for l 00 pound per cubic foot material, capacity of feeder
Selecl o reciprocoting feed er to meet the following conditions: 109 X 100
= 218 TPH
50
Material . ore speed of crankshaft for 200 TPH capacity
W eight l 00 pounds per cubic foot 200 X 50
Co pocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 tons per hour = -m = 45.87 RPM
Moximum lump size .............................. l O inches horsepower al crankshaft, based on 50 RPM and l 00 pounds
Length . . . . ... . ...................... . .. ... .... . 1O feel 3. 1 + (2 X .35) X 100
per cubic foot material = = 7.6 HP
50
horse power al cronksha ft, based on 45.87 RPM
Solutlo n = 7 .6 ~045:,8 7 = 6 .97 HP
Refer to se lection table. A 24" wide feeder is required for l OH
Jumps. This feeder with 8 " slroke o nd crankshaft o p eroting el Knowing horsepowe r and speed at headshaft, refer to Catalog
50 RPM will handle l 09 TPH of 50 pound per cubic foot ma terial. l 050 and select drive.

98 • L. 1 N K • 13 E L T
 bulk handling
reclpr ocatlng feeders

Selection
<;lt ORIVE

C L FEEDER
C L ORIVE

A+17"
~ B-OPENING

I
'1
~:;·1
P-r - O
-. - --~- ~~ REGULATING GATE
~~~--~~~L._.~r....------------~~--i-

AOJUSTABLE
R

IFfll
~
THROW _._

Fig. 61 83

Fe eder without d rive support

,
1 A+7"
~ C t FEEDER ___¡__ Ol~~w~~GE
: j CHUTE

LI-~~~~~~---'~~L~~~-'--'--'-~~~~~---1~~-__J
C L ORIVE k-13;"

p -- A+l7"

1
B-OPENING-1
~+-------r REGULATING GA TE

AOJUSTABLE
THROW

TRAIGHT FACE OR
SINGLE FLANGE ROLLERS

NEUrGf~~~W1~
l"' 6.
OISCHARGE
CHUTE
Fig. 6184

Feed er with d rive s upport

Horsepower Wilh Without Serles 2- 1400 Series P 2- 400

Capacily bobbitted beoring
Feeder Maximun
w idth lump size lstroko
... ...
at cranksha ft
8 c D
t:i.
F H J l p R s T
drive
~upport
drive
supporl p illow block
roller beoring
plllow block
1
A, inches inche1 Cubic
fe et
1 Tons . !'r 1 por foot
per m1n1mum dd't'
V V X y z X y z
inches 0 1
'º"º 1 1 1 1
per hour eó' th o lenQlh
1
hour INCHES
5 1634 41 1.3 . 16
18 6 6 1961 49 1.5 .19 36 16 90 28'A V2 8 'A 2 ~6 31 3 30 26 1 S'A 26 V2 12 9'A l OYa 14 'A 8 Va 11
8 26 16 66 2.0 .25
- - ,_ 5 2735 68
,_____
2.0 .22
- - -- - -
24 10 6 3270 82 2.3 .26 42 20 96 33V2 V2 93A 2 1 716 26V2 2 V2 30 28 18 3 1 'A 1S'A 93A 14 '% 18 8 Y1 15V2
8 4365 109 3. 1 .35
- - --
5 3859 96 2.5 .30
- -
30 12 6 4630 116 3.1 .38 42 23 102 39% 1 11 '% 3 ~ 24 V2 2~ 30 37 21 'A 37'A 20 1O'A 15V2 23V2 8V2 16
8 6175 154 4. 1 .50
--- 5 5624 141 3.5 .40
-
3~ 15 6 6748 169 4.1 .so 48 26 114 45'!4 1 V2 12 3A 3 1 716 28V2 2 3A 36 37 24 % 4 2'% 24 10'% 15 '% 28 8 3A 16 ~
8 8999 225 5.5 .65
Hove dimensions certifoed for instollotion purposes. 7s<'/o
of theoreticol moximum cross section for copocity ond 1003 fo r
Recommended cronk shoft speeds, 10 to 60 RPM. horsepower. Copocity ond horsepower directly p roportionol to feede r
High torque motors ore recommended. speed ond weight of moteriol.
Cronk shofts provided with Series 2-1 400 bobbitted beoring o r P2-400
roller beoring pillow blocks.
0 Moximum size lumps not to exceed 103
of the totol volume ond ot leos!
"- Copocity ond horsepower bosed on o cronk shoh speed of 50 RPM, handling
7s<'/o of 1he totol to be less thon one-holf the moximum lump size.
moteriol weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot ond with skirt plotes looded t:i. Minimum feeder length listed, moximum length 36" greoter

L 1 N K - B E L T • 99
bu lk handling
vlbratory feed ers
¡.

1
Syn'lron
vibra'lory feeders
Syntron Vibra- Flow vibratory feeders are proven, efficient
and economical bulk material feeders, providing a simple
and easy means of varying the rote of flow or feed.
Num erous rote settings can b e ma de with a single control,
from minimum to ma xi mum capacity of the units.
Their electromagnetic operation and control enable them
to most effectively fili the gap between bulk materials stor-
age and processing operations, or act as a connecting link
between processing operations. This is evi dent in the scope
of thousands of instaliations in ali t y pes of ind ustries-
ceramics, chemical, electrical, food, foundry, iron and steel,
metalworking, mining, pulp and paper, quarrying, rubber,
stone, cla y and glass, water filtration and sewage disposal.
Vibra-Flow appl ications include the handlin g of most ali
bulk materiols-hot or cold-dry or domp-from powders
to lumps- in a number of operations such as batching,
blending and mi xing, dryin g , heating and coo ling, inspec-
tion, p ackaging, plating, reduction and separation, refining
and washing.
Syntron Vibra- Flow vibratory fe eders are available in
a wide range of models, offering a choice of rated feeding
capacities from a few hundred pounds to a thousond tons
p er hour. Higher capacity feeders, w ith t win, dual or dual-
twin d riving magnets, can be supplied to order.
Ali feeders can b e furnished w ith op en or dust- sealed
flat pon troughs or w ith tubular troughs.
f eedlng crush e d sto ne to conveyor belt
in o hot-mix pion!. Photo S 121 22

f eed ing t rap rock t o crusher ot l 00 tons He a vy duty feeder, mounted under p rimory truck dump hopper, moving p it sond
per hour. Photo S 1 6071 C ond grovel onto belt conveyor serving the scrubbing unit. Photo S 14002

100 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
vlbratory feeders

Opera ting princip ie

A trough, mounted on fl exible steel leaf springs, is
vibrated at high speed by an electromagnet. The ----------- --------
electromagnet, energized by rectifled half-wave AC
current through a selenium rectifler, pulls the trough
sharply dawn and back-then the leaf springs return VIBRATING TROUGH
it up and forward to its original positian.
' The material in the traugh falls as the trough is
pulled sharply backward out from under it, to a new
position forward in the trough pan, then as the leaf
springs return it up and forward the material is carried
with it, to hove the sorne action repeated at high speed. SPRING
This trough action, differe ntial reciprocation or vi- Fog 6140

bration as it is commonly called, makes the material BASE

appeor to flow like water. Due to this peculiar trough
action, friction be twee n the material and the trough
surface is reduced to a minimum, assuring long
trough life.

Separate electric controller

Each feeder is furnished with a separate ele"Ctric con-
troller arrang e d for mounting on a wall, either close
to ar distant from the feeder.
This controller contains the ope rating switches, a dial
for controlling the rote of flow of material through
the feeder trough, and a rectifler that converts alte r-
nating current into a sharp, pulsating current for ener-
gizing the electronomagnet drive.
Multi-controllers, for operating more than one feeder,
can be made to order.
Also, the additional components required-relays,
timers, etc.-for automatic control of feeder operation
- can be housed with the standard elements in spe- 512000
cially built control boxes.

Control of rate of flow, or fe e d

The rote of flow, or feed, is regulated by the dial
in the separate controller.
The dial in the controller provides considerable
regulation from minimum to maximum flow, as shown
in photos al right.
-:,,
The feeders can also be automatically controlled by
•'
connection to such activating devices as indicators, flow
meters, pyrometers, electric motor loads on ball milis,
.. -~ :
and the over-and-under movement of weigh scales. : ..
"~
·. < •
'),l • . ·~ "

516072-5 516072-F

L 1 N K- B E L T • 101
bulk handling
v lbratory feed e rs

Heavy duty models

This series of heavy duty vibratory f eeders covers a ronge

of mox imum capocities for bulk materiols from 25 to 500
tons per hour. These copocities ore based on handling
domp sond or other moteriols weighing 100 pound s p er
cubic foot, with the troughs sloping 6 degrees downgrode.
Norrower ond longer troughs hove correspondingly less
copocity.

The dial in the controller su pplied with eoch feeder

provides o consid erable number of rote settings.

The mounting orrongemenl for the heovy-duty fe eders

is usuolly suspension by four flexibl e cables. They con olso
be supplied with vibrotion obsorbers for floor mounting
on o solid, rigid base, or for floor mounting the eleclro-
mognetic drive ond coble-suspending the trough. Specificatio ns
Dust-tight enclosures for the electromognet spring sys- 1 Capacity,
1 al
Curr en! input
230 volts, Controller Feeder Controller
Input,
tem ond controller con be furnished. Model tons per watts 60 cycl es, dim onsions, weight, weight,
hour inches pounds pounds
amperes
These feeders ore furnished for either 230 or 460 volt F-22DT 25 350 5 12 X 21 x6 375 23112
60 cycle AC operotion; however, models f-22DT ond F-33DT 50 750 9 1Bll2 X 24 112 X BY. 1000 100
F-33DT con olso be furnished for 115 volt, 60 cycle AC F-4 4DT 100 1000 lB 22112 X 29 X BY. 2100 100
F-4 5DT 200 1500 30 25 X 50 X 14 2900 150
operotion. F-55DT 500 2600 40 25 X 50 X 14 6200 150

·------F
--- A--~

Fig. 6134

Model Trough type

A 8 e D E F G H
1
J
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 INCHES
Standa rd flat pan 1o
36 Bv, 5 22 19 27 9 7*
Special flat pan 12
24 14 112 5 22 19 23 10 7*
Special flat pan 16
20 16112 5 22 19 24 11 7*
F-22 DT 4
4B 4 20 19 2B ll2 6 7V.
Special tubular 2112
Speciol tubular 42
6 5112 6 22 19 2B ll2 7 7*
BY, 19 28 112 9
Specio l tubular
Standard flat pon
--- 36 B
lB
42 22
--8
6
-
24
2B
-25
- - 37 - - - 14--
13
7*

Speciol flot pon 12

60 13 6 2B 25 37 12 13
F-33DT 15 13
Speciol tubular 12
36 25 12 33 25 36
Speciol tubular B
60 13 B 29 25 36 12 13
Standard flot pon
--- --- - - -
---
24
4B 26 7y, 34
-35-- -41- - 17 - -- lB
- -
Special flot pon 30
42 29 BY. 35 35 41 18 lB
F-44DT Special flat pan 36
36 32 BY. 35 35 41 19 18
Special tubular 12
60 20 12 3B 35 46 13 lB
16
4B 26 46 17 1B
Special tubular
Standard flat pan 36
-y,- -16-
-60- -22 BY.
- -42
--
35
35
- -- - - -
35 47 l4 13
- -
17*
Special flat pon 66
30 13112 7y, 34 35 57Y. 11 17*
Special flot pon 24
84 lO V. 7 V, 34 35 57\4 10 17*
F-45DT Speciol flot pon lB
96 4 Y, 7 y, 34 35 59112 B 17*
Speciol tubular 14
72 16112 14 41 112 35 49112 12 17V.
Speciol tubular 12
B4 4 1/:i 12 3B 35 49112 B 17*
10
96 10 351/:i 35 7
Special tubular
--- -60
-- - - - - - - - - -63112
- - - -- 17*
Standard flot pon 48 57'Y• 12 43 6Bll2 B3 23 22
Special flot pan 42
60 57'!. 12 43 6BV. B3 23 22
Speciol flat pon 36
60 57'!. 12 43 6BV. B3 23 22
Speciol flot pon 36
72 51% 12 43 6BV:i B3 22 22
F-55DT Speciol flot pon 30
60 57% 12 43 6BY, B3 23 22
Speciol flot pon 30
B4 4 5'!. 12 43 6BV:i B3 20 22
Speciol flot pon 96
24 39Y. 12 43 6BV:i B3 19 22
Speciol tubular 16
72 51 v. 16 47 68 1/:i B1'I• 22 22
Speciol tubular 12
96 39'!. 12 43 6BV:i 89V. 20 22
Special tubular 10
lOB 33V. 10 41 6BY, B9V. 19 22
Hove d1mensions cerrified for instollolion purposes.

102 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
vlbratory feeders

Extra heavy duty models

Model F-66DT
íhe Model F-66DT Vibro-Flow vibrotory feeder is o rugged, more heovily
constructed feeder, designed for the most demonding opplicotions.
lt has o moximum copocity of 500 tons per hour, with o 48" x 60" flot
pon trough sloping 6 degrees downgrode. This copocity is bosed on
handling domp sond or material weighing 100 lbs. per cubic foot. Nor-
rower ond longer t roughs hove correspondingly less copocity.
Eoch Model F-66DT vibrotory feeder is furnished with o seporote
electric controller, for o p erotion from either 230 or 460 volt, 6 0 cycle AC.

Model F-86DT
The most powerful feeder of the entire line o nd the lorgest vibrotory
feeder built, the model F-86DT has o mo ximum copocit y of 1 000 tons
per hour, w ith o 60" x 7 2" flot pon trough sloped 6 degrees downgrode.
This copocit y is bo sed on handling domp sond or material weighing
100 lbs. p er cubic foot. No rrower ond longer troughs hove correspond·
ingly less copocity.
Eoch Model F-86 DT vibrotory f eed er is furni shed with o seporote
electric controller, for o p erot ion from either 230 or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.

Mountlng
The standa rd mounting orrongement for the Mod el s F-66DT ond F-8 6 DT
is suspe nsion b y four fle xible steel cables. These mo d el s con olso be
supplied with vibrotion obsorbers for flo or mounting on o solid, rigid
ba se, or for Aoor mounting the e lectromognetic drive ond cobl e·suspend-
ing the trough.
Dust-tight enclosures for the electromognet, spring sy stem ond con-
t roller con be furnished.

Fóg. 6 134

Model F-66 DT Model F- 86DT

Trou gh typ e Trough type

IN CHES INCHES
Standard flat pan
Special flat pan
48
48
60
72
59
52
12
12
42
42 V:t
68 V:t
68 V:t
83
82
21
20V:t
22
22
Standard flat pan
SpecialAatpan
60
54
l l l
72 55 V:t
84 49 V:t
12
12
36 Y.
36Y.
l l l
68 V:t
68V:t
85 Y.
85 %
24 Y. , 22~
24 V. 22~
Special flat pan 42 60 59 12 42 68 V:t 83 21 22 Special Aat pan 36 96 43 V:t 12 36Y. 68V:t 85'/, 24!1• 22'.4
Special flat pan 30 84 46 12 43 68 V:t 82 20 22 Special Aat pan 48 96 43 V:t 12 36 y, 68V:t 85'/• 24Y. 22~
Special tubular 16 72 52 16 48 68 V:t 82 20V:t 22
Special tubular Hove dimensions certified for instollation purposes.
10 96 41 10 43 68 V:t 90 19 V:t 22
Hove dimensions certifie d for insrollorion purposes.

Speclficatlons
Power consumplio n ot 230 volts, 60 cycles........ . . . . . . . 2800 w orrs
C urren! input al 230 volts, 60 cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 amps
Controller dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25" x 50• x 14'
fe eder weighr (48• x 60' trough) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 50 lbs.
Contro ller weight ..... . .. .... . .......... •.. .. .• .. .... .. 190 lhs.
Speclflcations
Powe r co nsumption ot 230 vo lts, 60 cycles .. ......... ...... 3000 watts
C urre n! input et 230 vo lts, 60 cycles . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 45 amps
Controller size . . . . . . . .......... • .. . ...... 25" X so•X 14'
feed er weight (60' x 72• rrough) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 10,000 lbs.
Conrroller weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 190 lbs.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 103
bulk handling
vib r a tory feed ers

Dual, twin, and dual-twin magnet drives

Dual mognels mounted below the trough. Photo S 16040

When require ments call for vibratory feeders with

longer and wider than standard troughs, any of
the heavy duty or extra heavy duty models can
be furnished with dual, twin or dual-twin magnet
drives.
Dua l ma gnet drives ore required only if the
leng th of !he required feeder is beyond !he
capacity of a single magnet feeder. The rote of
flow is not materially increased by the add itional
magnet. These drives may be mounted either be-
low or above the trough. Dual magnels mounted above the trough. Photo 5 16005

Twin magnet drives are used on larger capac-

ity, wider troug hs and where large pieces of
material foil onto the feeder. Such a magnet
orrongemenl provides o stronger, more stoble
feeder, able lo withstand the severe jolts im-
pa rted by falling chunks of material. The rote of
flow is not mate rially increased by !he additional
magnet. These drives may only be mounted be-
low !he trough.
Dual-twin magnet drives ore used where the
width requires a twin and the le ngth requires a
dual. These drives may only be mounted be low
the trough.
Ali opera ting eleme nts (rectifle rs, switches, etc.)
for twin, dual or dual-twin magnet d rives a re
contained in one electric controller. Regulation of
material flow is simple-one dial controls the
action of all magnets.
Dual-twin mognets mounted below the trough. Photo S 16071

r/-;/-;-7,/;,¡,"' ¡,;;;,-;.;;;;;\
' ' / / / ,- ''"" -.• l'////;</,1.///. 1
l;':;:,o.-•/.' ·l , ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 1
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
. ,,,,,,,,, , 1 t '//'////,,/, 1
¡ , . /'//,,;'/
~//,,- rJ
1
\..·r:::::::;;
1/ / / n • /¡
"'"'
L ___'/ .J1
i:.~~/,t~

Fig. 6152

SINGLE DUAL TWIN DUA L-TWIN

MAGNET MAGNET MAGN ETS MAGNETS

104 • L 1 N K - 8 E L T
 bulk handling
vibratory feed ers

Special engineered models

W ide feeders
When a wide curtain or !ayer of material is desired,
single or multiple electromagnetic drive wide feeders
can be supplied. The length of the trough depends
upan !he application, and its width may vary from
2 to 12 feet or more. Any of !he electromagnetic
drives may be used.

56002

Spreader feeders

Operations requ1rang a wide spread of material

can also be handled by diagonal discharge
spreader feeders with F-22DT, F-33DT and F-44DT
electromagnet drives. This arrangement is also rec-
ommended where !he lack of headroom will no!
permit use of !he wide feeders. By means of !he
angled slot, !he material is distributed over a trough
discharge 2 to 4 times the width of !he original
material stream.

Heat reslstant furnace feeders

This feeder is designed to feed metal peris and

pieces to continuous heat-treating furnaces. lt is made
of a Aat pan trough having an alloy nosepiece to
withstand !he furnace hect, mounted on any of !he
heavy duty e lectramagnetic drives. The rote of feed
is controllable and, by including an electric timer in
the controller, an adjustable intermittent feed can
b e obtained.

Water cooled and wate r heated feeders

Any of the heavy duty or extra heavy duty feeders
can be equipped wíth jacketed Aat pan or tubular
troughs for water cooling, preheating or drying.
Feeders so equipped are ideal for handling hot
calcines, sinter, roasts, and clinker-or for preheating
plastics and maintaining materia l hect in transfer
from one process to another.
The Aow rote thraugh !he trough is generally low
to accomplish !he desired temperature increase or
reduction.

lnfrared drylng or pre heating feede rs

The combination of Syntron infrared heating panels
and the slow, tumbling Aow of material moving in a
thin !ayer in a vibratory feeder, accomplishes a ve ry
efficient drying or preheating action. The choice of
feeder model and pan length, as well as !he size
and number of heating panels, depends upon !he
application requirements.

Sl 1051

L 1 N K - B E L T • 105
bulk handling
gravimetric feeders
Synl'ron Weigh-Flow
gravimel'ric feeders
W elgh-feeding fe rtillz:er
lngredlents to o blender.
Photo 525028
Weigh-fee ding sawdust in plosterboord mcnufocture. Photo 525019
Syntron Weigh-Flow gravime tric feeders ond grovimetric
feeder mochines ore used in industrial processes which require
continuous Aow feeding, b y weight, of bulk moteriols ot desired
constont rotes per unit of time. They ore used to weigh-feed o
voriety of bulk moteriols in the cement, chemicol, fertilizer,
food, gloss ond oil industries, ond chemicols in water ond
sewage treotment processes.
Their design incorporales o vibratory feeder, feeding on
to, ond controlled by the load oction of o scole-suspended,
constont-speed conveyor belt. The scole outomoticolly corrects
any voriotion in load on the b elt-electrically, not mechoni-
colly-by vorying the volt oge to the feeder's electromognetic
drive. The ratio of moximum to minimum feed vories with the
model of mochine ond the bulk density of the material being
hondled; generolly, it is opproximotely 8: l.
Grovimetric feeder mochines ore generolly opplied to low-
rote opplicotions ronging up to 5 tons per hour. They hove o
vibroted supply hopper which, together with the vibrotory
feeder ond the constont-speed belt conveyor, is enclosed in o
metal cobinet on which the scole is mounted .
Grovimetric feeders ore used in processes involving higher
tonnoges, up to l 00 tons p er hour. No supply hoppers ore
furnished ; the vibratory feeder is base or suspension-mounted
under the customer's supply chute or hopper. The constont-speed
belt conveyor is enclosed in o cobinet on which the scole is
mounted.
All grovimetric units ore equipped with electronic controls
in which on electronic circuit, instontoneously responsive to ony
l 06 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Welgh-feeding a ch e m ical in cement mcnufccture. Photo 525025
voriotion in belt load or scole movement, controls the feeder's
fost or slow feeding oction within l / l 20th of o second. When
operoting ot o normal rote of feed, it will produce o uniform
ribbon of material on the belt, normolly occurote to plus ar
minus 13 overo five minute period . The on-off feeder operation
cycle must not be less thon 15 minutes to reolize this occurocy.
Smoller units con olso be supplied with on impulse t ype con-
trol, in which the slightest over or under scole movement
controls the fost ond slow feed b y meons of unbolonced con-
tocts on the scole. W ith this t y pe of control, the scole constontly
Aoots bock ond forth; however, the average feed over o
reosonoble time is very constont.
To counteroct the morked tendency o f sorne moteriols such
os activoted corbon, cement, ond d io tomoceous eorth, to Aush
ond run, Aooding the weighing system, grovimetric units con b e
furnished w ith o speciol built- in Aush control.
Syntron grovimetric feeders ond feeder mochines ore avail-
oble in o standard range of styles ond si zes with copocities
from o few pounds to l 00 tons per hour. They con be furnished
os follows:
l. With or without supply hoppers ond hopper vibrotors.
(smoll units only)
2. As open models, or in dust-tight cobinets.
3. With or w ithout remole ond recording controls.
4. With or w ithout outomotic Aush control.
5. With or without outomotic interlock, in dicotor lomps ond
olorm.
 bulk handling
gravlmetrlc feeders

Syntron Weigh-Flow gravimetric feeder machines

Models G FM-0-8 ond GFM-11-12 grovimetric feeder mochines con be furnished
with either electronic or impulse type control. Operotion is from either 115,
230 or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.
The Model GFM-21 -18 uses the electronic control only. Operotion is from
either 230 or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.
'4--- - - - - - -A- - - - - ---+i

l
C=1]
;~
OISCHARGE
lK
f---N--=i
._ _______ ,
=

k-L.J+-
DISCHARGE
'

LJ
Fig. 6212
Speclflcatlons Dlmenslons

Model 1 Copacit y, 1 Volts ot 1 con~~;;e;ion l Input, 1 Weight, Mod el

A l e 1 e 1 o I EI F 1 G 1 H 1 J I Kll \ M 1 N
pounds : er hour 60 cycles wa::s • amps pounds
INCHES

~2 0 \.'.i 1 31
20~1 18Y,
18 120 ~ ~~1 24:~
GFM- O- 8 1 600 1 115 1 75 1 300
8
GFM-11-1 2 4,000 11 5 200
1
840 GFM- O- 8143
GFM-11-12 66 14
48 31 1 35
23 1 116!141 20
15 \.'.i 1 12
: 1 \.'.il
GFM-21 -1 8 10,000 230 460 1050 GFM-21-18 82 64 42 30 33 49 . .. ... .. . . 12 3 9 18
.6. Copociti es bosed an sond weighing 100 paunds per cubic faat. Hove dimensians cer ti fied far instal lotian purposes.
Copacities far lighter weight ar finer mesh moteriols prapartian-
otely less.

Syntron Weigh-Flow gravimetric feeders

Grovimetric feeder s ore furnished only with electronic control. O perotion is

from either 230 o r 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.

t o

L
VARIABLE

C-VARIABLE- - >- - - -- -A- -- -J...,JH ~..~---~ ~r-

Fig. 621 1

Speclflcatlons Dlmenslons

Mod e l 1
tons p¡r
Copocity,
hour
Volts a t
60 cycles
Po wer
'º"',;:;~:ion, omps
llnput, I Weight,
pounds
Model
A 8 D G H 1 J K

INCHES
GF-22-24 9 230 460 6 1400 GF-22-24 49 42 79 49 30 30 3 6 24
GF-33-24 15 230 860 16 2 100 GF-33-24 49 42 79 49 30 30 3 6 24
GF-44-36 30 230 1320 20 3800 GF-44-36 61 54 87 49 38 46 3 4 36
GF-45-36 60 230 1820 30 4600 GF-45-36 61 54 87 49 38 46 3 4 36
GF-45-48 80 230 2700 35 4800 GF-45-48 104 92 9ó 50 46 54 4 . .. .. 48
GF-55-48 100 230 4000 50 9000 GF-55-48 168 92 96 50 46 54 4 ..... 48
Á Copocities bosed an sond wei ghing 100 paunds per cubic faat. H ove dimensions certified far instollotion purpases.
Copacities far lighter weight ar finer mesh moteriols prapartion-
otely less.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 107
bulk handling
m e chanlcal v i brating feed e r s

mechanical
vibra•ing feeders
Link-Belt mechanical vibrating feeders consist of a coble and spring
suspended or floor mounted trough octuoted for straightline motion
by o mechonical vibrator assembly mounted on the trough frome.
Th ey ore suitable for feeding bulk moteriols from bins, hoppers or
similar containers at o controlled uniform rote.
These feeders ore ideal for handling o wide ronge of moteriols
from heavy, sticky ores to light, dry grains.
The unitized trough const ruction prevents leakoge ond spilloge.
The troughs ore easily reploceoble ond moy be enclosed to reduce
dust or other contominotion hazards. When material charocteristics
require, troughs of stainless steel or other metals con be furnished.
Link-Belt mechonical vibrating feeders are mode in two designs:
the motorized counterweight feeder and the geored counterweight
feeder.

Motoriz:e d counte rwelght v ibr ating f ee de r

Motorized counterweight mechanical vibrating feeders hove o
39371 com poct mechanicol vibrator drive with the motor assembled os
on integral power unit mount ed entirely on the lrough frame.
Counlerweights on each end of o double extended motor
shafl are supported on heavy duty beorings. This power unit
is resiliently supporled ond has o p ivoted connection to pro-
duce o straightline motion al an odjustoble ongle lo the trough.
The material flow con be easily conl rolled by vorying the fol-
lowing: hopper gate opening, trough slope, counlerweight, or
vibralor thrust angle.
A 3' x 5 ' feeder will handle 200 TPH of damp sand or
similor material weighing opproximately l 00 pounds per
cubic foot al o slope of opproximately 6 ° downgrade. Steeper
trough slopes will substonlially increase capocity. Capocity
will vory with other maleriols: lower capocity for lighter or
flner materiols and higher copacity for heavier or coarser
materia Is.
Avoilable in standard widths from 2 to 4 feel ond lengths
from 5 to 8 feet. Other sizes can be furnished.

Geare d count erweight vibrating feeder

Geared counlerweight mechanicol vibroting feeders ore built
in two types: DF for heovy duty ond CF for extro-heavy duty
opplicotions.
Vibroting oction is produced by o Link-Belt Stroightline vi-
brator mounted lo the underside of o rugged welded steel
frame. The unbalanced shafts in the vibrotor are geared to-
gether lo operote al the sorne speed ond produce forces result-
ing in o stroightline motion. High capacity, self-aligning roller
bearings ond o il bath lubrication ossure long bearing life.
The material flow con be eosily controlled by varying the
following: hopper gafe opening, trough slope, or speed.
The DF 3 ' x 5' feede r w ill hondle 250 TPH of domp sand
or similor material weighing l 00 pounds per cubic foot at o
slope of 6 ° downhill.
The CF 3 ' x 5 ' feeder will hondle 400 TPH of domp sond or
similor moteriol weighing l 00 pounds per cubic foot al a slope
of 6 ° downhill.
Types DF ond CF o re built in widths from 2 to 6 feet and
lengths from 5 to 16 feet or more, in one-fool increments.

108 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
mechanlcal vlbratlng feeders

Motorized counterweight vibrating feeder

\
r14· A
I' TROUGH WIDTH
¡:¡

..... ....

----------
Motorized counterweig ht vibrating feeder • cable a nd spring suspend ed

Dimenslons • motorized counterweight type

Size Weight, ,_ _A _ _ ª_ _ _e _
p ounds
Fe et lnches
MC25 1140 2 5 28 Y2
MC26 1190 2 6 28 Y2
MC27 1240 ' 2 7 28 Y2
MC28 1290 2 8 28 y,
MC35 1250 3 5 40 y,
MC 36 13 10 3 6 40 Y2
MC37 1370 3 7 40 y,
MC38 1430 3 8 40 Y2
MC45 1360 4 5 52 Y2
MC46 1430 4 6 52 Y2
MC47 1500 4 7 52 Y2
MC48 1570 4 8 52 Y2
H ove d1mens1ons cerl1fied for 1nslollol1on purposes.

Geared counterweight vibrating feeder

\

\ /
/
l~ TROUGH LENGTH--At--- .>...1

._/
-----
Fig. 631 4

Ge ared counterweight vibrating

feed er • floo r mounted
Fig 6315
Ge a red counterweight vibrating fe e d er • cable and spring suspended

Dlmenslons • g eo red counterweight type

H eavy duty Ex tr a hea v y duty
Feeder Weight,
Feeder Weight,
A 1 8 o 1 E 1 F 1 G
size pounds
A 1 B o 1 E 1 F 1 G
size pounds
Fe et lnches Fe et 1
lnches
1
DF28 2200 2 8 12 10 7 25 y. CF28 3900 2 8 16 10 y, 7 31
DF35 2300 3 5 12 10 7 25 y. CF35 4200 3 5 16 10 Y2 7 31
DF38 3000 3 8 12 10 7 25 y. CF38 5300 3 8 16 12 7 Y2 32
CF46 5100 4 6 19 12 7 Y2 34
DF46 2900 4 6 14 10 7 25 y. 19 12 34
25 y. CF48 6000 4 8 7 Y2
DF48 3200 4 8 14 10 7 CF410 4 10 19 13 7 y, 36
DF57 3500 5 7 14 10 y, 7 25 y. 7000
CF57 7300 5 7 19 13 7 y, 36
DF5 10 4900 5 10 14 12 7 y, 26 y. CF5 10 8500 5 10 19 13 7Y2 36
DF68 5000 6 8 16 12 7 y, 26 y. CF68 8800 6 8 22 13 7Y2 38
DF6 12 6200 6 12 16 12 7 y, 26 y. CF612 10900 6 12 '22 13 7 Y2 38
Hove d imensions certi fi ed for instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 109
bulk handling
bar fllght feeders

bar fligh• feeders

Link-B elt bar flight feeders, a mod ifled form of
flight conveyors, constitute compac.t and eco-
nomical units suitable for handling materials
which will not b uild up in the trough and con-
veyor cha ins and which are granular, Class C ;
very free flowing, Class 1 ; free flowing, Class 2 ;
nonabrasive, Class 6; and mildly corrosive,
Class P. Refer to Table 1, page 563 for further
descriptions of material classes.

Two strands of Cla ss SS 4678, 6 - inch pitch,

chain are employed in the conveying medium.
By means of suitable chain attachments, ba r
flights are mounted between the conveyor
chains at spaced intervals to move the material
along the trough bottom. These feeders are
usually enclosed and, if necessary, can be made
d ust-tight.

In horizontal feeders and those inclined up

to 1O degrees, material beds several times the
depth of the flight, can be handled successfully.

Because of their compact desi gn, these

feeders sometimes afford a solution to a feeder
problem where a minimum of head room is
available. When used with inbuilt shallow track
hoppers, they provide a means of maintaining
minimum pit depths. Since they operate et slow
speed, wear and maintenance are reduced to a
mínimum, resulting in en economical application.

..
Removlng cool fr om t rack h o p p er, bar Aight feeder
discharges into crusher or directly into gravity-dischorge
conveyor-elevator serving storage silo. Photo 33315
. .
,

. .., .. . ,
Types Solution
Two types of link-Belt bar flight feeders are available- Refer to the table for bar Aight feeders with inbuilt shollow trock
The self-contained bar Aight feeder is a gene ral-purpose feeder hoppers. A feede r with Aights 18" wide is satisfoctory for the lump
ond is commonly used, either horizontally or inclined, under bins size and operoting al 20 FPM will handle 18.2 TPH of 50 pound
or trock hoppers. In this design, lhe materiol is fed to the top or per cubic foot material.
return run of the conveyor and corried rearward o short distance
before it drops through an opening in the trough to the botlom 30 X 20
or conveying run. An adjustable slide gafe is used to regulate the speed of feede r for capocity of 30TPH =18T = 33 FPM.
rote of feed.
horsepower al heod shoft bosed o n 20 FPM feede r speed
The bar Aight feeder with inbuil t shallow trock hopper is a single-
= .60 + (11.5 X.035) = 1 HP
purpose feeder requiring a minimum of pit depth and foundation
construction. In this type of feeder, the top or relurn run is shielded Refer lo the ta ble. Terminal 1 with 2 7A/' diometer heod shoft is
ond the material fed directly to the bottom or conveying run. An od- so tisfoctory for 1 HP.
justoble, counterweighted gafe is used to regulate the rote of feed.
horsepower al head shoft, bosed on 33 FPM feeder speed
Example of bar fll ght f eeder se le ction 1 X 33
Problem =--w- = 1.65 HP.
Select o bar flight feeder with inbuil t shallow trock hopper to meet 5 X 33
!he following conditions: speed of he od shoft for 33 FPM =~ = 8.25 RPM.
Material . .... . .. . .. coal
Weight .. . ... . . . . . . 50 pounds per cubic foot Knowing horsepower ond speed al !he head shoft, selecl d rive
Copocity . . . . . . . . .. 30 tons per hour from Cotalog 1050.

11 0 . LINK - BELT
 bulk ha ndling
bar flight feeders

Self-contained bar flight feeders

A
1
ntt.
RIGHT HAN D ASSEMBLY ~
VIE W XX

_ _ _.¡..;;;..;.;.-.-...i~i...-.....- - - - - - - -....-----i~*'
.. 16
~
12· J;;:;!
SECTION AA
7: 6. MINIMUM CENTERS
20-·+ 1 < 0 - - - - - - -15'- s'. MAXIMUM CENTERS;- - - - - - - ' r - + i
VARIABLE BY 6. INCREMENTS Fig. 4 576

Fl;ght Moximum ...

Copa city Horsepower at
heod shoft
...
H eod
sha ft
Terminal 1
1.2 horsepower
Termina l 2
2 horsepo wer
Terminal 3
2 hors e po we r
width
A,
lump
sir e,
Cubic
fe et
Tons
Mini mum 1Add;1;onol I lift,
speed, 8 • w
• •
per RPM E 1 F K E 1 F 1 K 1 w E 1 F K 1 w
inches inches p er
hour 1 ho ur
shaft
centers
centers,
pe r foot
per
foot • 1 1
INCHES

1 2217~ 1 31~~~:'12 1 ~6 , ~~ 1 2228 , 3327 , 544 2 , 2•y,.

18 3 728 18.2 .41 .025 .024 5
24 3 968 24.2 .5 2 .032 .027 5 :: 1 1 1 1
36 3 1460 36.5 .97 .0 42 .0 40 5 24 52 2~ 2% 29 35 54 3~

Bar flight feeders with inbuilt shallow track hoppers

n1r
bd11 VIEW XX
RIGHT HAN D ASSEMBLY

2:2,•- +4-------~ 4'.7;'MINIMUM CENTERS,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____,

32~ 7 ;' MAXIMUM CENTERS
VARIABLE BY 6' INCREMENTS SECTION AA SECTION BB Fig. 4 579

FHght Mox imum ...

C opocíty Horsepo w er ot

...
heo d sho ft Heo d
sho f t
Ter minal 1
1.2 horsepo wer
Te rmina l 2
2 horsep ower
Ter minal 3
3.2 horsepower
width
A,
lump
siz: e,
Cubic
fe et
Tons Minimum Addition a l
s pe ed, • • • w
per RPM E 1 F 1 w E 1 F 1 w 1 E 1 F 1
inches inc-hes p er
hour 1
hour shoft
cent ers 1
cent en,
p er foot • INCHES
18 4 728 18.2 .60 .035 5 18 2~ 1 22
19 24 20
23
26
29
24 4 968 24 .2 .80 .0 4 5 5 21 2~ 27

Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes. & Capacily and horsepower based on feeder speed of 20 FPM and
Maximum r ecommended speed, 50 FPM. handling material weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot. Capacity and horse-
Maximum recommended weight of material, 100 pounds per cubic foot. power directly proportional to feeder speed and weight of material.
Head shalts are provided wilh either Series 2-1500 babbitted or Series 400 • Based on feeder speed o f 20 FPM and directly proportional lo othe r
roller bearing pillow blocks speeds.
Foot shalts are provided with either Series DS-B2800 babbitted or Series
DS 3-400A roller bearing takeups.

LINK - BELT .1 11
bulk handling
screw feeders

screw feeders

Feed in g flour from storoge bins to sifters in o lorge bokery by o vost Soybea n hulls are fed from storage bins to grinding milis by
network of twin screw feed ers with drop bottom troughs. The rote of three screw feeders, driven by link-Belt P.l.V. variable speed
Aow is corefully con.rolled throughout the syste m. Photo 35258 drives, ot o closely contro lled rote of Aow. Pho to 34014

Li nk - Belt screw feeJers are modified sctew conveyors used to control the
flow of material at a cons tant or variab l e rote from track hoppers, storage
hoppers, b i ns or tanks. They are suit able for hand ling a w i de variety of
materials ranging from fines to a combination of fines and lumps. Under
many conditions, the feeder also will serve as a valve.

These feeders are totally endosed, compact, simple in design and dust-tight
in construction. They aie economical to install, operate and maintain .

Link-Belt saew feeders are made in two general types-Type A screw

feeder consisting of a screw with regular pitch flighting and Type B screw
feeder consisting of a screw with short pitch flighting. Both types are also
available with screws having uniform diameters and with screws having
tapering diamet ers.

Link-Belt screw feeders incorparate the benefits derived from many years
of experience with successful applications. Designs ca n be furnished to suit
specific requirements.

112 • LINl<- B E LT
 bulk handling
screw feeders

Types
Shown in the following table are Types A and 8 feeders classifled
with their other individual design feotures:

Types of screw feeders

Feeder
type Description Feeder screw

_ A_ l_
Feeder only
A2 Feeder with extended Regular pitch, uniform diameter Screw feede rs w ith exte nde d scre w conveyor
screw conveyor
A3 Feeder only Screw feed e rs with extended screw conveyors ore necessory
A4 Feeder with extended Regular pitch, topering diometer when intermediate hangers are required or when it is necessory to
screw conveyor
convey the material for sorne distance. A screw conveyor of larger
81 Feeder only
diameter than the feeder screw is combined with the feeder lo make
82 Feeder with extended Short pitch, uniform diameter
screw conveyor the exlension. Typ·es A2, A4, 82 and 84 are such combinations.
83 Feeder only
84 Feeder with extended Short pitch, tapering diameter
screw conveyor

Screw feeders are regularly provided with shrouded or curved

cover plotes for a short distonce beyond lhe e nd of the inlel open-
ing lo oblain proper feed regulotion. Longer shrouds, extra short
pitch screws and other modiflcalions are occasionally required lo re-
duce fl ushing of very free flowing maleriols along the feeder screw.

Fig. 3780
Mu ltiple s cre w feed e r
Fig. 3691
Multiple screw fe e ders are usuolly used in flot botlom b ins for
Screw fe ede r with uniform diame te r screw
discharging ma terials which hove o tendency to pack a r bridge
under pressure. Frequently, the entire bin botlom is provided with
Screw feeders wlth uniform diameter screws, Types A 1, A2,
these feeders which convey the material lo collecling conveyors.
81, o nd 82 ore regulorly used for handling fine, free flowi ng me-
Such arrangemenls are commonly used for handling hogged fue l,
tería is. Since the diometer of the screw is uniform, lhe feed of the
wood shavings, ele.
material will be from the foreporl of the inlet and no t across lhe
entire length. Where hoppers, bins, tanks, etc., ore completely emptied
or where inerl or deod oreas of material over the inlet ore not
objectionob le, this type of feeder is entirely sotisfoctory, as well as
economica l.

Fig. 3690

Scre w feed e r with lapering d iame te r scre w

Screw feed e rs with taperlng diameter scre ws, Types A3, A4,
8 3 and 84, will reodily handle meteríais conlaining a foir percentage
of lumps. In addilion, they are used extensively where it is necessary
or desirable to draw the moterial uniformly across lhe enlire length
of the inlet opening to e liminote inerl or deod oreas of material ot
the foreparl of opening.
Stepped pilch screws con be used in place of tapering diometer
screws for sorne applications. They consist of screws wilh succeeding
sectiona l flights increasing progressively in pitch. The portian of lhe
screw with the smoller pilch is located under the inlet opening.
Fig. 3820
Spé cia l scre w fe eder
Special screw f e ed e rs may be of lhe revolving lype, os shown,
arronged for rotating oround hopper or bin outlels for discharge to
points around a n are. O lher feeders con be made to rola le oround
the feeder discharge lo reach more than one source of feed.
Jacke ted screw feeders consist of troughs or cosings provided
with oddilional jackets through which heoting or cooling media cir-
culate to hect or cool or maintain the material temperatures.

LINK - BELT• 113

bulk handling
scre w feeders
Consider the following foctor s when selecting o horizontal screw
feed er:
Kind ond chorocler of material being hondled, such os si ze,
flowob ility, obrosiveness, e tc.
Weight of material in pounds per cubic foot
Moximum ro le al which material is hondled in cubic feel
per hour
Moximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material ond
percentoge of lumps in total volume
lenglh of feeder or feeder with extended conveyor in feet
With this informotion known, proceed os follows:
Establish the material class • Refer to Table 1, poges 282
ond 283 ond find the material closs ond weighl of the material being
hondled. lf this particular material is nol listed, selecl one with similor
choroclerislics or determine the clossiflcotion by using Table 1, poge
563. Additionol considerotion relotive to copocity should be given to
the handling of moleriols which interlock or mol, Closs X, or oerote
ond become fl uid, Closs Y.
Determine the type of feeder screw • Knowing the
material closs ond lump size, refer lo Table 1, poge 115 ond de-
termine the type of feeder for the requiremenls bosed on length
of feeder, inlet opening lenglh ond kind of drowoff.
Dete r m i ne the feeder s cre w s iz:e • Knowing the lump size,
copocity ond lype of feeder, refer lo Table 2, poge 115 ond deter-
mine the feeder screw diomeler ond required speed . For feeder
Types A2, A4, 82 or 84, olso determine the e xtended conveyor
screw diomeler. Check the conveyor screw diomeler ond lenlolive
speed wilh the recommended copocities ond speeds of horizontal
screw conveyors lisled in Table 2, poge 284. In sorne inslonces il moy
be necessory lo reoch o compromise between the feeder ond con-
veyor screw diomelers lo moinloin o common speed.
I conve yor screw operoling at 40 RPM is salisfoclory.
Calculate th e req u ired h o rs epo w er • The power re-
quired to drive o screw feeder depends upen the closs of material
being hondled. Use the following formulo for colculoting the horse-
power:
H = AG
where H = horsepower ot feeder drive shoft
C(L+ 28 )K
A OOO OOO for Closs A ond 8 moteriols
1
' '
C(L + 38)K
A = l ,OOO,OOO for Closs C ond O moteriols
114 • LI N K-BELT
Selection
c =copocily in cubic feet per hour
l = lenglh of feeder or feed e r with extended
screw conveyor in feel
8 = length of inle t opening in feel
K = horsepower factor from Table 3, poges 284-287,
bosed on feeder screw diometer A
G = 1.00 when A = 5.0 or more. When A = less than
5.0 obtoin volue of G from Tabl e 5, poge 289
Knowing the horsepower ond speed ot the feeder drive shoft refer
lo poges 276-277 for typicol drive orrongemenls. Orive moy be
locoled al eilher end . The horsepower ot the motor equols the horse-
power al the feeder drive shoft divided by the total e ffici ency of the
drive sele cted.
Example of sc r ew feeder selection
Proble m
Selecl o horizontal screw feeder lo meel the following conditions:
Material. ... . . . . .. . .... . .... . .. solt cake, dry, caarse
Weighl. . ...... . . .... . .... . . . .. 85 pounds per cubic foot
Capacity .. .. . ........ . ........ 1000 cubic feel per hour
Ma ximum lump size ... . .... .. .. .. 1 inch, 20 per cent of
total valume
l englh of feeder .... ... ... ...... 18 feet
Kind of feed ...... . . .. .... . .... feed ocross entire
length of inl e t
Solution
Refer to Table 1, poge 283, note thot the material is clossed os 027.
Refer to Table 1, poge 115 ond note thot o Type 83 or 84 feeder is
recommended for 027 material. Since the length of the feed e r will
require an e xtended screw canveyor, select Type 84 feeder.
Refer to Table 2. A 12" diomeler feeder screw operoling ot 40
RPM is required for the lump size and capocily. The extended con-
veyor screw diameter F will b e e ithe r 14", 16" o r 18" depending
upen the trough loading. Re fer lo Table 2, poge 284. Note thol o
30 per cent lrough looding is recommended ond thot o 16" diometer
conveyor screw operoting ot 32 RPM will handl e the capacity. The re-
fore, o 12" diomete r feeder screw with 16" diometer extended
Refer to Table 3, page 286, under material 027. Note that Com-
ponen! Group O, with hard iron bearing hongers, shown in Table 4,
poge 288, is indicote d.
Horsepower H ot the feeder drive shaft = AG
1000 [ 18 + (3 X 6) 1207
A= 1 000 000--- = 7 .4 5
' '
G = l .00
H = 7.45 X 1.00 = 7 .45 HP
Knowing the horsepowe r ond spee d ot fe e der drive shoft, selecl drive.
Assuming that the total e fficienc y of the drive selected is 853, the
7 .45
horsepower al the motor = . = 8 .8 HP
85
Therefore, select a 1 O horsepower motor.
 bulk handling
screw fee d ers

Table 1 • Selection of feeder type

Moximum lnlet opening and kind

Material Feeder
lump size, a f drawaff Descriptian af feeder screw
closs type
inches 0

Normal inlet opening. Al Uniform diometer, regular pitch screw

Material drowoff, Unifor m diometer, regular pitch screw
foreport only
A2 with extended screw conveyor
A, B Normal inlet opening. AJ Topering diometer, regular pitch screw
16, 26, 36 Va Uniform material drowoff Topering diometer, regular pitch screw
17, 27, 37 thru full length
A4 with extended screw conveyor
18, 28, 38
Long inlet opening. 81 Uniform diometer, short pitch screw
- - - --
"' Material drowoff,
forepart only
82
Uniform diameter, short pitch screw
with extended screw conveyor
A, 8, C, D 83 Tapering diometer, short pitch screw
Long inlet opening.
16, 26, 36 3 Uniform material drawoff Tapering diameter, short pitch screw
17, 27, 37
18, 28, 38
• thru full length
84
with extended screw conveyor

• Unsized material consisting o f coorse and fines where 25°/o o f volume does volume or material contains hord unbreakoble lumps, consuh Link-Be lt.
not exceed moximum lump size ond average size o f balance does not ex· 0 Fer length, refer to B. Table 2.
ceed one-holf of the maximum lump size. When lumps exceed 253 o f ¿ Screw feed ers conno t control materials which become íluid.

Fig. 4595 1
Types A 1 and A3 feeder Types Al and A4 feeder Fig. 4596

Section
ot inlet

Fig. 4676
Types 81 a nd 83 f eed er Types 82 and 84 feeder Fig. 4677

Tabl e 2 • Copocities ond speeds of horizontal screw feeders

Copocity al Conveyor screw diometer
Feeder Maximum Moximum maximum Copocity al e f¿
screw lump size, recommended re commended one RPM A B shroud o E Trough looding, per cent
diometer, inches speed, RPM speed • • A t 45 1 30 1 15
inc.hes o
Cubic feel per hour INCHES

Types A 1, A2 , A3 and A4 feeders

6 v. 70 315 4.5 6 36 12 7 14 9 9 12
9 v. 70 1120 16.0 9 42 18 9 18 12 14 16
12 v. 60 2250 37.5 12 48 24 10 22 16 18
14 v. 50 3100 62.0 14 54 28 11 24
16 v. 40 3740 93.5 16 54 32 11 Y2 28
Typ es 81 , 82 , 83 and 84 feeders
6 'A 70 210 3.0 6 60 8 7 14 9 9 9
9 1 Y2 70 749 10.7 9 66 12 9 18 12 12 14
12 2 60 1500 25.0 12 72 16 10 22 14 16 18
14 2 y, 50 2100 42.0 14 78 20 11 24
16 3 40 2440 61.0 16 78 22 11 Y2 28
Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes. volume or material contains hord unbreokoble lumps, consult Link-Belt.
• Bosed on 903 theoreticol copacity. /:;. Moximum in regular construction. Fer inlets longer thon listed, consul t Link-
¿ Where no diometer is given fer extended screw conveyor, consult Link-Belt. Belt.
o Unsized material consisting of coarse ond fines where 253 of volume does t Where most of the material is y.• or lorger, use cu tofl piol e l nsteod o f
not exceed maximum lump size and average size of balance does not ex- shroud.
ceed one-holf o f the maximum lump size. When l umps exceed 253 of

LINK - BELT • 115

bulk handling
rota ry t able feeders

ro'lary 'lable feeders

The Link-Belt rctory table feeder consists of o power driven

circular plote rototing directly below o bin opening. An
odjustoble feed collar, locoted immed iotely obove the ro-
toting table, determines the volume of material d elivered.
These feeders are generolly used with round, vertical bins
ond for handling materials w hich hove a tendency to orch,
such as damp sand, wood chi p s, etc. They provide o foirly
uniform feed for most met eríais.
The lower edge of the feed collar is helicol in shope,
being closest to the rotating table immediately behind the
plow ond forthest from it d irectl y in front of the plow. This
orrangement permits equal quantiti es of ma teria l to Aow
under the collar around the complete circle ond spreod
o ver the table a s it revolves. The material is then plowed
off in a steady stream into a d ischorg e chute. The rote of
f eed is odjusted b y repositioning the f eed collar.
Ty pes 1 ond 2 feeders, in sizes ronging from 26" to 84"
in diame ter, ore mode for applicotion to b ins of like pro-
p o rtion. Because of the rela tivel y large table diameter, bin
openings which ore lorg e in proportion to the bin diameter
oct to reduce arching of the material without withdrowing
und uly lorge qu antities. O ther ty pes are shown on poge 118.
Link-Belt rotory table feeders are accurately ond sub-
stontiolly made and embody in design ond construction th e
feotures which contri bute to successful o p eration.
Delivering a continuous flow of foundry sand lo o distribut-
ing belt conveyor, lhis rotory lo ble feeder receives sond from o
Link-Bel! circular sloroge bin. Pholo 19149

De llvering pre pare d san d lo belt conveyor, lhis Assurlng uniform d elivery of foundry sand lo o lempering bell con-
rotory loble feeder is porl of o complete sond con- veyor, this rolory toble feeder, with odjusloble collar, is olloched to lhe
d itioning syslem in o foundry. Pholo 19231 A botlom of o circular lonk. Pholo 16461 A

116 • L INK - BELT

 bulk handling
rotary table feeders

lypes 1and2
Example of rotary table feeder selection

Problem
Select a rotory table feeder to meet the following conditions:
1
A Material .... ... . foundry sond
TABLE Weight . ....... 100 pounds p er cubic foot
iDIAMETER Capocity . ....... 25 tons p er hour

DISCHARGE CHUTE
MAY BE LOCATED ~L 1
Solution
90º EITHER SIDE
AS SHOWN L_l _J Refer to the tobles: A 60-inch d iameter table feeder opero ting at
5.4 revolutions per minut e will hondle materiol weighing 100 pounds
- E~ F per cubic foot ot the maximum rote
of 32.5 tons per hour. Therefore, this
SECTION AA
size is selected.
The drive consists of a Link-Belt
worm geo r drive connected to a 3-
horsepowe r, 17 50 RPM motor.

WORM ·
GEAR TABLE
DRIVE

WELDED Fig. 6265

STEEL
BASEPLATE
Type 1
Table Capacity &
900 RPM B o E F H L R
diameter Cubic feet TPH Weight,
Motor,
A,
inches
Per Haur
Min. 1 Max. 1 Min. 1 Max.
• HP
Pounds 1 1 1
INCHES
1 1 1

26 50 85 2.5 4.3 660 16 v. 10 7Y2 25 Y2 10 27~

36 1 93 155 4.7 1 7.8 804 23 Y2 13 11 1 24 15 1 Y2 1 - 35
Hove dimensions ce rtifled for in$talloti on purpo<:;.e5:. • Raoi;ed on material weighing 100 pounci~ per cubic foot.
& Capacity based on feeder operating at 11.25 RPM. Capacity directly proportional to weight of material.

FEED FEED RING

COLLAR

i./DISCHARGE MAY BE ROTATED

I"" WITH REFERENCE TO DRIVE
A' \
SECTION AA
A
u lk-_..,,.~~~~ R ~~~~-+--;,.¡1
/
A + A
1 //

l_I ~=1.J:;;;;;;;;;;;;~~~~~~~~JJ~~~-+
1
ª'
TABLE
r·-]'- - - -\
4 " e=

t-.:::;i::t~-:;;;;~
~Grl-H
L.J' ~~~~~~
Fig. 6266
DISCHARGE
CHUTE
Type 2
Nominal Capocity
Table 1750RPM A B e o E F G H J K R u
table Cubic feet TPH Weight, 1
speed, Motor,
d i o meter,
inches
RPM
Per Haur •
Min. 1 Max. 1 Min. 1 Mox.
HP
pounds 1 1 1 1

INCHES
1 1 1 1 1 1

48 6.3 235 5 15 11.8 26.0 2 1950 49 26 26~ 15 Y2 12 20 Y2 12 20 8 12 46 40 y,

60 5.4 290 630 14.5 31.5 3 2430 62 38 28 Y2 17 Y2 12 26 14 26 9 15 58 40 Ya
72 5.4 380 825 19.0 41.3 5 2975 75 50 32 18 Y2 12 25 Y2 16 30 10 18 70 40 Y2
84 6.0 525 11 40 26.3 57.0 7 y, 4240 88 62 36 v. 22 Y2 15 Y2 34 18 35 11 21 82 40 Y2
Hove dimensions certifie d for instollafion purposes. • Based on material weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot.
Capacity directly propo rlional to weight of material.
LINK-BELT· 117
bulk handling
rotary table feed en

Other types

Link- Belt manufactu res many rotary feeders for speciflc ma-
terials and p urposes. The wood chip feede rs shown in the
accompany ing photographs are t y p ical of many built for
kraft pulp milis, and range as high as seventeen feet in
diameter. In this t y pe of feeder the table, because of its size,
is independ ently supported on t runnion rollers. Feeding rot e
is controlled b y an ad justable feed collar and !he hinged
adjustable plow.

A battery af three 17 -foat diameler ratary table feeders reclaiming wood

chips fra m sloroge silos. Photo 35997

A close-up view of one of the above feeders illustrating plow aclion. A 72" diameler rolary table feede r feeding iron ore lo lwo troughed
Photo 35998 belt conveyars. Photo 35460

Orive s for extra hea vy duty f eeders

The spiral bevel gear drive illuslrated is used extensively in sinter plants
for rotary table feeders handling iron ore, concentrote, limestone, cake and
similar materials. Far this service a direct connected fully enclased drive is
preferred. The circular table is bolted directly to the Aange on th e output
shaft af the drive unit, which obsorbs oll radial ond vertical thrust loods.
I
Constont or variable speed drives ore ovoiloble.

PLOW
DISCHARGE
~~~~~~~~)
REVOLVING TABLE

F19. 6277

Sp iral bev el gear drive with motorized Spira l bevel gear d rive with addi ti onal speed
P.l.V. to provid e variable speed. reducer to p rovid e con stant sp eed.

118 • LINK - BELT

 bulk handling
rotary plow feeders

ro'lary plow feeders

The link-Belt rotory plow feeder is designed for

dependoble, high-copocity recloiming of bulk
moteriols in tunnels under stock piles, ond from
beneoth long storoge bins.
The feeder consists of o self-propelled, trock-
mounted troveling corrioge upon which ore
mounted one or two motor driven rotors, eoch
with four or more orms rototing in o horizonta l
plone. The material is plowed by the curved
bloded orms from o long horizontal shelf onto
o belt conveyor os the entire unit trovels con-
tinuousl y bock ond forth between pre-deter-
mined limits.
These feeders ore used for recloiming ore,
sinter, potosh, toconite pellets, coke lumps, lime-
stone, etc.-in foct, they ore recommended for
virtuolly ony material thot will not octuolly
flush through the opening ond off the shelf.
The rotory plow feeder is porticulorly od-
vontogeous for handling moteriols thot tend to
pock or orch. The feed opening is continuous
for the entire looding distonce, ond the orching
of material is minimized since the rototing orms
undercut the orch support on oll but two sides.
This orrongement prevents the stoppoge of ma-
terial flow co used by the dome effect often
occurring when material is supported by the
Effectfve n e ss of r otary plow feeder Is lllustrate d by volley in the pile over
four sides of o rectangular opening. ane af two tunnels. Material can be piled up ta lower chord of stackpiling bridge.
Photo 36 143

LI N K-BE LT • 119
bulk handling
rotary plow f eed e rs

Rotary plow feeders

.··- ' ... - ·' ... .. V..... .. .. -·. : LEL. 26'-Q'

Material is usua lly discharged from th e rotary plow

ORE TROUGH feeders directly onto a collectin g belt conveyor be-
low. For handling high capacities and heavy, sharp
materials, a short transfer belt may be mounted on
the traveling ca rriage to absorb the impact as ma -
terial is discharged from the shelf. The transfer or
impact belt also assists in regul ating the flow and
improves loading to the main collecting belt.
A higher percentage of the stored material can be
reclaimed by withdraw ing ma terial th rough the con-
tinuous slotted opening rather than through a series
of spaced openings. lncrements of capacity losses are
limited to the d istance the feeder t ravels beneath
material t hat may have arched solid l y beyond the
cutting range of the rotor blades. Such arches are
usually broken down as adjacent m aterial is with-
MAIN T UNN(L
drawn, then reclaimed during the next pass of the
BELT CONVEYOR feeder.
• . . " •' i, !"'·"' ·"'·;" .·. -•.. _'l. • "'
., . . , . • i TYPI CAL SECTI ON THRO UG H TUNN EL

Ma teria l is r e mov e d b y rot ory p low fee d e r from con-

tinuous shelf beneath starage p ile and may be fed directly
to moin tunnel belt canveyor or from impact transfer belt
as shown. Fig. 35596

Up to 5 " ore is fed by rotary p low feed er from shelf botto m of trough thro ug h continuous,
full length feed opening in tunne l. Photo 36159

120 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
rotary plow fee ders

Rotary plow feeders

Rotory plow feeders moy be built for copocities of

300 to 3500 tons per hour, depending on number
ond speed of rotors, ond the number ond effective
rodius of bloded orms. Feeders con be furnished with
lateral odjustment to permit feeding material from
either side of mochine. Double rotor feeders con be
furnished to simultoneously plow material from shelves
on both sides.
Copocities moy be voried by manual odjustment
of rotor speed ond corrioge trove!, or through re-
mote controls interlocked with the conveying system
being fed.
Orive equipment is normolly mounted on the sorne
troveling corrioge with the rotors, but for lorge
copocity units ond those requiring considerable elec-
t ricol equipment, the drives con be placed on o
seporote corrioge.

3000 TPH of lron ore Is fe d by

rotary plow feeder with impoct trons-
fer belt from shelf ot upper right to
main tunnel belt conveyor in on eJ<ten-
sive shiploading system. Photo 361 66

lron ore Is reclalmed at 6000 TPH by

two rotary plow feeders, each equipped
with two rolors. Vorioble voltoge electrical
equipment is mounted on a seporote cor-
riage and is controlled from shiplooding
stotion sorne dislonce owoy. Photo 36162

Ore up to 6 " Is w lthdrawn from stockpile by rotory O re Is d e llvere d ot 600 TPH from continuous shelf
plow feeder troveling full length of 450-foot tunnel. directly to main lunnel by rolory plow feeder
Pho to 39463l equipped with single rotor. Photo 39463R

LIN K - B ELT • 121

bulk handling
rotary v ane fee d e r s

ro•ary vane feeders

Batt er y o f Typ e C ratary vane fee d ers delivering wood chips

from the b ottom of o storoge b in l o o bel! conveyor. Photo 3003 2

~"'
The link-Belt rotary vane feeder, the simplest form of feeder, consists essentially of a
r o t ating pocket ed rotor operating in a housing, so that pockets receive material from
one ope ning in the housing and deliver it through another. The control of material Aow
is obtained by regulating the speed of the rotor. Various forms of rotors and housings
are available to suit a variety of materials and installation requirements.
l.s:::B2J 4 585

Ty p e A r ota ry v ane feed er

Typ es
Link-Belt rotory vone feeders ore mode in vorious types. Types A, B ond C ore three of the most
common but mony voriotions moy be furnished to suit individual applicotions.

Ty pe A
This feeder is recommended for hondling fine, pulverized or granular materiols, smoll enough in
size and sufficiently friable so thot lumps will not jom between the close fitting radial vones ond
the housing. Material enters the housing from obove ond, as the rotor revolves, eoch pocket dis-
chorges os it reoches the opening in. the bottom. Cleoronce between the vones o nd the housing Fig. 4584

prevents free pa ssage of oír between the inlet ond outlet sides of the feeder. Type 8 rotary v ane feed er

Ty pe 8
Far lumpy or nonuniform moteriols, o type with substontiol cleoro nce between the vanes and the
hausing on the feeding side mus! be used. The Type B feeder provides adequate control af the
Aow af material with lumps af reasonable size, and al the sorne time avoids choking or jamming.

Ty pe C
This feeder is frequently used for handling materials which are stringy or hove a tendency to mal
or cling together. A feature of this orrangement is t he counterweighted, hing ed vertical bin section
above the rotar, which restrict the material Aow under normal operating conditions but pravide
outamatic meons of relief if an oversized piece becomes lodged against the rotor.

Type C rotary v a ne feed er

122 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
convey ing and
e levating equi pme nt

conveying and eleva•ing

equipmen• for bulk ma•erials
Conveying and elevating equipment serves a wide variety of
purposes in practically every industry where bulk materials are
handled. Primarily, conveyors and elevators provide transportation
with a uniform flow from one operation to another, but they also
provide the means for performing many other functions en route,
such as distributing the material to bins or machines, for weighing,
mixing, blending, batching, proportioning, bulk loading, and filling
containers.
Many types and variations of conveying and elevating equipment
hove been developed to meet the widespread needs of industry.
They are suitable for handling a wide variety of materials over a
broad range of ca p acities.
Various types of conveying and elevating equipment are de-
scribed in this book, but numerous vari ations of these and other
types are available for unusuo l conditions.
Selection, application and descriptive information for many types
is included in the following pages. However, the choice between
types for a specific set of conditions requires a careful analysis of
the material to be handled, physica l limitations of the site, economics,
capacity and other operating requirements. The table on page 37
may be used as a guide for tentative selection of the general typ e
of equipment, subject to a more careful study of the specific selection
data. Since Link-Belt makes practically every type of elevating and
conveying equipment, unbiased selections based on best operating
performance, dependability, economy and safety can be made.
In addition to manufacturing conveying and elevating equipment,
Link-Belt designs, furnishes and installs complete bulk handling sys-
tems and often complete plants in which such equipment forms an
importan! port.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 123
 bulk handling
conveying and
elevati ng equipment

Belt conveyors (poge 1 27) ore

suitoble for handling mony mote-
riols in o wide ronge of sizes, over
long distonces, up ond down slopes.
They ore outstonding for low power
requirements, high copocities, sim-
plicity ond dependoble operotion.
Material is corried on belts running
Fig. 4 179 over onti-friction idler rolls.

Oscillating conveyors (poge

236) ore odopted to handling hot,
obrosive, stringy ond irregulorly
shoped lump y moteriols, os well os
dusty moteriols or those thot connot
be exposed. They hove leokproof Flight conveyors (poge 294) use
troughs in which there ore no mov- scroper plotes or flights, corried by
ing ports, ond con be enclosed ond one or two stronds of choin, to push
seoled for dustproof or gos-tight cool or other nonobrosive material
operotion. The y ore mode in three olong in troughs which mo y b e hori-
types for light, medium ond heovy- zontal, inclined, or o com binotion of
d uty service. both. Dischorge mo y be over the end
or through gotes ot intermediote points.

Apron conve yors (poge 248)

hondle mony kinds of moterio ls but
ore porticulorly suitoble to those
which ore heovy, obrosive or lump y.
Beod e d, overlopping corrying pons
ore usuolly mounted on two strond s
of choin operoting on trock. They
ore self-feeding ond con be used
on combined horizontal ond inclined
poths.

Wide chain drag conveyors (poge

301) ore simple, ond ore sotisfoctory
for handling sowdust, wood chips ond
obrosive moteriols such os oshes. Single
stronds of wide drog choins slide the
material in steel, hord iron or concrete
troughs.
Screw conve yors (poge 259)
ore odopted to o wide ronge of
bulk moteriols of fine ond moderote
sizes. They consist of helicoll y formed
flighting on revolving shofts, gener-
oll y mounted in stotionory, enclosed
troughs which moy be water or steom
jocketed for cooling, dryin g, etc.
The rototion of the screw odvonces
the material.

124 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
co nveying and
elevatl ng equipment

Sidekar-Karriers (page 302)

are horizontal run-around conveyors
consisting of overlapping buckets,
each having en undercut gate for
unloading. Buckets are equipped
with supporting rollers and are
pulled by a chain. The bucket line
is self-feeding, and discharge is au-
tomatically regulated b y the need
for material et one or more points.

Circular carriers (page 304) are

horizontal run - araund conveyors
consisting af two concentric channel
rails between which are attached a
series of equally spaced steel buck-
ets, each having a single undercut
gate which is arranged to automat-
ically open or close as required.
The continuous circular frame and Fig. 4 191
buckets rotate as a complete unit
supported on a series of roller
bearing t runn ion rollers spaced et
intervals on steel pedestal supports. Bucket elevators (page 307)
They are powered by a booster are probably the most widely used
type chain drive operating in a method for elevating bulk materials.
Fig. 6197
horizontal p lane. Various types and designs are
They will efficiently handle any available to meet the requirements
bulk mat erial that will Aaw from the of different materials and operat-
carrying buckets. ing conditions. Buckets are mounted
on chain or belt. They receive ma-
terial et the boot and discharge it
over the head wheel by centrif-
uga! action or by gravity. The cen-
trifuga! d ischarge types are nor-
mally used for free-Aowing, fine to
medium size lump materials. Those
discharging b y gravity, which com-
prise positive discharge, continuous
bucket and interna! discharge t ypes,
Weigh larries (pa ge 306) are are generally used for materials
used to transfer materials from se- more difficult to handle dueto large
lected overhead storage points to lumps, Auffiness, sluggishness, fragil-
any one of a group of discharge ity or similar characteristics.
stat ions, recording by weight the
amount delivered to each. Scale,
hopper, chute and gate are sup-
ported by a carriage traveling on
overhead rails.

Fig. 4180

L 1 N K - B E L T • 125
 bulk handling
conveylng and
elevatlng equlpment

Sklp holsts (poge 352) ore por-

ticulorly adoptable to very high
lifts ond moy be used to elevote
ony bulk moteriols which con be
hondled in botches, including mo-
teriols with lorge lumps. A bucket Gravity-discharge conveyor-
operoting in guides ond roised ond elevators (poge 373) ore bucket
lowered by o hoist-operote d cable type elevotors which trovel in both
comprises the e levoting medium. vertical ond horizontal poths. The
Opero tion moy be monuolly con- buckets ore rig id ly mounted be-
trolled or fully outomotic. tween two stronds of choin. Material
is corried in the buckets on the verti-
cal or steeply inclined runs ond
pushed olong sleel troughs on the
horizontal ond slig htly inclined runs.
Looding is performed b y feeding
material into the lower run trough or
Fig. 4210
into o corner boot ond dischorge is
effected b y grovity on horizontal
runs through open ings in the trough.

Bulk- Flos (poge 357) ore com-

p o ct, self-feeding ond se lf -
dischorging conveyor-elevotors,
copoble of corrying bulk moteriols
in poths combining vertical, horizon-
tal ond inclined runs, or o combino-
tion of al! th ree. They ore used for
crushed, granular, ground or pulver-
ized materia Is. Material is conveyed
in o continuous column b y flights ot-
to ched to choin. Alloy choin flights Pe ck carriers (poge 376) ore
ond casing con be furnished for long-losting dependoble combino-
hand ling obrosive ond corrosive t io n elevotors ond conveyors.
moteriols. Casing is dust-tight ond Buckets ore suspended between two
material is conflned in such o mon- endless choins operoting on lubri-
Fig. 4181 ner thot surroundings ore protected coted rollers, remoining in the corry-
from objectionoble dust. ing position until they ore tilted to
dischorge by grovity. They hondle
mot eriols gently ond dischorge them
positivel y.

Rot or-Llfts (poge 371) ore com-

poct, dust-tight ond weotherproof
vertical screw elevotors which ore
odopted to mony of the products
hondled by horizontal screw con-
veyors. They ore mode in convenient
sections ond working peris ore few.
Screw feeders ore normolly used to Fig. 4188

deliver material to Rotor-Lifts.

126 • L 1N K- BE LT

60" wlde dock b e lt conveyor of o bel! conveyor system for handling 6000 tons
per haur of iran ore and a ther bulk materials fra m vessels to bias! furnace stock
y ard, o r to and from a reserve storage orea abaul a mile away- a job which was
considered impraclical with othe r mea ns of transpartation. Photo 37468
con tenis
belt conveyors In lndustry ........... ... .. ...... 1 27
Advantoges .. . ...................... . .... .... . 128
Typical a rrangements .. .. .. ......... .. .... . . .. . .. 137
Typical cross sections ... ..... . ... . ......... ...... 139
engineering ... . . . ..... .... . ... .. .. . .. . . .. . . ... 140
General . ... . . . ...... . . ..... . . .. .. . ........... 140
Basic data required for design . ..... . .... .. . . ..... 140
Belt conveyors with respect to materia Is han dled . . .... 14 1
Angles of incline ... . ...... . .... . .... . ........ . .. 14 1
Be lt width and speed .... '. . . .. . .. ... .. ...... ..... 142
Belt idler selection and spacing ... ..... . ..... . . .. . . 146
Power requirements and belt tensions . .... .... . ... . . 150
Belt selection ... . .... . ...... .. . . ............... . 155
Terminal equipment selection ....... . . . . ..... .. . .. . 158
Loading materials on the b e lt .. ..... ...... . ... .... 161
Discharging materials from the belt . ... ............. 163
Other engineering considerations that may apply . . . . 165
Examples of be lt conveyor calculations .. ... ..... . ... 170
bulk handling
b elt conveyors
bel•
conveyors
Belt conveyors, occupying en outstanding position in
the fleld of bulk materials handling, are the most ver-
satile and widely used of all conveyors. They a re
capable of handling higher tonnages over greater
distances, et lower costs per ton than any other ty pe
of conveyor-and often et a lower cost than any
other means of transportation. Yet, they are used ex-
tensively for small and moderate capacity systems
because of their ability to handle practically any kind
of material economically and dependably.
In addition to their primary use as a means of trans-
porting bulk meteríais, belt conveyors are uniquel y
adaptable for performing numerous other functions,
such a s weighing, blending, sampling, and stockpiling.
Their versatility and sorne of their advantages are
illustrated and described on the next few pages.
link-Belt has desig ned, furn ished ond instolled some
of the world 's most outstonding belt conveyor systems.
Also, belt conveyor components and auxiliory equip-
ment manufactured b y link-Belt hove contributed sub-
stantially to the success of nume rous other installations,
large and small.
components . . . . . . .. ... . .. . . .. ........ . ...... .. 175
ldlers-speciflcations . .......... . .. ......... . .. . . 17 5
ldlers-dimensions and weights . .. . .. . ............. 181
Orives and other components .. .. ............... .. . 196
auxillary equipment ....... . . . . ...... . ....... . . 201
Belt trippers . .. ... ......... .. . ........... . ..... 201
Plows, shuttle conveyors, stackers,
slingers, and other auxiliary equipment . .......... 20 9
pre-selected termlnals .... ....... . . ............ 2 13
Pre-Bllt sectlonal belt conveyors .. . ....... .. ... 222
Uses in industry ..... .. .......... . ...... .. .. . .... 223
Description of components . .... . ... .. .. •. ... ...... 225
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
L 1 N K - B E L T • 127
bulk handling
be lt conveyors

B EL T C ON V EYOR S A RE

suitable for handling a

wide variety of materials

Belt conveyors ore most versotile in their

obility to hondle o wide voriety of bulk
moteriols. Since the moteriols ore corried
on the belt, these conveyors ore suitoble for
handling certoin corrosive moteriols thot
would quickly o ttock the vital ports of oll-
Coal ot the rote of 750 tons p er hour, is tronsported on bel! conveyor ot left fro m
metol conveyors. Simil orly, they provide heodhouse to preporotion pion!. Bel! conveyor a l rig ht corries mine rock through
long, d ependoble life for handling obro- plont to refuse disposol point. Photo 33052
sive moteriols such os sinter ond olumino.
The ronge of sizes which moy be hondled
on belt convey ors is limited only b y the
wid th of belt. Moteriols moy vory from ex-
t remely fine chemicols to lumpy ore, stone,
coal or pulpwood logs. Belt conveyors ore
porticulorl y effective for o mixture of sizes,
but o lso moy be used for closely sized mo-
teriol s, whether lump s o r fines.
Moist ure content of th e moterio ls thot
moy b e hondled on belt conveyors vories
from wet to dry ond dusty, os well os mo-
teriols thot ore sticky or hove o tendency to
pack dueto moisture. Also, friable moteriols
moy be hondled on belt conveyors with
minimum degrodotion.
Since bel! conveyors ore relotively self-
cleoning, two or more d issimilo r moteriols
moy be hondled ot different times b y th e
sorne conveyor.

Groin is hondled on o system of belt conveyors ond bel! frippers for delivering to storoge bins. An-
cfher system al ground level recloims for shiplooding ot ro le o f 300,000 bushels per doy. Photo 37575

Toconite pell ets ore tronsporte d on this bel!

conveyor, 48 inches wide cnd 17 5 fe et long, Pulpw ood logs ore hondled on two belt ccnveyors, 36 inches wide ond 1870 feet long. A lorge
inclined 1 O degrees, ot the rote of 3 0,000 troveling stocker stockpiles 80 cords per hour. Newsprint production ot this pion! has been increosed
cubic feet p er hour. Photo 357 50 from 320 tons to 820 fans o doy. Photo 37618

128 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Foundry s and is dislributed by belt conveyor
to molding stotions d irectly below. System is de-
signed to h ondle 40 tons per hour o f prepored
sond for production o f bross ond oluminum cost-
ings. Photo 38527
Nlckel ore is ho ndled from crushing pion! to
storoge bin on 5 4 -inch wide belt conveyor,
422-foot centers, operoting on on incline-pro-
viding economicol tronsportotion for this heovy,
lumpy, obrosive material. Photo 28356
Raw can e sugor rides on ih woy lo sloroge ot
300 tons per hour on thi• 270-fool long bell con-
veyor inclined ot 14 degrees. Photo 35091

Ove rburde n and le an lron ore o re conveyed over

o mile ot o rote of 1140 tons per hour, lo o 100-
foot rodius pivoted, troveling belt conveyor-slocker
for disposol. Photo 32595

Wood chips ore lronsported by 13 belt conveyors, totolling over o mile in leng th, from roilroo d
cors or sowmill•. Three othe r belt conveyors hond le high density stock, with specio l white rubber
belts to preven! discolo ring. Pholo 36634

Sulphur from stockpile is looded by

gontry crone into 5-ton oluminum-lined
troveling hopper, equipped with belt
feeder. Sulphur is then d ischorged onto
o 36-inch wide, 350-foot long belt
Stone and aggre gates o re tronsported on o system of bel! conveyors more thon 3,800 feet long, conveyor running porollel to slockpile,
from q uorry to crushing ond screening pion!, from which o wide voriety of sizes ond speciflcotions which corries it to tronsfer house ond to
o f these moteriols o re conveyed to loodi ng bins ar stockpiles. Photo 37824 ship looder. Photo 381 0 4

L 1 N K - B E L T • 129
bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

B ELT CO NV E Y OR S CAN

handle a wide range

of capacities

Belt conveyors are outstand ing in t heir ab ility to h an dle tre-

men d ous tonnages o f b ulk materials economically. A number
of systems are now operating et rated capacities in excess of
6,000 tons per hour, and equipment is available for capacities
beyond any current requirement.
Belt conveyor systems are capable of operating virtually
around the dock without loss of time for empty return trips or
dela ys for loading and unloading. Scheduling ond dispatch-
ing is conflned largely to getting the materials to and from
the system. High capacity conveyors require no more attend-
ance than those of low ca p acity, and operating costs per
ton decrease as tonnages increase. Under these conditions
belt conveyors can p ile up annual tonnages that would be
more costl y or even impractical for other means of trans-
portat ion.
O n the other hand, m any belt conveyors are used to handle
exceed ingly small volumes of bulk met eríais from one o p era-
tion t9 another in process plants.
1 200 o r 1800 tons p e r hour of cool from boot unlooder or self-unlooding
vessels ore conveyed to storoge or to crushing stotion of modern power
pion!. Photo 32437

6000 gross t ons p e r h our of iron ore from o Venezuelon mine ore
hondled on o belt conveyor system, from cor dumper to storoge. Ore is
then recloimed, weighed, sompled, ond looded into ships. Provisions hove
been mode for o dual system to increose looding copocity to 12,000 tons
per hour. Photo 361 08
2 800 tons p e r h our of run-of-mine cool ore conveyed from two 1O-cor
rotory dumpers by this 60-inch wide moin slope belt conveyor, from which
o system of 60-inch belt conveyors hondles the cool through screening, picking,
ond blending operotions, ond to borge looding stotion. Photo 28880

1040 g r o ss to ns p er hour (with prov1S1on for 1780 GTPH) of toconite pellets ore hondled by
this belt conveyor system which loods roilrood cors in summer ond sfockpiles "oround the dock"
during severe winters of northern Minnesoto. The self·propelled belt conveyor stocker is the world's
lor9est, with o 275-foot rodius boom. Photo 38273

130 • L 1 N K - B ~ LT
 bulk handling
b elt conveyors

BELT CONVEYORS CAN

operate over
great distances
Bel! conveyors provide on economicol ond procti-
col meons of lronsporling bulk moteriols over
longer distonces !han possible with other types
of conveyor syslems. Moleriols in lorge plont
operotions ore somelimes hondled o total of
severol miles on belt conveying systems. Two-mlle long belt conveyor system handling eorth flll from borrow pit over mountoin ond
A number of instollotions hove demonstroted down to site of Anderson Ronch Dom in ldoho. Photo 26782
the economy ond dependobility of bel! conveyors
for cross country tronsporlolion. A single belt
conveyor more !h an l wo miles long operoted
successfully for severol yeors. Another system of
conveyors neorly ten miles long hondled oggre-
gotes al o lower cost per ton ! han ony other
meons of tronsportolion.
The economy in cost per ton for tronsporting
moleriols long distonces over belt conveyor sys-
tems depends upon sufficient onnuol ond ultimole
tonnoges to ossure omortizolion of flrst cost. Due
to the low operoling cost of belt conveyors, they
become more economicol os onnuol tonnoges 3 112-mile belt conveyor system tronsports lignite from a strip mine to o power plant.
Photo 36830
increose.

Long d i5tance belt conveyor system moves molybdenum ore ot the rote o f 30,000 tons per doy from crushing stotion to processing mili a l left. Photo 36477

Ne arly t e n miles of belt conveyors. consisting of 26 con- 5511-foot long "high line" belt conveyor handling cake from screening stolion lo blasl fur-
veyors, each 36 inches wide, handling oggregotes to con- noce stock bins. This dependoble conveyor avoids inlerference with surface lronsportotion.
struction site of Shasto Dom, Corom, Ca lifornia. Photo 24600 Photo 37985

LINK · B ELT • 131

bulk handling
belt conveyors

BELT CO N V EY O RS ARE

adaptable to path
of travel and terrain

Belt conveyors are most adaptable to paths o f travel in plants as

require d to meet th e most favorable flow sheet. For the high capaci-
ties they will handle, they occup y comparatively little space, can
avoid existing equipment and structures, a nd can operate above or
beneath other means of t ransportation.
Tr onsporting co al and min e rock dow n mounto in sid e in two
Long d istance belt conveyor syslems will negotiate terrain and sepa ra te b elt conveyors a perating in one g allery. Coal is then con-
paths of travel that are not practica! nor economical for most other ve yed between b lend ing and cle aning b uild ings an conveyors inclined
to suit pion! layout. Photo 3 3039
methods of transportation. Th ey can operate up or down grades
three to t welve times as stee p a s most o lher means of transporta-
tion . They can cross rivers o r volleys, o r can operate above city
streets on relatively lightweight structures. Comparatively small
tunnels are sufficient to provide passage underground. An entire
system may b e enclosed for all-weather operation.

Carrying llmestone a cross Shenando ah River, from truck du mp ho pper and Moun t o in -climb ing ability o f b el! conveyor system enables it to
crusher to shuttle belt conveyor over storoge bin on o pposite si d e. Photo 301 0 8 negolia te lerrain that, fo r other forms o f lransporta tion, would hove re-
quired a very costly roed bed . Pho to 27 4 79

\ .;, •.
l ': ..:¡..~,., : ...:·
Ad apta b llit y to "crow- flight" poth by 1700-foo t long belt conveyor provides Ope roting over a steep mountoin route, bel! conveyors handle
economies in transporting iron ore to surface p lan!. Pho ta 34584 earth ñll from borrow pit to site of Andersan Ranch Dom in ldaho. White
line indicates pa th of travel. Photo 26779

132 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

B ELT CO N V EY OR S CAN

distribute materials
where required

Bulk materials, Aowing continuously and uniformly

from belt conveyors, may be distributed to desired
locotions by o wide voriety of ouxiliary equipment
which forms a port of the belt conveyor system.
Such meteríais moy be simply dischorged over the
heod pulley to bins or piles, or may be distributed
o long horizontal runs by meons of trippers or shuttle
conveyors. Sorne moteriols, such os wood chips ond
foundry sand, may be plowed off the belt ot one
or more points simult oneously.
The ronge of distribution may be greotly ex-
pended with troveling belt conveyor stockers for
stockpiling or dist ributing to spoil oreas. Such units
hove been built with radii up to 275 feet. Also, belt
conveyors and trippers or shuttles on troveling
bridges provide large storoge volumes in limited
oreas.
from v esse l unloaders to b r oad dock s torage ore a , cool is handled by this system of
48-inch wide belt conveyors o nd d islributed by two trove ling belt conveyor bridges.
Photo 32765

from rotory car dumpe rs t o t h e hold s o f four s h ip s, these from strlpplng shovel to s poil p ile, this bel! conveyor on self-pro pelled crowler-
four 60-inch wide bel! conveyor systems load coal rapidly and mounted stacker, extends 1 90 feet beyond fronl crowle rs, handling overburden a l limeslone
efficiently for overseas shipment. Phata 32705 quarry. Photo 23675

from processing to sto r a ge t a nks, this 24-inch wide belt f r o m plant t o stockpiles, this troveling belt conveyor slccker distributes cool to stock-
canveyar discharges inta tanks by matar prapelled lraveling piles on the right, o r ore ond limestone to !he left to be reces! intc a high pile by the bridge.
trippers equipped with reversing shuttle conveyor for wider Phcto 37492
distribution. Photo 34046

L 1 N K - B E L T • 133
bulk handling
belt conv e y ors

BELT C ONVEYORS CAN

perform numerous
special f uncti ons

In addition to transportation and distribution,

belt conveyors may be used to perform many
other funct ions in handl ing and p rocessing
bulk materials. En route on a conveyor, the
materia l may be weighed, sorted, picked,
sprayed , or magnetic ma teria l may be re-
moved outomatically. Accurate sampling is
possible b y cutting the sample from the
stream of material Aowing from one belt
conveyor to another. Batching may be
accomplished automatically by systems of
belt fe e ders, scales and hoppers.
Materials may be blended as they are
bedded into stockpiles by b elt conveyor
stackers, or as they are d istri bute d into spe·
cial bl ending bins. Also, shuttle type trippers
provide the Aexibility necessary to flll multi-
ple compartment mixing or blending bins.

De live ring iron ore to lorge ocean vessels, lhis traveling belt conveyor shipload er handles
6000 gross tons per hour al wa ter leve! variations to 40 feet. An exlensive conveyor syslem from
stackpile to loader is controlled by shiploader aperator. Photo 36203

lron ore Is w eigh e d on lhis 60-inch wide belt conveyor Dlstributing coal in starage are a, this traveling, pivoled boom slacker with 15 0-foot radius
a l role of 6000 gro ss lons p er hour afler sample has receives coal from 1720-foot stacking-out conveyor. Stacker may also be used for blending ma-
been removed aulomalically al slalion in righl back- lerials as they are bedded into piles. Photo 28956
ground. Phola 36187

Loadlng lnto ore vessels, 2 5 shuttle belt conve yo rs Dlsposing of iron ore ove rburde n to spoll p ile, this self-propelled, pivoled b oom belt conveyor
handle taconite pelle Is al ro te of 7 50 or 1 500 tons stacker is the end link in a mile-long belt conveyor system. Photo 32604
per hour fa r each canveyar. As many as ten a llernate
halches con be laad ed simultaneously. Photo 38876

134 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
b e lt con v e yors

BELT C O NVEY O RS CAN

operate over light we ight

supporting structures

Belt conveyors handle large daily volumes by

carrying a continuous stream of material
whose weight per lineal foot is quite low.
This permits the use of relatively light weight
supporting structures. As a result, belt con-
veyors may be supported and housed at
lower cost than most other facilities for trans-
porting similar large volumes.
Such light weight structures add little to
building loads in plants. Out of doors, belt
conveyors may be operated economically
over soft, marshy soil, across rivers and
valleys, or above city streets.
Highly standardized, Pre-Bilt structures are
availabfe from link-Belt for belt conveyors
up to 36" wide.
Radla ting fr om pre par ation build ing, these inclined belt conveyors deliver vorious grades of
oggregotes to conicol stockpiles. Quick delivery ond eose of erection on such projects ore ossured
with link-Belt stondordized Pre-Bilt sectiono l b elt conveyors. Photo 31 862A

Fabricate d larg ely fra m alumlnum, this belt con·

veyor system extends 3 V2 miles, from crusher sto tions Te mpor ary wood structures ore sufficient to support this 36-inch wide belt conveyor which
neor lignite strip mine to ofuminum reduction power delivers Anished oggregotes from preparation pion! in volley to concrete mixing plant near dom
plant. Photo 36825
site. Photo 31655

Light structures support this 36-inch wide belt con- Cable-type sus p enslon b ridge of 450-foot cleor spon supports o portion o f 20-inch wide, 700-
veyor, tronsporting iron ore overburden uphill to tronsfer foo t long belt conveyor, carrying vermiculite o re from storoge sheds to boxear loading stotion on
house ot rote o f 1140 long tons per hour. Photo 32597 o pposite shore. Photo 33659

L 1 N K - B E L T • 135
bulk handling
belt conveyors

BELT CONVEYORS ARE

dependa ble
Th eir dependability has been proved in every industry where
bulk materials are handled. They are available around the
clock, regardless of weather or the calendar. They are less
subject to overload and to careless opera tion and abuse
by personnel than other types of conveyors. Safe operation
is insured by electrical controls, interlocks and other safety
devices. Outage time is predictable and repairs of mechanical
components are sim ple and can be made quickly.

economical
De p endabllity o n d e connmy o re the principal reosons why proctico lly oll
The principal factors contributing to comparatively low oper- Jorge powe r generoting slotions d epend upon belt conveyors for their coo l
ating costs of belt conveyor systems are low power require- handling needs. Photo 36564
ments, long life of wearing parts, low labor cost of replacing
parts, low cost of inspection and attendance, low casi of
loading and unloading per ton hand led, and maximum safety
of personnel.
Operating casi per ton decreases substantially as rated
capacity increases. Grenter utilization of the system reduces
amortization cost per ton handled. Thus, two-shift systems
handling high annual tonnages often result in surprisingly low
over-all costs per ton handled.

A high d e gree of d e p e ndobility is necessory

when equipme nt must operote continuously through
rhe ye ar, a s ot this plant for concentra ting o nd
smelting titoniu m ore. Note the widespreod use o f
belt conveyors. Photo 393 17

low ope rating costs and d e p e ndabillty o f this belt conveyo r system pro- mate rial from Denny Hill ove r the stree ts of Seo ttle while o peroti ng " o round
vided controctors with o new yordstick for their trons po rta tion p ro b lems. The the dock," quietly ond economicolly. Pho to 18007A
p ioneer for this purpose, !he syste m ho ndled 5,000,000 yord s of excovo ted

1 36 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Typical arrangements

Poths of trovel
Many varied arrangements or paths of belt conveyors
are possible. They can be any combination of horizontal,
ascending or descending paths. A few are illustrated
here.
Fig. 4807
Ascending and horizontal path, ar horizontal and d escend ing path,
when belt tension will permit ane belt and space will permit vertical

==o curve.

Fig. 4800
Straight path , horizontal, ascending ar descending .

Fig. 4801
Horizontal and a scending path, ar descending and horizontal path, Fig. 4806
Ascending and horizontal path, ar horizontal and descending path,
wh e n space will permit vertical curve and belt strength w ill permit ane
whe n space will not perm it vertical curve but ane belt can be used.
bell.

Fig. 4803
Possi ble horizontal and o sce nding path when space will nat permit
vertical curve. Fig . 4808
Asce nding and horizontal path, when advisable ta use twa belts.

Fig . 4802
Possible horizontal and ascending path when space will nat permit Looding moteriols on the belt
vertical curve but belt strength will permit ane belt. Belt co nveyors can be arrang ed to receive materia l a t o ne
or more p oints such as ill ustrated.

___,,...
=W08 o ==-;cD
Fig . 4805
Fig. 4809
Passible descending and horizontal path, when space will nat permit
One ar more laading chutes ar feeders can be lacated an horizontal,
vertical curve.
oscending o r descending runs, but it is preferab le to locote them
on horizontal or only slightly inclined runs .

Fig. 4804
o - ==Ji;
Fig. 4810
Passible descending and horizontal path wh e n space will nat permit Troveling loading chute or feeder for receiving materials from a number
vertical curve but belt strength will permit ane belt. of bin openings.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 137
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Typical arrangements

Discharging materials from the belt _,., -"='- l

e
Belt conveyo rs con dischorge ma terial over en d or al i nter-
medi o te points. A few arro n gemen ts ore illu strote d here.
~;
Fig . 4 8 14
Oischa rge th rough trovel ing tri pper, with o r witho ut cro ss conveyor, lo
dislri bule mate ria l lo one o r b o th sid e s of the conveyor fo r the e ntire
d istonce of tri pper lrove l. Trippers can be prop elle d by conveyor bell
or by se po ra le motor. The motor p ropelled trippers can also b e outo-
maticolly reversing lo distribule material evenly ar can be monuo lly
conlrolled to di scharge al any desired p o int.

Fig. 4811
Dischorge o ver end pulley forms conicol pile ot end of b el!.

Fig. 48 17
Dischorge to one side of conveyor lhrough chute from traveling ar
stotionory tri ppers or plows.

,,..
Fig.4815
Dischorge over either end pulley to dist ributc lengthwise by reversible
sh uttle conveyor.
fig . 48 18
Dischorge lo bolh sides of conveyor th rough chute from troveling or
starionary trippers o r plows.

Fig. 48 12
Discharge through fixed trippers, with or withoul cross conveyor lo one
o r both sides of the belt, to fixed bin openings or pile lacations. Can
also be done wilh multiple conveyors as shawn in Fig. 48 1 J or by
slopping lroveling trippers in desired position. Fig.48 19
Dischorge through troveling ar statianory tri ppers la reversing hori-
zontal cross convcyor corried on tripper to provide wide storoge orea.

''

íl.,,·;' ;bJ},2>.c[~~~,~~~~i.:\~~
Fig. 481 J
Oischorge from mul liple conveyors through fixed dischorge chutes, wi th
or without cross conveyor lo one or both sides of the belt, to fixed bin
openings or pile locotions. Fig. 4820
Discharge lhrough troveling or slalionary tri ppers to oscending cross
canveyors corried on lripper lo provide high storoge pile.

()

Fig.4816
Discharge by hinge d plows to one or more fixed lacations along one or
b oth sides of conveyor. Plows may be adjusted to divide discharge
inta severa! places simultaneausly in proportion desired.
Fig. 4821
Di scharge through troveling or slotionory trippers to reversing shuttle
conveyor carried on trippe r to provide crosswise distributian of material.

138 • L 1 N K- B E LT

Typical cross sections
Fig. 4825
Flat belt on flat belt idlers
fi g. 4826
Flat belt on continuous plate
Fig . 4822
Troughed belt on 20-degree idlers
Fig. 4824
Troughed belt on 45-deg ree idle rs
ld lers with rolls of unequal length
Fig. 4823
Troughed belt on 45-degree idlers
ldlers with rolls of equal length
Fig. 48 27
Troughed belt on continuous plate
bulk handling
b elt conve yors
The load carrying capacity of belt conveyors is deter-
mined by the width of the bel! and the shape of its
loaded cross section . The orea of the loaded cross sec-
tion is dependen! upon the shape into which the carry-
ing run of the belt is formed and the angle of repose of
the material being carried.
Flat belts on flat belt idlers • A substantial quantity
of bulk materials which hove a steep angle of repose,
such as undelinted cottonseed or damp sand can be
handled on flat belts. They are especially useful when
material is to be discharged at intermediate points by
plows or deflector plates.
Flat belts on continuous plate • A continuous flat
surface supporting the carrying run of a belt is sometimes
used for light, mildly abrasive materials where smooth,
even travel is essential. Trough sides can be added to
obtain greater capacities when handling materials such as
undelinted cottonseed.
Troughe d belt s on 20- d e gree idlers • Can be used
for handling any bulk material suitable for a belt con-
veyor. The 20-degree trough permits the use of the thick-
est belts so that the heaviest materials and maximum
size lumps can be carried . This is the most widely used
cross section for such lumpy materials as coal, ore, earth
and gravel. '
Troughed belts on 45-degree idlers with rolls of
unequal length • These troughed belts accommodate
a larger cross section of material than those operating on
idlers with rol Is sloping 20 degrees. Special conside ration
mus! be given to the belt co nstruction when using 45 º
idlers.
Troughed belts on 45-degree idlers with rolls of
e qua l length • A cross sectional area of load greater
than that possible with idlers with unequal length rolls,
and consequently a larger volume, can be carried fo r
a given width of bel!. The belt limitations and materials
handled are the same as for idlers with unequal leng th
rolls.
Tr oug hed b e lts on continuous plate • By troughing
the supporting surface, such belts will co nvey many
bulk materia Is in larger quantities than a flat belt. Covers
are frequently provided when handling dusty materials
such as carbon block.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 139
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
Th e primary purposes of thls Engln e erlng Sectlon ore to A. Collect basic data requlred for deslgn ..... . . . . .... 140
provide informotion on the bosic principies of belt convevor design
B. Determine if belt conveyor is suitable for
ond to include formulas from which most belt conveyors moy b e
material to be handled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l4l
designed.
The doto in this section ore bosed on industry sto1.dords where they
c. Determine whether angles of lncllnatlon can be
establls hed wlthln safe llmits ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
exist, o s well os link-Belt Compony's brood experience in this fleld.
They ore opplicoble to the designs of conveyors for average operot- D. Conslder belt w ldth and speed . . . .... . . . ... .. . . .. 142
ing conditions, which will include o relotively high percentoge of for materia l hondled ... ... ... . ... . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. l 4 2
problems. For this purpose the doto ore reoso nobly conservotive. for looding closs .... . . .. .... .. .. .. .. . . .. . ... . .. . . . . 142
for copocity required . .. .. . • .. . ..... . .............. . l 44
In oddition, on ottempt has bee n mode to d escribe mony unusuol for size of lumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. ... . 146
operoting requirements ond conditions thot influence belt conveyor
design ond thot creote speciol problems. Where spoce does no t E. Select proper idler and spacing . . . .. . .. . . . . ... . 146
permit complete onolysis ond solution of such problems, they ore the type for purpose required . . . . . . ....... . . ... . 147
the series for closs of service . . . . . . . ....... ... . . . . . . . l 47
described b riefly ond the reoder is referred to link-Bel! for further
spocing . ..... . ... . .. . . . . .. ... .. . .... . .... . . ...... l 47
informotion. lroining idlers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . 150
Tables ond choris ore included for belt widths up to 84", but wider
F. Dete rmine powe r requlr e ment and b e lt t e nsions 150
conveyors ore ovoiloble. However, speciol considerotions ore involved
by the Grophicol Method, from choris .. . . . . ... . .. .... 151
in the d esign of the wider conveyors shown in the tables ond those (Exomple shown on poge 170)
beyond the limits of the tables. or, by the Anolyticol Method, bosed on belt tensions . ..... 15 1
lt is relotively sim ple to colculote opproximote belt conveyor width, (Exomple shown on poge 172)
speed ond p ower requirement for o g iven set of conditions, but G. Sele ct the b e lt ... . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . • . .. 155
considera ble experience is required to design for optimum o p eroting
pe rforma nce, depe ndobility, economy ond sofety. This is porticulorly H. Dete rmin e requir e d terminal equipment ... . .. .. .. 158
true for lorg e or importan! conveyors, complex conveyor systems, ond Pulleys
unusuol o p eroting conditio ns. Link-Be l! olwoys is glod to p rovide Shofls and bearings
Tokeups
design ossistonce for ottoining these objeclives.
Backstops
Bel t conveyors hove fewer limitotions thon o ther types of conveyors. Electricol equipmenl
Since such limitotions ore conflne d principolly lo the chorocteristics of
l. Consider m e ans of loadln g mate r ial on th e b e lt .. 16 1
moterio ls hondled ond ongle of incline, these two subjects ore covered
eorly in this section, on poge l 4 l. J. Consid e r m e an s o f discharging
mate rial from th e b e lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . 163
No te thot two methods ore included fo, colculoting power require-
ments, both of which ore occurole within their deflned limits. The K. Con side r oth e r e ngin eer lng matte rs
Grophicol Method is suited for conveyors thot ore relolively simple or that m ay apply . .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . ....... 165
for closely opp roximoting power requirements of lorger conveyors. Convex chonges in vertical path of conveyor
The Anolyticol Method is necessory for precise results when designing Concove chang es in vertica l path of conveyor
lorg e or importan! belt conveyors or those with complex poths of Unusuol conveyor belt orrongements
Safety devices
trove!.
Cleaning belt, pulleys and idlers
The doto in this section ore orronged for convenient use of ex- Weighing
perienced belt conveyor designe rs, yet they ore intended to be Mognetic seporation
complete enough for the use of engineers who ore unoccustomed to Sampling
designing belt conveyors. For reference, the p rincipal design steps ore Dust control
listed here to correspond with the letters of the mojar heodings in this Steel supports a nd golleries
Engineering Section. L. Rev le w e x a mples of b e lt c o nveyor calculatlons . . . 170

A • Basic data required for design

The successful performance of a belt conveyor will depend larsely
upen an over-oll design thot meets the requiremenls of oll operating
conditions and the selection of componenls that are suitable for those
conditions. For these purposes it is ne cessary to consider carefully as
much of the following basic dato o s apply to the problems involved
in o speciflc project:
The m ate r la ls to be handled -The design of a belt con-
veyor is greotly influenced by the material to be handled. The char-
octeristics and behavior of a wide variety of materials are described
and clossifled on page 563 of the Technicol lnformation section of
this catalog. Sorne material charocteristics which limit the use of belt
conveyors are covered on page 14 1. There fore , it is necessary to
hove such information about the material, o s its size consist (percent-
ages of various sizes), we ight per cubic foot (maximum ond minimum),
obrosiveness, moisture content, dustiness, te mperoture s, stickiness,
cingle of repose, ond chemical action.
Capacity-Peok ar surge rote, expressed in tons per hour and
cubic feet per hour.
Path o f t ravel-Dime nsions should be complete in sketch form,
and should be odequo te for considerotion of pcssible olternotes.
M ethod o f f eed lng m ate r ial to th e b e lt
N u m b er a nd location o f loading p olnts
Ope rating condlt lo ns-including hours of operotion (doily,
weekly and onnuolly), seosonol periods of operotion ond shutdown,
climatic conditions, ombient temperotures (moximum ond minimum ),
reversing ar one woy. Will conveyor be enclosed, ar will it b e exposed
to weother?
Require d life of lnsta lla tlon- Pe rmone nt or te mporory, e:-.-
pressed in yeors.

140 • L 1 N K • B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
B• Belt conveyors with respect to materials handled
Since moteriols being tronsported by o belt conveyor ore corried on
the conveyor belt, such chorocteristics os pocking, obrosiveness, etc.,
ore of less importonce thon if the material were drogged or pushed
olong o stotionory trough.
Therefore, belt conveyors will tronsport olmos! oll kinds of bulk
moteriols. However, belt conveyors d o hove limitotions imposed by o
few moteriols cho rocteristics, sorne of which ore:
Stlckln e s s-Sticky moteriols vory widely in the o mounts thot will
odhere to the belt or thot will build up on idlers, pulleys ond chutes.
Few moteriols ore so sticky thot o high percentoge will not dischorge
from o conveyor belt. Mony sticky moteriols moy be hondled success-
fully if chutes, cleoning devices, idl e rs, pulleys, belts ond b e lt speeds
ore pro perly designed or sele cted to insure dependoble operotion.
Consult Link-Bel! if in doubt obout ony material.
Temperature-Whe n te mperoture of material corried exceeds
150° F., heot resisting belts ore usuolly require d .
De teriorotion of o b e lt is somewhot in proportion to temperoture,
olthough o hot, coorse materia l such o s lump cake is opt to be less
domoging to o b elt thon o closely pocked materia l of the sorne
temperoture.
Belt conveyors hove been used to carry very hot costings ar e ve n
occosionol incondescent lumps when mixed in sond or other fin e
moteriols. However, when temperotures reoch 250°-300° F., the
economics of o belt conveyor should be compored with other types of
conveyors.
S peciol considerotion should be given the d esign of the e ntire
instollotion when hot moteriols ore hondle d.
Ch e m lcal reaction -Some oils, che micols, fots ond ocid s moy b e
injurious to some b elts, idlers ond p ulleys. Neopre ne or other b e lt
covers con be obtoined ond the idlers ond pulleys con be mode of or
cooted with severo! kind s of substonces to resist corrosion or chemicol
reoction.
Large lumps-The size of the lorg est lumps, ond the percentoge
of the total volume represente d by the lorgest lumps, ore two of the
focto rs thot determine the minimum width of the belt os shown in Table
6, poge 146. lt mo y be found odvontogeous to crush the lorgest
lumps if they require o very much greoter width of belt thon would
otherwise be necessory. As shown in Table 14, pog e 156, the roted
te nsion of sorne b elts is determined by size ond weight of lumps.

C• Angles of incline
The ongle of inclinotion ot which o belt conveyor will convey o The ongle of decline for descending conveyors moy b e the some os
specifk bulk material depends upon such chorocteristics os its size for oscending conveyors when sluggish moteriols like domp eorth ore
consist, shope of lump s, moisture content, o ngle of repose ond Aow- hondled, b ut the ongle should be somewhot less for lumpy mo te rio ls
obility. Design fo ctors which offect the behovior of moteriols on on ond !hose hoving lower ongles of repose. However, the combinotion of
inclined belt include b elt speed, whether material is osce nding or ongle of decline ond speed of b e lt moy not b e o s criticol when o
descending, how full y the belt is looded, ond whether it is looded descending conveyor is to dischorg e to o stockpile or into o bin where
continuously, uniformly ond centrolly. the e ffects of possible ovolonching will not creote o cleonup problem.
When the incline is too steep, sorne peri of the bed of mate rial moy From Chori A the ongle of incline ond length of the inclined portion
slid e, Aow or roll bock, resulting in spillog e. Also, when b elt is too of o conveyor moy be obtoined when the ho rizontal le ng th ond rise of
steep, lo rge lumps or sphericol pelletized material moy become dis- the inclined po rtion is known.
lodged from the bed o f fines, either neor the side of belt ar when the
bed " toils out" ot the e nd of feed . For lo rge lumps this condition is
o g grovoted when be lt is co rrying less thon obout 603 of its normal
cross sectiono l load . Also lorge, heovy lumps thot ore thus dislodged, o
moy roll bock ond bounce, cre oting o sofety hozord.
All of these conditions, excep t the " toil outs," o re improved if b e lt
con be loo ded on o horizontal or low ongl e run before it curves up to
o stee per incline. ~~Ó
Ta ble 1, pog e 142, shows conservotive moximum ongles ot which ~e:_,\~
b elt conveyors will ca rry mote riols et their roted copocities, even et ~~'\~~e:_, 'Oc:_,
high speeds ond whe n looded inte rmittently. However, better ond ~~~~~ V~c:_, 1~>J'l\f--'31P~--fli¡,:>::~r-:::>l-''T-+-lc::>+-
sofer o peroting conditions will result from inclines less thon these 'OÓ <)::,~
mo ximums, porticulorly whe n handling moteriols contoining lumps ~~ o~ roe:_,
lorg er thon 4". ~,s~t,~Gc:_,
,~~~ ~~~ c:_,c:_,
\~~"º
~ r.c:_,
Chórt A • An gle and length of incline
Fig. 4836
Exomple • Belt conveyor with 152 feel
horizontol distance ond 38-foot rise.
To use the chori for this example, divide
these figures by 2, giving 76 feet o nd 19
feet. The intersection o f o vertical line from
the 7 6 -foot horizontal length, with a hori-
zontal line from a 19-foo t rise, would accur
al o p oint corresponding oppraximately,
on the 14 ° line, to a radius of 78 \12 feet.
Multiplying this by 2 results in on inclined
length o f 1 57 feet for the conveyor. The 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
ongle is 14° for either set of figures. HORIZONTAL DISTANCE BETWEEN CENTERS IN FEET

LI NK - B EL T • 141
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
C · Angles of Incline, continued
Table 1 • Moximum ongle of incline.
Ma><imum angle Maximum angle
Material carried ¿ of incline, Material carried ¿ of incline,
degrees • degrees •

Alumino, dry, free-flowing 18 Ore (see stone) 15 to 20

Beons, whole 8 Pockoges 15 to 25
Cool, onthrocite 16 Pellets, depending on size, bed
Cool, bituminous, sized, lump s over of moteriol ond concentricity 5 to 15
4 inches 15 (toconite, fertilizer, ele.)
Cool, bituminous, sized, lumps Rock (see stone) 15 to 20
4 inches ond under 16 Sond, very free-Aowing o 15
Cool, bituminous, unsized 18 Sond, slugg ish (moist) 6 20
Cool, bituminous, fines, free-flowing 0 20 Sond, tempered foundry 24
Cool, bituminous, fines, sluggish .c. 22 Stone, sized, lumps over 4 inches 15
Cake, sized 17 Stone, sized, lumps 4 inches ond under,
Cake, unsized l8 over 3/s inches 16
Coke, fines ond breeze 20 Stone, unsized, lumps over 4 inches 16
Eorth, free-Aowing 0 20 Stone, unsized, lumps 4 inches ond under,
Eorth, sluggish 6 22 over 3/s inches 18
Grovel, sized, woshed 12 - Stone, fines :Ya inch ond under 20
Grovel, sized, unwoshed 15 Wood chips 27
G rovel, unsize d 18
G roin 15

.A. See footnote far Table 2, poge 143, far definit ions of sized, unsized a nd fine 0 Angle of repose 30º to 45°
materiols 6 Angle of repose ov e r 45°
• Far asce nding conveyors when uniformly laaded and with constan! feed. o Very wet or ve ry d ry, with a ngle of repose less than 30°

D• Belt width and speed

The best combinotion of belt width ond speed depe nds upon copocity, Abrasive materlals having relotively smoll size lumps moy limit
ongl e of incline, belt tensions, lump size ond other chorocteristics of the speed of the belt by thei r degree of obrosiveness.
the material to be hondled. Due to the number ond voriotions of these
conditions, it is sometimes necessory to consider severol lentotive com- Granular, smooth surface materla ls, such os whole grains
binotio ns o f width ond speed before estoblishing the final design. and beans and malerials si mila r to wood chips and undelinted cotton
The increosing need for handling higher copocilies over lo nger seed, usually ore carried al higher speeds than most other materials.
distonces has resulted in o trend toword higher belt speeds for con-
veyor systems. f irst cost is usuolly lower for o no rrow, high-speed con- W idth of b elt, since higher speeds ordinarily ore used for the
veyor, but high speeds moy creote problems ot looding points, al
lronsfers, ond o n inclined portions. Often, lower over-oll operoting
wid er belts. '
costs moy be obtoined with wider belts al lower speeds.
Belt tensions sometimes determine speed of belt within the range
The conditions which influence selection of besl width ond speed ore
limited by other factors. A higher spee d with red uced cross sectional
d escribed below:
load may permit a more e conomical belt.

Speed-as limited by material handled
In conveying some moteriols, porticulorly mildly obrosive moteriols, it
is usuolly found thot the norrowest permissible belt ot the highesl
p ermissible speed will be the most economicol. However, with some
moteriols ond under cerloin conditions, slower speeds moy prove more
profitoble. Some of the material chorocleristics ond conditions which
influence the speed of the belt ore:
Light, fine, fluffy materials, such os sodo osh ond soop chips,
should be corried et o speed slow enough to preven! them from being
blown from the belt or lheir Aow from being relorded due to windoge
or oir resislonce.
Fine, dry, dusty materlals, such os pulverized cool, should be
corried al o speed slow enough to minimize dusting.
Type of chutes, trippers and loadlng and unloadlng
devlces ore affected by both e xtre me ly high ond low speeds.
Trajectory, which may not throw material far e nough beyond
head pulley or may throw it too fa r beyond. See Chori F, page 164.
Klnd of carrylng ldlers, if other than boll o r roller b eoring ,
which moy limit speed b y t ype of bearings or diameter of rolls.
Consult Link-Belt for the design of slider belts.
Table 2, page 143, shows speeds which present p ractice ond
experience indicate os the most practica l and economico l. They ore to
b e used only a s o general guide for consideration along with the
mony o ther factors for obtaining a well balance d design.

Fraglle materlals should be corried slowly enough so thot de-

grodotion hormful lo the use or solobility of the material will be Loading Class-cross sectlonal area and volume as
minimized al the lo oding ond unlooding points. d etermined by material

Slugglsh, damp materlals, such os fine wet cool or wet sond
thot moy hove o lendency to stick or cling to the belt, should be corried
al speeds high enough to p rovide o good dischorge from the belt.
Hard, coarse, heavy, sharp and ¡agged materials, such os
lumpy ore and slone, should trovel ot a moderate speed to minimize
damage to the belt al the loading chutes.
A characteristic of the ma terial that gre otly influences b e lt conveyor
copacity is its a ngle of repose or, as it is being conveyed on the belt,
its angle of surchorge. Some fine meteríais, such as ore, sand and coal,
may retain a high sur.charge angle o n the b e lt when they contoin
ce rtain proportions o f moisl ure and cloy, b ut ma y slump to a lower
ongle when they ore clean and dry. Fibrous moleriols usually hove a
high ongle of surcharge. (continued)

142 • L 1 N K - BEL T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
D • Belt w ldth and speed, conlinued
Toble 3 shows Looding Closses A, B ond C to d e note the moximum
surchorge ongle ond the cross sectionol ore o al which some represen-
totive moteriols ore normolly corried on be lts lroveling over idler
rolls.
The surchorge ongle, in conjunction with the width of the be lt, the
shope of the trough of the b e lt, ond the dislonce from the e dges of the
streom of material to the edges of the belt, dete rmine the volume of
material lo be corried pe r line ar foo l o f belt. Subseque nl tables for
colculoting required speed of b e lt ore bosed on these Looding Closses.
Although the volumes shown ore conservotive, they should no l be
e xceeded, e speciolly on incline d conve yors, without due considerotion
to Aowobility ond size of lumps, sp e ed ond length of belt, ond ongle
of inclines.

Table 2 • Maximum recommended belt speed as determined by material handled.

Ma ximum recommended be lt speed, feel per minute "'
Material
Belt width, inches
Chorocteristics Material example 14 16 , 18 1 20 24 1 30 36 42 1 48 1 54 1 60 72 84
1
Moximum size Mildly obrosive Cool, e orth 3 00 300 400 400 450 500 5501600 6001650 650 650 650
lumps, sized IVery obro sive, nol shorp Bonk grovel 3 ~ 300 1400 40~ ~o 550 550¡600 600 600 6001600
450
or unsized o Very obrosive, shorp ond jogged Stone, ore 25 0 250 300 350 400 450 500 500 550 550 550 550 550
Holf mox. lumps, IMildly obro sive Cool, eorlh 3001300 4 00 4~ 5 ~ 600 650 700 700 700 700 700 700
sized or unsized Very obrosive Slog, coke, ore, slone, culle t 300 300 4 00 400 500 600 650 650 650 650 650 650 650
Flokes Wood chips, bork, pulp 4 0 0 450 450 500 600 700 800 800 800 800 8 00 800 800
Granular, Ya" to Vi" lumps G roin, cool, cotlonseed, sond 400 4S0,45o l5oo 600 700 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
llight, Auffy, dry, d usty Soda osh, pulverized cool 220-250 feet per minute .. .. ...
Fines
Heovy Cemenl, Aue dust . . . ... . . .. 250 -300 feel per minute . . . . . .-.....
--
Coke, cool .. 200-250 feel per minute . ... ...
Frogile, where degrodotion is hormful
Soop chips .. . . 150-200 feet per minute . .. ..
Á Moximum fa r be lts troveling horizontolly on boll ar roller bearing i:J lers. ore lumps ronging from moximum size to :1'2 moximum size, ot leost 153 ore
For picking belts, speed is usuo lly 50 to 100 FPM. Belts with discharge plows fines or lumps smoller thon •;,0 mo ximum, ond remoining 75% are lumps of
should not trovel !aster thon 200 FPM. A speed of ot leost 300 FPM should any size smaller than \12 moximum
be mointoined to ossist dischorge of moteria ls lending to cling to belt, Sized means o uniform mixtu re in which not more thon 20ºlo are lumps
such as wet coal, wet sond, d<:1mp eort~. dirty g•ovel. ronging from moximum size ro ~ maximum size, ond remoining 80% ore
o Unsh:ed means o uniform mixture of mate rial in which not more thon 1010 lumps no lorger thon '2 maximum size and no smoller than 'Ao moximum siz e.

Tabl e 3 • Looding Closses

M a:Kimum Co mpo rative cross-se ctional oreas

Ma terial Typical
Loading surcharge chorocteris tics materiols
closs angle Á 20-degree trough 45-degree traugh Flat bel!

Ve ry fre e -flowing ,
hoving ongle of re-
Whole groin,
pose of le ss thon 3 0
whole beons,

A 5
~·1
degrees
whole seeds,
dry silico sond,
degrees S e mi- Auid or Aot
slump cement, Ay osh,
f ig. 4842 Fig. 4842 mico flo ke s ar
Very wet or very wet concrete
dry, smoll sphericol
or granular porticles
Mointoins ongle of
Cool, oshes, sond,

-~
-------10' ~o·
repose between 30
ond 35 degrees grovel, eorth,
stone, ore, rock,
B 20
degrees
~:;;~~·!.:°"-'-·''~~~~
~
1
__. . . . . . . . . .----__j Lorgest lumps pe r-
mitted by wid th of
lump lime, lump
gypsum, coorse solt
Fig. 4843 Fig. 4843 Fig. 4843 belt os shown in ond crocked groins
Tabl e 6, poge 146
Medium size lumps
Some os for
os shown in Ta ble 6,
looding Closs B
poge 146

- /~o·\
Wood chips, bork,
Moinloins ongle of shovings, bogosse,
30 ~ repose over 40 de- undelinted cotton
e degrees ' . :'•-..
.
'._J
grees seed, green molt,
'
Slu ggi sh, flb rous, hops, shredded
string y, sh re dded, cone, shredded
fi g. 4844 Fig . 4844 Fig. 4844 rubber, domp fines
or Aokes thot cling
together ond lempered
foundry sond
Á Defined as the maximum cross-secrional surcnarge an91e e t which motenol may be comed on belts trove ling over belt 1dle rs.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 143
bulk handling
belt co nveyors

D • Be lt w ldth a nd sp eed , continued
W idt h and sp ee d- as d etermin e d by copacity
The minimum width of b e lt to carry the required volume of moleriol
depe nd s upon the sp eed ot which the be lt will trove! ond the per-
missible cross sectionol oreo of the load on the bel!.
The volume of material lo be hondled is usuolly expressed in terms
of to ns per hour, cubic feel per hour, cubic yords p e r hour, or bushels
per hour. So thot the conveyor will never b e overlooded, the volume
per hour must b e the moximum rote ar peak rote al which materia l
will be hondled ot ony momenl ond not the averag e p er hour or the
average os d e termined by hourly ar doily re q uireme nts.
Engineering
the volume of material on one linear foot of belt.
Since the p e rmissible speed of the belt varíes with different
conditions ond differenl widths of b elts, more thon o ne colculotion
moy b e necessory to orrive ot the proper combinotion of wid th a nd
sp eed. Whe n 20° idlers ore used ond the Looding Closs is B ar C,
the speed of the belt mo y b e determined from the to ns p er hour of
moteriol to be tronspo rted by interpoloting from Tabl e 4.
However, if o ther thon 20° idl ers ond B or C looding are used,
colculate the speed of the belt from the formulo
V¡
s = -
V2

To insure that the volume will never be gre oter thon plonned, use
surge b ins with feeders unless the flo w of ma terial to the belt is
reg ulote d by sorne other method, such o s by other conveyors, or by
p rocessing equipment.
Table 5, poge 145, shows the permissible cross sectionol o rea s of
the load o n the b elt far vorious types of idlers ond far the vorious
lood ing clo ssiflcotions in terms of rote per hour of corrying material
when speed of belt is one foot per minute ond material is conslontly
ond uniformly fed to the belt. These volues, therefore, ore 60 times
where S = sp eed of belt, feet per minute, to carry moximum rec-
ommended cross sectiono l looding of belt
V1 = p ea k ro te per hour ot which material will b e hondl ed
V2 = role per hour of corrying material a l bel t speed of one
foot per minute, os found from Table 5, poge 145.
lf the minimum belt width resulting from the obove formulo will
req uire o b e lt speed greoter thon permitted by Table 2, poge 143,
the width should be recolculo te d , ond bosed on o V2 volue sufficient
to reduce the speed of the belt within the recommended limits.

Table 4 • Capacities of b elt conveyors using 2 0 -degree idlers

Weight o f Belt Capacity, loadi ng Cla ss 8, Capaci ty , loadi n g Class C,
material width, short t on s (2000 pound s) p er haur0 short tons (2000 p ou n d s) p er hour 0
p er cubic inches Belt sp eed , fee t per minute 4 Belt speed, feet per minute 4
foo t, pounds
• 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800

·
1 1 1 1

~ ~I 54
~~I 81~~ ~~ ~~ ~¿I ~~ *~I
14
16 i 05 : : : . . . ¡ ::: 115
18 27108 135 ... 31 63 I ·.. . . .
94 126 157

81
20
24
30
67 10134135
----:so
1621 243 1 324
168

405 486
. ..
lOo ----isa 200 ~ 300 - ..-.- - .-.-.-
...

567 . . .
39
60
97
79 1181 158
120 1- 180
194 291 389
197
300 ~1--1--
485 582 68 0
2401
50 36
117 235 352 470 587 704 822 940 147 295 44 2 5 9 0 737 884 1032 1180
162 42 325 487 650 812 974 1137 1300 202 405 6 07 8 10 1012 1214 14 17 1620
220 440 ~ 880 ll0o 1320 1540 1760 275 550 ~ 1100 1375 1650 1925 2200
48
285 54 5701 855 11401 14251 17 10 19951 2280 357 7151 1072 1430 17871 2144 2500 2860
60
360 720 1080 1440 1800 2 160 2520 2880 450 900 1350 1880 2250 2700 3150 3600
555 111 o 1665 2220 2775 3330 3885 4440
72 690 1380 2070 2760 3450 4140 4830 5520
84
775 / 1550 2325 3100 38751 4650 5425! 6200 970 1940 2910 3880 48501 5820 6790 7760
14 321 64 961 129 . . 1 . . . 1 . . . ... 32) 641 96 129
16 42 84 126 168 210 . . . ... . .. 46 92 138 184 230
18 54 108 162 216 270 . . . ... . .. 63 126 189 252 3 15
20
24
30
67

162 324
100¡
135 202 ~1 337 . . .
200 300 400 500
486 648
600¡ -
... . ..
. .-. -.-
8 1o 972 1134 . . .
. .-
79

194
158
240
389
237 316
360 480
583 778
295
120
600 ~ - -
972 1166 1361
--

100 36 235 470 70 5 940 1 175 141 o 1645 1880 295 590 885 1180 1475 1770 2065 2360
42 325 650 975 130 0 162 5 1950 2275 2600 405 810 12 15 1620 2025 2430 2835 3240
48
- - -
440
- ---- -- -- - - - - - - - --- - -
880 1320 1760 2200 2640 3080 3520 550 1100 1650 2200 2750 3300 3850 4AOO
--
54 570 11 40 1710 228 0 2850 3420 3990 4560 7 15 1430 2145 2860 3575 4290 5005 5720
60 720 1440 2160, 2880 36001 4320 5040 5760 900 1800 2700 3600 4500 5400 6300 7200
72 111 o 2220 3330 4440 5550 6660 7770 8880 1380 2760 4140 5520 6900 8280 9660 11040
84 1550 3100 4650 6200 7750 9300 l 0850 12400 1940 3880 5820 7760 9700 11640 13580 15520
4 - -¡a ~---¡-¡¡----i92-
- - - --l---1- ..-.- --..-.- --. .-.- --..-.- --¡¡¡~----¡-¡¡ 192--- - - - - -
16 62 124 186 248 . . . . .. ... ... 68 136 204 272 340
18 80 160 240 320 400 . . . ... .. . 94 188 282 376 470
20 102 204 306 408 51 o . . . ... ... 118 236 354 472 590
24, 150 300 450 600 750 900 . . . . .. 180 360 540 720 . 900 1080
30 242 484 726 968 12101 145 2 1694 .. . 290 582 872 1164 1454 1744 2036 2320
150 36 352 704 1056 1408 1760 2112 2464 .. . 4421 884 13261 1768 2210 2652 3094 3536
42 486 972 1458 1944 2430 2916 3402 .. . ~06 ~ 4 ~o 2428 3034 ~ 4248 4848
48 660 1320 19801 2640 3300 39601 4620 - ..- . 824 1650 247 4 3 300 4 124 4948 577 4 6592
54 854, l 708 2562 3416 4270 1 5 124 59781 ... 1070, 2144 321 4 4288 5358 6428 7502 1 8560
60 1080 2160 3240 4320 5400 648 0 7560 .. 1350 2700 4050 54001 6750 8100 9450 l 0800
1665 3330 4995 6660 8325 9990 11655 13320 2070 4 140 621 o 8280 10350 12420 14490 16560
1
72
84 23 25 4650 6975 9300 11625 13950 16275 18600 29 1o 5820 8730 11640 l 45 50 17 460 20370 23 28 0
.t. Refer to Toble 2, poge 143 far moximum speeds. 0 Refer to Toble 3, poye 143 for derermining Load ng Closs.
• Refer to Toble 6, poge 146 for mínimum w idth of belt far lump size.

144 • L 1 N K- B E LT
 bulk handling
b elt conveyo rs

Engineering
O • Bel! width and speed , continued
Usually, it is mosl economical to operale !he narrowesl permissible
bel! al its maximum allowoble speed. However, when it is calculated
that the permissible cross sectional load ing al !he maximum per-
missible speed will handle more thon the required volume, it is
usually bes! to maintain !he cross sectional lo ading and select a
speed sufficient to convey !he required volume. The width and speed
thus determined should be considered a s tentative until b elt tensions
a re established, a s it may be necessa ry lo increase the width to
provid e sufficienl operating slrenglh; or, it may be advantageous to
operate !he belt al a higher speed with reduced cross sectional
loading to decrease lhe req uired tension. Another consideration
which may be found later to inAuence the width and sp eed of !he bel!
is !he troughability of bel!, as determined b y ils thickness to p rovide
adequate strength.

Tab le S • Rote p er hour of carrying material al belt speed of one foot per minute
Volume per hour for one foot per minute of belt speed, v,
Belt Cubic feet Cubic yards Bushels
width, per hour6 per hour per hour
inches
loading Class Á
A B 1 e A B e A 1 B e
Fl at bel! on idlers •
14 2.6 4 .1 .... . ... 0.09 .15 2.1 3.2
16 ...... . . 3.7 5.8 . 13 .21 2 .9 4.6
18 . .. . . . .. 5.3 8.5 ... .. . .. . 19 .31 .. . . . . . 4 .2 6.8
20 .. .. .... 7.3 11.6 ........ .27 .43 . . ...... 5.8 9.3
24 . ....... 11.9 18.9 . .. ..... .44 .70 ........ 9.6 15.2

30 ........ 18.0 28.6 ... . .. .. .66 1.06 ........ 14.4 23.0

36 . . .. ... . 27.2 43.0 . . . . .. .. 1.00 1.59 . . ...... 21.8 34.6
42 .. . . . . . . 38.2 60.6 . . . . .. . . 1.42 2.24 . . ...... 30.7 48.7
48 . ....... 48.3 76.4 .. . .. . . . 1.78 2.83 ... .... . 38.8 61.5

54
60
72
. .... . ..
....... .
. .. .....
59.2
74.5
107.0
94.7
111.9
157.0
.. .... .
... .. ... 2.20
2.75
3.90
3.50
4.12
5.80
..... . ..
..... ...
47 .6
60.0
85.0
76.0
89.2
125.0
84 ........ 142.0 2 10 .0 5.20 7.70 113.0 167.0

20-degree idlers •
14 3.35 6.48 6.48 .13 .24 .24 2.70 5.20 5.2
16 5.04 8.40 9.20 .19 .31 .34 4.05 6.75 7 .4
18 6.90 10.80 12.60 .25 .40 .46 5.55 8.70 10.1
20 8.85 13.50 15.8 0 .33 .50 .58 7.12 10.85 12.9

24 13.50 20.oq_- : 24.00 .50 .74 .89 10.85 16.10 19.3

30 22.60 - 32.40 38.90 .84 1.20 1.44 18.10 26.00 31.2
36 33.50 47.00 59.00 1.24 1.74 2.18 27.00 37.80 47.5
42 47.60 65.00 81 .00 1.76 2.41 3.00 38.80 52.20 65.0

48 63.00 88.00 110.00 2.23 3.26 4.07 50.50 7 1.00 88.5

54 80.00 114.00 143 .00 2.96 4.22 5.3 0 64.20 91 .50 115.0
60 98.00 144.00 180.00 3.62 5.33 6.65 79.00 116.00 145.0
72 145.00 222.00 276.00 5 .35 8.23 10.20 116.00 177.00 220.0
84 200.00 282.00 385.00 7.40 10.40 14.20 160.00 226.00 307.0

45-degree idlers with unequol length rolls •

24 19.8 26.4 30.4 .7 4 .98 1.13 15.9 21.2 24.4
30 32.0 42.6 50.0 1.18 1.58 1.85 25.7 34.2 40.2
36 41.5 55.2 7 0.0 1.54 2.15 2.58 33.4 44.5 56.2
42 57.5 76.8 96.0 2.12 2.83 3.56 46.2 61.5 77.2
48 78.0 103.8 126.5 2.88 3.85 4.70 62.8 83.0 102.0

45-degree idlers with equal length rolls •

24 22.0 28.7 33.0 .81 1.06 1.22 17.5 22.9 26.3
30 36.0 48.0 54.2 1.33 1.77 2.00 28.8 38.5 43.7
36 53.0 70.8 80.0 1.96 2.62 2.96 42.5 56.5 64.2
42 74.5 99.6 116.0 2.76 3.68 4.30 59.5 79.5 93.5
48 104.2 139.8 149.0 3.85 5.15 5.52 84.0 1 112.0 120.0

54 135.0 180.0 193.0 5.00 6.67 7.15 108 .0 144.0 155.0

60 173.0 231 .0 243. 0 6.40 8.5 5 8.65 139.0 185.0 195.0
72 262.0 349.0 355.0 9.70 12.90 13. 10 2 10.0 280.0 285.0
Á Refer to Table 3, page 143, lor determinalion of Looding Class. Tons per hour X Pounds per ton
6 Cubic fee t per hour = - -
• Select idlers lrom pages 146 thru 150. Weighl of moterial per cubic foot, pounds

L 1 N K - B E L T • 145
bulk handling
belt co nveyors

Engineering
D • Belt w idth and s p eed, continued Ta ble 6 • Maximum recommended lump size for each width
of belt on 20-degree idlers

Widt h - a s d e termin e d by size of lumps · 1loodingl

Molen al
Maxi mum siz e of lu mps()
class class Bell width, inches
The size of lumps to be hondled moy determine the minimum belt
• 14 l 16 l 18 1 20 l 24 l 30 1361 42 4 8 541601 72 184
width, porticulorly for low copocity conveyors or for inclines thot
B e. 3 4 5 6 8 10 16 18 20 22 27 32
opprooch the moximums.
Unsized Bo .. 12 11416 20 22 24 28 33 38
-eB e.-
When o smo ll percenloge of lorge lumps requires o substontiolly .. 1 l '12 2 3 4 5 7 10 12 15 18
- -- - -- - - - - -- -- -
wider b elt, speciol looding methods sometimes moy be used to Sized 2 2 '12 3 3 '12 4 '12 7 8 10 '12 14 16 19 22
occommodote them. Also, under cerloin conditions, norrower belts e ... '12 3/.o 1 1 '12 2 2 '12 3 '12 5 6 7 '12 9
moy be used if occosionol lorge lumps ore confined by skirts, guords
Unsixed means a uniform mixture of material in wh:ch not more thon lOq~
or sofety covers.
ore lumps ronging from moximum size to . mox1mum si ze, et leost 15'";~ ore
Belts of omple width usuolly justify their first cosl by subsequenl fines o r lumps smaller than 1,fo maximum, ond remoining 75'~~ ore lumps of
sovings in cleonup expense ond improved sofety, porliculorly on ony size smolle r thon 2 moximum.
conveyors of modero l e lengths. On very long conveyors or conveyor Sized meons a uniform mixrure in which not more thon 200,-;, ore lumps
ronging from maximum size to .' moximum size, ond remoining 80':' 0 ore lumps
systems, it moy be odvisoble to crush extremely lorge lumps or to
no lorger thon 1 ~ maximum size ond no smaller thon 1 -10 moximum size
screen them out ond hondle them seporotely. • Looding closses are exploined in Toble 3, poge 143
Table 6 shows the best proctice with respect to moximum size of 8osed on free ílow of moteriol through s~ir t pioles when the looding con-
!),.
lumps for belts of given wid ths without considerotion of idler series dirionsond the distonce between skirt ploresore os recommended on poqe 162
or the strength of bel t. To ble 7 illustrotes the influence of lump size o Bosed on speciol considerotion being given to loading conditions of the
belt ond ope rotion o f the conveyor.
on idler selection, ond Table 14, poge 156, shows the necessity for O Size of lumps moy determine series o f belt id lers os shown in Table 7,
consid ering lump size with resp ecl to the strength of the belt. ond lhe roted belt tensions in Table 14, poge 156.

E• Belt i dler se lection and spacing

The type ond spocing of belt idlers influence the life of the idlers,
the belt, ond to o lesser exlent the power requiremen t. Selection
of the most solisfoctory idler requires considerotion of the material
hond led, copocily, ond conditions of service.
Link-Belt mokes on exceptionolly brood ronge of types ond sizes
of bel! idlers. Although sorne moy opp eor to overlop, o ll ore required
to hondle o wide vo riely of moteriols ond to mee! oll of the needs
of modern industry. The informo tion herein is suitoble for selecting
idl ers for most conditions of service. However, il moy be odvisoble
to consult Link-Bel! for idler recommendotions to mee! unusuol com-
binotions of conditi ons.
The construction of Link-Bel! idlers is described on poge 175.
Dimensions ond weights ore shown on poges 181 -195.

Tabl e 7 • Maximum recommended lump size for each idler series

Type Material Maximum rccomm e nded size of lumps, inches A

of ldler weight,
bell serie s pounds per Belt width, inches
idler cubic foot
14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72 84
35 3 4 5 5 6 6
5000 50 3 4 5 5 5 5
100 3 4 4 4 4 4
- - - - - - -- ---- - - - - - --
50 3 4 5 6 8 12 16
6000 75 3 5 6 8 12 14

I~
1
100 3 5 6 8 10 12
20° 50
-
.. 5 6
1
- -- -
8 12
-
16 20 20
- - - - ---
t roughed 14
7000 100 . .. . .. 5 6 8 12 16 16
b el!
idl ers

8000
150
50
100
150
...
- .. .
. ..
.- ..
.. .
-5
. .. . ..
. .. . ..
. .
¡-.. 6

.. -
8
8
8
8
10
12
12
10
12

14
12
14
- - -- -
16 20
16
14
1
14
~1 20
16
14
16
20
16
J - ¡-
-
100
-. -
.. --
.. -
- -
- .. ..
- - - - --
16 20
-
22 24 28
- --33- - -
38
-
9000 150 1 . .. - .. . . 16 20 22 24 26 27 32
45° 6000
lroughed Size ond weight of lumps is usuolly limited by type of belt. Consult Link-Belt
ond
bel! when material weighs more !han 50 pounds per cubic foot.
8000
idlers
5000,
Flot 6000, When used for moleriols other thon fine or granular, the moximum size of lumps or
b elt 7000, objecls depends upon rheir shope and weight, olso !he spocing of idlers,
idle r s 8000, speed of belt ond other considerotions. Consult Link- Belt .
,
9000
• Size of lumps moy olso be determined by w idth o f belt (Toble 6). or by belr include chor<1cterisrics of moteriol, Looding Closs, speed o f belt ond looding
tension ond weight of moteriol (Toble 14, poge 156). Other considerotions cond1trons.

14~ • L 1N K- B E LT
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
E • Belt ldler selectl on and spaclng, continued
The TYPE of idler is determined by the function it performs, such os
corrying the load, supporting !he empty return belt, troining the b e l!
ond cushioning !he impoct of looding. Selection of the type of
corrying idler, whether Aot belt, 20° or 45° troughed belt, usuolly
is determined by the size, weight, quontity ond lump size of material
to be hondled.
Severol SERIES of eoch type of idler ore mode to mee! widely
differing operoting conditions. Selection of the series is determined
by such conditions os type ond frequency of service, degree of
obrosiveness in surrounding otmosphere, the weight per cubic foot
of material, ond the size of lorgest lumps to be hondled, os well os
looding ond dischorg e cond itions. Also, selection of !he series is bosed
on the speed, width ond thickness of !he belt.
The type ond series of idlers for most conveyors moy be selected
on the bosis of the operoting conditions broodly d escribed in Table 9.
However, for unusuol combinotions of conditions, it moy b e more
odvontogeous to use o lighler or he ovier series !han shown in the
table. Thus, o lighter series moy be sotisfoctory for handling heovy,
g ranular meteríais on o lemporory or infrequently used conveyor,
whereos the sorne series would not b e e conomicol for continuous duty.
Conversely, heovier idlers ore more dependoble ond o re often more
economicol for continuous duty whe n handling high copocities of
lumpy material, even though it is of moderote weight.
ldler rolls ore mod e in vorious diometers ond of moteriols such os
steel, gray iron ond rubber treod. Lorger diome te rs ore d esiroble for
high spee d belts ond for lorge lum ps, os they should prolong life of
both idler rolls ond belts. Steel rolls ore used for most moteriols, but
gray iron is more sotisfoctory unde r certoin corrosive co nditions.
Rubber treod rolls ore used on corrying idlers to obsorb impoct, ond
on return idlers for sticky or corrosive moteriols.
The method of lubricoting idler beorings is usuolly bosed upen the
preference of p urcho ser's mointenonce orgonizotion, ond is inAuenced
by o pe rating conditions, accessibility of the idlers, ond by !he
chorocter ond ovoilobility of labor. Three methods of lubricotion ore
ovoiloble in certoin series of link-Belt idlers:
1. Regreoseoble in the fi el d al eoch beoring with oll gre ose pipes
extend ed to one sid e where desired. This method is necessory for
lorge idlers ond wid e be lts, ond usuolly is pre ferred for oll b ut
relotively norrow, moderotely looded conveyors.
2. Regreose oble in the field from one e nd, or "one-shot." This method
is usuolly confined to light ond medium duty idlers of moderote be lt
width.
3. Foctory greosed ond seo led b eoring s ore usuolly confined to
conveyors of moderote widths for light or temporory duty.
Table 9, poge 148, p rovid es selectio n informotion with respect to
both type ond serie s. The moximum lump size for vorious idlers is
shown on Table 7, poge 146, but idler seleclion moy be inAuenced
olso by !he maximum lumps for belt width, Table 6, poge 146, ond
by belt tension, Table 14, poge 156.
The weight of revolving porls of vorious link-Bel! idlers is required
to determine power requiremenls ond be l! tensions, ond is shown
in Table 1 O, pog e 150.
Belt idler spacing
The spocing of idlers olong the conveyor belt is o very importont
facto r in the over-oll e conomy of the conveyor since the spocing
greotly inAuences the life of both the belt ond the idle rs. Also, idler
spocing moy inAuence the required horsepower os well o s the te nsion
roting ond cost of the belt.
lf the distonce be tween troughed be lt idlers is too greo t, the belt
will tend to sog excessively, cousing spilloge of moteriol, d ecreosed
be lt life, ond increosed power to drive the conveyor.
ldler spocing under skirt plotes should be reduced to ovoid
wedging of moteriol, os described further in this book und er " looding
the Belt." Heovy, shorp lumps will cause more domoge to high sp eed
belts due to greoter impoct al the idlers when the re is too much seg
in the belt. The omount of belt tension required to preven! excessive
seg is reduced by closer spocing of idlers os shown by Chori E,
pog e 155.
Occosionol lorge p ieces imbedded in fines ond centrolly loo ded on
o belt trove ling ot slow speed ore less severe on the idle rs thon the
sorne size or smoller lumps without the cushioning effect of fines.
l ump s not lood ed centrolly or trove ling ot high speed hove o more
destructive e ffect.
(continued on poge 150)

Table 8 • Beft idfer spocing for eoch idfer type ond series

Moteriol Recommended averag e spacing of lroughed bel! idlers, f eel A

Type Belt
weight,
of idler pounds
belt serie s
per cubic Belt width, inches
idler foot
14 16 18 20 24 1 30 1 36 42 48 54 60 72 84
35 5 Y2 5Y2 5 5 4 Y2
5000 50 5Y2 5 5 4Y2 4 Y2
1 00 5 5 4 Y2 4 Y2 4
,_ _ _ _ _ _ , __ __5_0_ _ , _ 5_,Y_,.:2- 5- - - -5- -'-¡y;- 4 y;- -¡y;--¡y;- - -- --- - - - --- - - -
6000 75 5 5 5 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 4
1 oo 5 5 5 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 4
20° 50 .. ~ -..-.- - -
5 - 5 5- --¡y;--¡y;- 4Y2 _ 4_ _ _ _ _ _ __ -- - -
troughed 1 oo ... ... 5 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 4 4 4
7000
belt 150 ... ... 4 4 4 4 3 Y2 3 Y2
idlers i- - -- - -i·- --5-0- -i-.-.-.- - -- - -- --.-.-.- --5- - --¡y;-1 4 Y2 4 Y2 -4- - - -4 - - Jy;- - - - - --
8000 1 00 ... ... 4 Y2 4 4 4 4 3 Y2 3 Y2

9000
150
100
1 50
. ..
-------.-.-.-¡-.-.. ...

...
4

...
4

...
3 Y2

4
3 Y2
- .-.-.-i-¡y;-i 4Y2
4
4Yl
4
_4_ ___
4
4_
4
JY2 Jv;-
3 3
--
4-5 º- - l l - -6'"0'"' "0"""
"' 0--l---:3-:5:---ll-.-.-. ... ... - ..- .- - 5 - - _ 5_ _ _ _5- -¡y;--¡y;- - - - - - - - -
troughed 50 ... ... ... ... 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2 4
belt 8000 35 -. .- . - - -
.-
. . - --..-.- - -
. .-.- 5Y2 _ 5_ _ _5_ _ 5 -¡y;--¡y;--4_ _ _4_ _ _ __
idlers 50 ... ... ... ... 5 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 4 3 Y2 3 Y2
A Relurn belt idler recommended spocing is 10-foot intervols for oll belr opproximotely 100 fe et oport thereofter. Jd ler spocing ot looding poinl
widths ond looding. Belt troining idlers on the corrying ond return runs, should be red uced to preven! excessive sog os covered on poges 155 ond
should be ploced obout 50 feet fr om eoch termino! or bend pulley ond 162.

L 1 N K - BE L T • 147
bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Engineering
E • Belt ld ler selectio n and spaclng, continued
Table 9 • Belt idle r selection b y ty pe and series

Avoiloble Roll
Type of bell idler Series far belt widths, dio meter, Operoting conditions
inches inches

Carrying idler for intermittent o p eralion, relotively low

5000 14-30 4 ca pacities and for lightweight materia Is of limited
lump siz e.
Carrying idler for intermittent operatian, medium capaci-
ties and fo r moderale weight, semi-abrosive moterio ls
6000 14-36 4-5 containing lumps larger and heavier than !hose handled
by Series 5000 idlers; or, for continuous operation when
handling lig htweight, fine materials.

~
Carrying idl er fo r co ntinuous operatio n, high capa cities,
7000 18-48 5 and for heovier weight, ob rasive moteria ls where the
20° lroughed be lt idler size of lumps is limited by the width of b el!.
Corrying idler for continuous operation, high copo cities,
and for heavier weight, abrosive materials where the
size of lum ps is limited b y the width of bel!. The slrong er
8 000 24-60 6
and heavier 6" diameler rolls give add ed life under
more severe service, and are suitable for wider be lts
!han Series 7000 idlers.
Carrying idler for continuous operalion, highest copoci-
9000 36-84 6-7
ties, o nd for the heoviest and coo rsesl moteriols.
6000 14-36 5

~ 7000 18-48 5 Ca rrying idl er used lo p rolecl the bel! b y obsorbing

impact under looding poi nis, esp ecially when larg e
8000 24-60 6
20° troughed belt rubbe r cushion idler lumps and he avy materials ore carried.
9000 36-84 7

QDQ
20° troughed be lt lro ining idler,
6000
7000
8000
14-36
18-48
24-60
4-5
5
6
Corrying idler used to !rain corrying b e lts which operote
in o ne direction, ond to protect edges of belt from injury
due to misalignment.
9000 36-84 6-7
positive o ction type

~º~
20° troughe d be lt troining idler,
7000
8000
9000
18-48
24-60
36-84
5
6
6-7
Corrying idlers used to troin corrying belts which oper-
ole in both directions, ond to protecl edg es of bel!
from injury due to misolignment.
actuoting di sc type

~I I~ 8000 24-60 5-6 Carrying idler used for picking, sorting ond feeder
20° lroughed belt picking and 9000 36-84 6-7 conveyors.
feede r conveyor idler

~
45° troug he d b e lt idler,
7000
8000
24-48
24-60
5
6
Carrying idler for continuous service. This typ e corrie~ .
moximum volume of material, limited only by the con-
struction of !he bel!.
equal length rolls

~
4 5° trough e d b elt rubber cushion idler,
8000 24-60 6
Carrying idler used to protect the bel! by absorbing
im pact und er looding points, especially when larg e
lumps and heovy malerials are carried.
equal length rolls

M
45° troughed be lt troining idler,
positive action type, equal length roll s
7000
8000
24-48
24-60
5
6
Carrying idler used to !rain co rrying belts which o p erote
in one di rection, ond to prolecl edges of bel! from
injury due lo misolignment.

~
45° troughed b e lt idler,
6000 24-48 4-5
Corrying idler for conlinuous operotion, handling light-
weighl maleriols such os groin and wood chips in gre oter
volume thon 20° idlers.
unequal length rolls

148 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
E • Belt ldler selectlon and spaclng, continued
Table 9 • Belt idler selection by type ond series (continued)
Avoiloble Roll
Type of belt idler Series far belt widths, dio meter, Operoting conditions
inches inches

~CJ~
45° troughed belt training idler,
6000 24-48 4-5
Corrying idler used to troin corrying belts which operote
in one direction, and to protect edges of belt from injury
due to misolignment.
pos itive action type, unequal le ngth rolls

Corrying id ler used to reduce edge tension in highly

~ Q 8000
9000
24-60
36-84
5-6
6-7
stressed belts during their tronsition from troug hed
idler to pulleys. Rolls ore odjustoble to desired belt
Variable troughed belt idler contour.

5000 14-30 4 Corrying id ler used for bulk materi a ls such os p rep o red
6000 14-36 4.5 foundry sond and undelinted cotton seed, where it is
ji ll 7000 18-48 5
desiro ble to plow material off a l o ne or more points.
Also, used for pul p wood logs, packa ges, p icking and
Fla t bell idler 24-60 6
8000 sorting conveyors. Generally suita b le for conditions of
9000 36-84 6-7 service of corresponding series of 20° idlers.

Jrnrm:mJill 8000 24-60 6 Corrying idler used lo protect the belt by o b sorbing
Flat belt rubbe r cushion idle r, 9000 36-84 7 impact al transfers a nd belt feeders.
fi xed s haft type

~ 8000 24-60 6 Corrying idler used to protect the belt by absorbing

Flat bel! rubber cushion idler, impact a l transfers and belt feeders. For the heoviest
9000 36-8 4 7 type of service.
live shaft type

,t. Jrr 6000

7000
14-36
18-48
4-5
5
Corrying id ler used to troin carrying belts which o perate
in one direction, a nd to protect edges of belt from injury
Flat belt training idler, 8000 24-60 6 due to misolignment.
positive action typ e

5000 14-30 4

'1 6000 14-36 4-5

1! 7000 18-48 5
Return id ler used to carry empty return belts. Avoilo ble
with steel, gray iron or speciolly coated rolls.
Retu rn belt idler 8000 24 -60 6
9000 36-8 4 6-7

6000 14-36 4-5 Return idler used lo carry empty return belts where wet
,,~ 7000 18-48 5 or sticky maleriols cling lo belt or where resistance to
8000 24-60 6 corrosion o nd chemical attroction to iron or steel is
Re turn belt rubber tread idler required .
9000 36-84 6

[&; J] 6000
7000
14-36
18-48
4-5
5 Return id ler used to train return belts which o p erote in
one direction, a nd to protect e d ges of be lt fro m injury
8000 24-60 6 due to misalignment.
Re turn belt training idler,
posit ive action type * 9000 36-84 6-7

~~ 8000
9000
24-60
36-84
6
6
Return idler used to troin return belts which o perote in
one d irection whe n ha ndling materiols thot adhere to
belt ond build-u p on metal rolls. Mode only with rubbe r
Re turn belt rubber tread train in g idler,
coster- camber type * treods.

"\: :r 8000
9000
24-6 0
36-84
6
7
Return idler used to assist in remo ving excessive omounts
of certo in ma terio ls that hove a tendency to cling to
Return belt bealer idler bel t.

* ..
Fa r relurn belt lro1ning 1d lers for re versi ble be lrs consult L ink-Belt .
L 1 N K - B E L T • 149
bulk handling
be lt co nveyo rs

E • Belt id ler selection a n d spacing, continued
Toble 8, page 147, and !he notes following it, show recommended
average spacing of idlers based on judgment determined by many
yeors of experience. lt is intended to represen! good practice far
normal or average types of installa tions, bu! deflnite limitations
connot be tabled far the spacing of idlers far all conditions. In many
cases it may be advisoble to obtain a recommendation from Link-Bel!,
especially when large, heavy lumps are being carried, when there
is a wide variance of lensions along !he bel!, and far conveyors
having convex curves or unusual loading conditions.
Belt tra ining idlers
lt is importan! thot the conveyor belt operates practically centrally
with respect to its idlers to avoid dama ge to belt edges from rubbing
against adjocent chutes or structures. To insure central opera tion the
bel! must be installed properly and !he idlers, terminal pulleys and
Engineering
slructures musl b e correctly aligned. Also, the material hand led should
b e loaded cenlra lly on the bel!.
In addition lo careful installation, it is necessory to provide means
of training lhe bel! in anticipation of subsequent variations in align-
ment a nd loading conditions. Sorne self-aligning effecl of !he carry-
ing run may be obtained by instal ling !he ca rrying id lers with a
forward tilt in lhe direclion of bel! lravel of not more than 2 °.
Tilted idlers should no! be used on reversib le conveyors. Also, tilted
idlers may result in increased wear af bel! cover and idler rolls when
handling abrasive materials.
The bes! method of lroining !he bel! when misolig nment is no! ex-
cessive is with be lt troining idlers, which corree! this condition outo-
matically by lraining lhe bel! to a central position. They a re ava iloble
in !he various series shown in Table 9, pages 148-149. Bel! training
idlers are made far both carryin g and return belts, and far !hose
that travel in one direction or far reversible conveyors. Recommended
spacing of bel! tra ining idlers is g iven in a foo lnote to Table 8 , page 1 47.

Table 1 0 • Weight of revolving idler parts

Troughed bell idlers Flat bell and relurn bel! idlers
Weighl per be ll idl er, pounds Weight per idler, pound s
Belt Series Series Series Series Series Series¡ Series ' Series Series Series

'l 1 8000
width, 5000 6000 1 7000 1 8000 9000 5000 6000 1 7000 1 9000
inches 6
4"
• 11s1,.
steel s1•ee rubber l '" I rubber
ee 11 ,.. s1ee1 · 1grey
,.. 1s1•ee rubber l
. • · 1 • ..
rubber
s1ee 1s1ee 11 , ..
4" [ 4" 1 5" 1 5•·
steel steel steel d steel
5" 6" 1 6"
rubber 5" rubber stee l
6"
~roy¡rubber
6" [ r 1 "
steel sleer,ubb~r
rolls ro 11s ro 11s cush1on
rolls ro 11 s
cush1on iron cush1on cush1on
rolls ro 11s rolls rolls ro 11 s ro 11 s rolls
1reo
rolls ¡rolls 1rolls rolls ¡ reo
rolls treod rolls iron treod rolls 1rolls rolls
rolls rolls rolls
14 13 15 19 14 . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . ... ... . .. 12 ¡ 12 15 11 . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...
16 15 17 20 15 1 . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . 13 14 16 12 . . . . .. 1: : : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18 16 18 22 17 25 20 . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . 14 16 18 13 22 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...
20 17 19 24 19 28 23 . . . . .. ... . . . ... . .. 15 17 20 14 24 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

24 20 22 27 22 32 27 41 64 57 ... ... .. . 17 19 23 15 28 20 36 59 24 ... .. . . ..

30 23 26 32 27 36 31 48 76 68 . . . . . . . . . 21 23 27 17 34 24 43 71 29 . . . .. . . ..
36 .. . 3 1 38 32 41 35 55 89 79 93 108 126 ... 27 31 19 40 28 50 83 33 86 96 64
42 . . . . .. ... ... 46 40 64 103 93 106 122 1 141 ... ... .. . ... 46 32 57 96 37 98 1 10 69

48 ... ... ... ... 52 48 71 115 104 111 8 136 156 . . . . . . . . . . .. 52 36 65 108 42 111 124 7 5
54 ... .. . . . . ... ... . .. 78 128 116 131 150 171 . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. 72 12 1 46 123 138 81
60 ... ... . .. ... ... ... 86 140 125 143 164 186 . . . . .. ... . . . ... . .. 79 133 51 135 152 87
72 . .. .. ... . . . • •• 1 .. . . . . . .. . .. 168 192 216 . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . .. . .. . . . . .. 160 178 100
84 ... ... ... ... .. . ... ... ... ... 193 220 246 . . . . . . ... .. . .. .. . . .. . . . . .. 185 204 109

F• Power requirements and belt te nsi o ns

The power required to drive o belt conveyor is a fundamentally im-
portan! design consideration. lt provides !he basis far selecting lhe
motor, controls and other drive components, as well as far calculating
anticipa ted power consumption. lt determines the tensions and stre ngth
of bel! required, and inAuences belt cost and life, and occasionolly
its width. Al so, !he design of other mechanical a nd structurol ports
is affected by !he forces which contribute to, or are the result of
power requirements.
These various forces are described below, followed by !he con-
ve ntio nal symbols (page 154) and the ir deflnitions. Also, the relatio n
of power to proper bel! tension and bel! selection is covered on this
poge. Examples of power calculations are shown o n page 170.
Two methods of colculating power requirements are presented-
the Graphical Method and the Analytical Method. Both ore accurate
within their deflned limits. The Graphical Method is suitable fa r de-
sig ning small, simple conveyors, or far closely approximating !he
powe r requirements of lorger units. The Analytica l Method is neces-
sary far accurate results whe n designing long, high-capacity con-
veyors, or those with complex paths of travel.
There are two forces that dete rmine !he power requirements and
bel! tensions in any be l! conve yor afte r it is running al a uniform
spe ed, namely frict ional forces a nd gravitatlonal forces . A
third, lnertia forces, affects bel! te nsion during acceleration a nd
deceleralion but has little influence on total p ower requirements.
FRICTIONAL FORCES are the fo rces req uired far moving !he ma -
terial ond the b el t horizontally and far turning all rotating peris
driven by !he conveyor belt. Frictional forces always oppose !he
movement of !he bel!, and equal the sum of !he following con-
stitue nt forces:
To tal weight of moving material X friction factor of material.
Total weight of b el! X friction factor of bel!.
Total weight of revolving idl er peris X friction factor of idlers.
Additional frictio na l forces that mus! be included et the drive
shaft are !he friction of conveyor terminal bearings, the friction of
material on conveyor looding skirts and other minor power absorbing
items. For conveyors of modera le lengths and paths of travel these
forces may all be included by adding one empirical value, Lo. This
term Lo represents a force resulting from adding theoretically 150-foot
centers of loaded horizontal conveyor to the foot or receiving end
of !he actual conveyor. Th e Lo value of 150 f eet is conservative for
conveyors with ba ll o r rolle r bearing idlers and sleeve bearings on '
terminal pulley shafts. lf p ulley shafts are eq uipped with ball o r
roll er bearings, and good alignment and maintenance is assured, !he
Lo value may be reduce d to 1 20 feet.

150 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Engineering
F • Power requl rements and belt tenslons, continued
Note thot !he Lo volue does no! include frictional losses between
motor and !he conveyor driving pulley resulting from power trans-
mission equipment as speed reducers, chains or gears. These frictional
losses affect !he horsepower of motor, but do no! inAuence design
and selection of belt, idlers, pulleys and pulley shafts.
Other frlctlonal forces that may exceed the normal L0 value,
and mus! receive special consideration, are !hose resulting from com-
plex arrangements of terminals, multiple trippers and heavily loaded
convex curves.
Frictlon Factors shown in Table 11 are based on a differenl
factor for material than for the empty bel!, due to the resistance of
the material lo the slight but repetitive d isturbance it is subjected to
as it passes over the idlers. The factors shown are conservative for
conveyors equipped with high grade antifriction idlers, on well
aligned structures, operating in temperatures above - 20º F., receiv-
ing good care, mainlenance and lubrication. For temporary or poorly
aligned slructures ar lower temperatures these factors should be
increa sed between l 03 and 253, depending on conditions. Al-
though special greases may be helpful al low temperatures, o ther
considerations may necessitate higher factors !han !hose shown in
!he table. Conversely, some tests hove been made under very favor-
able conditions which indicated friction factors less than those shown
in the table.
GRAVITATIONAL FORCES are the forces, over and above the
frictional forces, required to raise ar lower the belt and material on
the inclined portions of !he conveyor. On ascending conveyors the
gravitational forces of the bel! and material on the carrying run
oppose movement of !he belt and on !he return run !he gravitational
force of !he belt assists movement. On descending conveyors the
gravitational forces of !he belt and material on the carrying run assist
movement of the belt and on the return run the gravitational force
opposes movement in !he desired direction. Gravitational forces are
determined by !he following formula:
(
Weight of belt,
per foot
+
Weight of material, } X vertical travel,
per foot of be lt in feet
The result should be added to the frictional forces of inclined belts
b ut should be deducted for declined belts.
Table 11 • Friction factors •
Peri in which friction originales
Revolving peris of ball or roller bearing b e l! idlers ... .
Empty b e l! on ball or roller bearing belt idlers ...... .
Material only on be lt on anti-friction belt idlers . ..... .
Tail, be nd and snub pulleys and shafts, ball and
roller bearings . . . . . . . . . . .................. . .
Tail, bend and snub pulleys and shafts, sleeve
bearings ............................... . . . . .
Takeup pull or counlerweight, ball and roller
bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. .. ... .
Takeup p ull or counterweighl, sleeve b earings . ... . .. .
Orive pulley assembly, ball and roller bearings ...... .
Orive pulley a ssembly, sleeve bearings ............. .
Fabric be lt, including material carried, sliding on
polished steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .
Friction surface belt and material carried, sliding on
polished steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Rubber surfaced bel! and material carried, sliding
o n polished sleel. .............. . ............ .
Fabric surfaced belt and material carried, sliding
o n polished wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
Friction surfaced bel! and matedal carried, sliding
on polished wood ........................ .
Rubber surfaced bel! and material carried, sliding
o n polished wood ..... .
¿ The diffecence between the fríction foctors of the empty belt and the
materia l on the belt is due to the resistonce of the molerlo l to the slight but
repetilive dislurbonce it is sub¡ected to os il posses over the belt idlers.
• This table shows recommended friclion foctors bosed on reosonoble core,
mointenonce, lubricotion ond olignment ond for operolion in temperotures
obove -20ºF.
bulk handling
belt conveyors
INERTIA FORCES are defined as the increased tensions that are
set up during the acceleration and deceleration of the bel!. The
magnitude of these tensions is calculated by the use of unit inertia
forces which are determined by the total equivalen! weights of all
moving parts, the torque available for accelerating and careful
consideration of !he proper distribution of these forces. By this means
it can be determined whether:
the light Side Tension, T,, is too great, or
!he T¡/T2 ratio is excessive, or
!he bel! will lift off the idlers on a concave curve.
The calculation and application of inertia forces is rather involved,
so these formulas are not included nor are they considered in the
examples in this book. However, inertia forces should be calculated
and their effect carefully considered for conveyors which must be
designed for the following conditions:
( l) Long, heavily loaded, high speed conveyors.
(2) Horizontal conveyors where the distante the conveyor
will coas! is important.
(3) Oescending, regenerative conveyors, requiring brakes.
(4) Transfers between feeders and high speed conveyors
of widely varying lengths and inclines.
Complete information regarding conveyors in these categories
should b e referred to Link-Belt for recommendations.
Methods for calculating horsepower
The horsepower to drive a belt conveyor equa ls the sum of the
following:
HP to drive empty conveyor
HP to elevate or lower material. (This should be
subtracted when lowered.)
HP to convey material horizontally
HP to overcome the "additional frictional forces" and
"other frictional forces" mentioned on pag e 150 and 151.
Two methods are included herein for calculating the horsepower
a nd bel! tensions of belt conveyors. The use of either method requires
an understanding of the subject of Belt Tensions, page 154, but such
understanding is needed less for the simple Graphical Method than
for the Analytical Method.
Friction
factor Th e Graphical Method provides the means for obtaining th e
e total horsepower directly from Choris B, C and O on pages l 52 and
.02 153, and the belt tensions may be calculated from the resulting
.02 ¿ horsepower. This methad is suitable for conveyors of moderate
.025 ¿ capacity having relatively straight paths of travel. The results will be
accurate when actual weights of belts and revolving parts are used
for Chori B. However, for determining tentative or approximate
.0 1
horsepower, a convenient table of typical weights is superimposed
on Chori B.
.02
The Graphical Method is not suitable for final calculation of horse-
.01 power for conveyors having decline portions, convex curves, high
.02 capacity or complex arrangements of terminals. On the other hand,
.01 it is useful for tentative estimates of horsepower under these condi -
.02 tions and for an approximate check on the results obtained by the
Analytical Method.
.25 - .30 An example of the use of the Graphical Method is given on page
170.
.30 - .35
Pre- Bllt sectional belt conveyors, page 222, may be selected
.45 - .55 after horsepower has been obtained by the Graphical Method
without further consideration of belt tension or other matters of d e-
.30 - .35 sign detail.
.35 - .40 The Analytlcal M e thod is based on calculating bel! tensions as
they occur along the conveyor, and the horsepower is flgured from
.40 - .50 the resulting Effective Tension, E, al the driving pulley. This method
is generally used for conveyors beyond the limits of the Graphical
Method. lt is not only more accurate, but it provides te nsion values
al intermediate points of !he conveyor which are necessary for the
proper design of decline belts, convex and concave curves, complex
terminals and remotely located ttikeups.
(continued on page 154)
LINK - B E L T• 151
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
F • Power requirements and belt t e nslons, continued
Chart B • Horsepower requir ed to drive empt y conveyor

Weight per linear foot

o f b e lt ond re volving id ler
Belt p e ris, p ounds 6
width, Ma te ria l weight pe r
inches cubic foot, pounds
50 100 1 150

~~ ~:
18
24 1 j 30
30
36 ~~ r-~~--1 !~
42
48
--;r1 ~: i--~-~-
60
65 1' 94 1 107
72 10 1 11 8 135
ow 84 137 15 1 169
w
ll.. 6 Weights obove doshed line bosed on
(/) 14 ,___.,,____..___,__, Series 7000 idlers, berween lines on Series
1-- 8000, below solid line on Series 9000
_J
w idlers. Friction factor = .02. Lo = 150
(IJ
feer.
:;: 13 f----.,--i---1--1
a..
u_

o
Q
I 121--+--+-+-+-...,--,--,--,--.,.--.,.---,----,----,----.,..~----r----,----,~~t--+-1'~-+-+--1,'--,---;'-t-~~~-t--it'--+-.,---t-,.<;--1--ii--t--,..._+-+-i l2
u
~
w
e::
~ 111--1--~...-+-_..__..___.__.__~~~_.__._~~--t~~--1-+-1---+-----,l'-+-~-r---+-'-t---r-__,,,_-+--t---b........--+--t--t,.....,--ii--t--t--+7"'+-i ll

e::
o
>-
~ 10 1--l-----'--+-+-...,---,--~-,--,-~~---,----,-~~--f~-r---.f--¡....,.<-~o+-+-+r-r-+--r--+--r--il'--+-+-+-7"----+--t----l----:""""'r--t-t-t-+-:tlO
z
o
u
>-
~ 91--,.--+-.,..--t--t---:---r--'-t--+--+---,--t---r-+~-rt--?'T--1r--->'t----,.~-t--,f--t---;-;..,.._'-t--r--?1"---t-- >:/-...,.---+--+-'-t--+>""l--+--+--t--i9
:;:
w
w
>
¡¡:
o
o
l-
e::
w
~
a..
w
~ 61--+---r---+-+-+-+--+--'-l'-7'-T---i>''-'-r-.,.-7f'--t-7"í---,,--,.f-t-~'i-+--t--¡,..<'-r---+--+-7"''--t--+-.,---+--+--t,.....,é-ir--t-t-t-+-+-i6
o
I

800 1600 1800

Fig. 6254
HORIZONTAL CENTERS IN FEET

152 • L I N K - BELT
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
F • Power requirements and belt tenslons, continued
Chart C • Horsepower required to elevate material
Chart D • H orsepower required to convey material horizonta lly
TONS PER HOUR OF MATERIAL ELEVATED
200 400 1000

2.3
1 -1 -1-
600
,__
800 1200
1-
1400 1600
t-
1800
,__
2000
- ,_
·- 2.3

2.2 -·- 1 - -t -

1--
t-- 1-
t-
,_ ,_ ,__
2.2

2.1
,_ _r= ,_ , := t:=
2.1

2.0
1--
·- ¡---
t- t-
1-
1 - 1--

,_
- 1-
2.0
,__._ 1 - -¡ - - - 1- - V
--
t-
t- t-
- - -
t-
t-
,_ f..:: ,__ ,__
1.9 ,_ ,__ 1.9
-
1-
u..
1.8
- /
-
-

'- -
1.8

::::; 1.7 ,__ ,__ 1.7

- - - -

--
,_

1- - ,__ ,__ - ,__ t- 1-

/
o 1.6 1.6
ou.. , ,/
_,_ ,__
a:: 1.5 1.5
w V
a..
__J
-
-- -
,_ ·- ,__ / r-
<t: 1.4 - 1.4
a:
w
1-
<t:
::;::
1.3 1- 1--
1--

1-
1-

CHART (
1-

--
f--- 1-

.L
V
/
1-
- -
1. 3

w 1.2 MUL TIPL Y RESULTS FROM CHART ,__

V t-
1.2
l -
1- BY TOTAL LI FT 1- 1- 1--
<t: ,,__ ,_
>
w 1.1
b' t-
¡---

v ~1
__J
t
w t- ,__ 1--- t- 1- t - -
·-·-
¡--- ~

o
- ._-
1- 1.0 t= _
a:: t- , t=t-- ,_
w
3: .9
o
a..
w
- [/V i--r--

t- t--
1- I
o::
._ 10 o:::>
CJ)
o::
.8
1/ -¡- - ~
o::
w
o - ,_ - ~ ¡---
1-
a..
I .7
1-
-
t-- t--
1-
,,,_ L
1-
t-
- - -+-- t -
9
CJ)
z
o

---
1- t- -

.6
7 1-
- - o
/ t- -
1--
= -
-t- - 8
Q
.5 o::
w
/ - - - - t- - a..
.4

.3
/
V
,_
- - ,__ -
- - - 1-
- 1- -t-~
7 >-
__J
__J
<t:
1-
V 1- 1-

- - z
1- t-
t-
,/ - - - 6 o
.i,_ N
1--
- V
,_:__
-
1- ·- 1-- -
V
~
a:o
I
.1
,_ 1- t-

5 __J

:-,.
·- - t- ,_ -- t-
1- ~
~
<t:
a:
w
1-
<t:
4 ::;::
>-
w
>
z
o
3 u
CHART D o
1-
o::
MULTIPL Y RESUL TS FROM CHART w
2 TONS PER HOUR 2 3:
BY 100 o
a..
f riction facto r == .025 w
CJ)
o::
o
I

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET Fig. 6252-53

L 1 N K - B E L T • 153
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
F • Power requirements and b e lt tensions, continued Since the relotionship of T1 ond T2 depends up on the coefficient of
Final colculotions by the Anolyticol Method should be bosed on the friction and ore of contoct, ond the difference b etween T1 ond T,
actual weights of f1nolly selected belt ond revol ving peris. However, determines the volue E, these ore the onl y two foctors hoving direct
the opproximote weight of bel! for lenlotive colculotion moy be ob- inAue nce upen the effective driving power which o p ulley will develop.
toined by using !he Grophicol Method to determine opproximote A greoter coefficient of friction con b e obtoined by logging the
horsepower, from which th e Tight Side Tension, T1, moy be estoblished, pulley ond g reoler o res of contoct con be ob toined by snubb ing the
ond the weight ob toined from Table 19, pog e 158. belt or by use of tondem or dual motor drives.
An exomple of !he use of the Anolyticol Method is given on pog e
T1, the Tight Side Tension, is the tension in the b elt ot the driving
172.
pulley ond moy be exp ressed
T1 = E+ T2
Belt tensions and power formulas In sorne coses it moy be odvontogeous to use o dua l pulley drive
The forces which contribute to the power req uiremenls of o con- to increase !he ore of contoct of bel! o n drive p ulleys os shown in
veyor build up in, ond ore lransmitted by, the bel! os tensions. In od- diogrom below:
dition to their effect on power requirements, belt tensions olso influence
the design ond selection of oll componen! pe ris. Thus, belt tensions / HEAO PULLEY
provide the bosis for colculoting the mejor loods o s well os power
SECONOARY
requirements. ORIVE PULLEY 1
_.i.....,.~..i,---')~--,T'z-
The followi ng def1nitions and descriptions apply to bel! conveyors
afte r they hove reached their normal speeds. They do not take into
considerotion inertia forces menlioned on page 151.
For conve nie nce, we lisl below the symbols used in connection with
the more complete def1nitions which follow them:
Fig. 4852
H = Horsepower required lo drive conveyor. Du a l pulley drive
S = Speed of conveyor in fe et per minute. 360° to 500° wrop
E = Effective tension req uired to drive conveyor. Total E=T1- T2
T1 = Tight side te nsion al primory drive pulley.
T2 = Slock side lension al drive p ulley. T3 is the Slock Side Tension for the primory d rive pulley of a dual
T, = Slock side tension al primary drive pulley of o dual d rive, ond is olso the Tighl Side Tension for the secondary d rive
motor drive and the light tension of secondary drive pulley. p ulley.
Tmox. = Ma ximum tension in belt, wherever it occurs.
T, = Sog tension between looded idlers. Table 12 • Constants and tension factors o

-) T
e- :·= ___,__>
< ~:~=
~PULLEY
Orive
Constant ratios
!! for single
T2 drive
pulley
Slock side tension
factor required
for driving belt 6
L ORIVE PULLEY f ig. 4845 LORIVE PULLEY fig. 4846
Are of
con to et
T1 for both pulleys of
Plain drive pulle y Snubbed drive pulley
T; dual pulley drive Gravity tokeup 4
Type of belt
180° wrop 180° to 240° wrop on drive
E= T1 - T" E= T1 - T2 pulleys, Bore l ogged Bore logged
degrees pulley pu lle y pulley pulle y
E, !he Effective Tension or horsepower pull, is !he le nsion in pounds 1 1
al the drive pulley required to pull !he conveyor. lt is equol to the
Single 180 2.19
algebraic sum of all of the forces acting on the conveyor while it is 3.0 .85 .50
Pulley
running.
E may be calculated from belt tensions by !he Analytical Method 200 2.39 3.39 .72 .42
described on poge 172. Or, if !he operating horsepower is obtoined 210 2.50 3.61 .67 .38
from Cho ris B, C ond D, pages 152 and 153, then, 215 2.55 3.72 .64 .36
Snubbed
E= H X 33000 Pulley 220 2.6 1 3.83 .62 .35
s 230 2.73 4.07 .58 .33
lt should be noted thot, although E is sufficient to pull the belt, it is not 240 2.85 4.33 .54 .30
the Maximum Tension nor the Tight Side Tension. 360 4.80 9.02 .26 .13
T2, the Slack Side Tension, is the tension required in !he belt al the 380 5.25 10 . 19 .23 .11
driving pulley of a single pulley drive and al the secondary pulley 4 00 5.72 11 .5 1 .21 .09
Dua l
of a dual pull ey drive. 11 must exert sufficienl pressure between the
Pull ey 420 6.25 13.00 .19 .08
bel! and driving pulley to tronsmit the required power without 450 7.12 15.27 .16 .07
slippoge. 500 8.86 21.2 1 .13 .05
The required amount of Slock Side Te nsion, T2, d epends upon the
ore of contoct b e tween the b elt ond the driving pulley or pulleys ..t. Volues for screw tokeups ore not given here os they would be empiricol
ond olso o n the co-efficient of friction between the belt o nd pulleys. due to uncertointy of monuol odjustment. When screw takeups ore used
Toble 12 shows foctors by which the e ff ective horsepower pull, E, it is common proctice to use o factor 503 to 1003 greater thon shown
fer grovity tokeups.
should b e multiplied to determine the mínimum required slock te nsion
t; To determine mínimum T2, multiply Effective Tension E by Slock Side Tension
T2 ond it olso shows the constan! rotios of T1 ond T2 for bore ond fo cto r.
lo gged drive pulleys ond for vorious ores of contoct betwee n the o Based on coefficient of fri ction between be lt and drive pulley of .25 fa r
b elt ond pulley. bore pulley ond .35 far logged pullev.

154 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Engineering
F • Power requ ir ements a n d b elt tensions, continued
The two drive pulleys of dual motor drives must run ot different
peripheral speeds to compensate for the difference in b e lt speed re-
sulting from the contraction of belt due to the decreased load be-
tween the two pulleys. The design of duol pulley drives involves a
number of special considerations of mechanicol and electricol equip-
ment and should be referred to Link-Belt.
Tmax is the Maximum Tension in th e belt. For most conveyors, Tmax
occurs al the driving pulley as T1, but under certain conditions the
Maximum Te nsion may occur sorne distance from the driving pulley.
T., the Sag Tension, is the mínimum tension which should be in ony
portion of the carrying run of the belt to preven! excessive sag of
the belt between the idlers.
Excessive sag will require more power and couse additional belt
wear due to more disturbance of the moterial being corried as it
passes over ond between the idlers.
The amount of sag at any point along a belt varíes with the
spacing of the idl ers, the amount of te nsion in the belt at that point
and the weight per foot of the loaded b elt. Therefore, sag can be
lessened by spacing idlers closer or p utting more tension in the belt
by adding to the takeup pull.
Chart E • Recommended idler spacing to prevent excessive sag of belt
WEIGHT PER FOOT OF LOAD ANO
3
4
5
6 /
8
10 /
BELT TENSION IN POUNDS REQUIRED TO LIMIT SAG OF BELT TO 2 % OF ID LER SPACING
G • Belt selection
The selection of the belt is one of the most importan! considerations
in the design of a belt conveyor. The belt carries the material and
transmits the power to move the load. lt is the pa rt most subject to
wear and replacement.
Belt life depe nds upon the moleríais handle d as well as the design
of other parts of the conveyor such as pulleys, idlers, loading devices,
trippers, chutes and cleaners. Proper care and maintenance con-
tribute much toward extending belt life.
Many types of belts are available for such specific purposes as
high temperatures, resistance to acids, for food products, for resisting
impact and obrasion, and for parts and packag es. Among these
types are flat steel bond, wire mesh, tre ated and untreated canvas,
and rubber covered. Rubber covered belts of various constructions
are generally used for handling bulk materials and the data in this
section a pply particularly to this ty pe.
Previous Link-Belt publications hove contained specifications of
belting from which final belt selection could be made, as the belting
construction al thot time was standordized within close limits. With
the advent of many new moleríais and o variety of constructions for
belt carcosses, e och with an advontage for a particular need, it is
now impractical to provide specification information he re for the
final selection of a belt. Link-Belt will be glad to assist in such final
selections when desired.
bulk handling
b e lt conve yor s
Table 8, page 147, shows the recommended average spacing for
various series of idlers for different weights of materials and various
widths of belts. Experience indicates that, for the over-all economy of
the mo jority of installotions, these spacings should not be exceeded.
G reater distance between idlers may be indicated when belt tensions
would be sufficient to preven! excessive sag al longer spacing.
Good proctice is to limit the amount of sag to not more than 23
of the distance between idlers except where the b elt travels under
loading chute skirts. lf the idlers under the skirts are spaced al one
half of the distance they are spaced jusi ahead of the skirts the sag
under the skirts will not ordinarily be excessive.
Chori E can be used to determine the required idler spacing for
whatever tension may be in the belt, or it can be used to find the
belt tension required for various idler spacings to preven! more than
23 sag. Any tension which may be added to reduce sag should be
added to all te nsions throughout the belt.
Ex a m ple-When combined weight of load and belt is l 00
pounds per linear foot, idlers should be spaced not more than 4 feet
apart where tension in belt is 2500 pounds. O r, when weight per
foot of loaded belt is l 00 pounds, tension in belt should be not less
than 2500 pounds where idlers are spaced 4 feet apart.
'
f og 4840
Belts ore now made in various types of ply or cord constructions,
using such materiols as synthetic fibers, cotton duck, steel cables, or
combinations of these material s. Each belt is capable of a safe moximum
tension stress. In this book such tension stresses or rotings hove been
g rouped as tension ranges in table form for correlating data suita ble
for making all necessary belt calculations on a te ntative ba sis. Minar
adjustme nts may b e necessary to corree! for the specific belt that is
finall y selected.
Proper belt selection requires consideration of the following:
Belt car cass
The carcass of a belt provides the longitudina l strength for trans-
mitting the power and the lateral strength for resisting impact and
for carrying the load. The carca ss is made of vorious layers or plies
of fabric and/or cords, and they are held together by resilient
rubber, called friction. The tension rating depends upon the materials
and construction of the carcass, but the quality of the belt is de-
termined by the friction.
Table 14, page 156, shows tension ra ting s of belts on 20° idlers
with respect to width as they are influenced by lump size, chorac-
teristics and weight of material. Permissible operating tensions are
also limited by the type of splice and characteristics of the control
equipment for accelerating the belt when starting under load, as
shown in Table 13, page 156. (continued)
L 1 N K - B E L T • 155
bu lk handling
belt conveyo rs

Engineering
G • Be lt se le ction, continued Abrosiveness of material hondled.
Be lts ore ovoilobl e with higher tension ro tings !han t hose shown Size o f lumps ond their tendency lo leor ond cut lhe cover.
in !he tab les, including sleel cable lype. However, they involve specio l Chorocleristics of material ho ndled, such o s hec t, oils, o cids,
design considerotions ond should be referred lo Link-Belt. moislure.
Corcosses ore mode with differenl grades of friction material os Length ond speed of conveyor.
required by lhe severily of service ond frequ e ncy of fl exing the Melhod of looding conveyor.
bel! oround vorious pulleys. The grade of bel! depends upan the Tabl e 15 shows the grade o f cover recommend ed for vo rious
diomeler of p ulleys, lenglh of conveyor, speed of bel!, number of conditions of service, ond Tab le 16, poge 157, shows lhe influence
plies o nd omounl of stress in belt. A skim cool of rubber between of conveyor leng th, speed o nd lensio n on g ra de o f cover required .
lhe fr icl ion plies is necessory where frequency of flexi ng st roins is Table 17, p oge 157, contoins recommended lhickn esses of covers
high, such os in shorl, high speed conveyors, or where il is severe for vorious conditions of service.
os in conveyors with undersize pulleys.
Table 15 shows !he friction recommended for 20° ond 45º idlers Ta ble 1 3 • Permissible operating tensions
o nd for vorious conditions of service. Also Table 16, poge 157, Rated belt Permissible aperating lensian per inch of belt width
shows the fr iction recommended by Link-Belt bronds os il is influenced tension in pound s Metal splice 1 Vulcanized splice
by conveyor lenglhs, speed s ond lensions. per inch
ol belt width
Across line
starting
Gradua l
1 accelerotion
Across line
>la rling
Gra dual ¡
occeleration
Belt cove r 0-300 653 803 803 1003
The cover of o bel! provides o proleclive casing for the corcoss, to - -- -
300-500 653 753 803 lOOL
which it is vulconi zed. Covers ore mode in vorious g rades bosed o n - - -
!ensile strenglhs, ond in thicknesses to suil such conditions os: 500-1000 .. 803 1003

Ta ble 14 • Rated belt tension on 20° belt idlers as determined by lump size and weight of material •
Lump sii: e, inche sA O
Rated
belt tension Belt width, inches
in pounds 18 1 24 1 30 1 36 1 42 1 48 1 54 1 60 1 72 1 84
per inch Weighl per cubic faot a l material, pounds
ol belt width
50 11oo l 50I 50 11oo l 50I 50 11oo 150¡ 50 11 oo 1501 50 loo 1501 50 1001 15o¡ 50 1oo 1501 50 11oo 1 5ol 5o 110011501 50 110011 50
0-100 G G - G
100-150 G
4 1G
2 1 -G 6 2 G 6 2 G 4 2 G
150-200 4 4 G 6 5 G 6 4 G 6 2 G 6 GG 6 G G
200-250
- ... ---.. -.
.. . . . . . . 8 7 4 8 6 2 8 5 2 8 4 G 6 4 G 6 2 G
250-3 00 . . . ... ... . ..
8 8 8 12 8 6 10 8 6 10 6 4 8 6 4 8 4 2 4 G G
300-350 .. . .. ---- .. .
. . . . 12 12 10 14 10 8 14 10 8 12 8 6 12 8 4 8 6 3 8 4 G
350-4 00 . .. . . . . . . .. . . "f:i i 2""f2 16 12 10 20 .. 12 10 18 12 8 16 12 8 12 8 6 12 8 6 10 6 4
400-5 00 .. ... .. . . . . .. . .. . . f 6 i6" "f2 20
-- ---·
20 16 22 16 12 20 16 12 16 12 8 16 12 8 14 10 6
. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 16 16 20
.~.~.p·; ~.~.
500-600 . 20 20 24 18 14 22 16 10 20 16 10 20 14 10
600-750 .. . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . .. 1 i4 24T -8 26 20 16 26 20 14 26 20 14
750-1000 .. .. . . . . 24 24 24 28 28 20 33 26 18 38 24 16
A G = Granular o Belts lo r lumps below dashed line should be checked with Link-Belt lar
• Maximum lump size of certain materials may be increased to •he limils shown troughability.
in Table 6, p'lqe 146, und"'r hiqhly favorable loadin3 condi•1on<.

Table 1 5 • link-Belt brands of rubber-covered belts as d e termined b y type of service and belt idlers
Brand Brand
Type
Service far which al 1 al Breaker ol
Materials far which cover
friction in corcoss
recommended 1 recammended belt strip
ond adhesion, and slrength,
idler
in pounds pounds
1

Extremely deslructive conditions,

severe impocl. 20°
1 Foultless 1 Foultless
Resistonce to gouging, leoring Heovy, shorp ond jogged lumps.
20-24 3500-4000
ond stripping of cover. 45°
On b e lls
Severe flexing.
- -
Resistonce lo weo r ond g ouging
--- -- -- with 3112"
Medium shorp, heovy lumps. Lion cover ond over
of cover. Lorge crushed ores, stones, cool, 20 16- 19
Resistonce to impoct. Lion
shole, eorlh with only smoll - -- - --
Generolly severe service no! LionLi. 2500-3000
percenlog e of heovy, shorp lumps. 45 °
worronting Foultless Brand. Sond, grovel. 1 16-19
--
Light or med i:.im heovy moteriols. Service
Sond, soda, osh, sugor, wood chips, 20°
Where fle xing ond obrosion ore 12-15
not seve re. sol t, groin ond beons. Non e Service
G e nerolly moderole se rvice. Cool, grovel, crushed sto ne with 800- 1000
Lio nll.
lumps not over 3 inch ond mixed 45 °
16-19
with fines.
Ll. Under certain conditions, other brand friction may be necessary. Consult Link-Belt.

156 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
G • Belt selectlon, continued
When belts will be exposed to temperotures higher thon 150° F., or
lower thon - 20° F., or to repeoted contocts with oil, ocids or chem-
icols, consult Link-Bel! for recommendotions.
Troughability
The obility of the looded belt to trough properly on the corrying
idlers d e p ends upon the material hondled os well os the width, thick-
ness ond construction o f the belt. Sotisfoctory troughing chorocteristics
moy be expected for the belt widths ond tensions shown on Table 14,
poge 156. However, cord ond wire cable belts trough more reodily
thon other types of equivalen! widt h ond tension ro ting, ond moy be
d esirobl e in speciol coses.
Belt stretch
Chonge in belt length due to climotic conditions is usuolly negligible,
but the stretch due to tension is im por tan! in determining the omount
of trovel required for the tokeup. Table 18, poge 158, shows the
recommended trovel of tokeups for belts with cotton ond synthetic
corcosses ot operoting tensions of 7 5 3 ond 100% of roted tension
of belt. Also, other considerotions of tokeup trovel ore covered on
poge 160.
Some problems of belt stre tch involve consid erotions beyond tokeup
trovel ond should be referred to Link-Belt. Among these ore the
following:
Where it is necessory to know the omount of stretch in belt o t sorne
intermediote point of o conveyor. (continued)

Table 16 • Recommended brands of belts for lengths, speeds and tensions

Brand of bel! •
Horizontal Rated belt lension
centers
of 50 percent of roted bel! tension 100 percenl of rated belt lension
conveyor,
Belt speed, feel per minute
feet

2
- - -:-:- -+--5º__..t •:o ~i'í'° l.T ¡~--.r_-3o.,-;._,t;.,.~1U~:.:-: ,.-;:,.º-~;'];•,;E \;.:-:5 :º:•;~6-0~0~1--,--s:~-,~,¡. .,~,_.;_,:,.¡[E,ss. ._15=0=:=2=0=0:~-2-5=0=:=3=-o-o-+-<-4 0-o-+-s-o_o+-6-0-o_
lf-'. : c25""0.·. :... . ..

100 <, LION ;t

150

500 '·%2ha: .... . },"· .1\ ''W<+ ·.·

_ _:...:...:'-----1f---+--+--+---+---+--4--l---+--.J---+--~;.;....;¡~·~,"'---
, LION¡.-.,..-+--+---+-~-
600 . .\· ' !" ~«·
- -ª-º-º---+---t---t---1---1---1---t---+----+---+---+--SERVf lCE ¡.,~,;;;;zr~::.;;;;''.J:«/rl
t 1-,,,'""' ,.• ' - - + - -
.:{Ié-·{:1...

1000 ··' <

,_ - - '-'~:
1500
• Based upan continuous service with belts _opera ting over pulleys of .oL Faultless brand belt should be used, but lile may be reduced. Pulleys 25
diameters shown in Table 20, page 159. per cent farger in diameter than !hose in Table 20, page 159, and a
Selections must be checked against Table 15, page 156. lf this indicates skim coat of rubber between plies are recommended far odditional lile.
o higher grade of belt far service, follow that recommendation.

Table 17 • Recommended minimum thickness of rubber covers for conveyor belts

Kind of material corried by belt Thi ckness of rubb er covers, in ches t::.
Pulley side
Degree Carrying side of belt
Lump of belt
of Exomples
obra-
size, Foultless brand 1 lion brand 1 Service brand
Foult- 1 L' 1 Serv-
siveness
inches L/ S o l ess br'~~d ice
.1 1 .3 1 .5 1 1.0 12.0 1 .1 1 .3 1 .5 1
1.0 2.0 1 .3 1 .5 1 1.0 1 2.0 brand brand

Up to :Y. 1Á6 1
Á6 1
Á6 1
Á6 1
Á6 3hl 1
Á6 1
Á6 1
Á6 1
Á6 % 1
Á6
Á6 1 1
Á6
Mildly bituminous coo l, gro in, 3hl 3hl 3hl 3hl 3¡16 3hl 3hl 3hl 3¡16 3hl
:Ya to 2 Ye Ya Ya 'hl 1
obro- eorth, round grovel, loom
2 to 6 '.4 3¡16 Ya Ye Ya 5¡16 3
Á6 3¡16 Ya Ya 9hl 3¡16
Ya Ya
Á6 'hl 'hl
sive sond, wood chips, cemenl 3¡16
3¡16 3¡16 3¡16 3¡16
Over 6 5116 -'.4- 3Á6 3/a '.4 :Ya '.4 'Á• 'Á6
-- -- -- -- - - -- - - -- -- -- -1 - - -- - - - - --
Up to :Y. Ye % 'Á6 'Á6 '116 3¡16 'Á6 'Á6 'Á6 'Á6 'Á6 Ya 'Á6 Á6
o nthrocite cool, sho rp :Y. to 2 '.4 3¡16 Ya Ye Ya :y. '.4 Ya Ye Ya 9hl 3¡16 Ya Ye 1Á6
sond, quo r tz, coke 2 to 6 :y. '.4 3¡16 5hl 5hl . ... '.4 '.4 3Á6 ·hl . ... 5¡16 3¡16 ·hl
'116 'Á6
Very .... . ... :Ya '.4
O ver 6 :Ya 5/Í6 '.4 3¡16 3¡16 5¡\6 '.4 3116 3116
obro - -- -- -- - - -- - :Ya- -- -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - --
sive
Up to :Y. '.4 Ya 'Á6 'Á6 '116 5¡16 'Á6 'hl 'IÍ• '116 :Ya 3/Í6 Ya Ya
gronite, flint rock, trap :Ya l o 2 :y. '.4 Ya Ya Ya .... 5IÍ6 3/Í6 Ya Ya . ... . . .. .. . . ....
rock, gloss cullet , ores 2 to 6 :Ya :Ya '.4 3/Í6 3;í6 .... .... :y. 3¡\6 3¡\6 . ... . . .. . . . . . . .. 'Á6 'IÍ6 '116
Over 6 'Is :Ya :y. '.4 '.4 . ... . ... .. . . 3/s '.4 . .. . .. . . .... . ...
t::. Based on material being fed to belt in the direction of belt trovel and or at speed much !aster or slower than belt speed.
ot approximate belt speed. lncrease cover thickness on carrying side o Distance from head pulley to foot pulley, in feet, divided by speed o f
when material is fed to belt at right angles to direction of belt travel conveyor, in feet per minute.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 157
bulk handling
b e lt co nveyors

G • Belt selection, continued
On systems comprising severo( long ond/or heovily looded con-
veyors, belt stretch moy influence the deloy required for stort-
ing eoch belt of the system in order to preven! spillag e.
Steel cable constructed belts stretch less thon fobric belts of the
sorne length. They require less tokeup trove! ond involve other
special problems.
Engineering
splice is not justifled ond tension in belt will permit. A metal fastener
must be short ond flexible enough to bend oround the pulleys and
flexible enoug h crosswise of the belt to permit p roper troughing of
the belt.
Metal splices should be covered with uncured rubber to exclude
moisture and dust from the corcoss of the b elt.
Tabl e 13, page 156, shows the permissible operoting tensions for
vulconized and metal splices under either across the line or gradual
sta rting conditions.

Belt wei ght s

Table 1 8 • Takeup travel requirements
The weights of belt carcosses shown in Table 19, pog e 158, o re
Operating Mínimum length
average for the indicoted ro ted tensions ond the weights of covers
belt tension, of
takeup, in per cent o f con veyor centers
ore standard for thicknesses included. These weights o re suitable for
in per cent of colculoting tentotive power requirements by the Grophicol Method
rated Average Average
belt tension cotton carcoss synthetic carcass ond for tenta tive tension volues by the Anolyticol Method, b ut od-
justments in colculo tions should be mode for the weight of belt
100 l '/2-2 3/4 -l 'f4
flnolly selected. This is porticulo rly importan! when using the Analyticol
75 1 - l '/2 '12- l
Method in connection with the design of:
Descending conveyors
Convex and concove curves
Extremely long horizontal belts
Belt splices
The strength of o conveyor belt is limited to the strength of the splice Ta ble 19 • Approxima te belt weights ¿
which hold s the ends of the belt together.
Th e vulconized splice is the bes! and is recommended for all im- Rated Weight in pounds, per
portan! conveyor b el! instollotions. Vulconizing is o fleld operation belt tension, in pounds foot of length and
ond must be done by experienced men using o portoble fleld vul - per inch of width inch of wid th
canizer. A vulconized splice, whe n properly mad e: 0 -1 00 .184
Will develop neo rly the full strength of the belt. 150 .189
Will mointoin the surfoce of the belt o n both sides, 200 .204
forming o smooth, e ndless conveyor. 250 .214
Will trove ! smoothly over the idlers. 300 .229
Will bend around pulleys without injury to the b e lt. 350 .239
Will permit belt cleaners to operote to the best od- 400 .254
vontoge. 500 .279
Will seol the ends of the belt ogoinst injury from 600 .299
moisture ond fine material. 75 0 .319
Metal fosten e rs moy be used where the expense of a vulconized 1000 .364
¿ Al l we ights bosed on y." top cover ond '!u" cover en pulley side. Add .017
pound fer eoch 1¡ ¡¡" difference in cover thickness.

H •Terminal equipment selection

The selection of proper Terminal Equipment con contribute much to pro-
longing the life of the belt ond to the dependobility of the conveyor.
Terminal Equipment serves the purposes of driving the b e lt, of tak-
ing up the stretch, ond of chonging the direction of its trove l. The Orive
Terminal consists of a pulley or pull eys with its shofts, beoring s, me-
chonical power tronsmission units, motors ond controls. The Tokeup
Terminal includes pulley, shaft with screw tokeu ps or with counter-
weighted tokeup mechonism. Other terminals moy include foot, bend
or snub pulleys with the ir shofts ond beorings.
The orrongement of the vorious terminols is influenced by the poth
of the conveyor, the belt tensions of vorious locotions olong the con-
veyor, or by spoce restrictions. Sorne typicol orrangements of drive
and tokeup terminols ore shown on poge 168 ond of the ir compo-
nents on poge 196. The locotion of vorious terminols with relotion to
eoch other vories to suit the requirements of paths of trove! such as
those shown on poge 137. The most economicol locotion of the drive
of on oscending or d escending conveyor is at the upper end, but it is
possible to drive such o conveyor anywhere along the return be lt-or
ot the lower end, os conditions dictate. Simil orly, o counterweighted
tokeup moy be locoted onywhere olong the return b elt o n the low
tension side of th e drive.
Reversible conveyors are built to carry material in e ilher directio n.
However, they require specia l considerotion a s to orrongement ond
locotion of tokeup to compensate for slock in belt on either sid e of
drive pulley.
The type of motor ond control moy be on importont factor in de-
termining the selection of the belt. On lo rge, heovily loaded, hig h
speed conveyors, belts of lower te nsion ratings may be used if oc-
cel eroting stresses ore li mited by sto rting them g roduolly, os indi-
cote d on Table 13, poge 15 6.
As o convenience in selecting te rminols for moderate power re-
quirements, o wide ronge of Pre-Selected Terminal Equipment is
tobuloted ond d imensioned on page 213. Also, complete Pre-Bilt
conveyors ore ovailoble with terminols, belts ond structures, os shown
on poge 222.
Sorné of the more importont considerations of Terminal Equipment
Selectio n ond design ore covered below:
Pulleys
The selection of pulleys is of considerable importance in the design
of a b e lt conveyor, since pulleys offect the ollowoble tension in the
be lt, the life of the belt, shaft ond beo ring size, and size and ratio of
speed reducing equipment.
Diameter of pulle y s should be la rge enou gh to preve n! sepa-
rotion of the belt plies ond excessive stressing of the outer plies of
fobric when the b elt bends o round the pulleys. (continued)

1 58 • L 1 N K - B E L T
J
 bulk handling
belt conv eyo rs

Engineer;ng
H • Termi nal equlpment selectlon, continued Table '21 • Circumference of pulleys
While larger pulleys require more space, and greoter torque and Pulley Pulley Pulley Pulley
ratios in speed reduction equipment, they usually will be justifled by dio meter, circumference, dio meter, circum f e rence,
savings in both flr st cost and replacement cost of the belt. Since the inches 1 feet inches 1 feet
belt constitutes a high percentag e of the cost of the conveyor and is 16 4.19 42 11.00
the part most subjected to wear and deterioration, prolonging its life 20 5.24 48 12.56
by using pulleys of ample diameter should be profltable. 24 6.28 54 14.13
Table 20 shows recommended mínimum diameter of pulleys for 30 7.85 60 15.71
various functions based on the rated tension of the belt at the pulley. 36 9.42 72 18.84
For extremely hot materials, pulley diameters somewhat greater
than recommended by Table 20 may be helpful in increasing the life of Calculation of loads on pulleys, shafts and b e a ri ngs
belts, since the larger diameters decrease the stress between the belt Loads on drive pulleys are both radial and torsional loads.
plies and help compensate for the deterioration of the compound The radial load is the resultan! of the te nsion in lhe belt as it ap-
which binds the plies together. proaches the pulley, Tight Side Tension, or T1, and the tension in the
W idth o f pulle ys should be greater than width of belt. Width belt as it leaves the pulley, Slack Side Tension, or T2 •
of standard pulleys exceeds belt width by 2" for belts up to 42 " wide, BELT T,
3 " for belts b e tween 42" and 60" wide, and 4 " for belts wider than
60". However, pulleys with faces wider than standard are desirable
far conveyors which are very long, or that hove complex terminal
arrangements or which handle sticky materials.
Cr own f a ce pulley s hove a deflnite and desirable centering and
guiding effect on the belt. Two closely adjacent pulleys should not
both be crowned if it will result in a reverse bend in the belt.
Highly str essed pulleys should be straight-foced.
Snu b pulleys should be used to provide additional wrap around
drive pulleys and to bring the return belt in line with the return idlers,
so as to relieve return idl e rs adjacent to pulleys from excessive loading. "-ORIVE
PULLEY
Lagged pulle y s are especially advantageous for transmitting Fig 4857
horsepower to the conveyor belt as shown in Table 12, page 154.
They are also desirable for othe r than drive pulleys as the rubber The radial load imposed on a pulley shaft by the pulley is the
covering of the pulley rim provid es a cushion to protect the surface of resultanl of the pulley radial load resultan! and the weight of the
the belt as it passes over the pulleys. Lagging also helps make pulleys pulley. This is shown in the following diagram. This load is applied et
self cleaning of sorne materials that may hove a te nde ncy to build up the shaft al the two hubs of pull ey. (continued)
on lhe pulley surface, since its resilience causes the material to crack
and fall off in small pieces.
Mag netlc sepa r ator p ulle ys are often used for removing tramp BELT
iron and sleel peris from moterials carried by be lt conveyors and belt
feeders to prolect crushing, grinding and rolling equipment.
Spe ed of pulleys in revolutions per minute is found by dividing
sp eed of the belt in feet per minu te by the circumference in feet of
the pulley as shown in Table 21. This does not take into consideration
thickness of the belt, nor does it consider slipping or creeping of
the belt o n the pulley which will somewhot counteract the increase of 1
speed which would result if circumference were flgured by using the
WEIGHT
diameter of the theoreticol neutral axis of the belt. lf there is a dif-
ference, a slightly faster speed of belt than is required is better than \ OF
PULLEY
a slower speed.

1
Table '20 • Recommended minimum pull ey d iom eters L'I.
Pulley function ond belt co rcoss
Roted belt
Heod ond drive
Toil tokeup ond 1 Bend ond 4 1 ;:-=-\
tension, high tension snub low tension RESULTANT PULLEY
pounds per
Coitan Synthetic 1 Coitan 1 Synthetic Cotton 1 Synthetic
LOAD ON SHAFT
inch of width 1
Oiometer, inches
0- 100 16 16 V 15 15 12 12
100- 150 20 18 18 16 16 16
150-200 20 20 18 18 18 18
200-250 24 20 20 18 20 18
250-300 30 24 24 20 24 20
300-350 36 30 30 24 24 20
350-400 42 36 36 24 24 20
400-500 48 42 36 30 30 24
500-600 54 48 48 36 36 30
600-750 60 54 54 42 36 30
750-1000 72 60 60 48 48 36
4 Where belt tenslon of pulley is less thon 50% of Roted Belt Tension.
A Use pulley diometers for cotton belts fo r oll belts wilh corcoss ol conon
combined with synthetic. Fog. 4858

L 1 N K - B E L T • 159
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
H • Terminal equipment selectlon, continued Minimizing power requirement of ond weor on shofls, beoring s
ond d riving e q uipment.
Since shofts mo y b e sub jecte d to other loods such o s from drive
Saving manual od justmenls.
equipmenl, bockstops, e le., ond their b e nding moments vory with the
locotion of lood s ond beorings, the methods for moking the remoining Reducing the number of times belt mus! b e shortened ond
colculolions to d e te rmine moximum bending moments ond torsiono l respliced beco use of permonent stretch.
moments will be found on pog e 570 ond the method for d e termining •
the size of shofts will be found o n pog e 57 4. Locatio n of takeup is sometimes determined by convenience in
locoting supports ond occess for mointenonce. lf tokeup is locoted
Lo ads o n bearings ore determine d from the o mount ond where the tension in the belt is le os!, the minimu m omount of pull or
lo cotion of loods on shofts ond the locotion ond number of beoring s
counterweight will be required.
su pporting the shofts. Me thods for delermining these loods ore shown
on pog e 570. When o foot end o r heod end pulley is used os the tokeup pulley,
f ewer pulleys ore required o nd the number of times the belt mus!
bend over o pulley is decreosed which tends tow o rd increosing th e
life of the belt.
Takeup types, location, and amount
The greoter the distonce between the driving p ulley ond the tokeup
of pull and travel required p ulley on horizontal conveyors, the more sluggish mo y be the effect of
the tokeup while the conveyor is b eing storted, since the tokeup must
The use of takeups is necessory: overcome the inertio required to sto rt lhe return belt ond idlers be-
tween the two p ulleys. To reduce slippoge ond consequenl bell weor,
To mo intoin proper Slock Si de Te nsion, T2, or pressure o f the belt the tokeup p ulley should be locoted os neor the driving pulley o s
on the driving pulleys lo lronsmil the horsep ower required fo r procticol so thot ony occumuloted stretch in the bel t, coused by slo rt-
d riving or re to rding the b elt. ing, will be absorbed os quickly o s possibl e. On the steeper inclined
To mointoin proper te nsion in the belt al looding po ints or o th e r conveyors, the weight of o return run of belt descending from the
places olong the be lt to pre ve n! excessive sogging of the belt. d rive p ulley moy be sufficient to preven! slo rting stretch from o c-
To compensote for belt stretch or shrinkoge. cumuloting where the belt leoves the pull ey.
Screw tokeups ond the horizontal style of g rovity tokeups ore
Two types of tokeups in general use o re:
usuolly placed al the foot end of conveyors, whereos wh en the
The screw type of which there ore vorious styles or series. See tokeup is to be placed ot sorne inte rmediote point o long the conveyo r,
poge 198. the vertica l slyle grovity tokeup is used .
The grovily o r counte rweighted type, of which there ore two
styles, eoch of which is ovoilob le os o complete terminal, with Amount of takeup pull required depends upan:
p ulle y, shoft, beorings ond corrioge. See poge 198.
Mo ximum tension in b e lt al point where tokeup will be placed.
Angle of wrop of bel t oround tokeup pull ey.
Screw takeups ore used for light, short centers, porto bl e ond under-
ground conveyors or for conveyors not requiring long tokeup trove! Slo pe of the line of trove! of the tokeup.
or frequent od justmenl. They should be used o nly when, due to spoce The omount of tension in the belt al ony pla ce olong the conveyor
limitolions or other conditions, it would be impossible or improcticol con be determined by the Anolyticol Method of colculoting horse-
to use the grovity type. power.
To reduce fre quency o f odjuslments ond to insure sufficie nt pres-
When the ongle of wro p of the belt o round the pulley is 180°, the
sure of the belt ogoinst the driving pulley a l oll times, o greoter resultan! pull on the tokeup p ulley is two times the tension of the b elt
omount of te nsion is usuolly p ul into the belt with screw tokeups
al the pulley. Table 22 shows fo ctors by which the b elt tension con b e
thon would otherwise be required. This unknown ond vorying o mount multipl ied to f1nd the resultan! pulley loods for vorious ongles of wro p.
of excess tension increoses the loods ond weor on shofts ond beorings
ond, if p roperly considered, moy sometimes require o stronge r or Whe n the line of trove! of o grovity tokeup is ve rtical, the e nti re
more ex p ensive belt. See Table 12, poge 154, for comporison of weight of the pulley, shoft, b eorings o nd frome is utilized in producing
recommend ed Slock Side Tension foc tors. pull ond therefore the o mount of counterweight p ull need ed will be
Screw tokeups should nol be used when te mperoture ar other the difference between the required resultan! p ull ond the weight of
climotic conditions chonge ropidly or chonge sufficiently to cause these peris.
wid e voriotions in the length of the belt. When the line of trove! of the to keup is horizontal ar slightly in-
clined, the omount of counterweight pull required for o grovity to keup
Gravity takeups meet oll the requiremenls for which tokeups ore will b e the full tokeup pt!lley load resultan! plus the o mount req uired to
needed in o belt conveyor, hoving such odvontoges os: move the weight of the tokeup terminal o long its !rocks or g uides.
Mointoining constan! selected b elt tensions without odjustments.
Requiring no more belt te nsion thon is necessory to p rovide p roper Takeup pulley diamete rs ore selected from Table 20, pog e 159.
pressure of b elt on driving pulleys ond lo preven! excessive
seg in the belt.
The len gth of take up travel should be sufficient to:
Table 22 • Factors for radial load on bend idler pulleys _. Compensote for stretch of belt when full driving load is opplied.
Compensote for permone nt stre tch of b e lt.
Radial Are of Radial Are of 1 Rad io! Are of 1 Rodio ! Comp ensote for elongotion or shrinkoge of the belt due to wide
Are of 1
contact, load contact, lood contoct, loo d contoct, lood
voriotions in tempe ro ture ond other climotic conditions.
degrees factor degrees factor degrees factor degrees factor
Provide for stretch which occomponies storting the belt.
5 .09 50 .85 120 1.73 190 l.99
60 l.00 130 1.8 1 200 1.97 The omount of to keup trove! to ollow d epends on o g reot number
10 .17
.26 70 l.17 140 1.88 210 1.93 of vorying conditions. The percentoges shown on Table 18, poge 158,
15
ore sufficient to compensote for the requirements menlioned obove,
.35 80 1.29 150 l.93 220 1.88 under most operoting conditions.
20
25 .43 90 1.41 160 1.97 230 l.81 Sometimes both the scre w ond the grovity tokeups ore used in the
30 .52 100 l.53 170 1.99 240 1.73 sorne conveyor; the grovity typ e to toke core of the constont operot-
40 .68 110 1.64 180 2.00 250 l.64 ing Auctuo tion, ond the screw type for occosionol odjustments ond
troining of belt.
A Resultan! load on 1dler pulley belt tension X radial load fac tor.
160 • L 1 N K- B E LT

Engineering
H • Terminal e qulpm e nt selectlo n, continued
Backstops • Torqu e requirement s
When the unbo lonced grovilalional forces in a conveyor belt exceed
the frictional forces, os in the sleep er ascending conveyors and in
conveyors having sleep ascending portions, a hald-back or backslap
should be provided lo preven! loaded conveyar from running back-
word when it is stopped or power is interrupted. lf o looded or
portially looded conveyor should run bockward, considerable ma terial
moy occumulote o round the lower e nd to be cleared oway a nd re-
loaded, possibly causing damage to the belt ond o ther parts of the
conveyor.
Bockstops usuolly ore selected on the basis of pound feet of
lorq ue, or on the bosis of horsepower al o given shaft speed.
When the horsepower required to operate the conveyor has been
determined b y the Graphicol Method from Chorts B, C ond O, pag es
152 ond 153, the opproximate pound feet of lorque required to be
held b y o backstop placed on the drive p ulley shaft con be calculated
from the follow ing formulo:
T (27~0R) (H , _ H2 ~ H,)
Where H1 horsepower to elevale material
horsepower to transporl material horizontally
horsepower to operate empty conveyor
rodius of conveyor drive pulley, inches
speed of belt, feet per minute
pound feet of torque required of backsto p
placed on drive pulley shoft
When the belt tensions in the conveyor hove been colculated by the
Anolytical Method, page 151, ond example on poge 172, the pound
feel of torque required to be held by o backstop placed on the
drive pull ey shoft can be calculoted from the following formulo:
Where F total frictiono l forces o pposing
movement of belt
G net or unbolonced g rovitotional forces
cousing bockword movement of belt
R radius of conveyor drive p ulley, inches
T pound feet of lorq ue required of bockstop
place d on d rive p ulley shoft
The obove formulas do nol include ony considerolio n of the friction
in the pull ey shaft b earings ond the drive equipment which will assist
in preve nting o conveyor from running backword. lt is recommende d to
disre gard them and mount the bockstop on the drive pulley shoft so
that drive equipment can be replaced without having to unload the
conveyor. Of course, if the backsto p were placed on a faster turning
countershaft, its required holding torque would b e inversely pro-
portional to the speed of the pulley shaft and the shaft on which it
would b e placed, thereby sometimes permitting a smaller backstop,
but this is not recommended exce pt where it may be justifled because
of space limitations or supporting difficulties.
1 • Loading material on the belt
The method and equip ment for loading the belt contrib ute much
toword p rolonging the life of be lt, reducing spill ag e to a minimum,
and in keeping the belt trained during its operation. Since little can
b e done to attain these o bjectives after the material has come to rest
on the b e lt, the means of loading the b elt is o very important con-
sid era tio n of b elt conveyor design.
The design of chutes and other loading equipment is influenced by
such conditions as the capacity, size and characteristics of material
handled, speed and inclination of be lt, and whether it is loa d ed al
bulk handling
b elt conve yors
Calculations should b e made considering lhe va rious ways the con-
veyor might be loaded when power might foil or be shut off, so that
the backstop will be large enough to take care of the worst condition.
For instance, with a conveyor having a horizontal run loading into a
steep ascending run, the worst condition would be when the conveyor
is stopped with no material on the horizontal belt and the inclined bel!
is fully loaded.
For type of backstop best suited to o particular p roblem, consult
link-Belt.
Mechanical power transmlsslon equipment
Selectio n of equipment for transmitting power from motor to the d rive
pulley shaft requires careful consideration of conditions of service, so
that dependability and life expectancy will be consisten! with the
other peris of the conveyor.
Where space is adequote, an enclosed gea r sp eed reducer with
fl exible couplings to drive pulley shaft ond motor is simple, depend-
able and easy to maintoin. Where space beside the conveyor is
limited, an enclosed chain drive from the head shaft enables the
speed reducer a nd motor to b e located above, beneath or in front of
conveyor. Also, o chain drive from heod shaft provid es a convenient
means of changing speeds, if desired.
A few d rive orrangements are illustrated on pages 196-197, and
complete data for selection are contained in companion Cotalog l 050.
Electrlcal equipment
The selection of motors and controls for belt conveyors is d ependen!
on the stretch cha racteristics of the belt, the path the conveyor follows,
strength of splice, etc. Severe surging results from uncontrolled ac-
celerotion of lo ng belts having considerable stretch. Concave curves
in the belt path may dictate controlled starting, especially for smoll
radius curves. Mechanical splices g e nerally require lawer tensions
during acceleration than vulcanized sp lices.
Almost any constant speed motor is suitable for d riving a belt con-
veyor. For a greot many b e lt conveyors a sq uirrel coge motor with
"line " starting is suitable. A wide variety of d rives is avoilable for
controlled occelerotion. These ma y range from squirrel coge motors
with reduced voltoge or part winding starting, wound rotor motors
with various type s of control to synchronous or sq uirr el coge motors
with e ddy current clutches or conlrolled torque hydroulic couplings.
Each has its advanlages and disadvantages and should be co refully
selected.
There are a great mony other electrical consideralions. The avail-
oble power supply must be considered for reliability, voltage varia-
tions, ability to absorb regenerate d power, etc. For systems of con-
veyors, interlocking must be provided for seq uence starting and
stopping; the coasting of the various conveyors mus! be token into
account with respect to sp illage at transfe r points when stopped
simultaneously under a power failure. Dual motor d rives must be
designe d with respect to the difference in belt speeds at T1 and T, and
the va riatio ns in the speed d ifference under changing loods. Protec-
tion against slippage, excessive side drift, b uild up of material in
chutes or on p ulleys ar idlers may be desirable. The location of brakes
is im portan!.
one or severo! p laces. Most of these design consid e rotions o re illus-
trated schemotically in Fig ures 6240 ond 6241, page 162, which
clorify the description of the p rincipal requirements for p roper load-
ing. These requirements ore outlined below o nd are loter amplifled.
l. To load the ma terial on belt at o uniform
rote.
2. To load it on the belt centrally.
3. To red uce impact of material falling on
belt. (continued)
LI N K · B E LT • 161
bulk handling
belt conveyors
1 • Loading material on the belt, continued
4. To deliver ma terial in the direction of b el! travel.
5. To d eliver ma terial to b el! al a velocity as near the speed of
the belt os possi ble.
6. To maintain o minimum ong le of inclinatio n of b e l! al lood ing
p oint.
1 . Loading material at a uniform rote usuolly requires the
use of o feeder, which ma y be selecte d from !hose d escrib ed on page
84. The feed e r should b e interlocked with the belt conveyor so it
will stop operoting when the conveyor is p urposely or occidentally
stop pe d.
Some times it is possible to feed o b el! conveyor directly from o
gote -co ntrolled chute if the material is smoll ond free flowing, but
the gole should be o rrang ed so the bel! will not be flooded or over-
loode d when it is sloppe d or is operoting al re d uced speed.
In oddition to o uniform flo w to the looding chute, the chute itself
mus! b e designed lo preven! momentory surges o r possible plugging.
The slope of chute bottom should b e od equote ond cleoronce B,
f ig. 6240, should be obout twice the moximum d imension of the
lorgesl lump. Vo lley angles should be e liminoted if p ossi ble, or mode
sleep e nough to preven! o b uildup of moteriol tho t le nds lo pock o r
stick in lhem.
2. Loading material centrally on the belt is occompli shed
b y directing the flc:>w of material centroll y ond by conflning it between
skirt pioles until the turbulence of fl o w has sub sid ed. This requires
coreful considerotion of lhe design of chutes ond their skirt pioles.
The skirt pioles should extend 5 to 8 feet beyond the point where
the moin slreom of ma te rial flows on the b el!. Their lenglh depends
upon the material hondl e d ond the speed ond inclinotion of the re-
ce iving belt. The d istonce A be tween skirts should be obout 2h of
b e lt width for belts up to 30" ond obout ?l.i of bel! width for belts
wider thon 30". This is sufficient cleoronce for the lorgest lumps
shown in Table 6, poge 146.
The spoce b etween lower e dges of the steel skirts ond the belt
should increose in the direction of bel! trove! to ollow pieces of
material to work fr ee without domoging lhe bel! or forcing it off its
ce ntral position on idlers. The lower edges of skirt plotes should be
fltted full length with rubber strip s to provide o se o l ond to protect
the Eielt.
Arronge ment of transfer chute
162· • L 1 N K- B E LT
Engineering
Fig. 6241
MAI N CONVEYOR BELT
A rrange me nt of tran sfer be lt conveyor
Proper conloct between the rubber seoling strips ond !he b el! is
mointained by spocing the id lers closely. Dimension D on figure 6240
is usuo lly 6 " ond dimensions E, f ond G depe nd upon the size ond
weight of material hondled, bel! tension o nd sog. Refer to poge 155.
In coses where material is received a l right o ngles to the b elt, lhe
design of chutes mus! be considered more corefully !han for in-line
tronsfers. Chutes should be orronged to defl ect the flow centrolly ond
not ollow material to surg e higher ogoinst one skirt !han lhe other.
Also, the ongle of chute pioles ond volley o ngles mus! b e odequote to
p reven! b uildu p of material.
The speciol tronsfer belt conveyor shown in fig ure 6241 provides a
positive meons for chonging the dire ctio n of flow of unusuoll y lorge
quontities of material. lt is o lso d e pendoble for tronsferring sticky
moteriols thot mi!jhl te nd to build up in the volley ongl es of conve n-
tionol sloping chutes.
3. lmpact of material falling on the beit is reduced by
keeping height e in fig ure 6240 to o mínimum consisten! with other
requirements of !he chute design. The chute bo ttom plote should be
locoted to receive the impoct from the flow of oll moteriols except
!hose thot stick to ond build up on chutes, where dischorge directly
on lhe belt moy be necessory. f or mo teriols contoining lorge, heovy
lumps, scolping bors should be used insteod of o chute bottom, per-
mitting the fines to pass through ond form a cushion on the be l! for
the lumps.
When scalping bors are used, the fines ore conflned ond directed
to the belt by o dribble chute. Also, dribble chutes ore often used to
cotch material removed by the bel! cleoner. G enerolly, the ongl e
a of the dribble chute should be considerobly steeper thon the on gle
¡3 of scolping bors or moin chute bottom. (continued)
,..----------- ....
1 :
:
1
1
1
1 1
. -----------·
SKIRT
PLATES
A
RUBBER-~
SEALS
SECTION AA
Fig. 6240

Engineering
1 • Load lng m a teria l on the belt, continued
Stone boxes ore sometimes used for highly obrosive moteriols in-
steod of sloped chutes in order to reduce weor of chute liners. They
hove vertical sides with ledges or portiol bottoms, on which material
builds up to form its own slope. Skirts ore ottached to the bottom of
the stone boxes.
Rubber cushion impact idlers, closely spaced under the loading
point, provide a high degree of protection for the belt when lumpy or
heovy moteriols ore hondled.
Tronsfer conveyors, as shown in Figure 6241, poge 162, ore used
to reduce impact on lorge expensive moin belts when handling large
quontities of material which contoins lorge, heavy lumps. The drop
from head pulley is held to a minimum.
4. Dellvery of m ate r ial in dlre ctlon of be lt trave l is usu-
ally accomplished by sloping the chute bottom or scolping bars in the
direction of belt trovel to deflect the flow properly. Right angle
tronsfers require particular attention to the design of chute sides
and volleys to be sure that, as the direction of flow is changed, it will
be delivered centrally to belt without buildup or plugging.
When large copacities ore transferred at right angles to high
speed belts, the tronsfer belt conveyor shown in Figure 6241 provides
a dependoble meons of delivering moteriols in the direction of trovel
of the receiving belt.
5. De livery of material at a veloclty near the belt speed
reduces, turbulence ond scuffing of belt os the material flows to the
belt. This is porticulorly importont for high speed belts.
J• Discha r g ing mate ria l fro m the belt
Moteriols moy be dischorged from belt conveyors to meet o wide
voriety of requirements. The dischorge locotions moy b e conflned to
one or more speciflc points, or the material moy be distributed along
as much of the length of conveyor os desired. With auxiliory stockers
and shuttles, material may be stockpiled over wide oreas.
Sorne of these methods of dischorging ore shown schemoticolly on
poge 138 and o few instollotions ore illustroted on poges 133 ond
l 34. The following methods moy be used to dischorge material from
be lt conveyors:
1. Dischorg ing over en end pulley.
2. Dischorging over one or more flx e d trippers.
3. Dischorging over movable trippers.
4. Plowing material from one or both sides of
belt by flxed or troveling plows.
1 . Dlscharge over an e nd pulley con be into a spout or
chute or directly onto o pile. Locotion of dischorge is therefore lim-
ited to one end of o nonreversible conveyor and to each end of a
reversib le conveyor.
Even though normal operotion of the conveyor moy not require
dischorge over end pulley, provision should be mode for dischorge
over the end of ony material which moy not be cleonly dischorged by
intermediote dischorging means.
The range of dischorge over end pulleys moy be extended by o
belt slinger, or o shuttle conveyor, which is o horizontal belt con-
veyor, mounted on wheels with trocks parolle l with the belt. Shuttle
conveyors ore usuolly reversible.
2. Dlscharge over flxe d trlppers is effected when material
is to be spouted into one or more fl xed points along the path of the
conveyor.
Tripper chutes can be provided to dischorge to one side or beth
sides of the conveyor or back onto the belt to by-pass the side dis-
charge.
Any number of flxed trippers can be instolle d along the conveyor
but in order to prolong the life of the b e lt, it moy be odvisoble to
use a shuttle conveyor or o movable tripper to reduce the number of
tronsfers of material ond bends in the belt. Sorne conditions moy die·
bulk handling
belt conveyon
The chute bottom should be sloped ond sometimes curved to impar!
o forword velocity to free flowing moteriols. Far moterials that hove
o tendency to pack or stick in chutes, a transfer conveyor may preve
economical, provided the copocity ond cost of replacing the main
belt worrants such en expense.
6 . Th e angle of lncllnatl on of belt at l oadlng polnt should
be kept at a minimum to allow the material to come to rest while it is
conflned between the skirts. Coorse, granular or lumpy materials
require a longer time to settle on a steeply inclined belt than fine,
moist moteriols-porticulorly at high belt speeds. When the belt is
too steep, lorge lumps or sphericol pelletized material moy become
dislodged ond roll bock along the sides of the bed of fines ofter
leaving the looding chute skirts. Similarly, lumps may become d is-
lodged and roll back from the end of bed as it "tails out" after feed
has been shut off.
lmproved looding of steeply inclined belts may be obtoined by de-
signing the conveyor with o loading run at or neor horizontal before
it curves up to the steeper incline. Longer skirts ore usually necessory
for high speed belts, and in sorne cases, they moy be desirable the
full length of conveyor to preven! occasionol lorge lump s from falling
off. Covers over skirts, with omple cleoronce for bed of material, moy
be odvisable os a protection to personnel.
Descending conveyors, hoving steep declined portions require
similor considerotion of loading conditions.
Link-Belt will ossist in the design of loading fa c/lities for conveyors
thot must be inclined neor the limits of Table 1, p o ge d2.
tate a series of individual conveyors, one dischorging onto the other
or into bins ot the tronsfer poinh.
3 . Discharge over movable trl ppers is used when material
is to be distributed continuously or intermittently a long one or both
sides of a conveyor. Vorious types of trippers ore illustroted ond
dimensioned on pages 201 -208.
When o movoble tripper is equipped with o shuttle conveyor et
right ongles to the moin conveyor, material can be distributed olong
the moin conveyor in o wider pile than by chutes.
Movoble trippers can be held stationary for intermittent or flxed
points of dischorge ond moy be provided with o chute to by-pass
material bock onto the conveyor belt.
4. Discharge by plows or scrape rs is generally used fo r
removing light, free-flowing, granula r bulk moteriols et p redeter-
mined points olong the conveyor. Also, sorne fine, heavy materiols,
such os foundry sand, may be plowed off.
Plows can be mode to dischorge variable quontities of material
from either edge or both edges of the belt ond to be put into or
token out of operoting position from remole points. Although they
are usually used with flot belts, they con be used with thinly looded
troughed belts by flottening the troughed belt und er the plow. While
usuolly instolled in o flxed position, they o re sometimes mode so they
con b e moved along the conveyor.
Plows ore comparatively inexpensive ond require little spoce but
should be used with coution to prevent domoge to the belt. Wh~ n
plows are used, the speed of the belt should normo lly not exceed
200 feet per minute and the belt should be joined by o vulconized
splice.
D lscharge chutes should alwoys be mode lorge enough and
steep enough to prevent clogging ond should be so locoted that
lumps of material will not become caught or wedged between the
conveyor be lt ond ony edge of the chute.
When belt cleaners or scropers are used, the bottom of the chute
should be. placed low enough to cotch the dribble unless separate
dribble chutes a re used. (continued)
L 1 N K - B E L T • 163
bulk handling
b elt conveyo rs

J • Dlschar g l ng ma teria l from the b elt, continued
Provision should be mode for clearance ond slorage of lramp iron
when a magnelic separalor pulley is used.
11 is good insurance lo install a limil or pressure lype switch in the
chute or bin inlo which the conveyor discharges, orranged lo stop
the b e lt ot o predetermined level of material. lf the material build s
up in !he chute or bin fosler tho n il is token oway, such devices
pre ve n! overAow and domoge lo !he bel!.
Engineering
To reduce weor on the chute, ond breakoge of frogile material
po ssing through it, the locotion ond de sign should toke into con-
siderotion the path or lrajeclory thal material will tend lo follow
when dischorg ed over o pulley. This poth, which is determined by
the combined inAuence of grovity, bel! sp e ed ond p ulley dio meler,
con be found g ro phico lly from Chori f .

Chart F • Tro jector y of material over dischorge pulley

ANGLE A A
BELT PULLEY DIAMETER - INCHES EXAMPLES
A •
SPEED
FPM 72 66 60 54 48 42 3,6 30 24 20
8 •
e •
o
,.
z
15•
E 1, •

F
...
4 ,,

23"
G 7 3Z

H 'h
12 ..

J"
J 17 .

1
K 23!

L 3or

CONDITION M 3916'.
NO. 3
1

N 48!

p 58!"

8 Q 69/f

s-..¡;-*"E
"'\'ªr\=· O
~L
R 81 ji"'
X.. F 1
~ '-'~~ 1
. • ÑG~ s
~ G CONDITION CONDITION
94f
NO. 2 N0.4
60
T 108~·

f19. 4841

Chori f moy be used to determine the trojeclory of material from
dischorge pulley for the conditions illuslrote d obove ond os described
below:
Co ndition 1 opplies lo horizontal and oscending belts when ongle
A exceeds 0°, ond for descending belts when angle A exceeds
ongle W.
Co ndition 2 opplies to descending belts when ongle A is less than
ongle W .
Condition 3 opplies to horizontal belts when ongle A = 0 °
Co ndition 4 opplies to inclined be lts when ongle A = 0 °
A. A = Angle from vertical ot which material will leove belt o s il trovels over
dischorge pulley. 11 is found o t the point on chori where o line projected
to the right from the belt speed intersects o line projected downwo rd
lrom the pulley diometer.
• B = l" per 100 feet per minute speed o f belt (4" for 400 FPM, 2Y," fo r
250 FPM, etc.) meosured olong tongent line al some scole used lor
i ndicoting dimension C.
e C = Rodius of dischorge pulley in inches plus l" ( 19" lor 36" diometer pulley,
25" for 48" pulley, etc.). This 1• odded to the pulley rodius is intended
to represen! the opproximote thickness of the belt ond therefore the
lower porticles ol the moteriol. The chori is bosed on this volue bul il
it should be desired to find A where C is difieren!, then,
v•
cos A= G C
where V belt speed in leet per second
G occelerotion of grovily = 32.16
e = distonce in leet from center o f pulley to tongent line
desired.

164 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Engineering
K• Other engineering consi derations that may apply
In odd ition to the foregoing fundamental e ngineering data required
for the d esign of all b e lt convcyors, othe r engineering consid erations
are necessory lo assure successful operoting results. Some of these
matte rs that apply to most bel! conveyors and involve a wide variely
of conditions con only b e d escribe d rather broadly. Others involve
specific or unusuol conditions. Among these consid erations are the
following:
Convex changes in v e rtical path of conveyor
A convex change in !he trave l of material on a conveyor occurs when
o change is made from:
Ascending run lo horizontal run.
O ne ascending run to another less sleep asce nding run.
Horizontal run to d escending run.
One descending run to a stee per descending run.
Convex changes in path can b e mad e by using one of the lwo
me thods illuslraled in !he following dia grams:
~ ~
Conve x cu rve Be nd pulley
The convex curve is recomm end e d for all installations where
space will permil. lt causes less additional stress in the edges of a
troughed belt, less odditional load on the end rolls of idl ers al !he
bend a nd less disturbance of the material o n the b e lt a s it p asses
from one run to the other, thereby reducing we ar on !he be l!
ond prevenling spillage of material over !he e dges o f the belt.
The minimum radius recommend e d is d etermined by the following
formula s:
5W
Using idlers with end rolls inclined 20 deg rees' R = ( l )( l -P)
2
7W
Using idlers with end rolls inclined 45 degrees: R = (l )(l-P)
2 Fig. 4 855
where R = minimum recommended radius of curve, in fe et
W = width of be lt, in inches
P = lension in belt al curve, pounds, divide d by maximum
permissible operating bel! tension, pounds.
The recommoende d ma ximum spacing of lroughed bel! idlers on !he
curve is found from !he following fo rmula:
S R(B + M)
O =r + R(B+ M)
where o = spacing of idlers on curve, in feet.
s = average idle r spacing recommended in Table 8, page
147.
R = rad ius of curve, in feet.
B = weight of one linear foot of belt, in pounds.
M = weight of mate rial carried per one linear fool of b elt,
in pounds.
T = le nsion in b elt a t curve, in pounds.
rod ii for concove vertical curves•
WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER FOOT OF EMPTY BELT
¿ Bosed on groduol occelerotion of belt. Fa r ocross·the-line storting, opproxi-
mote rodii moy be determined by odding 50% to rodii shown, or they moy
be occurotely colculoted lrom inertio fo rces.
bulk handling
belt conveyors
The bend pulley is recommended only when space will not p ermit
a convex curve, and the n only when !he conveyor is not sufficiently
loaded to cause spillag e of material over !he e dges of !he be lt o s
il passes over !he pulley.
The diameter of the be nd p ulley should be large enough lo insure
material maintaining contact with !he bel! as !he b elt changes direc-
tio n. The diameter require d varies with the cosine of the a ng le of
change in direction ond the square of the speed of the bel!, and
b ecomes quite large fo r b elt sp eed s g reater than 500 feel per min·
ute. This is fr e quently another reason why the convex curve should
be used .
The diame ter of b e nd pulley should not be less than:
16 inches when b e lt spee d is 200 feet per minute.
20 inches when be lt speed is 300 feet per minute
36 inches when belt sp eed is 400 feet per minute
54 inches when belt spee d is 500 feet per minute
and in no case should it ever be less !han the minimum recommended
in Table 20, page 159.
Concave changes in vertical path of conveyor
A concave change in the trave l of material on a conveyor occurs
when o change is mad e from:
A horizontal run to an ascending run.
O ne a sce nding run to o steeper ascending run.
A descending run lo horizo ntal run.
One desce nding run lo another less steep descending run.
Concave chang es in direction can be made by using one of the
me thods illustrate d here:
PULLEYS
CONCAVE CURVE
Bend pulleys or two separate conveyors ma y be compulso ry
for some installations because spa ce is no! suffici e nt for p rop er radius
of curve. They should be avoided wherever possible. In ad dition to
re quiring more termina l equipment and o transfer chute with skirt
pioles, the y cause many more loa d impacts on the b e lt and more
fr e que nl b e nding of !he belt.
Two sepa rate conveyors ore preferred inslead · of b e nd pulleys
e ven though on additional d rive would be r equired, but !he belt
te nsion may be decreased enough so that, in some cases, a less
expensive be l! may b e used.
The concave curve is recommend ed wherever space will permit.
lt is fo rmed by supporting the belt on idlers set to a curve d path.
The radius of curvalure of this path should be g rea l e nough to
preve n! lifting of the b e lt from the idlers und er a ny of the conditio ns
e ncounte red in the operation of the conveyor. (continued )
Fig. 4839
L 1 N K • B E L T • 165
bulk handling
belt conveyors

K • Oth er englneerlng conslderatlons, continued
The b e lt is most likely to lift while it is being storted empty or while
being storted when o long horizontol run opprooching o curve is
heovily looded ond the curved ond oscending portions of lhe belt
o re emply.
Chori G, poge 165, shows the minimum rodii for concove curves
for vorious belt lensions et lhe op prooch point of the curve ond for
vo rious weights per fool of the em ply belt.
Chori G, poge 165, is bosed on gradua l occe lerotion of the belt.
Across-the-line storters should b e ovoided unless the rodius is mode
al leost 50% greoler thon the mínimum determine d from the chori.
Engineering
Unusual conveyor belt arrangements
The b rood opplicotion of belt conveyors has resulted in the develop·
ment of mony speciol design feoture s to provide for o wide ronge of
vo riotions in moterio ls hondled, ond conveying requiremenls.
As en exo mple, o speciol o rrongement of the return run of the belt
con be opplied so thot the cleon side of the b e lt rides on the return
idlers. This is porticulorly odvontogeous on o conveyor handling wet
or sticky mate rial thot would te nd to cause on undesiroble ornount of
b uild up of material on the re turn pulleys ond idle rs. W ith this feoture
the return run,of the belt is turned over ofter leoving the heod pulley
of the conveyor; the cleon side rides the intermediole idle rs; ond the
(continued)

TANGENT
POINT ~-----

(+) A A

fig . 4 856

Table 23 • Coordino tes for plotting concave curves

Rc dius of
concove Angle, degrees
curve,
feel 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20
S • Base length of curve, feet ond inches
150 13- 0% 15. 9y, 18- 3Y. 20- 10Y2 23- 5 ~ 26-0~ 1 28- 7~ 3 1- 2\4 33. 8 1 ~ 36- 3y, 38-9 l11 41- 4Y1 4 6-4 \45 1- 3 Ya
200 17- 5~ 20. 1oy, 24- 4 y, 27-1 0 31 - 3 ~ 34-8'14 38- 11 ~ 41 - 7 44-11 % 48- 4Y1 5 1- 9~ 55- 1 ~ 61 -9 Ya68- 4l11
250 21- 9 Y2 26- 1 ~ 30- 5•;. 34- 9 Y2 39. 1 ~ 43 . 41~ 47- 8~ 51 - 11'14 56- 2% 60- 5>.4 6 4-8 Y2 68 - 10 1 ~ 77.3 ~ 85- 6~
300 26- 1'14 3 1- 4 ~ 36- 6 '14 41 - 9 46-1 l y, 52-1 y, 57. 2 1~ 62- 4y, 67- 51~ 72- 6 1~ 77-7'14 82- 8~ 92-SY, 102- 7 \4

350 30- 6 \1, 36- 7 4 2- 7 % 48- 8 Y2 54. 9 60-9~. 66- 9y, 72. 9\4 7 8- a 1 ~ 84- 8 \1, 90 -7 11. 96- 5 1 ~ 108-1V1 119- 8Y2
400 34-1 ov. 41 - 9'.4 48- 9 55- 8 62- 6V1 69-5 Y2 7 6- 3V1 83- 2 89-11'14 96- 9 ~ 103 -6~ 1 10- 3\1, 123 -7~ 1 36- 9 111.
4 50 39- 2111. 47- o~ 5 4-1ov. 62- 7Y, 70- 4>.4 78-11 \1, 85-lOVa 93- 61\,1, 10 1· 2'14 109.1 ov. 116-5 Ya 124- o~ 139-0 1\,1, l53-l 01~.
500 43- 6 1 ~ 52- 3 ~ 60-11 \4 69- 7 7 8- 2 ~ 86-9l11 95- 4l'a 103- 11 Y2 112. 51 i.1, 120- 11 v. 1 29-4 1 ~ 137- 9 1~ 1 54 -6V. 171 . o y,
T • Distonce from tangent point to intersection, feet ond i nches
150 6- 6~ 7- l OY. 9. 211. 1O- 5l'a 11 - 9 111. 13- 1Y2 14- 5 ~ 15- 9~ 17- 111. 18- 5 119. 9 1 21 - 1 23 - 9 ~ 26- 5V.
200
250
8-
10-11
ª*
10- 5'14 12-2'14 13-11' ~
13- l \4 15- 3Y2 17- 5'14
15- 8% 17-6 19- 3 y,
19 - a y, 21- l OY, 24- Olla
21- 0\4
26- 3~
22- 9 ~
28- 5 1~
24- 61 ~ 26- 3 1~ 28- 1 ~
30- 8~ 32-10 % 35. 1y,
31-8Y1
39-7 V.
35- 3 ~
44- 1
300 13- 1 ~ 15. a ~ 18- 4~ 20- 11 '14
1 23- 7~ 26 - 2 ~ 2 8-1 OYa
1
31 - 6V. 34- 2 Y1 36-10 39. 5 1~ 4 2 - 1' ~ 47 - 6~ 52-1 0'14

350 15- 3V. 1 8- 4 Y1 21 - 4l11 24. 5 1i.1, 27- 6~ 30 -7 ~ 33- 8 ~ 36- 9 ~ 39-1 OY, 42- 11 1\,1, 46- o 1~ 49-2 \4 55 - 5~ 6 1- 8~
4 00 17- 5 ~ 20 - 11 ~ 24- 5 ~ 27- 11111. 31 - 5'14 34-11'~ 38- 6~ 4 2- OY2 45- 6% 49- iy, 52- 71~1 5 6-2 ~. 63-4 \4 7 0- 6V.
4 50 19- 7'14 23- 7 27- 6\4 31. 5 y, 35- 5 39-4V,. 43. 3 1~, 47. 3~ 51 - 3\4 55 - 3 1
59. 2 1~, 63- 2 i.1. 71 -3 \4 79. 4~,
500 21-10 26- 2Y, 30- 6 1 ~ 34- 11 ~, 39- 4~ 43-8% 48- 1 '14 52- 6V. 56-1 1 ~, 61 - 4 1\,1, 65- 91i.1, 7 0 - 3\4 79-2 \4 88- 2
Rc d ius of
concave Distcnce from lcngent point, feet
curve,
5 10 15 1 20
25 30 50 55 1 65 1 75 1
fe e t 1 1 1 1 1 35 1
40 1
45 1 1 1 60 1 70 80 1
85 1
90

A • Length of o rdin ote, feet o nd inches

150 0- 1 0-4 0-9 1 -4~ 2- 1 ~ 3. ov. 4-1111. 5- 5~
200 0-0'14 0 -3 0-6'14 1-011. 1- 61 ~ 2- 3V. 3-1 4.o y, 5. 1 ~ 6 - 4 ~
250 0-0V. 0-2 ~ 0-5 ~ 0-9Y1 1- 3\1, 1- 9 1\1, 2 - 5~ 3-2 1\.1< 4. 111. 5-0V. 6-2 7 -3% 8 -7~
300 - O-OY2 0 -2 0- 4 ~ 0-8 1- OY2 1- 6~. 2-0Y2 2-8~ 3 4 1i.1, 4-2Ya 5-1 6-0'14 7. 1y, 8- 3y, 9-6 V. 10- l OV.

350 0-0~ 0 . 1111. 0 -3V1 0-6V1 0 - l OY. 1- 3 ~ 1-911. 2-3Y2 2 - 1 0 1 ~ 3-711. 4-4~ 5-2~ 6 -0 1 ~. 7. ov. 8-1 ~ 9 -3~ 1 0-51~ 11-914
4 00 0-0~ O-l Y2 0- 3 ~ 0-6 O- 9 ~ 1- 1 y, 1-6~ 2-011. 2- 5~ 3-1 v. 3-9~ 4- 6~ 5-3'14 6- 2 ~ 7 -1 l4 8- 1 9- 1 ~ 10-311.
450 0-0Y. 0-1 y. 0 -3 0-5Y. O- 8~ 1- 0 \1, 1-4 l4 1 - 9 ~ 2- 2 1 ~ 2 - 9~ 3. 4 ¡,¡, 4-0l4 4-8'14 5. 5'14 6-3V. 7 . 2y, 8- 1li. 9- 1il<
500 0-0~ 1
0 -1 \4 0 -2 11. 0- 4 1~ O- 7 Y2 0 - 10'14 1-2 '14 1 -7~ 2. o ¡,¡. 2-6 Y1 3-0Y. 3.7 y. 4 - 3~ 4 - 11 ~ 5-7% 6 - 5~ 7 - 3~ 8-2Ya

166 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Engineering
K • Oth er e ngineering consideratlons, continued
bel! is ogoin turned bock to normal corrying position al the foot end.
The necessity for cleonup of dribble from the belt, between its ter-
minols, is procticoily eliminoted. Such on orrongement is porticulorly
odvontog eous on o long centered belt.
Unusuol orrongements con be developed so thot the bel! conveyor
con hondle moleriols in e ither or both directions simultoneously, mok-
ing use of the usual re turn run for conveying. The two runs of the
conveyor moy be in their normal relotionship, one obove the other,
or by meons of oppropriote ly opplied g uid e puileys, b e horizontall y
seporoted.
With p roper engineering of o belt conveyor ond its looding ond
dischorging faciliti es, it con be odvontogeously opplied to convey
other thon the usual bulk moleriols. As on ex omple, bel! conveyors
hove become populorly opplied for handling of pulp wood logs.
Safety devices
A wide selection of sofety devices is ovoiloble to be applied for
vorying o rrong ements of conveyors ond conditions surrounding their
operotion. Sofety puil cords can be strung the length of the b el!
conveyors. Puiling on the sofety cord al ony point immediotely shuts
off the power.
Terminols ond drive mochinery con be protected by guords to ony
degree necessory, depe nding upon exposur e to p e rsonne l. For the
highest d egree of p rotection, expended metal guords co n completely
e ndose oil moving porls. Generoily, guording of high speed rototing
peris ond puileys is od equote.
Cotolog 1050 provides informotion for the proper selection of
bockstops. Bockstops con play on importan! peri in sofety lo per-
sonnel os weil os protection of the conveyor equipmenl.
Automotic tokeup mochinery should be completely e ndosed with
expende d metal guords or the like. In oddition, o counterweighted
tokeup con be supplied with o meons to overt its free foil in the cose
of occidental porting of the belt.
ClearJlng the belt, pulleys and idlers
The wide diversity of moteriols ond their cho rocteristics hondled on
bel! conveyors has resulted in !he developmenl of o wide voriety of
meons o f deoning belts on opplicotions where the material te nds to
odhere.
Rubber or fobric bloded wipers locoted on or neor the heod
puiley of the conveyor, provide odequote deoning ond economicol
construction ond mointenonce for the lorgest number of opplicotions.
Generoily, the blodes o re mounted in o pivote d frome ond ore held
in contoct with the bel! by meons of springs or counlerweights.
When the conveyor is handling material thot cannot be sotisfoc-
torily deoned from the be l! by me ons of such rubber or fobric bloded
deoners, it moy be necessory lo consider the use of water spray,
compressed oir, or fl xed or p ower driven revolving brushes. Some-
times it is necessory to use two or more of these d evices in combinotion.
On opplicotions where it is onticipoted thot material will tend to
build up on the faces of conveyor puileys, it is desiroble to hove the
puileys logged with rubber. Proper selection of the grad e of rubber
ond, if ne cessory, the opplication of grooving to the rubber, will
generoily overl the problem. In the most difficult coses it moy be
necessory to opply puiley scropers, orronged so thot the scropings
ore deflected from the poth of the belt.
Considerotion of return bel! rubber treod idlers should be given on
bulk handling
belt conveyors
opplications where the material moy tend to b uild up to on undesir-
oble degree on the return idlers.
Welghing
When it is necessory to weigh moteriols in tronsit on belt conveyors
ond record the omount delivered to certoin points of o processing
system, outomotic recording scoles ore used. These scoles con be
either mechonicol, electronic or oir operoted. Impulses from electronic
type scoles can be used to control the feeders delivering moteriols
to the b el!.
The scoles con be furni she d for standard width conveyors. These
units o re occurote, compoct, ond do nol disrupt lhe conlinuous flow
of material on the belt.
There ore olso ovoiloble batch feeders thot consist of be lt feeders,
weighing or meosuring hoppe rs.
Magnetic separation
Tromp iron con be removed from moteriols corried on belt conveyors
b y either permonent or electro-mognetic puileys.
The pie ces of tromp iron ore drawn lo the belt surfoce os they pa ss
over the mognetic puiley. The pieces then foil free o s the belt leoves
the puiley, folling into o chute or bin.
Other types of seporotors ond metal detectors o re ovoiloble thot
ore suspended over the streom of material on the conveyor. The
metal d etectors indicote the presence of mognetic or non-mognetic
meto Is.
S ampling
There ore sompling systems ovoiloble thot toke o representotive
somple of the material os it posses over the conveyor dischorge.
Somples moy be token for vorious reosons ond con be coilecte d on o
continuous or intermittent bosis. The sompling system crushes, sizes
ond prepares the somple for loborotory onolysis.
Dust control
Dust control ond p rotection of personnel con b e occomplished by
e nclosures. Where required, the entire belt cenveyor ond its terminols
con b e totoily enclosed ond the dust e xhousted to dust collecting
systems. Mony opplicotions require no more thon e ndosures al tronsfe r
points, with or without dust collecting systems.
Supports and gallerie s
Belt conveyor supports ore simple ond ore eosily designed. Typicol
structurol sle el supports, lo suit o wide ronge of conditions, ore iilus-
trote d on poge 168. These iilustrotions wiil serve to suggest other
possibilities to suit particular opplicotions. Completely stondordized
Pre-Bilt structures ore shown on poges 222 to 235.
Goileries oAd housings ore used to endose belt conveyors where
the conveyors ore corried ocross open spoces. They con be incor-
porote d in o bridge structure ond con be designe d for convenient
occess to the conveyor. A wide selection of modern moteriols such o s
rooflng ond siding, ond window ond door froming, ofte n moke it
possible to design conveyor goileries uniformly ble nding with the
orchitecture of od joining building s ond slructures.
Housings preven! ice ond wind from cousing o bel! to run off-center
ond on empty b el! from being blown off the idlers. They olso decreose
deteriorotion of the belt by p rotecting it from the sun.
Typicol goileries ond housings ore illustroted o n pog e 169.
(continued)
L 1 N K - B E L T • 167
bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Engineering
K • Other e ngineering conslderations, continued

Typical structural steel supports o s well a s to stra ig ht runs . The foll owing d rawings illu st rote this
Belt conveyo rs hove the odvontoge of requ iring only simple o nd in typica l designs o f structu res. O the r designs to suit o th er con-
eo sily desig ned structures. This opplies to te rminals and bend s ditions can be reo dily a dapted .

Head terminal s

Fig. 4644 Fig. 4645

Snubbe d pulley dri ve Dual pulley drive Snubbed pulley drive ¡ 1
w ith ve rtical gravity 1 1
take up L _J

Foot termina Is

Fig. 4647 Fig. 4648

Fig . 4649
Horizon tal grav ity takeup Horizontal gravity takeup
above floor through floo r Screw takeup

Conve x bends

Fig. 4651
Be nd pulley Bend idlers

Concave bends

Fig . 4655

Cross sections

Fig. 465 2 Fig. 4653 Fig . 4654

Belt conve yor only Be lt conveyor with tripper Be lt conveyor with w ind guards

168 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
K • Other engineering considerations, continued

Typical galleries and housings

Go lleries ond housings ore used lo endose belt conveyors ond go lle ries ond housi ngs are possible, dependi ng upon the con-
provide o ccessibility whe re the co nveyo r is co rried on o bridge, d itions encounlered .
os when it is required to spon open spoces. Mony forms o f Typicol golleries o nd housings ore illu slroted .

Fig 4657
Fig. 4656
Horizontal closed golle ry Ho rizontal closed galle ry
with wolkwoy both sides with walkway one side

~5/ "\

o
rr:::.. /J ~\ :?; e

\1 ~
'
J 1

Fig. 4658 Fig. 4659

lnclined clo sed gollery lnclined closed gollery
with walkwoy both sides with walkwoy one side

Fig. 4660 Fig. 6379

Horizontal or inclined open gollery Pre-Bilt, stondardized structures,

with walkway both sides, and cover over conveyor only a vailable for belts up to 36" , are shown on page 222.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 169
bulk handling
belt conveyors
l • Examples of belt conveyor calculations
The following exa mpl es illustra te the use of the fo regoing data for
establishing matters of d esign a nd for selecting compone nts.
Exampl e 1 indica tes the conve nience of determining the horsepower
require ment by the G ra phica l Me thod . lt is within the limits of the
pre·sele cte d Terminals shown o n pag e 21 3 a nd of Pre-Bilt sectional
be lt conveyors, pag e 222. See pag e 228 for Pre- Bilt sectional b elt
conveyo r se lectio n exa mple.
The conveyor in Exa mple 2 has a com plex p a th of travel, with
Example 1 • Graphical Method
Path of b elt conveyor fo r Example 1
Step A • Basic data
Material to b e ho ndled ..... .... . 2" a nd under bituminous cool
Copocity in short tons ........ . ... 450 tons per hour (peak)
W e ight of ma teria l .. ........... . 50 pounds per cubic foot
Operoting cond itions ............ 3 to 4 hours per doy,
conveyor housed,
temperoture obove freezing,
degrodotion not importan!
Step B • Is belt conveyor suitable for material?
A belt conveyor is suitoble for ha ndling bituminous cool. See poge
141.
Step C • Is angle of lnclination within safe limits?
From Cho ri A, p age 141, a 46-foot rise in 400 fe e t equols 11 'h·
0
foot rise in 100 feet, or on a ngle of about 6 Y, • Table 1, poge
142, indico tes a moximum ongle of 16° for sized bituminous cool
with lumps 4 " ond under, so 6 Y, 0 is within safe limits.
Step D • Consideration of belt width and speed
Speed as determlned by material handle d
Ta ble 2, poge 143, indicotes that cool moy be handle d al
speeds up to 700 FPM when degradation is not a factor.
170 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Engineering
both concave and convex curves. For this reason, the Analytical
Method is necessary for the calculation of required belt te nsions a nd
horsepower.
The procedure fo r both examp les follo ws the steps mentioned on •
p oge 140. Colculotions ore corried out to the extent necessory fo r
o n understo nding of principies ond method s, o nd the results ma y be
used os the bosis for selection of mochinery components from this ond
other link-Belt cotologs.
Fig. 6238
Loadlng Class
Table 3 , page 143, indicotes Loading Closs B.
Width and s p eed for capaclty required
Table 4, poge 144, indicotes that the capacity o f 450 TPH of
material we ighing 50 pounds per cubic foot requires o 30" wide
belt al a speed between 500 and 600 FPM. The actual speed of
556 FPM is interpoloted from the table.
Width a s d eterminad by siz-e of lumps
Table 6, poge 146, indicates that 2 " and under materia l is within
the limits of a JO" belt with Looding Class B.
Therefore, a 30" wide belt will handle 450 TPH of 2 " o nd under
coal weighing 50 pounds per cubic foo t a l a speed of 556 FPM.
Step E • Se le ct belt idl er type , series and spacing
Table 9, poges 148-149, indicales thot, for se rvice of 3 lo 4 hours
per da-y and 50-pound ma terial, Series 6000 idlers ore sotis-
foctory, ond Table 7, poge 146, indicotes thot 2" lumps ore
within the limits of Series 6000. From Table 8, poge 147, 20°
troughed belt idler spocing is 4 Y2 feet ond return be lt idler
spocing is 1O feet. Both troughed b e lt training idle rs and re turn
belt training idl ers should be spoced in a ccordonce with the
footnote on Table 8. (continued)
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
L • Exampl e 1, continued
Step F • Determine the power requfrements
and belt tensions (Graphical Method)
Horsepower is determined by the Graphical Method from Choris In order to determine the required motor horsepower, it is
B, C ond D, pages 152-153. The opproximate weight of the belt necessary to allow for losses in the drive components (sp eed re-
and revolving idler parts is 28 pounds per lineal foot, obtained ducers, roller chain drives, etc.), which are generally in the range
from the table on Chori B. On the basis of this weight, the total of 10% of the transmitted horsepower. For more accurate effi-
horsepower al the drive shaft is calculated from the three choris: ciencies of the drive components, refe r to Catolog 1050.
.93 X 556 32.17
Chart B-Empty conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OO 5.17 motor HP required = ~ = 35.7 HP
1
Ch art C-Elevate material ... ..... ...... .. . 45 X 46 20.7 Thus, a 40 HP motor is req uired to drive conveyor.
1.4 X 450
Chart D-Convey material horizontally ...... - - - - 6.3
100
Total horsepower al drive shaft .......... . . . ...... = 32.17

Pre-selected terminals, shown on page 21 3, may be selected b y the pre-selected terminal method below.
Individual terminal components, if required, may be select ed by the individua lly selected terminal method below.

Method for determining pre-selected terminals

Pre-selected termlnals are selected from Table 27 on page 213, Takeup pull req uired is twice the T2 value shown for Terminal
which lisis horsepower al lhe drive shaft for belt speeds of 1 00 FPM, Group 30C24307, or 2000 pounds. This would be mad e up of
which in this case is: the weight of takeup pulley, shaft, beorings, moving frame, and
32.17 X 100 such additional counterweight as is necessary to equal 2000 pounds.
HP at 100 FPM = = 5.79 HP
556
Backstop
Table 27 indicates a selection of Terminal Group 30C24307
which is suita ble for 6.07 horsepower al a be lt speed of 100 FPM. The backstop ralings (éither pound feet of torque or HP a l a given
RPM) are based upan harsepawer required to elevate load, less
The belt tensions are shown in Terminal Group 30C24307 50% of horizontal horsepower required for empty conveyor
as 3000 pounds for T1 and 1000 pounds for T2.
and ma terial.
Step G • Selection of belt Torque rating of backstop is d etermined from tne upper formula
on page 161 :
Termina l Group 30C24307 indicates o belt having a rated lension
of 154 pounds per inch of width, which may be 147 pounds when backstop torque = ( 2750 X 12)( 20.7 - [ 5.17 + 6.30 ])
reduced in proportion to the required horsepower. 556 2
Table 16, page 157, indicates a Service brand belt. Table 17 = 888 pound feet
indicates Ya " cover on tne carrying side and 1m" cover on the Horsepower raling of backstop is determined from net backstop
pulley side of belt. Also, from Table 14, strength of be lt is adequate horsepower, and heod shaft speed is calculated from belt speed,
for hand ling 2" and und er coal. using Table 21, page 159:
backstop HP = 20.7 - (
5 . 17 +
6 .30)
= 14.97 HP
Step H • Selection of t erminal e quipment 2
Terminal Group 30C24307 specifies pulley a nd shaft sizes. 556
head shaft sp eed = . = 88.54 RPM
Takeup travel will b e up to 6 feet for a cotton b e lt, or up to 4 6 28
feel for o synthelic b elt, as shown on Table 18, page 158, using Ste ps 1, J, K
75% of rated be lt lension. Therefore, a vertical counterweighted These steps may be completed as required, based on such fore ·
tokeup is necessary as trove! exceeds the limit of a screw takeup. going data as are applicable.

Method for determining individually selected terminals

Step G • Selection of belt
For this method it is necessary to determine effective belt operating takeup and tail p ulleys and 16" for bend pulleys.
tensions.
Using drive shaft horsepower from Step F, effective horsepower Shaft siz:es-Drive shaft torque = E X p ulley radius R
32.17 X 33000 = 1909 X 1O = 19,090 inch pounds.
pull E is determined; E = = 1909 pounds.
556
Based on using 180° b elt wrap and lagged drive pulley, T2 is f rom Chori A, page 575, ossuming suddenly applied load d ue
determined from Table 12, page 154: 1909 X .5 = 955 pounds. to across-the-line starting, a 31114" dio meter shaft is indica ted. This
Thus, either T1 ar Tmax. = 1909 + 955 = 2864 pounds; or must be checked for comb ined bending and torsion whe n the
95.5 pounds per inch width for 30" belt. From Table 13, page 156: actual bearing centers are known. Snub, takeup and foot shafts
95.5 are also simila rly selected on bosis of data on page 159. Ta keups
rated belt lension = _ = 147 pounds per inch width ond bockstops are selected by melhods described above under
65
pre-se leGted lermina ls.
Pulley sb:es -from Table 20, page 159, a 150-pound be lt
requires mínimum diameters of 20" for drive pulley, 18" for Steps 1, J, K ma y be completed as required.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 171
bulk handling
belt conveyors
Example 2 • Analytical Method
Note that the Anolytical Method is necessary in this example for the calculations af belt
tensions and horsepower, since the example contains bath concove ond convex curves.
Poth of b elt conveyor for Example 2
• Assumed lifl of belt ot trippe r. IFor trippers, see poge 204.1
.A Fer explonotion of Lo see poge 150.
Step A • Baslc data
Ma terial to be hondled . . .... 5" maximum lump unsized
crushed slone
Capacity in short lons ... ..... 900 TPH (peak)
Weight of material. ..... . . . . 100 pounds per cubic foo t
Operoting conditions ... . . .. . 2 shifts ( 16 hours per doy) con-
veyor housed, heated terminals,
tempero lures to - 1 Oº F in inler-
mediote gollery. Stone delivered
lo screening pion! surge bin.
Step B • Is a belt conveyor suitable for material?
A be lt conveyor is suitoble for handling crushed stone. See poge
141.
Step C • Is angle of inclination within safe limits?
From Chori A, poge 141, o 20-foot rise in 150 feel equols o
10-foot rise in 75 feet, or on ongle of obout 8°. Table 1, poge
142, indicotes o moximum ongle of 16° for unsized crushed stone
with lumps over 4 ", so 8" is within sofe limits.
Step D • Conslderation o f belt width and speed
Speed as determined by material handled
Table 2, pog e 143, indicotes thot unsized sto ne moy be hondled
al sp eeds up to 650 FPM, depending on relotio n of lump si ze to
belt width flnolly selected.
Loading class
Ta ble 3, poge 143, indicotes Looding Closs B.
Wldth and speed for capacity required
Table 4, pog e 144, indicotes thol the copocity of 900 TPH of
material weighing 100 pound s per cubic foot requires o 30" belt
al a speed be tween 500 ond 600 FPM. The actual sp eed of
555 FPM is inte rpoloted from the table.
Wldth as determined by slze of lumps
Table 6, poge 146, indirotes thot unsized materi al with up lo
1 O" lumps is within the limits of o 30" belt with looding Closs B.
172 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Engineering
215° WRAP
LAGGED PU LLEY
f1g . 6239
Although o 30" belt can hondle the copocity al 555 FPM,
degrodotion is reduced al o lower b e lt speed-desiroble for
recovery of lorger size p ieces al screening plont. Considering the
next wider belt, Table 4, pog e 144. indicotes thot 900 TPH of
material weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot con be co rried on
o 36" belt oto speed of under 400 FPM. lnterpoloting from tab le,
o speed of 383 FPM resulls; however, it is common proctice to
roise this minimum belt speed to on even figure. The re fore, the
balance of this exomple will be bosed on o 36" wide belt ot
400 FPM (su bject lo the considero lions on poge 145).
Step E • Select b elt id le r type, series and spacing
Tab le 9, poges 148-149, indicotes thot for service of 16 hours
per doy o nd 100-pound ma terial, Series 7000 or 8000 belt idlers
ore sotisfoctory, ond from Table 7, page 146, thot 5" lum ps ore
within the limits of eithe r series; however, Series 8000 will be used
for the balance of this e xomple. From Table 8, poge 147, the
spocing for 20° troughed belt idlers is 4 feet ond the return belt
idlers is 1 O feel. Both the troughed belt troining idlers ond the
return belt troining idlers should be spoced in occord once with
the footnote on Table 8.
Step F • Dete rm ine powe r r e quirements
and belt tensions ( Analytical Method)
Horsepower ond bel t te nsions o re colculoted here for the belt
ofter it is o peroling al o uniform sp eed ond the lensions are listed
in Table 24, poge 173. lnertio forces discussed on poge 151 ore
no l considered, o s the speed is modero le ond it is ossumed thot
no hozord is involved from the slight coosling thot would occur
ofter power is interrupte d.
Determine frict ional and gravitation al resistances
to movement of loaded belt. Refer to pages 150-1S1
A. Frictional forces = total weight o f item co using the friction X
corree! friction factor (coefficienl of friction). See Table 11,
poge 151, for friction foctors.
B. Grovitotionol forces = total weight of item b eing roised
(or lowered) X vertical trove!. See pag e 151 for detoiled
explonotion. (continued)
 bulk handling
b e l t conveyors

Engineering
L • Ex ample 2 , continued
Colculations for determining power requiremenls and be lt ten-
sions resulting from these frictional and gravitational forces are
given b elow:
!. D etermine the welghts of ltems that contribute to
frlctlo n
A. Weight of material (pounds p e r linear foot on belt)
900 X 2000
X = 75 pounds per linear foot
60 40 0
B. Weight of belt (pounds per linea r foot of b elt)
Al this point in the analytical solution, the specifkations of belt
are unknown. Since it is not possible to make a final selection of
the belt until the oper ating tensions a re known, and since the
tension ca nnol be occurately d e te rmined withoul including the
effect of belt friction ond g rovity, o tentotive selection of the belt
musl be mode.
Table 14, pog e 156, indicotes that o .36" wide belt carrying
100 pounds per cubic foot material having 5 " moximum lumps
should b e o 200 to 250 PIW (pound s p er inch of belt width) b elt.
A 250 PIW belt is tentatively selected . This must b e checked later
ogoinsl the mo ximum tension.
Table 15, pag e 156, indicotes o Lion brand be lt is required for
handling slone.
Table 17, poge 157, indicotes thot Lion brand b elt corrying
,, ., L 600 ( )
stone with 2 to 6 lumps and on S ratio of = 1.50, use 1.0
400
should hove •A." top cover ond 1116" bottom cover. The ossumption is
thot the feed chute will be reosonob ly well d esigned so material
con b e load ed neor be lt speed in the direction of belt trovel.
Table 19, poge 158, shows the weight of a 25 0 PIW belt
hoving 3ti6 ond 1iú" rubber covers to be 9.54 pounds p er foot
Use 9.5 pounds per foot.
C. Weight of revolving idler ports (pounds per foot), from Table
1 O, page 150, al 4-foot and 10 -foo t spocing from Step E.
55
Corrying b elt idlers = 4 = 13.75 pounds per foot
Use 14 pounds per foot.
50
Return b elt idlers = TO = 5 pounds per foot
D. Other forces contri buting to friction are compensated for by
addition of 150 -foot theoreticol belt section L.,.
11. D eterm ine frictlona l a nd gravltatlonal r eslstances
t o m ovemen t of l oad e d belt
Frictional ond g rovitotionol forces con now be colculoted and
Table 24 con be developed.
111. Calcul ate t he r e quir e d horsepowe r
From Table 24, E = 3992 pounds.
3992 X 400
HP al drive p ulley shaft = = 48.4 HP al drive
33000
pulley shaft.
In order to d e termine the required motor horsep ower, it is
necessory to ollow for losses in the drive components (speed
reducers, roller choin drives, e tc.), which ore generolly in the rang e
of 10% of the tronsmitted horsepower. For more accurote
efficiencies of the drive componenls refer lo Catolog 1050
48.4
motor HP required = _ = 53.8 HP
90
Thus, o 60 HP motor is required to drive conveyor.
IV. Ca lculate the belt tenslons
A. De termine the required tokeup weight.
The calculotions develop ed thus far in Column 1, Table 24, o re
bo sed entirely on the tensions required to d rive the conveyor,
and ot the drive pulley they result in E = 3992 pounds. Suff i-
cient te nsion must be odded both to the slock side of drive
pulley and to E to tronsmit the required horsepower. In ord e r
to minimize belt tension, select o 215° snubbed, logged d rive
(continued)

Ta ble 24 • Tabulotion of computo tions for Exomp le 2

Forces Tensions a t points shown
1 2 3
Points Finol tension
Frictiona 1 forces Gravitationa l forces Total pull where ofter adding
Run to mo ve tensions Due to After adding 335 pounds
each run are friction and 1437 poundi for sag.
(algebraic shown gravity only for T2 (added to all
Mdterial Belt + idlers Moterial Belt A. sum) tensions in
1 1 column 2)
AB (9.5 + 5)2 42 X.02 = 7 0 70 B 70 1507 1842
BC (9.5 + 5)150 X.02 = 44 9.5X( - 20)= - 190 - 146 e - 76 136 1 1696
CD (9.5 + 5)200- X .02 = 58 58 D - 18 14 19 1754
DE (9.5 + 5)150 X.02 = 44 44 E 26 1463 1798
EF 75 X 150 X.025 = 281 (9.5 + 14)150 X.02 = 71 352 F 378 1815 2150
FG l5 X 200 X.025 = 375 (9.5 + 14)200 X .02 =94 469 G 847 2284 2619
G H 75 X 150 X.025 = 281 (9.5 + 14)150 x .02 = 71 75 X 20 = 1500 9.5 X 20 = 190 2042 H 2889 4326 4661
HJ 75 X 210 X .025 = 394 (9.5 + 14)21 O X .02 = 99 493 J 3382 4819 5154
JK 75 X 20 X .025 = 38 9.5 X 2 0 X .02 = 4 75 X 6 = 450 9.5X6=57 549 K 3931 5368 5703
KM • 109 9.5 X- 6 = - 57 52 M 3983 5420 5755
MT, (9.5 + 14¡20 x.02 = 9 - - 9 T1 3992 542 9 5764
T2A
- -
- - - - T2 o 1437 17726.
- - - A o 1437 1772
Total effective horsepower pull E = 3992
(olgebraic sum)
• Belt pull required to propel tripper. Factor Y for tripper from page 205, A. Gravitational fo rces indicated (-) a re those acting in o direction to assist
multiplied by 33,000 = .0033 X 33,000 = 109 pounds. movement of the belt. Ali other forces of frlction a nd gravity retord belt
6. Required ta~eup weight T = 2T2 or 2A. movement.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 173
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
L • Example 2, continued Backstop
The backstop un this exomple belt conveyor would hove its maxi·
pulley, for which a slack side te nsion factor of .36 is obtained
mum loading when run GH only is loaded. (This is a very theoretical
from Table 12, page 154.
possibility, but the selection of a backstop size is generally bosed
T 2 = 3992 X .36 = 1437 pounds on the worst condition.) The re q uired bockstop torque is deter·
and, adding this to E, mined a s follows:

T1 = 3992 + 1437 = 5429 pounds T = ( G - D( R ) See pag e 161

Also, 1437 pounds must be added to ali othe r tensions in
column l to compensote for the odde d T2 te nsion. These ore
shown in Column 2.
The required we ight of tokeup is-
2 X T2 = 2874 pounds
B. Check the sag te nsion
Chori E, page 155, shows that o belt conveyo r having:
o b e lt weig hing 9.5 pounds p e r linear foot
material we ighing 75 pounds per linear foot
idler spacing of 4 f eet
requires a mínimum tension of 2150 pounds in ord e r to limit the
sag to 23 of the idler spacing .
The tabulation of computations for Example 2 shows the ten-
sion ot point F to be 1815 pounds ofter adding in the proper
takeup weight as explained obove. This tension must b e raised
to 2 150 pounds. This is accomplished by add ing :
12
The values of G ond F ore toke n from Table 24 using material
on run GH only. (Do not include force to propel tripper)
T = ( 1500 - 845)(12)
2 12 = 1078 pound feet
A backsto p should b e selected for a torque of l 078 pound fe e t.
Step 1 • Consider means of loading material
on the belt.
Loading chute should b e designed in occordonce with p ractice
described on pag e 161 .
Step J • Consider means of dlscharging material
from the belt.
Selection of the proper trippe r is required for distributing stone
to the surge bin. See poge 204 for selection of tripper.

2150 - 1815 = 335 pounds to each te nsion in the tabulation.

Therefore Column 3 contains final te nsions at all points, includ· Step K • Consider other engineering matters
ing those required for sog. Note that re q uired weight of takeup that may apply.
is increosed to 3544 pounds. A. Co ncove curve ra dius
The determinotion of this radius is impo rtan! to o prop e rly de-
Step G • Selection of belt signe d b e lt conve yor. lf this rod ius is no t sufficie nt, the te nsion in
the belt will cause it to lift up ond off the idlers when storting
The final calculoted moximum operating te nsion, a s shown in
Table 24, is locoted at T, and equols 5764 pound s. The belt with the belt em pty ot the curve.
selected must be roted to carry this load. A 36" wide belt o perating Cho ri G , poge 165, indicotes o mínimum rodius of 300 feet is
at this load has: necessory for o b e lt weighing 9.5 pounds per foot ond hoving o
5764 te nsion of 2619 pounds at the opprooch point of the curve (Point
l 60 pounds per inch of width. For vulconized
36 G in this exomple). This is suitoble for o belt with gradually oc-
splice and ocross-the-line storting a factor o f 803 is celerated storting conditio ns. However, with ocross-the-line storting,
introduced (See Table 13 on poge 156.) a study of the increase in all te nsions due to o dditionol retarding
160 forces coused by the inertio of oll parts be ing occe leroted is
JW = 200 PIW mínimum rating of belt to be used. required. The study of these inertio forces is b eyond the scope of
this cotolog. Consult Link-Be lt.
A 200 PIW belt o peroting ot l 003 of its p ermissible tension
due to starting conditions is satisfoctory if special consideration is For estimo ting p urposes, o generoll y occepted rule for ocross·
give n the b e lt to handle the 5" lump size. Ste p F should be repea ted the-line storting suggests a mínimum concove curve rodius equol
if o 200 PIW belt is used, to consider effect of lower b elt weight. to l 50<f0 of the required rodius for groduolly a cceleroted be lts:
Otherwise, the originally selecte d 250 PIW belt is satisfactory. 1.5 X 300 = 450 feet mínimum rodius
At this point, if degradation of material were not importan!, B. Convex curve rad ius
a check could be made to d etermine the effect of a higher belt Convex curves are discussed on poge 165. For 20° idlers, 36"
speed on the b e lt te nsions. A higher be lt speed would reduce a ll of wide b e lt, 4661-pound tension at the curve (Point H in this exom ple)
the frictionol and gravitationol forces resulting from ma terial the minimu"m rodius R equo ls
weight. In such o case, it might b e found possible to use o lo wer
roted b elt after it is checked for lump size a nd weight of material. 5 X 36
R = ( )( _ 4661 ) = 3 1. l feet mínimum convex curve rodius
12 1
Step H • Selection of terminal equlpment 9000
The recommended maximum spocing (O) of the troughed belt
All pulley ond shaft sizes ma y now be selected as shown on poge
idle rs around this curve equals
158, using the tensions at the p oints where the p ulleys ore located.
For this example, a 24" diame ter he ad pulley is selecte d from 4 X 31.1 (9.5 75) +
Table 20, page 159, when using o 250 PIW belt. O = 4661 +
31.1 (9.5 75) + = 1.27 feet
Takeup trove l should be up to 12 feet foro cotton fo bric be lt or After d e terminotion of these rodii, step C sho uld be rechecked
up to 7 Y, feet for a synthetic be lt. See Table 18, page 158. using the tang en! line to the two rodii os o slope.

174 • LINK - B ELT

 bulk handling
b elt con v e yors

componen•s
The mechanical components of a belt conveyor consist of the idlers which carry and train the belt;
the polleys, with their shafts and bearings, which propel the b elt and change its direction of
travel; and the drive equipment for transmitting power from the motor to the driving pulley or
pulleys.
Careful selection of mechanical components contributes substantially to the dependable and
economica l performance of a belt conveyor. Proper components influence the life of the belt as well
as first cost and operating cost of the complete installation. Most successful performance depends
upon a balanced design and !he selection of components most suitable to the requirements of each
conveyor, which should be considered as a complete operating unit rather thon on o ssembly of parts.
Link-Belt has furnished belt conveyors in every industry, to operate und er all conditions of
service and in sizes ranging from the small est to the longest sing le belt conveyor ever built, and
anoth er conveyor hoving the highest lift . Link-Belt manufactures o complete line of comp onents to
serve every in dustry need, includ ing Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors. Also, Link- Belt offers the
services of its engineers for designing the conveyors, recommending the equipment, and occep tin g
performance responsibility, thus assuring the purchaser the beneflts of one source and o ne re-
sp onsibility.
The following pages briefly illustrate the p rinci p a l com ponents manufactu red b y Link-Belt .
Add itionol d et ails ore contained in oth er catalog s w hich are avoiloble at the nearest Link- Belt
District Sales Office.

Belt idlers
The Link-Belt line of belt conveyor idlers consists of five differ-
ent series, ronging in application from light o r intermittenl
service to continuous heavy-duty service. They are made for
a broad range of belt widths, with rolls of various diameters,
materiols and coating s. This broad coverage permits selec-
tion of the series best suited to individual requirements.
Typ es of b elt idlers within the five series includ e 20-
d eg r ee and 45-d egree troughing, rubb er cushion, belt train-
ing, flot belt an d return id lers.
Belt id ler rolls can b e furnished w ith shells of various
moteria ls. Rolls with steel outer shells are used for the
ma jo rity of installa tions, an d a re usually the most eco nomical
selection . Rolls with gray iron outer shells ore recom mended
when hand ling very abrasive materi als o r w hen o corrosion-
resist ant material is required . Rolls with rubb er treods or
with shells of various metals and coating s can o lso be
furnished.
Rubber treod carrying rolls are recommend ed to p rotect
the belt by obsorbing impact under looding points, especia lly
when large lumps and heavy meteríais o re co rried .
Rubber trea d return rolls o re recommended where wet or
sticky meteríais cling to the b elt or w here resistance to cor-
rosion and chemical action o n iron or steel is req uired.
Beater type return rolls ore recommended where wet ond
sticky materi als cling to the belt.

Series 5000 belt conveyor idlers

This series is for intermittent o p erotion, relative ly low capacities, ond for lightweig ht, nonab rosive
materials of limited lump size.
All rolls ore 4" in d iameter ond have a pa ckage type commercia l b all b ea ring of o mple size
with b uilt-in labyr i~t h grease seal, which is fltted into precision die formed steel end s.
The steel roll ends are pressed onto a steel center tube, and into an outer shell, then welded
into position. The center tu b e is g r ease-filled after assembly.
The %" diometer through-shoft ossures b earing and seal ali gnment, and is equipped for pres-
sure lubrication. Yoke contour and slot in shaft ends lock all brackets together in a rigi d t russ
structure. Even under unusually severe impacts, this sturdy arrongement prevents spr ea d ing of
brackets. Removable st eel retainer clips hold rolls in position.
The inverted angle base ond formed st eel b rackets are accura tel y jig w el d ed to form on
integral unit frome for accur ate roll alignment.
Ty p es of belt idlers available in Series 5000 ore illust roted . All are ovailable for 14" to 30"
be lt widths. Dimensions are shown on pages 181- l 9 5.

20 ° troug hed belt idler Fl ot belt idler Return belt idler

LINK - B ELT • 175

bulk handling
belt conveyo rs

Series 6000 belt conveyor idlers

The 20° idl ers are for intermittent operation, med ium cap acities, and for modera t e weight,
semi-abrasive materials containing lumps l arger and heavier than those handled by Series
5000 idlers, or, for continuous operation wh en handling lightweight, fine meteríais. The 45°
idlers are for continuous opera tion, handling lightweight meteríais such as grain and wood
chips in greater volume th an 20° idlers.
The rolls are 4" and 5" in diameter and hove a precision ty pe, d eep groove, single row
ball bearing with built-in close fü1ing triple lab yrinth grease seal for the greaseable type. These
rolls can also be furnished with factory lubricated and sealed bearings.
The ends of the outer shell are counterbored and the full length center tube is journalled
concentrically, an d with precision die formed steel ends are all brazed into an integral unit,
37646
Grea seable roll providing roll concentricity. The ends of the center tube are bored concentrically with each
other after roll assembly to avoid prest ressing the be arings and to provide correct bearing
alignment. The center tube is grease-filled a fter assembly and its large diameter permits the
easy movement of grease to the bea rings. The efficient grease-in, dirt-out labyrinth t y pe
bearing sea l with the larg e grease reservoir requires only infrequent lubricat ion.
The .669" ( 17 mm.) diameter throu gh-shaft assu res bearing and sea l alignment and is
equi p ped for pressure lubrication. Grease-through lubrication is accomplished by means of
connectors between end and center roll shafts for simul taneous lubrication of all rolls through
flttings al outer end of either end roll.
The inverted angle base, deep ribbed formed steel brackets a nd foot straps are accurately
jig-welded to form an int eg ral unit fram e for a ccurate roll alignment. Yoke contour and slot
in shaft end lock all brackets together in a rig id truss structure. Even under unusually severe
impact th is sturdy arrangement prevents spreading of brackets. Removable steel retainer clips
al each b racket hold rolls in position.
Ty pes o f idlers available in Series 6000 a re illustrated . The 20° idlers are available for
37646
Factory seal ed roll 14" to 36" belt wi dths. The 45° idlers are available for 24" to 48" b el t widths. Dimensions
are shown on p ages 181-195.

39239
20° troughed belt idl er Flat belt tra ining id ler, positive acti on type
45 ° troughed belt i dler,
unequal length rolls

39243
Return b eltidler

39238

20 ° troughed belt rubber cushion idler

39240
45 ° troughed b elt traini ng idl er,
positive acti on type, unequal length rolls Return b elt rubb er tread idl er

20° troughed b elt t raining idler, 39241 Retu rn b elt training idler,
positive action type Flat belt id ler positive action type

176 • L I NK-BELT
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Series 7000 belt conveyor idlers

The 20° idlers are for continuous operation, high capacities, and for heavier weight,
abrasive materials where the size of lumps is limited by the width of the belt. The
45° idlers are for sorne type of service as th e 20° idlers but handle maximum
vo lume, limited only by the construction of the belt.
All rolls are 5 " in diameter and hove a precision tapered roller bearing with a
combination outside diameter and face-type grease seal of synthetic material.
The counterbored outer shell and the journalled full length center tube are con-
tinuously welded to precision die formed steel ends to form an integral concentric
unit. The ends of the center tube are bored concentrically with each other to provide
corred bearing alignment. The center tube is grease-fllled after assembly and its
large d iameter permits easy move ment of grease to th e bea rings. The two efficient
sea ling lips o f the bearing keep g rease in and dirt out, and the large reservoir of
grease extend s the regreasing cycle. Upp er end s af the concentrator rolls hove a
de Aector cap a ttached to the hex nut to further p rotect the b earing.
The 3A 11 d iameter through-shafts are threa d e d o n b oth ends a nd b earings are
externa ll y a d justed by grooved hex nuts which provid e positive lock ond a large
orea seat in brackets. Shafts are equipped for pressure lu b rication. G rease lea d s
ot outer end of end rolls a nd shaft connectors b e tween rolls faci litate lub ricotion.
For convenience, o greose leo d is extend ed from near sid e of the idler to the upper
b earing of the o pposite end ro ll.
The inverted angl e base, d ee p ribbed forme d steel b racke ts and foot straps are
accura te ly jig-welded to form o n integral unit frome for a ccurate roll a lignment. Flat belt idler
Yoke contou r ond mo chine d g roove in the hex nut lock a ll brackets to g eth er in o
rigid truss structure. Even under unusuolly severe imp act th is sturd y arra ngement
prevents spre ading of brackets. Removable steel retainer cl ips at each brocket
hold rolls in position.
Types of idlers available in Series 7000 are illustrated. The 20° idlers are avoil-
oble for 18" to 48" belt widths. The 45° idlers are availoble for 24" to 48"
belt widths. Dimensions ore shown on pages 181-195.

3925 1
Flat belt training id ler,
positive action type

39246 20° troughed belt tra ining idler,

20° troughed be lt id ler actuating disc type
33910
Return b elt idler

39433
39249
Retu rn belt rubber tread idle r
39432 45° troughed belt idl er, equal length rolls
20° troug hed belt rubber cushion idl er

39247 39252
20° trou ghed belt training idl er, 45° troughed be lt training idl er, Return belt training idler,
positive a ction type positive action type, equal length rolls positive action type

LINK - BELT • 177

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Series 8000 belt conveyor idlers

The 20° idlers ore for continuous operotion, high copacities, ond for heovier wei ght,
obrosive moteriols where th e size of lumps is fimited by the width of the b elt. The
stronger and heavier 6" diameter rolls give added life under more severe service,
and are suitoble for wider belts than the Series 7000 idlers. The 45° idlers are for
the sorne type of service as the 20° idlers but handle maximum volume, limited only
by the construction of the belt.
Ali rolls are 6 11 in diameter and hove a precision roller bearing. A separo te cor-
tridge type sea! assembly offers triple beoring protection with its labyrinth sea!, felt
and neoprene contact seal ond grease fllled clearances.
The counterbored outer shell and the journalled full length center tube are con-
tinuously welded to precision die formed steel ends to form an integral concentric
unit. The ends of the center tube are step-bored concentrically with each other to
provide correct bearing olignment. The center tube is grease fllled after assembly
and its large diameter permits the easy movement of greo se to the bearings. The
efficient greose-in, dirt-out cortridge seol and lorge reservoir of grease extend the
regreasing cycle. The upper ends of the concentrator rolls hove a deflector cap ot-
tached to the hex nut to further protect the bea ring.
The 3/.i diameter through-shofts ore threaded on both ends and bea rings are
/1

externally odjusted by grooved hex nuts which provide positive lock and a large
crea seat in brockets. Shofts ore equipped for pressure lubricotion. Greose leods
at outer end of end rolls and shaft connectors between rolls focilitate lubrication.
For convenience, a grease leed is extended from near side of the idler to the upper
bearing of the opposite end roll.
The inverted angle base with jig-welded foot straps ond tough, heovy ribbed
malleable iron brackets flrmly bolted ot jig located holes in ongle base, forms an
integral unit frame for accurate roll alignment. Yoke contour and machined groove
in the hex nut lock ali brackets together in a rigid truss structure. Even under unusually
severe impoct, this sturd y arrangement prevents spreading of brockets. Removable
steel retainer clips at each brocket hold rolls in position.
Typ es of idlers avoilable in Series 800 0 are illustrated. All a re availoble for 24"
to 60" belt widths. Dimensions are shown on pages 181-195.

20° tro ughed belt id ler 20° troughed belt training idler, 20 ° troughed b elt picking conveyor
positive action typ e and feeder idler

20° troug hed b elt rubber cushion id ler 20° troughed belt training idler, Variable troughed b elt idler
actuating d isc typ e

178 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Series 8000 belt conveyor idlers

39259
45° tro ughed belt idler, equal length roll s Flat belt rubber cushion idler, Return belt rubber tread idler
fi xed shaft type

39260
45 ° troughed belt rubber cushion idler, Flat belt rubber cushion idler, Return belt training idl er,
equal length rolls live shaft type positive action type

39261
45° troughed be lt tra ining idler, positive Flat be lt training idl er, positive action type Return be lt rubbe r tread training idler,
action type, equal length rolls caster camber type

339 17
Flat belt idler Re turn belt idler Return belt beater idler

L 1 N K - B E L T • 179
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Series 9000 belt conveyor idlers

This series is for continuous o perotion, highest copocities, ond for the heoviest ond
coorsest moteriols.
Rolls ore 6" or 7 " in diome ter ond hove o heovy duty precision topere d roller
beoring. A se porote cortrid ge type seol ossembly offe rs triple beoring p rotection
with its lo byrinth seo l, felt ond neoprene conto ct seol ond greose fllled cleorances.
Th e v.i " thick counterbored outer shell ond the journolled full leng th heovy gouge
center tube ore continuously welded with precision d ie formed steel ends to form
on integral conce ntric unit. The e nds of the center tube ore step-bored concentricolly
with eoch other to provide correct beo ring olignment. The center tube is greose fl lled
o fter ossembly ond its lorge d iometer permits the eosy movement of greose to the
39278 beorings. The efficient greose-in, dirt-out cortridge seol ond lorge reservoir of greose
extends the regreosing cycle. The upper ends of the concentrotor rolls hove o
deflector cap ottoched to the hex nuts to further protect the b eorings.
The 1 v.i " diometer through-shofts ore threoded on both ends ond beorings ore
externolly odjusted by grooved hex nuts which provide positive lock ond o lorge
oreo seot in brockets. Shofts ore equipped for pressure lub ricotion. Greose leods
ot outer end of end rolls ond shoft connectors b etween rolls focilitote lubrico tion.
39268
20° troughed belt idler
For convenience o greose leed is extended from neor side of the id le r to the upper
beoring of the opposite end roll.
The heovy inverted ongle base is fltted with tough, heovy rib b ed molleoble iron
brockets which ore flrm ly bolted a l jig locoted holes in ongle base, forming on
integral unit frome for occurote roll olignment. The end b rocket ond foot ore cost
into o single unit providing moximum rigidity ond support. Yoke contour ond mochined
groove in the hex nut lock oll brockets together in o rigid truss structure. Even under
unusuolly severe impoct, this sturdy orrongement prevents spreoding of b rockets.
39269
20° troughed belt rubbe r cushion idle r
Removoble steel retoiner clips ot eoch brocket hold rolls in position.
Typ es of idlers ovoiloble in Series 9 000 o re illustroted. All ore ovoiloble for
36" to 84" belt widths. Dimensions ore shown on poges 181-195.

39270
20° troughed belt train ing idl e r, 33938 39274
positive action type Flat belt idler Re turn belt rubbe r tread idler

39273 /
39271
20° tro ughed belt training idle r, Flat belt rubbe r cushion idl er, Return belt training idler,
actuating d isc type fi xed shaft type positive action type

39272
33904
20° troughed be lt picking conveyor
and feeder idl er Flat b elt rubber cushion idler, 39276
live shaft type Return belt rubbe r tread training idler,
caster cambe r type

33947 33939 39277

Va riable troughed belt idl er Return belt idle r Return be lt beater idler

180 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

r<-~~~~~~~-c ~~~~~~~--+<

t*-~~~~~~~~ A ~~~~~~~~---+I

,. uso
Serles 5000 • 4" d iamete::7olls
A B o F G
R w
ldler Belt 1 ldler weight, e 1 N
width, 1 6
number pounds i
inches: IN CHES
5401- 14 14 22 24 Y.! 16 r1 23 5% 7% 5 Y.! 2 Y.! Y.! y. 4 Y2
5401-16 16 24 26 Y.! 18 y. 25 5% 8 6 Ya 2'h Y.! % 4 'h
5401 -18 18 26 28 Y.! 20% 27 5% 8 Y4 6 r1 2 Y.! 'h r1 4 Y.i
5401-20 20 28 30 Y.! 22 y. 29 5% 8 Y.! 7Y.i 2 Y2 'h 1 4 'h
5401-24 24 32 34 Y.! 26 y. 33 5% 8% 8 r1 2 Y.! 'h 1 Y4 4 'h
5401 - 30 30 38 40 Y.! 32 v. 39 5% 9 Ye 10% 2 'h Y.! 1 'h 4 'h
Series 6000"' • 4 " and 5 " d1ameter rolls
ldler ldler weight, B o F

4•
number
5•
Belt
width,
pounds •
A
4• 1 5•
diomelerldiometer e 4 • 1 5•
diameter diameler
4• ¡
diameter d iameter
5• G l N
6
R
w
4 " 1 5"
inches diameter ralls rolls rolls rolls rolls ralls
díameter día meter diameter
rolls 1 rolls rolls rolls INCHES
6401 - 14 6501-14 14 34 37 25 17 :v. 17 23 6% 7 Ya 0 r1 9v. 5 'h 6 'h o/a 8
6401 - 16 6501- 16 16 36 40 27 19 Ya 18% 25 6% 7 % 9 Ya 9% 6 Y1 6 Y2 % 8
6401 - 18 650 1-18 18 38 42 29 21 :v. 21 27 6% 7 % 9 3/a 9 r1 6 % 6 'h r1 8
6401 -20 6 501-20 20 40 45 31 23 Ya 22 % 29 6% 7% 9 o/a 10 Y1 7 Y2 6 'h 1 8
6401-24 650 1-24 24 45 50 35 27 Ya 26 3/.¡ 33 6% 7 :V. 1o Ya 10 Y2 8 r1 6 Y.! 1 Y4 8
6401 -30 6501 -30 30 51 57 41 32 r1 32 Y2 39 6% 7V. 10 3/.i 11 Y4 10 r 1 6 Y.! 1 Y2 8
6401-36
. 650 1-36 36 57 64 47 38 o/a 38 y. 45 6% 7 v. 11 'h 11 % 12 r1 6 'h 1% 8
Se ries 7000 • 5" d1ameter rolls
A B e o F G N
R w
ldler Belt 1 ldler weight, 6
number ;<idth, pounds •
1 mches IN CHES
7501 - 18 18 52 29 'h 20% 27 8 Y4 1o o/a 6UM 6 Y.! r1 8
7501 -20 20 55 31 'h 22 r 1 29 8 Y4 lo r1 7% 6 'h 1 8
¡- 7501 -24 24 61 35 Y2 26 r 1 33 8 Y4 1 1 y, 81 % 6 Y.! 1 Y4 8
7501 -30 30 81 41 'h 32 o/1 39 8 o/a 12 Y1 101 SM 7 'h y. l ~ 9 Y2
750 1-36 36 90 47 'h 38 Y1 45 8 o/a 13 Ya l 21 s¡1, 7 'h o/a 1% 9 'h
7501-42 42 107 53 'h 45 51 9 14 Y4 15 Y4 7 'h 'lo 2 Y4 9 'h
7501-48 48 118 59 'h 50 3,4 57 9 15 17 y. 7 Y2 'lo 2 'h 9 'h
Series 8000 • 6" diameter rolls
ldler ldler weight,
number pounds •
Gray
Belt
width,
A B F G N w
Steel Steel 1 Gray
iron inches rolls iron
rolls rolls rolls INC HES
8601 -24 860 1C- 2 4 24 71 96 35 Y2 26 'h 33 8 3/.¡ 11 % 8 15;1, 1 Y4 8
8601 -30 860 1C-30 30 92 133 - 41 Y2 32 Y4 39 9 Ya 12 % 10";1' 1 'h 9 'h
8601-36 8601C-36 36 103 139 47 'h 38 45 9 Ya 13 Y2 121•.&. 1 r1 9 'h
8601-42 8601C-42 42 122 165 53 'h 44% 51 9 Y.! 14 % 15 Y4 2 Y4 9 Y2
8601 -48 8601 C-48 48 135 182 59 Y2 50 Y.! 57 9 'h 15V. 17 Y4 2 Y.! 9 'h
8601 -5 4 8601C-54 54 165 2 18 65 Y.! 56 v. 63 9 o/a 16 V. 19 •;1, 3 10 'h
8601-60 8601C-60 60 179 239 71 'h 62 Y1 69 9 Ya 17 21 s;1, 3 Y4 10 'h
Series 9000 • 6 " and 7" diame ter rolls
ldler ldler weight, B
O 1 F
6
~
number Belt pounds • 6 R
width, A 1 6.
diameterjdiometer 1 e r•
diameter 1 7'
diameter día meter1dio 7"
meter 1
G l N w
6. 7• 6" 7• 6
di a meter 1 diameter inches diameterldiameter ralls rolls rolls rolls rolls rolls
ralls rolls rolls rolls INCHES

9601 -3 6 970 1-36 36 199 214 53 40 r1 40 'h 5 1 1 Ya 10 Ya o

14 r 1 15 13 11¡1, 9 'h v. % 1 r 1 12
9601-42 9701-42 42 2 17 236 59 46 o/a 46 Y4 57 1 Ya 1 o/a 15 Yao o
16 Y1 1511¡1, 9Y.i % 2 Y4 12
9601 -48 9701-48 48 237 258 65 52 52 v. 63 1 Ya 10 Ya 16 o 16 r 1 1711;1, 9 'h v. % 2 Y2 12
9601-54 970 1-54 54 274 296 7 1 58 Y4 57% 69 10 Ya 1 o/a 17 o
17 Y2 19 % 9 'h % 3 12
9601 -60 9701 -60 60 297 320 77 63 Y4 63 75 10 Ya 1 o/a 17 Ya o
18 Ya 21 'h 9 'h % 3 Y4 12
9601 -72 970 1-72 72 345 370 89 74 'h 74 Ya 87 10 r1 11 % 19 o/a 20 Y4 25 9 'h v. 3/.¡
3 'h 12
9 6 01-84 970 1- 84 84 462 487 101 86 85 o/1 99 1 1 o/a 12 Ya 21 Ye 22 Ya 29 12 v. 3/.¡ 3 3/.¡ 14 'h
Hove dimensions certified fo r installation purposes. Á Available in greaseable and lactory sealed construction. Greoseoble con-
6 To top of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepting foot pulley. struction will be furnished unless otherwise specified.
• For weight of revolving idler parts, see Table 10, page 150.
LINK-BELT • 181
bulk handling
b elt co nveyors

20º troughed belt rubber cushion idlers

BOLTS-N

,.. .,,,
Series 6 000 4 • 4" ond 5 " diomeler rolls
ldler weight, 8
ldler number O 1 F
pounds •
Belt
wid th,
A 4" 1 5" e 4" 1 5" 4" 5" G l N R w
4" 5" 4• 1 5" diometer diometer dio meter diometerl d io meter dio meter /J.
inches
dio meter dio meter I
dio meter dio meter rolls rolls rolls rolls rolls rolls
1
rolls rolls ro lls rolls INCHES
6 404-14 6504- 14 14 31 34 25 17 16 % 23 6 V1 7 Ye 8 V1 9 3/1 5•A& 6 Y2 % 8
6404-16 6 504-16 16 34 37 27 18 JA 18 \12 25 6% 7 3/1 9 \11 9 o/1 5 ".-i6 6 Y2 v. 8
640 4- 18 6504-18 18 36 39 29 21 20 o/s 27 6% 7 Ye 9 3/e 9 Va 6 11!16 6 \12 V1 8
640 4 -20 6504-2 0 20 39 42 31 22 JA 22 Ye 29 6% 7 Ye 9 v. 1o \la 7 5!16 6 \12 1 8
640 4 - 24 6504-2 4 24 43 47 35 26* 26 Ye 33 6 V1 7 3/s 1o \la 1o \12 911¡1, 6 \12 1 v. 8
6404 -3 0 6504-30 30 50 54 41 32 Y2 32 \la 39 6 V1 7 Ye 1o31. 11 y. 10 11A& 6 \12 1 \12 8
640 4 -3 6 6504-3 6 36 57 61 47 38 y. 37% 45 6 V1 7Ye 11 Y2 11 V1 12 11A& 6 \12 1 31. 8

Series 7000 • 5 " d iometer rolls

Belt
ldler weight, A B e D F G l N R w
ldler number width, 1 1
pounds • 1 1 1 1 1 /J. 1
inches
INCHES
7 504-18 18 49 29 \12 20 31. 27 8 v. 1o o/1 6 13!16 6 \12 V1 8
7 504-20 20 52 31 \12 22% 29 8 \/• 10% 7 9!16 6 \12 1 8
7 50 4- 24 24 58 35 \12 26% 33 8 v. 1 1 3/s s 1•¡16 6 \12 1 v. 8
7 504-30 30 78 41 \12 32 o/a 39 8 o/s 12 3/a 101 s¡16 7 \12 o/s 1 \12 9 \12
7504-36 36 87 47 Y2 38 3/s 45 8 o/s 13 \11 12 "!16 7 \12 o/s 1 V1 9 \12
7504-4 2 42 104 53 \12 45 51 9 14 v. 15 v. 7 \12 v. 2 v. 9 \12
7 504 -48 48 115 59 \12 50 31. 57 9 15 17 y. 7 \12 v. 2 Y2 9 Y2

Series 8 000 • 6 " diometer rolls

ldler number
Belt
width,
ldler weight,
p ounds •
A
1
B
1
e
1
D
1
F
1
G
1
L
1
N · I R
/J.
w
inches
INCHES
8604 -2 4 24 87 35 \12 26 \12 33 8 31. 11 V1 8 15!16 6 \12 1 y. 8
8604-30 30 112 41 \12 32 y. 39 9 Ya 12 V1 1o 15!16 7 Y2 o/1 1 \12 9 Y2
8604 -3 6 36 127 47 \12 38 45 9 Ya 13 \12 1 2 15!16 7 \12 o/s 1 V1 9 Y2
8604-42 42 141 53 \12 44 :v. 51 9 \12 14 3¡., 15 v. 7 \12 o/s 2 y. 9 \12
8604-48 48 168 59 \12 • 50 \12 57 9 \12 15 3/a 17 y. 7 \12 o/1 2 \12 9 \12
8 604-54 54 203 65 \12 56 3/a 63 9 v. 16 3/ 1 195116 8 Y2 o/1 3 10 \12
8604 -60 60 218 71 \12 62 Ya 69 9 o/1 17 21 •!16 8 Y2 v. 3 y. 10 Y2

Series 9000 • 7 " diameter rolls

ldler number
Belt
width,
inches
ldler weight,
p ounds •
A
1
B
l e 1
D
l F

1NCHES
1
G
1
l
1
N
1
R
/J. 1
w

9704-36 36 230 53 4 0 \12 51 1o o/1 15 3/1 13"A& 1 V1 9 \12 31. 12

9704-42 42 254 59 46 y. 57 10 v. 16 Ya 15 11!16 2 9 \12 31. v. 12
9704-48 48 278 65 52 63 1o o/s 16 Va 17 11!16 2 Y2 9 \12 v. 12
9704-54 54 318 71 57 V1 69 1o v. 17 \12 :v.
19 31. 3 9 \12 12
9704-60 60 343 77 63 75 1o v. 18 \la 21 Y2
31. 3 9 \12 v. 12
9704 -72 72 395 89 7 4 \11 87 113/1 20 y. 25 :Y1
31. 3 Y2 9 \12 12
9704- 84 84 514 101 85 5/1 99 12Ya 22 \11 29 Ye
31. 3 31. 12 14 !12
Hove dimensions certir.ed for inslolfol1on purpose. • For we1ghl of revolving idler ports, see Toble 10, poge 150.
4 Availoble in greoseoble ond foclory seoled conslruclion. Greoseoble con- e:,. To top of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepling fool pulley.
slruction will be furnished unless otherwise specified.

182 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
b e lt conveyora

20º troughed belt training idlers • positive action type

BEL T TRAVEL )

Se ries 6000• • 4" ond 5 " diameter rolls

ldler ldler weighl, D 1
number pounds •
Bel! A B e 4• 1 5• F G L N Q s w y
4• 5• width, diomeler diometer o Dia.
4" 1 5•
diameter dio meter inches diomeler diameler ralls rolls
rolls rolls ralls rolls INCHES
1
6407- 14 6507- 14 14 65 68 25 19 :y, 23 7 :Y4 8 y. 1 l Ya 5 'h 6 'h Ve 6 V1 8
6407- 16 6507- 16 16 70 73 27 2 1 Ya 25 7:V.. 8V. 1 1 v. 6 Y1 6 'h V1 6 V1 8 daes
6407- 18 6507- 18 18 72 77 29 23 Ya 27 7:V.. 8V. 1 1 V1 6 V1 6 'h V1 1 6 V1 8
6407-20 6507-20 20 75 80 31 25 Y1 29 7:V.. 8 v. 12 Ya 7 'h 6 'h Ve 6 V1 8 "ª'
projecl
6407-24 6507-24 24 81 86 35 29 Ya 33 7:V.. 8 v. 12 'h 8 V1 6 'h V1 6 V1 8 below
6407-30 6507-30 30 90 96 41 34 V1 39 7:V.. 8 v. 13 Ya 10 V1 6 'h V1 6 V1 8 base
6407-36 6507-36 36 99 106 47 40 v. 45 7:V.. 8 v. 13 V1 12 V1 6 'h Ve 1 6 V1 8

Se rles 7000 • 5" diameter rolls

Bel! e
ldler widlh, ldler weight, A B D F G L N Q s w y
1 o
number inches paunds • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Dia.
INCHES
7507-18 18 94 29 Y2 22 Ya 27 9 v. 14 6UJ16 6 Y2 1% 9 14 YJ 3
7507-20 20 100 31 Y2 24 o/a 29 9 ?'1 14 v. 7'A6 6 Y2 l o/a 9 14 'h 3
7507-24 24 108 35 Y2 28 Y2 33 9 v. 14 :v.. 8'% 6 'h 1 :Y1 9 14 'h 3
7507-30 30 ·133 41 Y2 34 v. 39 9 Va 15% l º"A6 7 'h o/1 1 9 14 YJ 3
7507-3 6 36 147 47 Y2 40 Ya 45 9 v. 16 Y1 l 2"A' 7Y, v. 1 9 14 YJ 3
7507-4 2 42 167 53 'h 46 :v.. 51 9 v. 16 V1 15 v. 7 'h v. v. 9 14 'h 3
7507-48 48 182 59 Y2 52 Y2 57 9 v. 17 v. 17 v. 7 'h '/1 v. 9 14 YJ 3

Seri es 8000 • 6" diameter rolls

ldler ldler weighl,
number pounds •
Bel! A B e D F G L N Q s w y
Gray widlh, Gray 1 o Dia.
Sleel iron inches Steel iron
rolls rolls ralls 1 rolls
1 IN CHES
8607-24 8 607C-24 24 11 6 14 1 35 Y2 28 Y2 33 10 Y1 14 :v.. 51s¡16 6 Y1 1 Ya 9 14 'h 3
8607-30 8607C-30 30 143 173 41 Y2 34 y. 39 10 Y1 15 :y, l ou;1, 7 Y1 v. l 9 14 Y2 3
8607-36 8607C-36 36 158 194 47 Y2 40 y, 45
1
10 y, 16 Ya 12 15/16 7 Y2 v. l 9 14 'h 3
8607-42 8607C-42 42 180 223 53 Y1 46 3/4 51 10 y, 16 v. 15 y. 7 Y2 v. '/1 9 14 Y2 3
8607-48 8607C-48 48 195 243 59 Y1
1 52 'h
57 10 Y1 17 :y, 17 v. 7 Y1 v. v. 9 14 'h 3
8607-54 8607C-54 54 2 10 258 65 Y1 58 Ya 63 lo v. 18 v. l 9 •Ji6 8 'h v. 'h 9 14 'h 3
8607-60 8607C-60 60 225 1 273 71 'h 63 'la 1 69 lo v. 19 21 s.n. 8 'h 'la 'h 9 14 YJ 3

Series 9000 • 6 " and 7 " diameter rolls

1
ldler ldler weight, D
number pounds •
Bel! A B e 6 F G L N Q s w y
6" 7" width, diameler 7" 1
• 1diameler o Dia.
diameter diameler inches diameler 7'
6" 1diameler rolls rolls
1
rolls rolls rolls rolls INCHES
9607-36 9707-36 36 330 348 54 42 V1 51 11 Ya 11 v. 19 3/4 13 11116 9 'h 3/4 l y. 10 16 'h 3 'h
9607-42 9707-42 42 357 379 60 48 :y. 57 l l :y, 11 v. 20 3fa 15 11116 9 YJ :v.. l v. 10 16 'h 3 YJ
9607-48 9707-48 48 385 409 66 54 3/1 63 11 3/a 11 v. 2 1 Ya 17 11116 9 YJ :v.. l v. 10 16 YJ 3 Y2
9607-54 9707-54 54 430 455 72 60 Ya 69 l l :y, 11 v. 2 1 'l'a 19 :y. 9 YJ :v.. l v. 10 16 YJ 3 Y2
9607-60 9707-60 60 461 487 78 65 3/a 75 l l :Y1 11 'l'1 22 :y, 21 Y2 9 Y2 :v.. l y. 10 16 YJ 3 Y2
9607-72 9707-72 72 542 562 90 76 Va 87 12 Y2 13 23 :v.. 25% 9 'h :v.. l '/1 10 21 Y2 5 :Ya
9607-84 9707-84 84 675 703 102 88 v. 99 12 Y2 13 25 y, 29 Ya 12 :v.. 'l'1 10 2 1 'h 5 Ya
Hove dimensions cerlified for inslallation purposes. • For weight of revolving idler porls, see Table 10, page 150.
A Available in greaseable and faclory sealed conslruction. Greaseable O Elevation above adjacenl rollers.
construclion will be furnished unless otherwise specified.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 183
bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

20° troughed belt training idler • actuating disc type

~B ELT TRAVEL~

Series 7000 • 5 " diometer rolls

Q y
ldler
Bel!
ldle r weight, A B e D F G J L N
o
w Dio.
width, 1 1
number p ounds • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
inches
IN CHES

7508-18 18 92 29 !t. 21 \4 27 9 o/o 12 \4 613¡16 5% 6 Y2 1 y, 14 Y2 3

7508-20 20 98 31 \/2 23 y, 29 9Va 12 y, 7 9116 6 3116 6 Y2 1 :v. 14 Y2 3
7508-24 24 10 6 35 Y2 27 \/a 33 9 Va 12 v. 8 15116 7 9116 6 Y2 1 :v. 14 Y2 3
7508-30 30 131 41 \/2 33 \/2 39 9 Va 13 v. 10 15!16 9% 7 Y2 o/o 1 14 Y2 3
7508-36 36 144 47 Y2 39 \4 45 9Va 14 y, 12 15116 11 'l'a 7 Y2 o/o 1 14 Y2 3
7508-42 42 165 53 \/2 44 % 51 9 o/o 15 15 \4 13 v. 7 Y2 o/o o/o 14 Y2 3
7508-48 48 180 59 \/2 50 o/o 57 9o/o 15 v. 17 \4 15 5/a 7 \/2 o/o o/o 14 Y2 3

Ser ies 8000 • 6 11 diometer rolls

ldler ldler weighl,

number pounds •
Belt A B e D F G J L N Q w y
width, o Dio .
Gro y inc.hes Gray
Steel Steel 1
iron iron 1
rolls rolls
rolls rolls
INCHES
8608-24 8608(-24 24 120 144 35 Y1 27 33 1O Ya 13 :v. 15 7 '116 6 Y2 1 :v. 14 Y2 3
1 8 !16
8608-30 8608 C-30 30 146 171 4 1 \/2 33 y, 39 10 Ya 14 Ya 1QIS/16 9% 7 Y2 o/a 1 14 Y2 1 3
8608-36 8608C-36 36 161 195 47 \/2 39 Ya 45 lO Ya 14 'l'a 12••;16 11 'l'a 7 \/2 o/a 1 14 Y2 3
8608-42 8608(-42 42 183 224 53 \/2 44 v. 51 10 y, 15 \/2 15 \4 13 v. 7 y, o/a o/o 14 Y2 3
8608-48 8608C-48 48 198 244 59 \/2 sov. 57 1o y, 16 \/a 15 o/a 7 Y2 o/a v. 14 y, 3
1 17 \4 8 y,
8608-54 8608(-54 54 213 255 65 Y2 56 Ya 63 1O \Is 16'!4 19•116 17% o/o o/o 14 Y2 3
8608-60 8608C-60 60 228 275 71 \/2 62 v. 69 1O \/a 17 \/2 21 '116 19'116 8 \/2 o/a 'la 14 Y2 3

Series 9000 • 6" ond 7 " d iometer rolls

ldler ldler weighl,
B D F
number pounds •
Belt
e
6.
d ia meter
7•
d ia meter
width,
inches 6"
dio.
7•
dio.
A
6"
d io.
7"
d io .
6"
dio.
-1
7" dio.
6"
dio.
7"
dio.
G N Q
o
w y
Dio.
rolls rolls rolls rolls rolls rolls
rolls rolls rolls rolls
INCHES

9608-36 9708-36 36 332 350 54 40 Va 40 \4 5 1 11 y, 11 'l'a 16 \4 16% 13 11116 11 5116 9 Y2 'l4 1 \4 16 \/2
9608-42 9708-42 42 359 381 60 46 :v. 46 57 11 y, 11 'l'a 16 'l'a 17:V. 1511;1, 13•;1, 9 Y2 'l4 1\4 16 \/2
9608 -48 9708-48 48 388 412 66 52 y, 51 'l4 63 11 y, 11 'l'a 17 \/2 18 17 11116 15% 9 Y2 3,4 1 \4 16\/2
9608 -54 9708-54 54 433 458 72 56 57 3.4 69 11 v. 11 % 18 \4 18 'l4 19 'l4 17 :v. 9 Y2 'l4 1 \4 16 \/2
9608 -60 9708-601 60 464 490 78 63 \/a 62 'l4 75 11 y, 11 'l'a 18'l'a 19 :V. 2 1 Y2 19 Ya 9 Y2 'l4 1\4 l6 Y2
9608-72 9708-72 72 545 565 90 74 \4 73 'l'a 87 12 \/2 13 20 \4 20 o/o 25 :v. 23 9 Y2 l,4 l o/o 2 1 Y2
9608 -84 9708-84 84 678 706 1 102 85 'l4 85 :v. 99 12 \/2 13 21 \/2 22 29 :v. 27 12 'l4 'Va 21 Y2
Hove dime nsions certified lar installalion purposes. • Far weight o l revolving idler parts, see Table 10, page 150.
o Elevation obove odjocent rollers.

184 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

20° troughed belt picking conveyor and feeder idlers

BOLTS·N

*-------~e-------~~
k---------A--------~
Series 8000 • 611 diameter rolls
ldler ~elt
w1dth, l ldler
pounds • 1_ _
weight, A _ _ _B C _..__ _
____ D_ _ _ _F_ _.....__G___.__ ___.._ __....._N w
__.__ _.___ __ ~
number
1 inches INCHES
8605-24 24 71 35 Y2 26% 33 8% 10% 15 9/Í6 5% 6 y, o/a 8
8605-30 30 92 4 1 Y2 32 Ya 39 9 y, 11 Ya 20% 5 9/Í6 7 Y2 o/a o/a 9%
8605-36 36 103 47 Y2 38 Ya 45 9 Ya 11 Ya 26% 5% 7 Y2 o/a o/a 9%
8605-42 42 122 53 Y2 44 Ya 51 9% 11 y, 32 % 5 9/Í6 . 7 Y2 o/a o/a 9 Y2
8605-48 48 135 59 y, 50 Ya 57 9% 1 1 y, 38 % 5% 7% o/a o/a 9 Y2
8605-54 54 165 65% 56 Ya 63 9 o/a 11 o/a 44% 5% 8 Y2 o/a o/a 10 Y2
8605-60 60 179 71 Y2 62 Ya 69 9 o/a 11 o/a 50% 5% 8% o/a o/a 10 y,
11
Series 9000 • 6 and 7" diameter roll s
ldler ldler weight, B D F
number Belt pounds • A 6" 7" e 6" 7• 6" 7• G J l N R w
width, 6" 7" dio. dio. dio. dio. d io. dio.
6' 1 7• inches rolls 1 rcfls rolls rolls 1 rolls 1 rolls 6
dio meter dio meter dio. dio. 1 1
rolls rolls rolls rolls INCHES

9605-36 9705-36 36 195 210 53 40% 40 3/e 51 10 Ya 1o o/a 12 % 13 3/a 25 y. 7 Y2 9 y, % 1 12

9605-42 9705-42 42 211 230 59 46% 46 3/a 57 10 Ya 1o o/a 12 ~. 13 3/a 31 \14 7 Y2 9 y, % 1 12
9605-48 9705-48 48 228 249 65 52% 52 3/a 63 1o Ya 1o o/a 12 % 13 3/a 37 \14 7Y2 9 y, % 1 12
9605-54 9705-54 54 260 282 71 58% 58 3/a 69 10 Ya 1o o/a 12 ~. 13 3/a 43 y. 7Y2 9 Y2 % 1 12
9605-60 9705-60 60 277 300 77 64% 64 3/a 75 10 Ya 1o o/a 12 ~. 13 3/a 49 \14 7Y2 9 Y2 % 1 12
9605-72 9705-72 72 315 340 89 76% 76 3/a 87 10 y, 1o o/a 12 % 13 3/a 61 \14 7Y2 9 y, % 1 12
9605-84 9705-84 84 455 482 101 88% 88 3/a 99 10 Ya 1o o/a 12 % i 13 3/a 73 y. 7 Y2 12 % 1 14 y,

V a riable
troughed belt idlers
Serles 8000 • 6 11 d iameter rolls
ldler ~el! lldler weight,I A B e : G M N w
number w1dth, pounds • ----'-----'-------~--------"'"----'-------'-----"----
1 inches INCHES

8606-24 24 177 40 35 33 1o 3/a 8 •~6 7 Y2 26 ~. o/a 9 Y2

8606-30 30 200 46 41 39 1o 3/a 101 s/Í6 7 y, 32 % o/a 9 Y2
8606-36 36 220 52 47 45 10 3/a 12 15/Í6 7 y, 38 ~. o/a 9 Y2
8606-42 42 248 58 53 51 1o 3/a 15 \14 7 y, 44 ~. o/a 9 y,
8606-48 48 27 1 64 59 57 1o 3/a 17 \14 7 Y2 50 ~. o/a 9 y,
8606-54 54 295 70 65 63 1o3/a 19 5;í6 8 Y2 56% o/a 10 y,
8606-60 60 325 76 71 69 1O 3/a 2 15/Í6 8 y, 62 ~. o/a 10 Y2

Serles 9000 • 6 11 and 7 11 diameter rolls

ldler ldler weight, F•
number Belt pounds • A 8 e 6" 7" G l M N w
7• width, 6" 7" dio. dio.
6"
diometer dio meter inches dio meter dio meter rolls 1 rolls
rolls rolls rolls 1 rolls INCHES

9606-36 9706-36 36 359 380 58 54 51 11 \14 11 % 13 11/Í6 9 y, 46 % 11 y,

9606-42 9706-42 42 394 419 64 60 57 11 \14 11 % 15 11/16 9 y, 52 % 11 y,
9606-48 9706-48 48 429 457 70 66 63 1 1 \14 11 % 1711116 9 y, 58 % 11 y,
9606-54 9706-54 54 465 495 76 72 69 1 1 \14 11 % 19% 9 Y2 64 % 11 y,
9606-60 9706-60 60 498 531 82 78 75 11 \14 11 % 21 Y2 9 Y2 70 % 11 y,
9606-72 9706 -72 72 570 606 94 90 87 11 \14 11 % 25 3/a 9 Y2 82 % 11 y,
9606 -84 9706-84 84 642 681 106 102 99 11 \14 11 % 29 o/a 12 94 % 14
..
Hove dimensions certifred fer instollotion purposes. • Shim os required.
6 To t op of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepting foo t pulley. • Fer weight of revolving idler ports, see Table 10, poge 150.

LINK - BE L T • 185
bulk handling
b elt conveyors

45° troughed belt idlers • equal le ngth rol ls

Series 7000 • 5 " diomete r rolls

ldler
Belt
ldler weight, A B e o F G L N R w
width, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6
number pounds • 1 1
inches
INCHES

7502-24 24 64 35 Y2 22 % 33 8 y. 14 'l'a 8 "li6 6 Y2 3 v. 8

7502-30 30 84 41 y, 27 'la 39 8 '/a 16 % 1o"li6 7 Y2 'la 4 9 Y2
7502-36 36 93 47 Y2 3 2 Y2 45 8 'la 18 v. 1 2 1s¡,6 7% % 4 o/. 9 Y2
7502-42 42 1 10 53 Y2 38 51 9 20 v. 15 y. 7% 'la 5 Y2 9 Y2
7502-48 48 121 59 y, 42 % 57 9 21 Y2 17 y. 7 y, 'la 6 v. 9 Y2

Series 8000 • 6 " diometer rolls

ldler Belt ldler weight, A B e o F G L N R w

number width, p ounds • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1
inches
INCHES

8602-24 24 78 35 y. 22 v. 33 8 % 15 y. 8 15/i6 6 y, 3 v. 8
860 2-3 0 30 99 41 y. 26 'l'e 39 9 Ye 17 1O 15¡\6 7 Y2 % 4 9 Y2
8602 -36 36 109 47 v. 31 % 45 9 v. 18 Ya 12 1s;.6 7 112 % 4% 9 Y2
8602-42 42 132 53 v. 37 % 51 9 Y2 20 1/2 15 v. 7 y, 'la 5 Y2 9 Y2
8602-48 48 143 59 v. 42 v. 57 9 1/2 21 'l'1 17 v. 7 1/2 'la 6 v. 9 V2
8602-54 54 155 65 v. 47 Ye 63 9 % 23 :Ya 1 9 5/i6 8 1/2 'la 7 101/2
860 2-60 60 168 7 1 \4 52 69 9 % 24 % 2 1 5/i6 8 y, % 8 10 Y2

45° troughed belt rubber cushion idlers • equal length ro lls

f •t óH1

Series 800 0 • 6 " diometer rolls

ldler Belt ldler weight, A B e 1 o F G L N R w

number width, pounds • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1
inches
INCHES

8623-24 24 84 35 v. 22 Ya 33 8 :y. 15 \4 8 15!i6 6 Y2 3 y. 8

8623-30 30 11 0 41 v. 26 % 39 9 v. 17 101 s¡,6 7 Y2 % 4 9 Y2
8623- 36 36 126 47 \4 31% 45 9 v. 18% l 2"!i6 7 1/2 'la 4% 91/2
8623- 42 42 150 53 v. 37 :Ya 51 9 y, 20 Y2 15 \4 7 Y2 'la 5 1/2 91/2
8623-48 48 168 59 v. 42 Ye 57 91/2 21% 17 \4 7 Y, % 6 v. 9 Y2
8623-54 54 20 3 65 v. 47 Ye 63 9% 23% l 9 '!Í6 8 Y2 % 7 10 Y2
8623-60 60 222 71 y. 52 69 9% 1 24 'l'e 21 % 8 y, % 8 10 Y2
Hove dimensions certified far instollotion purposes. • Far weight al revolving idler pa rts, see Table 10, poge 150.
6 To top ol dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepting loot pulley.

186 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

45° troughed be lt training idlers • positive a ction type, equal length rolls

BELT TRAVEL

l,><--1<_ __ li_J- - B O LTS·N

-__ ,lf f• t 6JU

Series 7000 • 5 " d iometer rolls

Q y
ld ler
Be lt
ldler weight, A 8 e o F G l N s w
num b e r
wid th, 1 1 1 1 o 1 d io.
pounds • 1 1 1 1
inches
INCHES
7509-24 24 113 35 Y2 21 33 9 Yo 1 8 3/e 8••Jl6 6 Y2 1 3/e 9 14 y, 3
7509-30 30 139 41 y, 25 ~. 39 9 v. 19 % 1º"IÍ• 7 Y2 Yo 1 9 14 Y2 3
7 5 09-36 36 151 47 y, 30 Yo 45 9 Yo 21 v. 12 " A• 7 Y2 o/a 1 9 14 y, 3
7509-42 42 175 53 y, 36 y. 51 9 Yo 22 Y• 15 \4 7 Y2 Yo Yo 9 14 Y2 3
7509-48 48 186 59 Y2 41 57 9 Yo 24'/.i 17 v. 7 Y2 % s;. 9 14 Y2 3

Serles 8000 • 6 " diometer rolls

Q y
ldler
Belt
ldler weight, A 8 e o F G l N
o
s w dio.
width, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
nu mber pounds • 1 1 1
inches
INCHES
8 609-24 24 123 35 Y2 21 33 10 y. 18 3/e 8 " A• 6 Y2 1 Y1 9 14 y, 3
8 609-30 30 150
164
41 y,
47 y,
25 ~. 39
45
10 y.
10 y.
19 %
21 v.
1º"IÍ• 7 Y2 o/a 1 9 14 y, 3
8609-36 36 30 o/1 12 " A• 7 Y2 o/a 1 9 14 Y2 3
8609-42 42 190 53 y, 36 \4 51 10 Ya 22 % 15 \4 7 Y2 Yo Yo 9 14 y, 3
8609-48 48 203 59 Y2 41 57 10 y, 24 \4 17 \4 7 Y2 o/a o/a 9 14 % 3
8609-5 4 54 300 6 5 Y2 46 63 1o v. 25 % 19'/Í• 8 Y2 % Y2 9 14 y, 3
8 609-60 60 314 71 y, 50 ~. 69 1o v. 27 v. 21 'IÍ6 8 Y2 % y, 9 14 Y2 3
Hove dimensions certified lor instollotion purposes. • For weight ol revolving idler porls, see Toble 10, page 150.
o Elevotion obove odjocent idlers.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 187
bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

45° troughed belt idlers • unequal leng th rolls

~ F

1 BOLTS· N
t::;¡í======="==---==~----===------c:iiC:l _x a¡.::~~~
l ' + - - - -- -- - ~

Series 6000"" • 4 " and 5 " d iameter rolls

l dler number ldler weight, B
O F1 1
4" 5"
Belt
width, 4"
pounds •
1 5"
A 4" 1
d io meter diome ter
5" 1 e 4H 51f 1

diamete) d io meter diameter dio meter

4# 5" G
1
J ll 1 N R
e:,
w
dio meter diometer roll s r o lls ro lls rolls roll s rolls
inches diometer dia meter 1
rolls rolls
roll s ro lls INCHES
6403- 24 6503-24 24 46 52 35 22 Y2 21 314 33 6 'l'1 73/s 13 :y, 13 314 8 'l'1 8%6 y, 3 8
6403-30 6503- 30 30 52 59 41 28 y, 27 314 39 6 'l'1 73/a 13 :v. 13 314 14 'l'1 8% 6 l/2 3 8
6403-36 6503-36 36 58 66 47 34 Y2 33 314 45 6 'l'1 73/a l 3 3/a 1 13 314 20 'l'1 8% 6 Y2 3 8
6403 -42 6 503-42 42 75 83 53 39 3/s 38 % 51 7\4 7314 15 l4 15% o
22 'l'1 1 'l'1 7 Y2 Y2 4 9 l/2
6403-48 6503-48 48 82 91 59 45 3/a 44 % 57 7\4 7 314 15 l4 1 15% 2 8 ~. 10%7 Y2 Y2 4 9 Y2

45° troughed belt training idlers • positive a cti on type, uneq ual leng th rolls
'4--- -- - -B - BELT TRAVEL

~'-'=~~~~~="~~~~~~~~~=="'-- -"-

~-- c - -- L_~=:_J
1
~-------- A - -- J
Se ries 6000"" • 4" and 5 1' diometer rolls
ld l er number ldler weight, 1
1
p ounds • 1 1 4• o 5• 1 1

4• 5• Belt A 1
8 e F G J l N Q 1 s 1 w
width, ldio meter d io meter G
dio meter dio meter 4• 1 5• rolls rolls 1
inches dio meter dio meter 1
rolls rolls
1 ro lls roll s INCHES
6 4 10-24 6510-24 24 79 84 35 23 ª/a 33 7 'lf4 8 l4 16 V. 8 % 8% 6 Y2 % 6 ~. 8
6410-30 6510 -30 30 86 93 41 29 3/a 39 7314 1 8 y, 16 V. 1 14 % 8% 6 y, 'l'1 6 ~. 8
1 1
6410-36 6510-36 36 94 10 2 47 35 :y, 45 7 314 8 l4 16 V. 20 ~. 8 'l'1 6 Y2 'l'1 6 ~. 8
6410-42 651 0- 42 42 10 4 112 53 40 y, 51 7% 8 l4 17 y, 22 'l'1 lo 'l'1 7 y, y, ~. 6 'l'1 9 Y2
6410-48 6510-48 48 111 120 59 46 y, 57 7 314 1 8 l4 17 % 28 % 10 ~. 7 y, y, % 6 ~. 9 y,

H ove dimens1ons certified for instollotion purposes. e:,

To top of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excep11ng foot pulley.
A Availoble in greaseable and factory sealed construction. Greoseoble o Eleva lian above adjacent idler
construction will be furnished unless otherwise specified. • For weight of revolving idler parts, see Table 10, page 150.

188 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Flat belt idlers

Series 5000 • 4" diameter rolls

Belt
ldler number width, ldler weight, pounds • A e D M N L w
1 1 1 1 1 1
inches
!NCHES
5 41 3-1 4 14 15 24 :v. 23 3 V2 17 V2 2 V2 4 V2
54 13-1 6 16 16 26 :v. 25 3 Y:> 19 V2 2 V2 4 V2
54 13- 18 18 17 28 3f4 27 3 V2 21 Y:> 2 Y:> 4 V2
54 13- 20 20 19 30 :v. 29 3 V2 23 V2 2 Y:> 4 Y:>
541 3-24 24 22 34 3/4 33 3 V2 27 Y:> 2 V2 4 y,
54 13-30 30 27 40 :v. 39 3 V2 33 y, 2 y, 4 V2

Series 6000"' • 4 " and 5 " diameter ro lls

ldler number Belt ldler weight, pounds •
width,
A e D M N L w
4• diometer 5" diometer 4" diameter¡5" diometer 1 1 1 1 1 1
inches
rolls 1 rolls rolls rolls !NCHES
641 3- 14 65 13 -14 14 18 21 24 y., 23 3 V2 17 V2 6 8
6 41 3- 16 65 13- 16 16 20 23 26 y., 25 3 V2 19 V2 6 8
6 4 13- 18 65 13- 18 18 22 25 28 y., 27 3 V2 21 y, 6 8
64 13-20 65 13-20 20 24 27 30 y., 29 3 V2 23 V2 6 8
6413 : 24 65 13-24 24 27 31 34 y., 33 3 V2 27 V2 6 8
64 13-30 6513-30 30 33 37 40 v. 39 3 y, 33 V2 6 8
6413-36 6513-36 36 39 43 46 y., 45 3 V2 39 V2 6 8

Series 7000 • 5 11 diamete r rolls

Bel!
ldler number width, ldler weight, pounds •
A e D M N L w
1 1 1 1 1 1
inches
INCHES
75 13- 18 18 32 28 :v. 27 4 v. 20 % V2 6 8
7513 -20
75 13-24
7513-30
75 13-36
- 20
24
30
36
35
40
47
54
30 :v.
34 :v.
40 :v.
46 :v.
29
33
39
45
4 Y.,
4 y.,
4 Y.,
4 v.
22
26
32
38
%
%
%
%
V2
V2
o/e
%
6
6
7
7
V2
y,
8
8
9
9
V2
V2
7 5 13-42 42 59 52 :v. 51 4 v. 44 % % 7 V2 9 V2
75 13-4 8 48 66 58 :v. 57 4 v. 50 % % 7 V2 9 y,

Series 8000 • 6 " di ameter rolls

ldler number Belt ldler weight, pounds •
width,
A e D M N L w
Gray iron Gray iron 1 1 1 1 1 1
Steel rolls rolls
inches Steel rolls 1 ralls INCHES
1
8 613-24 8 6 13C-24 24 46 71 34 :v. 33 4Y., 26 % V2 6 8
86 13-30 86 13C-30 30 55 84 40 :v. 39 4Y., 32 % % 7 y, 9 V2
8 6 13 -36 86 13C-36 36 64 100 46 :v. 45 4 y., 38 % o/e 7 V2 9 y,
86 13 -42 8 6 l 3C-42 42 72 109 52 :v. 51 4Y., 44 Va o/a 7 V2 9 V2
8 6 13-48 8 6 l 3C-48 48 80 127 58 :v. 57 4Y., 50% o/a 7 V2 9 y,
8 6 13-5 4 86 l 3C-54 54 88 141 64 :v. 63 4Y., 56 Va o/e 8 V2 10 V2
8 6 13-60 86 13C-60 60 96 154 70 :v. 69 4 y., 62% o/a 8 V2 1o y,
11 11
Series 9000 • 6 and 7 d iameter ro lls
ldler number Belt ldler weight, pounds•
width,
A e D
1
M N L
1
w
7" diameter 1 1 1
6" diometer inches 6" diameterl7" dio meter 1

rolls 1 rol Is rolls rolls INCHES

96 13-36 971 3-36 36 138 150 53 V2 51 4 46 % 9 V2 12
96 13-42 9713-42 42 152 166 59 V2 57 4 52 % 9 y, 12
9 61 3- 4 8 97 13-48 48 167 182 65 V2 63 4 58 :v. 9 V2 12
96 13-54 9713-54 54 182 198 71 V2 69 4 64 :v. 9 y, 12
96 13-60 97 13-60 60 197 214 77 V2 75 4 70 :v. 9 y, 12
96 13-72 9713-72 72 227 246 89 y, 87 4 82 :v. 9 V2 12
96 13-84 9713-84 84 257 278 101 V2 99 4 1 94 % 12 14 y,
Hove dimensions certified for instollation purposes. ¿ Avoiloble in bo th greoseoble ond foctory seoled construction. Greoseoble
• For weight of revolving idler parts, see Table 10, poge 150. construction will be furnished unless othe rwise specified.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 189
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Flat belt rubber cushion idlers • fixed shaft type

Series 8000 • 6 " diometer rolls

ldler
Belt
ldler weight, A e o M N w
width,
number pounds •
inches INCHE
8615-24 24 60 34 % 33 4 11. 6 26 Va 112 8
8615-30 30 76 40 % 39 4 v. 7 112 32 Va v. 9 112
86 15-36 36 89 46 %
1
45 4 v. 7 112 38 Va o/a 9 112
86 15-42 42 103 52 % 51 4 114 7 112 44 Va v. 9 112
86 15-4 8 48 114 58 % 57 4 114 7 \12 50 Va v. 9 112
8615-54 54 129 64% 63 4 v. 8 \/2 56% o/a 10 \/2
8615-60 60 142 70% 69 4 y. 8 \/2 62 % 5/a 10 \/2

Serles 9000 • 7 " diometer rolls

ldler
Belt
ldler weight, A e o M N w
width,
number pounds
inches INCH~S

9715-36 36 173 53 112 51 4 9 112 46 % 12

9715-42 42 192 59 \12 57 4 9 112 52 3/4 12
97 15-48 48 211 65 112 63 4 9 \/2 58 % 12
97 15-54 54 228 71 112 69 4 9 \/2 64 % 12
9715-60 60 247 77 \12 75 4 9 112 70 % 12
9715-72 72 285 89 \/2 87 4 9 \/2 82 314 12
9715-84 84 323 1o1 \/2 99 4 12 94 3f.t 14 \/2

Flat belt rubber cushion idlers • live shoft type

~t}@\,
_..::i 1..

'*----~ ,_ J
'·• .,.,
Series 8000 • 6" diometer rolls
ldler
Belt
ldler weight, A e o F M N w
width,
number p ounds •
inches INCHES

8616-24 24 104 37 33 2 114 4 5/a 6 v. 26 Va o/a 8 31,

8616-30 30 118 43 39 2 y. 4 v. 6 v. 32 Va Ya 8 3/a

8616-36 36 134 49 45 2 \/4 4 5/a 6 v. 38 Va Ya 8 3/a

8616-42 42 148 55 51 2 y. 4 5
/a 6 v. 44 Va Ya 8 3/a
8616-48 48 165 61 57 2 y. 4 o/a 6 11. 50 Va y, 8 3/a
8616-54 54 179 67 63 2 v. 4 o/a 6 y. 56% Ya 8 3/a
86 16-60 60 195 73 69 2 v. 4 5/a 6 v. 62 Va Ya 8 3
/Í

Series 9000 • 7 " d iometer rolls

ldler
Belt
ldler weight, A e o F M N w
width,
number pounds INCHES
inches
97 16 -36 36 236 55 v. 51 2 \/2 5 6 3/4 46 o/a 8 Va
9716-42 42 264 61 \/2 57 2 3/4 5 \12 7 \la 52 •;, 9 v.
9716 -4 8 48 293 67 \/2 63 2 >¡. 5 \12 7 \la 58 •;, 9 v.
9716-54 54 339 74 69 3 v. 6 \/2 8 \la 64 314 1o 112
9716 -60 60 372 80 75 3 \/4 6 \/2 8 y, 70 >¡. 10 \/2
9716-72 72 416 92 87 3 11. 6 \/2 8 y. 82 314 1o \/2
9716 -84 84 434 104 \/2 99 3 3/4 7 \12 10 94 v. 13
Hove dimensions certifted for installation purposes. • For weighl of revolving idler ports, see Table 10, poge 150.

190 • L 1 N K • B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Flat belt training idlers • positive action type

~------~~
wr------~
J _J 1

M-¡-¡iJ ~--w--_..,.
...,. ..

Series 6000& • 4" ond 5" diometer rolls

ldler ldler weight, •
number Belt pounds
width,
A B e o F G l M N s w
4• s• 4" 1 5"
dio meter die meter inches diemeter diemeter
rolis 1 rolls rolls rolls INCHES
6414-14
6414-16
6514-14
6514 - 16
14
16
53
56
56
59
24
26
** 20
22
V1
v.
23
25
3 'h
3 '12
8
8
V1
V1
2
2
6
6
17
19
'l:i
'h
6 V1
Hí
8
8
6414-18
6414-20
6514-18
6514-20
18
20
58
61
62
66
28
30Y4
* 24
26
v.
V1
27
29
3 '12
3 'h
8
8
V1
V1
2
2
6
6
21
23
'l:i
'l:i
6
6 V1
r. 8
8
6414-24 6514-24 24 67 72 34Y4 30 V1 33 3 V2 8 V1 2 6 27 'l:i 6 V1 8
6414-30 6514-30 30 75 81 40 3,4 36 V1 39 3 'h 8 V1 2 6 33 'l:i 6 r. 8
6414-36 6514-36 36 83 91 46 3,4 42 v. 45 3 'h 8 V1 2 6 39 'l:i 6 r. 8

Serles 7000 • 5" diometer rolls

ldler
Belt
width,
ldler weight, • A B 1 e 1
o 1
F 1 G 1 l
1
M
1
N s w
number po unds 1 1
inches 1 INCHES
7514-18 18 91 28Y4 23 V2 27 4 y. 14 5 3/e 6 2o v. 'l:i 9 14 'h
7514-20 20 96 30Y4 25 '12 29 4 y. 14 5 311 6 22 v. 'h 9 14 'h
7514-24 24 104 34Y4 29 'h 33 4 y. 14 So/a 6 26 v. 'l:i 9 14 'h
7514-30 30 130 40Y4 35 V2 39 4 y. 14 5 311 7'1:i 32 v. v. 9 14 '12
7514-36 36 142 46Y. 41 'h 45 4 y. 14 5 o/1 71/:i 38 V1 o/1 9 14 'h
75 14-42 42 158 52 3,4 47 'h 51 4 y. 14 5 Ya 7'h 44 r. o/1 9 14 'h
7514-48 48 172 58 3,4 53 V2 57 4 y. 14 5 o/1 7'h 50 r. v. 9 14 'l:i

Series 8000 • 6 " diometer rolls

ldler ldler weight, •
number Belt pounds
width,
A B e o F G l M N s w
Grey ere y
Steel inches Steel
iron iron
rolls . rolls
1 rolls 1 rolls INCHES
8614-24 86 l 4C-24 24 114 137 34Y4 29 'h 33 4 y. 14 5% 6 26% V2 9 14 'h
8614-30 8614C-30 30 140 168 40 Y4 35 V2 39 4 v. 14 5 3/e 7 V2 32 V1 o/1 9 14 V2
8614-36 86 l 4C-36 36 156 189 46Y4 41 'h 45 4 v. 14 5 3/e 7 1/:i 38 V1 v. 9 14 'h
8614-42 8614C-42 42 182 221 52Y4 47 'h 51 4 v. 14 5 3/e 7 'h 44 V1 '11 9 14 'h
8614-48 8614C-48 48 188 231 58Y4 53 '12 57 4 y. 14 5 3/e 71/:i 50 V1 v. 9 14 'h
8614-54 8614C-54 54 204 253 64Y4 59 '12 63 4 y. 14 5 311 8 'h 56 V1 '11 9 14 'h
8614-60 86 l 4C-60 60 221 275 70 3,4 1 65 'l:i 69 4 y. 14 5 3/e 8 'h 62 v. v. 9 14 'h
Hove dimen.io~s cerlified lor instellotion purposes. • For weight oí revolving idler parts, see Table l O, p age 150.
& Aveileble in both greaseable and factory sealed construc11on. Greaseable
construction will be furnished unless otherwise specified .

LIN K-R~ LT· 191

bul k han dling
b e lt convey ors

Return belt idlers

BOLTS·N
~-~~~~~~e~~~~~~~-~

...-~~~~-M~~~~~~

1,, • MS

Serle s 5000 • 4" diameter rolls

ldler Belt
width,
ldler weight A
1
e 1
D
1
l
1
M N w
number pounds •
1 inches 1 INCHES
5417- 14 14 15 24 :y. 23 1 :y. 2 Y:i 17 Y:i 4 y,
5417-16 16 16 26 :y. 25 1 :y. 2 Y:i 19 y, 4 Y:i
5417- 18 18 17 28 :y. 27 1 y. 2 Y2 21 Y:i 4 Y:i
541 7 -20 20 18 30 :y. 29 1 y. 2 Y:i 23 y, 4 Y:i
5 41 7-24 24 22 3 4 :y. 33 1% 2 Y:i 27 y, 4 Y:i
54 17-30 30 26 40 :y. 39 1 y. 2 Y2 33 Y:i 4 Y:i
Se ries 6000.& • 4" and 5 " diameter rolls
ldler ldler weight,
number Belt pounds •
A e D l M N w
4• s• width,
4" 1 5"
dio meter dio meter inches
dio meter dio meter
rolls 1 rolls rolls rolls INCHES
6 417-14 6517-14 14 12 15 24 % 23 3 Y2 6 17 y, 8
6 4 17-16 6517- 16 16 14 16 26 y. 25 3 Y:i 6 19 y, 8
6 417-18 6517- 18 18 16 18 28 y. 27 3 y, 6 21 y, 8
64 17 -20 6517-20 20 17 20 30Y. 29 3 Y:i 6 23 y, 8
6 4 17-24 6517-24 24 19 23 3 4 y. 33 3 Y:i 6 27 y, 8
6 417-30 6517-30 30 23 27 40Y. 39 3 Y2 6 33 Y:i 8
6 4 17-36 6517-36 36 27 31 46Y. 45 3 y, 6 39 Y:i 8
6 417-42 6517-42 42 31 35 52 y. 51 3 Y2 6 45 Y2 8
6 41 7-48 65 17-48 48 35 40 58 y. 57 3 Y:i 6 51 Y:i 8
Serie s 7000 • 5" d1ameter ralls
ldler
Belt
ldler weight, A e DLI. M N w
width,
number p ounds •
inches INCHES
7517- 18 18 30 28 y. 27 4 v. 6 20 ~I Y:i 8
7517-20 20 32 30 :y. 29 4 V. 6 22 % Y:i 8
7517-24 24 37 34 :y. 33 4 v. 6 26% Y:i 8
7517-30 30 45 40Y. 39 4 V. 7Y:i 32% o/a 9Y:i
7517-36 36 52 46Y. 45 4 v. 7Y:i 38 % o/a 9 Y2
7517-42 42 58 52314 51 4 v. 7 Y2 44 ~. o/a 9 Y:i
7517-48 48 65 58 y. 57 4 v. 7 Y2 50 ~. o/1 9 Y:i
Series 8000 • 6 " d1ameter rolls
ldler ldler weight,
number Belt pounds • A e DLI. l M N w
width,
Steel G roy iron Steel Groy iron 1 1 1 1 1 1
inches
rolls 1 rolls rolls 1 rolls INCH ES
8617-24 8617C-24 24 36 61 34 314 33 4 v. 6 26 ~I Y:i 8
8617-30 8617C-30 30 43 74 40314 39 4 v. 7 Y2 32 % o/1 9Y:i
8617-36 8617C-36 36 50 85 46 % 45 4 v. 7 Y2 38 ~I o/1 9 'h
8617-42 8617C-42 42 57 98 52 :y. 51 4 y. 7 Y:i 44 ~I o/1 9 Y2
8617-48 86 17C-48 48 65 112 58 y. 57 4 v. 7 Y2 50 ~I o/1 9 Y2
8617-54 86 17C-54 54 72 124 6 4 314 63 4 v. 8 Y2 56 ~I o/a 10 Y2
8617-60 86 17C-60 60 79 137 70Y. 69 4 v. 8 Y2 62 % o/a o
1 Y:i
Series 9000 • 6 " and 7 " diameter rolls
ldler ldler weight,
number Belt pounds • w
width,
A e D l M N
6" 7" 6" 7•
dio meter diameter inches dio meter dio meter
rolls 1 rolls rolls 1 rolls INCHES
9617-36 9717-36 36 135 147 53 :y. 51 7 9 Y:i 46 y. 12
9617-42 9717-42 42 150 163 59% 57 7 9 'h 52 y. 12
9617-48 9717-48 48 165 179 65 % 63 7 9 Y:i 58 314 12
9617-54 9717-54 54 180 195 71 y. 69 7 9 Y:i 64 314 12
9617-60 9717-60 60 195 211 77 v. 75 7 9 Y2 70 y. 12
9617-72 9717-72 72 225 243 89314 87 7 9 Y2 82 y. 12
9617 -84 9717-84 84
Hove dimensions cert1fied lor installation purposes .
255 275
t;.
101 314 997 314 12
4y.• drop will be furnlshed unless otherwise spec1fied. lY. drop w1ll be
94
. 14 Y2

.A Availa ble in both gre oseable ond lactory seoled construction. Greoseoble furnished il spe cified, at no additionol cost.
construction will be furnished unless othe rwise specified. a for wei9ht ol re volvin9 idler parts, see Ta ble 1O, poge l 50.

192 . L IN K· BEL T
 bulk handling
b elt conveyors

Return belt rubber tread idlers

Series 6000• • 4 " and 5 " diameter rolls

ldler number ldler weighl,' pounds •
Belt
4• s• A e D L M N w
4•
dio meter
1 s•
dia meter
width,
dio meter 1 1 1 1 1 1
inches diomeler J
rolls rolls rolls rolls INCHES
64 18- 14 6518- 14 14 13 14 24 314 23 3 'h 6 1613¡1, '12 8
64 18-16 65 18- 16 16 15 16 26 314 25 3 '12 6 18 13¡1, 'h 8
64 18-1 8 6518- 18 18 16 17 28 '.4 27 3 '12 6 20 13¡1, 'h 8
6418-20 6518-20 20 17 18 30 314 29 3 'h 6 22 13116 'h 8
6418-24 6518-24 24 18 19 34 314 33 3 'h 6 26 13¡1, 'h 8
6418-30 6518-30 30 19 22 40 'I• 39 3 'h 6 32 13¡1, '12 8
6418-36 6518-36 36 22 25 46 314 1 45 3 'h 6 3813¡1, 'h 8

Series 7000 • 5" diameter rolls

Belt
ldler weighl, e M N w
ldler number width,
pounds • INCH ES
inches
7518-18 18 21 28 314 27 4 '14 6 20 Va '12 8
7518-20 20 22 30 314 29 4 '14 6 22 Va '12 8
7518-24 24 25 34 314 33 4 v. 6 26 Va 'h 8
7518-30 30 31 40 314 39 4 'I• 7 'h 32 Va o/s 9'12
7518-36 36 35 46 314 45 4 v. 7'12 38 Va Ya 9 '12
7518-42 42 39 52 '.4 51 4 'I• 7'12 44 Va Ya 9 'h
7518-48 48 44 58 314 57 4 '14 7 'h 50 Va o/s 9'12

Serles 8000 • 6" diameter rolls

8elt
ldler weight, A e M N w
ldler number widlh,
pounds •
inches INCH ES
8618 -2 4 24 30 34 314 33 4 '14 6 26 Va '12 8
8618-30 30 35 40 314 39 4 v. 7 '12 32 Va Ya 9!12
8618 -36 36 40 46 314 45 4 '!. 7'12 38 Va Ya 9'12
8618-42 42 45 52314 51 4 '!. 7'12 44 Va o/s 9!12
8618-48 48 50 58 :y. 57 4 '14 7'12 50 Va Ya 9!12
8618-54 54 55 64 314 63 4 '14 8 'h 56 Va Ya lo !t2
8618 -60 60 60 70 314 69 4 v. 8 '12 60 Va o/s lo '12

Series 9000 • 6" diameter ro lls

Belt
ldler weighl, A e D M N w
ldler number widlh,
pounds • IN CH ES
inches
9618-36 36 80 53 314 51 7 9 '12 45 13116 31. 12
9618-42 42 87 59 314 57 7 9 '12 51 13116 Y4 12
9618-48 48 94 65 314 63 7 9 '12 57 1 % 314 12
9618-54 54 102 71 314 69 7 9 '12 63 13/\, 314 12
9618-60 60 109 77314 75 7 9 '12 69 1 % 314 12
9618-72 72 123 89 314 87 7 9 '12 8 l 13¡1, 314 12
96 18-84 84 137 l 0 1 :y. 99 7 12 93 13¡1, 314 14 !t2
Hove d imensions certifi ed fa r in~ la lla t io n purposes. D. 4 y.• drop w ill be fur nished unless o lherwise speci fied. 114• drop will be
Á Availoble in bo th g reaseable and fa clory sealed construclion. G reaseable furnished if specified, al no a ddilio nal cost.
construclion w ill be furnished unless o lherwise spec ified. • Far w eight of revolving id ler p eris, see Tab le 10, page 150.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 193
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Return belt training idlers • positive action type 0

Serles 6000,. • 4" ond 5" diometer rolls

ldl"r number Belt ldler w"ight, pounds •
A B e D F l M N s w
width,
4" d iometer s• diometer 4 • dio meter 1 S' d io meter 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
inches
rolls 1 rolls rolls rolls INCHES
6420-14 6520-14 14 61 63 25 y. 20 v. 23 3 V2 9 6 17 V2 6 r. 8
6420-16 6520-16 16 64 67 27 y. 22 v. 25 3 V2 9 6 19 V2 6 r. 8
6420-18 6520-18 18 67 70 29 y. 24 v. 27 3 V2 9 6 21 y, 6% 8
6420-20 6520-20 20 69 73 31 o/. 26 v. 29 3 V2 9 6 23 V2 6 r. 8
6420-24 6520-24 24 75 79 35 y. 30 Yo 33 3 V2 9 6 27 V2 6 r. 8
6420-30 6520-30 30 84 89 41 y. 36 Yo 39 3 V2 9 6 33 y, 6 r. 8
6420-36 6520-36 36 93 98 47 % 42 Yo 45 3 V2 9 6 39 V2 6 r. 8
6 420 -42 6520-42 42 101 106 53 y. 48 v. 51 3 V2 9 6 45 V2 6 r. 8
6420-48 6520-48 48 11 0 115 59 y. 54 v. 57 3 V2 9 6 51 V2 6 r. 8

Series 700 0 • 5 " diometer rolls

ldl er number
Belt
;'idth,
1
ldler weight, pounds •
A B 1 C 1 D~ 1 F M 1 N 1 S w
1 inches INCHES
7520- 18 18 10 4 29 y. 23% 27 4 v. 14 v. 6 20 % V2 9 14 V2
7520-20 20 10 9 31 y. 25 % 29 4 v. 14 v. 6 22 r. V2 9 14 V2
- - 7 520-2 4 24 117 35 y. 29% 33 4 v. 14 v. 6 26 r. V2 9 14 V2
7 520-30 30 143 41 % 35 % 39 4 v. 14 v. 7 V2 32 r. y, 9 14 V2
7520-36 36 153 47 Y• 41 % 45 4 v. 14 v. 7 y, 38 r. % 9 14 V2
7520-42 42 171 53 y. 47 % 51 4 v. 14 v. 7 V2 44 r. % 9 14 V2
7 520-48 48 185 59 y. 53 % 57 4 v. 14 v. 7 y, 50 r. % 9 14 V2

Series 8000 • 6 11 diometer rolls

ldler number

Gray iron
Belt
wi dth,
ldler weight, pounds •

Groy iron
A
1
8
1
e
1
D~ 1
F
1
l
1
M
1
N
1
s
1
w
Steel roll s inches Steel r olls
1 r olls 1 rolls INCHES
8620-24 862 0 ( -2 4 24 126 151 35% 29 % 33 4 v. 14 v. 6 26 r. y, 9 14 y,
8620-30 862 0 C-30 30 152 183 41 y. 35 % 39 4 v. 14 v. 7 V2 32 r. % 9 14 V2
8620-36 8620(-36 36 168 204 47 % 41 % 45 4 v. 14 Yo 7 V2 38 r. % 9 14 y,
8620 -42 8620C-42 42 194 236 53% 47 % 51 4 v. 14 v. 7 V2 44 r. % 9 14 y,
8620-48 8620C-48 48 200 247 59% 53% 57 4 v. 14 v. 7 y, 50 r. % 9 14 y,
8620-54 8620C-54 54 216 269 65% 59 % 63 4 v. 14 Yo 8 V2 56 r. % 9 14 V2
8620-60 8620C-60 60 233 291 71 % 65% 69 4 v. 14 v.· 8 y, 62 r. % 9 14 V2

Series 9000 • 6 11 ond 7" diometer rolls

ldler number ldler weight, pounds •
Belt A 8 e D F l M N s w
width,
6" diomet"r 7" d iometer inches 6" d iameter 1 r d iameter 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
rolls 1 rolls roll s rolls INC HES
9620-36 9720-36 36 253 264 5 4 y, 44 Ya 51 7 18 r. 9 V2 40 % 10 16 y,
9620-42 9720-42 42 277 289 60 V2 50 3/1 57 7 18 r. 9 V2 46 y. 10 16 y,
9620-48 9720-48 48 301 314 66 y, 56 :y. 63 7 18 r. 9 V2 52 % 10 16 V2
9620-5 4 9720-54 54 343 357 72 y, 62 :y. 69 7 18 r. 9 y, 58 y. 10 16 y,
9620-60 9720-60 60 368 383 78 V2 68 :y. 75 7 18 r. 9 y, 64 % 10 16 y,
9620-72 9720-72 72 496 514 9 0 V2 80 :y. 87 7 21 Y1 9 V2 76 % 10 21 V2
9620-8 4 1 9720-8 4 84 614 635 102 V2 1 92 :y. 99 7 2 1 Ya 12 88 % 1 10 21 V2
Hove dimensions certifred for insta'lo11o n purposes. t:,. 4V." d rop will be fu r n1shed unless o therwise specifred. IY." d rop will ba
Á Available in greoseable ond facto ry seoled construction. G rea seable furnished if speci fr ed, al no additionol cost.
~ on stru c tion w ill be furnished unless o therwise spe cifr ed. • Fo r weight o f revolving idler port s, see Table 10, page 150.
o For return beh t ro1ni ng id lers for reversib le behs consuh Link-Be lt.

194 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Return belt rubber tread lraining idlers . caster camber type o

______ ( - - - - - - -
,____
BELT TRAVEL

--+--\ -
r
~{''
- L -

l A J s
Series 8000 • 6 11 diameter rolls
Belt A e O¿ F L M N s w
ldler width, lldler weight, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
number pounds •
1 inches INCHES
8622-24 24 10 1 35 3/.c 33 4 \/4 9% 6 26 r. y, 7% 8 Y:z
8622-30 30 112 41 % 39 4 \/4 9% 7 \/2 32 r. % 7% 9 Y:z
8622 -36 36 123 47 :Y4 45 4 '/.e 9% 7 y, 38 r. % 7 :Y. 9 Y:z
8622-42 42 145 53 % 51 4 '/.e 9% 7 y, 44 r. :y, 7% 9 Y:z
8622-48 48 156 5931.c 57 4 \/4 9% 7 y, 50 r. :y, 7% 9 Y:z
8622-54 54 171 65 3/.c 63 4 '/.e 9% 8 y, 56 ~ % 7:Y. 10 \/2
8622-60 60 184 71 o/. 69 4 \f4 9% 8 y, 62~ % 7% 10 Y:z
11
Series 9000 • 6 diameter rolls
ldler Belt ldler weight, A e D F L M N s w
width, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
num ber pounds •
1 inches INCHES
9622-36 36 242 54 y, 51 7 13 % 9 y, 3913116 :y. 8 :Y. 12
9622-42 42 278 60 y, 57 7 13% 9 \/2 4513116 :y. 8:Y. 12
9622-48 48 295 66 \/2 63 7 13% 9 y, 5 ]13,i, o/. 8% 12
9622-54 54 318 72 y, 69 7 13 % 9 y, 5713/16 % 8 31.c 12
9622-60 60 337 78 y, 75 7 13% 9 y, 63 13116 o/. 8% 12
9622-72 72 379 90 \/2 87 7 13 % 9 \/2 751 % :y. 8 :y. 12
9622-84 84 421 102 \/2 99 7 13% 12 8713,i, :y. 8 :Y4 14 y,
o For re1urn belr training odlers far reve rsible belts consult Link-Belt. ¿ 4y.• drop will be furnished unless otherwise specified. 1%" drop will be
lurnished if specified, ol no addilional cost.
• Far weight of revolving idler ports, see Table 10, page 150

Return belt beater idlers

Series 8000 • 6 " diameter rolls

ldler
Belt
ldler weighl, A e M N w
width,
number inches
pounds • INCHES
8619 -24 24 47 34 :y. 33 4 '/.e 6 26 r. y, 8
86 19-30 30 56 40 :y. 39 4 '/.e 7 Y, 32 r. :y, 9 y,
8619-36 36 65 46 :y. 45 4 '/.e 7 y, 38 r. Ya 9 y,
8619-42 42 74 52 % 51 4 '/.e 7 y, 44 r. Ya 9 Y:z
8619-48 48 82 58 % 57 4 '/.e 7 Y, 50 r. Ya 9\/2
8619-54 54 92 64% 63 4 '/.e 8 \/2 56 r. s;, 1o \/2
86 19-60 60 102 70 :y. 69 4 '/.e 81h 62 r. s;. 1o Y:z
Serles 9000 • 7" diameter rolls
ldler
Belt
ldler weight, A e o M N w
width,
number inches
pounds • INCHES
97 19 - 36 36 130 53 3/.c 51 7 9 \/2 46 3/.c 12
97 19-42 42 142 59 :y. 57 7 9 \/2 52 :y. 12
9719-48 48 154 65 :y. 63 7 91h 58 3/.c 12
9719-54 54 165 71 :y. 69 7 9 Y:z 64 :y. 12
9719-60 60 178 77 :y. 75 7 9 \/2 70 % 12 -
97 19-72 72 202 89 3/.c 87 7 9 y, 82 o/. 12
9719-84 84 226 10 1 :y. 99 7 12 94 :y. 14 1h
Hove dimensions certified far instollalion purposes. ¿ 4V. • drop will be furnished unless otherwise specified. 1:y.• drop wilt be
furnished if specified, at no oddilional cost.
• For weight of revolving id le r parts, see Table 10, poge 150.
L I NK - B ELT• 195
bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Single pulley d rive with roller chain drive to he ad shaft from Link-Belt
Moto gear far convenience of locotion and suppo rt. Photo 38427
Components
Drives
The belt conveyor drive, which p erforms the im-
p ortant function of propelling the loaded belt,
should be desi gned for a high degree of depend-
ability and o mínimum of mointenonce. lt should be
consistent with the over- all design of conveyor and
should conform to spoce limitations ond desired
orrangement.
Li!"k- Belt manufactures components ond complete
drives to serve every industry need-from small,
single pulley drives to large, dual pulley drives
ond complex terminal arrangements for reversing
service. Link-Bel! has designed and built a wide
ronge of ty pes, including single pulley drives up
to 1500 horsepower ond reversing drives for 60"
convey ors w ith more thon 2000-foot centers.
As a leading manufocturer of speed reducers,
Link-Belt offers a wide range of types and sizes -
from fractional horsepower Motogears to herring-
bone gear units which drive the largest belt con-
veyors in existence. All conform to the exocting
specif1cations of the American Gear Manufocturers
Associotion. Mony special accessories ore ovoilable
for Link-Belt speed reducers ond they moy be
equipped with specio l beoring seols for such severe
service os sinter plants and foundries.

Slng te pulle y drlve with herring bone g ear speed reducer, geared flexible couplings o nd
3 00 HP motor with fo n far specia l tro pical ve ntilation, a ll mounted o n a unit base. Photo 36132

196 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Componen Is
Drives, continued
Flexible couplings are manufactured by link-
Belt in both geared and chain types, to meet all
conditions of belt conveyor service.

Chain drives are sometimes used between a

speed reducer and the drive pulley shaft to pro-
vide a flexible arrangement in a limited space,
as th ey permit the motor and the speed reducer
to be located above, below or in front of the drive
pulley. Chain drives also facilitate changing the
conveyor speed and are usually Jower in first cost.
They are dependable and may be housed in oil-
tight and dust-tight casings.

Alignment of conveyor belts and drive com-

ponents is most effectively maintained, and life of
parts is extended, b y the use of rigid bases for
d rive components.
Single pulley drive for belt feeder with choin drive, herringbone gear
Pulleys, shafts, bearings and b ackstops, which speed reducer, P.1.V. variable speed drive, motor ond roller choin cou-
are also important parts of drives, are described plings. Precise variotions up to 6: 1 may be obto ined with o P.I. V.
Photo 31284
later in this section.

Complete data on speed reducers, couplings,

chains and other drive components are contained
in Catalog 1050.

Dual pulley drlve for 49• wide bel! conveyor. A 200 HP motor drives
primory pulley ond o 100 HP mo tor drives secondory pulley through her-
ringbone geor speed reducers ond geored flexible couplings. Photo 357 58

Single pulley drlve for world's highest lift belt con-

veyor ond lorgest single pulley drive ever built, con-
sisting of herringbone geor speed reducer, geored
Aexíble couplings, eddy-current clutch ond 1500 HP
synchronous motor. Post brake type backstop is In back· Single pulley drlve for 48" wide belt conveyor, with herringbone geor
ground. Photo 31957 speed reducer, 250 HP motor ond geored Aexible couplings. Photo 38305

L 1 N K - B E L T • 1 97
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Components
Takeups
Th e basic ty p es of takeups used for bel t conveyors are:
manu ally adjusted screw typ e and automatic counter-
weighted type for vertical or horizontal travel. Arrange-
ments and a pplications vary wi d ely with conveyor require-
ments. Occasionally, other specia l types are used, such as
those actuated by spring s, torqu e motor or hyd roulics.
For the counterweighted type, a safety device is available
to prevent the free foil of the takeup and its counterweight
in case of accidenta l parting of the belt.
Lin k- Belt manufactures all t ypes of takeu p s and provides
en gineering service for application and for d eveloping
sp ecial designs.

Vertical counter welghte d tak eup for 60" wide belt. Note DS roller bear ing take ups on inclined belt con·
mili beoring pillow blocks, and grooved, rubber lagged pulleys veyo r far manual adjustmenl of belt lension.
to prevent buildup of sticky iron ore. Photo 361 30 Pholo 34941

Horixantal type counte rw e lghte d takeups with plain bearings used

on sixteen 24" wide belt conveyors handling copper o re. Photo 25671

198 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Components
Pulleys and shafts
Belt conveyor pulleys and shafts are manufactured by
Link-Belt in all types and sizes. By obtaining these two
important components from one reliable source, the user is
assured of proper flt, ease of erection and best performance.

Pulleys for belt conveyors are usually welded steel, drum

type, for maximum strength, minimum weight, and for
resistance to shock during handling and operation. Their
ruggedness, concentricity and balance reflects Link-Belt's
b road experience in the belt conveyor fleld.
Welded steel pulleys are available with straight or
crown faces in all combinations of diameters and face
widths. The y ma y be furnished with rubber lagging, either
b o lted or vulcanized to rim surface. Lagging for drive
Welded steel pultey with toper lock bushing provides the meons for quick
pulleys is usually grooved to resist slippage. Softer rubber ossembly ond mointoining light fil betwee n shoft, key ond hub. Photo 37692
lagging for snub and bend pulleys reduces the tendency for
sticky materials to adhere to the pulley faces.
Pulleys for shafts o f sm all and moderate diameters are
equipped with taper lock bushings for ease of erection
and to insure and maintain a tight f1t during operation.
Large, heavil y loaded drive pulleys are often bolted to
forged Aanges of d rive shafts for best use of shaft prop-
erties, to provide structural unity between pull ey and shaft,
and to resist the consta nt stress reversals under heavy loa d .
Casi iron pu ll eys are also rnade by Link-Belt for certain
corrosive conditions.

Shafts are available in various types of carbon and alloy

sleel and may be hect treat ed as required. They are cold
flnished or forg ed and rnay b e turned, ground and polished
as desired .
Norrnally, shafts are keyed in the pull ey hubs, but very
W elded steel pulteys with rub ber logging, ho ving herringbone grooves on
heavy duty driving shafts rnay be forged with Aang es for
drive puliey for increosed troction ond circumferentiol grooves on snub puliey
bolting directly to the end discs of pulleys. to preven! b uildup of ore. Note olso mili beoring piliow blocks, variable
troughing idlers ond bockstops. Pho to 361 09

Welded steel pulteys ouembled in 1250 HP drive for 60" belt. Orive puliey i~ bolted to Aanges forged on drive
shaft, which is extended for backstop. Note logging, mili bearing pillow blocks and substantial base. Photo 35521

L 1 N K - B E L T • 199
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Components
Bearings
Mill Link-Belt, as a lead ing manufactu rer a f mounted b earings
bearing 2783 4 for ali power transmission purposes, offers bearings to
36273 Ball or meet every condition of belt conveyor service.
roller Ball and rolier bearings are both available in a li re-
flange
3360 9
block quired mounting types, inclu d ing pillow blocks, Aange units
and screw ta keups-in shaft sizes up to 1 1". Most pillow
block housings a re cast iron, but Link-Belt also makes a line
27827
Roller bearing of heavy duty mili type roller bearing p iliow blocks with
pillow block
split cast steel housings for the most severe service in steel
milis, mines, foundries and sinter plants.
Bearing seals of ali standard types are d esigned to
effectivel y keep grease in a nd dirt out. Also, sp ecia l seals
Llnk-Belt's complete line of ball and roller bearings includes oll lypes can be provided for unusually d usty or abrasive cond i-
of mounlings, far shofts from % • lo 11 ", ond with seo Is for oll conditions
of service. tions or for corrosive atmosphere.
Babbitted a nd bronze bearings are also manufactured
by Link-Belt in a fu ll line of types and sizes. Housing s are
Babbitted Bronze of cast iron or steel.
bearing bearing
flange pillow block Separate catalogs and se lection d a ta are available.
block
30228

2 1140A
21744
Backstops
Backsto ps, to p revent backward movement of be lt when
Babbitted bearing Babbitted bearing ang le
pillow block pillow block power is interrupted, are made for mounting on driving
pulle y shaft, on an intermed iate d rive shaft, or are built
into speed reducers. link-Be lt can furnish any of these
types to meet the requirements of a speciflc belt conveyor.

37042

Llnk-Belt's complete line of plain b e arings includes oll types, bobbitted

ond bronze bushed, ond housings of casi iron or casi sleel.

Llnk-Belt mlll type roller b e oring p lllow blocks ore built far the most Link-Be lt babbitted or bron:i:e b earings ore widely used for belt con-
severe service, os on this foo t pulley of 60" belt conveyor handling iron ore. veyors in mony industries. Photo 3 1772
Pho to 36103

200 • L 1 N K • B E L T
 bulk handling
b elt conv eyo rs

•
auxiliary equ1pmen'I
link- Belt has developed a wide variety of auxiliary equipment to extend the use-
fulness of belt conveyors beyond the simple function of transporting bulk materials
from one location to another. Sorne t ypes of such equipment become an integral
part of a conveyor, while others are self-conta ined units that are normally used to
supplement a belt conveyor system.
The most common types of auxiliary equipment are trippers and plows which are
used for discharging the material from the belt at one or more points, or along
the length of the conveyor. A wider range of distribution is obtained by special
trippers equipped with cross belts, either flxed or shuttle t ype. Also, traveling
stackers and bridges equipped with belt conveyors are used for stockpiling over
extensive oreas.
Boat loaders, shuttle conveyors and belt slingers also serve speciflc needs for
directing the flow of material from a belt conveyor system to required location.
Travel ing loading hoppers with feeders provide the means for loading the belt
anywhere along a desired portian of its length.
Other functions may be performed while the material is en route over a belt
conveyor system by such auxiliary equipment as automatic scales, sampling devices,
magnetic pulleys and electro or permanent magnets.
Standard trippers are illustrated here with dimensions and selection information.
Following the tripper data, a few of the many other types and variations of auxiliary
equipment are described briefly to illustrate their principies and their possibilities
for application to other problems.
Except for standard trippers, most auxiliary equipment is designed for a speciflc
requirement. From our broad experience in this fleld Link-Belt offers a w id e variety
of existing designs of auxiliary equipment and its services in developing special
designs as needed.

Belt trippers
Two styles of link-Bel! stondord trippers ore described in the fol-
lowing poges, with dimensions ond selection information. Although
many special types and designs hove been developed to mee! a
wide varie ty of requirements, !he Series 51 and 53 trippers ore
adaptable to o mojority of bel! conveyor instollotions.
The Series 51 trippers ore for heavy duty service ond ore for han-
dling the heavier moterials ond those requiring steep chute ongles
to insure proper discharge.
The Series 53 trippers, while primorily intended for handling groin,
moy olso be used to odvontoge for mony other light moterials that
con be discharged through o shallow angle chute. Both ore for use
with belt conveyors having o single direction of trovel.
Many standard occessories a re ovailoble for both types to meet
the requirements of most instollations. Other occessories include spe-
cial bin seo l chutes to confine d ust creoted by dischorging material,
ond speciol enclosures for the some purpose. Also, chutes moy be
p rovided with liners or built in the stone box type for handling heovy
obrasive ore.
Material moy be discharged beyond the ronge of conventionol
chutes by short cross belt conveyors mounted on Series 51 trippers
or on sp eciolly designed tripp e rs. Also, this same method is some-
ti mes used to assure dependoble discharge of sticky moterials thot
would not flow through o chute.

Serles 5 1 b elt propelled trlpper equipped with chute hoving dust seo l Serles 53 belt propelled trlpper distributing groin to storoge silos of
plows for opening !he rubber seoling strips over bunker opening. Photo 29876 lorge elevotor. Photo 39130

L 1 N K • B E L T • 201
bulk handling
belt conveyors
Series 5 1 moto r p ropelled tripper
Series 51 b e lt trippe rs
Series 5 1 belt trippers ore belt propelled, cable propelled, or motor
prope lled, ond ore for heovy duty service. They will hondle heovy
moteriols ond those requiring sleep chute ongles to insure proper
dischorge.
These trippers hove o rigid welded steel frome to resist shock ond
minimize distortion. Pulleys ore of welded steel construction equipped
with toper lock bushings to preven! shifting ond to provide o light
clamp fit on the shoft. Pulley shofts ore of generous size ond ore
corried by Link-Belt self-oligning roller beoring pillow blocks. To
assure wheel alignment, the single Aange wheels are mounted on
through axles, operating in self-a ligning roller bearing pillow blocks.
Wheel guords ore provided.
Crossover plotforms, providing access to b oth sides of the conveyor,
can be provid e d. Such platforms are normally attached to the front
of the tripp er chute and frame, and includ e a handrail, steps or a
ladder al each end.
A b e lt scroper, for cleaning the belt between the two tripper
pulleys, is normally provided. Other auxiliary accessories can be
supplied.
Although primarily used with the several types of chutes shown o n
page 207, Series 51 b e lt trippers may be adapted for use with a
cross shuttle be lt and other discharg e arrongemenls.
Th e m otor p r opelled trlpper is used where continuous and uni-
form distribution of material along the conveyor is required or where
the tripper is to be moved or reversed frequently. Propelled by an
independenl electric motor, it can be automatically reversed at eoch
end of its travel by limit switches corried on the lripper and actuated
by stops placed where desired along the runway. Push butlons ore
provided for manual control to permit continued discharge al any
desired location. The tripper can be moved when the conveyor belt
is moving or stationary. Electric curren! moy be transmitted to the
tripper through trolley wires, or severol types of rigid conductors, or a
TRIPPER
SHEAVE • CA BLE SUPPORT
Schematic orrangement of Series 51 cable propelled tripper
202 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Belt trippers
Series 5 1 ca b le p ropelled tripper
cable reel carried on the tripper.
Each tripper is provided with o hand operoted, powerful, quick-
action roil clamp for holding it in a fixed position. When desired , the
tripper can be equipped with an electricolly operated brake which
is aulomatically set when curren! is interrupted. Each tripper is pro-
vided with an operotor's platform.
The roil clamp, the push button controls ond the operator's platform
con be on either side of the frame. The motor ond speed reducer can
also be on either side; however, it is recommended thot they be on
the side opposite the operotor's platform and control butlons. When
operotion from both sides is d esired, specia l dual controls and roil
clomps can be furnished; however, a platform attached to the dis-
charge chute is recommended to e nable the operotor to cross over
the belt lo a single sel of controls. Travel speed is 30 feel per minute.
Th e cabl e propelled tripper is for installations where o power
propelled tripper is required, b ut where electricol conductors ar
trolley wires needed for the motor propelled tripper are undesiroble.
Movemenl of the tripper, eilher for automatic reversing or for move-
ment to specific locations, is obtained by a single wire rope suitably
reeved through lhe tripper a nd a stationory sheave, and driven by
a winding machine. The single wire rape drive assures tripper olign-
ment throughout the trovel distance.
The independently controlled winding machine drive p ermits auto-
matic reversing by limit switches located along the !rock or m a nua l
operotion by means of push buttons when continued dischorge is
desired al a given location. The winding machine motor is equipped
with a disc type broke which brings the tripper lo o stop al each end
of its travel or al any point within the trovel, and holds it stotionory
by the propelling rape.
The independenl motor drive permits the tripper to be moved
while the belt conveyor is in operation or stopped. Trovel speed is
33 feet per minute.
RAIL
STOP
WINDING MA CH INE
Fig. 6444

Belt trippers
Series 51 b elt propell e d trippe r
The belt propelled trlpper is used where trovel distonce a nd
direction will be monuolly controlled. Power to move tripper is ob-
to ined from the conveyor belt, ond is tronsmitted from o pulley shoft
to o countershoft through manuolly e ngog ed friction wheels, ond
from the countershaft by chain drive to the tripper wheels.
Eoch lripper is provided with o hond operoted, powerful, quick-
oction raíl clamp fer holding it in o fixed position. An operotor's plat-
ferm ond o sofety guord over the friction wheel drive are olso
furnished.
The raíl clamp, operoting lever and plotferm moy be placed on
either side. Tripper trovel sp eed is approximotely ene tenth the speed
of the conveyor bel!.
Dlscharge chutes for Serles 51 trippers ore Types A, B, C, D
ond E on poge 207. Chutes ore normolly furnished occording to the
dimensions shown, but con be provided with such voriotions os:
increosed projections with or without intermediote dischorge poinls,
vertical extensions, ond ends orronged with plows fer bin dust seals
os on poge 207 and in Photo 29876 on poge 201.
To protect operotor, the sides of the upper por! of chutes exlend
beyond the point where the b elt contocts the p ulley.
The dimensions listed ore fer chutes used where the conveyor b e lt
speed is between 300 ond 400 FPM ond fer moteriols thot will flow
free ly on the slope o ngles shown. Consult Link-Bel! fer dime nsions of
chutes used with b elts troveling less thon 300 FPM or fa ster than
400 FPM or fer handling moteriols requiring o steeper sloping chute.
Also consult Link-Bel! fer recommendotions fer handling molerials
· occessible from the operotor's plotform ond con be locoted on either
which flow on o much flatter slope. A flatter sloped chute, in sorne
coses, moy p ermit o smoller tripper, d e pending upen such conditions
os belt speed, belt tension, amount of material hondled o nd type
of chute.
The plate thicknesses shown ond the dime nsions given are fer
handling mildly abrosive maleriols hoving lumps not lorger thon holf
the maximum size pe rmitted by lhe conveyor be lt, a s shown in Table
6, poge 146. Chutes with thicker pioles or renewoble, weor resisting
linings ore recommended fer handling obrosive ond Jorge lump
moteriols. Chutes fer lorger size lum ps can be furnished.
Series 53 belt trippers
Series 53 belt trippers are designed fer handling grain ond similor
lightweight bulk moteriols thot will flow through o chute inclined ot
on ang le of about 34 degrees from the horizontal. They moy b e
belt or coble propelled.
The rigid welded steel frome with o 72 " or 84" wheel base ond o
low center of grovity, provides strength and stability to resist shock
ond distortion.
bulk handling
belt conveyors
Series 53
belt prope ll e d tripper
Welded steel pulleys ore fitted with toper lock bushings to provide
o light clamp fil on the shofts. Self-oligning boll beoring pillow
blocks ore used on the 72" wheel base trippers ond self-olig ning
roller beoring pillow blocks on the 84" size.
The 1 2" diometer single flonged wheels ore mounted on individual
shofts with self-oligning boll beoring flonged beorings on su pports
which stroddle the conveyor to permit o lower roil mounting. Unit
stand belt idler supports con be used to support the roils becouse of
this feoture.
Powe r fer tripper movement is obtoined from the pulley shofts
through steel roller choin drives to o countershoft provid e d with two
interlocked Link-Belt friction clutches. Engogement of one or the other
of the two clutches results in the ferword or reverse rototion of the
countershoft, which in turn drives the two front wheels. Fer sofety, the
clutches mus! be held in e ngogement during trovel. When pressure
on the operoting lever is releosed the clutches outomaticolly dise ngoge
to provid e o "deod -mon" control. Tripper trovel sp eed is opproxi-
motely one-eighth the conveyor belt speed.
A hond-o pero ted friction broke on the countershoft permits occurote
spo tting ond holding of tripper al dischorge points.
The dischorge chute hood, guords ond removoble side pioles
protect lhe o p erotor from the moving ports. All controls ore eosily
side of the tripper. Access to either side of the belt conveyor ond the
chute control goles is offorded b y the cross over plotferm.
Dlscharge chutes for Serles 53 trippers ore of flonged welded
sleel, ond ore mode in o voriety of types ond orrongements, fer one-
woy, two-woy or three-woy d ischorg e. Fer Ty pe F two-woy chutes,
shown o n page 208, flow of moteriol is directed to either side of the
b elt conveyor by rock-ond-pinion slide goles operoted simultoneously
by o hond wheel ond o choin drive. Type R chutes, through rock-ond-
pinion slide goles, p ermit flow of mate rial to either side os well os
bock onto the be lt. Vorious chute extensions con be furnished including
ene thot permits dischorg e to two different locotions on the sorne side
of b e lt. Chutes with heovier plotes or renewoble weor-resisting
linings con olso be furnished.
Optlonal features for Serles 53 trlpper include:
A hond-operoted roil clamp to suppleme nt the friction broke.
A feur wheel drive where cond itions worront.
A choff collecting screw conveyor mounted below the upper p ulley
fer returning loose choff to the dischorge chute.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 203
bulk handling
b e lt conve yors

Belt trippers
Selection of tripper Examples of tripper se lection
The type of material to be handled, the max imum belt tension Example 1
at the tripper and the slope of the discharge spout will deter-
Select a belt tripper to handle coal under the fellowin g conditions:
mine the tripper selected.
Conveyor be lt .... . ...... .. .. ... ...... 24" wide
Series 51 trippers are designed so that instead of having 8elt tension at tripper ... . .... . ... . ... . 1900 pounds
only one size for extreme conditions of each belt width, a Required chute angle .. .. .. . ... . . .. . . . . 45 °
selection can b e made according to the varying require-
ments of pulley d iameters, conveyor belt tensions and slope
Solution
of discharge chutes. In the Series 53, a choice between 1900 pounds belt tension . .
pulley diameters and corresponding maximum belt tensions is 24 ,, wide belt = 79 pounds per inch of w1dth

available. Table 25 shows a minimum recommended pulley d iameter of 16"

The selection of the tripper number is made from Table 26. fer this tension.
Table 26 shows that Number 518242 0, 51 C2420 or 51 M2420
Dimensions will be found on pages 205, 206 and 208.
trippers are required with a Typ e E chute or lhe Number 51 82424,
A properl y selected tripper will conform to the following 51 C2424 or 51 M2424 trippers are required fer Typ es A, 8, C and
requirements: D chutes.
A pulley diameler equal to or gre ater than the recommended
minimum diameter as determined by ra ted belt tension of the belt
Ex amp le 2
tripper. These minimum pulley diameters are shown in Table 25.
A be lt tension rating of tripper, equal to or greater than the maxi- Select a b elt tripper to hand le grain under the fellowi ng conditions:
mum tension in the conveyor belt al the tripper. Material will flow through a chute having approximately a
A chute with slope angle stee p enough to assure fl ow of material 33° angle.
through it. Ordinarily, the following slo pe angl es hove b een found 8elt width, specif1cations and tensions sorne as in Probl em 1.
satisfactory: Solut ion
For very fr ee-flowing moterials such as
Table 26 shows that Number 5382418 trippe r ma y be used with
groins a nd beans .. . .. . .. . ...... . . .... 30° to 35°
any ene of the chute va riations.
For free-flowing materials such as
clean g ravel and clean sized coal ....... 35° to 40°
For moderately free-flowing materials Exam ple 3
such as low moisture sand, crushed Select a trippe r lo handl e crushed stone under the fellowing con-
stone, coal and ores ........ ... ........ 4 0 ° to 50° dilions:
For sluggish materials similar to moist Conveyor b elt .. . . . . ........ ....... . .. 24" wid e
earth or wet coal and ores having 8elt tensio n at tripper ........ .. . ... .. . 4200 pound s
fines and doy . . .. .. .... ...... . .. . ... . 50° to 60° Required chute angle . . ..... ........... 4 5°
lf material should require a steeper slope, a short, reversible
Solutio n
cross belt is often used instead of a chute .
4200 pounds belt tension . .
Table 25 • Recommended minimum pulley diameters
24 ., wide belt = 175 pounds per mch of w1dth
Mínimum pulley diameter, inches
Belt Table 25 shows a minimum recommended p ulley d iameter of 20"
carcass _ _ _R_ at_e_d_b_e_lt_t_e_ns_io_n.;..,.;..p_o_
un_d_s...:,p_e_r _in_c_h _o_f _b_e_lt_w_i_dt_h_ __ fer this tension.
1 0-99 1 100 -149 I 150-199 1 200-249 J 250-299 l 300-34 9
Ta ble 26 shows th at Number 5 1 8242 4, 51 C2424 o r 51 M242 4
trippers with a 24 " diometer pulley must be used because of the
belt tension al tripper. Any type chute will meet the requirements.
Tabl e 26 • Selection of tripper number
Series 5 1 Series 53
Belt Chute angle, Moximum Tripper number Approximate
width, degrees Pulley chute angle, Maximum Pulley
belt lensian belt tension, diometer,
Tripper
inches diameter,
of tripper, Motor degrees pounds number
A, B,
pounds inches Bel! Ca ble inches
C,D 1 E propelled 1 propelled 1 propelled
A

14 48 57 2500 20 5181420 51C1420 5 1M1 420 .. . .. .. . .. ...... ..

16 46 55 2500 20 5181620 51(1620 51M l 620 ... .... .. . . .. ... . .
- -- - - - ---
18 44 54 2500 20 51 8182 0 51C1820 51M1820 ... .. . . .. . . .......
18 50 59 5000 24 5181824 5 1(1824 51M 1824 ... .... . .. ... . .. . .
- --
20 43 53 2500 20 5182020 51(2020 51M2020 . . . .... .. . ........
20 47 57 5000 24 5 182024 5 1(2024 51M2024 .. . .... . .. .. .. . .. .
- -- - -- ---
24 40 50 2500 20 5182420 51(2420 51M2420 33 2000 18 53824 18
24 45 55 5000 24 51 82424 51C2424 51M2424 33 2800 20 5382420
24 51 61 7000 30 51 82430 51C2430 51M2430 . . . .... ... . .......
--- ---
30 40 52 5000 24 5 18302 4 51C3024 51M3024 33 2000 18 5383018
30 47 58 7000 30 5183030 51C3030 51M3030 33 3600 20 5383020
30 50 61 10000 36 51 83 036 51C3036 51 M3036 ... . ... . .. . . . .... .
36
- 44-- - 56 7000 30 5183630 5 1(3630 51M3630 33 2000 18 5383618
36 47 59 10000 36 51 83636 5 1C3636 51 M3636 33 3600 20 5383620
50 62 11 000 42 51 83642 51C3642 51M3642 . . . . . .. ... . ...... .
- 36
--
42
- --
40 53 7000 30 5184230 51C4230 51M4230 33 3000 18 53 84 218
42 44 56 10000 36 5184236 51C4236 51M4236 33 48 00 20 5384220
11 000 42 51 84242 51C4242 51M4242 ... . ... .. . . . ......
42
- --
48
- - 59
47
- 41 - --
54 10000 36 51 84836 5 1(4836 51 M4836 33 3000 18 53 84818
48 44 57 11 000 42 51 84842 5 1C4842 51M4842 33 48 00 20 53 84820
A Actual slope 8 in 12.

204 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 6. 6 6
•-..
..,...-·
CAN BE ASSEMBLED AS SHOWN OR OPPOSITE AS SHOWN AG .... -:-: •
CD

1
LIFT OF
,.
MATERIAL

.."'
CD

'm: 1
Tº L
r'-. - >-----¡ - _;
~ w- ,J ~ w-
2· ºt ' -RAILS AH

c 2·

HR HF BEL T PROPELLED CABLE PROPELLED MOTOR PROPELLED

Fig. 6255
Series 51 belt, cable and motor propelled trippers
Axle lood, Approx. Rails,
Tripper number K
Approx Moximum extra belt AH,
p oundst Foctor N
Motor
weight y bel! lenglh re- A 8 e o F G Axle beoring l M 18)
p R w X AG pounds
Bel! 1 Coble e o ch, tension, quired, per
propelled propelled pro pelled ® Bo bbitted 1 Roller
pounds HF HR pounds feel and
• * • 0 1 inches INCHES
yard
0
5181420 5 1C1420 5 1M1420 20001250 750 .00 13
2,500 9-0 4 9 '12 20 54 8 v.
9 32 22 o/a 21 v. 33 '12 5 >¡. 12 '12 16 29 '12 14 30 v. 8 v. 30
5181620 5 1C1 620 5 1M1620 20501290 760 .00 13 2,500 9-0 4 9 '12 20 54 8 v.
9 34 23 v. 22 o/1 34 '12 5 >¡. 13 % 18 30% 14 31 v. 9 v. 30
5 181 820 51C 1820 51 M182 0 2 100
1330 770 .00 13 2,500 9-0 49 '12 20 54 8 v.
9 36 24 v. 23 v. 35 '12 5>;. 14 '12 20 31 '12 14 32 v. lo v. 30
5181824 51C182 4 51M1824 26001700 900 .0018 5,000 10-4 59 o/a 24 72 1o v.
9 36 24 v. 23 v. 35 '12 5>;. 14 '12 20 31 '12 14 32 'la 10 v. 30
- 1370
-
5182020 51C2020 5 1M2020 2 150 780 .0013 2,500 9-0 49 '12 20 54 9
8 Y.. 38 25 'lí 24>!." 36 '12 5 >¡. 15 '12 24 32 '12 14 33 1/a 11 v. 30
51 82024 51C2024 51M2024 2650 1730 920 .0018 5,000 10-4 59 v. 24 72 10 v.
9 38 25 o/a 24 v. 36 '12 5 >¡. 15 '12 24 32 '12 14 33 1/a 11 v. 30
5182420 5 1C2420 51M2420 2250 1450 800 .00 13 2,500 9-0 49 '12 20 54 8 v.
9 42 27 o/a 26 v. 38 '12 5 lf. 17 % 26 34 '12 14 35 1/a 13 v. 30
5182424 51C2424 51M2424 2800 1840 960 .00 18 5,000 10-4 59 o/a 24 72 10 v.
9 42 27 o/a 26 v. 38 1/2 5 >¡. 17 '12 26 34 '12 14 35 1/a 13 v. 30
-
5 182430 5 1C2430 51M2430 47003000 1700 .0033 7,000 12-7 73 ra 30 90 11
13 Ya 42 30 v. 27 '12 40 1/2 7 v. 17 26 34 '12 18 35 1/a 13 v. 40
5183024 51C3024 5 1M3024 3000 1980 1020 .00 18 5,000 10-4 59 v. 24 72 10 v.
9 48 30 v. 29 v. 4 1 1/2 5 >¡. 201/2 32 37 '12 14 38 1/4 16 v. 30
5 183030 5 1C3030 5 1M3030 5000 3200 1800 .0033 7,000 12-7 73 ra 30 90 11
13 Ya 48 33 v. 301/2 431/2 7 v. 20 32 37 '12 18 38 v. 16 v. 40
5 183036 51C3036 51M3036 6000 3800 2200 .0042 10,000 15-2 83 ra 36 108 11
16 Ya 48 33 v. 30 1/2 43 1/2 7 v. 20 32 37 '12 18 38 '!. 16 v. 40
51 83630 5 1C3630 5 1M3630 5300 3400 1900 .0033 7,000 12-7 73 ra 30 90 11 13 Ya 54 36 v. 33 1/2 46 1/2 7 v. 23 38 40 '12 18 m 19 v.
41 v. 19 1/.
40
5183636 5 1C3636 51M3636 6300 4000 2300 .0042 10,000 15-2 83 ra 36 108 11 16 Ya 54 36 v. 33 '12 46 1/2 7 v. 23 38 40 '12 18 40
. ....... 51C3642 51M3642 7700 5100 2600 .... . 11,000 17-3 94 v. 42 120 11 19 Ya 54 36 v. 33 '12 46 '12 7 v. 23 38 42 '12 18 41 v. 19 v. 40
5 184230 51C4230 5 1M4230 5600 3600 2000 .0033 7,000 12-7 73 ra 30 9 0 11 13 Ya 61 39 Y4 37 50 7 v. 26 '12 44 44 18 44 31. 22 >¡. 40
>--- - - - - - - -- -- - - --
51 84236 51C4236 5 1M4236 6600 4200 2400_ .0042 10,000 15-2 83 ra 36 108 11 16 Ya 61 39 % 37 50 7 v. 26 1/2 44 44 18 44 >¡. 22 >¡. 40
. ....... 5 1C4242 51M4242 8100 5300 2800 ..... 11,000 17- 3 94 1/4 42 120 11 19 Ya 61 39% 37 50 7 v. 26 '12 44 46 18 44 31. 22 % 40
5184836 5 1C4836 51M4836 6900 4400 2500 .0042 10,000 15-2 83 ra 36 108 11 16 Ya 67 42% 40 53 7 v. 29 1/2 51 48 18 47 31. 25% 40
5 184842 5 1C4842 5 1M4842 8500 5500 3000 .... . 11,000 17- 3 94 v. 42 120 11 19 Ya 67 42% 40 53 7 v. 291/2 51 49 18 47 3i. 25% 40
r
Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes. 0 Does not include weight of dischorge chute. For totol weight of cable propelled tripper, odd weight
z • lncludes: roller bearing pillow blocks for pulley shafts and oxles, operator's plotform, belt scraper.
given, on odditionol 3% of this weight, ond weight o f houloge equipment shown on poge 206. See

" hand operated clamp to engoge roil. Does not include dischorge chute. columns HF ond HR for oxle loods.

m * lhaulage
ncludes: roller bearing pillow blocks for pulley shofts ond oxles, belt scroper, towing brocket and
equipment shown on page 206. Does not include dischorge chute.
t No ollowonce mode for weight of dischorge chute or effect of tension in conveyor belt. lf, when
these ore considered, load ot HF is less thon Y. o f total lood on oll four wheels, consult Link-Belt.
rn e Horsepower factor for belt p ropelled trippers with Type A, B, C, D or E chute:
r .A. lncludes: speed reducer, totally enclosed motor and push button starter for manual and automatic Horsepower to odd to conveyor belt horsepower to propel tripper = Speed of belt (FPM) X
fT
-i operation for 220/ 440 volt 60 cycle AC, 3 limit switch es, rail clamped limit switch trips, wiring in factor Y. Belt pull in pounds to propel tripper = Factor Y X 33,000. et c::r
conduit between motor. starters, limit switches and push buttons, roller bearing pillow blocks for Consult Link-Belt for odditionol horsepower re q uired when ends of chutes ore fitted with bunker seo Is. :; e
pulley shofts ond oxles, operotor's plotform, belt scrope r. hond o peroted clamp to engoge roil. A'
Does not include: dischorge chute, broke on motor, electric conductors olong runway, curren t
18) Cleoronce for drive choin.
0 Ro ils normolly used. Roil clamp suitoble for 25 to 45 pound roils, but con be oltered to suit roils up
"::io ::r
Q)
collec tors o r cable reel, wiring from power source to cont rols. to 80 pounds per yord, when specified. <
G =i
o..
....
'<
o =i
(7Q
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Belt trippers

RAIL STOP

\ 2~0 '

-~1'.'.__

l.:- 20' APPROXIMATE SPACING OF CABLE SUPPORTS - SECTION AA

Fig. 6257

Haulage equipment for Series S 1 ca ble prop elled tripper

Approx. Approx.
Tripper AE AF BC BD BE Tripper AE AF BC BD BE
weight weight
number number 1
ea ch, eoch,
Á 1 Á
poundsó. pounds.C,.
INCHES IN CH S

51Cl420 675 34 47 'le 22 o/r 17 v. 72 51 C3030 775 47 v. 63 V2 19 ra 14 'le 88

51 (1 620 675 34 49 'le 22 .y. 17 Va 72 51(3036 775 59 v. 63 V2 19 ra 14 'le 100
51 ( 1820 675 34 51 3/a 22 Ya 17 Va 72 51 C3630 775 47 Va 69 V2 19 ra 14 'le 88
- -- - - - - - - -- -- --- - - - - -- - -- - - -
51(18 24 675 40 51 y, 22% 17 Ya 78 51 C3636 775 59 v. 69 V2 19 ra 14 'le 100
51C2020 675 34 53 'le 22 % 17 v. 72 51 ( 3642 775 66 r a 69 V2 19 ra 14 'le 108
51 C2024 675 40 53 'le 22 o/r 17 Va 78 5 1(4230 775 47 v. 76 v. 19 r a 14 y, 88
51 C2420 675 34 57 y, 22 Ya 17 Va 72 51(4236 775 59 Va 76 v. 19 ra 14 'le 100
--- - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - -
51(2424 675 40 57 'le 22 % 17 Va 78 51 C4242 775 66 ra 76 v. 19 ra 14 y, 108
51 C2430 675 47 Ya 57 Ya 1 19 % 14 3/a 88 51(4836 775 59 v. 82 V2 19 ra 14 lfa 108
51(3024 675 40 63 V2 22 % 17 Va 78 51(4842 775 66 ra 82 V2 19 ra 14 y, 108
Hove dimensions certified l or instollotion purposes. sheoves, cable ollochments ond slock cable switch.
Á H ouloge equipment includes houloge mochine with totolly enclosed motor Does not inclvde wiring lrom power source to controls.
wit h disc type mo tor mounted broke, push bullan reversing storter lor 6. Bosed on 50-loot tripper trovel. Add or subt roct 2 pounds lor eoch loot
manua l ond outomotic operotion l or 220 i 440 volt, 60 cycle AC, two limit ol dillerence.
switches, two over-trovel limit switches, propelling cable, coble supp o rts,

206 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt co nveyors

Belt trippers

RETURN TO BELT
TYPES B ANO C ONL Y

Side view of chute Type A chute Ty p e B chute Ty p e C ch u te

Arrangeme n t of
b i n dust sea l
ENDj
VERTICAL
EXTENSION
Type O chute Type E chute C hute end extensions

Fig. 4838

Series 5 1 belt t ripper <hutes

A Thickness
Use with Chut e angle,
tripper
of Weight, pounds B e D E F G H K M N p
degrees o
number
pi ate t !:!.
... Types
ABCD
1 Type
E
regularly
furnished
Type
A 1 Ty:e 1 Tyr 1
Type Type
D 1 E INCHES

1420 48 57 10 ga. 175 235 305 260 230 o 23 9 9 53 15 ~ 8 6 'h 23 12 1 1 ll2

1620 46 55 10 ga. 185 245 325 270 240 • 24 9 10 53 15 ~ 9 6 'h 23 12 11 \/2
1820 44 54 10 go. 195 260 340 285 250 0 25 9 11 53 14 v. 10 6 \/2 23 12 11 \/2
1824 50 59 10 go. 260 355 465 375 335 o 25 12 11 63 21 10 6 \/2 31 18 12 \/2
2020 43 53 10 ga . 205 270 370 295 260 v. 27 9 12 53 15 y, 11 6 \/2 23 12 11 \/2
2024 47 57 10 go. 270 365 480 390 345 'l'a 27 12 12 63 20 % 11 6 'h 31 18 12~
2420 40 50 10 go. 220 295 380 3 15 275 o 29 9 14 53 14 :y. 13 6 Y2 23 12 11 \/2
2424 45 55 10 go. 290 390 505 420 370 l/1 29 12 14 63 20 :y. 13 6 \/2 31 18 12
2430 51 61 >,.~,in. 480 600 760 660 620 1 y, 29 12 14 77 25 l/1 13 8 34 18 15 ~
3024 40 52 10 go. 315 405 540 450 400 o 32 12 17 63 20 \/2 16 6 Y2 31 18 12
3030 47 58 3;1, in. 530 670 860 730 675 ~ 32 12 17 77 24 \/2 16 8 34 18 14 ~
3036 50 61 3JI. in. 590 720 950 810 750 l ~ 32 12 17 87 28 ~ 16 8 31 18 15 \/2
3630 44 56 3¡1, in. 580 735 935 805 725 % 35 12 20 77 24 v. 19 8 34 18 14 ~
3636 47 59 3A, i n. 645 785 1025 875 800 ~ 35 12 20 87 27 ~ 19 8 37 18 15 \/2
3642 50 62 3A, i n. 765 935 11 75 1015 935 1 y, 35 12 20 97 30 'la 19 8 40 18 15 \/2
4230 40 53 3A, i n. 630 800 1030 870 780 1 v. 40 12 23 77 24 y, 22 8 34 18 13 ~
4236 44 56 3A, in. 705 850 1090 930 850 1 3_4 40 12 23 87 26 ~ 22 8 37 18 15 \/2
4242 47 59 3A' in. 830 1020 1290 1100 1000 2 ~ 40 12 23 97 29 ~ 22 8 40 18 15 \/2
4836 41 54 3A, in. 770 920 1170 1010 910 1 :y. 43 12 26 \/2 87 26 v. 25 8 37 18 14 \/2
4842 44 57 3A' in. 900 1090 1380 1190 1075 l ~ 43 12 26 \/2 97 29 ~ 25 8 40 18 15 \/2
Have dimensions certifoed for instollotion purposes. t far coble propelled trippers odd 4', ond vory dimension B occordingly.
& Tripper numbers ore equivalen! to numbers in Table 26, page 204 ond !:!. Dimension to which vertical extensions ore furnis hed unless otherwise
numbers listed on precedi ng poges. Prefoxes 51M, 5 1C, or 51B ore requested. Speci fy omount of extension below top of roil.
omitted here since some chut es con be used on either motor propelled, o fa r Type E chu tes: 14Ye• for 1420
cable prope lled, or belt propelled trippers. In ordering chute, specify 14Ye" for 1620
full tripper number: os, Type A chute for number 51M2430 tripper. 1s• for 1824
• Bottom of chu te is % • obove top of roils 18V.• for 2024
0 Bottom of chute is 1• obove top of roils.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 207
 IT O"
•
:;'
e:
~

"o
~
:::r
Q)
- -A- -- ::l
<
PULLEY
FACE •o
"<
Cl..

r
z
..... ::l
()'Q

33º 42'
,:: -- t

a:J --.-
..._ 16::' - 2--0!" ...
rn TYPE A CHUTE
r
-1 1

1
L- N- CLEARANCE ~
~ G·RAIL GAUGE
K
CAN BE ASSE MBLED AS SHOWN OR OPPOSITE AS SHOWN

C L
TRIPPER
C L
TRIPPER ~ 16., - 161:· ,.. 'z'.-o:".a.
TYPE F CHUTE y
r

0 --¡-.-
2"
y
-
~ T ,.1
FLOOR LINE
- R -
P· MINIMUM P· MINIMUM t
1
2~0: ,, ...
IL
~
T -
TO SUIT
'
..... 16,
~. R -
-<- 161.
.J 33º 42
;f )

EXTENSIOr\ SPOUT 2
CON DITIO~
TYPE R CHUTE
'
EHENSION SPOUT 1

Ser ie s 5 3 tripper and chutes

Approx.
Approx. Maximum ex tra
Tripper Factor G M N
number
weight, y belt belt A 8 e o E F 6
K o 0
p R T u V
pounds tension, required,
• 0
0
pounds feet ond
inches INCHES
5382418 2900 .00 139 2000 8- 1o 26 18 72 18:Y., 30 35 v. 49 Y2 29 y, 41 y, 18 Y2 39 'l'1 38 v. 1 14 1
16 43 Y2 50 V2
53830 18 3000 .00 173 2000 8 - 10 32 18 72 18 :y., 30 35 V• 55 V2 32 y, 44 y, 18 V2 45 'l'1 42 v. 16 16 1 47 55
5383618 3200 .00241 2000 9-5 38 18 72 19 :y., 32 36 v. 61 V2 35 Y1 47 5/ 1 18 V2 51 'l'1 46 v. 18 20 50 v. 59 :y.
64 v.
1
5384218 3450 .00275 3000 9-5 44 18 72 19 :y., 32 36 V• 67 V2 38 'la 50 y, 18 V2 57 'l'1 50 v. 20 20 54 v.
37 v. 54 v.

¡14
5384818 3600 .00315 3000 9 -5 51 18 72 20 :y., 33 73 V2 41 y, 53 'la 18 V2 63 'l'1 22 22 57 'l'1 68 'l'1

......-.
m
5382420 3200 .00 139 2800 9-5 26 20 84 18 :y., 30 36 v. 49 V2 29 'la 4 1 'la 17 V2 39 'l'1 38 v. 16 43 V2 50 V2
53 83020 3400 .00173 3600 9-5 32 20 84 18 :Y., 30 36 v. 55 y, 32 'la 44 'la 17 V2 45 'l'1 42 V• 16 16 47 55 ft)
5383620 3600 .00 241 3600 9-1 1 38 20 84 19 :Y., 32 37\4 6 1 V2 35 'la 4 7 Ya 17 y, 5 1 'l'a 46 v. 18 20 50 v. 59 3/a
5384220 3900 .00275 4800 9- 11 44 20 84 19 :y., 32 37 V. 67 V2 38 'la 50 'la 17 y, 57 'l'1 50 v. 1 20 1 20 54 v. 64 v.
v. v. 54 v.

,,,,-·
5384S20 4 100 .00315 4800 9- 11 51 20 84 1 20 3.4 1 33 38 1 73 Y2 41 s;. 53 17 y, 63 'l'1 22 22 1 57 'l'1 68 'l'1

Hove dimensions cerlified for inslollolion purposes. 0 Horsepower to odd ro conveyor belt horsepower l o propel tripper Factor Y X belt speed
• lncludes, ope rotor's plo1form, hand brake, boll bearing ílonge blocks on axles, ball bear ing pillow (FPM). Belt pul/ in pounds 10 propel trip per = Factor Y X 33000.
blocks on pulley shofls for l ripp e r numbers 5382418 t o 53B4818 ond roller beoring pillow blocks on
pulley shofls for lripper numbers 53B2420 I O 53B4820.
Does nol include, chu te, chule exlensions, cross wolk, or roil c lamp.
6 lnside to inside o f heod o f roils.
o From top of roil lo underside of lower pulley.
0 Clearance for drive choin. ..
ft)

"'
0 lncludes, weighl of cross walk ond Type F chul e but no chul e extensions. .6. lnside o f chule to lop o f roil.
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Belt plows
Meteríais such os wood chips, pulp ond foundry sond moy
be plowed from belts et moderote speeds. Plows provide
en economicol meons of d ischorging to one or more inter-
mediote points o long o belt convey or.
In foundries, sond is often plowed from flot b elts et o
number of points simultoneously. Plows moy olso b e o r-
ronged for outomotic operotion occording to the require-
ments of the bins they serve.

Shuttle belt conveyors

A shuttle belt conveyor is o simple horizontal trock-mounted
belt conveyor which receives the flow of material from o
ftxed conveyor ond dischorges it olong the length of o bin
or pile. Reversible shuttles distribute material in both direc-
tions from their central receiving point.
Shuttle belt conveyors often ore used for lumpy, sticky or
highly obrosive material thot would be objectionoble in Plows d ischa rg e sand fro m b e l! to ho pper obove mo lding machine. In this
found ry, each molde r contro ls the supply o f sond for his slo tion. Pho to 38518
tripper chutes.
Shuttle belt conveyors require less heod room thon trip-
pers ond their weight is well distributed. They moy be
built in oll belt w idths ond in lengths which ore limited only
by the drives ond tokeup mechonism.
A speciol form of shuttle belt conveyor is the troiling
convey or which receives material from o ftxed point but
dischorges it to o troveling stocker, to which the heod end
of the troiling convey or is ottoched. One such unit, bu ilt b y
Link-Belt, is designed for en ultimote length of 3 0 0 0 f eet.

Belt conveyor stackers

Link-Belt p ioneered in the development of b elt convey or
stockers for distributing material over wide orees required
in stockpiling ond disposol of overburden.
Stockers con be built for ony width of belt ond the
length of booms is limited only by economics. Most units
hove booms between 50 ond 150 feet long, but Link-Bel!
hes built two crowler-mounted stocker belts 25 0 f eet long
over-oll ond, recently, hes instolled o trock mounted pivoted
Shuttle b elt conve yor 4 8 " wide trave ls over bias! furnace stock bins to
boom stocker with o 275-foot rodius.
d istribute coke which is transpo rted fro m coke plan! by another bel! conveyor
(continued) with 5611-fool centers. Pho to 379 86

Be lt conveyo r s tocker on 24" wide, 143 -foot ce nters b e l! conveyor is Shuttle b elt conveyor 24" wid e with 5 0 0 -foot centers on high structure
p ivoted al foot end and travels 240 deg rees on a ra d ial !rack while d is- dislributes phospha te rock bo th sid e s o f 30" wide incline d conveyor to stock-
charging grave! to crescenl· shape d stockpile. Photo 3665 8 p ile a b out 1 0 0 0 feet long . Pho to 3 0796

L 1 N K - B E L T • 209
bulk handling
belt conveyors
Self-propell e d stacke r with 275-foot radius boom, equipped with 42"
wid e belt conveyor, hondles t aconite pellets, stockpiling them 90 feet high
ond more than 800 feet wide ot the base. Trailing bel! conveyor which delivers
to stacker has 1382-foot centers designed for o future edensian to 3000
feet. Photo 38273
Se lf-p rope lle d s tacker s wilh pivoted booms can blend moterials as they
are bedded into piles in shallow windrows. This bel! conveyor is 42" wide
and lhe boom has a 150-foot rodius. Photo 28956
Se lf- p rop e lle d stacke r wilh bel! conve yo r 36" wide ond a 100-foot radius
boom, dislributes overburden to spoil bank a l an iran ore mine. Stacker re-
ceives material from the troiling conveyor o f a a ne-mile conveyor system.
Photo 32604
2 10 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Belt conveyor stacker designs vary greatly to meet operat-
ing requirements, but fall into the following general types:
Stationary fixed boom type, consisting of a cantilever
of enough o f the conveyor head end structure to allow
unobstructed movement of vehicles on the pile beneath.
This t y pe is wi dely used in Jorg e power plants to form th e
initi al conica l piles of coal w hich is more widely di str ibuted
a nd com pacted by earth moving equipment.
Stationary type with separate boom b e lt p ivoted
about receiving hopper at foot end. Th is t ype re-
volves t hrough an are of 2 00° to 25 0 ° and can bed a
crescent-shaped p il e of substant ially greater volume than
the conica l p ile formed b y the flxed boom t y pe. Sorne
st ackers of this type hove booms cantilevered full leng th
ond others ore supported on a radial track near the
outer end.
Traveling, self- propell e d type which usually span the
main b elt a nd ope ra te on tracks beside it. Material may
be d ischarged to either or both sides. In sorne coses, the
discharge end of the main bel t is a tt ached to the stacker
frame, and moves with it on tracks as a trail ing conveyor.
In either case, the stacker belt conveyors may be mounted
on cant ilevered booms of the following types:
Rigid boom which discharges material a flxed d istance
from the main belt.
Pivoted boom, which revolves obout t he center of re-
ceiving hopper, and d ischarges material on both sides
of the main belt onywhere within the rodius of the boom.
Crawler mounted stacker belt conve yors with hoppers
and feeders for receiving material from shovels or d rag-
lines. In effect, this type extends the range of the shovel
by the length of the stacker ond the height of its dis-
chorge.
A relotively high degree of b lending may b e obtained b y
the traveling, pivoted boom type stocker os the ma terial is
bedded into the p ile in small, orc-shap ed windrows. The
size of windrows and disp ersion of materi al is regulated
by odjusting the t rove! and rotating speeds of the stacker.
In addition to the many designs ovailoble, Link-Belt will
design sp eciol stackers for speciflc requirements.
Stacke r with 54" belt conveyor is oboul 250 fee l long over-a ll, is equipped
with o hopper and feed er and is mounted on cro wlers. lt handles overburden
fro m stripping shovel to spoil pile. Photo 2367 5
 bulk handling
b elt conveyors

Belt conveyor bridges

Traveling bridges equipped with belt conveyors p rovide
for storing a large volume of material in a relatively small
orea.
The bridge belt conveyor receives ma t erial from a main
conveyor operating parallel ta the bridge runway. Distri-
bution from the bridge belt may be by tripper or shuttle.

Vessel loaders
Belt conveyor ty pe vessel loaders provide economica l, high
capacity loa d ing a f bulk materials to ocean or lake vessels,
or to river borges. Functionall y, they ore similar to stackers
os they usuall y receive ma terial fram a stationary dock
belt and d ischa rge into hatches b y means of a b oom b elt.
Barge loaders and certain moderate capacity units for
loading ocean vessels ore stationary, but higher capacity 11
Trave ling b e lt conve yor bridg es stock p ile coal on both sides of a 48
loaders t rove! along the dock from hatch to hatch, reducing distributing bel! from boa! unloader. Tripper travels in bridge trusses.
the dela ys and exp ense of shifting the vessel. Photo 32765
Vessel loaders may be built with boom belts of any
width, ond the booms may b e retractable and hinged for
trimming, to accommodate ship s of vorious sizes, to com-
pensote for d ifferences in water leve!, and to clear the
ship 's rigging.

Vessel unloaders
Large self-unloading boats, as used on the Great Lakes,
provide a flexible and economical means of transporting
such free flawing bulk materials as coal, stone and taconite
pellets. Belt canveyors ore used ta canvey materi al fram
the holds and on the pivoted st acker booms. Link-Belt has
furnished belt conveyor equipment for such self-unloaders,
sorne of which hove 250-foot rad ius boams.

Railroad car loading booms

Belt conveyor loading booms ore used ext ensively for lower-
ing lump coal, stone, taconite pellets and other materiols
into open top cars with minimum degrod at ion. Laading
booms ore hinged and may be of the shuttl e type for
trimming stationary cars, or equipp ed with sp ecia l chutes
to direct flow automatically from one car to the next as a Vessel loa d e r of !he sta lionary lype, with hinged bel! conveyor boom to
tra in is moved continuously beneath the boom. comp ensale for tide, vessel size, and to clear rigging of ocean ship s. A motor
driven, swiveling spoul al end of boom controls Aow to hatches. Photo 38108

Vessel load ing system of 25 shuttle conveyors operated in two banks for Vessel loaders of !he traveling lype for loading iron ore into ocean ships
loa ding taconile pellets lo lwa Greal lakes are boals simultaneously. Each from slorage bunker. The bel! conveyor booms ore hinged and pivoted fo r
conveyor has a capacity of 750 to 1500 lons per hour. Photo 395 18 vertical ond radial movemenl. Photo 381 20

LIN K - BELT • 211

bulk handling
belt conveyors
Sampling and w eighing , os iron o re is outomolicolly removed from dis-
chorge of 60" inclined bel! conveyor ond p rocessed in o pen lo we r. The
rejecls ore re turned by bucke t elevotor. Ore is weighed on horizontal b e lt
conveyor in enclosed gollery. Photo 36181
Belt slingers are ruggedly built,
yet are easily maneuverable. Receiv·
ing chutes ore mode to suit type of
material hondled. Photo 39357
Traveling loading hopper wit h bel t feeder for looding sulphur to belt
conveyor from crone bucket. Photo 38104
212 • LINK - BELT
Belt slinger piling ra w sugar be-
tween the decks of an oceon vessel,
o location inoccessible lo the ship-
looder spo uts. Pho to 39358
Mag netic devices
Tronsportation of bulk moteriols by belt conveyors provides
a convenient meons for removing mognetic materi al os it
is dischorged over o mognetic heod pulley. For lorge ma-
terial, or for belts operoting et hi gh speeds, such mognetic
material moy be removed w ith electro or permonent
mognets locoted obove the head pulley. Another orrange-
ment consists of o cross belt bocked up by o mognet,
which is mounted obove the moin belt so that the magnetic
material is outomoticolly picked up from moin belt ond
corried to one side.
Weighing devices
Various types of devices ore ovailoble for weighing ma-
teriols os they ore corried on the belt and for autom oticolly
recording the accumuloted weights. Among these ore me-
chonical integroting scole types and those emplaying elec-
tronic stroin gouge princip ies.
Most of these devices ore guoronteed to be occurate
within one-holf of one per cent, ond the actual operoting
accurocy is usuolly well within th is limit.
Weighing devices ore olso sometimes used to outomoti-
colly control the volumetric flow from feeders to belt con-
veyors.
Sampling equipment
A belt conveyor provides the meons for sompling bulk mo-
terials occurotely, automotically, continuously ond econom-
ically. The required so mple is removed from the flow of
material over the conveyor head pulley, ofter which the
sample is divid ed, crushed ond the re jects are returned to
belt conveyor.
Link-Belt designs and builds sompling systems in conjunc-
tion with belt conveyors to suit speciflc requirements.
Belt slingers
Link-Belt belt slingers distribute mote ria ls beyond the ronge
of conventionol chutes. Often, due to the trajectory from o
slinger, the material moy be d ischorged into p l aces thot
would b e relotively inoccessi ble b y other methods.
Belt slingers ore porticulorly suitable for piling material
between the decks of oceon vessels, which could not be
accomplished by shiploader chutes. Similarly, they load
boxcars from a single chute through the door ond d istribute
over wide oreas in worehouses - operations that would
otherwise requir e more expensive ond cumbersome equip-
ment or consid erable manual labor.
Belt slingers ore ruggedly built, reodily portable, ond
are mode in severol sizes. They ore suitoble for handl ing
such free flowing moteriols os raw sugar, fertilizers, sond,
cool, groin ond sorne kinds of ore.
Traveling loading hoppers ·
Link-Belt builds numerous types of t raveling hoppers to load
bulk moterials along predetermined horizontal runs of belt
conveyors. When material is received from self-unlood ing
vessels, stockers ond other continuous flow machines, the
troveling hopper is l ittle more thon o flored chute to confine
material at tronsfer ond load it on the belt properl y.
Traveling looding hoppers ore equ ipped with feeders to
d eliver o uniform flow to the belt when material is received
from intermittent mochines such as shovels, cranes ond drog-
lines. Tro vel ing hoppers ore olso used to cont rol flow from
gote openings in tunnels ond under long bins.
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-selected terminals
Pre-selected terminals provide a convenient means
of selecting the terminal components for simple belt
conveyors of moderate widths and lengths. Such
components are the belt, pulleys, shafts, tokeups
ond beorings.
The vorious Terminal Groups contoined in Table
27 hove been developed for selection bosed on
the belt horsepower ot o belt speed of 100 FPM.
After obtoining the horsepower ot 100 FPM, selec-
tion of the required Terminal Group provides such
design informotion os the T1 ond T2 belt tensions,
the roted belt tension in pounds per inch of width,
ond selection informotion for the vorious compo- 32693
nents os well os sorne of the more signiflcont Single pulley drive terminal
dimensions.
The roted belt tension is the result of opplying
the foctors in Table 13, poge 156, for metal
splices ond ocross-the-line storting. The belt should
be checked for strength, lump size ond material
hondled, os shown in Table 14, poge 156.
The detoiled method for using Table 27 is
omplifled in Exomple 1, poge 170. 3269$
Screw takeup terminal

Snubbed pulley drive terminal Weighted takeup terminal

Table 2 7 •Terminal group rotings

Rated Maximum Belt lensian,
Dio meter
belt belt Type p aunds o
Rated Maximum Belt lensian, Terminal af
Diameler tension, harsepower of
belt belt Type paunds o g roup drive
Terminal af p ounds al drive
tension,
paunds
harsepawer
al
graup
af
drive
drive per inch 100 FPM
num ber
... pulley,
inches
T10 T2 •
per inch 100 FPM
number
... pulley,
inches
T10 T• •
widlh 6 belt speed 1
width6 belt speed 1 2 0 lnch w id e belt
1 8 ln ch w ld e b e lt 2.47 20A 20207 8P 20 1500 690
2.22 18A 20207 8P 20 1350 620 2.73 208 20207 8PS 20 1500 603
11 5 3.03 20C 20 207 LP 20 1500 500
2.46 188 20207 8PS 20 1350 542
115 2.73 18C 20207 LP 20 1350 450 3.30 200 20207 LPS 20 1500 4 14
---
2.97 180 20207 LPS 20 1350 372 2.89 20A 20207 8P 20 1760 8 05
2.59 18A 20207
--
8P 20 1580
-722
-- 3.21 208 20207 8PS 20 1760 705
135 3.56 20C 20207 LP 20 1760 586
2.87 188 20207 8PS 20 1580 634
135 3.19 18C 20207 LP 20 1580 525 3.86 200 20207 LPS 20 1760 485
3.47 180 20207 LPS 20 3.28 20A24215 8P 24 2000 916
2.95 18A24215 8P 24
-1580
- -
1800
435
- --
825 3.63 2082 4215-1 8PS 24 2000 8 02
154 4.04 2 0 C2 4215 LP 24 2000 667
3.27 188 24215 8PS 24 1800 722
154 3.63 18C 24215 LP 24 1800 600 4.38 20024215 LPS 24 2000 550
3.95 18024215 LPS 24 1800 495 (canlinued)
0 T 1 indicotes lension required in belt as il approaches drive pul ley to pro-
.ÁBP indicates unlagged drive pulley with belt wrap ol 180 degrees. duce moximum horsepower.
BPS indicotes unlagged drive pulley with belt wrap oí 210 degrees. • T2 indico tes tension required in belt os it leoves drive pulley to produce
LP indlcates lagged drive pulley w ith belt wrap oí 180 degrees. moximum horsepower.
LPS indicates lagged drive pulley with belt wrap oí 210 degrees. 6 Roted belt ten,ions opply lo cotton ply belts lor tronsmitting indicated
O Tensions shown based on metal spl ices and across·lhe·line starting . See horsepower with pulley d iometers shown, using mechonicol 'losteners and
Table 13, page 156. Tension decreases in same proportion as ratio oí ocross-the -line storting. A lso check w ith Table 14, poge 156, lor lump size
requir ed horsepowe r to maximum horsepowe r. ond weight ol moteriol.

LINK - BELT • 213

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-selected terminals

Table 27 • Terminal group ratings (continued)

Rated belt Moximum Dio meter Belt tensian, Rated belt Moximum 1 Di a meter Belt tensian,
Type paundso Type pounds o
tension, belt Terminal af tension, Terminal al
af belt 1 al
paunds harsepawer graup drive paunds horsepower graup drive
d rive drive
per inch al 100 FPM number per inch at 100 FPM number pulley,
width LI belt speed • pulley,
inches
T¡ O
1 T1 •
width LI belt speed • inches
T¡ O

3000
1 T2 •

1370
3.44 20A 20215 BP 20 2 100 960 4.92 30A 20215-2 8P 20
3.82 20B 20215 BPS 20 2100 840 5.45 308 20215 BPS 20 3000 1205
162 154 20 3000 1000
4.23 20C 20215 LP 20 2 100 700 6.07 30C 20215 LP
4.62 20 0 20215 LPS 20 2 100 578 6.59 300 20215 -2 LPS 20 3000 825
3.94 20A 24215 BP 24 2400 1100 6.40 30A 243 07 8P 24 3900 1790
4.36 20B 24215-2 8 PS 24 2400 965 7.12 308 24307 8PS 24 3900 1565
185 200 7.90 30C 24307 LP 24 3900 1300
4.85 20C 24215 LP 24 24 00 800
5.27 20024215 LPS 24 2400 660 8.55 300 24307 LPS 24 3900 1070
230
8.20 30B 30315 8PS --w- 4500 1805
9.88 300 30315 LPS 30 45 00 1240
2 4 inch wide b elt 8P 20 3900 1790
6.40 30A 20307
2.95 24A 20207 BP 20 1800 825 7.10 308 20307 8PS 20 3900 1565
3.28 248 20207 8PS 20 1800 720 200 7.90 30C 20307 LP 20 3900 1300
11 5 3.63 24 C 20207 LP 20 1800 600 8.55 300 20307 LPS 20 3900 1070
3.95 240 20207 LPS 20 1800 495 --- 4800 2200
7.88 30A24315 8P 24
~5 24A 20215-1 8P 20 2100 960 8.75 30B 24315 BPS 24 4800 ,1930
3.82 24620215-1 BPS 20 2100 840 246 9.72 30C243 15 LP 24 4800 1600
134 24C 20215-1 LP 20 10.50 300 24315 LPS 24 4800 1320
4.24 2100 700
4.61 240 20215 LPS 20 2100 576
3.94 24A24215 8P 24 2400 1100 3 6 inch wide be lt
4.36 24824215 BPS 24 2400 965 5.08 36A 20215 8P 20 3 100 1420
154 368 202 15 BPS 20 3 100 1240
4.84 24C242 15 - 1 LP 24 2400 800 5.65
132 6.28 36C 20215 LP 20 31 00 1030
5.25 240 24215 LPS 24 2400 662
4.09 8P 2500 1145 6.81 360 202 15 LPS 20 3100 853
24A20215-1 20 -
36A 24307-1 8P 24
- - --
3600 1650
4.54 248 20215-2 8PS 20 2500 1005 5.90
160 5.05 LP 2500 833 6.55 368 24307-1 8PS 24 3600 1450
24C 20215-1 20
5.48 LSP 2500 688 154 7.30 36C24307-1 LP 24 3600 1200
240 202 15 20
4.73 24A 24307 8P 24 2880 1320 7.90 360 24307 LPS 24 3600 995
- - - --
185 5.23 248 24307 8PS 24 2880 1155 4.92 36A 20215 8P 20 3000 1370
5.82 24C 24307 LP 24 2880 962 5.45 368 20215 BPS 20 3000 1205
6.32 240 24307 LPS 24 2880 795 128 6.07 36C 20215 LP 20 3000 1000
5.08 24A 2 0 215-2 BP 20 3100 1420 6.59 360 20215 LPS 20 3000 825
5.65 248 20215 -2 8PS 20 3100 1250 6.40
- -- -
36A 24307-2 8P
--24
- 3900 1790
198
6.25 24C 20215-2 LP 20 3100 1033 7.12 36B 24307-1 8PS 24 3900 1565
6.80 240 2 0215 LPS 20 31 00 855 166 7.90 36C 24307-2 LP 24 3900 1300
6.32 24A 24307 8P 24 3840 1760 8.55 360 24307 LPS 24 3900 1070
7.00 24B 24307 8PS 24 3840 1550 - --
8.18
- -
368 30315 BPS 30
-- --
4500 1810
245
7.76 24C 24307 LP 24 3840 1280 192 9.85 36030315-1 LPS 30 4500 1240
8.45 240 24307 LPS 24 3840 1055 - - - -
5.90 36A 24307-1 BP 24 3600 1650
6.55 36B 24307- 1 BPS 24 3600 1450
15 4 7.30 36C 24307-1 LP 24 3600 1200
3 0 inch wide belt
7.90 360 24307 LPS 24 3600 995
4.27 30A 20215-1 8P 20 2600 1190 -- - -
8.75 368 30315 BPS 30 48 00 1930
4.73 30820215 8PS 20 2600 1045 205 48 00 1320
133 10.50 360 30315-2 LPS 30
5.25 30C 20215 LP 20 2600 865
BPS 36
- -- -
5400 2170
5.70 300 20215-1 LPS 20 2600 715 10.18 368 36407
230 12.30 360 36407 LPS 36 5400 1490
4.92 30A 24307 BP 24 3000 1370 - -- -- --
5.45 308 24307 8PS 24 3000 1205 5.90 36A 20307- 1 8P 20 3600 1650
154 6.07 30C 24307 LP 24 3000 1000 6.55 368 20307-1 BPS 20 3600 1450
154 7.30 36C 20307-1 LP 20 3600 1200
6.60 300 24307 LPS 24 3000 825
1145 7.90 360 20307 LPS 20 3600 995
4.10 30A 20215-1 8P 20 2500
100 4 7.55 36A 24315 8P
- 24
- - --
4600 2100
4.55 308 202 15 8PS 20 2500
128 196 8.37 36B 24315 8PS 24 4600 1840
5.05 30C 20215 LP 20 2500 833
5.48 300 20215-1 LPS 20 2500 688 cantinued
5.25 30A 24307 BP 24 3200 1465 .& BP tndica tes unlogged drive pulley wi th belt wrop of 180 degrees.
5.82 308 24307 BPS 24 3200 1280 BPS indicate s unl.,gged drive pulley w ith belt wrop of 210 degrees.
164 6.45 30C 24307 LP 24 3200 1066 LP indicotes logged drive pulley wilh belt wrap of 180 d egrees.
L PS indicote s logged drive pulley with bel! wrop of 210 degrees.
7.02 300 24307 LPS 24 3200 883
o Tensions shown ore bosed en metal splices ond ocross-the-line slorting.
--"'6.82 308 30315 BPS 30 3750 1505 See Table 13, poge 156. Tension decreoses in some proportion os
192 8.23 300 30315 LPS 30 3750 1030 ratio e l required horsepower l o moximum horsepower.
O T 1 indicotes tension required in bell os it opprooches dnve pul ley t o LI Roled bel t tensions opply to coiten p ly belts fer tronsmill ing indicoted
produce moximum horsepower. horsepower with pulley diamelers shown, using mechanical fasleners
• T2 indicotes te ns ion required in b elt os it leoves drive pulley to produce and across- the-line starting. Also check wi th Table 14, page 156, fer
moximum horsepower. lump size ond weight of material.

214 • L 1 N K - B EL T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-selected terminals

Table 27 • Terminal group ratings (continued)

Rated b e lt Mo ximum Di a meter Belt lensia n, Rote d belt Maximum Dia meter Belt tension,
Type po und s o Ty p e po unds o
tension, belt Terminal of tensio n, bell Terminal of
of af
pounds ho rsepowe r gro up drive pounds horsepower group drive
drive drive
p e r i nch
widlh L:.
a l 100 FPM
b elt spee d
number
... p ulley,
inches
T1 0 I T2 • p er inch
width L:.
atlOOFPM
b e lt speed
number
... pulley ,
inches
T10 I T2 •

9.25 36C24315 LP 24 4600 1530 10.00 42A24315 8P 24 6100 2790

196 10.03 360 24315 4600 1260 42824315 8PS 24 6100 2445
LPS 24 11.50
368 3 0 407 8PS 30
--
5400 2170
224
12.27 42C 24315 LP 24 61 00 2030
9.82
230 11.95 360 3 0 407 LPS 5400 1490 13.37 42024315-2 LPS 24 61 00 1675
30
-- -- 15.18 428 30407 8PS 30 8400 3370
7.55 36A 2030 7 -2 8P 20 4600 2100 3 08
8.37 368 20 307-2 8PS 20 4600 1840 18.30 420 30407 LPS 30 8400 2310
196 36C 20307-2 LP 4600 1530 18.40 428 36415 8PS 36 10080 4050
9 .25 20 367
10.03 360 2030 7 LPS 20 4600 1260 22.20 42036415 LPS 36 10080 2780
9.46
--
36A24315 BP
--- -- - -
24 5760 2630 48 inch wide belt
10.40 368 24315 8PS 24 5760 231 0
247 6.88 48A 20307 8P 20 4200 1920
11.65 36C24315 LP 24 5760 1920
12.64 36024315 LPS 24 5760 1585 7.65 488 20307 8PS 20 4200 1680
134
7.05 36A 20307 -2 BP 20 4300 1960 8.48 48C 20307 LP 20 4200 1400
7.83 368 20 307-2 8PS 20 4300 1720 9.22 480 20307 LPS 20 4200 1160
185 8.70 36C 20307-2 LP 20 4300 1430 7.88 48A24315 8P 24 4800 2200
9.45 360 20307 LPS 20 4300 1180 8.75 48 82431 5 BPS 24 4800 1930
- - -- 154
~
9.72 48C24315 LP 24 4800 1600
9.46 36A 24315 BP 24 5760 2630
247 10.40 10.50 48024315 LPS 24 4800 1320
36824315 8PS 24 5760 2310
11.65 36C24315 LP 24 5760 1920 6.40 48A 20307 8P 20 3900 1790
12.64 36024315 LPS 24 5760 1585 7.12 488 20307 8PS 20 3900 1565
- --- 125
7 .90 48C 203 07 LP 20 3900 1300
13.10 368 30407 8PS 30 7200 2880 480 20307 LPS 20 3900 1070
3 08 8.55
15.80 360 30407 LPS 30 7200 1980
8.37 48A 24315 8P 24 51 00 23 30
42 inch wide belt 9.28 488 24315 8PS 24 51 00 20 40
164
5.90 42A 20 30 7 BP 20 3600 1650 10.30 48C 24315 LP 24 51 00 1700
6.55 428 20 307 8PS 20 3600 1450 11.18 48024315 LPS 24 51 00 1400
132
7.30 42C 20307 LP 20 3600 1200 10.85 488 30407 8PS 30 6000 2400
7.90 42 0 20307 LPS 20 3600 995 192 6000 1650
-- 13.15 480 30407 LPS 30
6.88 42A 24315 8P 24 4200 1920 7.88 48A24315 BP 24 4800 2200
7.65 428 24315 8PS 24 4200 1680 8.75 48824315 8PS 24 4800 1930
154 154
8.48 42C 24315 LP 24 4200 1400 9.72 48C 24315 LP 24 4800 1600
9.22 42024315 -1 LPS 24 4200 1160 10.50 48024315 4800 1320
- LPS 24
5.90 42A 20 307 8P 20 3600 1650 11.55 488 30407 8PS 30 6400 2560
205
6.55 428 20307 8PS 20 3600 1450 13.90 480 30407 LPS 30 64 00 1750
132
7 .30 42C 20307 LP 20 3600 1200 13.10 488 36415 8PS 36 7200 2880
231
420 20307 LPS 20 48036415 ,_LPS 7200 1980
7.90
7.38 42A 24315 BP 24
-3600
- -995-
4500 2060
15.80
9.53 48A20315 8P
36
20 5800 2660
8.20 428 24315 8PS 24 4500 1805 10.52 488 20315 8PS 20 5800 2320
165 186 5800 1930
9.10 42C 24315 LP 24 4500 1500 11.70 48C 20315 LP 20
9.88 420 24315-1 LPS 24 4500 1240 12.70 480 20315 LPS 20 5800 1590
8PS
- - --
5250 2 100 12.45 48A 24407 8P 24 7600 3460
193 9.55 428 303 15 30
11 .50 42030315 LPS 30 5250 1440 13.80 48 824407-1 8PS 24 7600 3040
243 7600 2520
6.88 42A 24307 8P 24 4200 1920 15.30 48C 24407 LP 24
7.65 428 24307 8PS 24 4200 1680 16.60 48024407-1 LPS 24 7600 2080
154 17.40 488 30415 8PS 30 9600 3840
8.48 42C 24307 LP 24 4200 1400 305
21.00 480 30415 LPS 30 9600 2630
9.22
10.1 0
42 0 24307
428 30315
LPS
8PS
24
30
4200 1160
5600 2240 11 .50 48A 2440 7
--
8P 24 7000 3200
206 420 30315 LPS 30 5600 1530 12.70 488 24407 -2 8PS 24 7000 28 00
12.25 225
- -- 14.10 48C 24407 LP 24 7000 2320
11.45 428 36407 8PS 36 6300 2520
232 13.80 420 36407 LPS 36 6300 1730 15.35 480 24407 -2 LPS 24 7000 1920
- 8P -
8.37 42A 20315 20 5100 2330 17. 10 488 30415 8PS 30 9400 3760
304 LPS 9400 2580
9.28 42 8 20315 8PS 20 5100 2040 20.60 480 30415 30
187 21 .00 488 36507 BPS 36 11520 4600
10.30 42C20315 LP 20 5100 1700 370
11.18 42 0 20315 LPS 20 5100 1400 25.25 480 36507 LPS 36 11520 3170
10.80 42A24315 8P 24 6600 3020 -" 8 P i ndicates unlagged drive pulley with bell wrap o f 180 deg rees.
12.00 428 24315 8PS 24 6600 2640 8PS indi cates unlogged drive pulley with belt wrop of 210 deg rees.
242 13.30 42C 24315 LP 24 6600 2200 L P indicoles lagged d r ive pulley with belt w rop o f 180 deg rees.
14.45 420 24315 - 1 LPS 24 6600 1810 LPS indicat es la gged d rive pulley with belt wra p o f 210 d eg rees.
-- o Tensions shown ore based o n me tal spli ces and across- the-l ine starting .
15.18 428 30407 8PS 30 8400 3370
308 See Table 13, page 156. Tension decreo ses in same p roporlio n as ra tio
18.30 420 30407 LPS 30 8400 2310 o f req uired horsepower to moximum horsep ower.
0 T 1 indicotes tensio n re quir ed in belt os it appro oches drive pulley to b. Ro ted be lt tensions apply to cotto n ply belts fo r t ransmitt ing indicated
pro duce moximum ho rsepower. horsepower with pulley diameters sho wn, using mechani ca l fa steners
• T 2 indicot es tension required in belt a s i l l eaves d rive pulley t o produce ond across-the -line starting. Also check wilh Table 14, page 156, for
ma ximum horsepower. lump size and w eight o f ma terial.

LINK-BELT • 215
 cr o-
•
:;
e:
;s:;-
"::Jo ::::r
Q)

< :::>
•o
'<
c..
r
z
HEAD
PULLEY
..., :::>
O'Q

"
CD
1"11
r
-i
Fig. 4662
HEAD PULLEY
SNUB PULLEY AND
SCREW TYPE TAKEUP

Heod Tokeup terminal number O B e o K

Terminal terminal number A 1 Snub shaft
Head shoft Screw tokeup Bob-
group
Boll ond
Screw takeup • Grovity tokeup .C:.
A HeadlSnub1~~:: ~~t~d 1 Roll~r ~~~d 1 Bol.1 B.ob· 1 Bo ll
b1tted b ·
bitted 1 Roller
beoring
E F G H Snub'Screw
shoft lake·
L 1 M
number Bobbitted Babbitted Ball Be bbittedl Roller shoft shaft up
1 roller 1 1 b eorinalbeanng b eoring beanng beoring ecnng bearing up
beoring beoring bearing beoring beoring
beoring INCHES

1 8 inch w ide belt

IBA 20207 l 8A 202078 l 8A 20207A 18T 161158 l 8T l 6115A 48048 4804A 20 15 .. .. l 3 V2 2'A 2 V2 . . . . .. 2\4 I V2 7Y, 7\4 4'A 202 ~ .. "~ 16124
18A24215 18A24215B 18A24215A l 8T 161158 18T 161 15A 48048 4804A 20 15Y, .... 13V2 3\4 2'A .... ... 2\4 I V2 9 ay, 5'A 24 2 ·~ .. .. JI ~ 16124
188 202078 188 20207A 18T 16 11 58 18T 16115A 48048 4804A 20 15 13V2 13V2 2y, 4'A 20 2 ~ 16 "~
188 20207 2 3A 2\4 I V2 2\4 1V2 7V1 7\4 "~ 16 24
18824215 188 242158 18B 24215A l 8T 161158 18T 16115A 48048 4804A 20 15 v, 13V2 13V2 3\4 2'A 2\4 1v, 2\4 1y, 9 8 Y2 5 3A 24 2 ·~ 16 1 ·~ 1' ~ 16124
1 8C 20207 1BC 202078 1BC20207A 18T 16 11 58 18T 16115A 4804 8 4804A 20 15 .. .. 13V2 2'A 2v, ... ..... 2\4 1 y, 7 Y2 7\4 4'A 20 2 ~ . . . . . "~ 16 24
18C 24215 18C24215B 18C2421 5A 18Tl6 11 58 18T 16115A 48048 4804A 20 15y, ... 13V2 3\4 2'A . . . .. . . . . . 2\4 1 Y2 9 ay, 5'A 24 2'tl. .. . . . . 1' ~ 16 24

180 20207 180 202078 180 20207A IBT 1611 58 18T 16 l 15A 4 8048 4804A 20 15 13Y2 13 Y2 2'A 2Y2 2\4 l V2 2\4 1 V2 7 V1 7 1A 4'A 20 n~. 16 1 ·~ l't\, 1 6 24
180 24215 18024 2158 180 24 2 l 5A 18T1611 5B l BT 16 l 15A 48048 4804A 20 15y, 13Y2 13y, 3\4 2'A 2\4 1y, 2\4 1y, 9 8Y2 5'A 24 2•i-1, 16 Jl t¡, "~ 16 24

20 inch w id e belt
20A 20207
20A 202 15
20A24215
20A 202078 20A 20207A 20T 16 11 58 20T 16115A
20A.202 158 20A 202 15A 20T 16203 8 20T 16203A
20A 242 158 20A 24215A 20T 162038 20T 16203A
48078
48088
48088
4807A 22 16 . . . 14'A
4808A 22 l 6 Y2 .. . . 14 'A
4808A 22 l 6 V2 . . . . 14 2A
2'A
3\4
3\4
2Y,
2 2A
2'A
. . . . .. . ..
... .. . . . . .
. .. .. . . . . .
2\4
2y,
2Y,
I V2
1 Ya
1 Ya
7 V2
9
9
7\4
av,
ay,
4 3A 20 2 ~.
5'A 20 2'tl.
5'A 24 2• i-1.
. . . ' . l'tl.
. ... . . 2J,1,
.... ..
16 24
1624
2J.1. 1624
,,e;
208 20207 208 202078 208 20207A 20T 1611 5 8 20T 16 11 5A 48078 4807A 22 16 14'A 14'A 2'A 2V2 2\4 1Y2 2\4 1Y2 7y, 7\4 4'A 20 2 ~ 16 l' tl. 1 'ti. 1624
1
208 20215 208 202158 20 8 202 15A 20T 16 11 58 20T 16 11 5A 48078 4807A 22 l 6 Y2 14'A l 4'A 3\4 2'A 2\4 I V2 2\4 1v, 9 av, 5'A 20 21 tl. 16 l' tl. 1 'ti. 16 24
•CD
.."-
208 24215- 1 208 24 2158 208 24215A 20T 161158 20T l 6 11 5A 48078 4 807A 22 l 6Y2 14'A 14'A 3 \4 2 3A 2\4 I Y2 2\4 I Y2 9 ay, 5'A 24 2'tl. 16 l 1y,. 1 1~ 1624
208 24215-2 208 242 158 208242 15A 20T 16203 8 20T 16203A 48088 4 808A 22 l6Y2 14'A 14'A 3\4 2'A 2\4 1 Y2 2Y, 1 Ya 9 BY, 5'A 24 2' tl. 16 1' ~ 2J.1. 1624

20C 20207 20C 202078 20C 20207A 20T 16 11 58 20T 16 11 5A 48078 4807A 22 16 . . . . 14'A 2'A 2y, . . . . .. .. 2\4 I V2 7 V2 7\4 4 3A 20 2~ . .. . .. l'tl. 16124
CD
20C 202 15 20C 20215 8 20C 202 15A 20T 16 11 5 8 20T 1611 5A 4807 8 4807A 22 16Y, ..
. 14'A 3\4 2'A . . . . . . ... 2\4 1v, 9 8Y2 5'A 20 2 1~ . . . . . . "~ 16 24
20C 24215

200 20207
200 202 15
200242 15
20C 24 2 15 8 20C 24215A 20T 16 11 58 20T 161 15A

200 20207 8 200 20207A 20T 161 158 20T 16115A 48078
200 202 158 200 20215A 20T 161158 20T 16115A 48078
200 24 2 15 8 200 24215A 20T 16 11 58 20T l 61 15A 48078
48078 4807A 22 l6Y2 . . . . 14 2A

4807A 22 16 l 4'A 14'A

4807A 22 16Y, 14'A 14'A
4 807A 22 l 6Y2 14'A 14'A
3\4

2 2A
3\4
3\4
2'A
2y,
2'A
2'A
.... . . . . .
2\4
2\4
2\4
1y,
1V2
1y,
2\4

2\4
2\4
2\4
1y,

I V2
1V2
1 y,
9
7 y,
9
9
ay,

7\4
av,
ay,
5 3A 24 2 ·~ . . . ... 1' ~

4 'A 20 2 ~ 16 1' ti.

" ~ 1624
5'A 20 2· ~ 16 1' ~ 1 ·~ 1624
5'A 24 2· ~ 16 1 · ~ l' M. 1624
16,24

....
CD
a.
CD
51
-·
Hove dimensions certified lor installation purposes. • lncludes shoft, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbitted beorings: Series OS-62800 tokeups with
• lncludes heod sha lt, ste el pulley, logged lor LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted collors. Ball beorings: Series TDS 200 tokeups.
:a
•-
beorings: Series 2-1 500 pillow blocks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks. o Grovity tokeups recommended lor conveyors with centers over 100 leet or l or conveyors
fer BPS ond LPS drives. olso includes snub shoft, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Babbitted
beoringS: Series 2-1200 pillow blocks with collars. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.
requiring more thon 60 per cent ol the moximum roted horsepowe r.
6 Series 4800 tokeups. a
,
 ,..
SEE IDLER SELECTED .,.CD
1

..-"
HEAD
PUL LEY CD
o CD

HEAD PULLEY
t:F +
3o• l'HJ~''-sNUB PULLEY
k WHEN REQUIRED
o
TAKEUP PULLEY
....
CD
a.
CD
a
Fig. 4662 SNUB PULLEY ANO
SCREW TYPE TAKEUP

-·
.-
He ad Takeup termina l number O 8 e O K :::1
¡ a
Terminal
group
number
termina l number•

8abbitted 1
8all and
roller
Screw t akeup •

8abbitted 1 8all
G ravity takeupL',

8abbittedl Roller
A Head 1Snub \Screw
shaft shaft
Head shaft 1 Snub shaft rc rew takeup 8ab-
take- Bab- Bab-
bitted 1 Roller bitted / Ball
Bab-
bitted / Ball
bitted Roll ~r
up beoring beanng beo ring beo nng beoring beormg bearing bearong
E F G H SnublScrew L M
shaft take-
up
,.
bearing bearing bearing bearing 1bearing
bearing INCHES

24 inch w ide belt

24A 20207 24A202078 24A 20207A 24T 161158 24T 16115A 48118 481 lA 26 18 ... . 16'.4 2'.4 2'12 ..... . .... 2l4 • 1 '12 7 '12 7l4 4~ 20 2 ~ . .... . 1'~ 116 24
24A 20215-1 24A 202158 24A 202 15A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128 4812A 26 18 '12 ... . 16'.4 3l4 2'.4 ..... . .... 2'12 1% 9 8 '12 5'.4 20 21~ . ... .. 21-1. 16 24
2 4A 20215-2 24A 202158 24A 20215A 24T 162078 2 4T 16207A 48138 4813A 26 1 8 '12 ... . 16'.4 3l4 2'.4 . .... . . .. . 2'.4 1'.4 9 8'12 5 '.4 20 21 ~ . ..... 2~ 16 30

24A24215 24A 242158 24A 24215A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128 4812A 26 18'12 .... 16'.4 3l4 2* . . . .. . . .. . 2 '12 1 o/1 9 8 '12 5'.4 24 21 ~ . ..... 21-1. 16 2 4
24A 24307 24A 243078 24A 24307A 24T 162078 2 4T1 6207A 4 8138 4813A 26 19 .... 16'.4 3'.4 3 . .... . . . .. 2* 1'!4 10'12 9V. 6'.4 24 3 ~ - - .... 2 ~ 16 30

2 48 20207 248 202078 248 20207A 24T 161158 24T 16 11 5A 48118 4 8 11 A 26 18 16'.4 16'.4 2'.4 2'12 2l4 l '12 2l4 l '12 7V. 7l4 4'.4 20 2 ~ 16 1' ~ 1 1~ 16 24
248 20215-1 248 2021 58 248 202 15A 24T 161158 24T16115A 48118 4 8 11 A 26 l 8 '12 16'.4 16'.4 3 l4 2'.4 2l4 1 '12 2l4 l V. 9 8 '12 5'.4 20 2 1~ 16 1'7W 1'7W 16 24
248 20215-2 248 202158 248 202 15A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128 4812A 26 l 8 '12 16'.4 16'.4 3l4 2'.4 2l4 1 '12 2 '12 1% 9 8 '12 5'.4 20 2 1~, 16 1'7\o 21-1. 16 24

248 24 2 15 248 242158 248 242 15A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128 48 12A 26 l 8 '12 16'.4 16'.4 3l4 2'.4 2l4 1 '12 2 '12 1% 9 8 '12 5'.4 24 2 171, 16 1171. 21-1. 16 24
248 24307 248 243078 248 24307A 24T 162078 24T 16207A 48138 4 813A 26 19 16'.4 16'.4 3'.4 3 2l4 l '12 2'.4 1 '.4 10'12 9 '12 6'.4 24 3 ~. 16 ll J.16 2 ~ 16 30

24 C 20207 24C 202078 24C 20207A 2 4T 161158 24T 16115A 48118 481 l A 26 18 ... . 16'.4 2'.4 2'12 . .. .. . . . . . 2l4 1 '12 7V. 7l4 4'.4 20 2 ~. - . . ... l lJ.16 16 24
24C 202 15-1 24C 202158 24C 202 15A 24T 161 1 58 24T 16 115A 48 118 4 8 1 lA 26 l 8 '12 ... . 16'.4 3l4 2'.4 . .. .. . . . .. 2l4 1 '12 9 8 '12 5'.4 20 2' 1'1. . ..... 1171. 16 24
24C 202 15-2 24C 202158 24C 20215A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128 4812A 26 l 8 '12 ... . 16'.4 3 l4 2'.4 .. .. . . . . . . 2'12 1% 9 8 '12 5'.4 20 2 1~ . . .... 2!-i. 16 24

24C 242 1 5-1 24C242 158 24C 24215A 24T 161158 24T 16115A 48118 481 l A 26 l 8 '12 .... 16'.4 3 l4 2'.4 . . ... . . . .. 2l4 1 '12 9 8 '12 5'.4 24 21 ~ . .... . 111'1. 16 24
24C 24215-2 24C 242158 24C24215A 24T 162038 24T 162 03A 48 1 28 48 12A 26 l 8 '12 ... . 16'.4 3l4 2'.4 .. ... . . ... 2'12 1% 9 8 '12 5'.4 24 21 ~ . ..... 2!-i. 16 24
24C 24307 24C 243078 24C 24307A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128 4812A 26 19 ... . 16'.4 3'.4 3 ..... . . . .. 2 V. 1% 10'12 9 '12 6 '.4 24 3~ . ..... 21-1. 16 24

r 240 20207 240 202078 240 20207A 24T 1611 58 24T 16115A 48118 481 l A 26 1 8 16'.4 16'.4 2'.4 2'12 2l4 l V. 2l4 1'12 7'12 7l4 4'.4 20 2~ 16 1' ~ 1' ~ 16 2 4
240 20215 240 202158 240 20215A 24T 161158 24T 1611 5A 48118 48 1 l A 26 1 8 '12 16'.4 16 3.4 3l4 2'.4 2l4 1'12 2 l4 1'12 9 8 '12 5'.4 20 21 ~ 16 1'~ 1'!-i. 16124
z 240 24215 24 0242 15 8 24024215A 24T 161158 24T 1611 5A 48118 48 11 A 26, 18 '12 16 '.4 16'.4 3l4 2'.4 2 l4 1'12 2l4 1 v. 9 8 '12 5'.4 2 4 2'~ 16 1'~ 11 ~ 1624

"
tD
240 24307 2 4 0 243078 240 24307A 24T 162038 24T 16203A

Hove dimensions certified lor installation purposes.

48128 4812A 261 19 16'.4 16'.4 3'.4 3 2l4 1'12 2'12 1'/1 10'12 9 '12 6'.4 24 3~

• lncludes sholt, sleel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Babbitted beo rings: Series DS-82800 tokeups with
16 1'~ 2!-i. 162 4

rn • lncludes head sholt, sleel pulley, logged lor LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted collors. Boll beorings: Series TOS 200 tokeups.
r beorings: Series 2-1500 pillow blocks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks. o Grovily tokeups recommended lor conveyors wilh centers o ve r 100 feet or for conveyors cr e-
-1 For BPS ond LPS drives, olso includes snub shoft, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Babbitted requiring more tho n 60 per cent ol the moximum roled horsepower. ID
:; e::
beorings: Series 2-1200 pillow blocks with collors. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks. 6 Series 4800 tokeups. '::<:"
o" ::r
:::s o.>
<
•.,o
"(
::J
c..
.. ::J
OQ
 V O"
•:;- e:
;:s:;-
."o ::::r
"' = C»
Q)

r
rpuj_fl
FACE
HEAD
PULLEY
r SEE IDLER SELECTED <
•o
"<
::::J
o..
::::J

o o ...
~ OQ

z
"
al
rn
r
jQ0c HEAD PULLEY
R

SNUB PULLEY
WHEN REQUIRED
o

Fig. 4662
-i SNUB PULLEY AND
SCREW TYPE T AKEUP

Head Takeup terminal number o 8 e o ---

K
Terminal terminal number ¿ Screw takeup • Gravity takeup /::,.
A 1 1Screw Hea d shaft 1 Snub sha ft 1Screw takeup 8ab- 1 E F G H M
graup Head Snub ta ke- Bab· R s;;¡;:- Ball and bitted Rall~ r Snu b 1Screw
take- l
lbe~rf~O beanng
bitt~d bitt~d roll~r
Bab·
8all and 8all and 11 8 11 shaft up
number 8abbitted 8abbitted 8abbittedl Raller shaft sha ft up bitted lbea°rin 1 bearing beanng
raller raller beonng O beonng beonng
bearing bearing bearing bearing
1 bearing 1 bearing INCHES

30 inch wlde belt

1
30A 20215- 1 30A 202158 30A 20215A 30T 162038 30T 16203A 48198 4 B19A 32 21 y, .. . . 19>;. 3 y, 2>;. . . . .. . . . . . 2Y, 1% 9 BY, 5Y. 20 2''A. . . . . .. 2"'6 16 124
30A 202 15-2 30A 202158 30A 20215A 30T16207830T16207A 4B208 4B20A 32 2 1 y, ... . 19:Y. 3 y. 2>;. . ... . ..... 2:y, 1 :y, 9 BY, 5Y. 20 2",io . . . ... 2~ 16 30
30A 20307 30A 203078 30A 20307A 30T 162 158 30T 16215A 4B218 4B21A 32 22 .. . . 20Y, 3 Y. 3 . . . . . ..... 3 y, 2:Y. l OY, 9y, 6 >;. 20 3 ~ . . . .. . 2· s,~. 16 30

·r
30A24215 30A 242158 30A24215A 30T 162078 30T 16207A 4B208 4B20A 32 1 21Y, 19>;. 3Y. 2Y. . . . .. . . . . . 2>;. 1>;. 9 By, 5 Y. 24 2",io . . . . .. 2~ 16130
30A 24307 30A 243078 30A 24307A 30T 162158 30T 16215A 4B218 4B21A 32 22 . . . 20Y, 3>;. 3 . ... . . . . . . 3 Y. 2>;. l OY, 9Y, 6 >;. 124 3 ~ . . ... 2"11.
30A 24315 30A 2431 58 30A 24315A 30T 202 15 8 30T 20215A 4B258 4B25A 32 22 Y, ... . 20Y, 4 y. 3 y, . . . . . ..... 3 y, 2 >;. 12 11 7 Y. 2 4 3"11. 21s,,14 20 30

308 20215 308 202158 308 20215A 30T1 6203 8 30T1 6203A 4B198 4B 19A 32 2 1 y, 19:Y. 19>;. 3 y. 2Y. 2 Y, 1 y, 2 y, 1y, 9 BY, 5Y. 20, 2 15/,. 16 l "A• 2 ~" 16 24
308 20307 308 203078 308 20307A 30T 162078 30T 16207A 4B208 4B20A 32 22 19:y, 19 >;. 3>;. 3 2 y, 1 y, 2:y, . p¡. 1OY, 9Y, 6:Y. 20 3 1\, 16 l "A• 2 ~ 16 30
308 242 1 5 308 24 215 8 30B24215A 30T 162038 30T 16203A 4819B 4B19A 32 2 1 y, 19:Y. 19>;. 3 y. 2Y. 2 v. 1 y, 2 Y2 l :Y1 9 BY, 5 :Y. 24 2"A• 16 l "A• 2';1. 16 24
308 24307-1 308 243078 308 24307A 30T 162078 30T 16207A 4B2 08 4B20A 32 22 19:y, 19 :Y. 3:Y. 3 2 y, 1 y, 2:Y. 1% 1OY, 9Y, 6>;. 24 3 11.. 16 1"11. 211.. 16 30

308 243 15 308 2431 58 308 24315A 30T 162158 30T 16215A 4B218 4B21A 32 22 y, 19:Y. 20Y, 4 y. 3y, 2•/, 1 y, 3 y. 2% 12 11 7 y, 24 3",io 16 115,io 2 u1i, 16 30
308 30307 308 303078 308 30307A 30T 162078 30T 16207A 4B208 4B20A 32 22 19>;. 19% 3 >;. 3 2y, 1 y, 2:Y. l :y, l OY, 9 y, 6 :Y. 30 3't i. 16 l"A• 2M. 16 30
308 303 15 308 303158 308 30315A 30T 16215 8 30T 16215A 48218 4821A 32 22 y, 19:y, 20Y2 4y, 3y, 2 v. 1 y, 3 y. 2% 12 11 7 '!. 30 3",io 16 l"A• 2"11. 16 30

30C 20215 30C 202158 30C 20215A 30T 162038 30T 16203A 48198 4B19A 32 , 21 y, " 19% 3y, 2% . . . .. . . . .. 2Y, 1% 9 BY, 5 :Y. 20 2",io . ... 2 ~.. 16 24
30C 20307 30C 203078 30C 20307A 30T 162078 30T 16207A 48208 4820A 32 22 " 19>/, 3 Y. 3 . ... . . . . .. 2:y, 1% l OY, 9 Y, 6 % 20 3 1 1. . ... 211..
116 30

30C 24215 30C 242158 30C 24215A 30T 1 62038 30T 16203A 4B198 4B19A 3221Y, .. 19>;. 3 y. 2>;. . . .. . . . . . . 2Y, 1% 9 BY, 5:Y. 24 2''A. .. 2~ .. 16 24
30C 24307 30C24307830C24307A 30T16207,30T16207A 48208 4B20A 32 22 .. 19:y, 3 Y. 3 ... . . 2Y. 1 y. lO Y, 9 Y, 6 % 24 3 ~ 21,. 16 30
30C24315 30C 243158 30C 24315A 30Tl62078 30T16207A 4 8208 4B20A 32 22Y, . . 19:Y. 4y, 3y, . . . . . .....
.. .. . 1 2>;. 1 y. 12 11 7 % 24 3"1. 2 7 14 16 30

300 20215-1 300 2021 58 300 202 1 5A 30T 161158 30T 16115A 48188 4818A 32 21 y, 19'!. 19>;. 3Y. 2 :Y. 2 Y, 1 y, 2Y. 1 y, 9 BY, 5 :y, 20. 2"ti. 16 Jl'A. 1"116 16 24
300 20215-2 300 2021 58 300 2021 5A 30T 162038 30T 16203A 48 198 4819A 32 21 y, 19:Y. 19% 3 Y. 2:y, 2Y. 117 2Y, 1% 9 BY, 5 >;. 20 2u,. 16 1"1. 2J, ,. 16 24
300 20307 30020307830020307A 30T 162038 30T 16203A 48198 4819A 32 22 19>;. 19% 3 Y. 3 2 Y, 1 y, 217 1% 1OY, 9Y, 6 :Y. 20 3~ 16 11 ~ 2• ,. 16 24
300 24215 300 242158 300 242 15A 30T 162038130T 16203A 4B l 98 4819A 32 21 y, 19:Y. 19 >;. 3 y, 2 >;. 2 y, 1 y, 2Y, 1% 9 9y, 5 y, 24 12'S,i. 16 11 ~,. 2 ~1. 16 24

300 24307 300 2430781300 24307A 30T16203830T1 6203A 4B198 4Bl9A 32 22 19:Y. 19>;. 3% 3 2 y, l y, 2Y, l :Y1 l OY, 9Y, 6 >;. 24 3~ 16 l " ti. 2';1. 16 24
4 y, 2 y, l y, P;.

'T'"
300 2431 5 300 24315 8 300 2431 5A 30T16207830T16207A 4B208 4820A 32 22Y, l 9:Y. 19>;. 3 y, 2:Y. 12 11 7 '!. 16 l "ti. 2 1\. 16 30
300 30307 30030307830030307A 30T 162038 30T 16203A 48198 4819A 32 22 l 9 :Y. 19>;. 3 y, 3 2 y, l y, 2Y, 1y, lO Y, 9Y, 6 Y. 30 3M. 16 l "ti. 2'11. 16 24
300 30315 300 303 l 5 8 300 303 15A 30T 162038 30T l 6203AI 4 8198 4819A 32 , 22 Y2 19% 19>;. 4 y. 31¡, 2y, 117 2y, 1y, 12 11 7 '!. 30 3"ti. 16 l "A• 2v,, 16 124
1 1
 ...CD,,
Heod Tokeup termina l number o 8 e o K
.,.
1
1Screw tokeup
-.."
Terminal terminal number Á Screw t okeup • Grovity t okeup LI.
A Heod Snub Screw Heod shoft 1 Snub shofl 8ob- E F CD
toke- l
G H M
group toke- Bab· R Ba b· B Bab- Ba ll a nd bitted Roller SnubI Screw
number 8obbitted
8011 ond
8obbitted 1
8011 ond
8obbittedl Roller shoft¡shoft up b;tted lb ª
11
~r 11
b;tted l b ª . b;u ed 1 roller beoring beoring sho ft up
beoring
roller
b eoring
roller
beoring beoring
beoring eonng beoring earing beoring beoring CD
1 beoring beoring 1 INCHES

36 inch wide belt

36A 20215 36A 202158 36A 20215A 36T 202078136T 20207 A

36A 20307-1 36A 203078 36A 20307A 36T20207836T20207A
4B338
4B338
4B 33A 3B 24Y,
4B33A 3B 25
... .
.. .
..
23 Y,
23 y,
. . 23 y,
3 Y•
3 :Y.
2:Y.
3
. . . .. . . . . . 2:Y.
... . . . . . . . 2'1.
..... . . . . . 3 V.
l:Y.
1'l.
9
1OY>
,¡
BY>
9Y>
5 :Y. 20 2"~
6:Y. 20 3 ~
. . . . ..
. . . . ..
. . . ...
2~
2~ 20 30
20 30
.....
CD
a.
CD
36A 20307-2 36A 203078 36A 20307A 36T202158 36T 20215A

36A 24307-1 36A 243078 36A 24307A 36T 202078 36T 20207 A
4B348

4B338
4B34A 38 25

4B33A 3B 25 .. . . 23 y,
3 :Y.

3 :Y.
3

3 . . . . . .. . .. 2 :Y.
2'!.

1'14
1Oy,

lO Y2
9 Y,

9 Y,
6:Y. 20 3 ~..

6:Y. 24 3 ~ . . . . ..
2''11. 20 30

2 ~. 20 30
a-·
36A 24307-2 36A 243078 36A 24307A 36T 202 158 36T 20215A .. .. 23 y, . . . . . . .... 1OY, 9Y, . . . ... 2u;1, 20 30 :1
-
4B348 4B34A 3B 25 3 :Y. 3 3V. 2:Y. 6:Y. 24 3 ~
36A24315 36A 243158 36A 24315A 36T 202 158 36T 20215A

36 8 20215 368 202158 368 20215A 36T 202038 36T 20203A

4B348

4B328
4B34A 3B 25Y, .. . .
4B32A 3B 24Y, 23 Y, 23 Y,
23 y, 4 Y•

3 v.
3 \1.

2 :Y.
. . . . . . ... .
2v. 1 y,
3 \1.

2 Y,
2>,4

1 y,
12

9
11

B y,
7'!. 24 3"116 . . . ...

5:Y. 20 2"116 16 1"116 2';1. 20 24

2"116 20 30
.a,.
368 20307-1 368 203078 368 20307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A 4 B338 4B33A 3B 25 23% 23Y, 3 :Y. 3 2 \1. 1 y, 2 :Y. 1'!. 10 Y> 9 Y> 6:Y. 20 3 ~ 16 l''A. 2 ~ 20 30
368 20307-2 368 203078 368 20307A 36T 202158 36T20215A 4B 348 4B34A 3B 25 23 Y, 23 Y, 3 :Y. 3 2 \1. 1 y, 3 \1• 2'/• lO Y, 9 Y> 6 :Y. 20 3 ~ 16 1"116 2"116 20 30

368 24307-1 368 243078 368 24307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A 4B338 4B33A 3B 25 23Y, 23Y, 3 :Y. 3 2 V. 1 y, 2 :Y. l :Y. lO Y, 9 Y, 6:Y. 24 3 ~ 16 1"116 2 ~ 20 30
368 24307-2 368 243078 368 24307A 36T 202158 36T 20215A 4B348 4B34A 3B 25 23 Y, 23 Y, 3 :Y. 3 2 \1. 1 y, 3 y. 2'!. lO Y, 9 Y> 6 :Y. 24 3 ~ 16 1"116 2 1s1" 20 30
368 24307 368 243078 368 24307A 36T 202158 36T 20215A 4B348 4B34A 3B 25 Y, 23 Y, 23 y, 4 Y. 3 \1. 2:Y. l :Y. 3 V. 2'1. 12 11 7 :Y. 24 3"'" 16 2~.. 2 15116 20 30

368 303 15 368 303158 368 30315A 36T202158 36T 20215A 4 B34B 4B34A 3B 25Y, 23 Y, 23 y, 4 v. 3V. 2:Y. l :Y. 3 \1. 2:Y. 12 11 7:Y. 30 3 1~" 16 2 ~ 2•1'16 20 30
368 30407 368 304078 368 30407A 36T 203078 36T 20307A 4B358 4B35A 3B 26 23 Y, 23 Y, 4 :Y. 4 v. 3 y, 2 3:Y. 2'1a 13 Y, 13 y, B:v. 30 4 ~ 16 2"116 20 30
368 36407 368 364078 368 36407A 36T 202158 36T 20215A 4B348 4B34A 3B 26 23 Y, 23 y, 4 :Y. 4 v. 2:Y. l :Y. 3 y. 2:Y. 13 y, 13 y, B:v. 36 4 ~ 16 2~ 2''A. 20 30 *
36C 20215 36C 202158 36C 20215A 36T 202038 36T 20203A 4B328 4832A 38 24\12 .. . 23 Y, 3 V. 2>;. . . . . . . . . .. 2Y, 1Ya 9 B y, 5 :Y. 20 2"1. . . .... 2'/\6 20124
36C 20307-1 36C 203078 36C 20307 A 36T 20203 8 36T 20203A 4B328 4B32A 38 25 .. . 23 y, 3 :Y. 3 . ... . . . . . . 2 Y, 1Ya l OY, 9 Y> 6 >,4 20 3 ~.. . . . ... 2';1. 20 24
36C 20307-2 36C 203078 36C 20307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A 48338 4833A 38 25 .. . 23 y, 3 :Y. 3 . . . . . . .... 2:Y. 1'14 10 % 9 Y> 6 :Y. 20 3 ~ .. . . .. 2 ~ 20 30

36C 24307-1 36C 243078 36C 24307A 36T 20203 8 36T 20203A 48328 4B32A 38 25 .. . . 23 Y, 3 :Y. 3 ..... . . . . . 2 Y, 1Ya 10 Y> 9 Y, 6 :Y. 24 3 ~ . . . . .. 2'116 20 24
36C 24307-2 36C 243078 36C 24 307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A 48338 4833A 3B 25 .. . . 23 y, 3 :Y. 3 ..... . . . . . 2% 1% lOY, 9 Y, 6 •;. 24 3 ~. . . . .. . 2~ 20 30
36C24315 36C 243158 36C 24315A 36T 202158 36T20215A 48348 4834A 38 25 Y, .. . . 23 y, 4 V. 3 y, ..... ..... 3 v. 2% 12 11 7 % 24 3 15116 . . . ... 2u;1, 20 30

360 20215 360 202158 360 20215A 36T 202038 36T 20203A 48328 4B32A 38 24 y, 23 Y, 23 y, 3 V. 2'!. 2 v. 1 y, 2 Y, 1 y, 9 8 y, 5% 20 2 15116 16 1"116 2•;1, 20 24
360 20307 360 203078 360 20307A 36T 202038 36T 20203A 4B328 4B32A 3B 25 23 Y2 23 y, 3:Y. 3 2V. 1 \12 2 \12 1 y, lO Y, 9 y, 6 •;. 20 3~ 16 l''A. 2';1, 20 24
360 24307 360 243078 360 24307A 36T 202038 36T 20203A 4B328 4B32A 3B 25 23 Y, 23 y, 3:Y. 3 2 V. 1 y, 2 \12 1 y, lO Y, 9 Y> 6 •;. 24 3 ~ 16 1"116 2';1. 20 24
360 24315 360 243158 360 2431 5 A 36T 202078 36T 20207A 48338 4833A 38 25 Y. 23 Y, 23 Y, 4 \1• 3 v. 2 V. 1 y, 2:Y. 1'!. 12 11 7% 24 3u,¡. 16 1"116 2~ 20 130

360 30315- 1 360 303158 360 30315A 36T 202038 36T 20203A 48328 4832A 38 25Y, 23 y, 23 Y, 4 y. 3 y. 2 :Y. 1% 2 Y> 1% 12 11 7 % 30 JU/'6 16 2~ 2';1. 20 24
360 30315-2 360 303158 360 30315A 36T20207836T20207A 48338 4833A 3B 25 Y, 23 Y, 23 Y, 4 y. 3 v. 2:Y. 1'I· 2:Y. 1 :y, 12 11 7:Y. 30 3 1~'16 16 2~ 2~ 20 30
r. 360 30407 360 304078 360 30407A 36T20215 , 36T20215A 48348 4834A 3B 26 23Y> l 4:Y. 4 v. 2:Y. 1:y. 3 v. 2:Y. 13 y, 13 y,
2~ 2 15116 20 30

z 360 36407 360 364078,360 36407A 36T20207836T20 207A 48338 4833A 38 26 ¡23 y,
23Y,
23 y, 4:Y. 4 v. 2:y. 1',4 2'!. l :Y. 13 y, 13 y, ¡
B:Y. 30 14 ',. 11 6 l
8 :v. 36 4 ~ 16 2~ 2~ 20 30
1

"
OJ Á
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.
l ncludes heod shoft, steel pulley, logged fo r LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
• lncludes sholt, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbitted beorings: Series OS-82800 tokeups w ith
collors. Boll ond roller beorings: Series TOS 200 lokeups for shofts wilh diometers thru 2'ii;
m beorings: Series 2- 1500 pillow blocks wilh collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks for ond Series OS 3-400A tokeups fo r shofls with diometers over 21-;.".
r sho fts wilh diomclers through 3•y.: ond Series 6800 pillow blocks for shofts with diometers LI. Series 4800 lokeup. cr e-
-1 over 3•v.:. o Grovily tokeups recommended for conveyors wilh centers over 100 feet or far conveyors
For BPS ond L PS drives, olso includes snub sholt, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbilled requiring more !han 60 per ce nt of the moximum ro ted horsepower. "
:; e::
;:s::-
beorings: Series 2- 1200 pillow blocks wil h collors. Bol l beorings: Series 200 p illow blocks. '(( Shofl 3'ii," diometer i n p ulley ond 2•Y.6" diometer in beoring.
";:,o =r
~
< :::J

"o.,
'< c..
:::J
... OQ
 fT e-
!. e::
~ ";:<::'"
1\
- 6 APPROX . o :::r
,.r--'1'

"1
Q)
r SEE IDLER SELECTED

~L1f1
:i
< :::i

r
ACE
HEAD
PULLEY" \ ,..--~ - ---
SCREW
AKEUP rrutLEv'I
FACE
C!>
'(
.,o
c..
:::i

o OQ

~-'
o
~~1e
R
_-_?
[__
"
\ "'
2 --i
" + j \-'--" / ~
1(

al
lT1
jo s s L L= F - H
J''-SNUB PULLEY
WHEN REOUIRED
TAKEUP PULLEY
- L C B

SNUB PULLEY ANO

[)

r HEAD PULLEY Fig. 4662

SCREW TYPE TAKEUP
-t
Heod Tokeup terminal number O 8 e o K 1
Terminal termin a l number• Screw tokeup • 1 Grovity tokeup 6
A Heod 1Snub 1 Screw Heod shoft 1 Snub shoft 1Screw tokeup 8ob- 1 E F G H 1 Screw L M
group to ke- Bob- R Bob· Boll ond bitted Roller Snub to ke-
~r
8011 ond 8011 ond Bob· B
number 8abbitted 1 8abbitted 1 18abbittedl Raller shoft shoft up b;tted l b 0 11 b;tted lb 0 11. bated 1 roller bearing beo ring shoft up
r oller raller be oring eanng b eoring ea nng beor in q b eoring
bearing bearing bearing bearing
bearing beoring INCHES
42 inch wide belt
42A 20307 42A 203078 42A 20307A 42T 202078 42T 20207A 48428 4842A 44 28 . . .. 26 Y, 3% 3 . . .. . . . ... 2% 1% 1OY, 9 y, 6% 20 3 lí. .. 2lí. 20130
42A20315 42A 2031 58 42A 20315A 42T 202158 42T 20215A 48438 4843A 44 28 y, . . . . 26 Y2 4 \4 3 Y• . . ... . . . . . 3 \4 2 :Y. 12 11 7'1• 20 3 15116 . . .. 2"11• 20 .30
42A 24307 42A 243078 42A 24307A 42T 202158 42T20215A 48438 4843A 44 28 . .. 26 Y2 3 '.4 3 . .. . . . . . .. 3 \4 2% 1OY, 9 y, 6% 24 3Jí, . . ... 2"11. 20 30
4 2A 2 4 315 42A 243158 42A 243 l 5A 42T 203078 42T 20307A 48448 4844A 44 28 y, . .. 26 Y, 4 11. 3 y. . . . . . . . .. . 3 1¡. 2 :Y. 12 11 7% 24 3 15116 . . .. . 20 30
*
428 20307 428 203078 428 20307A 42T 202 078 42T 20207A 48428 4842A 44 28 26 Y, 26 Y, 3% 3 2Y2 l \11 2 3/4 1% l OY, 9Y, 6:Y. 20 3Y" 16 2% 2 y,. 20 30
428 20315 4 28 203158 428 20315A 42T 202158 42T 202 l 5A 48438 4843A 44 28 Y226 Y, 26 Y, 4 y. 3\4 2 Y2 1\11 3 y. 2% 12 11 7 % 20 3 15116 16 2•11. 2"/i• 20 30
4 2 8 24307-1 428 243078 428 24307A 42T 202078 42T 20207A 48428 4842A 44 28 26 Y, 26 Y, 3% 3 2 y, l lfo 2% P;. l OY, 9 Y, 6% 24 3lí. 16 2Y,, 2 v., 20 30

428 24307-2 428 243078 42 8 24307A 42T 202158 42T 20215A 48438 4843A 44 28 26Y, 26 Y, 3% 3 2Y, 1\11 3 \4 2% l OY, 9 Y, 6 :Y. 24 3lí. 16 2% 2·~ 20 30
428 24315 4 28 243158 428 24315A 42T 203078 42T 20307A 48448 4844 A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26Y, 4 \4 3 Y• 2% l v. 3 \4 2% 12 11 7 % 24 31511. 16 2lí, 20 30
428 30315 428 303158 428 303 l 5A 42T 202158 4 2T 20215A 48438 4843A 44 28 Y, 26Y, 26 Y, 4 \4 3 \4 2V. 1% 3 y. 2% 12 11 7 V. 30 315116 16 2y,. *
2 · ~. 20 30

428 30407 428 304078 428 30407A 42T 203078 42T 20307A 48448 4844A 44 29 26 Y, 26Y, 4% 4 \4 3 \4 2 3 \4 2% 13 y, 13 8 % 30 4 lí, 16 2· ~ 20 30
428 36407 428 364078 428 36407A 42T 203078 42T 20307A 48448 4844A 44 29 26 Y, 26Y, 4% 4 \4 3 y. 2 3 \4 2 •¡. 13 y, 13 8 % 36 4 1í. 16 2· ~ * 20 30
428 364 15 428 364158 428 364 l 5A 42T 243078 42T 24307A 48468 484 6A 44 29 y, 26 Y, 26 Y, 5\4 4 3 y. 2 3 \4 2V. 15 14 9 % 36 4"/i• 16 2·~ * 24 30
*
42C 20307 42C 203078 42C 20307A 42T 202078 42T 20207A 48428 4 84 2A 44 28 .. . . 26 Y, 3 >¡. 3 . . . . . . . . . . 2V. p ¡. l OY, 9Y, 6:Y. 20 3lí. . . .... 2 lí. 20 30

..,.
42C 203 15 42C 203 158 42C 20315A 42T 202158 42T 20215A 48438 4 84 3A 44 28 y, . . . . 26 Y, 4 Y. 3 \4 . . . .. . . . . . 3 y. 2 3/ 4 12 11 7% 20 3"1i6 . . . . .. 2· ~· 20 30
4 2C 24 307 42C 243078 42C 24307A 42T 202078 42T 20207A 48428 4842A 44 28 .. .. 26 Y, 3% 3 ... . . . . . . . 2 % 1:y. lOY2 9Y, 6 :Y. 24 3lí. . . .... 2 y.. 20 30
42C 24 3 15 42C 243158 42C 24 315A 42T 20215 8 42T 202 l 5A 48438 4843A 44 28 y, . . . 26 Y, 4 y. 3 \4 . . . . . . . . . . 3 y. 2:y. 12 11 7 V. 24 3"/i• . . .... 2 1511, 20 30

420 20307 420 203078 420 20307A 42T 202078 42T 20207A 48428 4842A 44 28 y, 26 Y, 26 Y, 3% 3 2 Y, l lfo 2:y. 1:y. l ov, 9 Y, 6% 20 3lí. 16 2'116 2lí. 20 30 CD
1
420 20315 420 203 15 8 420 20315A 42T 202078 42T 20207A 48428 4842A 44 28 Y2 26Y, 26 Y, 4 \4 3 y. 2y, llfo 2:y. 1% 12 11 7% 20 3 1511. 16 2y,, 2lí. 20 30
;
4 20 24 307 420 24 3078 420 24 307A 42T 202078 42T 20207 A

420 2431 5-1 420 2431 58 420 2431 5A 4 2T 202158 4 2T 20215A

420 24315-2 420 24 3158 420 243 15A 4 2T 202078 4 2T 20207A
4 20 30315 4 20 303158 420 303 15A 4 2T 202078 42T 20207A
48428

48438
4 842 8
484 28
4842A 44 28 26 Y, 26 Y,

4843A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26Y,
4842A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26Y,
4842A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26 Y,
3:Y.

4 \4
4 \4
4 \4
3

3\4
3 \4
3 Y.
2Y,

2Y,
2Y,
2Y,
l\11

1 \11
1\11
1 y,
2%

3 Y.
2:y.
2%
1%

2V.
1%
1%
lO Y,

12
12
12
9 Y,

11
11
11
6V. 24 3lí. 16 2%

7 % 24 3· ~· 16 2:y..
7 V. 24 315/16 16 2 ~
7V. 30 3u¡,. 16 2'11•
2lí.

2"/i• 20 30
2lí. 20 30
2Y" 20 30
20 30

-.."
CD
CD
42 0 30407 420 304078 420 30407A 4 2T 20215 8 42T 202 15A 4843 8 4 843A 44 29 26 Y, 26Y, 4Y, 13 y, 132% 8 >¡. 30 4 lí, 16 2 lí. 2"1i6 20 30 a.
r..
4:Y. 2:Y. 1% 3\4
420 36407 420 364078 420 36407A 42T 202 158 42T 202 l 5A 48438 4 843A 441 29 26 Y, 26 Y, 4% 4!4 2:Y. l :y. 3\4 13 y, 132V. 8% 36 4 1í. 16 2lí· 2"/" 20 30
420 36415 420 364158 420 364 15A 42T 203078 42T 20307A 4 8448 4844A 44 29 Y, 26 Y, 26Y, 5!4 4 3 Y• 2 3 y. 15 142 :y.9 :Y. 36 4"11• 16 2 1511• 20 30
*
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. • tncludes shoft, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbitted beor;ngs. Series OS-62800 tokeups w 1th
a
.... lncludes heod shoft. steel pulley, logged for L P ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
bearings: Series 2- 1500 pil low blo cks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks
collors. Boll ond rol ler beo rings: Series TDS 200 tokeups for shofts with diometers thru 2v.;
ond Seri es OS 3-400A tokeups for shoft s with d;ometers over 2Va.".
-·
:a
-
for shofts with diometers thru 3•Y,{ ond Series 6800 pillow blocks for shofts w1th diometers o Grovity tokeups recommended for conveyors with centers o ver 100 fe et o r for conveyors
over 31y1{ .
For BPS and LPS drives, olso includes snub shoft, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted ¡:,.
requiring· more thon 60 per cent of the moximum ho rsepower.
Series 4800 tokeup.
a
beorings: Ser;es 2- 1200 pillow blocks with collo rS. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks. "(:( Shoft 3Va." diometer in pulley ond 2•y,." diometer in beoring.
•
 A
,..
HEAD
PULLEY' \
PULLEY
FACE
!
-B
-..."
CI
CI
CI
...
L

.a
Fig. 4662
HEAD PULLEY SNUB PULLEY ANO
SCREW TYPE TAKEUP
CI
Heod Tokeup terminal number o 8 e D K
Terminal
group
terminal number.6. Screw to keup • Grovity tokeup 6
A Heo d 1Snub1Screw Heod shoft 1 Snub shofl
toke· Bab· R Bab-
~r
1Screw tokeup 8ob· 1
Bab· Ball and billed Roller
E F G H
Snub 1Screw
toke·
l M
-·::s
-
8011 ond 8011 ond 11 80 11
bitted 1b ª
number 8obbitted /
beoring
r oller
beoring
8obbitted /
beoring
roller
beoring
8obbittedl Roller
beoring beoring
shoft shofl up bltted 1b •
beoring eor mg beoring
bittod 1 roller beoring beoring
eormg beoring beoring
INCHES
shofl up
a
48 lnch wlde belt
48A 20307 48A 20307~48A20307A 48T 202158 48T 202 15A 48548 4854A 51 31 y, .. .. 30 3:y, 3 . .. .. . . . .. 3Y. 2:Y. lOY, 9 Y, 6>¡. 120 3 ~ . . . ... 2 15116 20 30
"'
48A 20315 48A 203158 48A 20315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A 48558 4855A 51 32 . ... 30 4 y. 3 y, .. ... . . . . . 3 y. 2V. 12 11 7:y, 20 3"116 .. . . .. 20 30
48A 24307 48A 243078 48A 24 307A 48T 203078 48T20307A 485 58 4855A 51 31 y, . ... 30 3:Y. 3 .. ... . .... 3 Y. 2 :y, lO Y, 9 Y, 6:Y. 24 3 ~ *
. . . ... 20 30
48A 24315 48A 243 15 8 48A 24315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A 48558 4855A 5 1 32 . . .. 30 4Y. 3 Y. . .... . . . . . 3Y. 2:Y. 12 11 7:y, 24 3 15116 .. . ...* 20 30
48A 24407 48A 244078 48A 24407A 48T 243078 4 8T 24307A 48578 4857A 51 32Y, . ... 30 4 :Y. 4 y. ..... . .... 3Y. 2:y. 13Y, 13 a:y, 24 4 ~ *
. . . ... 24 30
488 20307 488 203078 488 20307A 48T 202158 48T 20215A 48548 4854A 51 31 y, 30 30 3 :Y. 3 2:Y. 1 :y. 3 Y. 2:y, lO Y, 9 Y, 6 :Y. 20 3 ~ 16 2 ~ * 2·~ 20 30
488 20315 488 203158 488 20315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A 48558 4855A 5 1 32 30 30 4 Y. 3 y. 2:Y. 1 v. 3Y. 2:Y. 12 11 7:Y. 20 3"116 16 2 ~ 20 30
488 24307 488 243078 488 24307A 48T 202 158 48T 20215A 48548 4854A 5 1 31 y, 30 30 3Y. 3 2:Y. 1:y. 3 •; . 2:y, lOY, 9 Y, 6 :Y. 24 3 ~ 16 2 ~ * 2·~ 20 30
48 8 24315 488 243158 488 24 315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A 48 55 8 4855A 5 1 32 30 30 4 Y. 3Y. 2:Y. 1:y, 3 Y. 2:Y. 12 11 7 :y, 24 3"116 16 2 ~ 20'30
488 24407-1 488 244078 488 24407A 48T 243078 48T 24307A 48578 4857A 51 32 Y, 30 30 4 :Y. 4 y. 2:Y. 1:y. 3Y. 2:Y. 1 3 y, 13 9:y, 24 4 ~ 16 2 ~ * 24 30
488 24407-2 488 244078 488 24407A 48T 203078 48T 20307A 4 855 8 4855A 51 32 Y, 30 30 4 '14 4 Y. 2:Y. 1:y. 3 •;. 2:Y. 13 y, 13 B:Y. 24 4 ~ 16 2 ~ * 20 30
488 30407 488 304078 488 30407A 48T 203078 48T 20 307A 48558 4855A 51 32 Y, 30 30 4 :Y. 4 '!. 2:Y. 1:y. 3 Y. 2:Y. 13 Y, 13 B:Y. 30 4 ~ 16 2 ~ * 20 30
488 30415 488 304158 488 30415A 48T 243078 48T 24307A 48578 4857A 51 33 30 30 5 Y. 4 3 y. 2 3 y. 2 :Y. 15 14 9:Y. 30 4 15116 16 * 24 30
488 364 15 488 364 158 488 36415A 48T 203078 48T20307A 48558 4855A 51 33 30 30 5 Y. 4 3 Y. 2 3 y. 2 :Y. 15 14 9 :Y. 36 4 15116 16 * * 20 30
488 36507 488 365078 488 36507A 48T 243 158 48T 24315A 48588 4858A 51 34 30 30 5:y, 4 Y, 3 y. 2 3:y, 3 17 15y, 10>¡. 36 5fü 20 * *§ 24 30
48C 20307 48C 203078 48C 20307A 48T 202078 48T 20207A 48538 4853A 51 3 1 y, . .. 30 3:y, 3 . . . . . . .... 2:Y. 1 v. 1 OY:. 9y, 6:Y. 20 3fü *.
.. . .. 2~ 20 30
48C 20315 48C 203158 48C 203 15A 48T202158 48T202 15A 48548 4854A 51 32 . . .. 30 4 y. 3Y. .
. . . . . .. . . 3 y. 2:y, 12 11 7 '1• 20 3"A• . . .... 2 15116 20 30
48 C 24315 48C 243 158 48C 24315A 48T202 158 48T 20215A 48548 4854A 51 32 . . .. 30 4 y. 3 y. . . . . . . .... 3 Y. 2:Y. 12 11 7:Y. 24 3 05¡1, . . . ... 2 15116 20 30
48C 24407 48C 24407 8 48C 24407A 48T 203078 48T 20307A 48558 4855A 51 32Y, . . . . 30 4 :Y. 4 y, . . . . . . .... 3 y. 2:Y. 13Y, 13 BY. 24 4 ~ . . ... 20 30
480 20307 480 203078 480 20307A 48T 202078 48T 20207A 4853 8 4853A 5 1 31 y, 30 1 30 3:y. 3 2:Y. l :Y. 2 >¡. l :Y. 1Oy, 9Y, 6 :Y. 20 3fü 16 2 ~. *
2~ 20 30
4802 03 15 480 203158 480 20315A 48T 202158 48T 20215A 48548 4854A 51 32 30 30 4 Y. 3 y, 2:Y. l :Y. 3Y. 2:y. 12 11 7 :y. 20 3 15116 16 2~ 2 15116 20 30
480 24315 480 243) 58 480 24315A 48T 202078 48T20207A 48538 4853A 51 32 30 30 4 y. 3 Y. 2:Y. l :Y. 2:Y. l :Y. 12 11 7:Y. 24 3•l-i6 16 2 ~ 2 ~ 20 30

480 24407- 1 480 244078 480 24407A 48T 203078 48T 20307A 4855 8 485 5A 51 32Y, 30 30 4 :Y. 4 Y• 2:Y. l :Y. 3Y. 2:Y. 13 Y, 13 a :y, 24 4 fü 16 2~
*
r
480 24407-2 480 244078 480 24407A 48T 202 158 48T 202 15A
480 30407 480 30 4078 480 30407A 48T 202 158 48T 20215A
480 304 15 4 80 304 158 480 3041 SA 48T 203078 48T20307A 48558 4855A 51 33
48 548
48548
4854A 51 32Y, 30
4854A 51 32 Y, 30
30
30
30
30
4:Y.
4:Y.
5Y.
4 Y.
4 y.
4
2:Y.
2:Y.
3 Y.2
1 :y.
1 v.
3 Y.
3 y.
3 y.
2 :Y. 15
2V.
2 :Y.
14
l 3 Y,
13 Y,
13
13
9 :Y. 30 4 1~ 16 2·~
B:Y.
B:Y.
24 4 ~
30 4 ~
20 30
16
16
2~
2~

*
'Tº
2 15116 20 30
2· ~ 2030

~I *
480 36415 480 364 15 8 480 364 1SA 48T 202158 48T 2021 S A 48548 4854A 5 1 33 30 30 5Y. 4 3 Y.2 3 Y. 2:Y. 15 14 9 :Y. 36 4· ~ 16 2·~ 20130
480 36507 480 365078 480 36507A 48T 243078 48T 24307A 48 578 4857A 51 34 30 30 5:Y. 4Y, 3 y. 2 3 •;. 2 V. 17 15Y. 1o :y, 36 5 ~ 16 24 3 0
CD Hove domensoons cerhfied for onstollotoon purposes. • lncludes shoft, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbotted beorongs: Senes DS-B2BOO tokeups woth
rn .6. lncludes heod sholt, steel pulley, logged for LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted collors. Boll ond roller beo rings: Series TOS 200 tokeups lar sholts with diometers thru Z'A:
r beorings: Series 2- 1500 pillow blocks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks ond Series OS 3-400A tokeups l or sholts with diometers over 2V..". cr c:::r
-1 for sholts with diometers thru 3•Yi." ond Series 6800 pillow blocks for sholts with diometers over o Grovity tokeups recommended lor conveyors with centers over 100 leet or for conveyors CI
:; e::
31y..". requiring more thon 60 per cent of the moximum roted horsepower.
;:;:;-
Fo r BPS ond L PS dríves, olso includes snub sholt, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
beorings: Series 2- 1200 pillow blocks with collors. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.
6
*
Series 4800 tokeup.
Sholt 3V.." diometer in pulley ond 2'V.." diometer in beoring.
"o:::1 =r
~
§ Sholt 31y.6• diometer in pulley ond 3V.." diometer in beo ring. <
G
::i
c..
..
"'(
o ::i
to (1Q
bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Pre-Bill' secl'ional
bell' conveyors

De livering t a ilings and washed co ncentrate from slockpile to truck

hoppers, these Pre-Bilt sectiono l belt conveyors are economical ond reli-
oble . Photo 3 67 6 2

Link-Belt engine ering is pre-built into /

standard belt conveyor compone nts.

Link- Bel! Pre-Bi lt conveyors are sectional bel! conveyors

made up of pre-engineered and pre-selected standard
mechanica l components and structures. They provide !he
b enefits of durable, d ependable equipment with the econ-
omies and quick service of standardization.

Deliverlng sand and grave l from tunnel under stockpile to railroad car
load ing hopper, this redaim Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyor is par! af a
system o f nine belt conveyors and two radiol stockers for handling 300
tons per hour. Photo 36663
contents
lnstallations and features . .. ... . . .. . .. ... . .. . .. .. 222

Components ....... . . .. ...... .. . . . . ... . .... . . .. 225

Selection procedure . ..... . . . . . . .. . . . ..... ...... 228

Terminal group rating s and dimensions . .. .... ...... 230

Selection of d rive . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . ... . ... . .. 23 l

Selection of structures . . ....... . .. ..... . .. . . . . . .. 2 3 2

Componen! combinations and dimensions. . ........ 233

V ertical automatic gravity takeups . .. . ........... .. 235

Handling 1140 TPH o f o ver - b u rde n and le an o r e, this Pre-Bilt sec-
tional belt conveyor can be easily extended to follow mining o r disposal
operotions, providing low-cost o p erotion. Photo 32597

222 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectionol belt conveyors ore designed to cover o

wide ronge of opplicotions ond operoting conditions. They
ore built in belt widths of 18", 24", 30" ond 36". Standard
terminal equipment is ovoiloble up to 40 horsepower, bosed
on design foctors found most suitoble from Link-Belt's
experience in the belt conveyor fleld . Highly stondordized
structurol fromes ore ovoiloble in both truss on d chonnel
construction, d esigned to A.l.S.C. stondords for o 90 MPH
wind ond for spons up to 50 feet. Supporting b ents, chutes
ond other occessories ore olso stondordized.
Pre- Bilt conveyors ore use d in mony types of pl onts to
hondle o wide voriety of bulk moteriols. They ore operoting
in such primory industries os mining, ore beneflciotion, con-
struction, sond ond grovel, stone ond cool p reporotion.
They o re olso used in such processing plonts os clo y,
gypsum, cement, reody-mix, ospholt, chemicol, brick, found-
Dellvering heavy m e dia washed ore conce ntrate lo railroad car
ry, ond fertilizer.
loading hoppers, lhese 30" wid e belt conveyars provide "around lhe clock"
dependabilily. Pholo 36763

Washed conce ntrate stockpile and t a illngs conveyor in foreground , ond heavy media washed concenlrole conveyors al
lefl operole reliably in Minne sola iron ore beneflciation planl. Pholo 36760

L 1 N K • B E L T • 223
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

24" wide inclin e d b e lt conve yor handles large volumes of scnd, 24" w id e chann el fr ame b e lt conv eyar delivers 400 TPH of sand ond gravel to
grave!, ond crushed slone al recdy-mix concrete plant. Pholo 36772 o 24 " wide truss frome radial belt conveyor stocker. Photo 36658

Sorne of th e more importan! benefüs of Pre-Bilt conveyors ore:

Economy
• lower first cost is ossured by elimin otion of design ond detoil engi-
neering chorg es.
• Erection costs ore lower, os Pre-Bilt structures ore occurotely b uilt ond
eosy to hondle.

Service
• Selectio ns may b e mode quickly and conve niently.
• Q uototions can be submitted p romptly.
• Pre-Bilt conveyors con be shipped promptly-some ore co rrie d in
stock.
• Pre-Bilt conveyors ore avoiloble from nine link-Belt plonts locoted in
voriou s po rts of the United Stotes ond Cenado.

De p e ndability
• Equipment ond structures ore designed to high stondards.
Rever sibl e b e lt conveyor operates os a shuttle conveyor. The • Selection informotion for Pre-Bilt conveyors is bosed on best b e lt
unit con be positioned along trccks to direct discharge over de- conveyor proctice.
sired crea of bins. Photo 38427
Flexib ilit y
• A brood ronge of mechanical a nd structurol components is avoilabl e
for a wide voriety of bulk hand ling requirements.
• Pre-Bilt conveyors provide o high degree of portability for moving
from job to job.
• Extensions or modificotions moy eosily be mode.

Inclines such as lhis pose no 30" w id e belt conveyor

special problems for highly hcndles iro n ore concentrote
odop toble belt conveyors. and t ai ling s from woshing
Photo 37663 pion! to loa ding h oppers. Three 18" wide b e lt conveyors carry sized and classified ma terial to truck
Photo 36758 loo ding bins al scnd ond g rovel pion!. Pho to 35733

224 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • components

The principal mechanical and structural components, accessories and far applications which exceed the range of Pre-Bilt standards,
sorne of the optional equipment far Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors certain advantages may be obtained by using Pre-Bilt components
are illustrated below. Ali of these peris are standardized far the with such special peris as are needed. Thus, far conveyors requiring
following conditions: more than 40 horsepower, special drives and their supports ma y be
Belt widths -18", 24", 30" and 36" combined with Pre-Bilt intermedia te peris. Far materia Is heavier than
Belt speeds-for 18": up to 400 feet per minute 1 00 pounds per cubic foot, ar far extremely severe service, idlers
far 24": up to 500 feet per minute of a heavier series and closer spacing may be mounted on Pre- Bilt
far 30": up to 600 feet per minute frames. In such cases, specific recommendations will be made by
far 36": up to 650 feet per minute link-Belt.
Orive terminals -up to 40 horsepower
Meteríais handled-up to 100 pounds per cubic foot
loading class -B, Table 19, page 158
ldlers -20° troughing, Series 6000
ldler spacing -4' -6" (ar other multiples of 6")
A general description and specifications of majar standard Pre-Bilt
items are given below. Selection information and dimensions ore
shown o n pages 228 to 235. An example is worked out on page 228
to illustrate the ease with which selection data may be used and
points out design matters that must be considered to assure most
successful performance. terminal

Belt w iper

Fig. 6376
Screw takeup
foot terminal

Laading
happer \
Fixed foot terminal

Bent

Pre-Bilt sectional b el! conveyor

explode d view

Knuckle ioint

---
Head terminal is a shop-assembled unit far connecting to a 24" or 42" deep
truss frame ar to a transition section. The assembled terminal consists of the head He ad terminal
shoft and welded steel head pulley having taper lock bushings, with the shaft
5723
mounted in Series 200 self-aligning ball bearing pillow blocks, except on 3 ~/'
and 3 " A6 " diameter shafts far 30" a nd 36" belt widths where Series 400 self-
aligning roller bearing pillow blocks are used. The head shaft has an extension
o n one end, keyseated far mounting the driven roller chain sprocket.

Drlve is a Link-Belt Motogear. These are totally e nclosed, compact units having
hardened cut-tooth helical gears running in ail to assure top speed reduction
efficiency. With bracket mounting far NEMA frame motors, the units readily
accommodate a wide range of motors and permit easy motor replacement. The
arrangement of the drive supports with motor and speed reducer mounted above
the belt and a Link-Belt precision steel roller chain reduction to the head shaft
results in a highly efficient and Aexible design. An oiltight chain casing is recom-
mended far the chain drive far long life, low maintenance and safety. Fig. 5727
The Motogear is mounted on a base p late that bolts to the top of an adjustable
drive support with legs far belting to the top chord of the truss near the head
terminal. The top member of the drive support can be adjusted to maintain the
Backstop
Motogear horizontal on inclined conveyors.

Backstop is built-in the Motogear drive when used on inclined conveyors. The
backstop automatically prevents reverse rotation af the output shaft due to power
stoppage ar other causes. lf a backstop mounted directly on the head shaft is
preferred, a bracket mounted differential backstop keyed to a projecting e nd of
the head shaft will be furnished.

Ball and roll e r b e arlng plllow blocks are used on head shaft, foot shaft
and takeups. All are Link-Belt self-aligning bearing blocks with superior sea ls lo
keep lubrican! in and dirt out. Ball be aring p illow block

L 1 N K - B E L T • 225 1
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • compo nents

Foot terminal screw takeup is a shop-assembled unit complete with shaft,
-----~
·------ . .~· ----
welded steel pulleys and Series TOS self-aligning ball bearing screw ta keups
hoving ad justments of 12 ", 18" or 24" for oll belt widths ond olso 30" odjuslments
for 30" ond 36" wide belts. The ossembled supporting frome bolts lo a 24" or o
42" deep truss section.
Fig. 5713
Gravlty takeup is a stand a rd belt conveyor vertica l grovity tokeup with welded
steel turn pulleys corried by Series 200 self-o ligning boll beo ring pillow b locks.
lt is mounted in o frome thot is bolted to the lower chord of on intermediate
truss. The necessory vertical cleoronce to permit the belt to p a ss through the
Foot terminal screw ta keup bottom of the truss is obtoined by removing one or two broce ongles. Vertical
guides for the takeup frome ore standard 4" 1-beoms for 18", 24" a nd 30" wide
belts ond 6 " 1-beoms for 36" wide belts.

Flxed foot ter mina! is stand a rd with on outomo tic grovity tokeup, olthough
screw tokeups ore somelimes used on the foot shoft of the some conveyor os on
oíd in troining the belt. lt is shop ossembled to moke o complete component reody
for connecling to o 24" or 42" deep truss frome.

Knuckle lolnt is on odjustoble sho p-ossembled unit to focilitate instollation of

conveyors hoving inclined ond horizonta l truss sections. 11 ca n be used between
24" or 42" deep truss sections ar where 24 " ond 42" deep truss sections join.
Gra vity take up a nd The complete unit includes two welded sleel pulleys corried in Series 200 self-
fixed foot term ina l oligning ball beo ring pillow blocks. The complete o ssemblies ore mounted on o
steel odjustoble supporting frome which con rea d ily be fleld odjusted to the
F19 57:18 req uired ongle. See poge 165 for belt speed limitotions over bend p ulleys.

Belt ldlers a re Link-Belt Series 6000 b oll beo ring belt idlers. They ore ovailoble
with either 4 " or 5" diometer ro lls, a nd in two typ es: the greoseoble typ e which
has o fitting al one end to grea se oll three ro lls, a nd the foctory seoled type with
completely seoled foctory greosed beorings.
Return belt idlers ore avoiloble with 4" or 5" diometer rolls in either greoseob le
or foctory seoled types.
The beorings are protected by close fitting, triple lobyrinth seols to keep greose
in and dirt out.

UYD &CTwtr:N l • "

l"USS S(CTIO ...S, W ll t4 Belt normolly furni shed is Link-Belt Lion Brand belt with Ya" rubber cover on
DOlTCD [,('T[hSION,
USC:O 8(T'W [[N 24" .liND
• 2'" TAUSS SCCTIO NS
corrying side ond 'k" cover on pulley side. This belt is suitoble for handling
Fi9. 5717 mildly obrosive moteriols contoining up to 6 " lumps, such as bituminous cool,
Knuckle joint gro in, eorth, round grovel, sond, wood chip s, ond similor moteriols. For handling
more abro sive moleriols and lorger lumps, it is advisoble lo consider heovier
covers for longer belt life.
The belts specifled herein were selected to accommodote belt tensions imposed
by standard drives hoving bore ond logged pulleys os listed in Table 29, poge
230. For further description of these and other belts, see page 155.
Design colculotions for the obove belts ore bosed on the use of mechonicol
splices. For continuous operotion of permonent belt conveyor instollations, vulcanized
splices p rovide deflnite beneflts over belt operotion with mechonicol splices.
These odvontoges ore outlined on poge 158.

Sectlo n a l t r u u frame1 ond supporting structures ore completely stondordized

to cover o considerable range of operoting requirements ond fleld conditions.
Belt idlers and belt Standard 24" deep sectionol truss fromes ore ovoilo ble for spons os specifled in
selection tables, ond 42" deep sectional truss fromes ore ovoiloble for long er
spons which will require fewer su pporting bents or piers.
All necessory attochment holes ore provided in the truss ond terminal fra mes for
easy ossembly ond fleld erection. Bol! holes are spa ced on 6 " centers along the
top chord angle of frame sections which permits the mounting of troughing belt
idlers al any required spocing. The same series of holes provides for fostening
return bel! idler brackets, decking, wind guords, hood covers, loading hopper
and drive machinery supports. Bolt holes in the bottom chord of truss frames provide
Sectional for attochment of wolkwoys, gravity takeup assembly and load distributing corbel
truss frame angles for ben! connections. Holes for anchor bolts are locoted in the foot ter-
minal frames.
A rigid lateral frame is furnished with each truss section for fleld ossembly.
These lateral fromes, ottached to truss fromes with ribbed bolts in shear, serve to
connect, square, and stiffen eoch two lruss sections, a ssuring ma ximum strength
ond rigidity of completed structures.

Transltlon truss 1ectlon1 are avail able for o ssembly between 24" and 42 "
F19. !>716 deep truss sections ond a lso between heod or foot terminal supporting frames ond
a 42 " deep truss frome. They ore mode in o standard length of 7 feet.
Sides of oll truss frome sections are shipped ossembled and are bundled with
Transition truss section loose top ond bottom brocing angles and bolts for fleld ossembly.

226 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • components

Sectlonal channel trames (not shown) ore ovoilobl e in standard sectionol
lengths for ony required length of conveyor centers, mode up of 6 " standard
rolled chonnels. They ore designed to interconnect with standard truss fromes,
drive supports and heod and foot terminal supports.
Hinged struts ore olso ovailable for fabricot ion of concave vertical curve sections
with chonnel stringers.
The channel frame construction is especiolly adoptable for tunnel reclaim
conveyors and for opplicotions where overheod clearances ore limited.

Decklng is bolted together to cover the return run of the belt ond to d efl ect
material thot moy foll from the corrying run. On inclined conveyors, ends of
deck plates ore lopped in o downword direction to shed water ond dirt.
16 gouge crimped ond flonged plotes ore supported by hongers suspend ed from
the top chord of the truss; hold down clips ore bolted to the hanger, clamping the
decking in place. These clips moy also be bolte d to the hongers supporting the
return belt idlers, thus requiring fewer hongers.

Loadlng hopper is provided to properly direct materi al al loading ond trons-

fer points on to the center of the belt and has sealing strips between the skirts
and belt. They a re shop a ssembled units, reody for belting directly to the top
chord of truss or channel frame sections. ldlers should be spaced at about 18"
centers beneath the hopper to withstand the impact of loading. The skirt arronge-
ment is suitable for the use of either cushion or impact idlers.
lnclined sides are normally provided. However, vertical sides ore ovailable for
applications such as connections to track hoppers or bin bottoms..

Bents for supporting b elt conveyor structures are available in flve standard
assemblies for each of 18", 24 ", 30" and 36" belt widths. Rigidly braced angle
construction is used for standard bents up to 12 feet high. For higher bents up to
50 feet, channel frames with rigid angle bracing are standard.

Dlscharge chute is shop-ossembled and equipped with clip angles that bolt
directly to the underside of the head terminal supporting frame. For most in-
stallations a discharge chute is recommended to direct the flow of materials and
to reduce spillage al transfer points.
Discharge chute

Corrugated hoods are available to protect the carrying run of the belt from Corrugated hood
th e wind and weother. They are of 16 gauge galvanized steel and are open on
ane side for access and inspection. They a re made in lenglhs from 3 Y2 to 5 feet
and ore bolted to 1O" wide corrugated U-supports of 14 gauge galvanized steel,
which ore bolted to the top chord angle of truss frames by angle brackets. This -~_.:)
design provides a durable ond rigid belt conveyor cover which is also attroctive
_...,__....-:.:-·-:--
in appearance.
On permanent installations designed for year oround operations, it is desirable e---·
to provide a hood cover to p rotect the belt from sun, wind, snow and rain. Belt wind guard bracket Belt wlper

Belt wlnd guard bracket1 are used on open conveyors where heavy cross
winds may overturn the empty belt on carrying runs. They ore furnished for spacing
at approximately 20-foot intervals.

Belt wlper is a cleoning device to remove odhering material from the return
run belt as it leaves the heod pulley. lt is a standard hinged and spring-loaded
rubber blade scraper-type wiper, a rranged to mointoin on even pressure of the
wiper b lade across the belt. lt is designed for belting directly to the underside of
the head terminal supporting frame, using the same hales as the dischorge
AA
chute bolts.
Corbel connection

Corbel connectlon1 o re used for attaching bents, towers or other supports

at any point on intermediate truss sections. Cleor spans between these supports
must not exceed distances shown on page 232.
A single pin connection is provided in the corbel angle to attach to the top of the
sup porting A-frome for ony incline between truss and bent frame up to 30 degrees.

Walkway wlth hand ralls is ovoiloble for one or both sides of conveyors
to provide occess to all parts of the conveyor. Supporting cross frames with
hond roil uprights ore clamped to lower truss chord angl es of either 24" or 42"
deep trusses. lnclined hand roil sections parallel the path of tronsition truss sections
ond attach to ends of hand roils of both 24" ond 42" trusses.
Timber flooring can be pre-cut ond bolted to the cross frame in fleld assembly.
Metal grating can also be furnished, cut to exact size to suit each installation ond
to flt cross frames as a substitute for wood planking. Walkway with hand roils

L 1 N K - B E L T • 227
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • selection procedure

The following exom ple illustrotes the method for selecting terminal
comp onents, structures o nd occessories required for o complete Pre-
Bilt conveyor. The p roced ure follows the ste ps outlined on poge 140 ,
ond the solution for e och step is p receded b y b rief selectio n infor-
motion, some of which opplies porticulorly to Pre-Bilt conveyor stand-
ard s. Also, o few references o re mode to the Belt Co nveyor Engineer-
ing section of this book os on cid to o better understo nding of the
principies involved in these selections.
Every effort has been mode to simplify the work necessory for
selection without toking hozo rdous short cuis. Equipment of this kind
deserves coreful study to insure dependoble ond e conomico l p er-
forman ce.
The requirements estoblished for this exomple ore shown in tne
following sketch ond o re o utlined further under Step A, Bosic Doto.

1 6

1 •

~~~t=_J__J__J__J__J__J_J_ Jº
s SP ACES Al 14 o : 120 o - .-c-3• o - -- - - - - e SFACES Al • O o : '"º e - -- - - - - -
- -- - - -- - - - -- -- - - ---APPROX. 400' - - - - -- - - - -- - -- -- •·1 •J11

Step A • Collect basic data required for design Step E • Select proper belt idler and spacing
Assembl e complete informotion obout the material to b e hondled Series 6000 ball bearing belt idlers ore standard for Pre-Bilt
ond the opero ting conditions. conveyors ond o re described on poge 176. They o re a vailoble with
fxomple • Material to be handled ... Bituminous coal, 2" and either 4" or 5 " d iometer rolls, ond roll diometer selection is bosed on
under operoting conditions, some of which o re broodly o utlined b e low:
Capacity in short tons ... 450 t.ons per hour (peak)
Annual capacity ... 400,000 tons 4 " dlameter ralls 5 " dlame ter rolls
W eight of material ... 50 pounds per cubic foot Capacities under 100 TPH Capacities t o mo ximum
Operating conditions . .. 3 lo 4 hours per day, conveyor housed, Bel! speeds under 300 FPM Belt speeds lo maximum
temperatures aboue freezing, degradation not important Materials 50 lbs. per Materials up lo 100 pounds
cubic faot and lighter per cubic foot
Step B • Is belt conveyor sultable for material? Lumps nol exceeding 4 • Lump sizes to maximum
Consider whether o b e lt conveyor is suitable for handling the material, lntermittent operotion Continuous oper o tion
po rticul orly if material is hot, sfi cky, fluffy, or contoins very lorge Seasonal ope ration Year-around operation
Expendable installation Permanenl installation
lumps.
f xomple • A belt conveyor is suiwble for handling bituminous coal Gre a seable type idlers ore standard ond will be furnished unless
as indicated on page 141. foctory seoled id lers o re specified.
Step C • Is angle of lncllnation within safe limits? Spacing of belt idlers
Check ongle of inclinotio n to be sure the material moy be conveyed Troughe d belt idlers: 4 '-6", b ut moy be modified for unusuol cond itions
o n o belt wi thout rollbock or excessive spilloge. to conform to Table 8, poge 14 7, w ithout chonges to the truss supports.
f xomp/e • From Chart A , page 141 , a 46-foot rise in 400 feet
equals 11 Yi-foot rise in 100 feet, oran angle of about 6Yiº . Return belt idlers: 10'-0".
Ta ble 1, p age 142, shows a maximum angle of 16° for sized bitu- Belt troining idlers: on both corrying ond return runs, bel! troining idlers
minous coa/, lumps under 4'; therefore, 6Yiº is within safe should be locoted 25 to 50 feet from eoch terminal or bend pulley
limits. ond spoced ot opproximotely 80 to 100-foot centers thereafter .
Step D • Consider belt width and speed f xomple • S eries 6000 troughed belt idlers with 5" diameter
Consider the foctors which influence belt width ond speed, including: fíreaseable type rolls are required for 556 F P M be// speed.
Speed os Determined by Material Hondl ed, Looding Closs, Width Standard spacing 4'-6" is suitable and belt training idlers may
ond Speed for Copocity Required, ond Width os Determined by be spaced for most coni>enient loca/ion with respect to pulleys.
Size of Lumps.
fxamp/e • Factors influencing belt width and speed: Step F • Determine power requirement and belt tenslons
Speed as determined by material handled. Ta ble 2, page 143, Horsepower is determined by the Grophico l Method from Cho ris B,
indicates that coal may be handled at speeds up to 700 FPM C ond O on poges 152 ond 153. The opproximate weight of bel!
when degradation is not a factor. ond revolving po rts is obtoined from table on Cho ri B ond, on bosi s
Loading class. Table 3, page 143, indicates Loading Class B, of this weighf, the total horsepower ot drive shoft is colculoted from
which is standard for Pre-Bilt conveyors. the three choris.
Width and speed for capacity required. Table 4. page 144,
indicates thal the capacily of 450 TPH of material weighing .50
pounds per cubic foot requires a 30" wide belt ata speed between Table 28 . • Width os determined b y s1ze of lump s.
500 a.nd 600 FPM. The desired speed is inlerpolated from
Moximum Maximum
the table at 556 FPM, which is within lhe limits of Table 2, lump size, recommended belt
page 143. inches speed, FPM
W idth as determined by size of lumps. Lump size may be Bel!
width,
determined as shown in Table 6, page 146, but T able 28 is inches Half max. Max.
included here as a conuenient reference for selection of Pre- B ilt Sized Un-
size size
conueyors for normal applications and seruice. From this table sized
lumps lumps
it is apparent that 2" and under material i1> we/l within !he 1
limits of a 30" wide conveyor. 18 3 5 400 300
Therefore, a 30" wide Pre- Bilt convey or will handle 450 TPH 24 4 'h 8 500 400
of 2• and under coal weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot at a 30 7 10 600 450
speed of 556 FPM. 36 8 12 650 500

228 • L 1 N 1( - B E L T

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors •
Re quired horsepower at m oto r is determined by adding the friction
losses of drive componenls (speed reducer, chain drive, bearings, e tc.),
which are generally 103 of transmitted horsepower.
Pre-Bilt terminols are selected from Table 29, page 230, which
lists horsepower ot drive shaft for 100 f PM belt speed, so the use of
this table requires interpolation from conveyor belt speed. From this
table select terminal group number for the belt width previously
selected in Step D. The horsepower selected should be equal to or
greater than the calculated drive shaft horsepower al 100 FPM.
Belt te n sions T1 and T2 are also obtained from Table 29, as they
are required in Step H for selection of takeup.
fxamp/e • From table on Chart B, page 152, the approximate
weight o( belt and reuoluing parts is 28 pounds per lineal foot.
On basis o( this weiglit, total horsepower at driue shaft is cal-
culated as follows:
.93 X 556
Chori B-Empty conueyor . . ... ....... . - - - = 5.17 HP
100
Chart C-Elevale material ... . . . .. . .. . 0.45 x 46 = 20.70 HP
Chori D-Comiey material horizontal/y . . . l .4 x
450 = 6.30 H P
100
Total horsepower al dr iue shaft = 32.17 HP
Add 10% for frietional lossn; o( driue componenls :
32 17
· = 35.7 motor HP required.
.90
Therefore, a 40 horsepower motor is required.
Termina/ Group Number is now detennined by interpolating horse-
power al drir>e shafl 011 hasis o( 100 FPM belt speed:
32· 17 x lOO = .5.79 HP at 100 FPM
.5.56
From Table 29, select T erminal Oroup 30024307, haui11g a rating
o( 6.07 HP at 100 FPM. For this terminal group, the maximum
bel! tensions are 8000 pounds f or T, and 1000 pound.~ for 1',.
Step G • Select the belt
Terminal Group Rating Table 29 contains belt specifkations for
each terminal group number. Standard belts for Pre-Bilt conveyors
are link-Bel! lion brand, coitan duck, wilh Ya" rubber cover on
carrying side and 1k" on pulley side. Design calculations for belts
are based on using mechanical fasteners.
Belts of equal slrenglh with synlhetic fabric carcasses and other
brands of covers are available where required. The general subject
of belts is described more com ple tely on page 155.
Example • The belt in Terminal Oroup 30024307 is 4 ply, 28-
ounce cotton duck, Link-Belt Lion Brand with Ys" rubber
couer on carrying side and ~· on pulley side. This belt is
based on using mechanical fasteners for sp/ices, and for motors
with across-the-line starters.
Step H • Select term inal equlpment
Pulley diameters, lagging (if any), and shaft dimensions for standard
Pre-Bilt conveyors are shown in Table 29 for the terminal group
determined in Step F.
Motogears ore listed in Table 30, page 231, by horsepower.
Chain drives are shown in Table 31 with various sprocket combina-
tions. For inclined conveyors, Motogears wilh built-in backstops
should be specifled to preven! backward movemenl of loaded belt
in event of power inlerruption.
Toke up trovel of about 23 of conveyor centers must be allowed for
stretch of cotton duck belts and is occomplished with a screw or
automatic counlerweighted gravity takeup. lnformation regording
takeup travel for other belts is shawn on page 158.
Toke up pull required ta maintain proper belt lension is twice the
T2 value shown in Table 29. For counterweighted takeups this pull is
made up of the weight of takeup pulley, shaft, bearings, moving
frame and additional counterweight a s necessary. Weights and
dimensions of counterweighted takeup assemblies are shown in
Table 36, page 235.
Example • T erminal Group 300 24307 includes 24' diameter
lagged head pulley, 3"!{6' diameter head shafl and 16' diameter
foot pulley on 2 "!{6' diameter foot shafl.
Motogear FDB , in Table 30, is used for 40 horsepower with
bulk handling
belt conveyors
selecti o n procedure
280 RPM output shaft for a belt speed ouer 500 FPM. Also
specify a built-in bachstop.
From Table 31 , page 231, select 19 T driver and 60 T driuen
sprochets for 280 RPM Motogear outpul shaft, a 556 FPM
belt speed and 24" driue pulley . An oil-tight casing is recom-
mended for safety and low maintenance.
Takeup trauel should be 8 feet for a cotton duck belt and an
automat ic counterweighted grauity takeup will be most practical,
as indicated on the lay out sketch. A travel o( about 5 feet is
required if a sy nthetic f abric belt is used.
Takeup pull reqiúred is twice the T , ualue shown for T erminal
Group 30024307, or 2000 pounds. From Table 36, page 235,
.~elect tal1eup assembly 4920 e f or terminal group 30024307.
The weight o( floating assembly with 16" diameter pulley is .565
pounds, requiring additional counterweight o( 143.5 pounds.
Step 1 • Se le ct str ucture s, t r uss fram es and b e nts
The most economical cambination of truss frames and bents requires
considerotion of the maximum permissible spans for 24" and 42"
deep frames and to relative heighls of benls. Practical seleclions may
be influenced by locations of raadways and other interferences.
Standard length sectional truss frames 24" and 42 " deep ore
available for maximum spans as tabulated an page 232, and typical
combinalions of truss frames ore illustrated on page 233. A standard
transition section 7 feet long is used belween 24" and 42 " deep
lruss frames.
Standard supporting bents are available in 4 lo 50-foot heighls,
in incremenls of 2 feel. Bents are of rigidly braced angle conslruclion
tllrough 12 feet high ond of channel conslruction wilh rigid angle
bracing from 14 to 50-foot heighls. In determining heighls of bents
required it is common proctice to hove foundation piers exlend from
1 fool to several feel above grade. 11 is economical lo d uplicate as
mony bents os is proclical. This can be accomplished on inclined
conveyors by vorying the heighl of foundotion p iers to suit.
Selection of suitable lruss struclures is a matter of choosing the most
economical combination of standard frames. Gene rally, 24 " deep
truss frames o re mosl economical for heights up lo 1 2 feet. Beyond
12 feet it is usually more economical lo use 42" deep truss frames,
permitt~g ~ngerspanL
Standard corbel conneclions a re available for attaching bents,
towers or other supports to any intermediate point on truss fram e.
Decking of 16 gauge crimped and flanged sleel is recommended
for most installations, to protect return belt.
Standard channel frame seclions are available and recommended
for tunnel reclaim conveyors and for applications where clearances
are limited. The channel frame construclion allaws for maximum span
of 1O feet without walkway, or 7 Y2 feet with walkwoy. Typical
combinations of channel frame slructures are illuslrated on page 234.
Standard auxiliary components are available for ready mounling
on standard structures, such as: loading hoppers, discharge chutes,
belt wipers, corrugated curve d hood, belt wind guord brocke ts, and
walkways wilh hand rails.
fxamp/e • Th e most economical combination o( lruss frames and
bents for lhis application is determined as follows:
To conuey a horizontal distance of 400 feet with a 46-foot lift
requires a conueyor having 404-fool pulley centers. Refer to
page 232 f or truss selection, and use 24' deep truss sections to
point where bents exceed 12 feet in height. For 30" belt width,
with walhway one side, use 24" deep truss frames with maximum
span 29 feet and 42" deep truss f rames with maximum span
o( 40 feet. An economical combination o( truss f rames fnr this
installation results in the following selection:
Head and foot terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3'-0"
2-transition sections (each 7'-0" long) . . 14'-0'
6-24" deep truss sections
1-18'-0" long; 5-21 '·0" long .. . . ... 123'-0"
11-42' deep truss sections
24'-0" long ... . .. . .. .. . ....... . . . .264'-0"
404'-0" pulley centers
Selection of bents can be determined by lay out and related to
height of foundation p iers aboue grade.
Include: walhway with harul rails on one side, standard deck-
ing; grauity taheup, and other standard optional components as
may be required.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 229
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • terminal g roup rating s

and dimensions

e
HEAO SHAFT ASSEMBL Y FOOT SHAFT ASSEMBL Y

Ta ble 29 • Terminal group ratings and dimensions 4

Terminal Moximum belt tension
Mox imum pulley 8 e et drive pulley far
Terminal Type
HP et drive dio meter 180° wrop, pounds
Belt shoft, et
group of A o E G K
cotolog drive F 1 L Heod foot Heod 1 foot
100 FPM Tight side 1 Slock side
number pu lle y Orive foot shoft 1 shoft shoft shoft
belt spee d T1 Ti
INCHES

18" belt
2.59 18E20207 BARE 2Ó 16 20 15 Y2 13 Y2 2 y, 1 Y2 7Ya 4 Y2 2 111, 1 1511, 1580 722
4 ply 3.19 18G20207 2 111,
LAGG ED 20 16 20 15 Y2 13 Y2 2 Ya 1 Y2 7:Y. 4 Y2 1 " ;l. 1580 525
28 ounce
2.95 l8E24215 BARE 24 16 20 15 Y2 13 Y2 2 Ya 1 y, 7 Ya 4 Y2 2 1511, l " A. 1800 825
duck 4 y,
3.63 l8G24215 LAGGED 24 16 20 15 Y2 13 Y2 2 Ya 1 Y2 7:Y. 2 15116 1 15116 1800 600

24" belt
3 .45 24E20 215 BARE 20 16 26 18 Y2 16 % 2 y, 1% 7 y, 4 Y2 2 u11, 2% 2100 960
4 ply 2 y, 21J11,
4.24 24G20215 LAGGED 20 16 26 18 Y2 16 % 1% 7Ya 4 Y2 2>11, 2100 700
28 ounce
3.94 24E24215 BARE 24 16 26 18 Y2 16 Y• 2 Ya l o/a 7 Ya 4 Y2 2 15116 2 3;1. 2400 11 00
duck
4.84 24G24215 LAGGED 24 16 26 18 Y2 16 % 2 Ya 1% 7 :Y. 4 Y2 2 15116 23116 2400 800
5.08 24E20215 BARE
-20- -16- -26- - --- - - - 2 -Yo - - - -- - -
18 Y2 16 % 1% 7 :Y. 4 Y2 2 " 11• 2% 3100 1420
4 ply 6 .25 24 G20 215 LAGGED 20 16 26 18 Y2 16 % 2 Yo 1% 7 :Y. 4 Y2 2 15116 2111, 3100 1033
42 ounce 8 :y. 3 111,
6 .32 24 E243 07 BARE 24 16 26 19 16 Y4 2 Ya 1% 5 2% 3840 1760
duck
7.76 24G24307 LAGGED 24 16 26 19 16 % 2 Ya 1% 8 l/e 5 31 11, 23;1. 3840 1280

30" belt
4 .27 30E20215 BARE 20 16 32 21 Y2 19 % 2 Ya 1% 7 Ya 4% 2 1511,2>11, 2600 1 1190
4 ply 2>;1.
5 .25 30 G20215 LAGGED 20 16 32 21 Y2 19 :Y.. 2 Yo 1% 7 :Y. 4% 2 " 11& 2600 865
28 ounce 1 :y.. 3111, 2 111,
4 .92 30E24307 BARE 24 16 32 22 20 Y2 3 8 % 5 3000 1370
duck 31¡¡.
30G24307 LAGGED 3 8 3~ 21 11,
6.07
6.40 30E20307 BARE
24
20
16
16
32
---
32
22
--
22
20 Y2
- -
3
1%
- -
1 :y..
- - - - 55 - --
3 111, 2 111,
3000 1000
1790
20 Y2 8% 3900
4 ply 7.90 30G20307 LAGGED 20 16 22 3 l :y. 5 31¡¡. 2 1;1.
32 20 Y2 8 3A 3900 1300
42 ounce 1 :y.
7 .88 30 E243 l 5 8ARE 24 16 32 22 % 20% 3 l4 10 6 3 1511, 2~ 4800 2200
duck 1 :y.. 2 1;1.
9.72 30G24315 LAGGED 24 16 32 22 % 20 Y2 1 3 l4 10 6 3 " 11& 4800 1600

36" belt
5 .0 8 36E20215 BARE 20 20 38 24 Y2 23 Y2 2 Ya 1 :y. 4 Y2
8 Y2 2 " 11& 21¡¡. 3 100 1420
4 ply 6 .28 36G20215 LAGGED 2 Yo 4 Y2 2111,
20 20 38 24 Y2 23 Y2 1% 8 Y2 2 15116 3100 1030
28 ounce 1 :y..
5.90 36 E24307 BARE 24 20 38 25 23 Y2 3 5 9 Y2 3111, 2 ~, 3600 1650
duck 21;1.
7 .3 0 36G2430 7 LAGGED 24 20 38 25
-38- - 25- - -23--
23
--- % 3 %
- - - - -5 -
-11 :y. 9 % 3 111,
31¡¡.
3600 1200
7 .55 36E20307 BARE 20 20 Y2 3 9 Y2 5 2~ 4600 2100
4 p ly 9 .25 36G2030,. LAGGEC 20 20 25 23 \12 3 1 :y. 9% 5 31¡¡. 2 ~, 4600 1530
38
42 ounce 31 s¡¡. 2111,
9.46 36E24315 BARE 24 20 38 25 Y2 23 Y2 2% 3 l4 10 6 5760 2630
duck
11 .65 36G2431 5 LAGGEC 24 20 38 25 Y2 23 y, 2% 3 Y4 10 6 3 u¡¡. 2 111, 5760 1 1920

Hove dime osions certified for instollotion p urp oses. 4 Ro tings bosed on belts w ith mechonicol splices o nd moto rs w ilh o cross-the-
line sto rt ers.

230 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt con veyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • selection of drive

Table 30 • Motogear selection
Motoge ar si:<e
Motogeor outpuf sp eed
Moto-
geor
190 RPM 1 280 RPM
HP Belt sp eed
up to 500 FPM
500 FPM 1 ond over
1 ADB ADB
1 \12 ADB ADB
2 ADB ADB
3 ADB ADB
5 BDB BDB
7 y, CDB BDB
10 CDB CDB
15 DDB DDB
20 DDB DDB
25 EDB EDB
30 EDB EDB
Typicol drive for Pre-Bilt sectional belt canveyar. Phato 38184
40 FDB FDB

Table 31 • Chain drive selection ond sprocket tooth combinations

Number of teeth in sprocket
Belt speed, FPM 250 1 275 1 300 1 325 1 350 1 375 1 400 1 450 1 500 1 550 1 600
Ma ta- Roller
geor cha in Motogear speed 190 RPM 1 280 RPM

l l l l
HP
l l l 20 l 24 l 20 1 24 !20 l 24 l 20 l 24 l 20 1 24
number Orive pulley
diameter, 20 1 24120 1 24 1 20 24 20 24 20 J 24 20 24
inches
Driver 21 17 22 16 22 21 23 19 21 23 23 19 22 23 22 23 21 17 23 19 18 21
1 RC60 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Driven 84 80 80 70 72 84 70 70 60 80 60 60 54 70 48 60 60 60 60 60 45 60
-- Driver 21
- -- - -21 -
16 22
17 22 23
-19 -2 1 -23 - - - - - - -21 -17 -23 -19 -18 -21
23 19 22 23 22 23
1 \12 RC60
Driven 84
- -- - - -
70 72 84 70
80 80
- - -
70 60 80
- - - - - -
60 60 54 70 48 60
- - - - - -
60 60 60 60 45 60
- -- - - - - - -23 - - - - - - - - - - - -
Driver 21 17 22 16 22 21 23 19 21 23 19 22 23 22 23 21 17 23 19 18 21
2 RC60 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Driven 84 80 80 70 72 84 70 70 60 80 60 60 54 70 48 60 60 60 60 60 45 60
-- Driver
- - - - - -
21 17 22 16 22 21 23
- ._ -
29 21 23
- - - -
23 19 22 23
- - -
22 23 21
-17 - - -
23 19 18 21
-
3 RC60 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Driven 84 80 80 70 72 84 70 70 60 80 60 60 54 70 48 60 60 60 60 60 45 60
Driver
- - - - - -
15 17 19 16 18 15 15
- -19 -16
19
-17 -19 -18 - 15 -16 17 -24 -17 -17 -19 -22
- -24
5 RClOO - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Driven 60 80 70 70 60 60 45 70 54 54 45 60 45 45 35 45 70 60 45 60 54 70
Driver
- - - - - -
15 17 19 16 18 15 15
- - - -
19 21 18 17
-
19
-18 -15 -16 -17 -21 -17 17 -19 -18 - -21
7 y, RC120
Driven
-60 -80 -70 -70 -60 -60 -45 - - - -
70 60 60 45
- -
60 45 45
- - - - - - - -
35 45 60 60 45 60 45
-
60
- - - ,_ - ,_ - - - - - -19 - -15 -16 17 -21 -17 -17 19 -18
- - -
21
Driver 15 17 19 16 18 15 15 19 21 18 17 18
10 RC120 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Driven 60 80 70 70 60 60 45 70 60 60 45 60 45 45 35 45 60 60 45 60 45 60
Driver
- - - - -
15
- - - - -
17 19 16 18 is 15 19 21 18 17
-19 -18 -15 -16 -17 -21 -17 -17 -19 -18 -
21
15 RC140 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -45 -
60
Driven 60 80 70 70 60 60 45 70 60 60 45 60 45 45 35 45 60 60 45 60
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Driver 15 17 19 16 18 15 15 19 21 18 17 19 18 15 16 17 21 17 17 19 18 21
20 RC140
Driven
-
60
-80 70 -70 -60 -60 -45 -70 -60 -60 -45
f- -
60
- -
45 45
- - - - - - -
35 45 60 60 45 60 45
-
60
Driver 15
-17 - -16 - - - - - ,_ - - - 1-
18 15
-16 -17 -21 -17 -17 -19 -18 -21
19 18 15 15 19 21 18 17 19
25 RC160 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Driven 60 80 70 70 60 60 45 70 60 60 45 60 45 45 35 45 60 60 45 60 45 60
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -19 -18 -
21
Driver 15 17 19 16 18 15 15 19 21 18 17 19 18 15 16 17 21 17 17
30 RC160
Driven
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -45 ,_ -
60 45
-
60
60 80 70 70 60 60 45 70 60 60 45 60 45 45 35 45 60 60
--
Driver 15
- - - - - - - - - -
17 19 16 18 15 15 19 21 18 17
-19 - ,_ - - - - - - -
16 17 21 17 17 19 18
-
21
18 15
40 RC160 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -45 -
60
Driven 60 80 70 70 60 60 45 70 60 60 45 60 45 45 35 45 60 60 45 60

L 1 N K - B E L T • 231
bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • selection of stru ctu res

Truss frame combinations
with supporting bents
The most economical spacing of bents and selection of
t russ spans is described in Step 1, pag e 229. Actual
spacing alsa may be influenced b y the location af road s
ar other interference s.

Table 32 • Mo ximum permissib le truss spons

Allowable loods p e r lineal foot o f Chonge in
Truss Belt spon, feet lruss fra me, pounds o llowoble spo n
depth width for each 100
lbs. per lin. ft.
w;1h·1 w ;1h Dead 1 Uve laads added
odditio nol
INCHES wº~i'k- woUc- rr uss
wc ight. to truuó
live load,
wo y wo y frame Mach"yl Mat'I 1 Total fee t ond inch es
18 48 33 26.7 33.0 36.0 69.0
24 44 3 1 36.0 43.3 66.7 110.0
24 Less 4-0
Table 33 • Moximum permissi ble d rive te rminal overho ng
30 40 29 38.6 S3.0 108.0 161 .0
36 36 27 42.6 67.0 1S7.0 224.0 24 " truss 42" truss and transltion
-- --
18
- -
SS
-- --
46 33.0 32.0
--
34.0 66.0 Belt 1 MolaQear s;ze Belt Motog eor size
43 34 .0 42.S 62.S lOS.O width, ADB 1 BDB 1 CDB 1 DDB , EDB 1 FDB width, ADB 1 BDB 1 CDB 1 DDB 1 EDB 1 FDB
42 24 S2
Less 7-0 ;nches FEET AND INCHES inch es FEET AND INCHES
30 49 40 3S.O SS .O 101.0 1S6 .0
36 46 37 37.0 67.0 133.0 200.0 Wittiout wo lkwoy Without wolkwoy
~ Machine ry weighlS include Series 6000 idlers, canveyor belt 18 16-0 1 16-0 16-0 18 22-0 22-0 22-0 21 -0 19-0 1 .
a nd deck plates only. Wind loads based on 40 pounds per 24 16-0 16-0 16-0 " lS-0 11 -0 . 24 22-0 122-0 120-6 120-0 17-6 ..
Tº i ·
square foot on exposed oreas. Snow l oads not included in 30 . 16-0 lS-0 1 3-0 11 -O 10-0 30 .. 20-6 20-0 18-0 1 17 -0 1 1 S-6
a bove valu es. Spans may be i ncreased fer o reduction in live 36 . . . . lS-0 14-0 1 2-0 1 1-O 9-0 36 . 20-0 18-6 17-6 1 5-6 14-0
l oad o n sa me ba sis as tobula ted volues oí 100 pounds per With one w olkway 1
Wi th ene walkwoy
l ineal foot up to 5 feet increase. Walkway looding includes
its own d ead weight pl us 2000 pounds distributed over center
15 feet o f spa n. Doubte wolkways do not affect allowobte
18
24 "1 2-6
30 . .
' 1"
12-0
º1"11 -0
º 1 "10-0
11-0 10-0 9-0
º I ,_,
8 -6
8-0
. ..

7-6
18
24
30
19-6
19-0
19-0 1 18-6 17-0 1 15-6 , . .
18-6 17-6 16-6 13-6
18-0 16-6 16-0 13-0 12-6
...
spa n. 36 . 10-0 9-0 8-0 7-6 7-0 36 17-6 1S -6 14-6 12-6 12-0

Table 34 • Truss sections selection, 24 " deep truss When selecting 24" ar 42 " deep truss fromes, or chonnel frames, ind ividual
analysis o nd judgment must be applied fer each set of conditions in arder to
.,,- O uontity _,,- O uontit y _,,• O uontity Q uontity
~ ... ~ ... g. ... "'~ ... use the most procticol ond e conomical combinotion o f friese structures.
1- 1- _ 1- e_
..! Ci

l-
M ~
Ttuss
section EE ~i
"~
length, feet ~ ~
6 1 15 1181 21 ~ -
MTruss
section
l-
,-~ ~ ..! i
"
length, fe et ~ ~
61 15118 2 1 ~ -
Truu
".
section
l-
E ~
..! -¡
length, feet ~ ~
6 1 I SI 18121 ~ -
M U
Truss
section
l- 6 1 151 18121 ~ .::
~
length, fe et O o
Gene rally when supporting benIs are 1 2 f eel and under in height 2 4 • deep
tru ss fromes will be mast economicol. Far bents higher than 12 fee t it is de-
siroble to use 4 2" d eep truss fromes on longer sp ans (with tronsition sections
when requi red), resulting in fewer bents o nd foundatlon p iers.
21 . . . . . 1 o 144 . . . 1 6 2 11 12 390 ... 3 16 l 8
24 1 .. 1 .. 1 .. .. 7
147 . ,__
6
6
267
·1·.
270 . .. 1 12 12 393 2 17 18 Tables 34 and 3S are fer easy selectio n af the mo st econamical combination
of tru ss frames. Truss length equals conveyor p ulley centers less 3 feet fer
27 1 .. .. 1 1 lSO .. 6 2 7 273 13 12 396 1 18 18
3C . 2 . . ..
1- heod and feat terminals plus 7 feet fer eoch tron sition section.
1 1S3 . .. 5 3 6 8 13 399 19..__
18
33 . 1 1 .. 1 1S6 . . . 4 4
7
7
276
279 . . . s 9 13 402 ... 614 19 -
Table 35 • Truss sections selection, 42 " d eep truss
36 . 1 .. 1 1 1S9 . . . 3 s 7 282 . . . 4 10 13 40S ... S15 19
39 . . . 1 1
42 . . . .. 2
45 1 .. 1 1
1
1
2
162 . . . 2 6
165 ' . . 1 7
168 ... . . 8
-
7
7
7
28 5 . . .
288 . ..
291 . . .
311 13 408 .. . 416 19
212 13 411 ... 317 19
1 13 13 4 14 . .. 218 19
""" j
length
fee t
º"'" ""O
Truss
s ectio n
Truss
Uength,
;: fe et
Oucntity
Truss
sectio n e;
Truss
Uenglh, Truss
fe e t
Quantit:z::

section o~ --
Truss
length
fe et
Ou o ntit y
Truss
section -
o .M

48 1 .. .. 2 2 171
. 1-
6 3 8 294 . .
- . . 14 13 41 7 ... 1 19 19
.& leng th,
f eet
C; E
O E
~-
• leng th,
f e et ~ ~
__g ,: • leng th,
fe et -
~E
o
_g .!: • lengt h,
fect
~E
- o
~.!:
Sl . 2 .. 1 2 174 . .. 5 4 8 297 6 9 14 420 20 19 161 20124 1 61 202 ~ 16J 20124 16120! 24
5 s 380 . . 1 lS 1 5
S4 . 1 1 1
S7 . 1 .. 2
2
2
177 . . . 4 5
180 . . . 3 é
8
8
300
303 . ..
s 10 14 423 6 l S 2o
4 11 14 426 . .. S16 20
16
20 ..l º1
.. o
o
o
140
144 ::l. 1 6 s
260
264
.. 11 0
.. 11
10
10 384 16 l S
-
60 . . . 1 2 2 183 . . . 2 7 8 306 ... 312 14 4 29 . .. 417 20 24 1 148 2 ¡1 4 6 268 2 1 9 11 388 2 1 14 16
63 . . . . . 3 2 186 . .. 1 8 8 309 . .. 213 14 432 . . . 318 20 32 2 . .. 1 152 2 .. s 6 272 2 .. 10 11 392 2 .. 1 S 16
66 1 .. 1 2 3 189 . . . .. 9 8 312 . .. 1 14 14 4 3S . .. 21 9 20 36 1 1 .. 1 1S6 1 1 5 6 276 1 110 11 396 1 1 15 16
69 1 .. . . 3
- 315 .. l S 14 4 38 . .. 1 20 20 40 . . 2 .. 1 160 . . 2 s 6 280 . . 210 11 400 . . 21S 16
72 . 2 .. 2
3
3
192
19S . . s s
6 4 9
9 318
-- ~
6 íC lS 441 . ' 2 1 20 44 .. 1 1 1 164 .. 1 6 6 284 . . 11 1 11 404 . . 1 16 16
75 . 1 1 2 3 198 . . 4 é 9 321 s 11 l S 444 616 21 48 . .. 2 1 168 .. 7 6 288 ... 12 11 408 . . .. 17 16
78 . 1 .. 3 3 201 . . . 3 7 9 324 . . . 4 12 lS 447 . . . 517 21 S2 2 1 - 2
- ~ - -
172 2 1 s 7 292 2 1 10 12 4 12 2 1 15 17
81 ... 1 3 3 204 . . . 2 8 9 327 . . . 313 l S 4SO . . . 418 21 S6 2 .. 1 2 176 2 .. 6 7 296 2 . . 11 12 4 16 2 .. 16 17
84 . . . . . 4 3 207 . . . 1 9 9 330 .. . 214 l S 4 S3 . . . 3 19 21 60 .. 3 .. 2 180 1 1 6 7 300 1 111 12 4 20 1 1 16 17
87 1 .. 1 3 4 21C ... . . 1e 9 333 . .. 1 lS l S 4S6 . .. 220 21 64 .. 2 1 2 184 . . 2 6 7 304 . . 211 12 424 . . 2 16 17
-1-
4 28 . . 1 17 17
~

9o 5 .. 4 213 6 s 10 336 16 lS 4S9 1 21 21 68 .. 1 2 2 188 .. 1 7 7 308 . . 1 12 12

93 4 1 4 s 6 10 6 11 16 462 22 21 72 ... 3 2 192 . ... 8 7 312 . ... 13 12 432 18 17

r
2 16 339
96 3 2 4 219 4 7 10 34 2 s 12 16 46S 617 22 76 2 1 1 3 196 2 1 6 8
-
316
- 2 - 111 -
13 436 2 1 1é 18
99 2 3 4 222 3 8 10 345 ... 4 13 16 468 518 22 80 2 .. 2 3 200 2 .. 7 8 320 2 .. 12 13 440 2 .. 17 18
102 1 4 4 22~ 2 9 10 34 8 3 14 1 6 471 4 19 22 84 1 1 2 3 204 1 1 7 8 324 1 1 12 13 444 1 11 7 18
105 .. s1- 4 22a 1 10 10 3S1 2 lS 16 474 320 22 208 . . 2 7 8 . . 212 448 . . 217 18
108 6 ..
-- s 23 1 11 10 354 1 lé 16 477 2 21 22
88
92
1 ..
.. 1
3
3
3
3 212 .. 1 8 8
328
332 . . 113
13
13 4S2 . . 118 18
111 s 1 s 234 66 11 3S7 17 16 48C 1 22 22 96 .. 4 3 216 .... 9 8 336 . . . . 14 13 456 . ... 19 18
114 .. 4 2 s 237 s 7 11 360
-
6 12 17 483 .. 23 22 100 21 1 2 4
--
220 2 1 7 9 340 2 1 12 14 460 2 1 17 19
-
24C ... 4 8 363 . . . S13 17 486 . . . 618 23
~1· i
117 . 3 3 S 11 104 3 4 224 2 .. 8 9 344 2 .. 13 14 4º64 2 . . 18 19
120 ... 2 4 s 243 . . . 3 9 11 366 . .. 4 14 17 489 . .. S1 9 23 108 3 4 228 1 1 8 9 348 1 1 13 14 468 1 118 19
123 . . . 1 s s 246 . .. 210 11 369 . . . 31S 17 492 . .. 4 20 23 112 1. 4 4 232 . . 2 8 9 3S2 . . 213 14 472 . . 218 19
126 . . . . . é
129
132
135
--
s 2
4 3
(r1 s
6
6
6
249 . .. 111
2S2 ·...:..:. . 12
2S5
2S8
67
s 8
11
11
12
12
372 . . .
37S ...
378
38 1~¡~
216 17 49S . .. 321 23
1 17 17 498 . .. 222 23
18 17 SOl 1 23 23
6 13 la S04 - .. 24 -23
116
120
124
128
.. 1 4
-2 -1 - 3~ s
2 .. 4
4
4

s
236 . . 1 9 9
240 ,_... . . 10 9
244 2 1 8 10
248 2 .. 9 10
f-
3S6
360
364
368
. . 114
.:...:. . . 15
2 113
2 .. 14
14
14
15
15
476 . . 119 19
480 ..
-20 19
484 2 1 18 20
488 2 .. 19 20
138 31 4 6 261 4 9 12 384 . .. s 14 18 S07 . . 619 24 132 1 1 4 s 2S2 1 1 9 10 372 1 114 1S 492 1 119 20
141 2 s 6 264 l º 31 0 12 387 4 lS 18 SlO s 20 24 136 .. 2 4 s 2S6 2 9 10 376 . . 214 15 496 . . 219 20
• Terminals, tronsition sections and knuckl e joints not included. Á Terminals, transiti on sections and knuckle joints not included.

232 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • component combinations and dimensio ns

Truss frame combinations with screw takeup

f o < , - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - C E N T E R S VARIABLE SY 3 .Q INCREMENTS,--------------~

r-6 -M~- -- --------------------------- - -------6~MIN.

- ~!~
fBJ
2• -
I·
L ·-·- -- .
- 1

END O f . ; . + É - - - - - - -- - -- - - - - - - - V A R I A S L E SY J .Q INCREMENTS·- - - - - - - - - -- -- - -#<o-END OF

1 •Ell WIDTH 1
~+1 114·~ 1 ·. 11 311·
l
TRUSS TRUSS
u· DEEP TRUSS Fog. 633 1

rLu·-·-
.2- -
-

·-~
Ir
n
11

1 •ELT WI DTH 1 , , . .. 1
k'.'.=+11 1~-~1 ·1 1 ~~

2 4 ANO • 2 OEEP TRUSS Fig. 6332

TRANSITI ON SECTION BETWEEN
42' OEEP TRUSS ANO HEAD OR
FOOT TERMINAL FRAME IS
OPTI ONAl.

Truss frame combinations with gravity takeup

--·--·- --- - · - - · - - · -- ·--·-- - -

L s.o MINIMUM ro
' '
\ '
SPLICE ~.i
1
1
Y ·0.. MINIMUM
1

T All END FRAME flXED SHAFT fi1. 6Ut

~+·-J~
' 1 .
--E-<- CAN 8E LOCATED Al 1 - 6 INCREMfNTS ~-- 5'·3 MINIMUM
Fig. 6340

24" TRUSS FRAMf

MlNIMUM TO SPLICE --1-; '' 1

. r· ENDOf
• 2 TAUSS

-+-<- (A.N eE lOCA.TEO AJ ] O INCREMENl S tV- 7 ·0 MINIMUM - -

fog, 6341

L 1 N K - B E L T • 233
bulk handling
b elt conveyoi s

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • compo nent combinotions ond dimensions

Channel frame combinations with screw takeup

CHANNEl FRAME TRUSS ANO CHANNEl FRAME

- ST ANOA~O (HANNE l FRAME ~

Fig. 6338

[7 <l
LBen w101H + 111 , ~ VERTICAi CURVE FRAME

Channel frame combination with gr avity takeup Belt wiper

ENO OF fl!AM[ '..1 r- J ) - - .----...._
TOP OF FRAMf l \

=- ¡Ir_\ 2-._)- . 1
,,)
"i'
/

11 /
{ 11 ~~
~- Fig. 63 42

7 6 WITH WAlll.WA .,.

10 ·0 WlrHOUl WALKWAV
CHANNEl FRAiME

Knuckle tur ns

F1g. 6335
Fig. 6333
2• TO 42 KNUCKl E TURN
24.. KNUCKlE lURN ANGlE A VARIABLE BY 2º fOR All TURNS. Oº 10 30º

Dischar ge chutes
- ; 2 - - -- 11..,-
,- ....~~~~~~~__,.-,;

l
1
- ..-<--2·.o - -..lFig. 6344 f ig. 63•6
WITHOUJ TOP $1CIA:l
f ig. 6345
IOfi HORtZONTAl CONVEVOll:S FOW INCl lN!O CO NVEYOAS

234 • l 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • vertical auto matic gravity takeups

VIEW A -A

C/L PULLEY & GUIDE

E INSIDE GUIDES Fl g . 6330

Table 36 • Vertica l automatic g r avity takeup selection and d imensions

Catalog Shaft Pulley
Belt Frame A 8 e D E Takeup
width, terminal assembly dia meter diameter
group 1 1 1 1 1 1
weight,
inches number pounds
number INCHES

18E20207 4904C ] 15/Í6 16 14 % 33% 29 % 23 1/2 33 1/2 350

18G20207 4904C 11 % 16 14 % 33% 29% 23% 33% 350
18
18E24215 4904C l 15/Í6 16 14 % 33% 29 % 23% 33% 350
18G24215 4904C l 1S/Í6 16 14 % 33% 29 % 23% 33 1/2 350

2 4E20207 4904C 11s/Í6 16 14 % 33 1/2 29 % 23 % 33 1/2 350

24G20207 4904C l 1S/Í6 16 14 % 33% 29 % 23 % 33 'h 350
24E242 15 4905C 2% 16 14 'h 36% 32 o/4 23 % 33 1/2 365
24G242 15 4904C 11 s/Í6 16 14 1/2 33 1/2 29 % 23 'h 33 % 350
24
24E202 15 49 12C 2 3/Í6 16 14 1/2 33 1/2 29% 30 43 400
24G202 15 4912C 2 3/Í6 16 14 % 33 % 29 % 30 43 400
24E24307 49 12C 2 3/Í6 16 14 % 33 % 29 % 30 43 400
24G24307 4912C 2 3/Í6 16 14 % 33 % 29 % 30 43 400

30E20215 4919C 2 3/Í6 16 14% 33 1/2 29% 36 49 540

30G20215 4919C 2 3/Í6 16 14 % 33 % 29 :y. 36 49 540
30E24307 4920C 21/Í• 16 14 % 37 'h 33% 36 49 565
30G24307 4920C 21/Í• 16 14 'h 37 % 33% 36 49 565
30
30E20307 4920C 21/Í• 16 14 1/2 37 % 33 % 36 49 565
30G20307 4920C 7
2 /Í• 16 14 'h 37 'h 33% 36 49 565
30E24315 4920C 2 'IÍ6 16 14 % 37 1/2 3i % 36 49 565
30G243 l 5 4920C 2 '/Í• 16 14 % 37 1/2 33% 36 49 565

36E20215 493 3C 21/Í• 20 16 % 35 % 31 % 42 55 665

36G20215 4932C 2J/Í6 20 16 '12 35 1/2 31 % 42 55 645
36E24307 4933C 2 7/Í6 20 16 % 35 '12 31 % 42 55 665
36G24307 4932C 2% 20 16 % 35 1/2 31 % 42 55 645
36
36E20307 4933C 2 7/Í• 20 16 'h 35 1/2 31 % 42 55 665
36G20307 4933C 2 '/Í• 20 16 % 35 '12 31 % 42 55 665
36E243 15 4933C 2 '/Í• 20 16 % 35% 31 % 42 55 665
36G24315 4933C 2 7/Í• 20 16 % 1
35 % 31 3/4 42 55 665
Hove d1mens1ons cer11fied fer 1nsto llotoon purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 235
bulk handling
osclllatlng conveyors
oscilla'ling conveyors
Flexmount oscilloting conveyors hondling oluminum chips ond lurnings. Photo 3521 O
Collmount oscilloting conveyor handling grave! from Link·Belt mechanical vibrating feeder.
Photo 38229
Oscillating conveyors move materials in a uniform, continu·
ous flow by the upward and forward oscillating motion of a
continuous metal trough, mounted on sturdy, inclined reactor
legs. A constant stroke eccentric drive p rovides a powerful
surge·proof conveying action.
These conveyors are ideal for handling off granular, free·
flowing materials as well as hot, abrasive, flne, dusty, lumpy,
stringy and other difficult-to-handle materials, or where con·
tamination or corrosion is a problem. In addition to conveying,
oscillating conveyors are used for scalping, cooling, heating
and drying.
In off Link· Belt oscillating conveyors, the trough support system
functions as near to natural frequency as practicable, resulting
in low operating power requirements and mínimum stress on
parts under load. The phenomenon of natural frequency is
readily illustrated by a spring·suspended weight which is de·
236 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Torqmount oscillating conveyor handling small automotive
casting• from tumbling barreis. Pholo 34779
flected and then released. The unit will then vibrate et natural
frequency, althou gh frictional forces will gradually reduce the
amplitude of vibration.
The positive action eccentric drive on off Link-Belt oscillating
conveyors overcomes these frictional forces and maintains a
constan! amplitude of vibration. This positive action provides
a constant conveying action under load conditions normally
encountered in conveyor service and also under surge load
conditions which might dampen-out other types of vibratory
conveyors.
Varying trough loads or drive speeds cause variations from
natural frequency, thereby imposing extra loads on conveyor
parts. The eccentric drive is desi gned with ample service fac-
tors to withstand these common operating conditions, thus
eliminating the need for precise and continua! speed a d just-
ments.
 bulk handling
osdllatlng conveyors

Types
Flexmount • for light duty serv1ce

Flexmount osclllating conveyors for light d uty applications are of

extremely simple conslruction, remarkably rugged and compact. They are
ea sily installed and require mínimum mainlenance and allenlion.
Firmly mounted flat- spring supporl legs provide slurdy lrough supp orl
33961
as well as natural freq uency spring reaclion which keeps drive size re-
quiremenls to a mínimum.
Componenls for conveyors with 8 ", 12" and 18" lrough widths are
readily available lo assemble conveyors of desired length and drive
localion.
Flexmount conveyors handle a wide variety of free-flowing materials
as well as metal chips and turnings, metal scrap and canned goods in
process.
For selection and dimensions refer to pages 238 to 240.

Coilmount • for medium duty serv1ce

Collmount osclllating conveyors for medium duty applications are

rugge d, well reinforced and require mínimum maintenance. They a re
shippe d in a ssembled components, making installation cosls extremely low.
The 6 " deep trough is supported by separate le gs that a re rubber-
bushed et orticulation points ond do no t req uire lubricotion. The coil
springs operote in th e natural frequency ronge ond reduce normal drive
requirements.
Completely assembled conveyor sections 5 or 1O feet long in trough
widths of 1O" ond 20" ore reodily available for easy installation.
Coilmount conveyors can handle many materials such os cullet, bulk
chemicols, sond , e tc.
For selection ond dimensions refer to pog es 241 to 2 4 3.

Torqmount • for heavy duty serv1ce

Torqmount oscillatlng conveyors for heavy and extra-heovy

duty applications ore rugged, dependable ond easy to adjust and main-
tain. Serving a s reactor spring s, torsion ba rs, fi xed al one end and stee l-
bocked rubber bushed et lhe other end, obsorb the energy of lrough
moveme nl et the end of the stroke et ali points of support a long the
trough le ngth.
Replaceoble troughs of plain or olloy steel can be furnished in widths
from 20" to 48" o r more.
Torqmount conveyors can hondle a great variety of malerials such os
sand, castings ond cullet.
For selection and dime nsions refer to poges 244 to 246.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 237
bulk handling
osclllatlng conveyors
33962
In general, granular, free-flowing moteriols from 1 00 mesh ond
lorger to such size os will f1t in ony particular size trough, con be
conveyed successfully in o Flel\mount conveyor. Moteriols which ore
moist or sticky, such o s prepored foundry sond, ond other moteriols
sucn os cement ond flour, whicn ore flner tnon 100 mesn, ond nove o
tendency to cerote, moy b e d ifficult to carry al normal speeds. Refer
such opplicotions to Link-Belt for recommendotions.
Flel\mount conveyors con be used without speciol construction to
nondle moteriols up to opprol\imotely 250°F. Higner temperoture
opplicotions snould be referred to Link-Bel! for recommendotions.
How to select a Fl e xmount
Re fer to Chart A • Determine tne trough widtn for the required
copocity. Copocities ore bosed on average material trovel of 20
feet per minute with on average depth of bed os indicoted.
Re f e r to Chart B • Select tne drive for the required copocity ond
length. Two or more conveyors moy be required.
Refer to Table 1 • Select components for the e ntire conveyor.
Wnen selecting sections for conveyors with f eed end drives, the
Arst section must olwoys be o primory section.
Wnen select1ng sections for conveyors with intermediote drives,
olwoys use o primory section ot the feed end of the conveyor ond
onother primory seclion following the drive section. Tnis provides o
leg for support ot the feed end ond anead of tne wrist pin connec-
238 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Flexmount features
Smooth continuous trough
Conveyor consists of o conlinuous, 1O gouge steel
lrougn mounted on sturdy, flot-spring resilienl sup-
porl legs. Compoct design simplifies instollotion.
All-metol construction insures long, trouble-free serv-
ice life.
Positive action drive
Mod el 2500, single connecling rod, Flel\mount eccen-
tric drive for 8 " ond 12" widtn conveyors, ond o s on
e nd drive for shorl 18" widtn conveyors, is rigidly
mounted on o welded steel base witn o n odjuslment
for V-belt drive. This drive runs smootnly, mointo ins
positive o clion rego rdless of overloods or surges ond
provides gentle oscillo ting oclion ot selected speeds.
Model 3500, double connecting rod, Flel\mount ec-
cenlric drive for 18" width conveyor nos tne sorne
feotures os tne Mod el 2500.
Flexmount selection
tio n. The intermediote drive section moy be locoted ony wnere olong
tne conveyor to suit instollotion but preferobly neor center of conveyor.
When o conveyor requires o speciol lengtn seclion, select peris so
the speciol length section is olwoys greoter thon five feet. lnclude
tronsfer sections ond trougn el\tensions in delermining total length of
conveying trough.
Selectlon e xample • Select o Flel\mount to nondle 15 tons per
nour of dry sond weighing 75 pounds per cubic foot over o distonce
of 27 feet. Conveyor to nove feed end drive.
Solutlon • Refer to Copocity Cnort A. For material weigning 75
pounds p e r cubic foot al 15 TPH on 18" 1\ 4 " trough is required.
Refer to Orive Selection Chori B. A 27-foot long conveyor handling
15 TPH requires o Model 2500, l HP drive.
Refer to Components Table l. Feed end drive ossembly l 84ED25
is indicoted. Other conveyor components needed to build the entire
conveyor ore olso cnosen from this table.
ln stallation
In general, Flel\mount conve yors con be instolled without difficulty on
concrete foundotion s or structures obout 1O feet in neignt. Wnen
mounting conveyors on upper fl oors of b uildings or structures speciol
core must be el\ercised. Other opplicotions involving mounting Flel\-
mount conveyors obove bins, hoppers, on upper slories, etc., should
be referred to Link-Belt for recommendotions. Speciol designs for
minimizing vibrotion to the structure ore avoiloble upan opplicotion.
 bulk handling
o sclllatlng conve yors

Flexmount selection
Chart A • Capacity Chart B • Orive selection

35.--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 35
30 DE.t._
~TH 1;3: FOR
FOR
4" DEPTH
2• OEPTH a: 30
=>
o
J:
25 t----t~-+~+-~t----i~..,..c...-+-~t----il--~ a: 25
!t
(/) 20
z
,_o
?; 15
>-
!::: 10
u
<(
Q.
<(
u 5

o
120 140 10 20 30 40 70 80
MATERIAL WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT MAXIMUM LENGTH 0F CONVEYOR IN FEET
Foq 6200 Flg 6201

Table 1 • Ffexmount components

Sub-o ssem bly Oescription Tro ug h size, Ca to log number Weight,

inches pound s

Model 2500, 1 HP Orive: •

lncludes drive support, slide 8 .. 2 82ED25 295
~-~ base, eccentric drive, drive 8 .. 4 84E025 297
, - -~ brocket, V-bel!, V-belt 12 .. 4 124E025 299
sheoves, flywheel ond guords. 18 .. 4 184E025 307
Feed end drive asse m bly (No motor or controls included.) Model 3500, 2 HP Orive: o
18 .. 4 184E035 383

:::l
,-.:¡:) - ;- '\.- - ~
~~~~~~'\
5 foot primary s ection
'\ : -=l
lnclud es 5'-0 " trough, base,
Flexmounl legs ond necessory
b olts ond nub fo r conne cting
8 .. 2
8 .. 4
12 X 4
82P5
84P5
124P5
105
114
124
lo drive assembly. 18 .. 4 184P5 145

... -~'--·:
'.--~
lncludes 10'-0 " troug h, base, 195
¡,,.01
8 "2 82Pl0
( '¿ t--' \ '\ '\
t:;;~~-=~ Flexmounl legs and necessary
bolts and nuts for connect ing
8 X 4
12 X 4
84PIO
l 24 P1 O
218
238
1O fool p ri mary secti on lo dri ve assembly. 18 "4 184P10 271

lncludes 10'-0" trough, base,

t=:--=.,-=-- =::..-=.-=:l flexmounl legs and necessary
8 X 2 82510 190
~- '\ \ 8 X 4 84510 213
¡::- ·=·=:.=! bolts and nuts for connecting
lo primo ry seclion. Also used
12 X 4 124510 233
10 foot supplem entary section 18 X 4 1845 10 263
for odd leng lhs under 10'-0".

lnclud es drive support, slide

---
Mo del 2500, 1 HP Orive: •
base, eccentric drive, 5 ' -0" 300
8 .. 2 821025R or l ¿
trough ouembly, drive brack-
t=·=·= -v
:wtj?CC~
8 X 4 841025R or l ¿ 315
el, V-bel!, V-bel! sheaves, fly-
~ 12 .. 4 1241025R or L¿ 350
F: wheel, guards, Flexmounl legs
Model 3500, 1 HP Orive: •
and necessary bohs and nuls
5 fool lntermedia te d riva a ssam bly sactio n 18 .. 4 1841035R or L¿ 430
for connecting to conveyor
Model 3500, 2 HP Orive: o
seclion. (No motor or control
18 .. 4 l 841035R2 or L2 ¿ 430
included.)
- - -
~ --=r=a:::.:i-v=--~ 8 .. 2 82TS 20

e:.== ~--=l
Transfer section
lncludes discharge and l eed
extensions, bolts and nuts nec-
essary for cannecling la lraugh.
8 X 4
12 X 4
18 X 4
84TS
124TS
184TS
25
30
40

~- ::i:==::i 8 .. 2 82DE 9
¿::-¡ lncludes balts and nuts neces- 8 .. 4 840E 12
sary for cannecling la lraugh. 12 "4 1240E 14
Dlsc harge extenslo n 1' -0• long 18 X 4 1840E 18

8 X 2 82C5 15
~------,,
T""TT¡· 5 foat lenglhs. lncludes clomps 8 " 4 84C5 15
!:...-='==::i for allochmenl la standard 12 "4 124C5 19
lrough seclions. 18 "4 184C5 26
Trou g h cover

¿ 5ee drive deroils to de te rmine right o r left hand

• 1 horsepowe r 1800 RPM motor-frome 182
o 2 horsepowe r 1800 RPM mator-frame 184

L 1 N K - B E L T • 239
bulk handling
o sclllatlng conv eyo rs

Flexmount dimensions

-_-~-8;F-~:- -~< /:
J ! --_
D

ü!I 1 1
1
I_ t:::
1 TRANSFER SECTION 1
5'.o" OR I O~o· SECTIONS
AS REOUIRED
J L--===::==~~;ct;:==-~:==:::::::=:í:::===:::=:===:
''
w

r-21~r5~0· (OR 10~0; PRIMARY SECTION

FLOW --'>-
...- -15- >-

[]

-
.
1!~c------3~9"' - - - - - -- -

1 0~0· PRIMARY SECTION OR

r,_-- - - - - - -- - -- - - -ló-0" SUPPLEMENTARY SECTION

t:i--.-_~__
--...,..-.,,_-.--~.1..~>"':'"...,,..~----~~~~-------.,--.,,.....--------------~-,,-:,.---"1t.,--:---'
''\ ·~ THIS ADDITIONAL LEG ON FLow -- ~

\ \_ PRIMARY SECTION ONL Y

t:==--:--·~·--:- ¿:. - ----- -------- r·-

1, '4 ~·
'.
- - - 3 - 9 PRIMARY SECTION ONLY
--------3~10~ -·
1
_ _ _ _ _ _ _,...., _ _ _ __
L._

CM__
__ ---·
E --~

¡1:· ASSEMBLY 1
NORMALL Y FURNISHED
2 F UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

1
~K 1-. 1s!" • ~ k¡f
18 J-
8 ANO 12 18• CONVEYOR
CONVEYORS

ASSEMBLY 2

MOTOR ASSEMBIJES
INTERMEDIATE ORIVE O~!~Y

182 frame 184 fra me

Si te A e D F• G H K M rnotor motor

1 1 1 1 1 1 N N
INCHtS
e "2 e 2Y1 3 Y, 9 ';1. 12 '11 12>;i. 19 12•¡1, 9 111 15'!. 19 10 15 >;. 44~
e" 4 e 4 5 '11 9•.-1. 12 '11 14'..I. 19 12•11· 9 111 15 '!. 19 10 15 >;. 4 4 •,,,
12 " 4
1e " 4
12
1e
4
1 4
5 1¡,
5'11
9 •A.
1 14 "11•
16Y,
1 22 '11 .I 14 '..I.
141¡1,
19
26'!.
12•11.
1 11 "11• 1
9111
15 111
15>;.
16•;,
19
18
10
10111
15 >;.
15 '/.
44 ~.
44'11• 14 >;. 44 V.

Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes.

• Moximum height at top of stroke

240 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Coilmount features
Fle x ib le dr ive arrangement
38232 Bread inslollotion Aexibility is accomplished
since compocl drive moy be locoted onywhere
o long lhe conveyor, with the motor on either
side. When drive is locoled al end of con-
veyor, motor ond bose a re mounted in line
with trough.
Coilmount selection
The Coilmount oscilloting conveyor complements the time -preven Flex-
mounl by providing g reote r load corrying copocily with correspond-
ingly more rugged construction ond simplicity of moinlenonce.
The Coilmounl design le nds ilself lo mony special processes such
o s scolping, dewolering, seporoting, drying or cooling, ond speciol
screen d e cks, lrough covers or cooling hoods con b e e ngineered by
link-Bel t.
Coilmounl conveyors con be used without speciol conslruclion lo
hondle moleriols up lo opproximotely 250°F. Higher tem perolure
opplicolions should b e referred to link-Belt for recommendotions.
How to select a Coilmount
Re fer to Charts A and C • Dete rmine the trough width for the re -
q uired copocity. Chori A is for 1o· X 6 " conveyors ond Chori c for
20" x 6 " conveyors, for material trove! speeds up lo 75 feet p er
minute with o 4" bed d e plh of material. Mosl molerio ls convey be-
tween 50 ond 75 feet pe r minute. For higher conveying roles consult
Link-Be lt.
lnlerporticle slippog e, oerotion of the b ed of material, moisture
content ond other foctors offect the conveying role. For exom ple,
coorse moleríais with mínimum inlerporticle slippo ge such os fe e d
p ellets, wood chips, dry chemicols ond domp sond generolly convey
al opproximote ly 75 fe e l pe r minute while fine molerí ais with inter-
porticle slippoge or o erotion quolities such os dry cemenl or fine,
dry sond g e nerolly convey al opproximotely 50 feel per minute or
less. For recommendotions on slicky o r hord -to-hondle moleriols con-
sult link-Be lt. Loborolory facilities ond fiel d unils ore ovoiloble for
material p erformance tesis.
Re fe r to Charts B and D • Select the drive size ond trough thickness
for the required copocity ond length.
Re fer to Ta ble 1 • Selecl componenls for the entire conveyor.
Completely o ssembled conveyor sections 5 or 1O feet long , with
bulk handling
o sclllating conveyors
Hlgh capaclty trough
and sturdy trough support system
Deep reinforced trough with top ered sides offers minimum re-
sistonce to material Aow. One-piece construction is leokproof
ond e osy lo keep cleon. Troughs o re 1O" ond 20" wid e ond 6"
deep of 1 O gouge or ~6· steel. Dust-lighl covers con be
furnished.
lightweight cost oluminum rocker legs of rigid X-broce con-
struction resist corrosion. Ho rdene d steel-encose d rubber bush-
ings ot o rticulotion poinls do nol require lubricotion. Coil springs
ore of speciolly processed high-q uolity spring steel designed
with lib eral service foctors.
Rugged eccentric drive
Posilive oclion motion is impo rted to lrough by casi sleel con-
necting rod olloched to trough by rubber-bushed wrisl pin ond
securely locke d by lope r lock bushing s. Rugged e cce ntric shoft is
su pporte d by double row self-oligning roll er beoring pillow
block s.
troughs 1O" or 20" wide ond 6 " deep, ore ovoiloble for fost, eosy ond
e conomicol instollotion.
Whe n selecting sections for conveyors with interme diote drives,
olwo ys use o primory section ot the feed end of lhe conveyor. This
provides o leg fo r support al lhe feed e nd of the conveyor. lnte r-
mediote drive section moy be locoted onywhere olong the conveyor
to suit instollotio n.
Whe n o conveyor re q uires o sp ecia l length seclion, select parts
so thot the specia l length seclion is always greole r thon five feet.
lnclude transfe r sections ond trough exlensions in dete rmining total
length of conveying trough.
Se lection example • Select o Coilmount to handle 45 tons per hour
of dry coorse salt weighing 50 pound s per cubic foot o ver o distonce
of 35 feet. Conveyor to hove f eed end drive.
Solution • Refer to Capacity Chori A. Mate rial weighing 50 pounds
p er cubic foot conveyed al 45 TPH is beyond the recommended
range of o 1 O" X 6" Coilmount. Therefore, re fer to Chori c which
shows thol o 20" x 6" Coil mounl is sotisfoctory for lhis opplicotion.
Re fer to Orive Selection Chort D. A 35-foot long conveyor handling
45 TPH requires o 3 HP drive ond 3A•" lrough.
Re fer to Com ponenls Tabl e l. Feed end d rive section 206EB-3 is
indicated . Other conveyor components needed to b uild the enlire con-
veyor ore olso chosen from this table.
lnstallation
In g e neral, Coilmount conveyors con b e instolled without difficulty on
concre te foundotions or structures obout 1O fe e t in height. When
mounting Coilmount conveyors on uppe r Aoors of buil dings or structures,
speciol core must b e exercised. Othe r opplicotions involving mount-
ing Coilmount conveyors obove bins, hoppers, upper stories, etc.,
should be referred to link-Belt for recommendotions. Speciol designs
for minimizing vibrotion to the slructure ore ovoilob le upan opplicotion.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 241
bulk handling
osclllatlng conveyors

Coilmount selection
11
x 6 " CONVEYOR 10
Chart A • Capacities, 1O" x 6" for 4" bed d e pth o f material Chart B • Orive selection, 1O" x 6"
50.----.---.--,-----.--r-""T""- ,.---,7T--r--i----i'.:?"-,---. 50.----n--,r-<""T""-...
zg¡ 401---i--+--+--+--+->
;;::~
!::a::
301---+- -+--+---t--,..-<t-- .
Ulol

~~ ~t~~~~~i~ª~i~~~E~~i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
20
<z
ug 10

Fig. 5944 Fig 5947

11
2 0 x 6 " CONVEYOR
Chart e . Ca p acities, 20" X 6 " for 4" bed depth of materia l Chart D • Orive selectian, 20" x 6"
60 ao -~~~-

/ /V

,.,.,1
"9
70 7 0 1---+---;!I--\+-""
/
a:: 60
z =>
-,_ :e
o 50 )f ~~ / ,,,,_
.- _.
515 -+ / : fa( [......--""

----
40
A '~º ~--
<o.. V
/
~ ~ 30
Uo
t- 20
V ~V V" 1
201---+--il---+-+-ll---+--l-+-I
--~
10
~
/ / V __.. l.---""'
¡;::::::.
m m
¡......-
-
~ ~ ~ w m
MATERIAL WEIGHT PER CUBIC FOOT
~ oo ~ 1m 1m 1~
101---+--il---+-''t'-11---+--l-+-t

LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET

Fig 5945 Fig 5948

Tabl e 1 • Coilmount components

Co to loq number
Motor
Oescription Trou gh si1e 10• x 6• Trough size 20• x 6.,
HP"
1O gouge ~ inch 1O gouge ~ inch

Use d al feed end a f canveyar. lnclud e s 10 6 EA-1 106 E8- 1 206EA- 1 206E8- 1 1
complete conveyor d rive o nd g uard , 10 6 EA- 2 106E8-2 206EA-2 206E8-2 2
except motor and cantra ls. 5hea r bars 106EA-3 106E8-3 206EA- 3 206E8-3 3
FEEO ENO ORIVE SECTION and connection nuts ond bolts includ ed. 206EA-5 206E8-5 5

'. ;#{ ;#{ ~ ~:

Used al feed end of conveyor when in-
termediate drive is used. Re q uired bolts 106PA5 106P85 206PA5 20(>P85
and nuts includ e d.
S FOOT PR IMARY SECTI ON

Used al feed end o f conveyor when in-

termediate d rive is used. Required bolts 106PA10 106P810 206PA10 206P810
and nuts include d.
10 FOOT PRIMARY SECTION
Used anywhere in conveyor except a l
feed end or used for ma king odd length
sections. Required bolts and nuts in- 1065A10 1065810 2065A10 2065810
10 FOOT SUPPLEMENTAR Y SECTION cluded .
Used anywhere in conveyor, pre fe r-
ably a l center. lncludes complete con-
1061A-1 10618-1 206IA-1 20618-1 1
veyor d rive and guard, excepl ma lar
106IA-2 1 0618 -2 2061A-2 20618-2 2
and conlrols. 5hear bars and connec-
106IA-3 10618 -3 206IA-3 20618-3 3
lion nuts and balts included.
2061A-5 20618-5 5
S FO O T INTERMEOIATE ORIVE SECTIO N Assembly 1 furnished unless otherwise
specifled.

4:~~0-3 Used when connecting conveyors in fine.

~~'v':. L.\ 106TA 10618 206TA 206T8
c=':::i c::=.S Required bolts ond nuts included.
TR ANSFER SECTIO N

f:_t·-:t-D Used lo exlend discha rg e beyond base.

~~~~::J Required bolts and nuls included.
1060A 10608 2060A 20608
OISCHARGE EXTENSI ON
~- - ~ Used when dusl light conveyor is re-
)@f.[ quired. Require d bolts o nd nuts and
clamps lo foslen cover to standard
106CA 106C8 206CA 206C8
TROUGH COV ER trough included. 5 -fool lengths.
• 1 horsepo wer 1800 RPM motor- frome 182. 3 horsepower 1600 RPM motor- frome 213.
2 horsepowe r 1600 RPM motor- frame 184. 5 horsepower 1800 RPM motor- frome 215.

242 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
osclllatlng conveyors

Coilmount dimensions

rºT
¡¡:
~ ,-T· '.'
C
J
1 ' i ~
1 . "

- + -- IZ::...rnR co~cRETE F NOATIONS

--20~1!L 12~~2:s~>

10~0· PRIMARY SECTION OR

. _ - - - -- - - - -10'.o' SUPPLEMENTARY SECTION- - - ----->T<-12~
OISCH ARGE
l¡:XTENSION

t---· - · --j~~~~~~~='t--r+-~

MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
TROUGH SECTIONS INTERMEOIATE ORIVE ONLY

¡· -----~~61=:i

• ALL
l'i":J ~ 1
_¡;--11 n_ 1'
•
.a;-ili FOUNOATION
.;BOLTS
,. - 1'
•
ASSEMBLY 1 ASSEMBLY 2

-~--
NORMALL Y FURN ISHEO
1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEO Plf.t'1S
10'x 6 TROUGH 20' x 6' TROUGH

A 8 C O
Size Horsepower -----'------
,N
-C _E_ _ _ _~----
""'H
1 5

1 ond 2 26Y, 1 0>~ 10% 12\14

10 "6
3 26Y, 11 r. 10% 12\14
1 ond 2 30% 14Y, 14Y. l 6'11
20 " 6
3 ond 5 30% 16 14 '!. 16'/o

Hove dime nsions certified for instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 243
bulk handling ............. " ... ~ :.. , .. , .-
~; : • ~ 1 t ~},
osclllatlng conveyors

Torqmount features
!
. .. .. ;
' .

Replaceable carrylng trough

Torqmount oscillc¡iting conveyors ore designe d far
heovy ond extro-heovy opplicotions. The heovy
duty ty pe is ovoiloble in tro ugh widths of 20" to 48 "
wide ond with copocities over l 00 tons per hour.
The extro-heovy duty typ e is ovoiloble in 48" trough
wid th ond with copocities up to 350 tons p er hour.
The corrying trough con be mode of obro sion re-
sistan! steel ond is reod ily reploceoble without inter-
fe ring with trough sup ports. Troughs ore leokproof
ond moy b e füted with dust-tight covers.

Rugged trough supports

Torsion bors serve a s reactor springs ond obsorb the
e ne rgy of trough movement ot the e nd of eoch stroke
ot ali points of support o long the trough le ngth. They
ore rugge d, d ependoble, ond eosy to odjust ond
mointo in. Eo ch of the torsion bo rs is fix e d ot one end
ond free to o rticulote in o steel-b ocked rubber
b ushing ot the other. A common mounl far supporting
legs ond torsion bors on opposite sid es of trough
mointoins occurote olignment.

De p e ndable poslt lv e actl on drl ve

The Torqmount drive has o sturdy doubl e
row rolle r b eoring eccentric ond outboo rd
beorings. The welded steel base is on
integral por! of the conveyor base. This
rugg e d d rive provides o positive, full stroke
under normal, o s well os surge looding
conditio ns, ossuring dependoble conveying
oction.

29178A

244 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 -1 bulk handling
M.ARCONA MlNlNG Co.
1
o sclll a tl ng conve yors

Torqmount selection
REOEtVEO
1 -
1963 \ -
~

•
~
PUMT IMMT. SUPT• -·
The heovy ond extro-heovy duty Torqmount oscilloting conveyors com- Example 1 • Select o Torqmount t o handle 75 t ons per hour of
plement the Flexmount ond Coilmount by providing greoter lood clinker weighing 90 pounds per cubic foot over o distonce of 65 feet.
corrying copacity and r etoining mointenance simplicity.
The Tarqmount design lends itself to applications which require han- Solution • Refer lo Copacity Cho ri A . Far material weighing 90
dling high capacities of materials such as foundry shakeout sand, p ounds per cubic foot al 75 TPH o 36" wide trough is required.
castings, coal or crushed rock. Refer to Orive Selection Chori B. A 65-foot long conveyor handling
75 TPH requires o 10 HP drive.
How to select a Torqmount
Exo mple 2 • Select o Torqmount to handl e 275 tons p er hour of
Refer to Charts A and C • Determine trough width for the required shokeout sand weighing 90 pounds per cubic foot over a distance
capocity. Chori A is for 20" to 48" trough widths ond is bosed on on of 45 f eet.
average material trovel of 30 feet per minute with en averag e
depth of bed of 4 ". Chori C is for the 48 " wide super-copacity extra Solution • Refer to Capacity Chori A. The tonnoge requiremenls are
heovy dut y conveyor and is bosed on an averoge mat erial trovel of beyond the copocity of o heovy d uty Torqmount; therefore, refer to
50 feet per minute with an average depth of bed of 8 ". When selec· Capacity Chori C for the extro -heovy duty Torqmount which is satis·
tion is in shoded portion of table consult Link-Bel!. factory far this opplica tion.
Ref er to Cha rts B and D • D etermine the horsepower required bosed Refer to Orive Selection Cho ri D. The horsepower required far one
on capacit y and conveyor length. Where more horsepower or long er 45-faot long conveyor exceeds the recommended 25 HP maximum,
carrying runs ore required, two or more conveyors of shorter lengths therefore use two conveyors in series-one 25 fe et long with o 20
con be used in series, each with its own drive. HP motor ond one 20 f eet long with a 15 HP motor.

HEAVY DUTY- 4 11 BED DEPTH

Chart A • Capacity Chart B • Orive selection

'\
/

o
15 / / 15c. \ \
/ \
14 o / / 14 o \
13 o,_
V / / 13 o 1 \ \
/ / /"' \ \ \
12 o 12 o
a::
::> 11 o ;;<$-~/ / /
a::
::i 11 o \ \ ~
o
/t>-~A IV
/ o
\ \
\
:e :e
a:: 10o / a:: 10o
L,¡J
o.. 9 o /
/ / 1'/, V
/ !>o 1
w
o.. 9o \ \ \
l/)
z
o1- 8 o /
/
/
/
V ":>ro / /
l/)
z
~ 8o \ \ '\ ~ 1\
~ / / V \ .
~ 7o / / ~º
~
V ~ 7o
\
\ \ \ n \
>-
1- 6o V/ / /V
/ /k; -
/
~ 6o \ \ \ ~
\
u
~ V/ / V .....- u
'
"'
,. 7,f:>.
<(
o.. 5o I~ / ~
~ 5o 1\ Í\
V ,,...-.....-
<(
V
4o /,V/ V / / / ~
<(
V 4o 3 HP
\ 5 HP \ 7 -~ HP i\. 10 HP ' '\.
~ v V _.....,, V
\ \ ~
o /~
/ 3o
3
º- V / V V ' " """
~
20"
2 ~
20
,~

,~
-::;:; ~
º- ..... 10

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 o 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

MATERIAL WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET
fig . 6202 fi g. 6203

l 1 N K - B E L T • 245
bulk handling
o sclllatl ng co nveyon

Torqmount seledion
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY-8" BED DEPTH
Chart C • Copocity Char t D • Orive selection
350
350
/ 1
330

310
I 330

3 10
1
1 ¡-
a: 290
/
a I
-
"'
::i
290
:e 270 j! 270 --,
a:
...w 250 / "')ti 2 50
V>
z V V>
:;? 230 ~ 230 - 1
·-
?;
210 / ~ 210
1

1
~ V ~~ >-
.... 1

"-~~~#\
ü 190
~
...<< / •
~ "-
190

u 170 ;:; 170 ~ 10 __

150
V 150
HP HP HP HP

130 J 130 1 \
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
\ \ \
10 20 30 40 50
MATERIAL WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET
Fig. 6205 Fog. 6206

Torqmount dimensions

SECTION AA
f ig. 444 2

H- - H
CLEARANCE CLEARANCE
A- ¡ FLOW- -

BOLTS-E
:~~~~~~- o~~~~~----~
f 1g. A.44 1

Size
C onve yor weight Av erog e weight of A e o f 1 G 1(

per foot, pounds drive, pounds INCHES

H eavy duty
20 125 385 20 'A. 18 60 :y, 6 11 111 16 24111 24~
24 130 385 24 'A. 18 60 y. 6 11 111 16 2 4 111 24 3A
30 162 1380 30 v. 30:Y. 96 1 8 19:y, 27 24 111 24 ~
36 180 1380 36 v. 30V. 96 1 8 19% 27 24 111 24~
.ol2 196 1380 .ol2 v. 30:Y. 96 1 8 19% 27 24111 24~
..ca 214 1380 48 v. 1 30:Y. 96 1 8 19% 27 2 4 111 24 3A
Extra heavy duty
48 1 280 2200 l 48 v. 1 43 1 96 1 1 1 12 19% 1 33 31111 1 30111
Hove d imensions certifo ed fo r i nstallat ion purposes.
Á Clearance req uired fo r removal o f torsion bars.

246 • l 1 N K - B E l T
 bulk handling
osclllatlng conveyors

Modifications

Mony modiflcotions con be mode to link-Be lt o scilloting

conveyors to meet o voriety of speciol mounting, material
processing or speciol conveyor trough opplicotions. A portiol
list of oscilloting conveyor modiflcotions follows:
• Spring mountings to isolo te vibrotions from floors, slruc-
turol members, e tc.
• Trough d ecks for screening, dewolering ond sepo roling.
• Divide d troughs for conveying o voriety of moteriols
simultoneously.
• Tubular troughs for conveying material under pressure
or when gos-tight construction is required.
• Dust-tight lrough covers ore ovoiloble for oll conveyors.
• Trough hood s for drying or cooling.
• Troughs for handling high temperoture moteriols.

Completely e nclose d To rqmount oscilloting conveyors o re sp ring mounled to isolote

vibrotions from building structure. These 24• wide conveyors handle 40 tons per
h our of highly obrasive silicon carbide. Photo 33364

Grizzly bar sectlon o f this Torqmounl oscillating conveyor re- Speclal d lvld e d trough on this To rqmount oscillating conveyor has four sections for
moves lumps from cernen! clinke r. Usable material d rops through handling tractor track links. Pho to 380 1 O
ba rs onto belt conveyor below. Photo 32759

lnsulate d trough Flexmount oscilloting conveyor handling corn. Completely e nclosed dust - tlght Flexmount o scilloting conveyor has manually op-
Jets of steom ore used lo deslroy bocterio. Photo 35878 erated discharge gales thal diverl chemical granules lo bins below. Pholo 3 4 7 85

L 1 N K - B E L T • 247
bulk handling
apron conveyors

apron

2 4 - lnch wide apron conveyor delivering hot burned lime from d ischorge
chute of rotary kiln (foreground) to foot of bucket e levo tor. Photo 35625

36-lnch wlde by 85-foot long apron con- 84-inch wide apron conve yor carrying har- Hinge d apron conve yor "'' left elevating metal
v eyor in foundry, where attendants sort castings bor refuse up 30-degree incline to incineratar. chi ps from twa lines of Flexmount oscilloting can·
into separote contoiners. Sprues a nd goles ore Photo 35635 veyors. A similor conveyar at right hondles metal
dischorged for remelting. Photo 35076 links. Photo 38002

Apron conveyors consist of a series of jointed overlapping or
interlocking apron pans on which th e materia l is carried, oper-
ating over head and foot terminals and suitable tracking, all
contained and supported by a stationary frame. They can be
used to handle practically any bulk material, as well os
packaged and solid objects.
Link-Belt apron conveyors are wide ly used for handling bulk
materials such as ores, stone, sand, gravel, coal, cullet, foundry
and industrial refuse, garbage and similar materials. Properly
designed and applied, they will also handle steel scrap, cast-
ings, strip steel and similar objects.
These conveyors will handle materials with a min1mum of
degradation over horizontal, indined or a combination of hori-
zontal and indined paths.
Furnished with or without sides, opron conveyors con be used
as picking tabl es or, with the addition of skirt plates, be
adapted to handl e large volumes of e ither granular or lumpy
material.
Link-Belt, with its wide experience in selecting, applying and
building apron conveyors, is well quolif1ed to moke recom-
mendotions to meet specif1c requirements.

248 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Types
Ty p ical a p ron conveyors
With corrugoted pans
Typical a pron conve yo rs
A typ ica l a pran canveyar consists of a series of overla p ping or inter-
locking apron p o ns ottoched successively to two stronds of chain. De-
pe nding upon design, opron po ns ore mounte d between the two
cho ins, or o n to p of o tlo chmenls exle nd ing obove the choins. In the
lo tte r orrongement, p ons moy be ottoched to the inne r ottachment
link only, or extend ocross !he top of both inner o nd outer o ttochments.
In the typicol opron conveyor, the lorger rodius beod or corrugo-
tion of eoch pon overlops the srnoller rodius beod of its odjocent
pon, providing o light joint ot oll times. This not only forms o continuous
surfoce for the corrying run, but olso preve nts material from wedging
between odjoining pons when the apron pivots to dischorge over the
heod terminal. The curves of the beods ore concentric with the pin of
the choin. Direction of trove! should normolly be orronged so thot
the open end of the upper bead, lead•.
No-le o k a pro n conve yo r
No- Leak apron conve y ors
Although No- Leok opron conveyors were orig inoll y designed for
ha ndling d ry, fi ne foundry sond, they ore suitoble o nd economicol
for handling mony other moteriols. Becouse of the close fitting con-
tocts of oll overlopping surfoces ond the procticol design, leokoge
is held to the obsolute minimum. The close fitting contoct surfoces
preven! moteriols from being cought in the joints ond permit handling
steel ond oluminum scrop, smoll ports, ond other similor mate riols
having shorp edges or fins.
Apron pons ore occurotely formed to insure close fitti ng over-
lopping joints ond ore provided with offset side pioles welded
integrolly with !he e nds of the pons. This construction effectively pre-
vents leokoge ot the pon ends.
Two stronds of conveyor choin ore ottoched underneoth ond close
to the ends of the pons, where they ore protected from grit ond
o brosive moteriols which moy spill over the conveyor sides. The SS
Closs bushed roller choins hove steel driving collors, hordened bush-
ings ond pins al the choin joints to minimize weor, golling o nd friction
and insure long ond dependoble service.
bulk handling
a pron co nveyo rs
W ith Aat pans
Und er heovy lo o dings ond o n the wider co nveyors, cross rods ex-
te nding through both cho ins ore used al inlervo ls to stiff e n the choins
ond preserve the vertica l position of the rollers. These rods usuolly
toke the pl a ce of the regular choin pins or studs for the choin rollers.
When the p ons ore mounted between the conveyor choins or fos-
tened to lhe inner ottochments only, the choins sup port the conveying
medium o n the relurn run. Pons ottoched to ond extending ocross the
top of the choins must be supported on the return run by sli de roils
or similor meons.
Vorious choins moy be used with the differenl styles of pons to
form the conveying medium. Molleoble iron choins ore limited to use
with pons up to 6-inch pitch ond SS Closs bushed roller choins for
pons of oll pitches.
20084
Undersid e o f No-l e ok a p ro n conveyor
The conveyor ond its load ore supported on the conveyor roils by
single flonged rollers ossembled every second pitch on cross rods
extending through the links of both conveyor chains ot mid-pitch
points. This orrongement permits removol of the co rrying rollers for in-
spection or renewol without dismontling or disturbing the choins or p o ns.
The rugged ond durable conslruction of this conveyor ossures
dependoble operotion with o mínimum of moinlenonce when handling
obrosive moteriols. Porls subjecl to weor ore occessible ond eosily
re placed.
To minimize weor ond ovoid the necessity for freque nt renewal,
corrying rollers ore mode of chrome iron ar Flint-Rim. They con be
furnished with hordened steel bushings or boll or roller beorings,
depending on opplicotion ond service requirements. Chrome iron o nd
bushed Flint-Rim rollers operote on hordened steel bushings o s-
sembled on the ends of the cross rods ond locked in the choin side-
b ors. Pressure lubricotion to the bearing contoct surfoces reduces
choin pull ond increoses choin life.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 249
bulk handling
apron conveyors

Types

3995
Ope n top ca rrier w ith round bottom buckets
Ope n top ca rrier with buckets fo r incl ines

Conveyors for large capacitle s

Open top ca rrier w ilh b uckets for extra large capacities
Ope n top corriers o re recommended fo r handling unusuo lly lorge
copocities or lump sizes.
Ruggedly conslructed , these conveyors use two stronds of SS Closs
bushed roller choin to supporl ond move lhe load . Heovy sleel
buckels, suspended between !he two slronds of choin, con be provided
in vorious thicknesses ond shopes for procticolly ony requirement.
These conveyors ore o lso used for handling moleriols al high
temperolures ond for very obrosive molerio ls. They moy be instolled
in horizontal ar steeply inclined poths or combinotions of these poths.

Apron conveyors w lth h lnged pans

Apron conveyo r with A F2 h inged pans
Hinged opron conveyors ore d esig ned to hondle shorp, highly
obrosive, ond hol moteriols, mochined peris o nd similor p roducts.
They will hondle scrop, costings, hect treoted peris from quench tonks,
chips, sto mpings o nd other moteriols, including food products such
o s cereols.
These conveyors con b e operoted over horizo nta l or incline d poths
or o co mbinotion of both. Cleols con b e odded for operotion on
sleep inclines. The close fitting interlocking pons pro vide o minimum of
opening o nd o smooth joint which ovoid s wedging effects when
irre g ular or shorp moleriols o re conveyed.

TRA VEL-------+-
Types of apron pans
Pons of vorious types ore ovoilobl e for diffe re nt purposes ond to
meet spe cific requiremenls. Sorne of the more commonly used style s
ore illuslroled ond described.

Style AA apron p ans o re normal cleoronce pons of lhe double

b eoded type. They o re ovoiloble in vorious thicknesses ond in pitches
ronging from 3 to 6 inches.
In mosl pilches, lhese pons ore ovoiloble for suspension between
slrond s of choin ond for use with ollochmenls exlending obove
Fig . 4686
Style AA a p ron pans the choins.
Conveyors with this lype of pon o re used for horizontal service
ond al 20 lo 25 deg ree inclines. They o re suitoble for handling
proclicolly oll bulk moteriols. When used for cooling purposes, sorne
TRAVEL---+- o ir circulotion between the pons ond through !he conveyed material
is possibl e.

Style AB apr o n pans ore similor in d esign lo the Style AA, except
thot minimum cleo ronce is provid e d between !he corrugotions or beods.
These pons ore ovo iloble in severo( lhicknesses, in pilches of 6 ", 9 "
ond 12", ond o re used in both the regular ond No-le ok lyp e
o pron conveyors.
They ore suilobl e for handling proclicolly o ll bulk moleriols over
horizontal o nd up lo 20 lo 25-degree inclined polhs. Becouse of
Fig . 4689 the close cleoronces mointoine d , leokoge or dribble is he ld to
Style AB apron pans a minimum.

250 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
apron conveyors

Types of apron pans

TRAVEL - - + TRAVEL ------+

Fig. ' 693

Style AC apron pans

Fig. 4687
Style AE apron pans
TRAVEL - - +

Style AE apron pans provide an extremely heavy duty conveying

medium, suitable far heavy rock, castings and many other similar
materiols. They ore designed to withstand severe abuse such as oc-
Fig. '692
curs et loading points.
Style AC apron pans with wood filler blocks Pans consist of structural steel channels with clips ond heavy
plate sides. Avoilable in pitches of 9 and 12 inches and widths up to
60 inches, they may be used for horizonta l and inclined service or
Style AC apron pans are of the single b eaded type. They ore
combinations of both.
available in several thicknesses in 9 and 12-inch pitches far attachment
between the canveyar chains. The shape of the pon provides far free TRAVE L - - +
discharge of material and mokes it suitable far use en conveyors
inclined up to 25 deg rees.
Pons may be equipped with steel capped waod filler blacks to
provide protectian far the conveyor against shock loading of heavy
lumps.

Fog . 4688
Style AFl apron pans

TRAVEL--+
TRAV EL~

Fig. 4695
Style AF2 apron pans
Style AD apron pans
Style AF apron pans are of the hinged type, made in severa! d e -
signs, including flat pons and deep drawn pons for greater copacities.
Pan edges are interlocked et the pivot point to provide a minimum
of opening and a smooth joint. Rods through the conveying chains and
TRAVEL----+- the interlocking pan edges comp lete the assembly.
Pons ore available in pitches of 4, 6, 9 ond 12 inches ond in
widths up to 48 inches. They o re suitable for light and medium loads
and for handling small objects ond peris. Perforoted pans can be
provided for quench tank service.

Style AD apron pan s with wood filler blocks

Fig. 4694
1 TRAVEL~
Style AD apron pans are of the double beaded type similar to
Styles AA ond AB, except they ore deep drawn to farm a stiffer pon
Fig. 4691
far heovier loads and greater carryi"g capacity en horizontal and Ca st apron pans
inclined paths. They may also be fitted with stee l capped wood
filler blocks to provide protection far the pans against impact and Ca1t apron pan1 are made of gray iron, steel or malleable iron
shock when handling large, heavy lumps. Ends ore regularly welded in various p itches and widths. They ore principally used far handling
to the pan and provide a means far attachment to the chain. hot abrasive moterials.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 251
bulk handling
a p roo co nveyors

Conveyor f rames

ARRANGEMENT A- Apron w ithou t ap ro n pan ARRA NGEMENT B-Apron w ith a pron pa n

ends, angle !rac k both ru n s e nds, a ngle !ra ck both runs

Apron pans mounted on top of chains - chain rollers support

pans on carry ing run- sl ide ra ils support pans on return run

f;g, 4706

ARRANGEM ENT C - Apron with ap ron pa n ends, angle A RRANGEMENT 0 - Apron wlth apron pa n ends , ra il
!rack both runs l r a ck co rryi ng r u n, angle tra ck return ru n

¿_ f19. 4702

ARRANGEM ENT E-Apron with a pro n pan ends, rail A RR ANGEMENT F- Apro n with apron p an ends, r o il
!rack b oth ru ns track carryin g run, a ngle tra ck return ru n

Apron pans mounted between chains-

chain rollers support pa ns on carrying and return runs

252 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Selection
Depending on the construction, opron conveyors ma y be used
to handle practically any loose, bulk materia l ranging from fine
to large, irregular lumps. They are po rticularly suitable for in-
stallatio ns where impact is a factor or where the material being
conveyed is too hot for other types of conveyors.
Ruggedness ca n be built into apron conveyo rs to resist
damage from the sharp corners of large lumps and from impact
shock. Certain designs will withstand the dumping of heavy,
coarse materials directly onto the conveyor or into a hopper
from which the conveyor can withdraw the material, acting as a
self-feeder. The pan beads or cor rugations retard backward
flow of the material on inclined conveyors and minimize slip-
page between material and conveyor when used under bins
and hoppers.
Apron conveyors are excellent for :
Corrying material harizontally, up or down inclines or in
combinations af these paths
Handling materials on inclines
Conveying hot materiols
Conveying abrasive molerials
Elevoting materials too la rge ar bulky fo r bucket elevatars
Conveying loose string y materials, such as slee l turnings
Conveying submerged molerials in processing equi pment,
such as quench and cooling tanks
Processing or cooling material as it is conveyed
Picking and sorting conveyors
Apron conveyors using regu lar pans can be operated hori-
zontally or on inclines up to 25 degrees . By using flights ot-
tached lo the pans or specially shaped pans, inclines up to 45
degrees are possib le for handling sorne materials.
Side pioles af varying heights attached to the ends of the
apron pans or formed by the chain sidebors, ore usually used
to increase the amount of materia l thal can be handled and to
restroin it from spilling over the edges. Stationory skirt pioles
also may be used ta increase the depth of material that may
be handled. Skirt pioles a re commonly used on apron feeders
and conveyors acting as self-feeders.
Apron conveyors normally operate al speeds up to 1 00 feet
per minute depending on the nolure of the ma te ria l being
handled, the pitch of the cha in, desired life expectoncy, the
construction of the pan , diameter of chain rollers and means of
lubricalion. When used as picking table canveyors, speeds usu-
ally do not exceed 75 feet pe r minute.
Normolly, 4" and shorter pitch apron conveyors ore used
~ Gl
r
+--TRAVEL
Typical apron conveyor frame
bulk handling
apro n con veyo rs
for nonobrasive materia ls weighing up lo 50 pounds per
cubic fool and conlaining relatively small lumps. Because af
the sho rl pitch and other design limitolions, pan thicknesses and
chain peris are of necessity small in size and therefore only
suitable for lighter loads a nd service. Style AA pans are
normally used for these pilches. Where space available for
installation of the conveyor is limited, these assemblies affer a
possible solution.
11
The 6 and longer pitch apron conveyors are suitable for
practically ali olher materials when properly designed and ap-
plied. Styles AA, AB, and AC pans ore generally used, but
where leakage or dribble must be held to a minimum, the Style
AB pan is most suitable. Styles AA and AC pans provide for
sorne circulation of ai r through the conveyor line and material.
The Style AC pans ore most suitable for the steeper of the in-
clined conveyors.
Dry, fine abrasive materials can best be handled on the
No-Leak apron conveyors.
Capacities
The maximum capacity, or role in tons or cubic feet per hour al
which ma terial is lo be hondled al a ny time, must be used as a
basis for selecting the size of the apron, even though this
maximum rote may exist for only a short period of time. Da nol
use the average or mean hourly rote, as the conveyor will nol
handle the peak loads.
Maximum size of lumps and the percentage they con slitute
of the total ma terial handled, ore imporlant faclors in determin-
ing the size of conveyor required. These are listed in Table 1.
lf the size ond percentage of lumps listed in the tables o re ex-
ceeded, select a wider conveyor•, regardless af the hourly
capacity.
Normolly, the width of the opron should be not less than
2 V2 times the size of the max imum lumps to be handled. In the
smaller size the width should be 3 times the size of the maxi-
mum lump. Likewise, lhe depth of the feed opening shou ld be
more than 2 times the size of the lorgest lump for unsized
material and 2 V2 times the size of moximum lump for sized
material.
When skirt plates a re used lo increase the depth af bed of
ma terial to obtain greote r ca pacity, the depth of piole ordinarily
should nol exceed 2/ 3 the width of the conveyor. Depths
greoter than this may somelimes be used on shorl conveyors or
feeders, but on average length and long conveyors the side
frict ion between the material and skirt plates will lend to
reduce the copacity.
_n rn
- 1
1
'I 1
¡1
1 1
11 1
11 1
l L
.,._, """"" -=·
. ~
~
Fig. 4698
L 1 N K - B E L T • 253
bulk handling
a pron convey ora

C onveyor speed fo r 4000 cubic fe e t per hour

Ex a mple of apron conveyor selection 4 000 = 119 FPM.
= 33.7
P roblem
S ince this speed is higher than thol recommended in Table 1,
Select on o_pron conveyor to mee! the following conditions: consid er the next lorger size 24" wide conveyor with 6" high sides.
Motenol . ...... ....... crushed limestone
This conveyor will hondle 4S cubic feet per hour al 1 FPM.
Weigh! · . . . .. . . . ... . .. 90 pounds per cubic foot
Co pac1ty · · · ..... . ..... l aO tons per hour o r 4000 cubic C onv e yor speed for 4000 cubic feel per hour
4000
. feet per hour =-¡s- = aa.a FPM, which is sotisfactory.
Moiumum lump size .. 6 inches, l 03 of total volume
Sh~ft cenlers . . ... .. ... a o feet along incline Rehr lo materi a l clo ssifi cotion, page S63. Since crushed lime-
Incline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l S degrees ston e if mildly abra sive, select a v.•
thick pon. Next, refer to table
Approximote diameter of he o d on pose 2S7 ond no te that SS922 chain has the smo ll e st pitch and
and foot sprockels . .. .. 2 3 inches lowes l strenglh of !hose listed. Refer lo layout H of choin conveyor
Op e~oting c?nditions . ... moderote shock, moderately d usty co lc 1.1lotions on poge S6a ond proceed a s foll ows:
Serv1ce requ1red . ... . ... 16 hours per doy R = opproximo tely 2 0 .70 feel
Y = approximo tely 77.27 feel
So lutio n
R~fe r to the types previously descri bed. Select an opron conveyor yR = 20.70
_ = .27, therefore P4 ond Ps = O
with Style AC pans as being sotisfactory for the application. 77 27
. Refer lo Tabl e l. A con.veyor with ot leo s! on l a " opron width e = .1 1 for chain not lubricated, from page 2S7
is recommended for the 6 lump size. W = 6S + s = 7 0 pounds
R_efer .'º
th~ s'!ecifkotions on page 2S7. The moximum hei ht 2000 X 1 a o
s1d~s liste~ is 6 . Refer to Table 2 ; on la " wide conveyor withg6"
2000 T
º! M = 6QS = 60 x aa .a = 67.S pound s
h1gh s1des w1ll handle 33.7 cubic fe e l per hour operating al l FPM.
P r. = YC {W + Ml+ R(W + M) = (77.27) (.11) (70 + 67.Sl+
(20.70)(7 0 + 67 .S ) = 401S pounds
Table 1 • Moximum lump sizes ond speeds ~ ~l S = 2007 pounds required choin pull for eoch slrand
Moximum lump Recommended conveyor speed,
Apron feet per minute Knó"'ing required choin pull, chain spee d , sha ft centers, approx-
width, size, inches • imo t e diometer of head ond foot sprockets, operoting conditions
Apron pitch, inches Picking
inches and e rvice required, refer lo conveyor choin selection, Cotalog
Unsized Sized 3 to 6 1 9 1 12 1 to ble 5
1 1 os o~ cnd proceed as follows:
la 6 4 100 100 .. . 7S N utT'l l:er of teeth in he ad and foot spro ckels
24 a s 100 9S . .. 70 3.14 X 23
30 12 6 90 90 as 6S a .02 ar 8 teeth
36 14 7 as 9
90
ªº 60
Se~ice factors from Chain Engineering section of Cotolog 1 OSO
42 16 a
ªº 7S 70
6S
SS
so
are 1 . -2. 1.2 ond 1.2 .
c
.ªº
4a 19 10 70 ,..-.-ection factor from Chain Engineering se ction of Cata log
S4 21 11 .. .. . 60 4S 0
¡ 05 0 i .s approximately l.22 .
60 24 12 ... . .. 60 40 equ i-V- d a in pull = 2007 X 1.2 X 1.2 X 1.2 X 1.22 = 4230.
• Moximum soze lumps far unsozed moterool not to exceed 1007 0 ¡ 1 1 1 Aflo ....,J ble choin pull for SS922 choin is 7200 pou nd s and is
volum~ ond 01 leost 75% of totol 10 be less lhon one-holf theº moxi~u:
l
ump soze .
satis .fo c:tory.

Ta ble 2 • Copocities

16 18 20 24 30
14 1

To ns per hour
1. j 9
18 .2 a .42 .S6 .70 .a4 .9a 1.4 1
24 .38 .S6 .7S .94 l. 13 l.31
l.13
l.50 1.8 8
:::z .2S 2.63 3.00
3 .7S
3.3 a
4.22 4 .69 5.6 3
.47 .70 .94 1.1 7 l.4 1 l.64 2.3Á ~-ª 1 3.2a
6.75 8 .44
30 1.aa
-;:3~l 8 3.94 4.SO S.06 S.63
36 .56 .84 l.13 1.41 1.69 1.97 2.25 2.8 1
S.2S S.9 1 6 .S6 7.88 9 .a4
3 . 94 4.59
42 .66 .98 l.31 1.64 l.97 2 .30 2.62 3.2 8 6.00 6 .75 7 .SO 9.00 11.2S
4 ~ 50 S.25
48 .75 l.13 1.50 1.a0 2.2S 2 .63 3.00 3.7 ~ S.91 6.7S 7.S9 ¡ a .44 10. 1 3 12.66
_5 - C6 14.06
11.25

-
54 .84 1.27 l.69 2.11 2.S3 2 .95 3.3a 4.2 2 6.S6 7 .SO a.44 9.38
5 _ 63
. feet per ho!Jr
Cub1c
60 .94 l.41 1.88 2.34 2.81 3.28 3.75 4.6 9 1

1
18 11.2 16.8 22.S 28.l 33.7 39.3 45.0 56.2 6 7 - .S 135.0
105 .0 120 .0
24 15.0 22 .S 30.0 37.S 45.0 52 .S 60.0 75.0 90 -c 225.0
37.S 11::z--5 131 .2 lS O.O 168 .7 1l a7.5 3 37.S
30 la.7 28 . l 46.a S6.2 65.6 7S.O 93.7 1S7.S 18 0.0 202 .S 22S .O 270.0
36 22.S 33.7 45.0 S6.2 67.S 7a.7 9 0 .0 11 2.5 13 ~ ~ '
262.5 31S.O 393.7
15/ 183.7 21 0.0 236.2
_:.
42 26.2 39.3 52.S 65.6 78.7 91.a lOS .O 131 .2 240.0 270.0 300.0 360.0 4SO.O
1 s o ..-< 210.0
48 30.0 4S.O 60.0 75.0 90.0 105.0 12 0 .0 lSO.O 303.7 337 .S 4 05 .0 S06.3
54
QO
33.7 S0.6
37.5
67.5 84.3
56.2 75.0 93.7
101.2
112.5
118. 1
131.2
13S.O
150.0
l 16a.a
l a7.5
2 0~ 236.2 270 .0 337.S 37S .O
2 2 .A.....-C 262.S 300.0
:::apc:s ~ 11 is dorectly propor11onol 10 co nveyor
4SO.O S62.S
speed o nd we1gh1
¿ Copoclry bosed on sPeed of 1 f PM handling moterool we1gh1ng 50 pounds -of mc::stt"e-101.
per cub1c foot ond looded 75% of theoreticol moximum cross section.

254 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
a pron conveyor1

Aprons with Style AA pans

TRAV EL~ E1 ¡ - - A- APRON WIDTH -¡ A - APRON WIDTH ---¡

SPROCKET ANO CHAIN _ __.."",

CENTERS= A+ F

Style AA 1 p ans

TRAVE L ~ E1 1 A-APRON WIDTH-¡

_ _ _ PROCKET ANDCHAIN --~­

CENTERS=A+F
Style AA2 pans
Fig. 4683

Cho in Choin Allowoble Factor C Weight per foot, pound• •

Minimum
ond ond choin Cho in rodius For widlh A, inche. Eo ch A B e o E F G H
pon ottochment pull per Pon Choin
style no! of extra o
pitch, number strond, lubri- With- Height of sides, inche• 6-inch
lubri- upturn,
inches ... pound• coted coted fe et
out
sides 2 1 J 1 4 width INCHES
MR 1 V2-Al A 2820 AAl .21 .13 6 24 27 29 31 4 12 PM V1 10 ga. 10 go . 1* l"A. .. .
2.97
MR 1 V2-Kl A 2820 AAl .21 . 13 6 29 32 34 36 4 12 1% Va 10 go. 10 go. ... 1 ·~ 2 Y1
-- - - - -, _ -4- 12 PM
LXS 3013-A l 2100 AAl .16 .10 6 18 21 23 25 UÁ6 10 go. 10 go. 1 V1 lV.. . ..
3.00 UM 10 go. 10 go. . . . lV.. 2 V1
LXS 3013-Kl 2100 AAl . 16 .10 6 20 23 25 27 4 12 1 %
- -- - - -
l l 20-A63 A 1080 AA2 .16 .10 2 18 22.5 24.8 27 4 .5 12 * V1 % ,M 3 V1 1 v.. .. .
4.00 l l 24-A63 A 1870 AA2 .20 . 12 2 20 24.5 26.8 29 4 .5 12 'A Sfn % 'Á6 3 \11 1 v.. .. .
LXS 4019-A 11 2450 AA2 . 17 .10 2 22 26.5 28.8 31 4.5 12 * \11 'M 'Á6 2* 1~ .. .
l l 13-A4 A 3220 AAl .26 .12 2 31
-37- -40- -42.3- 7.5 12 Jl lfn 1 v.. v.. 'Á6 2~ 1 V1 .. .
SS60-Al 4950 AAl .19 . 11 2 36 42 45 47.3 7.5 12 P •Jn 1 v.. v.. 'Á6 1% 1 V1 ...
4 .04 SS 60-Al 4950 AAl .19 . 11 2 43 46.8 49 52 11 12 2 111n 1 v.. ~ 'Á6 1 Y1 1 V1 .. .
SS 60-Kl 4950 AAl .19 .11 2 38 41.8 44 47 7.5 12 1 llJn 1 v.. v.. 'Á6 . .. l Yo 2 'A
SS 60-Kl 4950 AAl .19 .11 2 45 48.8 51 54 11 12 2 ••1n l v.. ~ ,M ... l V1 2*
- - - - ,_ --
l l 30-Al35 A 3750 AA2 . 18 .l l 3 42 46.5 48.5 51 7 18 l \12 l¡l6 v.. 'Á6 4 2 .. .
l l 30-Al35 A 3750 AA2 .1 8 . 11 3 52 56.5 58.5 61 10 18 1 Y1 'Á6 ~ 'Á6 4 2 .. .
LXS 6238 -A98 o 5600 AA2 . 16 .10 3 46 50.5 52.5 55 7 18 l \12 ,M v.. 'M 3* 2 V1 .. .
LXS 6236-A98 o 5600 AA2 .16 . 10 3 56 60.5 62.5 65 10 18 1 Y1 'Á6 ~ 'Á6 3* 2 V1 .. .
6.00 1130-Kl A 3750 AAl .18 .11 3 44 48 50 52.5 7 18 2% 1 7,-M v.. 'Á6 ... 2 3 V2

1130-Kl A 3750 AAl . 18 . 11 3 55 59 61 63.5 11 18 2 '1i6 PM ~ ,M . .. 2 3 v•

LXS 6238-Kl o 5600 AAl .16 .10 3 66 70 72 74.5 11 18 2 v. 1 v. ~ 'Á6 . .. 2 V1 3 3Á6
SS 944-Kl o 5900 AAl .21 . 13 2 45 49 51 53.5 11 18 2% 1% ~ 'Á6 . .. 2 3 v..
SS 944-Kl o 5900 AAl .21 . 13 2 57 62.5 65 68 15 182* 1 v. V2 v.. ... 2 3 v..
Hove dimenslons cerlified for inslollolion purposes. • Weighl of cross rods not included.
Mínimum recommended sprockels; 10-loolh lor 2.97" ond 3.00" pilch A Nol suitoble for cross rods.
choins, 9-loolh lor 4 oo• ond 4.04" pi1ch choins and 6-looih for 6" pitch o Cross rods recommended eve ry 41h pitch.
choins. O Minimum opron widlh. Moximum recommended width, 48".
Á Refer lo Cotolog 1050 lar complete choln specificolions.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 255
bulk handling
apron convey ors

Aprons with Style AB pans

TRAVEL - - r E

K
- -- TRACK GAUGE=A+H- - -
- + -SPROCKET CENTERS = A+F - --
.....__ _ _ _ __ _ A +G -------~

Fig. 4682

~1
Cho in Allowoble M ínimum Weight p e r foot, p ound s •
ond Choin c:hoin
Fac tor C
rodius 8 e F G H K
Far width A, inch" s Eo ch 6
1 O 1 E 1
pon
p itch,
number
....
p ull per
strand , Cho in
t
1 Ch .
oin
of
upturn, Height of sid"s. inche s
e xtra
6 -inch
1 1 1 1
inches p ounds lubr~;o ted lubricoted fe et 3 1 4 1 5 6 width INC HES
SS 6 58 4650 . 11 .0 7 5 46 50 5.3 18 l 13¡161 l 3116 y. 3 3/\6 6 3/e 2 3/\6 Va
53 1 56
6.00 SS 6 58 46 50 .11 .07 5 54 58 62 66 7.3 18 1 Va 1 y. y. 3 3116 6 3/e 2 3116 v.
SS658 4650 . 11 .07 5 69 74 79 86 1 1.3 18 2 1 Ya Ya 3 3116 6 Y1 2 3116 Va
- SS 922 7200 . 11
1
.07 5
--- - -
65 68 7 1 74
-7-.5 24
- -2 -y. -l - - y. - y. 3 13/\6 8
-
2 11116 3A
9 .00 SS 92 2 7200 .11 .07 7 82 86 9 0 95 10.5 24 2 3le l 3le % 3 13116 8 11
2 116 3A
SS 9 33 9 200 . 11 .06 11 75 78 81 84 7 .5 24 2 Va 1 y. y. y. 4 1116 8 v. 2 11116 v.
SS 93 3 920 0 .1 1 .06 15 92 96 101 10 6
-- --
10.5
-7 - 24
-
2 l,4 1 y.
-2 y.- -1 - - Yay. 3le 4 1116 8 v. 2 11116 Va
-
SS 12 22 7 200 . 11 .07 5 58 6 1 6 3 66 24 y. 3 13116 8 2 11116 J,4
SS 1222 7 200 .1 1 .07 7 74 77 8 1 8 6 10 24 2 Ya l Ya 3 13116 8 2 11116 3A
12.00 SS 1233 9 200 .1 1 .06 7 67 69 7 2 75 7 24 2 Va l y. y. *y. 4 1116 8 Va 2 11116 v.
SS 12 33 9 200 . 11 .06 9 83 86 90 95 10.5 24 2 3A 1 y. 3le Ya 4 1116 8 Va 2 1111, Va
SS 1233 9200 . 11 .06 15 9 8 103 108 1 14 13.5 24 2v. 1 y. 1/i >/a 4 1116 8 Va 2 11116 v.
Hove dime nsio"s cer' foed lo r instollotion purposes. • W e ight ol cross rods included, spoced every 3rd pitch.
Minimum re commended sprocket, 6-looth. D. Far ro il trad. Add Y.• lor c honnel o r ongle trock with leg dnwn.
.t. Refe r to C otolog 1050 lor complete c hoi n specifocotions. 0 Minimum opron w idth. Mox1mum re comme nd ed width, 60" •

No-Leak aprons with Style AB pans

TRAVEL - - + E~¡<- A -AP RON WIDTH i!. rr<--- - - - 1~
'•

~ 1
1 K
'(_____

LiJ:_ TRACK GAUGE= A+G-J

Fig. 468 2

Cho in Allowoble Mínimum W eight per foot, pound s •

Facto r C
ond Cho in cho in rodius t- - - - - - - - - - : - : : - Eo- c.,-
h
pon numb e r pull per of _ _F_
o_r_
w_i d_t_
h_A~
, _in_ch_e_s -1 e xtra
1
p itc h, .t. strond, Choin 1 Ch oin
upturn, Height of sid es, inches 6 -inch
inches pounds no! 1b · d
lubricoted u ricote fe e t 3 4 5 6 width INCHLS
SS95 3 5600 .n . 14 5 56 5 9 61 6 4 6 1 8 11 13116 1 1 3116 Y. 2 111161 13116 6 Y. 14 Va ! Y.
6.00 SS 9 5 3 5600 .2 2 . 14 5 63 67 70 , 74 8 18 ¡ 1 v. 1 v. v. 2 11116 1 "116 6 v. 4 ¡ Va jl Y.
SS953 5600 .22 . 14 5 77 83 88 94 12 18 2 1 Ya Y. 2 11116 l ' 'll6 6 Y. 4 V1 I V.
SS942 9200 .1 1 .06 _ _l _l _ , _8_9__ - 92 95 98 S 241Wa
1 Y. V.:'1¡" 4 Y2 2 Va 67116 S 1- l ij,
SS 94 2 9200 .l l .06 15 106 11 0 11 5 1120 11.5 24 2 3.4 1 Y. 3le % 4 V2 2 Va 6 ~6 5 1 1 V2
9 .00
SS928 72 0 0 .1 1 .07 5 7 1 74 , 78 81 7.5 24 2 Y. 1 y. y. 3 3.4 2 5 3,4 4 Va l Y.

85 1 88
1
SS928 7200 .l l .07 7 8 8_1 _ 9_2 97 10 ~ _1_1 _ ~I ~ 1_ % ~~ ~ 5 >.4~ _Y!_ l ~
SS 1242 9200 .1 1 .06 7 79 82 1O 2 4 2 V1 1 Y. Y. Y. 4 V2 2 Va 6 7116 5 1 1 Y2
12.0 0 SS 1242 9200 .11 .0 6 9 95 99 103 108 13.5 24 ¡ 2 3.4 l Y. Y1 Ya 4 V2 2 Va 6 '11615 11 I V2
SS 1242 9200 . 11 .06 15 1 11 1116 121 12 7 16.5 2 4 2 % l Y. y, % 4 V2 2 Va 6 7116 51 l V2
Hove dime nsions certof.ed fe r instalbtion p urposes. • Weight ol cross rods included, spaced e very 2nd pitch.
Mínimum reco mmended sprock<'t, 6-tooth. D. Far roi l trad. Add 14" lor chonnel or ongle track with le g down.
.t. Rele r to Coto log 1050 lor complete chmn spe cifi cations. 0 Miiimum opron width. Moximum recomme nded w idth, 60• .

256 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
apron conveyors

Aprons with Style AC pans

TRAVEL ----r Ej¡ - - - A-APRON WI DTH

- - - TRACK GAUGE=A+H---'>"'
SPROCKET CENTERS=A+F--_,..
>+--------~ A + G --------~
Fig. 469 9

Cha in Allowab le Minimum Weight per foot, pounds •

Factor C
and Cho in cho in radius
For width A, inches Ea ch
A B c o F G H K
pan number pull per of o 1 E 6
p it ch, ... strand, Chain 1 Ch .
°'" upturn, Height af sides, inches
extra
6 - inch
1 1

inche s pounds lu br~~ated

t
lubricated feet
3 Y2 1 4 1 5 1 6 width INCHES

SS 922 7,200 .11 .07 2.5 49 50 56 60 4 18 PA, 1 3A, :Ya 3 Y2 8 2 'Ya Jf..
SS 922 7,200 .11 .07 2.5 54 55 61 65 5 18 PA, 1 \4 'Ya 3 Y2 8 2 :Ya Jf..
SS922 7,200 .11 .07 64 65 70 74 7.3 18 1 Y2 1 'Ya :Ya 3 Y2 8 2 'Ya
9.00 SS 933 9,200 .11 .06
2.5
2.5 63 65 69 73 5.8 18 1 Y2 1 \4 v.. 'Ya 3 3!.. 8 o/a 2 'Ya *?la
SS 933 9,200 . 11 .06 2.5 73 75 79 83 8.3 18 1 o/a 1 \4 'Ya 'Ya 3 3!.. 8 o/a 2 'Ya 'l'a
SS 940 9,200 .11 .06 6 65 67 71 77 5.8 18 1 Y2 1 \4 \4 % 3% 8 o/a 2 Y2 ?la
SS 940 9,200 . 11 .06 6 76 78 32 88 8.3 18 1 o/a 1 \4 'Ya :Ya 3 % 8 o/a 2 Y2 ?la
-- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - ------ -
SS 1222 7,200 .11 .07 2.5 57 59 63 67 6.8 24 1 Y2 1 \4 % 3 Y2 8 2% lf..
SS 122 2 7,200 .11 .07 2.5 69 70 74 78 9.5 24 1 'l4 1 % % 3 Y2 8 2 :Ya 3f..
SS 1233 9,200 .11 .06 2.5 62 63 67 71 7 24 1 Y2 1 \4 \4 % 3 3!.. 8% 2% ?la
SS 1233 9,200 .1 1 .06 2.5 75 76 80 84 10.3 24 1 'l4 1 \4 % :Ya 3 3!.. 8% 2% 'l'a
12.00
SS 1240 9,200 .11 .06 6 62 65 69 73 7 24 1 Y2 1 \4 \4 :Ya 3 % 8 % 2 Y2 %
SS 1240 9,200 .11 .06 6 75 78 82 86 10.3 24 1 'l4 1 \4 % % 3 % 8 o/a 2 Y2 %
SS 1244 12,700 .10 .06 4 81 83 87 9 1 11 24 1 'l4 1 \4 % Y2 4 'l'a 10% 3 'Ya 1
SS 1244 12,700 .10 .06 4 108 11 0 11 6 121 14 24 2 1 \4 Y2 Y2 4 % 10% 3 'Ya 1
Hove dimensions cer tified lor installation purposes. A For rail track. Add V.• fa r channel or angle track with leg down.
Minimum re commended sprocket, 6-tooth. O Minimum apron width. Maximum recommended width, 48" fo r 9" pitch
• Weight ol cross rods included, spaced every 36" . chains and 60" for 12" p itch chains.
"" Reler to Catalog 1050 for complete chain specifications.

Channel•top aprons with Style AE pans

TRAVEL ---~ E - ¡ - - -- A-APRON WIDTH--- -

- - - - TRACK GAUGE = A+ H-----~

- - - - - PITCH---'>' - - - - - SPROCKET CENTERS= A+ F - -- --
~----------A +G- - -- - - - - - --+t

Fig. 4697

Cha in Allowable Weight per faat, pounds •

Factor C
a nd
Chaln
cha in
For width A, inches Ea ch
A B c o E F G H J K
pan
number
pull per
e xtra
o 1 1 1
6
1
1
pitch,
inches
... strand,
paunds
Chain
t
lub;;~ated
Ch .
ª'"
lubrica ted
Height of sides, inches
6 8
6-inch
width
INCHES
1

100 109 13.5 24 2 1 9o :Ya 3% 8 2 lf.. 2 \4 lf..

9.00 SS 922 7200 .11 .07
SS 933 9200 .1 1 .06 106 114 14 24 2 v.. 1 \4 9o % 4 Ya 8 % 2 Jf.. 2 'l'a
,_
-- - - - - - - - - - - -y..-
SS 1222 7200 .11 .07 91 99 13 24 2 1 12 t % 3% 8 2 3!.. 3 1/.i
12.00 94 102 13 24 2 y.. 1 1;.. 12 t % 4 Ya 8 o/a 2 lf.. 3 %
SS 1233 9200 .11 .06
Have dimenslons certified for installation purposes. A For rai l !rock. Add y.• for channel or angle !rock with leg down.
Minimum recommended sprocket, 6-too th. O Mínimum apron width. Maximum recommended wid th, 60".
• Weight of cross rods included, spoced every 36." o 20 pounds per foot.
.A Refer t o Catolo9 1050 for complete choin specificotions. t 25 pounds pe r foo t .

L 1 N K - B E L T • 257
bulk handling
apron conveyors

Aprons with Style AF hinged pans

TRAV EL ~ E1~r
---- A-APRON WIDTH _ _ _.,..,1
+
HEIGHT
OF SIDES

B
1 :
1
L ___ ________________________ J1
Style AF l pans SPROCK ET AND CHAIN CENTERS= A+F-- i>-k--

Pans with 4 , 6 and 9 -inch p itch ch ains

T RAVEL~
SPROCKET CENTERS = A+ F

W
TRA C K GAUGE =A +H-----~
~~ A-APRON WIDTH
• 1
1

1
:

Sty le AF2 p ans

TRAVEL--+- Pa ns with 9 ond 1 2- inch pitch chains

HEIGHT
OF SIDES

f ormed hinge Tubular hinge

Fi g. 4696

Cha i n All ow able W eight per foa t, pounds • Cross r od

Fa ctor C dia meter
a nd Cha in cha in Pan For wid th A, inches Ea ch A B c o E F G H
p an pull per slyle
number ex tr a Formed 1Tubular 0 e:.
pitch,
inches
... slrand,
pounds
Chait n
lubr~:aled
1 ChOln
.
lubrica t ed
Heighl of sid es, inches
1 3
6 -inch hinge hinge o
w idth INCHE5
1 2 1

4 .00 LXS 40 13 2 100

AF2 .16 .10 17 19 21 4 % 'ÍI• 12 .. . 'IÍ• 10 g o. 10 go. 1 Va 1 v..
...
AF3 . 16 . 10 17 19 21
---- - -
4 %
-- - - -
7A6 12
- -2 .. 'IÍ• 10 go. 10 go . 1 Va 1 v..
. ..
A fl . 12 .07 27 28 30 6.5 % 'IÍ• 12 10 go . 'IÍ• 2 :Ya 1•11• ...
A Fl . 12 .07 34 36 38 10 1 'IÍ• 12 2 ... 'IÍ• 'IÍ• 2 :Ya 19A• .. .
3.4 2 :Ya 19A• . ..
6 .0 0 SS 1 11 6 3450
A F2 . 12 .07 20 22 24 4 % 'A• 12 ...
3,4
1O go. 'IÍ•
AF2 . 12 .07 24 26 28 5.5 1•11. 12 ... '11• '11• 2 :Ya 1911. ...
A F3 . 12 .07 20 22 24 4 %•11• 12 ... 3.4 1O g a . 'A. 2 Ya 1911• ...
AF3 . 12 .07 24 26 28 5.5 1•11. 12 .. . 3,4 311· '11• 2 :Ya 1911. .. .
- - ·-- - -
5.5
- - - -- - - - - - -
AFl . 11 .06 32 34 36 % Ya 12 3 V.. 10 go. '11• 2 % 1 % . ..
AFl . 11 .06 37 39 41 8 1 Va 12 3V.. . .. '11• '11• 2 Va 1 Va . . .
AF2 .1 1 .06 26 28 30 3.5 % Va 12 ... 1 10 go. '11• 2 % 1 Va ...
SS 911 4 600
AF2 .11 .06 29 31 33 5 1 Va 12 ... 1 '11• '11• 2 Va 1 % . ..
AF3 .11 .06 26 28 30 3 .5 3,4 Va 12 ... 1 10 go. 31Í• 2 % 1 % . ..
AF3 .11 .06 29 31 33 5 1 'lo 12 .. . 1 '11· '116 2 Va 1 % ...
9 .00
Af l . 10 .06 44
- -
46 48 5.5
- -
%
- --
3,4 24 3 v.. - --
10 go . 311· 3 % 8 2 3.4
AFl . 10 .0 6 49 51 53 8 1 'A 24 3 v.. ... 311. '11· 3 % 8 2 %
AF2 .1 0 .0 6 38 40 42 3.5 % % 24 .. .1 10 go . '11• 3 % 8 2 'A
SS 9 32 7200
AF2 .1 0 .06 41 43 45 5 1 % 24 . ..1 '11• '11• 3 % 8 2 3.4
AF3 .1 0 .06 38 40 42 3.5 % % 24 ... 1 10 go . 'A. 3 Va 8 2 3.4
AF3 . 10 .06 41 43 45 5 1 % 24 ... 1 '11• - 3116 3% 8 2 3.4
AFl .1 0 .0 6 39
-41- -42- -- - -
5.5 %
- -
'A 24 4 V2
-
10 go. '11• 3 Va 8
-
2 'A
Af l .1 0 .0 6 44 46 47 7.8 1 'A 24 4 V2 ... '11• '11• 3 % 8 2 %
AF2 .1 0 .06 32 33 35 3 'A % 24 ... 1 10 g o. '11• 3% 8 2 3,4
12.00 SS 1232 7200
AF2 . 10 .06 33 35 36 4 1 % 24 .. . 1 'IÍ• % 3 Va 8 2 3,4
AF3 . 10 .06 32 33 35 3 3,4 % 24 .. . 1 10 go. % 3 Va 8 2 3,4
AF3 .1 0 .0 6 33 35 36 4 1 % 24 .. 1 '11• 'IÍ• 3 Va 8 2%
Hove dimensions certtfied for instollotion purposes. D. For roil !rock. Add V." lor cho nnel or ongle trock wirh leg down.
Minimum recommended sprocket, 6-tooth. 0 Minimum opron width. Moximum re comme nded widrh 36" fa r LXS 4013,
• Weight o f cross rods included, spoced every pitch. SS 911 and SS 1116 chains, 48" for SS 952 a nd SS 1232 choins.
A Refer to Cotolog 1050 for complete choin specificotions. o Lorger cross rods can be furnished.

258 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
screw conveyon

screw conveyors

Screen e d clay Is e fficie ntly d ist rl bute d by compocl screw conveyor Efficle nt handling of sugar and flou r is ossured with this complete screw
to row material bins al o refroctory pion!. Cover has been removed in conveyor system in modern bokery. Pholo 35250
foreground to show flow of material. Pha lo 30464A

con tenis
lntroduction ... ................................ 259
Conveyor screws ............................... 262
Orive shofts, end shofts ond coupling ... . ...... . .... 267
Hongers ....... ................. . ............ . 268
Trough ends ...................... . .... . ....... 269
Trough end seo Is .. ... . ....... . .......... . ...... 270
Troughs .. .... ............... ... .............. 272
Trough dischorge spouts ond goles ................ 27 5
Typicol drive orrongeme:its ..... . .... . .. .... .... . 276
Typicol inlet orrongeme:its . . .. ........... . .... . .. 278
Typicol di schorge orrongements ................ . .. 279
Selection ..................................... 280
Genero) la yout doto ............. . ............ .. 290
Wash lng and d e wate r lng g rlt a l a sewoge treotmenl pion! by these four
Other types of screw conveyors ................... 292 inclined screw conveyars d ischarging inlo a cross collecting screw conveyor.
Photo 38132

The screw conveyor, one of the oldest ond simplest methods
used for the movement of bulk moteriols, consists primorily of
o conveyor screw rototing in o stotionory trough. Material
placed in the trough is moved olong its length by rototion of
the screw. Beoring hongers support the screw. lnlets, outlets,
gotes ond other occessories control the material ond its
disposition.
The screw conveyor is compoct ond eosily odopted to con-
gested locotions, ond its supports ore simple ond eosily in-
instolled. lt is versotile ond con be mounted in horizontal, in-
clined ond vertical positions. lt con be used to control the flow
of material in processing operotions which depend upon occu-
rote botching. lt con be used os o mixer, ogitotor or stirrer to
mix ond blend dry or fluid ingredients, provide crystollizotion
or coogulont oction, or mointoin solutions in suspension.
The screw conveyor con be effectively seoled ogoinst the
escape of dust or fumes or the entrence of dirt or moisture.
lt con be jocketed to serve os o dryer or cooler. lt con be fur-
nished in o wide voriety of moteriols to resist corrosion, obro-
sion or hect.
Screw conveyors ore used os eorth ougers to dig post holes
or to bore under highwoys for instollotion of culverts. They
ore olso used extensively on combines, threshing mochines,
hoy bolers, fodder blowers ond mony other form mochines.
Link-Belt screw conveyors embody the results of on un-
equolled background of experience in this field. Link-Belt,
producer of oll types of moteriols handling equipment, offers
dependoble recommendotions for ony requirement.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 259
bulk handling
screw conveyon

Conveyor screw

The conveyor screw is the rototing portion of o screw con-

veyor which imports smooth ond positive motion to the bulk
material being conveyed . lt consists of spirol flighting mounted
39•34
on o pipe ond is mode either right or left hond to suit the screw
rototion ond the desired direction of material trovel.

Conveyor screw with drive shaft

39435

The conveyor drive shaft connects the conveyor screw to the driving
Quik-Link unit ond tronsmits rotory motion to the screw. Coupling bolts secure the
conveyor screw with drive shaft drive shoft in the conveyor screw.

The Quik-Llnk conv e yor screw has o Quik-Link key ot one end of
the screw which, when removed, ollows the conveyor screw section to be
quickly ond eosily lifted from the conveyor line.

39436

Conveyor screw with drive shaft, end shaft and coupling

The conveyor drive shaft, end shaft and coupling support the conveyor
screw sections ond keep them in olignment. The end shoft is locoted ot the end
39437 opposite the drive shoft. Couplings ore used to connect successive conveyor
screw sections when more thon one section is necessory to moke up the total
length of conveyor. The shcfts cnd coupling ere secured in the conveyor screws
by coupling bolts.

260 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
screw conveyors

Quik-link conveyor screw

with trough ends and hangers

The trough ends support the conveyor drive and end shafts while the hangers support
the conveyor couplings, thereb y maintaining proper alignment and clearance between
the conveyor screw and trough.
To provide additional protection for the drive shaft and end shaft bearings, for or
against the material being handled, trough end seals are assembled between the Aanged
blocks and the trough end piafes.
The overall operating efficiency of the conveyor is improved when the trough ends and
hangers are fitted with ball bearing s.
The Quik-Link conveyor screw can be readily lifted from the conveyor line, without
disturbing other conveyor screw sections, after removing the Quik-Link key located al
the end of the screw.

Conveyor trough with inlet opening

and discharge spout

The trough is the enclosure in which the material is conflned and guided in its move-
menl. Trough end Aanges preserve the contour of the trough, facilitale assembly o f
adjoining sections, and insure accurate alignmenl. Supporting feet al the trough joints or
saddles located between the joints, support the intermediate trough sections.
Discharge spouts provide outlets for the material and direct its Aow to b ins or suc-
ceeding equipment; With more than one discharge point in a conveyor, selective control
may be e)(ercised by means of slide gales, made integral with the discharge spouts.
Trough covers with fasteners complete the conveyor enclosure. Material is fed into the
conveyor through inlet openings in the cover.

Typical screw conveyor complete with drive

A shaft mounted speed reducer makes a simple and compact

drive combinotion. The speed reducer drive is mounted directly on the
conveyor drive shaft and is prevented from rotating by an adjustoble
arm. A unit bracket, attached to the conveyor trough end, supports the
motor and connected V-belt drive.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 261
bulk handling
screw conve yors

Conveyor screws
Helicoid fl ight conveyor screws
The hel icoid flight conveyor screw is made
of a helix , formed from a fl at steel bar
and mounted on a pipe or shaft. The helix,
formed by special rolling equipment to the
required diameter, pitch and thickness, is a Helicoid flight conveyor screw
smooth, continuous one-piece fl ight.
By virtue of its one-piece construct ion, it
p ossesses superio r strength. The absence of
la ps, rivets or welds on the corrying face of
the flight p romotes and main ta ins clean liness
and reduces wear. Th e rolling process effects
a hardening and smoothing of the f light
su rface which increases resistance to wear
16771 A
and reduces friction and power consumption. Sectional flight conveyor screw
The flight is fastened to the pipe, or shaft,
b y intermi ttent or continuous welds and with
or without formed steel end lugs. The pipe,
of a size corefully selected for adequate
torsional streng th and resistance to excessive
deflection, has interna! collars at each end.
These collors are permanently in serted and
hove appropriate ins!de diamete rs to a ccept 39042
Quik-Link co nveyor screw
coupling or end shafts.
The assembled helicoid flight conveyor
screw is solidly constru cted and exceptio na lly
sturdy, and its inherent balance permits to compensate for weor due to pick-up and discharge action . In-
operotion at high speeds. lts distinctive chor- dividual flights , w hen riveted, ore read ily removed and replaced as
acteristics contribute to ma ximum efficiency, wear or damage occurs. Sectional flights ore formed with regular
durobility and economy. pitch approximately equal to the diameter.
Hel icoid flight conveyor screws ore inter- The pipe, of a size co refully selected for adequate torsional
cha ngea ble with sectional flight conveyor strength and resistance to excessive deflection, has interna! colla rs
screws of t he sorn e diameter and shaft size. at each end. Th ese collars ore permonently inserted ond hove appro-
Heli coid flighting is made with regular pitch priate inside diometers to accept coupling or end shafts.
approx imately equal to the diameter. lt can Sectional flight conveyor screws ore interchongeable with heli-
also be furnished with other thon regular pitch coid fligh t conveyor screws of the sorne diameter and shaft size.
and in a wide range of diameters, thi cknesses Sectional fl ig hts afford flexibility in cho ice of diameters, pitches
and lengths to meet the most exacting require· and thicknesses. The sectional flight conveyor screw is a sturdi ly
men ts. constructed assembl y, carefu lly designed to render efficient, eco-
For extremely hea vy duty the flight ing may nomical and lasting service.
be continuous welded to the pipe or shaft on When desired, sectional flights may be continuous welded to the
one or both sides. pipe on one or both sides, thu s providing exceptionally rugged
Consult Link-Belt for information on special construction for the most severe conveying appl ications.
requirements. Many variations of sectional flight conveyor screws can be fur-
nished to meet specific needs. Sorne of these are listed on the
Sectional fl ight conveyor screws following pages.

Sectional flight conveyor screws are made

of individual flights, each blonked from a
flat steel plate and formed into a helix. The
flights are riveted , lap we ld ed or butt welded
together and fastened to the pipe, or shaft by
intermittent or continuous welds and with or
without formed steel end lugs.
The conveyor screws with the lighter gauge
flig hts hove heavier gauge end flights
Quik-Link conveyo r screws
Th e Quik-Link conveyor screw is designed for easy removal from the
conveyor trough. Each section of screw is provided with a Quik-link
key located at one end of the pipe. By removing this key, a conveyor
screw section and coupling with hanger can be quickly and con-
veniently disassembled wi thout d isturbing other components. Quik-
Link conveyor screws are avai lable in both the helicoid flight and
sectional flig ht construction .

26 2 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
screw conveyors

Conveyor screws
Cut flight conveyor screws hove notches
cut in the periphery of eilher helicoid or sec-
tional flights. These notches supplement the con-
veying action with a moderate mixing action.
They are used for light, fine, granular or flaky
materials.
16869
Cut flight conveyor screw
Cut and folded flig ht conveyor screws
provide folded segments which act as lifting
vanes to· produce a cascading effect. This pro-
motes agitation and aeration, resulting in better
mixing. They are used for light or medium
weight, fine, granular or flaky materials.
16868
Cut and fold ed flight conveyor screw Cut flight conveyor screws with pad-
dles hove paddles mounted at intervals and
set to counteract the flow of materials, consider-
a bly increases the agitation and mixing action
produced by the cut flights.

Conveyor screws with paddles hove

Cut flight conveyor screw with paddles spaced at intervals and set to partially
oppose the forward flow, to provide a moderate
mixing or stirring of materia ls being conveyed.
Padd les are adjustable and may be set at any
angle to produce the desired degree of agita-
tion. They are used for light or medium weight,
fine, granular or flaky materials.

Conveyor screw with paddles

Short pitch conveyor screws are of reg-
ular construction except that the pitch of the
flights is reduced. They are recommended for
use in incline d conveyors of 20 degrees slope
and over, including vertical conveyors and are
extensively used as feeder screws. They retard
flushing of materials of a flu id nature.
32366
Shorl pitch conveyo r screw
Ribbon flight conveyor screws consist of
continuous helical flighting formed from steel
bar and secured to the p ipe by supporting lugs.
They are used for conveying sticky, gummy or
viscous substances, or where the materia l tends
to stick to flighting at the pipe. For additional
desc ri ptian refer to page 265.
Ribbon flight conveyor screw
Paddle conveyor screws hove formed
steel blades mounted on rod shanks inserted
through the pipe. Conveying oction can be con-
trolled by adjusting !he angle of the padd les.
They ore used for mixing, blend ing or stirring
dry or fluid materials.
32381
Paddle conveyor screw Stainless steel conveyor screws are
made to suit specific requirements. Finish can be
varied, as required, from the dull mili finish to
the g leam ing, mirror-like finish produced b y
buffing.

They are ideally suited for sanitation in the

conveying of foods, drugs, chemicals and allied
19928 products, for resistance to corrosion and for ap-
Stainless steel conveyor screw plications involving moderote to extreme hect.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 263
bulk handling
screw conveyor!>

Conveyor screws
Tapering flight conveyor screws
are frequently used as feeder
screws for handling friable lumpy
material from bins or hoppers and
also to draw the material uniformly
from the entire length of the feed
opening. Fig. 4717
Tapering fl ig ht co nveyor screw

Stepped diameter conveyor

screws consist of flights of differ-
ent diameters, each with its regular
pitch, mounted in tandem on one
pipe or sha ft. They are frequently
used as feeder screws, with the
smaller diameter located under bins
or hoppers to regulate the flow of Fig. 4718
material. Ste pped d iameter conveyor screw

Stepped pitch conveyor screws

are screws with succeeding single
or groups of section al flights in-
creasing in pitch and are used as
feeder screws to draw fine free-
flowing materials uniformly from the
entire length of the feed opening.
Fig. 4713
Stepped p itch conveyor screw

Long pitch conveyor screws are

occasionally used as agitators for
liquids or rapid conveying of very
free flowing materia Is.

Fig. 4712
Long pitch conveyor screw

Double flight conveyor screws

of regular pitch promote a smooth
gentle flow and discharge of ce r-
tain materials.

Fig. 4714
Double fl ight conveyor screw

Double flight short pitch con-

veyor screws assure more accurate
regulation of feed and flow in
screw feeders and effectively deter
flushing action of fluid materia Is .

Fig . 4715
Double flight short p itch conveyor screw

264 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Conveyor screws
Ribbon flight conveyor screw
Ribbon fli g ht conveyor screw with padd les
Multi ple ribbon flight conveyor screw
Ribbon flight conveyor screws
In this type of conveyor screw, o steel bar rolled to form
o continuous helicol ribbon Aight is fostened to the pipe or
shoft by steel supporting lugs welded ot spoced intervols.
Voriotions of diometer, pitch, Aight width or thickness
con be furnished . Also, these screws con be furnished with
either continuous or sectionol Aights, lop or butt welded
together.
Ribbon Aight conveyor screws ore the solution to most
conveying problems encountered in the hand ling of sticky,
gummy or viscous moteriols. The tendency of moteriols of
this noture to odhere ond build up ot the juncture of solid
flight with the pipe is overcome by the open construction of
the ribbon Aight. Row sugor, molosses, ospholt, hot far,
sticky feed mixes, and similor products ore typicol of the
many moterials successfully hondled by ribbon Aight con-
veyor screws.
Providing the periphery of ribbon Aights with o beveled
edge improves operotion ond reduces power consumption
when handling moteriols which tend to pock or trowel be-
tween Aights ond trough. Consequently, beveled edge rib-
bon Aight conveyor screws ore usuolly subjected to extremely
heovy loads, ond construction is accordingly heavy ond
bulk handling
screw co nveyors
32069
39051
19948
rugged. The ribbon flights ore supported on the pipe or
shoft by steel lugs, generously proportioned to resist bend-
ing.
Where the material hond led moves virtuolly en mosse,
there is but very slight difference in copocity between rib-
bon and solid Aight conveyor screws of the sorne size.
Mixing oction without supplementory meons of ogitotion, is
neglig ible.
Ribbon flight conveyor screw w lth paddles
To provide moderote mixing or stirring of moterials being
conveyed, podd les con be furnished, spoced ot intervols
ond set to portially oppose the forword flow. Poddles ore
odjustoble ond moy be set ot any ongle, to produce the
desired degree of agitation. They are used for light or
medium weight, fine, granular or flok y moterials.
Multiple ribbon flight conveyor scr ews
This type of screw consists of two or more ribbon Aights of
different diometers ond opposite hond, mounted one within
the other on the sorne pipe or shoft by rigid supporting lugs.
Material is moved forword by one Aight ond bockword by
the other, thereby inducing positive ond thorough mixing.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 265
bulk handling
screw conveyors

Conveyor screws
Abrasion-resistant conveyor screws
The part icularly severe service encoun tered when con-
veying abrasive materials has prompted many attempts
to overcome excessive wear on flights. Several successful
methods hove been developed.

Each of these methods offers specific advantages de-

pend ing on the nature of the ma ~cr i al handled and the
application . For a careful analysis and recommendation,
consult link-Belt.

Ph olo 32365
Rubb er covered screw

Rubber covering with its inherent tough resilience,

bonded or vu!canized to a conveyor screw, offers excellent
abrasion-resistant properties.

High carbon steels capable of heat treatment, or abra-

sion-res istan t alloys are used toan ever increasing extent

Pholo 32363
as mate ria ls for flights.
Ha rd surfaced fligh t

Ha rd surfacing by a pplication of a special compound ,

by are or torch, to the flight per iphery or face, or both,
provides an exceptionally hard surface at the points of
greatest wear.
Corrosion-resistant conveyor screws
Corrosion is manifested in so many d ifferent ways that no
one choice of material will suit ali requirements. To with-
stand the effects of corros ion encountered in many fields of
industry, conveyor screws are fabricated of stainless steel,
copper, brass, bronze, nicke l, Monel metal, aluminum,
and other materials.

Galvanizing, tinning, chrome plating and other coating

methods hove proved effective under mildly co rros ive con-
ditions. Gray iron conveyor screws serve effectively in
many applications. Vulcanized or bonded rubber covering
of the entire conveyor is frequently satisfactory far resist-
ance to extremely corrosive action .

Pho lo 32364
Heat- resistant conveyor screws
Detachable hardened flight segment Conveyor screws far high temperature appl ications are
Detachable hard ened flight segments, or wearing made of many of the available heat-resistant alloys. Sev-
shoes, bolted with countersunk bolts to the conveyor flights era! of the stainless steels and othe r high-chrome alloys
are preferred in many applications for quick and easy are particularly su itable far this service. Gray iron con-
replacement. veyor screws are al so effective far use al high temperatures.

266 • L 1 N t< - B E L T
 bulk handling
screw conveyors

Drive shafts, end shafts and couplings

The conveyor drive shaft delivers the
driving power, and is therefore carefully
designed of quality steel of the proper
characteristics to provide adequate
torque, bending and shear strength, and
with closely controlled tolerances for cor-
ree! bearing clearances. Conveyor drive shaft

For conveyors of unusua 1 length or for

severely heavy loads, alloy steels, heat-
treated high carbon steels or 3-bolt
connections, are used.
Jig-drilled coupling bolt holes and ac-
curately cut keyways contribute to ease
of assembly.

Conveyor end shaf t

The conveyor end shaft supports the

last section of conveyor screw and is fur-
nished with close toleran ces for proper
operation in end bearing . Coupling bolt
holes are jig drilled for interchange-
ability and ease of assembly.

Conveyo r couplings connect and

space adjoining sections of conveyor
screw and transmit rotation.
Carefu lly selected steels, with accu-
rate heat-treating or hard surfacing when
required, insure ample strength and re-
sistance to wear for the kind of service
Conveyor cou pling
specified.
For conveyors of unusual length or for
severely heavy loads, alloy steels, heat-
treated high carbon steels or 3-bolt con-
nections, are used.
Close tolerances on diameters and jig-
drilled coupling bolt holes assure inter-
changeability and ease of assembly.

Quik - Link conveyor screws provide

an easy means for the quick removal Q uik-link conveyor screw
of a conveyor screw section, and cou-
pling with hanger without disturbing
other components. Regular couplings
are used with these screws.

Split flight couplings permit installing

or removing individual conveyor screws
without disturbing adjoining sections.
With split flight couplings instal led on
both sides of each hanger, conveyor
screws can be removed without disturb-
ing the hangers. The Link - Belt split flight
coup ling is sturdily constructed and jig
drilled for coupling bolts.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 267
bulk handling
screw conveyors

Hangers
No. 200A hanger • This honger is of the self - oligning,
greose lubricoted boll b eo ring typ e ond is built for mount-
ing completely w ithin the trough. The streomline design
p ermits free possoge of o lorge volume of material post
the honger.
The rigid honger frome is o weldment of steel bors ond
squore mechonicol tubing. Addition o l lubricotion, when
necessory, is opplied through o lubricotion fitting ot the top
of the honger.
These hongers ore olso ovoiloble with bobbitted ond
bronze beorings.
No. 200A hanger
No . 168 hanger • With o formed steel frome of su-
perior strength ond rigid ity ond wholly contoined within the
trough, this honger is excellently odopted to heovy service
ond dust-tight or weotherproof o pplicotions.
lt is regulorly furnished with either o bobbitted beoring
hoving o pipe connection for greose lubricotion, or with
o hord iron beoring. Ph o 10 29662

No. 168 hanger

No. 188 hanger • This honger has o gray iron frome
with o removoble gra y iron cap secured in place by o U-
bolt. Beorings ore regulorly bobbitted ond orronged for
greose lubricotion. Oil-impregnoted wood or hord iron
cops con be substituted when required . Except for the
lubricotion fitting, the entire honger is contoined within the
t roug h, thus p ermitting the use of dust-tight covers.

No. 198 hanger • This honger is similor in construction No. 188 hanger
to No. 18 B except thot it fits on top of trough Aonges, with
ledges for cover support. Trim ond compoct in design, it
permits free possoge of material ond is essentiolly self-
cleoning . lt is reodil y accessible for lubricotion or moin-
tenonce.

No. 208 hanger • For high copocity conveyors, the steel

T-frome construction ond compoct round beoring provides
full cleoronce for possoge of material in lorge volume.
lt is regulorl y furnished with either o bobbitted beoring
for greose lubricotion, or with o hord iron beoring.

No . 268 hanger • This honger comb ines the most de-

siroble feotures of the No. 16B ond No. 20B hongers,
thereby offording strength ond rigidity, complete enclosure
within the trough ond cleoronce for possoge of material
in lorge volume. lt is excellent for high copocity conveyors
when dust-tight covers ore required.
lt is regulorly furnished with either o bobbitted beoring
hoving o pipe connection for greose lubricotion, or with o
hord iron beoring. Photo 29660

No. 208 ha nger

No . 2 8 8 hanger • This honger compensotes for un-
equol exponsion between conveyor screws ond trough. Of
T-frome construction, similor to No. 20B, with top bors
orronged to sl ide on ongle guides fostened to the trough,
it ollows full cleoronce for possoge of material in lorge
volume.
lt is regulorly furnished with either o bobb itte d beoring Photo 29•63

with p ipe connections for greose lub ricotion, or with o hord No. 26 8 ha nger
iron beoring. Hord iron beorings should be used wherever
hot moteriols ore to be hondled.

Flared trough hange r • This honger is of formed

steel frame construction ond is designed to suit Aored
troughs. lt is ordinarily used with ribbon conveyors.

Stalnless st eel hang ers • Any of the formed steel

frame types of hongers may be mode of stoinless steel. No. 2 88 hanger

268 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
screw conveyor

Trough ends

Steel piafe trough ends for either U-trough or

flared trough are made of heavy gauge steel
pl a te, fitted with either babbitted, bronze or ball
bearing flanged blocks. They are furnished with or
without feet. The tops of the trough end plates are
flanged to support the trough covers. These trough
ends can be used on a wide range of general
32191 B 38065 applications.
Steel plate trough end Steel plate trough
end with feet and Trough end plates can be made of stainless steel
with feet and with babbitted
or b ronze bearing ball bearing or nonferrous metals for corrosive or high tem-
perature applications. They can also be furnished
with protective coatings, such as galvanizing, tin-
ning, chrome plating or vulcanized rubber. In
general, any type of trough end that can be
fabricated of mild steel can also be made of
aluminum, brass, bronze, copper, Monel metal
or nickel.
J For additional bearing protection, these trough
ends may be fitted with a trough end seal, assem-
bled between the flanged block and the trough
end plate.

39304 39305
Steel plate trough end without Steel plate lrough end
feet and wi th babbitted or without feet and with ball
bronze bearing bearing

Cast outside discharge trough ends are

made of gray iron, well proportioned and gener-
ously webbed to afford ample strength. Bea rings
are regularly made of babbitt but bronze or other
bearing materials can be furnished.
These trough ends are made for bolting to
conventional trough flanges.
Cast outside discharge lroug h end

Auxiliary end thrust bearings

Bron:z:e end thrust bearlngs consist of a

bronze thrust washer operating between the faced
hub of the end bearing and a steel collar or washer
fl xed to the shaft. Kept well lubricated, they are
recommended for relatively clean locations and for
light to moderate loods. They are not intended
for use with countershaft trough ends.

32326C

Bronze end thrust bearing

L 1 N K - B E L T • 269
bulk handling
screw conveyors

Trough ends

Drlve shaft trough ends are of the double ball bearing and double
roller bearing types. Each consists of a rig id shoft, operoting in double
beorings ond designed to accommodote both radia l ond thrust loads.
The radial or overhung load is usuoll y o choin drive connected to a
power source. Since th e bearings will also accept thrust loods in e ither
direction, the need for auxilio ry thrusts is eliminoted .

38068

Orive shaft trough end with double
ball bearing and trough end sea(
Drlve shaft trough ends with double ball bearings consist
of double boll beoring flonged blocks rigidly o ttoched to heovy steel
plote trough ends for either U-troughs or flo red troughs. The gray iron
housings ore of one-piece construction ond ore precision mochined for
occurote olignment. Effective seols ore provided in the flonged b locks
to exclude dirt ond moisture ond reto in lubricont.
A trough end seol con be ossembled between the flonged block
and the trough end plote to provide odditional protection for or agoinst
the material being hondled.

39089

Drive shaft trough ends with double roller bearings con-

Orive shaft trough e nd with
double roller b ea ring
sist of heovy duty double roller beoring flonged blocks mounted b y
meons of machined surfoces into extra heovy steel plote trough ends
for either U-troughs or flored troughs. The gray iron housings ore
accurotely mochined ond fltte d with roller beorings of high radial ond
thrust copocity. The blocks hove effective seols ond ore o rranged for
eosy lubricotion.

Trough end seals

Trough end seals are used to provide odditionol beo ring protection
ogoinst dust or fum es from within the trough ond prevent entrence,
olong the shoft, of dirt, moisture or lubricont.
The sea l housings ore mode of gray iron ond ore designed for
ossembl y between bobbitted, b ronze or boll beoring flonged blocks
39336
ond the trough end plotes. They con be provided with lip-type leother
seols for moximum protection for or ogoinst the moteriols being
hondled, with felt seo ls when handling dusty moteriols, or with woste
pocking when handling obrosive moterials.

Trough end sea)

270 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
screw con veyors

Trough ends

Countershaft trough ends ore used on screw conveyors where opplicotion of r ight ongle drives is
necessory due to spoce limitotions, interference of odjoining equipment or for better service and moin-
tenance occessibility.
Applicotion of countershoft trough ends permits drive instollations olongside, above or below the con-
veyor and perm its using horizontal d rives for inclined conveyor~. A common drive for two conveyors int er-
secting at right ongles, or a bottery of parollel conveyors driven from a common source, can be reod ily
arronged b y using countershoft trough ends.

Op e n countershaft trough ends ore made with o gray iron frome,

liberally proportioned ond generously webbed for omple strength, with all
bearings babbitted and topped for gre ose lubrica t ion fittings. Countershaft
b eorings ore fitted with removable caps. Gears are gray iron with rugged,
well-formed closely mating teeth.
They ore ovailoble with bevel geo rs of gray iron or cost steel for speed
321 47
red uction purposes. Cut tooth geors of gray iron or steel with accurotely
Open counter shaft trough end
mochined teeth can be furnished when requ ired.

G e a r guar d s, made of welded steel and bolted to the countershoft t rough

end, con be furnished to completely cover the geors, thus preventing injury
to operating personnel. Such guards are required in mony stotes to comply
with sofety r eg ulations.

Gear gua rd
Enclosed countershaft trough ends p rovide inb uilt safety, d urobility
ond complete lubrication. Gears operate in o constont oil both with dirt
ond grit excluded, assuring mo ximum geor life. Operation is smoolh and
quiet. The geor housing is provided with an inspection cover and drain plug
for eose of maintenonce ond oil chonge. These enclosed trough end s are
mode in two t y pes: Sty le A and Sty l e B.

Styl e A enclos ed countershaft trough ends consist of gray iro n ho usings

provid ed with babbitted bearing s for both the drive shaft and countershaft.
Bearings are tapped for lvbricat ion fittings. Ends a re norm ally furnished with
1841 lA gray iron cast tooth miter gears but can 'be supplied with other gear combina-
Style A e n cl o sed countershaft tions. Gray iron trough end pi ates with f eet ore cast integral w ith gear housing.
t rough end

Styl e B enclosed countershaft trough end s consist of gray iron housings

provided with drive shafts mounted in roller bearings and countershofts
mounted in ball bearings. All bea rings are provided with lubrication fittings
and odequate sea ls for keeping d irt out and lubricont in. They are normally
furnished with steel cut tooth miter gears but can be sup pl ied with other
gear com binations. Sepa rate end plates of formed steel are bolted to g ear
housing and can be furnished with or without feet. The roller be aring on
drive shaft accommodates the conveyor thrust in either d irection, thus elim-
in oting the need for auxiliary thrust orrongements. These countershoft t rough
end s ossure long life with hi gh efficiency.
St yle B e nclo sed cou ntersh aft
trough end

L 1 N K - B E L T • 271
bulk handling
screw conveyors

Troughs
Th e trou gh not only confines and guides the flow of
material, but also serves as the housing in which a li
operating components are supported and held together
in their proper functional relationship. Accu racy in
manufacturing and inherent strength to mainta in this
a ccuracy are, therefore, essentia l.
l ink-Beit designs, and manufacturing methods, are
constantly being imp roved to provide these qualities to
the fullest exten t wh ile at t he sorne time effecting
economies in weight and space requi reme nts.
Corrosive or high temperature applications may re-
quire the specific q ua lities that make stainless steel
and non-fe rrous metals well ada pted to these services.
In general, any type of trough that can be fab rica ted
of mild steel can a lso be made of stain less steel or alu-
minum , brass, bronze, copper, Monel meta l, nickel , e tc .
Far resistance to corrosion there are numerous p ro-
tective coatings that are applied to steel troughs and
covers. Galvan izing, tinning , chrome plating , etc. are
all effective far certain applications. Vulcanized or
bonded rubber coatings resist abrasion and corro sion.

Flanged trough • By for ming the top flanges integ-

rally with the trough sides from a si ng le steel sheet,
adequate strength and rigidity is obtained with out su-
perfluous bulk or weight. Stee l connecting flanges , se-
cure ly welded a t each end in special welding fixtures
to a ssure squa re, true ends, facil itate assembly, insure
proper alignment and p reserve the con tou r of th e
Angle flang ed trough trough.

Angle flanged trough • This trough is identical in

construction to the flanged trough, except that top
flan ges a re obtai ned by securely welding structural steel
angles to th e trough .

Dust seal trough and cover • Z-bar flanges and

formed channel cross me mbe rs ma ke a conti nuous chan-
Dust seal trough nel pocket around the top of this trough into which the
flang ed cove r sections are set. The channel is fi ll ed with
san d or the dust of the product be ing conveyed, thus
creating an effective seal aga inst the esca pe of dust
from wit hin the con veyor.

Flared trough • Th is trough is of conventional con-

struction e xcept that trough sides are fla red outward to
afford a wider top opening . This results in improved
feed and conveying action with sticky materials o r ma-
terials which are not entirely free flowing . lt is custom-
Flared trough arily used with ribbon fl ight conveyor screws.

272 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
screw conveyors

Troughs
Drop bottom trough is equipped with a
hinged drop bottom, held in place by spring
clomps or quick octing hand clomps for
reody occess to trough interior, conveyor
screws ond hongers.
This design focilitotes quick, thorough ond
frequent cleoning of the trough, screw ond
other ports ond is porticulorly useful to Photo 34340
Photo 32333
combo! infestotion ond promote sonitotion.

Wilh quick octlng

Wilh spring clamps hond clamps
Jacketed trough consists of o formed
jacket continuously welded to o trough of Drop bottom troughs
conventionol construction . Pipe connections
ore provided for supply ond dischorge of
heoting or cooling medio. lt is widely used
for heoting, drying or cooling of moteriols.
Stoy bolts for jacket reinforcement con
be provided for the higher steom pressures.
Jacket boffles con be furnished for better
distribution of water circulotion to enhonce
heot exchonge.

Rectangular trough moy be mode as il-

lustroted from o single steel sheet or with
sides ond bottom of seporote pieces, de-
penden! on size ond gouge of metal. lt is Jacketed trough
frequently used to hondle obrosive mote-
riols copoble of forming o loyer of material
on the bottom of the trough. The material
thus moves on itself, protecting the trough
from undue weor.

Channel side trough is mode with sepo-

rote deto chob le trough bottoms, bolted or Rectangular trough
clomped to formed or rolled steel chonnels.
The chonnels moy be of ony reosonoble
length to spon widely spoced supports.
Trough bottoms ore mode in nominol lengths
up to 1O feet .
This trough is occosionolly selected for
eose of replocement of trough bottoms sub-
ject to unusuolly severe obrosive or corro-
sive weor.

Cast trough is mode of gray iron of relo -

tively heovy cross section with top ond end
flonges cost integrolly. Flonges ore mochine Channel side trough
fin ished for light, squore joints. lt is fre-
quently used to convey high temperoture
moteriol s ond certoin highly corrosive
moteriols. Dischorge spouts, when re-
quired , ore olso cost integrolly with th e
trough ot desired locotions.
This trough is mode in moximum lengths
of 5 feet. Bolted or screw clomped covers
con be used. Casi trough

L 1 N K - B E L T • 273
bulk handling
screw conveyors
Flanged conne ct ion
Bull slrapped conneclion
Pla in cover screw clam ped
Pla in cove r bolted
Plain cover spring cla mped
274 • L 1 N K - B EL T
Troughs
Trough connections ore of two types -
flonged ond butt stro pped . The bol ted,
flonged connection has pro ved to be th e
most practico! ond efficient meons of jo in-
ing sections of trough. By its use, ossembly
or d isa ssembly is focil itoted an d al ignm ent
readily ochieved.
End f la nges are ma de of stee l on gles o r
pioles, corefuliy formed and p unched to os-
sure accu rote, closely-fitted trough connec-
tions ond complete in terchangeabili ty.
Angle end flanges ore regulorly furn ishe d
on ali trough sizes up to ond includ ing 1 2
connection with supporling inches.
foot
Plate end flonges ore regulorly furnished
on 14-inch ond larger troughs o nd o n
heavier gouges for a li size troughs.
Supporting feet are of formed ste el for
use with end flanges ond provide a co n-
venien t means of aligning ond sup porting
conveyors from floors, ond su p po rting
structures.
Saddles a re used when location o f sup-
port poin ts does not coincid e with the
Butl slrapped connection spacing of joint f langes or when tro ughs
w ith suppo rting sa ddle with butt stropped connections ore used.
Covers ore of three general types-pla in,
flanged and dust seal.
P la in covers consist of flot steel sheets
wilh one end of each section crimped or
provided with a strap to close the butting
cover joints. They can be furnished spri ng
clamped, screw clamped or bolted.
Fla nged cover s are a stiffer cover for
Fl anged cover
mo re convenient handling. They are flonged
screw clamped
a long the sides and hove one end of each
section provided with a slrap to close the
butti ng cover joints. They can be furnished
screw clam p ed or bo!te d. Fewer clamps or
bo lts are required with this type of cover.
Du st sea l covers, mode in maximum
lengths of 5 feet, ore flonged down on ali
sides to set in the channel flanges of dust
seol trough .
Dust seal cove r Cover cla mps ore of the screw type or
spring type. Spring clomps ore pivotal ly
ottached to the trough flanges, thus are
a lways in place. They moy be disengoged
or engaged by o hommer b low. Spri ng
Photo 19924 clamps ore regularly furnished unless on-
Screw clamp Spring cl am p other type is specified.
 bul k handling
screw conveyors

Trough discharge spouts and gales

Discharge spouts and gates afford the means for dis-
charging material from the trough and for connection to
succeeding equipment to which material is delivered .
Photo 32176
Gates provide for selective control of multiple spouts.

All spouts and gales are of welded steel construction

with connecting flanges punched with accurately spaced
Plain d ischa rge opening
hales for inte rch angeability and ease of assembly.

Slide gales, either hand or rack and pinion operated,

may be installed in practically ali applications for opera-
tion either parallel or al right angles to the conveyor a xis .
Ra ck and pinion ope rated gales may be furnished with
cha in wheels and chains for remole control. Pin ion shafts
may be extended to accommodate various operati ng
Photo 32179
arra ngements.

Spouts and gales can be fabricated of stainless steel

and nonferrous metals. Spouts of special desig n ca n be Fixed discharge spout
furnished to accommodate unusua l conditio ns.

Plain discharge openings are cut in the bottom of the

trough al the desi red location to provide free discharge of
material. They are used for delivering to open or closed
storage or similar applications.

Photo 32177 A

Fixed discharge spouts are welded in place when fur-

nished with a complete conveyor. They are furnished in Hand slide gafe
g a uges proportioned for the size and gauge of trough .

Hand slide gates are mad e to attach to discharge spouts

and can be operated from a ny one of the four sides,
provided there is sufficient clearance for the gate in its
open position.
Photo 321 80A

Rack and p1mon slide gates hove cut tooth rocks

welded to the slide plates and actuated by cut tooth
pinions mounted on pinio n shafts operated by ha nd
wheels or chain wheels. The pinion shafts rotate freely Rack a nd pinion flat slide gate
in bearings fastened to the steel supporting frames,
p roviding free and easy operating gales.

These gales, when fitte d with flat slide plates, may be

operated in any one of four position s if clearances are
adequate, and can be furnished with either ha nd wheels
or chain wheels.

These gales can also be furnished with cu rved slide Photo 32181A
plates made to conform to the contour of the trough, thus
elimina ting pockets formed by the flat slide plates. They
operate parallel to the conveyor axis and can be fur -
nished with either hand wheels or chain wheels. Ra ck an d pi nion curved slide gate

L 1 N K - B E L T • 275
bulk handling
scre w conveyors

Typical drive arrangements

Numerous drive a rrangements for operating screw convey ors
are possible, using Link-Belt speed reducers, either direct
connected or in comb ination with chain or V-belt drives.
Enclosed drives include gearmotors, motogears, in-line, p arallel
shaft worm gear and shaft mounted speed reducers.
For smooth starting under heavy loa ds, a fluid drive, which
uniformly a b sorbs the shock effect of surges, and protects the
motor and equi pment from sudden overloads or stoppages,
can b e used. These Link- Belt drives are available as fluid
drives, Electrofluid drives and Electrofluid motogears.
Where variation in speed is required to ma intain balanced
processing re quirement, a Link-Belt P.1.V. v ariable speed drive
is ideally suited for the application. This drive is available in
motorized ty pes or with integral gear reductions.

Ar rangement 1 is a sim ple drive combination and consists of

a shaft mounted speed reducer mounted d irectl y on the screw
convey or drive shaft. The speed reducer is connected to the
motor through a V-belt d rive and is prevented from rotating
f;g, 6227
b y an adjustable arm. A rrangement 1
The speed of the conveyor can be readil y changed b y
altering the rat io of the V-belt drive.

Arrangement 2 consists of a shaft mounted speed reducer

directly mounted on the conveyor drive shaft. In this case, how-
ever, a unit bracket, which is attached to the screw conveyor
t rough end supports the motor. The motor is connected to the
sp eed reducer through a V-belt drive. With this arrangement
the motor is conveniently located above the drive.
f;g, 6228
Arrangement 2

Arr angement 3 consists of an enclosed d rive connecte d to a

screw conveyor through a chain drive. The enclosed drive may
be mounted in various locations, making it very flexible. This
arrangement also affords an easy means of altering the con-
veyor speed to meet changing opera ting conditions, by sub-
stituting sprockets of different size.
A practical drive combination is a gearmotor or motogear
with roller chain drive. Where heavier drives are required, the
parallel shaft sp ee d reducer can be used. When the conveyor
operates at a very low speed , a worm gear speed red ucer
may be req uired. Variab le speed d r ives and fluid drives can F1g. 5151
also be a dapted to this arrangement. Arrangement 3
The chain d rive is easily guarded for safety, or encased for
lubrication and p rotection.

A rra ngem ent 4 consists of a WVS sing le worm gear sp eed

reducer or HWVS helical-worm gear speed reducer direct con-
nected b y a built-in adapter flang e to the screw conveyor
trough. The output shafts of the drives hove coupling bolt holes
for a ttaching the conveyor screws. Precision roller bearings
su pport the output sha f ts and accommodate the conveyor
thrust in either direction, eliminating the need for an auxiliary Fig 6209
thrust. A cha in drive connects the worm gear speed reducer to A rrangement 4
the motor. The cha in drive is easily guarded for safety, or en-
cased for lubrication and protection.

276 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
scre w conve yors

Typical drive arrangements

A r rangem e nt S provides a means of direct connecting the

speed reducer to the screw conveyor where the use of an
intermediate chain drive is not practical or where it is de-
sired to mount the drive in line because of space limita-
tions. The motor is connected to the speed reducer by a
flexible coupling and the output shaft of the drive is coupled
to the drive shaft of the conveyor. The conveyor drive shaft
is rigidly supported by the trough end which has either
double ball bearings or double roller bearings. These bear- A rrongement S
ings accommodate the thrust of the conveyor in either
direction.

Arrangement 6 consists of a W TS single worm gear

speed reducer or HWBS helical-worm gear speed reducer
direct connected by a built- in adapter Aange to the screw
conveyor trough. The output shaft of the drive has coupling
bolt holes for attaching the conveyor screw. Precision roller
bearings support the output shaft and accommodate the Arrongement 6
conveyor thrust in either d irection, thus eliminating the need
for an aux iliary thrust. The motor may be mounted on a
unit base with the speed reducer or mounted on o seporote
structurol support.

Arrangement 7 shows o typical method of operating two

screw conveyors, located at right angles to each other, from
a common power source. The speed reducer is connected by
a choin drive to a countershaft trough end. Both conveyors
are t hen driven from the countershaft t rough end , one
through a pair of gears and the other through a second chain
A rro ngement 7
drive.

Fig. 5154

Arrangement 8 illustrates a typical drive for an inclined

screw conveyor using the components described under
Arrangement 4. The motor may be supported as shown or by
independent means. Arro ngement 8

L 1 N K - B E L T • 277
bulk handling
screw conveyors

Typlcal inlet arrangements

[-*=
:;

fig . 4742
Ploin in let spouts o r ch utes

Plain inlet spouts or chutes may be used whenever t he When multiple inlets feed the conveyor simultaneous ly,
r ot e of feed is fairly unifarm and controlled by preceding the capacity must exceed their combi ned ro te of feed.
equipmen t. Slide gales, hand or rack and pinion operated, may be
Th e conveying capacity of the screw conveyor should used in the ch utes far selecti ve control.
safely exceed the maximum rote of feed.

The screw feeder consists of a conveyor screw operating

in a t o tal l y enclosed housing and desi gned far a specific
pu r pose in regulating the rote of fl ow o r feed of material.
Refer to screw f eeder sect ion far desig n and sel ection.

Screw feed e r

___
~ f.-------:-
1
___; ...---:- -7'
' ,. The rotary vane feeder provi des accuro te con trol of the
rote of feed. lt delive rs a unifarm, p re-determined volu me
of material, easily regulated by changing the speed of the
feeder. lt may be driven by and synchronized with the screw

'
.
.+ I
1
..t
•
conveyor, or driven independently with fixed or variable
speed drives.
~'.~~~~:~~:~~:_---.~-_-:.i:==~~~-~=~:~}
f ~
,_,
I • 1 ll.
~
~ ,' f
~:
f ...
\_1 ...

fi g. 4744
Rotary van e f eed er

Side inlet gates afford a method of feedi ng free -flo w i ng

materiols from bins, hoppers, lanks or silos. The screw
conveyor is rel i eved of the dead weight of the stored ma te -
rial a nd the load imposed in moving it from under itself.
The feed can be reguloted to main ta in the most favor-
able depth of materi a l in the trough or can be shut off
comp letely. Ro tat i on of screw should be toward opening
a s shown i n Figure 47 46. Thi s helps to control the move-
menl of ma terial away from t he opening ond prevent
flooding of material between flights that occurs when
----- .. rotation is in oppos ite directi on .
L.- - '\-__ _ _ _ _ _ .....,_
These goles ore ideally adap ted to the bottom of long
Fig . 4746 bins which d ischarge material into collecting or reclaim
Si de inlet gate screw conveyors.

278 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
screw conveyors

Typical discharge arrangements

,. w
Discharge spout Fig. 4798
Plain discharge opening Fig. 4797

Plain d ischarge openings, cut in the bottom of the l

1
. . . . . . . .
.. I ' 1 IJ

trough, permit free discharg e at pre-determined points. ::_·_-:_-_·s==~~=-~~-~_-_-;.-¡:

1 • I
•. / t

\ \._/
'

Discharge spouts confine the discharge of material and Open e nd troug h Fig. 4961
direct its Aow to succeeding equipment.

Open end trough , with a hanger as the end bearing,

permits free discharge to bins, storage piles and similar
places.

Discharge trough ends provide end bearings and also

permit free discharge from the end of the trough. Discha rge trough end fi g. 4950

Ope n b o ttom t r oughs provide free discharge and dis-

tribution of materials in bins, bunkers or storage piles. As
material builds up to the conveyor screw it forms its own
,
-, \
,,-,
...t --l.----"
\ '
f' ,r..
," --.l.-..,.
\
' .,.,
'
: :

trough, thereby advancing along th e full length of the open - • -

\
_ _i _ _ _ _ft
\
__ \
.l, _ _ _ J

bottom troug h.

Hand slide gate s added to discharg e spouts provide

selective control at multiple discharge points. Ope n bottom trough f ig. 4955

Rack and pinion flat slide g a t es permit hand wheel

or chain wheel aperation of slide gates for selective dis-
charge. They can b e operated either parallel or trans-
versely to the conveyor axis.

Rack and pm1on curve d slid e gates, with the slide

piafe conforming to the contour of the trough, prevent
det erioration of perisha ble materials by elirnination of the Ho nd slid e g ate Fig. 4952
pocket in which they can otherwise accumulate. Th ey can
be operated only parall el to th e conveyor axis.

Enclosed rack and p inion gate s can be made dust-

tight or w eathertight to protect personnel, prevent loss of
' .
valuable products or avoid damage to the product from
externa! dirt ar moisture.

Rack a nd pinion flat slid e gate Fig. 4953

... - ....
...--.,......_,- ' - -
' ,'
•'I>-- ___ ,..,'..._~
..
\----L--.~t., ,'

- -
... -.,---
' ¡
·~

Fig. 4951
Enclosed rack and pinion gate Fig. ~95 4 Rack and pinion cu rved slide gate

L 1 N K - B E L T • 279
bulk handling
screw conveyor5
The selection information in this section ha s been compiled
from the many years of experience in the successful design
and application of numerous and varied screw conveyor
installations.
Sufficient information is available to easily select the com-
ponents recommended for handling materials under normal
operating conditions in horizontal screw conveyors.
Screw conveyors
The screw conveyor consists of a rotating screw operating
in a stationary trough for conveying material from one point
to another. The conveyor screws are made in regular or
short lengths and either right or left hand to suit any
application.
The f eed of material to the conveyor must be al a con-
troll ed and fairly uniform ro te.
Screw conveyors are suitable for handling a wide variety
of bulk materials.
Materials
Many bulk materials are handled easily and efficiently
in screw conveyors. However, to insure the best possible
selection of components, it is recommended that considera-
tion be given to the physical, chemical and handling char-
acteristics of all materials.
The essential characteristics include size, flowability and
abrasiveness of the meteríais. Other characteristics, such os
contaminat ion, corrosiveness, degradability, fluffiness, etc.,
may influence the handling and should be given considera-
tion. Consideration should also be given to meteríais which
may assume different characteristics under certain condi-
tions of processing, atmosphere, age or storage. Many of
the more common materials are classifled in Table 1, page
282, and are given as a guide in selecting the proper
components. Meteríais not appearing in the list can be
classifled by comparison with similar meteríais or by
establishing a classiflcation using Table 1, page 563.
Link-Belt laboratory facilities are available for testing
and classifying all kind s of materials.
Typical appllcations
Occa sionally the characteristics of the material being han-
dled are such that other than conventional or regular
equipment is required for the purpose, such as:
1 When the meteríais are extremely hot, casi
screws and troughs may be used or the screws
and t roughs may be made of high temperature
alloy metals.
2 lf the meteríais are stkky or viscous, ribbon
flight conveyor screws ma y be the choice.
Furthermore, special coatings applied to the
280 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Selection
screws and troughs may also c id the flow of
the materi al.
3 Extremely abrasive ma teria Is may require screws
and troughs ma de of abrasion resistant metals
or the screws may b e provided with hard sur-
faced flights.
4 When the materials are corrosive, it may be
desirable to make the conveyor screws and
troughs of stainless steel, Monel metal, nickel,
aluminum, etc.
5 lf the meteríais are to be mixed or aerated, a
conveyor screw of ribbon flights or cut flights,
or one of these combined with paddles may be
used to obtain the desired results.
6 Meteríais which are to be heated or cooled
may require jacketed troughs arranged for
circulating heating or cooling media.
7 Contaminable materials may require self-
lubricated bearings and screw and t rough con-
struction which will eliminate pockets, cracks,
etc. Such screws and trou ghs will prevent the
accumulation of the material and facilitate
easy cleaning.
Where unusual applications or severe operating condi-
tions are a factor or where there may be doubt as to the
correct selection of screw conveyors, consult Link-Belt.
How to select a horizontal screw conveyor
Consider the following factors when selecting a horizontal
screw conveyor:
Kind and character of material being handled,
such as: size, flowability, abrasiveness, etc.
Weight of material in pounds per cubic foot
Maximum rote et which material is handled in
cub ic feet per hour
Maximum size of lumps in inches, average size
of material and percentage of lumps in total
volume
Length of conveyor in feet
With this information known, proceed as follows:
Establish the material class • Refer to Table 1, page
282, and flnd the material class and weight of the material
being handled. lf this particular material is not listed,
select one with similar characterist ics or determine the
classiflcation by using Table 1, page 563. Additional con-
sideration relative to the capacity should be given to the
handling of materials which interlock or mat, Class X, or
cerote and become flui d, Class Y.

Selection
De termine t he conveyor screw s ize • Knowing the
material class, lump size and required capacity, refer to Table
2 and determine the screw diame ter based on e ither lump size
o r capacity al the maximum recommended speed, whichever
governs.
Determin e the conv e y o r scre w s p e ed • Knowing the
screw diameter from Table 2, obtain the capacity al one revolution
per minute. Calculate the final speed of the conveyor screw by
dividing the required capacity by the capacity al one revolution
per minute.
Determine the component speciflcations • Using the
material classiflcation, weight of material and screw diameter,
refer to Table 3 and determine the componen! group and the
coupling diameter required for the actual length of conveyor. For
conveyor lengths exceeding those listed, consult Link-Belt.
Babbitted and ball bearing hangers are regularly used for
normal operating conditions where lu brication is permissible. Oíl
impregnated wood bearing hangers are usually used where con-
tamination of the material must be avoided. Bronze bearing
hangers are used where temperature is involved or where it is the
purchaser's preference. Hangers with other types of bearings can
be furnished, consult Link-Bel!.
Knowing the componen! group, screw diameter and coupling
diameter, refer to Table 4 for the componen! speciflcations and
determine the type of hanger bearing, coupling, screw, thicknesses
of trough and cover. Various types of hangers, trough ends, and
trough constructions are shown on the preceding pages, and will
suit most ' normal operating conditions.
When the drive shafts, end shafts, a nd couplings operate in
ball bearings, the starting torque is reduced and the overall
e fficiency of the conveyor is increased.
Calculate the required horsepower • The following
formula may be used for calculating the horsepower:
H = AG
where H = horsepower al conveyor drive shaft
CLK
A =equivalen! horsepower
1,000,000
c =ca p acity in cubic feet per hour
L = length of conveyor in fe et
K = horsepower factor from Table 3
G = 1.00 when A = 5.0 or more. When A = less
than 5.0 obtain value of G from Table 5.
With the horsepower and speed al the conveyor drive shaft
known, refer to pages 276-277 for typical drive arrangeme nts.
The horsepower al the motor equals the horsepower al the con-
veyor drive shaft divided by the total efficiency of the drive
selected.
Examples of screw conveyor selection
Problem 1 5elect a horizontal screw conveyor to mee! the
following conditions:
Material ......... . ..... wheat
W ~ight .. .. ..... .. . ... . 45 pounds per cubic foot
Capacity .............. . 2000 cubic feet per hour
Maximum lump size ...... Y2 inch
Le ngth of conveyar. ...... 60 feet
bulk handling
scre w conveyors
Solutlon Refer to Table 1. The material class is Cl 65. Refer to
Table 2. A 12" dia meter screw conveyar having a 140 RPM maxi-
mum operating speed and a capacity of 19.3 cubic feet per
revolution is satisfactory for the capacity and lump size.
2000
Required spe ed of screw = - - = 103.6 RPM
19.3
Refer to Table 3. Component group A, B, C or N is indicated
for Cl 6 material. Also a 2 " diameter coupling is required for the
60-foot long conveyor and the horsepower factor K equals 25.
The specifkations for componen! group A, B, Cor N from Table
4 consist of a choice of babbitted, ball, wood or bronze bearing
hangers, cold rolled steel couplings, 12H408 helicoid or 125407
sectional flight conveyor screws and No. 12 gauge steel trough
with No. 14 ga uge cover.
horsepower H al conveyor drive shaft AG
2000 X 60 X 25
A =3
1,000,000
G = 1.13
H =3 X 1.13=3.39 HP
Knowing horsepower and required speed of screw, refer to
pages 276-277 for typical drives.
Assuming 92 per cent total efficiency for drive selected, horse-
power al the motor equals 3.39 divided by .92 = 3.68 HP.
5elect 5 HP motor for this application.
Problem 2 5elect a horizontal screw conveyor to meet the
following conditions:
Material ... ...... gypsum, raw
Weight . ......... 90 pounds per cubic foot
Capacity ... .. . . . l l 00 cubic feet per hour
Ma x. lump size .... l inch, 15 per cent of total volume
Length of conveyor. 30 feet
Solution Refer to Table l. The material class is 027. Refer to
Table 2. A 16" diameter screw having a 45 RPM maximum operat-
ing sp eed and a capacity of 31.4 cubic feet per revolution is
satisfactory for the capacity and lump size.
1100
Required speed of screw = - - = 35 RPM
31.4
Refer to Table 3. Componen! g roup O is indicated for 027
material. Also a 3 " diameter coupling is required for the 30-foot
long conveyor and the horsepower factor equals 225.
The specifkations for componen! group O from Table 3 consists
of hard iron bearing hangers, hardened steel couplings, l 6H616
helicoid or 165616 sectional flight conveyor screws and 3116" steel
trough with No. 14 gauge cover.
horsepower H al conveyor drive shaft equals AG
A = 1100 X 30 X 225 = .
7 4
l,000,090
G =
H= 7.4 X 1 = 7.4 HP
Knowing horsepower and speed of screw refer to pages 276-
277 for typical drives.
Assuming 92 per cent total efficiency for drive selected, horse-
power al the motor equals 7.4 divided by .92 = 8.04 HP.
5elect l O HP motor for this application.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 281
bulk handling
scre w conve yors

Selection
Table 1 • Typ ica l bu lk material s handl ed by screw con veyors
Average Average
weight per weoght per
Class
Material cubic foat, Material cubic foat Class
p aund s • paunds •
6 6

Alfalfo meal . . . . . . ............ . .. . 17 B3 7W Coffee, ground .............. . .. . ... . 25 826

Almonds, broke n or whole ..... ... .... . 28-30 C27T Coffee, roasted bean ......... , ...... . 22-26 C 16
Alum, lumpy .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-60 0 26 ¿ Cake, loase ........ ... . . ..... .... . . . 23-32 038TX ¿
Alum, fi ne ...................... . ... . 45-50 B26 ¿ Coke, p etroleum, colcined . .... . . .... . . 35-45 028X
Alumina .......... ... . .. . .. . ...... . 60 B28 Coke breeze, \!.'' and under ...... , .. . 25-35 C38
Aluminate jell ...................... . 45 B2 7 Copper sulphate . . . . . . . . . ... . . 026
Aluminum hydra te . . . . . . . .... - .. 18 C26 Copperas (see ferrous sulphate)
Ammonium chloride, crystalline .... . .... . 52 B26 Copra, lumpy . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . 22 026
Ammonium sulphate . . . . . . . .......... . 45 -5 8 ¿
Copra cake, lumpy .... ... ....... .. . 25-30 026
Antimany powder ..... ...... ...... . B27 Copro cake, ground . .............. . 4 0-45 826
Apple pomace, dry . . . . . .. ... .. . 15 C37W Copra meal . . ... . .... . . . . . . . . . 40-45 826
Asbestos shred . . . ............... . 20-25 H37WZ Cork, fine ground .. ....... . . ...... . 12-15 836WY
Ashes, coal, dry, 3" and under ...... . . 35-40 037
Asphalt, crushe d , \12" and under .. ... .. . Cork, granulated .. . ............... . . 12-15 C36
45 C2 6 C26
Bagasse . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... . . Corn, cracked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 -50
7-10 H36WXZ
Ba kelite, fin e ............... . ... . .. . Corn, seed _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 C l65T
30-40 A36
Baking powd e r .. . ... . ........... _. - Corn, shelled . .... ..... .. .. ....... . 45 C165
41 A26
Bark, wood, refuse .. ....... . ... ..... . 10-20 H37X ¿ Corn germs ...... .. ............ . . . . 21 826
Barley .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ····· 38 B16 5 Corn g rits . . ... ... . .... . ...... .. .... . 40-45 B26
Bauxite, crushed, 3" and under . ... .. . 75-85 028 ¿ Corn sugar . ..... . ..... . ........... . 31 826
Be ans, castor, who le ..... . . . . . .... .. . 36 Cornmeal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . 38 -40 826
C1 6
Beo ns, ca stor, me al . . . . . . . . . _. . . . _ B26 Cottonseed, dry, de-l inted . .. ... .. .. .. . 35 C26
Beans, novy, dry ... .............. _ .. 48 C16 Coltonseed, dry, not de-linted . .. . ... . . . 18-25 C3 6
Bentonite, 100 mesh ond und er . . . . . . . 50-60 A27Y ¿ Cottonseed cake, lumpy . ... . . ... .. .. . 40-45 026
Bicarbonate of soda - .. 41 A26 Cottonseed flakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 20-25 ¿
Blood, drie d . . . . . . . .. . 35-45 037 Co ttonseed hulls ... . ................ . 12 836W
Bones .. . . . ..... . . . 35-50 ¿ Coltonseed meol ......... ...... .. . 35-40 826
Boneblack, 100 mesh and und er ...... . 20-25 A27 ¿ CoHonseed mea Is . . ... .. ... . . . 40 826
Bonecha r, \la " and und er . . . . . . . . .. . 27-4 0 B27 Crocklings, crushed, 3" and under. ... 40-50 036
Bonemeal .. ....... .. 55-60 B27 Cryolite . . .... ... .... . ..... 110 027
Borate o f lime . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . A26 ¿ Cullet .. .. 80 -120 028 ¿
Borox, fine ...................... . 53 B26 Oicalcium phosphate . . . . . . . . . . 43 A36
Boric acid , fine .................... . 55 B26 Oolomite, lumpy . . . . . . . 90 - 100 027 ¿
Bren . . . ....... . 16-20 B265W
Bread crumbs . . . . . . . ....... . Ebonite, crushed, \12" and under 63-70 C26
B26T
Brewer's grain, spent, dry . . . . . . . . . . Egg powder . _ .... . 16 ¿
25 -30 C36 ¿
Ep som salts . .. _ . . .. 40-50 B26
Brewer's grain, sp e nl, wet .. ... .... . 55-60 C36P ¿
Buckwheat . . . .. . ........ .. Fe ldspar, g round, \la" ond under . 65-70 827
40-42 B165
Calcium ca rb ide . . . . . . ... ... . 70-80 027 Fe rrous sulphate .. _. . . . . . . .. 50-75 C27
Carbon block, p e ll e tized ........ . 20-25 Bl 6TZ ¿ Fish meal .. .... ... .. .. . ... . .. 35-40 836
Carbon bl ock powder . . .... . ..... . Fish scrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 40-50 H36
4-6 ¿
Casein . . . . . . . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . Flaxsee d 45 8 165
36 B27 ¿
Casi iron chips ................ . ... . . 130-200 C37 Flaxsee d cak e, expeller . . . . . ........ . 48-50 026
Cement, portland . . . . . . . . ... . .. . 65-85 Flaxsee~ meol 25 826
A27Y
Ceme nt clinker . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . 75 -80 028 ¿ Flour, wheot . . . . . . . . . . ... , . . . . 35-40 A36K ¿
Chalk, lump y . . . . . .. ... .. 85-90 037Z Flue dJsl, boiler house, d ry ......... . . 35-45 A18Y ¿
Chalk, 100 mesh ond under ........ . . 70-75 A37YZ Fluorspar . . . . . . ... .. ...... . . 82 C37
Charcoal . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . 18-25 037T Fly a sh, dry (se e flue dJst)
Cind ers, coal . . . .... 40 028 ¿ Fuller's earth, oil filler , burned .. .. .. . . . 40 B28
Clay (see bentonite, Fuller's earth, Fuller's earth, oil fille r, raw ........•. 35-40 827
kaolin and marl) Fuller's earth, oil filler, spent .... .. .... . 60 -65 ¿
Clover seed 48 B165 Gelatine, granul ated . .. ........... . 32 C26T
Coal, anthracite . . . .. 60 C27P Glass batch . . . . . . . . ...... . 90-100 028 ¿
Coal, bituminous, mined, 50 mesh and under 50 B36P Glue, ground, \la" and under ......... . 40 827
Coal, bituminous, mined, sized ....... . 50 026PT Glue, p e arl . . . . . . . . . ............ . 40 C16
Co al, bituminous, mined, slack, \12" Gluten meal . . . . . . . . . ...... , .. .. . 40 826
and under . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 50 C36P Grains, di stillery, spent, d ry ........... . 30 H26W
Cocoa, powdered . .. .. .. ....... ..... . 30-35 A36Z Graphite, flake ....... .. ........... . 40 C26
Cocoa b e ans ............ . . .. .... . . . 30-40 C27T ¿ Graphite, flour .. .. . ..... . .... .. .. . 28 A16Y
Cocoo nibs ... ... . . . . . . ......... . 35 C27 Grape pornace ........ . ....... .. ... . 15-20 C37 W
Coconut, shredded . .. . . . .......... . 20-22 H36 Grass seed. . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .... . 10-12 8265W
Coffee, green b e an . . . . . . . . . . .. . 32 C26T Gypsum, calcined, v.'' and und er . . ... . 55 -60 C27

• Refer to page 563 far c lass1fi ca t ion descriptions. 6 Weight of material loose or slightly og1toted. These weights ore usuolly
¿ Consult Link-Belt. different when moterials ore settled or packed, os in bons or conto iners

282 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
screw conveyors

Selection
Table 1 ( continued) • Typical bu lk materia Is handled by screw conveyors

Aver a g e Average
weight p e r weight per
Closs Closs
Ma te ria l cubic foot, Material cubic foot,
p ounds • pounds •
/'. A

Gypsum, row, 1 inch and und e r .... . . 90 - 100 027 Rice, bren (see bron)
Gypsum, calcined, powdered . . ...... . 60-80 A37 Rice grits . ................... ...... . 42-45 826
Hops, spent, dry .. .. ............. . 35 H36 Rubber, hard ground (see ebonite)
Hops, spent, wet ..... .. ............ . 50-55 H36P Rye ..... . ....................... ·. 44 8165
Ice, crushed ....................... . 35 -45 016 Solt, common dry, coarse . .. .......... . 45-5 0 C37Pl .._
llmenite ore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 140 828 Salt, common dry, fine ............... . 70-80 827Pl .._
lron sulphote (see ferrous sulphate) Salt cake, dry, coorse ................ . 85 027
Kaolin doy, 3" and under ........... . 163 027 Salt cake, dry, pulverized ............ . 65-85 827
Saltpeter ..... ........ ..... ... . .•... 80 8265
lamp block (see carbon block)
Sand, bonk, dry .............. • ..... 90-110 828
l e ad arsenate .... . ... ...... ... . .... . 72 836R
026 Sand, silica, dry .... . ... . ........... . 90-100 818
45-55
lignite, air dried ............ ... . . . . . .
lime, ground, Va" and under ...... . ... . 60 836Z
Sawdust ... ... . .. . ........... . ... . . . 10-13 ...
Shal e, crushed .... .................. . 85-90 c27 .._
lime, hydrated, Va" and under ... ... .. . 40 826YZ Shellac, powdered or gronulated ... .. .. . 31 826K .._
lime, hydrated, pulverized ..... . 32-40 A26YZ Silica gel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 45 828
lime, pebble . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 53 -56 036 Slag, furnace, gronuloted . . . . ....... . 60-65 C28
limestone, ogricultural, Va" and under ... . 68 827 ...
SI ate, crushed, V2" and under .... . . ... . 80-90 C27
limestone, crushed .... . .............. . 85-90 027 ... Slote, ground, Va" and under ....... . . . 82 827
limestone dust ............. ........ . . 75 A37Y .._ Soap beads or granules .............. . 826T
litharge (see leod oxide) Soap chips .. ... . .... ............... . 15-25 C26T .._
Magnesium chloride ................. . 33 C36 Soap flakes ..... . .... ... . .......... . 5- 15 B26T ..t.
Soap powde r .. ...... ...... . ...... . 20-25 B26 .._
Moize (see corn)
22 826SW Soapstone tole, fine ...... .......... . 40-50 A37Z
Malt, dry, ground, Vo" and under ...
Soda a sh, heovy ................... . 55-65 827
Molt, d ry, whole . . . . .. 27 -30 C26S
Malt, wet or green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 60 -65 C36.._ Soda ash, light . . . . . . . . . ..... . ... . . 20-35 A27W

Malt meal ........................ . 36-40 826

Sodium nitrate . . . . . . . . ...... . 70-80 ...
Sodium phosphate (see trisodium
Manganese sulphate ................. . 70 C28 phosphote)
Mari . . . . . . . . . . . . · ·. · . · · · · · · · · · · · · 80 027 ...
Meat, ground .. . .. . .... , .. .. • ....... . 50-55 ... Sodium sulphate (see so lt cake )
Soybean cake, over V2" . . . . . ..... ... . 40-43 026
Mica, ground . .. ..... . .............. . 13-15 827 Soybean Aokes, row o r spent ..... ..... . 18-26 C26W
Mica, pulverized ..... . ...... • ... . ... 13-15 A27Y Soybe an meal, cold ................. . 40 826
Mica, flakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ... . . . 17-22 817WY Soybeons, cracked ................ . 30-40 C27S
Milk, dried flake ........... •. .... . .. 5-6 826K .._ Soybeans, whole . ........ .. ....... . 45 -50 c175 .._
Milk, malted . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 30 -35 A36KZ
Starch ............................ . 25-50 ...
Ste el chips, crushe d .. .. .• .. ......... 100-150 038
Milk, whole, powdered ... . .. . .. . .. .. . 20 836KlZ
Muriate of potash .................. . 77 B28 Sugar, g ranulated ........... . ....... . 50-55 826KT
Mustard seed .......... .. ........ . . 45 8165 Sugar, raw, cene o r beet. ......... . . . 55-65 836Z .._
Sugar beet pulp, dry ............... . 12- 15 ...
Naphthalene Aakes ......... . ... . . . . . 45 ... Sugar beet pulp, wet .. .. ... . .... . .. . 25 -45 ...
Oats ..... .. ........... . .......... . 26 ' C16S
Sulphur, crushed, Y," and under ... .. .. . 50-60 C26S .._
Oats, rolled .... . . . . .... . .. .. . . . .. . . 19 C26SW
Sulphur, lumpy, 3" and under ... ...... . . 80-85 0265 ...
Oronge peel, dry ................... . 15 H36
Sulphur, powdered .................. . 50-60 826SY .a.
Oxalic acid crystals ............... . 60 836l Talcum powder ... . ................. . 40-60 A27Y
Oyster shells, ground , Y," and under .
Oyster shells, whole . .. .......... .
53 C27 Tonbor~ ground .................... . 55 ...
027X Timothy seed ........... . ......... . . . 36 826SW
Paper pulp . .. . .. ............ . .. . . . ... Tobocco, scrops . .. .................. . 15-25 036W
Tobacco, snuff ...... .. .............. . 30 B36TY
Peanuts, in shells .. . .......... . .... . . 15-20 026T
Peanuts, shelled ......... . ........... . 35-45 C26T Trisodium phosphote .. .... . .... .. . ... . 60 827
Peas, dried ...................... . . . 45-50 C16ST Tung nut meats, crushe d .... .. . .... . . . . 25 026
Phosphate rock ...... ... .. ..... .... . 75-85 027 ... Vermiculite, expended .... .. ... . ... . . . 16 C37W
Vermiculite ore ..... .. .. . ...... . .... . 80 027
Phosphate sand . . . . . . .. ... . 90-100 828 45-48 C16S
Wheot .... .... .................... .
Ploster of peris (see gypsum, colcined,
Wheot, cracked ............ . ..... . 40-45 8265
powdered ) 28 826
Wheat germ ........ . ........... .. .
Potossium nitrote ............... . ... . 76 C17P
Wood chips ... ... ..... . .... . ....... . 10-30 H36WX ..t.
Pum ice, \la " and under . . ........ . ... . 42 -45 838 ... Wood Aour ... .. . .......... .. . . ... . 16-36 ...
Rice, hulled or polished ............. .. . 45-48 816 Zinc oxide, heavy .... . ......... .. ... . 30-35 A36Z .._
Rice, rough ...................... ... . 36 8265 Zinc oxide, light ... ... .... ... . ... .... . 10-15 A36WZ .._

• Reler to poge 563 far classifica t ion descriptions. A W eight of material loase or slightly agitated. These w eights a re usually
.._ Consult Link-Belt. dil!erent when moteriols ore seuled or poded, os i n bins or containers.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 283
bulk handling
screw conveyors

Selection
Table 2 • Capacities and speeds of ho rizo ntal screw conveyors
Maximum Capacity a l 1
Moximum maximum Capacity al
Material Screw recommended
lump size, re commended 1 RPM
class diometer, speed, Trough loading
inches speed
• inches
• RPM
® Cubic leet per hour
6 lA 165 375 2.27

0
9 1 Y2 150 1200 8.0
A16 12 2 140 2700 19.3
B16 14 2 y, 130 4000 30.8
C1 6 16 3 120 5600 46.6
18 3 115 7600 66.1
20 3 Y2 105 9975 95.0 45 per cent

016, H1 6 6 3A 120 180 1.5

9 1 y, 100 560 5.6
A26,A36 12 2 90 1200 13.3
B26, B36 14
C26, C36 2 Y2 85 1790 21.1

w
·16 3 80 251 0 3 1.4
026, 0 36 18 3 75 45.4
H26, H36 3400
20 3 Y2 70 4340 62.1
6 3A 60 90 1.5
A17, A27, A37 9 1 Y2 50 280 5.6 .
B17, B27, B37 12 2 50 665 13.3 30 per cen t
C17, C27, C37 · 14 2 Y2 45 950 21.1
0 17, 027, 037 16 3 45 1410 31.4
H17, H27, H37 18 3 40 1850 45.4
20 3 Y2 40 2485 62.1
6 60 45 .75

~""
3A
A18, A28, A38 9 1 Y2 50 140 2.8
B18, B28, 838 12 2 50 335 6.7
C18,C28, C38 14 2 y, 45 470 10.5
0 18, 028, 038 16 3 45 705 15.7
H18, H28, H38 18 3 40 910 22.7
20 3 y, 40 1240 31.1 1S per cent

¿ Consider only th e classifications show n w hen selecting screw diameters not exceed one ·half of the maximum lump size . When lumps exceed 25"fo
and speeds. of volume or mate rial conta ins hard, unbreakable lumps, con sult Link-Belt.
• Unsized material consisting of coarse and fines wh e re 25% of volum e ® Speeds higher than those recommended will result in accelera ted we ar
d oes not exceed maximum lump si ze and ave rag e size of balance does on hanger bearings and couplings.

Table 3 • Component g roups, conveyor lengths and horse power fa ctors

Weight Moxlmum length o f conveyor in feet ¿ Hor sepower fa ctor K
of Screw diometer, inches Screw d iameter, inche s
Moterial Componen! materia!,
closs group, pounds
6 1 9 1 12 1 14 1 16 1 18 1 20
Table 4 per cubic Coupling di ameter, inches 6 9 12 114 1 16 1 18 1 20
foot l l/2 l 1V2 1 2 1 2 12'll6 I 3 1 2 ~1 3 13 1 3 1 3 13 ~ 1 1
1 to 10 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 250 250 18 10 9 8 8 7 7
10 t o 20 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 235 250 22 14 13 12 12 11 11
20 to 30 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 185 235 26 18 17 16 16 15 15
Al6 A, B, C 30 to 40 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 2 10 145 185 30 22 21 20 20 19 19
Bl6 Fo 40 to 50 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 225 175 120 155 34 26 25 24 24 23 23
C16 N 50 to 60 100 100 150 150 200 250 170 250 190 150 105 130 38 30 29 28 28 27 27
60 to 70 100 100 150 150 200 250 150 250 170 130 90 115 42 34 33 32 32 31 31
70 to 80 100 100 150 150 200 250 130 225 150 110 80 100 46 38 37 36 36 35 35
80 to 90 100 100 150 150 185 250 120 205 135 100 70 90 50 42 41 40 40 39 39
90 to 100 100 100 150 140 170 250 11 0 185 125 95 65 80 51 46 45 44 44 43 43
- - -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - -- - - -- - -
1 to 10 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 250 250 28 15 13 12 12 11 10
10 to 20 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 250 250 34 21 19 18 18 17 16
20 to 30 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 190 250 40 27 25 24 24 23 22
A26 A, B, C 30 t o 40 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 200 150 190 46 33 31 30 30 29 28
B26 Fo 40 to 50 100 100 150 150 200 250 195 250 220 165 120 155 52 39 37 36 36 35 34
C26 N 50 t o 60 100 100 150 150 200 250 165 250 190 140 105 135 58 45 43 42 43 41 40
60 to 70 100 100 150 150 200 250 145 245 165 120 90 115 64 51 49 48 48 47 46
70 to 80 100 100 150 150 200 250 130 220 145 110 80 105 70 57 55 54 54 53 52
80 to 90 100 100 150 150 180 250 11 5 195 130 100 70 90 76 63 6 1 60 60 59 58
90 to 100 100 100 150 135 165 250 105 180 120 90 65 85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64
¿ Consult Link-Belt fo r lengths in excess o f tho se listed .
0 For mildly corrosive mate rials, C lass P.

284 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
1crew conveyors

Selection
Table 3 ( continued) • Component groups, conveyor lengths and horsepower factors
Maximum length af conveyor in feet¿ Harsepa wer f actor K
Weight
of Screw diameter, inches Screw di a meter, inches
Mctericl
clcss
Componen!
group,
material,
pcunds 6 1 9 1
12 1
14 1 16 118 1
20
Table 4 per cubic Coupling dicmeter, inches 6 9 12 14 16 18 20
foot
1'h 1v, ¡2 2 2~ 1 3 1 2~ 1 3 3 3 13 1 3~
1

l to 10 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 250 250 32 19 17 16 16 15 14
10 to 20 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 230 175 225 42 29 27 26 26 25 24
20 to 30 100 100 150 150 200 250 195 250 220 165 125 160 52 39 37 36 36 35 34
30 to 40 100 100 150 150 200 250 150 250 170 130 95 120 62 49 47 46 46 45 44
A 36 A, B,C 40 to 50 100 100 150 150 195 250 125 210 140 105 75 100 72 59 57 56 56 55 54
B 36 F0
e 36 N 50 to 60 100 100 150 135 165 250 105 180 120 90 85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64
65
60 to 70 100 100 150 120 145 240 90 155 105 75 75 92 79 77 76 76 75 74
55
70 to 80 100 95 150 105 125 215 80 135 95 65 65 102 89 87 86 86 85 84
50
80 to 90 100 85 150 95 115 190 70 120 85 60 55 112 99 97 96 96 95 94
45
90 to 100 100 80 150 85 105 175 65 110 75 55 50 122 109 107 106 106 105 104
40
1 to 10
---- - - -- - -
100 100 150 150 200 250
------
200 250 250 250
-- - - -- -- -- -- - - -- - - - -
250 250 28 15 13 12 12 11 10
l O to 20 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 250 250 34 21 19 18 18 17 16
20 to 30 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 190 245 40 27 25 24 24 23 22
30 to 40 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 200 150 190 46 33 31 30 30 29 28
o 16 G, H, J 40 to 50 100 100 150 150 200 250 195 250 220 165 125 160 52 39 37 36 36 35 34
H 16 F0 50 to 60 100 100 150 150 200 250 165 250 190 140 105 135 58 45 43 42 42 41 40
60 to 70 100 100 150 150 200 250 145 245 165 125 90 115 64 51 49 48 48 47 46
70 to 80 100 100 150 150 200 250 130 220 150 110 80 105 70 57 55 54 54 53 52
80 to 90 100 100 150 150 180 250 115 195 135 100 70 95 76 63 61 60 60 59 58
90 to 100 100 100 150 135 165 250 105 180 120 90 65 85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64
- - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 to 10 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 250 250 32 19 17 16 16 15 14
10 to 20 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 230 175 225 42 29 27 26 26 25 24
20 to 30 100 100 150 150 200 250 195 250 220 165 120 160 52 39 37 36 36 35 34
30 to 40 100 100 150 150 200 250 150 250 175 130 95 120 62 49 47 46 46 45 44
o 26 G, H, J 40 to 50 100 100 150 150 190 250 125 210 140 105 75 100 72 59 57 56 56 55 54
H 26 F0
100 100 150 135 165 250 105 180 120 90 65 85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64
50 to 60
60 to 70 100 100 150 120 145 240 90 155 105 75 55 75 92 79 77 76 76 75 74
70 to 80 100 95 150 105 125 215 80 135 95 65 50 65 10 2 89 87 86 86 85 84
80 to 90 100 85 150 95 110 190 70 120 85 60 45 55 112 99 97 96 96 95 94
90 to 100 100 80 150 85 100 175 65 110 75 55 40 50 122 109 107 106 106 105 104
-------- - - - -- -- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
l to 10 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 220 250 37 24 22 21 21 20 19
10 t o 20 100 100 150 150 200 250 195 250 220 165 120 160 52 39 37 36 36 35 34
20 to 30 100 100 150 150 200 250 135 230 150 115 85 110 67 54 52 51 51 50 49
30 to 40 100 100 150 135 165 250 105 175 120 90 65 85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64
o 36 G, H, J 40 to 50 100 100 150 110 130 225 85 145 95 70 50 68 97 84 82 81 81 80 79
H 36 F0
50 to 60 100 85 150 95 115 195 70 120 80 60 45 57 112 99 97 96 96 95 94
60 to 70 100 75 150 80 100 165 60 105 70 50 38 50 127 114 112 111 111 11 0 109
70 to 80 100 65 150 70 85 145 55 90 60 45 34 43 142 129 127 126 126 125 124
80 to 90 100 60 150 60 75 130 50 80 55 40 30 39 157 144 142 141 141 140 139
90 to 100 100 55 135 55 70 120 45 75 50 35 27 35 172 159 157 156 156 155 154
- - - - - - - - - - -- -- - - - -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - -- - -
1 to 10 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 200 250 62 33 28 26 25 23 21
10 to 20 100 100 150 150 200 250 195 250 225 175 135 175 72 43 38 36 35 33 3 1
20 t o 30 100 90 150 150 200 250 150 250 175 135 100 130 82 53 48 46 45 43 41
30 to 40 100 75 150 150 190 250 125 210 145 110 80 105 92 63 58 56 55 53 51
Al 7 40 to 50 100 65 150 135 160 250 105 180 120 90 70 85 102 73 68 66 65 63 61
B 17 o
C 17 50 to 60 100 55 150 115 140 240 95 155 105 80 60 75 112 83 78 76 75 73 71
60 to 70 100 50 150 105 125 210 80 135 95 70 50 65 122 93 88 86 85 83 81
70 to 80 100 47 150 95 110 190 70 120 85 60 46 60 132 103 98 96 95 93 91
80 to 90 100 43 150 85 100 175 65 110 75 55 41 55 142 113 108 106 105 103 101
90 to 100 100 39 150 75 95 160 60 100 70 50 38 48 152 123 118 116 115 113 111

Á Consult Link-Belt lo r lengths in excess ol those listed,

0 Far mildly corrosive matericls, Class P.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 285
bulk handling
s crew conveyors

Selection
Table 3 ( continued) • Com po nent groups, conveyor lengths and horsepower factors
Weight Maximu m length of conveyor in feet • Horse pow er factor K
of Screw diometer, inches Screw diameter, inches
Material Componen! material,
class group, pounds 6 1 9 1 12 1 14 1 16 1 18 1 20
Table 4 per cubic
foot l V2 J 1V2 1 2 1 2
Coupling diomeler, inches
1 2~1 3 1 2~ 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 ~
6
1
9 112 1 14 , 16 l 18 I 20
1 to 10 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 200 155 200 68 39 34 32 31 29 27
10 to 20 100 90 150 150 200 250 145 250 170 130 100 125 84 55 50 48 47 45 43
20 t o 30 100 70 150 140 170 250 110 185 125 95 70 90 100 71 66 64 63 61 59
30 to 40 100 55 150 110 135 225 85 150 100 75 55 70 116 87 82 80 79 77 75
A27 40 to 50 100 47 150 95 115 190 75 120 85 60 46 60 132 103 98 96 95 93 91
827 o
C27 50 to 60 100 41 150 80 95 165 65 105 70 55 39 50 148 119 114 112 111 109 107
60 to 70 100 36 150 70 85 145 55 90 60 46 34 44 164 135 130 128 127 125 123
70 to 80 100 32 145 60 75 130 48 80 55 41 30 39 180 151 146 144 143 141 139
80 to 90 100 29 130 55 65 115 43 70 50 37 27 35 196 167 162 160 159 157 155
90 to l 00 95 26 120 50 60 105 40 65 45 33 24 31 212 183 178 176 165 178 171
l 10
- -- -
100 100 150 150
-- - - - - -
200 250 195 250 225 175 135 175
- - - - - -
to 72 43 38 36 35 33 31
10 to 20 100 75 150 150 190 250 125 210 145 11 0 80 105 92 63 58 56 55 53 51
20 to 30 100 60 150 125 140 235 90 155 105 80 60 75 112 83 78 76 75 73 71
30 to 40 100 47 150 95 110 180 75 120 85 60 46 60 132 103 88 96 95 93 91
A37 40 to 50 100 39 150 75 95 155 60 100 70 50 38 48 152 123 118 116 115 113 111
837 o
C37 50 to 60 100 34 150 65 80 135 50 85 60 43 32 40 172 143 138 136 135 133 131
60 to 70 100 30 130 55 70 120 44 75 50 37 27 35 192 163 158 156 155 153 151
70 to 80 95 26 115 50 60 105 39 65 45 33 24 31 212 183 178 176 175 173 171
80 to 90 85 24 105 46 55 95 35 60 41 30 22 28 232 203 198 196 195 193 191
90 to 100 80 22 95 41 50 85 32 55 36 27 20 25 252 223 218 216 215 213 211
l to 1O
- - - - -- -
100 100 150 150 200 250
-
200
-250 -250 - -
205 170
-
215
-
66
-37 - 32 -
30
-
29 27
--
25
10 to 20 100 95 150 150 200 250 160 250 185 135 110 140 80 51 46 44 43 41 39
20 to 30 100 75 150 150 185 250 120 205 140 100 80 100 94 65 60 58 57 55 53
30 to 40 100 60 150 125 150 250 95 165 110 80 60 80 108 79 74 72 71 69 67
017 40 to 50 100 50 150 100 130 210 80 135 95 65 50 65 122 93 88 86 85 83 81
Hl7 o
50 to 60 100 45 150 90 110 185 70 120 80 55 45 55 136 107 102 100 99 97 95
60 to 70 100 40 150 80 95 160 60 100 70 49 38 50 150 121 116 114 113 111 100
70 to 80 100 36 150 70 85 145 55 90 60 44 34 43 164 135 130 128 127 125 123
80 to 90 100 33 145 60 75 130 49 80 55 39 30 39 178 149 144 142 141 139 137
90 to l 00 100 30 130 55 70 120 45 75 50 35 27 35 192 163 158 156 155
l to 10
- - - -
100 100 150 150 200 250 190
-
250
-220 -170 -130 -
170
-
73
-
44
-
39
-
37 36
-153
34
151
-
32
10 to 20 100 75 150 150 185 250 120 205 140 105 80 100 94 65 60 58 57 55 53
20 to 30 100 55 150 110 135 230 90 150 100 75 55 75 115 86 81 79 78 76 74
30 to 40 100 45 150 90 110 180 70 120 80 60 44 55 136 107 102 100 99 97 95
027 40 to 50 100 38 150 75 90 150 55 95 65 49 36 46 157 128 123 121 120 118 116
H27 o
50 to 60 100 33 145 60 75 130 50 85 55 41 30 39 178 149 144 142 141 139 137
60 to 70 100 28 125 55 65 115 43 75 50 36 26 34 199 170 165 163 162 160 158
70 to 80 90 25 115 49 60 100 38 65 43 32 23 30 220 191 186 184 183 181 179
80 to 90 80 23 105 43 55 90 34 55 38 29 21 27 241 212 207 205 204 202 200
90 to 100 75 21 95 40 49 85 30 50 35 26 19 24 262 233 228 226 225 223 221
l to 10
- -- -
100 100 150 150 200
-
250 160
-
250
- - -
190 145 11 o
-
140 79
-
50
-
45
- 43
42
- 40 --
38
10 to 20 100 65 150 125 155 250 100 170 115 85 65 85 106 77 72 70 69 67 65
20 to 30 100 46 150 90 110 190 72 120 85 60 45 60 133 104 99 97 96 94 92
30 to 40 100 37 150 70 90 150 55 95 65 47 35 45 160 131 126 124 123 121 119
037 40 to 50 100 31 135 60 70 120 46 80 50 39 28 37 187 158 153 151 150 148 146
H37
o
50 to 60 95 26 115 50 60 105 40 65 45 33 24 31 214 185 180 178 177 175 173
60 to 70 85 23 100 43 55 90 33 55 39 28 21 27 241 212 207 205 204 202 200
70 to 80 75 20 90 39 47 80 30 50 34 25 18 23 268 239 234 232 231 229 227
80 to 90 70 18 80 35 42 71 27 45 30 22 16 21 295 266 261 259 258 256 254
90 to l 00 65 17 75 31 38 65 24 40 28 20 15 19 322 293 288 286 285 283 281
- -- - - -
l to 10 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 230 250 119 62 51 48 45 40 37
10 to 20 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 210 160 205 134 77 66 63 60 55 52
20 to 30 100 100 150 150 200 250 180 250 210 165 125 160 149 92 81 78 75 70 67
30 to 40 100 90 150 150 200 250 152 250 175 135 105 130 164 107 96 93 90 85 82
Al8 40 to 50 100 80 150 150 200 250 130 220 150 115 85 110 179 122 111 108 105 100 97
818 M
Cl8 50 to 60 100 70 150 145 175 250 115 190 130 100 75 95 194 137 126 123 120 115 112
60 to 70 100 65 150 130 155 250 100 170 117 90 65 85 209 152 141 138 135 130 127
70 to 80 100 60 150 115 140 240 90 155 105 80 60 75 224 167 156 153 150 145 142
80 to 90 100 55 150 105 130 220 80 140 95 70 55 65 239 182 171 168 165 160 157
90 to 100 100 50 150 95 120 200 75 1130 90 65 48 60 254 197 186 183 180 175 172
Á C onsulr Lank·Belt for leng rhs 1n excess of those lrsted

286 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
scre w conve yors

Selection
Table 3 ( continued 1 • Component groups, conveyor lengths and horsepower foctors
Maximum length of conveyor in feet• Horsepower factor K
Weight
of Scr e w dio meter, inches Screw diometer, inches
Moteriol Compone ni material,
9 12 14 20
closs group, pounds 6 1 1 1 1 16 1 18 1

Toble 4 per cubic Coupling diometer, inches 6 9 12 14 16 18 20

foot
l '/2 ¡ 1y, 1 2 1 2 1 2 ~ 1 3 1 27,i, 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 3 ',io 1
1
l to 10 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 ,250 245 1190 245 126 69 58 55 52 47 44
10 to 20 100 100 150 150 200 250 185 250 215 165 125 165 148 91 80 77 74 69 66
20 to 30 100 85 150 150 200 250 140 240 165 125 95 125 170 113 102 99 96 91 88
30 to 40 100 70 150 150 200 250 115 195 135 110 75 100 192 135 124 121 118 113 110
A28 40 to 50 100 60 150 125 150 250 100 170 115 85 65 80 214 157 146 143 140 135 132
828 M
C28 100 55 150 105 130 220 145 100 85 75 55 70 236 179 168 165 162 157 154
50 to 60
60 lo 70 100 48 150 95 115 195 125 85 75 65 48 65 258 201 190 187 184 179 176
70 lo 80 100 43 150 85 105 175 115 75 65 55 42 55 280 223 212 209 206 201 198
80 to 90 100 39 150 75 95 160 105 70 60 50 38 50 302 245 234 231 228 223 220
90 to 100 100 36 150 70 85 145 95 65 55 47 35 45 324 267 256 253 250 245 242
- - -- - - - - - -- - - - - - -- ---- - - - - - -- - - - - -- -
1 to 10 100 100 150 150 200 250 150 250 250 210 165 210 134 77 66 63 60 55 52
1O to 20 100 90 150 150 200 250 150 250 175 135 105 130 164 107 96 93 90 85 82
20 to 30 100 70 150 140 175 250 115 195 130 100 95 95 194 137 126 123 120 115 112
30 to 40 100 60 150 115 140 240 90 155 105 80 60 75 224 167 156 153 150 145 142
A38 40 to 50 100 50 150 95 120 200 75 130 1 90 65 50 60 254 197 186 183 180 175 172
838 M
C38 50 to 60 100 42 150 85 105 170 65 110 55 41 55 284 227
75 216 213 210 1205 202
60 to 70 100 38 150 75 90 150 55 95 65
46 36 47 314 257 246 243 240 235 232
70 to 80 100 34 150 65 80 135 50 85 43 32 41 344 287
60 276 273 270 265 262
80 to 90 100 30 135 55 70 115 46 75 55
39 29 37 374 317 306 303 300 295 292
90 to 100 100 28 125 50 65 110 42 70 48
35 26 34 404 347 336 333 330 325 322
- -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - --- - ------
1 to 10 100 100 150 lSO 200 2SO 200 2SO 2SO 2SO 200 2SO 124 67 S6 S3 so 4S 42
10 lo 20 100 100 150 150 200 250 190 250 230 17S 135 175 144 87 76 73 70 65 62
20 lo 30 100 90 150 150 200 250 lSO 250 180 135 102 130 164 107 96 93 90 85 82
30 lo 40 100 75 150 150 190 250 125 210 145 110 80 105 184 127 116 113 110 105 102
40 to 50 100 65 150 135 160 250 lOS 175 120 90 70 90 204 147 136 133 130 125 122
018 E
H18 140 235 155 105
50 lo 60 100 55
150 115 90 80 60 75 224 167 156 153 150 145 142
60 to 70 100 50
150 100 125 210 80 135 90 70 50 65 244 187 176 173 170 11 65 162
70 to 80 100 43
150 90 110 190 70 120 80 60 46 60 264 207 196 193 190 185 182
80 lo 90 100 43
150 80 100 170 65 110 75 55 41 55 284 227 216 213 210 205 202
90 lo 100 100 39
150 75 95 160 60 100 70 50 38 48 304 247 236 233 230 225 222
---- - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -- - - --
1lo10 100 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 210 160 205 134 77 66 63 60 55 52
10 lo 20 100 90 150 150 200 250 150 250 175 135 100 135 164 107 96 93 90 85 82
20 lo 30 100 70 150 145 175 250 115 195 130 100 75 95 194 137 126 123 120 115 112
30 to 40 100 60 150 115 140 240 90 155 105 80 60 75 224 167 156 153 150 145 142
40 lo SO 100 50 150 100 120 200 76 130 90 65 45 65 254 197 186 183 180 175 172
0 28 E
H28 100 41
50 lo 60 43 150 85 100 170 65 110 75 55 55 284 227 216 213 210 205 202
60 lo 70 100 38 150 75 90 150 55 95 65 49 36 46 314 257 246 243 240 235 232
70 lo 80 100 34 150 65 80 135 50 85 60 43 32 41 344 287 276 273 270 265 262
80 lo 90 100 30 135 55 70 120 46 80 55 39 29 37 374 317 306 303 300 295 292
90 lo 100 100 28 125 50 65 110 42 70 48 35 26 33 404 347 336 333 330 325 322
- - - - - - - - - -- -- -- - - ---- -- - - -- - - -- - -
1to1 0 100 100 150 150 200 250 190 250 230 175 135 175 144 87 76 73 70 65 62
10 to 20 100 76 150 150 190 250 125 210 140 110 80 105 184 127 116 113 110 105 102
20 to 30 100 58 150 115 140 235 90 155 105 80 60 75 224 167 156 153 150 145 142
30 to 40 100 47 150 95 110 190 70 125 85 60 45 60 264 207 196 193 190 185 182
40 lo 50 100 39 150 75 90 155 60 100 70 50 38 49 304 247 236 233 230 225 222
038 E
H38 50 lo 60 100 32 41 344 287 276 273 270 265 262
34 150 65 80 135 50 85 60 43
60 to 70 100 30 130 55 70 120 45 75 51 37 28 35 384 327 316 313 310 305 302
70 to 80 95 26 115 50 60 105 39 65 45 33 24 31 424 367 356 353 350 345 342
80 to 90 85 24 105 45 55 95 35 60 40 30 22 29 464 407 396 393 390 385 382
90 to 100 80 22 95 41 50 85 32 55 36 27 20 25 504 447 436 433 430 425 422

• Consvlt Link-Belt fo r lengths in excess of those listed.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 287
bulk handling
screw conveyors

Selection
Table 4 • Component group specificati ons

Scr e w number Scre w number

Screw Coupling Scre w Co upling
Troug h Cover Trough Cove r
dio meter, diameter, diameter, di a meter ,
Helicoid Sectiono l thickness thickness He licoid Sectional thickness thickness
inches inches inches inches
flight fli ght fl ig ht fligh t
1 1

Component group A . babbitted bearing hangers Component group F .

Component group B . wood b earing hangers babbitted b ea ring hangers

Component group C . b ronze bearing hang ers extra- heavy trough

Component group N . ba ll bearing hangers extra-heavy fli ghts

cold rolled steel couplings
regula r trough
regular flights
4 1 4H 206 ....... 10 ge. 16 ge.

cold rolled steel co uplings 6 1 112 6H 31 2 65 3 12 3M in. 14 ge.

4 1 4H 20 4 ... .... 16 ge. 16 ge. 1 \/2 9H 31 2 95 3 12 3M in. 14 ge.

9 2 9541 6 14 ga.
9H 41 6 3Min.

6 1 \/2 6H 30 4 65 30 4 16 ge. 16 ga.

2 12H 412 125 41 6 \4 in. 14 ge.
1 \/2 9H 306 95 305 14 ga. 16 ge. 12 2 'll6 12H 51 2 125 5 12 \4 in. 14 ga.
9 2 9 H 40 6 95 405 14 ge. 16 ga. 3 12H 6 16 125616 Y. in. 14 ga.
2 12H 40 8 125 407 12 ga. 14 ga. 2 'll6 l 4H 508 145 5 12 \4 in. 14 ga.
14
12 2 ~6 12 H 508 125 507 12 ge. 14 ga. 3 14H 614 145 61 6 \4 in. 14 ga.
3 12H 6 16 125 612 12 ga. 14 ge.
16 3 16 H 616 165 6 16 \4 in. 14 ga.
2 ~6 14 H 50 8 145 507 12 ga. 14 ga.
14 3 14 H 6 14 145 6 12 12 ga. 14 ga.
16 3 16 H 61 0 165612 12 ge. 14 ga. Component group G . woo d b ear ing h ongers
Component group H . b obb itted beo ring hong er s
Compone nt group D . ho rd iron b eoring hongers Component group J . bronze beo ring hong ers
heovy trough
heevy trough
heovy flig hts
heovy flights
cold rolled steel couplings
hordened steel couplings

4 H 206 .... .. 14 ge. 16 ge.

4 1 4H 206 ....... 14 ga. 16 ge.
4 1 .
6 1 \/2 6H 308 65 309 12 ga. 14 ga.
6 1 \/2 6 H 308 65 309 12 ga. 14 ga.
1 \/2 9 H 312 95 309 10 ga. 14 ge.
1 \/2 9 H 3 12 95 309 10 ge. 14 ge. 9
9 2 9H 4 12 95 412 10 ga. 14 ga.
2 9 H 41 2 95412 10 ga. 14 ge.
2 12H 4 12 125412 3116 in. 14 ga.
2 l 2H 4 12 125412 3M in. 14 ga.
12 2 7M 12H 5 12 125512 3116 in. 14 ga.
12 2 ~6 12H 5 12 1255 12 3116 in. 14 ga.
3 12H 616 125616 3116 in. 14 ga.
3 l 2H 616 1256 16 3116 in. 14 ga.
2 ~6 14H 508 145 512 3116 in. 14 ge.
2~ l 4H 508 145512 3M in. 14 ga. 14
14 3 14H 6 14 145 616 3116 in. 14 ga.
3 14H 6 14 1456 16 3116 in. 14 ga.
16 3 16H 6 16 165 6 16 3116 in. 14 ga.
16 3 16H 616 165 616 3116 in. 14 ga.

Component group E . hord iron b eoring hongers Component group M . hord iron beoring hong ers
extr o-heovy trough heovy trough
extro-heovy fli ghts ext ro- heovy flights
hord ened stee l coup lings hordened steel coupling s

4 1 4H 206 ..... . . 10 ga. 16 ga. 4 1 4 H 206 ..... 14 ge. 16 ge .

6 1 \/2 6 H 312 65 312 3116 in. 14 ga. 6 1 \/2 6H 312 65 312 12 ga . 14 ga.

9
1 \/2
2
9H 312
9 H 416
' 95 3 12
95 4 16
3116
3116
in.
in.
14 ge.
14 ge. 9
1 \/2
2
9H 312
9H 4 16
95 312
95416
10 ga.
10 ga.
14 ge.
14 ga.
2 l 2H 4 12 125 41 6 \4 in. 14 ga. 2 12H 4 12 125416 3116 in. 14 ge.
12 2 ~6 12H 512 125 51 2 \4 in. 14 ge. 12 2 7M 12H 512 125512 3116 in. 14 ga.
3 12 H 6 16 125 616 \4 in. 14 ge. 3 12H 6 16 125616 3116 in. 14 ga.
2~ 14 H 508 145 5 12 \4 in. 14 ga. 2 7116 l 4H 508 145512 3116 in. 14 ge.
14 14
3 14 H 6 14 145 6 16 \4 in. 14 ge. 3 14H 61 4 145616 3116 in. 14 ga.
16 3 16H 6 16 165 6 16 \4 in. 14 ga. 16 3 16H 616 165616 3116 in. 14 ga.

288 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
screw conveyors

Selection
Table S • Factor G
Factor G
Equivalen!
harsepower Percenlage of maximum recommended s p eed A
A
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17 - 18 19- 22 23-24
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
.20 1.14 1 1.26 1.35 1.43 1.50 1.57 1.68 1.77 1.86 1.93 2.0 2.12
.21 - .25 1.11 1 1.21 1.29 1.36 1.43 1.54 1.64 1.72 1.79 1.87 1.97
.26- .30 1.09 1.18 1.25 1.32 1.43 1.52 1.61 1.68 1.75 1.86
1 - --
.3 1 - .35 1.08 1.16 1.22 1.29 1.43 1.51 1.59 1.65 1.77
- --
.36- .40 1.07 1.14 1.26 1.35 1.43 1.53 1.57 1.68
1 '
.41. .45 1.07 1.18 1.27 1.35 1.43 1.49 1.61
.46- .50 . 1

1.12 1 1.21 1.29 1.37 1.43 1.54

.51- .60 1 1.09 1.18 1.25 1.32 1.43
.61 - .70 1 1.08 1.15 1.22 1.33
.71 - .80 1.00 in this o rea
1 1
1 1.07 1.13 1.25
.81. .90 1.06 1.18
1 1
1
1

.9 1-1 .0 1 1.12
1.1 -1.2 1 1
1 1

Factor G
Equivalen!
horsepower Percenlage of maximum recommended speed A
A
25-28 29-32 33-36 37-40 41 - 46 47-52 53-58 59-64 65-72 73-80 81-90 91-100
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.20 2.21 2.29 2.37 2.43 2.52 2.59 2.66 2.72 2.80 2.86 2.94 3.00
. '

~
. 21 -.25 2.07 2.1 5 2.23 2.29 2.45 1 2.52 2.58 2.65 2.72 2.79 2.86
.26 -.30 1.96 2.04 2.12 2.18 4 2.34 2.41 2.47 2.54 2.61 2.67 2.75
1
.31 -.35 1.86 1.95 2.02 2.08 2.17 2.25 2.32 2.38 2.45 2.52 2.58 2.65
.36 -.40 1.78 1.86 1.94 2.0 2.08 2. 17 2.23 2.29 2.36 2.43 2.50 2.57
.41 - .45 1.70 1.79 1.86 1.93 2.02 2.09 2.16 2.22 2.29 2.36 2.43 2.49
,46 -.50 1.64 1.72 1.80 1.87 1.96 2.03 2.10 2. 16 2.23 2.30 2.36 2.43
.51 - .60 1.53 1.61 1.68 1.75 1.84 1.91 1.98 2.0 4 2.12 2.18 2.26 2.32
.61 -.70 1.43 1.51 1.59 1.65 1.73 1.82 1.88 1.94 2.02 2.08 2.15 2.22
.71 - .80 1.34 1.43 1.50 1.57 1.65 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00 2.07 2.14
.81 -.90 1.27 1.35 1.43 1.49 1.58 1.66 1.73 1.78 1.87 1.93 2.00 2.06
.91 - 1.0 1.2 1 1.29 1.36 1.43 1.52 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.86 1.94 2.00
1.1 - 1.2 1.09 1.18 1.26 1.32 1.40 1.48 1.55 1.61 1.68 1.75 1.82 1.88
1.3 • 1.4 1.08 1.16 1.22 1.31 1.38 1.45 1.51 1.59 1.65 1.72 1.79
1.5 -1.6 1.08 1.14 1.23 1.31 1.37 1.43 1.50 1.57 1.64 1.70
1.7 • 1.8 1.07 1.16 1.23 1.30 1.36 1.43 1.49 1.57 1.63
1.9 -2.0 1 1.09 1.17 1.23 1.30 1.37 1.43 1.50 1.57
2.1 -2.3 1.08 1.15 1.21 1.28 1.34 1.42 1.48
2.4 -2.6 1.07 1.13 1.20 1.27 1.34 1.40
2.7 -2.9 1.06 1.13 1.20 1.28 1.34
3.0 -3.2 1.07 1.13 1.21 1.28
3.3 - 3.6 1.00 in this ore a 1.07 1.13 1.20

~
3.7 -4.0 1.07 1.13

~
4.1 -4.5
4.6 -5.0
required screw spee d
APercentoge = maximum recommended screw speed, Table 2
X 100.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 289
bulk handling
screw conveyors

General layout data

Following a re sorne general doto which will contribute to on
economicol, efficient ond satisfoctory screw conveyor insto llation.
Trough
Troughs of 5 ond 1 O foot lengths should be used wherever possible.
The short trough section, when required, should be locoted ot the
end opposite the short length of screw.

End Aonges should be provided with feet, if support a rronge·

í:onveycr screws
ments permit, to ollow re movol of trough ends without disturbing
Use both regular ond short lengths of screws, listed on next poge, troug h olignment.
to obtoin the require d total conveyor length. Use special lengths
Connecting Aonges should be eq uipped with o foot when·
of screws only when necessary.
ever support spocing permits. Otherwise, use saddles os required.
Only one side or foce of the Aight comes in contoct with the
ma terial being con\eyed. This foce is le ft cleo r o f lugs to focilitote Discharge spouts
unimpeded Aow. To insure this cond ition, do no t reverse rototion
lt is good proctice to p rovide on odditional discho rge spout o t the
without turning the conveyor screws end for end, or conversely,
e nd of o conveyor or o hinged relief door in the cover obove
do no! reverse the screws without reversin9 rototion. Conveyor
the los! dischorge spout as an overAow p rotection for the conveyor.
screws for reversible operation con b ~ furnished for sp ecific
requirements. Electricol cutoff d evices of various types con be used o s effective
sofeguords.
Flighting is omitted, leoving bare pipe over the last dischorge
opening to preven! corry-over of material.
Orives
O pposed Aight e nd s ot honger points, ore set al opproximotely
lnstoll !he drive al the dischorge e nd whenever possible or practico!.
180 degrees to eoch o the r to focil itote continuity of Aow o cross
the honger spoce. Orives which ore self-contoined are recommended, since they do
no! re quire odditionol supports.

Selection of hand of screw

Hangers See Fig. 4730 for selection of right cnd left hond scre ws. This
Honger locotions should cleor oll trough joints, as well os inlet diogrom indico tes the hond of conveyor to use when direction o f
and dischorge openings. rotation ond material trovel ore known.

The e dg e of the Aight on the neor side of the screw slopes either
up ward to the right or to the left. When the upword slope is to
the left, the Aight is right hond; ond when the slope is to the right,
Trough e nds it is le ft hond.

Trough ends, fitted with double ball or double roller beorings or

worm geor drives, hove ample thrust copocity for o ny conveyor
within its roted ronge and seporote provision for thrust is un ·
necessory.
Trough end sea Is should be used for odditionol protection for
or ogoinst the material b eing hondled or to protect ond preserve
!he trough end beorings ond shofts when handling obrosive or
corrosive materiols.

End thrust s
An ouxiliory end thrust beoring is recommended for conveyors
other thon those using trough ends with built-in thrust provisions.
The preferred location is ot the d rive end, b ut it con be locoted
ot the opposite end if required by layout limitations. Fig. 4730

290 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
screw co nveyors

General layout data

END1+-+-- CONVEYOR SCREW- C E~--CONVEYOR SCREW-c--~E.----<:ONVEYOR SCREW-c---;-~~~1Xfi.

SHAFT

'-FLANGES
WITH FEET

SHORT TR OUGH-+-'-+-- -10:.o· rnouGH SECTION----------10:.o· rnoUGH SECTION- - -+<

SECTION TOTAL LENGTH INSIDE TROUGH
Fig. 4i19

e G
Scre w Coupling
di a mete r d ia me ter Regulor
Sho rt
E F End flong e 1 End flonge
H J K L M N
A, B, length, with fe et without feet
length,
inches inches feet ond
feel
inches INCHES

4 1 7- 10112 3-4-5 -6-7 1 Y2 'Ya 6 4 Y2 1 3% 4% 3 o/.i 5 5 o/.i

-- - - --- - - - - - - -
6 1 Y2 9- 10 4- 5-6-7- 8 -9 2 'la 7\12 6 1 4 \12 5 % 5 7 8 y.
-- -- --- - --- - - - - -
1 Y2 9- 10 4 -5-6-7 -8 -9 2 Y2 10 8 1 \12 6 v. 7 r. 7 Y1 10 9%
9 2 9-1 0 4-5 -6-7- 8-9 2 Y2 10 8 1 \/2 6 v. 7 r. 7 v. 10 9 :Y.
- - -- - - - - --- - - - - - - - -
10
1 112 9 - 10 4-5 -6-7 -8 -9 2 'h 11 9 1 '!. 6% ar. 7r. 11 9 112
2 9 - 10 4 -5-6-7- 8-9 2 'h 11 9 1 o/.i 6 :y, ar. 7 r. 11 9 'h
-- - - --- - - - - - - - -
2 11 - 10 5-6-7 -8 - 9 - 10- 11 2 % 1 2 \12 10112 1 o/1 7Y. 9 % a r 1 13 12 v.
12 2'..i6 11-9 5-6-7 -8-9 -1 O-11 3 o/1 12 V2 10 'h 1% 7 y. 9 V. a r 1 13 12 v.
3 11-9 5 -6-7-8 -9 - 10- 11 3
--
o/a 12 \12 1o \12 1 o/a 7Y. 9% a r 1 13 12 v.
- - - - - - -- - - - - -
2 'Jl. 11 -9 5-6-7-8-9- 10 - 11 3 o/a 13 V2 11 112 1 o/a 9 v. 10 r. 10 v. 15 13 'h
14
3 11 -9 5-6-7 -8-9- 10- 11 3 v. 13 \12 11 \12 1 o/a 9 v. 10 r. 1o v. 15 13 \12
-- - - --- - - - - - - --
16 3 11 - 9 5 -6 -7 . 9 . 9. 10-11 3 % 14 Y2 13 112 2 10 v. 12 11 Y1 17 14 r 1
-- - - --- - -- - - - - -
18 3 11 - 9 5 -6 -7-8-9-1 0 -11 3 o/a 16 Y2 14 112 2 12 y. 13 :Y1 12 % 19 16

3 11-9 5 - 6-7 .9.9. 1O·11

--
3 y. 17 \12 15 112 2 v.
--- - - - - - - - - - --
13 112 15 13 % 21 19 v.
20
3'A• 11-8 5-6-7 .9.9. 10- 11 4 y. 17 Y2 15 112 2 v. 13 \12 15 13 % 21 19 v.
- - -- - - - --- - - - -- - - -
24 3 'A• 11 -8 5 -6 -7 -8 -9-10- 11 4 o/.i 20 17 Y2 2 \12 16 \12 18 v. 15 % 25 20

Ho ve d ime nsions certifled for instollotion purposes.

Auxiliary end thrust bearings

Fog. 4780

Stee l piole trough en d with babbitte d or Steel p iole trough end with bobbitted o r
bronze beari ng fl onged block on d b ronzo b ro n ze bearing flo nged block ond b ronze
e nd th rust b eoring o n end shoft, e nd th rust b eoring on d rive shoft.

L 1 N K- BEL T • 291
bulk handling
screw conv e yors

lnclined screw conveyors

lnclined screw conveyors, in general, handle products wh ich
can be conveyed in horizontal screw conveyors.
Being compact, self-contained and full y enclosed when
desired, they can be readily applied in congested oreas.
Corrosion, abrasion and heat resistance can be incorporated
in their construction by the use of alloy steels, stainless steels
or nonferrous metals. Features insuring sanitation and ease of
cleaning are available.
For inclines of about 20 degrees or less, conveyor screws
of regular pitch operoting in troughs o re usually employed·
Inclines above 20 degrees ordinorily require the use of short
pitch conveyor screws operoting in o tubular or shrouded
trough. Accessories such os feed hoppers, bar grotings, bifur-
cated discharge spouts, stoker spreader spouts, etc. ore
reodily adapted.
Consult Link-Belt for inclined screw conveyor recommen-
dations.

A r rang em e nt A illustrates a typical coal

handling screw conveyor, inclined about 20
degrees, delivering stoker coal from bin to
two stoker hoppers.
lt consists of a short pitch, tapered feeder
section followed by a full diameter normal
pitch conveyor screw operating in regular
trough with cover. The flared inlet hopper
is arranged with a short section of tubular
trough to assist the feeder screw in regulat-
ing the rote of feed.
The discharge is directed to either of the
two stoker hoppers by a bifurcated spout
with flap gate. The conveyor is powered by ARRANGEMENT A
a worm gear screw conveyor drive which
absorbs the thrust load.

Arrang em ent B shows a general purpose

inclined screw conveyor at a slope of ap-
proxim ately 45 degrees.
lt consists of a full diameter, short pitch
convey or screw in regular trough with shroud
cover. The worm g ear screw conveyor drive
absorbs the thrust load.

A rrange m ent C illustrates an inclined screw

conveyor of typical design, at a slope of
opproximotely 60 degrees. The short pitch
conveyor screw is in o split tubular casing
ond includes o feed hopper equipped with
o bar grating ond an odjustoble feed inlet
gote. A worm gear screw convey0r drive,
which occommodates the thrust load, oper- .• !t ti,,-,,, ..

ates the conveyor. ARRANGEMENT B ARRANGEMENT C Fig. 4966

Infernal ribbon or Archimedes-type conveyors

The principie of conveying through a revolving cylinder,
by means of an interna! screw or ribbon mounted on the
inner surface, has been frequently used in the chemical,
paint and pigment industries. This is an efficient dustless
method, adapted to horizontal or inclined installations,
with intermed iate discharge or inlet openings when re-
quired. Link-Belt has designed and built conveyors of this
type up to 48 inches in diameter and 1 30 feet in length,
with enclosed drives, special feeders, discharge hoods and
roller bearing support and thrust rollers.

Interna! ribbon conveyor Fig. 1708

292 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
screw conveyors

lacketed trough screw conveyors

Jacketed trough screw conveyors hove a wide fleld of application in the processing
industries. Products which require moderate heating or drying, cooling or crystallizing,
can very frequently be advontageously conveyed in jocketed screw conveyors, re-
ceiving processing treatment while in tronsit.
The unique charocteristics of the screw conveyor ore well odopted to operotions of
this kind. The use of modifled flights to enhonce ogitotion promotes better heot tronsfer
for either heoting or cooling. The ogitotion ond retording oction of poddles improves
drying of mony products.
The odoptobility of screw conveyors to equipment loyouts is o distinct advontage.
They con be orronged in multiple bonks, in side by side groupings o r in tandem.
For moteriols like aspholt ond bitulithic poving aggregotes, which must be kept hot
while mixing or cooting, steom-jocketed single or double shaft poddle mixers are
commonly used.
Jocketed trough screw conveyors effect the required drying, heoting or cooling of
the material with the use of o minimum of water or steom.

Screw conveyors without infernal bearings

Sorne product~, in certoin stoges of process-
ing, are so sensitive to contominotion or
abrasion thot contoct with honger bearings
of any type would be extremely detrimento!.
The Link-Belt stoggered trough screw con-
veyor with oll bearings externo( to the
trough, was developed for this exocting
service.
Two parollel shafts, geored to rotote in
opposite directions, drive right ond left hond
conveyor screws. Kicker vones ot the dis-
charge end of eoch conveyor screw ossist
in the tronsfer of the materia l from one
screw to the next.

Paddle mixers
Link-Belt paddle mixers flnd wide applicotion in the processing of moterials which
require mixing, stirring or blend ing. They successfully handle dry or wet moteriols
ond are frequently used for mixing mortar, ploster or ospholt moteriols, for mixing
Aue dust with water in ore sintering, ond similar opplicotions.
The single shaft poddle mixer is suitoble for the smoller capacities, and for ma-
terials which mix reodily.
Double shoft poddle mixers hove larger copocities, ond ore more effective in mixing
fine dusty materiols. lt is olso a popular design for mixing ond tempering foundry sond.
The copocity of a poddle mixer vories considerobly according to the moteriols
hondled ond their oction in mixing. The mechonico l feotures, such os the diometer,
shope ond pitch of the poddles, the speed of rototion, ond the length of the mixer
depend on the chorocteristics of the material ond the desired mixing copocity.

., r - - Photo
19 613

Fig . 4 757 Fig . 4758 Paddle mixer fed by

Single shaft mixer Double shaft mixer ribbon flight conveyor screw

L 1 N K - B E L T • 293
bulk handling
fllght conveyon

fligh'I conveyors

Delivering 4 " x 114" cool from row cool wet screens below
to primory Floot-Sink Co ncentro tor. Photo 38482

Delivering raw coal by ftigh t conveyor to Link-Belt p o rollel

Conveylng corn to canning plant. Combining horizontal and inclined planes, the horizontal b e d air-pulsoted wosh box on ftoor obove, al lorge cool
section of this ftight conveyor receives corn dumped into trench. Photo 36670 preporotion plonl. Photo 38439

A Aight conveyor consists of one or two endless power driven chains carrying properly
spaced scrapers or Aights for moving material along the length of a stationary trough.
Material fed into this trough is th ereby pushed along its length for discharg e at the end
of the trough or through intermediate discharge gates.
Typical materials which can be satisfactorily handled with a Aight conveyor are those
which are granular, class C; lumpy, class D; very free Aowing, class 1; non-abra sive,
class 6, and mildly corrosive, class P. Refer to Table 1, page 563 for further descriptions
of material classes.
Flight conveyors are used for either horizontal or inclined paths and are frequently
insta lled where the angle of inclination is comparatively steep.
Link-Belt Aight conveyors are simple in design, sturdily constructe d of durable materials,
and provide an efficient, economical and dependable conveying medium, reflecting the
beneflts of sound engineering experience.

294 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Types
F1g. 6126
Single strand flight conveyor
with scraper flights
Fig. 6127
Single strand flight conveyor
w ith shoe-suspended fl ights
Fig. 6128
Single strand flight conveyor
wi th roller-suspended flights
bulk handling
fllght conveyors
Single strand fl ight conveyors w ith scraper flights consist of
malleable iron flights attached to a single strand of chain and are
designed for sliding directly on a steel trough. This type of conveyor
is suitable for handling free-flowing materials with lumps no larger
than 4 inches. Heavy flights operating in heavy troug hs can be made
to suit requirements.
Single strand flight conveyor s with s hoe-sus pende d fl ights
consist of steel flights attached to a single strand of chain suspended
from malleable iron sliding shoes and operating over a trough within
limited cleara nces. Sliding shoes are attached to the sides of the f lights
near the upper edge and slide on flat, renewable steel bars. Refer to
Ta ble 3 for lump sizes and capacities and to poge 298 for dimensions
ond weights.
Single strand flight conveyors w ith roller-suspended flights
a re of the sorne general construction os the shoe-suspended type but
hove the advo ntage of decreosed chain pull resulting in lower power
req uiremen ts.
Double strand flight conveyors with roller-suspended flights
consist o f steel flights attached to double st rands of chain supported
by the chain rollers. The chains operate on flat, renewable steel bars
attached to the top of the channel sides of the trough. These conveyors
are used for larger capacities and longer paths than the single strand
flight conveyors and can handle material containing lumps up to 16
inches in size. Refer to Table 3 for lump sizes and capacities and to
page 299 for dime nsions and weights.
Double strand flight conveyors with sliding chain-suspended
flights consist of steel flights atlached to double strands of rivetless
cha in. The chains operate on flat renewable steel bars attached to
th e trough. These conveyors are used for larger capacities and longer
pat hs t ha n sing le stra nd flight conveyors and can be made to convey
o n both ru ns.
F1g. 6129 F1g. 6130
Double strand fl ight conveyors Doub le strand flight co nveyor
with roller-suspended flig hts wi th slid ing cha in-suspended flig hts
L 1 N K - B E L T • 295
bulk handling
fllght conveyors

Selection
H ow to select a flight conveyor Refer to Table 3. SS 411 O choin is used for conveyor No. 13 and
730 choin for conveyor No. 14. lna smuch o s the service i:; inter-
Consider the following fadors when selecling o flighl conveyor: mittent, SS 4 11 O cho in is satisfactory ond therefore select co nveyor
Kind and character of material being handled, whether abra- No. 1 3.
sive, sticky, extremely hot, ele.
The ho rsepower for conveyor No. 13 for 100 fe e t horizo nta l
W eighl of material in pounds per cubic foot centers is 3.4 ond the horsepower factor from Table 1 is 1.7 . There-
Maximum role in lo ns per hour al which material is handle d ; for e ,
also average role in lons per hour 3 87 X l .7 5 03 HP
horsepower for 87 - f oot .onc r1ne d centers = .4 X = ·
Mo ximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material and 100
perce nlag e of moximum lum ps in total volume speed of head shaft = 16.5 RPM, from Table 3.
Shafl cenlers in fe el; a lso ongle of incline, in degrees, if any W ith the HP ond speed et the head shoft known, m a ke the drive
selection from Cata log 1050.
Service required , conlinuous or inlermiltenl
Problem 2
Capacity Select o flig ht conveyor to meet the following conditio n s:
For o single slrand conveyor with shoe-suspend ed flights, or a double Material .......... onthrocite coal
slrond conveyor with roller-suspended Aighls, selecl from Table 3. W e ight .......... 50 pounds p er cubic foot
Capocity ......... 150 tons per hour or 6000 cubic feet per hour
Hor sepower Moximum lump si ze . 16", 10% of total volume ond 12", 90% of
When a horizontal flighl conveyor is used, dete rmine lhe horsepow er total volume
from Table 3. Sh aft centers .. . ... 100 feet horizontal
When using an inclined Aighl conveyor, the req uired horsepower Service .......... 8 hours per doy
equols the horsepower of a horizonta l conveyor of equol lenglh
multi plied b y the factor corresponding lo lhe angle of incline, found So lu tion
in Table l. Ref e r to Table 3 . Note thot Conveyor No. 37 will hcndle both the
copacity ond the specifled lump size.
Equivalent shaft centers S ince the ca pacity of conveyor No. 37 when oper ating ot 100
The shaft cenlers of inclined conveyors a re necessa rily less than FPM is more thon required, the spee d con be d ecr eased propor-
those having horizontal palhs wilh the some size head ond foot tio ncte ly, therefore,
shafts. The e q uivalen! shaft centers for inclined conveyors are shown 100 X 150
conv eyor speed = = 51.7 FPM
in Table 2 for vorious ongl es of incline up lo ond including 30 290
degrees. Th e HP for conveyor No. 37 for 100-foot horizo ntal centers is
11 .2 a l 100 feet per minute. Therefore,
Speed of head shaft
h orsep ower for 51.7 fe e t p er minute= .7 ~O · = 5.8 HP
51
1
11 2
Refer lo Table 3.
8.25 X 5 1.7
s p e ed of heod shoft = = 4.3 RPM.
Chain Calculation 100
When handling material nol included in Table 3 and for lengths ex- W ith the HP ond sp eed et the head shaft known, m oke the d rive
ceeding 100 feel, refer to cho in conveyor calculotions in the TechnicGI selection from Catalog 1050.
lnformotion Section.
Table 1 • Horsepower fa ctors
Ex amples of fl ight conveyor selection
Pr oblem 1 Horse power facior for inclined c onv eyor
Horsepower
Selecl o Aighl conveyor to meel the following cond itions: factor for Angle of incline, degree.s
Material .......... bituminous coal horizontal
conveyor
Weight ........... 50 pound s per cubic foot 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 1 1 1 1
Capacity ......... 30 tons p er hour or 1200 cubic feet p er hour
Moximum lump size. 3 %", 10% of total volume ond 1 o/.!", 90% of 1.0 1.2 1 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7
total volume 1 1 1 1

Angle of incline .... 30 d e grees Tab le 2 • Equivalent shaft cen ters

Sha ft centers ...... 87 f eet a lo ng incline
Service ......... . . intermittent Equivalen! shaft cenlers for inclined conve yor, feet
Horizontal
Solutio n shaft centers, Angle of incline, degre-
feel
Re fer to Table 3. Note thot conveyor No. 12, 13 or 14 will hondle
both the capacity and the specifled lump size. 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 1 1 1 1
Since the conveyor is inclined, refer to Table 2. Note that 150-foot
horizontal cenlers is equivalen! lo 88 -foot inclined centers. The d imen- 50 44 39 36 34 31 29
100 88 79 73 68 62 59
sions, therefore, for either conveyor No. 13 or 1 4 for 150-foot 132 118 109 102 93 88
150
centers con be used.

296 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
fllght conveyors

Selection
Table 3 • Conveyor specifications
Flight Lump size, Copocity • Harsepawer
Cho in He ad Sp rocket
Conveyar Size, inches inches &
Tons, Choin o ttoch· shoft p itch
o
Sp ocing, 1
le~gth 1 Width
number Cub ic p er number ment speed, d ia mete r,
inches Moxi- A ver · f e et Anthro ci te 1Bituminous
hour number RPM inches
B mum oge per hour cool co al
1 6

Single strand flight conveyor with shoe -suspended flights

10 10 4 23 Y1 3 l Y1 932 23 88 F8 16. 3 23 Y1 1.7 2.3
11 10 4 24 3 1 \11 932 23 SS 4110 F4 16.5 23 Ya 2.0 2.7
12 12 5 24 Ya 3 Y1 1 lJ. 1386 34 103 F8 16.3 23 Y1 2.4 1 3.3
13 12 5 24 3 Y1 1 3,4 1386 34 SS 4110 F4 16.5 23 Ya 2.5 3.4

14 12 5 24 3 Y1 1 lJ. 1386 34 730 F2 16.5 23 Ya 2.8 3.7

15 15 6 24 4 Y1 2 V1 2106 52 468 F2 16.5 23 4.7 6.5
16 15 6 24 4 Y1 2 Y1 2106 52 730 F2 16.5 23 Ya 4.2 6.0
17 18 6 24 5 2 lJ. 2541 64 468 F2 16.5 23 5 .3 7.5

18 18 6 24 5 2 3A 254 1 64 730 F2 16.5 2 3 Ya 4.9 7.1

Double strand flight conveyor w ith r oller - suspende d flights
30 16 8 Ya 24 8 4 3186 80 SS 1227 G6 12.5 3 1 'Va 4.8 6.9
31 16 8 Ya 18 8 4 3186 80 SS 1827 G6 8.25 47 4.5 6.6
32 20 1o Ya 24 10 6 5243 130 SS 1227 G6 12.5 31 'Va 6. 5 10.0
33 20 1o Ya 36 10 6 5243 130 SS 1827 G6 8.25 47 6.2 9.7

34 24 10% 24 12 8 6 0 93 150 SS 1227 G6 12.5 31 Ya 7 .4 11.4

35 24 lo o/1 36 12 8 60 93 150 SS 1827 G6 8.25 47 7 .1 11.3
36 30 1 15/1 36 14 10 10860 270 SS 1827 G6 8.25 47 9. 1 15. 1
37 36 12 o/1 36 16 12 11561 290 SS 1827 G6 8.25 47 11.2 18.8
& Moximum size lumps not to exceed 103 of to tal volume. o Horsepower a t head shaft based on listed capacities and ho rizontal
• Copocity bosed on conveyors with o moximum of 30° incline, operoting shaft centers o f 100 feet. Refer to Table 1 lor horsepower factors for
ot 100 FPM with 753 ol the oreo of t rough cross section folled. inclined conveyors. In handling materiols of different unit weights and
ti. Based on 50 pound per cubic foot mate rial, assumed to be anthrocite or cha in pull foctors, reler to formulas in Technical lnlormation section.
bituminous coal.

Double strand flight conveyor w ith sliding chain-su spende d flights

Widths of these conveyors norma lly ra nge s from 18 " to 48" in 6 11 678, 998 or 9118 he at tre ated rivetless chain with Style 3 extende d
increments. Flight depths ore usually 6 11, 8 11, 1O" or 12" d e pending on pin. Conveyor speeds should not e xceed 100 FPM. Conveyor lines
copacity. Flights are no rma ll y spaced 24" a pa rt on 6 11 pitch chain should not exceed 4 0° angle of incline from horizontal.
ond 18" a pa rt on 9" pitch chain. Flig hts can be top o r cente r hung on

Typical arrangements

TAKEUP
C/L FOOT SHAFT

Fig. 6131

Fig. 6132

Fig. 6133

L 1 N K - B E L T • 297
bulk handling
fllght conveyors

Single strand flight conveyor with shoe-suspended flights

•K
1

G
.___.,, :t=;-·-·-·-+-·- -·-
SERIES 2-1500
PILLOW BLOCK
..
·- -·- -·- -·- -·-

SERIES DS-82800
TAKEUP
- ·
' :-:1

·=

·>
-i
!
1K

SUPPORTS
SPACED AT 5 FEET

--TRAVEL

Fig. 3635

Size o f Shoft Approximote weight, pounds .6.

flight, diame ters,
Conveyor inches inches lnter- Chains ond
e o E F G H J K
1
number mediale flights
Terminals
A B
section per loo!,
Head 1 Foot
p er foot one rvn INCHES
1

1 to 50-foot shaft centers •

10 10 4 1 "A• 1 15116 29 5 43 4 .4 17 Y2 6 ~ 14 11 Y2 20 Y2 2 21 2
11 10 4 1 "116 1 "116 399 45 6 .3 17 y, 6 ~ 14 11 Y2 20Y2 2 21 2
12 12 5 1 " A• 1 "A• 343 47 6.4 19 Y2 7 ~ 14 Ya 11 % 22 Y2 2 23 2
13 12 5 1 " A• 1 "A• 40 3 47 6 .5 19 Y2 7 ~ 14 11 Y2 22 Y2 2 23 2

14 12 5 1 " A• 1 " 116 40 5 49 8.4 19 Y2 7 ~ 14 Y1 12 y, 22 Y2 2 23 2

15 15 6 2% 1 "116 47 2 57 11 .8 22 Y2 8 ~ 14 y, 1 1'14 25 Y2 2 V. 26 2
16 15 6 2% 1 "A• 402 55 9 .5 22 Y2 8 V. 14 Ya 12 y, 25 Y2 2V. 26 2
17 18 6 2' '116 1 "116 5 48 60 12.3 25 Y2 8 v. 14 V. 11 ~ 29 Y2 3 29 2

18 18 1 6 2 1A. l "A. 42 9 57 10.0 2 5 y, 8 V. 14 Ya 12 y, 29 2 Y2 29 2

51 to 1 00-foot shaft centers •

10 10 4 2 3A• 1 "A• 3 12 43 4.4 17 Y2 6 V. 14 11 Y2 20 Y2 2 V. 21 2
11 10 4 2 3A• 1 "A• 414 45 6. 3 17 Y2 6 V. 14 11 Y2 2 0Y1 2 V. 21 2
12 12 5 2 7A• 1"A• 374 47 6 .4 19 y, 7 v. 14 Ye 11 Va 23 2 Y2 23 2
13 12 5 2 7A• 1"A• 434 47 6.5 19 Y2 7 v. 14 11 y, 23 2 Y2 23 2

14 12 5 2"A• 1"A. 4 50 49 8.4 19 Y2 7 v. 14 Y1 12 y, 23 y, 3 23 2

15 15 6 2 "116 1" A. 5 48 57 11.8 22 Y2 8 v. 14 ~ 11 ~ 26 Y2 3 26 2
16 15 6 2 "116 1 " 116 478 55 9 .5 22 Y2 8 v. 14 Ya 12 y, 26 y, 3 26 2
17 18 6 3 7116 1"A• 625 60 12.3 25 Y2 8 '.4 14 Ye 11 ~ 31 v. 3 y, 29 2

18 18 6 3 'll. 1 1"A. 555 57 10.0 2 5 y, 8 v. 14 Ya 12 Ya 31 v. 3 Y2 29 2

1O1 to 1 50-foot shaft centers •

11 10 4 2 'll. 1"A• 4 29 45 6.3 17 y, 6 v. 14 11 Y2 21 2 y, 21 2
13 12 5 2 ''116 1 "A• 479 47 6 .5 19 Y2 7 v. 14 11 Y2 23 Y2 3 23 2
14 12 5 2 "A. 1 "A. 459 49 8 .4 19 y, 7 v. 14 Y1 12 y, 23 Y2 3 23 2
15 15 6 3 7116 1"A. 611 57 11.8 22 Y2 8 v. 14 Y1 11 3.4 28 v. 3 Y2 26 2

16 15 6 3 7A6 1"A• 535 55 9 .5 22 Y2 8 v. 14 Y1 12 y, 28 v. 3 Y2 26 2

17 18 6 3 "A• 23116 696 60 12.3 25 Y2 8 v. 14 Y1 11 3.4 31 y, 4 29 2 v.
18 18 6 3 "A• 2 3A• 626 57 10.0 25 Y2 8 v. 14 y, 12 y, 31 Y2 4 29 2 v.

Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes. bituminous coal. Refe r to Table 2 fe r equiva le nt shaft cen ters fo r
A Terminols include sprocket wheel s, shofts, bearings and collo rs. lnte r- lnclined conveyors using listed heod and fo o t shafts. In handl ing mat eriols
mediate section includes trough, chain, ílights ond struclure indlcated. o f different unit weights and chain p ull factors, r efer to fo rmulas in
• Shaft centers fa r horizontal conveyors based on ha ndl ing anth racite or Technical lnformation section.

298 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
fl lght conveyors

Double strand flight conveyor with roller-suspended flights

SUPPORTS
SPACED AT 10 FEET

+-TRAVEL

Fig. 3636

Size of Shaft Approximote weight, pounds ¿

flighl, diometers,
Conveyor inches inches lnter- Choins ond
e o E F G H J K
nu mber m ediate flights
Terminals
A
l 8

1 to 50-foot shaft centers •

Head 1 Foot
sedion
per foot
per foot,
one run INCHES

30 16 S o/a 21 5;16 l 15;16 1330 75.7 2S.S 27~ 12% lS ~ 13 y, 32 3 2S 3A 2

31 16 s o/a 3 'll6 11% 1S21 77.7 29.3 27 ~ 12v. 26 21 34 Y2 3 2S 3A 2
32 20 1 o o/a 21% 1'% 12S7 S7.5 35.0 31 ~ 14 v. lS ~ 13 y, 36 3 32 3A 2
33 20 1o o/a 3 'll6 l 15116 2269 S9.5 26.0 31 ~ 14 % 26 21 3S Y2 3 32 ~ 2

34 24 1o o/a 3 'll6 l 15116 1434 92.5 34.0 35~ 14 v. lS~ 13 Ya 41 Y2 3 36 3A 2

35 24 1o o/a 3 'll6 115116 2190 97.5 26.0 35 ~ 14 Va 26 21 42 Y2 3 36 3A 2
36 30 11 o/a 3 15116 11% 2302 106.5 29.0 41 Y2 15 Va 26 21 50 Y2 4 42~ 2
37 36 12 o/a 4'll6 l 15116 2456 117.5 31.S 47 Y2 16 Va 26 21 57 Y2 4 Y2 4S 3A 2
5 1 to 1 00-foot shaft centers •
30 16 so/a 3'll6 l 15;16 1334 75.7 2S.S 27~ 12 Va lS ~ 13 y, 33 Y2 3 2S 3A 2
31 16 so/a 3 15116 115116 2237 77.7 29.3 27~ 12 % 26 21 36 Y2 4 2S ~ 2
32 20 10 % 315116 l 15116 1430 S7.5 35.0 31 ~ 14 Va lS ~ 13 Ya 3S Y2 4 32 ~ 2
33 20 1oo/a 4 'll6 115116 2370 S9.5 26.0 31 ~ 14 v. 26 21 41 Y2 4 Y2 32 3A 2

34 24 lO Ya 31 5116 115116 1440 92.5 34.0 35 ~ 14 v. lS ~ 13 Ya 42 Y2 4 36~ 2

35 24 1oo/a 4 'll6 115116 2404 97.5 26.0 35 ~ 14 % 26 21 45 Y2 4 Y2 36 ~ 2
36 30 11 o/a 41 sll6 11 •116 2560 106.5 29.0 41 Y2 15 % 26 21 52 Y2 5 42 3A 2
37 36 12 o/a 5'll6 l 15;16 31S2 117.5 31.S 47 Y2 16 Va 26 21 60 ~ 9 4S ~ 2
10 1 to 1 50- foot s haft centers •
30 16 S o/a 3 15116 ll S/16 1405 75.7 2S.S 27 1A 12 Va lS~ 13 Ya 34 Y2 4 2S ~ 2
31 16 So/a 4 'll6 J lS/16 2346 77.7 29.3 27 ~ 12 v. 26 21 37 Y2 4 Y2 2S ~ 2
32 20 10 Ya 4 'll6 115116 1537 S7.5 35.0 31 ~ 14 v. lS ~ 13 Ya 39 Y2 4 Y2 32>,~ 2
33 20 1o o/a 4• % 115116 2493 S9.5 26.0 31 ~ 14 v. 26 21 42 Y2 5 32 3A 2

34 24 1o o/a 4' % 115116 16S1 92.5 34.0 35 ~ 14 Ye lS ~ 13 y, 44 Y2 5 36~ 2

35 24 10 Ya 5'll6 115116 3040 97.5 26.0 35 ~ 14 Va 26 21 4S Y2 s ~ 36 3A 2
36 30 11 o/a 5 15116 l 15116 3450 106.5 29.0 41 Y2 15Va 26 21 54 Y2 9 42 3A 2
Hove dimensions cerlified fer inslallalion purposes. bituminous coal. Refer lo Table 2 for equivalen! shah cenl ers for
¿ Terminals include sprockel wheels, shafls, beorings and collors. lnler- inclined conveyors using listed head and foot shafls. In handling mater ials
mediale section includes lrough, chain, ílighls and struclure indicaled. of difieren! unit weights and chain pull factors, refer lo formulas in
• Shafl cenlers for horizontal conveyors based on handling anlhracite or Technical lnformalion section.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 299
bu lk handling
fl ight conveyors

Rack and pinion gales

- R· LENGTH OF GATE SLIDE- 1

= ==:;;!:::::= HAND WHEEL-T

Fig. 3922 Fog . 3923
Sty le A g ate Styl e B g ate
For single strand !light conveyor with scraper flights For single strand flight conveyor with shoe·suspended flights

""' e > - -R- LENGTH OF GATE SUDE '1

[:A1 - 1

S , CONVEYORl ·¡;<- -,-,-,J-"

y TR_~VE L .,..,.
1 ·---~----- ·~~1 ..,.
"<N >-< P-> HAND WHEEL-T
= =
Jl=== HAND WHEEL- T

Style C gate Style D gate

Far single strand flighl conveyor wi!h roller-suspended flights Far double slrand !light conveyor with roller-suspended ! ligh ts

>-<- A- >"
1 V --'

¿ ·-~
HAND WHEEL - T
Style E g a te
Far double slrond fliglot conveyor with sliding chain suspended !lights

Size of flight, W eight, e N s V

inches pounds
length Width INCHE

style A gate, Figure 3922

10 4 82 6Y. 16 Y, 24 av. 14 48 1ov, 18 .. ..
10 5 85 6Y. 19Y, 24 10'/1 15% 48 1 ov. 18 .. ..
12 4 85 7% 18 24 9 Va 15 48 1 ov. 18 ....
12 5 87 7 '1• 21 v. 24 11 '/a l 6'11 48 1 ov. 18 .. . .
15 5 101 9 y. 23V. 30 12 Y, 17'/a 63 1o v. 18 ....
style 8 gate, Figure 3923
10 4 82 7Y, 17 Y• 14 7 11 36 6 Y1 12
12 5 82 BY. 19Y. 14 7Y, 12Y, 36 7'1o 12
15 6 101 1OY, 22\4 18 8Y, 14 42 8% 16
18 1 6 107 1 3 y, 25 Y. 18 10 l 5Y, 42 8•,.s. 16
s tyle C gate , Figure 3924
10 4 91 7 y, 12 14 6 Y• 10 36 8Y, 12 .....
12 5 103 BY. 14 14 7Y. 11 36 9 1/• 12 ... .
14 6 140 12 18\4 18 9y, 15Y, 42
1
9'1• 16 ... .
19 1 8 155 16 1 23 '1o 18 1 p;., 18 1 42 11% 1 16 . ..
st yle D gate, Figure 3925
16 ay, 226 17 . .. . 36 lOV. 14 Va 72 101,1, 18 ... .
20 10•1. 263 21 . ... 36 12Y, 16 Va 72 12'.ó. 18 . ...
24 10 '/a 279 25 .. . . 36 14Ya 18 Va 72 12in. 18 . . ..
30 12 Ya 312 31 ... . 36 17V. 21 v. 72 13'.ó. 18 . ..
36 . 13 Ya 381 37 .. 36 20Y, 24 Va 72 14 1A. 24 .. . .
style E gate, Figure 6118
186 24 6 320 0 l 8 Y, .. .. 24 Y. 17Y. 24 52 % 31,.s. 18 27
24 6 246 365 0 24 Y, .... 24V. 17Y• 24 58% 31,.s. 18 30
306 24 6 410 0 30Y2 . .. . 24V. 17V. 24 64 % 31,.s. 18 33
366 24 6 455 0 36Y, . ... 24 v. 17Y. 24 70'!4 3'.ó. 18 36
42 6 24 6 5000 42Y, . . .. 24 Y. 17 Y• 24 76:Y. 3'.ó. 18 39
48 6 24 6 54 5 0 48Y, .. . . 24 y. 17\4 24 82 Y• 3'.ó. 18 42

Hove dimensians certifted far instolla tion purpases. • Double rock ond pinion. 6 Nominal size o f gote .
¡. Opening in conveyor lrough . 0 Far V." thick gote plote .

300 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
wlde chain
drag conveyors

wide chain drag conveyors

Removin g ashes from two storage pits under these

lorge furnaces by a wide choin drag conveyor, which
receives the raked or gravity-fed ashes from either
the gale or !he chute. Photo 9375

The wide chain drag conveyor consists of a single strand
of Class H or Class SO chain, which pushes the material
along in a trough. This trough has vertical or flared sides
constructed of either steel, hard iron or concrete, which-
ever is best suited to the character of the material handled.
Th e hard white iron and concrete .troughs are used par-
ticularly for abrasive materials of Classes 7 and 8.
This conveyor is used frequently for handling ashes,
coal, sawdust, pulp wood and hot or cold cement cl ink e rs.
lt can, howeve r, be use d fo r a variety of mate rial s of
Classes B, C, O, 2, 3, 7, 8, P and X, and ma ke s an eco-
nomical installation where capacity requi rements a re
average and space sa ving is importan!. Refer to Tab le 1,
page 563, for material class description s.
Plain links are used without fligh ts or other atta chme nts.

Fig. 3 37 1

Capacity, cubic feet per hour

Hard iron trough for 1 Concrete tro ugh for 1 Steel trough for Dep th
Cha in Class 8 materials Class 7 materials Class 6 materia ls A 8 e D E of
number 4 4 4 material
Chain speed, FPM
5 1 7 1 10 1 15 1 20 1 30 1 40 1 60 1 80 INCHES

H1 04, 5019, 5027 62 87 124 186 248 372 496 746 992 25 % 24 v.. 13% 1o \/2 6 4
H 112, SD 17, SO 29 93 130 186 279 372 558 744 1 116 31 v.. 29 3,4 19 v.. 16 6 4
H 116, 5021, 5028 115 161 230 345 460 690 920 35 33 \12 23 19 % 6 4
H480 167 234 334 501 668 1002 35 v.. 33 % 23 v.. 20 8 6
Hove dimensions cerlified far installation purposes. A. Refer to Table 1, page 563, far ma terial class descriptions.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 301
bulk handliog
Sldekar- Karrler

Sidekar-Karrier

Fin e coal Is r e celved from surg e b in in background by Sidekar- Han d ling d eterg ent from screening conveyor to stor-
Korrier ond distributed in uniform quonlilies to concenlrating to bles oge bin, Sidekar-Korrier provides conveyor sloroge for
directly below this oreo. Pholo 33069 materia l being discharg ed simultaneously in varying
quonlities lo several poinls. Photo 30514

An original Link-Belt development, the Sidekor-Korrier is bosicolly o conveyor of the run-

oround design, which trovels in o horizontal plone ond furnishes conveyor storoge for material
being dischorged to one or more points. Any material left in the conveyor buckets ofter
possing over the severo! dischorge points is retoined in the conveyor ond recirculoted.
In oddition, the conveyor is self-feeding ond self-dischorging to permit continuous outo-
motic operotion.
The Link-Belt Sidekor-Korrier differs from other types of horizontal plone run-oround
conveyors in thot the material is corried in buckets supported on rollers, rother thon drogged
by Aights in o trough. This feoture minimizes conveyor weor due to obrosion, reduces choin
weor becouse of reduced choin pull, soves power ond ossures quiet operotion. Corrosion is
olso reduced, since the conveying ond trough elements ore self-cleoning. Segregotion ond
degrodotion ore eliminoted, os the material is corried in buckets.

Sld e kcir· Karrler with dust-lighl casing cut oway to reveal op erotion of automolic d ischarge mechonism. Photo 3 0959

302 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
Sldekar-Karrler

Fea tu res
~~
') l.
• 1
1
, · jLOADING
CHAIN C/ L 1
. ·CHUTE
'
· C/ L - OF- CHAIN
"Ti!i- ----4'1d=lRI
/ L -CARRYING
ROLLERS

L scRAPER
EVERY 9TH
-....--" BUCKET
,1
11 PIVOTED VANE
PLATE
MATERIAL MOVES PLATE
TO THROW CAM TO
INOPERATIVE POSITION
~---·~~..,.,,...,,,,,,
~...::t•'f DISCHARGE
01
:-·
CHUTE

Fig. 3545
Typical arrangemenl a l Sidekar-Karrier buckets, chain, casing, !rack and discharg ing mechani sm al chutes.

The Sidekar-Karrier consists essentially of a se ries of

overlapping buckets attached to a chain and equipped
with rollers, traveling in a horizontal plane on a track
either open or enclosed in a casing . The conveyor is con-
tinuous, with horizontal sprockets at each corner . The
buckets hove open tops , vertical plates on two sides
and front, and a sloping plate at the rear. The bottom of
each bucket is fitted with an undercut gate that can be
tripped to unload o ver discharge points.

The Link-Belt Sidekar-Karrier is adapted to the efficient

handling of practically any bulk material that will flow by
gravity from the carrying buckets. lt will deliver materia l COAL BU NKER
uniformly within a horizontal path of travel and can be
arranged for automatic discharge to one of several points .
Virtually no degradation or segregation is caused by the
conveyor and material is recirculated in buckets until a
new discharge point is reached .

The conveyor is compact and requires li ttle head room .

Buckets are self-cleaning and subject to little abrasive Cfl
DISCHARG
wear. The conveyor elements can be either housed in a RUN
dust-tight casing or operated in the open . A wide range
of capacities and conveyor lengths can be a ccom mo-
dated, since chain pulls a re relatively low per ton of
material handled.

AUTOMATIC
SCALES

ALTERNATE ARRANGEMENT OF PAT

USING DOUBLE CORNER SIDEKAR-KARRIER

Fig. 3546 Fig. 3547

Plan view al a Side kar-Karrier installatian, illuslrating path arrange- Boiler room view sho wing low head room requiremenls ol twa dust-
menls and ecanamy al space far efficiently transporting coa\ fram the light Sidekar-Ka rriers, ane d elivering coal ta bunker and lhe olher
bunker gales lo aulamalic scale happers al lhe boilers. receivi ng it from bunker gales far distributian lo scales.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 303
bulk handling
circular carrler

•
circular carr1er

Co k e and llmest o n e a r e conv e y e d by this circular carrier, outomatically keeping nine chutes to rotary furna ce folled
at all times. Phato 37813 .

The circular carrier is a new type of conveyor originated by
Link- Belt Company. lts unique design and operating features
permit continuous automatic operation and provide conveyor
storage for material being discharged to one ar more points
and is particularly suited to feeding cantinuous-tap rotating
are furnaces.
Since the material b eing handled is carried in buckets
ottoched to a rigid circular frome, conveyor weor due to
obrosion, and segregotion o r degrodotion of the material ore
procticolly eliminoted.
Roller beoring t runnio ns ossure quiet efficient operotion.
Corrosion is minimized since the material does not contoct either
rollers or driving mochinery. The conveyor trough and buckets
are self-cleoning.
The circular co rrier can e fficiently handle ony bulk material
thot will flow b y grovity from the carrying buckets. lt may
r eceive material from ane ar more looding p oints and deliver
material uniformly within o horizontal circular path for outo-
motic dischorge to mony d ifferent points. lf o dischorge chut e
is f1 11 ed to copocity, the material is recirculoted in the buckets
until o ne w dischorge point is reoched.
The conveyor is compact and requ ires little head room ond
co n be housed in o dust-ti ght casing or operoted in the open.
lt con be built in several bucket sizes ond path diometers.

Dischargln g load from circular carrier into chute. Section through tlischarge chute shows gafe operating me chanism
o pening undercut gafe. Photo 39052A

304 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
circular carrler

Features

The circular carrier consists of a series of equally spaced steel

buckets suspended b etween two concentric channel r ails which
rotate on roller bearing trunnion supparts. The buckets, which
form the bottom of a circular trough, are equipped with under-
cut gates designed to automatically open or close as required.
The feed chute is equipped w ith a counterweighted device
that automatically starts a f eeder when an empty bucket
passes beneath it. Material is carried in the circular trough
until it reaches a d ischarge point. Cams at each discharge point
automatically open the undercut gates whenever the load in
that chute falls below a predetermined level.
The carrier is driven by a booster ty pe drive consisting of a
strand of roller chain with pusher dogs traveling in a horizont al
plane. These pusher dogs contact pusher pins mounted along
the inner carrying ra íl. The drive can be positioned al any
convenient location a round the inner periphery of the conveyor.

CHUTE

SECTION THROUGH DISCHARGE HOPPER

Fig . 6179

Feeder controlled automatically

by device in feed chute.

Discharge hoppers can be located any-

where around conveyor path.

Booster drive '---..

Fig . 6197
Roller bearing trunnions support carrier
and assure quiet efficient operation .

L 1 N K - B E L T • 305
bulk handling
welgh larr les

weigh larries

10 ,000 - pound copoclty, motor prop ell e d w elgh larry operated fram 2,000-pound ca paclty, hand pr op elle d w e lgh larry, feeding coal to
ficar, delivers caal ta slokers e t pawer plant. Photo 25462 stoker hoppers al pawer plant. Photo 27269

Weigh larri es are suitable for handling a variety af bulk material
used in batching processes, transferring from any part of a storage
bunker to any one of o line of mochines and recording by weight the
amount d e livered to each. They are of spe cial value in power plants
for the purpose of d elivering coal from bunkers to stoker hoppers.
Materiols which can be hondled are generolly those which will flow
freely through hoppers and chutes. O rdinarily it is not desirable to
handle moteriols which are sluggish, contaminable or give off explosive
or harmful dust or fumes, are very light and fluffy, or cerote and
become fluid. Such materials are listed in Table 1, page 563, under
Classes 3, K, R, S, W, and Y, respectively.
The Link-Belt weigh larry consists of a hopper with chute and gate,
suspended from a scale supported in a steel frame . lt travels on
flang ed wheels fixed on through axles rotating in roller bearings.
Larries may be hand or motor propelled.
The use of a weigh la rry permits the storage bunker to be located
wherever most convenient, either inside or outside of a building. In
a b oiler house, the bunker need not extend the full length of a battery
of boilers. lt is unnecessary to hove the bunke r hoppered toward out·
lets, as discharge gales can be located closely, leaving very little
dead storage. All material is available from any part of the b unker,
for delivery to any hopper.
In a boiler room, the weigh larry does not o b struct the firing aisle.
lt permits checking boiler efficiency by accurately weighing and
recording the coal actually fed to the stokers. lt may be arranged, by
means of bifurcoted spouts, to serve two lines of boilers or machines.
Link-Belt weigh lorries are available in severa! sta nda rd sizes, of
balanced design and sturdy construction, for a wide range of general
applications. link-Belt can also furnish special larries built to suit
specific requirements, including floor and coge operated machines.

GEARMOTOR
ORIVE

1
7'..5"MINIMUM Capacity A• B 1 e0
10'..o" MAXIMUM Cubic feel 1 Pounds,t, FEET ANO INCHES
20 1000 3-0 8-0
1
30 1500 3-0 1 1-2
2-0 8-0
(} REAO 1 40 2000 3-0 2-10 8-0
SCALE
FROM 1
TH~SIOE f Hove dimensions certified lo r installation purposes.
Bunke r gate operating mechanism ca n be lurnished
when specified.
4:.0· f ig. 3492 A Bosed on material weighing 50 pounds per cubic loot.
• Mínimum clea rance.
O Maximum chute length lor regular hoppe r 11 chute is
_ FLOOR UNE f -- longer, hopper must be counterweighted

306 • L 1 N K - B E L T

buckel' eleval'ors
Transfer of paraformaldehyde is accomplished by steel-enca sed bucket elevata rs,
from belt convcyors bctwcen floker, R.oto-Louvre dryer, storoge b ins, pulverizer ond
bagg ing bins in chemical processing pla nt. Photo 34974
contents
lntroduction . . .. . . . ..... .. .... . . .. . . .. .. ... 307
Types ............ . .. . .... . .. . . .. . . . .. .. . 309
Selection
How to Select . .... ... ... . .. . ..... ... .. 313
Centrifuga! dischorge
Types l ond 2 .... . ........ .. .. . .. . . 318
Types 3 and 4 ... ... . .. . ...... . . . ... 324
Type 5 ... .... . . .... .. .. . .......... 327
Positive discharge, Type 6 ..... ... . . . . . . 332
Continuous
Types 7 ond 8 ...... ... . . . . . . ..... . . 335
Type 9 . .. ... ........ . ... . ..... .. . . 3 39
Types 1O ond 11 .. . ........ . . . ...... 343
Interno! dischorge, Types 12 and 13 .... 348
Plotforms ond drives . ......... . ..... . . . . ... 351
bulk handling
bucket elevators
The typical bucket elevotor consists of a series of
buckets mounted on choin or belt operating over heod
ond foot wheels. Tokeups provide meons to compen-
sote for voriations in length of chain or belt due to
temperoture chonges, otmospheric conditions, or weor.
A steel casing usuolly endoses the bucket line ond the
heod ond foot mochinery. Certain types of elevotors
hove open steel supporting frames in lieu of cosings.
Link-Belt elevotor buckets ore mode in o voriety
of shopes, weights ond sizes, monufoctured of steel,
malleoble iron, longer weoring Promol or alloy metols.
The type of elevotor ond the material being handled
determine the selection.
Choins for bucket e levotors are of molleoble iron,
Promol or steel, used in single or double stronds.
Choin is used on elevotors corrying heovy loods, hot
materiols or those which pock between the buckets
ond o belt. Rubber covered or treoted fobric belts
ore used on elevotors handling groins, cereols and
mony other dry, free-Aowing or obrosive moteriols.
The components comprising the heod ond foot mo-
chinery hove been selected to best su it the service
requirements of the individual elevator.
The selection of the pro pe r typ e of bucket elevotor
depends lorgely on the copocity requirements and
the choracteristics of the material to be hondled.
Coal Is transported in controlled flow, b y bucket
elevotor fro m !rack ho pper to and fro m reserve
sto rage bin to overhead bel! conveyor far d istri-
b ution to b unkers by b el! tripper. Pho to 3 5078
L 1 N K - B E L T • 307
bulk handling
bucket elevators

lnstallations

Delivery of use d sh akeout s and to muller ond prepored

Conveylng sulphur, al newsprint mili, from !rack hopper to storoge silo ond
sond to overheod belt conveyor serving molder stotions is
from silo to screw conveyor fo r delivery to weigh hopper is o ccomplished here by
efficiently occomplished by these two continuous buckel ele-
two dependoble continuous bucket elevotors. Photo 37636
votors in this bross foundry. Photo 3851 5

Te a is dlschorged from interno! b uc ke t elevotor, th rough chutes to g loss Wood chips are recelv e d from bel! conveyor by this dou-
surge hopper ond ta overheod belt conveyor far distribution to other surge ble leg centrifugo! d ischorge bucket e levotor ond delivered
hoppers on so me floor . Photo 35154 to o d istributing be l! conveyor over silos. Photo 37962

308 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types
Centrifuga! discharge bucket elevators
{;~ Elevators of this design predominate in the bulk handling of free-flowing, fine and
loose materials with small to medium size lumps. Buckets, mounted at spaced intervals,

~ rr·,~~ are loaded by scooping up material from the boot or by feeding the material into them.
Material is discharged by centrifuga! action as the buckets pass over the head wheel.
These elevators are made in several types and are suitable for many requirements.
~ ..,
..
()
D Type 1 • Elevotors of this type meet the service requirements of the majority of in-

...... '()

()
stallations using centrifugo! discharge elevators. The heod shafts ore fixed. The foot
shaft takeups are of the screw type. Gravity takeups are ovailoble. Buckets ore of
.... . ()
()
malleable iron for use on chain or belt. Casings ore of steel p late ond ongle con-
struction .
~ .. ; :!>

.... ()
()
Type 2 • These elevators are similar to Type 1 except that the head shafts ore od-
justable and the foot shafts are fixed to mointain the relotion of buckets to the looding
.. ()
()
chute and curved bottom plate. They ore preferred for handling food products, mate-
rials which tend to pack or build up in the bottom of the boot, and for materiols hoving
o considerable percentage of lumps.

Type 3 • Elevators of this type ore especially suitoble for light ond moderate duty in
the handling of nonabrasive free-flowing materials. They ore furn ished in a limited
ronge of sizes and capacities. Heod shafts ore fixed o nd foot shafts hove screw
takeups. Malleable iron buckets ore used with chain and steel buckets with belt. Cas-
Fig. 4667
ings are made of steel in the simplified flonged design.
Centrifuga! discharge
bucket elevator

Photo 32499A Photo 32500A Photo 32501 B

Type l bucket eleva tor Type 2 bucket elevator Type 3 bucket elevator

L 1 N K - B E L T • 309
bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types
Centrifuga! discharge bucket elevators (continued)
Type 4 • These elevators are similar lo Type 3 e xce pl that the head shafts are
adjustable and the foot shafts are fixed to maintain the relation of buckets to the
loading chute and bottom of boot. This type is preferred for handling food products,
for materials having a tendency to pack or build up in the bottom of the boot, and
for materials hoving a considerable percentage of lumps.
Type S • These elevators are designed and engineered to conform with general
practice in the handling of grain. Head and foot shafts are provided with ro ller
beari ngs. Takeups are of the gravity type except on elevators with centers under
50 feet which are of the screw type. Buckets are of steel and are mounted on a belt.
Casings of steel are welded and dust tight. The curved hood is designed for proper

I\
discharge of the grain. The boot can be loaded from the front or back side or both .
Venting of the head and boot sections is desirable to improve the pickup and dis-
charge of materials.
Positive discharge bucket elevators
Elevators of this des ign operate successfully ot low bucket speeds and are suitable '
for handling light, fluffy ond frag ile materia ls and those having a lendency to stick
in the buckets. Buckets, mounted at spaced intervals, are loaded by scooping up
material from the boot or by feeding the material into them. After passing over head
wheels, the buckets are inverted over the discharge spout, thus providing a posit ive
discharge of material.
Type 6 • This design conforms with the besl practice for handling and discharging
materials which are light, friab le or sluggish. The head shofts are fixed. The foot
shaft takeups are of the screw type. Gravity takeups are available. Buckets are of Fig. 4668
malleable iron mounted al intervals on double strands of chain. Casings are of steel Positive d ischarge
piafe and angle construction. bucket ele vator

Pholo 32502 8 Pho to 32503C Photo 37511C Photo 32504A

Type 4 bucket elevator Type S bucket e levators Type 6 bucket elevator

310 • L 1 N K - BE L T
 bulk handling
bucke t elevators

Types
Contin uous bucket elevotors
Elevators of this design are made in a number of types for handling many bul k materials ranging
from light to heavy and from fines to large lumps. Buckets are spaced contin uously and loaded by
direct feeding, except for Type 8 elevator where material is scooped from the boot. Spillage between
buckets Ís prevented by their close spacing. As buckets discharge, the material flows over the
preceding bucket, whose front and projecting sides fo rm a chute, to the discharge spout.

Type 7 • This elevator is the most frequently used of the continuous bucket design . The head shafts
are fixed. The foot shaft takeups are of the screw type. Gravity takeu ps are ava il able. Buckets a re
of steel and spaced continuously on a single strand of chain. Casings a re of steel plate and angle
construction. Material is fed to the buckets through a load ing leg.

Type 8 • Elevators of this type are used for the handling of fine or crushed materials with lumps
not exceeding V2 inch. These e levators are similar to Type 7, except that head shafts are adjustable
and foot shafts are fixed, to ma intai n the relation of buckets to the loading chute and curved
bottom plate. Buckets are loaded by scooping up material from the boot. When modified by the

.J·,
·..
addition of a loading leg a nd a correspondi ng ly higher inlet spout, this type elevator can a lso be
used fo r handling lumpy materials.

Type 9 • lnclined elevato rs of this type are used for handling sand, gravel, stone and similar
materials. No rmally these elevators are furnished with structural steel frames, but without casings.
Fig. 4669
Casings can be provided. The head shafts are fixed and foot shafts have screw takeups. Buckets
Continuo us bucket are of steel and can be mounted on chain or belt.
e levator

Photo 32505A Pho to 32506A Pholo 32559 Photo 32560

Type 7 bucket elevator Type 8 bucket elevator Type 9 bucket elevators

LINK - BELT • 31 1
bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types
Continuous bucket elevators (continued)
Type 1 O • This elevator is of the super-capacity type and used for handling fri able, heavy or
abrasive material ranging from fines to Jorge lumps. The head shafts ore fixed and t he foot takeup s
are of the screw type . Gravity takeups are available. Continuous buckets are end -mou nted between
two strands of Class SS bushed roller chain. Material is fed to the buckets through a loading leg .
Casing s ore of steel plate and angle construction. lnclined boots are recommended when handling
sharp, wedge-shaped ond shale-like materials.
Type 11 • These elevators are similor in design to Type 1 O, except for greater ca pacities and
centers. Head terminal machinery and driving equipment are carried on independent supports. The
foot takeups are of the sc rew type. Gravity tokeups are available.

Interna! d ischa rge bucket elevators

lnternal discharge elevators provide excellent means for the continuous, gentle handling in bulk
of relatively small articles such as stampings, castings, plastic chips, pellets, bolts, nuts, rivets ,
granula r chemicals, seeds, shelled nuts ond similar materials. Buckets are intern ally looded from a
chute extending through either side of the casing . Discharge can be on either side of casing through
a chute or directly to a conveyor.
Type 1 2 • This type of elevator operates at slow speeds and is suitable for handling free-flowing
nonabrasive materials. The elevating medium consists of an endless series of overlapping in -
w ardly -opening continuous buckets supported on double strands of steel roller choin. Movable
guides in the Jower section provide automatic adjustment for the chain and bucket line. Casings
ore of steel pi ate and angle construction.
Type 13 • These elevators are similor to Type 1 2, except thot they are designed to op erote ot
Fig. 4666
considerobly higher speeds, resulting in greoter capacities. Double heod shof ts, operating in fi xed Interna! dischorge
beorings provide a longer intervol for bucket di scharge. bucket elevotor

Photo 32507 A Photo 32508A Photo 32509 Pholo 32510

Type l O bucket elevotor Type 11 bucket elevo tor Type 12 b ucket elevotor Type 13 b ucket elevotor

31 2 • LINK- B EL T

Selection
Consider the following foctors when selecting o bucket elevotor.
Kind ond chorocter of material being hondled: obro·
sive, free -flowing, sluggish, hot, fluffy, friable, sub-
ject to degrodotion, e tc.
Weight of material in pounds per cubic foot
Moximum rote in tons, bushels or cubic feet per hour
at which material is hondled
Moximum size of lumps in inches, average size of mate-
rial ond percentoge of lumps in total volume
Shoft centers in feet, olso ongle in degrees of incline,
if o ny
O peroting conditions: indoors, outdoors, corrosive, con-
tominotion, etc.
Service required: continuous or intermittent
With this informotion known, proceed os follows:
Select the type of elevator • Refer to Table 2 and find
the type or types of elevotors for the material being hondled.
lf this particular material is no t listed, select one with similo r
chorocteristics.
Check the selection fo r lump sü :e , capacity and
centers • Knowing the lump size, copocity ond centers, refer
to Table 3 ond moke o tentative selection.
Dete r mine the elevator numbe r • Refer to the eleva tor
specifications for the type selected ond determine the elevator
size to hondle the required lump size ond copocity.
Se le ct the elevator chain • lf on elevotor using choin is
selected ond more thon one choin is listed, the selection de-
pends on the service requirements or on user's prefe rence.
Generolly, the SS Closs steel choins hove greoter strength ond
better weoring qualities than C Closs combination choins.
SS Closs steel choins ore recommended for elevotors with
centers over 60 feet, for continuous operoting conditions or
fo r hand ling obrosive mo terio ls.
Select the elevator belt • lf on elevotor using belt is
selected, specify the recommended width and ply.
Severo! grades of rubber covered belts or fo b ric belts con
be furnished, but final selection depends on the service require·
ments or on user's preference.
A rubber covered belt with 32-ounce duck is generolly used
for widths through 11 ". lt is particulorly odopted to hand ling
nonobrosive ond mildly obrosive materiols. The wo rking
strength is colculated on the bosis of 28 pounds per inch of
width per ply. The quolity of the cover is 800 pounds pe r squo re
inch mínimum !ensile strength.
A rubber covered belt with 35-ounce duck is ordinorily used
for handling abrosive materia ls and is constructed with a very
closely woven duck which provides resistance to moisture ond
good anchorage for bucket bolts. The working strength is cal-
culated on the bosis of 32 pounds per inch of width per ply.
The quolity of the cover is 3500 pounds per square inch min-
imum tensile strength.
A rubber covered bel t with 36-ounce duck is generolly used
for handling Jumpy material, such os, crushed stone ond ore.
The duck has a relotively soft, open weave, thereby provid ing
resistance to the destructive oction of lumpy materia l. Pulleys
with lorge diometers ore recommended for use with this belt.
The working strength is colculoted on the bosis of 30 pounds
per inch of width per ply. The quo lity of the cover is 2500
pounds per squore inch minimum tensile streng th.
Convos or fobric belts ore used where rubber covered belts
ore not proctico l. In mony coses, they ore used in the untreoted
form. In other coses, they ore of the impregnated type to
hondle foodstuffs, wet, oily or hot moteriols. For recommendo-
tions, consult link-Belt.
bulk handling
b ucket e levators
Ca lculate the ho rse power and d etermine the s peed
of t he head shaft • The horsepower al the heod shoft
equols the terminal horsepower plus the horsepower per foot
of centers times the center distonce. Knowing the weight of
the material, refer to the specificotions for the elevotor selected
ond colculote the horsepower. The speed of the heod shoft is
indicoted in the sorne table.
Determine the head shaft si:z:e • Knowing the weight
of the material being hondled ond the elevotor centers, refer to
the specificotions for the elevotor selected and determine the
diometer of the head shoft. For centers greater thon listed,
consult link-Belt.
De t e rmine the casing s pecifications • The bosic thick·
ness of steel recommended for the hoods, heods, intermediote
ond boot sections ond dischorge spouts are listed with the
e levotor specificotions ond cover relotively cleon operoting
conditions. For ma terial ond material thickness recommended
for other operoting conditions, refer to Table 1.
Service platforms • Plotforms for servicing drives and
heod terminols ore recommended. Refer to poge 351 for fur·
ther informotion.
Drives • Moke the drive selection. A combinotion Geormotor
or Motogeor o nd precision steel roller choin drive provides an
economicol ond compoct drive. Ot her drive combinotions con
be furnished . See Cotolog l 050.
Examples of bucket elevator selection
Probl e m 1
Select o bucket lo meet the following conditions:
Material ... ... .. . .. bituminous coa!
Weight . .. . . .... .. . 50 pounds per cubic foot
Copo city . . .. . . .. .. . 60 tons per hour or 2400 cubic
feet per hour
Moximum lump size .. . under 112 inch
Shoft centers . ....... 45 feet vertical
Ope roting conditions .. exposed to weother
Service ....... .. .. . 8 to l O hours per doy
Sol ut ion
Refer to Table 2. Note thot Types 1, 2, 7, 1 O ond 1 1 elevotors
ore specifed for this material.
Refer to Table 3. Note thot either Type 1 or 2 will hondle
the lump size and copoci ty and will accommodote the shoft
centers. Assuming thot the foot shaft need not be fixed , ten-
tatively select Type 1.
Elevotor specificotions, poge 319, indicote thot either eleva-
tor No. 13 1 or 132 will hondle 2540 cubic feet per hour ond
11/2" sized lumps. Tables l ond 2, poge 563 define this coa! os
nonobrosive. Therefo re elevotor No. 131 with Cl 11 choin is
sotisfoctory for 8 to 1 O hours service per doy.
horsepower al heod shoft for 50 pound per cubic foot material
= l .69+ (.086 X 45) = 5.56
Speed of heod shoft is 4 1 RPM.
Knowing horsepower ond speed al heod shoft, select drive
from Cotolog 1 050.
Heod shoft diometer for a 45-foot centers elevotor handling
50 pounds per cubic foot material is 2-15/ 16" .
Refer to Table 1. For elevators exposed to weother, cosings
con be mode of commerciol hot rolled mild steel, commerciol
hot rolled mild steel golvonized or low olloy steel. When using
commerciol hot rolled mild steel, the thickness of material in the
hood is increased from 14 to 1 O gouge, in heod ond interme-
diote sections from 12 gauge to 3 / 16" , ond in the dischorge
spout ond boot from 1 O gouge to 3 / 16".
Refer to poges 322 ond 323 for cas ing deto ils ond poge
351 for service platform for 19 3,4 " by 48" casing .
LINK - BELT • 313
bulk handling
bucket elevators

Selection
Problem 2 horsepower at headshaft for 1 20 FPM and 100 pounds p er
cubic foot ma terial = 8.64 + (65 X .46) = 38.54 HP
Select a bucket elevalor to meet the following conditions
This flgure must be corrected for the 85 pounds per cubic foot
Material. . . . ........ wheat
Weight . .......... 60 pounds per b ushel 85 pounds
material by the proportion of d . lt must also be modifled
Capacity . . . . . . . . 6500 bushels p er hour 100 poun s
Shaft centers .... .. .. 80 feel vertical 108 FPM
Opera ting conditions . indoors, relatively clean for the reduced speed by the ratio of FPM"
120
corrected horsepower al headshaft
85 108
Solution 38.54 X lOO X i2Q 29.48 HP
Refer to Table 2. Types 3, 4 and 5 elevators are sp ecifled for speed of headshaft for 108 FPM = 16 RPM X .90 = 14.4 RPM
this material.
Knowing horsepower and speed al headshaft, select drive from
Refer to Tab le 3. Type 5 elevator will handle !he capacity and Catalog 1050.
accommoda te !he cenlers. Tentatively select Type 5. Elevator
speciflcations, page 328, indicale elevator No. 519 will handle For a 65-foot centers elevator handling 1 00 pounds per cubic
6550 bushels p er hour of material weighing 60 pounds per bushel. foot material, the next higher listed weight, the diameter of the
headshaft is 5 'll.11•
horsepower al head shaft = 3.45 +(.218 X 80) = 20.89 HP
Sp eed of head shaft is 47 RPM. Refer lo Table l. For elevators exposed to weather, casings can
b e made of comme rcial hot rolled mild sleel, commercial hot rolled
Knowing horsepower and speed al head shaft, select drive mild steel galvanized or low a lloy steel. When using cor.imercial
from Catalog 1050. hot rolled mild steel, !he thickness of material in the head and
The diameter of !he head shaft for an 80-foot cenlers elevotor intermediate sections is increased from 1O gauge to 3/1&11, in the dis-
handling 60 pounds per bushel material is 3 7,il,". charge spout from Y. " to :Va", in !he boot from >A{ to Y. ", and in
the hood from 12 gaug e to •;,,". Refer to pages 346 and 347 for
Refer to Table 1. With elevator indoors and conditions relatively ca sing details and pag e 351 for service p lotform a rrangement.
clean, use casing materials and thicknesses sp ecifled on page 329.
Refer to pag es 330 and 331 for casing details.
Table 1 • Recommended casing materials and
thicknesses
Problem 3
Recommended casing material
Select a bucket elevator to mee! the following conditions: Operoting ond thickness
Material ....... . ... . bauxite condition
listed thickness of casing
Weight . ........ . . .. 85 pounds per cubic foot
14 ge. 1 12 ge. 1 1 O ge. 1 ~ in. 1 ~ in.
Capacity .... . ....... 250 tons per hour or
5880 cubic feet per hour
Maximum lump size ... 3 inches, 1O per cent of total volume
Shaft centers .. . . ... • 65 feet vertical Commercial hot rolled mild steel
Operating conditions .. exposed to weather Relatively clean 14 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. >A& in. Y. in.
Outdoors, sheltered
from wealher 14 ga . 12 ga. 10 ga. 3A& in. Y. in.
Solution Mildly corrosive 10 ga . 3A, in. 3A• in. V. in. :Va in.
Exposed to weather 10 ga . >A& in. 3A& in. V. in. Va in.
Refer to Table 2. Types 1, 2, 7, 9, 1O and 11 elevalors are spec-
ifled for this material. Damp or moist .. .... . .. ... V. in. V. in. Va in.
Refe r to Table 3. Type 11 elevator will handle the lump size and
capacity and will accommodate the shaft centers. Tenta tlvely
select Type 11. Commercial hot rolled mild steel
galvaniz:ed or coated
Refer to footnote 0 under Elevator Speciflcations, page 344.
Elevator speeds are dependen! upon !he abrasiveness of !he Product contamina tion 14 ga. 12 ga. 10 go. A&in.
3 Y. in.
material b eing hondled and affect capacity and horsepower. Corrosive 14 ga. 12 go. 10 ga. 3
A• in. V. in.
The material classiflcation, pag e 563, defines bauxite as Exposed to weather 14 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. % in. Y. in.
very abrasive. Therefore reduce the listed speed, capacity and Damp or moist .. . . . .. . . . 10 ga. % in . Y. in.
horsepower by 103.
equivalent capacity based on 103 reduction in speed
Low alloy steel
5,880
--:90 = 6,533 cubic feet per hour.
According to the speciflcations, page 344, eleva tors No. 1007,
Corrosive
Exposed to weather
14 ga. 1 12 ga. 1 1O ga.
14 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga.
l3A& in.
% in.
V. in.
V. in.
No. 11 02 and No. 1107 will handle 6800 cubic feet per hour Damp or moist 1 . . . . . . . . • . • . 1O ga. lA& in. V. in.
and 3 " lumps. Basing the selection on 100 pounds p er cubic foot
material, the next higher listed weight, only elevators No. 1102
and No. 1107 will accommodate the 65-foot centers. Since Stainless steel and Monel metal
elevator No. 1107 with 554852 cha in is heavier than required
select elevator No. 1102 with SS4851 chain. Product contamination 114 ga. 1 12 ga. 1 1 O ga .
Corrosive fumes 14 ga. 12 ga . 1 O ga.
I 101O ga. l 3A& in.
ga. lA& in.
The listed chain speed is 120 FPM. The recommended chaln
Damp or moist . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 O ga. 10 ga. % in.
speed is 103 lower, or 120 X .90 = 108 FPM.

314 • LINK - BELT

 bulk handling
b ucket elevators

Selection
Tabl e 2 • Ty p lcal bul k materla ls handled by bucket e le vators

Average Average
weight per Elevotor weight per Elevotor
Material cubic foot, t ype Material cubic foot, type
pounds
• pounds
•
"" ""
Alfalfo meal ......... .. . . . .. . .. 17 6, 7, 8 Coal, onthracite, river coal ond
Almonds, broken ...... . .. . ... . 28-30 2, 7, 8 culm V. inch ond under . . . . . . . 60 1, 2, 7, 8
Almonds, whole .... ...... .. .. . .. 28-30 7 Coal, bituminous, mined, fines,
Alum, lumpy ................. . 50-60 2, 7 50 mesh ond under . . . . . . . . . . . 50 7,8
Alumina ............ . . .. .... . . . 60 7• Coal, bituminous, mined, slock,
Aluminum chips ................ . 7-15 7 % inch ond under. . . . . . . . . . . . 50 1, 2, 7, 10, 11
Aluminum ore (see bauxite) Cool, bituminous, mined, si zed, over
Aluminum oxide .......... . .. . . 67-120 7 l/2 inch .... .. .... . ... .. ..... 50 7, 10, 11
Ammunition, sma ll parts ......... . 12, 13 Coal, bituminous, slripping, not
Ashes, coal, dry, 3 inch and under . 35-40 2 cleoned, over \12 inch . . . . . . . . . . 50 1, 2, 7, 10, 1 1
Asphalt, crushed, l/2 inch and under 45 1, 2, 7, 8 Cocoa beons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40 1, 2, 7
Bakelite, powdered ............ . 30-40 6, 7, 8 Coffee, green beon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8
Baking powder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 6,7, 8 Coffee, roasted beon .. ....... 22-26 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8
Barley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 3 •• 4 •• 5 . Cake, loase .... . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 23-32 2.
Battery cases, Ao shlight .. . ..... . . 12, 13 Cake, petroleum, calcined . .... ... 35-45 2.
Bauxite, crushed, 3 inch and under 75-85 1, 2,7, 9, 10, 11 Coke Breeze, Y. inch and und er . . 25-35 1•• 2 .
Be a ns, castor ............... . . . 36 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 Copro . . . ......... .. . . ...... .. 22 1, 2, 3, 4, 7
Beans, navy, dry .. . ........ . .. . 48 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 Copra cake . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . ... 25-30 1, 2, 3, 4, 7
Bentonite, crude .............. . 34-40 1, 2 Copra cake, ground . . . . ......... 40-45 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8
Bentonite, 100 mesh and under .. . 50-60 1, 2 Copra meal . . . . . . . . . . ......... 40-45 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8
Bolts, small ....... . ......... . 12, 13 Cork, flne ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15 6, 7 , 8
Bones, crushed, l/2 inch and under .. 35-40 1, 2, 7, 8 Cork, granulated, % inch ond under 12-15 6 , 7,8
Bones, granulated or ground, Corn, crocked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-50 1, 2, 3, 4
lis inch and under . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 1, 2, 7, 8 Corn, seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 12, 13
Bonemea l . .. .. . ...... . ....... . 55-60 1, 2 Corn, shelled . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .. 45 3 •• 4 •• 5 .
Bora x, powdered .. . . . . . .... ... . 53 1, 2 Corn germs . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 21 1, 2, 3, 4
Bre n ... . . . . . .. ....... . ...... . 16-20 1, 2, 3, 4 Corn grits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. 40-45 1, 2, 3, 4
Brewer's grain, spent, d ry . ... . .. . 25-30 1, 2, 3, 4 Corn sugor. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 31 1, 2, 3, 4
Brewer's grain, spe nt, wet ....... . 55-60 1, 2 Cornmeal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-40 1, 2, 3, 4
Buckwheat ........ ......... . .. . 40-42 3 • • 4 •• 5 . Cottonseed, dry, de-linted .. . . . . . . 35 1•• 2 ••3 •, 4 •
Calcium oxide (see limel Cottonseed, dry, with lint .. . . . . . . . 18-25 1•• 2 •• 3 •• 4 •
Corbon block, pelletized ....... . 20-25 7, 8 Cottonseed, ca ke, cracked . . . . . . . . 40-45 1, 2
Corbon block powder, chonnel . .. . 4-6 6 Cottonseed hulls . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 12 7, 8
Corbon block powder, fu rnoce .. . . 4-6 6 Cottonseed meal. . . . . . . . . . ..... 35-40 1, 2, 3, 4
Corborundum, 3 inch ond under .. 100 7 Cottonseed mea Is . . . . . . . . . . ..... 40 1, 2, 3, 4
Castings, smo ll ................ . 12, 13 Cullet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 80-120 2.
Ca si iron borings ..... .. ... .... . 130-200 2,7 Dolomite, crushed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90- 100 2, 7, 9, 1 o, 11
Cernen!, Portland . ....... .. .... . 65-85 1, 2, 7, 8 Ebonite, crushed, l/2 11 and under . . . 65-70 2, 6, 7, 8
Cement, clinker .. ... . . . ... .. . .. . 75-80 2, 7, 9, 10, 11 Feldspar, ground, V. inch and under 65-70 1, 2, 7
Cholk, crushed .. . . ... . ....... . . 85-90 1, 2, 7, 8 Feldspar, powdered, 100 mesh
and under. . . . .. .... . . . .. ... 75 6,7,8
Cholk, p ulverized, 100 mesh
ond under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-7 5 7,8 Flaxseed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 3 •• 4 •• 5 .
Chorcool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-25 6,7 Fla xseed cake, expeller .... . . . . . . 48-50 2
Cinders, caal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 2, 7 Flaxseed mea l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 1, 2, 3, 4
Clover seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 1, 2, 3, 4 Flour, wheat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-40 1• • 2 •• 3 • • 4 •
Coal, onthrocite, buckwheot 50 Flue dust, boiler house, dry . . . . . . . 35-45 7 o, 8 0
mesh to Ya inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 1, 2, 7, 8 Fluorspar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 1, 2, 7

& Chain recommended for oll elevators, excep t those morked thus • , 6. Weigh t of material loase or slightl y ogitoted. This weight is g e nerolly
w here belts ore recommended. To avoid damage to b elt, provide foo t less than that of settled or pocked material, os i n bins or contoiners.
shaft s w ith w elded steel slat pulleys w here there is o tend ency for o Select on elevotor ho ving twice the copocity re qui red.
ma terial to pock be tween belt ond pulley .

LI N K- B EL T • 315
bulk handling
bucket elevators

Selection
Table 2 (continued) • Typical bulk materials handled by bucket elevators

Average Avera ge
weight per Elevator we ight p er Elevator
Material cubic foot, type Material cub ic foot, ty pe
p ounds
6. • pounds
6.
•
Fuller's eorth, burnt, oíl ref1nery 40 1•. 2 . Pumice, ground, Ya inch ond und er . 42 -45 7
Fuller's eorth, row, o íl ref1nery .... . 35-40 1••2 . Rice, hulled or polished .. ...... . . 45- 48 3 • • 4 • • 5 • • 12, 13
Glo ss batch . .. ............... . 90-100 2. Rice, rough ......... .. ... ... . . . 36 3 • • 4 • • 5 • • 12, l 3
Glue, ground, Ye inch ond und er .. 40 2 Rice bron, se e Bron .. . . ... . .... .

Glue, peorl ... . ........ . . . . . . . . 40 2 Rice grits ....... ......... .. . . . 42 -45 1, 2, 3, 4

Groins, distillery, spent, dry .... . . . 30 1, 2, 3, 4 Rivets, smoll . . ...... . .... .. . 12, 13
Gronite, broken .. .... ......... . 95-100 7 , 9, 10, 11 Rubber, ground, se e Ebonite ... . .
Gross seed ...... . . .. . . ... .. . . . 10-12 7,8 Rye .. .. .. . . ...... . . . . . . .. 44 3 . ,4 . ,5 .

Grovel, screened . ... .......... . 90-100 1,2,7, 9, 10, 11 Solt, d ry, fine . .. ....... . ... .. . 7 0 -80 2, 7, 8
Gypsum, colcined ......... .. ... . 55-60 1,2,7, 9, 10, 11 Sal!, dry, coorse . . . .......... . 4 5 -50 2, 7, 8
Gypsum, crushed, l inch and under 90-100 1,2, 7,9, 10, 11 Sol! cake, dry, coorse ......... . 85 2, 7, 8
Gypsum, powdered .... .... .. . . . 60-80 1, 2, 7, 8 Solt cake, dry, pulverized . .. ... . 6 5-85 2, 7, 8

Hops, spent, dry ... . ... . . .. .. . . . 35 1, 2, 3, 4 Sond, domp bonk . .. ... ..... .. . 11 0 -130 l •• 2 .
Hops, spent, wet . ...... . .. . . . 50-55 1, 2 Sond, d ry bonk ............ . 90- 11 0 l •• 2 .
Ice, crushed ... ....... .. .. . .. . . . 35-45 2,7 Sand, dry silico 0 ..... ... ... . 90 -1 00 l •• 2 .
llmenite ore .... ...... .. .. . . .. . . 140 1, 2,7, 9, 10, 11 Sond, foundry, prepored ...... . 90 l •• 2 .

Lignite, oír dried . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-55 1, 2, 7 Sond, foundry, shakeout ... .... . 90 l •• 2 .

Lime, ground, Y1 inch and under . . . 60 1, 2, 7, 8, 9, 1O, 11 Shale, crushed . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 85- 90 l •• 2 .
Lime, hyd roted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 7, 9, 1O, 11 Slog, furnoce, g ronulo ted .... .. . 60 -65 7, 9 , 10, 11
Lime, pebble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53-56 1, 2 , 7, 9, 1O, 11 SI ate, crushed, Y2 inch ond under 80-90 2 • • 7, 9, l 11 º·
Lime, over Y2 inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 7, 9, 10, 11 Siete, ground, Ye inch ond unde r .. 82 1 •• 2 .
Limestone, ogriculturol, Ya inch Soap b e ad s or granule s . . . .. . . . 20 12, 13
and under. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 1, 2,7,9, 10, 11 Soap flak es 5 -15 12, 13
Limestone, crushed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 5-90 7, 9, 10, 11 Soda a sh, light .............. . 20 -35 7, 8

Linseed, (see floxseed) Soda a sh, he avy .. .. . . . . ... .. . 5 5 -6 5 1, 2 , 7, 8

Linseed meol (see flaxseed meol) Soybeons, cracked .... ... ..... . 30-40 l, 2, 3, 4
Moize ........ . ... ....... ..... 45 3 •• 4 •• 5 . Soy beo ns, whole . ... .. ... . . ... . 4 5-5 0 3. , 4. , 5 .
Mo lt, dry ground, Ya inch ond under 22 1, 2, 3, 4 So ybe an ca ke, over y, inch . .... . 40-4 3 2

Molt, dry, who le ... . . ...... . . . . 27 -3 0 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 Soyb e an Aokes, row .. ..... .... . 20-26 1, 2, 3, 4
Molt, wet ar green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0-65 l, 2 Soy be an Ao ur ... . .. .... .. . 27 l •• 2 • • 3 •• 4 .
Mol! meal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 -40 l , 2, 3, 4 Soy bean me al, cold ......... . 40 l , 2, 3, 4
Mo rble, crushe d , over Y2 inch . . . . . 90-95 7 , 9 , 10, 11 Soybe an meal, hot . . .. . . ..... . 40 l , 2, 3, 4

Milk, dried flake . . . . . . . . ...... . 5 -6 3, 4 Stampings, metal, smo ll . ........ . . .. 12, 13

Milk, malted . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 30-35 3, 4 Steel chi ps, crushe d ........... . 100- 150 7
Muriote of pota sh . . . . . . . ...... . 77 1, 2 , 7 Sto ne, crushed, see Gravel o r
Mustard seed . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 45 3, 4 Limeslone

Nuts, meto l. .......... .. . . .... . 12 , 13 Suga r beet, pulp, dry .. . . . .... . 12 -1 5 6, 7, 8

Oats ....... .... ...... . ....... 26 3 •• 4 •• 5 . Sug a r b eet, pulp, wet . . .. . .. . . . 25-45 7, 8
Oots, rolled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 l, 2 , 3, 4 Suga r, raw . ......... . .. . .. . . . 55-65 l, 2
Oxalic a cid crystols . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 l •• 2 . Tonbo rk, g round ......... . ... . 55 l, 2

Peas, dried . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 45-50 12, 13 Timo thy seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 7, 8

Peonuts, shelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 35 -4 5 12, 13 Tung nuts, she lled . .... . .... .. .. . 1 2, 13
Phosphote rock .. .... ... . .. .. ... 75 -8 5 2,7, 9, 10, 11 W o lnuts, she lle d ...... . ...... . 12, 13
Phosphote sond . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 90 -1 00 1••7 Wheat . . . . .. ... . . ....... . 45-48 3., 4., 5 .

Plo stics, chips .......... ... . . . . . 12, 13 Whe at, cra cke d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-45 l , 2, 3, 4
Plostics, pellets .............. . . . 12, 13 Wheat germ .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 1, 2, 3, 4
Plostics, smoll co stings ...... . ... . 12, 13 W ood chips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-20 l •• 2 .

• Choin recommended fa r a li elevators, except !hose marked thus • . 0 lf sand is hot, use special heot -resisting belis ond insuloting pods between
where belts ore recommended. To ovoid domoge to belt, provide foot buckets ond belts.
shofts with welded steel slot pulleys where there is a tendency filr 6. Weight of material loase or slightly ogitated. This weight is generolly
material to pack between be lt and pulley. less thon that of settled ar packed material, as in bins or contoiners.

316 • L 1 N K- BEL T
 bulk handling
bucket eleva to rs

Selection
Table 3 • Tentative elevator selectl on

Maxi mum lum p Maxi mum capacity M axi mum centers, fee t o
s i:z:e, i nches
Tons per hour
Elevolor Cubic Moleriol weighl,
Percenloge Bushels Pages
type f eet Moteriol weighl, pounds per cublc foot
of lumps per
per p ounds per cubic foot
hour
hour
100 1 10 3S 1 so 1 7S 1 100 1 12S 3S 1 so 1 7S 1 100 1 12S

1
1 'A 4 2000 35 50
100 ... 75 ..... 80 80 80 80 . ..
1 Y2 4 '12 3100 55 156
78 ... 117 ..... 80 80 80 70 . .. 318
--- - - --- - - - - -- - - - thru
1 'A 4 2000 35 50 75 100 ... ..... 80 80 80 80 . .. 323
2 .a. 1 Y2 4 Y2 3 100 55 78 117 156 ... . .... 80 80 80 70 . ..
-- - - - - --- - - - - - - --
3,4 3 700 10 17 ... ... ... 545 40 40 . .. . . . . ..
3 1 3 Y2 1100 16 28 ... . .. ... 880 50 50 . . . . .. . .. 324
--- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - -- thru

4 .a.
3A 3 700 10 17 ... . . . . .. 545 40 40 . .. . .. . .. 326
l 3 Y2 1100 16 28 ... ... ... 880 50 50 ... . .. . . .
-- -- - - - - --
Y2 Y2 8750 ... 219 ... . .. .. . 7000 . . 200 . .. . .. . ..
5• Y2 Y2 11500 ... 287 ... ... . .. 9200 . . 200 . .. . .. . ..
Y2 Y2 14000 ... 350 . .. . .. . .. 11200 .. 200 . .. . . . . .. 327
---- - - - - --- - - t hru
Y2 Y2 14750 ... 369 ... ... . .. 11800 .. 200 . .. . .. . .. 331
56 Y2 Y2 35000 ... 875 . . . . .. ... 28000 . . 210 . .. . .. . ..
Y2 Y2 47500 ... 1187 ... ... ... 38000 . . 210 . .. . .. . ..
---- - - - - - -- - -
332
6 1% 5 1400 24 34 52 69 ... . .... 80 80 80 80 . .. t hru
334
- - -- - -- - - - - -
1 3 1300 23 32 49 65 ... . .... 70 70 70 70 . ..
7 1 'A 4 1800 32 45 68 91 ... . .... 80 80 80 80 . ..
1 Y2 4 Y2 2350 41 58 88 117 ... ..... 80 80 80 70 . .. 335
- - -- - - --- - - - - thru
Y2 Y2 1300 23 32 49 65 ... . .... 70 70 70 70 ... 338
8 .a. Y2 Y2 1800 32 45 68 91 .. . . . . .. 80 80 80 80 . ..
Y2 Y2 2350 41 58 88 117 .. . . .... 80 80 80 70 . ..
-- -- --- - - - - - -
l 3 1500 . .. . ... ... 75 95 . .... .. . .. 80 80 . ..
l Y2 4 Y2 2300 ... . ... ... 115 145 . .. . . . . . .. 80 75 . .. 339
9 .. . .... ... . .... .. . .. thru
1 Y2 5 2600 130 165 70 65 . ..
2 5 5000 ... ... . .. . 250 3 10 . .... . . . .. 65 50 . .. 342
-- - - - - - - -- -
2 6 2400 .. . 60 90 120 150 . .... .. 85 70 55 45
2 6 2800 ... 70 105 140 175 ..... .. 75 60 50 40
2 6 3200 ... 80 120 160 200 . ... . .. 75 55 45 35
2 6 3600 ... 90 135 180 225 ..... .. 65 50 40 30
2 6 4000 ... 100 150 200 250 . .... .. 60 45 35 30
10
3 8 5600 . .. 140 2 10 280 350 . .... .. 75 65 55 45
3 8 6800 ... 170 255 340 425 ... .. .. 60 55 45 40 343
3 8 8400 ... 210 315 420 525 . .... .. 55 50 40 30 thru
3 8 10000 ... 250 375 500 625 . .... .. 50 45 35 30 347
3 8 12-400 ... 310 465 620 775 ..... .. 40 35 25 20
-- - - - -- - - -
3 8 5600 ... 140 210 280 350 . .... .. 125 125 125 110
3 8 6800 ... 170 255 340 425 . .... .. 125 125 11 0 95
11 3 8 8400 ... 210 315 420 525 . .... .. 125 110 95 80
3 8 10000 ... 250 375 500 625 . .... .. 125 100 85 75
3 8 12400 ... 310 465 620 775 ..... .. 100 80 70 60
-- - - --- - - -
3A 2 y, 200 3 5 ... . .. ... ..... 80 80 . .. . .. . ..
12 3A 2 Y2 320 6 8 ... . . . . .. ..... 60 60 . .. . .. . .. 348
- -- - - - - --- - - - - - - thru

13
3,4 2 Y2 500 9 12 ... . . . . .. ..... 80 80 ... . .. . .. 350
3A 2 Y2 800 14 14 . .. ... ... ..... 60 60 . .. . .. . ..

.a. Elevotors with fixed foot shofts. Recommended for feeder drives, handling • Elevotor with single row of buckets.
food products, moteriols with o high percentoge of lumps and moterials 6 Elevotor w ith double row of buckets.
whlch tend to pack. Curved bottom piares are olso recommended. o For centers beyond thosa listed, consult Link.Bel!.

L I NK-BELT • 3 17
bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 1 and 2 bucket elevators • centrifuga ! discharg e

. . . . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - Split removable hood - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .
for accessi bility

Head shaft mounted Head shaft mounted in

- - ¡ n fixed pillow blocks screw takeups

Discharge spout
- - positioned for
clean discharge

Rigid, strong, jig-built casing ,

-------dust-tight casings can be
furnished

Style A malleable iron buckets

- - -- - -- with rugged chain or belt
prolong elevator service

Clamped removable
- - -- - - - - - - -doo r for assembly - - - - - - -
and insp ection

Removable front
- - and back plates Feed hopper
for access to boot can be furnished

Photo 31663B Photo 201708

TYPE 1 ELEVATOR TYPE 2 ELEVA TOR

USING CHAIN USING CHAIN

Sturdy steel boot

- - w ith fixed foot shaft
and curved bottom p late
Sturdy steel boot
with screw-adjusted - -
foot shaft takeups
Photo 20 1708

TYPE 1 ELEVATOR Photo 3 16638 TYPE 2 ELEV ATOR

USING BELT USING BELT

318 • LINK - BELT

 bulk handling
bucket ele vators

Types 1 and 2 bucket elevators using chain • centrifuga! discharge

Elevator specifications
Elevotor Ma1dmum lump Copocityll.
number Bucket • size, inches Tons per hour
... Cho in
Percentoge Material weight, pounds
speed, Cubic
of lumps per cubic foot
FPM feet
Size, Spocing,
Type 1 Type 2 0 per hour
inches inches 100 10 350 so 75 100
1 1 1
102 202 6 )( 4 13 225 Y2 2 y, 280 4.9 7.0 10.5 14.0
104 204 8 )( 5 16 230 3A 3 540 9.5 13.5 20.2 27.0
105 205 8 )( 5 16 230 'A 3 540 9.5 13.5 20.2 27.0
107 207 8 )( 5 16 260 'A 3 612 10.7 15.3 22.9 30.6
108 208 8 )( 5 16 260 3A 3 612 10.7 15.3 22.9 30.6
110 210 10 )( 6 16 230 1 3 Y2 936 16.3 23.4 35.1 46.8
111 211 10 )( 6 16 230 1 3 Y2 936 16.3 23.4 35.1 46.8
112 212 10 )( 6 18 268 1 3 Y2 960 16.9 24.0 36.0 48.0
113 213 10 )( 6 18 2ó8 1 3\/2 960 16.9 24.0 36.0 48.0
116 216 10 )( 6 16 260 1 3 y, 1048 18.3 26.2 39.3 52.4
117 217 12 )( 7 18 268 1 'A 4 1536 26.9 38.4 57.6 76.8
119 219 12 )( 7 16 260 l 'A 4 1668 29.2 41.7 62.5 83.4
120 220 12 )( 7 18 306 l 'A 4 1744 30.5 43.6 65.4 87.2
122 222 12 )( 7 16 304 1 'A 4 1948 34.l 48.7 73.0 97.4
123 '.:!23 14 )( 7 19 260 l 'A 4 1700 29.8 42.5 63.8 85.0
124 224 14 )( 7 18 268 1 'A 4 1848 32.3 46.2 69.3 92.4
126 226 14 )( 7 16 260 1 'A 4 2016 35.3 50.4 75.6 100.8
127 227 14 )( 7 19 304 l 1A 4 1988 34.8 49.7 74.5 99.4
128 228 14 )( 7 18 306 l 'A 4 2112 36.9 52.8 79.2 105.6
130 230 14 )( 7 16 304 1 'A 4 2360 41.3 59.0 88.5 118.0
~ 31 23 1 16 )( 8 19 262 1 Y2 4 Y2 2540 44.4 63.5 95.2 127.0
132 232 16 )( 8 18 248 l Y2 4 Y2 2540 44.4 63.5 95.2 127.0
133 233 16 )( 8 19 304 1 Y2 4 Y2 2940 51.4 73.5 111 .0 147.0
134 234 16 )( 8 18 306 l Y2 4 Y2 3120 54.6 78.0 117.0 156.0

M a ximu m elevator cent ers In feet far various slze head shafts
Elevotor Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
number
... 35 1 50
Heod shoft diometer, inches
75 1 100

Ty pe 1
1
Type 2 1 •t14 I i
2~ ¡21~ 1 3~ 1 n1. 1 1~ 1 2~ j 2·~ 1 3~ l 31~ ¡ 11t14 I 2~ j 2·~ 1 3~ j 3·~ 1'~ 1 2~ j 2·~ 1
3~ ' 3'~
102 202 60 . . . . .. . . 60 . . . . . . . . 60 . . . . . . . . 60
104 204 60 . . . . . . . . 55 60 . . . . . . 50 60 . . . . .. 45 60
105 205 65 80 . . . . . . 60 80 . . . . . . 55 80 . . . . .. 50 80
60 . . . . . . . . 55 60 . . . . . . 45 60 ..
107
108
207
208
- - -- -- -- -- - - - -. -
65 So . . . . . . 60 80 . . . . . . 50 80 . . . . .. 45 80
. . . 40 60
-- -- -- - -
11 0 210 40 60 . . . . . . 35 60 . . . . . . 30 55 60 . . . . 25 45 60
1l l 211 30 55 80 . . . . 30 50 80 . . . . 25 45 80 . . .. 20 40 80
112 212 40 60 . . . . . . 35 60 . . . . . . 30 55 60 . . .. 25 45 60
113 213
-- -- -- -- -- --
30 55 80 . . .. 25 50 80 . . . . 25 45 80 . .
- - - - -. -
. 20 40 80
-- - -
116 216 35 60 . . . . . . 35 60 . . . . . . 25 50 60 . . .. 20 40 60
11 7 2 17 20 40 80 . . . . . . 35 80 . . . . . . 30 65 80 . . .. 25 60 80
25 45 60 . . . . 20 40 60 . . , _ . . . .
11 9
120
219
220 .. 35 80
- - - - - - 30 75 80 - - 25 65 80 - - .. 25
30 60 . . . .
20 -- 60
55 80 --
122 222 . . 40 60 . . . . . . 30 60 . . . . . . 25 60 . . . . .. 20 55 60
123 223 . . 30 60 . . . . . . 25 60 . . . . . . 20 55 60 . . . . . . 45 60
. 25 60 80 . . . . 20 50 80 . . . . . .
-. -
. . 30 70 80 . . 45 70
124 224
-- - - -- -- -- -- - - - - -. - -- -80-
126 226 . . 35 60 . . . . . . 30 60 . . . . . . 20 55 60 . . . .. 45 60
127 227 . . 30 60 . . . . . . 25 60 . . . . . . 20 50 60 . . .. .. 40 60
128 228 . . 30 70 80 . . . . 25 60 80 . . . . 20 50 80 . . . . .. 40 70 80
. . 35 60 . . . . - . .- 25 60 . . . . . 20 50 60 -. - . . . .. 40 60
130
131
230
23 1
-- -- ---- - - - - - - -. - -- --
. . . . 50 60 . . . . . . 45 60 . . . . . . 35 60 . . . . ..
-- -- 30 50 60
132 232 . . . . 40 70 80 . . . . 35 60 80 . . . . 30 50 80 . . . . 25 40 75
133 233 . . . . 45 60 . . . . . . 40 60 . . . . .. 30 55 60 . . . . 25 45 60
134 234 . . . . 40 60 80 . . . . 35 55 80 . . . . . . 45 80 .. . . .. 40 70
..t. Elevators regularly include head sholt machinery, foot shoft machinery, Style C buckets directly proportionol to volume ond weight of material
chain, buckets, and cosings with dlscho rge spouts, olso curved bottom carried in buckets.
p lates fo r Type 2. Specify elevotor number, sha ft centers ond Style l ar ll. Bosed on buckets filled t o 75% of theoreticol copocity. Copacity
2 discharge spout. Ba ll and roller bearing pillow blocks and takeups, directly proportional to volume ond weight of material carried in buckets
grovity tokeups, Salem buckets, drives, leed hoppers, backstops, service ond choin speed. Free·flowlng moteriols connot be corried os hlgh in the
p latforms ond lodders cen be fu rnished. buckets os heovier or l ess fluffy materiols.
• Style A malleable iron buckets. Style C malleoble iron buckets recom- 0 Light weight, fluffy or pulverized moteriols require 15 to 20% l ower
mended for wet or sticky mat erial. Copocity ond horsepower using choin speeds thon those shown, for proper dischorge.

L 1 N K - BEL T • 319
bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 1 a nd 2 bucket elevators using chain ~ centrifuga! discharge

Elevator specifications
Eleva l ar Horsepower al h eod sh oft® He ad shaft <) Faat sha ft ~
number Material weight, paunds per cubic foat Pitch Pitch
• 35 1 50 1 75 1 100 dio meter
af spracket
Speed,
dio meter
af sprackel
Dio meter,
RPM inches
. Is 1 Per foat 1 Termrnals
. 1 Per foat 1 Termmols
. Per foat 1 T . 1 Per foat wheel, wheel,
Type 1 1 Typ e 2 Termino
centers centers centers ermino 15 centers inches
inches
102 202 .12 .007 . 16 .0 10 .24 .014 .32 .019 20 43 15 1 'll6
104 204 .20 .0 13 .27 .019 .4 1 .028 .56 .037 20 !/, 43 13 1 'll6
105 205 .20 .013 .27 .0 19 .4 1 .0 28 .56 .037 20 \12 43 13 P A6
107 24 v. 41 18 l 15A6
- - - 207
-108 208
.30
.30
-.015
--
.015
.43
.43
.02 1
.0 21
.64
.64
.03 1
.031
.86
.86
.041
.041 24 1.4 41 18 1 "A6
110 210 .40 .022 .57 .032 .85 .047 1.13 .063 20 \12 43 15 \12 l 15A6
111 2 11 .40 .0 22 .57 .03 2 .85 .047 1. 13 .063 20 \12 43 15 \12 1 "A6
112 212 .55 .023 .79 .033 1.18 .0 49 1.58 .065 25 41 21 v. l ' 5A6
- - - --- --- ---
1 13 213 .55 .023 .79 .03 3 1.18 .0 49 1.58 .065 25 41 21 v. l 15A6
116 216 .59 .025 .9 1 .036 1.36 .053 1.81 .071 24 v. 41 20 \12 1" A6
117 217 .72 .036 1.02 .052 1.53 .078 2.05 .103 25 41 17 \12 1"A6
119 219 .82 .040 1.18 .057 1.77 .085 2.36 .113 24 v. 41 18 l "Aó
- - - --- - -- - - - -- ---
120 220 1.11 .04 1 1.81 .059 2.72 .089 3.62 .118 30% 38 23 1.4 2 3A6
122 222 1.29 .046 1.85 .066 2.78 .099 3.70 .1 32 30 \12 38 24 v. 2 3A6
123 223 .86 .040 1.24 .057 1.86 .086 2.48 .115 24 v. 41 18 v. 2 3A6
124 224 41
126
- --
226
.88
1.02
-.044
--
.048
1.25
1.46
.063
---
.068
2.00
- 2.19
- .09 4
.103
2.50
2.92
.125
.136
25
24 1.4 41
17 \12
18
2 3A•
2 3A•
127 227 1.31 .047 1.80 .067 2.70 .101 3.60 .1 34 30 \12 38 24 v. 2%
128 228 1.35 .050 1.92 .072 2.88 .107 3.84 .143 30% 38 23 v. 2%
130 24 v.
-- 230
- 131 231
1.57
1.19
.056
---
.060
2.26
1.69
.080
---
.086
3.39
2.54
-..129
120
-- 4.53
3.38
.160
---
. 171
30 \12
24 v.
38
41 17
2%
2 3A•
132 232 1.1 o .060 1.57 .086 2.35 .128 3.1 4 .17 1 23 41 15 3.4 2 3A•
133 233 1.72 .070 2.45 . 100 3.69 .149 4.92 .199 30 \12 38 2 1 v. 2 3A•
134 234 1.81 .074 2.62 .106 3.93 . 158 5.24 .2 11 30 3.4 38 21 v. 2 3A•

Eleva lar Appraximale

number Casing
Gauge af sleel casing t weighl,
• Cha in
number
size
inside,
Head and
ínter· Baat Discharge
paunds l!l
¡casing, buckets
Type 1 Type 2
t inches Haad
me di ate section spaul Terminals ond choin,
1 sections perfoat cenlers
102 202 e 188 9% X 35 14 12 10 10 686 58
104 204 C 10 2B 11 3A X 39 14 12 10 10 812 73
105 205 SS 102B 11 3A X 39 14 12 10 10 801 74
107 207 C 10 2B 11 3,4 X 42 14 12 10 10 906 82
108 208 SS 102 B 11 3A X 42 14 12 10 10 887 83
110 210 C 102B 13 3A X 42 14 12 10 10 891 88
111 211 SS 102B 13 3A X 42 14 12 10 10 964 91
112 212 e 110 13 3A X 48 14 12 10 10 1035 91
11 3 213 SS 110 13 3A X 48 14 12 10 10 1140 92
116 216 C 102 B 13 3.4 X 48 14 12 10 10 1020 92
117 217 SS 110 15 3A X 48 14 12 10 10 11 39 98
119 219 C 102B 15 % X 48 14 12 10 10 1062 100
120 220 SS 110 15 3A X 54 14 12 10 10 1451 10 4
122 222 C 102B 15 3.4 X 54 14 12 10 10 1352 105
123 223 e 111 17 3.4 X 48 14 12 10 10 1352 107
124 224 SS 110 17 3,4 X 48 14 12 10 10 1329 10 2
126 226 C 102B 17 3A X 48 14 12 10 10 1220 104
127 227 e 111 17% X 54 14 12 10 10 156 9 112
128 228 SS 110 17 3,4 X 54 14 12 10 10 1525 107
130 230 C 102B 17 3A X 54 14 12 10 10 1387 109
131 231 e 11 1 19 3A X 48 14 12 10 10 1420 118
132 232 SS 110 19 3,4 X 48 14 12 10 10 1454 120
133 233 e 111 19 3A X 54 14 12 10 10 1626 123
134 234 SS 110 19 3A X 54 14 12 10 10 1734 120
Á Elevators regulorly include head shalt machinery, foot shaft machinery, Series GS 3100 babbitted bearing screw takeups.
chain, buckets, and casings with discha rge spouts, also curved bottom § Fool shaft for Type 1 elevata r provided with Series MS 2200 babbitted
plate for Type 2. Specify elevator number, shalt centers ond Style 1 or bearing screw takeups. Foot shaft for Type 2 elevator provided with
Style 2 dlscharge spout. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks and takeups, Series 1000 babbitted beoring pillow blocks.
gravity takeups, Salem buckets, drives, leed hoppers. backstops, service t Class 800 chains can be furnished instead of Class SS.
p la tforms and ladders can be furnlshed. t Refer to Table 1 for corresponding casing mate rials for operating
® Based on buckets íllled to 1003 o f theoreticol capacity. Horsepower conditlons.
directly proportional to volume and weight of material carried in buckets (!J. Terminal weight based on average size head shaft. W eight odjustme nt
and chain speed. necessary if ga uge of casing is other than lísted above. Terminal weight
O Head shaft for Type 1 elevator provided with Series 2-1200 babbitted includes Style 1 or 2 discharge spout but not feed hopper.
bearing pillow blocks. Head shaft for Type 2 elevator p rovid ed w ith

320 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 1 and 2 bucket elevators using belt • centrifuga! disc harge

Elevator specifications
Ca oa city ó.
...
Elevo tor numb er
Bucket •
Belt
speed ,
FPM
Maxi mum lump
sii;e, inches
Cubic f eet
Tom per hour
Siz e, Spocing, Percentoge of lumps Ma te rial w eight, pounds p er cubic foot
Type 1 Type 2 0 per hour
1 1 inch es 1 inch es 1 1 100 1 10 1 3S0 1 so 1 7S 1 100
141 24 1 6x4 13 225 Y.t 2 Y.t 280 4.9 7.0 105 14.0
142 242 8 X 5 16 225 :y. 3 534 9.3 13.4 20. 1 26.7
143 243 8 X 5 16 258 :y. 3 608 10.7 15.2 22.8 30. 4
144 244 10 X 6 16 225 1 3Y.t 910 15.9 22.8 34.2 45.5
145 245 10 X 6 16 258 1 3 Y.t 1046 18.3 26. 2 39.2 52. 3
146 246 12 X 7 18 258 11;. 4 1464 25.6 36.6 54.9 73.2
147 247 12 X 7 18 298 1 y. 4 1696 29.7 42.4 63.6 84.8
148 248 14 X 7 18 258 1 v. 4 1776 31.l 44.4 66.6 88.8
149 249 14 X 7 18 29 8 1 v. 4 2060 36. l 51.5 77.2 103.0
152 252 16 X 8 18 298 l Y.t 4 Y.t 3040 53. 1 76.0 114.0 152.0

Moximum elevator cente rs in fee t for various size head sha fts

...
Elevotor number
3S 1 so
Mate rial w eiqht, pounds per cubic foot
1 75 1 100
Heod shoft diometer, inches
Type 1 Type 2
1 JI~ 1 2~ 1 2 1 ~ 1 3~ 1 3 '~· 1 1 1 ~1 2 ~. 1 2 1 ~ 1 J ~. 1 3 1 ~ 1 "~ 1 2~ 1 2 1~ 1 3~ 1 3 1~, 1 11~, 1 2fu 1 21~ 1 3fu 1 31 ~,

14 1 241 80 .. .. .. .. 80 .. .. .. .. 80 .. .. .. .. 80
142 242 80 .. .. .. .. 80 .. .. .. .. 70 80 .. .. .. 60 65
143 243 80 .. .. .. .. 75 80
1
.. .. .. 65 80 .. .. .. 55 80
144 244 55 80 .. .. .. 40 75 80 .. .. 30 60 80 .. .. 25 50
145 245 50 80 .. .. .. 35 70 80 .. . ' 30 55 80 .. .. 20 45 70
146 246 30 50 80 .. .. 20 45 80 .. .. .. 35 80 .. .. .. 25 65 70
147 247 .. 45 80 . . . . .. 40 80 .. . ' .. 30 75 8:> .. .. 20 60 80
148 248 .. 35 80 .. .. .. 30 75 80 .. .. 25 60 80 .. .. .. 50 65
149 249 .. 30 80 .. .. .. 25 70 80 . ' .. 20 55 80 .. .. .. 45 75 80
152 252 .. .. 50 80 .. .. .. 45 75 80 .. .. 35 60 80 .. .. 25 50 80

Hors epower at he ad s haft ®

Heod shoft O Foot shoft§
...
Elevotor number
3S 1
Material weight, pounds p er cubic foot
50 1 7S 1 100
Pulley
Pulley 1 1
Type 2 Pe r foot Per foot t>.dr foot Per foot dio meter, Sp eed , diometer, Diametcr,
Type 1 Te rmina Is Termino ls Terminals Termina Is RPM
1 1 centers 1 1 cente rs 1 1 cente rs 1 centers inches inches inche s
141 241 .12 .007 .18 .010 .27 .014 .36 .019 20 43 16 1¡,¡,
142 242 . 19 .013 .29 .018 .44 .027 .59 .036 20 43 14 1 fu
143 243 .32 .015 .45 .021 .~e .031 .91 .041 24 41 18 l"ti•
144 244 .42 .022 .60 .031 . 90 046 1.20 .062 20 43 16 1' ~

145 245 .60 .025 .85 035 1.27 .053 1.69 .071 24 41 20 1"A.
146 24 6 .66 035 l. 1 o .050 1 63 .075 2. 18 .099 24 41 20 1 "~
147 247 1.11 .040 1.58 .058 2. 37 .086 3. 16 115 30 38 24 2'"6
148 248 .93 .042 1.31 .060 1.96 .090 2.61 . 120 24 41 20 2'A.
149 249 1 34 .049 1.92 .065 2.88 . 109 3.84 . 139 30 38 24 2'A.
152 252 1.73 .072 2.48 . 103 3.72 . 154 4.98 .206 30 38 22 2~

Elevator number Approxima te weight,

... Belt t Casing
s ize insid e ,
Gouge of steel cosing t pounds l.!.l

Width, inches Head a nd Baot Dischorge Casing ond

Type 1 Type 1 inches
Ply Hood intermed iate sectia n spout Termina Is buckets, per
1 1 1 se ctio ns 1 1 1 foot centers
141 241 7 4 l l :Y.x35 14 12 10 10 868 52
142 242 9 4 13:Y. X 39 14 12 10 10 855 65
143 243 9 5 13:Y. X 42 14 12 10 10 1077 70
144 244 11 5 15'/4 X 42 14 12 10 10 1090 75
145 245 11 6 15:Y. X 48 14 12 10 10 1264 80
14 6 H6 13 6 17:Y. X 48 14 12 l 'O 10 1390 86
147 247 13 7 17:Y. X 54 14 12 10 10 1659 91
148 248 15 6 19'/4 X 48 14 12 10 10 1503 90
149 249 15 7 19% X 54 14 12 10 10 1778 95
152 252 18 7 22'/4 X 54 14 12 10 10 1991 106
¿ Elevators regularly include heod shoh machinery, foo t shaft mochinery, ® Bosed on buckets filled to 1003 o f theore tico l copocity. Ho rsepower
buckets, and cosings with discha rge spouts, olso curved bottom piafe s l ar di rectly proportio nol to volume and weight o f mate rial co rried in buckets
Type 2. Specily elevotor number, shoh centers ond Style 1 ar 2 dischorge ond belt speed.
spouts. Belts, boll ond roller bearing pillow blocks ond takeups, grovity O Heod shoft far Type 1 elevato r provided with Series 2- 1200 bobbitted
tokeups, Solem buckets. drives, leed hoppers, bockstops, service plo tlorms bearing pillow blocks. Heod shoft far Type 2 elevator provided w ith Series
ond lodders con be furnished. GS 3100 bobbitted bearing screw takeups.
• Style A molleoble ir on buckets. Style C malleoble i ron buckets recomme nd~d § Foot sholt lar Type 1 elevotor pro vided w ith Se ries M S 2200 ba bbitted
lar wet ar sticky mate rial. Copacity ond ho rsepower, using Style C buckets, bearing screw tokeups. Foot shah lar Type 2 elevoto r pro vided with Series
directly proportionol to volume ond weight al material corried in buckets. 1000 bobbitted bearing pillow blocks.
6 Bosed on buckets filled to 753 al theoreticol capacity. Copocity directly Number ol plies bosed on 32-ounce duck up to ond including 11" wide
proportionol to volume and weighl al material corried in buckets ond belt belts and 35-ounce duck la r belts 13" ond w ide r.
speed. Free-flowing moteriols connot be carried os high in the buckets os ¡ Refe r to Table 1 far corresponding casi ng moteriols far vorious operoting
heovier a r less fluffy materlols. conditions.
0 Light w eight, íluffy ar pulverized moteriqls require 15 to 203 lower bel t !iJ Terminal w eight based on average size of heod shoft. Weight odjustment
speeds thon those shown, fa r proper discharge. necessary if gouge of casing is othe r than listed obove. Termina l weight
i ncludes Style 1 or 2 discharge spout but no t belt or feed ho pper.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 321
bulk handling
bucket e leva t o r s

Types 1 and 2 bucket elevators • centrifuga ! discharge

- E->-«- F 1' '

t
1\
w y
1
r H
X
t- -x
Jo,
~
' /"-45º J ~ J ~ /\ J
,· .- :r-'L--X 45°

L -~
-<- • J ----4~1 .
A
1
6- >- -<K
~ 2,.
~-:
~
[]J -V

ill
1
DISCHARGE
SPOUT

l~J
DISCHARGE
STYLE 1 SPOUT
DISCHARGE SPOUT STYLE 1
FOR BOTH TYPES
D>- ~o OF ELEVATORS
INSIDE
STYLE 2 º1 INSIDE D
1
¡CENTERS
1
LIFT LIFT
1
1
1
:
!1
1
1
1
1
1
¡
1
1

1 1
1

1
'

f ig. 6122
Type 1 e levator Type 2 elevator

Casing size A 8 e o E F G
1 H J K
inside, 1
inches
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
INCHES
9*x35 9* 35 13 y, 1 Y2 17 Y2 30 y, 19 Y2 25 Y2 27 'A 10
11 3Ax35 11 * 35 15 v. 1 Y2 17 Y2 30 Y2 19 Y2 25 Y2 27 'A 10
11 3Ax39 11 * 39 15 v. 1 Y2 19 Y2 32 y, 21 Y2 28 29 10
11 3Ax42 l 1* 42 16 v. 2 21 36 'A 24 32 30 'A 13
13 JAx39 13 3A 39 17 v. 1 y, 19 Y2 32 Y2 21 Y2 28 29 10
13 3Ax42 1 3 3,4 42 18 v. 2 21 36 'A 24 32 30 'A 13
13 3Ax48 13 JA 48 18 y, 2 24 40 Ya 27 Y2 38 33 'A 15
15 *x42 15 3,4 42 20 v. 2 21 36 'A 24 32 30 'A 13
15 JAx48 15 JA 48 20 y, 2 14 40 Ya 27 Y2 38 33 'A 15
15 3,4x54 15 * 54 20 y, 2 27 45 31 42 35 * 17
17*x48 17* 48 22 v. 2 24 40Va 27 Y2 38 33 'A 15
17 *x54 17 % 54 22 y, 2 27 45 31 42 35 3,4 17
19*x48 19* 48 24 y, 2 24 40 Ya 27 Y2 38 33 'A 15
19JAx54 19'A 54 24 v. 2 27 45 31 42 35* 17
223,4x54 22 3A 54 27 y, 2 27 45 31 42 35 3A 17
Hove dimensions certified l or instollo tion purposes.

322 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket e levators

Types 1 a nd 2 bucket elevators • centrifuga! dischorge

Casing size p
s
L M N Q R AA
inside, Type 1 Type 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
inches
IN CHES
9 '14x35 2 Y2 24 Y2 21 Y2 6'14 6 14 Y2 23 Y. 18 % 63 'h
11 '14x35 2 Y2 24 Y2 21 Y2 7 3,4 6 14 Y2 25 y. 20 % 63 'h
11 3Ax39 3 24 Y2 22 7 3,4 6 16 Y2 25 y. 20 % 63 Y2
11 3Ax42 3 28 Y2 24 73,4 8 18 27 Y2 22 o/4 64
13 3.4x39 3 24 Y2 22 8 3,4 6 16 Y2 27 y. 22 o/4 63 'h
13 3Ax 42 3 28 Y2 24 8 3,4 8 18 29 Y2 24 o/4 64
13 3Ax48 3 31 27 8 3,4 8 21 29 'h 24 o/4 64
15 3Ax42 3 28 Y2 24 9 '14 8 18 31 'h 26 o/4 64
15 3Ax48 3 31 27 9 3,4 8 21 31 'h 26 o/4 64
15 3Ax54 4 35 Y2 29 93,4 10 24 34 y. 27 :v. 64
17 3Ax48 3 33 6 27 10 '14 lO o 21 36 Y.t 29 o/4 0 64
l7 3,4x54 4 35 Y2 29 10 3.4 10 24 36 y. 29 o/4 64
19 3Ax48
19 3.4x54
3
4
33
35 y,
1
27
29
11
113.4
* 10
10
21
24
38 y.
38 y.
31 o/4
31 o/4
64
64
22 3,4x54 4 35 Y2 ! 29 13 1,4 10 24 41 y. 33 o/4 64

Casing Oiame ter af head shaft, inches

size
inside,
inches
u 1 V 1
w
1'~

1 X 1 Y11. 1 z. !
INCHES
u 1 V 1 w 1
2ji,
X Y11. 1 z.
9 '14x35 12 s¡, 8% 3 5 1 3.4 2 o/1
11 3Ax35 13 o/a 9 Va 3 5 1 3,4 2 :y.
ll 'Ax39 13 o/a 9 Va 3 5 1 3A 2:Y. 14 v. 1 o o/a 3 1-2 6 2 y, 2 v.
11 3Ax42 13 o/a 9 Va 3 5 1 3A 2 :y. 14% 1o o/a 3 1-2 6 2 Ya 2 Va
13 '14x39 14 o/a 10 % 3 5 1 3,4 2 :y. 15 Va 1 1 o/a 3 'h 6 2 Ya 2%
13 3Ax42 14 o/a 10 % 3 5 1 3,4 2 :y. 15 Va 1 1 o/a 3 'h 6 2 Ya 2 Va
13 3Ax48 14 o/a 10 % 3 5 1 3A 2 o/a 15% 1 1 o/a 3 'h 6 2 Ya 2%
15 3Ax42 15 o/a 11 % 3 5 1 3,4 2 :y. 16 Va 12 o/a 3 'h 6 2 y, 2 Va
15 '14x48 15 o/a 11 % 3 5 1 3A 2 :y. 16 Va 12 o/a 3 'h 6 2 Ya 2%
15 3Ax54 . .. . ... . ... . ... . . ... . ... 16 Va 12 o/a 3 'h 6 2 Ya 2%
17 3Ax48 16 o/a 12 % 3 5 1 3A 2 :y. 17 Va 13 o/a 3 'h 6 2 Ya 2%
17 3Ax54 . ... .. .. .. . . ... . . ... .... 17 Va 13 o/a 3 'h 6 2 Ya 2%
19 3Ax48 . . .. ... . . ... .... . ... .... 18 Va 14 Sfa 3 'h 6 2 Ya 2%
19 >Ax54 .... . ... . ... ... . .... . ... 18 % 14 % 3 'h 6 2 Ya 2%

Casing Diameter af head shaft, inches

size 2 ·~ 3~ 3 1~
inside, u V 1w 1 X 1 Yll. z. 1 u 1 V 1w 1 X 1 Y11. 1 z. 1 u 1 V 1w 1 X 1 Y11. 1 z.
inches INCHES
13 3Ax42 17 o/a 12 :y. 4 'h 7 2 Y2 3 Y2
13 3.4 x48 17 % 12 o/a 4 'h 7 2 Y2 3 Y2
15 3Ax42 18 % 13 o/a 4 Y2 7 2 Y2 3 Y2
15 3.4x 48 18 o/a 13 :y. 4 'h 7 2 Y2 3 Y2 20 14 1,4 5 8 2 Va 3 3A
15 3.4x54 18 Sfa 13 :y. 4 'h 7 2 Y2 3 Y2 20 14 1,4 5 8 2% 3 3,4
17 3.4x48 19 o/a 14 :y. 4 Y2 7 2 Y2 3 Y2 21 15 1,4 5 8 2% 3 3A 23 16 y. 6 10 3 Ya 4 Ya
17 '14x54 19 % 14 :y. 4 'h 7 2 Y2 3 Y2 21 15 y. 5 8 2 Va 3 3A 23 16 y. 6 10 3 Ya 4 Ya
19 3Ax 48 20 o/a 15 :y. 4 Y2 7 2 Y2 3 Y2 22 16 'A 5 8 2% 3 3A 24 17 y. 6 10 3 Ya 4 Ya
19 3Ax54 20 % 15 :y. 4 Y2 7 2 Y2 3 Y2 22 16 'A 5 8 2 Va 3 3,4 24 17 y. 6 10 3 Ya 4 Ya
22 3Ax54 22 Ya 16 % 4 Y2 7 2 Y2 3 Y2 23 Y2 17 3.4 5 8 2 Va 3 3A 25 y, 18 o/4 6 10 3 Ya 4 Ya

Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes. 6 31" for elevators using belt.
1J. Bosed on Series 2 -1200 bobbifled beoring pillow blocks. o 8" far e levolors using belt.
• Bosed on Series GS 3100 babbilled beoring ta keups. t 33Vz" for elevolors using bel!.
0 28~ • for e leva lar using bel!.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 323
bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 3 and 4 bucket elevators • centrif ugol dischorge

Plates on top of hood

Head shaft mounted in
and front of spout
fixed pillow blocks
easily removed for - -
inspection and service
Discharge spout
- - - positioned for 1
clean discharge

Head shaft
mounted in
screw takeups

Rigid, jig-built casing,

- - - - - dust-tight casings
can be furnished

Style HS steel buckets

with belt and Style A
- - - -- malleable iron buc kets - -- - -
with chain assure
long, useful life

Sturdy steel boot

---with screw-adjust ed
foot shaft

Feed hopper and curved

bottom plate can
be furnished - -

TYPE 3 ELEVATOR

Sturdy steel boot

31 11 lC
with fi xed foot shaft - -

TYPE 4 ELEV ATOR

324 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 3 and 4 bucket elevators • centrifuga! discharge

Elevator specifications • Using chain
Elevatar
Bucket a Chain speed, Maximum lump Capacityó
number
FPM size, inches Maximum
4
Cha in Cubic feet per haur Tans per haur elevatar
Size, Spacing, number Material weight, Percenlage Material weight, Material weight, centers,
Type Type paunds per cubic faat af lumps feet
inches inches paunds per cubic faat paunds per cubic faat
3 4
25 1 35 1 50 100 1 10 25 181 1 35e 1 50(!) 25 181 1 35e 1 50 E!l
301 401 4 x 2 '!4 9 '!4 455 131 154 183 'h 1~ 72 85 101 .9 1.5 2 .0 30
302 402 5x3 1h 9'!4 455 131 154 183 Y2 2 145 171 203 1.8 3.0 5.1 30
303 403 6x4 11 Y2 477 138 161 192 Y2 2 Y2 194 227 270 2.7 4.0 6.8 40
304 404 8x5 13 488 153 179 210 3 445 521 611 5.6 9. 1 15.9 40
305 405 10x6 15 o/a 488 144 170 201 1* 3 Y2 597 705 834 7 .5 12.4 21.9 50

Eleva lar Appraximate

Harsepower al head sh aft ® Head shaftO Faat shaft§
number Casingf weight,
4 paundslil
Material weight, Pitch Speed, RPM Pitch
paunds per cubic faat dia meter diameter Casing,
af Diometer, Material weight, af Di a meter, Size Gauge buckets
Type Type pounds per cu. ft. spracket inches inside, Ter· and chain,
25 1 35 1 50 spracket inches af
3 4 in ches
Ter· Per faat Ter· Per faot Ter· Per faat wheel, wheel, sleel mino Is perfaat
25 35 50
minalJ centers minalsl centers minalsl centers inches 1 1
inches centers
301 401 .02 .001 .02 .002 .04 .003 12.49 1 7,i, 40 47 56 10.42 1 'll& 7'!4x24 16 340 24
302 402 .04 .003 .05 .004 .08 .006 12.49 l 7,i, 40 47 56 10.42 p~, 9'!4x24 16 370 25
303 403 .04 .003 .07 .005 .11 .008 14.66 1 7,i, 36 42 50 11.75 l 'll& l l 1Ax30 14 480 38
304 404 .l l .007 . 17 .011 .29 .019 16. 68 l 7,i, 35 41 48 13.37 l 7,i, l 3 1Ax36 14 585 45
305 405 .18 .010 .29 .016 .44 .026 16.68 1 'll&t 33 39 46 13.37 l 7,i, 15'!4x39 14 640 50

Elevator specifications • Using belt

Elevatar
Belt0 Maximum lump Capacityó
number Bucket • size, inches
4 Maximum
Speed, FPM Cubic feet per haur Tans per haur
elevator
Material weight, Percentage Material weight, centers,
Type Type Size, Spacing, Width, Material weight,
Ply paunds per cubic faat af lumps paunds per cubic faat fe et
3 4 inches inches inches paunds per cubic foot
25 35 1 50 100 1 10 25 181 1 35e1 50(!) 25 181 35e 50E!l
341 441 3x3 10 4 4 129 151 179 V2 1~ 63 76 91 .8 1.3 2.3 30
342 442 5x3 10 6 4 129 151 179 Y2 2 109 130 155 1.4 2.3 3.9 30
343 443 6x4 11 V2 7 4 137 161 192 V2 2 V2 268 280 331 3.3 4.9 7.8 40
344 444 8x5 13 9 4 151 179 212 * 3 500 595 684 6.2 10.4 17.0 40
345 445 1 0x6 15 11 4 151 179 212 1 3 V2 825 975 1130 10.3 17.0 28.2 50

Elevatar Appraximate
Harsepawer a l head sh afl® Head shaftO Faat shaft§ Casingf
number weighl,
4 Material weight, Speed, RPM paundslil
paunds per cubic faat Pulley Casing
Dio meter, Material weight, Pulley Diometer, Size
Type Type diameter Gauge and
inches paunds per cu. ft. diameter, inside, Ter·
3 4 25 1 35 1 50 inches inches af buckets,
Ter· Per faot Ter- Per faot Ter· Per faot in ches inches mina Is
25 35 50 steel per faot
minalsl centers minalsl centers minalsl centers 1 1 centers
341 441 .02 .00 1 .03 .002 .04 .003 12 1 7,i, 41 48 57 12 l 'll& 7*x24 16 345 21
342 442 .03 .002 .04 .003 .07 .005 12 1 7,i, 41 48 57 12 1 7,i, 9*x24 16 395 23
343 443 .05 .004 .09 .006 . 14 .010 15 1 7,i, 35 41 49 12 1 7,i, 11 *x30 14 525 35
344 444 .12 .008 .20 .012 .34 .02 1 18 p _x, 32 38 45 14 1 7,i, 13 *x36 14 645 42
345 445 .20 .013 .33 .020 .56 .034 18 1 7A&t 32 38 45 14 1 7,i, 15*x39 14 725 47
4 Elevators regulorly include heod shoft mochinery, foot shoft mochinery, o f theoretical copocity. HP for weight ro nge listed and directly pro-
choin, buckets and casings with dlschorge spouts. Specify elevotor portionol to volume of material corried in buckets and choin or be lt speed.
number and shofl centers. Orives, belts, curved bottom pioles, leed t Heod shofts 1•~· in diometer on elevotors with centers of 35 feet
hoppers, service platforms ond lodders con be lurnished. ond over when handling material weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot.
• HS buckets on belt e levators. Style "A" bucket on chain elevotors. O Head sh<>ft for Type 3 elevotor provid ed with Series 2-1200 bobbitted
6 Bosed on buckets filled to 853 of theoreticol copocity for HS buckets beoring pillow blocks. Heod shoft for Type 4 elevator provided with
and 753 of theoreticol copocity for Style "A" buckets. Capacity directly Series MS 2200 bobbitted beoring screw tokeups.
proportionol to volume of material corried in buckets ond choin or § Foot shoft for Type 3 elevator provided with Series MS 2200 ba bbitted
belt speed. beoring screw tokeups. Foot shoft for Type 4 elevotor provided with
181 Copocity reduced in direct proportion for materia Is lighter thon 25 pounds. Series 1000 bobbitted beo ring pillow blocks.
e Copacity redoced in direct proportion for moteriols 26 pounds through f Cosings mode only in the gouges listed. Con be furnished in golvonized
34 pounds. steel, stoinless steel, and Mone l.
(!) Copocity reduced in direct proportion far moteriols 36 pounds through lil Terminal weight includes dischorge spout but not feed hopper.
49 pounds. 0 Number of plies bosed on 32-ounce duck up to and including 11• wide
® Bosed on HS buckets fil led to 853 and Style "A" buckets filled to 1003 belts.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 325
bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 3 and 4 bucket elevators • centrif ugal discharge

H
G w 1

1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1
1 1
1 1 A
1 1
1 DISCHARGE 1 DISCHARGE
1 SPOUT 1 SPOUT
1 ' 1 '
INSIDEk-A INSIDEk-A
1
1

CENTERS LIFT CENTERS LIFT

M N
! 1

!"soLTS f BOLTS
11
2"PROJECTION 2 PROJECTION
Fig. 6123
Type 3 e levator Type 4 elevator

Casing
size
A B c D E F G H J K l M N p R s T
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
inside,
inches IN CHES

7 3Ax24 7 3A 24 l OVa 27 \la 12 23 12 18 21 \/2 7 l 21 17 5 3A 9 \/2 203A 17 Ya

9 3Ax 24 9 l,4 24 12 % 27 \/1 12 23 12 18 2 1 y, 7 l 21 17 6 3A 9 \/2 22 3.4 l 9Ya
11 l,4x30 11 3A 30 14 % 33 \/1 15 28 \la 15 21 24 \/2 lo 1 \/2 23 \/2 19 \/2 7 l,4 12 \/2 24 3A 21 Ya
13 3Ax36 13 3.4 36 16 % 39 \la 18 3 1 \la 18 24 28 \/2 10 1 \/2 26 22 8 3A 15 \/2 26 3A 23 Ya
15 3Ax39 15 3A 39 18 Va 42 \la 19 \/2 34 3A 19 \/2 25 \/2 28 y, 13 1 \/2 27 \/2 23 \/2 9 3A 17 28 3A 25 Ya

Casing Diameter of head sh a ft, inches

size 1'll· •v..
1
inside, u 1 V 1 w 1 X y 1 u 1 V 1 w 1 X 1 y
inches
INCHES

7 3Ax24 1 l " 116 8 11;1, 2 Y.z 13 Ya 10 Ya . .. . .... ... . . ... . ...

9 3A x24 l 2"A' 911¡1, 2 \/2 14 Ya 11 Y1 .... .. . . . ... . .. . . ...
11 3Ax30 13 "A. 1011;1, 2 \/2 15 Ya 12 Ya .... . . . . . . . . . ... . ...
13 3Ax3 6 14 u¡1, l l 11;1, 2 Y.z 16 Ya 13 Ya . .. . . . . . . . . . .... . . . .
15 3Ax39 15 1% 12 11116 2 Y.z 17 Va 14 Ya 179116 131lA6 3 19 y. 15 'h

Ho ve dimensions certin ed for installation purposes.

326 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 5 bucket elevators • centrif ugal discha rge

Rubber lagged head pulley __

adds traction
Split removable
hood for accessibility

Head shaft supported

--independently of
casing 1
Discharge spout
can be furnished

All pillow blocks

and takeups provided
with roller bearings

Strong steel casing

- - - - - - - - of welded and dust-tight-----
construction

Removable panels
allow access t o - --
Style HS steel buckets with bucket and b elt
-belt assure maximum
capacity

Feed spout
can be furnished
1

Foot shaft
Removable front furnished with
-and back plates fo r _ _ gravity takeup
access to boot on elevators
50 foot centers 3 25638
32564"8 32563A or more
OFFSET LEG CASING
STRAIGHT LEG CASING Sturdy steel boot with
screw adjusted foot s haft

L 1 N K - B E L T • 327
bul k handling
bucket e levators

Type 5 bucket elevators • centrif ugal discharge

Elevator sp e cifications

Bucket • Capacity6 Maximum elevator centers in fe et for vari ous si z e head shafts O
Belt
Elevatar
speed,
number
FPM
• Size, ISpocing, 0
Cubic
f e et
1
Bushels
per
Head shoft diometer, inches
inches inches per hour hour 1Vt. 1 1 •v.. 1 2i¡¡. 1 2•v.. 1 3Vt. 1
31v,, l 4Vt. 1 4 ov.. 1 si¡¡. 1 5% 1 6Vt. 1 6•v,.

Single r ow of bucket s

50 1 4x3 j 4 '/2 370 560 450 50

502 5x3 4 '12 370 71 0 560 50

503 5x4 6 440 11 80 940 30 100

504 6x4 6 440 1440 11 50 .... . 90
505 7x4 6 4 40 1700 1360 ... .. 70
506 8x4 6 440 1960 1570 ..... 50 100

507 6 x5 7 '12 540 2160 1730 ..... 65 120

508 7 x5 7 '12 540 2570 2060 ..... 55 11 0
509 8x5 7 '/2 540 2980 2390 ..... 45 100 160
5 10 9x5 7 '/2 540 3390 27 10 ..... 35 85 145
5 11 10x5 7 '/2 540 3780 3020 . .... 25 70 130
512 1 l x5 7 '12 540 41 90 3350 .. . .. . . . . . 55 120 180
5 13 8 x6 9 650 4330 3460 ... . . . . . . . 65 130 180
5 14 9x6 9 650 4950 3960 . . . . . . . . .. 50 11 0 170
5 15 10x6 9 650 5540 4430 . . . . . . .. . . 40 90 150 160
5 16 l lx6 9 650 6140 491 0 . . . . . . .... 30 75 135 170
517 12x6 9 650 6760 5400 . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . 60 120 180
518 10x7 10 '/2 730 7400 5920 . . . . . . . . . . ..... 50 100 150 180
519 JI x7 10 '12 730 8190 6550 . . . . . . . . . . . .... 40 90 130 180
520 l 2x7 10 '/2 730 8840 7070 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 80 120 180 200
521 14x7 1o \12 730 10680 8540 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 80 140 200 200
522 15x7 10 '/2 730 11470 9180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. 70 130 180 200

523 14x7 10 '/2 830 12 140 97 10 . . . . . ... . . . .... . .... 60 11 0 170 200
524 15x7 1o '12 830 13040 10 430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 60 100 160 200
525 16x7 10 '/2 830 13970 1 11 70 .... . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . 60 100 150 200

Double r o w of buckets

526 10x7 1o \12 730 14800 11 830 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 60 90 140 190 200
527 1 lx7 10 '/2 730 16380 13100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 50 80 120 170 200
528 12x7 10 '/2 730 17670 14 140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ...... 70 11 0 150 200
529 14x7 1o '12 730 21350 17080 ..... ..... ...... 50 90 130 180 210
530 15x7 10 '/2 730 22940 18350 .. . .. :~·.·· :i: ·.·.·.: 40 80 120 170 210

531 14x7 10 '/2 830 24280 19420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 70 120 160 210
532 15x7 10 '/2 830 26080 20870 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 60 110 150 200
533 16x7 1o '/2 830 27930 22340 . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 60 100 140 180 210
534 l 8x7 10 '/2 830 31660 25330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... ..... 80 120 160 200

535 20x7 10 '12 830 35380 28300 .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . .... 80 110 150 190 210
536 22x7 JO '/2 830 39050 31240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ..... 70 95 130 170 210
537 24x7 10 '12 830 42790 34230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . .. .. . . . .. 60 80 120 150 2 10

538 24x7 JO '/2 920 47420 37940 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 75 110 140 2 10

Ji,. Elevators regularly include heod shoft machinery. bend shoft mochinery,
foot shaft machinery, buckets ond casing. Specily elevator number and
shaft centers. Belts, drives, discharge spouts, feed hoppers, service
platforms and ladders can be furnished.
• HS steel buckets.
0 Speeds listed recommended for eflicie nt o p e ration w ith minimum main-
!enance. Consult Link.Belt for speeds other than listed.
6 Based on buckets filled to 85% of theore tical capacity. Capacity directly
proportional to volume and weight of material corried in buckets and
belt speed.
o Bosed on buckets filled to 85% of theoretical capacity when handling
groin w e ighing 60 pounds per bushel.

3 28 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 5 bucket elevators • centrifuga! discharge

Elevator speclfications
Horsep ower Approximote
ot heod shoft ®
Heod shoft O Foot shoft § Cosing Thickness of steel cosi ng + weight, p :>unds~
Elevoto r Belt size
numb er wid th, inside 1Cosing and
Pulley Pulley
• Termina ls
Per foot
cente rs
diometer,
inches
Speed,
RPM
diamete r,
inches
Diameter,
inches
inches legs,
inches
Hood
Heo
a nd d 1 Boot
ín ter-
med_iate section
Ter mina Is buc~ets,
p er oot
1 sect1o ns centers

Single row of buckets

50 1 .23 .015 18 79 18 PA, 5 7x 6~ 14 go . 14 go. 14 go . 432 17

502 .46 .01 8 18 79 18 P A, 6 8x 6~ 14 go . 14 go. 14 ge. 440 18

503 .49 .03 1 24 70 24 1 7,-i, 6 8x 8 Y2 14 ge . 14 ge. 14 ge . 727 23

504 .63 .039 24 70 24 1 7,-i, 7 9x 8 Y2 14 ge . 14 ge . 14 go . 7 33 25
505 .69 .0 46 24 70 24 1 7,-i, 8 l Ox 8 Y2 14 ge . 14 ge . 14 ge . 7 39 27
506 .86 .0 5 7 24 70 24 1 'li6 9 1lx 8 Y2 14 go . 14 ge . 14 go. 745 28

507 .94 .057 36 57 24 11.1A, 7 9x 10 14 ge. 14 ge . 12 ge . 12 40 26

508 1.1 o .069 36 57 24 11.1A, 8 10x 10 14 ge. 14 ge . 12 ge. 1250 28
509 1.26 .080 36 57 24 1 l •¡i, 9 1 l x lO 14 ge . 14 go . 12 ge. 126 0 30
510 1.44 .092 36 57 24 11.1A, 10 13x 10 14 go. 14 go . 12 ge. 128 0 32
511 1.63 .103 36 57 24 l 1.S¡i, 11 14x 10 14 go. 14 g o. 12 go. 1290 34
5 12 1.79 .11 5 36 57 24 1 l •¡i, 12 15x 10 14 go. 14 g o. 12 go. 1300 36

513 1.95 .126 48 52 30 l 1.S¡i, 9 11X11 3A 12 ge. 14 go . 12 ge. 20 10 42

514 2.21 . 138 48 52 30 l 1.1Ji6 10 13x 1 1 3A 12 ge. 14 go . 12 ge. 20 40 45
515 2.47 . 149 48 52 30 11.1A, 11 14x 11 3A 12 ge. 14 ge . 12 ge. 20 54 47
5 16 2.70 .172 48 52 30 11.1A, 12 15x 11 3A 12 ge . 14 go . 12 ge . 20 70 49
517 2.93 .184 48 52 30 1 l •¡i, 13 16x 11 3A 12 go . 14 ge . 12 ge . 20 77 51

518 3. 10 . 195 60 47 36 2 'li6 11 14x l 3 Y2 12 go . 14 ge . 10 ge . 3230 54

5 19 3.45 .218 60 47 36 2 7,-i, 12 15x l 3 Y2 12 go . 14 go . 10 go . 3255 56
5 20 3.79 .23 0 60 47 36 2 7A, 13 16x l 3 Y2 12 ge. 14 ge . 10 ge . 32 80 58
521 4.48 .274 60 47 36 2 1A, 16 19x l3 Y2 12 ge . 14 go. 10 go . 3 3 55 64
522 4.83 .299 60 47 36 2 7,-i, 17 2 0x 13 Y2 12 ge . 14 ga . 10 ge. 3380 66

523 5.17 .322 72 44 36 2 7,-i, 16 19x 13 Y2 12 ga . 14 go . 3A6 in. 431 0 65

524 5.52 . 345 72 44 36 2 1¡1, 17 2 0x l 3 Y2 12 ge. 14 go . 'A' in. 4335 67
525 5.75 .356 72 44 36 2 7,-i, 18 22x 13 Y2 12 go . 14 ge . 3A, in. 4385 71

Double row o f buckets

526 6.21 .391 60 47 36 2 7A, 22 26x13 Y2 12 ge . 14 go . 'A' in. 3 530 85

527 6.90 .425 60 47 36 2 7A' 24 28 x13 Y2 12 go. 14 ge . 3A6 in. 3580 90
528 7 .59 .471 60 47 36 2 7Ji6 26 30x13 Y2 12 go. 14 go . 3A6 in. 3630 95
529 8 .97 .563 60 47 36 2 7,-i, 30 34x13 Y2 12 ge . 14 ga. 3A6 in. 3730 10 5
530 9.66 .598 60 47 36 2 7A' 32 36x 13 Y2 12 go . 14 go . 3A6 in. 4800 11 0

531 10.35 .632 72 44 36 2 7A' 30 34x13 Y2 12 ge . 14 ga . 3A, in. 4685 10 4

532 11.0 4 .678 72 44 36 2 7,-i, 32 36x l 3 Y2 12 go . 14 ge. 3/i6 in. 4735 109
.713 44 2 7,-i, 38x13 Y2 12 ge. 14 go . 3A6 in. 4 785 114
533 11.50 72 36 34
534 13.45 .839 72 44 36 2 7,-i, 38 42x 13 Y2 12 go. 14 go . 3/i6 in. 4885 124

535 14.95 .931 72 44 36 2 7,-i, 42 46x13 Y2 12 go. 14 go . 'A' in. 4 985 134
536 16.10 1.035 72 44 36 2 7,-i, 46 5 0x 13 Y2 12 ga . 14 ge . 3A6 in. 5 085 144
537 18 .17 1.127 72 44 36 2 7,-i, 50 54x13 Y2 12 go . 14 go . 3A6 in. 5 185 154

538 19.78 1.265 84 42 36 2 7,-i, 50 54 x13 Y2 10 g o. 14 go. 'A& in. 7355 154

• Elevators regularl y include head shalt machinery, bend shalt machine ry,
foot sholt machinery, buckets ond casing. Specily elevotor number and
sholt centers. Belts, drives, dischorge spouts, feed hoppers, service plot-
lorms ond lodders con be lurnished.
© Bosed o n buckets filled to 853 o f theoreticol copocity when hand ling
grain weighing 60 pounds per bushel. HP directly proportionol to volume
and welght of material corried in buckets ond belt speed.
O Heod sholt provlded with roller beoring pillow blocks, Series 400 fe r
diometers thru 3•~." ond Series 6800 lor lorger diometers.
§ Foot sholt provided with roller beoring screw tokeups on elevotors with
centers up to 50 feet ond roller beoring grovity tokeup on elevotors
with c ~ nters o f 50 lee! o r over.
+ Refer to Table 1 fer corresponding casing moteriols for vorious ope r-
oting condltions.
1!J Termino! weights bosed on overoge size heod shoft. Weight odjustment
necessory il cosing thickness is o ther thon listed obove. Terminal weight
does not include leed hoppers, dischorge spout o r belt.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 329
bulk handling
bucket ele vators

Type 5 bucket elevators • centrifuga! discharge

-F - E- -

6
Zr H
___:i._ f'i --1
~A ~ : -..--i--.......~~· >
1

CENTERS LIFT Fig. 4918

Gravity take up

UFT

n
íl 1

+&<r,,...-tl"l"-1--.
! s L. -
--f--L-c) N 1
MY ' X
X
d_ 1 Fig. 4919 1

lf_P_ -rJ1.. R-R ~3t'---{BoLTS Gravity takeup

2 PROJECTION
Stra ight leg casing Fi g. 3717 Offset leg casing Fig. 3716
Elevators 501 thru 506 Elevators 507 thru 538

Eleval or
number
l- A
___ B_ _ _c
______
F--''---G_ _ _H_ _ _K_ _ _ _ _M--'l' --N
-'-
1_ P_ _ _a___R_ _ _s___T_'-
INCHES
1_ x--'l_ Y
_

501 761/4 101/4 33 14!/4 1 231/2 21/2 281/2 . .. 21 36 4% 6 11 !14 181/2 .... 14 23
502 861/4 1 l l!/4 I
33 14!/4 231/2 21/2 28112 .. . 21 36 5!14 6 11!/4 191/2 . . .. 14 23
503 881/2 11 !14 45 1 19 301/2 31/2 38 .. . 25 42 5114 6 16 191/2 .... 19 27
504 981/2 12!/4 45 19 301/2 31/2 38 . .. 25 42 5% 6 16 201/2 .... 19 27
505 10 8172 13!14 ---¡s-1_ 1_9_ 301/2 3112 ~ -.- . -. ,25 42 ~ - 6- _1_6_ 211/2 -.-.-. .- 19 27
506 11 81/2 14114 45 19 301/2 31/2 38 ... 25 42 6% 6 16 221/2 .... 19 27
507 9 10 12!14 60 27 421/2 1 41/2 54 24 31 48 5% 12 18 211/a 18 23 33
508 10 10 13!/4 60 27 42112 41/2 54 24 31 48 6114 12 18 221/s 18 23 33
-S09 - 1 1- _ 1_0_ 14-¡¡.- ~----;¡=¡---- 421/2 41/2 1----s¡- 24 _ 3_1_ ----¡a 6% ~ _1_8_ 231/s _ 1_8_ _ 23 33
510 13 10 16114 60 27 42112 41/2 54 1 24 31 48 7% 12 18 251/a 18 23 33
511 14 10 17!/4 60 27 42112 41/2 54 24 31 48 8114 12 18 261/s 18 23 33
512 15 10 18!14 60 27 42112 41/2 54 24 31 48 8% 12 18 271/a 18 23 33
513 11 !--¡¡-:y..
1 141/4 18 41 341/2 541/2 4112 ~8'03860 6% 15 221/2 231/a 221/2 29 41
514 13 11% 161/4 84 34112 1 541/2 41/2 69 80 38 60 7% 15 22112 251/a 221/2 29 41
515 14 11 % 17!14 84 341/2 541/2 4112 69 80 38 60 8 1/4 15 22112 261/a 22112 29 41
516 15 11% 18114 84 341/2 541/2 41/2 69 80 38 60 8% 15 221/2 271/a 221/2 29 41
51716 11% 19114 8 4 341/2 541/2 41/2 ~8'0386091/4_1_5_ 221/2 281/a 22112 2941
518 14 13 1/2 17114 99 42 651/2 51/2 84 40 44 1 72 81/2 16 27 28o/a 23 36 47
519 15 131/2 18!/4 99 42 1 651/2 51/2 84 40 44 72 9 16 27 29o/a 23 36 47
520 16 131/2 19114 99 42 651/2 51/2 84 40 44 72 91/2 16 27 30o/a 23 36 47
521 19 13112 22114 -w~ 65 1/2 51/2 a ¡ - - 4 0 4 4 7 2 - 11- - 16----;¡=¡-- 33o/a ~3647
522 20 13112 23 l,4 99 42 651/2 51/2 1 84 40 44 72 111/2 16 27 34o/a 23 36 47
523 19 13112 22!/4 114 48 75 6 96 88 44 72 11 16 27 33% 23 36 47
524 20 131/2 23!/4 11 4 48 75 6 96 88 44 72 111/2 16 27 34% 23 36 47
525 2213~ 2'5114 lT'4 ----¡a-- ~ - 6- ~¡--es · -¡¡- 72 !21h' - 16- --;¡:¡---- 36% ~ 36 47
Hove dimensions certified fo r instollotion purp oses.

330 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 5 bucket elevators • ce ntrifuga! discharg e

Elevotor 1 A 1 B C E 1 F 1 G 1 H K 1 M 1 N 1 P 1 Q 1 R 1 S 1 T 1 X 1 Y
~um b e r ~----'~~~~~-'-~~'--~'--~~~~-'-~---'--IN
_ C
_ H-
ES-'-~-'-~-'-~~--'-~-'-~-'-~~-'-~-'-~~~-

5 26 26 13 Y2 29 v.. 99 42 65 Y2 5 Y2 84 40 44 72 14 Y2 16 27 40% 23 36 47
527 28 13 Y2 3 1 v.. 99 42 6 5 Y2 5 y, 84 40 44 72 15 Y2 16 27 42 % 23 36 47
528 30 13 Y2 3 3 v.. 99 42 65 y, 5 Y2 84 40 44 72 16 Y2 16 27 44 % 23 36 47
529 34 13 Y2 37 !/.o 99 42 65 Y2 5 Y2 84 40 44 72 18 Y2 16 27 48 % 23 36 47

530 36 13 Y2 39 v.. 99 42 65 Y2 5 Y2 84 40 44 72 19 Y2 16 27 50 % 23 36 47
531 34 13 Y2 37 v.. 114 48 75 6 96 88 44 72 18 Y2 16 27 48 % 23 36 47
532 36 13 Y2 39 v.. 114 48 75 6 96 88 44 72 19 Y2 16 27 50 % 23 36 47
533 38 13 Y2 41 v.. 114 48 75 6 96 88 44 72 20 Y2 16 27 52 % 23 36 47

534 42 13 Y2 4 5 v.. 114 48 75 6 96 88 44 72 22 Y2 16 27 56 % 23 36 47

535 46 13 Y2 49 v.. 114 48 75 6 96 88 44 72 24 v.. 16 27 60 34 23 36 47
536 50 13 Y2 53 v.. 114 48 75 6 96 88 44 72 26 Y2 16 27 64 % 23 36 47
537 54 13 Y2 57 !/.o 114 48 75 6 96 88 44 72 28 Y2 16 27 68 % 23 36 47

538 54 13 Y2 57 !/.o 132 54 87 V2 6 y, 108 136 44 72 28 Y2 16 27 68 % 23 36 47

u V w z u V w z u V 1 w z u V w z u V w z
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Elevotor
INCHES
number
1~· diomeler heod shoft l 1"114" diomeler heod shoft 1 2 ~· diomeler heod shoft 1 2 1 ~· diomeler heod shaf t 1 3 ~• diometer heod shaft

50 1 12 3,4 9 :Va 2 Y2 l 11•

7

502 13 v.. 9 l'.11 2 Y2 1 711•

503 13 y. 9 % 2 Y2 P A• 14 10 Ya 3 1" A•
504 .. ... . . . .. . .. . .. . . 14 Y2 10 Ya 3 1" A•
505 ... . . .. . .. . .. . ... . 15 11 Ya 3 1 15/i&
506 . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .... 15 Y2 11 % 3 1" A. 16 3/a 12 3 y, 2 711•
507 .. . . . ..... . . . . . ... 14 Y2 10 v. 3 11•.n. 15 3/a 11 3 'h 2 1.n.
508 ... .. . . . . . .... . ... 15 11 Y1 3 11•.n. 15 % 11 'h 3 'h 21.n.
509 .. ... ..... . . . . . ... 15 'h 11 o/a 3 1" A. 16 3/a 12 3 'h 2 1.n. 17 l'.11 12 y, 4 \l:i 2"A•
5 10 .. ... . . . .. .. .. .... 16 v. 12 Y1 3 ] lSM 17 V. 13 3 v. 2 1.n. 1s r 1 13 v.
4 v. 2"A•
5 11 . . . .. . . . . . .... . ... 17 13 Ya 3 1" A. 17 l'.11 13 v. 3 Y2 2 711• 19 3/a 14 4 Y2 21 •.n.
51 2 . ... . ... . . . . . . . . . .... . .. . .... 18 3/a 14 3 Y2 2 711• 19 l'.11 14 Y2 4 Y2 2"A• 21 :Va 15 \l:i 5 3 1.n.

2 ~" dia meter heod shoft l 2"114" diometer heo d shoft 1 3~" diometer heod shoft 1 3"114" diameter heo d shaft 1 4 ~" diometer heod shoft

5 13 16 % 12 3 Y2 2 'IÍ• 17 % 12 Y2 4 Y2 21 •1i. 19 % 13 Y2 5 3 'IÍ•

5 14 17 % 13 3 Y2 2 'IÍ• 18 % 13 Y2 4 Y2 21 •.n. 20 :Va 14 112 5 3 711•
515 17 li'a 13 Y2 3 \l:i 2 711• 19 % 14 4 Y2 2 " .li& 20 % 15 5 3'A• 22 % 16 6 3 " A•
516 18 % 14 3 112 2 ~. 19 li'a 14 Y2 4 Y2 2"A. 21 :Va 15 \l:i 5 3 'A. 23 % 16 Y2 6 3 1'.í·
517 ..... . . . . . . . . . ... 2 0% 15 4 112 2 " A. 21 l'.11 16 5 3 711• 23 r a 17 6 3 " A•
518 . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . 19 3/a 14 4 112 21 •.n. 20 r a 15 5 3 'A. 22 % 15 Y2 6 3 " A. 25 Ya 17% 6 112 4~
5 19 . .. . . . . . . . . .... 19 % 14 Y2 4 Y2 2 " .li& 2 1 3/a 15 'h 5 3 711• 22 % 16 6 3"A• 25 % 18 y. 6 \l:i 4 'A•
3 ~" diometer heod shoft 1 3"114" diometer heod shoft 1 4 ~· diometer heod shoft 1 4·~· diomeler heo d shoft 1 5 ~· diomeler heod sho ft
520 22 16 Ya 5 3 24 'IÍ• 17 Ya 1 6 3"A• 26 Ya 18 % 6 V2 4 11i. 27 18 3/1 7 Y2 3 1s.n6
521 23 17 Ya 5 3 'A• 25 18 Ya 6 3
1
'IÍ• 27 'la 20 y. 6 112 4 71Í• 28 Y2 19 r. 7 112 3 1•.n.
5 22 24 18 Ya 5 3 'IÍ•
25 112 18 'la 6 3
1
'IÍ• 28 Ya 20 % 6 Y2 4 71Í• 29 2 0% 7 \l:i 3"A•
523 23 17 Ya 5 3 711• 25 18 Ya 6 3"A• 27 'la 20 y. 6 Y2 4 ~. 28 Y2 19 r 1 7 'h 3 15¡1,
524 24 18 Y1 5 3 711• 25 Y2 18 'la 6 3 " A• 28 Ya 20% 6 \l:i 4 711• 29 20 3/1 7 \l:i 3 1%
525 25 19 y, 5 3 111, 26 'h 19 Y1 6 3 " A. 29 Ya 21 % 6 Y2 4 '.li& 30 2 1 3/a 7\l:i 31 s.n.
526 27 21 Ya 5 3 7.li& 28 112 , 21 '/a 6 3 1s.n. 3 1 Ya 23 % 6 'h 4 1.n. 32 23 % 7 Y2 31 •;1.
33 Y1 24 % 8 4 1.n.

' .3.'~·. 4 1.n. 33 :v.

527 28 22 V1 29 Y2 22 % 6 3 1s.n. 3 2 Ya 24 % 6 'h 24 3/a 7112 3"A. 34 o/a 2 5 8 4 1.n.
528 . . . . . ..... 5. .. 30112 23 % 6 3 1511· 33 Ya 25 % 6 112 4 1.n. 34 25 lla 7 Y2 31 s.n. 35 % 2 6 :V1 8 4 'A•
3"114" diometer heod shoft 1 4~· diomeler heod sho ft 1 4"114" diomel er heod shoft 1 5~· diometer heod shofl 1 5"114" diometer heod shoft
529 32 % 25 % 1 6 31 s1i6
35 Ya 127 % 1 6 Y2 l 4 'A• 36 l 27 :v. 7 Y2 31 •.n. 37 Ya 28 :Va 8 4 'A• 39 :Va 28 o/o 9 4"/i•
530 33 % 2 6% 6 31s.n6 36 Ya 28 % 6 Y2 4 'A• 37 28 3/a 7 Y2 31 s.n. 38 % 29 3/a 8 4 711• 4 0 29 %:v. 9 4
1
'IÍ•
27 3/a 7 'h 41 'IÍ•
53 1
5 32
533
.. ...
.. . . .
... . .
, 35 Ya 27 % 6 \l:i
.. .. . . .. ..... 36 Ya 2 8 % 6 Y2
. . ......... 37 Ya 29 % 6 'h
4 7.li& 36
4 '.li& 3 7
4 'A. 38
28 3/a 7 'h
29 3/a 7 \l:i
3 " A• 37 %
3 " .li& 38 Ye
31 s.n. 39 Y1
2 8 :Va
29 :V1
3 0 3/a
8
8
8
4 ~ 39 % 28 %
4 ~ 4 0 3/a 29 Y1
4'.li& 4 1 % 30 o/a
9
9
9
41 •.n.
4• •.n.
4"114" diometer heod shoft 1 5 ~· diometer heod shoft 1 5 114• diomeler heod shoft 1
15 6~· diomeler heod shoft 1 6"114" diometer heod sho ft

5 34 39 % 31 y.
y.
7 Y2 3 "li• 41 o/o 32 % 8 4 1.n. 43 % 32 % 9 4 1s.n. 45 % 33 % 9% 41 s.n6
5 35 41 % 33 7 'h 3 1•.n. 43 o/a 34 3/a 8 4'.li& 45 3/a 34 % 9 4 " 1Í• 47% 35 % 9% 4"A• 48 3/a 36 V1 10112 5 7A•
5 36 43 % 35 y. 7 Y2 3• •.n. 45 Ya 36 :Va 8 4 711• 47 % 36 o/a 9 4 " A. 49 3/a 37 o/a 9% 4 " A• 50 3/a 38 Y1 10 \l:i 5 7A•
537 45 % 37 y. 7 V2 3 ••.n. 47 o/a 38 3/a 8 4 'IÍ•49 :Va 3 8 o/o 9 4".li& 51 :Va 39 % 9 :v. 4 " A• 5 2 % 40 Y1 10 112 5'1Í•
5 38 4 5% 37 y. 7\l:i 3' % 47 o/a 38 % 8 4 'A• 49 :v.
38 o/a 9 4 " A• 5 1 3/a 39 Y1 9% 4 "A• 52 :v. 40 V1 10 'h 5'A•

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 331
bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 6 bucket elevators • positive discharge

Large head sprockets

insure positive discharge
Split removable hood
1 - - for accessibility

Head shaft
supports reinforced - -
to provide rigidity
:i- - - - - Head shaft mounted
in fixed pillow blocks

L Discharge spout positioned

for clean discharge
Bolted panels both sides 1
afford access to snub shaft

Rigid, strong, jig-built steel

casing-dust-tight casings - -
can be furnished

Style A malleable iron

- - - - - bucke ts with malleable iron
chains prolong useful life

Clamped removable
door for assembly
and inspection of
buckets and chain

Feed hopper can

be furnished----

Sturdy well-proportioned
- -- boot with removable plates
Foot shaft adjustment at front and back
by convenient----
screw takeups

20171C

332 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 6 bucket elevators • positive discharge

Elevator specificatio ns
Bucket • Maximum lump CopocilyLI.
Elevo ter Cho in size, inches Cubic Tons per hour
number Size, Spocing, speed, Percentoge feet Material weight, pounds
... inches inches FPM of lumps per per cubic foot
100 10 hour 35 50 75 100
1 1 1 1
691 8x5x5 Y, 20 120 3A 3 220 4 6 8 11
692 1Ox6x6 V2 20 120 1 3 V2 380 7 10 15 19
693 12x6x6 V2 20 120 1 \4 3 V2 460 8 11 17 23
694 14x8x8 V2 24 120 1 \4 4 800 14 20 30 40
695 16x8x8 V2 24 120 1 V2 4 V2 920 16 23 34 46
696 18x8x8 V2 24 120 1 V2 4 v. 1060 18 26 40 53
697 20x8x8 V2 24 120 1 3A 5 11 60 20 29 44 58
698 24x8x8 V2 24 120 H4 5 1380 24 34 52 69

Moximum elevator centers in fe et for vorious •ixe heod •halls

Elevotor Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
number 35 1 50 1 75 100
... Heod shoft diameter, inches
1 1 ~6 1 2'll6 1 2 1 ~6 1 3 'll6 1 1 1 ~6 1 2'll6 1 21 ~ 1 3 'll6 1 1 1 ~6 1 2'll6 1 2 ~6 1
1 3 'll6 1 3 1 ~6 1 1 1 ~6 1 2'll6 1 2 ~6 1
1
3 'l\6 1 31 ~
691 80 .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . 80 . .... . .. .. . . . . . 70 80 . .... . . . . . . . . . . 65 80
692 65 80 . . . . . ..... 55 80 . . . . . . . . . . 50 80 . .... . . . .. . .. .. 45 75 80
693 60 80 . . . . . ..... 55 80 . .... . ... . 45 75 80 . . . . . . .. .. 40 70 80
694 35 65 80 .... . 30 55 80 . .... 25 45 75 80 . .. . . 25 40 65 80
695 30 60 80 ..... 30 50 80 . . . . . 25 45 70 80 . .... 20 35 60 80
696 30 55 80 ..... 25 45 75 80 20 40 65 80 . . . .. 20 35 55 80
697 30 50 80 ..... 25 45 70 80 20 35 60 80 . . .. . .. ... 30 45 75 80
698 25 45 75 80 20 40 65 80 . .... 30 50 75 80 ..... 25 45 65 80

Horsepower et h e ad shaft® He ad shaft O Snub shaft f Foot shaft §

Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
Elevator Pitch Pitch Pitch
35 1 50 1 75 1
di a meter
100
Speed, di a meter Di a meter. di a meter Dia meter,
number
•I af >procket, RPM of sprocket, inches of sprocket, in ches
T . IPer footlT . IPer footlT . /Per footlT . /Per foot
erm1no 1s centers erm1na 1s centen ermma 1s centers e rmina 1s centers inches inches inches

691 .1 11 .005 .144 .007 .220 .0 11 .298 .015 24 V2 19 11 3A 1 'li6 16 3A 1 u.11,

692 .178 .009 .2 50 .013 .375 .0 19 .5 14 .026 24 V2 19 11 3,4 17116 16 3A 11SJl6
693 .207 .011 .298 .015 .417 .023 .596 .030 24 V2 19 11 3A 1 'li6 16 3A l 1SJl6
694 .5 15 .0 19 .793 .027 1.139 .04 1 1.558 .055 30% 15 17 V2 l 1SJ16 25 2 3.116
695 .636 .02 1 .910 .031 1.367 .046 1.819 .062 30 3A 15 17 V2 11SJl6 25 2 3116
696 .726 .025 1.049 .035 1.56 1 .053 2.080 .07 1 30 3A 15 17 V2 l 1SJ16 25 23116
697 .805 .027 1.100 .039 1.724 .059 2.300 .078 30 3A 15 17V1 1 u.11, 25 2 3.116
698 .943 .032 1.372 .046 2.030 .069 2.728 .093 30 3A 15 17% 1 11•11, 25 2 3.116

Choin Approximote weight, pounds

Casing Gouge of sleel casing t
Elevalor l!l
Bucket size
number Casing, buckets
... Number wing
number
inside,
inches Haod
1 Head and l
interm~diate
Boot
section
Discharge
spout
Termina ls and cha in, per
sed1ons 1 foot cenlers
69 1 483 39A 20 V2x30 14 12 10 10 10 85 81
692 483 5A 22 V2x30 14 12 10 10 1124 87
693 483 5A 24 V2x30 14 12 10 10 1163 90
694 730 6A 28 V2x42 14 12 10 10 2 153 13 1
695 730 6A 30 V2x42 14 12 10 10 2187 135
696 730 6A 32 ll> x42 14 12 10 10 2219 139
697 730 6A 34 V2x42 14 12 10 10 2272 144
698 730 6A 38 ll> x42 14 12 10 10 2338 152

.6. Elevators regularly include head shaft mochinery, snub shaft machinery,
foot shaft mochinery, choin, buckets, and casings with discharge spouts.
Specify elevator number, shaft centers and Style 1 or 2 discharge spout.
Boll and roller bearing pillow blocks ond takeups, grovity takeups, Salem
buckets, drives, leed hoppers. backstops, service platforms ond ladders
con be furnished.
• Style A malleable iron buckets.
LI. Bosed on buckets filled to 753 of theo reticol copacity.
Capacity directly proportionol to volume and weight of materia l corried
in buckets ond choin speed.
® Bosed on buckets being filled to 1003 o f theoreticol copocity. Horse-
power directly proportional to volume and weight of mate ria l carried
in buckets ond choin speed.
O Head shaft p rovided with Series 2- 1200 bobbitted beoring pillow blocks.
t Snub shoft provided with Series 1000 babbitted bearing pillow blocks.
§ Foot sha ft provided wi th Series MS 2200 bobbitted bearing screw
toke ups.
:j: Refer to Table 1 far corresponding casing moteriols far various operoting
conditions.
00 Terminal weight based on average size of head shaft. Weight odjustment
necessory if casing thickness is other thon listed above. Terminal weight
includes Style 1 or 2 dischorge spout but no t feed hopper.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 333
bul k handling
bucket elevato rs

Type 6 bucket elevators • positive discharge

y
'
.-..-~~"-~

5-0
J .l?f=;i~
L ~~~~

DISCHARGE
SPOUT
STYLE 2

1 i\ LIFT

i 11
~
1111.

1 AA

~4 1 M
y (
~ BOLTS
2' PROJECTION

Fig. 3724

Elevotor A 8 e D E
1
F G J K
1
L
1
M
1
p Q R s AA
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
number
INCHES
691 20 y, 30 23 % 1 y, 15 24 v. 22 29 13 3 Va 25 12 Ye 8 12 36 63 Y2
692 22 Y2 30 25 'l'1 l y, 15 24 v. 22 29 13 3 v. 25 13 Ya 8 12 38 63 Y2
693 24 Y2 30 27% l y, 15 24 v. 22 29 13 3 'l'a 25 14 Ye 8 12 40 63 Y2
694 28 Y2 42 32 % 2 21 31 l4 28 36 17 2% 32 y, 16 Ya 10 18 46 v. 64
695 30 Y2 42 34 'l'1 2 21 31 y, 28 36 17 2 v. 32 y, 17 Ya 10 18 48 v. 64
6 96 32 Y2 42 36 'l'1 2 21 31 l4 28 36 17 2 v. 32 Y2 18 Ya 10 18 50% 64
697 34 Y2 42 38 % 2 21 3 1 l4 28 36 17 2% 32 Y2 19 Ya 10 18 52 :v. 64
698 38 Y2 42 42 'l'1 2 21 31 l4 28 36 17 2% 32 Y2 21 Ya 10 18 56 v. 64

Diometer of heod shoft, inc hes

1 ·~ 2~
2·~ 3~ 3'1'1.
Ele valor
number u 1
V W 1 Y¡,. u V w Y& u
1 V 1W1 Y¡,.
1
u
1 V
lwl Y& u
1
V
\ wl Y&

IN CHES

69 1 17 Y2 13 3A 3 1 3A 18 'l'1 14 5/ 1 13 Y2 2 Ya
692 18 Y2 14 3,4 3 1 3A 19 'l'1 15 o/1 3 y, 2 Y1 21 v. 16 y, 4 y, 2 Y2
693 19 y, 15 3,4 3 1 3A 20 'l'1 16 o/1 3 y, 2 Y1 22 v. 17 y, 4 y, 2 y,
694 21 y, 17 3A 3 1 3A 22 'l'1 18 o/a 3 y, 2 Y1 24 v. 19 Y2 4 Y2 2 Y2 26 \4 20 y, 5 2 V1
695 22 y, 18 3A 3 1 3,4 23 'l'1 19 o/a 3 y, 2 Y1 25 3,4 20 y, 4 y, 2 Y2 27 \4 21 y, 5 2v.
696 23 Y2 19 3A 3 1 l,4 24 'l'1 20 o/a 3 y, 2 y. 26 3,4 21 Y2 4 Y2 2 Y2 28 \4 22 1/2 5 2 Va 31 '.4 23 '.4 8 3 Ya
697 24 y, 20 3A 3 1 l,4 25 'l'1 21 o/1 3 Y2 2 Y1 27 lf.t 22 Y2 4 Y2 2 Y2 29 y, 23 Y2 5 2% 31 'la 24 3/e 6 3 Ya
698 26 y, 22 3A 3 1 3A 27% 23 o/1 3 Y2 2 Y1 29 y. 24 Y2 4 Y2 2 Y2 31 l4 25 Y2 5 2 V1 33 'la 26 3/e 6 3 Ya
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.
¡,. Bosed on Series 2 - 1200 bobbitted beoring pillow blocks.

334 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 7 and 8 bucket elevators • continuous buckets

. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Split removable hood
for accessib ility

- - Head shaft mounted Head shaft mounted - - -

in fixed pillow blocks in screw takeups

Discharge spout
positioned for
clean discharge

- - - - - - Rigid, strong, jig-built steel casing- - - -- - -

dust-tight casings can be furnished

Style MF continuous steel

- - - - - - - - - buckets with rugged chain - - - - - - - -
provide trouble-free service

Clamped removable door

- - - - - - - - - for assembly, inspection
and service

- - - - - - - - Removable piafes at front

and back for access to boot

Loading leg Feed hopper can _ _ _ _ __

----reduces d igging be furnished
in boot

Sturdy steel boot

- - - - with screw-adjusted Sturdy steel boot _ __
foot shaft with fixed foot
shaft and curved
bottom piafe

TYPE 7 ELEVATOR TYPE 8 ELEVA TOR

L 1 N K - B E L T • 335
bulk handling
bucket e l evators

Types 7 and 8 bucket elevators • continuo us buckets

Elevator s pecifica t ions
Bucket • Maxim um lu mp Capacit y l'.'.
Cha in
si z e, inches Tons per hour
Elevator Cubic
speed , Tyoe 7
number S ize, Gauge Spocing, feet
FPM Material weight, p ounds
Á inches of steel i nches Percentage Type per
0 per cubic foo t
of lumas 8 hour
10() 1 10 350 1 50 1 75 1 100
766 866 8x5x 7 3A 12 8 125 o/.¡ 2 Y2 680 12 17 25 34
767 867 8x5x 7 3A 12 8 125 o/.¡ 2 \/2 ..<:.
680 12 17 25 34
768 868 10x5x 7 3A 12 8 125 :y., 2 \/2 V
.!:
840 15 21 32 42
769 869 10x5x 7 3A 12 8 125 :y., 2 \/2 840 15 21 32 42
~

770 870 10x7x11 Ya 12 12 125 1 3 2 1080 1<¡ 27 41 54

771 87 1 10x7x1 1 Ya 12 12 125 1 3 a.
::>
1080 19 27 41 54
772 872 l 2x7x 11 Ya 10 12 125 1 3 1300 23 32 49 65
773 873 12x7x11Ya 10 12 125 1 ] 1300 23 32 49 65
3 Qj

774 874 14x7xl1Ya 10 12 125 l 3

oE 1520 26 38 57 76
775 875 14x7xl l Ya 10 12 125 l 3 "O
Q)
1520 26 38 57 76
776 876 12x8x11 o/a 10 12 125 l l4 4 ..<:. 1560 27 39 58 78
777 877 l 2x8x 11 o/a 10 12 125 l l4 4 2
V
1560 27 39 58 78
"O
778 878 14x8xl 1 Ya 10 12 125 l l4 4 e
ti
1820 32 45 68 91
779 879 14x8x 11 Ya 10 12 125 l l4 4 Q)
1820 32 45 68 91
780 880 16x8x 11 Ya 10 l 2 \fa 125 l Y2 4 Y2 e 2080 36 52 78 104
e;:
781 881 16x8xl 1 Ya 10 12 125 l 4 \/2 2080 36 52 78 104
\/2 o
u..
782 882 18x8x l 1 Ya 10 12 \fa 125 l \/2 4 y, 2340 41 58 88 117
783 883 18x8xl 1 Ya 10 12 12 5 l y, 4 y, 2340 41 58 88 117

M a x i m um elev a tor ce nters i n fe et for vari o u • siz e h ead sh afts

Material weight, pounds per cubic foat
Elevator
number
Á
35
1 50 1 75 1 100

Head shoft d iamet er, inches

111. \ 27,í, I 2 +1. I 37,í, ¡ 3'fü 1 4',í, j 1 r.. I 27,í, ¡ 2 ri. ¡ 3 7,í, I 3%
1 1 1 1 4 ',í, 11 1 ~.1 27,í, ¡ 2•r" I 3fü 13 r.. \ 4~, l 1•r.. I 2 7,í, I 2·~· 13',í, 1 3 +1.
1 1
J 4~
766 1866 40 60 .. .. .. . . 35 60 .. .. .. .. 30 60 .. .. .. . . 30 50 60
767 867 45 70 .. .. .. . . 40 70 .. .. .. .. 35 65 70 .. .. .. 30 55 70
768 868 30 60 .. .. .. .. 30 55 60 .. . . .. 25 45 60 .. .. .. 25 40 60
769 869 35 65 70 .. .. . . 30 60 70 .. .. .. 25 50 70 . . .. .. 25 45 70

770 870 30 55 60 .. .. .. 25 50 60 .. .. . . 20 40 60 . . .. .. 20 35 55 60
771 871 25 50 70 .. .. 25 45 70 .. .. .. 20 35 60 70 . . .. .. 30 55 70
772 872 25 45 60 . . .. . . 20 40 60 .. .. .. 20 35 55 60 .. .. .. 30 50 60
773 , 873 20 40 65 70 .. . . 20 35 60 70 .. .. .. 30 50 70 .. .. .. 25 45 70

774 874 20 40 60 .. .. .. 20 35 60 .. .. .. 30 50 60 . . . . .. 25 45 60
775 875 20 35 60 70 .. .. 20 30 55 70 .. .. .. 30 45 70 . . . . .. 25 40 60 70
776 876 20 40 60 .. .. .. 20 35 55 60 .. .. .. 30 45 60 . . . . .. 25 40 60
777 877 .. 30 50 70 .. .. .. 30 50 70 .. .. .. 25 40 65 70 .. .. 20 35 60 70

778 878 . . 30 50 60 .. .. .. 30 45 60 .. .. .. 25 40 60 .. .. .. 20 35 55 60
779 879 . . 25 45 70 80 .. .. 25 40 65 80 . . .. 20 35 55 75 80 .. 20 30 50 70 80
780 880 . . 20 35 60 .. .. .. 20 35 55 60 .. .. 20 30 45 60 .. .. .. 25 40 55 60
78 1 881 . . 25 40 60 80 .. .. 20 35 55 75 80 .. 20 30 50 65 80 .. .. 25 45 60 80

782 1882 . . 20 30 50 60 .. . . . . 30 45 60 . . . . .. 25 40 55 60 .. .. 20 35 50 60
783 883 . . 20 35 55 75 80 . . 20 30 50 65 80 . . .. 25 40 55 80 .. 25 35 50 70
¿ Elevators regulorly include heod shoft mochinery, foot shoft mochinery, 0 When handling light weight, fluffy or pulverized mote riols, choin speeds
choin, buckets, ond cosings with dischorge spouts ond curved bottom moy be increosed to 160 to 175 FPM occording to the íluffy noture of
pioles for Type 8. Specify elevotor number, shoft centers ond Style 1 the material, to provide greoter copocity.
or 2 dischorge spout. Boll ond roller beoring pillow blocks ond tokeups, 6 Bosed on buckets filled to 753 of theoreticol copocity. Copocity directly
drives, feed hoppers, bockstops. service plotforms ond lodders con be proportionol to volume ond wei:;¡ht of material corried in buckets ond
furnished. choin speed. Free-ílowing moteriols connot be corrled as high in the
• Style MF, medium front, continuous steel buckets. buckets os heovier or less íluffy moteriols.

336 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket e levato rs

Types 7 and 8 bucket elevators • continu ous b uckets

Elevator speclfications
Ho rse pow er a l head s ha ft® Heod shoft O Foo t shoft §
Material weig hl, pounds per cubic foot
Ele vo la r Pitch Pitch
number 35 so 75 di a me ter
100 Sp e ed,
dio me te r
Dio meter,
.A of of
RPM inch e s
Terminols ¡Per ~001
. Is IPe r fool
Te rmino f . Is IPe r foot
Termino f
0
Term .1na Is rer foot
f sprocket,
inches
sp rocke t,
inches
Ty pe 7 1Ty pe 8 ce:te rs Type 7 JType 8 ce:ler." Type 7 Type 8 cenlers Ty pe 71Type 8 ce:te rs
7 66 8 66 .100 .257 .0 16 .1 00 .352 .0 23 .1 00 .53 0 .034 . 100 .70 9 .045 20 V2 23.4 14 \/4 1'.116
7 67 8 67 . 100 .257 .0 16 .100 .352 .023 .1 00 .5 3 0 .03 4 .100 .709 .045 20 112 23.4 14 '.4 P ;\6
7 68 8 68 . 100 .309 .020 .100 .441 .0 28 .100 .662 .043 .1 00 .880 .057 20 V2 23.4 14 '.4 1'116
769 869 .100 .309 .020 .100 .441 .028 .100 .662 .0 43 .1 00 .880 .057 20112 23.4 14 '.4 1'116

770 870 .125 .550 .0 25 .136 .795 .036 .155 1.172 .055 .1 73 1.590 .073 25 19.1 19 112 11s;16
771 871 .125 .550 .025 .136 .795 .036 .155 1.172 .055 .173 1.590 .073 25 19.1 19 112 115116
772 872 .13 1 .7 17 .031 .144 .957 .044 .165 1.464 .065 .187 1.9 48 .0 87 25 19.1 19 V2 115;16
773 87 3 . 13 1 .7 17 .031 .144 .957 .044 .165 1.464 .065 .187 1.948 .087 25 19. l 19 'h 11 s;16

774 87 4 .135 .804 .035 .151 1.146 .051 .177 1.740 .077 .2 10 2.5 00 .102 25 19.1 19 112 l ";16
775 875 .135 .80 4 .035 . 151 1.146 .051 . 177 1.740 .077 .2 10 2.5 00 .102 25 19. 1 19 'h 115;\6
776 876 .236 .743 .036 .252 1.070 .052 .278 1.590 .078 .3 0 4 2.063 .104 25 19.1 17 V2 2%
777 877 .236 .743 .036 .25 2 1.070 .052 .278 1.590 .078 .3 0 4 2.063 . 104 25 19.1 17 V2 2 3;\6

778 878 .243 1.134 .043 .26 1 1.242 .061 .292 1.857 .092 .323 2.482 .123 25 19. 1 17 'h 2 3116
779 879 .243 1.1 34 .0 43 .261 1.242 .061 .292 1.857 .092 .323 2.482 .123 25 19.1 17 'h 2%
780 8 80 .252 1.25 0 .0 52 .270 1.406 .07 0 .305 2.040 . 105 .340 2.362 .140 25 19.l 17 % 2%
781 88 1 .252 1.250 .052 .27 0 1.406 .070 .305 2.040 .105 .3 40 2.362 .140 25 19. 1 17 'h 2%

782 882 .255 1.11 o .055 .278 1.595 .078 .319 2.385 . 11 9 .358 3.200 .157 25 19. 1 17 % 2 3;\6
783 883 .255 1. 11 o .055 .278 1.595 .078 .3 19 2.385 .11 9 .358 3.200 . 157 25 19.1 17 'h 2 3;\6

Appro ximote weight,

Casing G ouge o f sleel ca sing t
Elevato r Cho in pound slll
size
number num ber
inside, Oischorge 1 Casing, buckets
.A t inches Hood
1 Heod ond 1
in term~dio te
Bo ot
spout Te rminols and chain, per
section
sect1o ns 1 foot ce nlers
7 66 866 e 1028 11 %x3 9 14 12 10 10 867 83
767 8 67 SS 10 28 11 %x39 14 12 10 10 862 83
768 868 e 10 28 13 %x39 14 12 10 10 8 27 94
769 869 SS 1028 13 %x39 14 12 10 10 81 6 94

770 870 e 11 0 13 %x48 14 12 10 10 1 130 99

771 871 SS 11 0 13 %x48 14 12 10 10 1223 103
772 872 e 11 0 15 l,4x48 14 12 10 10 11 9 2 1 14
773 873 SS 11 0 15 %x48 14 12 10 10 1295 114

774 874 e 11 0 17 %x48 14 12 10 10 12 6 1 11 9

775 875 SS 11 0 17%x48 14 12 10 10 1359 120
776 876 e 11 0 15 %x48 14 12 10 10 1250 115
777 877 SS 11 0 15 %x48 14 12 10 10 1462 121

778 878 e 11 0 17 %x48 14 12 10 10 1401 120

779 879 SS 11 0 17 %x48 14 12 10 10 1568 127
780 8 80 e 132 19 %x48 14 12 10 10 1669 142
781 8 81 SS 11 0 19 %x48 14 12 10 10 1607 132

7 82 882 e 132 2 1 %x48 14 12 10 10 1700 148

783 88 3 SS 11 0 2 1 %x48 14 12 10 10 1642 137
.A Elevotors regulorly include heod sholt mochinery, foo t sholt mochinery, votar provided with Series GS 3 100 bobbitted beoring screw tokeups.
choin, buckets, looding le gs for Type 7, ond cosings with dischorge spouts. § Foot shoft lor Type 7 elevotor provided with Series MS 2200 bobbitted
Spe cily elevotor number, sholt centers ond Style 1 or 2 dischorge spout. beoring screw tokeups.
Boll ond roller beoring pillow blocks ond tokeups, grovity tokeups, drives, Foot shoft lor Type 8 elevotor provided with Series 1000 bobbitted beor-
le ed hoppers, backstops, service plotforms ond lodders con be furnished. ing plllow blocks.
® Bose d on buckets filled to 1003 ol theoreticol copoclty. Horsepower t Closs 800 choins con be lurnished insteod al Closs SS.
dire ctly proportionol to volume ond weight ol material corried in buckets t Reler to Table l lor corresponding casing moteriols for vorious operoting
ond choin speed. condltions.
O Heod sholt lor Type 7 elevotor provided with Series 2- 1200 bobbitted 00 Terminal weight bosed on average size heod sholt. Weight odjustment
beoring pillow blocks lor diometers thru 3 1V.." ond Serles 2 -1 300 bobbitted necessory il casing thickness is Qther thon listed o bove. Terminal weight
beoring pillow blocks lor diometers ove r 3•Y,:. Heod sholt lor Type 8 e le- includes Style l or 2 dlschorge spout ond looding leg but not leed hopper.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 337
bulk handling
bucket e levators

Types 7 and 8 bucket elevators • continuous buckets

DJSCHARGE 1
SPOUT_ DISCHARGE
STYLE l DJSCHARGE SPOUT
FOR BOTH TYPES
OF ELEVATORS
STYLE 2
-e
INSIDE~A~
1

D 1 !
INSIDE
SPOUT
STYLE l

LIFT LIFT

1 6 -10· 1 6.
AA
y
M
A N
( !
5 ~ ' BOLTS
·>- R >--< R ""5 "" 2•PROJECTION
Fig. 6124
Type 7 elevator Type 8 elevator

Casing
size A e 1 D 1
E F G J
K
l M
N 1
p Q 1 R 1 S 1 AA 1 AB AC
inside,
1 B 1 1 1 1 H 1
• 1
1
1
1 Type 7 Type 8
inches INCHES
11%x39
13%x39
11%
13%
39
39
15Ya
17Ya
19Y2
l Y2
1 Y2 19Y2
32Y2
32Y2
121Y2
21 Y2
28
28
29
29
10 17
10 17
l37Y2
37Y2
22
22
7%
8%
6
6
16Y2
l6Y2
25\4
27\4
20% 63Y2
22% 63Y2
6
8
12
12
13%x48 13% 48 18Ya 2 24 40% 27% 38 33\4 15 22Y2 49Y2 27 8% 8 21 29Y2 24% 64 8 15
15%x48 15% 48 20Ya 2 24 40% l27Y2 38 33\4 15 22Y2 49Y2 e:,. 27 9% 8o 21 131Y2 0 26% @ 64 10 15

o:2121 33 Y2 0 28% ~

1
17%x48 17% 48 22Ya 2 24 405/s 27Y2 38 33\4 15 22Y2 49% e:,. 27 10% 8 64 12 15
19%x48 19% 48 24 Ya 2 24 40% 27Y2 38 33\4 15 22Y2 51 Y2 27 11 % 10 38\4 3 1% 64 14 15
21 %x48 21% 48 26 Ya 2 24 405/s 27Y2 38 33\4 15 22Y2 51 Y2 27 12% 10 21 40\4 33% 64 16 15

Casing Diameter of headshaft, inches

depth,
_u_...,..__v___w_
l "A. 1 -u
---v-~
¡
2~ -w- 1 2"A. 1 3~
inches u ¡ v ¡ w u v
11% 13% 9'l'a 3 14% 10% 3Y2 16 % 113/, 4Y2 . .. . .. . .. ... ... . .. . .. . ..
13% 14% 10 % 3 15% 11 % 3Y2 17 % 123/a 4Y2 19 1 1 ·3-~ 5 ... ... .. . ... . .. ...
15% 15% 11% 3 16% 12% 3Y2 18% 133/a 4Y2 20 14Y4 5 22 15Y4 6 ... 1 ... . ..
17% 16% 12% 3 17% 13% 3Y2 19% 143/a 4Y2 21 15\4 5 23 16\4 6 2414 17 6Y2
19% ... ... . .. 18% 14 % 3Y2 20o/e 153/a 4Y2 22 16\4 5 24 17 Y• 6 25Y4 18 6Y2
21% ... 1 ... ... 19% 15o/e 3Y2 21 Ye 16;ta 4 Y2 23 17\4 5 25 18\4 6 26Y4 19 6Y2

Diameter af hea dshaft, inches

Pillaw 1 1"A. 1 2'!í. 1 2"A. 1 3 ?1, 3 ",,.
'· J 41'<." 1 Takeup I "''·" 1 2 "·
'" 2"A. 1 3 l-i. 3"A. 4 l16
block series Y-inches serie s X J Z X I Z x1 z x1 ~z...,-;_x_~
I --,-,
z --;-_x~~l___,z...,..-
2-1200 1 1% 1 2Ya 1 2Y2 1 2% 3Ya 4Ya .._ 1 G S3100 1 5 1 23/a 1 6 1 2% 1 7 I 3Y2 1 8 1 3% 1 10 1 4Ya 10% J 4%
Ho ve dimensions cer tified for instollotion p urposes. o JO" fo r 2Yi." diome te r foo t shoft.
A For Series 2- 1300 bobbitted beoring pillow block. O lncreose 2~" for 2•,,& d iomete r foo t shoft.
• lncreose 12" to 24" w he n handling ligh t íluffy moteriol. ® lncreose I " for 2Yi6 diometer foot shoft.
b. 51 y,• for 2~16 diometer foot shoft.

338 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 9 bucket elevators • continuous buckets

Head shafts mounted

directly on steel frames

Style MF continuous steel

- - buckets on combination
or Ley bushed chain

Frames of structural
steel designed a nd
constructed to pro- Discharge spout
vid e ampl e support can be furnished
fo r machinery,
bucket line and
material load

Ca rrying run
supported on
idler rolls
Carrying run
to mainta in
supported on al ignment
idler wheels
to maintain 1
alignm ent

Styl e MF
continuous steel
buckets on 32-
ounce rubber
covered b elt

Feed hopper can be

furnished
32559

ELEVATOR USING CHAIN

Elevator using chain for
handling materials which
tend to pack o r lodge
behind buckets

Foot shaft adjustment

by convenient screw
takeups

ELEVATOR tJSING BELT

Elevator using belt for hand ling materials
which do not pack between buckets and belt

l 1 N K - B E L T • 339
bulk handling
bucket e levator s

Type 9 bucket elevators using chain • continuous buckets

Eleva tor specifica tions
Bucket • Maximum lump CapacityC:. M a xi mum e levator ce nters i n feet for vari ou s 5iz.e
s ii:e, inches head shalts
Tans per haur
Eleva lar Cha in Cubic Material w eight, paunds per cubic faat
number speed, Percenlage Material weight,
Size, Spacing, fe et 100 125
... inches inches FPM af lumps
per paunds per
cubic faat
1
Head shaft d ia mete r, inches
haur
100 10
1 100 1
125 2v..1 2"V.• 3 7A6) 3 1~ í• 4Vi6 ) 2~16 2 1716 3 ~16 31 V.<¡ 41 ,.

901 10 X 5 X 7~ 8 140 ~ 2 '12 1000 50 60 35 65 1· ... 1. . . .

1 . . .. 30 1 60
902 10 X 5 X 7~ 8 140 ~ 2 '12 1000 50 60 40 ' 70 . . ... . .. . .. . 35 65 1
1
903 10 7 12 140 1 . . . . 55 ....
X X 11 o/1 3 1200 60 75
l 0° 50 75
904

905
906
907
10 X 7

12 X 7 X 11 Ya
X

12 )( 7 )( 11 Ya

12 )( 8 )( l 1 o/a
l 1 o/a 12

12
12
12
140

140
140
140
1
l
l
l \4
3
3
3
4
1200

1500
1500
1750
60

75
75
85
75

95
95
105
. . . . 50 80 1...
.. . .
.. . .
40
40
35
· · · ·.

60 80 . ...
....
70 . . . . .. ..
60 . . . . . . . .
.:J::
.... 35 1 55 80
.... 35 55
1
75

60 1

908 12 )( 8 )( 11 % 12 140 1 \4 4 1750 85 105 ::::¡ 30 55 80 . . . . .. . . 30 45 75

1
909 14 )( 8 )( l 1 o/a 12 140 1 \4 4 2000 100 125 .... 30 50 70 . . . . . . .. 25 45
910 14 )( 8 )( 11 o/1 12 140 1 \4 4 2000 100 125 . . . . 25 45 70 ¡·... . . . . . . . . 40 60
911 16 )( 8 )( 11 Ya 12 140 1 '12 4 '12 2300 115 145 . . . . 25 45 60 . . . . . . . . .... 40 50
912 16 )( 8 )( 11 Ya 12 140 1 '12 4 '12 2300 115 145 . . . . . . . . 35 60 80 . . . . .... 35 50 75

913 18 )( 8 )( 11 Ya 12 140 1 '12 5 2600 130 165 . . . . 1.... 30 50 70 . . . . .... 30 45 65

Horse powe r a l head s halt o Head shaft O Faat shaft § Approximate we ight, pounds ~

Material weight, pounds

Pitch Pitch M ochºin- 1 Chain
Elevator per cubic faot Cha in cmd Stee l frame
diameler diameter Diam-
Speed ery ldlers.
number 100 125 of af eter, number
... sprocket,
RPM
sprocket, inches
lermi- 1 b uckets.
per foot 1
each
Termi- 1 Per foot Termi- 1 Per faot inches inches na 15 centers Termi- 1 Per foot
nals center.s nals centers nals centers

901 .500 .073 .600 .092 20.50 26 20.50 2 7/Í6 e 102a 575 35 120 490 28
902 .500 .073 .600 .092 20.50 26 20.50 2'll. 823 590 31 120 490 28
903 .600 .089 .800 .1 12 25.07 22 23.18 1
2 15/Í• e 110 775 35 120 530 31
904 .600 .089 .800 .1 12 25.07 22 23.18 2'5/Í• 830 875 42 120 530 31

905 .700 .109 .900 .136 25.07 22 23.18 2 '5/Í• e 110 790 38 120 595 35
906 .700 .109 .900 .136 25.07 22 23.18 2 15/Í• 830 975 45 120 625 35
907 .800 .123 1.000 .154 25.07 22 23. 18 2 l 5Jí6 e 11 0 800 39 120 595 1 35
908 .800 .123 1.000 .154 25.07 1
22 23.18 2 l 5Jí6 844 1075 51 180 625 35

909 .900 .144 1.100 .180 25.07 22 23.18 2 l 5Jí• e 110 875 41 120 650 1
39
910 .900 .144 1.100 .180 25.07 22 23.18 215/Í• 844 1025 54 180 650 39
911 1.100 .167 1.400 .210 25.07 22 23.18 215/Í• e 110 900 44 120 670 40
912 1.100 .167 1.400 .210 25.07 22 23.18 21 5/Í• 844 1225 56 180 690 40

913 1.300 .189 1.600 .23S 25.28 22 23.37 21 5/Í• e 132 1325 63 180 700 41
.a. Elevators r<ogularly include head shaft machinery, supporting idlers, foot o Based on buckets filled to 100"0 o f theoreticol capacity. Horsepower
sha ft machinery, chain, buckets, and steel frames with loading legs. directly proportional to vol""'" and weight of material carried in bucke ts
Specify elevator number and shaft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow and chain speed.
blocks and takeups, d rives, feed hoppers and discharge spo uts con be O Head shaft provided with Series 2-1300 bobbitted b earing pillow blocks.
furnished. § foo t shaft provided with Series DS-B2800 babbitted bearing screw
• Style MF, medium front. continuous steel buckets. takeups.
C:. Bosed on buckets filled to 75°;~ of theoretical capocity. Copacity directly © Terminal weights based on maximum size head shaft. Terminal weight
p ropo rtional to volume and weight o f moterial carried in buckets and incl ud es loading leg but not leed hopper or discharge spout.
c hain spe ed.

340 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket e levators

Type 9 bucket elevators using belt • continuou s buckets

Elevator speciflcations
Bucket • Maxi mum lump Capocityó Maximum ce nters in feet for vori ou s diameter h e ad shafts
si:ze, inches
Tons per hour Material weight, pounds p e r cubic foot
Elevator Belt
Percentoge Cubic Material welght,
number speed, 100
Siz.e, Spocing, fe et
... inches inches FPM
of lumps
per
pounds per
cubic foot Heod shoft diometer, inches
100 10 hour
1 100 1
125 2 \lí• 2• v.. 1 3\lí• 1 3 •v.. 1 4 \lí. 1 4• 'A·
926 9x 6 x 91/.4 9 \12 200 2 \11 1300 65 80 40 70
927 11 X 6x 9 1/.4 9 \12 200 1 * 3 1600 80 100 30 55 70
928 12 X 8xllo/a 12 200 1 v.. 4 2500 125 155 .. . 30 55 70
929 14 X 8x ll o/a 12 200 1 v.. 4 2900 145 180 .. . ... 40 65

930 16 X 8xllo/a 12 200 1 \12 4 \12 3300 165 200 .. . ... 35 55 70

931 18 X 8xllo/a 12 200 1 \12 4 \12 3700 185 230 .. . .. . 30 45 70
932 18x10x15 15 200 2 5 5000 250 310 .. . .. . ... 30 45 65

Maxi mum ce nters in feet far variou s diame ter h e ad s haftsl Horsepower al head shoft o Heod sho ft O
Material weight, p ounds p er cubic foot Mate rial weight, pounds p e r cubic foot Pulley
Elevotor
number 1 25 100 125 Speed,
... Heod shoft d iometer, inches Per foot Per foot
Dio meter,
inches
Face,
inches
RPM
Terminols / centers Terminols 1
2\lí. 2• '!1. 3% 31 ~ 4 \lí, centers
1 1 1 1 1 4 ''A•
926 30 60 .. . . .. ... ... .600 .090 .750 .113 30 11 25.5
927 25 45 65 . .. .. . ... .800 .110 1.000 .138 30 13 25.5
92 8 . .. 25 45 60 .. . . .. 1.200 .171 1.500 .2 14 36 14 21.3
929 . .. . .. 35 55 .. . ... 1.400 .197 1.750 .246 36 18 21.3

930 . .. . .. 30 45 60 . .. 1.600 .225 2.000 .28 1 36 20 21.3

931 .. . . .. . .. 40 60 . .. 1.800 .253 2.250 .316 36 22 21.3
932 ... ... . .. . .. 35 1
50 2.600 .334 3.250 .417 48 22 15.9

Foot shaft§ Belt, 32 ounce duck Approximote weight, pounds®

Ply 1
Pulley Steel frome
Elevotor Belt ond
number Material weight,
Oiameter, Width, Mochinery buckets, ldler,
... Di a meter,
inches
Fa ce,
inches
inches inches
pounds per
cubic foot
termina Is p er foot
centers
ea ch Terminols Pe r foot
centers
100 125
1
926 18 11 2 'li, 10 7 8 700 24 35 490 29
927 18 13 2 7/Í6 12 7 8 850 27 40 440 33
928 24 14 2 15/Í• 13 9 10 1300 33 40 600 37
929 30 18 2 15/Í• 16 9 10 1500 36 40 635 37

930 30 20 2 u;í, 18 9 10 1700 40 45 690 40

931 30 22 2 1•11, 20 9 10 1800 44 50 700 41
9 32 36 22 2 u;í, 20 11 12 2850 58 50 870 44
¿ Elevotors regularly include heod shaft machinery, supporting idlers, loot o Based on buckets füled to 1003 o f theoretical copocity. Horsepowe r
shoft machinery, buckets, and steel lrames with loading legs. Specify directly proporlionol to volume and weight o f material co rried in buckets
elevator number and shoft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks and belt speed.
ond takeups, drives, belts, feed hoppers and dischorge spouts con be O Heod shalt provided with Series 2- 1300 babbilled beoring pillow blocks.
furnished. § Foot shalt provided with Series DS-82800 bobbitted beoring screw
• Style MF, medium front, continuous steel buckets. tokeups.
ó Bosed on buckets filled to 75% of theoreticol capacity. Copacity directly ® Terminal weights based on maximum size heod shaft ond heaviest listed
proportional to volume ond weight ol material corried in buckets ond belt. Terminal weight includes looding leg but not feed hopper or dis·
belt speed. chorge spout.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 341
bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 9 bucket elevators • continuous buckets

TYPE 164
VERTICAL 6"DIAMETER
CENTERS FLAT ROLL VERTICAL
IDLERS CENTERS

12"DIAMETER
FLINT RIM
WHEELS

WIDTH OF WIDTH OF
LOADING
CHUTE

Fig. 3720 -'-~ORIZONTAL-J

CENTERS
f ;o. 372 1

Elevator using chain Elevator using b elt

Eleva t ors using chain

90 1 19 21 23 \4 6 3 3 Va 16 \4 33 \4 14 Y2 24 13 y, 16 \4 12 3/.i 17 Y2 4 Y2
902 19 21 23 \4 6 3 3 Va 16 \4 33 \4 14 Y2 24 13 Y2 16 \4 12 lf.i 17 Y2 4 Y2
903 18 23 \4 23 \4 7 3 Y2 1 4 Y2 19% 38 Ya 21 Y2 24 13 Y2 20 Y2 12 lf.i 18 Y2 5 Y1
904 18 23 \4 23 Y4 7 3 Y2 4 Y2 19% 38 \4 21 Y2 24 13 Y2 20% 12 7!i 18 Y2 5 Y1

905 22 27 \4 27 \4 8 4 4 Y2 19% 38 Ya 2 1 Y2 26 15 Y2 20 Y2 14 % 20 Y2 5 Y1
906 21 Y2 27 \4 27 \4 8 4 4 Y2 19% 38 \4 2 1 Y2 26 15 Y2 20% 15 21 3/.i 6 Y2
907 22 27 \4 27 \4 8 4 4 Y2 20% 39 Ya 21 Y2 26 15 Y2 21 Y2 14% 20 Y2 5 Y1
908 21 Y2 27 \4 27 1/.i 8 4 4 Y2 20 % 39 \4 21 Y2 26 15 y, 21 % 15 21 3/.i 6 Y2

909 23 Y2 29 \4 29 \4 9 4 Y2 4 Y2 20% 39 Ya 2 1 Y2 28 l6 Y2 21 Y2 16 22% 6 Y2

910 23 Y2 29 \4 29 \4 9 4 Y2 4 Y2 203/.i 39 \4 2 1 Y2 28 l6 Y2 21% 16 22% 6 Y2
9 11 25 Y2 3 1 \4 3 1 \4 9 4 Y2 4 Y2 20% 39 Ya 2 1 Y2 30 17 Y2 2 1 Y2 17 23 3/.i 6 Y2
9 12 2 4 Y2 3 1 \4 31 \4 9 4 Y2 4 Y2 203/.i 39 \4 2 1 Y2 30 17 Y2 21 % 17 24 1/.i 7

9 13 26 Y2 33 \4 33 v. 9 4 Y2 4 Y2 20 Va 39 l/a 21 Y2 32 18 Y2 2 1 Va 18 25 v. 7
Eleva tors using belt
926 20 23% 26 6 3 3 Va 15 Y2 32 Y2 16 Y2 24 15 21 Y2 13 v. 18 4 Y2 36
927 23 26% 29 7 3 Y2 3 Va 15 Y2 32 Y2 16 Y2 24 16 Y2 21 Y2 15 v. 21 1
5 Y1 36
928 25 31 31 8 4 4 Y2 20Y2 39 2 1 Y2 26 17 26 Y2 16 % 23 Y2 6 Y2 42
929 28 Y2 28 Y2 28 Y2 8 4 4 Y2 23 Y2 42 2 1 Y2 28 16 v. 26 Y2 18 Y2 25% 6 Y2 45

930 30Y2 30 Y1 30 Y1 9 4 Y2 4 Y2 23 Y2 42 21 Y2 30 17 \4 26 Y2 20 27 v. 7 45
931 32 Y2 32 Y2 32 Y2 9 4 Y2 4 Y2 23 Y2 42 21 Y2 32 18 \4 26 Y2 21 28 v. 7 45
932 32 Y2 32 Y2 32 1/l 10 5 4 Y2 28 % 49 \4 28 Y2 32 18 v. 34% 2 1 Y2 29 v. 7 Y1 50

1
_H_e_o_d _sh_o_f1_d_io_m_e_1e_r,_in_c_h e_s_ __ 1 ~ ~1~1 ~1
P, inches A 2 Ya 2 Y2 3 V. 3 Y2

Hove dimensio ns certifi ed far instollotion purposes.

Specify the required inclined cen ters ar horizontal ond vertical c enters •
.t. Bosed on Series 2 -1300 bobbi tted beoring pillow blocks.

342 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators • continuous buckets

~------------Split removable hood - - - - - - - - - - - - - .
for accessibility

Head shaft
Head shaft mounted mounted on
directly on reinforced independent
head casing supports
Backstop mounted on
elevator head shaft to
prevent backward rotation

_ _ _ Discharge spout positioned

for clean discharge

Rigid, strong, jig-built

- - - - - - - - steel casing-dust-tight
casings can be furnished

Style SC continuous steel

buckets with double strand
of steel roller cha in
combine maximum capacity - - - - - - -11r w 1
and lo ng life
interna! angles guide chain

Clamped removable door

- - - - - - - f o r assembly and inspection - - - - - - -
of chain and buckets

- - - - - - - Steel loading legs guide

material into buckets ------

Foot shaft adjustment

- - - - - - - - b y convenient
screw takeups

Sturdy well-proportioned
- - - - - - - b o o t with removable p l a t e s - - - - - - -
at front and back
Photo 20175A Photo 32562

TYPE 1 O ELEV ATOR TYPE 11 ELEVATOR

.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 343
bulk handling
bucke t e le v ators

Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators • continuous buckets

El e vato r sp e cificati ons
Bucket • Capacity 6
Maximum
Cha in
Elevata r Thick- lump Cubic Tans per haur
speed,
number Size, ness Spacing, size, feet
FPM
inches af inches per Materia l weight, paunds per cubic faa t
&
steel
inches o o haur 50 1 75 1 100 1 125
1001 12 X 8 'l4x 11 % 10 go 12 100 6 2400 60 90 120 150
1002 14 X 8 % x 11 % 10 go 12 100 6 2800 70 105 140 175
1003 16 X 8 % X 11 % 10 go 12 100 6 3200 80 120 160 200
1004 18 X 8 % x11 % 10 go 12 100 6 3600 90 135 180 225
1005 20 X 8 %x 11 % 10 go 12 100 6 4000 100 150 200 250
1006-11 0 1-1106 16x 12 5/e X 17 5/e 3¡16 18 120 8 5600 140 210 280 350
1007 - 11 02-1 107 20x 12 5/ex 17 % 3Ji6 18 120 8 6800 170 255 340 425
1008- 11 03-1108 24x 12 5/ex 17 % 3Ji6 18 120 8 8400 21 0 315 420 525
1009- 11 04- 11 09 30 X 12 5/e X 17 o/e 3Ji6 18 120 8 10000 250 375 500 625
10 10-11 05-111 0 36x 12 5/ex 17 % 3Ji6 18 120 8 12400 31 0 465 620 775

Type 1 O Elevator

Elevator Maximum elevator ce nter s in feet f a r v a rious sixe hea d shaf t s

number Material w eighl, pounds per cubic f eet
&
50 75 100 125
Head shaft diometer, inches

1001 25 35 60 85 20 30 45 70 25 40 55 20 30 45
1002 20 35 55 75 .. 25 40 60 20 35 50 .. 25 40
1003 20 30 50 75 .. 25 40 55 20 30 45 .. 25 35
1004 20 30 45 65 .. 25 35 50 20 25 40 .. 20 30
1005 .. 25 40 60 .. 20 20 45 .. 25 35 .. 20 30
1006 .. 35 50 75 .. 30 45 65 25 40 55 20 30 45
1007 .. 30 45 60 .. 25 40 55 20 30 45 20 25 40
1008 .. 25 40 55 .. 20 35 50 20 25 40 .. 20 30
1009 .. 20 35 50 .. 20 30 45 .. 25 35 .. 20 30
101 0 .. .. 30 40 .. .. 20 35 .. 20 25 .. . . 20
Type 11 Ele v a t or

Ele valo r M aximu m elevalor centers in f eet for vario us sixe hea d s h afts
numbe r Material weight, p ound s per cubic fee t
&
50 75 100 125

1 4 1 ~ 1 5~ 1 5 1 ~ 1
Heo d shoft diameter, inches
6 Y, 1 7 14"11•1 5~ 1 5 "11• 1 6 Y, 1 7 14"116 1 5 ~ 1 5"11• 1 6 Y, 1 7 14"1161 5 ~ 15 % 1 6 Y, 1 7
11 0 1 85 115 125 ... . .. 70 95 120 . . . . . . 60 80 100 . .. ... 55 70 85 . . . . ..
11 02 75 100 125 ... ... 60 80 100 . . . . . . 50 70 85 . . . . . . 45 60 70 . . . . . .
11 03 65 90 11o ... . .. 55 70 90 . . . . . . 45 60 75 . . . . .. 35 50 60 . .. . . .
11 04 55 75 90 ... ... 45 60 70 . . . . . . 35 50 60 . . . .. . 30 45 50 . .. . ..
11 05 50 65 80 ... . .. 40 50 65 . . . . . . 30 40 50 . . . ... 25 35 40 . . . . ..
11 06 65 90 115 125 125 55 70 95 125 125 50 65 90 11 5 125 45 60 80 105 11 0
1107 60 80 105 125 125 50 65 90 115 125 45 60 75 100 110 35 50 65 90 95
1108 55 70 95 125 125 45 60 80 105 11 0 35 50 65 90 95 30 45 60 80 80
1109 50 65 85 115 125 40 55 70 95 100 35 45 60 80 85 30 40 55 70 75
1110 40 55 70 95 100 30 45 60 75 80 25 35 50 65 70 25 30 40 55 60
Ji,. Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery, loot shaft machinery, o Maximum size lumps not to exceed 103 ol the total volume and at least
chain, buckets, casings with loading legs, guide angles and discharge spouts 75%
ol the total volume to be l ess than one-half ol the maximum iump size.
and backstops on the Type 10. Specify elevator number and shoh centers. Far handling materials containing higher percentages of lumps and lor sharp,
Ball and roller beoring pillow blocks and takeups, gravity takeups, drives, wedge-shaped ond sha le-like mate riais, inclined boots are recommended.
leed hoppers, service platforms and ladders can be furnished. 6 Based on buckets fil ied to 753 ol theore tical capacity. Capacity directiy
• Styie SC conti nuous steel buckets. proportional to volume ano weight ol material corried in buckets and chain
0 Based on handling mildly abrasive moterials. Recommended speed 103 speed. Free-ílowing mate riais cannot be carried as high in the buckets as
higher lar nonabrasive meteríais and 103 lower far very abrasive meteríais. heavier or less íluffy materials.

344 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators • continuous buckets

Elevator speclflcatlons
Hors e,.o wer al h ead shafl ® Heod sh o ft O Foot shoft §
Material weight, pounds per cubic foat
Elevo lar 50 75 100 125 Pitch Pitch
number d iameter Spee d, diameler D io meter,
... Terminols Per foot Termino Is
Per fool
Termino Is
Per foot
Termino Is
Per foot of sprockel, RPM of sprocket, inches
centers centers centers centers inches inches
1 1
1001 2.04 .08 2.65 .12 3.27 .16 3.91 .20 31.36 12.5 31.36 2 7A6
1002 2.23 .09 2.96 .14 3.69 . 19 4.46 .24 31.36 12.5 31.36 2 7A6
1003 2.46 .11 3.28 .16 4.14 .22 4.98 .27 31.36 12.5 31.36 2 7116
1004 2.65 .12 3.6 1 .18 4.55 .2 4 5.5 1 .30 31.36 12.5 31.36 2 7116
1005 2.87 .1 3 3.92 .20 5.03 .27 6.07 .34 31.36 12.5 31.36 2 7A6

1006 4.00 .1 9 5.30 .28 6.75 .3 8 8.14 .47 29.12 16.0 29.12 2 15A6
1007 4.8 3 .23 6.2 2 .34 7.9 1 .46 9.65 .57 29.12 16.0 29. 12 2 15A6
1008 5.30 .28 7 .45 .42 9.59 .57 1 1.74 .71 29.12 16.0 29.12 2 15A6
1009 6.38 .34 8.67 .51 11.20 .67 13.78 .84 29.12 16.0 29.12 2 15A6
1010 7.30 .42 10.39 .63 13.61 .83 16.75 1.05 29.12 16.0 29.12 2 15116

1101 4.54 .19 6.18 .28 7 .50 . 38 8.85 .47 29. 12 16.0 29.12 2 15116
1102 5.36 .23 6.9 8 .3 4 8 .6 4 .46 10.32 .57 29.1 2 16.0 29.12 2 15A6
1103 6.22 .28 8. 18 .42 10.27 .57 12.3 1 .71 29. 12 16.0 29. 12 2 15116
11 0 4 7 .04 .3 4 9.50 .5 1 11.91 .67 14.2 7 .84 29.12 16.0 29.12 2 15A6
110 5 8 .17 .42 1 1.18 .63 14.20 .8 3 17.3 5 1.05 29. 12 16.0 29.12 2 15A6

1106 4.9 1 . 19 6.57 .28 8.22 .38 9.59 .47 29.1 2 16.0 29. 12 21 SJl6
11 07 5.74 .23 7.79 .34 9.43 .46 1 1. 12 .57 29.12 16.0 29. 12 2 15116
1 108 6.77 .28 9.04 .42 1 1.01 .57 14.99 .7 1 29.12 16.0 29.12 2 15A6
1 109 7.88 .34 10.26 .51 12.7 1 .67 15.14 .84 29.12 16.0 29.12 2 15116
1110 8.95 .42 11.92 .63 14.99 .83 18.04 1.05 29.12 16.0 29.12 2 15A6

Approximate wei ght, & Elevators regulorly include heod shaft mochinery, foot
Thickness of steel casing i shafr mochinery, choin, buckets, casings with looding
poundsoo
legs, !lUide ongles ond dischorge spouts and bock-
Ca sing
Eleval or Cho in Bool 1 Dis- stops on Type 10. Specify elevotor number and shaft
síze He ad section chorg,e Casing,
number number centers. Ball ond rolle r bearing pillow blocks ond
... t
in si de,
inches Hood
ond
in ter-
spou
Terminal
buckets ond
chain, per
takeups, grovity takeups, drives, feed happers, service
plotforms and lodders can be furnished.
se ction inches fool centers
® Based on buckets folled to 100% of theoretical copac-
ity. Horsepower directly proportional to volume and
1001 554850 26x54 149 0 129 0 1090 3J16 2874 250 weight of material carried in buckets and chain speed.
1002 554850 28x5 4 1490 1290 1090 3A6 2922 25 4
1003 554850 30x54 1490 129 0 10 90 3A6 298 2 26 0 O Head shaft provided w ith Series 2-1300 babbitted
3A6 bearing p illow b locks. On Type 11 backstop should be
1004 554850 32x54 1490 1290 10 90 3038 265
provided on portian of drive locoted oheod of
1005 554850 34x54 149 0 1290 10 90 % 308 9 271 heodshofr.

1006 554851 30x60 1290 1090 % \4 3179 289 § Foot shoft provided with Series MS 2200 bobbitted
beoring screw tokeups.
1007 554851 3 4x60 12 90 1090 3J16 \4 3316 301
1008 554851 38x60 1290 1090 3J16 \4 3 44 3 311 t In handling extremely obrasive or corrosiva moteriols,
1009 55485 1 44x60 12 90 10 90 3J16 \4 3637 330 consult Link-Belt for choin recommendo tions.
1010 55485 1 50x60 1290 1090 3J16 \4 3826 346 t Refer to Table l for corresponding casing meteríais
for vorious operoting conditions.
11 01 554851 30x60 1290 1090 % \4 3602 289 00 Terminal weight bosed on average size heod shoft.
11 02 554851 34x60 12 9 0 10 90 3116 \4 373 5 301 Weight odjustment necessory if thickness of casing is
11 03 554851 38x60 1290 1090 3A6 \4 3875 3 11 other thon listed obove. Terminal weight includes
1 10 4 554851 4 4x6 0 1290 10 9 0 % Y4 4075 330 looding leg, dischorge spout ond bockstop but not
11 05 55485 1 50x60 12go l Ogo 3A' Y4 4 2 71 346 feed hopper.

11 06 554852 31 Y2x60 12go 1090 % \4 41 94 346

11 07 554852 35 Y2x60 12go l Ogo % \4 4362 356
11 08 554852 39 Y2x60 12go 1090 3116 \4 4 478 366
11 09 554852 45 1!.x60 12go l Ogo % \4 4618 386
111 0 554852 51 Y2x60 12go l Ogo % \4 4784 407

L 1 N K - B E L T • 345
bu lk handling
bucke t elevators

Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators • continuou s buckets

y 1

y ~~.~4
~
r
w G

[
11 1
91
J
1
1
!
1
6-0
J
6-0
1 l
L L~ Head Section
For Type 11 Elevator
DISCHARGE DISCHARGE
SPOUT SPOUT

D~ k-o Fig. 6125

CENTERS LIFT

AA

T X
M BOLTS- AB
2~·PROJECTION
+

Elevator A 8 e o E f G J K M p R s T X AA AB
number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
INCHES
1001 26 54 30 % 2 27 45 % 31 35% 10 34 14 'l'a 24 45 % 9 57 96 :v.
1002 28 54 32 :Ya 1 2 27 45 % 31 35 % 12 34 15 'l'a 24 47 % 9 57 96 %
1003 30 54 34 :Ya 2 27 45 % 31 35 :y. 14 34 16 'l'a 24 49 % 9 57 96 %
1004 32 54 36 % 2 27 45 % 31 35 % 16 34 17% 24 51 % 9 57 96 %
1005 34 54 38 :Ya 2 27 45 % 31 35 % 18 34 18 'l'a 24 53 % 9 57 96 %
- -- - - --- - -- - ---- ---- - - - -- - - - - --- - - - - - --
1006 30 60 35 V2 2 Y2 30 48 % 34 39 v. 14 45 16 'l'a 27 52 Ya 12 78 114 1
10 07 34 60 39 V2 2 Y2 30 48 % 34 39 V2 18 45 18 'l'a 27 56 Ya 12 78 114 1
1008 38 60 43 V2 l 2 Y2 30 48 :v. 34 39 V2 22 45 20% 27 60 v. 12 78 114 1
1009 44 60 49 V2 2 Y2 30 48 :v. 34 39 V2 28 45 23 % 27 66 Ya 12 78 114 1
1010 50 60 55 V2 72 Ya 12 78 114 1
- - - -- -
2 Y2 30 48 % 34 39 V2 34 , 45
_ 26% 27
1101 30 60 35 V2 2 V2 30 48 % 38 37 V2 14 45 16 'l'a 27 52 v. 12 78 114 1
11 0 2 34 60 3 9 V2 2 V2 30 48 % 38 37 Y2 18 45 18 % 27 56 Ya 12 78 114 1
11 0 3 38 60 43 V2 2 Y2 30 48 :v. 38 37 V2 22 45 20 % 27 6 0 v. 12 78 114 1
11 0 4 44 60 49 V2 2 Y2 30 48 :v. 38 37 v. 28 45 23 'l'a 27 66 Ya 12 78 114 1
1105 50 60 55 y, 2 V2 30 48 % 38 37 % 34 45 26 'l'a 27 77 y. 12 78 114 1
1106
--- - - -
31 v. 60
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
37 2 v. 30 48 % 38 37 V2 14 45
---- - ---- -
17 % 27 53 % 12
-78- -114
--
1
1107 35 V2 60 41 2 V2 30 48 % 38 37 Y2 18 45 19 % 27 57 % 12 78 114 1
1108 39 y, 60 45 2 y, 30 48 % 38 37 Y2 22 45 21 % 27 61 % 12 78 114 1
1109 45 y, 60 51 2 y, 30 48 % 38 37 Y2 28 45 24 % 27 57 o/a 12 78 114 1
1110 51 v. 1 60 57 2 V2 30 48 % 38 37 V2 1 34 45 27 % 27 73 % 12 78 114 1
Hove dimensions cerlifoed for installotion purposes.

346 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevatou

Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators • con tinuous bu ckets

Headshaft dimensions

Heodsho ft di omeler, inches

2· ~ 3~ 3 1~ 4~
Elevo tor
number w
u 1
v. 1
w
1
YA
1
u 1
v. 1
w
1
Yll.
1
u 1
v. 1 1
Y¿
1
u 1
v. 1
w
1
Yo
INCHES

100 1 23 :y, 21 3M 4 v. 2 'l:z 24 r. 22 1 % 5 2% 26 :y. 24 11M 6 3 v. 28 :y. 26% 6 'l:z 4 v.

100 2 24 :y, 22% 4 'l:z 2 'l:z 25 % 23 13;1, 5 2% 27 % 25 11;1, 6 3 v. 29 :y. 27% 6 'l:z 4 v.
1003 25 % 23 % 4 'h 2 'l:z 26 r. 24 u¡1, 5 2% 28 % 26 11;1, 6 3 v. 30 % 283;1, 6 v. 4 v.
1004 26 % 24 % 4 V2 2 V2 27 r. 25 u¡1, 5 2 r. 29 % 27 11;1, 6 3 v. 31 :y. 29% 6 V2 4 v.
1005 27 3/1 25 % 4 V2 2 V2 28 r. 2613;1, 5 2% 30 :y. 28 11;1, 6 3 v. 32 % 3 0 3¡,, 6 v. 4 v.
10 06 . .. . .... .. . ... 26 15;1, 24 r. 5 2 r. 2s u;1, 26 Y.. 6 3 v. 3 0 ~, 28 y. 6 'l:z 4 v.
1007 . ... .... ... ... 28 15;1, 26 % 5 2% 30 1 % 28 y.. 6 3 v. 32 1;1, 30 y. 6 V2 4 v.
1008 . . .. . ... . .. . .. 30 15M 28 % 5 2% 3 2 13M 3 0 :y. 6 3 v. 3 4 7M 32 y. 6 V2 4 v.
1009 . ... . . .. ... . .. 33 15¡1, 31 r. 5 2% 35u¡1, 33 :y. 6 3 v. 37 7¡1, 35 y. 6 V2 4 v.
10 10 . ... .... ... . .. 36 1 % 34 % 5 2% 3 8 13;1, 36 :y. 6 3 v. 40 1¡,, 3 8 y. 6 Y2 4 v.
Hove dimensions certified for i nstollotion purpo ses. o Bosed on Series 2-1300 bobbitted pi llow blo cks.
• Bosed on Se ries 2 -1200 bobbilled p illow blocks. • lncludes bockstop.

Heodshoft diomel e r, inches

4"A. 5~ 5"A.
Elevotor
number u w Yo u w Yo u w
1
V
1 1 1 1
V 1 1 1 1
V
1
Yo
INCHES

11 0 1 37 r. 29 r. 7 Y2 4 'l:z 3 9 r. 3 1 v. 8 6 40 r. 3 1 y, 9 6
11 0 2 39 r. 31 % 7 '1:z 4 'l:z 41 r. 33 y, 8 6 42 % 33 Ya 9 6
11 0 3 41 r. 33 r, 7 Y2 4 Y2 43 r. 35 v. 8 6 44 % 3 5 Ya 9 6
1104 44 r. 36 r. 7 Y2 4 'l:z 46 r. 38 Yo 8 6 47 r. 38 v. 9 6
1105 47 r. 39 % 7 v. 4 v. 4 9 r. 41 v. 8 6 50 r. 4 1 v. 9 6

1 106 38 o/a 30 3/a 7 V. 4 V2 40 o/a 31 % 8 6 41 o/a 31 r. 9 6

1 107 4 0 o/a 32 3/a 7 Y2 4 Y2 42 o/a 33 % 8 6 4 3 o/a 3 3% 9 6
11 08 42 o/a 34 3/a 7 '1:z 4 V2 44 o/a 35 r. 8 6 45 o/a 35 r. 9 6
1 109 45 5/e 37 :y, 7 Y2 4 v. 47 :y, 38 r. 8 6 48 o/a 38 r. 9 6
1110 48 o/a 40 3/1 7 v. 4 v. 5 0 o/a 41 % 8 6 51 o/a 41 r. 9 6
Hove s imensions certifi ed for i nstollotion purposes.
o Bosed on Series 2- 1300 bcbbitted pillow blocks.

Heod shoft dio meter, inche s

6 Y, 7
El evo ter
numb er
u 1
V
1
w 1
Yo
1
u 1
V
1
w 1
Yo
INCHES

11 0 6 44 33 % 9 Y2 6 v. 44 v. 33 3/4 10 6 Y2
11 0 7 46 35 % 9 v. 6 Y2 46 v. 35 % 10 6 Y2
1108 48 37 :y. 9 v. 6 'l:z 48 Y2 37 % 10 6 Y2
1109 51 4 0 :y. 9 'l:z 6 'l:z 5 1 'l:z 4 0 :y. 10 6 'l:z
1 110 54 43 :y. 9 v. 6 'l:z 5 4 Y2 43 3,4 10 6 v.
Hove dimensions certiíled for instollotion purpo ses.
o Based on Se ries 2- 1300 babbitted pillow blocks.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 347
bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 12 and 13 bucket elevators • interno! dischorge

Split removable hood for acces-------

sibility

- - - - - - - - - - Head shafts mounted directly on

casings to maintain alignment.- - - -
- - - - C asi ng s reinforced at h ead bear-
ings to provide rigidity

_ _ _ _ Discharge spout may extend _ _ __

through eith e r broad side of casing

_ _ _ _ Welded steel buckets with ste el._ _ __

chains ossure long se rvice

Rigid, strong casings of flange and

----angle construction- dust-tight
casings can be furnish ed

_ _ _ _ loading chutes mad e to suit re - _ _ __

qu ire me nts

Automa tic adjustme nt by g ra vity

- - - - t a ke up fo r chain and bucke t lin e _ _ _ _

_ ___ Re movabl e front and back _ _ _ __ __

plates fo r a cce ss to boot

TYPE 1 3 ELEVATOR
TYPE 1 2 ELEVATOR

348 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 12 and 13 buck et elevators • interna! discharge

Type 1 2 Elevator specifications
Copocity 0 Maximum elevator centers in feet for various head sha fts
Bucket •
Maximum Tons per hour Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
Cho in
Elevolor lump Cubic
speed, Material weight, 35 50
number size, fe et 1
FPM
.... Width, Spocing, inches per pounds per cubic foot
Heod shoft diometer, inches
inches inches hour
35 50 1 1 ~6 2'l-I, 2 ~.
1 1 1 1 l ·~· 1 2~
1 2~

1210 10 5 40 2 Y2 200 3.5 5.0 40 60 80 40 60 80

1216 1 16 1 5 40 1 2 Y2 320 1 5.6 1
8.0 .. 1 40 1 60 1 .. 1 40 1 60

Horsepowe r al head shaftll. Heod shoftO Approximote

Gouge of steel casing o
weight, pounds®
Material weight,
Casing Casing,
Elevotor pounds per cubic foot Pitch Cho in size buckets
number dio meter Speed, Heod ond
35 50 numb er in5ide,
.... of sprocket, RPM inches Hood intermedia te
Boot
Terminols
ond
Term1na ¡
. 1s Per foot Terminolsl Per/ºº
centers cen ers
1 inches sections
sections cho in,
1 per foot
1 centers
121 0 .09 , .0084 1 .09 l .0098 14 Ya 10 \/2 SS 1176117 Y2x26 V1 1 16 14 14 583 87
121 6 1 .10 .0 119 .10 .0 145 14 Ya 1 10 \12 SS1176 23Y.x26'l'e 16 1 14 1 14 654 1 103

Type 1 3 Elevator specifications

Copocity0 Maximum elevator centers in feet for various head shafts
Bucket •
Mox imum Tons per hour Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
Cho in
Ele votar lump Cubic
number
speed,
size, fe e l Material weight, 35 1 50
FPM
.... Width, Spocing, inches per pounds per cubic foot Heod shoft diometer, inches
inches inches hour
35 1
50 1' ~
1 2'l-16
1 2~
1 l' ~
1
2'l-16 1 2~

1310 10 5 103 500 8.7 12.5 40 60 80 40 60 80

13 16 16 5 103 800 14.0 20.0 40 60 40 60

Horsepower al head shaft[l. Heod shoft O Approximote

Gouge of sleel casing o
weight, pounds®
Materia l weight,
Casing Casing,
Ele votar pounds per cubic foot Pitch Cho in size buckets
number dio meter Speed, Heod ond
number inside,
.... 35 50 of sprocket, RPM inches Hood intermediote
Boot
sections
Termino Is
ond
e.ha in,
Terminols/ Per
cen ers
/º
01 T .
ermmo 15
1 Per foot
centers
inches sections
per foot
centers
1310 .09 .0202 1 .09 .0216 1 14 Ya 27 SS11 76 11 7 Y2x26 Va l 16 I 14 14 950 87
13 16 .10 1 .0296 . 10 1 .0349 14 Ya 27 I551176 23 Y2x 26 Va 16 14 14 960 103

..t. Elevotors regulorly include heod shaft machinery, gravity tokeups, chain,
buckets, ond casings with interna! looding chutes ond discharge spouts.
Spe cily e levator number, shoft centers ond hand o f discharge spout.
Orives, e xte rno! feed hoppers, service p latlorms and ladders can be
lurnished.
• Continuaus welded steel bucke ts.
0 Based on buckets filled to water leve l. Copocity directly pro portionol
to vo lume ond weight ol material corried in buckets and chain speed.
Ll. Bosed on buckets filled to water level. Horsepower dire ctly proporfiona l
to volume and weighf of material carried in buckets and cha in speed .
O Head shafts provided wifh Series P 200 boll b earing p illo w blocks.
o Refer to Table 1 for corresponding casing mote riols fo r various o per-
a ting cond ifions.
® Terminal weight bose d on a verage size head shaft. W eig ht ad íustment
necessary il casing thickness is other than listed above. Terminal weighf
includes dischorge spouf but not externo! leed hoppe r.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 349
bulk handling
bucket elev ators

Types 12 and 13 bucket elevators • interna! discharge

DISCHARGE
SPOUT DISCHARGE
SPOUT

' i

1 ¡
¡. i¡
1

! ! ¡ ·1 ' 1
l I '' 1 .

CENTERS

D
ii
1 • B
1.

1
LIFT
.
1
.
1
'
1
D 1 '
' 1
1 '
. 1
A' INSIDE

3
10 "

p p

Type 12 elevator Type 13 elevator

Fig. 3723 Fig. 3722

Elevo la r
A 8 e o G M N p R
number INCHES

Type 12 elevator

1210 17V2 26% 20% ¡.¡,. 13 V2 16 27 8 V2 20 17 6 14 Ya

1216 1 23 V2 26 Va 26 % 1% 13 V2 16 27 8 V2 20 17 9 14%
Type 13 elevator

131 0 17 V2 26 Va 20% 1% 15 23 Va 16 30 v. 8 V2 20 17 6 14%

131 6 1 23 V2 26 Va 26 % 1% 15 23 Va 16 30 v. 8 V2 20 17 9 14%

Dia meler of heod shoft, inches

Elevator •Y,.
1 1 2•;,. 1 2%
number u V w Yt 1
u V w Yt 1
u V
1
w Yt
INCHES

Type 12 elevator

121 0 11 V2 14 \12 3 v. 3 11 :y,. 14 V.. 3 v. 3 12 15 3 v. 3

12 16 1 15V.. 18 v. 3 v. 3 15 V2 18 V2 3 'A 3 15 :y,. 18 :y,. 3 v. 3
Type 13 elevator

1310 11 V2 14 V2 3V.. 3 11 :y,. 14 :y,. 3 v. 3 12 15 3 v. 3

1316 1 15 v. 18 v.. 3\4 3 15 \12 18 V2 3V.. 3 15V.. 18 :Y,. 3 v. 3
Hove dimensions certified for instollot ion purpose s. t Bosed on Series P 200 boll be oring pillow blocks.

350 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
bucket elevators

Platforms and drive s

Service platforms
Service platforms are recomm ended for bucket elevators to provide access to
the drive and head termina ls for inspection, lubrication and servicing. They
extend around three sides of the elevator and are readil y reached by ladders.
Th ese platforms are supported on the elevator casing and can be arranged
for flooring made of w ood , checkered steel pla tes or grating.
Safety coges are recommended for all ladders. Ladders and coges are made
to co nform to safety codes.

Drive arrangements
Various drive arrangements are ava ilab le for bucket elevators. The most eco-
nomical combination consists of a G earmotor connected to the eleva tor head
shaft by means of a chain drive . The chain drive provides flexibi l ity in mount-
ing and, by varying the ratio of the drive, the speed of the elevator ca n be
changed. Other com binations consisting of Motogears, worm gear drives, or
helical gear drives either directly co nnected or combined with chain drives can
be furnished. The final drive selection depends on clearances, method of sup-
porting or user's preference.
A typical drive is shown in Fig. 4971.
Th e Motogear, supported on a brac ket
mounted on the elevator casing, is con-
nected to th e elevator head shaft by an
enclosed cha in drive. This orrangemen t is
compact, economical and efficient.

Backsto ps
Backstops are available for use on bu cket
elevators to preven t reversa! of the b ucket
line should the elevator stop under load.
A backstop can be applied directly to the
head shaft on all but the very large ele-
vators, in which ca se it sho uld be provided
on a portian of th e drive located ah ead of
u 1
1
1

Fi9. 4971 Photo 20 174A

the headshaft .
E
Elevot or
casing
size inside,
Average
weight,
A B e D Elevator ty pe

inches pounds l a nd 2 ¡ 6 17and 8

... INCHES
9 o/4 X 35 550 9% 35 72 45 33 .... .. ..
1 1 'lf4 X 35 550 11 % 35 72 45 33 . .. . .. ..
11 'lf4 X 39 560 1 1 :y. 39 78 45 33 .... 33
1 1 'lf4 X 42 570 1 1 :y. 42 82 45 33 .... . ...
13%x39 560 13 % 39 78 45 33 .... 33
13 o/4 X 42 570 13% 42 82 45 33 . .. . .. ..
13 % X 48 6 15 13% 48 88 50 34 14 . . .. 34 v.
15 % X 42 570 15 % 42 82 45 33 .... ....
15 o/4 X 48 615 15% 48 88 50 34 14 .. . . 34 14
15 o/4 X 54 645 15 % 54 100 50 39 14 . ... ... .
17 o/4 X 48 615 17% 48 88 50 34 14 .... 34 14
17 % X 54 645 17 % 54 100 50 3914 . ... .. ..
19 o/4 X 48 615 19 % 48 88 50 3414 .... 34 14
19 o/4 X 54 645 19 % 54 100 50 3914 . . .. .. ..
20 Y2 X 30 560 20 y, 30 70 49 . ... 42 ....
2 1 o/4X4 8 615 21 % 48 88 50 34 v. . . .. 3414
22 Y2 X 30 560 22 Y2 30 70 49 . ... 42 . ...
22 •f.ix54 645 22 3/4 54 100 50 39 v. .. .. ....
24 Y, X 30 560 24 Y2 30 70 49 . .. . 42 ....
28 Y, X 42 660 28 Y2 42 88 58 . .. . 42 ....
30 Y2 X 42 660 30 Y2 42 88 58 .... 42 . .. .
32 Y2 X 42 660 32 Y2 42 88 58 ... . 42 ....
34 Y2 X 42 660 34 Y2 42 88 58 ... . 42 . ...
38 Y2 X 42 660 38 Y2 42 88 58 .... 42 . . ..
Hove dimensions certified far installa ti o n purposes.
Platforms re¡¡ulorly furnished with stee l frames and handrails. Flooring, toe plates, ladde rs and
safety coges con be fu rnished.
Fig. 3381 A Platforms far other than listed sizes can be furnished.

LINK-BELT • 351
bulk handli ng
sklp holsts

skip

Four sklp hoists provide dependoble operction et ges producing plcnt, handling cocl, coke, cnd Semlautomati c noncounterwelghted skip
cshes. The cocl cnd coke hoists, et fer left, deliver to bins serving e weigh lcrry over the chcrging floor. holst with 20-cubic foot bucket elevctes cshes
The hoist in the foreground, in front of boiler house, delivers cocl or coke breeze into bunker over 63 fe et to circular locding bin. Photo 1801 2
boilers. The csh hoist, behind boiler house, delivers to storcge bin for truck hculcge. Photo 304 1 6

The Link-Belt skip hoist has long been known to industry. Since the flrst
installation before the turn of the century, Link- Belt has built and
installed many such machines and has acquired valuable eic:perience in
their application to a variety of uses and operat ing conditions.
The skip hoist consists of a bucket with or without counterweights or
two buckets balancing each other, a winding machine, wire rope, a
steel structure with tracks, means for loading and unloading the bucket
or buckets, and the necessary electrical ap pa ratus and leed sheaves.
As an effective method of unloading bulk materials, the skip hoist
is especially applicable to high lifts, and is suitable for various combi-
nations of vertical and incl ined paths of travel. lt has few moving parts
and the material being carried does not contact these parts; therefore,
maintenance is infrequent and simplified. lt can handle a wid e variety
of abrasive or corrosive materials, large lumps as well as fines, at low
or high capacities.
The Link-Belt skip hoist is known for its simplicity of construction, its
dependability and economy in operation.

Fully automatlc noncounterw elghted sklp

holst with 100-cubic foot bucket delivers cocl
or coke 121 feet from trcck hopper to storcge
bln et power plcnt. Photo 18028

352 • L 1 N I< - B E L T
 bulk handling
skip hoists

Skip hoists

40-cublc foot sem lautomatic sklp hoist lronsferring limestone Fully a utomatic skip holst s elevating coal and coke fram trock
and coke from outdoor slorage to bins. Started by a push button, hoppers. The 1 48-foot hoist a l left is o balonced type , while thot al
one cycle is completad aulomolicolly. Pnolo 30532 righl ;, o counlerweighted type with 1 56 feel of trovel. Photo 304 1 8

Materi als handled
The skip hoist will convey virtually all materials with the
exception of those which are very fine , light or fluffy,
cont aminable, highly corrosive, or those having harmful,
d usty or explos ive properties.
Types
There a re three general types of skip hois ts-the single
noncounterweighted bucket, t he si ngle counterwei ghted
b ucke t, and the type with balanced bucket s.
In the single noncounterweighted type , the cable is
a ttached directly to the winding drum. The horsepower
pull is measured by the weight of the bucket plus the
weight of the materi al in the bucket. This type is lowest in
first cost but is higher in power requirements than the other
types.
In the balanced type, two buckets are used, one as-
cending while the other is descending . The horsepower
pull is measured by the weight of the material in one
bucket. This type is selected for large capacities.
Design
All elements of the Link-Belt skip hoist are designed to
conform with best engineering p ractice, predicated on
many years of experience in this f ield .
Paths of travel
Each installation must be designed to meet local condi-
tions, and the path of travel of the bucket must therefore
be arranged to suit. The paths illustrated here are typical,
and will meet most operating conditions.

In the single counterweighted type, the counterweight

is made equal to the weight of the bucket, plus one-half
the weight of the material in the bucket, a nd t he horse-
power pul! is measured by one-half the weight of ma-
t erial in t he bucket . This type offers operating economies PATH PATH PATH PATH PATH PATH PATH
w here service is frequent or continuous, as the power re- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
quirement is less. Fig. 3518

L 1 N K - B E L T • 3 53
bulk handling
skip holsts

Winding machines
The winding machine is assembled fram elements corefully designed to provide
dependa ble , faolproof automatic skip hoist service. 11 cansists of a single g roaved
d rum, a drum shaft maunted on heavy roller bearings, an enclosed pcrall e l shaft
gear d rive, a combined coupling
and brake wheel with operating
mechanism, and a traveling cam limit
switch, all maunte d on a welded
stee l base.
Twa ty pes of winding machines
a re availab le , the HRT and the RS.
The HRT machine ha s the advantage
of easy accessibility of pe ris far
service and ma inte nance. The RS
machine is more campact fo r use
whe re Aaa r space is limited .

Type HRT win d ing machin e Type RS wi n di ng machine

When material is delive re d to a ski p haist intermittently, such a s
when laad ing fram a wheelbarrow, an ash car, or by hand shavel-
ing, it can be laaded d irectly into the bucket and the opera tion mad e
semiautomatic.
In semiautamatic operation, the cycle is as fallows-af ter loading,
the bullan is pushed ; the skip accelerales, travels al full speed ,
decelerate s, and remains al the dumping zone far a p re-determined
period ; it then reverses, accelerates, trove Is al full speed, decelerates,
and comes to re sl ba ck al the loading p osition.
When material comes ta the skip hoi sl in a conlinuo us stream, such
Engineering
a s fram a track happer, the use af an automatic loader is necessary
and the skip o peratian b ecomes fully a ulomatic. The cycle is then
the sorne as far semia ulomatic operation except that the bucket is
held a predetermined p eriod al the lood ing p oint far looding, and
then the cycle is automotically rep e o ted.
The copacity of o semia utomatic skip hoist is somewhot less than
that of one which is full y o utomatic, due to the g rea ler and indefinite
time required far looding. Table l will be faund useful in tenlatively
se lecting the approximate bucket size and speed. Consult Link-Belt
fa r final selection.

Table 1 • Capacities and horsepowers

Bucke t Copacity in tons per hour A Horse po w er ot motor•
speed
in feet
pe r minute
Single 1 Two
· Bucket
si:r. e in
cubic
fe et
l- 6- 0_ _ _
lih of single bucker type, in feer

80- -l- 0-0- -l 2- 0- -l -40- -l-6-0 - -l-8-0 - -2-0-0

l "ft o f bo lonce d buclcet typ e, in fe et
_
No ncounte r·
---¡
Single buclcet ty oe

Counter-
Balonc ed
bucket

sp eed s pe ed 1- ,- 0-0- -
l 2- 0- -l 4- 0- -l 6- 0- -1-80
- -2-0-0 we;ghted w e;ghled lype

20 20 16 13 11 1o 26 22 20 11 3 6
30 29 23 19 16 14 ... ... .. 38 32 28 15 4 8
40 39 31 26 22 19 .. ... ... 52 44 38 20 6 11
100 60 59 47 39 33 29 .. ... 78 66 58 27 8 16

80 78 60 51 44 38 102 88 76 35 11 22
100 98 78 64 55 48 128 110 96 41 13 27
120 117 93 77 66 58 154 13 2 11 6 50 16 32
- -- --- 20 27 21 18 16 14 36 32 28 17 4 8
30 40 32 27 23 20 54 46 40 22 6 12
40 53 43 36 31 27 72 62 54 31 8 17
150 60 79 64 54 47 41 108 94 82 41 12 24

80 106 86 72 62 55 144 124 110 53 16 33

100 133 107 90 78 68 180 156 136 61 20 40
1 20 159 129 108 93 82 2 16 186 164 __:_: . 75 24 48
- -

40 38 34 30 28 25 76 68 60 56 50 41 11 22
100 60 57 51 46 41 38 114 102 92 82 76 55 16 32
ond 80 74 66 60 54 51 148 132 120 108 10 2 70 22 43
200
100 92 82 74 67 62 184 164 148 134 124 82 27 54
120 108 97 87 79 74 216 194 174 158 148 100 32 64
40 48 43 40 36 33 96 86 80 72 66 62 17 33
150 60 72 65 60 54 50 144 130 120 108 102 82 24 48
o nd 80 102 91 83 76 64 20 4 182 166 152 128 105 33 65
300
100 125 1 10 102 90 87 250 220 204 180 174 123 40 80
120 150 134 124 113 105 300 268 248 226 210 150 48 96
40 50 47 44 41 100 94 88 82 93 25 50
150 60 75 70 65 61 150 140 130 122 122 36 73
ond 80 90 83 80 74 180 166 160 148 158 49 98
4 50
100
120
• Copoc111es ore boseo on ou1omo1ic lood1ng of moteriol we1ghing 50
119
14 2
1 11
132
105
126
98
1 18 l 23 8
284
222
264
2 10
252
196
236
depends upen the speed wilh wh1ch the bucket is looded.
18 4
225
60
72
121
14 3

pounds per cubic 100 1, o nd 1oke into o ccoun1 the time required for lood- • Horsepower requirements ore bosed on listed capacit1 es and lihs, with
ing, t roveling ond dischorging. With semiou1omo1ic lood1ng, the copocity fnctional ond eleclricol losses included,

JS4 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
sklp holsts

Engineering
Automatic loading
A skip hoisl hondles material in botches ond therefore material
which con be brought to it intermillently con be looded directly
inlo the buckel. This permits manual looding, provided the co-
pocity requiremenls ore odequole o nd services of on ollendonl
justified. When material is ovoiloble far conlinuous looding of
the skip, os from o hopper or bin, or in botches greoler thon the
b ucket co pocity, the looding of the b ucket is best co ntrolled by
the use of o receiving hopper ond looding device. The Link- Bel!
oulomolic loader is o p roven mochine designed lo utilize the full
copocity of the syslem by ropid ond occurole Alling of the bucket,
thereby eliminoting lime loss in the cycle.

1<--D-~
r-c- 1

u_
O
iT
BA
-i
INSI DE
CHU TE

W=MIN.
!
-DISTANCE
r. TO REMOVE
LOADER SHAFT

u ' '
.'
Style O automatic loader Fig. 3497

Bucket Maximum looder weight,

size, Bucket
lumps, pounds
A B
1
e o E F
1 G H
cubic
width,
inches 1 1 1 1 1

f eet inches
• Empty
1 looded• f[ET ANO INCHES

20 36 6 2 100 2900 1-8 2-2V. 1-1 ov. 2-5'12 1-1 1 y, 2-2Ya 3-0 4 -4
30 54 6 2300 3300 2-0 2-6'/a 1-1 ov. 2-5'12 2 - 3 y, 2- 2Ya 3-0 4 -4
40 48 8 3800 51 00 2-0 2- 63A 2- 9 % 3-4'/a 2- 3 'A 3- 4 3A 4-0 6-6
60 54 8 4070 5720 2-6 3-0>A 2- 9 % 3.4y, 2- 9'A 3- 4 3A 4-0 6-9

80 60 12 4350 6300 3-0 3-63A 2- 9 v. 3.4y, 3- 3 'A 3-4 3A 4-0 7-0

100 60 12 4350 6300 3-0 3-6 3A 2- 9 v. 3- 4 •/, 3 - 3 'A 3-4 3A 4-0 7-3
120 60 12 4 350 6300 3-0 3-6 3A 2- 9% 3- 4 '/a 3- 3 'A 3- 4 3A 4-0 7-9

Bucket
size, J K l M N p R
1
s T u V w
1 1 1 1 1
cubic 1 1
fe et FEET ANO INCHE"

20 0- 4 '12 4-8 4-7 2-5 1 ~6 2-4 '/2 0-7 13/Í6 4 -6 3-1 1-1 O>A 3- 4 '/2 2- 10'/2 4-9
30 0-4 '12 4-8 4-7 2-5 1 ~ 2-4 '/1 0-7 13/Í6 4-6 3- 1 1- 1O>A 3- 4 '11 2-10 '11 5-5
40 0-6 6-5 '/1 5-3 '/1 3-6 13/Í6 3-7'A 1-0 1 ~ 6 -6 4-2 3A 2- 9>A 4- 11 >A 4- ov. 4-1 1
60 0-6 6-5 '/1 6-2 3-6 13M 3-7'A 1 -0 1 ~ 6-6 4-2 3A 2- 93A 4-113A 4- ov. 5 - 11

80 0-6 6 -5 '/1 6-5 '11 3-6 13M 3-7'A 1 -0 1 ~6 6-6 4-2 3A 2- 93A 4 - 11 >A 4- 73A 6- 11
100 0-6 6-5 '12 7-3 '12 3-6 13M 3-7'A 1 -0 1 ~6 6-6 4-2 3A 2- 9 3A 4- 11 >A 4- 7>A 6 - 11
120 0-6 6 - 5 '12 8-2 3-6 13/Í6 3- 7'A 1 -0 1 ~ 6 -6 4- 2 3A 2 - 9 3A 4- 11 3A 4- 7v. 6- 11

Hove dimens1ons c ertified for instollotion purposes. .A Moximum lumps not more thon 10% of total materia l.
• Looded wi1h material weighing 50 pounds per cubic foat, such as cool.

L 1 N K • B E L T • 355
bu lk hand ling
skip hoists

Engineering
Discharging

The bucket is unlooded by upending it al the discharge paint.

Tilting the bucket to an angle of 50 degrees ha s been found sat-
isfactory for ma ny materials such a s coal, dry ashes, crushed stone
a nd sand, or in general for materials of Clossifocotions 1 and 2.
This ongle must be increosed for particulorly sluggish moteriols,
such a s those identiíled by Clossifocation 3 listed in Table 1,
poge 563.

=8 L
RAIL
GAUGE
SECTION AA
OVERTRAVEL
DETAil
s
t-e- -TRACK
l GAUGE

SECTION BB

Fig. 3494

Bucke t
size, A 8 e o E F G H J K l R s T
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
cubic
fe et fE~T A1'D NCfi.S

20 4-5 Vi 4-8 Y2 11-8 3-0 5-1 6-8 3-1 0-1 Vi 2-6 0-7 0-2 3-0 4- 1 JA 0-6 Y2
30 4 -5 Y2 4-8 Y2 11-8 3-0 5-1 6-8 3- l 0- l Vi 2-6 0-7 0-2 3-0 5-7 3A 0-6 Y2
40 5-5 Y2 5-2 14-0 3-6 5-8 7-9 Vi 1 4-3 0-1 2- 10 0-9 0-2 4-0 4-11 JA 0- l O Y2
60 5-10 5-9 15-5 Y2 3-6 6-6 8-7 Y2 4-0 0-3 Y2 2-10 0-9 0-2 4-0 5-5 JA 0- l O Y2

80 6-6 3A 6-3 Y2 16-3 4-0 7-0 JA 9- l 4-5 0-2 3-0 l-0 0-2 4- 0 6- l l-0 Y2
100 7-2 7- l Y2 17-9 4-0 7- l O Y2 l 0-4 Y2 4-5 0-2 3-0 l- 0 0-2 4-0 6- l 1-0 Vi
120 8-2 8-4 Y2 19-9 4- 0 9- l Y2 11 -7 4-5 0-2 3-0 l-0 0-2 4-0 6-l l-0 Vi
H ove dimensions certified for insto/lo:ion purposes.

Bucke ts
Buckets are availoble in sizes ranging from 20 to 1 20 cubic foot
capocities. The listed copacity of each bucket is meosured to the
copocity line. This is used for determining the copacity of a skip
hoist operoting in o vertical path. For on inclined poth, the copocity
is modifoed accord ingly.
Plain boils such o s shown in Fig . 3495 ore employed when !he
bucket operotes in o stro ight line. When the poth of the bucket is
other than o stroight line, it moy be necessory to use cable guide
sheoves with g uide rollers on the boil, os shown in Fig. 3496, to
ovoid interference with the skip structure.

1r:
PLAIN BAIL ~( ROLLER BA IL

CAPACIT Y CAPACITY
---ciNE UNE

TRACK

!
Fig. 3495 Fig. 3496

356 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Bulk-Flo

36776

Dl1tribu tlng coal by Bulk-Flo system al lorge hospital power plont. Cool is elevoted
from truck hopper ond dischorged to silo by Bulk-Flo al left. Cenler Bulk-Flo recloims
stored cool from silo ond elevotes it lo horizontal seporoted-run Bulk-Flo ot right,
which conveys ond dischorges it to ony of !he three stoker hoppers. Cool no! dischorged
into the stoker hoppers is retu rned to the silo-recloim Bulk-Flo for re-circulotion.

The Link-Belt Bulk-Flo is a self-feeding, self-discharging combination elevator and

conveyor which provides a simple, efficient and flexible means of handling a variety of
granular, crushed, ground or pulverized materials. lt can be applied separately as a
feeder, elevator or conveyor. lt is enclosed and, in general, self-clearing. Travel can be
horizontal, vertical or inclined, and a single self-contained Bulk-Flo will carry in all
these directions.

The conveying medium consists of an endless chain to which cross Aights are attached
at intervals, all conta ined inside a close fitting casing. The material to be conveyed Aows
in through feed openings to flll the spaces between Aights, and the movement of the chain
then pushes or conveys the material by means of these Aights. Discharge is effected
through a suitably located discharge opening or spout .

The Link-Belt Bulk-Flo affords distinct advantages of compactness, simplicity and

Aexibility of layout.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 357
bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Types
Combined-run
Appllcatlon • The combined-run design is commonly used for handling fine ,
fre e-flowing material and substances that only occosionally contain friable
lumps.
Fe ed • The material is fed to the conveying medium on the top or return run of
the conveyor and is carried rearword a short distance beforc it is allowed to Head section
drop through an opening in the partition piole to the bottom or conveying run.
Horizontal slide gales regulate the rote of feed to the conveyor. - - - wifh fixed
head shaff
Discharge • In a fronl discharge heod section, materiol carried up on the
outside portion of the peak top fligh ts spills directly into the discharge chute, os
it does in a side discharge design. Tho l which is corried b y the inside portion
of o flight is deAected around the chain and flights into the chute.
L-path • The illustration to the right shows an L-path Bulk-Flo with com bined-run
having single feed opening and front discharge head section. Side discharge
head sections may a lso be used.
Horizontal • The lower photograph shows a horizontal Bulk- Flo with combined-
run having dual feed openings and a single discharge point. The design is
adaptable to additional feed and discharge openings. Chain and
----flighf line

1nfermed iafe
- - - - se ction
Fig.
61 87

lns pe ction
1- - -- - window
or door
Fully loaded Portially lo a ded

A Bu lk-Flo operotes equally well irrespective of volu m e

Ta il section
wifh s crew ad ju sfed
shaft fakeups
- - -Curve d section

L L-PATH COMBINED-RUN

Re movable hood-- - -- -

Feed re gulafing gafe

Re movable cove r piafes

1 1
1 281 24

HORIZONTAL COMBINED-RUN

3 58 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Types
He ad se ction

~-" ..•..•.
with sc rew ad juste d

He ad se ction
w ith fi xed he ad shaft - - - -

Separated-run
Application • The separated-run is recommended for
ha ndling materiols cantaining lumps, where feed control
is essential and it is desirable to hove com plete occess to
both runs of the conveyor.
Feed • Built with divided, sep ara tely encased horizontal
runs, this design is better odopted to the use of multiple
feed points. Material is fed directly to the bottom or con-
Peak-top _ __ veying run, ond the flow is controlled b y horizontal slide
flights ga les.
Discharge • Side discho rge head sections afford addi-
tiona l flexi bility esp ecially whe n the material is trons-
ferred d irectly to o second conveyor, resulting in o
decreased overall height of the machine.
Loop-loading • The loop-loading Bulk-Flo is o form of
the separate d-run design. Adjustoble tokeups o re on
heod shoft.
L-pa th • The L-path seporoted-run Bulk-Flo with side 281198
dischorge heod sectian is shown to the right. Front dis-
charge head sectians may also be used with this design.
Takeups ore provided o n the foot shoft.
Horizontal • The horizonta l seporoted-run design is
shown with two feed openings o nd one dischorge point.
Additionol feed ond dischorge points moy be used
where required.

LOOP
LOADING

L-PATH
SEPARATED-RUN

1
Tail se ction
with screw adjusted
shaft takeups

HORIZONTAL
28123 SEPARATED-RUN

Lstraight flights
L 1 N K - B E L T • 359
bu lk handling
Bulk- Flo
Consider the following foctors whe n selecting o Bulk- Flo:
Kind ond chorocter of material being hon~ e d, whether lump y,
obrosive, corrosive, sticky, etc.
W e ight of material in pounds p e r cubic foot
Moximum ro te al which material is handled or copocity, in
cubic feet per hour
Moximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material
and percentog e of lumps in to tal volume
Path or layout
Service required; continuous or intermittent
With this informotion known, p rocee d as follows:
Esta blish the m a teria l cla ss • Refer to Table 1. Find the materia l
closs fer the material b e ing hondled. lf this particular material is not
listed, select one with simil ar cha rocteristics, o r determine the classi-
fkation by using Table 1, page 563.
Determine th e Bulk-Flo s peed • Knowing the weight of the ma -
terial and material class, refer to Table 2 and determine the recom-
mended conveyor speed.
Se lect t he Bul k- Fl o size • When th e Bulk- Flo is to b e used as a
conveyor, the maximum rote ot which materia l is handl e d is used in
selecting the siz e, even though this rote e xists anly fer a short inte rvol.
Whe n the Bulk-Flo is to b e used o s o feede r, the actual rote ot which
material is hondled is used in selecting the size.
Using the co pocity, weight o f material, lump size ond recom-
mended speed, refer to Cho ri A ond select the Bulk-Flo size.
Determ ine the ca sin g sp ecifi catian s 0 Refer to Tabl e 2 ond find
the casing number. With this informotion refer to Table 3 ond deter-
mine the casing speciflcotions.
Calculate the required horsep o wer • Refer to Chori B o nd select
the horsepower formulo opplying to th e poth or layout of the Bulk-
Flo. Knowing the input horsepower, refer to Tables 4 ond 5, ond de-
termine the motor size ond heod shoft speed .
Knowing heod shoft speed ond motor ho rse power, refer to Cotolog
1050 and select o drive.
Vorious drive arrongements con be used fer operoting o Bulk-Flo.
A commonly used combinotion consists of o Geormotor connected
to the head shoft by a choin drive. Other comb ino tions consisting of
o Motogeor, worm geor drive or poroll e l shoft gear drive, e ither
directly connected or combined with o choin drive, con be furnished.
De termine the head shaft size a nd check the verti cal centers
Us•ng the service liste d in Tabl e 6 fer the hours of operotion, ond
Choris C, D, E, F or G corresponding to the Bulk-Flo size, refer to
the instructions on poge 365 ond determine the he od shaft diamete r
ond check the vertical centers.
360 • L 1 N K - 8 E L T
Selection
Ex amples o f Bulk- Flo selection
Pr ob lem 1
Select a Bulk-Flo to meet the following conditio ns:
Materi al . .. ...... . . Aoxseed cake, expelle r
Weight .. .......... 50 pounds per cubic foot
Copocity .... . ...... 15 tons per hour or 600 cubic
fe e t per hour, moximum
Moximum lump size . . 1 inch, 1 2% of tota l volume
Poth . ........ . . . .. Layout 1, Chori B, L= 45 feet
Service .... .. . . .... 8 hours p e r doy
Solution
Referring to Table 1, note thot the materia l closs fer Aoxseed cake
is 026. In Table 2, the mo ximu m recommended spee d for o D26
ma terial is 50 FPM.
Refer to Cho ri A. Bulk-Flo No. 57 operating ot 5 0 FPM will hondle
the copocity ond the moximum lump size.
Accord ing to Table 2 a No. 1 or 5 casing is recommended. Refer
to Table 3. A l!i.'' commerciol hot roll e d mi ld steel or 3/i 6" low alloy
steel casing is specified fer the No. 57 Bulk-Flo. Base the Anal se lec-
tion on the desired life expectoncy or the user's pre ference.
input HP for Layout l = .002 X 15 X 1.2 X 45 = 1.62 HP
Refer to Tables 4 and 5. A 2 HP drive with o heod shoft speed
of 15 RPM is corree! for th e opplicotion. With the HP and speed ot
the he ad shoft known, refer to Catolog 1050 ond select o drive.
Th e heod shoft is l 15/io" in diometer, selected from Cho ri D, using
Service l from Table 6 ond M e q ual to 1.62.
Therefore, Bulk-Flo No. 57 with l 1S/i.'' diameter heod shoft is
sotisfoctory for the opplication.
Problem 2
Select a Bulk -Flo to mee! the following conditions:
Mate rial . .. .. soybeon meo l, cold
W e ight ...... 40 pounds per cubic foot
Capaci ty . . . . 20 tons per hour, or 1000 cubic feet per hour,
max imum
Poth ...... .. Layout 5, Chori B, L = 20 feet, V =60 fee t
Service ...... 16 hours p er doy
Solut ion
Refer to Table l. Note that the material closs for soybeo n meo l is
626. In Tabl e 2 the mo ximum recommended sp eed foro 626 materia l
is 7 0 FPM.
Refe r to Chori A. Bulk-Flo No. 6 1 O o p e rotin g at 50 FPM will
hondl e the capoci ty.
According to Tab le 2 a No. 2 casing is recommended. Refer to
Table 3. A Y•" commerciol hot rolled mild steel casing is specifled
fer the No. 6 l O Bulk-Flo.
input HP for Layout 5 = .003 X 20 X 1.0(20 + 60) = 4.8 HP
Refer to Tables 4 ond 5. A 7 Y2 HP d rive with o heod shaft speed
of 12.5 RPM is corree! for the application. With the HP ond sp eed ot
th e head shoft known, refer to Cotolog l 050 ond select o drive.
The heo d shoft is 3 'lí•" in dio mete r, selected from Chori E, using
Service 2 from Tabl e 6, M equol to 4.8 ond vertica l centers of
60 feet.
Therefore, Bulk-Flo No. 6 1O with 3 1/i.'' dio meter he od shoft is
sotisfoctory for the opplicotion.
 bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Selection

Table 1 • Typicol bulk moteriols hondled by Bulk-Flo

Average Averag e Avero ge

weight per Horse weight per Horse weighl per Horse
Class power Material cubic foot, Closs power
Material cubic foot, Closs power
Material cubic foot,
pounds • foctor
e pounds • factor
e pounds • fa ctor
e
t:. t:. t:.

Alfalfo meol ... . .. 17 B37W 2.2 Cottonseed flokes ... 20-25 ... Rice, rough ... . .. 36 B26S 1.2
Almonds, broken or Cottonseed hulls ... 12 2.4 Rice bron (see b ren)
B36W
whole ........ 28-30 C27T 1.5 Cottonseed meol ... 35-40 B261.2 Rice grits ........ 42-45 B26 1.0
Aluminote jell ..... 45 B27 1.4 Cottonseed meats .. 40 B261.2 Rye . ... . . . . . . . . 44 B16S 1.0
Aluminum silicate .. 49 B26 1.0 Cracklings, crushed, Salicylic ocid .. . .. . 29 B26L 1.5
Ammonium chloride, 3 " ond under .... 40-50 036.& Solt cakP, dry,
crystalline .... 52 B26 1.2 Oica lóum phosphote 43 A36 2.4 coorse ...... . ... 85 027 1.4
Apple pomoce, dry .
Arsenic, p ulverized ..
Bakelite, fine . ... ..
15
30
30-40
..
C37W

.A.36
2.2 Epsom salts ........
Foce powder, (see
2.0 Talcum powd er)
40-50 B26 1.4 Solt ca ke, dry,
pulverized .... . ..
Soltpe ter .. .. .. . ..
65-85
80
B27
B26S
1.5
1.4
Boking powder ..... 41 A26 1.5 Ferrous sulphote .. . 50-75 C27 1.4 Sawdust ... .. .. . . . 10-13 ...
Borley ............ 38 B16S 1.0 Fish meol ......... 35-40 B36 1.0 Soop beads or
Beons, castor, whole . 36 C16 1.2 Floxseed .......... 45 B16S 0.8 granules ... . .. .. . B26T.&
Beons, castor, meal. . 826 1.2 Floxseed ca ke, Soop chips .. .. . .. . 15-25 C26T.&
Beons, navy, dry ... 48 C16 1.0 expeller .. ..... 48-50 026 1.2 Soap flokes ..... . . 5-15 B26T.&
Beans, navy, steeped 60 C26 1.0 Flaxseed meol ..... 25 a26 1.2 Soap powder ...... 20-25 B26.&
Bicorbonote of soda 41 A26 1.5 Flour, wheat ....... 35-40 A36K.& Soda a sh, light. .... 20-35 A27W 2.5
Blood, dried .. . .... 35-45 037 1.6 Gelatin, granulote<l . 32 C26T 2.0 Soda osh, heovy . .. 55-65 B27 1.4
Bones ..... . ...... 35-50 ... 1.5 Glue, peorl ....... 40 C16 1.0 Sodium phosphote
Boneblack, under Gluten meol .. . ... . 40 B26 1.0 (see Trisodium
100 mesh .. .... . 20-25 A27.& Grophite, floke .... 40 C26 1.0 phosphote)
Bonemeal .. .. ..... 55-60 B27 1.5 Graphite, flour ..... 28 A16Y 1.4 Sodium sulphate
Borate of lime .... A26.& Grape pomace .... 15-20 C37W 2.2 (see sol! cake)
Borax, fine ..... 53 B26 1.4 Gross seed ....... . 10-12 B26SW 2.2 Soybe ons, crocked 30-4 0 C27S 1.2
Boric a cid, fine .... 55 B26 Gypsum, raw Soy be on cake,
Bran .... . ..... 16-20 B26SW 2.5 1" and under ... 90- 100 027 1.0 over Y2" . ....... 4 0 -43 02 6 1.2
Bread crumbs ..... . B26T.& Hominy. .......... . 37 C26 1.0 Soybe on floke s,
Brewer's groin, spe nt Hops, spent ... . .. . 35 -55 ...
1.2 raw or spent . . . . . 18-26 C26W 1.2
wet ....... .. .... 55-60 C36P.& Ice, crushed ....... 35-45 016 0.8 Soybeon flour ..... 27 ...
Buckwheot . . . .. ... 40- 42 B16S 1.0 lron sulphote (see Soybeon meal, cold . 40 B26 1.0
Cosein .. .. ....... 36 B27.& ferrous sulphote ) Soybeon meal, hot . 40 B26P 1.0
Chocolate press cake 40-45 027 1.2 Lead orsenate ..... 72 B36R 1.5 Storch .......... 25-50 ...
Clover seed . ... . .. 48 B16S 1.0 Lignite, oir drie<l ... 45-55 026 1.5 Sugor, gronulated . 50-55 B26KT 1.4
Cool ..... ........ 50 ... Lime, hydrote<l, Sugor, powdered 50 -60 ...
Cocoo beons .. . ... 30-40 C27T.& pulverized ....... 32-40 A26YZ 1.5 Sulphur, crushed,
Cocoa nibs ....... 35 C27 1.3 Lime pe bble ...... 53-56 036 1.7 1/2" ond und e r . 50-60 C26S.&
Coffee, c.hoff .. . . . 20 B26WY 2.5 Lithopone ...... ... 45-50 A26Y 1.7 Sulphur, lumpy,
Coffee, green b eon . 32 C26T 1.2 Mognesium chloride . 33 C36 1.4 3 " ond under 80-85 0265.&
Coffee, ground ..... 25 B26 1.2 Moize (see corn) Sulphur, powdered . . 50-60 B26SY A
Coffee, roasted beon 22-26 C16 1.2 Mol!, dry, ground, Tolcum powder .... 40-60 A27Y 1.5
Copper sulphote .. .
Copperos (see
0 26 Ye " o nd under ...
Molt, dry, whole ....
22 B26SW
27-30 C26S
1.4
1.0 Tanbo rk, ground ...
55 ...
36 B26SW 1.0
ferrous sulphote) Mol! meo l. . .... . .. 36-40 B26 1.2 Timothy seed . . ....
Copro, lumpy . .. . . 22 026 1.2 Mico, ground ..... 13-15 B27 3.0 Tobacco, scrops .... 15-25 036W 2.2
Copro cake, lumpy. . 25-30 D26 1.2 Mico , pulverized ... 13- 15 A27Y 3.0 Tobocco, snuff ..... 30 B36TY 2.0
Copro cake, ground . 40-45 B26 1.2 Mico Aokes .... . .. 17-22 B17WY 2.2 Tri sodium phosphote 60 B27 1.6
Copro meol . . ..... 40-45 B26 1.0 Milk, whole Tung nut me ots,
Cork, fine ground ... 12-15 B36WY 4.0 powdered .... .. . 20 B36KL2A crushe<l ...... . ... 25 026 1.4
Cork, granuloted ... 12-15 C36 4.0 Mustord seed ... . .. 45 B16S 1.0 Vermiculite,
Corn, crocked .... . .
Corn germs . . ..... .
45-50
21
C26
B26
1.4 Nophthole ne flokes .
1.4
45 ... expended ....... 16
45-48
C37W
C16S
2.6
1.0
26 C16S 1.2 Wheot ...... . ... .
Corn grits ..... . ... 40-45 B26 1.0 Oots ..... . ....... 40-45 B26S 1.0
Corn sugor ....... 31 B26 1.6 Oats, rolled ....... 19 C26SW 1.6 Wheot, crocked . .. .
1.3 Wheot germ ...... 28 B26 1.2
Cornmeol ......... 38-40 B26 1.0 Peonuts, shelled . . . 35 -45 C26T
Peonuts, in shells . . . . 15-20 026T 2.4 Wood chips ..... .. 10-30 H36WX.& 1.5
Cottonseed, dry,
d e-linted ........ 35 C26 1.2 Peas, dried . . . . .... 45-50 C16ST 1.0 Wood flour ...... . 16-36 ...
Cottonseed cake, Rice, hulled or Zinc o xide, light .. .. 10-15 A36WZ.& 2.5
lumpy .... . .. .. . . 40-45 D26 1.2 polished ...... .. 45-48 B16 1.0 Zinc oxid e, heovy ... 30- 35 A36Z 2.5

• Refer to Table I, Poge 563, for closs description. t::. Weight of material loase or slightly ogitoted . These we1ghts are usuolly
A Consult Link-Belt for informotion. different when mote riols oro settled or pocked os in bins or contoiners.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 361
bulk handling
8ulk-Flo

Selection
Table 2 • Casing num b ers and re camme nd e d moximum sp eed s
Casing Casing Casing Casing ¡ Maximum 1 Casing Casing
1 Moximum Moximum Moximum I Moximum
I Moximum 1
Weight of number speed, number speed, number speed, number speed, number speed, number sp eed,
mate rial, FPM FPM FPM FPM FPM FPM
pounds per "' "' "'Class A36 "' "'Class A27 "'Class A37
cubic foot Class A 16 Class A26 Class A 17
materlals6 materlals 6 materials 6 materials 6 materials6 materlals6
1 1 1 1
5 to 10 1 40 1 30 1 30 1, 5 30 1, 5 30 1, 5 30
10 to 20 1 50 1 40 1 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40
20 to 30 1 60 1 50 1 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40
30 to 40 l 60 1 50 1 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40
40 to 50 l 70 1 60 l 50 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 2, 6 40
50 to 60 1 70 l 60 l 50 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 2, 6 40
60 to 70 1 70 1 60 1 50 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 2, 6 40
70 to 80 1 70 1 60 1 50 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 2, 6 40
80 to 90 1 70 1 60 1 50 2, 6 40 2,6 40 2, 6 40
90 to 100 1 70 1 60 1 50 2, 6 40 2, 6 40 2, 6 40
Class 816 Class 826 Class 836 Class 8 17 Class 827 Class 837
materlals 6 materlals 6 materlals6 materlals 6 materials6 materlals 6
1 1 1 1
5 to 10 1 60 1 40 2, 5 30 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 30
10 to 20 1 60 1 50 2, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40
20 to 30 1 70 1 60 2, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40
30 to 40 1 70 1 60 2, 5 50 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40
40 to 50 l 80 2 70 2,5 50 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 2, 6 40
50 to 60 1 80 2 70 2, 5 60 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 2,6 40
60 to 70 1 80 2 70 2, 5 60 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 2, 6 40
70 to 80 1 80 2 70 2, 5 60 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 2,6 40
80 to 90 2 80 2 70 2, 5 60 2, 6 40 2,6 40 2,6 40
90 to 100 2 80 2 70 2, 5 60 2, 6 40 2,6 40 2,6 40
Class C16 Class C26 Class C36 Class C17 Class C27 Class C37
materials 6 materlals6 materlals 6 materials6 materials6 materials6
5 to 10 1 60 1 40 2, 5 30 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 30
10 to 20 1 60 1 50 2, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40
20 to 30 1 70 1 60 2, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40
30 to 40 1 70 1 60 2, 5 50 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 1, 5 40
40 to 50 1 80 2 70 2, 5 50 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 2, 6 40
50 lo 60 1 80 2 70 2, 5 60 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 2,6 40
60 to 70 1 80 2 70 2, 5 60 1, 5 50 1, 5 40 2,6 40
70 lo 80 1 80 2 70 2, 5 60 1, 5 40 1, 5 40 2, 6 40

80 to 90 2 80 2 70 2,5 60 2, 6 40 2,6 40 2, 6 40
90 to 100 2 80 2 70 2, 5 60 2, 6 40 2,6 40 2, 6 40
Class 016 Class D26 Class D36 Class 017 Class D27 Class 037
materials 6 materlals 6 materlals 6 materials 6 materials 6 materlals6
5 to 10 1 40 1, 5 40 2, 5 30 2,6 40 2, 6 40 2, 6 30
10 to 20 1 40 1, 5 40 2, 5 40 2, 6 40 2,6 40 2, 6 40
20 to 30 1 50 1, 5 50 2,5 50 2, 6 40 2,6 40 2,6 40
30 to 40 1 50 1, 5 50 2, 5 50 2, 6 40 2, 6 40 2, 6 40

40 to 50 1, 5 60 1, 5 50 2, 5 60 2, 6 40 2,6 40 2, 6 40
50 to 60 1, 5 60 1, 5 50 2,5 60 2, 6 40 2,6 40 2, 6 40
60 to 70 1, 5 60 1, 5 50 2, 5 60 2, 6 40 2, 6 40 2, 6 40
70 to 80 1, 5 60 1, 5 50 2, 5 60 2,6 40 2,6 40 2, 6 40

80 to 90 1, 5 60 2, 6 50 2, 5 60 2,6 40 2,6 40 2, 6 40
90 to 100 1, 5 60 2, 6 60 2, 5 60 2,6 40 2, 6 40 2, 6 40

A C o nsider design, use of speciul c onsrrucrio n or casing moteriols, ere., 6 Clossificorio ns cover o bro od lisr o f morerials thar generolly con be hondled
when rhe marer ial ro b" hondled: in o Bulk-Flo. However, o Bulk-Flo is not ordinorily used fo r handling o
Is mddly corros1ve, Closs P material which:
Gives o ff dust o r fumes hormful ro lile, Class R Is very obrosive, Closs 8
Co nto1ns explosive dusr, Class S Is highly corrosive, Class N
lnrerlocks or mors ro resisr digging, Closs X
Solidifies or pocks under pressure, Closs Z.

362 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Selection
Siz e and speed s e lectlo n
To determine Bulk-Flo size ond operoling speed for o given
copocity ond weight of material, enter lower portion of chori
from left side for copocities in tons per hour ond move olong o
horizontol line to intersection with inclined moteriol-weight line.
From this point move to upper portion of chori on o vertical line to
intersection with Bulk-Flo size line.
Reod Bulk-Flo size number al left hond edge of upper chori.
O btoin conveyor speed by projecting o line through the zero ordi-
note ond the lotter intersection point to the upper edge of the chori.
Knowing copocities in cubic feel p e r hour, enter chori ot lower
edge, disregord moleriol-weight lines ond proceed lo upper
portion of chori on o ve rtica l line to intersection with Bulk-Flo
size line. Obtoin Bulk-Flo size ond op e roling speed in sorne
monner os obove.
lf speed obtoined exceeds the moximum recommended in
Table 2 , repeot proced ure but select o Bulk-Flo of next lorger
size operoting ot o correspondingly red uced speed.
Moximum size lumps, constituting 1O to 15 per cent of totol
material, which moy be hondled in eoch size Bulk-Flo ore listed
to lhe left of the Bulk-Flo number.

Chart A • Size selection

LUMP BULK-FLO
SIZE NUMBER

, 11
22 7 12

2" 610

,11
14 57

//
3
4 35
_J
<(
él:
LLJ
f-
o
<(
~ 5
_J
<(
f-
10
e
f- 15
l.J._
o 20
~
o
ll)

of- 40
o::
::::J
o~ o
I
2 o:: 60
LLJ LLJ
N c.
¡¡:¡ (/)

c. z
~
o
f- 80
::::J
_J

~
::::J
~ 100
X
<(
~
o
LLJ 120
o
z
LLJ
~
~
o 140
u 200 4 00 600 800 1200 160,0 2000 24 00
LLJ
cr CUBIC FEET PER HOUR
Fig. 3 101

L 1 N K - B E L T • 36 3
bulk handling
Bulk- Flo

Selection
Chart 8 · Typical layouts

LAYOUT 1 LAYOUT 2

, ~
,.. ......../-
1JJ_ ------------------1,~1
~,
_I$UP L '<
LAYOUT 3 LAYOUT 4 /~
! - \
/'.._/
/ /
/
/
/
/ V
TAKEUP TAKEUP /
_ ,.. -< - - -- -L - - /
/

(' ""'-- ' - - ---- (t-~·)'¡-..-JV_______ _... / /

...... 'W - .._-.,¿_¿_ ' - - - -- - ---

LAYOUT 5 .)
~,
LAYOUT 6
,.., Y LAYOUT 7 ,- '\ r
(
'-1 lh /AKEUP ("J. J.T AKEUP
1 ¡ -.....1 1 J>1
1 L I 1
1 / 1
1 / 1
1 / 1
1 / 1
/
1 V / V / y
1 / /
/
1 /
_,,/'' /
1
/
/
/
/
/
L
,..
1 / /
TAKEUP ,L
> -< L - I I
) 1
____ ,,, / \
\ , __ _ TOP OF 'f TOP OF
1
\
\
FEED OPENING FEED OPENING"- -._

/....._
LAYOUT 8 LAYOUT 9
~~~
/ -..../
__tTAKEUP A

/
/
/
/
-< /- -L-
/
/
I
/
1
\

' .._ __
TOP OF \ TOP OF
FEED OPENING FEEDOPENINC;
- -L
f ig !)04"

Powe r r e quire ments

The power required to operote o Bulk-Flo is o function of !he for the speed determined from Chori A. The following formulas
poth, copocity ond physicol chorocteristics of the product hondled. will give close opproximote horse powers for the vorious loyouls
In colculoting input horsepower, olwoys use the a ctual copocity in Chori B.

La yout l . . . . . . . . . .. H = .002 T C L where H =input horsepower

Layout 2 ..... . . . . . . . . . H = .004 T C L T = tons per hour-octuol copocity for speed selected
Layout 3 .............. H =.00 1 T C (2L + V) C = horsepower factor, from Table 1
Lo youts 4 throJgh 8 ...... H = .003 T C (L + V) L= horizontal centers in feet
La yout 9 ........ .. ..... Consult link-Belt V = vertical centers in feet

3 64 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Selection
Table 3 • Recommended casin g materials H ead shaft size
Thickness, inches Chori B on the preceding poge illustrotes typicol Bulk-Flo loy-
outs. To determine the correct heod shoft size, use the following
Casing Material Bulk-Flo number procedure:
number

35 57 610 712 913

1 1 1 1

For Layouts 1 and 2

1 Commerciol hot % y.. 1 y..
rolled mild steel - - - - - - - - - - - - - --
3/Í6 3/Í6 1
- - -
2 31Í6 y.. y.. y.. y.. The heod shoft dio meter depends on the o peroting service ond
---
3 Commerciol hot % ----v.:-¡----v.:- -V:- -V:-
the h;,rsepower required to drive the Bulk-Flo with the mate ria l to
be tronsported.
- -- rolled mild stee l The service clo ss is listed in Table 6 ond is bosed on the hours
4 golvonized ~¡------;--- y.. y.. y.. of o p erotion.
---
5 1O go. 3/Í6 3/Í6 3/Í6 y.. Hoving selected the proper Bulk-Flo size from the weight of the
- - - Low olloy steel - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - material per cubic foot ond the required copocity in tons per
6 3/Í6 3/Í6 y.. y.. y.. hour by reference to Chori A, refer to Choris C to G on the follow-
- --
7 10 go.
-1O- - - -- --- - -y.. -
go. 3/Í6 3116
ing poge. Colculote factor M by the formulo given beneoth these
- - - Stoinless steel - - - - - - - -- --- --- cho ris, ond then locote this factor olong the bottom of the chori
8 3/Í6 3/Í6 'A 'A 'A correspond ing to the Bulk-Flo si ze selected.
- --
9 3116
---
'A
--
y..
- lf this lies to the left of the point ot which the proper service
line meets the zero centers line ot the bottom of the chori, the
- -- Aluminum % 1 % shoft diometer ind icoted for the oreo between the heovy lines
10 3/Í6 y.. y.. 5IÍ6 5/Í6

11 3/Í6
--- -- -,---
3/Í6 y..
---
y.. 3/Í6
is corree! for the opplicotaon. lf it is to the ri ght of the service line,
o lo rger si ze Bul k- Flo operoting ot o lowe r speed should be
- - - Monel metal - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - selected.
12 3/Í6 'A y.. 51Í6 5IÍ6

For Layo uts 3 , 4, 5 , 6, 7 and 8

The ollowoble vertico 1 centers, o s well os the heod sho ft di-
o meter, ore determined from the operoting service ond the horse-
power required to drive the selected Bulk-Flo conveying ond
Table 4 • Motor sizes elevoting the materia l in question.
The service closs is listed in Ta ble 6 ond is bosed on the hours
Input Motor of operotion.
horsepo wer horsepower Hoving selected the proper Bulk- Flo size from the wei ght of
the materia l per cubic foot ond the required copocity in tons
To _8 p er hour by reference to Cho ri A, refer to Cho ris C to G on the
.9 to 1.3 1 \12 following poge. Colculote factor M b y the formulo given beneoth
1.4 to 1.8 2 these choris, ond then locote this factor olong the bottom of the
chori correspond ing to the Bulk-Flo size selected . Drow o vertical
1.9 to 2.6 3 line from this point to intersection with o horizontal line repre-
2.7 to 4.5 5 senting the vertical centers of the Bulk- Flo.
4.6 to 7 7 \12 lf the intersection p oint so locoted is to the left of the inclined
7.1 to 9 10 d otted line representing the service closs obtoined from Table 6,
9 .1 to 14 15 the vertical centers of the Bulk-Flo ore within the ollowoble limits.
14. 1 to 18 20 lf this point is to the right of the incline d service line, select o
18 .1 to 22 25 lo rg e r size Bulk-Flo operoting ot reduced speed.
The point of intersection described obove is olso used to select
the heo d shoft diometer. The ronges covered b y the vorious heod
shoft sizes ore outlined by the solid inclined lines, ond the shoft
size covering the spoce in to which the point of inlerseclion fo lis
is thot required for the instollotion in q uestion.

Table 5 • Head s haft speeds

He a d shaft speed, RPM
Conveyor
speed, Bulk-Flo number Tabl e 6 • Serv ice cla sses
FPM
35 57 610 712 913 Daily operation, Service
1 1 1 1
hours closs
10 3.75 3 2.5 2.5 1.87
20 7.5 6 5 5 3.75
30 11.25 9 7.5 7.5 5.62 6 to 10 1
40 15 12 10 10 7.5

50 18.75 15 12.5 12.5 9.37 10 lo 16 2

60 22.5 18 15 15 11.25
70 26.25 21 17.5 17.5 13.12
80 30 24 20 20 15 16 to 24 3

L 1 N K - B E L T • 365
bu lk handling
Bul k - Fl o

Selection
H e ad s haft size (continued)

Cha r t C • No. 35 Bulk-Flo Chart F • No. 71 2 Bulk-Flo

9 --
\
SERVI CE 1
\\
11
\
'.
- 90
+ \SERVICE 1\
\
\ "
1 -" \
1 \1 \ +-- SERv1d:-1 \ \1
1- 8o
SERVI CE 2 1; 1 1
w 8o
1-
w
·- " 1 \ '\ ~

0
u.. 7 ~f-\SERVl1 E3 '
\
w
t:: 7o \
SERVI CE 3 H. \
1
1 \
1
\
~ 6o \ 1
\ ~
(/) 6 o\ \ \ \
1
\ \\ '1 '
1 1 a:: ~-2uf
~ • ~: 1I~ 15 \
4 l~ '.
(/)
\ \ 1 1
~ 5
6- -315 \ '.. 4;t \ 16 \
el 5 o
1- \ \.'.\ 1 z ~ \ \ ?
HEA1 Sr AFT S~ZE \
\
\\ '\
~ 4o 15 1 15
1 tl 4

~ 3o
~ -1 í6 2 j6 -·.1
7
,215
~ 3 - \ \ 1 \ 1 \
HEAO SHAFT SI ZE 1~ z;~
u ~- ~215 \
\
'
1 1 1
\
e(
!:::! 2 o \ 1 1 ¡::: 2
- 1 \
a::
'\
1
l-
\ \ 1
1 w
o \ \ \ 1
~ \

w o
a:: 1 1 1
1 >
>
o \ '\ \ 1
n
- \ \
1
\\1 \
1 ' :1 1 1 1 1
C.5 1.0 1.5 z.o 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 1 2 3 4 ) 6 7 13 10 11 1 13 14
FACTOR M A. FACTOR M A.
Fig. 3 10 4 Fig . 3 107

Chart D • No. 57 Bulk-Flo Char t G • N o. 913 Bulk -Flo

1
' ~
1 \\
9o
'srn:v1d l
1 '1 -. \\ 9o ,
1
1 ' \
SERVl~E 2 \ SERVIC 11 \ 1 ~
\ \ i
t;j 8 o
w
\ \
,
\ l;j 8 o \ \ '.
1
1 1 1
\
·.
~- w
1
\ 1 1
u.. 7o SERV ICE 3 - \ u.. 7o SERVICE 2, ' ,_ \1\
~ \ ~,
·~
1
\1 ~ \ \
có\ H
lQ 6 o' \. ... 15 ~ Vl 6o ' 1 \ 5ERv1 \ 1

w \+ ,_ 21~ \
2~ 31~ -1\
,,_ 316 ~
a:: ' \
1
\\
~ 5
tJ 4
-'
n \
HEAO SHAFT SlZE \
\1
1
1 '\
¡:! 5 o'
z
tl 4 o
\

\ ~3~.;i -3~- ~ -4fü- ..\ -4~~

\
\ \ sm 1
\

1
s,~- ~
V \
\ 1
1 1\ \ \ \
HEA ) SHAFT ,1z~ \
\
~ 30-15
1
;!_ 3 o '
u
¡::: 2 o
+-1ffi.+\ \ \ 1
1 \ u
¡::: 2 o ' ' \ \ \ \\ 1
\

\
a::
\ \ \ '\ 1 a:: ~2-~ o\ \ ~ 1
~ 1o
1
~ Io 16 1

o
\ \ ,, 1
\ 1
1 o 1' 1 \ \ \ \ \1 1

1 1
1' : 2
1
4 6
1
10 14
' 1 1

20
1
22
1 2 4 5 6 7 l 12 16 18
FACTOR M A. FACTOR M A.
Fig. 3105 Fig. 3 108

Chart E • No. 61 O Bulk -Flo

1-
w
90
80
-
\
-\SERVICE 1 \
1
SERVICE~J
, sERVICE 3
\
1
\

'
1
~

~
"\
\

\\
1
'·\
\
1 50 H
t:: 70 \ 1 '. 1 1
1
A.f actor M = -
5
-

~ 60 \ \ \ 1
1 1\ 1
Vl
a:: ' --2~-A- -3~- ~~~
\ .. 4 [s
\
4 ¡-5
15~
1 1--+
~ 50
\ 1 ·• 1 where H = input horsepower
H EA~'>HAFT SIZE 1 1
1
S =speed in feet per minute
~ 40
1
\ .\ 1
u \ \ \
~ 30
\ \ \ \ ~,

u
¡::: 20
f+2¡~ ~ \ \ \ \ \- \1
~ \ ~j
1
10
o \ \ \\
1 1
1
1
1
1
1
\
1
\
l 2 ¡ ) 7 9 10 11 12 13 14
FACTOR M A.
Fig. 3 10 6

366 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Horizontal with combined or separated-run

CAN BE
EITHER SIDE
LOCATED~
'ti
·o y
"
:> Combined-run
L .../

r~~~i: Ll -:
Z-CLEAR,... S -<-
:i-p "+-

w
SECTION A A

F ' + - - - - - - - - - - -- HORIZONTAL SI IAFT CEN TERS Fig . 6 146

TAKEUP

CAN BE LOCA T E Dr--

D
iD'
EITHER SIDE y )
L ../ Separated-run

r -<A+.
E ,...

AE
c1 •1
_í__ L,._J
/
1 r ~,
APº
. \

C L
TAIL
SHAFT AE == f----~:rf
} 1
f Cf Af ---f
MAK
~ ---"-'---- /
-
BN'

/'' , )
_..

~ REMOV ABLE~- - - ·:::::7· jy

PANEL _,.,; / VERTICAL
"'- Z-CLEAR
SECTION AA
-:__-___...:..-3/
-~-__,,___--- /
AB
~ SHAFT
CENTERS

~45° MA X. VIEW BB

r - BL- >1 ~B

lw ....... 6
t:™~
>+-+.
BOLTS -G >-3
10 FEET REGULAR LENGTHS
3• -<-
Aql )¡ Fog 6 147
~ F HORIZONTAL SHAFT CENTERS
TAKEUP

8 vlk- Flo A e D G H 1( M N u V w
numb er • • • • INCHES
• • • • • •
35 5Y, 8~ 4 10 Yt 1Qy, 6 :Ya 10 10 9 11 9 1 Ya 2 v. 9Y, 4 ;. 14 y, l S y, 2 \1, 7%
57 7% 11 v. 5 Y, 13 y, 12 y, 8 :Ya 13 12 % 11 y, 14 12 1 y, 3 l 2 Y, 5 18 Yt 20 2 y, 10
610 l Q:y, l 3 V. 6 Y, 15% 16 Yt 10 :y. l5 1 s ~ª 14 16 14 l y, 4 y, 14 7 23 '/a 25 1/. 3 13%
712 12% 1 sv. 7 y, 16% l 8:Ya 10 y. 16 l 5% 14 17 15 l y. S !!. 14 8 23 % 25 V. 3 l sv.
913 14 l 9 :Y. 9% 21 v. 19 ~a 13 y. 20 Y, 20% 18 Ya 22 l9Y, 2 6 15 Y, 8 Y, 30% 33 3 17

A8
8vlk -Flo
y z AA AC AD AE AF AG AJ A l( Al AP AU 88 8C 8l 8N
numb er • • 15 1 30 45 • • IN CHES
• •
35
57
21
33Y,
1
13
17
16 \/•
20
¡107 Y, 33 Ya
42 \/. 15'1'
195/a I 9 \/a
11'~
I 2419 lO ~a
14
8 Yt
1 l v.
6%
8 V.
8 Y,
l Qy,
15
20
29 Y,
38
10
l 2 y,
50°
47° 11 %
9 Y, 12%
16:Y.
18 Yt
21 %
16 1 48
20 60
610 41 21 28 12 49 % 23 13 y, 30Y, 1 l 6Y, 13 v. 9% 13 24 45 y, 1 15 15% 20 5/a 26 ~a 24 72
43° 1
712 41 21 33 13 49 Yt 23 13 Y. 32 Y, l 8 Y, 14 v. 10% 13 24 45 \1, 16 42° 17'1. 21 Ya 27 ~a 24 72
913 53 25 35 Y, 16% 66Ya 30 V. 17'!. 36 Y, 23 1 18% 13 l 6 Y, 30 59 5/a 19:Y. 46° 19 23 5/a 29 ~a 29 96
h o ve d1mensions cert1fo ed fe r instollo t1on purposes. • lnside dimensions

L 1 N K - B E L T • 367
bul k handling
Bulk -Flo

Loop- loa ding

BC
MAX.

F·TAKEU P
-,x_

AR

AK

FRONT DISCI IARGE SIDE DISCHARGE RIGHT HAND SHOWN

A;_tl~ A
YU
,.cf.. Bulk-flo
number
1 A
• 1 &
• 1 C
•
- C"< 1r-.c-r
35 5 !12 1 8~ 4 Ya 8 8 11'/a 10
57 7 % 1114 5!12
6
8 Ya 11 11
15lla l 13
6 10
7 12
9 13
lO:V. 13\4 6%
12% 1514 , 7V2
14 19:V. 9:V.
l 1OV.
10V2
11
:y.
:v.
ll•
1 13
12

l 6:V.
14 y,
14 !12
l 5:V.
19
20
26 1/ .
15
16
20\12
HEAD SHAFT
TO TOP OF
FEED OPENING
Bufk-Flo ll R 1 5 V
W ~ 1 Z 1 AD 1 M 1 ~
number • • NCH,
35 9 Y, 414 13 2 \12 rn ¡ 13 1614 7v. 131 .. 10
l 17%
: ~'/1 ~o
57 12 \12 5 19 2\12 17
1 lO:V. 29\11 l4
610 14 7 22 3 21 28 l 2:V. 34%
712 14 8 22 3
1
15 3/4 21 33 ¡ 13 '/4 3 4 3/ 4 l 8l11
913 l 5Y, ev, 25 3 17 25 35V, 16 46:V. 23V,

CAN BE LOCA TED

EITHER SIDE 10 FEET
Bulk-Flo
numbcr
1 AK .o; ~
AR AU 1 A;
_ _ _,;;;__;;;;__ _ _ _,...,
'<-::::
O'
1 AZ BA BB 1 BC
~----....:•:..__ _-'---
REGULAR
: LENGTHS
35 43\12 11 v. 12 23 !12 9!12 1 74 1t .., 25Y. 9:V. l 13!i, 2ov.
- Z -CLEAR >l S'"' 57 56% 151/a 17 31 l/1 11 % 93'1o 3 1Y1 13 1714 23 y.
~P- 1 610 73:V. 18 % 23 43 % 15:V. 1os v. 37 1814 2 1Y1 29 !11
712 73:V. 19% 23 43 '/4 17 % 108\4 36 20Y. 22 y, 30 1/1
-=~ 1~- ~ 913 95!12 26 30 55!.'i 19 137% 1 45 !11 23 V, 26 :Y. 33 %

J Lc' AD
BOLTS-G -f ¿
cr--o
w-J
µ Bulk-Flo
nurnber
1
-
BD 1 BE B•F 1 BH 1 BK 1 BL 1 BM 1 B•N BP BR
• ' - - - - - - " - - - - -.,..,.:'-:--:-'----'-....::....- ' -- •: : : _ _....::•:._
'-lCH ~

35 3 v. 5 y¡. 3 6 v. nv. 9 1 9% 24 33V, 14

SECTION AA 57 4 1,. 6:Y. 4 y. 8 v1 30V. 9 V. 5 9 ,. 30 42 y, 17 \12
THRU FEED
REGULATING GATE
610
712
515.M,
5u,,
9%
10%
s:v.
5% 1
9:V.
ov. l 35 :Y.
3 7:Y.
0;,.

ª'""
9•¡.
9~..
36
36
50
so
21
21
913 7 Y1 12 7 Y1 13% 4 6 '/a 7Y1 9s," 48 63!.'i 28

Hove dimensi ons certified for 1nstolla tion purposes.

AY • lnsije dimensions

l Fig 6118

AE

'1
C L HEAD SHAFT

368 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
Sulk- Flo

L•path combined-run

SIDE DISCHARGE RIGHT HAND SHOWN

FRONT DISCHARGE

r::: -
A

~c ~
tit <
/ ","-. ,_""\
/" , 1
~ CA N BE LOCATED
\ EITHER SIDE
~c
VERTIC AL
SHA FT
i) / /
CENTERS

ffiJJ
/ / 1/
1 •,{ /

/
I
~

¡-':LE'{'f
~
~
f 1
AD
10 F EET
REGULAR
LENGTH<;

/
/
W-1 /
/
/
SECTION AA /
/
/

Fog 6 149

Bulk-Flo
number
A
• 1
B
• 1
e
•
o f
I G H• 1
J
1
K
1
L
1
M
• 1
INCHES
p
•1
s
• 1
T
• 1
u
1
V
• 1
w
1
X
1 ~1 z
1
AA
• 1
AC

35 8~ 4 10 6 v. 8 2 9 11 3/a 10 2v. 4 Y. 14% 41 y, 2% 7'!. 21 13 l 6Y. 7Y, 19

57 5y,
7% 1 11 y. 5% 12 % 8 v. 11 3 11 y, 153/a 13 3 5 l8 Y1 563/a 2% 10 33% 17 20 10 24
610 10% 13 y. 6% 15 10 '!. 12 4 14 19 15 4 Y, 7 23'11 73'!. 3 13% 41 21 28 12 30Y2
712 12% 15Y. 7% 16 10 '!. 13 4 14 20 16 5Y, 8 23'/a 73 % 3 15 '!. 41 21 33 13 32 y,
913 14 19'1· 9% 19% 13 :y., 16% 4'!. l 8 Y1 26 Y. 20Y, 6 sv, 30 % 95Y, 3 17 53 25 35 Y1 16% 36 %

Bulk-Flo
number
1 AD
•
1 AE 1 Af
•
1 AJ 1 AK 1 Al
•
1 A~ 1 AR 1 AU 1 AY 1 s: 88 1 BC 1 8~ 1 BE 1 B: 1 BH 1 BK 1 Bl 1 BM 1 B~
INCHES
35 10% 4 1 y, 10 15 41 'h 11 v. 12 21 y, 9% 21 !h 9% 13 % 20'/a 3'/a 5~. 3 6Y. l 6 Y. 9 y. 9·~ 48
57 14 50% 14 20 54 y, 15'/a 17 29% 11'/.i 31'/1 13 1sv. 23 y. 4 ¡.¡, 6'1;. 4Y. 8Y1 22'/a 1 9 Y. 8'11 60
61 0 l 6 !h 60 3/4 18 24 7 1'11 18'!. 23 41 'lo 15% 48% 1sv. 22% 2s v1 5'"ii• 9% sv. 9'!. 25 1/ . 8~ 7y, 72
7 12 1 SY, 58'!. 19 24 713/1 19% 23 41'/a 17'!. 43 % 20Y. 23% 29 Y1 51~ 1(}3/1 5-% lOV. vv. ª"~ 7Y,. 72
913 23 78Y. 25 30 92 % 26 30 52 % 19 55!h 23Y, 273/1 33 Yt 7V1 12 7% 13 y, 35>/o 1 7% 7% 96

Hove dimensio ns certif1ed fe r installo ti o n purpo ses. • lnside dime nsions

L 1 N K - B E L T • 369
bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

L-path separated run

~-BC-- BB >-
MAX . MAX.
BK
CLEAR
1
l;--- -----¡¡j~..¡=:!~

AY
AN
u ~
11

::
,1
1: _..1,
1
i:
:1
1
1
L
·BM
\

BD
12

SIDE DISCHARGE RIG HT HAN D SHOWN

FRONT DISCHARGE

~ C AN BE LOCA T ED
EITHER SIDE

w~,
(
vrnTICAL
Sll AFT
CENTERS
1
/
/ //
,/ /
/
/ /!
/ /
/ /
/
10 FEET
/ )

REGULAR
LENGTHS / /
1 1
/ 11
/
/ /
/ /
/
/
/

r
K >-'< - T - >-<X>-<--10 FEET REGULAR LENGTH S

ACl
MAX~
CLEAR 1

~A
I
D
1
'== }--

>"3~- R--?- Fig. 6 150

MIN.
BOLTS·G
J
- F - - - -HORIZONTAL SHAFT CENTERS.- - - -- -r
TAKEUP

Bulk- Flo
number
1 ~ ~ 1 ;, D
-=----=--'---=----'---~--'-~~-::__:.~....:..~~~~~N
~C~
J
H
~ E~
E 1 F 1 G ~ 1 J
S '-----'~~'--~'--"'-~~-'---=--'----'-~~~~-~'--.::,_
J K ~ 1 ~ 1 R 1 ~ J ~ 1 U 1 ~ 1 W 1 X 1 Y Z 1 A:
35 5 Y, 1 ª'A• 4 10 \/o 1oy, 6 '11 a 2 10 1 1'/1 ' 1o 2 V. I 9 Y, 4 V. 15 Y, 4 1Y, 2 Y2 731, I 1OY,
ay, 13 16 V. ay,

~ ¡~ 1;
57 7% 1 1V. 5y, 13 V. 12 y, 12 % 15311 13 3 12Y, 5 20 56 311 2 Y, 10 17 20 11 y,
19 15 4 y, 14 1 7 25 Y, 73 % 3
~25~ 35
;~ Y2
610 10% 13 1/ , 6 Y, 1531. 163/1 15 71 13 % 13 13 Y,
7 12
913
12 %
13
1 15 •/,
19%
7 Y,
9%
1631.
21 y,
1a v1
19 71
:g
13
1
y.
1
1631. 4%
1571
20%
20 16
26 4 20 Y,
1
5 Y,
6
14 a
15 y, ay,
25 Y,
33
7 331,
95 Y,
3
3
15 %
17
13
16 Y,
1
14 y,
1a v.

B~
A8 AD Af Al AN 8A BF
AE AK AP AR AU AY BE BL BM BN
Bulk -Flo
number
1
60 1 75 1 A(
• • • • INCHES
• 88 1 BC 1
• BH 1 BK

35 5 Y,2 '/• 19 6% 41 y, 10 41 y, 11 y, 1 12 50º1 21 Y, 9Y:i 2 1 Y, 9 '!< 13 71 20 y, 3 Yo 51¡1,1 3 l 6 V. 1 16'1• 9 Y, j 9'M 4a

57 3
6 Y:i 24 14 54 \l:i 15y, 17
a v. 150 3/o
610 7•¡.3 y, l 3º y, 9 % 60% 1a 7 1 31, 1a>;. 23 43
. ,. 4 1'
" "/ t "1531,
. "43 "31, 1a
" v. 1 22
" 'Y1' "2a r" 1 '5"A•
'"' "9 311 "5 %· '9 %
" 25 "V.
22 'a•",16 7' "
y, 160
72
7 12
91 3
7\lo 3 \/o
l OV. 1 4 %
32 Y,
36 Y2
1031, 5 a31,
13 7 a v.
19
25
7 1 v.
92 %
19% 23
26 30
42°l
46°
4 1 311 1 17v. 143%
52'14 19 55Y:i
2;i y, 2331o 29 7, \
1 23 Y2 27 3/t 33'11
¡ 5"A•¡ 10•;, 5 31,
7 71 12 7 3/o l
1o y,
13 Y2
l 27 y,
35 V.
l ª " MI 7%
7 7, 7'14
72
96
Hove d imensions certifled for instollol1on purposes.
• l nside dimensions

370 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bul k handli ng
Rotor- Lift

Flour is elevate d a nd uniformly discharged

to sifter by a Roto r-lift in a modern b iscuit
p lanl. The cla mped casing is readily removed
for infernal cleaning. Pholo 3 2 195

De livery of sugar to mixer in lhis bakery

Granular mate rials are rece lved fro m railrood cars a nd conveyed by Ro to r-lifts is o cle an, p ositiva o p eration using link-Bel!
lo overhea d screw conve yors for d istribution to slora ge b ins. Photo 23522 Rotor-lift. Photo 3 21 97

The Link - Belt Rotor- Lift is a compact, dust- tight, weatherproof vertical screw con veyor
which will successfully elevate many products such as seeds , cereals and grains, as
w ell as fine, pulveri z ed, fluffy and granular materi als.
The Rotor-Lift is economical , the space occupied is small a nd the ope ration is si mple.
The power requirements under normal operating conditi ons com pare favorably with
o t her mec hanica l elevating units o f equiva lent capacity.
Rotor- Lif ts hove fewer opera ting parts than oth er forms of elevator s. They are easi ly
erected or dismantled, as th ey are co mpact and co mparative ly l ig ht in w ei g ht, a nd
a re therefore well adapted for u se w ith temporary or portable in stallations.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 371
bulk handling
Rotor-Lift

Features

Compact and fully

e nclo sed Link-Belt
driv e mounted
The recommended method of feeding is by means of d ire ctly on casing
hori zont al screw feede rs connected to the Rotor-Lift cas-
in g . These feed ers are available in two lypes- offsel
sc re w a nd ce ntral sc rew feeders.

The e levating medium consists o f a conveyor screw

having he lica l flighti ng, of accurate pitch, mounted on
O verflow door
prev e nts jamming
l Dis charge spout
easily arrang ed
Jo rge d iameter steel pipe. Ends of pipe and in fernal end t o s u it conditions
collars are ma chine bo re d and the moun ted conveyo r
sections ca refully straightened to assure concentricity.
The sections of conveyo r sc rew are made in convenient
lengths for ease of handling, with fl ighting motched at
ends of sections, thus forming a continuous screw. The
Conv e yor scre ws
e ntire vert ical screw is suspen d ed from the top thrust
consisting of helical
bearin g .
flighting of accurate
Rotor- Lift casings are fl anged and bolted fo r accessi- pitch, mounted on
bi lity. To insure perpendicula r alignment, the housing larg e diam et e r pipe
conn ec ting flanges are ma ch ined an d matc he d . The dis-
charge spout and overfl ow doors are regularly provided
os part of the top casing section. Special outlets can be
mad e to suit unusual conditions.

Ve rtica lly split casings are used in handl ing food prod-
ucts, so ap f lakes and such materia ls as require accessi-
b ility to screw and casing for cleaning purposes.
Dust tight,
A fu lly enclosed Link-Belt drive, to operate the Rotor- w e ath e rproof,
Lift, is located a t the top of the casing. This drive is flang e d and
compact and easily connected to a prime mover. bolte d ca s ing s
accu rate ly
aligne d

ROTOR - LIFT WITH ROTOR - LIFT WITH

OFFSET SCREW FEEDER CENTRAL SCREW FEEDER

Lowe r e nd of v e rtical
s cre w fitted with
s ta bili z ing b ea ring

Feed e r scre w
Feeder scre w
su p ported by
J
supporte d by outboard b e aring s
e nd b earing s

31107

372 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
gravlty-discharge
conveyor-elevators

gravi'ly-discharge
co~veyor-eleva'lors

Cool Is received, e levoted, conve yed, and discharged by gravity-discharge canveyar·elevator. Bolh
bucket fines receive coal from loading hoppers al beginning of lower run ond dischorge into sloroge hopper al
end of upper horizontal run. Photo 4723A

Upper run of grovity-dischorge conveyor-eleva tor o t o lorge cool transfer station. Coal is lower corn e r of gravity-discharge con-
received from feeders on lower run ond dischorged through gales on upper run. Photo 28359 veyar-elevator, showing sturdy conslruclion.
Photo 28360

The gravity-discharge conveyor-elevator is used to handle non-abrasive bulk

mat erials in vertical, or combinotions of horizontal and vertical pa ths. lt derives its
name from the fact that ma t erial discharges from the buckets by gravity.
Because of the gentl e pick-up and discharge of material the gravity- d ischarge
conveyor-elevator is primarily intended for use where breakag e or degradation
of conveyed material is an importan! consideration. lt is also suitable for lumpy
materials, relatively large capacities and many other applications where com-
pa rotively econom ical equipment is desired.
This conveyor-elevator consists of a conveying medium of modified V-shap ed
buckets rigidly mount ed al regular intervals b etween two strands of long pitch
steel roller chain, operating over suitably located comer sprockets and in open
t roughs or enclosed casings as determined by the requirements of the installation.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 373
bulk handling
gravity-dischorge
conveyor-elevators
The typical arrangements illustrated show sorne of the
more common p aths empl o yed in chemical plants , b oil er
houses, etc.
l oading can be accomplished by means of a corner
boot, or material can be fed into the conveyor al an y
point along a lower horizontal run. In the latter instance
the buckets act as scrapers, pushing t he material fo rward
to a corner where it is carried around a curved trough
and picked up b y the buckets.
On vertical runs this machine functions as an ordinary
Layouts
bucket elevator. U p on reaching an upper corner the
conveyor l ine aga in assumes a horizontal position and
the buckets opera te as scropers. Material i s rest rained
from spilling a l corners by specia l ly constructed cu rved
t roughs.
Discharge fro m the convey or can on ly be effected
on horizontal ru ns where o p en i ngs o ccur i n the troug h
bottom. Gales con be provided or the trough bottom
omitted to properly d i stri bute ma terial along the line of
travel of the upper run.

(~~_:_Q__,~ •·:t:·•··~~t.·•ti!
+.---TRAVEL

4Jp·"º'·-0-·~···•·•·•·•·•·•·•·
+--TRAVEL

.. ._
~'-.._ . ../ c .
STORAGE HOPPE~
1 ) "-· •
+ ) GATE (

Q..~·-0-·-0-·-0-·-0-·-0-·-0--0--0--A.:-o-, "·- .
et
_ ~

•
••
• ORIVE 1 _¡., 1
ORIVE CORNER ( f'\_
~ CORNER !
~• . \ STORAGE HOP~ \,_\L. .--6 •
J.

•
j1 / T AKEUP )._
~•
~
y
•
TAKEUP
CORNER
~ED/
.
_¡.,
..,...
CORNER y

le>~ •
..,..

+ LOAOING
. ·(\--\ \ i r ·'1t \o/·~·~7PER
; V~ - .
-0--0-·-0-·-0-·-0--0--0--0-·-0-·-0-~~
~
~
Arrangement
+--TRAVEL

~ GATE - ( ~~
;~~~ '-·i
·i19 t
9---~~-~
TAKEUP
/ 4t LOAOING
HOPPER

Wll~_./
Fig. 3366
Arrangement 3 Arrangement 4

Buckets

f:f) !H LE~GTH.J
LEVEL

f OISCHARGE SIOE
Photo 4033 Style A Fig. 3620 Style 8
Copacity Average weight each, Copacity Average weigh t eoch,
Leng th, Width, Depth, in cubic pounds Length, Width, Depth, in cu bic pounds
Style Style
inches inches inches fe et 12 1 10 1 ~6 l4 inches inches inches fe et ~ l4
Á gauge gauge in ch 1 in ch Á inch 1 in ch
12 12 6 A .297 9.9 30 . 20 10 B l.984 75.8 96.5
16 12 6 A .398 12. l 36 . 20 10 B 2.386 87.4 11 l.O
16 15 7 A .579 21.0 28. l 30 . 24 11 B 2.672 .. . . 118.0
20 15 7 A .727 ... 24.3 32.7 36 . 24 11 B 3.285 .... 134.0
24 15 7 A .874 ... 27.7 37.2 42 . 24 11 B 3.8 40 .... 151.0
20 20 10 B 1.306 .. . . .. 48.5 64.3 48 . 24 11 B 4.395 .... 168.0
24 20 10 B l.582 .. .. . 54.7 72.4
Hove d imensions cer ti fied far installation purposes
Á Buckets level full. • Furnished w ith rei nforcing bors.

37 4 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
gravlty-dlscharge
conveyor-elevators
Selection
Example of gravity-discharge conveyor speed far 58 TPH copacity =
58 X 100
. = 91.6 FPM
63 3
conveyor-elevator selection
Problem horsepower of lower run = (90 X .O 15) + (20 X .063) = 2.61 HP

Select o grovity-dischorge conveyor-elevotor to meet the follow- horsepower of loaded vertical run = 40 X .08 = 3.2 HP
ing conditions:
Material .... .. .. .. .... cool horsepower of upper run = (100 X .063) + ( 1O X .O 15) = 6.45 HP
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 pound s per cubic foot
Copacity ........ _.. ... 58 tons per hour horsepower of head shoft, bosed on 1 00 FPM speed, including
Layout ......... __ . . . . Arrongement 1 with 20 feet of 103 far corners =( 2.61 +3.2 + 6.45) 1.1O = 13.48 HP
lower run and 100 feet of upper
run looded horse power of heod shaft, bosed on 91.6 FPM speed
Horizontal shoft centers .. 11 O feet
13.48 X 91.6
Vertical shoft centers ... . 40 feet 12.35 HP
100
Solution 8.33 X 91.6
speed of head shoft far 91.6 FPM = OO 7.63 RPM
Refer to the table below. A conveyor-elevotor with 24 " long 1
ond 20" wide buckets operating al l 00 FPM will handle 63.3 TPH
of material weighing 50 pound s per cubic faot. Knowing HP and sp eed of head shaft, select drive.

,¡_ -l HORIZONTAL CARRYING RUN

~_,,..----/1--
STORAGE HOPPER . ~
.-
f

<
~S .
VERTICAL RUN

: . ""~· ,.,,. . •_.;

Fig. 3368
B
HORIZONTAL LOADING RUN
Fig. 3369

Bucket Copacity ~ Horsepower per foot ¿

Bucket Mox. Cho in ond bucket Heod 1 B 1 C 1 O 1 E 1
f
1 G
si:r.e, B_ucket spocing, lumps, per hour Vertical ! . Eoch Choin weight per foot, shoft A
inches thockness inches inches A ru n horizontal run numbe r pounds RPM
Empty lloaded• O l----~--1-
N-C-
HE
_S_ _ _ _ __
Length!Width Cu. ft. I Tons loaded• Empty lloaded•
12 12 12 ga. 18 4 952 23.8 .03 .014 .032 SS 927 36.2 44.2 16.6 22 V2 18 Yz 16 5¡1¿112 o/a 18 22 Ya 18
16 12 12ga. 18 4 1,275 31.9 .04 .014 .038 SS927 37.5 48.1 16.6 26 V2 18 V2 20 5~ 16 Ya 18 22 Ya 18
16 15 10 ga. 24 6 1,390 34.7 .045 .014 .040 SS 1227 35.3 46.9 12.5 26 V2 26 20 5 16 o/a 23 V2 30 'A 23 V2
20 15 JO go . 24 6 1,745 43.6 .055 .014 .047 SS 1227 36.8 51.3 12.5 30 Yz 26 24 5Ao 20 Ya 23 V2 30 'A 23 V2
24 15 10 ga. 24 6 2,100 52.5 .067 .015 .055 SS 1227 38.8 56.3 12.5 34 V2 26 28 5 24 Ya 23 V2 30 'A 23 V2
20 20 'Ao in. 36 8 2,090 52.3 .067 .0 14 .054 SS 1827 36.6 54.0 8.33 30 Yz 34 * 24 Ao 21
5 34 42 Va 34

*** 34'Aol3
24 20 'Ao in. 36 8 2,530 63.3 .08 .015 .063 SS 1827 38.6 59.7 8 .33 34 Y2 34 28 •Aol25 134 142 Va 34
30 20 'Ao in. 36 8 3, 170 79.2 . JO .018 .078 SS 1827 46.0 72.4 8.33 40 V2 34 I 34 !42 Va,34
36 20 3Ao in. 36 8 3,820 95.5 .12 .019 .093 SS 1827 50.0 81.8 8 .33 46 V2 34 5
40 Ao 37 34 42 Ve 34

Hove dimensions ceniíled ío r inslollo lion purposes. ma terial.

¿ Copocily ond horsepower based on buckets 80% íull operoling at a • 8ased on material weighing 50 pounds per cubic fool.
conveyor speed of 100 FPM. HP a t head shaft should include 103 fo r O Based on 8-tooth sprocket wheels and speed al 100 FPM.
corners. Copacity and HP direclly proporlional to speed, and weight of

L 1 N K- B EL T • 375
bulk handling
P eck carrier

Peck carr1er -

Elevating and conveying r e clalmed coal to stora ge bunkers, Low e r ru n af Peck carrier in large modern office building, oper-
lhis Peck carrier has been in operation since 1903 al railroad ating under storage bunkers. Excess coal from active starage bunk-
shop power plant. Photo 3881 6 ers is recirculated to l 000-ton main storage bunker. Photo 37670

Uppe r run of 96-foot long Pe ck carrier , d ischarg ing coal into top of a ctive bunkers which
e xte nd unde r Aoor grating. Po rt o f coal handling system of larg e mo dern o ff ice build ing . Pho to 37671

The Link-Bel! Peck corrier elevotes ond conveys material such
os cool, oshes, cement clinker, Fuller's eorth, slone, etc., in o
continuous Aow without the necessity of lronsfer points. lt
hondles moteriols verticolly, horizontolly, or on an incline, over
mony poths of trove! in a single vertical plone. There may be
one or severo! looding points ond dischorge may be concen-
trated or distributed.
Material is corried over mony combinotions of horizontal,
vertical or inclined poths, in buckets which dischorge ot o
predetermined point, or points. There is no weoring oction of
material upon the buckets during tronsit. Material is corried
undisturbed from looding point to dischorge, without coming
into contoct with the rototing ports of the corrier line ossembly.
Thus the Peck corrier moy be used to hondle moteriols al hig h
temperoture, obrosive moteriols such os oshes, coke, ore ond
cernen! clinker; os well os less obrosive moleriols such os cool,
Fuller's eorth ond similor substonces.
The Peck corrier permits flexibility of instollotion since poths
of trove! con usuolly be orronged lo suit ovoiloble spoce.

376 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Fea tures
Photo 361 O .. Peck corrier bucket dischorged by movoble tripper. Both movoblc ond stotionory trippers con be lowered to cleor bucket coms.
One outstanding feature of the Link-Bel! Peck carrier
design is the ingenious method of bucket suspension
which causes buckets always to remain horizontal, ex-
cept when discharging, regardless of localion in the
Photo 7776
bulk handling
Peck carri e r
circuit; and al the same time automatically overlap ad-
jacent buckets on horizontal runs, all without resorting
to auxiliary devices cr complicated mechanisms.
Because buckets overlap on ali horizontal runs to form
o continuous carrier line, any location on lower horizontal
run may be used as a loading poin t, and moving
buckets may be filled uniformly by an uninterrupted
flow o f material, without spillage. In transition from
horizontal to vertical or inclined travel, buckets sepa-
rate smoothly without tipping, and when horizontal
travel is resumed they are brought together again au-
tomatical ly. During the entire circuit, buckets remain
suspended in normal position. They cannot come into
t he loading zone inverted, nor can they discharge at any
point except when emptied by a tripper.
This positive coordination is produced by suspending
the buckets from projecting ends of the chain sidebars
so that as the chain pivots at the joints when entering
or leaving the turns, each point of bucket suspension
describes an are which frees the overlapping bucket
lips or brings them together as required, without inter-
ference . No additiona l parts are required nor is the
chain in any way complica ted by the importan! fea tures
which this construction provides.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 377
bulk handling
P e ck carrier

Features
Malleable iron or steel carrier bucke ts
For normal requirements, Peck carrier buckets are made
of seamless, corrosion-resisting, smooth malleable iron,
reinforced al the top edges for added rigidity . Steel
buckets of welded or flanged construction, and bucket s
with malleable iron ends and steel bottom plates, are
also available for handling exceedingly abrasive or
high temperature materials.

Each bucket is suspended from an i ndividu al cross

rod, by repla ceable hardened bearing blocks which fil
within dumping cams riveted to the bucket ends. There
is no wearing action whatever upon the bucket body in
travel.

Malleoble iron Peck corrier bucket

Rugged chain design

Cross rods , from which the buckets are suspe nded, are
jointed to both strands of chain by milled pivotal con -
nections which preven! twist in the chain yet are free
to adjust to irregularities resu lting from uneven chain
wear or stretch, without binding the buckets or straining
the carrier line. Chain sidebars are regularly made of
high grade malleable iron with 1-beam shaped mid-
sectio n s for extra strength without unnecessary weight,
made with large diameler single flanged roll ers which
support the carrier line on horizontal and i nclined runs.
Rollers are made of gray iron, Flint-Rim chilled iron
or high properly alloys and moy be bushed, cored or
bored depending on condition of service. Lubrica tion is
supplied through drilled chain pins equipped with pres-
sure fittings.

but they can also be furnished in the sorne design, made
of Link -Belt Prom al or of forged stee l.
Chain sideba rs hove broad broached surfaces which
provide wide sea ts for accurale fitting of pins, bushings
and cross rods, an essenlial feature in resisling the
loosening effects of wear and corrosion. Resulting wear
is confined to renewable parts readily replaced. Side-
bar exlensions from which the buckets are suspended,
are integral parts of the links, not separate pieces
riveted or bolted to the chain.
Choin bushings are so made that lubri can ! can be
supp lied to both pins and rollers, and are designed to
lock snug ly within broached hole s in the chain sidebars.
These bushings are also shaped to maintain a definite
spacing between the sidebars for free roller action.
Chain pins are prevented from rotating within !he
sidebars by projecting lugs on the bucket link which
grip the T-head pin. The opposite end of the pin is
journaled to provide sidebar clearance for chain articu-
lation, and fitted with a special l ocking washer and nut.

A variety of cha in joint assemblies is available in

Ce n ter r oller cha in for long conve yors
the Link - Belt Peck carrier to suit various services. All are
Cenler roller chain can be supplied for installations involv-
ing long horizontal conveyor cenlers. The cenler rollers
are located between chain pitch points with driving col-
lars al the chain joints. Center roll e rs support chain on
horizontal tracks, while driving collars al cha in joints make
contad only when articulating around sprockets. The cen-
ter rollers are bushed, or can be equipped with dust-
sealed anti-friction bearings, to reduce power require-
ments and maintenance. Center rollers can easily be re-
placed without disconnecting chain.

Supe r io r perfor man ce

The remarkable performance records established by the
hundreds of Link-Belt Peck carriers now in service, are
tri butes to the design and const ru ction of the carrier
Peck carri er with center roller chain line . Every par! is functional; every part is rugged .

378 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
Peck carrier

Layouts
The Link - Belt Peck carrier operates over practicall y an y
path of trove! in a single vertical plane. The path need
not necessarily be rectangular. For example, the lower
run of the Peck carrier m a y be extended to pass beneath
truck or !rack hoppers located outside the build i ng
which houses the carrier. Vertical runs may be adjacent
as well as w idely separated. The upper run may be
short, for discharge at a single point , or long enoug h
to serve many points of discharge, even if located be·
y o nd the vertical runs .
The variety of paths of travel permissible, combined
with the fact that buckets may be loaded or discharged
on horizontal runs, often enable a single Peck carrier
to perform funct ions which wou ld require several sepa-
rote conveyors of other types. A typical example is a
boiler plant installation in which ashes are loaded
directly into the carrier from the clean - out doors and
discha rged inta the ash bin, and the same carrier used
at a different time to d istribute coal to the bunker.
Some of the more common arrangements are illus-
trated.

w =<•• w ......o\.7c/vV)27 &.

"'*'····. . (/~
~ (~

ll l
~ DUMP ~- OUMP
ORIVE ORIVE
CORNER CORNER

t) A rrangement
Fig. 3629
~
~~\TAKEUP
(+ .

A rrangement 2
Fig. 3630

Fig . 363 1
Arrangement 3

Fig . 3632
Fig. 3660 A rran gem ent 4

TAKEUP
CORNER
t
~··
~~
Arrangement S A rrangement 6

L 1 N K - B E L T • 379
bulk handling
Peck carrier

Selection
Trippers Example of Peck carrier selection
Select a carrier to meet t he following cond it ions :
l ink-Belt Peck carrier buckets are dumped at desired
M aterial . . . . . . . . . . . . . coal
poin ts on the horizontal runs by contact between tripper
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 50 pounds per cubic foot
cams and bucket cams. Each bucket is revolved inde- C apacity . . . . . . . . . .. . 90 tons per hour
pe n dent ly with a n easy motion which gradually dis- Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arrangement 1
ch a rges its load and then ret urns the empty bucke t to Horizon tal shaft centers .. 240 feet
nor ma l traveling position. Complete discharge is ob- Vert ica l shaft centers ... 50 feet
tai ned wit hout t urning the b uck e t e n ti re ly ove r. lt is
impossib le for buckets to rema in in an inverted position. Solution
Trippers may be movable or stationary. Movable Refer to Ta ble l . A Peck carrier with 30" p itch and 24"
trippers travel upon a separate track beneath t he wide b uckets operating a t 60 FPM will ha ndle l 05 TPH
buckets, and a re controlled by a power o r hand ope rated o f 50 pound per cubic foot material.
w inch with a cable which moves the tripper in the . . 90X60
direction opposite to tha t of bucket travel. Slack in the speed of comer for 90 TPH capac1ty = = 51.4 FPM
105
cable permits the tripper to travel with the bucket line
until the desi red pcsition for discharging is reached.
3 3 5
speed of hea d shaft for 51.4 FPM = .4 ; ~ = 2.94 RPM
0
Stationary trippers are installed in a f ixed location,
but, like movable trippers, they may be rendered in- Refer to Chart C for 30" pitch buckets. Locate 240-foot
horizontal and 50-foot vertical shaft centers for 24" wid e
operative by a manual control which lowers the tripper
buckets. Note that a 20 HP motor is required
cams t o clear t he bucket cams. Stationary trippers are
used where frequent changes in discharge points are Knowing horsepower and speed of headshaft, select
required, as over auxiliary conveyors, spouts, ash bins, equalizing gears and drive from Catalog l 050.
etc., or where a few fixed points o f discharge wi ll p ro-
vide sufficient distribution. Table 1 • Capacities
Tripper cams are made of gray iron for normal service, Copocity A Recommend e d
Size of Copocity Heod
or of Flin t-Rim chilled iron when abrosive mo teriols ore bucket, Cubic moximum
of bucket Tons sho ft
inches feet speed,
to be hand led. leve( full,
per
p er
fee t per
speed,
cubic feet hour RPM
Pitch 1 Width hour 1 minute

Orives 18 15 0.74 800 20 40 3.8 1

18 18 0.89 1000 25 40 3.81
Orives ore simple ond efficien t. Use link-Belt enclosed geor 18 21 1.04 1200 30 40 3.81
drives ond choin drives for primary reductions and link- 24 18 1.55 1800 45 50 3.57
Belt equalizing geors for th e final reduction. Equalizing 24 24 2.08 2400 60 50 3.57
geors, incorporated in all Peck corrier design, compensate 24 30 2.55 3000 75 50 3.57
for pulsations produced when long pitch chains operate 30 24 3.65 4200 105 60 3.43
over sprockets which revolve at uniform speed . 30 30 4.55 5200 130 60 3.43
30 36 5.47 6200 155 60 3.43
Use Charts A, B ond C to determine the size motor
36 36 8.00 10200 255 80 3.81
required for o Peck corrier of estoblished buck e t size
A Copocily bosed on buckcls 80 full, listlld speed ond hand ling material
and known horizontal and vertical centers, handling
weiqhing 50 pounds oer cubic foot. Cap'lcity d ireclly proportional 10
material weig hing 50 pounds per cubic foot. corri~r ')pPPri nnd w0iqht of material.

Table 2 • Machinery weights

Weight per foot, pounds
Size
of Weight Cha in and buckets Upper run6
bucket, Weight
a l drive of upper
inches Buckets fllled, Buckets fllled,
mochinery, corner
materia l weight, material weight,
mochinery, Buckets Buckets
pounds pounds per cubic foot pounds per cubic foot
paunds empty empty
Pitch Width
1 50 100 50 1 too
18 15 3 100 1000 50 75 100 176 201 226
18 18 3150 1025 53 83 113 182 212 242
18 21 3200 1050 56 91 126 188 223 258
24 18 5300 1800 90 129 168 228 267 306
24 24 5400 1900 103 155 207 242 29 4 346
24 30 5500 2000 112 176 240 257 321 385
30 24 11000 4200 120 193 266 269 342 415
30 30 11200 4400 140 23 1 322 294 385 476
30 36 11400 4600 146 256 360 307 417 527
36 36 28000 11000 240 373 506 413 546 679
• Upr~r run onr.ludes cross chonnels. walkway, handroils, track ra ils, raol chairs, chain and buckets.

380 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
Pe ck car rie r

Selection
Chart A • Horsepow er for 18 - inch pitch b ucke ts hand li ng 50 po und per cu b ic foot materia l 4
--M i= r.:r ,_..
....
..- lt'"..
.--. ·!-++·. ..... 1-+- µ.._
·- ¡.¡¡_.
-· luu -
--- ª,-:-
..
.,_.,, 1- >-- f-'°lFIG.1-+·I . ,..... ¡:.;:;<
~ t;.
3609 ·: 1~ µ: r.
· 1 .¡.. . Jt::. f4+ •++• ~ -..
-._, ......,
;;¡: ·•tt ·:e fE; R
,_ 11

-- .. ·- -· - .. . __.1:1 i:::::::;f is _.,.... ... m:·- f.: -E:

'u

"'l~
t ..... , ~ r:-::-Tr· [¡;~ ¡.¡.¡ 1111 1
ri l~E j;Il .¡..¡. ,.......
i?..-· .1- t· .. ~-c,.o~ ·
? ·'11 -=-·-
=-- ~¡.: :
,_
... ~- j •v-
-k :-V ~"' -- i--·:
- -· :'1t'
.¡.
t:::::: ;;;.: :l;L ,_
~ ,.......
-- /(

~ ¿- .
-· - .. '·1-.. ~ f - •
......
,...._... ..
.,i-:;; .J; --< -- ·- ·- .....-- -· ·- - - ,_.. ,_.. J-

.-·- - - ...-· - .. . • -
·-f-·
. ::i:.
~ - .;;:¡+ f-. ¡;.¡::: "tr
-·
-
~:. -1 ,.¡; ;;:J $ .iÍ ·4j ·,.n-:: u•
. . j:::2...,.~o'º~
¡ti:
,........ -
"' ...
·--
-· ..
- ~
,.......
' ~ 1.
' ri.? 1 .. 1• - ...
- - w: "t'. it1 _:¡:-_f.f. -· + ·· +·
....... . .
r::::-
_,
¡.¡.¡ . .¡

r- ........
.µ ··>+
-~
.J- "'' - so-
,_.. ··· ·- -
~~6 l::t ::e
1~

- =:;. f,:::'. .:.._

-- ·· -
':::; =~·- V --- -· .•.
- ,_ w,, 66= -
--· .. -:-::¿jr.&
~

,....., - .. E!~W
·•··
t - ......· -··
~ u
~. ~.-......

,_ ,_..
,. ,,¡· 1 · •t•
..•
=~ __. , :f
·~
.. 1±.lli: .¡¡ -~3ii É ~
fiE ..,...................
·~-

...- "'-- - -- -
~
·-
~- • · •1

,_ ........
. •·l

1: - - *
-
. ...j

- f:-1 -'t•"
~
:-~
._..,~
,., 11-?.t'- -
,_...
,.ti t¡:: 1t: f<H
,_.._
wljtJ: f-5 1-
:>•
40
-= -- .....- i-
!ti- ~ ·
....
"1 .....
-- - -· .v - - =- -· -- -· """"'
! . 1 ...... <¡+. -,<!(}. .~
-~
,_
~

..... ,_ ....
1;:m@.fil"L cm
-··
~ ·i-- ........

e!§:f_Ef;T t::::::
.....-
·-·
- -
. ,¡
;;¡:
~
~?· 30- -
··.\
"
¡::;¡ ¡? ' ~ ~ ~
'<: '<: ¡;, ~ ~ ~~ ~~ ~ ~ f?N g áS 1 ~
N~
~
~ s 2 ~ ~ ¡s '~ ~ 1 § ~- ~ ~ ~ I~ ~ ~ I~ 5' 1s'w¡oTH
l'<I " '<'1 C\

"" ~ ~ I ~ ¡1 ~ ~ I ';'

= ~ ~ 5 ¡q 18' WIDTH
o e
I~ I~ ~ ~ ~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ª
~~ 1I ~ ~
"~ ~ ~ ~ ~
" ~

~ lg_ ~- I ~ ~ ~ al l::i ~ : ~ 1 z (WIDTH

Chart 8 •
~ 1 ~

Ho rsepow er fo r 24-inch pi tch buck ets handling 50 pound per cubic foot material 4 ª ª

Chart C • Horsepow er fo r 30-in ch pitch buck ets handling 50 poun d p er cubic foot materi al ¿

¿ Consult Link-Belt for horsepower when hondli ng o ther thon 50 pound 36-inch buckets. C onsult Link-Belt for possible horsepower reduction if
per cu bic foot mote riol, or for horsepower of co rriers with 36-inch by onti-friction rollers are used on center roller cha in.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 381
bulk handling
P e ck carrier

18-inch pitch buckets

Cross section
through upper run

PLAN O F UPPER RUN Fig . 3598

t" - - VARI ABLE-

""'- 3-0' 1
1o·r
~r<--::¡-A- 1
j
- A - - -- A- -- - -A- -
-- a'.s~
Cross section

l!!
I
10-0
SECTIONS
1

.L !1 1
lhrough vertical leg
odjocenl lo woll

...: ..
.-: Crou section
through encosed
4'- a ' vertical leg
MINIMUM nol odjocen l lo wol l

I I I
- ->-<- - -A - - - r - < - -- A- - ->i 17 r< 2-9
ELEVATION Fig. 3597

, .
~
Cross section
through lower run
~~~·~·~·~· •' •. e • '•• ·. . . .
PLAN OF LOWER RUN Fig. 3598
Fig. 3599

1
Size o f
buckel, Al B e D E F J L p 1 s
inches 1 1 1 1 1 1 No rmal' MinimJ Normal MinimJ Norma l ¡MinimuJ

Pitch Width FEET ANO tNCHES

18 , 15 8- 0 1 3-2 11- 4 1- 8 11- 10 13-6 2-1 3-3 8-0 6 - 1 1 ¡3- 11 2-4 3-11 1 6-0 5-0 13-3 \/2
18 18 7-0 3-5 1- 7 1- 9 \/2 1- 11 \/2 3-7 \/2 2-4 3-6 8-0 6 - 1 1 4- o \/2 2-5 \/2 4- o
\/2 6-0 5-0 3-6 \/2
18 2 1 6-0 3- 8 1- 1 1- 11 2- 1 3-9 o 2-7 3-9 8-0 6- 11 4- 2 2-7 ¡4- 2 6-0 5-0 3-9 \/2

Hove dimensions certified lar instollotion purposes.

38 2 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
Peck carrier

24-inch pitch buckets

8
-e -

o - o-J.
Cross section
t h roug h upper run

PLAN OF UPPER RUN Fig. 3601

~ LEARA NcµoR
REDUCE~'..g' Q...EARAOCE FO!L.ll.M'ING B~E{
MIN 3"16"--~
--

2~··

A A A

Cross seclion

1
1
¡ thro ugh vertical leg
odjocent to woll

l~r - -
,.,.,,
.rv

.. ·.· .· .. ' ..
Cross seclion
lhrough encosed
verticol leg
nol odjacent to woll
..,..,,,,
.· """
. .. ··.

SIDE ELEVA TION Fig. 3600

.\ '.: '.'~ .:
'· -.. ,--
.' l ~ -~-----------~----------~
tó-....¡;¡;¡....-.¡'i-}.-- -- - - - - -- -- - - - ------- - - - - -- --1
·;-i
,---@-i>t
tt-+--1-+-. -

Cross section
p F ; ,.. Through lower run

~
-- f _ • , , , •• '... •

PLAN OF LOWER RUN Fig. 3601 Fig. 3602

Pitch
Size of
bucket,
inches

1 Wldth
A l
B
1
c
1
o
1
E
1
F
1
J
1
l
1 Normal, Minimuml Normol

fEET ANO INCHES

I
Minimum
p
1 Normol ¡Minimuml
s

24 18 6-013-61,4 1-6 2- 1 2-3 4-0 2-6 Y2 4-21,4 10-2 8-8 4- 5 1/z 2-9 4- 5 Y2 7-2 5-8 4-2 1,4
24 24 6-0 4-0 1,4 2-0 2-4 2-6 4-3 3-0 Y2 4-8 1,4 10-2 8-8 4- 8 Y2 3-0 4- 8 Y2 7-2 5-8 4-8 1,4
24 30 5-0 4-6 1,4 2-6 2-7 2-9 4-6 3-61/z 5-2 1,4 10-2 8-8 4-11 Y2 3-3 4-11 Y2 7-2 5-8 5-214
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 383
bulk handling
P eck ca r r ier

30-inch pitch buckets

Cross scct ion

through up per run

PLAN OF UPPER RUN Fig. 3604

- /' I 1 1 1
-< 5-2! - >+< A- - - A- > ' < - - -A- - ->-<-VARIABLE
¡ ' I

1 -13-0,- --->I
Cross section
t hroug h vertical l eg
odjaccn t to wal l
10-0'
SECrONS

---'!.
---~...- 1oi-O'
_1:
1

f
..
... . Cross section
' . through e ncased
vertical lcg
not odjacent to woll

SIDE ELEVATION Fig. 3 603

- - -F- --

·~~~-~~ _Ip -F- - - - - - - - - - -- -- - - --

. .....
: ..
Cross section

- '

' ~
•
.. . .
through lower run

PLAN OF LOWER RUN Fig. 360 4 Fig. 3605

Size o f
bucket,
inches

Pitch 1 Width FEET AND INCHES

30 24 8-0 4-3 2-0 2- 8 % 2-6 14- 4 3- 1 Vil 4-9Y-i l 11-8 10-3 5-0 3-6 5-0 8-2 6-8 4-9Ys
30 30 7-0 4-9 2-6 12-11 %¡ 2-9 4- 7 3-7 Y2 5-3 Y-1 1 11-8 10-3 5 -3 3-9 5-3 8-2 6-8 5.3 Ya
30 36 6-0 5- 3 3-0 2- 2 :Ya 3-0 14 - 1O 4-1 Y215-9 Y-1 11-8 10-3 5-6 4-0 5-6 8-2 6-8 5-9 Ya
Hove dimensions certi'ied fo r iosto llotion purpo ses.

384 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 bulk handling
Peck carrler

36-inch pitch buckets

Cross section
t hraugh upper run

Cross •ection
thraugh vertical run
adjacen t to wall

L
Cross section
through cncosed
vertical run
not adjacent to woll
K- -- - - - -1&7' MINIMUM- ---

SIDE ELEVATION Fig. 3606

...
:.:'·
Cross section
through lower run

· ~-
.' ·:: ::-""'
. ' . ... . ~ .' ·.
••-.,.,-.-,..........-.-.·..,..~ :.~... · ~-=-·.:..•__,·.'--__,_~..
... ,,,...,_-.-.-......-,""·:""·,-·-• •.,..:.-
PLAN OF LOWER RUN Fig. 3607 Fig. 3608

Size of bucket,
A B c
inche• Normal Minimum Normal Minimum Normal Minimum
Pitch Width FEET ANO INCHES

36 36 13-8 12-2 5- 1o 4-3 11-0 9-6

Hove dimens1ons certifoed for instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 385
processing equipment

PROCESSING
EQUIPMENT

contents
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 386
lcing equipment ... .. . ...... .. . 389
Dryers and coolers ............. 396
Vibrating screens ........ ... ... 405
Revolving screens ............ . . 4 21
Separotors, clossif1ers
ond woshers............... . 423
Troveling water screens ........ . 429
Water, sewage, ond
industrial waste trea tment .. . 437
Cool preparation equipment ... .. 453
Cool crushers ................ . 462
Llnk-Be:t laboratory for lesling processing equipment from bench size batches to p ilot p lonl runs.
Foundry equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 470

Processing equipment plo ys o vitolly importan! part in the economics of practically oll
industries. Such equipment is often the key to the success of an entire plant. Requirements
vory widel y from industry to industry, and the moteriols used in any one industry are
often subjected to many different processing operations.
In many plants, materials must be handled repeatedly from primory to final oper-
ations, and are frequently recirculated through these operations. These processing and
handling operations are often so closely reloted that they must be considered together
for best overall plant performance. Link-Belt, with its bread line of processing and bulk
handling equip ment and its wide experience with automatic controls, can integrale proc·
essing and handling equipment into one efficient, continuous operation.
Link-Belt manufactures a wide variety of processing equipment, ranging from single
purpose units to complete processing systems. Individual items, such as screens, dryers,
coolers, icing machines, etc., are used in many different industries to improve existing
systems, and when such equipment comprises the mejor part of a project, Link-Belt has
d esigned, furnished, instolled and placed in operation compl ete plonts. When such in·
stallations require specif1c processing units not monufactured by Link-Belt, they are
integrated with Link-Belt equipment to produce optimum overall performance.
Link-Belt maintains extensive loboratory facilities for developing and testing process-
ing and handling equipment and t esting materials. Testing usually begins with a small
quantity of material to be treated, often followed by full-scale operation. Laborotory
facilities include feeders, proportioning devices, continuovs and batch mixers, screens,
dryers, coolers, etc. - plus all the necessary scoles, pumps and other devices used in
processing moterials.

386 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment

The following link-Belt processing equipment and its appl ication

indicate the bread scope of Link-Belt activities in the p rocessing field:

lcing equipment (page 389) ranging from portable crusher-

slingers for top-icing trucks or railroad refrigerator cars with crushed
ice to giant dock-mounted icers for bunker- icing more than 60
railroad cars per hour.

Dryers and coole r s (page 396) for drying, cooling, roasting,

pelletizing or otherwise treating innumerable products of the various
chemical, faod processing, mining and metallurgical industries.

Vlbrating screens (page 405) for screening, scalping, separating

and sizing solids; screening liquids; separating materials according
to size, shape, or other characteristics. Al so for removing undesi rabl e
elements a nd recovering valuable products.

Revolving screens (page 4 21). separators, classifiers and

washers (p age 423) for cl eaning and separating sand, gravel,
stone and similar materials to provide the construction ind ustries
with clean, properly sized aggregates, and other non-metallic in-
dustries with desired basic products.
Railroad car lcing, to protect perishable commodities,
requires handling, crushing and delivering the ice lo
railroad cor bunkers olong with sufficienl salt to mainlain
the proper te mperotures. Photo 38530

Ammonium nltrate process for manufacturlng fer-

t ili:i:e r mokes exlensive use of Link-Belt drying, cooling
F19. 5361
and other processing equipment. Complete plants of
this kind ore built by link-Belt.

Scre e n ing wood chip a ot the rote of 25 cords per hour Se v en grades o f san d can b e cle a ned , washed and separate d ot this sand
with battery of nine Link-Bel! CA vibrating screens. Screen- preparatíon plan! using lhree Link-Belt Show classiflers ond o Rotoscoop seporo-
ing, sizing ond scalping ore importont functions in most in- tor. This equipment can produce not only cleon commercial sand but olso such
dustries where bulk materials are handled. Photo 38697 special g rades as foundry, asphalt, engine, Alter and industrial sand. Photo 25996

L 1 N K - B E L T • 387
processing equipment

Traveling water screens (p age 429) for screening river,
lake and ocean water to be used in publ ic utility and industrial
steam generating stations, water treatment plants, chemical
p lants, pulp and pap er mill s, distilleries and other industrial
processes.
content for most effici ent steam generating p lant operation,
and coal with generally better characteristics for industrial
heating plants and o ther uses. This equipment includes air- pul-
sated w ashers, Aoat-sink concentrators, crushers, screens, dry ers
and various ty pes of coal han dling conveyors.

Water, sewage, and industrial waste tr e atm e nt,

plants and equipment (page 437) for water purifkation,
sewage clariflcation and industrial waste treatment to provide
safe d rinking water, eliminate pcllutior:, and recover valuable
products.
Coal preparation plants and equipment (page 453)
to clean, size and d ry coal for making better and stronger metal-
lurgical cake, coal with high BTU value and low ash and sul phur
Foundry equipment (p ag e 470) from d esign, manufacture
ond instollation of complete foundry sand preparation systems
consisting of screens, shakeouts and various conveyors for
handling sand, molds, and castings; to complete shell molding
systems w hich provid e ferrous and non-ferrous foundr ies with
a fully integrated , a l most wholly automated method of pro-
ducing ca stings with flnish and dimensional accuracy surpassing
those of castings produced in green sand molds.

Sludge from settling tanks is d ig est e d , e lutrlate d , floccu late d and d e wate r e d
in this mode rn sewoge treotment plant involving pre ~ chlorino tion, grit removoJ ond w ashing,
comminulion of fine solids, pre-oerotion ond post-chlorinotion. Gril collectors, sludge col-
lectors, rotory skimming equipmenl, drives ond belt conveyor system for handling sludge
from the fllters were designed ond furnished by Link-Belt. Phofo 381 29.
Twelve t r a velin g wate r screen s at in ta ke o f a
large powe r pla nf remove refuse from river water
os o proleclion lo voluoble sleom generoting equip-
menl. Phofo 34268.

Meta llurglcal a n d steam coals are p re pared in this plonf by

crushing, woshing with o heovy medio p rocess, mechonicol drying,
flltering ond hect drying. The woshed cool is looded info cors, !he
wosh woler is clorifled, ond the refuse is disposed of beyond o
neorby mountoin. Complete plonl wos designed, furnished ond
inslolled by Link-Bell. Photo 38 11 8.

She ll m o ldln g process Is the h e a rt of this foundry system. Cleon,

smoothly ioined shell mold s reduce flnishing costs, ossure high-volume
oulpul. The complele sond ond mold hondling syslem wos designed,
furnished ond onstolled by link-Bell. Pholo 36969.

388 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
lcing equipment

• •
1c1ng
Top-lclng rallroad refrlgerator cars is eosily occomplished with this
p o wer· fed ice crushe r slinger, with minimum effort ond deloy. Be fore !he
d oors ore closed , the oreo o t the opening is o lso protecled with o blonket
of crushed ice, thereby seoling the perishoble commodities. Pholo 34722
•
equ1pmen•
Link-Belt icing equipment consists of dock-mounted and ground-
mounted car icers, ice crushers, ice crusher slingers, solting
machines, icing docks, ice conveyors in and from storage and
complete salt handling and storing facilities. This equipment is
primarily used for mechanically icing perishable commodities
in transit or in storage, to assure arrival at markets in salable
condition.
Both the car icers and ice crusher slingers flnd wide accept-
ance for initial and subsequent icing of railroad refrigerator
cars handling shi pments of fresh vegetables, fruits, seafoods,
meat, p oultry and dairy products, etc. The car icers are used
for bunker-icing, while the ice crusher slingers are normally
used for top-icing.
Other uses for crushed ice are for cooling chemicals and
other related items, or for provid ing snow ice for indoor or
outdoor sporting events, such as skiing or tobogganing .
Link- Belt has a broa d background of experience in the
d esig n, manufacture and installation of icing equipment. Con-
sult Link-Belt for recommendations for ali icing requirements.

Bunke r -lclng rallroad r e frlg e rator cars in less thon o minute is occomplished by
this Link· Belt dock·mounte d cor icer. One man conlrols the d elivery o f ice to lhe
mochine, the o p e rotion of the p ick·tJP conveyor, the size of the crushe d ice, the
posilion of the dischorge chutes ond the mochine trovel. Pholo 38396

L 1 N K - B E L T • 389
processing equipment
icing equlpment

Ice crusher slingers

Link-Belt ice crusher slingers are used to crush cake or chunk ice to a mixture of small to
flne ice. Th e ice is then prope ll ed through a fl exible hose in a hi gh velocity jet.
When top-icing with a crusher slinger, the crushed ice is distributed uniformly over and
b etween tiers o f containers, completely blanketing them for protection. Th e slowly melt-
ing ice maintains saf e temperatures and preserves the moisture content of the produce.
The entire procedure requires only a f e w minutes.

Trucks are quickly ice d a l icing slalians by service trucks equipped with Comme r cial fls h lng boats on oll coosts use link-Bel! ice crusher slingers
dependable link-Bel! ice crusher slingers. Cavered with a blanket af to focilitate icing the cotch. The boat hald is quickly laaded with crushed
crushed ice, produce and seafaad arrive fresh and in marketable candi- ice which is easily shoveled over each successive layer o f flsh or shrimp .
tian. Phato 27 526 Photo 27747

Gravity- f e d ice crusher slinger

The grovity-fed ice crusher slinger is built in two sizes, Series 200
ond Series 300.
The Series 200 hes o copocity of 15 to 20 tons per hour, while the
Series 300 hes o copocity of 60 tons per hour, both bosed on con-
tinuous feeding. The Series 200 con be fed with l 00-pound ice cokes
ond the Series 300 with either 300 or 400 -pound cokes.
The Series 200 ice crusher slinger is driven by either o gosoline
engine or on electric motor ond is ovoiloble in either the portoble or
the stotionory type.
The Series 300 ice crushe r slinger is driven by either o gosoline
e ngine or on electric motor ond is of the stotionory type.

Power-fed ice crusher slinge r

The power-fed ice crusher slinger is built in one
siz e, Series 500.
This mochine has o copocity of 45 tons per
hour, bosed on continuous feeding. lt con be
fed with either 300 or 400-pound ice cokes.
The Series 500 ice crusher sling er is driven
by either o gosoline engine or on electric mo-
tor ond is ovoiloble in either the portoble or
the stotionory type.

390 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
i cing equi pment

Car icers

Link-Belt ca r icers are built in two general ty p es, th e dock-

mounted and the ground-mounted. The dock-mounted ma-
chines o pe ra te on rails on either ex isting or new docks with
the docks about the height of railroad refrig era tor cars.
The ground-mounted machines operate on ra ils at ground
level without docks.
They are high speed, self-propelled machines designed
to mechanically crush and deliver ice to railroad refrigerator
car bunkers. These car icers supply crushed ice, and because
of the efficient method of handling, ice lass and shrinkage
are negli gible.
All movements of these machines-the starting and stop-
p ing of the ice supply conveyors and the feed ing of the ice
to the b unkers-are controlled b y a single operator sta-
tioned on a built-in elevated platform affording complete Controlled lclng and salting are available fo r doy and night service an
visibility in all directions. Therefore, congestion and con- this dock where three Link-Belt car icers and three Link-Belt salters operate.
Ice cakes up to 4 00 pounds are reduced to eilher chunk, coa rse o r crushed
fusion are eliminated, resulting in an efficient and economical sizes for delivery to lhe refrigerator car bunkers. Pholo 38401.
operation with minimum train dela ys at icing stations.
Floodlights, mounted on the machines, illuminate the entire
work orea and permit uninterrupted doy and night service.
Link- Belt car icers are adaptabl e to various heights of
railroad refrigerator cars and all st yles of bunker hatch
o penings.
One of the simp lest methods of artiflcially obtaining
temperatur es below those of ice, is to add salt to the ice.
Link- Belt salting machines are used for this purpose. The
amount of salt added to a g iven amount of ice determines
the temperature in the bunkers. This temperature is pre-
determined to suit the commod ity being shipped.

Se parate lclng and saltlng a f refrigerator cars a re easily and economic-

ally occomplished by a Link-Bell dock-mounted car icer and an inde-
pendently p owered Link-Bell salting machine. Refrigera tor cars an eithe r
side o f the dock a re serviced by these machines. Pholo 38394.

Combln e d bunker- lclng and s altlng of ro ilrood re frig e rotor cors is
p e rformed efficiently and quickly by a Link-Belt ground-mounted ca r icer,
which travels an roils at ground level. Complete ice crushing and salt
ha ndling fa cilities are built into the machine. Pho to 39204.
Fas t car icing and saltlng with a Link-Belt dock-mounted ca r icer and
coupled salter assure sa fe shipmenl o f perishobles in roilroad refrigerator
cors. Complete a peration o f both ma chines is under the control of a
single o p eralor. Dock congeslion is avoided and enlire lrains can be iced
or re-iced ond be on lhe ir way wilhout delay. Photo 38380.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 391
processing equipment
l clng e quipme nt

Dock-mounted car icer

The Link-Belt dock-mounted car icer is built for use on existing
or new docks and is arranged to service railroad refrigera tor
cars on either side of the dock.
By means of an inclined pick-up convey or, the machine
receives 300 or 4 00- pound ice cakes, lying on the fl at side,
from the ice cake conveyor . The lower end of the pick-up
convey or is hinged so that it may be raised to permit reverse
travel of the car icer orto allow ice to pass throug h to a second
machine. From the p ick-up conveyor the cakes are f ed into
the crusher for reduction to chunk, co arse or crushed ice. The
ice then fall s onto a reversible cross conveyor for delivery into
one of the hinged discharge chutes which d irects it to the
bunker hatch. Fixed chutes can also b e furnished, in place of
the reversible cross conveyor, for delivering ice to the hinged
discharge chutes. In either case, while moving from bunker to
bunker, crushe d ice is stored o n the cross conveyor or in the
flxed chutes for immediate and controlled delivery.
The car icer is operated at a speed o f 300 feet p er minute
in either direction b y a d rive which includes a fluid coupling
and d ifferentia l. Hy d r aulica lly operated track brakes assure
smooth, positive stops for accu ra te p ositioning.
The machine has a capacity of forty 300 or 4 00-pound
cakes of ice pe r m inute. lt is p owered b y electric motors with
current obtaine d from either a trolley system or from an
engine-generator set.
Salting machines of the coupled type or indep endent ty pe
can be provid ed to supp ly the necessar y salting requirements.
When conditions are such that only a limit ed amount of salt
is required, the salting eq uip ment can be ma d e an integra l
part of the car icer.
Dock-mounted car icers of other designs can b e furnished
to suit sp eciflc cond itions or requirements.

, -ic-~~-
- - - - - -APPROX 1~3'.'..._ -----~ CONVEYOR Fig 5696

1 3~6H
TO TOP OF
RR RAIL
VARIABLE
, • LI
~ , ,, - -11- 4 VARIABLE----! Fig 5697
- -14-3 VARIABLE ,.j

392 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
lclng equipment

Ground-mounted car icer

The Link-Belt ground-mounted car icer op-
erates at ground level without a dock. lt
travels on rails located parallel to and at
approximately the same elevation as the
railroad tracks and services two trains of
cars, one train on each side.
Under the car icer and parallel to the
tracks, an ice conveyor delivers 300-pound
ice cakes from storage. These cakes are re-
moved from the ice conveyor by an inclined
pick-up conveyor and are fed to the crusher.
The crusher can be quickly adjusted by re-
mote control to produce several sizes of
crushed ice. A second inclined conveyor
elevates the crushed ice to one of the dis-
charge chutes which directs it into the
bunker hatch.
Th e car icer is d riven by an enclosed
drive at a speed of 300 f eet per minute in
either direction. The electric p ower is ob-
tained from either a t rolley system or from
an engine-genera tor set.
This car icer has a capacity of forty 300-
pound cakes of ice per minute.
Salting equipment, when furnishe d, con-
sists of a salt bin mounted on the machine,
from which salt is raise d by an elevator and
is delivered into the discharge chutes. The
salt is delivered in a measured quantity and
f ed into the hatches either separately or
simultaneously with the crushed ice.
Auxiliary equipment to provide top- icing
can be furnished.
Ground-mounted car icers of other de- Fog. 6260
sig ns can be furnished to suit speciflc condi-
tions or requirements.

ONE MAN
CONTROL STATION

3~·
APPROX

ICE CAKE
CONV EYOR

1 1

__
.... ;:__~-------------33~6=·- ------------c---a~7::. ·-~:'I
----------------48 ~4~#---------------------~-·
fóg. 6261

L 1 N K - B E L T • 393

..
processing equipment
icing e quipment

Dock-mounted salting machines

Two types of Link-Belt solting mochines ore ovo iloble for use with the dock-mounted cor
icers: the coupled mochine, ond the independent mochine. Both ore self-propelled ond
trove! on the sorne ro ils os the icers. Eoch mochine has o storoge copocity of 9 0 00 pounds
of solt, which con be d ischorge d ot o pre-determined controlled rote.
When conditions worront, solting equipment is bu ilt os on integral port of the cor icer.
Other types of solting mochines con be built to suit individual requirements.

Coupled-type salting machine

The couple d salting ma chine is ottoche d to the car ice r ond consists the discharg e chutes for d e live ry into the bunke r hatches. The salt is
of a solt bin with suitable conveying e q uipme nt, mounte d on o struc- eithe r co mbine d with the crushe d ice o r fe d into the hotches seporately.
turol steel corriage. The conveyo rs o re fl xed ond feed the salt into One ope rator controls bo th the icer and the solting machine.

13!.a~
APPROX

s-o· ,..__5!..o!.._.>-1
k--- 10~ 1 10!.3,- · - - - ->l
13~ · To TOP
OF RR RAIL
VARIABLE

t "<----14!..3• VARI ABLE

11!..4* VARIABLE -
J
>i

f;g_ 6262

l ndependent-type sa lt ing machine

The inde pe ndenl sa lting machine is inde pe nde ntly operoted and the bin lo o ne of two swivel conveyors for de livery into the bunkers.
co nsists of o salt bin with suitoble conveying e q uip ment, mounte d on The tra vel of the mochine and opera tion of the solting e q uipment is
o slructuro l sleel carrioge. A reversible conveyor ca rries the solt from contro lle d by the solting machine operator.

1~6 "TO TOP

OF RR RAIL
VARIABLE

1 ; -
y >E-- - - 14!..3" VARIABL E- -
F1g. 6263

394 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
iclng equlpment

Typical dock and salt storage layout

Link-Belt designs, builds and installs complete docks with ice

conveyors for handling cake ice to meet any requirement. This
also includes convey ing equipment for handling cake ice from
ice manufacture to and from storage, from ra ilroad cars to
storage or from storage to the conveyors servicing the car icers.
Link-Belt also d esigns, builds and installs complete sal!
handling equipment including unload ers, conveyors, elevators
and storage facilities.
The quality and superior design of Link-Belt equipment
reflects extensive experience in the icing equipment field.

SALT BIN

ELEVATOR
39203

~ -,.---++- DISCHARGE
GATE

ICING DOCK

POWER
UNLOADER SCOOP
RECEIVING
HOPPER AND
SCREW FEEDER

Elevation

~ ... =~ o D D D o 1===-~=l==<

F=**=*'6====-! o D o D 0 1-====-!~~

RR TRACK - - -
D
D
Plan Fig 6259

L 1 N K - B E L T • 39 5
processing equipment
dryers and cool e rs
clryers ancl coolers
Dr y ln g coo l o t cool cleoning p lont, these two Multi-Louvre dryers produce
o superior product. Photo 38371
Link-Belt dryers ond coolers ore ovoiloble in mony designs
ond models for o wide voriety of opplicotions. They ore used
for treoting innumerable products of the vorious chemicol,
food processing, mining ond mineral industries; handling crys-
tols, flakes, powders and granular moteriols such os chlorid es,
sulphotes, oxides, plastics; coffee, sugar, solt, opple pomoce,
cereols, soybeans, yeast, sludges, cool, coke, lignites, minerals,
foundry and glass sond and refuse products.
This equipment meets most drying and cooling requirements
and can be built to various speciflcotions dictated by the
chorocteristics of the material to be hondled.
The drying process is subject to exoct onolysis, but because
of the voriations in moteriols, equipment selection must be
bosed upon experience. When required, tests of moterials
ore conducted in th e Link-Belt laborotory by quolifled engi-
neers who determine the best solution of o drying problem.
Generolly speoking, heat con be transferred in three ways:
396 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Proce ssing ommonium nltrate prills durlng fe rtillze r manufacture with
these two Roto-Louvre dryers. Oryer in foreground is for cooling ond the one
in background is for flnal drying. Photo 38243
Tw o Mon otube dryers r eco ver so lvent formerly lost in processing al o
phormaceutical plont. Photo 33880
by conduction, as a metal rod heats when one end is held in a
fleme; by rodiotion, os wormth is felt from the sun in open air
in midwinter; ond by convection, os o house is heated by circu-
lotion of worm oir from o hot-oir furnace or steam radiator.
Heat transfer by conduction and radiotion ore not well
suited for heat drying, since they involve undesirable tem-
perature extremes and produce uneven, uncertoin results. But
heot tronsfer b y convection, correctly applied , is both suitabl e
and efficient_ lt permits intimote contoct with every particle of
material, is eosily controlled ond produces consistently uniform
results.
Link- Belt dryers ond coolers ore designed lo handle mate-
rials gently, improve drying operations, minimize dusting, save
floor space ond yield better end products.
Because of o thorough knowledge of principies involved in
heat drying ond wide experience with mony types of mate-
rials, Link- Belt is oble to make proper selection of the equip-
ment to solve your drying ond cooling p roblems.
 processing equipment
drye rs and coole rs

Types
Roto-Louvre
The Roto-Louvre consists of o salid outer cylindricol
shell, ond on inner shell composed of full length
louvres. The inner shell of overlopping louvres, which
supports the bed of material, increoses in diometer
in the direction of Aow. The material trovels gently
toword the dischorge end os the drum slowly revolves.
In o p erotion, the heot tronsfer medium, introduced
through the louvre openings, permeotes the bed ond
intimotely contocts every porticle.
The moteriol continuously Aows over on itself, while
troveling throughout the lenglh of the drum. During
every revolution, the material is subjected to o grad-
ual vo riotion in temp erolure from the inlet to the ex-
houst. Being bosicolly on efficient heot exchong er, it
is os e ffective for cooling o s it is for drying.
With the Ro to-Louvre it is possible to exp ose he ot-
sensitive mote riols to drying oir al moximum tem-
perotures, without donger of overheoting ond scorch-
ing of the product. lt will hondle delicote mo leriols
with minimum degrodotion of the crystol s or loss of
luster, or obrosive moteriols without undue weor on
the conlocting porls.

Multl-Louvre
The Multi-Louvre will ropidly process lorge quonlities of material becouse
of its short rete ntion lime. 11 is exlremely flexible, operoling effeclively os
o dryer or o cooler.
The moving elemenl in lhis mochine consisls of speciolly d esigned Aighls
oltoched to o nd corried by two slronds of roller choin. These choins ore
owo y from lhe oir slreom ond d o no t conlocl lhe material.
The material is corried up in the fligh ts ond then Aows downwo rd in o
shollow b e d over the oscending flight s. lt groduolly moves ocross the
dryer, o little ot e och pass, from the fe e d po int to the discho rge p oint.
The Multi -Louvre feotur e s o gentle flo wing oction of the material,
similor to thot of the Roto-Louvre, which exposes oll porticles lo incoming
oir ond results in minimum degrodotion. The intoke oir con b e mointoined
ot o temperoture best suited to the material hondle d.

Monotube
The Monotube moy be opplied for conduction drying or cooling smoll quontities
of vorious products of the chemicol ond processing industries. 11 is generolly used
for drying products al temperotures close to thot of steom, but other tempero-
tures con b e ochieved by using other heot mediums such os hot water for tem-
perotures b elow thot of steom, ond hot oil or other fluids for temperoture s
obove those normolly reoched by the use of sleom.
The Mono tube consisls of o poddle conveyor, on o rotor or hollow shoft,
turning in o U-shoped trough or housing. Steom, hot liquid o r coolont is circuloted
through the shoft ond tubes of the rotor. Material is churned while being conveyed
the length of the trough, resulting in efficient tronsfer of heot.
33998

L 1 N K - B E L T • 397
processing equipment
dryers and coolers

Typical installations

PRILUNG

•
TOWER

Drying, cooling and

processing fertilizer
This complete Link-Belt instollo1ion, far the preporo -
tio n of ommonium nitrote fertilizer, indudes three Fig. 5361
Roto-louvres in series, with Link-Belt o.sci11oting con-
veyors co rrying material b e tween them.

FROM MOIST
SANO STORAGE
TO SANO
PREPARATION
EQUIPMENT ,

Drying foundry sand

Prop er drying of faundry sond in the
Link-Belt Roto-louvre contributes to
production of better castings. This com-
plete system includes storoge facilities
far moist ond CU-y sond., Roto-louvre
t , ' ·'\ VIBRATING \
· SCREEN 1 ~1
\.¿;
dryer, screening, e le voting ond con-
veying equipment.
t'• ;' . GAS ~IRE~ ' Fig. 547 1
A IR HEATER

Drying chemicals
In this Link-Be l1 instollotion chemicols o re dried, sized
ond conveye d to storoge. Oversize material is
crushed ond returne d far rep rocessing, olong with
the fines.

f ig. 5469

398 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Operation • Roto- Louv re
EFFICIENT HEAT TRANSFER
Contlnuous supply of a lr • When the Roto-louvre is used as a
dryer, material is continuously exposed to !he maximum drying effect
of he ated air introduced b e neath the material bed throughout !he
full length of the drum. Heated air
HEAD END SECTION has a greater vapor-carrying ca-
pacity and the refore provid es a
"thirsty" me dium that readily ab-
sorbs moisture from the material to
b e dried. Heate d air also increases
the vapor pressure of the moisture
present upon or within the material,
thus acceleroting transition from the
liquid lo the vapor siete.
) Fig. 5466 When !he Roto-louvre is used as
a cooler, a ir al ambient, or room
tempera ture, may serve a s the cool-
ing medium or refrigerating coils
can be used where air a l substan-
tially lower tempe ratures is needed.
Constant agitatlon
of material • Material passe s
through the Ro to-louvre in a gently
Fig. 5467 agitated moss. Eoch porticle is ex-
posed to the some contoct with the
hot gases, ond eoch is corried for-
word al !he some rote of trave l.
Constonl ogitotion of material in
the Roto-Louvre is occomplished o s
the drum re volves. Material is corried
o round until the ongle of re pose is
reoched, the n rolls gently bock upon
its own b e d in en eosy, co ntinuous
movement thot prevenls spotty dry-
Fig . 5468 ing due to slrotiflco tion or segre go-
tion.
Graduated flow of air through
material bed • The flow of hot gases is reguloted outomoticolly by
the sloping inner she ll, which causes the material bed to be thinnest
et the feed end ond to become groduolly thicker os the material
moves forword. See d io grom ot top of pog e 400. A !hin b e d offers
le os! resistonce to the po ssog e of hot gases ond, conseq uently, the
gre-:itest gas volume posses through the bed et the feed end, where
the material is wellesl ond where more hect con be absorbed by
voporizotion.
As the material moves toword the dischorge e nd of the dryer, !he
materia l b e d beco mes pro gressively thicker ond the gas chonnels
become smoller. As o result, the vo lume of hot gases odmitted to the
moteriol is progressively reduced to e liminote he ot in e xcess of
voporizotion requirements which, if presenl, would le nd lo overheot
the mate rial.
Similorly in !he cooling process, !he greolesl volume of the coolesl
oir is present where the material is !he ho llest.
Prompt exhaust of used alr • He oted oir thot has been ren-
d ered less active by hoving give n up o port of its the rmol energy
processing equipment
dryers and coole rs
through contoct with moisture ond material is exho usted immediately,
b efore it con d rop in lemperoture to !he p oint where some of the
vapor would condense.
Material is cooled quickly ond e fficiently b y contoct with o Jorge
volume of cool or cold oir possing through the constontly moving bed
of material os well os by hect loss due to evoporotion. Control of
oir temp eroture, oir exhoust ond conditions of material trovel ossures
e ffective hect tronsfer.
EFFECTIVE TREATMENT OF MATERIAL
Uniform aeration of material particles mokes possible uniform
drying or cooling results, beco use o ll of the material is treoted in
the sorne woy al the some time. There co n be no strotiflcotion or
segregotion to cause o spotty, overdried or underdrie d product.
Dry, heoted oir penetrotes the moss
through ever-chonging chonnels thot
reoch the entire surfoce of every
piece ond po rticle.
Gentle action
prevents degradatlon of friable
moteriols thot musl no! b e broken
while processing, ond moteriols con-
sisting of, or conto ining, fin es.
Fig. 5038
Suitable for drying se mi-liquids • Operolion is sto rte d with a
porliolly dry bed to which !he semi-liquid is odde d groduolly. The
portiolly dry material quickly obsorbs o por! of lhe moisture from
the semi-liquid ond this, combined with the Roto-Louvre method of
possing he oted oir through the combined moss, conve rls the sub-
slonce into eosily hondled po rticles of solid product.
Gradual transfer
of th e rmal energy from input air to moisture ond material
places the Roto-Louvre obo ve o ther d ryers. Mony moteriols hove o
te nd e ncy to case-horden when subjected to too ropid heot-drying
ond the resulting impervious skin, or shell, thus produced prevents the
diffusion of moisture to the surfoces where it mo y voporize.
To reduce cose-hordening with ordino ry dryers, it is necesso ry to
resort to slow, low-te mpero lure operotion, but the Roto-l ouvre prin-
cipie greotly lesse ns lhe te nde ncy to cose-horden without socriflcing
thermol efficiency or normal outpul.
This is occomplished by the initiol ropid drying ond slower fu rther
d rying in re lotively moist o ir, which occurs in the moss material b e d
of oll Ro to-louvres.
Comblned drylng
and coollng in one ope rc;.tion, where the process p ermits, soves
handling costs ond reduces treotmenl time required to produce !he
flnished product.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 399
processing equipment
dryers and cool ers

Operation and features • Ro to-Louvre

/
_,,.,,. /

,.--
1

Section throug h Roto-Louvre dryer

A lorge vo lum e of hot, d ry a ir

ea sily p enetrates the thinner bed
o f material ne ar the fe ed end
for maximum heat transfe r where
gre atest evapo ration can take place; then as material move s for -
word and bed b ecomes thicker,
oir p assages b ecom e sma ller so
that red uce d volume of heated
ai r p enetro l es b ed o f materia l,
p rev enting overheating .
Fig. 5<65
Fc ed end Di scharge en d

Economical operation Reliabl e constant speed

and low maintenance costs
Ma x imum heat transfer for ev ery cubic foo t o f d rying or cooling a ir
introd uced into the Roto-Louvre is accompl ished throug h the preci se
co ntro l of input air temperoture and through intimate co nta ct b e tween
d rying or cooling o ir and the materia l. This e fficie nt he ct transfer
p e rmits the e xact amount o f air to b e used and saves the cosl of
he ating or cooling air in excessive amounls.
Low mainle nance cost s a re an outstanding fea t ure of lhe Ro to-
Louvre. Because it r ev ol ves a l much slower sp eeds tha n conventional
ro lary ma chines, and b eca use ma teri a l rolls ov er ilself instead of
sliding on met a l peris, noteworthy saving s in maintenance costs result.
Durable lightweight construction
Com pact d esign and d ou ble-shell d rum constructio n a ssure streng th
a nd rigidity. The effici ency o f hect l ransf er in the Ro to-Louvre p ermits
the use of a drum o ne-ha lf l o two-thir ds the l eng th of conventio nal
d rums, permitting a shorter retention perio d , and afien a ssuri ng a 50
p er cent saving in v a lua ble Aoor space. This shorter drum construc-
t ion also reduces overa ll exp a nsion and contraclio n.
or positive, infinite ly variable speed drive
Where constant-spee d ro tation is d esired for use w ith materia ls re-
quiring the sorne treatment t ime, the Roto-Louvre is usually powered
through a Link-Bel t enclosed d riv e, d irect-connected to a motor.
Where varia b le sp ee d rota tion i s d esired , the Roto-Louvre can b e
supplied with a Link- Belt P.1.V. d riv e between motor a nd enclosed
speed red ucer for positiv e, infinitely variab le sp eed r e g ul a tion by
d irecl or remo le control, without slippa ge or creep ing.
Long service life
The Ro to-Louvre i s b uilt for conlinuous-duty service. There a re no
moving pa rts w i thin the shell, nothing to g el out of ard er and pra cti-
cally no w ear from the abra sive a ction o f materia l. Every detail o f
design, bo th sl ructurally and mechanically, conforms s••ictly with
fines! engineering p ractice. From drive to d ischarge, lhe Ro oo -Louv re
i s b uilt for long , lrouble-free o p eralion.

400 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
dryers and coolers

Features and d imensions • Roto-Louvre

Drlvlng gear mountlng
provldes for expanslon
Ali Roto -Louvre d rums lorger !han 3 feel, 1 O inches in diometer
ore equipped with o high-lesl iro n segmento! driving geor
mounted directly lo drum by meons of shop e d pioles, which
ore bolted to the geor ond welded lo the ouler shell to provide
for voriotions in exponsion betw een drive gear and outer shell.
On the smoller Roto-Louvre s roller choin drives ore used.
Turned steel tires
and hardened steel trunnlons
Built for long, lrouble-free service, the Roto-Lauvre drum re-
volves on one-piece sleel tires supported on hordened sleel
lrunnions, enclosed for sofety ond equipped with roller beorings
to keep maintenonce re q uir ements low. Trunnions ore mounted
in od justo ble frames thol res! on o structurol sleel b a se for
odded slrength.

Distributing
ring a ssembly _l
Dis charge nozzle
lnlet and seal
connector

Fig. 5537
Con stant or
Simple supports - - -- - - - " variable speed drive
The Roto-Louvre is mounted on o simple rigid sleel support- Hardened
ing slructure to mointoin p o sitive o lignmenl of o ll rololing
steel trunnion b earings
peris. Al !he feed end, !he support corries !he lru nnions ond
slolionory dislributing heod. Al !he dischorge end it corries
only !he trunnions. The drive is mounted on on integral
steel base.

~-+-~-------L--------1
- o- - - >-<-- -- - - - - e - - - - - -- ....... B- -
...:-- - - -- ------A-------- - -- - -- --., [ ; - f " •MAXIMUM
WIOTH OF STEEL
_.j F19. •026

Roto-lo uvre
numb er " 1
8
1
e
1
o
1
E

fEET ANO INCHES

1
F
1
G
1
H Ro10-Louvr e
number
I A C
' - - - - ' - - - - ' - - -:....,,,
fE""
O
ET,,._,.
A.,,
N""
D"'1""
N"'C""
H"'E°""
G 1 H
S.....;._ _...;...._ _ _:...._

207-8 11 - 10 2-8 4 -8 3.7 0-11 4. 4 2- 6~ 2-1 705-24 33. 7 5- 8 17- o 8- 3 \/2 2- 7 \/2 9-4 5- 2 4. 9
207-10 13-10 2-8 6-8 3-7 0- 11 4. 4 2- 6 3A 37- 5 5. 8 9.4 5. 2 4. 9
3 10-12 17-3
--
3 .5
-
7-5
- --
5-0 1/>
---
1- 4 \/2 5.5 3. 2
-2-
2-8
1
- 705-28
900-28 39- 2 6- 2
20-10
20- 10
8- 3 \/2
8-11
2- 7 \/2
3- 3
-- --- --
11-1 6- 1 \12 5-11
3 10-14 19-3 3.5 9.5 5-0 \11 1- 4 \/2 5. 5 3. 2 2-8 900-32 43- 2 6- 2 24-10 8-11 3. 3 11 - 1 6 - 1 \/2 5- 1 1
--
502-16
--
23- 1
-
4 -6
---
11-0 5-6 \11
--- --
1- 1o\/2 7 -0
-- 3-11 3-6 1003-32
- -
44. 7 6-10
---
24- 10
---
9- 3 \/2
---
3. 7 \/2 12-5 6- 10 \12 6- 6
502 -20
---
27-1 4-6 15-0 5-6 \11 1- 10 \12 7-0 ¡ 3- 11 3-6
-- 1003-36 48 - 7 6-10
--
28- 10 9. 3 \/1 3- 7 \/2
- --
12-5 6-10 \11 6- 6
--
604 -20 28-2 5-0 13-6 7-5 2- 3 8-2 4 . 8 \/2 4 -2 1106-36 49 . 10 7 - 4 28- 10 9- 8 4. o 13-8 7 . 6 7- 3
604-24 32-2 5-0 17-6 7.5 2- 3 8-2 4. 8 \/2 4 -2 1106-42 55 -1 0 7 . 4 34- 10 9. 8 4- o 13-8 7 . 6 7. 3
Hove d imensions certified far instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 401
processi ng eq uipment
dryers and coolers

Features and Operation • Multi-Louvre

A Ho using is d ust-ti ght, ru gg e dly built of heovy-go ug e welded

steel ond provided with doors for occess ond insp ection.

B louvre pons ore formed fro m steel piole, cut to exoct length
ond then sho p ed inlo speciolly designed flights.

( Choins supporting the louv re pons hove lo rge-diome ter rollers

ond horde ned steel bushings ond pins to insure long life.

D Automotic toke-up s fo r drive choin o re provided lo compensote

for chonges in length coused b y lemp eroture or weor.

E Heod sprockets o re e q uipped with renewoble steel rims to sim-

plify re plocement ond keep mointenonce costs low.

f Conveyor screws ond poddle s of speciol design ossure moximum

efficiency with o wid e vo riety of moleriols.

Multi-louvre instollo tions ollow fa r greoter outp ul in o limited

plo nt spoce tho n would otherwise be possible , ond shorter runs
for feed ond d ischo rge conveyors. Stroight-through conslruction
f urther simplifles plont layout. Material is fed inlo o ne si d e o f the
Multi -louvre ond d ischo rged from the olher ot the sorne level o r
the unit con b e orronged to feed ond discho rg e o n the sorn e side.
Speciol orrongements mo ke it possible to treot the material
with multiple input-oir temperotures; lo control d e p th of material
bed by vorying speeds o f conveyor screw ond louvre-pon op ron;
to treot material with steo m or gases of vorious kinds; or to cool
the material ofter drying.
Avoiloble in o wide ronge of sizes ond copocities, the Multi-
louvre opplies bo sic p rincipies of thermodynomics to ossur e
effective hect tronsfer, ropid evoporotion ond uniform treot-
ment to ali po rticles of the product. louvre pons roise the ma-
terial ond spill it out lo form o constontly moving curtoin, through
which heoted oír is drown by exhousl fans. Continuous o pero-
tion is occomplished by o screw o nd poddle conveyor whkh
moves !he material through !he mochine o t o rote determined
by the nolure of the substonce, its moisture or heot contenl ond
the treotme nt desired. This screw-podd le conveyor gently moves
the material to onother section of the moving opro n to b e corried
up ond spilled out ogoin. Constont ogitotion of shollow materia l
bed ossures thoroug h circulotion of oir ond permits opero tion ot
velocities requiring mínimum power for exhoust fon.
Gentle handling is ossured by meons of sp eciol flights corried
by two stronds of roller choin o nd suspended in such o woy os
to keep the material flowing in o sho llow bed over the o scending
materia l ond flights with mínimum degrodotion.
Accuro te control of oir flow is occomplished b y housings so
designed thot the e ntire material bed is uniformly penetroted.
Mo.>Umum heot tronsfer results from louvre-pon oction thot
sp reods the material in thin loyers ond directs the flow of o ir
through the moving curtoin of material.

402 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
dryers and coolers

Dimensions • Multi-Louvre

1
D
1

\
\

/
' > \
\
/ \
/ \ e
¡' '\
WARM AIR INLET \ _1
CONNECTOR ~
¡!
·I
~
i¡
__ __ _____ Jj

f ig. 5078

Multi-louvre
A B e D E F G H J K M N p

number
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

FEH ANO INCHFS

305 2- 7 1- 4 6- 7 2-2 1- lO Ya 4-6 3-0 4-3 2-5 Y2 2-2 2-4 2- 4 y. 3-0

307 2- 7 1- 4 8- 4 2-2 2- lO Ya 6-0 3-0 4-3 2-5 Y2 2-2 2-4 2- 4 y. 3-0

610 3- 11 5- 3 11- 9 3-1 3-1 O Y2 7-0 4-0 7-7 3-7 Vi 3-6 3-0 4- 6 5-0
612 l-11 5- 3 13- 6 3-1 4- 11 8-9 5-0 7-7 3-7 Y2 3-6 3-0 4- 6 5-0
614 3- 11 6- 3 15- 2 3-1 5-1 1 9-0 6-0 7-7 3-7 Y2 3-6 3-0 4- 6 5-0

814 3- 11 6- 3 15-10 Y2 3-1 5-11 9-0 5-0 9-7 4-6 4-6 3-6 5- 8 Y2 6-2
816 3-11 7- 3 17- 7 Y2 3- 1 6-11 9-6 6-0 9-7 4-6 4-6 3-6 5- 8 Y2 6-2

1216 4-11 6- 11 18- 6 Y2 5-6 6- 6 Ya 13-0 5-0 14-0 5-5 Yo 5-0 4-0 7-11 y. 8-6
1220 4-11 8-11 22- o 5-6 8- 6 Ya 15-0 6-0 14-0 5-5 Yo 5-0 4-0 7-11 y. 8-6
1224 4-11 10-11 25- 5 Y2 5-6 1O- 6 Ya 17-0 7 -0 14-0 5-5 Yo 5-0 4-0 7-11 y. 8-6
1228 4- 11 12- 11 28- 11 5-6 12- 6 Ya 19-0 8-0 14-0 5-8 5-0 4-0 7-11 y. 8-6

Hove dimensions ce rtilied ror instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 403
processing equipment
d ryers a nd coole r s

Monotube
o ~-.........,·~~~~~~- s ~~~~~~-'>-~-~ E

EXHAUs r i l
ST ACK 1 1

~,.=íl
VA~!f1l~:A~ K: F
DISCHARGE
CONDEN SATE
t
STEAM
VARIES
~J
RETURN SUPPLY
Fog. 4896

M o no tu b e
A 8 e o E F G H K
number FEET ANO INCHES

24-5 2-0 5- 0 1-6 2-0 2-0 5- 9 1-2 1-8 2-4 'I• 1-4 1-8
24-7 2-0 7-0 1-6 2- 0 2-0 5-11 1-2 1-8 2-4 ~ l-4 1-8
24-1 0 2-0 10 - 0 1- 6 2- 0 2- 0 6- 2 1-2 1-8 2-4 1/4 1-4 1-8

30-10 2-6 10-0 2- 0 2-8 '12 2- 11 6-2 1-5 1-8 2-10 ~ 1-9 1- 8
30-1 3 2-6 13-0 2-0 2-8 '12 1 2- 1 1 6- 5 1-5 1-8 2-1 0~ 1-9 1- 8
30-18 2-6 18-0 2-0 2-8 '12 2-1 1 6-1 0 1-5 1-8 2-1 0~ 1-9 1-8
Hove d1mensions cer tified for installo tio n purpo ses.

Link-Belt
laboratory facilities
Link-Belt ma intains a well equipped, full y staffed
laboratory for drying and cooling tests, both
small scal e (bench) studies a s well a s pilot runs
w ith commercial size units af the severa! ty p es
offered b y the company . Pilot machines ma y
also be l eased by prospective purcha ser s for
conducting fleld tests in co llaboration w ith our
laborator y engineer s.

After making la b oratory or fl el d tests, Link -

Belt will assist in ma king recommendations far
your full- scale requirements. Th ese facilities and
services hove b een indisp ensible in develop ing
Link- Belt drying and cooling install a tions all
over the world for a w id e range o f mat erial s.

Full sco le e q uip ment w ith co mple te occessories ond

controls con be orrong ed to d emonstr o te Link- Belt' s
ability to h and le your pro duct. Pho to 33 199A

Ro to - Louvr e bench test e quip ment for smo ll sca le studies. Pho to 390 9 8

404 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
vib r ating s creens

vibra'ling screens
The Link-Belt complete line of vibroting screens is the result of sound engineering principies
opplied to toke full odvontoge of the knowledge goined by over o quorter-century of fleld
operotion. For the kinds of screening best suited to vibroting oction, these screens ore unsur-
possed for efficiency, simplicity of construction, high copocity, ond troubl e-free extra-long life.
Link-Belt offers o vibroting screen to meet every individ ual need, ond will onolyze ali
screening problems ond moke recommend otions bosed on thorough engineering knowledge.
Since material chorocteristics vory, proper selection of equipment will provide the moximum
operoting efficiency .

NRM liquid v ibrating screens

NRM liq uid screens hove o high sp eed , unbolonced-weight vibrotor ond o re used
to seporole solid s from liquids. The high-energy vibrolion produced ossures mo x-
imum liquid possing copocity with minimum blinding of lhe fi ne mesh cloth. These
units ore ovoiloble in the open type or with liquid receiving tonk ond motor
support. S pray cleoners con b e furnished os o plionol equi pment.

Tomoto culls are separ ated from llquid in con-

ning plont by NRM vibroling screens. Photo 35550

UP vibrating s creens
The UP screen has o simple, fuliy occessible unbolonced-weight vibrolor. Oper-
oting with only two beorings, !he unbolonced puliey produces high frequency
vibrotions whose omplitude con b e field-odjusted. These screens ore especioliy
useful for screening fine or light moleriols.
These unils ore ovoiloble in open or totoliy dust enclosed types. The
totoliy e nclosed screen has o seoled sleel enclosure within which the screen
vibrotes. A hinge d e nclosure cover provides eosy occess to screen cloth ond
working ports.
The UP screen mo y be floor o r suspension mounte d. Electricoliy he ote d
screen cloth con be supplied for screening
sticky moteriols. Bouncing boli d ecks con b e
furnished for screening moteriol s with o high
percenloge of ne or-size porticles.
High molstu re conte nt r a w clay Is scalpe d on a UP vibro!·
ing screen, electrically heote d to preven! blinding. Photo 35802

CA v ib r ating screens
These sturdy concentric oction screens hove o two-beo ring unbolonced-weight
vibrolor which imporls o smooth, uniform circular motion to ali screening sur-
foces. This motion con b e reodily odjuste d for highest screening efficiency. CA
screens ore designed for medium d uty sizing ond scolping, os weli o s rinsing
ond d e wotering, of medium sized mole riols. The cenlrifugoliy octuoled, outo-
molic counterweight mechonism reduces storting !arque ond eliminoles excessive
vibrotion through criticol speed ronges when occeleroling ond deceleroting.
These screens con be furnished with total dust enclosures.
Numerous mountings moy be provided to suit ali o peroling conditions ond
the versotil e d esign p ermits fi eld modificolion of mountings.
Electricoliy heoted screen cloth con b e supplie d for screening sticky mo-
leriols. Bouncing boli decks con be furnished for screening moteriols with o high
perce ntoge of ne or-size porticles.

Wood chips are 1ized by circular motion of these

dou ble deck CA vibroting screens. Photo 38698

L 1 N K • B E L T • 405
processing equipment
v lbrating screens

Types
CB v ibrating screens
These rugged circular mation screens ha11e a two-
b e a ring unba lanced weight vibralor. The CB vi-
braling screen is used for high-tonnage sizing and
scalping of medium and la rge maleria ls.
Ali CB screens use a mechanical a rrangemenl
for slopping the screening action, thereby elimi-
nating excessive vibration when passing through
the resonance range. The vibrator shaft ond cortridge-mounte d self-oligning roller beor-
ings ore enclosed in o tubular steel housing, well protecte d from dust, di rt, ond obrosion
by frictionle ss flinger ond lobyrinth seols.
The CB screen moy be suspe nde d or floor mounted, ar floor ond suspension mounted.
These screens con b e furnished with total d usl enclosures.
Electricolly heoted screen cloth con b e supplied for screening sticky moterio ls. Bouncing
b oll decks con b e furnished for moteriols with o high percentoge of neor size particles.
lron ore being size d by CB vibroting screen
for delivery lo roilrood cars. Photo 37283

BA vi bratin g screens
Heovy duty two-beoring scolping ond sizing
screens hondle high-impact, high-tannoge mote -
riols common to the mining industry. The eccentric-
shoft, un bal o nced-weight vibrotor has two cor-
tridge-mounted self-aligning roller beorings for
occurote olignment, and is complete ly e nclosed for efficient operotion under dusty con-
d itio ns. Automotic control feotures limit motion during occelerotion ond decelerotion,
eliminoting resonont vibrotion in the critico( speed ronge.
Although these screens ore usuolly floor-mounted , sub -b ases for suspension-mounting
con be furnished.

Primary screening of ir on ore by BA

vibroting screen. O versize posses to
crusher. Pholo 37265

OS and BS foundry shake outs

Heavy duty two-be a ring shakeouts are designed for continuous
opera tion. They provide fast, economical sep a ration of castings
and sand from flasks or molds.
The vibrating mechonism is recessed into the screen box, provid-
ing access to the vibrating d eck from oll sides. The re ore no pro-
jecting ports e xp osed to possible domoge by heovy flosks or
costings. The shakeout is o full- floating unit, ond has provisions
to e ffectiv e ly limit motion d uring accelerotion ond decelerotion.
Self-discho rging sha keouts ore o lso ovoiloble .

Dislodging sand from e ngine castings

in high produclion fou ndry, by BS foundry
shokeaut. Photo 38775

CL vibrating screens
Horizontol-type stra ightline motion scree ns a re de-
signed for dewatering, washing and sizing of ma -
te rials. The centrifuga( force unbalanced-shaft vi·
brotor produces the high-inte nsity motion ne cessary
to efficient separatio n. These scree ns can b e installed
in locations where hea droom is limite d and can
be suspension or floa r mounted. Mo tion is limited
during a cce leratio n ond d ecelerotio n, e limina ting
critica ( vib ration in the resonant speed rang e. Bo th
eccentric shafts ore rotated through a he licol gear
drive, resulting in a straightline motion.
Washe d coal is de watered by CL vibroting screen
prior to drying operations. Screen materia l is sta in-
less sleel. Pholo 38993

406 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
vibrating screens

Types
Pulsating magnet
grizzly bar screens
Heovy duty grizzly ba r screens ore used for
coorse scolping or screening lorge tonnoges
of ore, cool, rock ond other b ulk moteriols.
They provide high-speed vibrotory material
flow ond seporotion, plus reguloted control
of the material flow to match the copocities
of processing equipment.
They ore generolly used to feed oversi ze
material to crushers ond ho mmermills, ond to byposs the ftnes thot would
normolly clog ond slow down crushing operotions. They ore olso used to
protect conveyor belts from domoge by depositing o loyer of fines to
cushion the foil of lorge o brosive p ieces, ond to provide on even belt load,
free from surges.

Quarry rack is scalped by pulsating

magnel grizzly b a r screen and the oversize
posse s to o crusher. The Anes bypass the
crusher ond join the crushed material on
o belt conveyor. Photo S 16033

Pulsating magnet
screening feeders
Screening feeders utilize powerful, high-speed
electromognetic drives to size, dewote r, desludge
and dedust the majarity af bulk material s proc·
essed by the mining, quo rrying, chemical, foad,
foundry, and mony o ther industries.
They provid e two simultaneous bosic functions-
sizing ond va riabl e-control feeding. The rote of flow over the screen co n b e
regulated to correspond to chong es in mate rial characteristics, assuring
moximum efficiency al all times.
The high·frequency low-amplitude vibration provides g e ntl e particle
agitation and assures mínimum degradotio n of material.

Run -of-mine coal is screened by o pulsoting

magnet screening feeder ond is fed lo o vibraling
p icking table. Photo S1 5087

Pulsating magnet
vibrating screens
Pulsating magnet vibra ting screens combine on
unusual, high-speed screen cloth ripple with am·
plitude control, to produce uniform, medium to
ftne dry scolping ond sizing of mony b ulk mole·
riols in the chemico l, food, ceromic, re froctory,
metoilic ond non-me tollic mining, ond other in-
dustries.
The opplicotion of powerful vibrotion directly to the screen cloth gener-
ales high·speed tronsverse ripples thot o ssure moximum porticle strotiftco-
tio n in o minimum contoct time. The omplitude of vibrotion con be regulote d
to suit the material chorocteristics to obtoin best results.

Balle d mate rial is scree ned out of a doy·

tale mixture used in lile manufacture.
Phota 560001 1

L 1 N K - B E L T • 407
processing equipment
vlb ratlng screens

Selection
How t o sele ct an NRM vibrating screen Table 1 • Curve numbers ond recommended screen cloth for
Consid er the following information when selecting an NRM screen: NRM vibroting screens
Material lo be screened Usual screen dorh •
Per
Curve cent
Capacily in gallons per minute Moreriol
number
Wire
of open
Mesh dio meter,
oreo
W ith this informa tion, proceed as follows: inc hes
1
Refer to Ta ble 1. Determine !he usual screen cloth with percentoge Ashes and water 1.0 6 .047 5 1.8
of open oreos ond curve number for !he material being screened . Acetate slurry 5.0 22x24 .020 29.3
Enter b otto m of Cho ri 1 al !he per cent of open oreo ond proceed
Beet sugar juice 3.5 40x60 1 .0 10 30.5
Conning plont wos te water
vertically up to !he intersection with !he curve number. From this point (no tomato woste) 2.0 20x30 .015 38.5
proceed horizontolly to !he intersection with !he vertical capocity line. Cl ay slip 5.0 120 .0037 30.7
Cooked f1sh 3.5 20x30 .015 38.5
Select the screen size neorest to !he right of this inlersection. When .0045 30.3
Cottonseed oíl 4.5 100
the required copocity exceeds 3,000 gallons per minute, or !he inler- Cotton linl in woter 2.5 20x30 .015 38.5
section point foll s to the right of !he lo rgesl screen, divide !he copacity Coffee grounds 5 .0 50x41 .009 32.2
b y 2 or more, in ord er to select o screen. This figure will be !he number Copra oil 5 .0 100 .0045 30.3
o f screens required of the size selected. Distillery slop 5.0 50 .009 21.3
Fruit juices 5.0 14 .023 4 5.2
Fish 1.0 20x30 .015 38.5
Example Fish oil 5.0 100 .0045 30.3
Fish press liquor 4.0 20x30 .015 38.5
Find !he NRM screen size required lo hondle 300 gollons per minute Felt plant waste wa t er 3.0 20x30 .0 15 38.5
of lomolo conning wosle through 20 mesh cloth having .O 18" diometer Hide dehoiring waste wa ter 5.5 10 .035 4 2.3
wire. Lime slurry 2.5 16 .023 39.9
Meat packing plant waste water 5.0 20 .017 4 3.6
Paper stock, re jecl dewatering 2.5 36x40 .0 105 36. 1
1
Sol ution Pumpkin conning waste 3.0 12 .028 43.6
Pounch monure 3.5 20 .0165 44 .6
20 mesh cloth with .O 18" dio meter wire has 39 per cent o p e n oreo. Rubber reclaims 3.0 60 .009 21.3
Use curve numb er 3 for !amolo wosle. Using Chori 1, follow vertical Rayon lint in water 1.0 20x30 .015 38.5
line from 39 p er cent open oreo to intersectio n with curve number 3 . Soybean oíl Á 100 .004 5 23.7
Follow horizontol line from this point to its inlersection with vertical line Sugar juice 3.0 40x60 .009 29.5
Sugar beet pulp 4.0 40 .010 36.0
from 300 gollons per minute. Use nexl lorger screen number, which is
Sugar beet flume water 1.0 20 .017 43.6
NRM 145. .018 39.0
Tomato canning woste 3.0 20
Tomato seeds 4.0 20x30 .015 38.5
Tung oil 5.0 100 .0045 30.3
Wool lint in wat er 1.5 20x30 .015 38.5
Wood bark and fiber 4.0 30 .013 37.l
White water 3.5 20x30 .0 15 38.5

Á Consul t Link-Belt.
• Stainless steel wire clo th usually furnished on liquid screens.

Chart 1 • NRM vibrating screen selection

__ ,
1

--+--+
1
t ~:
l&Y
~ ·
-~
1

1
_¡
- -41iL
~ ,

Ji

00
00
co Q
PERCENT OF
OPEN AREA CAPACITY IN GALLONS PER MINUTE

408 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
vlbrating screens

Selection
How to selecta UP, CA, CB or BA vlbratlng screen The oreas of screen surfoce in these choris are approximote for
The copocity of o vibroting screen is influenced by mony foctors, feeds contoining up to 65 per cent oversize ond hoving 50 per cent
omong which ore certoin physlcol chorocteristics of the material, the of the undersize smoller !han one-holf the screen opening. lf this half-
size ond the shope of the screen opening, the omounl of oversize ond size material is substantiolly more thon 50 per cent, lhe chori oreas will
neor mesh material ond whether the screening is done in the presence be loo lorge. On the other hond, if the holf-size material is much less
of free water or is essenliolly dry. !han 50 per cent of the undersize, the chori oreo will be too small.
Wet screening
Approximate screen size Vibroting screen capocities for rinsing and dewotering operotions
The choris below ore designed to focilitate the determination of the require additionol considerolions. Consult Link-Bel! Company for
required approximate screen size for a given condition. For an recommendotions.
exact determinotion, consult Link-Belt Compony. Example
Preliminary to using the choris, determine from Tab le 2 the curve
Find the omount of screen surfoce ond size of UP screen to hondle
letter applying to the pa rticular material to be screened. Then,
35 tons per hour of Foundry sand on 'Ya inch squore openings.
enter the proper chori from the bottom on o vertical line correspond-
ing to the screen opening to be used. From the intersection of this Solution
line with the material curve, follow a horizontal line to the left of Use curve C for Foundry sond. Vertical line for 'Ya inch (.375) square
the chori, os illustroted by orrows on the chori, to find the required opening, Chori 2, intersects al 0.8 squore foot for each ton per hour.
square feet of screen surfoce for each ton per hour of feed. Multiply The total oreo (0.8) (35) equols 28 squore feel. A screen 4 feet
this by the tons per hour of material to be screened, which will give by 8 feet, which is the neorest standard size, will fulfill the require-
the required squore feet of screen surfoce. Choose a screen from menls. Therefore, use screen size 148, which designoles a single
the sizes listed on the following poges, whose size has this required deck screen 4 feet wide b y 8 feel long.
oreo.
Table 2 • Curve letters for UP, CA, CB or BA vibrating screens
Dry screenlng
Cu rve
The choris indicote the number of squore fe et of surfoce required for Moter iol
Curve
lette r '
Materia l
Curve '
letter
Material
lett er
eoch ton per hour of vorious moteriols fed to the screen. Obtoin total
oreo required by multiplying the actual feed, in tons per hour, by Corborundum B Dolomile B Limestone, sizing B
the proper figure from the curve. Cinders E Feldspor c Phospho te rock c
for double deck screens, the oreo of the second deck should be 1O Cement clinker B Fertilizer D Sond, bonk c
per cent greoter thon the chori fig ure, if the first deck has openings Cool c Fluorspor c Sond, foundry c
less thon one inch. lf the top d e ck openings ore one inch or lorg er use Cake, sizing F Grovel B Sond, sílice B
the chori orea. In either case, the actual tons p er hour fed to the Cake, breeze Gypsum c Slog A
second deck should be used to find its required orea. rem ovol B lron Ore A
Copper o re A Limestone , scolping A Stone, crushed B

Chart 2 • UP vibrating screen selection Chart 3 • CA, CB and BA vibrating screen selection
3.5~--';>---.\~-'1'--'í-----IE,,_-,--'r---.---..,---,----,-.------, J
- -
rl
~
2 .5

..,o
,_
f-r\
'--'-
-~ l - -

"'u..u.. - -
o
ow
it 2.0 1\ 1
~ 2.S f-- -- • >-
\ -~

·-·-
:i:
c._
I
u 1T ·- ·-
>- ""w 1 1
I o::
e
1
·- -~

u
"" 2ol
w w
u 1.5
1 l_j_
1 • \ 1-
l-- ~

..."'
o ~ El 1\
'
w
u
"-
::> ~-W\ ¡... ¡__ ¡___
:

"'z "\
""
u._
a:
::i
..,
"'ua: ~ o: \ -·- ' , __ 1
._ ~

"'z 1.5
1.0
\ \ 1 'i-...
"'"'o:: ...o
Vl
\ 1\ K

'.~f i'l .__~l

u '
:--- 1--...
~L
>-
..."'o 1.0
F
...ti
w ---K~
1

>-
"'"'
Q:
« . B.__ 1 • ~ ;
L-
-j l--f- l--
F

u._ ~ 0 .5 ...._..._
~~
"' t--..klli
w !'..... 1 1

f---;:::y ~ i--:_ f

~
a:
j E

·; ~ ~rr
E
""

.1 ... ,
::i
Si 0.5 1
t
1 o
--+-'j 1 ~ .
T e
e +
1 B
.¡. t ~
1 1
B
1 3
A
~~~A~
SI ZE OF SOUARE OPENINGS IN INCHES
O __
OPENINGS 0 .01 " 1 .02 .04 .06 .08 0.10 ¡ .2· .4"
4 51ZE OF MESH
1. 5" f1g . l22J

40 26 18 14 10 7 6 5
Fig. 4947

L 1 N K - B E L T • 409
process machines
v ib ra tin g screens

How t o select a pulsating magnet scre e ning f eeder
or a pul sat ing magn e t vibrating screen
Refer to Table 1 for proper material curve letter for use on Chori A.
Chort A gives the number of squore feet of screen surfoce required
for eoch Ion per hour of material fed to the screen. Obtoin total
oreo required by multiplying feed in tons per hour by proper figure
from the chori.
Example
Find the oreo of screen surfoce ond size of screen required to hondle
18 tons per hour of silico sond on %" squore openings.
Selection
How to select a pulsating magnet grizzly bar screen
Chort B gives trough width required for tons per hour scolping with
effective seporotion of vorious material sizes. Copocities ore bosed o n
rock weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot . Table 2 specifles the length
of the grizzly seclion bosed on the seporotion required.
Ex ample
Find the screen size required to effectively seporote over 4 " porticles
from 100 tons per hour of 8" to O" crushed limestone.

Solutio n Solution
Refer to Table 1 for silico sond, use curve B on Chort A. Note thot the Determine required trough wid th by entering Chort B ot 100 tons per
vertical line for %" squore openings intersects curve B al .8 squore hour ond p roceed verticolly to 30" trough width intersection in the
feet for eoch Ion per hour; therefore, 8" to O" rock section. Refer to Table 2 which recommends o 36" long
required total oreo = .8 x 18 TPH = 14.4 squore feet grizzly section for effective seporotion. Refer to d imension poge ond
Refer to dimension poge ond note that o screen 3x5 feet, which is the note thot Model F-55DT has o 30" wide trough with o 36" long
screen neorest in oreo to thot required, is sotisfoctory. grizzly section, ond is therefore sotisfoctory.
lf the problem were os obove, b ut required scolping 1 2" to O" rock,
Table 1 proceed on Chort B to the next trough width within the 1O" x 12" to O"
rock brocket, which indicotes o 36" wide trough. Model F-66 DT meets
Curve
Mete riel Curveon 1
1 letter Material letter on the requirements.
Chori A Chori A
Corborundum B Grave! B
Cinders E Gypsum c Table 2
Cement clinker B Limestone, scolping A Length cf
Coo l c Limestone, sizing B Process g rizzly section,
Cake, sizing F Phosphote rock c 1 inches
Cake, breeze removol B Sond, bonk c Podd ing ond rude
Copper ore A Sond, foundry c sco lping 15
Dolomite B Sond, silico B Effective seporotion 36
Feldspor c Slog A More d ifficult seporotion 54
Fertilizer o Stone A
Fluorspor c

Ch a rt A Chart B
o . 5,-----rr---T---rr--'Tr--...---r-----r~---~---,------,-,----, 60 ~-,....,..--,-..,..,--,...,-,,..,-,.--,-..,..-,,...-,,,77-,--;r-7777--,..-,,

-~~{1~ "!_A~~!}"~(_( __ /-
/,y~/
48 +----'--'--------------~
7
o 3 .0+-- - -+---1- -++---+-+--+f---+---\--+---'-----'f---+--+-+----l
UJ
UJ
lL

"'::>o
:X:
10" ANO 12' TO O"

5 2 . 5+-----+----T+--+--+--+-+---fr---~---t-'.--t------,r-r--~
a..
z
~
:X:
u "':X:
UJ 36
< u
UJ 2.0+----+----+--T-t---\-t----Jt---T-+---"rl--+-~'<-+----i ~
"'~ ~
<Jl
UJ :X: 30
u
<
....
o
lL
~ 1.5 + - - -- +----+---+--!'.--+-.,__ _,,__+-_,,-__,f--_.....,..---1-+----1
§: 0" ro o"
<Jl :X:
l'.J
z ::> 24
UJ
UJ
o
"'u
<Jl
"'
....
~ 1.0+----+----+---+--+--+-- --'.,_+-.,__ __,,,.____,~-+-+----l
G"ro o"
t;; 18
UJ - - - +----- - - - - --
lL
UJ

"'6< o. 5+------+----+---+--+--+----+----'---1-"'c--+-"'-d~+-~
o
<Jl e 10
8
A

o o
.01 .02 .04 .06 .08 0.10 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0 1.5 o 25 so 100 150 200 300 400
SIZE OF SOUARE OPENINGS·I NCHES TONS PER HOUR SCALPING WITH EFFECTIVE SEPARATION
FOR BELT PADDING ONLY. FEEDING CRUSHED ROCK. MULTIPLY TPH BY 2.5
40 26 18 14 10 7 6 5 4 FOR SCALPING COAL WITH EFFECTIVE SEPARATION. MU LTIPLY TPH BY .5
SIZE OF MESH Fig. 61 54 FOR BELT PADDING ONLY, FEEDING COAL. MULTIPLY TPH BY 1.25
Fig. 6155
410 • L I NK- B E L T
 processing equipment
vlbratlng screens

NRM liquid vibrating screens

NRM liquld vibrating screens
Ser e en Horse~ 1 W e ight, I A 1 e 1 D 1 E 1 F
size p o wer pounds INCHES
NRM- 124 2 64 0 26 34 21 % 28 24
N RM-1 34 2 750 38 46 27% 28 24
NRM-145 2 890 50 58 33 % 34 30
NRM- 128 2 830 26 34 21 :Y1 52 48
N RM-1 38 2 9 70 38 46 27% 52 48
N RM- 148 2 1100 50 58 33 % 52 48
NRM - 141 0 3 1520 50 58 33 % 64 60

Screen 1 G J J 1 K 1 N¿ J s V I W
size INCHES
NRM liquid vibrating screen NRM-124 3% 9 13 1 12 \o'.i 19:Y. 10
NRM-134 3% 9 13 1 12 \o'.i 25:Y. 10
NRM-145 3% 12 13 1 12 \o'.i 31 :y. 10
N RM-128 3% 12 16 1 12 \o'.i 19:Y. 10
NRM- 138 3% 12 16 1 12\o'., 25:Y. 10
NRM- 148 3:Y. 12 16 1 12 \o'.i 31 :y. 10
NRM-1410 3:Y. 12 16 2 13 31 :y. 14

NRM liquid vibrating screens with

feed flume, collecting tank and
motor support
Screen IWeight A 1 8 1 e 1 D 1 E F G 1 s

-----
1 V
size p ounds INCHES
A+ll- - - - J s
N RM- 12 4, 1290 126113 :Y.137 Y, 12 1'/ol2812 4129Y.il53 Y.il 19:Y,
N RM- 145 2130 5 016 Y, 42 45>/1343033 65 31 :Y.
NRM liquid vibrating screen with feed flume,
coll e cting tank and motor sup port Hove dimensions certi fi ed for instollo tion purposes.
¿ N umber o f springs per brocke t.

UP vibrating screens
UP one deck vib rating screens
Screen 1Horse- 1 W eight, I A 1 e 1 D 1 E 1 F
size pow er p ounds INCHES
UP- 124 2 640 26 34 21 :y. 28 24
UP- 13 4 2 7 50 38 46 27:Y,, 28 24
UP- 145 2 890 50 58 3 3:Y. 34 30
UP- 128 2 830 26 34 21 :y. 52 48
UP-1 38 2 970 38 46 27% 52 48
UP-1 48 2 1 100 50 58 33 % 52 48
•.O UP- 1410 3 1520 50 58 33 >/1 64 60
• E •
~ , ~
1 H 1 NÁ V 1 W i AA 1 AB
' 1.i''-3: ' ;. ~ ....'--...... Ser e en
siz. e
G 1
INCHES
WHEN
22
~ .. ~ UP- 12 4 3% 15 \o'.i 1 19 :Y. 10 l l :Y.
N• 1 .t.. ' 1'" WHEN F l OV.
) 4! *!,: "r" N 21 2 UP- 134 3% 15 \o'.i 1 10 l l :Y.
2 5:Y· lOV.
ALLOW z•
VERTICAL ANO { HORIZONTAL UP- 145 3 :Y. 15 \o'.i 1 3 1 :y. 10 14:Y. 10 V.
CLEARANCE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN UP-1 28 3% 15\o'.i 1 19 :Y. 10 14:Y. 13\4
UP- 138 3% 15 \o'.i 1 2 5:Y. 10 14:Y. 13 y,
UP one d e ck v ibrating screen UP-1 4 8 3% 15\o'.i 1 31 :Y. 10 14 :Y. 13 y,
UP- 14 10 3 :Y. 16 2 31 :y. 14 14 :Y. 13 V.

,. UP two deck vibrating screens

VIBRATOR
. -·,. ---~,L,tt-'-. ·_,,1 Screen
si ze
UP- 224
1Horse- 1 W eight, ,
po w er
3
p ounds
1150
A

26
1 C

34
i D
IN CHES
2 1:y. 30\o'.i
UP-234 3 1350 38 46
ORIVE~ DRIV~
SHEAVE 27% 30Y,
5.6.PD UP-245 3 1610 50 58 33% 36 Y,
1
ASSEMBL Y 1 ASS EMBLY 2 UP- 228 3 15 2 5 26 34 21 'Yo 5 4 Y,
UP- 238 3 1790 38 46 27% 5 4 \o'.i
UP- 248 3 2 0 40 50 58 33 :Y. 5 4 Y,
UP-2 4 1O 3 2400 50 58 33 % 66 Y,

Ser e.en V AA AB
size INCHES
UP- 224 24 1 19 :Y. 24 \o'.i 1ov.
UP- 234 24 1 2 5 :Y. 2 4 1"! l OV.
UP- 245 30 2 3 1:Y. 27 % 13:Y.
. . ,
..
UP- 228
UP- 238
48
48
2
2
19:Y.
25 :Y.
27%
27:Y.
13:Y.
13 %
/..__AB ' ' 3° , 1, - ... UP- 248 48 2 3 1:Y. 27% 13 Yo
ALLO\\ z·vfRTICAL A;o 1'. t•OH1zo.-..TAL -,., UP-2 410 60
CLEARANCE UNLESS OTt-tER·.,·. ;;, •.h\ N ----e----·~ + 2 31 :Y. 27% 13 %
z: .• .... z.
H ove dimensio ns certifi ed fo r insl ollotion purposes.
UP two deck vibrating screen • N umber o f springs per b rocket.

LINK-BELT • 411
processing equipment
vlb r a ting screen s

UP totally enclosed vibrating screens

r
G

VIBRATOR 1
SHEAVE
5.6"PD y ,e
---::=._ - ....L-

¡.
SPACES

VI EW AA

FEED ENO
UP totally enclosed one d eck vibrating screen ~---. ~---.

ORIVE m
ASSEMBL Y ASSEMBLY
1 2
PLAN VIEWS

4 ·cLEAR

VIBRATOR
SHEAVE
5 6'PO
_ _ _ _ .l___- t

21;
\• 1

--j
I
<' /
MOTOR
SHEAVE
56"PO

VIEW 88

--25---'------- 5- - 7r
~-----------

UP totally e nclosed two de ck vibrating screen

UP totally enclosed one deck vibrating screens• UP totally enclosed two deck vibrating screenu

Scree n
IHorse- We;ght, I A
1
B
1 o 1
F
G 1 H1J 1K l
R 1
s Screen IHors•-1We;ght, I
A B
1 o F G H J K l l 1 R s

j
site powe r pounds sit:e power pounds
INCHES INCHES
2 1800 88 S2 10 29 nv. 2Si,<, 30 18' 42 29Y. 21 y, UP- 224E 3 23SO 98:Y1 67V. 7 2S i,<, 20 2Si,<, 30 18 42 293/a l6:Y1
UP
UP- •2'E
l 34E 2 2100 88 S2 10 29 22 v. 31 \.'> 42 30 S4 29:Y. 2 l Ya UP- 234E 3 2800 98 :Ya 67 ~. 7 2S \.'J 20 31 \.'> 42 30 S 4 29:Y. 16:Ya
UP-14SE 2 2600 98 '1a S 7i,<, 13'1a 34 y, 2S 37 \.'J S4 42 66 38'1a 22 ~. UP-24SE 3 3SOO 109 Y. 73 '1a 103/a 30>;. 22 :Y. 37 'h S4 42 66 38Y. l 8 :Y1
UP- 128E 2 24SO 130 '1a 74 y, 23\.'J soy, 33 Y.
2S 'h 30 18 42 6S'h 28Y1 UP-228E 3 3300 141 y, 90 20\.'J 46 >;. 31 'llt 2S\.'J 30 18 42 6S 23'1a
UP- l 38E 2 2900 130'1a 7 4 y, 23'h sov. 33y. 31 \.'> 42 30 S4 6S \.'J 28 Ya UP- 238E 3 3900 141 y, 90 20\.'J 46:Y. 31 Ya 31 !f.. 42 30 S 4 6S 23 '1a
UP-148E 2 33SO 130% 7 4 y. 23 \,<J SOY. 33V. 37\.'J S4 42 66 6S!f.i 28 Ya UP-248E 3 4SOO 141 y. 90 20'h 46:Y. 31 Ya 37\.'J S4 142 66 6S 23%
UP- 141 0 3 4100 1S2 8SY. 30y. 61 38 \.'J 37Y, S4 42 66 83Y,31% UP-2 4 lOE 3 S2SO 162 \,<J 101Y1 27V• S7:Ya b 6% 3 7V. S 4 42 66 82Y. 27Ya
H ove dimensions cer tified for instollotion purposes. ¿ Screen moy be foctory mounted o t 25° , 27'/2 ° or 30° within the enclosure.

412 • LINK - BELT

 processing equipment
v lbrating screens

CA vibrating screens
CA one deck vlbratlng screens
Standard Heovy duty A.
CLEAR Ser e en 1 HP I WI., Ser e e n
Ser e en A 1 C 1 o 1 E
HP 1 Wt., RPM
V - s~ size 0 lbs. siie 0 1 lbs. INCHES
CA- 148 1 3 11400 CA- 148S 3 1800 1040 47 57 331'1 551'1
1
CA- 141 O 3 1750 CA-14 lOS 5 2300 1040 47 57 331'1 6T'h
CA-1 412S 5 2800 1040 47 57 34 791'1
CA- 141 2 5 2050
CA- 15l01J -¡1950
-- --
CA-151 OS 5 2600 1040 59 69 391'1 671'1
CA- 151 2 5 2 150 CA-15125 5 3000 1040 59 69 40 791'1
CA-1514S 71'1 3600 1040 59 69 40 91 l'i
.,
CA-1514
- - - 1 5 2750
CA-1612 5 2250
-- CA-16 l 2S 71'1 3300 1040 7 1
- - - - - - -81 46
-- --
791'1
1 CA-1614 71'1 ,3050 CA-16 14S 71'1 4200 1040 7 1 81 46 91 l'i
1
..J
Ser e en 1 F 1 G 1 H 1 J 1 l iN 61 T I V 1 AA 1 AB 1 AC I AD
size 0 INCHES
CA- 148 l48:YJ 8 !.4 14 27:Y. 11 1 31 Y. 32 !.4144 1'15 2!.4 11 :y. 50
CA- 141C k>O:Y• 18 !.4 13:Y. 38:y, 11 1 31 v.32 !.4155 1'1 163!.4 161'2 59 !.4
CA- 1412l72 :Y. 18 !.4 13 1'i 49'14 11 1 31 !.4 32 !.4 66 '14 74 21 68 v.
CA-151( 160'!4 18 v. 11 1 37!.4 38!.4 55Y, 63 !.4 161'1 59V•
CA one d e ck vibrating screen CA-1512172 '14 18!.4 13:Yfr,,,.
14!.4 9 '14 11 1 37!.4 38 l4~6:Y•¡7 4 21 68 Y.
CA- 151 4 84 '14 19'14 15'14 60V• 13 2 37!.4 38 !.4 7 85'14 24!.4 771'1
CA-1612 172 '14 18 !.4 14 49'14 11 1 143 y, 44 V:l66 '!4t7 4 21 68V.
CA-1614 84 '14 19'14 15 Y, 60 !.4 13 2 43 !.4 44 !.4 77 l85 :Y. 24!.4 71'1
1 ElD
l tOPP ER
OPTIONAL •
CA two deck vibrating screens
Standard Hea" y duty A IScreenl A 1 e 1 o E 1
Scr een 1 HP 1 Wt., Screen 1 HP 1 Wt., RPM '11-~-..,,.~=---
size 0 lbs. size 0 lbs. 1 INCHES
DISCHARGE END CA-248 5 2500 CA-248S 5 2900 1040 47 57 34 551'1
TOP DECK
CA-241 O 5 2800 CA-241 OS 5 3350 1040 47 57 34 671'2
CA-241271'i3600CA-2412S 71'142501040 47 57 34 791'1
AD CA-251 O 5 3100 CA-251 OS 71'1 3750 1040 59 69 40 671'1
CA-2512 7Y, 3900 CA-2512S 71'14750 1040 59 69 40 791'2
CA-2514 7Y, 4500 CA-2514S 10 5350 1040 59 69 40 91 Y,
- - -
CA-2612 7Y, 4200 CA-2612S 1O 5250 1040 71 81 46 79Y,
CA-26147Y,4800CA-26 145 10 59501040 71 81 46 91'h

Screen 1 F 1 G 1 H 1 J 1 l IN 6 1 T I V 1 AA I AB 1 AC 1 AD
size 0 IN CH ES
CA-248 8 :Y. 18 v. ¡2 1 27:Y. 1 y, 1 31 v. 32 v.144 y, 52 36 !.4 7 4 v.
CA two d eck vibrating screen CA-241060:Y.18Y•21Y,38:Y. 1 Yi 1 3 1 Y.32Y.55Y, 63 !.4 O:Y• 83 1'2
CA-2412 2 :Y. 19'14 22 Yi 49 1y, 2p 1 v.32 v.66 4~ 4 5:y.l 94y.
CA-251 1 37!.4 8 !.455Y, 63 V.¡40:Y• 83 1'2
CA-2512 2 7 !.4 38 Y.66 4 '14 45 :Y• 94 V•
- 2. 37 !.4 38 !.4 77!.4 85 '14 50!.4 103Y,
2 43 •; . 44!.466 74 :Y. 5 :y. 94 !.4
2 43 Y,44 !.477!.4 85 :Y. 50 Y. 1031'i

CA three deck vlbratlng screens

Ser e en wr.. Screon A e o E F GI H
si ze 0 1 HP lbs. RPM INCHES
CA-34 8 5 3100 1040 47 57 34 6o v. 44 29 Y, 2 1
AL
1;" LOW z" VERTICAL
HORIZONTAL AN O
CLEARANCE
UNLESS OTHE RWISE SHOWN
..
CLEAR

12'-f,~T F-EAED v3:1 -s'l

CLEAR
CA-3410
CA-3412
5 3500
7Y, 4500 ~
1040
1040
--
47
47
57
-- --
57 34
34
72Y•
84 !.4
56 291'2 21 y,
67'14 31 '14 22Y,
CH TE-.. - CA-3510 7 V2 3900 1040 59 69 40 72Y, 56 29 Y, 21 y,
r CA-3512 7 Y, 4900 1040 59 69 40 84 Y, 67'14 31 '14 22v.
CA-3514 10 5600 1040 59 69 79'14 31 :y. 22!.4
-40- 961'1
- -
CA-3612 10 5400 1040 71 81 46 84 y, 67'14 31 '14 22!.4
CA-3614 10 6200 1040 71 81 46 96Y, 79'14 31 :Y. 22 Y,

Ser e en 1 J 1 l 1 N6 f P T f V 1 AA J AB 1 AC 1 AD
s.i:r.eO INCHES
CA-348 27'14 1 y, 1 20Y,31!.4 32V• 44 y, 52 36!.4 86 !.4
CA-3410 38'14 1 y, 1 20Y,31!.4 32 !.4 55 Y, 63 !.4 40'14 95 '14
CA-3412 49 1 y, 2 21 !.4 31 V, 32 !.4 66 74'14 45'14 107!.4
CA-3510 38'14 1 y,
-- -201'2- 37!.4
1
-- -- - -
38 !.4 55 Y, 63 !.4 40'14 95'14
CA-3512 4 9 1 y, 2 2 1 !.4 37V. 38 !.4 66 74 '14 45:Y. 107 V.

AA
.J1; "CLEA~] CA-351 4 6o v. 1 y,
CA-3612 49 2
--
2
2 21 !.4
21 !.4
37 !.4 38 !.4 77 Y• 85 '14 5ov. 116 Y,
43 !.4 44 !.4 66 74'14 45 '14 107 Y.

..f;:::;;_ ( .:
s:·~ ·Kf:::J HOLES ORIVE ñ ºñ h -C
CA-3614 60!.4 2 2 21v.

Ho ve d imensions certifi ed fo r instollotion purposes.

4 3V. 44 !.4 77 !.4 85'14 50 !.4 116!.4

A Furnished with beom d eck fo r mo unting perfo roled piole or grizzly

--'-'a1.. /
WHEN
''-. .... J"
10, ...._
WH EN
N• I ~~
PLA N VIEWS
bar deck s.
t:. N umber of springs per brocket. See three deck dro wing.
N•2
0 CA screens o re l urnished wi th provisions fo r ceiling o r íloor
CA three d eck v ibrating screen mounting, os require d.

LINK-BELT • 413
processing equipment
vibratlng screens

CA totally enclosed vibrating screens

~s, --
- G·-
-5 -
• a CLEAR
AD'
l H
FEED END

·o··SPLS [c·~--------tt
. .

MOTOR
MOUNT
ORIVE

ASSEMBl Y
1
ASSEMBLY
2

PLAN VIE W
AD! 1

lM~LL_-_ M--
~
J ,.. •t••

CA totally enclosed one deck vibrating screens6

Standard scr e en 1 N
Screen 1 Weight,
size pounds

CA-14BE 1 4 2SO CA- l 4BSE 4700 9S Y. 64'h 47 Y. 2S Y. 36 49 'h 39'h 66 SOY. SOY. 3 :y. 17 72 54 By,
CA-14 lOE SlOO CA-14 lOSE S700 l 17V. 73:Y. SBV. 30 36 49'h 391'2 66 sov. S l :Y. 3 17 9 4 V.
69 Bv,
CA-1412E SBOO CA-14 l 2SE 6600 139V. B3 69 34 y, 36 49 'h39'h 66 Sl:Y. Sl :Y. 3:Y. 17 l 16 V. B4 BY.
CA-lSlOE S600 CA- 1Sl OSE 6300 117Y. 73:Y. sBv. 30 42 61 'hSl 'h 7B S6V. s7:y, 3 17 94 v. 69 sv.
CA- 1Sl 2E 6300 CA- l Sl 2SE 7200 l 39V. B3 69 34 'h 42 61 'hS l 'h 7B S7:Y. S7:Y. 3 :Y. 17 116 V. B4 sv.
CA-1Sl4E 7600 CA-l S14SE BSOO 161 v. 92 ao:v. 37:y, 42 61 'hS 1'h 7B S7:Y. 6 1 y. ... 17• 14 1 'h 99 SY,
CA- 16 l 2EI 6BOO CA- 1612SE 7900 l 39V. B3 69 34 V2 4B 73Y, 6 3 'h 90 63:Y. 67V. 3 :Y. o 17• l 16V. B4 6Y,
CA- 1614E BSOO CA-1614SE 9700 161 v. 92 BO:Y. 37'!. 4B 73Y, 63Y, 90 67 V. 67V. 20 141 y, 99 6Y,
Hove dimensions certifi ed for i nstallation purpo ses. "' CA-1514SE, CA-1 612SE = 20• .
• Heavy duty screen. e; Three deck screens can also be furn ished.
o C A-1612SE = 5 1 .•.

A- - - -- -

-F~t
I "t-
a "C LEAR ~ - lf - - - - - -- - - l t FEED END

ORIVE

ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
1 2

PLAN VIEW

CA totally enclosed two deck vibrating screens6

Standard screen Heo vy d uty screen 1 A
1
8
1
e
1
D
1
f
1
G
1
H
1
J
1
K
1
L
1
M I M• I N
1
p
1 R
1
s 1 AD AE
Ser een Weight, Scree n 1 Weight,
size pounds size pounds INCHES
1
CA-24BE 6400 CA-24BSE 69SO 97'h 56 B6'h 43'h 49 47 'h 36 49'h 39'h 66 51 :y. 5l :Y. 3 y. 17 72 46 BY. 6S'h
CA-24 lOE 7300 CA-241 OSE 7900 120 V. S6 96 43 'h 60 V, S2 36 49'h 39'h 66 Sl :y. Sl :y. 4 'h 17 94V. S9'h BYo 6S'h
CA-2412E B700 CA-24 l 2SE 9400 142V• S7 'h 106:Y. 4S 71 :Y• S7 36 49 'h 39 'h 66 S5 v. 5S v. 3V. 20 l l 9V. 72'h BY. 67
CA-2S l OE BOOO CA-2S 1OSE B700 l 2o v. S6 96 43Y, 60 Y• S2 42 61 'h Sl y, 7B S7:Y. 61 y. 4 'h o 17• 94V. S9'h SYo 6S 'h
CA-2S12E 9600 CA-2S12SE lOSOO 142Y. S7'h 106:Y. 4S 71 :y. S7 42 61 'h S 1 y, 7B 61 v. 61 v. 3V. 20 l l 9V. 72'h SY, 67
CA-2S l 4E 10900 CA-2S 14SE 1 lBOO 164Y, S7'h 116 4S B2 :Y. 61 'h 42 61 y, S 1'h 7B 61 v. 62:Y. . .. 20 141 'h BS Y, SY, 67
CA-2612E 10400 CA-2612SE 1 lSOO 142 V. 57'h 106:Y. 4S 71 :Y. S7 4B 73'h 63'h 90 67V• 6B :Y. 3V. 20 119V. 7.2'h 6 Yo 67
CA-2614E 11BOO CA-2614SE 13000 164Y, S7'h 116 4S B2 :Y. 61 v. 4B 73Y, 63'h 90 67V, 6B:Y. . .. 20 141 'h B5V. 6'/a 67
Hove dimensio ns ce rlified for inslallol ion purposes. "' C A-2510SE = 20".
• Heavy d uty screen. 6 Three deck screens con o lso be furnished.
o CA-25 10SE = 6".

414 • LINK - BELT

 processing equipment
vlbratlng screens

CB vibrating screens
FEED
HOPPER
1
ALLOW 2 " v[RTI CAL ANO 1 HOR12UNT AL _c~EB~R- CB one deck vlbrating screens
OPTIONAL CLEARANtf uN1rss OTHERw1sr SHOWN
Ser e en 1Horse-1W eig ht, A 1 e 1 D 1 E 1 F 1 G
~ ,,.... ,s'" .... 9 size po wer po unds INCHES
/,,, 7" ......._ I ~
~1 f .- CB-1412 10 4400 48 66 41 y, 81 7S 29 Y,
CB-1414 10 4800 48 66 41 y, 89 91 29 Y,
CB- 1SlO 10 4300 60 78 47 Y, 6S 67 29Y,
CB- 1Sl 2 10 4700 60 78 47V. 81 7S 29 Y,
CB-1S14 10 SlOO 60 78 47 Y, 89 91 29 Y,
CB-1Sl6 10 ssoo 60 78 47Y, lOS 99 29 Y,
CB-16 12 10 S200 72 90 S3Y2 81 7S 29 V.
CB-1614 10 S700 72 90 S3Y, 89 91 29 V.
CB-1616 lS 6300 72 90 S3Y, lOS 99 29Y,

Sc reen H 1NLI 1 T 1 V 1 AA 1 AB 1 AC j AD
size INCHES
CB-14 12 1 SV. 1 34V. 3SV. 66 80 V. 10 % 6SV.
CB-1414 1SV. 2 34 v. 3SV. 73V. 9SV. 16V. 7 4 V.
CB-1 SlO 1SY, 1 40V. 41 v. Sl 73 8 S8
CB-1S12 l SY2 1 40Y, 41 Y2 66 80V. IO:Y. 6S Y.
CB-1S14 lS Y2 2 40V. 41 y, 73 V. 9S Y2 16 V. 74V.
fl"'"* 41 y,
CB-1 Sl6 1SY, 2 40 Y2 8S Y, 103 19 S2V.
CB one d eck vibrating screen CB-1612 1SY, 1 46Y, 47 Y, 66 SOY, 10% 6S Y•
CB-1614 1 SY, 2 46\1, 47Y, 73V. 9SV. 16V. 74Y,
CB-1616 1 SV. 2 46Y, 47 Y, 88 y, 103 19 82\1,

CB two deck vibrating screens

Screen IHors•- 1Weighl, 1 A 1 e 1 D 1 E 1 1
r
F G
CLEAR CLEAR size pow er po unds INCHES
IB' >-< - -T- ¡ V----10'>-j
CB-241 O 10 S200 48 66 41 v. 6S 67 29 V.
•.J - FEE~ CHUTE_,., 1..· CB-2412 10 S800 4S 66 41 y, Sl 7S 29 Y,
CB-241 4 1S 6400 4S 66 4 1 y, S9 91 29 Y,
CB-2S 1O 10 S800 60 7S 47Y, 6S 67 29Y,
CB-2S l 2 15 6600 60 7S 47 Y, Sl 75 29 Y,
CB-25 14 15 7400 60 7S 47 Y, 89 91 29 Y,
CB-2S16 15 82 00 60 7S 47 Y, 105 99 30 Y,
CB-2612 15 7300 72 90 53 Y, 81 7 5 29 Y,
l CB-2614 15 82 00 72 90 53 y, S9 9 1 29 Y,
1
CB-2616 20 9100 72 90 53 Y, 105 99 30 Y,
J
Ser e en H V 1 AA AB AC 1 AD
size INCHES
CB-241 0 23 Y, 34 Y, 3S Y, Sl 73 42 92
CB-2412 23 Y2 34Y, 3S Y, 66 SOY, 4S 1oov.
CB-24 14 23 y, 34 Y2 3S Y, 7 3 \l:i 9S Y2 sov. 108 \l:i
CB-2S 1O 23 Y2 40 Y2 4 1 y, 51 73 42 92
6"r:;;;
1'
¡_

1
"-11;,.,¡
- :
--.
•
l--AA
T WO SPRI NGS
FOR EACH BRAC KET
CB-2512
CB-2S14
CB-2S 16
23 Y2
23 y,
24 y,
40Y, 41 v.
40 \l:i 41 y,
41 42
66 SO Y2
7 3Y, 9S Y2
88 V. 103 Y,
45
so v.
S4 V.
1oov.
1OS Y,
119
CB-2612 23 y, 46Y, 47 \l:i 66 SO Y, 4S 1oov.
CB two deck vibrating scree n 23 y,
CB-2614 46\l:i 47Y, 73 Y, 9SY, sov. 108 \l:i
CB-2616 24V. 47 4S s0 v. 103Y, S4 V. 119

CB three deck vibrating screens

Ser e en Hors e - W oig ht, A 1 C j D 1 E
1
F 1 G
siz e pow er po unds INCHES
CB-348 10 ssoo 48 66 41 y, 64V. 43 % 49 Y,
CB-341 O lS 6600 48 66 41 y, 72 V. S9V. 49 Y,
CB-3412 lS S200 48 66 41 y, ss v. 67:V. SOY,
CB-3414 20 9000 48 66 41 y, 96V. 83 :V. SOY,
CB-3S 1O lS 7400 60 78 47 Y:i 72 V. S9 :V. 49 Y,
CB-3Sl2 20 S600 60 78 47 \l:i ss v. 67'!. SO Y,
CB-3 S l 4 20 9600 60 78 47 \l:i 96V. 83% SO Y,
CB-3Sl 6 20 10600 60 78 47Y, 112 v. 91% SO Y,
CB-3612 20 9300 72 90 S3 Y, ss v. 67:Y. SO Y,
AD CB-3614 20 10400 72 90 S3!h 96 V. 83 :Y. SO Y,
l CB-3616 20 l ISOO 72 90 S3Y:i 112 Y, 91 :y. SO !ói
1
J Ser e en H 1NLI T 1 V j AA 1 AB 1 AC 1 AD
size INCHES
MOTOR CB-34S 23 Y, 2 34 !ói 3S~ 43 Y, S8 36Y:i l OS
SHEAVE 34 Y,
CB-34 1O 23 !ói 2 3S !ói Sl 73 42 113 v.
i __
ll ' PD
_ +------'~,L---1-------'---'-.....~~
~-
¡2 CB-3412 24 v. 2 3S 36 6SY, 81 46 123 '!.
CB-3414 24 y, 2 3S 36 73 y, 96 Sl !Xi 132
1 8
• 7 - CB-351 O 23 y, 2 40 Y, 41 y, Sl 73 42 113 Y•
- -AB - CB-3S l 2 24 Y2 2 41 42 6SY, Sl 46 123:Y.
CB-3S14 24 Y, 2 41 42 73 \/, 96 SI y, 132
CB-3S16 24 Y, 3 41 42 0s v. 103 \12 S 4 Y. 140
DRIVEñ Dñ

rnrnPLAN VIEWS
CB-3612
CB-3614
CB-3616
24 Y,
24 !ói
24Y,
2
2
3
47
47
47
48
48
48
6S Y,
73 V.
0sv.
81
96
103 Y,
46
S 1 y,
s4 y,
123'!.
132
140
Hove dimensions cerlif1ed fer lnsto llo lion p urposes.
CB three d eck vibrating screen !),. N umber o f springs per brocket.

LIN K - BELT • 415

processing equipment
vlbratlng screens

BA vibrating screens
FEED ENO
CLEAR ~ 22 .- T V -12 CLEAR
.-------, -----~

o
0 •INSIDE LINERS >-
ORIVE

ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
1 2
AD PLAN VIE WS

---~~~;-'~~: - )
15'
1 -,
1
1
1
-
~)

C L -
VIBRATúR
SHEAVE
3' ·~ L _J 20 PO
. • -Y ~
~-- J - K - ~ 2_ A MOTOR
AA _,...,_ AB SHEAVE

WHEN
t:=:=j: CJ
- - ~ ... 6~ WHEN
11 PO
ALLOW 2• VERTICAL ANO
1;" HORIZONTAL
CLEARANCE
N=3 7 ..,.7 ~"" 7" 7" 7" N = 2 UNLESS OTHERWI SE SHOWN

BA vibrating screens º
Screen W ei ght, 1Horse-1 V-belts Vibrotor 1 A 1 C 1 O 1 E 1 F 1 G 1 J 1 K 1 l IN & I P 1 Q 1 T 1 V 1 AA 1 AB I AC 1 AD
si1e 1 p0und s power No. ! Size RPM INCHES
BA- 1S10
BA-1S12
7400
7900
20
20
4
4
1 C-144
C-144
960
960
60
60
l 74 147 Y, 163Y,
74 47 Y, 79Y,
6S 130Y,
73 30Y, l 31
46 Y,
46
S3 :Y.
14 Y, 1 2
14Y, 2
l7 Y,
17Y,
S9Y.
S9 Y.
41
41
42
42
l
S3 Y. 70%
68% 78 y,
49%
S6
s
BA-1612
BA-1614
9400
10200
2S
30 s
C-144
C-144
960
960
72
72
86
86
S4 y,
S4 y,
79Y,
79 Y,
73 33
97 33
46
46
S4 y,
77'12
17
17
3
3
19l'o
19 l'o
71 y.
71 y.
47
47
48
48 l 68 Y. 79
68Y. 102 \/.
S6
62 \/.
Hove dimensions certi fied fo r instollo tion purposes. ..6. Number of springs per brocket.
o Two deck screens ol so ovoiloble.

CL vibrating screens
+ FEED END
21·
MA X.

'
X
-·
ORIVE
WHEN rr--r--n--> - - T I WHEN ASSEMBL Y 1 ASSEMBL Y ]1!1
N= 2 N= 1 k----c---- 1 2
a· ..- PLAN VIEWS

-16-rt_ '• ~-
1
~ 121 CLEAR
1
CLEAR
T- , - .

i' 3
FEED CHUTE- ' -

M
r ,
,-
1
-,
1
1 1
G 1 _, 1
I_ _I

-';__,_12
H
18

ALLOW 2' VERTICAL ANO

t)" HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE
,,.
,. HOLES"\
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN

W~EN
~
r.¡:--n
'· !- .....
t
. -<l\r--;i. WHEN
N -2 !,_____iJ 6A ~ N= l
20 · 1
14~-

CL two deck vibrating screens •

Ser e en Weight, Hone- V-belts A I C I O 1 E 1 F I G I H 1 J 1 M I N& I T 1 U 1 V
sir.e pounds pow e r No. 1 Size INCHES
CL-248 SOOO 10 3 C-128 48 66 34 \/• 73y, 23 19 63 64 13 1 31 % 23 49 Y,
CL-241 O S800 1O 3 C- 128 48 66 34 Y• 86 y, 34 19 63 88 13 1 31 % 23 49 Y,
CL-2412 7100 lS 4 C-128 48 66 34% 99Y, 4S 20% 64% 112 13% 2 31 % 22Y. so y.
CL-2414 8000 lS 4 C- 128 48 66 34% 112Y, s6 2ov. 64:Y. 136 13:Y. 2 31 :Y. 22 v. so y.
CL-2416 8900
- S800
--
lS
--
4 C- 128
- --- --- - - 48 66 34 % 12SY, 67 2o:y. 64:Y.
--
160
--
13:y. 2
-- 31 v.
-
22v.
- ---
so y.
CL-2S8 1O 3 C-128 60 78 40 Y. 73 y, 23 19 63 64 13 1 37% 23 49 Y,
CL-2S10 7600 lS 4 C-128 60 78 40% 86Y, 34 19 63 88 13 2 37% 23 49 Y,
CL-2S 12 8SOO 1S 4 C-128 60 78 40% 99Y, 4S 20% 64 % 112 13:Y• 2 37% 22 Y• SO Y.
CL-2S1 4 9400 lS 4 C-128 60 78 40% 112Y, S6 20% 64 :Y• 136 13% 2 37:Y• 22 Y. SOY.
CL-2S16 11300 20 4 C-128 60 78 40% 12SY, 67 20:Y. 64 :Y. 160 13:Y. 2 37:Y. 22 y, SOY.
----1----
Cl-2687SOO
-lS- -4 -C--128- 72
-- -- --
90 40% 73'12 23 19 ~ ~ 1 3 - 2- 43 % 23 49y,
CL-2610 8SOO lS 4 C-128 72 90 40% 86 '12 34 19 63 88 13 2 43:Y. 23 49 Y,
CL-2612 10300 20 4 C-128 72 90 40:Y. 99\li 4S 20:Y. 64:Y. 112 13:Y. 2 43:y, 22 \/. SO Y.
CL-2614 11600 20 4 C- 128 72 90 40% 112 Y, S6 2o:y. 64:Y. 136 13:Y. 2 43:y, 22 y, soy.
CL-2616 12700 2S 4 C-128 72 90 40% 12SY, 67 2ov. 64:Y. 160 13:y, 2 43 % 22 v. soy.
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. • Single deck screens o lso ovoiloble. Dimensions ore sorne os
.t. Number of springs per brocket. fo r two deck screen.

41 6 • LI NK-BELT
 processing equipment
vlbrating screens

DS foundry shakeouts

,.,\J D
r ~ ----~ ----- -- FEED El\O
1
1 '
1

I j
1
5
ALLOW 2• VERTIC AL ANO
- :; HOLES PLAN VIEWS
1rHORIZONTAL CLEARANCE
V

T. .
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN
L_¡
FOUNOATION
- X - 18 j PLAN
u

p -6-
VIBR ATOR

r
¡r~~=~~ l SHEAVE
12 4•po

MOTO~
1

l
J SHEA VE
a· 6 .8• PO

k H,OPtNING ~ G
- - 3•
~ 1 OPE~ING
17,. · - - - E '''ª"'
DS foundry shake outs 6
Ser e en 1 W ei ght. Hone· f Rcting, A 1 B D E 1 F G I H J p 1 s 1 u X
size pounds p o wer pounds 1 INCHES
05-36 21 y, 22
4~1 2~1 171 3º1
5 5000 36 72 201
05-38 13000
3400
05-46 3400
5 5000 36 21 y,I 42 23 23 4 2 44
321 20
961 26
70
94
7 Vi
13 Vi
5 5000 48 28 1 54 35 17 30 32 72
27 \4 22 70 7 Vi
05-48 39 00 5 5000 48 27 '!. 28 54 35 23 4 2 44 96 26 94 13 Vi
Hove dimensions cerlified fer instollol ion purposes.
6 DSD self-dischorging shokeoul s ovoiloble.

BS foundry shakeouts
~--rf~['J f~N_o_ _ ~
1
s

ORIVE
T

ASSEMBLY ASS EMBLY

1 2
5 / HOLES PLAN VIEWS
l •
V ALLOW z" VERTICAL ANO
1!' HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN
FOUNOATION PLAN
L-- .

e
u-- CLEAR - 1s'- 8 - ->-<- - 0 - t21CL EAR • •
A~---
•RIOING BARS 1 x 2
GUARO AT 6.SPACING
OPTIO\AL\
AB•PD
t VIBRATOR
1 SHEAVE

J AC•P~fl.
MOTO;¡>~i°
;J
SHEAVE

h.- N-
h-
-. - -- E
F=OPENING-,., j ', 11111

BS f o undry sha keouts 6

w oíghl, I
Ser e en Hors•· I Rolíng, 1-A
- -'l_ B--'-l_ C
_.._I - º-'-'_E--'-1 _ F -'l' --
G-'-
1_H
--'-l_ J-'-
1 _K__;l_ M-'-
1_N_l;...-P-'-1_ R_'-
1 _s_ 1'--r-'-1_u--'_v--'-1_ w-'-1_x-'-
1 _Y--'-l_A_A-'-
1 _A...;cB_:_
I _A_;C;...
1 po unds
si:z.e po w er po und s INCHES

85-35 3700 5 6000 36 22 23 % 22\4 42 23 14 24 26 19 Vi 12 18\.', 60 30% 20 . ·1 58 5 Vi 11 4 18 12 12.4 6.8

85-46 4450 7Vi 10,000 48 28 29% 28 v. 54 35 17 30 32 19 Vi 12 21 72 3oy, 18 16 70 6 Vi 13 8 \4 20 12 12.4 6.8
85-48 5150 7Vi 12,000 48 28 29 % 28\4 54 35 23 42 44 28 12 21 96 3oy, 18 16 94 6 Vi 13 11 v. 20 12 12.4 6.8
85-410 6000 10 14,000 4 8 28 29 3/< 28 \4 54 35 32 48 56 28 14 23 120 32 Y, 18 16 118 6 Vi 15 24 20 12 12.4 6.8
85-58 6000 10 15,000 60 34 35 y, 34 '!. 66 47 23 42 44 28 12 23 96 30% 22 20 94 6 1-'z 15 11 20 12 12.4 6.8
85-510 7800 15 20,000 60 37 38>;. 35>;. 67 48 32 48 13 31 120 34 >;. 19 V, 26 118 9 18 \4 10 26 15 20 11
41 y, 56136
85-68 7900 15 20,000 72 43 44% 79 60 23 42 44 24 13 31 96 34 y, 22\4 32 94 9 18 \4 1OVi 26 15 20 11
85-610 9500 20 30,000 72 43Vi 46 41 Y• 79 60 32 48 56 36 13 32% 120 34 y, 25 Vi 26 118 1OVi 18 '!. 8 Vi 29 15 20 11
Hove dimensions cerlified fer instollotion purposes.
6 BSD self-dischorging shokeouts ovoilable.

LINK-BELT • 417
processing equipment
vibrating s cr eens

Pulsating magnet grizzly bar screens

Pul soting mogne t grizzly bor screen
with single e lect romogne tic drive.
Pulsoting mognet grizzly bor screens consist of o p owerful, he ovy
duty electromognetic drive ond o speciolly-b uilt grizzly bor trough.
The trough is constructed with o solid steel plote o reo ot the feed e nd
to ob sorb the impoct ond shock of Jorge, heovy chunks of material
ond to distribute the material so the grizzly bar discharge is fully
utilized for coarse scolping. The g rizzly bo rs ore mode af o wear-
resistant materi a l-topered for non-blinding-and ore individuolly
reploceable.
High speed vibration flows the material for ward, over and through
the grizzly bors. By means of o dial in the sepa rate control box fu r-
nished with e och screen, the flow of material over the g rizzly ba rs
can be regulated-increasing to maximum or decre asing to mini-
mum - to o utomatically or manually match the capacities af p rocessing
equipment.
G rizzly bar screens ore availoble with singl e, dual, twin or d uo l-
twin electromo g ne tic drives. The multiple d rives p rovide increosed
conveying distance, lorg er copacities ond higher effici ency than the
single d rives. Single and d ual e lectromagnetic drives cdn b e maunte d
either b e low or abave the g rizzly bor trough. Twin ond d uol-twin
drives musl be mounted b e low the grizzly bar trough.
lt is generolly recommended that grizzly ba r screens b e suspen-
sion-mounted. Units with below-d e ck driving magnets con be floo r-
mounted, but the grizzly section must be suspension-mounted. Units
with obove deck driving mognets can only be suspension-mounte d.
All models con b e furnished for either 230 or 460 volt AC o p ero-
tion; however, Model F-33DT can also b e furnished for 115 volt,
60 cycle AC operation.

r---.. . .
.'f i' '

~1_ ['

Pul soting mognet grizzly bor screen Fig. 6144

w ith dual e lectro mognetic d rive.
SINGLE DUAL
MAGNET MAGNETS

Fig. 6 145

Pu ls oting mognet grizzly bor scree n

with duo l-twin electromognetic drive. DUAL TWIN MAGNETS TWIN MAGNETS

Size,
Size, Size, Screen Controller
pi ate Bar spacing
Model grizzly only piole only weight, weighl,
and grizzly 1 1
1 paunds paunds
INCHES

Single F-33DT 18 X 36 18 ll 15 18 ll 21 Y. to 1 v. 1075 100

Single F-44 DT 24 X 42 24 X 15 24 ll 27 Y. to 1 % 2275 100
Single F-45DT 30 X 60 30 X 15 30 X 45 Y. to 1 V2 3350 150
Single F-55 DT 42 ll 60 42 X 15 42 X 45 ~. to 1 V2 7300 150
Singl e F-55 DT 30 X 72 30 X 36 30 X 36 1 V2 to 4 7300 150
Singl e F-66DT 36 X 72 36 ll 36 36 X 36 1 V2 and up 8500 190
Single F-86DT 42 ll 72 42 X 36 27 X 42 1 V2 ond up 10,300 190
Twin F-66DT 60 X 72 60 X 36 60 X 36 1 V2 to 8 17,500 300
Twin F-86 DT 60 X 84 60 X 54 60 X 30 1 V2 to 8 22,0 00 300

418 • L I NK-BELT
 processing equipment
vibratlng screens

Pulsating magnet screening feeders

Pulsoling mognet scree ning fee ders consist of o powerful
electromognetic drive, a heovy frome enclosing !he screen
surfoce, ond o seporote eleclric controller.
They con be furnished with vorious types of screening
surfoce s: wedge slot, flonge lip, or woven wire cloth, de-
pending upon the screening opplicolion. Screening feeders
with woven wire cloth ore furnished with solid impoct pioles
on !he feed end. The heovy, rigid frome is designed so the
screening surfoce con be reodily reploced.
The driving mognets con be mounted either below or
obove !he screen deck; however, the overheod mognet
type is recommended for dewatering.
Each screening fe e der is furnished with o seporote elec-
tric controller arranged for woll mounting. This controller
contoins the operoting switches, o dial for reguloting the
flow of ma terial over the screen, ond o selenium rectifler
thot converts olternating curren! to shorp, pulsoting curren!
Single deck pulsating magnet screening feed er with overhead for energizing !he electromognetic drive.
electromagnetic drive All models con be furnished for either 230 or 460 volt
AC operotion; however, Models SF-22DT ond SF-33DT can
also be furnished for 115 volt, 60 cycle AC o perotion.

t r + - - s- 1 --.....
F
A

11

Fig. 614 1
Pul sating magne t screening fee d er- be low d eck magne t type

r -F-~

Fig . 6 142
Pulsating magne t screening feeder-overhead magnet type

Input Feeder Controller Below deck magnet types Overhead magnet types
Sere en Input, amps
Model size, weight,
watts ot230 weight, pounds Al B 1 e 1o 1 E 1 F 1 GI H 1 J 1A 1 B 1 e 1o 1 E 1 F 1 G1 H
1 J
volts pounds
inches
INCHES

SF-22DT 12 )( 42 350 5 450 23 Yl 12 40 Yl 11 Yl 5 26 19 35 1 6 Yl 7Y• 12 140Y2ll4Yl 5 25 Y2 19 38 Yl 17 lO Y2

SF-3 3DT 18 )( 42 750 9 1075 100 18 40 Yl 24 Yl 631 25 43Yl10 13 18 40 Yl 25 630 25 43 Yl 18 Yl 16
SF-44DT 24 )( 54 1000 18 2250 100 24 52 131 Yl 7 ¡38 35 49 13 18 24 52 36 8 38 35 54 Yl 24 21 V4
SF-45 DT 30 )( 60 1500 30 3300 150 30158 28 Y2 8 39 Y2 35 52 13 17 Y2 30 58 38 1o 41 35 63 128 21
SF-55DT 36 )( 72 2600 40 7200 150 36 6 9% 50 12\50 Yl 68 Y2 80 17 22 36169 Y2 58 Y2 12\57 Yl 68 y, 88 y, 33 Yl 27 V4
SF-6601 48 )( 72 2800 42 9200 190 48 69 Yl 50 12 51 Y2 68 Y2 80 18 22 48169 y, 57 12 58 y, 68 y, 86 y, 33 y, 28
SF-86DT 54 )( 72 3000 45 10,600 190 54 69 Yl 52 Yl 12 52 Yl 68 y, 81 19 22 ~ 54 69 Yl 72 Yl 12 64 168 Yl 100 33 Yl 30 V4
Hove dimensions ce rtified for installation purposes.

LIN K - BELT • 4 19
processing equipment
v ibratlng scree ns

Pulsating magnet vibrating screens

Pulsoting mognet vibroting screens consist of o rigid steel
frome, o reploceoble screening surfoce, o d ust-seoled elec-
tromognetic d rive ond o sepo rote electric controller.
They con be furnished in sing le ond doub le deck models
ond moy be totolly enclosed for dust-tight protection.
Screen cloth tension con be mointoine d al drumheod tight-
ness b y o fixed fu ll-w idth tension p iole a l the dischorge
e nd o nd on od justoble hook ba r ot the fee d e nd of the
screen cloth, leoving the cloth fr ee for its full length.
Pulsoting mogne t vibroting screens o re ovoiloble fo r
susp e nsion-mounting, or with o triang ula r supporting frome.
This frome p ermits od justing th e screen surfoce ong le 33°
to 38° from horizontal.
Eoch screen is furnished with o se porote e lectric controller
orrong e d for wo ll mounting. This controller contoins the op-
eroting switches, o dial to re gul ote the Aow of ma te rial over
the screen ond o selenium rectifier tho t converts olternoting
curren! to shorp, pulsoting curren! for energizing the elec-
tromo gnetic drive.
Bolonce d gote feed hopp ers, to effect even distribution
of material over the full width o f the screen, o nd fines col-
lecting underpons to di rect the fines to o d ischorge open-
Pu1sating magne t vi brati ng sc reen
ing, con be fu rnished.
Pulsoting mognet vibro ting sc reens co n b e suppl ied for
115, 230, or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC o p e rotion.

-< K >'-<e---- - - - -G- -- - -- - > i

F
E

k- - -A---J f 19 6 14 3

-<-- - -- - -- -H- - - - - -- -

Model
Screen
size,
inches
Input,
watts
Input amps
a l 230 volts
Screen
weighl,
pounds
Controller
weight,
pounds
A
1
8
1
e
l o
1
E
1
INC HES
F
1
G
1
H
1
J
1
K

VS F-22 18 X 36 350 5 6 50 23 Y2 33 Y2 32 43
VSF-22 24 X 48 750 9 11 90 23 y, 42 4 1 314 54
VSF-33 36 X 60 750 9 1270 100 49 5 1 Y2 64
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

420 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
revolvlng screens

revolving screens
Revolving sc ree ns hove been used for many years for sizing stone,
gravel and other similar materials. íhey are simple, rugged machines
and frequently the most efficient screening medium available. Because
they rotate, they can b e made to provide a scrubbing action which
scours the material partides to obtain a deaner product and a better
separation where individual pieces are covered with or held together
by doy, vegetable matter or other foreign substances. Screens must
hove a reasonably uniform feed and must be of sufficient length
for efficient screening.
Two types of construction a r e generally used. Both types may be
furnished with jackets to produce additional smaller size products.
Shaft-supporte d screens
Shaft-supported screens are the lighter of the two types and are
Discharge end of typical 60" diameler shaft-supported screen
suitable for dry screening where the size of material is relatively small with six-arm spiders. Usual lengths are from 6 lo 1 2 feel. Pholo
or will not be restricted by the spiders. Consult Link-Belt for dimensions 12868
and weights.
Roller-supported screens
Roller-supported screens hove a main frame which is open at the
feed end and supports the screen plates. The discharge end of the
frame is supported by a stub shaft through which the screen is driven.
Exceptionally heavy screens handling very large pieces hove both
ends open.
The heavier roller-supported screens are for heavy, coarse materials
where dry or wet scouring and scru bbing is necessary. The open end
construction permits the handling of larg e pieces and the introduction
of water sprays for wet scrubbing, washing and sizing. A bl ank plate
Receiving end af typical
et the feed end, with proper baffles, provides an efficient scrubbing roller-supported screen with la rge
section for the reduction of doy balls and similar foreign material, diameter rollers, rolled sl eel tire and
p roducing on oction which cannot be obtoined with shoker or vibrot- accessible bolted conneclions.
ing screens. Pholo 14188

Selection
The following tables show opproximations of the capacities of Example of screen selection
revolving screens aver the usual range of sizes, assuming the
Select o screen to handle 75 TPH of stone to be seporated os
material to be screened is stone or grave! contoining the usual follows:
moisture, and is reosonably free from vegetoble motter and 30 tons 1" ond under
other foreign material. 19 tons over 1" thru 1 '12"
15 tons over 1 1/2" thru 2"
Table 1 lists diometer, peripheral speed and revolutions per 11 tons over 2 "

minute of screens together with rote of f eed ond horsepower

required. The length of a sing le jacket screen is governed by the
number of screened products required ond the tonnage of each
which must pass through the perforations. Table 2 shows, for the
some diometers, tons per hour which will pa ss throug h a foot of
screen l e ngth of vorious maximum sizes of screened p roduc t for
certain moximum sizes in the feed.
Solution
Refer to Tabl e l. N ote thot o 48" diameter screen will handle
this fe ed.
Enter Table 2 al the 48" diometer screen on the fine of the 2 "
moximum feed size, as 853 will b e smaller than that size. For a
1" product, read 4.2 TPH per foot; for a 1 'h" pro duct, 5 .4 TPH
per foot; for o 2 " product, 6.3 TPH per foot. The opproximote
length of screen required for each size is determined by dividing
each of the first three required tonnages by the corresponding
capacity per foot. These are 7 feet for 1" and under, 3 'h feet
for over 1" thru 1 1/2", 2 'h feel for over 1 'h " thru 2"; totaling
13 fe et. For practica! pur poses make these lengths 8 feet 4+
feet +4 feet = 16 feet overall.

Table 1 • Capacltie s and spe eds

Screen diameler, inches . . 36 48 60 72
Average f eed, l ons per hour of slone or gravel ... . 40 85 125 150
Peripheral speed, fe et per minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 5 190 190 190
Revolutions per minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 15 12 10
Horsepower per foot of length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 .8 1.0 1.4

L 1 N K - B EL T • 421
processing equipment
revolvlng screens

Table 2 • Capacities and lump siz:es

To ns per hour per foot of le n gt h for stone or grovel
Sere en Maximum ring
dio meter, size of leed, Ring size of product, inches
inches inches
'12 'A 1 1 \4 1'12 1:Y. 2 2'12 1 3 3'12 4 5 6
1 1 1 1 1 1

1 3.2 4.1 4.7

2 1.9 2.5 3.2 3.6 4.1 4.4 4.8
36 3 l.3 l.9 2.3 2.8 3.2 3.4 4.2 4.8
3.8
4 l.1 1.5 l.9 2.2 2.5 2.9 3.2 3.6 4.1 4.4 4.8
--- - - - - -- - - - --- - -- --- --- - - - -- - -- - --
l 4.2 5 .4 6.3
2 2.5 3.4 4.2 4.8 5. 4 5.9 6.3
48 3 1.8 2.5 3.1 3.7 4.2 4.6 5.0 5.7 6.3
4 l.4 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.3
5 l.1 l.6 2.1 2.5 2.9 3.2 3.6 4.2 4.7 5.2 5.6 6.3
--- --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -
1 5.2 6.7 7.8
2 3.1 4.2 5.2 6.0 6.7 7.3 7.8
3 2.2 3.1 3.8 4.6 5.2 5.7 6.2 7.1 7.8
60 4 l.7 2.5 3.1 3.7 4.2 4.7 5.2 6.0 6.7 7.3 7.8
5 l.4 2.0 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.0 4.5 5.2 5 .9 6.5 7 .0 7.8
6 l.2 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.6 5.2 5.8 6.3 7.1 7.8
- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - -- --- --- --- --- ---
l 6.3 8. 1 9.4
2 3.7 5. 1 6.3 7.2 8.1 8.8 9.4
3 2.7 3.7 4.6 5 .5 6.3 6.9 7.5 8.5 9.4
72
4 2.1 3.0 3.7 4.5 5. 1 5.7 6.3 7.2 8.1 8.8 9.4
5 1.6 2.4 3.1 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 6.3 7.0 7.8 8 .4 9.4
6 1.4 2.1 2.7 3.3 3.7 4.3 4.7 5.5 6.3 7.0 7.5 8.6 9.4

Roller supported screens

RECEIVING END fig. 3551

OF SCREEN

pin:~~~fts. 1----.,.,.,. ,. . -C,,_--=-.,,...,.-º--

Dio me ter Thickn eu: Dio meter Th ickness Weight
o f Kteen, o f screen of screen, of screen withour
inches piar es, inches piafes, p inion sho fts,
A inch es 1 pounds FHT ANO IN CHES A inches p ounds
4,900 O- 8 10-1 1 ~ 9,800 1-0 15- 3".oi•
~" 8-0 1 'lo 12-0 Y, 3
4,9 10 1- o 11 -3';1, 9,825 1-6 15- 9 · ~
- ----
5,300 O- 8 14- 11 11.-i.
- - -----
10,750 1-0
- -- --
19- 3".oi•
36 'A. 12-0Y, 3 60 'lo 16-0Y, 3
1- o 15- 3•1¡\, 10,800 1 19-
9•~
-- -5,325
-- --- -- -- --- 1-6
- - - -
5,700 O- 8 18- 1 l•'A. :y. 11,700 1-0 23 - 3".oi.
'A. 16-0Y, 3 20-0Y, 1
3
5,725 1- o 19- 3•';1. 11,750 1-6 23 -
-- ---- -- -- - --- - - - - -9".oi.
-- - -
y. 8,200 0 - 10 15- 1'116 24 ,000 1-0 19-1 OY.
12-0 Y. 2 'lo 16-0Y. 2
8, 225_ 1- 6 15- 9~. 24, 100 1-6 20- 4 :Y.
--
8,825
--
0 - 10 19- 1 · ~
-- ---
27,000
--
1-0 27-1 1
- -
48 v. 8,850
16-0Y,
1- 6 19- 9".oi.
3 72 y,
27, 100
2 4-0Y,
1-6 28- 5
3
- --
9,500
- --
0 - 10 23- 1n/l.6
- ---
33,000
---
1-0 35- 11 y.
v. 9,525
20-0 Y,
1- 6 23- 9"1<
3 'la
33, 150
32 -0 Y.
1-6 1 36- 5Y.
4

Dio met er
of screen, G H K M N s RPM of RPM
pinion
of
inches ser e en
shoft
A ftET ANO INCHES
36
48
1- l'Ya
1-2
1-8 'h
1-8:Y.
2-5
3-5
0-2".oi.
0-2 1';1.
O- 9Ya
0- lO:Ya
1-4 y,
1-7:Y.
1-6
2-0
1- 1 l'a
1-6 '/. 1- 17¡y.
2- 'Ya I 1- 10
2- 6 1 3.5y,
3-0 1
0- 11
1- 2
15
12
52
42
60 1-2 1-8 Y. 4-4'h 1 0 -2".oi. 0 - lOYa 1-7'11· 2-0 1-9Ya 3- 11h. 3- o 3-5Y, 1- 2 10 35
72 1-7'!. 1 2-0 Ya 5-0 0 -4 1- ¡ y, 1 1-6 Y, 2-6 1 2-4 Y, 1 4- lYa 3- 9 5-8'.oi. 2- o 8.5 43.5
Hove dJmensions certified for instollotion purposes.

422 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
separators, classiflers, washers

separal'ors,
classifiers,
washers

12-foot diameter Rotoscoop de wate rlng s and. Coking o t dischorge plow demonstrotes
efficiency o f scoop squeezing oction to produce o product d ry enough far handling on belt
conveyor ar r egular truck.

The link-Belt fine of sand, grave! and stone prep-

aratian and handling equipm ent illustrated and
d escribed incarporates the results of years of
experience in this fleld. The design of each it em
has been carefull y considered to assure produc-
tion of a high grade product at a minimum
ma intenance expense.
This complete fine of wa shing, classifying and
screen ing equipment permits the selection and
recommendation of the most suitable unit for each
operation . Such latitud e in choice afford s the
o p portunity of providing equipment flexible in
operation to meet changing spec ification
demands.

Fllght separators dewatering sand Aumed fro m conicol revolving screens in b ack-
g r ound. Photo 1 68 11

lhree Show classlfter-separators and a Rotoscoop prepare sand ot this sond ond grovel preporotion p lont. Photo 25996

L 1 N K - B E L T • 423
processing equipment
separators, class ifiers, was h e rs

Flight separators

Discharge end af fllght

separator, dewotering sond. Pholo 17381

The Lin k- Belt flight separator consists of a large settling
tank wi thin which an inclin ed flight co nveyor operates to
re move and dewater the ma teri al. Two stran ds of rug ged ,
reinforced casi malleable iron chain with renewable hard-
ened or manganese stee l bushings, alloy stee l pins and
closely spaced fl ights a re used as the co nveying medium.
The stream of wa tered material is flumed into the tank
nea r the center. The settled material is slowly dragged
by the flights , ou t of the wa ter, up an incline at a speed
to give the drainage requ ired. The dirt and water fl ow
out of the end of the tank opposite the product discharge
end. The tan k can be made of either steel or wood.
By arrangin g two f light separators i n series, a coarse
and fine prod uct can be obtained.
Many uses hove been found for this separa tor where
dewatering of fine moteria ls is requ i red.

1
JI
Fig. 3533 ~
~2~·
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~c~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
k~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~f~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Width of Copocity,
conveyor, l ons per hour
A B e o H K
inches ... FE:T ANO INCHES

36 50 2-3 V2 27-0 26-6>;n6 3i:n. 32-6 ~. l 0- l l Va 5-8

36 50 2-3 V2 32-0 3 1- l v. 3>:n. 37- l v. 13-5 5/a 5-8
48 75 3-3 V2 27-0 26-6':n6 3 ·~ 32-6 i:n. l O- l l 5la 6-9

48 75 3-3 V2 32-0 3 1- l Ya 3·~· 37- l y, 13-55/a 6-9

60 90 4-3V2 27-0 26-6 ':n6 4>:n. 32-6 ':n6 10-11 % 7-10
60 90 4-3 V2 32-0 3 1-1 Ya 4':n6 37- l v. 13-5% 7- 10
Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes.
Consult Link- Belr fer motor horsepower .
.t. Bosed en conveyC>r opero•ina ot 40 FPM hondlino concrete sond. When handling finer qrodes, capacities are reduced.

424 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Rotoscoop separators
Photo 20630
The Li nk-Belt Rotoscoop separator is a dewatering and
cla ssifying machine which can be regulated to deliver
material conforming to exacting specifications, retaining
or removing fi nes in the proport ions desired , with remark-
able accuracy and efficiency. Originally developed for
sand clossificatio n and dewatering, it is ideally suited
for treating other products requiring si milar processing.
Rotoscoop separators provide a simple means of sav-
ing special grain sizes which are lost with overflow water
on other separating devices. They are used in foundries
for removal of solids from the accumulation in wet dust
collector systems, where castings are cleaned hydrauli-
cally, in the recovery of usable core sand, or to treo!
water for disposal through a regular sewage system and
accumulate the solids for easy handling . This unit also
fills the need for dewatering ore, so as to catch the fine
ore grains.
The Rotoscoop separator is a self-contained machine,
consisting of a large circular steel tank, together with a
rota ting disc carrying inclined underslung scoops. These
scoops move the material within the tan k and at the
sorne time squeeze and lift the portien to be discharged,
processing equipment
separators, classifiers, washers
Fig. 3 82 4
The illus l ro l ion shows the oclion
of lhe Rotoscoop seporotor.
to the top of the disc. A curved renewable stainless steel
plow, mounted in a stationary position, plows off and
discharges the dewatered product. The motor and driv-
ing machinery are located obove the tank, and therefore,
bearings, etc., are not subject to abrasive wear. Uniquely,
the entire orea of the tank is utilized for settling purposes.
The slow motion of the scoop, and the long adjustable
overflow weir, in excess of 150 degrees of tank circum-
ference, reduce velocities and assist effective settling
and washing.
For most service this separator provides flexibility and
accu racy of separation . Due to the squeezing action and
drainage time, the product delivered is dry enough to
permit transportation by trucks or belt conveyors to
processing or storoge.
Control of the fineness of the product can be main-
tained by raising or lowering the overflow weir, reducing
the number of scoops from the standard of three, adding
fresh water through bottom of tank to w a sh out excess of
fines or dirt present in feed and changing the speed of
rotation. A variable speed drive can be furnished, if
desired, to obtain a change in grading.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 42 5
processing equipment
s e parators, classifiers, washers

Rotoscoop separators

Fig . 3823

Ca p acity Weight Total weight

Oiameter in tons Mo tor i ncluding w ith mater ial A B e o E F
in feet p er haur har sepo wer motor, and w a te r, • 1 1 1 • 1 • 1
... po und s p ounds FEET ANO INCHES
6 20 to 30 5 5,000 9,000 4- 1o 4-0 8-0 3-4'A 5- 1 Vi 3-4
9 30 to 55 7 V2 9,000 18,200 6-3 5-6 11 -0 4-0* 6 - 1 \4 4- 10
12 55 to 90 10 13,000 27,000 7-2 7-2 14-4 4-7 \4 6-7 V2 6-5
15 90 to 150 15 to 25 19,000 44,000 8- 1o 8- 10 17-8 5-4 7-7 8-0

Oiameter G H J K l M N p Q R s T w X
in f eet 6 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 6 1 6
FEET ANO JNCHES

6 9 1-5 V2 1-lO 'llo 2% 1- 1 V2 2-7 1-3 2 V2 45 1-1 * 3-7 1-6 1-9 1-3
9 lO V2 1-9 2-2 7,.i6 3% 1-4 V2 3-0 1-6 4 45 1-7 Vi 5-3
1 1-9 2-6 1-9
12 12 2- 1 2-3 7A6 39Jl6 1-5 V2 3-1 1-9 4 40 1-7 V2 6- 10 2-0 3-6 2-6
15 13 V2 1 2-4 2-3 'llo 3 9116 1-5 V2 3-1 2-0 4 38 l - l O V2 8-5 2-6 4-0 3-0
Hove domensoons certofted for instollation purposes. lo wer capoco ty l hon l he sorne machine handling a coarse co ncrete sand .
.._ Capacities ore bosed on handling sand ond similor material weighing The grading o f material fed to a machine must be carefully considered
100 p o unds per cubic l oo r, bul con be only opproximote, os the seltling in delermining the capacily of any size mochine.
rote of co orse ond fine maJeriol varies ihrough o w ide range. A machine • These dimensions increose slightly when o 25 HP molor is used on the
handling fone sand wilh a slo w seltling role would hove a very much JS.foot machine.
6 lnside dimensions.

426 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
separators, classlflers, washers

Shaw classifier-separators

The Show clossifier-seporotor cleons ond clossifies sond

to meet exocting specificotions. lt will not only produce
clean commerciol sond, but will olso yield such special
grades as osphalt, filler, engine, ond industrial sond.
The mochine embodies a combinotion of surfoce current
ond rising current to obtain final clossification. By using
o series of these classifier-seporotors, two or more grades
of sond con be mode ot the sorne time, or mixed into any
combination d esi red . Not only can the sand be graded,
but leaves, dirt, small sticks, lignite and other foreign par-
ticles can be removed. The used water is replaced by
clean water, so that the small quantity of water which
discharges with the sand, carries no dirt or silt.
The sand to be saved folls through the rectangular
opening in the bottom of the flume, into the body of the
classifier. Above the flume is a float tank which receives
the supply of fresh water. A large pipe leads directly down
from the tank, through the flume, and into the settling
chamber, where the lower end of the pipe is flared like an
inverted funnel.
In si de the fresh water tan k is a float to which is at-
tached a vertical rod extending down through the pipe to
the dischorge opening at the bottom of the classifier. A
rubber tipped valve on the end of the rod regulates the
discharge, by reason of the raised or lowered float posi-
tion. The pressure of the fresh water as it spreads out Photo 17344· A .. The illustrot ion shows the operotion of the Show
clossifier-seporator.
oround the flared edges of the central pipe in the settling
chamber, is sufficient to produce a gentle upward current,
lifting out dirt, silt, leaves, sticks and other foreign por-
ticles, as well as finer grades of sond. When the accumu- ll"
~ e-
lated sand clogs this pipe, the fresh water back s up in
the tank, lifting the float with its rubber tipped rod, thus
automatically allowing cleaned sand to discharge at the
bottom of the classifier.
The quantity of fresh water delivered to the classifier
controls the rising current and permits variations in the
grading when it is desire d to use two or more classifiers
in series.
This classifier-separator is simple in construction, and
has only one moving par!, namely, the float with the valve
rod.
By using a series of Show classifiers and a Rotoscoop H
separator to save the extreme fines in the classifier over-
flow, the most exacting specifications can be obtained
and complete con trol of fines maintained.

Fig. 3382

Totol weight
Shipping A B e F G H l M N
Dio meter with material
weight,
in inches and water; 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
pounds
pounds FEET ANO INCHES
18 1100 3,600 9-9% 4-0 Y2 2-0 2-1 0-11 4 - 11 l4 1-1 l4 4-1 o~. 1-6
24 1900 6,000 11·7% 4-0Y2 2-8 2-8 1-0 5-9 l4 1-6 l4 5-1 o 'Va 2-0
30 2100 9,000 13-6 Ya 4-0 Y2 3-1 % 3-3 1-2 7- 1 l4 1-1 o l4 6-4 Va 2-0
36 2900 13,100 15-6 Ya 4-0 Yi 3.9 3-1 o 1-3 8-7 l4 2-2l4 6-1 o Va 2-0
Hove dimensions ce rtified for installation purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 427
processing equipment
separators, classlfiers, washers

Screw washer-separators
The link-Belt screw wosher-seporotor is o unit for
woshing, d ewotering ond dossifying sond, grovel
ond similor moteriols. Single or double-screw mo-
chines o re ovoiloble in vorious sizes for processing
from 25 to 160 tons per hour.

The screws of the son d woshers p erform o scrub-

b ing oction on th e sond which frees loom ond other
foreign motter ond keeps it in suspension until it con
be corried owoy in th e overflow. Pressu re exerted
by the screws in e levoting the sond forces out th e
water, thus p roducing o deon, low-moisture so nd.

Wosher-seporotors for grovel ore of the sorne con-

struction os th e sond woshers, but the screws operote
ot o higher speed to produce o scouring oction be-
tween the p roduct portid es. Clo y, dirt ond other
foreign motter o dh ering to the grovel is broken up
ond forced into susp e nsion. Fresh water sprays ot the
dischor ge en d of the trough p rovide odditiono l
woshin g.

Poddle or log woshers ore similor to screw woshers

except for the poddle shofts. Renewoble mongonese
Dou b le scr ew washer-se parator with spray no zzles for
steel poddles ore mounted on o hollow, squore shoft. additional washing of product with fre sh water. Pholo 19741
Po ddle woshers ore used for woshing grovel ond
coorse og gregotes requiring violent oction to break
up doy bo lls, os the scouring oction liberotes the doy
ond other impurities from the product. Fresh water
sprays ore locoted ot the dischorge end of the
trough. Add itionol wosh water con be provided in
trough bottom, if better woshing of the product is
required.

The screw wosher-seporotor consists of heovy steel

screws, either single or double, operoting in on indine d
steel trough, with o suitoble receiving tonk ot its lower
end. The upper end of the trough has o dischorge
opening ond supports the countershoft drive. The
lower end has on odjustoble overflow weir ond
beorings for the screws.

Screws con be ord inory commerciol steel, speciol

heot-treoted steel, or with hordened steel weoring
ISCHARGE
OPENING
shoes. For severe opplicotions ond prolong ed life " /SPECIAL WATER
LUBRICATEO ANO
heot-treoted flights or hordened steel weoring shoes SEALED BEARING
Fig 3532
ore used.
Double screw washer-separator with flared trough and ad justable weir for max-
Sturdy roller beorings ore used ot the upper end of imum recovery o f fine material and production af low-moisture washe d sand.
the screws to obsorb radial ond thrust loods ond
mointoin the screws in tension. Speciol design, eosily
renewoble lower end beorings utilize wate r pressure
to prevent fine sond ond grit from entering.

428 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
travellng water screens

l'raveling wal'er screens

Twelve Mod e l 45 Thru-flow traveling wate r screens 60" wide Model 57 Dual-flow travellng wate r screen ha ndles
a re insta lled in lhis municipal power plant. Photo 34268 50,000 GPM o f water used in an oil reflnery. Photo 39442

Since 1895, when Link-Belt installed its füst traveling water screen,
Head shaft ~
a ssembly
it ha s pioneered in developing and improving screens for removing
trash and r efuse from water. The wealth of experience gained
through building and installing such equipment for many years has
produced a design with many reflnements. The models presented Water spray
h ere meet the exacting conditions of service which are demand ad
of such equipment.

Clean intake water, free of objectionable solids and refuse, is

essent ial to publ ic utility and industrial steam g enerating stations, Scree n fray
continuous wate r treatment plants, chemical plants and other opera- with seal
tions requiring Jor ge volumes of water for cooling, processing, etc. pi ates
Such installations, where interruptions or shutdowns are extremely
costly, demand dependable performance of water screens.

Traveling water screens p rovide the most effective ond economical

means yet devised for removing twigs, leaves, seaweed, kelp, WATER FLOW
grass, needle ice, flsh and similar refuse from lake, river or sea w ater. Screen tray
lip
Traveling water screens are normally installed in a vertical cham-
ber forming a part of the intake well through which raw water Aows
to the pumps or point of usage. As the water passes through the
screening medium, refuse is retained on the screen tra ys and elevated
for removal when the screen is operated. Conditions which may vary
greatly on o single screening installation generally govern the fre-
quency or cy cle of operation. Under e x treme cond itions, th e screen Foot shaft
may run continuousl y. assembly --,.-+-.i~

As the trays rise into the head enclosure, the re fuse is d islodged
b y jets of water from the Non-Clogging spra y nozzles. The re fuse
and spray water are discharged into a trough and sluiced awa y
for disposal. Being self-cleaning, Link-Belt traveling water screens
require a minimum amount of attention. Their power requirement is
nominal, since und er all but the most severe condition s, the screens Boot plate
function virtually as balanced machines. This seclional view shows !he a mple refuse carrying ca pocity of !he
troys a nd the e ffective cleaning of these lrays by !he water sprays.
Refuse-free water, plus high efficiency and d ep end ability of The design o f !he foot assembly and sealing action of the troy lip
in the bool of the Thru-flow Models 45A and 46A are shown.
screen performance, is assured b y the proper selection and appli-
On the Dual-flow Model 57, the foot shaft assembly and curved
cation of Link-Belt traveling water screens. boot plote ore reploce d by run-around chain guides. Figure 6388.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 429
processing equipment
t r ave ll ng wat er scree ns

link-Belt b uilds two ty pes of traveling wa ter screens:
the Mod els 45A a nd 46A Thru-flow screens a nd th e
Model 5 7 Dual-flow screen.
Thru-flow- ln the Models 45A ond 46A Thru·flow troveling
water screens, row water flows through the oscending ond
descending runs of the screen from front to b ock. The refuse
is co rried up on the a sce nding troys ond dischorged into o
traugh for disposol.
The first traveling wa ter screens were this type and they
hove proved their dep endability and effectiveness on thou-
sands of installotions over the post 60 years.
The Mod els 45A and 46A
Types
Dependable , economical operation
The screen trays are designed to resist b e nding from o ccasionol head differen-
tiol on opposite sides of the screen. Galvanized steel screen cloth wire is
normally provided, but cloth made from electro-zinc plated copper, bronze,
stainless steel or other wire material can be supplied to meel special conditions.
The choins o nd the structurol from e ore designed to carry heovy loods with
an ample factor of safety. The chains ore designed to exclude m.Jisture ond
prevent corrosion in the p itch holes of the sidebars.
Features • Thru-flow, Models 45A and 46A
Screen frame

·, ~
t screens a re similar except
for the p itch of chains a nd
tro ys. The two sizes permit
A structural steel screen frame supparts the head and foot assemblies and
includes seoling guards over the chain and renewable tracks on the oscending
run. Continuous fla nges o n the frame fil into p it wall g uideways, which may b e
well-bolanced and economi· of gray iron for imbedding in the concrete wolls, or of steel for placement
cal selections for a wide on wall faces.
ronge of intake chombers,
varia tions of water levels
ond screening requiremenls. HEAD
t Fig. 6390
TERM INAL"--.

SPRAY PIPES
ANO NO ZZLES

Dual-flow-ln the Model 57 Duo l-flow traveling wa ter

screen, row water flows through the oscending a nd descend·
ing runs and the curved bottom of the screen simultaneously.
The cleon water portion of the well is b etween the two runs of
the screen. Refuse disposal
is the sorne os with the Thru-
flow screen.
Duol-flow screens are
capoble of handling higher
capocities thon single flow
screens of equal width ond
screen cloth opening, por-
ticula rly where screening
load is relatively light ond
high capacity is required.

Features • ali models

Maximum capacity a nd low hea d loss
The conslruction of the screen trays offers the mínimum practi-
col obstruction to the free passage of water within the width
of the intoke chamber. G reater screening orea results in
lower water velocities and lower head losses.
SCREEN
FRAME
Effe ctive se a ls between m ovin g parts
Posilive sealing against possage of solids between oscending
lrays and guides and the guides al the bottom of the well CHAIN
is effected by the accurotely sha ped seo! pioles bolted to the ANO TRAYS
ends of the trays. Cleoronce between oll submerged parts is
held within the limits of the openings in the screen cloth.
FOOT
SPROCKET
Thorough refuse r emoval
Refuse clings to the inclined screen cloth of the trays and Jorge
quantities are also elevoted on the lower troy members. FOOT
SHAFT
These inclined shelves overcome the tendency of refuse to
wash off prema turely os the trays emerge from the water.
Cleoning sprays are directed across the entire carrying sur-
face of these shelves and there o re no projections or pockets
to obstruct the effective removal of occumulated refuse. The Typical Thru-flow traveling water screen installation cut
possibility of refuse fall ing into the clean water is eliminated away to show the principa l working parts. Model 45A
as the water sprays flush all refuse from the trays into the has a torque tube head shaft as shown while Model
lrough on the stream side. 46A has sali d head shoft. Photo 29689A

430 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
traveling w a ter screens

Features • Thru-flow, Models 45A and 46A

Cha in a nd trays
The troys ore mounted between two stronds of heovy bushed roller
choin with off set sideb ors: 24 " pitch on Model 45A screens ond 18"
pitch on Model 46A screens.
The choins hove hordened and ground steel bushings ond pins os·
sembled with watertight, corrosion resisting press flts into occurately
pitched steel sidebars. The wearing surfoces of the choins ore lubricoted
through pressure grease flttings in the pins.
Large hardened steel rollers with flnished treads ond bores, reduce
sp rocket weor ond friction o n the g uides. Bolts for attaching trays pass
throug h steel b ushings which are pressed ond locked into both sidebors
of the chain, providing stability under lo ads imposed by the trays.
The tra ys a re constructed of heavy angles and bo rs, jig-welded to
ossure true and square surfaces. Screen troys overlap and closely ad-
join, forming en e ff ective seol ogoinst the passage of solids. Due to
their inclined position they readily retain refuse on the ascending run.
The lower lip of the troy is flot over its e ntire projectio n ond p rovid es
maximum refuse carrying capacity. Seal plates bolted between tro y Bushed roller choins of rigid unit link conslruction,
ossembled with troys ond seol pioles. Photo 30345
e nds ond chains preve n! the possoge of refuse between oscending troys
and g uid es, as well a s be twee n trays ond curved plate of the boo t in
the bottom of the well.
Head shaft assembly ' ¡;,
Model 45A screens ore furnished with o to rque tube heod shoft ossembly. 1
This assembly will withstand the heaviest pulls imposed upon the ascending ·
run of tro ys ond choins, ovoiding torsio nol d eflection and bending which
would skew or twist the trays.
The segmento! drive choin sprocket is bolted to the rim of one of the
screen chain sprockets thus reducing the stresses in this sprocket as well
a s reducing the size of the head shoft.
The he od shaft rotales in grease lubricate d, bronze bushed adjustable
bearing blocks. The e ntire assembly is supporte d in the head section by
bronze takeup screws and steel adjusting nuts fltted with roller thrust
bearings. Head sprockets hove 6 tee th with renewable hardened stain-
less steel inserts.
Model 46A screens use the he ad shaft assembly without the torque
tub e since this screen is normally used on installations with lighter load s.
Foot shaft assembly
The foot sha ft assembly co nsists of two Flint-Rim sprockets mounted on a
sha ft which rotales in bronze b earing s. The b earing s are held in position
b y U-bolts which engoge with supporting brackets on the foot termina l
frame. Model 45A heod shoft ossembly wilh
torque tube, shoft, split d rive choin
Sprockets sprocket, and renewable tooth inserts
The 6 -tooth head and foot sprockets used o n all Model 45 A and 46A on screen choin sprocket. Pholo 38772
screens result in less chain joint motion a nd accompanying chain joint wear
!han with 5-tooth sprockets. Chains e ngage and disengage sprockels uni-
form ly, and the entire screen operation is much smoother.
Spray pipes and nozzles
Spray pipes, with hardened stainless steel oriflces and Non-Clogging
bronze spray nozzles direct fon shaped overlopping sp ra ys across !he
width of the screen tray s for washing the trays near the top of !he
ascending run. The sproywater feed pipe extends outside the housing
ond includes a gate valve and companion flonge .

creen choin sprocket tooth

howing renewoble hordened
to inless steel insert used in
oth heod shoft ossemblies.
/
Photo 38775

Mode l 46A hea d shaft a ssemb ly has

ali the same fe otures as the 45A shoft
Foot sprocke t ossembly for Models 45A and except the torque tube. Photo 38787
46A. Photo 3877 3

L 1 N K - B E L T • 431
processi ng equipment
traveling water screens

Features • Thru -flow, Models 45A and 46A

Screen head terminal

The he od fr ome is slurdy, compoct o nd trim in o pp earonce.
Th e unique torque tube design reduces the required heod-
shoft spoce there by reducing the size of the heod terminal.
The he od mochinery is completely housed except far o por-
tian of the descending troys. Full e nclosure with inspection
doors con be furnished. Lugs ore pro vided o n th e heod
frome far lifting the screen from the well.
The Link-Belt Electrofluid Motogeor drive is mounted o n
the screen heod frome, where it is reodily occessible.

Orive
Single speed
The Electrofluid Motogeor combines o helicol geor speed
re::lucer, o fluid cou pling ond o general purpose induction
motor mounted on the Motogeor brocket, to farm o sturdy
self- conto in ed unit. This drive is connected to the screen
heod shaft b y o he o vy SS Clo ss drive choin hovin g slo inless
steel pins ond bushings of full round sections ossemble d into
offset steel sidebors with press fits lo ossure water-light,
corrosion-resistonl construction. The drive n steel sprocket
ring is mounted on one of the heod sprockets ond is mode
Scree n heod terminal w ith e nclosure, show-
in segments far e osy removol. in g single sp eed Ele ctrofluid Motogear.
The fl uid coupling permits smooth storting under condi-
tions most favorab le to the motor. Should the screen b ecome
tempororily overlooded, the coupling utilizes the full pull-
out lorque of the motor to overcome this short peak load
which might otherwise stop the motor completely.
Should the screen becom e completely stolled, the fluid
coupling slips, ond the motor continues to operote ond de-
liver its moximum torque.
lf the stolled condition continues ond the screen does
not cleor itself within the sofe time limit ollowed far the
38671
motor, the thermol overlood device stops the motor to pre-
ven! domoge to it thereby eliminoting the need far sheor
pins or o ther mechonicol overlood protection.

Two speed

The Electrofluid Motogeor drive con be furnished with Sin gle sp eed El e ctrofluid Motog e ar.
built-in chonge geors to provide o screen trove) speed of
1 O feet per minute far normal intermillent operotion, ond
2 '12 feet p er minute when conditions require continuous
operotion. Speed chonges, either from low to high or vice
verso, ore occomplished outomoticolly without stopping
the screen or monuolly shifting geors. Monuolly operoted
electricol controls ore normolly furnished. Relioble ond
outomotic overlood protection far the motor ond th e screen
38670
ot both speeds is provided through the unique combinotion
of fluid coupling, georing, ond electricol equipment.

Two speed Ele ctrofluid Motogear.

432 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
travellng water screens

Dimensions • Thru -flow, Models 45A and 46A

HALF OF HALF OF TRA Y WIDTH PLUS

TRA Y WIDTH TRA Y WIDTH 2~1 l~'"MJNIMUM
1:2~!:...>!+-PLUS 1:2~~
~l
K---0-- -F
Gj' MIN.G r-------

·11 1 i MAX.
TRAY ~IDTH
PLU~ 1~2 '
1
t
FLOW

íl - CIL GUIDES· - - -
11
y
lz
H
~~u
(/)
1 MIN.

'º PLAN
Casi iran guideways sel in side walls

CENTERS
f~=t__J MIN. flt. u11

WELL AlTERNATE DISCHARGE ARRANGEMENT

DEPTH
Discharge lraugh abave Aaar

cA
HEAD
SHAFT
r------------------------
1
1
1
1
1 1
1 TRAY _WIDTH
1
1 PLUS 1~8 1 #
t ' 2

i
CIL- GUIDES..

lz
...Jw
0~
u (/)

f if . 6 JIJ
ALTERNATE PLAN
FRONT ELEVATION SECTJONAL S1DE ELEVATION "•·º'º Sleel guideways an face of side walls

Model D F G H K M N p R S 1 T
screen
FHT ANO INCHES
45A 4-4 v. ¡2-9 :114 ¡ 4-1 1 v2 I 3-5 v2 1-8 :y.. I 0-11v. ¡ 3-7 v2 2-2 :y.. 3-9 ¡ 5 -o 0 - 1 'h ¡ 2-5 'h ¡3-3
46A 1 3-8 Va 2-2 :y. 4-1 'h 3-0 1 1-6 y. 0-6 % 2-7 y. 2-0 v. 3-6 l/2 3- 1 1 v. 0 - 1 y. 2-0 2-9

Hove dimensions cerlified for i nslallalion pu rposes.

Available w ith carbon steel frame o r low al loy steel frame .
.A T ray widths from 3'-0' to 10'-0' in increments of 6' .

L 1 N K - B E L T • 433
processing equipment
traveling water screens

Features • Dual-flow, M odel 57

Model 57 Dual- Aow screens are normally installed
HEAD
in a vertica l chamber forming part of the intake
TERMINAL""
well. They are installed with the screening sur-
foces in line with the d irection of Aow of raw SPRAY P IPES
water into the intake well, as compared with the ANO NOZZLES
TORQUE
right angle p osition of the Th ru-Aow screen. The TU 8 E --.,---iii::'.'11
HEAD
raw water Aows through the ascending and de- SHAFT
scending runs and the curved bottom of the screen
simultaneously, therefore full advantage is token
of all screening orea. The clean water portien
of th e well is between the two runs of the screen.
Refuse is carried on the screen trays of both
runs, the descending run carrying it down and
around the foot terminal and the ascending run
carrying it up to the head terminal for discharge
into refuse trough.

Chain and trays

The lroys ore mounted between two stro nds of 18"
pitch heovy b ushed roller choin with offset sidebors.
Hordened ond g round sleel bushings ond pins ore
ossembled wilh woterlight, corrosion resisting press fits
in occurotely pilched steel sidebors. Weoring surfoces
of the choins ore lubricoted through pressure greose
fitting s in the pins. Lorge hord e ned steel rollers hoving
f1nished treods ond bores reduce friction on the vertical
g uides ond in the roll-oround foot terminal. Soddle
brockets between the choin sidebors ossure proper
sidebor spocing ond choin stobility under oll loods
imposed by the troys.
Troys ore constructed of heovy ongles ond bors,
jig-we lded to ossure true ond squore surfoces. Screen
troys overlop ond closely od join, forming on e ffe ctive
seol ogoinst the possoge of solids. Due to their in-
clined position they reodily retoin refuse on th e os-
cending run. The lower lip of the troy is flot over its
enlire projection ond p rovides moximum refuse corry-
ing copocity. Seol pioles b olted between troy e nds
ond choins preven! lhe possoge of solids between
troys ond guides. Choin guides ore provided on both
the oscending ond descending runs. Typicol Duol-flow Model 57 lroveling wa ter screen
inslollotion cut owoy lo show lhe principal working
Roll-around foot terminal peris. Pholo 39444

Duol-flow troveling water screens hove o rol l-o round

foot terminal thot reploces the conventionol foot shoft
ond sprockets. The screen choins roll oround the fool
terminal through steel guid e roils formed in on 1 80°
ore. Seoling ogoinst the possog e of oversize solids is
effectivel y mointoined throughout the foot terminal.

Bypass gate
A monuolly operoted byposs gote in the upstreom end
~f the screen permits dive rsion of the water directly
into the dischorge chonnel without possing through the
screening surfoces. The byposs gote is used only in
emergencies or under fl ood conditions where excessive
differentiol heods might domoge the screening surfoces.

All head machinery, screen frames, drives,

s ~r ay pipes and nozzles are essentially the sorne
as those used on the Thru- Aow Model 45A screen. Roll-o round foo l terminal with sleel guide roils lo guide
choin. Photo 39482
See pages 4 30 to 4 32 for details.

434 • L 1 N K - 8 E L T
 processing equipment
trave llng wate r screens

Dimensions • Dual-flow, Model 57

C/L
4'....11(
MAX.
~·/
i -~'~ ;.;
I"'\
\1
(_ ~· ~
SCREEN ALTERNATE OISCHARGE ARRANGEMENT
1 ~--t---ttt-- - - -- --r This d ischorge tro ugh obove floor

1 3-52
,. ¡;""" l) ~~'E~
VALVE7
l
. -H
' 1 I •

' MIN. i ¡t 3-3

FLOOR
UNE¡ 1 .•~
*===:!=!
1 [ l(MINr
1 '¡ GROUT
~ ..- 1 "
~16: ~ 2-s~
~ 3~2~ 1 1

1 .1 C/L ~~
L..f-~1-~ HEAD l!V---f,--''-1,~
: ,.
/
rf- rt SHAFT
1 ~·· 1
1}.:,.
- "'' " WID ' M~ CEN TERS

WELL
'
¡\
1

!
it ~ !;'
1
i .)
DEPTH
,,
1
1
l+tt----4¡1---t+ffl

! ,'... 11
i :,
t
1

1
TRAVEL 1
1 i 1

~ ! ~l i
1
, B
¡::.. t 1

-
1
1
J¡ 1

.... >-FLowj 1 1
1

BY·P~ , ,,
GATE
3- 0
FLOW )
I~
~
-17 ¡'\ - ~,...
' .... ' ...... .,.. "",,,.'/ I ~
FLOW

i-íl
w!•~'!
'
- ·~ e: l
! i

FRONT ELEVATION SECTIONAL SIDE ELEVATION PLAN "•·.,.,

Troy
width
A B e o E F G

FEET ANO INCHES

•
3-0 9-0 2-0 2- 1 4-0 6-0 2- 8 v. 4- 1 'la
3-6 9-6 2-3 2- 4 4-3 6-6 2-11 s;. 4- 4 'la
4-0 10-0 2-6 2- 7 4-6 7-6 3- 2 v. 4- 7 'la
4-6 10-6 2-9 2-10 4-9 8-0 3- 5 v. 4-10 'la
5-0 11-0 3-0 3- 1 5-0 9-0 3- 8 5/ 1 5- 1 'la
5-6 11-6 3-3 3- 4 5-3 9-6 3-11 v. 5- 4 'la
6-0 12-0 3-6 3- 7 5-6 10-6 4- 2 v. 5- 7 Ya
6-6 13-0 3-9 3-10 6-0 11-0 4- 5 5/a 5-10 'la
7-0 13-6 4-0 4- 1 6-3 12-0 4- 8 5/a 6- 1 'la
7-6 14-0 4-3 4- 4 6-6 12-6 4-11 v. 6- 4 'la
8-0 14-6 4-6 4- 7 6-9 13-6 5- 2 v. 6- 7 Ya
H ove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.
¿ These d imensions moy vory depend ing on copocity requirements.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 435
processing equ ipment
travellng water screens

Optional features

In many t ravelin g water screen installations sp ecial conditions such as remete location
of site, excessive refuse in the water or extremely corrosive conditions may necessitate
sp ecia l, or non-standard screen components or a ttachments. To meet these con ditions
Link-Belt can suppl y the following optional features to adapt n ew or existing scre ens
to the job requirements.

Automatic differential head control abrasives, special abrasion-resistant spray nozzles can be
supplied.
Controls can be furnished to automa tically operate screen and
cleaning spra ys whenever the d ifferential head exceeds a
Brass spray p ipes
predetermined selective amount. An automatic ti ming device
continues operation of the screen for a selected period of t ime Spray pipes of red bross with b ronze gate valve can be
after the differential head ha s returne d to normal. furnished when required.

Rubber seals
Full head enclosure
Rubb er sea ling strips con be p rovided to further red uce clear-
Additional enclosure can be furnished for th e back o f th e
ances between screen trays and the cha in and guides when the
screen to completely house th e head t erminal machinery and
p assage of fine refuse, small flsh or eels is to b e prevented .
tra ys. lnspection doors in the enclosure extension permit ob-
servation of the screen trays.
Multipl e sprays

Corrosion-resistant parts Two lines of sprays with one or two valves can be provided
for screens handling lorge quantities of stringy or tenocious
Screen fra mes, head terminal enclosures and screen troy fromes debris requiring additional spray wa ter.
made of low a lloy corrosion-resist ant steel con be furnished.
St ainless steel foot sh afts can also be suppli ed. Screen chains Down run guides for 45A screens
can be furnished with low a lloy corrosion-resistant steel side-
Guides for conflning and guiding the chains on the return or
bars, stainless steel pins ond bushings and hardened steel
down run can be fu rnished. This construction is somet imes re-
rollers. When required, stainless steel rollers can be furnished
ferred to os the four-post design.
in place of hardened steel.

Corrosion -resistant screen cloth
A wide variety of screen cloth con be furnished. Cloth made of
stoinless steel or other non-corrosive materials are often neces-
sary wh en screens will b e sub jected to sa lt water or other
corrosive cond itions.
Abraslon-resi stant spray nozzles
On water screen insta llations where spray wat er contains un-
usuolly large omounts of suspended sand, grit or o ther harmful
Leaf rakes
Leaf rakes or auxiliary l ips can b e furni shed on the screen
trays to assist in removal of debris from the boot and pit.
Solenoid spray water valves
Where it is desirable to hove th e refuse spray water start
automatically with the operation of the screen, solenoid spray
water valves are used. The electrical impulse that storts the
screen also octuotes the solenoid valve ond ollows th e spray
water to flow.

436 • L 1 N K - B E L T

wa'ler, sewage and
indus'lrial was'le 'lrea'lmen'I
A Link-Belt equipped sewa ge treatment plant for the removol of screenings, g rit ond sludge from sewoge. Photo 381 29
Link-Belt sanitary engineering equipment for water, sewage
and industrial woste treatment plonts has been proven in the
field for over 35 yeors. Designed primorily for standard
processes ond common installation sizes, this equipment con be
reodily odapted to many speciol designs. Wherever there is o
problem of removing solids from water, sewage or industrial
wostes Link-Belt con supply the proper equipment. Solids con
be large, small or even colloidol in size. No motter whot the
volume of water or quantity of solids, Link-Belt equipment con
contents
lntroduction ...................... ... ....... . 437
lnstollotions ond typicol flow diogrom . ....... . ... 438
Screens .. ....... ...... .. . .... ....... ... 439-44 1
Thru-Cleon bar screen . .. ................. .. 439
Straightline bar screen .. .. ........... ...... 439
Tro sh screens . . .. ......... ........ . .... ... . 440
Tritor screen .............................. 441
Drum screen . . ......... . . . . .. .. .. . . . . ... . . 44 1
Disc screen ... .. . .. . .. .. . ... . .......... . . .. 44 1
processing equipment
water, s ewage and
industria l waste treatment
be designed to fit the specific opplicotion requirements. Plonts
hove been constructed for flows os smoll os 70,000 gallons
per doy, to os large os 200,000,000 gollons per doy.
The following poges give o b rief description of the various
items of sonitory engineering equipment manufoctured by
Link-Belt. Consult your nearest District Soles Office for detailed
cotologs ond descriptions of equipment to suit your require-
ments. Link-Belt mointains o stoff of engineers specializing in
water, sewage and industrial woste treatment equipment.
Stroightline grit collectors .......... . ... .. ...... 442
Stroightline grit woshers ... .. .. .. . .. .. ... . ..... 445
Stroightline mixers ....... . ....... .. . . ....... . 446
Flash mixer ............................... 446
Horizontal slow mixer . .. ...... . .. . .. .... . ... 446
Vertical slow mixer . . . . .... ........... ..... 446
Vibro - Flow feeder mochines ................... 447
Straightline sludg e collectors ......... .. ...... 448
Circuline sludge collectors . ............. . .. .. .. 450
Additionol Link-Belt equipment ... .. ..... . .. .. .. 452
L 1 N K - B E L T • 437
 processing equipment
water, sewage and
Industrial waste treatment
lnstallations

"'
Grit colle ction ond scre ening e quipme nt removes solids from
log flume water al a large paper mili. Water is recirculated, thus
saving water and reducing pallution. Photo 35991
Stroightline sludge collectors are installed in large numbers a l
lhis activated sewage lrealmenl plan!. This modern p lan! was
erected la purify municipal sewage. Pholo 38674
·1 V!.¡.

Slow mi x e rs and Circulin e sludge colle ctors far !he coagulation and removal of solids
from river water befare flltralian al a municipal water lrealmenl p lan!. Pholo 38125

link-Belt manufactures a broad line of equipmenl far water,

sewage and industrial wasle lrealmenl planls. Bar screens, gril
coll ector s, sludge collecto r s, fla sh mixers, StroightJine mixers, ore SLUOGE
par! of this co mple te line. Figure 6050 above and 6372 below. DIGESTER ...Q!.<!~STEf>_~ SLUDGE DRYING SEOS t-_:E_l!!t~~~
SLUDGE · .

SOLIO STE1R- f
ORIVE SHA~

FLASH MIXER TANK FLOCCULATIO N TANK

438 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
water, sewa ge a nd
Ind ustria l waste treatment
Screens
Link-Belt manufactures a complete line of screens for the automatic removal of
large or fine Aoating and suspended solids from water, sewage or industrial
wastes. For large soli ds removal, vertical or inclined bars are used to catch the
sol ids which are then removed from the bars b y traveling rakes. Fine solids are
removed b y revolving disc or drum screens which are usually cleaned b y water
spra ys. Consult Link-Bel! for expert recommendations on your screening require-
ments. Selection of the best screen for any application can be easily made from
Link- Belt's complete line.

Thru-Clean I
SCREENINGS
bar screen TROUGH

Link-Belt Thru-Cleon bar screens hove

two or more rokes thot cleon the screen
bors. The rokes ente r the spoces be-
tween the vertical bors ot the bo ttom
from the downstreom side ond trovel
upword. The screenings ore roked off
SIDE
the foce of the screen ond ore conveyed PLATE
out of the liquid ond deposite d in o
troug h from which they con be dis-
chorged into o disposol receptocle or
delivered to o shredder. CH AIN GUIDE
The screen bo rs ore usuolly spoced
with Y." to 1" cleor openings for the r e-
movol of lorge solids. The bors ore
fo ste ne d al the bottom ond spoce- SLACK CHAIN
SUPPORT
positioned al the top, to preven! th e
troveling rokes from rubbing. This de -
sig n fe oture reduces weor ond power
consumptio n to o minimum. A specio l Thru-Clean bar screen with shredder used to
pivoted bar spocer with stub teeth hold s grind screenings ond return them to sewage flow
the bors in ve rtical olignment. in front o f screen. Photo 3 1 35 1 Vertical seclion of Thru-Clean bar screen. Rake enters thru
screen bars al bottom and remaves retained solid s an
upward travel. Figure 61 OO.

Straightline bar screen

The Link -Be lt Stroightline bar screen is on olternote screen to the Thru-Cleon
bar screen ond is used for the removol of lorge porticles of Aooting ond
suspended solids from the Aow inlo sewoge ond industrial woste treot-
ment plonts.
Stroightline ba r screens consist of o roke, ottoched to two or four cables,
operoting over motor propelled grooved drums. The roking element is su p-
porte d by gra y iron blocks sliding in steel chonnels recessed in the concrete
wolls. Control of the roke is manual or outomotic. Bar screens usuolly hove
cl eo r o pe nings of :y.¡ " to 1" between the bors.

Vertical section of inclined bar screen. Reciprocoting roke, sup·

ported by two cables, remaves salids from frant of bars on uoward
lra vel. Figure 61 O l.

lncllned Stralghtlln e bar

screen w lt h shredder.
Time dock conlrols operotion
of rake. Photo 22827.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 439
 processing equipment
water, sewage and
industrial waste treatment
Trash screens
Tra sh screens are installed et the river intake of power or screens. Th ey are usually built w ith incl in ed or vertical bars
water t reatment plants for remov ing larg e Ao ating o r sus- sp aced w ith 3" to 4 " cl ear opening s.
pended debris w hich would damage tra veling water intake

Type 3C
The Link·Belt Ty p e 3 C t ra sh screen may hove either vertical or incline d bors.
The ra ke ha s ca si iron b locks which slide in steel channe ls in the sid e wall s and
TRAVERSING is power o p erate d b y p ressing ond ho lding a control b utton. One rake cl e ans
CRANK RAKE CARRIAGE
(UP TRAVEL) the full cha nne l width up to a maximum o f 16 ' -0". The cleo ning mecho nism ca n
b e moved fr om cha nnel to cha nnel so that numerous channels mo y b e cle one d .

r--'~~....• ~ ~. ' :S-

.,
.. ·'
'
~ .:
.,,.
'
,. ',

~'~[''·.WATE~LEVEL
> '.:-'~·t~ 1 '1 - .._J
:.'·
.'
. , 1
' - --

:~ ''.r-~~;:~~ Ciü - ~=~-_oc_ 0=-1SC.:tH=A~R-G=E=- 1

ft ' .
~
I

- - - - ' - ·-
..
_-=::--__
• • • r • •, .. •
9

, •
.- - . . . .1
., ' "1 ' • ·"" '
~·--'-~·-·,, • , ...._ ·'
:
._
", •.•
;1• . ¡ ,.

Vertical sectian of vertical Type 3C lrosh screen wilh 3 Type 3C trash screen lroverses ond cleons 3 screen bays al o power plont water
cables lo operole !he roke. Figure 391 4 intake. Photo 36578

Type 2C
The Link-Bel t Typ e 2 C trosh screen is on olternate design to the Type 3 C a nd
has a ro ke conveyed by 2 cables. Wheels on the roke trove! directly o n the
inclined bars. Th e rake is of a standard width and is t raversed manually or b y
TRAVERSING
CRANK motor to clean a screen bay of any width.
RAKE CARRIAGE
(UP TRAVEL)
CLE ANING POSITION TRAVERSING
TRASH CART

WATER LEVEL

FLOW--+

~-r·.~t~i }~·;)&._1} 1_
L -...!~ :.:::<:~~~~·t:·~',~

SIDE VIEW

Vertical section of Type 2C trosh screen When roke

reaches cleaning position, debris is discharged inlo trosh Type ::ZC trash screen with 7 ' -8'' wide roke corriage used to cleon o screen boy
car!. Figure 6102 100 feel wide . Pholo 3881 2

440 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
water, sewage and
Industrial wast e treatment
Tritor scre en

The Link-Bel! Tritor screen is de-

signed for smoll instollotions with
o moximum chonne l width of 4 ' -0"
ond o mo ximum design flow of
2.75 M G D. lt is on economicol
mechonicolly cleoned grit chomber
ond bar screen dual purpose unit.
Tritor screens ore b uilt with either
vertical or inclined bors with Y. "
to 1" openings. Two or more per-
foroted buckets with roke f1ng e rs
cleon the bors ond remove the
debris thot settles in the sump in
front of the screen bors.

A fully enclosed Tritor screen with shred-

der to grind screenings ond return them to Vertical section of Tritor screen. Distribution vanes and
sewage flow during dry weather flow. Grit adjustable baffle control flow velocities through the
ond debris from stor111 flows a re b uried o r screen. Level control vanes maintain water at proper
burned. Photo 36899 depth through the screen bars. Figure 3917

Drum screen

The Link- Bel! revolving drum screen SCREENINGS

DISCHARGE
effectively removes lorge quonti- TROUGH
ties of very fine solid s from water
used in monufocturing processes
ond from industrial wo stes. These
screens ore ideal for instollotions
where the volume of water is lorge,
the voriotions in water level ore
slight, ond where the loss of heod
through the screen mus! be kept to
o minimum. Screens up to 1O' -O"
diometer con be furnished. Front view of drum screen. Screenings ore
Drum screen equipped with stoinless steel cloth of 2 to 60 removed by sprays and flushed to the screen-
mesh or flner. A weir maintains water level. Photo 38918 ing d ischarg e trough. Figure 3 198

Disc screen

The Link-Be l! disc screen is on olter-

note to the drum screen ond con
usuolly be used for the some se rv-
ice. Copocity ond layout usuolly
determine the selection. Disc screens
hove been built up to 14' -0" di-
ometer, the copocity depe nding
on the mesh of cloth used.
4
....
•4,"
. . . ()
~ ..... o
' ,
}{.: ~~Al WALL
;-~; .-"' ~.(>.~;{.-..:.; .~.. ~ ·. :i. .;t .. -. Y' --...

• f' •"} . ,·..

Link-Belt disc scree n at poper mili for screening
portion of waste water so it can be re-circulated as
spray woter. Photo 371 72
FRONT VIEW
Front view of disc scr een with splash plote removed.
Screenings retained on cloth and those elevated by
lifting trough s are Au shed into a trough for dewatering
or return to streom flow. Figure 6103

L 1 N K - B E L T • 441
 processing equipment
water, sewage and
in d ustrial waste treatment
Link-Belt Straightline grit collectors are installed at sewage
and industrial waste trea t ment plants to provide an easy
method of collecting settled grit and inert solids without
drainin g the grit chamber. These solids are dewatered and
removed from the chamber b y Aight conveyors, screw con-
Straightline grit collectors
veyors, or buckets attached directly to the collectors.
Depend ing on the sol ids to be remov ed, chambers may be
designed with controlled velocities, as a retention tank, or air
may be used to a id the differential separation of grit from
organic matter.

Type S
The Link-Bel! Type S grit colleclor consists of a conveyor with pitched Aights, which turn the settled
grit ond other materials over and aver, then discharge them into a washing ond dewotering screw
at the inAuent e nd of the chomber where grit is ogitoted ond woshed to free it of putrescible
maller. Flights ore of welded steel construction. Combinotion chain is used to assure long service
under the most obrosive cond itions. Replaceable obrosion resistan! shoes and !rocks, located
slightly above the chamber Aoor, support the Aights. The woshing and dewotering screw has
thick steel Aights mounted on heavy steel pipe.

WATER LEVEL
~~~.§.. CONTROL PLATE7

,. . . . ...,..,~.;r?,~:i11r.i..+-~~r-4lrrr.~N_·#~ ~--=----o--~--~~~!l.ill1qr=
1 FLOW---+ ·-......_·-.!i!_ EFFLUENT
+-TRAVEL
. ..1- , _
-,.~.,,
Ty pe S grlt colle ctor with pitched
Aights which turn the gril over ond
STOP
PLATE convey it to the dewolering and
woshing screw. Pholo 24869

Longitudinol section of Type S grit collector with dewotering ond woshing screw
which elevotes grit ond reduces putrescible motter to 1 v,3. Fi~ure 6114

Type B
The Link -Be l! Type B grit collector consists of a conveyor fltted with buckets to collect the grit from
the Aoor of the chamber and elevate it to the dischorge point above the ground level. 11 is used
when the chambers ore deep and an inclined screw would not b e practica! due to excessive
costs. Class C combinotion choin and knock-out wear shoes ore provided fer long life. The
collector buckets discharge by gravity into a separate Type SW screw washer. Sprays assist
in cleaning the buckets ond provide wosh water to produce a grit with a low putrescible contenl.

GRIT WASHING ANO

DEWATERING SCREW
Type B grlt collect or with buckets
on d o s• e combinotion cho in e levot-
ing grit ond d ischorg ing it lo wo•hing
ond dewatering screw. Photo 34618

WATERLEVEL
CONTROL PLATE

~TRAVEL

Longitudinal section of Type 8 grit collector. Grit is collected, elevated vertico lly, discharged
into screw, ond washed. Orgonics ore returned to lhe inAuenl end of chonnel. Figure 6104

442 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
water, sew a g e and
Indust rial w ast e t r e atment
Straightline grit collectors
Type IH
The Link-Be lt Type IH grit collector is designed to remove heovy inorgonic solid s from
industrial wostes ond has no provisions for woshing the material o s it is withdrown from the
chombers. Flights ore used to convey ond dewoter the grit ond /or other solids o s they ore
elevoted up on incline to o point obove the water level.
Th e Ty pe IH heovy duty grit collector has been instolled in steel milis, coke plonts,
corbon plonts, mochine ry monufocturing plonts ond power plonts. lt con be odopted
to ony industrial liquid woste where it is desiroble to settle, dewoter ond remove o heovy
inorgonic solid.
The Ty pe IH grit collector is of o rugged design consisting o f a double strand conveyor with
flights. The choins are combinotion ty pe or Rive tless drop forged sleel. The size o nd spocing
of the flights depends on the volume and ty pe of material lo b e re moved. Abro sion re-
sisting renewobl e weor slrips ore instolled on the flights and on the return run lrocks.
The settling rote of the solids to be removed is usuolly dctermine d by loboratory tests.
After the settling rote is known the detention period ond chomber dimensions are de-
termined for the degree of clorifkation desired.
Three Ty p e IH Stralghtlln e grit collectors recover·
ing mili scole o t lorge steel mili. Value of re·cloimed
sca le ha s paid far instollotion. Phota 34299.

Z
·~

GRIT CAN.
~TE BOTTOM

' """
"-
. ~~
BELT CONVEYOR OR ... (' -.....__
IN FLUENT~

,
-~,
'.

-"F
\

l .>\ ~
,
"J FLo w -
-- -pn=
---- SCUM
PIPE
scuMi
EFFnr;;I

f
SCREW CONVEYOR TO • -.....__
SUIT LOCAL CONDITION -.....__ BAF LE ''-.,. ..,.-FLIGHTS BAFFL:_/

.,
. ('......__ } .........
. 1
---]
('._( :-'\ -+--TRAVEL l • 1 • ---1~- -1~
~ c.-· -r- · -c..=.:,-:-t.---L- ·-L-·-t-:- · -l-- - r-·"::::__1

Longitudinol section o f Type IH Stroightline g ril collector. Settled inorganic materia l is co llected,
d ewotered ond d ischo rg ed into cons or conveyo r. Figure 61 05.

Type IM
The Link-Belt Type IM grit collector is for medium duty ond is usuolly instolled ot smoll
sewage tre olm e nt plonts' where o more economicol design is d esired, with no provisio n for
woshing of the g rit o s it is withd rawn from the chamber. Grit with o high putrescible con-
tent moy be returned to the sewage ot high flo ws for resettling and removol later.
This g rit collector consists of o single strand of cho in with 4" chonnel flights spoce d on
1 O' centers. Renewoble single weor shoes ore ottoched to the flights ond ride on T-roils
in the botto m of the chomber and on the return run tracks. The grit which settles to the
bottom of the chomber is conveyed by the flight conveyor along the floor o f the tonk ond
up an incline to the discho rge point, where it is dischorged into cons or o llowed lo foil
bock into the chomber for re-circulotion whe n the con is removed.
Ty pe IM g rit chombers ore sized so thot their cross sectionol o reo ond length ore equa l
to thot of Types S ond B chombers of equol copocity. Surfoce oreo ond velocity through
the chomber determine the size of the chomber. To control the water depth through the
chamber ond thus mointain velocities of .75 FPS to 1.25 FPM, use Pa rsholl flume, p ro-
portionol weir or odjustoble goles.

Tw o Type IM Stralghtllne g r it collect ors instolled ot

a municipal sewage trealmenl p ion!. Phala 38662.

WATER LEVEL

Longitudinal seclion o f Type IM Straightline grit callector. Grit is not washed bul ma y be returne d
to chonnel a l high flows far resettling ond reduction in o rganic conlenl. Figure 6 1 06.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 443
 processing equipment
water, sewage and
industrial waste treatment
Straightline aerated grit collectors
Link-Belt Stroightline oeroted grit collectors consist of grit chombers in
which compressed oír is in troduced to creote ond mointoin velocit ies of
opproximotely l .O to 2.0 FPS ond thus induce optimum conditions, for
se porotion of grit on d orgonic motter ot oll flo ws. The compressed oír is
odmitted into the chomber through porous cero mic d iffuser tubes. The
tub es moy b e ossembled os units or individuolly suspen ded in the ch omber.
They ore reodily removoble for cleoning .
A mechonicol meons for removing the sepo roted grit from the sewoge is
provided, the method used depends on the size of the chomber.

Type A B Straightli ne a erated gril co lleclor. In od di-

l ion to grit removol the chornber has on extended oerotion
period for pre·oerotion. Photo 38684

GRIT WASHER
ORIVE

Type AS
The Link-Belt Type A S o eroted grit collector is used in smoll chombers
with flows up lo 6.0 MGD. lt consists of o hopper with on inclined
screw grit wosher for removing o nd washing lhe grit. Air is provided to
mointoin uniform velociti es for all flows. The size of the chomber is
selected to give a detention pe riod of one minute o r lo ng er.

longitudinal section of Type AS Stroightline oeroted grit colleclor. Adjust-

oble effluent weirs remove orgonic motter from the chomber. Figure 6107.

GRIT ELEVATOR ANO

SCREW CONVEYOR
ORIVE WATER SPRAY FOR
CLEANING BUCKETS

GRIT WASHING ANO

Type ASB
OEWATERING SCREW
The Link-Bel! Type ASB a erate d gril collector 1s used for chambers with
Aows o f 1.5 MGD or more. The collector is constructed with o lo ngitudinal
screw in the b o ttom to convey !h e grit to o bucket elevato r which elevoles
it to the discho rge point obove !he water lev e!. A Ty pe SW screw washer
is used to wash and d ewater the g rit to a ssure mínimum p utrescible ond
water content of !he discha rged g ri t. Th e chombe rs a re usuo lly d esigned
for a d etention period of approximote ly one minute, for efficient grit
l ongitudinal section of Type ASB Stroightline oeruted grit collector. separation.
Figure 6 l 08.

ORGANIC
RETURN PIPE

GRIT WASHING ANO

OEWATERING SCREW

The Link-Bel! Type AB a eroted g rit collector i s for large installotions or al

planls where it is desirable lo combine pre-a era tion and g rit rernoval in
the some tank. 11 may be designed o n !he bo sis of an ext ended d etention
p eriod, !he length of time depending on !he d esired results from !he pre-
oerotion. The Type AB consists of o Type B grit collecto r for the collection
and removol of the g ri t, ond porous tub es for the introd uctio n of th e
compressed air.
l ongitudinal section of Type AB Stroightline oeroted grit collector. A
Type SW grit wosher removes putrescible matter fram collected grit.
Fi gure 6109

444 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
wate r , se wage and
Ind ustr ia l wast e t reatme nt
Straightline grit collectors
Type se
The Link-Be lt Type SC grit collector is on inclined dewatering and
woshin g screw installed in a grit hopper. The hopper is designed
so thot o surfoce creo rote of Aow of 40,000 GPD per squore
foot is provided to remove 65 mesh grit or larger. The effluent
trough is d esigned so the Aow over the screw can be regulated
and the putrescible matter washed from the grit as it is conveyed
to the discharge point. Thi s chamber is economical to build, simple
to operate ond especially adopted to small Aows.
lf a packaged unit is desired the entire grit hopper con be
fobricated of steel and shipped as a unit.

Longitudinal section o f Type SC Stroightline grit colleclor. The screw woshes

ond dewaters the grit before dischorging it into grit con. Figure 611 O

Straightline grit washers Efflu ent tro ugh of Typ e SC grit collect or has odiu•toble weirs to re-
move organic motter from grit os it is elevoted by the screw. Photo 39017
Grit moy be removed from chombers by vorious methods:
lf the grit is removed in dry state b y hond shoveling, grob
bucket or other mechanical means, it must be washed to
remove the putrescible motter.
lf the grit is removed b y air lift, water e ductor or pump,
it must be dewotered ond woshed to produce o product
which is inoffensiv e ond con be easily hon dl ed .
lf the g rit is removed b y conveyor or bucket e levo tor
such as Link-Bel t Types ASB, AB or B gri t collector systems,
it must be dewotered ond woshed to prod uce on occept-
oble product.

Type SW
The Link-Belt Ty pe SW grit washer will dewoter and wash grit to
a low putrescible content. When grit is removed in a dry siete,
water is added in the S W grit wa sher to Aoat out the putrescible
matter ond the grit is removed by the screw. When grit is removed
with water, the SW grit washer dewaters the grit and removes
the putrescible matter. When grit is removed by conveyor or
b ucket elevator, it is desirable to Aush the grit from the buckets
with spra y wa ter to ossure complete cleaning of the buckets. The
spray water not only cle ans the buckets but olso scours the grit
pa rticles ond oids in the reduction of putrescible content. This
washer is on ideol unit to separote the grit, water and putrescible
matter.

Alr lift fr om g r it wosher hopper elevotes grit into Type SW gril

wo•her fo r dewotering ond removing putrescible motter. Photo 28569

Longitudinal section of Type SW grit wosher for woshing

and dewotering grit. Fig. 6111

L 1 N K - B E L T · • 445
 processing equipment
water, sewage and
Industrial waste tre atment
•
Straightline m1xers
ORIVE
STRAIGHTLINE MIXER ORIVE In an efficient chemical flocculation system
WITH REOWOOO PAOOLES
the rapid, thorough mixing of chemicals
with raw water, sewa ge, or industrial
___.. liquids is followed by a gentle, slow
BAFFLE mixing to produce ma ximum size floc.
link- Belt manufactures a complete line of
ORIVE SHAFT
flash an d slow mixers carefully designed
----+ for each of these two chemical mixing
Longitudinol section of Aosh ond horizontal slow mixers. A complete operations. The size and shape can be
system for thorough chemicol mixing ond Aocculotion. f igure 61 13 adapted to suit local requirements.

Flash m ixer
The Link- Belt flash mixer consists of o consto nl·speed motor direct connected to o Link-Belt
worm geor reducer. This drive, mounted o n o pedestal, is connected to o vertical propeller
shoft mounted so thot underwoter beoring s ore not required. Loa d ond thrust of the propeller
shoft ore token up by beorings in the p edestal so these forces do nol oct o n the reducer beor-
ings. This efficient desig n o ssures long life o nd trouble-free operotion. lf underwoter beorings
o re desired, ped estal o nd b e o rings obove the water level mo y be omitted ond on underwoter
beoring on the tonk Aoor substituted.
The propeller is on iron casting designed for high mixing efficiency with low horsepower
re q uiremenls, o ssurin g economico l operotion. The propeller provid es ropid, thorough mixing by
d ischorging the liquid o goinst the to nk Aoor. The liquid then tokes o poth ocross the Aoor, up
the side wolls o nd down the center of the tonk.
Flash mixers moy be instolled in concrete, sleel or wood tanks by mounting on a steel or
concrete platform spanning the tonk wolls.
Fla • h m ixer provides ropid ond thorough mix·
ing of che mica Is. Photo 37679

Horizontal slow mixer

For recta ngular tonks where horizontal Aow is desired, the Link-Belt Straightline slow mixer pro-
vides the most efficient mixing et minimum cost. The omount of mixing con be reduced os the liquid
flows through the to nk by decreasing the number ond changing the pitch of the podd les. The ro te
of mixing co n o lso be varied by o P.l.V. variable speed drive, so the p eripheral speed of the
paddles will be between 0.6 ond 1.2 feel per second. A fluid drive is used ta permit the motor
lo develop the full speed to overcome the heavy starting load and it permits use of o smaller
motor. When horizontal slow mixers ore installed et sewage and industrial wasle treatment
plants, the bottoms of the tonks may be rounded to preven! the settling of solids which moy
become septic. Septicity is usually not a problem ot water trealment planls and therefore
squore bottom corners with fillets can be used al these installotions.
Horizontal slow mixers are constructed with solid steel or pipe shafts, steel angle arms and
re dwood poddles.
H ori z o ntal slo w mixer ossures efficient chem·
ical Aocculotion. Photo 24976

Vertical slow mixer

The Link- Belt vertical Stroightline slow mixer is usuolly instoll ed et small water p lants ond
industria l waste continuous flow or batch treotment plonts. Construction details of poddle sections
ore the sorne os for horizontal mixers except that the shoft is vertical ond the drive is located
on top of the tonk. A P.1.V. variable speed drive is normally used to produce the optimum speed
for most efficient mixing.

Vertical •low mixer provides economical Aoc·

culation for small plants. Photo 34 907

4 46 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
wate r, sewage and
Industrial waste treatment
Syntron Vibra-Flow dry feeder machines
Syntron Vibro-Flow dry feeder mochines ore designed to control t he
dry feeding of olum, soda osh, lime octivoted corbon ond other
chemicols used in water, sewoge ond industrial woste treotment
p rocesses.
They consist of the following components: o supply hopper, hopper
vibrotor ond vibrotory feeder mounted in on open box frome or in
o dust-tight cobinet. Eoch mochine is furnished with o seporote con-
troller contoining the operoting ond control elements. The standard
open models FM-11-30 ond FM-21-30 ore furnished with 3-cubic
foot supply hop p ers or lorger hoppers if desired. The open models
con b e dust -seoled with o covered trough Aexib ly sealed to the
hopper. The top of the hopper can be Aexibly sealed to a supply
chut e or fitted with a removable cover. Earthenware, vortex-type
solution pots can also be supplied. They ore mounted in a holder
when used with the o p en models and in an ouxiliary cabinet for
the cobinet models.
The rote of feed con be monually regulated by odjusting the
rheostot in the controller. The dept h of the mat erial stream in the
t rough con b e regulated from o full t rough down to a thin loyer by
o colibroted odjusting lever which changes the size of the o p ening
between the supply hop p er o nd the vibrotory feeder trough. When
smo ll feeds of less thon 8 pounds per hour are required, an outo-
ma tic, adjustoble intermittent feed device con be incorporoted in the
controller. This is ovailable in two sizes: one con be set to o p erate
the feeder any froct ion of every 20 second intervol, the other con
be set to operote for any length of time between 2 ond 120 seconds.
Models FM-0-1 O ond CFM-0- 30 will operate on 115 or 230 volts,
Syntron open model Vibro-Flow dry feeder mochine. Photo 520036
60 cycle AC. The Models FM- 11 -30, CFM- 11-30 and FM-21-30 will
operote on 115, 230 or 460 volts, 60 cycle AC.
Models FM are open type feed er machines, while Models CFM
ore cobinet type feeder machines.

Syntr on cabinet model Vibro-flow dry feeder mochines with ouxil· Syntron open model Vibro-Flow dry feeder mochine feeding a
iory solution poi cobinets in o water flltrotion plont. Photo 520040. chemicol odditive to two poddle mixers. Photo 520014A.

Speclfications and capacities

Controller Maxim um copocity, pounds per hour A
Approx. Approx. Hopper
Weight, Oimensions, capacity, Sond
Feeder power input current weighing
si10 consumption @ 115 volts, pounds inches Weight, Oimensions, cubic Soda Hydroted lump Activoted
100 lbs. Alum
® 115 volts, omps. pounds inches fe et
per osh lime lime corbon
watts
cubic foot

Open model s
FM·0-10 60 1.5 125 22x27x36 20 10x4><14!h 1 1 v. 2,000 600 400 200 1,000 60
FM-11-30 150 3.75 210 31 x36x48 !h 25 12><6x21 3 8,000 1000 800 250 4,000 100
FM-21 -30 1 350 10.0 370 31 x44 !hx48 % 30 l6Y1x8x23 3 20,000 6000 6000 4000 10,000 500
Cabinet model s
CFM -0·30
CFM-11 -30
1 60
150
1.5
3.75
165
350
20x23x48
31 x35!hx48!h
20
25
10x4x14Y2
12x6x21
I 3
3
2,000
8,000
6 00
1000
400
800
200
250
1,0'00
4,000
60
100
A for feed rotes lower thon 8 pounds per hour, use the intermittent feed device.

LINK - BE L T • 447
 processing equipment
water , sewage and
Industrial waste t reatme n t
Many years before th e mech anica l remova l of sludg e a nd
scum was considered, eng ineers determined tha t the ideal
form of settling tank was rectangular and was the most
e fficient in removing susp end ed solids.
Link- Belt Straightline sludge collectors were designed around
this ideal tank form and is an a dvantage of p rime importance.
Straightline operation also means the shortest possible trove!
for the collected m a terial. lt permits a stead y slow sp ee d of
SLUDGE
PIPE
l on9itudinol section of o primo ry recton9ulor tonk with Stroi9htline sludge collector. Upper run of Aighls pushes scum to
scum lrough. Skimmin9 is no! provided in fino ! tonks. Multi p le effluenl weirs provide o low overflow rote. Figure 39 l 9.
Stralghtlin e slu dg e callector insto llotion in o primory settling lonk. Lower
run conveys settled solids to slud9e ho pper. Upper run concentrotes surfoce
scum. Photo 1 91 2 1.
St rolghtline slu dge collect or in seltling tonk ot water treolmenl plont.
Colleclor removes cooguloted precipiloled solids from floor of lonk.
Photo 24977.
448 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Straightline sludge collectors
the collecting flights, that is uniform over the entire floor
surface of th e tank which means maxim um efficiency with
minimum o f disturbance to the flow.
Straightline collection, with its straig ht working pulls, means
thot the mejor stresses ore !ensile stresses. Tension members can
be made rugged an d strong without being unwield y, insuring
uninterrupte d ope rotion th rough a wide range of conditions.
Typ e H
The Link-Bel! Type H Stroightline sludg e collector is standard for oll
sizes of rectangula r to nks. lt consisls of two strond s of he ovy Promol
choin on which ore mounted 2 " X 6 " ar 3 " X 8 " redwood flights ol 1 0-
foot inte rvols for collecting ond removing sludge from the floor of the
tonk. In primory ond olhe r lonks where scum floots on the surfoce il
moy be removed by the return run of lhe collector. A moto r, operoling
through o Link-Bel! worm o r ln-line helicol geor reducer ond Promol
cho in drive, lurns the heod shoft so thot the flight s trovel al the slow
speed of l or 2 fee l per minute.
For lorge inslollotions multiple colleclors with o cross collec1or a l
the influent e nd of tonk moy be used.
Type L
The link-Belt Type L Stroightline sludge collector is specioll y designed
for smoll rectangula r settling to nks which ore l O feet or less wid e ond
up to 50 feet long. 11 operotes with the sorne e ffici e ncy os the
Type H ond the only difference b e lween them is thot the collector
choins ore lighter ond 2" X 4 " redwood flights ore used. This col-
leclor is o rugg ed, economico l unit for instollotio n in smoll tonks.
 processing equipment
w a ter , sewage and
Industria l waste t reatment
Straightline sludge collectors
INFLUENT

UniAow settling tank

longitudinal section of Uniflow settling tonk.
Sloping bottom and multiple effluent weirs
assure highest efficiency. Figure 611 6.
The link-Bel! Uniflow settling tank is a rectangula r settling
tank with multiple effluent weirs and a rapidly sloping
bottom. lt can be used for removing solids from water,
sewage or industrial liquids and is equipped with Straightline
sludge collectors for removing scum from the surface of the
liquid and sludge from the floor of the tank.
As the neme Uniflow implies, the velocity of the liquid
through the tank is maintained as nearly uniform as practical
tank construction permits. This tank was developed by
Link-Bel! to provide higher settling efficiencies and, through
decreased volume requirements, lower construction costs.
The principal feature s of the tank are:
• Uniformly distributed influent.
• Multiple effluent weirs to provide low overflow rote and
uniform dischar g e from a large orea of tank surface.
• A rapidly sloping bottom, with decreasing cross sectional
orea of the tank as the liquid is discharged over the
effluent weirs to provide a uniform velocity throughout
the entire tank length. This uniform velocity reduces
short circuiting and eddy currents.

Operator tilting scum trough to collect scum from surfoce of Uniflow tonk. Note effluent
weirs and reflections on water surfoce which indicate a clear effluent. Photo 34625.

Pre-aeration and settling tank

Pre-aeration of sewage is practiced for odor control, grease separation, remova l
of suspended solids and reduction of oxygen demand.
When pre-aera tion tanks are constructed as separate units, grit and heavy
organics settle to the bottom of the tank and provision must be made to remove
them. The scum formed on the surface of the ae ration tank mus! be removed by hand
if a mechanical method is not provided. The Link-Bel! p re-aeration system is
designed to eliminate these costly and undesirable f ea tures.
The Link-Belt pre-aeration settling system consists of a single tank for both
pre-aeration and settling. The sludge hopper is located al the effluent end of the
tank with a quiescent zone between the pre-aeration and settling zones. In this
quiescent zone the entrained a ir is r eleased and ~he turbulent action subsides so
that the flow into the settling compartment is evenly distribu ted and enters the tank
with a mínimum velocity.
Experience indicates that the volume of air required can be kept to the mínimum
necessary to provide circulation in the pre-aeration compartment. A recommended
design, which p rovides flexibility, would consist of two blowers having a total
ma ximum output equal to 3 cu. ft. p er lineal foot of the pre-aeration compartment.
The blowers should be operated by V-belt drives from the motors with additional
sheaves to permit adjustment of the blower output to the volume actually required
Surface of aeration comportment of link-Belt pre-oerotion and for speciflc conditions.
settling tank. Photo 35496. The detention period in the aeration compartment may be varied to suit specifk
requirements. Results al existing municipal sewage treatment installations indicate
OUIESCENT that with a pre-aeration per-
,.,zoNE,...~--------- S ETI UNG - ZONE iod of thirty minutes, a quie-

TR55g~ ~cne;tap::;~~go;:~~;~~u::~
~,~N~F~LU~E=N~T~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~EFFLUENT hour~ ~e pre-aeration se~
--+ "\i.E.:;;:::~ie::.::.¡__J M"_,...~ñ--~"' tling tank effluent will not
contain more !han 45 PPM
of suspended solids. This is
irrespective of the solids in
the raw sewage entering
the tank.

longitudinal section of l ink-Bel! pre-oeration ond settling ta nk. Tank is

equipped with sludge collector to convey settled solids to sludge hopper
al effluent end. Tank con also be designed wi th sludge hopper al influent
end. Fig. 6115.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 449
 processing equipment
w ate r , sewage and
i ndustrial waste tre atment
Circuline revolving sludge collectors hove been monufoctured
by Link- Belt since 1937. There ore four different t ypes, eoch
to serve o distinct purpose. Circuline collectors con be instolled
in eith er squo re or round tonks. Tonks ore usuolly mode of
concrete, but steel tonks con be furnished if d esired. All
Circuline sludge collectors ore furnished with o rugged, de-
Circuline sludge collectors
p endoble drive consisting of o motor, overlood cut-out device,
totolly enclosed worm geor reducer, ond o speciol olloy steel
turntoble with nickel steel bolls. An integral externo) or interno)
geor rotales the Ty pes R, S ond T while troction wheels on
tank wall rotote the Ty pe C.

longitudinal section o f Circuline sludge collector, Type RB. Pitched b lodes on revolving lruss p low sludge inlo center sludge hopper. Figure 611 2.

Type R
Link-Bel! Ty pe R Ci rculine sludge colleclors ore usuolly instolled in
circular tonks, ond ore used in water, sewoge or industrial woste treot-
ment plonts to remove the settl e d slud g e from the fl oor of the tonk.
Where scum colle cting is desired, o surfoce blod e is instolled on the
revolving truss to skim off the scum ond deposit it in o scum box on the
periphery of the tonk. In the Type RB collector the influent enters the
tonk through o pipe under the floor, then flows up through the vertical
hollo w center column ond is dischorged into the tonk. In the Ty pe RS
collector the influent posses through o hori zontal pipe jusi beneoth the
wa ter surfoce ond enters the tonk through o distributio n baffle. The
Type RC collector is insto lled in o sq uore tonk with the fl ow ocross
the tonk. The colleclor mechonism is the sorne in oll types.

A Type RB sludge collector wilh scum skimmer instolled in o

sewoge primo ry settling lonk. The influenl baffle insures o
uniform d islribution of the incoming sewoge. Photo 3791.4.

Type S
Link-Bel! Type S Circuline slud1¡e collectors ore instolled in squore
to nks, ar rectangular tonks where the sludge is collected only from
the influent e nd of the tonk. Squore o r rectangular tonks provide
construction economy when tonks ore nested. The Type S colleclor is
o modifkotion of the Type R ond has pivoted orms al the e nd of the
revolving trusses to remove the sludge from the corners of !he to nk.
When the flow enters the center of the tonk through o hollow vertical
pipe the colleclor is o Type SB. When the flow e nlers the distri bution
well al the center of th e tonk through o horizontal influent pip e, the
collector is o Typ e SS. When o collector is instolled in o tonk with
cross flow ond o flocculotion tonk with slow mixers is conslructed in-
tegral with the settling tonk, it is o Type SC. This is o very economicol
orrongement ond results in mínimum b reoking up of the fice os it
enlers the settling tonk.

Type SC Circuline sludge collectors instolled o to water treatment plont. Tonks Type SS Circuline slud ge collector installed in o square lank. The influenl
ore 1 50 fee l wide ond 300 feet long, with lhe collectors inslolled al lhe lrough is supported by the walkway from the periphery to lhe center of the
influent end to remove the bulk al lhe sellled sludge. Photo 37678. tank. Pholo 36960.

450 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
water, sewage and
Industrial waste treatment
Circuline sludge collectors
Type T ( Thick eners)
Link-Belt Type T Circuline sludge collectors ore colled Thickener s ond ore similor
to the Type R, except they ore built to withstond torques enco.intered in remov-
ing heovy settled solids. The torque rotings necessory ore usually much higher
than those required for sewage or water treatment plant sludge, th~s re-
quiring a heavier ond more rugged design. Type T Circuline sludge collectors
are made in three styles: Type TF with fixed truss arms, Type TM with truss
arms that can be raised manuolly, ond Type TA with truss arms which roise
Type TA Circuline sludge collector (thickener) instolled in o
automoticolly when overloods occur, until the overlood has been removed.
steel tonk to remove settled solids. Truss orms outomoticolly
lf the overlood increoses to the design torque of the collector, the motor roise and lower to relieve overloods. Photo 37945.
overlood device will stop the revolving orms. When the overlood decreoses,
the truss orms automoticolly lower to the floor of the tank. Thickeners ore
instolled in steel or concrete circular tonks. They are used in processes where
it is desirable to thicken or concentrote pulps or in woste treo tment for the
removol of heavy inert solids. The pitched blodes on the revolving truss
reduce the moisture contenl of the setlled solids os they ore conveyed to
the center of the tonk.

Type TA Circuline sludge collector (thickener) in-

sto lled ot o cool preporotion pion!. By removing
the solids, the clorifted water con be recirculoted,
thus conserving water ond reducing streom pollu-
tion. The removed solids ore ftltered, heot dried,
ond recloimed. Photo 38468.

Type C
Link-Bel! Type C Circuline sludge collectors hove both the economicol feoture of
circular tank construction o nd !he positive sludge and scum collection of o
Straightline sludge collector. There ore two designs, Ty pe CH for tonks 50
feet or more in diometer ond Type C L for t onks less thon 50 feet in diameler.
Type C Circuline collectors consist of o Stroightline collector mounted on
o rototing bridge. Radial plows collect !he sludge on the floor of the tonk
and the scum on the water surface. Th e Stroightline collector, with its positive
action, conveys the sludge to the sludge hopper ot the center of the tonk
o nd the scum to the scum box at the tonk periphery. Rubber tired troction
w heels trovel on the tonk woll ond support ond turn the rotating wolkway A Type CL Circuline sludge collector instolled in o 40-foot
diometer primory settling tonk. A single strond Straightline
ond collector truss. Type C collectors ore always instolled in a circular tank
sludge collector ond omission of wolkwoy mokes construction
wilh the influenl entering the distributian well al the center of the tank through economicol for smoll tonks. Phota 2684 1.
a pipe under the tank floar, and a vertical center pipe.
Construction economy, slow peripheral speed, uniform influent distribution,
and positive sludge a nd scum collection are a few of the features of Type C
sludge collectors.

A Type CH Circuline sludge collector of speciol de-

sign for installotion in en industrial waste treatment
pion! where the tonk hos a 10-foot freeboord.
Photo 371 4 1.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 45 1.
 processing equipment
water, sewage and
Industrial waste treatment
Additional Link-Belt equipment
Link-Belt, as the la rgest manufacturer of materials handling and
processing equipment, has the facilities to build any equipment re -
q uired to handle the solids from water, sewage ar industrial waste
tre atme nt p lants. In addition to the sanitary e ngineering equipment
illustrated on the preceding pages, l ink-B e lt's complete line of power
transmission and conveying equipment can be adapted to !he require-
ments of water, sewa ge ar ind ustrial waste plonts. Bel! conveyors,
flight conveyors ond screw conveyors handle d ried slud ge and sludge
fil ler cake. Bulk-Flos, belt conveyors, screw conveyors, bucke t ele-
vators, troy elevators, car spotters ond power hoes handle chemicals
used in the trealment of water, sewoge and ind ustria l wostes. The
Roto-l ouvre dryer is used to dry sewage sludge filler cake ond
process it far fertilizer.
The photos o n this poge illustrote a few special Link-Belt designs
which a re now in common use. lf you hove a special proble m in the
A Link-Bel! motor d riven skimmer instolled in o cotch bosin al o meat
handling of wa ste solids call your nearest Link-Belt District Sales
pocking pion!. A Stroightline sludge colleclor collecls sludge from the
Office. O ur sanita ry e ng ineers will b e glad to work with your e ngi- floor af the tank and concentrates the surface greose al the effluent
nee rs, consultants, ar chemists to cid in the selection of equipment far e nd of the tank. The skimmer deposits the concenlrated surface greose
your requirements. in a scum trough. Photo 37 522.

A Link-Bel! Roto-line skimmer pipe used to remove surface scum from A special design of Link-Belt Straightline sludge collector installed in
o sewoge p ion! primory tonk. By lurning the Roto-line skimmer pipe an API oil separotor for removing settled solids and flooting oil a l en
lhe scum concentroted by !he Stroightline collector flows through slot inlo oil reflnery. Photo 37183.
!he pipe ond then to the scum box or pump. Photo 3751 O.

link-Be lt Meider sludge collector consisting of o troveling bridge sup- A moto r drive n tronsversing bridge supporling a bel! conveyor. Bridge
porting sludge ond scum plows. This collector removes sludge from travels aver sludge d rying beds, sludge is shoveled anlo belt con-
the floor ond scum from the surface of o settling tonk ot o sewoge veyor which d eposits it into a truck al the side of the bed. Economical
plonl. Bridge con be lronsferred to severo! tonks. Pho to 20256. and fast sludge removol is occomplished. Photo 37908.

452 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
coal preparatlon

coal
To meet t he demonds for more exocting cool speciflcotions ond
competition from other fuels, the cool industry is constontly
seeking new woys to improve cool preporotion methods while
reducing operoting costs.
To help meet these needs, Link-Belt offers cool producers a
vast background of experience, acquired in all phases of
coal handling and processing. Link-Belt as:;umes the entire
responsibility for furnishing materials handling and preparation
equipment, plont design, erection and start-up. The advantages
of one source and one responsibility for this service are offered
in a single contract. This complete single-controct service as-
sures customer satisfaction, starting with a study of the coal
sample analyses and product requirements, and continuing
through design, manufacture, erection and initial operation,
until plant operating personnel is trained.
For all coal preparation requirements-whether a single
machine or a complete cool preparation plant -Link-Belt is
eriger to serve you.

A com plete line of integrated coal preparation e qu ipme nt

is built by Link-Be l!. Equipme nt for unloading, handl ing, clean-
ing, cla ss ifying, conve ying, crushing, blending , thermal drying,
water clarifying and loading is s hown in thi s catalog. Th is
e quipment will fil economically and compactly into an e ntire ly
new plan! design, or adapt readily to e x isting in stallation s.

Metallurgical caal pre paratlon p lant contains !he mast madern
equipmenl far preparatian of 7 50 tons per hour of run-of-mine
bituminous coa!. lmpurilies are removed by air-pulsated wash
boxes, and coa! is automalically mixed far direcl delivery lo rail-
road cars. Pho to 33032
Heavy-me d ia coa! prepar ation p lant furnished
complete, incorporales lhe most modern coal handling
and processing equipment and produces a consistenlly
high grade product. Pholo 38464

He avy-med ia coa! p re paratlon p lant where autput has steadily Me tallurglcal coal preparatlon p lant built ond
increased through economicol, non-stop operotion. Pro duction has equipped complete, processes 350 tons per hour.
been conlinuous since it was built, without loss of output far Operotion of the entire pion! is controlled by one man
mointenance. Photo 33456 from o central control panel. Photo 38432

L 1 N K - B E L T • 453
processing equiprnent
coa l p reparatlon

Heavy-media coal cleaning

The heavy-media separation process is an efficient method of treating anthracite and bituminous coals, particu-
larly those which are not amenable to other cleaning processes. lt is particularly applicab le to separation a t a
high or low sp ecifk gravity or when a la r ge percentage of the raw coa! is near the separating gravity. Heavy-
media separation is also advantageo us when the amount of impurities in the feed Auctuates widel y, or when
adjustment o f th e separating gravity is d e sired to meet changing characteristics of the coa! or changing ma rket
requirement s.
Th is method utilizes a mixture of water and finely ground magnetite whose specific gravit y can b e accurately
co ntro lled. Coa ! is f ed into a vessel containing this mixture, and the lower specific gravity p o rtian Aoats and d is-
charges o ver the outlet weir. Refuse, being of higher specific gravity, sinks to the bottom a nd is removed . The
med ia is reclaimed and re-used.

Flow Sheet of o Compl ete Coo l Prepor ati on Plan t

Using the Heovy-M ed ia Coal Clea nin g System

MINE .\ ~
~
1 t

~ - - --
Rl.'.\
""
Al
1
1
B\
SECONDAR Y 1
B»PA~
ttf l\\ Y ~'t.OIA
JxO CO\ l ~TRA TOR
,- _ _ _ _
1

fLIGH1 C"-\.EYOR
{\\\\l. _.,.,..;r ~·
RW. ~L "')
<""'

,.-·--·-
<.( \'.(11 ' ' f()íRS : . ::::-- ~~,;~'ooR
~"\ V \\\ í\1 \JARA fl~u SCREl ~s --

i íRUSHER
i
i ~ x O REfUSE
1,

i
i
i
i
1
j SCRE~.
El--·- ·
T TO PLANT ••
l [írLUENT

·- -· - -

·- -- ""iiJH;;-L-"' - BY·PA.55,. f l11,,l<T LV~VfYOR

1 ., '
1 ...
4., 1
1 )( .o.
.. 'fo
1,,.. J
1 ' º..\
\~ IDOLl'\lJS

FÍg. 6079 ti;:,( fl IGufZ·- -·--.

O\vr 'rUJ? --·- ·- - - ASH 10\Vr'fr ~
~.~~~~~!:.:.:'--....!:::====~==:i:::.,'"' l'!AT DRIED
~-
H
... .¡. .¡.
H H H
'fü"itií"'' T - 7 1
lAACl\S

Drum-type float-sink concentrator

The Link-Belt drum-ty p e Aoat-sink concentrotor consisl s of a tonk contoining a
revolving perforated drvm immersed in a se parating medivm. The medivm enters
in two locations ; al the bottom of the p erforated drvm (vp-cvrrent), and throvgh
the inlet Avme. The vp -cvrrent medivm is introdvced to maintain o vniform svs-
p ension of lhe mognetite, b vt is not strong enovgh lo red uce the efficiency of
seporotion. The inlet Avme medivm is vsed to convey f eed material into the both.
Float pa rticl es connot b e entropped in the revolving d rvm by sink material since
the feed is delivered l o the bo th by Avme.
The Aoal prodvct is discho rg ed over the weir of the concentrotor. The sink
materia l drops to the bo ttom of the perforated drvm wher e it is lifted by per-
foro ted vo nes ottoched to the inside of the revolving drvm l o o d ischarg e laund er
a l the top of the concentrotor.
30825

454 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
coal preparation

Heavy-media coal cleaning

Double strand of
rugged abrasive
resisting chain

material
d ischarge

Sturdy perforated
flights

Up-current
con e

• Low original cost.

Tank-type
e Simplicity of maintenance.
float-sink concentrator e Readily adaptable where mínimum
space is a vailable.
The low initial cost, simplicity of maintenance and compact design of
e No refuse push medium is required.
the tank-type float- sink concentrator make it the ideal unit for many Makes sump pumps and th eir mainte-
coal cleaning operations. nance less costly.
This concentrator uses the basic principie of float-sink separation in a
magnetite and water mixture. The pre-wetted feed, from whlch the e Minimum amount of circulating medium .
fines hove been removed, enters the vessel together with medium of the
desired speciflc gravity. The coal floats across the bath and discharges
with its carrying medium aver a weir onto screens for draining the free
medium back into the system and rinsing magnetite particles off the coal.
The heavy material sinks to the bottom and is re moved by a double
stra nd flight conveyar. Draining or rinsing of sink material is accom-
plished by the sorne procedure used for the floot material.
Free medium drained off the clean coal ond refuse is collected in the
media sump. The greoter port of the medium is pumped back to the
feed inlet sluice with the balance going to o funnel-like a rrongement ot
the vessel bottom. This peri of the medium returning to the vessel
creates on up-current which prevents the magnetite from settling.
The rinse water, contoining mogne tite and non-mogne tic particles,
which hove possed through the fine screen openings, is collected in a
sump fer mognetic recovery of mognetite, which is then returned to the
medium circuit.
lf a middlings product is desired in addition to clean cool and refuse
two-stage separotion can the n be o rronged, using two tank-type
concentrotors, operoting ot different specifl c grovities.
The tonk-type vessel con be equipped with o motor-driven lifting
device fer handling large sizes without increasing the normal Aow of Two tank-type float- sink concentrators for th ree sloge seporation
medium over the weir. in a mod ern cool prepo ralion plonl. Photo 38839

L 1 N K - B E L T • 455
processi ng eq ui pment
coal pre p a ratio n

Heavy- media coal cleaning

~-F·~-'>i<----4'"--~

r-o
~- -- -----. 1
<lo
kJl:IGH"i_J ~
WIDTH 1
1
1
1
1
OUTLET INLET
SLUICE SLUICE

Fig. 6208
~RAIN OUTLET
20!! s-J.:-2~6"

Tank-type float-sink conc e ntrator

JO• Aight w idrh 4 2"' Aight width

Model A 8 e o E F G o E F G
1 1 1 1 1
FEET ANO INCHES
60 5-0 2-6 18-8 3-3'.4 3-6 3-0 1-9'A .. .. . ... . .
72 6-0 3-0 19-8 3-3'.4 3-6 3-0 1-9 3A 4-3'.4 3-6 3-6 2-3'.4
84 7-0 3-6 20-8 ... .. 4-3'.4 3 -6 3-6 2-3'.4
96 8-0 4 -0 21 -8 .. ... .. . .. .. 4-3 '.4 3-6 3-6 2-3'A
Hove dimensions cerrilied for instollorion purposes.

456 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
coal preparation

Wash box coal cleaning

The wash box coal cleaning system is used in installations where the handling of large
volumes of sized or unsized feed is required. This system is particularly adoptable where
woshíng requirements permit more economicol seporotion equipment and where fully
outomatic controls ore desiroble to accommodote wide voriotions of feed.
This is o general purpose mochine with o wide ronge of opplicotions and will efficiently
handle lorge volumes of cool and refuse.

FROM MINE HOIST Flow Sheet of a Complete Coal Prep-

aration Plant Using the Air-Pulsated
MAGNET Wash Box Coal Cleaning System.
~
RAW COAL
BINS

5 'o 5' o

SYNTRON
VIBRATING
·\.

ª
TR:iCK
r---·-·~ --.,- ------
' m"/t~~y' 1
fEEDERS

-·
LOADING,-----+-------_2-~~FUSE_~ ;~~E~---- ! BY PASS Fig. 6078
! •• O '-' ------- ~ --
DEWATERING
--,-~O~--~- MIDDLl-NGSé': .J SCREENS
'' '-.. , CRUSHER .()'.-O 5 < ! CLEAN COAL
·~ ........_ ______. ~-º---- --+--
-~
·~
-~

ORIWCOAL
OIN

y
'
· -rFABLE
TO WASTE f LJ~~~~SING •• o
1
·~ro TABLE CIRCULA TING
DRESSING PUMP
SUMP

n
WET DUST
_ ; ; ; : - - - - ->[!JCOLLECTORS
...._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .!

ME TALLURGICAL COAL
S•O s~o s~o s ~ o
.....
TRUCK 5 ' 2.
STEAM COAL
2 ~ I~ 2 \ O ; • O
LOAOING
5•1~ 2~! 1~1~
5 '! 1! . o

A ir-pul sated wash box

The oir-pulsated wosh box consists of o vessel divided into
comporlmenls into which water flows continuously. As the
cool to be cleoned is fed inlo this vessel, the water is
forced through submerged screens by pulsating air p res-
sure, cousing o slrotification of the cool and refuse. The
coal moves progressively from compa rtment lo compart-
ment ond is finolly Aumed off as clean coa l. The refuse is
drawn off the submerged screens ond is dischorged into a
refuse e levator far dewatering and disposal.

Parallel bed a lr-pulsated wash box in lorge

meta llurgico l cool preparotion pion!. Photo 3844 1

L 1 N K - B E L T • 457
processing equipment
coal prepara t lon

Wash box coal cleaning

Model E single bed
a ir - pulsated wash box
The link-Belt Model E wosh box is smaller in
size ond copocity thon the dual bed wash box,
b ut it is well suited to perfarm difficult cleoning
jobs, including opplicotions where exlremely
heavy sink materials ond lroublesome silt con-
d itions o re encountered. The primary refuse
drow, located jusi below the raw coal feed
inlet, removes extremely heovy sink material
immediotely ond e liminates the necessity of
tronsporling sulphur bolls or heovy rock across
severol cells befare disposol. Where the raw
feed contains large percentoges of medium
size refuse, on o plionol refuse drow con be
furnished al !he outlet end of the primory
washing section.
Huich screws are somelimes used lo preven!
the b uildup of silt in cells thot are not ad-
jocent to lhe refuse elevalors. They permit an
increase in the number of cells ovoiloble far
proper strotificotion.
The Mod e l E air-pulsated wash box is ovoil-
oble in two widths, either of which can be
furnished with 4, 5, or 6 cells. This rugged wosh
box has proved its reliability through yeors of
continuous, sotisfactory service on seores of
installotions.

M odel E si ngle bed o ir-pu lso ted w o s h box
Dual bed
air-pulsated wash box
The link-Belt dual bcd air- pulsate d wash box
incorporales many new design fealures. These
include individuolly controlled dual woshing
beds, dual oir chombers, refuse and middlings
elevotors, individuolly controlled refuse draws,
ond individuolly cantrolled electro-pneumatic
drive motors. The sequence, odvonce and re-
lroct of the individual sliding valves con be
chang e d conveniently in o motler of seconds.
This odvoncement incorporales flexibility here-
tofare unknown in cool woshing. The odvon-
loges of lhis wosh box are its higher copacity
roting becouse of increosed washing bed
width and closer control, also sharper sepora-
tion over the entire woshing oreo os o result
of the lwo individual beds.

Ae ropolse refuse contr o l

Dual bed air-p11lsoted wash box
The most oulstonding feoture of both lhe
single ond dual bed oir-pulsoted wosh boxes
is the oddition of lhe Aeropoise refuse con-
trol. This control mokes possible extreme occu-
racy ond complete automation of the refuse
dischorge control. Thoroughly proven, this de-
sign provides sensing choracterislics far in ad-
vance of o lher controls.
This outomotic device re guloles the rote of
discharge of high grovity materia l in response
lo minute pressure chonges in !he wosh box
oír chombers. This control e liminales all neces-
sity far floats or other mechonisms operoling
in the flow of material through the wosh box.
The Aeropoise refuse control inslonlly com-
pensotes for mojar ond minar voriotions in
the nolure of the feed to the wosh box, without
monuol ossistonce .

458 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
coal preparaflon

Wash box coal cleaning

C/l WASHER

¡-1
1 1
1 1
1 1

3!.6"
--OUTLET
SLUICE
[-11

1
1
1

1
1
WATER
HEADER REFUSE 1 -ri (J
AIR
8~1i1 1,1 1r1
MOTC'RS 111 111 1
1 1 1¡1
1
I
111 111 I
l1i 1

6!.6~~Fi__9!.10:!"
C;/L
COLUMNS L C;L
COLUMNS l
)l<F z!.11~ '
9-
I 1016
""
JtJ L 'J

F
1

1
1
ELEVATOR~
i+---c---'>-++---C
E-C/l ELEVATOR E-C/l 1
f l e 6211
~---o---------~
Dua l be d a ir -pulsafed wash box

Num· 1 1 1 8ucket leng th, inches Elevotor centers, lee!

~~=h
•
c~:I:
6
:~i~~
sq. feet
A C
---'----'---'-----'---.;._--'--'---'--~F~
EE
~
27
¡-.....,D-..,...--
T~A
~N
--
, - F-l--o-,..--- -l- F
~D,-:;,-
IN~ C~
H~
39
- l -.... G-l,__~-5-¡---G-..,.l-H2-6"""1-----G-..,.l--
ES,-----'---'--'-..;;.....-'-----'--.;_-'-____:;__.:_
~ 7----
_ ___:._..;.__
1
5210 5 160 10-0 17- 5 1 8-3 Y, 24-91% 12 -7',1. 2. 0 y, 26-9 1% 13-7•; .. 3 - 8 Y, 29-2 y, 8-7''A6 13-9"!16 30- 1% 9-6'!. 14- 2"116 31- y, 10- 5"!16 17- 7:Y.
5212 5 195 12-0 20- 10 \/2 10- v.
24-91',1. 12 -7 'A6 2-8\/2 26-9•~¡. 1 3 -7'A6 3 - 8 Y, 29-2·~ 8-7 1',1. 15-6•'¡\, 30- 1% 9-6'!. 15-1 1% 31- y, 10-5 1 '11. 16- 4Y,
5214 5 230 14-0 24- 4Y, 11-9 \/. 24· 9 1',1. 12-7',1. 2 - 8 Y, 26-9 1% 13-7 ',1. 3. 9y, 29-2Y, 8-7''A6 17-3 1'11. 30-1 % 9-6'1. 17- 8'116 31 - y, 10-5''11. 18 - 1 1-S

838 8 210 8-0 13-11 6 - 6Y, 37-5 12-7'!16 2.9y, 40- 5 13-7'A6 3-8Y, 29-2 Y, 8-71',1. 12- "ti. 30-1 % 9-6 3/.o 1 2-5 1'A6 31 - y, 10-5 1'11. 12- IO:Y.
8310 8 260 10-0 17- 5 8 - 3Y, 37- 5 12-7'!16 2 - 8Y, 40-5 13-7',1. 3 - 8Y, 29-2 Y, 8-7 1'A6 13·9"!16 30- 1% 9-6'/.o 14- 2 1'!1. 31- "" 10-5 1'11. 14- 7 :Y.
8312 8 310 12-0 20- lOY, 10- y, 37- 5 12-7'!16 2-8 Y, 40-5 13 7'116 3 - 8Y, 29- 2 Y, 8-7''!16 15-6 1'tl. 30- 1% 9-6 '/.o 15- 11 % 31 - y, 10- 5 1'tl. 16- 41-S
8314 8 380 14-0 24 - 4 ¡.s/11.914 37-5 12-7'!16 2-8Y, 40-5 13-7'!16 3-81-S 29- 2 Y, 8 - 7 •',1. 17-3''tl. 30- 1% 9-6 '/.o 17- 8% 31- 1-S 10- 5 1'tl. 18- 11-S

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. 6 Two- buckel elevotors for five-cell boxes.
• Six-cell boxes with three elevotors con olso be furnished. Three-bucket elevotors for six-cell boxes.
Three-bucket elevalors for eight-cell boxes.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 459·
processing equipment
coal pre paratlon

Trough separators

- '-WATER
INLET

f ig. 3851

Th e Link - Belt trough sepa rator is used in com bination
with the air-pulsated wash box for handling large ton-
nages req uirin g more th an one wash box. Without sac-
rificing cleaning efficiency, it effects substantial savings
in initial cost. For the larg e tonnages handled, it occupies
less space, uses less power, and requires less ma intenance
than multiple machinery of other types. lt requ ires no
more labor than a single machine.
Using this combination, raw coal is first fed into the
trough separator. As the material moves down the trough
or launder in a stream of water, it is stratified according
to its specific gravity, the l ighter gravity fraction, or
clean coat, remaining on top and the heavier grovity
froction, or refu se, sinking to the bottom. Suitable bar-
rages in th e launder assist in their segregation, and
clean coo l is carried off with the water.
Openings in t he trough bottom permit the d i scharge o f
the primary ond secondary rejects to dewatering eleva-
tors. The secondary rejects are usually delivered to a
Link -Belt air-pulsated wash box for further treatment. The
primary purpose of the trough separator is to produce a
preconditioned feed for an air- pulsated wash box .

Stratlfylng and washlng large tonnages of coal, this co mbinotion

lrough seporolor ond oir-pulsote d wosh bo x increose s yield wilh mínimum
labor and mainlenonce . Photo 2177 9

460 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
coal preparatlon

Shaker screens
Shaker screens are an efficient, economical means for sizing and dewatering coal. They
consist of a trough with p erforated plate decks supported on flexible hangers.
Link- Belt shaker screens are ruggedly constructed for dependable operation and are
available in a wide range of si zes and designs to meet practicall y any requirements.
The proper combination of screen crea, inclination, stroke and speed are matters to be
referred to engineering specialists. Consult Link-Belt for recommendations on all your
screening requirements.

Si:r:ing run-of-mine coal a l lorge strip mine, these shoker screens ore
ruggedly built to provide efficient separotion ond long, trouble-free
service. Photo 1921 2

Combinlng two ope ratlons, this shoker screen olso serves os o picking Dewaterlng coal and sblng lt lnto th e d esired grades, these high
table, utilizing o single drive, resulting in marked sovings in equipmenl ond speed honger-type shoker screens ore dependoble ond sturdily built.
spoce. Photo 28889 Photo 25063

L 1 N K - B E L T • 461
processing equiprnent
coal crushers

coal crushers

Link- Belt coal crushers are well known throughout indus-

try, wherever coal is processed. They are used for re-
ducing and sizing lump or run-of-mine coal for stoke rs,
pulverizers, gas producing plants, etc. These crush ers
are made in three different types and in various sizes
to mee t the particular requirements of practicall y any
coal crushing problem, but can also be used for crushing
simila r materials such as lignite, coke, glass cullet and
many chemical products.

Link-Belt coal crushers ore rugged, simple and com-

p act in design. The single-roll and two- roll machines are
a rranged for easy adjustment for product sizes within
their range. Smooth and efficient operation assures long
life with mínimum maintenance.

Each coal crushing prob lem requires careful consider-

ation of the coa l chora cteristics, capacity to be handled
and product size desired, to assure the selection of a
crush er ample and suitable for the intended purpose.
Link-Belt, with many yeors of experience and special-
ization in this fleld , is w ell qualifled to build crushers to
meet individual requirements.

Two-roll gear driven coal crush e r under car dumper

crushes 250 tons o f coal p er haur. Photo 32768

Two•roll cha in d rlve n coal cru sher comb ines e ose of odjustment for Single- roll coat cru sh e r in industrial power pion! reduces
uniformly sized coal with high cap acity a nd limited d egradation of ma- lump cool with minimum mointenance. Photo 15224
te rial. Photo 226 57

462 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
coal crushers

Types
Single-roll coal crusher
The single-rol! coal crusher is built with a single crushing
roll arranged to operate in conjunction with a stationary
breaker plate to obtain its crushing action. Slugger
teeth , spaced across and around the periphery of the
crusher roll, assist in breaking up the larger lumps and
in feeding coal down to the crushing orea .
The Link-Belt single-roll coal crusher is used exten-
sively for crushing run-of- mine coal to a mínimum of
approximate ly 1 lj4 i nch ring size. Maximum size of
product produced, within the range of the various
crusher sizes, is determ ined by the roll diameter, size
of teeth and breaker plate combination and by the
setting of the adjustable breaker plate.
Where the amount of fines in the final product is not
a factor, this crusher will do an excel lent job .
Photo 12606
Single-roll coal crusher

Two-roll gear driven coal crusher

T he Lin k-Belt two-roll gear driven coal crusher per-
forms its crushing action by break ing t he coal between
opposing crushing rol l s fitted with teeth held i n
synchronism by the driving spur gears. Depending
upon the app l ication , sl ugger teeth are utilized to
as>ist in break i ng up the larger l umps preliminary to
further crushing by the normal teeth and to assist in
drawing the larger lumps into the crushing orea.
Two-roll gear driven coal crushers are widely used
for crushing run-of-mine as wel l as sized coal to final
products ranging from a maximum of 8 in ches lo l -inch
and under ring size. Product size is de termined by the
roll and tooth combina tions selected.
These crushers, available in a wide range of sizes
and with numerous roll tooth co mbinations, are
capable of handli ng large capacities. Because of the
actio n obtained between the teeth of the opposing
crusher rolls, coal is broken rather than crushed, pro-
Photo 14957A viding a more accurately sized uniform product w i th
Two-roll gear d rive n coal crusher a minimum of fin es .

Type C two-roll chain driven coal crusher

Th e Li nk-Belt Type C two-roll chain driven coal crusher
is simi lar to the gear driven machine in that two oppos-
ing crus her rolls are used to obtain the breaking
actio n . An adjustable chain drive connecting bo th
roll shaf ts provides this machine wi th the combined
features and advantages of both the sing le- rol l and
two-roll gear driven machines.
Combining the inherent design qualities of both
the single and two -roll gear driven machines, this
crusher affords a single unit readily adaptable to
almost any crushing application with definite assur-
ance that economica l and efficient crushing will be
obtained. Product size, determined by the roll and
tooth comb ination and roll spacing, can be easi ly
and quickly modifi ed within the roll adjustability
range, thus providing a machine suitable for appli -
cations where a conti nually varying product size is
required. .
Photo 31307
Type C tw o-ro ll chain driven coal crusher Capable of producing large capacities of a very
uniformly sized product with a minimum of degradation,
these machines are ideally suited for crushing and
sizing operations such as encountered in coal prepara-
tion plants.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 463
processing equipment
coal crushers

Features
Link-Belt coal crus hers are the embod iment of years of
experience in the manufacture and a pp lication of coal
crushers to a wide variety of co nditions. Among t heir
important desirable feotures a re :
Simple and compoct design.
Sturdy frames.
Eose of adjustmen t for ony size o f prod uct
within their range.
Smooth ond quiet operation.
Low maintenance cost.
Flywheel pulleys ore regular equipment and a re de-
signed for flywheel effect sufficient to carry th rough
peak loads.

Single-rol! coal crusher

This crusher is built with side fromes of rigid box con-
struction, joined by spocers of heovy channel section,
finished at the joints.
Mounted on the two heavy side frames are the roll
shoft, the countershoft, the crushing ro ll, the cut steel
geors ond the spring-re lief breaker pl o te; the lotter Photo 25603 . . Ho nd opero ted worm g eor mecho nism for od juslme nt
suspended on o pivot shoft. of rolls for varying product s ize of two-ro ll ch o in driven coa l cru she r.
The shaft bearings a re cost integral with the side
frames, and are fitted with ren ewable b ro nze b ushings.
The crusher roll is ma de up of ma nga nese steel segments
bolted to heavy spiders, which ore keyed to t he Jorge
diameter steel roll shoft. The segments ca n be reodily
removed when replacement is necessary. Removol of
the side housings permits eosy access to bol ts wh ich
fasten roll segmen ts to spiders.
The heavily ribbed casi breaker plote is provided
with a renewable mangonese steel shoe to resist wear
where most of the crushing takes place. As a protection
to the crusher, the adjustob le breaker plate rods are
provided with relief springs. The pull and shock on
the se springs are token directly on the end of the heavy
side frames.

Two-roll g e ar driven coal crusher

The Link-Belt two-roll gear driven cool crusher is sturdily
built. The frame is a rigid weldment made up of plates
and structural shapes combining lightness and strength.
Roll shafts are carried in heavy rigid bearings, these
beorings being either babbitted or fitted with renewable
bronze bushings. Babbitted bearings are furnished unless
otherwise specified. Pho to 2447 1 A .. Motor d riven ro ll od jus ting mecha nism p ro vi d es ro p id
Long tooth , wide face spur gears form the driving con- o djuslments o n two -ro ll cho in d riven co al crushe r.
nection between the two rolls. These gears are made w ith
special teet h to compensate for the adjustments of the
movable roll.
The rol Is ore made in various types, such as solid
ca si ste el, solid Flint-Rim, or segmenta) rolls mode of
mangane se ste el mounted on heavy gray iron spiders. for normal crushing ond olso permitting odjustable roll to
move back to ovoid e xcessive shock, should ony foreign
material find its woy into the crusher.
Type C two-roll chain driven coal crusher Crusher rolls are set during man ufa cture to g ive the
desired product. lf it is desired later to obtain o different
The Lin k- Belt Type C two-roll choin driven coal crusher sized product, the roll centers can be chonged to suit.
frome is a rigid welded unit made up of plates ond struc- This odjustment may be done by hand , o ratchet ope rated
turol shapes combining lightness with strength. Roll shafts worm gear mechanism, or b y o motor d riven cha in mecho -
o re carrie d in he avy rigid bearings, with one shaft odjusto- ni sm.
ble to vory the size of productor to compe nsote for wear. Rolls ore of the segmen to ! type, hoving heovy gray
Be hi nd th e adju stabl e shaft bearings, relief springs ore iron spiders to which are bo lt e d manganese stee l seg -
mounted on sleeves, p roviding the necessary re sistance ments.

464 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
coal crushers

Selection
How to select a coal crusher Screen opening
In determining the size of a crusher and motor, consider the
Coal size is ordinarily expressed in terms of ring size or round
kind of coal to be crushed and the resulting wear on the
screen opening. The equivalen! screen opening for round ond
crusher teeth . Select a crusher of generous size since the wear
square openings ore listed in Table l .
on the teeth will reduce the capacity and increase the power
requirements. Also consider the following:
Coal classification
Screen opening Table 1 Equivolent screen openings
Capacity
Motor horsepower Equivolent screen opening, inches

Coal cla ssification

Bituminous coals are usually classed a s hard, medium ha rd and
soft. C lassifications of sorne of the more common coal s follow:
Hard bituminous coal, such as: West Virginia Splint, Indiana Motor horsepowe r
Block, lllinois, lowa, Colorado, Wyoming, Penn Freeport,
Kittanning and Cannel. The a verage horsepower required to crush sized ond run-of-
Medium hard bituminous coal, such as: Tha cker, Panther, mine coal of the various classes is shown in Table 2. This ap-
Banner, Coalburg, Harlan, Haza rd No. 4 , No. 7 Block and Ohio p lies lo both the single and two-roll crushers. Select motors of
Hoc king. ample size to provide for surge or overload conditions.
Soft bituminous coal, such as: Pocahonlas, N ew River, Con-
nellsville, Pittsburgh Nos. 7 and 8, and Youghiogheny.

Table 2 • Ho r se power for single ond two-roll crushers

Horsepo wer per ton per hour, crushed cool
Ctossiflcotion
R.ing or round screen size of product, inches
of
cool Sized cool 1 Run-of-mine cool
3A 1 1 1 'A 1 1 y, 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 8
Hard .87 .75 .63 .44 .38 .31 .25 .19 .13 .09
1
Medium .75 .63 .50 .33 .28 .25 .19 .13 .09 .06
1
Soft .63 1 .50 .38 .25 1 .22 .19 1 .12 1 .09 1 .06 1 .02

Table 3 • Copocity of single-roll crusher, run-of-mine co o l

Capacity, ton s per hourÁ
Ring Diomeler ond length of roll, inches
size of
24 X 24 1 24 X 30 1 24 X 36 1 30 X 24 1 30 X 30 1 30 X 36 1 30 X 42 1 30 X 54
crushed
product, Clossiflcolion of cool ond moximum size of lumps in leed, inches 0

l 1 ~ 1 24s 1~o 1 ~ 1 24s

inches

118 1 t6 I 18 1 20 l 2Ho 1 22 1 24 2~
H M s H M s H M s M s M s M s
• 14 16 18 14 16 18 14 16 l 1 22 1 24 2HO
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10 20 25 10 25 30 15 30 40 25 35 45 30 45 50 35 55 70 45 65 85 55 80 95
l 'A 135
25 40 50 30 50 60 40 60 75 45 75 105 50 95 135 70 95
- - - - -- - - - - -- -- - - -- -- - - - - -- - - - -
15 25 30 15 30 35 20 35 45 30 45 55 35 50 60 40
-115
- -165-
65 80
85
50 75
190
95 65
170
95
240
115
1 \/2 30 50 60 35 60 75 45 75 90 55 90 125 60 110 155 80 130 185 95 155 215 115 200 280
- - - - -- -- - - -- - - -- - - - - - - -- -- - - - -
20 30 40 25 35 50 30 45 60 35 50 60 40 60 75 50 75 90 55 85 105 75 110 135
l Ya
40 60 75 50 75 95 60 90 110 60 100 140 75 125 175 90 150 210 105 175 245 135 225 315
- - - - -- -- -- - -- -
25 35 50 30 45 65 40 50 75 40 60 70 50 75 100 60 -- 90 120 70 110 140 90 135 170
2 50 75 100 65 95 125 75 110 150 70 130 160 100 160 200 120 195 240 140 230 280 170 290 360
-- -- -- - - - -
30 50 60 35 65 75 45 75 90 45 75 105 60 90 130 70 110 155 85 130 180 105 165 235
3 180 270 360
60 95 130 75 120 160 90 145 195 105 150 215 130 195 265 155
-- - - --
- - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - -
35 55 65 45 70 85 50 85 100 55 85 115 65 110 150 80
-- 225 ,_
-- 300
130 180
--
95
-155- -205
- -235
-
120
-345
195
- 480
-265
-
4 65 105 145 85 130 180 100 160 215 115 175 235 150 220 295 180 205 31 0 410 265 395 530
265 350
40 60 70 50 75 90 60 90 105 60 95 130 70 120 165 85 145 200 100 170 235 130 2 15 295
5 70 120 165 90 150 205 105 180 250 130 190 265 165 240 330 200 290 395 235 335 465 295 430 595
45 65 75 55 80 95 65 95 1 15 65 105 140 75 130 175 90 155 210 110 180 245 140 235 3 15
6 75 130 175 95 165 220 115 195 265 140 205 285 175 255 355 210 305 425 245 355 500 315 460 640
50 70 95 60 85 120 7o 105 145 75 135 155 90 165 190 110 200 235 135 230 275 165 300 345
8 95 150 190 120 190 240 145 225 285 155 230 345 190 295 430 235 350 515 275 405 600 345 525 775
RPM of 1 Normal ' Max., Normal ' Ma x., Normal 1 Max. , Normal 1 Mox. , Normal ' Max., Normal 1 Max., Normol I Max. , Normal 1 Max.
roll 60 100 60 100 60 100 50 75 50 75 50 75 50 75 50 75
Á Upper row a l copocities opplies whe re % of the cool to be crushed or d ecreosed by chonging the roll speed .
11
is over 3 ring size. Do not exceed the moximum listed speed.
Lower row of copocities opplies when 2 3 o l the cool to be crushed • Round screen or ring opening through which 853 lo 903 o l the cool
is 3" ond under ring si ze. would pass.
Copocities ore bosed o n the no rmal roll speeds but moy be increosed 0 Clossificotions H, M ond S indico te hord, medium ond so ft.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 465
processing equiprnent
coal cru; hers

Selection
Capacity classes of both sized ond run-of-mine cool. Ali copocities are
ba sed on the normal roll speeds listed.
The copocity of o crusher is the omount of coo l which con be
crushed lo o given size, in tons per hour. Capocities will vary Example of crush e r selection
depending on lump size ond whether the cool is hord, medium Select a single-rol! crusher to hondle 60 TPH of hard bituminous
hord or soft ond whether the feed is sized or run-of-mine. ru n-of-mine cool with lumps no! exceeding 20" ond with 2/ 3
Size o f product means the average results obto inable with of the coal olreody under 3" ring size, crushed down to a
85% to 90% of the final product possing through the listed product that will be 1 V2 " ring size or less.
ring or screen size. Solution
Fo r cool from which !he smaller sizes hove b een screened, Refer to Table 3 . A 30" diameter roll is requi red for the 20"
determine the capocity of the c rusher by using os o total the lump. Since 2/ 3 of the cool is under 3" ring size, select cru she r
omount of coal removed plus the amount remoin ing, since !he from the lower row of copocity figures. By using 1 Vi" coal size
crusher copocities ore bosed on the total tonnoge ordino rily and 60 TPH, a crusher with o 30" diometer b y 30" long roll
hondled including both smoll ond lorge lumps . will be adequote.
The capocity of the single-rol! crushers handling voriou s Refer to Table 2. The power required to c rush 60 TPH of
closses of run-of-mine cool is li sted in Tabl e 3. The two-roll hard, run-of-mine cool to o 1 Vi" product equols 60 X .44 =
c rusher copo cities are shown in Tables 4 ond 5 for vorious 26.4 HP . A 30 HP motor is recom me nded.

Table 4 • Capa city of two-roll crusher, sized cool

Ring size, Capacity, to ns per hour .A.
inches
Diameter ond length of roll, inches
1

20x18 1 20x2 4 1 26x24 1 26x30 1 30x30 1 30x36

Crushed Mox.
product leed Clossificotion of coolS>
1 M 1 1 1
1 H s 1 H M1 1 s 1 H M s 1 H M s 1 H 1 M s 1 H M s
'14 3-4 15 20 20 1 2 5 30 35 35 45 50 60 55 70 85
1 5-6 20 25 251
30 30 35 301
40 35 45 401
55 50 60 551 6 0
70 75 70 1 70
90 110
90 1

1 v. 1 8 - 10 30 35 40 35 45 1 55 50 65 1 BO 65 80 95 80 100 1 120 100 125 150

Roll speed, RPM 130 1 130 1 120 1 120 1 115 1 115
Crushed Mox. 30x48 1 36x36 1 36x48 1 36x60 1 36x72 1 48x48
product 1 feed H M s M s M s M s M s M s
1 1 H 1 H 1 1 H 1 H 1 H
>;. 3 -4 95 90 120
75 1 120 1151 70 1 1101 95 1451
1 5-6 95 145 90 11 5 140 120 150 180
1 v. 1 8-10 130 160 190 125 155 185 165 205 245 205 255 305 122 5 280 335 1200 250 300
Roll sp eed, RPM 115 1 110 1 110 1 110 1 100 1 100

Table 5 • Capacity of two-roll c rush er, run -of-mine coal

Capacity, ton s per hour .A.

Ring size of Diometer ond length of roll, inches

crushed product, 20x18 20x24 26x24 26x30 30x30 30x36
inches
1 1 1 1 1

• Classificotion o f cool o nd mox.imu;n si ze of lump s, inches ::>

H M s H M s H M s H M s H M s H M s
6 1 8 10 1 6 1 8 10 1 10 1 12 14 1 10 12 14 1 14 1 16 1 18 1 14 1 16 1 18
1 •;, 40 50 60 55 1
70 1 85 65 1 80 95 95 105 1 125 95 ¡ 120 ¡ 145 11 o 1 1 40 1 170
2 50 60 70 70 85 100 80 100 120 100 125 150 11 o 140 170 135 170 205
3 60 75 90 80 100 120 95 120 145 120 150 180 135 170 205 165 205 245
4 70 90 110 95 120 145 125 , l 45 175 145 180 215 165 205 245 195 245 295

5 ... .. . ... ... .. . . .. 135 170 1 205 175 220 265 195 245 295 230 295 355
6 .. . ... . .. ... ... . .. .. ... 235 295 355 280 1 350 1 420
8 . . . ... 1 ... ... ... ... .. 1 . . . . . . 1 .. 285 355 1 420 335 420 505
Roll speed, RPM j 130 130 120 120 115 115
Ring size of 30x48 36x36 1 36x48 36x60 36x72 48x4a
1 1 1 1
crushed product,
inches H M s H M s H M s H M s H M S H M s
• 14 16 1 18 1 16 1 18 1 20 1 16 1 18 1 20 1 16 18 20 1 16 1 18 1 20 1 18 1 20 24
1 \/2 150 190 ¡ 230 130 165 200 175 220 265 220 275 , 330 240 1 300 1 360 225 ¡ 280 335
2 180 225 270 160 200 240 21 0 265 320 265 330 395 290 360 430 260 325 390
3 215 270 325 190 240 290 25 0 315 380 315 395 475 350 435 520 310 390 470
4 260 325 390 230 285 340 305 380 455 380 475 570 415 520 625 37 0 465 5 50

5
6
310
375
390
470
470
565 ''º I"º ¡.. º
330 410 490
365
435 1
455
545
545
655
455
550
570
685
685
820
500
600
625 750
750 900
450
535
560
67 0
670
805
8 450 560 670 390 490 590 525 655 785 655 820 985 72 0 900 1080 645 80 5 965
Roll speed , RPM 1 11 5 110 11 0 11 o 10 0 100
Copoci1ies ore bosed on roll speeds listed.
.A. • Round screeo or rinq ope· ino through whi·. h 85"o
0 Clossifocotions H, M ond S indicare hord, medium ond soh. to 9070 ol lhe cool would pass.

466 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
coal crushers

Single-roll coal crushers

.-:: - - - - - - -
..,e >-< - o- ->-<

FLYWHEEL
PULLEY

Fig. 39 55

Nominol siie Normol Normol

of roll, inches
Weight
speed flywh e el A B e o E J K l M N p
complete,
pounds
of roll, speed, 1 1 1 1 1 1 ... 1 1 1
Diomeler 1 Lenglh RPM RPM INCHES

24 24 7 ,550 60 231 68 \/2 63 \/2 7 \/2 21 35 30 3/e 3 1 Ya 35 3.4 43 '.4 38 '.4 28 o/a
24 30 8,200 60 231 68 \/2 63 \/2 7 \/2 21 35 33 3/e 34 y, 41 ~ 43 '.4 38 '.4 3 1 o/a
24 36 8,850 60 231 68 \/2 63 \/2 7 \/2 21 35 36 3/e 37 \/a 47 ~ 43 '.4 38 '.4 34%
30 24 9,500 50 210 77 '.4 72 '.4 7 \/2 23 '.4 4 1 \/2 32 Ya 32 Va 38 '.4 49 \/2 48 30%

30 30 10,000 50 210 77 '.4 72 '.4 7 \/2 23 '.4 4 1 \/2 35 y, 35 y, 44 '.4 49 \/2 48 33 %.

30 36 10,700 50 210 77 '.4 72 '.4 7 \/2 23 '.4 4 1 \/2 38 \/a 38 y, 50 '.4 49 \/2 48 37 'l'1
30 42 11,200 50 210 77 '.4 72 '.4 7 \/2 23 '.4 4 1 \/2 4 1 \/a 41 % 56 '.4 49 \/2 48 40 %
30 54 12,350 50 210 77 '.4 72 '.4 7 \/2 23 '.4 4 1 \/2 47 y, 47 % 68 '.4 49 \/2 48 1 47 %

N ominal size
of roll, inches Q R s 1 T 1
u 1
V w X y z Al 81 Cl
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Diomeler 1 length INCHES

24 24 35 o/a 8 \/2 42 3.4 12 22 \/2 33 11 2 \/2 31 \/2 3 \/2 1 1.4 24 \/2 27 y,

24 30 38 o/a 8 \/2 42 1.4 12 22 \/2 33 11 2 \/2 37 \/2 3 \/2 l '.4 30 \/2 27 \/2
24 36 4 1 o/a 8 \/2 42 ~ 12 22 \/2 33 11 2 \/2 43 \/2 3 \/2 l '.4 36 \/2 27 y,
30 24 38 y, 10 \/2 48 12 ~ 26 v. 37 12 3 \/2 3 PA6 4 \/2 1 \/2 24 '.4 33 '.4

30 30 4 1 \/a 10 \/2 48 12 ~ 26 Va 37 12 3 \/2 37% 4 \/2 1 \/2 30 '.4 33 '.4

30 36 44 \/1 12 \/2 48 12 3.4 26 % 37 12 3 \/2 43 % 4 \/2 1 \/2 36 '.4 33 '.4
30 42 47 \/a 12 \/2 48 12 3.4 26 % 37 12 3 \/2 49 3116 4 \/2 1 \/2 42 '.4 33 '.4
30 54 53 y, 14 \/2 48 12 ~ 26 % 37 12 3 \/2 61 % 4 \/2 1 \/2 54 '.4 33 '.4
1

Hove di mensions c ertifi e d fo r instollotion purposes.

4 Ro ll sho lr moy be e xtended fe r feed er drive.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 467
processing equipment
coal crushers

Two-roll gear driven coal crushers

A1
X
SPAC ES
B AT
y

Fig. 3954

Nominal size Norm o l Flywheel

Weight of Weight
of r oll, inches speed size, inches
A
1
B e D E 1 F
1
G H K

Diomeler J Length
Rywheel,
pounds
comple te,
pounds of rolls,
RPM Oiometer 1 Width
1 1
INOiES
• 1 1

20 18 900 5000 130 42 10 18 29 \12 27',4 29% 6 \12 25 l 24\12 20 \12 6

20 24 1000 5400 130 42 10 24 35 \12 30 ',4 32% 6 \12 28 24 \12 20 \12 6
26 24 1300 7500 120 52 10 24 37 \12 32 ',4 34 3.4 8 31 ',4 29 ',4 26 3A 4

26 30 1300 7900 12 0 52 10 30 43 \12 35 ',4 37 3.4 8 34',4 29 ',4 26 3.4 4

30 30 1400 9500 115 58 10 30 44 y, 36 ',4 38 3.4 8 35',4 35 v. 32 3.4 4
30 36 1600 10550 115 58 14 36 50 \12 39 ',4 45 3,4 8 38'.4 35 v. 32 3.4 4

Nominal size
o f roll, inches
M N p R s T V 1 W 1 X Y 1 Al 1 Bl 1 Cl 1 01

Diometer Length IN CHES

20 18 1 Ya
1
33 l l 'l'a
13
2 \12
1 2 \12
l Ya l \la 21 1 19 \12 2 8 3.4 1 1 \12 . . .... 9
20 24 1 Ya 39 l 1 'l'a 13 l Ya l \la 21 25 \12 1 2 8 3.4 4 l \12 . .. .. 9
1
26 24 5 \11 42 13 3.4 15% 2 1 l \11 l '.4 25 24 3.4 3 6 3 Ya 2 4 \12 6

26 30 5 \la 48 13 3,4 15 5..í. 2 l \11 l ',4 25 303.4 4 6 3 Ya 2 4 \12 6

30 30 5
5
49
55
lHí l9lJi.
l9lJi.
I 2
2
l \11 l ',4 27 303.4 4 6 3 Y1 2 5 \12 6
30 36 13 'l'a l \11 1 l ',4 27 363.4 1 5 6 3 3/a 1 2 5 \11 6

Hove dimensions certifi ed lo r insto llo1ion pu rposes.

Á Roll shoft moy be ext ended for feede r drive.

468 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
coal crush•s

Type C two-roll chain driven coal crushers

9
1 16 F1
A
J
C•
BEARING
81 - ¡- SPACES
AT
Gl
~ CENr
1 •

RS 1
)*
C/ L 3¡
HOPPER
~~~~n::=~~~~::;::::;~!é!~::;::::;~~_Js---1
- ---------C~ -·~H~N

l
HOPPER GUARO
K ---
Kl H1
r Y
- ~ ¡
V
1

Fig. 39 53

Nomino l We ight Normo l Normo l

size of rolls, Weig ht o f
comple te speed flywhee l
A 8 e o E F G 1 H K l M N p
inches flywheel, 1
1 1 1 1
less flywh eel, o f rolls, sp eed , 1 1 1
pounds
pounds RPM RPM
Oio meter j leng th INCHES
26 24 670 6,600 120 280 24 40 37 Y2 48 v.
25 y, 5 >;.. 9 % 8 39 Ya 13 13 % 15 5A. 28 Y2
26 30 765 7,500 120 280 30 46 43 Y2 48 Va 25 v.
5 >;.. 9 % 8 39 Ya 13 13 v. 15 5A. 28 Y2
30 30 1130 9,500 115 270 30 47 1;.. 44 Y2 49 31 5 >;.. 11 y, 9 >J. 42 Y2 15 13 % 19% 29 :y.
30 36 1215 10,500 115 270 36 53 'A 50 Y2 49 31 5 >;.. 11 Ya 9 % 42 Y2 15 13 Va 19 % 29 3/a

30 48 1375 11,500 115 270 48 65 'A 62\12 49 31 5 % 11 Ya 9 % 42 Y2 15 13 % 19 3ti4 29 Va

36 36 1610 13,500 110 260 36 54 52 65 3A 39 'A 4 4 12 1A. 49 Y2 19 16 % 21 Y2 35 15116
36 48 1610 16,500 110 260 48 66 64 65 3A 3 9 'A 4 4 12 1,i, 49 Y2 19 16 % 21 Y2 35 15A6
36 60 1625 18,500 110 260 60 77 Y2 76 65 3A 39 'A 4 4 11 49 Y2 19 16 % 21 Y2 37

36 72 1815 29,000 100 260 72 92 Ya 90 65 43 9 8 Y2 11 % 60 Ve 18 20% 23 7,i, 45 3A6

48 48 1625 29,000 100 260 48 66 64 v. 68 Y2 51 Y2 9 8 Y2 11 % 64 Va 26 Y2 2 0 % 28 'A 45 3A6

1
No mino l
s z
size of rolls,
inches

Oiometer 1 l ength
Q
Á
1
R
1 1
T
l u
1
V
1
w
1
y
1
INCHES
1
1
Al 81
1
Cl
1
01
1
El
1
Fl
1
Gl
1
Hl
1
Kl

26 24 24 42 8 1 'A 34 >;.. 44 10 32 'A 11 Yi 25 24 3A 2 4 Y2 6 3 6 2 1 Ya

26 30 27 48 8 1 'A 37 3A 44 10 35 'A 11 Yi 25 30 >;.. 2 4 Y2 6 4 6 2 1v.
30 30 28 49 8 1 'A 38 >;.. 44 10 36 11 :y. 26 Y2 30 % 1 'A 6 6 4 6 2 1 Ya
30 36 31 55 8 1 'A 4 PA 44 10 39 11 :y. 26 Y2 36 3A 1 'A 6 6 5 6 2 1 Ya

30 48 37 67 8 1 'A 47 >;.. 44 10 45 11 :y. 26 Y2 48 3A 1 'A 6 6 7 6 2 1 Ya

36 36 32 'A 56 Y2 8 Ya 1 :y. 47 58 14 41 12 34 Va 36 3A 2 7A4 7 Y2 7 Y2 5 6 2 1 y,
36 48 38 'A 68 Y2 8 y, 1 :y. 53 58 14 47 12 34 v. 48 >;.. 2 7A. 7 Y2 7 Y2 7 6 2 1 y,
36 60 44 'A 80 Y2 8 Ya 1 :y. 59 58 14 53 12 34 Va 60 >;.. 2 'll6 7 y, 7 Y2 9 6 2 1 Ya

36 72 52 'A 95 Y2 10 1% 69 Y2 58 l6 Y2 63 19 3A 36 7 2 3A 2 'A 7% 7 Va 10 6 ''A4 2 Y2 1 :y.

48 48 39 !A 69 Y2 10 1 y, 54 58 14 1 50 19 >;.. 48 Y2 49 3 'A 7 7 6 7 2 y, 1 Va
Hove dimensions certifi ed for instollolion purposes. Á Ro ll sholt moy be exte nd ed for fee d er drive.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 469
processing equipment
foundry equlpment

foundry
For mony y eors, Link-Be lt has suppl ied mechoni zed e q ui p me nt oble fe:..~ •
for foundry mode rnizotion ond has kept pace with oll the od - Li nk c~rsu 1tot1on ond recommendotions.
vonces in this fleld . Tod oy, Link-Belt is prepo red to meet th e tory a ra -c::le l;.~~ost e.nginee~i~~ experie nce, bocked by loboro -
problems resulting from the g reotl y increosed d e monds fo r in its <::::> 'N" ' test1ng f?c1l1t1es, operoting e xperience goined
mor e efficient ope rotion, lower costs ond bette r working compl e »- n rnolleoble •ron, gra y iron ond stee l foundries
cond itions . e nti re - : m cn~foc!uring facilities ond the obility to erect th:
No two found ries o re re quire d to meet e xoctly the sorne p roduc ~ ta ll~ t1on, is your ossuronce of o foundry designed to
op eroting cond itions or f1t into the so rne physicol limitot ions. Fo r ~ Ca b
s'lngs o t o p roflt
·
Link-Belt, mo nufocturing procticoll y e very typ e o f mo terio ls fou nd ry r<:°d outlook on link-Be lt's position in the fleld of
handl ing e quip ment, is in o uni que position to fu rnish o nd in; toll tion, m e:> ~ 1u º~,:nt whether it b e son~ ha ndling, sond preporo-
the correct ty p e fo r ony situo tion. Link-Be lt wi ll build compl e te indu st ry ai •ng, shokeout o r cost1ngs handling r efer to the
instollotions, lo rg e or smo ll. Eng ineering speciolists ore ovo il- .Secton, pog es 18 ond 19 of th is coto log.

Molds ore o utomotico lly d ischo rged

fro m Tru-Trae mo ld conveyor to
...:::-=~:=~:3,¡'-.J shokeout. This o nd o t he r types o f
mo ld conve yo rs con b e faund o n
p oge 494. Photo 3 2078

Sond dis tributing belt conveyor far pre-

'' \

''..
pored sond showing dischorge plows over
molders hoppers. Complete design infor-
mo tion en belt conveyors far every purpose
is covered in o seporote section, poge 127. OISTRIBUTING BELT CONVEYOR
ANO MOLOING SANO HOPPERS
Photo 32077

TRU·TRAC

Typical foundry installation including two sepa-

F19 5322
rate mechanized production lines. Both have com-
plete sand, mold and castings handling equip ment.

Torqmount oscilloting conveyor

collecting sond ond costings
from pollet line shokeout stotions.
Oetoiled selection far oscillot·
ing conveyors con be faund en
poge 236. Photo 32089

Cosfin g tronsfer from shokeout screen to

~pron conveyo r. Shokeout ond other vibrot-
1~9 equipment suitoble far foundry opplico-
t1ons on poge 405. Photo 32090

470 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
foundry equlpment

Combining long experience in the design la yout and installation
of conventional foundry systems with the compact, performance-
proved, shell molding machine and com panion shell closing
machine, Link-Belt Company is in a position to offer industry a
foundry system adapted to high volume production.
Pace setter for the system, the Link-Belt four-station shell
molding machine consists of four pattern frames with built-in
individual heating e lements carried by turntable, a sand- resin
investme nt station, sa nd- resin handling equipment, d rives and
controls. Compact design, requiring minimum floor space for
both shell molding and shell closing machine, allows extreme
fle x ibility to fit existing as well as new installations. Dependa-
bility is assured by proven doy-in, doy-out service.
Where thin sectioned, or intricately designed top-qua lity
castings having greater dimensional accuracy and smoothness
ore desired, the completely automatic shell molding mochine
synchronized with the shell closing machine provides the most
compact and efficient system ovoiloble when integroted with
sond, mold ond casting handling equipment.
Further reference to other foundry equipment such os mold
conveyors of the cor, polle t or trolley type, belt conveyors,
elevotors, shokeouts, oscilloting conveyors, apron conveyors
ond sond dryers con be found in the index of this book.

Oscilloting conveyor serves os

shokeout, cooling conveyor ond
p icking table. For more informo-
tion on this type o f conveyor refe r
to poge 236. Photo 38619

Pouring man stands on o moving plot-

form synchronized w ith on overheod
trolley mold conveyor. Poured molds
ore cooled on the conveyor while
traveling to shokeout stotions. See
poge 508 for trolley conveyor in·
formotion. Photo 38615

Typ ica l she ll mo ld ing foundry sys-

tem consisting o f she ll mold ing
and she ll closing mach ines inte-
g rated with comple te sand, mold
and casting handl ing e quipme nt.

In she ll molding mochine obove, potterns with odhering

loyer of resin sond ore locked in exoct locotions in elec·
tricolly heoled curing stotions where plostic shell is cured
Resin cooted molding sond is prepo red to
to desired hordness. She ll closing mochine, le ft reor, joins
precise speciflcotions o s required. Fee ding,
two hot holves of mold. Photo 39502
meosuring ond mixing equipment for most
moteriols con be found in lhe index of this
book. Pho to 38602

L 1 N K - B E L T • 471
processing equipment
foundry equipment

Shell molding machine operation

O Sand-resln automatically applled
to constant temperature pattern
Potterns ore heoted ond held al o constan! pre-delermined lempero ture
through ali cycles by for-infrored heolers in eoch pottern-holding frome.
As cycle begins, heoted pottern leoves ejeclor stotion, is sp royed with re-
leosing ogenl ond slop s al investment sto lion where Aosk is lowered over
poltern. Flosk-woler-cooled to preven! buildup of mix oround lower edges
-is fllled with meosured omount of sond-resin. After pre-determined interval,
during which sond-resin is bonded lo desired shell th ickness, !he conneclion
from lhe hop per is wilhdrown ond pollern ond Aosk ore rolled over lo dis-
chorge excess mix. This inlervol is !he delermining factor in conlrolling shell
thickne ss ... ond moy be v aried to suit ind ividual r equirements.

36943
Sand-resin baked at curing stations
to insure shell of desired hardness
Po llern, with odhering loyer o f sond-resin, moves lo lhe lwo elec-
lricolly heoted curing slolions whe re !he plo stic shell is cured by bo k-
ing under eleclric heolers lo form o shell of desired ho rdness. Potterns
arrive ot oll stations under power ond ore locked in exoct loco tions,
conlribuling greally lo ropid operolion ond uniform shells.

e Shell mold e jected

l eoving curing stc tions, pattern re-
tur ns lo ejeclor slolion where shell is
outomotico lly slripped from !he p o i·
tern. After shell is removed p ottern
returns to investment sto tion for start
of o new cycle.

36932

Cycle of sand resin

Excess sond-resin, dumped from flo sk at investment station ond new mix from
!he Aoor-level mokeup ho pper ore fed lo o buckel elevator. The sond is ele-
voted, lhen screened, to remove oll shell porlicles, ond relurned lo
storoge hopper far recycling. Even, o ccurale distribulion of sond-
resin on pottern is ossured by vibrating screen ond measuring
chomber which meters corree! omount of mix.

The Link- Belt shell molding machine offers these extra benefits
• Compact d esign; requires minimum Aoor
spoce.
• lncreoses production of sound, top-
quality castings-even those of intri-
cate, thin-sectioned design.
• Positive and accurote pattern indexing,
essential to production molding.
• Measured amount of sand drops verti-
cally on pattern through vibrating
screen, p roducing a uniform shell.
• Individual electric controls pe rmit varia-
tion of pattern temperature and in-
vestment and curing times.
• Patterns can be changed in minutes.
• Pre-hea ting af patterns permits immedi-
ote production-minimizes downtime.
• Sand can b e loaded al ground leve l;
requires less ha ndling.

472 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 processing equipment
f oundry e qulpment

Shell molding machine specifications

Tur ntable • The lurntoble corries four pollerns up lo 20" x 30" for producing
lop-quolity precision shells. 11 consisls of four radial orms wilh fromes for sup-
porting the pollerns ond is operoted by o positive indexing drive. These orms
pivol al lhe investmenl stotion to dump off excess sond-resin. To ossure positive
indexing, pollerns orrive al indexing posilions under power ond ore locked
in place. The holding fromes conloin individuolly conlrolled electricol heoting
elemenls for moinloining relotively conslonl pollern lemperolure throughoul
the entire cycle of operotion.
Sand -resln handling • The sond-resin handling syslem consists of o feed
ond recloim hopper for receiving the sond-resin; o screw feeder for feeding
the sond-resin to the bucket elevotor; o continuous bucket elevotor ond dis-
tributing screw conveyor, for delivering lhe sond-resin lo lhe sloroge hopper;
o sloroge hopper orronged with o meosuring
chomber ond gafe to meter the flow of lhe mix
lhrough o vibroling screen, hood ond woler-
cooled flosk to the pollern; ond on oir-octuoled
hydroulic mechonism for rololing pollern ond
flo sk.
Heatlng equlpment • The pollerns ore he oted
1 • by tubular element electric heoters. An extra
~11 ¡
pollern frome, complete with heoting equipment,
is furnished to focilitote ropid potlern chonges.
The shells ore cured under eleclric rodionl far-
infrored heoters locoted under two bonks of re-
flectors al the curing stotions.
Con trols • The controls provide for com-
plelely outomotic operolion os well os
possible manual operotion of eoch porl of
the process. A master progrom timer, ond
individua l limers control the investment time
ond the temperaturc of cach pattcrn heater
ond curing heoter.

Shell closing machine

The Link-Belt closing mochine is o compocl ond efficienl unil
for joining hol holves of the mold, ond operotes in conjunction
with the outomolic shell molding mochine. 11 consists of four
oir-operoted closing slotions mounted on o sturdy, slructurol
steel turntoble ond orronged with individual, odjustoble resin
conloiners for opplying resin to holf the mold.
To synchronize the two mochines for most efficient oper-
otion, the turntoble of the shell closing mochine is driven
through o Link-Bel! variable speed drive . . . with motor
storler ond conlrols conveniently orronged for the operotor.
High-volume oulput of uniform, high quolity costings is os-
sured when both mochines ore used.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 473
processing equipment
foundry equlpment
Sand i1 a e rated and 1hot m e tal a n d othe r impurities re moved by
this high-copocily Sep-Aerotor instolled o s peri of o conlinuous system in
lo rge foundry . Pholo 22237
Sand revivifiers effectively disintegrate and thoroughly
mix, blend, and cool foundry molding sand to produce
a uniform, fluffy sand that will ram to a uniform density
in molds. Fl owabil ity is thereby assured and ram-offs
e liminated. These l ink-Belt machines, embodying many
years of experience in this field, are rugged and depend-
able and are designed to give long and satisfactory
service.
The link -Bel! revivifier consis ts of a single moving
par!, the rotor shaft, turning in roller bearings which
are mounted outside the housing for added protection
from dust and grit.
Sand is introduced over an adjustable flow directing
plate at a point directly above th e rapidly revolving
blades on the rotor shaft. Proper contact with these
blades, through adjustment of the flow directing plate,
results in maximum aeration and the throwing of the
material toward a discharge opening in the bottom of
the housing at the opposite end. lmpa ct of the sand
with the blades bre aks up lumps and pellets, and the
angular mounting of the blades causes streams of sand
474 • l 1 N K - B E l T
Sand revivifiers
Pre pared sa n d is t hor oughly aerated by this revivif1er befare en ·
tering molders hoppers. Pholo 38860
to cross each other in reaching the discharge opening,
thus providing thorough mixing and blending as well as
additional disintegration. Sand temperature is appre-
ciab ly reduced by the action of the revivifier.
Housing construction is of simple and accessible de-
sign, having a hinge door al the back of the machine
and access doors on the sides for easy renewal of the
rotor blades. A ven! stock connection is provided, al the
top of the housing, through which heat is removed.
The link - Belt Sep-Aerator is a revivifier with a modi-
fied rotor design and an adjustable plate for shot re-
moval with the necessary chutes on either side of the
housing.
lt performs th e sorne function as th e regular revivifier
in mixing and aerating sand, but in addition incorporales
a separation feature for r emoving shot metal, pebbles
and refuse which are not caught by the screen or
magnetic pulley. This latter feature is of particular value
in brass foundries where the removal of metallic shot by
magneti c attraction is not possible. lt is a high capacity
unit, ideally suited for continuous systems.
 processing equi pment
foundry equlpment

Fee d opening equipped with

adjustable dire cting piafe

Heavy welded 1
steel housing - -----. ~'i!Gicrñ:;S:~;;:;~~~;;;;~rt
High speed rotor
with re newable paddles

Rotor shaft equipped with

self-aligning roller bearing
pillow blocks ~--Frame, motor support and
housing welded into one piece

SANO REVIVIFIER

5[]
: 2!
1

z
''

VENT STACK

DIRECTING
PLATE ADJUSTMENT

4~10:"------~
1-0·- Fig. 3770

Horse-
Copocity, A 8 o E F K M N p R
powe r Weight, 1 1
1 1
Revivif ier size tons 1 1 1 1
of pounds
per hour
motor FEET ANO INCHES
1 20 3 1650 1-6 \/2 1-7 2-9 'A 1-5Ya 1-9 'A 0 - l lSM 0-2 % 2-4 0-1 o 3 -7
2 40 5 1875 1-11 1-11 \/2 3-1 ~ 1-7 o/1 1-11 \/2 O-l 15A6 0-2 v. 2-5 'A 0- 11 'A 3-8 'A
3 60 7 \/2 2225 2 -3 \/2 2 -4 3-6 'A 1- l l 7A6 2-3 \/2 0-2 'll6 0 -2 % 2-6\/2 l-0 \12 3-9\/2
4 80 10 2500 2-8 2-8 \/2 3-10 3.4 2-1 11116 2 -6 1/.& 0-2 'll6 0-2 % 2-6 \/2 1-0 \/2 3-9 y,
5 100 15 272 5 3-4•,4 3-4 3.4 4-7 2-3 'A 2 -91/.& 0-2 15116 0 -4 Ya 2-7 \/2 1-1 \/2 3- 10\/2
Hove dome nsoons certofoed for onstallat1on purposes.

L 1 N K - BEL T • 475
parts and package handling
PARTS AND PACKA.G E
HANDLING
A Link-Belt trolley conveyo r used in conjunclion wilh
o Aot belt inspeclion ond storoge conveyor for handling
o rmotures. After inspection, the ormotures ore placed
on corriers suspended from the trolley conveyor for
delivery to the motor ossembly lines. Such syslems
conserve Aoor spoce, ore exceptionolly relioble ond
o ssure uninlerrupted production. Photo 30175
contents
lntroduction ..... .... ..... .. ... .. .. 47 6
Engineering .......... ..... ..... ... 483
PI o in choin conveyors .... .. ..... .... 484
Pusher cho in conveyors .. . ........... 487
~orrier cho in conveyors ............. 489
Crossbor choin conveyors ............ 491
Slot conveyors ........... . ..... 492
Pallet-ty pe ond cor-type conveyors .... 494
Flot belt conveyors . . . . . . . . . ...... 497
Arm and tro y elevators .............. 500
Syntron parts feeders ......... . ..... 506
Trolley conveyors ... ..... . ..... .... . 508
Power and free conveyors ........... 539
Trukvey ors . . .. . ............. . .... 546
476 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Cost reductions resulting from meteríais handling systems contribute substan-
tially to the successful and economica l operation of modern industry. Conveyors
for parts and packages ore used in every step of production-from receipt of
row materials through ali stages of manufacturing, packaging, warehousing
and shippin g. They provide the means for the high degree of mechanization
in these industries.
Sorne of the beneflts derived from conveyors and convey or systems in-
clu d e automatic transportation between operations, timing and scheduling,
reauction of inventory, more effective use of Aoor space, and safety . These
and other cost reducing beneflts ore realized by huge automotive and appli-
ance plonts that ore often built oround their handlin g systems, and to small
manufacturing plants where one or more conveyors can provide important
economies.
Conveyors of vorious ty pes are available for handling peris and packages
of proctically any si ze or shape, weighing from ounces to tons. When peris
are handled individuolly, they may be carried directly on top of the conveyor
or suspended from it by hooks, cross rods, slings or in rocks or trays. When
the type of operation requires hand ling of parts in containers such as pons,
tole boxes, cartons or tra ys, they too can be carried on or suspended from
conveyors. The type of conveyor is determined b y the parts, packages or
containers to be handled, the purpose of the conveyor and the conditions of
service.
Conveyors used primarily for transportation provide the meons for ca rry-
ing parts between mochines, operotions, departments or bu il dings in a Aow
 parts and package handling

Plain chaln and pushe r chain canveyo rs provide an orderly ond continuous
Row of lumber between sowmill, stocker and drying kiln. These conveyars ore
built for continuous service ond require very little moinlenonce. Photo 17176
Crass·bar chaln conveyor being loaded with steel
locker doors for possoge through a two-stoge wosher,
paint dip tonk ond boking oven. Closely spoced hooks,
suspended from the cross rods, pe rmil high produclion
in o relotively smoll spoce. Pholo 37204

Push e r ch o ln conveyar, mode of multiple slronds, is used for feeding pulpwood Carrler cha ln conveyar, consisling of o universal
logs through slosher sows in o poper mili. The choins ond pushers are ruggedly crescenl Rol top chain, smoothly carries jors of baby
conslrucled to provide dependoble doy in ond doy out operation. Phota 20000 cream from fllling machine through cooling oreo, then
to capping, lobeling and packing operotions. The jors
maintoin their original spocing throughout their trovel.
Photo 32626
that is orderly, continuous, ond often autamatic. They are adoptable both to
new and existing plants. Often they are the means for converting obsolete
plan! layouts to straight line production methods by linking together oper-
ations in multi-story buildings ar widely separated oreas. Many conveyors
operate overhead, thereby making more floor space available for production
machines and reducing floor congestion.

While en route on the conveyors, the parts may proceed through such
operations as molding, spraying, painting, drying, sorting, assembling, pack-
aging, etc. The timing of severa! of these operations in sequence can be
maintained by the conveyors.

Inventaries are reduced by conveyors which provide for immediate use of

material token from stock, eliminating storage at individual production ma-
chines and saving floor space. Damage is reduced by gentle handling, often
resulting in elimination of transfers and intermediate inspection sta tions.

Safety conditions are improved by using conveyors which eliminate the

need to manually handle heavy loads, and the necessity of working in haz·
ardous oreas.
Sorne of the more important types of conveyors and elevators for handling Flat b elt conveyo r is used to handle packoges on
both horizontal and inclined runs, through tunnel from
parts and packages are illustrated in this section. Descriptions of their appli-
factory to worehouse ond shipping building. The belt
cation are given and in sorne cases engineering data is included for guidance is a raugh top type ond operotes over Rol rollers wilh
in their selection. Link-Belt engineers are available to assist in the selection boll beorings. Photo 33657
and design of conveying equipment for specific conditions-either individual
units or completely integrated systems.
link-Belt designs, furnishes and installs complete parts and package
handling systems-ossuring the owner of a single responsibility for perform-
ance. Laboratory facilities are available for solving complex handling
problems.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 477
parts and package handling

Arm elevator automatically p icks up b oles of wool

al the se cond floor receiving stotion for delivery to the
sixth floor monufocturing d e portment. Such elevotors re-
duce manual ha nd ling o nd free freigh t elevo tors for other
se rvices. Photo 34 161

Power and free conve yo r outo mo ticolly d elivers

hogs from cooler rooms to p o rk cutting ta b le in o
modern p ocking house. The cutting table consists o f o
heovy d uty sial conveyor. Ali conveyors o re designed
to meet sonitotion regulotions. Photo 31 4 12

Trukveyor of the in-the-floor typ e is ideal for trons-

porting looded p lotform trucks between receiving ond
shipping depo rlmenls in this truck freight terminal. Trucks
ore eosily engoged or disengoged while the conveyo r is
in operotion. Photo 33253

Car- type conveyo r is o highly efficient ond proctico l

meons of conveying foundry molds throug h molding, clos-
ing, pouring, cooling ond shokeout operotions. The cho in
ond rollers ore designe d far continuous perfo rmance under
severe operoting cond itions. Pho lo 3659 8 Carrier chain conveyor hondles steel coils from rolling mili to sto roge.
The two sturdiiy built stronds of choin hove iorge, heovy duty rollers ond
speciol flot top corrying ottochmenls. Photo 37102

478 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling

Steel sial con v eyors are used os en economice! ond

versotile meons of elevoting and lowering bales of sheet
pulp. The boles ore canveyed fro m railrood cors to beoters
o r storoge, o r relurned fro m storoge to beoters. Photo 31324

Flat b e lt con vey or ca rries saftwaad lags ta a dauble-

a rm stacker far stock piling. The canveyor is reversible
and also hondles reclaimed logs from sto rag e and
delivers them ta anather belt conveyor far tronsp o rti ng
lo !he g rinding room. Pho to 37 621

Pus her con veyo rs ore porticulorly useful far moving

looded dollies between oll slages a f hausehold oppliance
manufacture. Moximum praduction is possi ble beca use all
peris are under the control of the conveying syslem and are
delivered to the proper place on schedule. Pholo 30017

Trolley conveyor outomalicolly picks up cortons of per-

A parts feed er, which does !he work o f mony honds, outomoticolly colators far delivery lo worehouse. The lrolley conveyor in
feeds eroser d iscs in on oriented ond single line position to on ossembly lhe background provides overheod sto rage far percolotor
mochine. Such feeders occelerote the output of mochines where duplico te bodies between o perotions. This method of gentle handling
operotions ore required. Photo 530806 protects the product. Photo 35476

L 1 N K - B E L T • 479
parts and package handling

Plaln chain conveyors (p age 484) carry the load d irectly on the chain links without any attached au xiliary members.
The chains operate on tracks, with the top surfaces of the chain projecting sufficiently above the
tracks, to enable various Aat objects to be carried on them. Chains designed especially for this
purpose hove additional wearing surfaces on the bottom and may b e provided with peake d or
Aat tops. Swivel chains are another form of plain cha in where single or multiple strands will operate
in both horizontal and vertical planes. Plain cha in conveyors are widely used for handling such
products as boxes, cases, lumber or steel sheets, plates or bars.

Fig. 3893

Pusher chaln conveyors (page 487) hove chains with attachments or lugs fastened to the chain at intervals, so they may
push various objects which slide or roll on their own surfaces. This type is used to handle billets,
plates, pipes, logs or packages. Pusher chain conveyors are also used for towing objects carried
on rollers or wheels, such as dollies or industria l trucks, as in assembly and freight handling
operations.

Carrler chaln conve yors (page 489) hove chains with attachments
fastened to or cast integrall y with the chain links. The attachments include
Aat-top or crescent-top pallets or carriers which present a practically
continuous moving surface on which objects can be carried directly. Many
other attachments are also available, designed for fastening a dd itional
members, such as cradles, flxtures or tra ys, which carry the loads. Applica-
tions of these conveyors are numerous for conveying objects in a wide
range of sizes, shapes and weights and in operations such as assembling,
processing and cool ing.
Crossbar chaln conv eyo rs (page 491) hove
two strands of cha in separated by cross rods at spec-
ifled intervals. Parts or packages may be sus:-
pended from the cross rods or they may be pushed
along a trough by the cross rods. Many arrange-
ments hove been d eveloped to handle a wide
va riety of parts and packages. When the parts are
suspended from the cross rods the conveyors are
used for dipping, cleaning, painting and drying
applications.

480 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling

Pallet-type and car- type conve yors (page 494 ) are

Slat conveyors (page 492) consist of closely spaced slats
fastened to one or more strands of chain. The slats are the
load carrying members and may be made of wood or metal
to suit a wide variety of objects. The chains are usually
equipped with rollers. These conveyors operate over hori-
zontal or inclined paths, or a combination of these paths.
They are extensively used throughout industry to provide an
orderly Aow of products for processing, assembling or distri-
bution.
for carrying large, heavy and otherwise d ifficult-to-handle
loads and are used in foundries, steel mills and similar p l ants.
Cars or pallets are attached to and moved by an endless
chain over a path which may include curves. The cars hove
wheels which run on tracks, and the pallets slide on rails or
move over a series of rollers; the chain in either case
supplies the motion without sustaining the weight of the load.
Such heavy loads as poured molds or hot coils of steel, can
thus be conveyed with ease and safety.

Arm and tray elevators (page 500) are used to elevate

Flat belt conveyors (page 497) are
used in transporting, distributing, assem-
bling and processing various objects of
moderate weight. They may be oper-
ated up or down slopes as well as hori-
zontally. The carrying run may slide on a
Aat deck or trough, or operate over
closely spaced idlers. Flat belt conveyors
provide a smooth path of travel and
gentle handling.
and lower many types of packages and objects such as
barreis, boxes and rolls.
Arm elevators can be in-
clined or vertical and hove ::~~~§!~
projecting arms attached
et intervals to two strands
of chain. They pick up the
load on the ascending run
and discharge over the head end.
Troy elevators are of two vertical
types:
The multiple troy elevator shown has
trays freely suspended et intervals be-
tween two strands of chain. lt picks up
the load on the ascending run from one Fig. 3899
or more points and discharges from the
descending run et various stations.
The single troy elevator has a t roy A rm elevator
mounted between two strands of chain
operating in a single vertical path for raising or lowering a load from one elevation
to another. This type can also be built with a cable hoist.

Syntron parts feeders (page 506)

Parts feeders consist of bowls with spiral tracks, operated
by electro-magnetic drives, which provide automatic, ori-
ented, single line feeding of small parts to automatic as-
sembling machines or other automatic processing equip-
ment. These feeders may include supply hoppers and
gravity feed tracks with integral escapement devices to
increase their operational scope.
Transfer and storage parts feeders consist of spiral or
helix tracks operated by electro-magnetic drives for au-
tomatically feeding small parts. They receive parts at one
level from one machine and discharge them automatically
Transf er and storage Spiral feeder and in an oriented position at another level to a second
6189
Fig. Parts feeder parts feeder machine. When acting as a transfer feeder, the helical
track and bowl provide adequate space to store parts
which is advantageous when feeding from a slow primary to a fast secondary operation.
Spiral feeders elevate or lower small parts or bulk materials at a controlled rote. They consist of spiral ramps operated through
a vibratory motion obtained by a high speed electro-magnetic drive. Spiral feeders are advantag eously used for cooling the
product or material being handled.

L 1 N K - B E ( T • 481
parts and package handling

Tr olley conve yors (poge 508) consist of on endless

power d riven strond of choin suspended from on overheo d
trock by boll beoring trolleys hoving loa d corrying ottoch-
ments. A greot voriety of po rts, components ond ossem b lies
con be hondled b y the use of many types ond kinds of hooks,
rocks, tro ys, boskets or buckets suspended from the trolley
ottochments. As a tronsportation med ium these conveyors
hove olmost unlimited possibilities of handling copocity ond
flexib ility of path. They can operate over greot d istonces,
up and out of the woy, ond the poth of trovel con wind and
bend in the horizontal plone o nd d ip ond rise in the vertical
plone to suit simple or complex layout require ments.

Power and free conveyors {poge 539) ore o com binotion of a

powered trolley conveyor ond a seporate free tra ck system su pporting
load-carrying trolleys. Trolleys on the powered conveyor ore equipped
with pushers thot engoge ond propel the load corrying trolleys. When
required, the load carrying troll eys ore monuolly or outomoticolly
switched from the power o nd free trock system to od jacent free tracks
where they moy be propelle d manua lly or by grovity. In like monner,
they can be re-entered into the power and free track system. Switch-
ing is accomplished without stopping the powered conveyor. Lifts ore
provi ded when required on a portian of the free trock to roise or
lower it together with loa d-corrying trolleys to other free trock or
work station elevotions. Power ond free conveyors ore used extensively
in production operotions whe re work must be stopped, stored, recir-
culated or dispotched.

---------
~~
· ~-.'=!-l~ j ~

ln-the-floor Trukveyor Overhead Trukveyor

Trukveyo rs {poge 546) ore of the in-the-floor ond overheod types. ln-the-floor Trukveyors consist
of on endless power driven strand of cho in with ball beoring id le rs ond specio l pushers spoced ot
intervols to e ngoge ond tow four wheel plotform type lood-corrying trucks over o given poth.
The conveying medium is locoted directly below o slot in the floor. Trucks ore fltted with towing
pins thot ore lowered through the slot to engoge the pushers. Trucks ore easily engoged o r dis-
engoge d while Trukveyor is operating.
Overheod Trukveyors ore trolley conveyors with troll ey ottochments spoced ot intervols to
engoge truck mounted mosts or far connecting chain slings ottached to trucks.
On both types, trucks moy remoin engog ed whil e objects ore p laced on or removed from
trucks ot vorious points or moy be d isengo ged os desired.
Trukveyors hove o wide ronge of o pplicotions far fre ight handling, worehousing, ond in monu-
focturing operations, where loods vory widely in size, shope ond weight.

482 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Engineering
Selection of conveyors best suited to the needs of o given
opplicotion requires coreful considerotion of mony fac-
tors, so rne of which follow:
Size, weig ht ond shope of objects
Copocity
Meth od of looding and unlooding
Poth
Monn er of handl ing
Size, weight and shape of objects
Light objects ore reodily hondled on flot belt conveyors
ond on light choin conveyors. Trolley conveyors con be
used for heovy and light objects. Heovy objects require
heavy choin conveyors, slat ond pallet-type conveyors ond
orm ond troy elevotors.
Sorne ports, such os smoll nuts or woshers, moy be
hondled in bulk. For such ports, conveyors for bulk
moterials can be used, or parts moy be pul in contoiners
or polletized and handled as objects.
The size of the conveyor must obviously be adequate
to accommodate the size of t he object being handled.
In addition, such items as will not stand on a conveyor
in stoble equilibrium must hove orms or fixtures on which
they con be placed, or hooks from which they con be
suspended.
Capacity
In the case of objects which are handled in bulk, the
capacity requirements are figured in cubic feet per hour
or tons per hour.
Otherwise, the capaci ty requirement is determined by
the number of pieces to be handled and the spoce re-
quired for each piece. Thus, the speed of the conveyor
in feet per minute is the number of pieces per hour
divided by 60, times the space in feet required for each
piece. This must include adequate cleoronce between
pieces to allow for worki ng spo ce, surges in flow of parts
or ordinary clearances required for the placing of the
objects, swinging, or foreshortening at bends and curves.
In general, the following formulo will opply:
s NIL60 + CI
wh e re S = speed of co nveyor in feet per minute
N number of pieces per hour whe n placed
in a single longitudinal row. This factor
requires consideration when more than
Table 1 • Conveyors for parts and packages
Manner af handl ing Obiects
Po rls or objects which are besl han- Bolts, nuls, rough objects such os small
dled in bulk castings
Parts or objects which must be han- Bottles, cases, finished parts, small
dled gently packages
Heavy objects which must be set or Bales, barreis, b oxes, erales, drums,
molds, rolls of paper, sacks, steel
placed on conveyo r
coils, steel tubes, lumber
Parl s, objects, or pans, rocks or trays
of parls which are best handled by La rge castings, forgings ,
parts, stampings
suspending
Objects which are best handled by Cars, dollies, pallets, trucks, wagons,
towing raíl road ca rs
parts and package handling
one piece is placed across width of conveyor.
l = maximum dimension of object measured lon-
g itud in ally along conveyor, in feet
e = minimum permissible clearance between ob-
jects on conveyor, in feet
Should this speed be beyond thot recommend e d for
the conveyor selected, or be greater than will allow
satisfoctory handling on and off the conveyor, more
conveyo rs or other equipment must be used.
Method of loading and unloading
Whi le loading and unloading may not alwoys directly
influence the selection of a conveyor, it is still an im-
portant consideration. lf the object must be loaded ond
unloaded by ho nd , heavy lifting can often be avoided
by hoving the conveyor pass at the most convenient
height or working level.
On the other hand, conveyors lend themselves read ily
to methods of automatic load ing and unloading. Me-
chan ical means can usually be devise d for plocing
objects on and removing them from a conveyor, eliminat-
ing the human effort altogether. These things may affect
the path, speed, economy or other factors and thus,
indirectly influence the choi ce of a conveyor.
Path
The conveyor path, whether simple, irregular, mono-
plane or multiplane, has a definite bearing on the selec-
tion of the proper type of conveyor. Many conveyo rs
will operate in a single plane, while others ore well
ada pted to multiplane service. The angle of inclination
to the horizontal frequently determines whether the con-
veyor requires flights or will properly transport its load
without them. Careful consideration should be devoted
to the physical restrictions and the locations of the sta-
tions to be served when deciding upon the typ e of con-
veyor to employ.
Mann er of handling
The manner in which objects are handled is a very im-
portan! considerotion, and very lorge ly determines the
choice of conveyor. Table 1 lists general considerations
given to handling objects and will be found valuable in a
preliminary anal ysis. For detailed ond accurate consid-
erotion of oll problems involved, it is best to consult
experienced engineers . For dependable recommenda-
tion s, consult Lin k- Belt.
Types of canveyors which con be used
Apron conveyors, belt conveyors, interna! dis-
charge bucket elevators, drag conveyors, oscil-
loting conveyors, parts feeders . See conveyors
for bulk materials
Flat belt conveyors, flat top chain conveyors,
carrier cha in conveyors, cross-bar chain con-
veyors, swivel cha in conveyors, trolley convey-
ors, parts fe eders
Arm and troy elevators, plain chain conveyors,
carrier cha in conveyors, sla t conveyors, car-
type cha in conveyo rs, pallet-type cha in con-
veyors, trolley conveyors
machined
Trolley conveyors, cross-bar chain conveyors
Haula ge machines, pusher cha in conveyors,
Trukveyors, trolley conveyors
L 1 N K - B E L T • 483
parts and package handling
plaln chaln conveyors

plain chain conveyors

Mony objects ore odopted to tronsportotion on o

system of ploin choins without requiring ony corry ing
medium other thon the choin itself. lt is possible to
present only typicol exomples of such opplicotions,
illustroting o few of the uses of ploin choin con-
veyors, to show the possible economy of spoce ond
Aexibility of poths.
Link- Belt, with its complete lines of choins ond
drives ond its yeors of experience in monufocturing
ond instolling such equipment, is well quolified to
moke relioble recommend otions on choin conveyor Transferring bas kets of cans from two cooling tonk s to floor level, these two conveyors
problems. in lcrge ccnnery use rugged combinction chcin. Pho to 3154 0

feedlng truck bodles to three -strcnd cutcmctic trcnsfer conveyor, these storage conveyors use b ushed r oller ch c in. Photo 374 21

484 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
plaln chaln conveyors

Feeding exp ort boxes to hydraulic lift tables in autamotive plant, this faur-strand canveyar uses bushed roller
chain. Six-strand delivery conveyor, using bushed roller choin, receives baxes from hydroulic lift. Photo 37425

Dellver lng can• of salmon from mechanlzed packlng Une lnto trayf Movlng pulpwood 10111 to barklng drum, this six-
by feeder-conveyor using bushed roller choin, Photo 3 4 3 8 1 strond conveyor uses Log Lugge r cha in. Photo 35292

L. 1 N K - B E L T • 485
parts and package handling
plaln chaln conveyors

Handling 2 80 mm. shells from drow furnoce , lhis cooling conveyor

use s double-slrand Rivelless cha in. Photo 37 4 62

Corrying sheets of stalnless steel ta ann eallng furnace , this

four-strand bushed roller choin conveyor feeds sheeh to special
fou r-strand co mbination chain conveyor within furnace . Photo 3 4306

Movlng cants from unsultable logs from sawmlll to kroft Tronsferrlng mllk coses from processing llne, this con-
mlll, this inclined drag conveyor use s four slrands of durable veyor use s single ·slrand swivel chain. Photo 35770
p inlle chain. Pholo 36927

486 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
pusher chaln conveyors

pusher chain conveyors

When an article or part can slide or roll,

or be moved on rollers or wheels, the most
economical method of conveying it in a
deflnite path is frequently a pusher chain
conveyor. These conveyors consist of one
or more endless strands of chain with suit-
able attachments to push the loads. The
choin itself does not carry the load.
Whatever type of pusher chain con-
veyor is indicated, Link-Belt can give ex-
pert guidance in its selection.

Transfe rrlng hot sla bs on lronsfer to ble equipped with 12" pltch chains
with casi sleel tilting dogs every 1 O feet, operating al 60 feel per minute.
Photo 32485

Caollng h o t p ip e on rack conveyor in large pipe mili. Conveying modium Car rylng g r oundw ood l a gs fro m Aume to revolv-
consish of twelve endless strands of malleable iron pintle chain with H2 ing table feeder, this jack ladder conveyor consists
pusher allachmenl every second link. Pholo 31 084 o f twa strands of cha in wilh K17 casi sleel pushers
with rollers every twelfth pitch. Pholo 37166

L 1 N K - B E L T • 487
parts and package handling
pusher chain conveyors

Fe e d ing Ice into Llnk-Belt dock-

mounted refrigerator car ice r
p ickup trough , this conveyor uses
o single strand of bar link choin with
8 5 pusher oltachments. Photo 38381

¿~1~~~ ~
~._

Delive ring hardwood to barker Transferrlng pipe fro m lnsp ectlon d epartment to cut-off in p ipe mili,
and chipp er, this inclined conveyoruses this conveyor uses bushed ro ller cha in with M ottachments. Phota 35943
combination cha in with S 1 attachments
at intervols. Photo 37953

488 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
ca rrler cha ln co nveyora

carrier chain conveyors

Carrier chain conveyors of numerous types handle many

Movln9 b eer cans thr augh processln9 lin e of lorge
brewery, this flot top choin conveyor o ssures uninterrupted
production through capping machines. Photo 38502
kinds of objects, parts and packages of various sizes,
shapes and weights. They are used on virtually unlimited
applications for efficient and economical handling of
materials and are frequently the solution to the ever
increasing demands for more continuous automated pro-
duction.
These conveyors are built with attachments either con-
nected to or integrally a part of conveyor cha in, forming
a carrying medium for an individual part, or a continuous
surface, as may be required.
They are built in a wide range of types and sizes
incorporatin9 special designs for handling various ob-
jects from medicinal pills to 70,000-pound coils of strip
steel.
Carrier chain conveyors are particularly adapted to
such automat ed continuous processing operations as
assembly, bottling, dry ing, cooling and food handling.

Hot str ip co ll Is hondle d on e nd on this double

strand chain conveyor to side-d ischarge downtilter
equipped with grovity rollers. Photo 35647

Transferrln9 strip coll to sheor line entry point, this

choin conveyor with saddle top attachments handles
J coils weighing up to 40,000 pounds. Photo 34715

L 1 N K - B E L T • 489
parts and package handling
carrler chaln conveyors

H e avy pap er rolla are conveyed to skip type lowerer by Carryl ng huak ed corn from husk er ta cutter . Corn
this chain conveyor equipp e d with o continuous line o f soddle is insp ected , trimmed ond d oub le-washed en ro ute.
top carrier ottochments. Photo 36008 Conveyor consists of two strand s of roller choin with
bronze-bushed, water-light rollers. Photo 36674

Pauenger cars are dellvered to this fl nol ossembly line flot top conveyor by two-strand choin
conveyar. Photo 37417

490 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
cro ssbar chaln conveyo rs

crossbar chain conveyors

Crossbor choin conveyors ore used in mony monufocturing plonts for moving ports ond pock-
oges through processing operotions, through shops ond between deportments. Crossbor choin
conveyors consist of two stronds of choin sepo roted by cross rods, from which the object to
be conveyed is suspende d or held by crodles or fl xtures. They ore reod ily adoptable to in-
clined poths ond hove been successfull y opplied to p rocess operotions in industries such os
outomotive, furniture, opplionce monufocturing, meot pocking, foundry, steel, pulp ond poper
ond mony others. When used on crossbor choin conveyors standard choins ore generolly
furnished in motched ond togged stronds with speciol ottochments ossembled to meet mony
requirements.

Painte d m e tal parts are passe d thraugh Industria l Wlr e 1helv e1a re conveyed th r ough d ipplng operatlon by
palnt dtylng a ven by this conveyor, which uses two crossbor choin conveyor. Shelves ore suspended from cross·
stro nd s of bushed choin. Pho to 37207 bors otloched to lwo stro nds of pintle choin. Photo 21 561

Paulng p alnt 1pray ed panela u n d er lnfra -red lampa for drying, this conveyor uses double-strond pre -
,ision sleel roller choin with steel crossbors al intervals. Photo 25 113

L 1 N K - BEL T • 491
parts and package handling
sla t conveyors

sla'I conveyors

Handling pack a g e d m e ats, this mople slo t

conveyor o peroles in cold sloroge room of lorge
meol po cking plont. Photo 34365

Slot conveyors ore built with corrying memb e rs of wood or

metal slots ottoched to o single or doub le strond of choin.
In odd ition to conveying operotions they moy be used os o
troveling work table, or o combinotion of the two. Mony kin ds
of p orts ond pockoges con be corried, light, heovy or bulky, on
inclines os well os on the horizontal. Slots con be designed ond
shoped to suit the orticles to be hond led .
Slot conveyors con be opplied o dvontogeousl y to obtoin o
steody, orderly Aow of moterio ls thru o plont, eliminoting con-
fusion, p romoting efficiency ond effecting importont so vings in
handling expense.
Short pitch steel or mo ll eoble iron choins ore used for corry-
ing smoll orticles; longer pitch steel cho ins ore use d on long
conveyors ond for conveyors corry ing lorge or heovy orticles.
For ossembly conveyors ond other opplicotions where excep-
tionolly smooth operotion is essentiol, cho ins with flnished rollers
ond cut tooth sprockets ore recommended.
Loadin g or unloading ma il and b aggage, this siot conveyor oper-
otes on o 36-degree incline. Eight conveyors of this type service one
of the world's lorgest possenger ships. Photo 38043

Unlaading pin e apples into bulk stora g e a t Front sea t cush ions a re a ssemb led on this long
ca n nery, this slol conveyor is 128 feel long slot conveyor, octing os o tro veling work table in
ond con store up to 42 tons of fru il, Photo 32814 new outomotive ossembly plant, Photo 37 418

492 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
slat conveyors

Types
·"",
i
!
i
1
1
i
_j
p·- - - - - - - -- - - ------ - - - -
1

Slat canveyor with waaden slats operating on Sial canveyor, built of a single slrand of chain with Sial conveyor with chain on edge for recirculating
angle track, for handling packaged materials and cla se fitting sleel slots, forming o continuous moving opplications. This carousel design, suitable only for
similar articles. Light weight is combined with work table suitoble for various light objects. light loads, can take any number of horizontal
sturdy construction. Figure 3507 Figure 3508 paths. Figure 3 509

Slat conveyor with chain an edge and a slationary Sial conveyor with wooden slots sliding on ong le Sial conveyor wilh waoden slats, cenler supporting
working shelf an both sides for light loads for !rock ond cross ongles, for corrying light p ockoges roller and single slrand of chain for carrying bags,
which o narrow carrying element is suitoble. up on inclined palh. Figure 3511 boxes, etc. Figure 3512
Fig ure 351 O

Sial conveyor wilh sleel slats having lo ngitud inal Sial conveyor of channel construction with T-rail
depressions for carrying heavy ro lls of paper, oil track and wilh cenler roller ru nning on 1-bea m for
d rums, e le. Figure 3513 wide, heavy packages. Cross angles preven! back-
sliding on inclines. Figure 3514

...,
,•' . ..

Sial conveyor of channel conslruction wilh length- Slat conveyor using dauble line o f w id e chain wilh Sial conveyor for mea! packing line. Slats a re
wise ridges for carrying coils of sleel, ail drums and heavy sleel slats flush with floor for assembling lurned up a l e nds lo form continuous pan. G uard
other heavy cylindrica l objecls. Figure 351 5 automobiles, lrucks, tractors, etc. Figure 35 16 rails along !he sid es prolecl workmen. Figure 3517

L 1 N K - B E L T • 493
parts and package handling
pallet-type and car-type co n v eyo rs

palle•-•ype and
car-•ype conveyors

Tru-Tra c ca r-t y pe mol d co nveyor with moving operotor's plotform for conlinuous pouring opero tions. Photo 36392

Link-Belt poliet- type ond cor-typ e conveyors provid e on excelient medium for tronsporting salid or pockoged
orticles, contoined bulk mo teriols, ond loase ob jects w hich con be eosily placed on or removed from the
conveyor. Designs ore ovoiloble for light, medium or heovy loods ond for monoplone or multiplone opero-
tion over o wide voriety of poths. Conveyors con be built in o voriety of designs ond types to suit most
oppl icotions.

These Link-Bel! conveyors ore extensively used in foundries, steel milis, poper milis ond similor industries
for corrying molds, coils of strip steel, rolis of poper ond o voriety of simil or orticles. In mony instonces they
con be orronged for o utomotic looding and unlooding to synchronize with other conveyors or processing
equipment. N umerous designs of cors ond poliets can be furnished to accommodote porticulor requirements.

The two ty pes ovoiloble to meet the needs of most industries are: roliing poliet-type conveyors ond
Tru-T roe cor-type conveyors.

Rolling pallet-type conveyors

The Link- Belt rolling po ll et-type con-
veyor consists of o series of pollets
or troys rollin g over boll or roller
beoring rollers mounted in the sup-
porting frome. The po ll ets ore ot-
toched to ond p ropelled by on end-
less strond of r ivet less or steel roller
,. choin operoting in guides ot one
side of the roller frome. The convey or

.Jr=1 ===='1'1L
Rolling pollel·lype conveyor for corrying molds in o lorge
foundry, with one o f the grey iron p ollets removed to show
!he sleel cho ssis with inverted T-roils, rollers ond conveyor
cho in. Photo 2 1 0 4 3
Cross section of o rolling pollel·lype
conveyor, showing !he olloy iron
pollet, the Rivetless choin with ex·
tended p in ottoched to the steel
chossis mounted on T-roils, ond the
fixed suppo rting roller. f ig. 4223
is driven b y meons of conventiono l
enclosed geor drives through a
lorge diometer cerner sprocket to
ossure smooth operotion. Since olf
mochinery is obove Aoor level, pits
ore not required.

494 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
pallet-type and ca r-type conveyors

Tru-Trac car-type conveyors

The Link-Belt Tru-Trac car-type conveyor is monufactured
in severo! sizes for handling light, medium or heovy loods. ,--,
1 1
lt consists of o series of roller-supported cars propelled 1 1
1 1
over o sup porting trock by means of o long pitch stee l 1 !
roller choin.
The car design is of rugged constructi011 consisting of a
top plate supported by a chassis which in turn incorporates
the oxtes and ball or roller bearing rollers of substontial
diameter and capacity. Chassis axles are rigidly attached
to individual pitches of the conveying chain, which acts os o
wagon tongue to hold the axles in a radial position on curves
and return them to a position normal to the tracks on straight
runs. Top plotes can be hinged and cam-operated for
automatic dumping to either or both sides of the conveyor.
Supporting tracks and guides for the propelling chai ns
extend the full length of the conveyor and assure true
al ignment and operntion of the ca r chassis through the Fig. 4222
guiding action imposed upon the conveyor chain. Since
Cross section of o heovy design Tru-Trae eor-type eonveyor with top
all axles are maintained in occurate alignment with the piole supported by rollers on the oxle sholt. Cor wheels ore positioned
track on both the straight ond curved portions, sidew ise on the roil by the eonveyor ehoin operoling in ong le guides.
sliding is elimi noted and roller wear reduced to a minimum.

Pholo 22552 .. Tru· Trae eor-type eonveyor Photo 29944 .. Tru·Troe cor-lype conveyor
with four·wheel ehossis. Top piole removed with two-wheel ehossis ond h inged top
to show eho ssis ond ehoin. piole for outomolie unlooding.

Photo 28521 . . Genero! view in o molleoble iron foundry , showing lhe Tru· Pholo 28523 . . One of the top pioles ol o Tru-Troe eor· lype eonveyor in
Trae ear.type eonveyor which eorries vorious lypes of molds over o mulli· !he process of being outomotieolly tilted lo dischorge molds onlo o
plone poth. Such eonveyors ore odapted lo a wide voriety of poth s. shokeout screen. Operotion of this meehanism requires no ollendanl.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 495
parts and package handling
palt e t - type and car- type co nveyors

Tru-Trac car-type conveyors

/l
/'
/ .............. ,, ....
I
/ ]
. <' ' \
/
!/
¡,
~ \
I ~ \
/ /! \\ \\
/ !/ \\
\ \
./
.
I //
//_/
\ \ \
\ \,. \

Fig. 4221
Tru-Trae ear-lype conveyor with divided top plate, showing how both
halves may be tilted, far use where d iseharge is req uired on both sides
simultaneously.

Fig. 4224
Cross seetion of a Tru· Trae ear-type conveyor, designed so that the top
plate may be tilled by a eam to diseharge !he load.

Conve yor fo r coils

The Tru-Trac car-type conveyor for hand ling coils is made
in various sizes to suit coil diameters and loads. lt can
operate overa path that includes many curves or slopes
without transferring coils from the initial position on the
car until they reach the fina l unloading point. This type
of conveyor is particularly suitable for carrying hot strip
coils from coile r to storage over irregular paths and where
it is desirable to utilize the greater portian of the conveyor
length for storage and cooling purposes.
The top plate is constructed of heavy steel plates and
beams with broad bearing surfaces for supporting the
coils, and is carried on a chassis that is fitted with axle
shafts and large diameter ball or roll er bearing wheels.
Axle shafts and chassis are rigidly connected to the con -
veyor chain. The chai n rollers guide the axles around
the path, assuring true rolling of the wheels, without slid-
ing, as the axles are constantly held on the true radius of
every curve and normal to the straight track sections.
long pitch steel ro l ler chain is employed and can be Photo 31086A .. A Tru-Trae ea r-ty pe eanveyor al a mode rn slee l mili,
1,000 lee! long , handling 11 ,000-paund eails of hol stri p steel.
arranged with swivel joints for multiple plane service.
Carrying attachment conveyors may also be used for
handling coils. With this type of drive, the main conveyor chain is
not required to articulate where the ma ximum chain load
Orives is applied; thus reducing wear on the main conveyor
chain while allowing higher safe operating loads.
The Tru -Trac car-type conveyor is driven by means of a For long conveyors or where loads are excessive,
booster type drive. This drive is made up of a short additional booster drives may be used to keep within
pitch, precision finished steel roller chain, which , because safe operating loads.
of its short pitch , operates over relatively small diameter The link - Belt Electrofluid d rive proves most satisfoc-
sprocket wheels to conserve space but with sufficient tory for multiple booster drives , as each drive is auto-
teeth to give smooth conveyor operation without pulsa- matically synchronized to pick up its proportionate share
tion. The chain is fitted with roller equipped dogs operat- of the load. The driving equipment is protected by the
ing on tracks so designed as to engage and disengage the cushioning effect of the flu id coupling incorporated in
main conveyor c hain without shock and with at least one this drive. Alternating current moto rs may be used, as
dog always definitely pushing on the main conveyor the Electrofluid drive assu re s a fixed high starting torque
chain . with overload protection and gradual pick-up of the load.

496 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
flat belt conveyors

fla• bel• conveyors

Flat belt conveyors are used to conveniently and economically convey
parts, packages, bags or boxes in a wide range of sizes and weights.
These conveyors are easily adapted to the continuous movement of ma-
terials during manufacturing or for conveying to storage or shipping de-
partments.

Flat belt conveyors increase production, coordinate allied departments,

eliminate damage to material, reduce handling and lower manufactur-
ing costs.

Link-Belt, with its comp lete line of light and heavy duty conveyors, will
recommend the equipment best suited for the job.

Cores are transferred to operator by Aa t belt conveyor.

Operotor places cores on boking oven looding pollets. Photo 38531

Llve roll tronsfer conveyor d ellvers logs to sortlng flat b elt Deliverlng pulpwood logs to stockplles, this 2300-foot long Aot belt conveyor is
conveyor ot lorge poper plant. Photo 37443 equipped with heavy duty Aat roll idlers. Photo 35726

L 1 N K - B E L T • 497
parts and package handling
flat belt conveyors

Handling packaged furnitur e fram factory floor to warehouse , this flat-roll

rough-top belt conveyor o p era les through underground tunnel. Photos 33656 ond 33655

Flat- roll Inclinad b e lt conve yor handling baslc Handling hogged fuel, chips , refuse, a nd cants from sawmill
materials use d In che w lng gum manufacture, to plont, these flat belt conveyors form a simple, efficienl, and
from cold storoge to hommermill crushers. Phota 35109 time-saving conveying system far this veneer plont. Photo 374 7 6

498 • L 1 N K • B E L T

Types
Fig. 3946 Fig. 3947
Flot belt conveyor with b el! slid ing on sleel Flot belt conveyor with bel! sliding o n
bed for handling light ports ond pockoged wo od b ed combined with o work opron
ma te rial. Side guords retoin the material used for handling ports during manufac-
on the bel!. ture or ossembly.
Jllf l ll\
1
1
1 1
1
1 1
1 1
!~
1
1!1
1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1
1 1
1 1
1
1
1 1
c!:::::=:1!=i e:~ ~
Fig. 3949 Fig . 3950
Flot bell conveyor with belt operoting over Flot b elt co nveyor constructed the som e os
idlers far corrying heovy ports or pockoges. Fig. 3949 except thot the side supports
The size o f idler ond be oring con b e mode form guords which help to retoin the
to suit o wide ronge o f loods. material on the belt.
Engineering
Link-Belt flat belt conveyors are built in two general types; those
with belts sliding on wood or steel slider beds, and those with
belts opera ting over straight ball or roller bearing idlers. The
(alter is the preferred type, although sliding belt conveyors are
most frequently used where the loads are light, where the belt
must be continuously supported, and where the co nveyor
lengths and speeds are not excessive.
For the selection of a flat belt conveyor for parts and pack-
ages, it is necessary to g ive careful consideration to the
following factors:
Path of conveyor
Speed of bel t
Width of belt
Load on conveyor
Path of conveyor
A flot belt conveyor for handling parts and packages may
be operated over varied paths, simila r to those of bulk
material co nveyors . Limitations to the angle of incline, how-
ever, are determined by the angle a l which backsliding occurs.
Should the required incline be greater than the angle al which
backsliding occurs, cross cleats of wood or steel can be
mounted on the belt.
Speed of belt
The speed of the bel t is determined b y the si ze of the parts
to be carried and the number to be handled per unit of ti me .
parts and package handling
fla t b elt co nveyors
/[ l
,,1
1
'
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1
1 1
1 1
1
1 1
1 1
1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1
1
1 1
c::d.,, =tb=o
Fig. 3948
Flo t b e lt conveyor with combinotion ste e l
bed ond occosiono l idle rs for hand ling
heovie r ports ond pockoges where com-
poroti ve ly smooth o ction is desiroble .
Fig. 3951
Flot bel t conveyor with belt sl id ing on stee l
bed with cross cleots to prevent bocksl id ing
of peris being corried up inclines. Side
g uords olso help to retoin porh on the bel!.
Con sideration must be given to the speed with which these
parts can be handled a l points of loading and discharge.
Obviously, the capacity cannot be greate r than the least of
these. Speed should not exceed 100 feet per minute for sliding
belts or 250 feet per minute for belts operating on idlers.
Width of belt
The mínimum width of belt musl be as great as, or greater than
the ma ximum dimension of the largesl objecl lo be handled.
By ma ximu m is meant the dimension a cross the corners, if the
object is likely not to be p laced squarel y on the belt. Two or
three-ply bells may be used on narrow, shorl cenler convey-
ors carrying very light objects. Otherwise four-ply bells should
be considered mínimum.
Load on conveyor
For purposes of making a recommendation it is necessary to
know the maximum load to be carried on the belt al a ny one
time.
Recommendations
Given adequate descriptions of the conditions a nd requiremenls,
and the facto rs mentioned above, complete and carefully
engineered recommenda tions a re a vailable. Link-Belt's un·
equaled backg round and experience in the ha ndling of mole·
rials is applicable to flat belt conveyors for peris and packages.
For your requiremenls, consult Link-Belt.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 499
parts and package handling
arm and tray elevators

Arm and troy elevators and lowerers are used to transport

packaged materials and objects of various shapes between
floors of warehouses and other multistoried buildings, and
can be furnished in a variety of sizes and designs.
Arm elevators hove arms shaped to hold the o b jects to
be carried and are particularly adaptabl e to cylind rical
shapes such as barreis, kegs or d rums. These arms are
mounted on two strands of chain which elevate the load .
The carry ing arms pick up the load by passing between
stationary arms or similar supports at the receiving floor
where load has been deposited . Unloading is accomplished
automatically b y the arms rolling or pushing the load over
the head wheels which are located near the leve! of the
discharge platform or skid . The path should not be inclined
more than 15 d egrees from the vertical.
Tre y elevators hove single or multipl e tra y s which are
suspended from the cha ins to carry rolls, packages or cartons.
The multiple tro y elevator is loaded on the ascend ing run
and unloaded when descending on the other side, and is
adapted to selective elevating and lowering with multiple
loading and unload ing stations. The single troy elevator
requires a reversible drive. After d ischarge, the unloaded
troy returns to the loading posit ion over the sorne p ath
token when loaded, but the opera tion may be completely
automatic.
Automatic feeders and unloaders are sometimes incor-
porated in both types of troy elevators. These elevators can
also be furnished for handling objects weighing more than
listed. Consult link- Belt for recommendations.
Lihing cartons of salt to floor above, this multiple t r o y elevata r w ill
hon dle ma.•y sizes of packages a nd baxes. Photo 2 197 9

Liftlng barreis from fl oor t o s hipping platform, lhis arm elevata r la ads Lowering pape r rolls fr o m pape r mo chlne floor to m ain floor a t lorge
and unlaa d s auto matically. Phalo 26959 ip e per p b nt, this flnger-tr a y la werer mave s heavy lo ads efficiently.
P h ola 36007

500 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
arm and tray elevators

lnstallations

Arm ele vator hondles boles of wool from receiving floor to sixth Aoor Tray lowere r hond les 2000-pound rolls of newsprint stock from unlooding
ot woolen milis. Photo 341 62 dock to storoge orea in basement of large newspoper pio n!. Photo 37657

Style B tray e le vator obout to discharge 990-pound linoleum roll to He ad t erminal o f Sty le 8 t ray e levator roising a package which will
unloading table. Elevalor hondles heovy roll¡ between bosement, first, be deposited on the stationary arms in !he foreground. Photo 21980
1econd and third floc;>rs. Photo 30354

L 1 N K - B E L T • 501
parts and package handling
arm and tray elevator5

Arm elevators • inclined

23;"po SPROCKET WHEEL UNLOADING

SKIDS
SERIES 1000
PILLOW BLOCK

CHAIN GUIDES-<] ~· .. ~~-,~ ~ .-;. ~ '-- ~~4·

,,.
SECTION AA •'

LOADING SKIDS ,.

'.

SECTION BB

Fi g . 3616

Borre! or keg Molleoble iron

size, inches crms cnd breces .A
A B e o E F G H J K L M

Chime 1 Bilg e 1 Height or Pcttern 1 Weight

per set
diomeler dic meter lenglh numb er
in pounds INCHES

12 14 18
e 16868
14 11 6 9 y. 10 15 3/.o 23 3/.o 32 y. 38 y. 17 Y2 24 29 Y. 28
e 16869

13 16 21
e 16648
17 9 9 1 2 ~, 12 17 3/.o 25>;.. 343/.o 40 3/.o 20 24 31 3/.o 30
e 16649

p 853
16 20 25 21 9>;.. 9 3/.o 18'l\¿ 15 20l/.o 283/.o 35Y. 41 y. 20 Y2 28 32 y. 33
p 854

19 24 30
e 18429
28 12 12 18:;.1, 16 21 3/.o 293/.o 40 Y1 46 Ya 25Yo 28 37 Ya 34
e 18430

p 767
19 24 30 31 13 13 15:Y1 16 2l3A 29 3/.o 40 3/.o 46 3/.o 26 28 37>;.. 34
p 766

Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes.

The design shown hes o total elevoting capocity of 375 pounds •
.A Ro lled steel crms con be furnished,

502 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
arm and t ray elevators

Arm elevators • vertical

LINK-BEL T GEARMOTOR WITH

CLASS RC ROLLER CHAIN
REDUCTION TO HEAD SHAFT

...... '
,, r .• •

r
A
t A

LOAD
e-__ :'

i ' 1
FPM
1
60
STATIONARY
LOADING
ARMS
SECTION AA i 1 .
. C/ L 1

lm&~'º"j
1 .
. 1
1 .

...,-
..
1,-4 '•

.-• L--~~"""""~---....J
.... ~~·... ~., '.... : . 4'. . . ,..C>:1:. : ·.: .--- .J

Fig. 3617

The drawing illu strates an elevator for rai si ng articles,

such a s bags of flour , coffee, lime or ceme nt, from a
lower level to an upper floor where they are automatic-
all y unloaded into the chute. Th is d esig n is adaptable
to elevating many different kinds of articles between
sing le loading a nd discharge stations, si nce special
arms may be provided to suit the parti cular loa d.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 503
parts and package handling
arm and troy elevators

Tray elevators • style A

c~~~-o---
REVERSIBLE EAR
MOTOR DRIVE'.j]
1

J
1
UNLOADING SKID

'L.
, ....
LJ--~-
-'• -· .
.. ..... . =:;}
..
OFFSET IN GUIDES '
TIPS TRAY AT
'
UNLOADING POINT 1:
TO DISCHARGE LOAD

1!
' 1

CENTERS

,,
3 - >-

(·-- y~·--,\
1 ·+·1·:
AUTOMATIC ) 1 L<iAD 1 1:
FEEDING ARMS
·~ ./
, TRAY : _: ; 1:

H
GUIDE
ROLLERS
f-{ .

G i·: 1 : •• TAKEUP
1
' -<- - FT1t-º-;---:-..-,'>,-<:·;J
Fig. 3618

The elevator shown is designed to handle paper rolls ar less shut off, as long as loads are fed to it, otherwise
cylindrical containers, but, by use of the proper troy, load- the troy will complete the cycle and then come to rest
ing and unloading arms ar skids, it is adaptable far al the loading position.
barreis, bags, boxes ar other articles . The troy may be
fitted with rollers far transporting flat bottomed loads A B e D E F G H K
which must be handled gently. Rais ing and lowering FEET AN O INCHES
are perfarmed over the sorne path by mean s of a 6-0 8-5 4-7 1 5-0 i 8-9 1 5-6 1 3-3 1 2-9 6-6 1-2
chain hoist.
These elevators may be insta lled with manual, semi- Hove d imensio ns certified for instollotion purposes.
automatic ar fully automatic controls. With semiautomatic These d 1"1enS1ons ore fer o typ ocol e levotor to hondle po per ro lls 30 to AS
controls, the elevator will co mplete one cycle each time in ches in d io me ter, up to 72 inches long, we1g hing 5000 pounds ond will
se rve os o g uide fer layout purposes.
it is started, returning the troy to loading position. With Th11 elevotor con be furnished tn vorious sizes o nd modified to hondle
fully automatic control , it will continue to operate, un- o ther orticles.

5 04 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
arm and tra y eleva tors

Tray elevators • sty le B

: ,Y--~ : M
t
' 1 · 1

HINGED
UNLOAOING ARMS

LOWER POSITION FOR

ORUM OR BARRELS TRAY

i
C/L
OF 1
ELEVATOR
CENTERS

:1 1
1

HINGED
LOAOING
ARMS

SECTION AA

& ~ 4 V •
,. .. '"1
!j.f
UNLOAOING ...."
, ,,\
'.
,:'"'
'~' ORIVE MACHINERY MAY '
-~' BE LOCA TED A T HEAO
" ENO FOR HEAVY ANO
--+1 ,~ LONG C ENTER ELEVATORS

Fig. 3619

The installation illustrated is a suspended troy elevator
or lowerer on which the ascending run may be loaded
and the descending run unloaded at any floor by setting
the hinged arms on both loading and unloading sides
in the appropriate positions. Hangers, freely sus-
pended from the two strands of chain, carry the trays
so that they are always in the carrying position .
When handling boxes, crates or cartons, un loading
arms may be fitted with rollers and installed at the
proper slope for gentle discharge. When conditions are
favorable automatic feed ing devices may be incor-
porated with the loading arms. Orive machinery is fre-
quently located at the foot terminal, os shown, but head
end drives are usually employed for heavy and long
center elevator designs.
A B I C / D I E I F I G I H I J I K/ LI M
FEET ANO INCHES
3-11 Y2 / 4-1 O 3-9 Y2l 2-8 13-1 O 3-4 / 3-0 I 3-0 / 5-6 6-6 6-0 2-3
Hove dimensions certified lor instollotion purposes.
Thes• dim•nsions ore lor o typicol elevotor to hondle bags ar barreis up
to 24 inch diometer by 30 inches long, weighing up to 500 pounds each
ond will serve os o guide lor layout purposes.
This elevator can be iurnished in various sizes and modiíied to handle
other articles.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 505
parts and package handling
parts f eed ers

Synl'ron parl's feeders

Syntron parts feeders • vertical vibratory
Syntron vertical vibrotory ports feeders provide outomotic, oriented p osition, single line
feeding of smoll ports to vorious types of processing mochinery, mochine tools ond os-
sembly ond pockoging equipment. They will hondle olmost ony shope port of every
kind of moteriol-metol, wood, gloss, plostics, etc.
Gentle, pulsoting electromognetic vibrotions move the ports up ond oround o spirol
t rock in the bowl. During this t rove!, selector devices orient the port so it is in o specifled
position ot the bowl dischorge point. Grovity feed trocks ore used to oid in distributing
the ports oft er dischorge from the bowl. These con be fltted with escopement devices
to control dischorge of o required number of ports in sequence to conform to processing
r equirements. Offset su pply hoppers con be furnished to increose bulk storoge copocity
ond to contoin the p orts so they do not interfere with positioning operotions in the bowl.
Syntron vertical vi b rotory ports feeders ore ovoiloble in six models, with fobricoted
steel or cost oluminum bowls, from 7 " to 3 6 " in diometer, copoble of handling po r ts
from the size of o rhinestone to on 8 " long cy linder heod bolt.
Mod els ore normolly furnished for 115 volt, 60 cycle AC OJ:'erotion but units for 23 0
or 46 0 volt operotion con be mode to order.

Feeding hollow he ad s et screws Bank of parts feeders in on outomotive engine pion! handling o voriety of ports,
to o cen terl ess thread grinder with eoch being fed into o seporote compo rtment of a ports kit troy. Photo 5 4004 1
p orts feede r . Photo 530826

Nin e parts feeders supplying adding mochine pips in o vert ical positian Fee ding be aring s he lls and roce rlngs
to o g roup assembly jig . Photo 53062 1 to outomotic hinge beoring machine with
t wo po rts feeders. Photo 53061 8

506 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
parts f e e d e rs

Syntron parts feeders • transfer and storage

Syntron tronsfer ond storoge peris feeders move peris al o
controlled rote from one operotion to onother, orient, or
position the ports being tronsferred, ond provid e po rts
storoge prior to su bsequent usoge.
They eliminote manual handl in g of ports between opero-
tions ond their vertical construction requires very little floor
oreo, permitting more compoct production lines. Ports storoge
con olso be increosed b y incorporoting offset type supply
hoppers.
Syntron tronsfer ond storoge ports feeders consist of on
electromognetic drive on which is mounted the spirol or helix.
Bowls, with or without spiro l trocks ond similor to those used
on standard ports feeders, con be used in oddition to the
spirol or helix. The rote of ports flow in the feeder is controlled
by o rheostot ond the dischorge rote from the escopement is
controlled by the o peroting sequence of the mochine receiving
the ports.
Ports movement con be either up or down. The electro-
mognetic drive con be floor or suspension mounted. When
suspension mounted, the helix is below th e drive.
These feede rs ore ovo iloble in six models copab le of
handling moximum ports lengths from \4 " to 5". Operotion is
from 1 15, 230 or 460 volt, 60-cycle AC.

Model ST-2 transfer

and storage peris feeder

A tra n sf e r a nd starage parts fee der a nd a v e rtical v lbrat ory porta f eed er
handling gear blanks lo and between four boring and facing operations. Photo S40402

Syntron spiral feeders • vertical vibratory

Syntron vertical vibrotory spirol feed-
ers ore for elevoting or lowering
moterio ls in bulk, whether granular
or smoll ports such os nuts, bolts,
studs, etc. In oddition, they ore wid ely
used os material cooling units since
the lorge surfoce oreo of the spirol
romp permits economicol ond effi-
cient convection or forced oir cooling
os the material moves up or down .
These feeders ore ovoilo ble with o
7-foot high spirol trock. They hove
o moximum copocity of 4000 pounds
per hour of material similor to dry
sond weighing 100 pounds per cubic
foot.
Operation is from 230 or 460 volt,
60-cycle AC.

Model ES-44 vertical vibrotary spiral

feeders with base mounted and suspen- ssooos
sion mounted electromagnetic drives.

Two vertica l vlbratory 1p lral fee ders handling a p lastic

compound In o coaling and bagging system. Photo S50007

L 1 N K - B E L T • 507
parts and package handling
trolley conve yors

•rolley conveyors
Link-Belt trolley conveyors are universally used to reduce
manufacturing and handling costs by efficiently mechanizing
many kinds of industrial operations. They are a versatile con-
veying medium for handling parts, components and assemblies.
Trolley conveyors consist of an e ndless power driven chain
suspended b y ball bearing trolleys from an overhead track.
Trolley conveyors offer unlimited possibilities of flexib ility,
capacity and length. The path of trove! can wind and bend
in the horizontal plane and dip and rise in the vertica l plane
to suit simple or complex layout requirements. An extremely
wide range of material sizes, shapes and weights can be
handled. Coupled with modern control systems, trolley con-
veyors automatically p erform a wide variety of functions.
Application of trolley conveyors by Link-Belt, from the
creative sales engineering in the initial stages through the
final engineering, manufacturing and installation, assures the
most appropriate and economice! conveyor to suit individual
requirements.

What a trolley conveyor will do

Reduce handling require d • With moderate speeds and appro- 6 " troll e y conveyor with hooks handling 600-pound coils af hot steel wire
priate carriers, including fixtures when required, assembly operatians from mili to storage yard. Coils cool in tronsit. Photo 39 1 61.
can be perfermed directly on material in transit on the conveyor.
This is pa rticularly advantageous fer pieces that are difficult to
handle b ecause of shape or weight. Trolley conveyors frequently
are designed to provide storage between receiving and manufac-
turing operations with no intermediate handling.
Re d e em valuable floor space • Material in transit on trolley con-
veyors is suspended from ceilings ar overhead building members,
utilizing otherwise unused space. Floor storage oreas are released
fer productive use.
Cont rol p r o cess timing • Material on a trolley conveyor travels
continuously ata uniferm rote. Variable speed drives pe rmit controlled
exposure tim es fer washing, painting ond drying.
Schedule m a teria l • A tralley conveyor will d eliver material to
work slolions al o uniferm role paced lo !he required operolions ond
al ony desir ed elevolion. Period s of wailing ond rush octivily ore
eliminoled which increases p roduction ond decreoses worker fatigue.
Complex assembly lines con b e occurotely supplied with praper
colors, types ond quonlilies of variaus ports.
lntegrate allied d e partments • Related d eporlments are effec-
tively inlegraled, r ego rdless of separating distonce. Starage be-
tween d e portmenls is provided on the conveyor. The operoting 4 " trolley conveyor with open side carriers used os final ossembly line for
efficiency of connected deportments is thereby increosed. wa ll type refrigerator-freezers. Photo 38732

4 " trolley conveyor wilh multi-purpose corriers handli ng metal bothtubs through vorious flnishing opera tions. Photo 38944

508 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

contents
lntroduction ........................ ........ ...... 508
Sizes .................. • ........................ 51 O
Components
Chains........ . ....... . ............... .. .... 51 0
Trolleys ..... . .. . ... .. ... .......... . . . ....... 511
Roller turns ................... ...... ......... 51
Traction wheel turns . . . ... .. ..... . .... .. ....... 515
Takeups..................................... 516
Straight track, vertical curves and safety devices .... 517
Orives .. .... .... ....... . .... ........ .. .. .... 518
Hooks and carriers ...... . ...... . .......... . ... 520
Selection
Ty pical trolley conveyor layout .. .......... ... ... 52 l
Layout procedure ... . ........ . .. ... ........... 522
Size selection ...... .......................... 523
Chain p ull calculations .. . .......... 523 and 527
Multiplane service limitations ...... . ...... . .. 523
Component selection ...... .. ........ .. ..... . ... 527
Supports and superstructure ... .. ... .. . .......... 529
4 Guards ........................ ... .......... 53 l
Oimensions
Chains ....... ... ... ......................... 532
Trolleys . . .......... ....................... . . 533
Roller and traction wheel turns ... .. . ....... ..... 535
Takeups .... . ... .. .... .............. . ..... . .. 536
Orives . .... .. . .. .. .... .. . ........... ...... .. 537
Straight track and safety devices ............. . .. 538

The unique capabilities o f trolley conveyors for moving parts, components

or assemblies continuously through various processing operations are
graphically shown by !he following system . This Link-Bel! trolley conveyor
carries folding chairs through cleaning, painting and d rying operations
and delivers them to final assembly, storage or shipping.

Choirs in fo reground o re descend-

ing lo enter prime coo t dip tonk.
Po th bends ond dips o s required
by building ond process equip-
ment. Photo 36488

Choirs ond hooks o re outomo ticolly trons-

ferred to ond from o spray booth conveyor
far electrostotic pointing. Choirs emerge a l
Choirs move from looding p oint through right fro m spray booth ond are transferred
o hot couslic cleoning bo th, ond o hot to moin conveyor. Photo 3 6491
water spray rinse. Photo 36490

Chairs on the tro lley conveyor dip inlo lonk of prime coot
and then pass through a drip ore a ta d rying oven.
Photo 36489

L 1 N K - B E L T • 509
parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Sizes
Link- Bel! trolley conveyors o re buill in three standard ond several
speciol sizes to meel o wide range of load, poth ond length re-
quirements.

3" trolley conveyors ore designed far relotively light loods ond
low chain pulls. They ore used to hondle smoll components, sub-
assemblies ond light producls such os smoll electricol opplionces,
electronic equipmenl, ond smoll fobricoted metal p roducts. 3u 1-beom
trock and X348 Rivetless chain are used.

4 " trolley conveyors ore designed far moderole loods ond choin
pulls. This size is the most popular ond is very widely used throughout
industry. lt has sufficienl copocity far most opplicolions in the mojar
opplionce, oulomotive, o ircroft, implemenl, rubber ond ceromic in-
dustries ond most other metal fob ricoting ond monufoct uring opero-
tions. 4u 1- beam !rack and X458 Rivetless choin ore used.

6 " trolley conveyors ore designed far heovy duty service and
high choin pulls. This size is used in faundries far cooling coslings, in
!he sleel induslry far handling fargi ngs or coils of rod ond strip, in the
construction mochinery o nd outomotive industries, ond for othe r
monufacturing ond processing operotions involving heavy material.
6 11 1- beo m trock ond X678 Rive tless choin ore used .
3 " trolle y convey or 4 " trolley conveyor 6 " trolley conveyor
Load bars, which join two od jocenl lrolleys into o faur-wheel a s-
3" 1-beam track 4 • 1-beom track 6" 1-beam track semb ly ond combine their load corrying copocity, ore o voiloble
3 ' trolleys 4 " trolleys 6" trolleys for oll th ree sizes of Link-Bel t lrolley conveyors. This orrangement
X348 Rivetless chain X458 Rivetless choin X678 Rivetless chain
permils the copocily of exisling conveyors to be increosed ond plont
standardization of o trolley conveyor size suito ble for the mojority
of loods involved.

Drop farged stecl Rivetless chaim hove been used on trolley con-
veyors far many years because of their high strength with minimum
weight, ond fl exibility in two piones. They hove the odded odvontoge
of easy ossembly ond disossembly without tools.
Type X drop farged steel Rivetless chains ore used on oll Link-
Belt trolley conveyors. These chains hove greoler lronsverse strenglh,
will operote oround o shorter rodius in o vertical plone, ond reduce
Chains
the peening aclion of centerlinks on trolley brackets by providing
shoulders lo limit lhe sliding oction of trolley brockets.
All ports of Link-Belt Type X Rivetless chains ore heot treote d lo
provide greater slrength ond moximum weor resistonce. Mony
standa rd ond speciol choin pins ond ollachments ore available lo
meet o wide voriety of requirements.

X678, X458 ond X348 drop forged steel Rivetless Rivetless chains are easily assembled and disassembled without tools. (X458
chains for trolley conveyors. Photo 393 85 chain shawn) Phota 39234

Many types of chain pins and intermediate chain allachments are available for Rivetless chains. Photo 39218

510 • LINK-BELT
 parts and package handling
trolley co nveyors

Series 500 trolleys

Wheels machined from steel tubing
Labyrinth seals -carburized and heat treated for Bracket projecls into inner
are effectlve maxlmu m life of rolling surface. bearing ring lo preven! canti -
and frictianless . lever effect on wheel bolt or
rivet, assuring light assembly.
Hardened and concentricall y
g round inner and outer race-
óracket projects over ways minimize rolling friction .
Bol! or rivel is ac-
lubricatian fitting on curately machined
riveted lype for max- Large lubrican! storoge. and lightly fltted in
imum protection. brackel to assure o
rigid assembly.

Cages accurately space

precision steel balls,
assuring smooth rolling.
Press ure type
grease fitting
with ball check.
BOLTED 36396

Series 500 trolleys consist of two wheel ond brocket ossemblies with on
ottochment between the brockets to serve os o spocer ond to suspend
Forged steel bracket loods. Eoch wheel ond b rocket ossembly consists of o boll beoring wheel
provid es m aximum rigidly joined to o heovy drop forged steel brocket by o bolt or rivet.
strength. The choin is supported in occurotel y formed choin pockets in the brockets
ond the entire ossembly is secured by two bolts, one obove ond one
below the choin on the vertical centerline of the brockets.
These trolleys ore monufactured with the sorne precision os Link-
Extra wide lug s fil shouldered
chain center links closely and Belt boll beorings. Sound design ond the most modern facilities for
provide large bearing area for manufacture, inspection ond ossembl y combine to ossure o quolity
long life. product capoble of long, dependoble service unde r severe conditions.

3" trolleys
3" trolleys operate on 3" 1-beam track wilh X348 or 348 Rivetless chain and
Attachme nts have a 5 Y2" drop (distance from top of !rack lo chain centerline.) The two-
wheel trolley has o copacity of 250 pounds for monoplone service. All ottochments
B e E shown al left except J ore ovoiloble ond speciol ottochments con be furnished.
Stud Pendant Lo ad bar
forged formed pendant 4" trolle ys
steel sleel Formed
steel 4" trolleys operote on 4 11 1-beom !rock with X458 or 458 Rivetless cho in and
ore ovoiloble wilh 73/J/ and 8 " drops (distance from the top of the !rack lo
choin centerline). The two-wheel trolley has o copocity of 500 pounds for mono-
36400 plone service. All ottochmenls shown ot left ore ovoiloble ond speciol ottach-
ments con be furnish e d.
39025 36399

6" t rolleys
H J 6 11 troll eys operote on 6 11 1-beam !rack wilh X678 or 678 Rivetless cha in and
Clevis ldler Swivel have a 1O" drop (distonce from the top of the trock to the chain cenlerline).
Form ed formed forged The two·wheel trolley has o capacity of 1000 pounds for monoplane service. All
steel sleel steel oltochmenls shown al lefl excepl J ore ovoiloble ond speciol ottochmenls can
be furnished.
36402

36401 36403

Series 500 four-wheel load bar t r o lley s

Four-wheel load bar trolleys consisl of o poir of lwo-wheel lrolleys connected
by a load bar suspended from lrolley attochments. Four-wheel load bar
lrolleys ore gene rolly used where onticipoted lood s exceed the copocity of
two wheel trolleys ond whe re condilions do not justify th e use of the next heavier
choin ond lrolley. The use of four-wheel load bar trolleys often permits the
stondardizotion on one trolley size. The load copacily of the four-wheel trolley
is twice thot of the two-wheel trolley. Two styles of load bars are ovoiloble:
Style LE divides the load equolly between the two trolleys al oll angles of
incline up to 60 degrees; Style LB has greoler tronsverse stobility ond less
pendulum action and is recommended when corriers are aulomoticolly lood ed
""'"--=~===;;...--.-i or unlooded. Standard load bors ore two chain pitches in length; however,
longer bors con be furnished. Slyle LB 39037
Style LE 36398

LJNK-6ELT • 5 11
parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Series 600 trolleys

W heel1 m ac hined from 1t eel tubing
-carburized ond he at lrea ted fo r Bra cket pro jects into i nner
maxlmum lile of rollíng s u rface. b e a ri ng rin g to p revent canti-
lever e ffe ct on w h eel bolt o r
Hard e n ed and conce nlrica lly rivet, a ssu ri ng l ig ht a ssem bly.
g r o und i nner a n d outer r ace-
Bro cket p ro jects o ver w a ys mini m ize ro lli ng fri ctio n.
lub ricalion fitting on " '
riveted t y p e fo r max- Bolt o r rivet is accu-
i mum p rote ctio n. Large lubrica n! s torage . rate ly mac h in ed and
lightl y fl tte d in bracke t
to assu re a rig id
a ssem b ly.

Coges a ccuralely s pace

precisi o n st eel balls, P ress u re t y p e
a ssuri n g 1 mooth ro lling. gre a se fitti ng
wit h ball c hec k.

RIVETED BOLTED 3923 1

Forg ed steel b racket
provides m a ximum
s tre ngth.
A llac h m e nl lu g s a nd b otto m
of bra ckel flt sh ouldered cha in
ce nter link cl osely to p ro vide a
mo re rigid jo int with large
bea ri ng a rea fo r long lil e.
Series 600 trolleys consist of two wheel ond brocket ossemblies with
on attochment between th e brackets to serve os o spocer ond to
suspen d loo ds. Each w heel ond brocket ossembly consists of o bo ll
beo ring wheel rig i dly joined to o heovy drop forged steel brocket
by o b o lt o r o rivet. Th e b rockets end ot the top of the chain w hich
is supported in pockets formed by the bottom of the brockets ond
projecting lugs on the ottochments. The complete ossembly is secured
<..,~
/
by two bolts locoted horizontolly on the brockets obove the cho in.
Attochments ore ovoiloble in 4 moteriols; Promol, casi steel, forge d
ond formed steel os shown below. The table on poge 534 lists ty p es
ovoiloble for specifk trolleys ond speciol ottochments con be fur-
nished. Promol ond forged steel ottochments ore suitoble for opplico -
tions requiring o rigid joint or reduced joint cleoronce between corrier
~ stem ond ottochments.
39230
These trolleys ore monufoctured with the sorne precision os link-
Belt boll beorings. Sound design ond the most modern facilities for
manufacture, inspection, ond ossembly combine to ossure o quolity
product copoble of long, dependo ble service under severe cond itions.

4" trolleys
4" trolleys operote on 4" 1-beom track with X458, 458 or 468 (with odapt-
ers) Rivetless choin. Avoilable drops (distonce from top of trock to choin
centerline) with X458 ond 458 choin ore 7 3/i,", 8 11, 8 V. " and with 468 cho in
ore 7 Y2", 8 5/i,", 8'/i,". 468 choin is recommended for applicotions hoving
individual loads within the roting of o 4" trolley, but where excessive choin
Attac hments pulls due to long or complex poths would require en obnormol number of
drives with X458 choin. The two-wheel trolley has o copocity of 500 pounds
for monoplone service.

6" t r olleys
E 6" trolleys operote on 6 11 1-beom !rock with X678 or 678 ond X458 or 458
e e
Load ba r choin. Avoiloble drop (distonce from top of trock to choin centerline) with
Pendant Pendant
pendant X678 or 678 cho in is 1 O%" ; with X458 or 458 cho in is 1O". The trolley de-
Promol Formed steel
Casi sleel signed for use with X458 or 458 choin is recommended for opplrcotions
hoving heovy loods ond short simple poths where the individual trolley load
exceeds the copocity of o 4" trolley, but where the choin pull is within the
39029 39023 39027 copocity of X458 choin. The two-wheel trolley has o copocity of 1000
pounds for monoplone service.

H H H
Clevis Clevis Clevis
Promol Formed sleel Forged sleel ld ler l dler ld ler
Pro mol Formed steel Forged sleel

39464 39465 39466 3903 1 39021 39026

51 2 • L 1 N K- BEL T

Bearing seals, lubrication and operating temperatures
Series 500 and 600 trolleys hove close tol e ronce triple loby-
rinth metal seols, which provide odequote protection for oll
general uses including foundry opplicotions. For conveyors
opero ting in excessively dirty otmospheres or exposed to cor-
rosive vopors, consult Link-Belt.
In general, greo se lubrico tion is used for te mpe rotures up
to 270° F. however speciol high temperoture greoses are re-
quired obove 200° F. For temperotures from 270° F. to 450° F.
fluid lubriconts ore recommended. For most high temperoture
opplicotions, the lubricont is introduced (usuolly outomoticolly)
through en enlorged hole in the wheel bolt or rivet; however,
Special trolleys
Ele ctrified trolleys
Heavy d uty t r olleys
parts and package handling
trolley conveyor s
for sorne applications beoring seols ond greose flttings ore
omitted ond the lubricont is sproyed directly o nto the ball poth.
Mony variable conditions such os exposure to hect, steam
or water, fr eezing ond thowing cycles, dirt, chemicols, etc.,
will offect proper lubricotion. Consult Link-Belt for lubricotion
recommendotions in oll coses except where troll eys operote
in cleon dry oir and ore exposed to temperotures not lower
thon 32° F. or obove 200° F.
Complete lubricotion ond service instructions ore furnished
with eoch Link-Beft engineered conveyor.
Where it is necessory to opply en electric
curren! to material being corried on a
trolley conveyor, Series 500 ond 600 trol-
leys can be furnished with current collector
orms ottoched to the brackets. A wide
ronge in voltoge ond omperoge of either
director olternoting curren! con be supplied
to work in process. Electricol ond electronic
opporotus of many kinds can be test-
operoted while in transit on the conveyor.
Speciol heavy duty trolley conveyors
ore used to accommodote very
heovy loods. Trolleys hove heovy
steel brockets ond flonged wheels
with boll or roller beorings. Wheels
ore designed to run on two ASCE
rails or structurol ongles ond con be
furnished without greose fittings or
seols for high temperature opplico-
tions. When loads require, two trol-
leys joined by suitoble load bors
ore used.
39388
LINK - B ELT • 513
parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Roller turns

19235

Rolle r turns ore used to g uide the conveyor choin oround horizontal
turns to keep the centerline of the choin under the centerline of the
1-beom trock a l oll times.
Link-Belt roller turns consist of o series of double row boll beoring
rollers mounted on speciol bolts between two curved steel re toiner
bors supported by welded steel brockets from o substontiol struc-
turol ste el frome. Curved !rock sections ore occurote ly form ed without
distortion of 1-beom flonge s.
Roller lurns ore ovoiloble in mony standard rod ii for a wide
va riety of a res; however, special lurns can be furnished . Turn radii
selected must be lorge enough lo provid e cl e arance be tween adjacenl
loads on the conveyor. W ith proper lubrication, roller turns will operale
sotisfoctorily al te mperatures up lo 270° F; howe ver, traction wheel
turns are commonly used in ovens and in proce ssing e quipment, since
they hove only one bearing that requires lubrication.
Ball b e a ring rollers for Link-Belt roller lurns are d e signed specifi-
cally for this purpose a nd are built with the sorne precision a s Link-Be lt
boll be orings.
The o uter shell with integral roceways is accurately machine d from
steel tubing; the inner ring with integral raceways is made from ba r
stock. Both componenls ore carburized ond hect lreoted lo ossure
ma ximum life of rolling surfaces. A full complement of balls a ssures
ample bearing capocity. Formed sleel e nd shie lds o re press fitted
lo the inne r ring to preven! the e ntry of forei gn ma terial and to seal in
the b e aring lub rican!. Rollers with four differenl lubrication p rovi -
sions ore ovailoble. Roller turns are furnished with Style OL rollers
unless otherwise specified.

Ball bearing rollers

29034 c9033 19032

Style OL •Oíl lub ricote d thro ugh a ho le
in the top beo ring shield . Used fo r lo w spee d
applica tio ns ond where toller lurns o re reod -
ily occessible.
Style GL • Greose lubricate d through a
fl ush pressure lubricotion fitting in the top
be o ring shield. Recomme nde d for ali appli-
cotions ond is pa rticulorl y advontage ous for
high speed opplico tions.
Style GLP • Grease lubricote d thro ugh a
flush pressure lubrication fitting in o drille d
ce nte r mounting bolt. This style provid es the
optimum distribution of lubrican! lo !he
be o ring surfoc es. Re commend e d fo r a li ap-
plications ond is porticulo rly odvonlog eou s
for high spe ed opplicatio ns. 11 p rovid es the
b es! lubrican! dislribution ond convenient
occess to th e gre o se fittin g.

Unit brackets Style FS • Pre -lubricote d ond seole d. This

Unit brocke ts ore used for slight changes in d irection in th e
horizo ntal plone. The ossembly consists of o he ovy weld e d
steel brocke t with o ne lurn roller ond is welde d lo the top o f
the !rock. The numbe r of unil brockets requi red for ony turn
is gove rne d by !he rod ius ond ore of the lurn. Unil brock e ts
ore ov oilobl e fo r 3 ", 4 " ond 6 " trolley conveyors.
style has o clase cl e oronce seo l to compl e tely
e ndose the bearing. This b e o ring is lubri -
cote d al the factory and need neve r b e
re lubricate d . Used for turns in inaccessibl e
lacotions and lo suit othe r sp e cia l conditions.
Consult Link-Bel! fo r pro p er application.

514 • LINK- BELT

 parts and package handling
trolle y conve yors

Traction wheel turns

3895 1

Troction wheel lurns ore used lo guide the conveyor choin oround horizo ntal turns to
keep !he cenlerline of !he choin under !he centerline of !he 1-beom !rock al oll times.
link-Be l! lroctio n wheel turns co nsisl of o welded steel wheel with o wide rolled sleel
rim concenlricolly ottoche d b y spokes to o sleel hub fitted with e ither o b ronze b eor-
ing, topered roller beoring, or copper Gropholloy b earing. The wheel is supported by
o
ond turns on a cold ralled steel shaft which is rigidly alloched to welded sleel mounling
brocket. The brocket ond curved !rack section o re supporte d by o welded slruclural slee l
frome. The curved 1-beam !rock seclion is occurotely formed withoul dislorting the b eom
,,.,.,, ,
11
1¡
1
--
flong es.
Bronze be aring whee l, Styl e BH
Bronze b e a ring wheels (Style BH) a re recommended for mod erole speeds ond cl e an,
dry operoting conditions ot lemp eratures up lo 270° F. Topered roller bearing wheels
(Styl e RH) ore recommended for moderote or high sp eeds and with speciol lubricanls,
for exposure lo moisture or chemica l vopors ot tem p erolures up to 270° F. Lo rge lubri-
c an! sto roge spoce exle nd s lub ricolion intervo ls. Copper Gropholloy b eoring wheels
(Style GH) ore recommended for use in ovens ond will withstand lemperatures up to
700° F.
Wheel diomelers mus! be selected lorge e nough lo provid e cleoronce between odjo-
cenl lo ad s o n !he trolley conveyor. Troctio n wheel turns ore ovailable in mony standard
pilch diamelers ond o res, ond special turns con be furnished. Traction wheel turns ore
furnishe d with Style RH wheels unless otherwise specifted.
Ta p ered roller be aring whee l, Style RH

Fe atur e s
1. One cenlrolly loco ted b eoring to service and maintain. This is odvanlogeous for
\ ¡ :
turns loca ted in process e nclosures where occess is limited and where beorings
may be exposed to hect, moisture or corrosive vapor. The single beoring is also ~
desirabl e for turns exposed to excess dirl or abrasive dust, in high storage bays
or over extremely congested oreas.

2. Continuous riding surface for the choin lrovel oround corners, minimizing chordol
aclion and choin weor. I i1 6111

3. Can be furnished with provision for remole lubricotio n. Copper Graphalloy b earing wheel , Style GH

LINK - BELT • 515

parts and package handling
t rolle y conveyors

Takeups
Takeup s control choin slock and permit ex·
cess chain to be removed from the conveyor
when necessory. They are located neor
drives o n the slock choin sid e.

Link-Bel! trolley conveyor takeup s consist

of o roller o r troction wheel turn made
moveobl e by adding rollers, trock exponsion
joints, ond o structurol sleel stotio nory from e
which surrounds ond supports the turn from e.
Movement of !he rolling frome is controlled
by springs, counterwe ights or screws. Ex pon-
sion joints com pensote for tokeup movement
ond provide o continuous trock surfoce.
Standard roller turn ond troction whee l
turn tokeups ore o voiloble for oll trolley
conveyor sizes in ores of either 90° or l 8 0 ° 39312
ond in mony standard pitch diometers ond 9 0ª ro ller turn to keup
rodii. Speciol sizes con be furnished. Takeup s
ore furnished with Style O L rollers or Style RH
troction wheels unless otherwise specif1ed .
90° tokeups require o hinged stroight
!rock section o n the exit side to occommodote
the movement of the tokeup. This stroight
!rock section is included with 90° tokeups.

180° spreod center tokeups, e ither roller

or troction wheel type, ore ovoiloble for oll
standard rodii or piten diome ters ond for
!rock centers up to 20 fe e t. Spre od cenler
tokeups consist of two 9 0 ° turns with o section
of stroight trock betwee n, all mounte d on o
structurol steel rolling fra me which is sup·
ported by o surraunding structurol steel
stotio nary frome. Movement of the ro lling
frome is contro lled by springs, counterweights
or screws. The le ngth of !he stroig ht !rock
between turns is voried to suit required
spreod between e ntry ond exit !rocks.

For general trolley conveyor op plicotions,

spring odjusted takeups ore normolly used
ond ore furnished unless otherwise speci-
fied . Counterweight odjusted tokeups ore
used o n some high temperoture ap plications, 38706
l 80 ª troction wheel turn tokeup
for tokeups re quiring more th0J1 normal trove!
ond for reversing conveyors when choin pulls
ore relotively low. Counterweights can be
furnished. For speciol opplications, oir or
hydroulic o peroted tokeups, or units with
locking feotures, con be furnished.

Takeup type track expansion ioints

Trock eltpansion joints are used on trolley con-

veyor tokeups. Rugged construction ond occurote
feothering ossure quie t possoge of trolleys with
no binding. Tokeup type !rock exponsion joints
ore ovoiloble for 3 ", 4 " ond 6 11 1-b eom trock.

10219

Tokeup type track ex ponsion joint

516 • LINK - BELT

 parts and package handling
trolley coriv e yors

Traclc: and traclc: ioints

In o trolley conveyor, the trock is the moin load corrying member. 11 is
1-beam track
the sofe load co rrying copocity of the flonges of the trock beom, with-
out floking or deformotion, that d etermines lrolley load rotings. Trock
Trolley conveyor 1-b eom W eight per foot,
is American Sta ndard 1-beom in cross section; however, specifkotions size size pounds
for composition ond dimensional occurocy ore more rigid thon for
standard slructurol sleel. Speciol corbon steel is used for 1-beom trock 3" 3" 5.7
4" 4• 7.7
for trolley conveyors to increa se wearing q uolities ond slrength of
6" 6" 12.5
trock flong es.
fi g. 627:;
Link-Belt stroight trock is ovoiloble for oll three conveyor sizes in
20'-0 " le ngths pointed or unpointed and with ends sow cut ond
sq uared . Track joinls normolly ore welded a nd ground os shown;
however, malleable iron splice clomps for bolted joints o re availabl e
for ali lhree track sizes.
Track expansion joints with wheel guide plate ore available for
conveyor runs crossing building exponsion joints, or when necessa ry
for runs in ovens.

39221 39221
Welded track joint Bolted track joinl

Vertical curves
To ne go tiote o change in elevation, on accurotely formed double
vertical lrack curve is used. Vertical curve radii must be carefully
selected b eco use the radius will affecl the magnitude of the resultan!
force exerted by lhe chain p ull on trolleys and track flang es. Link-Be lt
vertical track curves are accurately formed to specifled radii, with no
lrack deformation. Vertical curves narmally are made as single curves,
ond are fleld assembled into double curves. Vertical curves are avail-
oble for all three !rock sizes in standard ares o f 30º and 45 ° and
various radii lo meet a wide varie ty of conditions. Special curves
con be furni she d.

37558
Dou ble v ertica l curve

Baclc:stops (uphill runs)

Bockslops are used on uphill runs to preven! reverse trave l of the
chain for more than one trolley spocing. They are recomme nded for
trolley conveyor runs rising more than 1 O feet on one floor and for all
runs rising from one ficar to another. This pro lection is porticularly
importan! d uring mainte nance ond for conveyars with sheor pin
protected drives. Track flang es need nol be cut lo install Link-Be lt
backstops. They ore available for 3", 4" ond 6 " track.

39222
Ba ckst o p (uphill ru ns)
Anti-runaways (downhill runs)
Anti-runo woys are used on downhill runs to stop the choin and the
drive if on obnormol increo se in speed occurs in the direction of lrovel.
They ore recommended for lrolley conveyor runs descending more thon
1 O feel on one floor ond for all runs descending from one floor to
another. Anti-runowo ys con be odjusled to serve as bockstops and
ore so used o n reversing conveyors. For downhill use, anti -runoways
ore octuoted by a chong e in the inerlio of the lever arm, which is
offecte d by the speed of pa ssing trolleys. A sudden incre ase in speed
will cause the lever to release a heavy track block which engoges the
next po ssing trolley to stop the chain ond also actuales a li mit switch 39224
to stop the conveyor drive. Anti-runowoys ore ovailobl e for 3 ", 4" Run posilion Tripped posilion
ond 6 " trock. Anti- ru naway (downhill runs)

LIN K- B E L T • 517
pacts and package handling
t'tolley conveyors

Link-Belt trolley conveyor drives ore built in two ge neral types: coter-
p illo r ond corner sprocket. Orive speeds, either constan! or variable,
up to o normal moximum of 150 feel per minute, ore ovoiloble. Orives
for speciol opplicotions requiring higher speeds or other speciol
conditions con be furnished.
All drives hove Link-Belt helicol-wo rm geor speed re d ucers with o n
Drives
exte nd ed dry well type b e oring housing on the output side to provide
built-in shoft olignment ond mo ximum copocity for overhung loods.
Sp eed red ucers ore connected to d rive motors by V-belts, silenl
or roller choin ar variabl e speed p ulley units. Link-Belt drives hove no
o pe n o r exposed georing . Orive ossemblies ore integro lly mounted on
structurol steel fro mes.

Stationary caterpillar drives

The sto tionory caterpillar drive is widely used, ond con be locoted on
ony stroight run of !rock. This drive, in oddition to the obo ve com-
ponents has o caterpillar ottochment, which engoges with ond drives
the conveyor choin. The driving or caterpillar choin is on e ndl ess
precision steel roller choin fitted with casi steel driving dogs which
mesh with the Rive tless conveyor choin to drive the conveyor. The
caterpillar ond conveyor choins ore held in proper engogement
through the drive by o bock-up bar ond o series of g uide rollers.
The hordened sleel bock-up bar contocts the caterpillar choin
rolle rs to hold the caterpillar choin in position ogoinst the conveyor
choin. The bock-up ba r is occurote ly shoped to provide contro lled
engogement ond smooth disengogement of the choins without binding
between conveyor choin ond d riving dogs.
Th e boll be o ring guide rollers mount behind ond contoct the con-
veyor choin to p reven! it from moving owoy from the caterpillar choin.
The coterpillo r drive sprocket is mounted on the reducer output
shoft ond has on integral sheor pin hub for overlood protection. The
idler sprocket has on infernal onti-friction beoring . lt operotes on o Stotiono ry ca terp illar dri vc
toil shoft mounted in o move oble brocket to permit odjustment of
cate rpilla r choin te nsion. Cate rpillar ottochme nt components o re
mounted on o weld ed steel frome thot bolts to the moin d rive frome .
Cate rpillar drives with mony differe nt choin pull copociti es ore ovoil-
oble for oll three trolley conveyor sizes.

Floating caterpillar drive s

Flooting caterpillar drives hove oll the odvontoges of the stotionory
caterpilla r drive plus limit switch overloo d protection thot eliminotes
the necessity of chonging o sheo r pin whe n the unit is overlooded.
Flooting caterpillar d rive from es ore mounted on rollers which ore
supported ond gui ded b y on enclosing steel stotionory from e. Move-
ment of the flooting frome is controlled by compoct, constan! modulus
rectangular section helicol sp rings. A limit switch is mounted on the
fl ooting frome o nd on odjustobl e tripping com is provided on the
sto tio nory from e. As th e drive is progressively looded, the fl ooting
fro me moves ogoinst the control springs ond will trip the limit switch to
stop the conv eyor when the p re-set choin pull is exceeded. To pre p are
the conveyor for restorting ofte r the cause of overlooding has been
removed , simply push the reset b utton in the drive motor controll er.
Th is type of drive is very popular, porticulorly o n production con- Floating caterpillar d rive
veyors, os it minimizes down-ti me coused b y drive overlooding.
Flooting cater pillar drives ore ovo iloble in the sorne sizes ond choin
p ul 1 ro tings os stotionory caterpillar drives.

Corner sprocket drives

Corner sprocket drives hove o sprocket with on integral she or pin hub
which mounts on the reducer output shoft o nd engoges with ond drive s
the Rivetless conveyor choin. All mochinery is mounte d o n o n inte gral
w e lded steel drive from e. Standard drives ore ovoiloble for choin
wrops of 90° ond 180°. A 90° choin wrop is the minimum recom-
mend ed. Vo rious !rock orrong ements ore ovoiloble to mee t ony
layout requirement.
Cern er sprocket drives ore ovoiloble for oll three sizes of con-
11
veyors. Two standa rd sprocket diometers ore ovoiloble for 3 " ond 4 3922)
11
trolley conveyors ond one standard diometer for 6 trolley conveyors. Comer sprocket drive

518 • LINK - BELT

 parts and package handling
t rolley conv eyo rs

Drives
Co nstant spe e d d rives
On opplicolions where lhe desired conveyor speed is flxed, constan!
speed drives ore recommended for their simplicity ond economy. A
simple V-belt drive is used to connect the motor ond worm geor re-
ducer. Constant speed drives ore pre flxed with the letter C in the
Orive Selection table, pog e 528.

3 t o 1 variable spee d d rives

For most opplicotions, some voriotion in the conveyor speed within the
ratio of 3 to 1 is desiroble. A full line of Link-Bel! trolley conveyor
drives with this speed voriotion ra tio is ovoiloble. Speed chonges ore
mode by using o variable pitch motor pulley ond base. The speed
chonging hondwheel is usuolly locoted on the motor base; however, it
con be remotely locoted for greoler convenience. 3 to 1 ratio variable
speed drives ore p reflxed with the symbol R in the Orive Selection
table, poge 528. Constan! s peed d rive

6 to 1 variable speed drives

For opplicotions requiring o greoler speed vo riotion ratio thon 3 to 1,
o full line of Link-Bel! trolle y conveyor drives is ovoiloble, hoving o
nominal 6 to 1 speed voriotion ratio. The Link-Bel! P.1.V. inflnitely
variable speed drive is used to obtoin these rotios. In oddition to their
high voriotion ratio, these drives provide the mosl occurote speed con-
trol ovoiloble. They ore ideal for conveyors operoting through ovens,
or other process enclosures where deflnite exposure times ore re-
quired. The speed chonging hondwheel is usuolly locoted on the drive,
however it con be remotely locoted for greoter convenience. 6 to 1 3 to 1 variable speed drive J45Jó
ratio P.1.V. drives o re preflxed P in the Orive Selection table, poge
528.

Multiple drives
On some conveyors, the length, the load, or o combinotion of these
two will result in o choin p ull greoter thon the copocity of the choin
ond of drives usuolly furni shed for the conveyor size. To meet this
condition, two or more identicol, occurotely synchronized drives o re
used. Flooting caterpillar drives ore recommended for multiple drive
instollotions to eliminote multiple progressive sheor pin breokoge in
evenl of on overlood on one drive.
For constan! speed conveyors, odequote synchronizotion con b e
obtoined by using high slip motors ond selected V-belt or choin drives.
For variable speed opplicolions requiring multiple drives, the best
orrongement is on electricol system thot will occurote ly control either
the outpul speed of the drive molors, or lhe effective input speed
d elivered to the worm geor sp eed reducers. Three methods of 6 to 1 v a ria ble sp eed drive
occomplishing this ore:
An AC-OC drive system with the OC g e nerotor controlling the
speeds of the individual drive motors. Speed voriotion of ali
drive motors is occomplished by vorying the excitotion of the
OC generotor. Individual motor rheostots o re provided to bal-
ance the lood s on e och drive. For low horsepower drive systems,
control systems using electronic rectifiers ore ovoiloble thot
eliminote the AC-OC motor-generotor.
2 A controlled synchronized eddy curren! clutch system in which
the individual drive motors o re connected to speed reducers
through eddy curren! clutches wired to o common control panel.
Output speeds of ali drives ore voried from the control panel.
3 A motor driven AC generotor syslem which drives motched AC
squirrel coge motors on conveyor drives. Speed is controlled by
vorying the frequenc y ond voltoge of the curren! supplied lo
conveyor drive motors. No direct curren! mochinery is used.
Consult Link-Belt for recommendotions on variable speed multiple
d rive syslems. Va riab le speed drive for multi p le d rive application 3871•

LINK- B EL T • 5 19
parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Hooks and carriers

Simple benl ro d carrie r for handling small metal Plo slic covered co rrier handling smoll mo tor sto tors W ire basket for ha nd ling small p eris lhrough wash-
parts. Photo 39227 o nd ro lors without scra tching them. Photo 38717R ing or d ipping o p e ro tions. Photo 3 87 1 8L

-.~ ,-!~
, _,, /"'"

Coil hook carrying sleel wire. Pho to 39228 Benl ro d co rrie r for compocl stora ge o f refrigerolo r O p en C-sho p e d engine carrier. Engine can be ro -
lro y s. Pholo 387 35 R ta ted in 90 increments on co rrier. Photo 37 4 0 5

'
_....,./
,/['
... ' .
.. ' ' '
' ' ' ' "í
..
,~- , .. '
ill ' ' ' ' .........l , ,~
' t •

Oump bo ttom corrier for o utomotic unlood ing. Ca rrier with flxture for ossembly of refrigero tion Troy carrier for cooling castings. Troy is p ivoted off
Photo 39 229 compressor. Photo 3 8 717L cen ter for outomo tic unlood ing, open construction is
for uv tomotic looding. Photo 38928

520 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
trolley conveyon

Selection • Typical layout

This multiplane canveyor moves ma -

terial between various rooms and 39365
effectively ties scattered processes
into an integrated production pat-
tern. A layout of this installat ion is
shown below. This conveyor is used
os the example problem on the fol-
lowing pages and is shown in italics.

~---------------------200!.nº'--------------------~
~~F"b-~-E:=U=P=3-~~~~-~~~~~~~~~~
LO~ArD;_;_;A~N~D~U~N~L~O~A~D~~~~) -~---iE::=U=P==~~~~~-xf"-¡;-
l
o
<(
, ¿ 1 ) K
g 20!.o...
A
LOAD Y DOWN ~ 1

M-
' 10!.o" UN LOAD z
ALL PARTS !=
-'----+-'~_j 8
t I" TAKEUP ~
3!()1-
PLAN VIEW
40!.~o
· :

0
/ R UP O OU '·
' ---------~-sJ~,· AN·"--~NL_o_A_º~---~ p
1

f<-----------150!.o~ -·
' ______LOA130.!..o~

3~,...0-=":----/
--.,.---+> ----7~
s!.V _ _..-.:;_____ ""'('-------- - - - - - 5--1-
!.*o"
/ .Jº.
1
L
-~ 4!.o"
,e?" ,,~.
- 5-!.l+º-"
- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
=i
7~77777777777777777,, ,,,, 7771,;,7//////////////777777/~/l '/ 'lr 777777777 77/
" • 62 1 4
ELEVATION

L 1 N K - BEL T · • 521
parts and package handling
troll e y conveyors

A t rolley conveyor can be eosily selected by following the ste ps
below. Each step is full y discussed a nd a typical exampl e is then
p resented .
Make material flow diagram ind icating quantity of ma-
terial t o be handled per minute or hour
1. On a plant layout locate pick-up and delivery points in creas
to be served by co nveyor system. Locate these points so
material i s loaded or unloaded at points most convenient to
operation involved.
2. Co nnect points by a line indic ating normal direction of material
flow from o ne point to another in proper sequence. This flow
fine establishes a t entative conveyor path.
3 . Since the best system ma y require more !han one conveyor,
consider the following factors:
Need for storage between operations.
Diverging flow of material from o ne poinl to severa!
remole points.
C onverging flow of material from sev ero! remole points
to o ne assembly conveyor or orea.
D eterm ine the most convenient weight and/ or number of
pieces to be h a ndled per carrier and establish tentativa
carrier size and sha pe
The size, shape and w eight o f material lo be hondled, the method
of loading ond unloading, and any process operalions to b e performed
on material on the conveyor affect the size and design of the carriers.
Clearance ovo iloble in !he building along conveyor poth ond the
cleoronce ot t he horizontal lurns and vertical curves mus! b e con-
sidered when eslo blishing corrier si ze. Typical carriers for several
differenl applicotions ore shown o n poge 520. Design o lenlotive
corrier to suit the ma terial ond operotions involved . Carrier should
p rovide eosy occess for convenient loading ond unloading, ond be
orronged to p reven! damage to odjocent pieces. Determine plan
view outline dimensions ond o vera ll height for cleoronce purposes.
Selection
Select t e ntative track elevations
The best path for mosl applications will be multiplone (!ro ck el evat ion
will vary to suit poth requirements). Select !ro ck e levotions al load
and unlood po ints so co rrier shelves or hooks will b e al a conveni ent
working height. The rest of the conveyor con most conveni ently ond
economically be supported al an elevation slightly und er t he bottom
of building trusses o r beoms. Trock on fl oor supported conveyors
should be kepl as clase to the floor a s requi red cleorances w ill allow.
Track eleva tions o n layouts are olways m easure d from top of !rack
lo floor. Establish d esired track elevations for the path o nd show
them on la yout al points of elevation chang e. The d ifference be-
tween upper a nd fower elevations al p oints of change is d rop of dou-
ble vertical curve req uired. Record thi s al points of elevation chong e.
Trach elevations for the examp le problem were selected as shown
to suit the system .
D etermine maximum incline angle for vertical curves
based o n míni mum carrier spacing
Select incline ang le for v ertical curves to p rovide cle arance between
adjacent ca rriers on inclined runs as shown in Fig. 6278. Dim ension A
shown in the figure is t abufoted in Table 1 " Load cl earance o n
inclined track" for a v a riety of load spacings and angles of incline.
N ote that length of ca r rier mus! b e less than dimension A to p rovide
cleora nce. 2 " cleo rance will be adequate for many applications,
however, 4 " clearance should be provided when handling fro gil e o r
painte d material. lncre ase clearance for high sp eed oper ation. Also
provide clearance betw een to p of ca rrier and conveyor chain.
lnclining to p corrier member s ot some angl e as v ertical curves will
usually provide sufficient clearonce.
Carriers on examp/e conveyor are 32" long and are spaced on
48" centers. From T able 1 select an incline angle of 45° which has
an A dimension of 34" for loads on 48" centers. T his will prouidc
2" clearance between 32" long carriers.

Determine number of carriers p e r hour or minute

Copacity of the system is determined by the weight or number of
pi eces hondled p er corrier, corrier spocing and chain speed. Dete r-
mine the numb er of corri ers required p er hour or minute by dividing
the tota l weight or numb er of pieces to be handled p er hour o r
minute by the tento tive corrier capacity.
P roduction rate and material characteristics for example system
are:
Production rate = 180 pieces per hour
A verage weight per ptece = 150 pounds
P ieces are o( such size and shape that each piece will fil
on a rectangular single shelf carrier 20" wide x 32" ion{!
weighing 50 lbs. Table 1 • Load cleo ronce o n incline d tr ack

- = 18o carriers
. per /¡our
. . = -180 lood 1 Hotizontol centetS A, inch es
R equ tred conveyor capaci/y spocing , Incline ongle, d eg r ees
1 inche s 5 1 1 o 1 15 1 20 1 2 5 1 30 1 35 1 40 1 45 1 50 1 55 1 60
= l60
BO = :J carriers• per minute. 12 12 11 V1 1 1'11 11 y. 1ov1 10'11 9 V1 9 Y. 8 y.
73.4 6 V1 6
16 15 v1 153.4 15 !h 15 Y, 14 Y2 l 3 V1 13 y, 12 \4 l l3/1
103/a 9 Y. 8
18 18 173.4 17311 17 16 311 15'11 143.4 l 3 V1 1 l 'lo 103/o
1231. 9
Make horizontal turn cle arance diagram to e stablish t en- 24 24 23 '/o 23 Y. 22 '/o 21 % 2ov1 193.4 1831o 15 y, 133.4
17 12
tativa mínimum carrier spacing and horizontal turn radii 30 29 V1 29 '11 29 28 y. 27Y. 26 24 '11 23 2 1 y.
193/a 17 V. 15
32 31 V1 31 y, 31 30Yo 29 2731. 26 '.4 24 Y2 22 '/o
20 '11 183/a 16
With carrier size known, moke a cl eoronce diagram to determine
36 35 V1 35 Y2 34 3.4 33 V1 32 '11 3 1 y. 29 Y, 27 '11 25Y,
23 Y1 20Yo 18
corrier spacing ond hori zontal turn rodii to p rovide cleoronce between 40 39 V1 3931o 38 '11 37'11 36Y. 34 '11 32 % 30% 28 Y•
25% 23 20
carriers al turns. To do this make o pion view layout to scole, o s 42 41 V1 4 131, 40'/o 39 Y2 38 1/o 36 3/1 34 3/a 32 V. 29 %
27 24 y, 21
shown in Fig. 3793. 48 47 V1 47Y. 463/1 4 5Y1 43 Y, 4 1 3/1 3931o 36 31. 34
30V1 27'11 24
Usi ng the 20" wide x 32" long examp/e carrier dimensions, a 54 53 V1 5 3 '.4 52 Y. 50 3/4 4 9 46 % 44 y. 41 3/a 343/4 3 1
38 Y. 27
layout will show that adjacent carriers will clear on 18" radius 56 55V1 55Y, 54 Y1 52% 50 3.4 48 Y2 4 5V1 4 2V1 39 '1o
36 3 2Y, 28
60 59 % 59 Y1 58 56 3/o 54 3/a 52 4 9Y1 46 42Y,
38'/1 34 y, 30
horizontal turns when spaced on 48" cenlers. 64 63 3/4 4 5 y. 41 Y1 36%
63 161 V1 6 0Y, 58 55 Y2 52 Y2 49 32
72 71 % 70 V1 69 V. 67314 65Y. 62 3/o 59 55 y. 5 1 46 y, 4 13/1 36
80 79 % 78 V1 177y, 75y, 7 2Y, 69 3/o 65Y, 61 3/1 56V. 51 y, 4 5V1 40

Complete tentativa conveyor path layout

lnsert hori zontal turns o f p rope r r adius in flo w diag ra m. lndicate
tr ack e levations on the path al p oints of e levo ti on change. Select
and indicate directio n o f tr avel. Compute p lan view path l ength. Use
squa re corners and hori zo nta l lengths of v ertical curv es.
P ath length o( example conveyor is 700 feel. Direction o( trav<'l
PLAN Fl,. ,,.. . is clockwise in plan view.

522 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Selection
Compute t e ntative chain pull view will suffice in many cases. Always allow one trolley spacing
To calcula te tentative cha in pull, add 1 O lbs. per ft. (tentative design between the tangent lines of horizontal turns and vertical curves.
weight of chain ond trolleys) to weight of live load and carriers in · lf no clearance problems exist, select the recommended radius far
lbs. per ft., and multiply by conveyor le ngth in feet, and by 3% the tentative conveyor size and pass on to Mod ify siz e sele ction.
coefficient of friction. Use Nom ographs to d e t e rmine lengths of vertical curves
lf load is removed ot a high point, or if condition can exist where To assist in selecting vertical curves, use Nomographs A and B,
loads are moving up a vertical curve when no compensating loads pages 524 and 525 which show the relationship between horizontal
are moving down a comparable vertical curve, add the product of length, radius and angle of incline far vertical curves. Any one ítem
lift in feet and live load weight in pounds per faot to the faregoing. can be determined when the other two aré known. Results will not be
Always make an addition for each uphill vertical curve which ha s no exact but will be sufficiently accurate far layout ond estimoting
compensating downhill vertical curve. purposes. Nomograph A shows relationships far continuous double
For example conveyor: curves (upper and lower curves joined at their tangen! lines). In many
Chain and lrofleys JO pounds per (t. cases, an inclined section of straight !rack will be required between
Carriers 12.5 pounds p er ft. upper and lower curves to give the required drop. Nomog ro ph B
Live load 37.5 pounds per (t. shows relationships far inte rmediate inclined straight sections in
Total movi11g weight 60 pounds per (t. vertical curves. Standard ra dii and angles are shown in heavy type.
Conveyor length calculated = 700 (eet For the example conveyor (3" conveyor tentatively selected),
60 X 700 X .03 1260 pounds 8'-0" radius is selected from Table 3. A 45° maximum angle of
37.5 X 8 (t. li(t 300 pounds incline has been determined (rom Table 1. Consider curve BC on
the layout, page 521, which has a drop of 8' -O'. To determine
Tentative chain pull = 1560 pounds horizontal lenglh proceed as (ollows:
Select tentative conveyor size based on monoplane chain From Nomograph A, page 524
pull and trolley loads 1. Line 1 (from 45º on f!H scale to 8'-0" on R scale) inter-
Pull ratings of Rivetless chains, trolley load capacities far monopla ne sects H (drop ) scale at 4'-8".
service and trolley spacing multiples far mejor trolley conveyor sizes 2. Line 2 (from 8'-0" on R scale lo 45º on flA scafe inter-
are shown in Table 2. sects A (horizontal length) scale at 11'-4".
Frequently, chain pull will exceed !he capacity of the chain used 3. Remaining drop reguired: 8'-0" - 4'-8" = 3'-4".
with the trolley suitable for the loads involved. This condition can often From Nomograph B, page 525
be accommodoted with the conveyor size suitable far the trolley
4. Line 3 (from 3'-4" on K (drop ) scale to 45° on OL scale)
loads by dividing the chain pull between two or more identical drives.
intersects L (horizontal length ) scale al 3'-4"
For extreme cases, Series 600 4 " trolleys adapted to fit 468 Rivetless
chain are available. 5. Total drop = 4'-8" + 3'-4" = 8'-0"
For applications invo lving heavy loads and relatively low chain 6. Total horizontal length = 11 '-4" + 3'-4" = 14'-8"
pulls (usually conveyors with short simple paths), the use of 4 wheel A s a second example consider curve GH 011 the layout page 521
load bar trolleys may allow use of a conveyor size smaller than which has a drop of 3'-0". Use 8'-0" radius and a maximum
required with two wheel trolleys. For extreme cases, a Series 600 incline angle o( 45° as previously determined. Proceed as follows
6 " trolley designed to fit X458 Rivetless chain is available. to determine horizontal length:
In cases where the conveyor may be extended after installation, From Nomograph A , page 524
!he conveyor size should be initially selected to accommodate the 1. Lin.e 1 ((rom 45° on tlH scale to 8 '-0" on R scale) inler-
Anal length and loads. sects H (drop) scafe at 4'-8" which is more drop than is
Select a tentative conveyor size from Table 2 based on chain pull required.
and trolley loads. Also select a revised carrier spacing based on 2. L ine 4 (from 8'-0" on R scale through 3'-0" on H scale )
trolley spacing multiples. intersecls !he OH scale al 35.5° which is the angle of incline
For all multiplane troll ey conveyors, limitations impose d by the of the conlinuous doublc cu1·t•e lo give !he required drop.
vertical curves as shown be low mus! be carefully considered . 3. Line 5 ((rom 35.5º 011 the OA scale to R'-0" on the R scale)
For the example, a 3" conveyor is tentatively selected based on inlersecls the A (lenglh ) scale at 9'-3" which is the hori-
a trolley load of 200 pounds and a tentative chain pull o( 1560 zontal length o( the curue.
pounds. Carriers can be spaced on 48", (based on trolley spacing Select vertical curve radii, determine horizontal length ond indicate
multiples o( 6".) curves on layout. Vertical curves can be shortened b y increasing angle
Table 2 • Trolley conveyor size capacities of incline (check Vertical Cl eorance Table 1) or decreasing ra dius.
Conveyor Working pull roting ITrolley load copocityl Trolley spocing
The effect of reducing the radius o n allowabl e chain pull and trolley
Cho in of heot treot ed cho in, {monoplane service), in multiples loods must be carefully considered a s shown below.
size, number
in ches 1 pounds pounds of inches
3 X348 1800 250 6 Modify size sele ction if required for multiplan e s ervice
4 X458 4000 500 8 At vertical curves, the chain exerts an additional force on trolleys
4 468 5800 500 8 and track Aanges. This resultan! force acts toward the center of
6 X678 7000 1000 12 curvature and its magnitude is determined by chain pull al curve,
6 X458 4000 1000 8 trolley centers and vertical curve rodius, as shown by Figure 6277.
Se le ct vertical curve radii (multi plane conve yors only) This resultant adds to the force exerted by troll ey loods (live load
Vertical curve radii should be as large as practicable consistent with plus carrier) on trolley wheels and track Aanges.
layout requirements. Recommended and usual mínimum vertical curve continued on page 526
radii far the majar trolley conveyor sizes are shown in Table 3.
The lorger the radius and !he Aatter !he angle of incline, the longer
will be the horizontal le ngth of a vertical curve. This is importan! when
conveyor runs mus! rise sharply to clear aisles or machinery.
Clearances are bes! checked by an elevation layout of the orea,
however, indicating the horizontal length of the curve on the plan
Table 3 • Vertical curve radii
Cha in Usual mínimum Recommend ed
Conveyor size,
inches number FEET ANO INCHES
3 X348 6-0 8-0
4 X458 8-0 10-0
4 468 12-0 16-0
6 X678 12-0 16-0 RESULTANT = CHAIN PULL (POUNOS) X TROLLEY CENTERS llNCHES)
6 X458 8 -0 12-0 (POUNDS) VERTICAL CURVE RADIUS {INCHES) ,,. .,,,

L 1 N K - B E L T • 523
 parts and package handling
trolle y conv eyors

Selection
HORIZONTAL LENGTH
Nomograph B • Horizontal lengths ond L
d rops of inclined stroight sections for double
vertical curves of vorious drops ond ongles. L = K col e
Refer to poge 581 for octuol lengths of
inclined stroight trock sections.

60-0
55-0 15
50-0
45-0 16
40-0
17
35 -0
18
30-0
19
25-0
20

20-0 21
22
23
15-0
14-0 24
13-0
12-0 25
11-0 26
10~0
tJ)
w
9-0 27·
J:
V 28
~
8-0
o 7-0 29
z "I 30
< 6-0
1-
0 31
...z
1-
w
tJ) w w
w LL.
32
J:
V
~
...
1
o"' 33
J: ~
o 1- 11') 34
0 w
z zw w 35
<
1-
2-6 ...
...
"'w
0
...ww 2-3
<
1-
o
1 37.5
1 z a>
:..:: oN
a.
oa::
2-0 ¡;;:
oJ:
2-6
...
w
0 40
o z
1-9 2-0 <
1-9 42.5
1-6
1-6
45
1-3
1-3
47.5
1-0
0-11
1-0 0-10 50
0-11 0-9
0-8 52.5
0-10
0-7
...w 0-9 ...<
w

<(
....w 0-6 u 55
u <
0-8 u "'s
"'
~ ..."' 0-5
57.5
0-7
0-4
0-6 0 -3V2 Fig . 6276 60

L 1 N K • B E L T • 52 5
parts and package handling
trolley conveyo rs

(continued from poge 523)
When selecting multiplone trolle y conveyors, consider these three
foctors ond moke selections thot balance these foctors to keep trock
flo ng e lood s within recommend e d limils. Table 4 shows the relotion-
ship b e tween these foctors with volues shown for the va riables
bolonced to keep trock flonge loods within ollowoble limits.
Far example p roblem re(er lo T able 4. M aximum trolley spac-
ing allowed is 30". Th e 48" carrier spacing required is !frealer
than this max imum; there(ore, use an intermedio/e idler trolley
between each load carrying lrolley, which will reduce lrolley
spacing to 24".
From T able 4 , maximum ollowable chain pull (or 3" com·eyor
wilh 200-pound loads, 24" trolley spacing and 8-(oot radius ver-
tical curves, is 800 pound$. Calculated chain pull of 1560 p ounds
greatly exceeds this figure, there(ore the selection mude m u st be
c:lwnged lo suit conditions , by one or more of lhe following {i!'e
methods.
1. Reduce lrolley spacing.
2. llsP (our-wheel load bar /rolleys.
( For existing conditions neitlwr o( these would be !he bes/
solution becau se 12" tmlley spacinp l'f'Qu ires twice as many
trolleys and allowable chai11 p ull o( 1800 pounds is borely
odequate (or 1560 pounds cha in pull. )
3. 1 ncrease vertical cu1'l'e radii. Far existing conditions this is
not practica! becau e radiw• ca1111ot be mude large enough lo
meet requirements.
4. 1 ncrease number o( drfrcs. By using lwo driues cha in pull
would be reduced lo opproximately 780 pounds wh ich is
barely within maximum allowable cha in pull.
5. Use next larger size conl'eyor. Table 4 i ndica/es thal allow-
able chain pull is 2400 pounds (or 4" conveyor with X458
chain, 8 '-0" radius vertical cunes, lrolleys on 24" centers,
and 200-pound loads, which is ample (or the example con -
Table 4 • Allowoble trolley loods ond choin pulls for multi p lone trolley conveyors, bosed o n !rock flonge strength
Trolle y 1 Rod ius, 1 Allowoble choin p ull, p ound s
k>od, feet ond --------'--~---- load , feet o nd -
pounds inches Trolley 1p ocing inches pounds inches
I
1 Troll•y 1 Rod ius,
- - - - - - " - - - - - ' - - ' - - - - - lo ad, feet ond - -- - -- -'-..._...:...i;..;;..;......;;.;,._ _
Selection
i•eyor. Use this procedure and modi(y example com·eyor
selection.
In mony coses Method 5 will be the best proce dure to follow when
initiol selection will not provide req uired copocity. Follow proce dure
shown obove to check tentotive conveyor selection. Add intermediole
idler trolleys if necessory ond modify lenlotive conveyor seleclion os
indicoted .
Comple te p a th layou t
lncorporote ony chong es mod e in the conveyor poth layout ond re-
check cleoronces os required. To gel a ctual poth length, corree! initiol
length for ony poth chonges mode ond use develope d leng ths of
vertical curves o nd ore lengths of horizontal turns. See tabl e poge 581.
Determine design operating speed
Multiply corrier spocing by numbe r of corriers required per minute,
to obtoin design operoting speed.
Trolley conveyors co n ope rote al speeds ronging from o froction
of o foot to over 150 fe e t per minute, however 50 lo 65 feet per
minute is the usual moximum for general service. The required speed
is usuolly d etermined by o combino tion of corrier co pocity ond
spocing . When processing operotions such os woshing, pointing,
drying, etc., o re involved, these unils ore usuolly d e signed to suit
required conveyor copocity ond speed. The conveyor speed must b e
mod erote e nough to ollow eosy lood ing ond unlooding ond to
permit required work on material in lronsit. In general, it is odvisoble
to o p erole o lrolley conveyor al the mínimum speed thot will g ive
the required copocity. When variable sp eed drives ore used, the
speed ronge is usuolly selecte d with the design operoting sp eed os
o medien.
Carrier spacing on example conueyor is 4 (eet, and 3 carriers
per minute are required which giues a design operating speed o(
12 (eet per minute. Select [lariable speed operation from 6 to 18
f eef per m inute.
Allowo ble ch oin p ull, p ounds I
1 Trolley 1 Rad iui., Allowable cho in p ull, p ounds
Troll ey spo cing inches pounds inches Trolley spo ci ng inche s

3 -0 1800 1050 7000 4800

4 -0 1800 1400 7000 7000
50 1800 1800 7000 7000
6 -0
8 -0 1800 1800 7000 7000
-- 3-0
--
1800
--
900 7000 4400
4-0 1800 1200 7 000 7 000
100 7000 7000
6-0 1800 1800
-- 8-0
--
1800 1800
-- -7000
-- 7000
3 -0 1500 7 50 7 0 00 4000
4 -0 1800 1000 7000 6 000
150 7000 7 000
6 -0 1800 150 0
8-0 1800 1800 7000 7 000
- - -- -- - - - - -- 7000 5400
3 -0 1200 600 400 . . . . . ...
4-0 1600 8 00 533 400 . .. 7000 7000
200 7000 7000
6 -0 1 800 1 200 8 00 6 00 480
8 -0 1800 16 00 1066 800 640 7000 4800
7 0 00 6400
250 Mo no plone o nly 18 00
7 0 00 7000

Table 5 • Weight per foot, choin ond trolleys

3 " trolteys • X348 chain
100
Tro lley spo cing, in. 1 6 11 2 118 12 4 130
Weig ht per foo t, lbs. ---s:J-s:2-0 :U JA
4 'f trolleys • X458 chai n .
200 Tro lley spocing, in. 1 8 116 124 1 32 140
W eight per foot, lbs. lJ:9 ---S.Ó ~ -:5.'9 5:4
'

4 • trolteys • 468 chain

300 Trolley spocing, in. 1-8-1~1~1~1~

Weight pe r foot, lbs. 18.9 13. 2 12.6 10.4 9.78.
6 " trolteys • X678 chain
Tro lley spocing, in. 1 12 1 24 136 148 16 0
W e ight pe r foo t, lbs. 26.516.513.2 11.5 ~
.
6 " trolteys • X458 chain
500 Monoplone only 4 000 500 Mo noplone only 5800 Trolley spocing, in. 8 ~~~ ~
Weight per foot lbs. 22. 2 17.5 12.7 10.3 8.9

526 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Selection
Compute final chain pull Table 6 • Point-to-p oint cho in pull colculotions for exomple conveyor
Follow the sorne procedure o s shown on poge 523 for tentotive choin (refer to layout, poge 521)
pull except use final poth length ond octuol weight of choin ond
trolleys, selected from Table 5. Colculolion
forPull
this 1 At 1 Pull,
section, po int pounds
For example conueyor: 1 pounds
A to B 1 PH = .02x 19.3x 12 5 B 5
Clwin and trolleys (UI pounds per (oot B lo C 3 Pv= (.02x 19.3x 18l+(.045x5) -
Carriers 12.5 pounds per (oot (8x 19.3x 1.045) - 168 e o
Liue load 37.5 pounds per (oot e to o 1 PH = .02x56.8x90 102 o 102
Total moving weight = 56.8 pounds per f oot Turn O 2 Pr = .02x102 2 o 104
O to E 1 PH = .02x56.8x 11.5 13 E 117
R evised path length = 720 (eet Turn E 2 Pr =.02xl 17 2 E 119
56.8 x 720 x 0.03 = 1225 pounds E to F 1 PH= .02x56.8x3 1.5 36 F 155
37.5 x 8 (l. li(t = 300 pounds Turn F 2 Pr =.02x 155 3 F 158
Filwl chain pu/l = 1525 pounds F to G 1 PH = .02x56.8x4 5 G 163
G to H 3 Pv = (.02x56.8x 12i+(.03J<163) +
Selection summary (3x56.8x 1.03) 194 H 357
H to J 1 PH= .02x56.8x2 19 249 J 606
Conveyor poth ond size hove been estoblished; corriers designed; J lo K 3 Pv= (.02x56.8x 15J+(.037x606) 1-
proper rodii for horizontal turns ond vertical curves d e termined; ond (5x56.8x 1.037) 333 K 939
choin pull computed using on overol! coefficient of friction. Far the K to L 1 PH= .02x56.8x30 34 L 973
mojority of opplicotions this informotion is oll thot is required to select Turn L 2 Pr =.02x973 20 L 993
proper size components. Howeve r, to determine drive locotions for l lo M 1 PH= .02x56.8x20 23 M 1016
multiple drive opplicotions to equolly divide the load, it is necesso ry M lo N 3 Pv = (.02x56.8x 18)+(.045x1016) -
(8x56.8x 1.045) - 408 N 608
to compute choin p ull from point-to-point throughout the path. Point- p
N lo P 1 PH= .02x56.8x22 25 63 3
to-point pull calculations ore olso desirable for long trolley conveyors Turn P 2 Pr =.02x633 13 p 646
hoving complex poths involving mony horizontal turns ond vertical P to Q 1 PH =.02x56.8x113 128 Q 774
curves. Formulas ond procedure for computing point-to-point chain Q to R 3 Pv= (.02x56.8x 13)+(.033x774l+
pull ore shown below ond colculations for exomple conveyor ore (4x56.8x 1.033) 276 R 1050
in Toble 6. R to S 1 PH = .02x56.8x4 5 s 1055
Turn S 2 Pr =.02x1055 21 s 1076
Point-to-point chain pull S to T 1 PH= .02x56.8x4 5 T 1081
The following three formu las ore used to comp ute the point-to-point T to U 3 Pv=(.02x56.8x l 3l+(.033x 1081 l+
choin pull:
(4x56.8x 1.033) 286 u 1367
U to V 1 PH = .02x56.8x23 26 V 1393
1. Pull for eoch stroight horizontal run. Turn V 2 Pr = .02x 1393 28 V 1421
PH = XWL V to A 1 PH =.02x56.8x30 34 A 1455
Where X .02 for standard ball bearing trolleys. Actual chain pull al drive spracket = 1455x 1.05 1528
w total moving w e ight in pounds pe r foot
(Empty or looded, os the cose moy be) Select and locate drive
L = length of stroight run in feet.
Choin pull ond conveyor speed hove b een determined. Ty pes ond
2. Pull for each troction wheel or roller turn. construction fe otures of drives ore o n pog es 518 ond 519, ond
Pr = YP d rive dime nsions ore on poge 537. Caterp illar drives ore widely
Whe re Y = .02 for troction wheel or roller turn. used since they con be conve niently locoted on stroight runs ond
P = pull ot turn in pounds b ecouse they hove much smoller drive sprockets thon cerner sprocke t
3. Pull for eoch vertical curve. drives with resulting torque odvontoge. The lorgest standard cerner
Pv = XWS + ZP + HW ( 1 + Z) sprocket drives hove 36" P.D. sprockets ond connot be used when
Where X ond W ore os obove more thon 18" rodius turns ore required for corrier cleoronce, unless
S = horizontal spon of vertical curve in feet loads do not trovel oround drive sprocket. Cerner sprocket drives
H = total chong e of level of conveyor in feet must hove 90° minimum choin wro p ond ore locote d ot either 90°
(plus, whe n conveyor is trove ling up the curve; or 180° corners. 3 to 1 ratio variable speed drives ore widely used
minus, when conveyor is trove ling down the curve). ond will meet re quirements of most opplico tions. Variable speed
Z = .03 for 30° incline; .045 for 45° incline drives ore usuolly selected with required conveyor speed os the
.06 for 60° incline; .09 for 90° incline median speed in the ronge.
P = pull ot stort of curve in pounds. Generolly, for b est o perotio n, use ene drive for eoch 2000 feet
4. Add 5% to total figure to gel choin pull ot drive sprocket. of conveyor length regordless of choin pull. Conveyor le ngth per
Mo ximum choin pull olong poth of conveyor should be within drive can occosionolly be greater on simple poth mono plone oppli-
working stre ngth of choin selected. lf it is not, consider the five cotions, on storoge bonk conveyors or on multiplone conveyors hoving
methods shown on poge 526 ond revise selectio n. few horizontal turns ond vertical curves. Consult Link-Be lt.
For multiple drive constont speed opplicotions, flooting caterpillar
Stort ot slock (d ownstrond ) side of drive ond follow poth in direc- d rives with high slip motors ore recommended.
tion of trovel. lf desired locotion of drive is unknown select o tentotive For multiple drive variable speed opplicotions, individual recom-
locotion, see "select ond locote drive" be low. Compute point-to- mendotions ore mode. Consult Link-Belt.
p oint choin pull comple tely oround poth. Orive horsepower moy be colculoted from following formu lo:
Table 6 shows point-to-point pull calculations for the example d . h drive copacity, lbs. x moximum speed, FPM
conueyor. Point designations in table re(er to lay out on page 521. nve orsepower = , x _
Loads have been previously established as shown below. 33 000 0 8
Motors ore usuolly included w ith drives. Motor storters ore fur -
W eight of cha in and trolleys = 6.8 pounds per (oot
nished on request. For conveyor speeds up to 60 f PM, o cross the
50 line storters ore use d. For speeds from 60 to 150 f PM outomotic
W eighl o( carrier = = 12.5 pounds per foot
Total moving weight, empty conuey;/,· = 19.3 pounds per foot two ste p resistonce storters ore used. However, for speeds over
1 20 FPM ond horsepowers over 1 O, outomotic stepless storters ore
W eight o( cha in and trolleys = 6.8 pounds p er (oot recommended. Stort-stop push button stotio ns ore usuo lly locoted ot
W eighl o( live load and carrier = 50.0 pounds per foot load ond unlood points ond ot other control points, os required by
Total moving weighl, loaded conveyor = 56.8 pounds per foot layout. Consult Link-Belt for control equipment recommendotions.
Locote drives on multi-plone conveyors to kee p choin pull on vertical
Calculations are a .~ shown in Table 6 al right. curves os low os possible. lt is desirable to hove o downhill vertical

L 1 N K - B E L T • 527
parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Selection
curve ofter the drive. Locote drives on multiple drive instollotions ottochments for connecling lo corriers ond 1 (idler) ottochments for
to divide the total load equolly. Tokeups ore usuolly locoted ot the intermediote trolleys ore most widely used ond will occommodote
flrst 180° corner, downstrond from drives. most opplicotions. Specify series, size, drop, type (bolted or riveted )
Table 7 shows choin pull rotings ond operoting speeds for the ottochment ond if seols ond /or greose f1ttings ore to be included .
vorious sizes ond types of trolley conveyor drives. Select o drive
bosed on conveyor size, choin pull, o nd moximum conveyor speed. Select hori:z:ontal turns
For example problem, a conueyor size of 4", a speed o( 12 FP M Mínimum rodius for horizontal lurns has been estoblished. Roller
and a chain pul! of 1525 pounds have been established. T o allow or troction wheel turns, or both, moy be used for horizonlol lurns.
(or an increase in p roduction, .~elect 3 to 1 variable speed dr iue Roller lurn conslruction feolures ore on pog e 514 ond dimensions on
(or speeds o( 6 to 18 FP M . From T able 7 select R 60S stationary poge 535. Troction wheel lurn co nstruclion feotures ore o n poge 515
coterpillar driue (or 4 "- 7 3 Ír;" drop conueyor with X 458 chain ond dimensions on poge 535. Note thot roller turns o re listed by
which has a cap acity o( 2300 pounds, ample (or this application. pitch rodius ond troction wheel lurns by pitch diometer.
. 2300 X }8 Roller turns ore generolly used for ores of 90° or less, porticulorly
H orsepower required = 1.56. U se a 2 HP motor.
3.'J,000 X 0.8 for smoller rodii. Troction wheel lurns ore used where lurns are
exposed lo heol ond for turns in inoccessible locolions. Both roller
Specify drive number, type, pull copocity, operoting speed or ond lroclion wheel type turns moy b e used in the sorne conveyor;
rong e; conveyor size, drop ond choin; horsepower; ond curren! however, plonls hoving severol conveyors a fien stondordize on one
chorocteristics. Give control circuit curren! chorocteristics if different
size o nd type of turn.
!han motor curren!.
For example problem , 18" radius has been established (or turn
size. Select 18" rad ius style GL roller turns (or all 90° corners.
Table 7 • Orive copocities ond speeds /.,ocate takeup (see nexl section) at the 180° corner.
Orive numb er Conve yor sp eed , fee t p er minute.6.
Give !he following information when specifying: type of lurn, pitch
1 1 rodius (roller lurns) or pitch diomeler (troction wheel turns), ore, roller
C ha in
numb er
Co n · 1 ~~~¡. 1~~~¡. up to 301 AO 1 60 1 80 1 100 l 120 1 150 or wheel hub style, conveyor size ond drop. lnclude moximum tem·
s~:~~ s0pbe1e0d s0pb
1
e e0d 1---------------"'---
Pull co p ocity, poun d s peroture for turns exposed to heol.
Cate rpillar d rives Select and locate takeup
C35S R3 5 S PJ 5 S 700 550 500 500 500 450 400 Both roller ond troction wheel lurn tokeups ore ovoiloble. Their con-
C35F R35F P35F
slruction feo tures o re on poge 516 ond dimensions ore on poge
X348 C40S R4 0S P4 0S 1000 750 700 600 550 550 500 536. Note thot roller lurn tokeups ore listed by pitch rodius ond
cho in C40F R40F P40F
---- - - --- --- -- -- - - lroction wheel turn tokeups by pitch diomeler. Tokeups should hove
c5os R505 P5 os 1800 1450 1300 1250 1050 1000 900 the sorne rodius or diomeler os determined for horizontal turns.
C50F R50F P50F
C3 5 S R355 PJ 5 S 550 450
·-400
------1
4 00
----
400 350 350
All single drive conveyors should hove o tokeup. O n multiple d rive
C35F R35F P35F conveyors, provide o ne lokeup for eoch drive. Very short simple
C40S R40S P40S loop poth conveyors will work without o tokeup; however, o tokeup
1000 750 700 600 500 500 400 will imp rove operotion ond reduce mointenonce.
C40F R40F P40F
X458
----
C50S R50S P50S Tokeups ore locoted os clase os possible to d rives on the down-
1450 1150 1050 1000 850 800 700 slrond (slock) side. On multiplone conveyors, !he bes! orrongement
468 C50F R50F P50F
X678 is to locole drive ohe od of o downhill vertical curve ond !he tokeup
cho in C6 0S R6 0S P6 0S 2300 1800 1600 1500 130012001050 ofter !he vertical curve. 180° tokeups ore recommended wherever
!=60F R60F P60F
co nve yor po1hs permit becouse they occommodote more choin slock.
c 7 os R7 0S P7 os 3400 2600 2400 2 200 1800 1650 1500 Spring od justed tokeups ore widely used ond recomme nded for
C70F R70F P70F
caos R80S PSOS - -- -- - -- general trolley conveyor use. Counlerweight odjusted tokeups o re
CSOF RSOF PSOF 5100 .& 4000 3600 3300 2700 250 2250 furnished complete with weight slem and wire rope. Counterweights
con be furnished on reque sl.

=
Corne r sprocket drlves
For example problem, select 36" P .D. 180° tractwn wheel spring
C35C R35C P35 C 300 250 200 200 200~.
.. .. . adjusted takeup, located as shown on layout, p age 52 1.
~:,::k~; C40C R40C ~40C 4 50 - 350 300 250 250 ~ Give the following informotion when specifying: type, pitch rod ius
X348 C50C R50C P50C
X458 C60C R60C P60C
468 C70C R70C IP70C
~ ca oc RSOC PSOC
800 650
1350 1050 ~ BSO
550

2000 . 155() 1400 1300

550

3i 0 0 . 2400 . 2200 . 2000 .

=-=
.-.-.
450 .. . .. . . .
750 -.-. .- . -. -. .- .
1050
1650 -.-. .-.
(roller turn type) or pitch diometer (lroction wheel type). ore, roller
o r wheel style, type of odjustmenl, hond (90° only), conve yor size
ond drop. lnclude moximum lemperoture for tokeu p s e xposed to heol.

Select vertical curves

36" P.O. C40C 1R40C P40C 300 200 200 :..:....:...:.. .:....:....:... _._. ._. ·_:__:_ ·
sprocket C50C R50C P50C
~~~:
468
C60C RÓOC P60C a so 650
C70C R70C P70 C 1300 10 00
500 400 350
600
900
350
550 500 ==
300 ... ... .

E~ 700 .:....:....:. . .:....:...:..

Rodii of vertical curves hove bee n determined. Vertical curves o re
usuolly furnished os single bends with 1 ' -0" of slroight !rock beyond
tangen! lines ond ore field ossembled inlo double curves during
cho in CSOC RSOC PSOC 1950 • 150 0 1350 1200 1000 . . . ... . ereclion. Double vertical curves hoving different rodii on uppe r ond
lower curve con be mode for use when cleoronce problems ore
38112 " P.D· C60C R60C P60C 800 65055()~ 4 50 .... . . . .
encountered ond where smoller rodius upper curves connot be used
sprocket C70C R70C P70C 1200 900 850 750 6o -. -. .-.... ~
X678 - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - becouse of lrolley loods and choin pull. For ongles o ther thon stand-
choin CSOC RSOC PSOC 1850 1450 1300 1200 10 00 . .... . ard, the next lorger standard ongle is usuolly selected ond curves
.& For 468 ond X678 choins only. • For X458 ond 468 choins only. ore field cut during e rection.
6, For variable speed drives, us~ mo,imum speed oí conveyor. Sp e cify rodius, ore ond !rock size ond if curve is single or double.

Select stralght track

Select chain
Choin size has been determined. Type X Rive tless choins designed
for trolley conveyors ore ovoiloble for three mojar conveyor sizes
ond ore recommended. Choin dimensions shown on poge 532.
Se lect trolle ys
Trolle y size ond spocing hove bee n d e termined. Construction feoture s
of trolleys ore on poges 5 11 , 5 12 ond 513. Trolle y dimensions ore
o n poges 533 ond 534. Se ries 5 00 rivete d lrolleys with H (clevis)
The trock size has been determine d by the conveyor size. Trock ond
trock occessory conslruclion feolures ore shown on poge 517 ond
dimensions ore shown on poge 538. Stroight tr ock is normally fur-
nished in 20-fool lenglhs with sow cut e nd s ond pointed. Trock joints
usuolly ore welded; however, trock clomps ore ovoiloble for bo lte d
joints. Trock seclions for drives ond horizontal turns ore furnished
with these items. Specify !rock size ond o mount required to ne xt
gre ole r 20-foot incremenl.

528 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Selection
Select backstops (uphlll) and antl- runaways (downhlll)
The construction features of these devices are shown on page 517
cnd dimensions ere shown on page 538. Select quantities for the
layout es desired or es required by safety regulations. The track
size determines the backstop or anti-runaway size.
Specify type, trcck size cnd for anti-runaways, whether or not the
limit switch is to be includ ed.
Design of s upports and superstructure
Trolley conveyors are usuclly supported from building trusses, beams
or ceilings by vertical or inclined members. These members ere cclled
supports cnd ere usually structurcl angles.
Frequently, building truss or becm spacing will necessitate addi-
tioncl horizontal members to suspend supports at required locations.
These cdditioncl horizontal members are called superstructure cnd
ere usuclly structurcl chcnnel, wide flange or 1-beam sections, sized
to suit loads and spans.
Connections between conveyor components and supports, or be-
t ween supports, superstructure and b uilding members may be welded
o r clamped. In mcny ce ses all connections are welded except !hose
to building members, which ere generally clcmped. This a rrcnge-
ment is recommended; however, connections can be furnished welded
or clcmped es desired. lag or through bolts ere usually used for
connections to wooden building members.
Typical arran gements
Fig. 6316
S up por ts and
superstructu re fo r
90 ° r oll e r t u rn
(t ract ion w hee l
turn simi larly sup-
ported ).
Fig. 6320
parts and package handling
trolley conveyors
Support member sizes ore selected to suit trolley loads and load
spacings; however, usually the following angle sizes will be ample:
1 '12" x 1 %" x 3¡1611 angle for 3 " trolley conveyors; 2" x 2 " x lJi/'
angle for 4" trolley conveyors; and 2 %" x 2 Y2 x ~" angle for
11
11
6 trolley conveyors.
The spacing of supports for straight track runs is d etermined by
the trolley loads. Charts A, B, and C, pages 530 and 531 show max-
imum unsupported span lengths for 3", 4 v and 6 11 1-beam for various
trolley loads and load spacings. Diagonal sway broces are usually
provided on alternate supports on straight runs. A typical arrange-
ment of supports and superstructure for straight runs is shown in
Figures 6316, 6317 ond 6318 below. Vertical curves are supported
similarly; however, al least two supports are usually provided for
each curve.
In addition to the component weight and trolley loa ds, horizontal
turns, takeups a nd drives hove a reaction force on them caused by
chain pull which must be considered when supporting these components.
Occasionally it is desirable to support trolley conveyors from
building floors. This is advantageous for low elevation runs in build-
ings having very high trusses or beams. Floor supports will also allow
trolley conveyors to be installed in buildings not structurally adequate
to permit suspending the conveyor from trusses or ceilings. Columns
are usually 1-be a m or wide fl ang e sections selected for individual
loads and heights. O ther components are similarly supported. Two,
three or four columns are used as required, to amply support turns,
tokeups ond drives.
St rcigh t trc ck s up -
p ort fro m superstruc-
ture with swc y b rece .
Fig. 6317
Strci g ht t r ack s up p o rt
fro m tru ss ch o rd .
Supports and s uperstruc-
tu re for 1 80° rolle r turn
(tractio n wheef tu rn sim-
ilarly supp o rt ed).
L 1 N K - B E L T • 529
parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Selection
Design of supports and superstructure ( contin ued}

Supports and supe rstructure for l 80 ° Supports and superstructu re fo r sta-

roller turn toke up (troction whee l tionory caterp il lar d rive (floa ting
turn take up simila rly supported ). ca terpill a r and comer sp ro cket d rives
floo r suppo rt for stroig ht trock. similarly supported ).

Chart A • M a ximum span b etw een su ppo rts on 3 " 1-beom tro ck for vorious trolley loads and load spacings
"'
o
z
::>
...o
~
~
<(
g
; 100
o~
o
LOAD SPACING IN INCHES

Chart B • Maximum span between supports on 4 " 1- beam track for various trolley loads and load spacings
800

LBS.
~ 600>----+- -
z
::>
o 1 1
... 500 \1AX. LOAD 500 LBS .- - - - + - - - - t - ----1

"'
~ 400>------
1
MAX. LOAD390 LBS.
g
; 300 MAX. LOAD 310 LBS. -----.,
o
~
200

100

o 104 112 120

LOAD SPACING IN INCHES

530 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Selection
Design of supports and superstructur e (continued)

Chart e Maximum span between supports on 6 " 1-beam !rack for various trolley loads and load spacings

15001---- ---+--

1400

1300

1200

1100

1000
~
z
:>
...o 900
~
"'<(o 800
g
; 700
o
~
600

500

400

300

200

100

o 48
, ._ 6JOS
LOAD SPACING IN INCHES

Design of guards

Guards are recammended, and are required by many state and in-
dustrial plan! safety codes under high elevation trolley canveyor
runs, particularly over aisles and work oreas. Guards are d esigned
to suit individual installation requiremenls a nd are usually fleld fabri -
cated during erection.
Guard panels are usually made from woven or welded wire mesh,
ar expended or continuous steel sheets. Support headers and fr a mes
are usually slructura l angles or channels. The guard width, opening
size and wire or metal gauge used far panels, and the depth size
and spacing of support frames, are selected to suit the size and
weight of material handled and path requiremenls. Support frames
are usually bolted to headers which are welded to the !rack; how-
ever, construction may be all-welded or all-bolted as desired. Panels
can be welded, bolted or clipped to support frames as desired . In
the design shown on f ig. 6326 page 532, framed panels are joined
by wire helixes and longitudinal stringers are not usually required.
The panels can be reodily disassembled and reused.
Typical cross sections of the fallowing faur widely used types of
guards are shown on p age 532.
Type SP guard (side panel type) is shown with expended metal
panels and welded conslruction on fig. 6324. This type can be
furnished with framed wire mesh panels, b olted, clipped or welded
to support frames.
Type SR guard (side rail type) is shown with framed wire mesh
botlom panels a nd welded construction on Fig. 6325. This type can
be fur nished with mesh panels b olted or cli p ped or with welded
e xpended metal panels.
Type D guard (demountable type) is shown on Fig. 6326. Panels
are joined by wire helixes and longitudinal stringers are not usually
required.
Type SB guard (salid bottom type) is shown on fig. 6327. This
type is used when wet or oily peris are handled. Rod sup porls a re
used and guard runs are sloped far dra ina ge. Panels are usually
welded.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 531
parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Selection
De sign of guards ( continued)

f ig . 632 4 .... 6325 f lg . '326

Type SP guard • sid e panel type Type SR guard • side rail type Type D gua rd • d e mountable type
welded con struction shown with welded construction shown with shown without longitudinal
expanded metal panels. framed wire mesh bottom panel s stringers. Panels joined with
and 4 side rails. wire helixes.

Type SB guard • solid bottom type Type SP guard for multiple runs shown w ith channel headers
shown with rod sup ports. and transverse su pports.
_1""-- - - - - - - - a'-o" TYPICAL ---------;~

Type SP guard • sid e e levation shown with expanded metal panels, channel
transverse supports.

Component dimensions
Cha in Cha in
number
Average
p itch,
inches
Average
ultima te
slrength,
links in Weight
approxi-
mately
per
foot,
Al C 1
E
1 F 1
G
Ir
pounds 1 O feet pounds INCHES
X348 24,000 40
o/a 2 3;1 l ~'1'"
3.000 2.1 Y2 113m
X458
468 •
4.031
4.031
48,000
70,000
30
30
3.2
7.5
""j 3/a v. l•m
:v. 3 3;1, 11, l r. l Ya m
13

X678 6.031 85,000 20 6.5 ra3 1m 1% 2 13;1, 3/4

Hove d1mens1ens cert1fi ed fer instollotien purposes.
A Shope el 468 1inks slightly different thon shewn.
532 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Series 500 trolleys • 2 and 4 wheel

Trolley
ond
A, v ¡ w ¡ x 1 r Hene
drop B 1C O 1 F GH I J I K IL LE 1 LB ' LE 1 LB ' LE 1 LB 1 LE 1 LB LE 1 LB

.
cha in
size INCHES
1

l~' ~'f ~ " " r~ "11'~·

H~r~
3 "-X348 'l'1
-7 - - - -
4"-X458 ' 1 ~ 2 V13~ 51t ' 84Va 1 ~ 1~. 1 Va ~ 2 o/a2:Y1 ·~1~ ~~ l:Ya 1 · ~
6 "-X678 ~ ,..-- 3 •/, 4 'l'16:Y. 1
1 Ya 2Ya 2~
12 5•;, 1'11 1 Ya l :Y.1\/. 4 1. . ..

Hove dimensions certified fo r instollotion purposes.

~=J
Style LE, for 3", 4" and 6" lralleys
®
~ ~:J
Style LB
for 3" ond 4 " lrolleys

4 wheel trolleys
Sty le LB
fo r 6" lrolleys

Attachments for Series 500 trolleys

Attachments Trolley ond' Att h
chain size oc ment
1G 1 K J l 1M j N ! INCHES
P 1 Q 1 R 1 S 1 T j U 1W

B l4 1 Va 1'A• 1 ''A. y., 'A. Yz 5 y. 1 l4 v. l4

e l4 1 Va 2 \4 o/a y. 'A. Yz 5 Ya ... .. . . . . .
3"-X348 E l4 1 Va 1'A• 3/a y., 'Á• 3/a 4 3A, - . . .. . . . . -
H l4 1 % 2 l4 o/a '14 'A• Yz 5 Ya 1 'A. .. .
1 Y4 1
- - -- ..
% 3/a 'l4 .. . 2 o/a . .. -. . ..- . . .
-•A• - -
B 3/a
-
JS,1, "Á• 2 2 Ya 1
- -
3/a o/a
-
6 Va 1 3/a 1 v.
-
'A•
e 3/a JS,1, 13Á• 21;1, y., 1 'la y, 5 7A•...
. . .. . . .
4"-X458 E Ya JSA, "A• 1 l4 Yz 1 3/a ~. 4 Ya . ..
.. . . . . .
H 3/a JSA. " A. 2 1A• y. 1 3/a y, 5 7,1, 1 11Á6 .. .

1 3/a JSA, "Á• . . . Yz 1 3/a 3 Ya .. . . . .. . . .

J
B
3/a
Yz
JSA, "Á• . . . 17hzl
1 o/a 1 v. 2 3
- -- 1 Y2
3/a
- -
Yz Va
- •
6 \4 . . . .. . . 4•A.
8 y. 2
- -- -
1 Ya 3/a
e Yz 1 o/a 1 Ya 2 Yz 1 v. 1 Yz Yz 'l4 7 .. . .. . . . . .
B e 6 "-X678 E Yz 1 o/a 1 Ya 1 o/a 'l4 1 Y2 Yz o/a 5'!4 .. . .. . . . . .
Stud Pendan! H Yz 1 o/a 1 Ya 2 Y2 1 v. 1 Y2 Vz :v.. 7 1 v. "A• . ..
Forged sleel Fo rme d sleel 1 Vz 1 o/a 1 Ya . . . o/a 1 Y2 Yz .. . 4 . .. .. . . . . .
Hove dimensions certified for instollation pu rposes.
--,. 4 Attachmenl J has V2 " hole, JA has o/a" hole.
G

BOLTS-om
+-· u.
C/L
. K
l s

BOLTS·Oe-~1
CHAIN

SHACKLE-R
·

r',
L

lM JS
C/L
CHAIN J S

'"·'"' [P P :i kG ,,. .... ~ p,_.p j + .J.l..-G

E H 1 J or JA
Load bar pe ndan! Cl evis ldler Swivel
Formed sleel Forme d sleel Formed sleel Forged steel

L 1 N K - B E L T • 533
parts and package handling
t r olley conveyors

Series 600 trolleys

,.,_--F- - --..
-¡-;::: Se rie s 600 troll e y s
Trolley ond,A, drop l C 1 O F i 1 G 1 K
cho in size INCHES
73/J• 4 ra
4 " - X458 8 2 Ya 3 y. 5% % 2
A 8
- - -- -
v. 5%
- - - --
DROP 7 Y1 4%
4 " - 468 8•1i. 2 Ya 3 v. 5 % % 2 :Ya
8% 5%
-
6 " - X678 10 Y1 3 y. 4% 6 % % 2 Y2
6" - X458 10
-- - -
2 4 ra v. -6%- - % - 1 111i.
... 6 110 Hove dimensiens ce rtifi ed fer instollotien purpeses .
Rivete d Bo lted

Attachments

e e E E
Pe nda nt Penda nt l oa d b ar p end ant load bar p enda nt
Pro mol Formed sleel Pro mol Ca.si steel

H H
Clevis Clevis Clevis
Pro mol Promol Forged sleel Formed sleel

Attachments fo r Se r ies 600 trolle ys

Trolley_ IAlloch-1
ond . cho in menl Moterio l 1 G 1 J 1 K 1 L 1 M 1 N 1 ~NCHE~ 1 R 1 S 1 T 1 U j y 1 z
srze
e Promol % y, 2 .. . . 2 1 'IÍ• v.
1% v.
% l6 'h2 1 .. .. 1 v. v. 1 :Ya
4" E Premol % l/a 2 13JI· is1i. Y1 1% :Ya 'JI• 5 3m .. .. . . . . 1 v. 1%
Drop forged sleel
X458 H Promo l % 1 Ya 2 . . . . 2% "IÍ•
l3ii• v.
Y1 6 %2 1 2'm . . . .v. 1 :Ya
1 Promol % ... . 2 .- . .- . .-. .-. - - -"IÍ•
1 31Í6 . .. . 3 11m.. .. .. . . 1 y.
v. 1%
- -4-,,-
H forg ed steel %
- -- -- - -
1 Ya 2% .. . . 3 Ya 23h2 1 1m :Ya Y1 6 111i. 1 Ya "hz 1 %
- - -- 1%
468 1 forged steel . . . 2% . .. . .. . . -2% 1 . . . . 3 % . .. . .. .. 1%
- --
%
-- - - - -1-l 1l %
1 % 2 Y2 ... . 3 % 1
h 2 :Ya
- - - - --
1 :Ya
6" H Formed steel ra Y1 % 7% 1 % . ... r. 2
X678 1 Forged steel % . . . . 2 Y2 . . . . . . . . 15/Í• 1 % Y1 . . . . 4 '/Í• . ... . .. . 1 % 2
---
e - - - - -- - - -- ----
Formed steel % . . . . 1 11/i• ... . 2 % 1 r. v.
Y1 % 6 y, .... . . . . 1 v. 1 o/a
6" E Casi steel % 3.4 1 " /Í• z9m 11 •1i. Y1 % 5' 9m .. . . . . . . 1 v. 1 o/a
% 11 Ya
X458 H Formed steel % 1 'JI• 1 " JI• ... . 2 r.r1 1 Ya Y1 v.
6 Y1 1 "li• .. .. "IÍ• l :Ya
1 Formed steel 'la . . . . 1 11/Í• . . . . .. . . 1 V1 1 Ya y, . . . . 4 3/a .. . .. . .. 1 y. 1 :Ya
1 Hove dime nsiens certified fer insto llo tie n purp eses.
ldler
Formed sleel

534 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
tro lley conveyors

Roller turns Traction wheel turns

45° TURN SHOWN

30° ANO 60º SIMILAR

45° TURN SHOWN

30° ANO 60° SIMILAR

DROP=

L
C ~~--~~~~~~....,.
CLEARANCEnJ-
DROP=r /,,_
_ _ _ __ _ __,
TYPICAL SECTION 180° TURN
<;/l CHAIN
TYPICAL SECTION 1800 TURN .•..,., Fig . 6298

3 ... and 4 "' co nveyon 6 "' conveyor 3 w conveyor 41r conveyor 6" conveyor
Are of Pitch X348 or X458 choin 6 X678 choin 6 Are Pitch X348 choin /J. X458 cho in 6 X678 choin6
turn,

...
degrees
rodius,
inche s
A
Al 8 ~I O• E
8 X348IX458 X348IX458
1 Al B 1e1 ~ 1E
of turn,

...
degrees
dio m.,

...
inches A
1e1 O
1
E A
1e 1 •
O
1
E
1A 1e1
O
® 1 E
INCHES INCHES
18 60 6~ 711. 7V. 66 4 3'!. 18 18 4 18 7'!'1. 4 18 3 'h
24 6012•;,. 5:Y. 5'!. 72 9:Y. 5 30 24 21 4 5'h 4 'h 21 5 or 4'h 21 7 10 4
30 6018'1'1, 6:Y. 6'!. 72 15'1o 6Y, 36 24 2'h 24 8 2Y, 24 2
36 60 24V. 7'1'16 3:Y. 3:Y. 72 21 :y. 5Y,
- -- - -- -- -
18 18
-- --
4 :Y.
-
18
- - --
7'1'16 4:Y.
-
18
- - -4 V.
30 4 5 5Y, or 7 10 45 24 21 4 5 'h 5 21 5 or 5 21 7 10 4Y,
42 6029 V, 8 3\l:i 3\l:i 72 27\l:i 5 36 24 3V. 24
48 6635 Ve 7'h 7'h 723311. 2'1o - - - - - f--- - - -- - - 8 - -3V.
- -
24
- - -- 2:Y.
18 18 4:Y. 18 7'1'16 4:Y. 18 4 V.
60 6647~ 611. 7:Y. 78 4 511. 6Y, 60 24 21 4 21
72 60 'A. 5 'h 5 5 or 5 21 7 10 4 Y,
- - 7\l:i e7\l:i
72 7857
- - 3:Y.
1

18 142 6 ~
- -- -- --
3:Y. 3:Y. 48 4
- 3
36
--- - - -- -
24
- - -3
24
- - - -8- -3 24
- -
2'h
-5:Y.
-
24 148 1211. 7'h 7V. 54 9s¡,
24 36 6 V. 36 6V. 36
6'!. 36 48
30 48 17 1'1'1. 5'h 5V. 54 l 5V. 6 48 7'1'\, 6 48 5Y,
5
36 48 23'h 7'A. 3V. 3V. 5421 11. 90 48 60 4 5'h 6 11. 60 5 or 6 V. 60 7 10 5 '!.
3 'h 60
45 4 5 5'h or 7 10
72 6 'h 72 8 6'h 72 6
42
48
54 29'1'1.
54 34\l:i
8 8 8
6026Ve 7 - -- -72
- - -84- -
24 42
6 Y:i
- - - -
3\l:i
-
84
42
- -- --
3 Y,
6'h
-
84
42
- - -63 -
5 5 6032 Y, 4
60 60 46•Ji. 6 6 6643 Vo 6:Y. 36 60 3:Y. 60 7'1'16 3 :Y. 60 3 v.
72 66 57ló. 8 v. 8V. 72 55V. 135 48 78 4 5 Y, 5'h 78 5 or 5'h 78 7 10 5
18 36 6 Y,
- - -- -- - 3-
3 142 4 - -- 9 60 96 6 '!. 96 8 6 :Y. 96 6 V.
4 :Y.
24 42 11'/ , 6'!. 6:Y. 4 8 0 v, 6 :Y. - - - 72 - 112
-- -- 8 V.
-- 112
-24 - -- -
8 v. 112
-- - -
7 '!.
--
30 42 16 Ve 3Y, 3:Y. 4 8 14 Y, 4 24 24 24
36 48 22 % 7'1'16 6 6 54 20111 7 '!. 30 27 27 27
60 4 5 5Y, or 7 10 36 30 30 7'1'16 30
42 54 27'1'1. 8 8 'h 8'h 54 25 3'!. 180 42 33 4 5 'h 7 Vo 33 5 or 7'!. 33 7 10 7'1í
48 54 33 y, 5 'h 5'h 60 30:Y. 7 11. 48 36 36 8 36
60 60 43 1% 5 V. 5V. 66 4 1 y, 7 54 39 39 39
- - - _ 72
1_8 _ 66 54 V~
36 5'!o
- - - - - - -- 5 4:Y. 72 52V.
5 5 36 3 y.
- - 7
-
l Y.
60
72
42
48
42
48
42
48
24 42 1011. 5'h 5'h 42 8 2'/a
30 48 14 1'Ji¡ 6 5'!. 148 12v, 2:Y. Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.
36 54 19 \lo 7'Ao 6 'h 6'h 54 17\.1. 3 Roller turns ore lurnished with Style OL ro llers unless othe rwise specified .
90 4 5 5V. or 7 10 T raction w heel turns ore furnished w ith Style RH wheels unless otherwise
42 60 23 % 8 6 'h 6\l:i 60 21 'h 3 v. specined.
48 66 28 'A. 7V. 7V. 66 26 3 y, ¿ Other ores, pitch rodii and pitch diameters con be lurnished.
60 78 36111 6 7 78 34V. 3 t; Corresponding sizes of unmodified Rivetless choin con be used.
72 90 46 8'h 8Y, 90 ~ • Other drops: with X458 chain, BY.•
18 30 ....
-- lOV. 10 30 - -- 5V. with 468 chain, 7y2 • ; Bo/i."; 8~.".
24 36 . .. . lOY, 10 36 . ... ® Other d rops: with X458 cho in, 1 o•
30 42 . ... 1OV. 10 42 . .. . with X678 choin, 10'/z".
36 48 ... . 7'1'16 1OY, 10 48 . ..
180 4 5 5Y, or 7 10 9Vo
42 54 . . .. 8 10111 10 54 . .. .
48 60 .... 1OY, 10 60 . ..
60 ~2 .... 1OY, 10 72 . ..
72 84 . . . . lOY, 10 84 . ...

L 1 N K - B E L T • 535
parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Roller turn takeups

Ek-- - - G
H +--Í'- B

6"
6"
90° TAKEUP ¡·
180° TAKEUP RIGHT HAND SHOWN
180° TAKEUP IQ!..Q" /'
MIN , HINGES
CLEARANCE

c:::'-=-=--=-=--=-??
---
~

::-::~;;:i~~-~-~~DROP
C/l CHAIN
e
__t

t
;f_ TYPICAL SECHON Fig . 6JO O
f ig . 6299
TYPICAL SECTION
90° t ractlon whe e l takeups • right o r left hond
90° roller turn t ake ups • right or left hond
Are of
turn, 1 H
Are of
turn, Piteh
rodius
1 A B e o E f G H d e~ees
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
...
d egrees
1 ...
inches
INCHES e
¡; ·¡:;
,.. ..e 4 2 48 24 56 43
"e> .., <l
18 36 48 59 43 Y. 4 2 48 36 56 43
sv. 4 Y:z 12 56
o ·¡:;e
•>>e ..e..,
<l 24
30
36
42
48
54
54
60
66
65
71
77
4 8'14
54'14
60
.
M
e ....
-o
M
Q)

X
90
72
4 2 48 4
42 54
48 60
- - - -24- -- -- -
48
60
-- -- - - -
62
66
-
43
45
51
. e
.., ....
Q)

M
90 42
48
60
66 78
72
4 5Y:z83
89
101
7 Y:z 15

82
66
72 ,..o
>
- e-
·¡:;
..e
~ <l 90
36
42 48
4 2 48 7~
56
56
43
43

...
60 78 90 48 42 48 5 or 4 Y:z 12 56 43
X e
e ,,.,
- 72 90
-- -102
- - - - - - -- 59 113
-94- .... 60 42 54 8 62 45

<l
18
24
36
42
48
54 65
43 Y.
48 :Y. -~ X
- e-
72 48 60
- - - - - -- - - - •
- - --
66
62
51
43
·¡; 24 42 48
¡;
,..
.. e
·¡:; 30 48 60 7~
71 54 :Y. ..,.. ..e 36 42 48 62 43
.., 54 e> ~ <l 90
36 66 77 60
. 42 48 7 10 4 Y:z 18 62 43
> ..e 48
...e
e ,,.,
....
Q)

X
90 42
48
60
60
66
78
78
90
72
5 or
8
7 Y:z 15

•
83
89
101
66
82
72
e
... " o()

X
60
72
42 54
48 60
0 68
72
45
51
1 80° tractlo n wheel take ups
- 72
18
90
--
36
102
- -
48
- - - - - - - 65
113
-94-
43 Y. Are of
turn, 1 dio.,
Piteh 1 A 1 e 1 O E 1 G H
<l. 24 42 54 71 48 '14
o> e d e ~ees
...
inche s
..
>
·¡:;
..e..,
30
36
48
54
60
66 10 7\.'J 21
77
83
54 Y.
60
1
36 24 47 38Y:z
INCHES

....e ..," 90 7
e
42 60 72 89 66 50
. 39 30 44 Y:z
Q)
0 e
48 66 78 95 72 o> ·¡:; 42 36 53 50Y:z
X 60 78 90 107 82 >
..,
..e
45 42 56 56Y:z

1 8 0 ° roller turn ta keups

72 90 102 119 94
. e Q) <l
e ....M
.., X
180
48
51
54
4 5Y:z 4
48
54
60
59
62
65
62 Y2
6 8Y:z
74 Y:z
Are of 72 60 71 86 Y:z
turn, - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - ---
de grees 24 36 47 38 Y2
1 • 18 42 53 50Y:z
e
¡; ·¡:;
...• ..e..,
30
36
39
42 7:¡.¡.
50
53
44 Y:z
50¡.<,
<l 24 48 59 62 Y:z > 42 45 56 56 Y2
..o,..
>
.!:
o
..,
..e
30
36
54
60
65
71
74 Y:z
86 Y:z ....
e Q) <l
o ,,.,
" ....
180 48
54
48
51
5 or
8
4 59
62
62 Y2
68 Y2
.
M
e
e .... Q)

M
X
180 42
48
60
66
72
84
83
95
4 5Y:z 4
77 98 Y:z
110 ¡.<,
134 Y:z
X

- - - - -- - -
60
72
24
54
60
- - - ---- - -
36
65
71
53
74Y2
86 Y2
38 Y2
•
96
- - - - -
72
- - - - - - 107 158 Y:z
o
e
·¡;
30 39 56 44\.'J

o ·¡:;e
<l
18
24
42
48
53
59
50Y:z
62 Y:z ..
... -5
e> Q) <l
36
42
42
45
59
62
50¡.<,
56 Y2
•>>e ..e..,
30
36
54
60 7~
65
71
74 Y.i
86Y.i .... "
e o()
180 48
54
48
51
7 10
0
4 65
68
62 Y:z
68 Y2
... ....
e ,,., Q)

X
180 42
48
60
66
72
84
5 or
8
4 77
83
95 •
98111
11 0 \.'J
134 111
X 60
72
54
60
71
77
74Y:z
86 Y:z
Hove dimensions certiíled for instollotion purposes.
72 96 107 158 \.'J
- - --- -- - - -- - -- Tokeups ore ovoiloble with spring, screw or coun te rweight type od¡ustment.
18 42 59 SO Y.. C ounterweights con be furnished. Sp ri ng od¡usted tokeups o re lurnished
<l 24 48 65 62 Y.i
.
~
o
>
>
e
e
·¡:;
..,
..e
180
30
36
54
60
7 10 4
71
77
83
7 4 Y:z
86 111
unless otherwise specified.
Roller turn tokeups ore furnis hed with Style OL rollers ond troction wheel
turn tokeups ore furnished with Style RH w heels unless otherwise specified.
e .., Q) 42 66
0
98 Y.i ¿ Other ares, pitch radii ond pitch diometers con be furnished.
~ "
48 72 89 11 0111 D. Corresponding sizes of unmodified Rivetless choin can be used.
X 60 84 101 134 ¡.<, • Other drops: w i th X458 cho in, 8 V. "; with 468 chain, 7 Y1 ", BY,.", ay,,".
72 96 113 158 Y:z 0 Other drops: with X458 chain, 10"; with X678 chain, l OY2".

536 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
trolley conveyors

Drives

l
CLEARANCE
ASSEMBLY 1

PLAN VIEW

Stationary cate rpillar d rive

..,_..,._.....,,......,.--uJDROP

VIEW AA
C/l CHAIN
o
ASSEMBLY :2

·G
~:!====~!::::-~-
-·A _J
PLAN VIEW VIEW AA

Floating caterpillar drive

3 • conveyor 4• co n vey or 6 ' conveyor

Orive numbe r
X348 choint. X4 5 8 choin ll. X678 choin.C.
Conslonl Vorio ble speed e 1 o 1 E 1 F 1 G e 1 o. 1 E 1 F 1 G e ' º®' E 1 F 1 G
spee d 3 lo 1 6 lo 1 INCH ES
1 1
Statlonary cate rpilla r drlves
C35S R35S P35S 22 5 'h 54
24 12 20 54 24 12 . . . . .... . ... . . . . . . ..
C40S R40S P40S 22 5 'h 24
54 12 21 7 3A, 54 24 12 . . . . . . . . .... . ... . .. .
esos R50S P50S 25 5 'h 54 24 12 26 or 54 24 12 26 10 60 24 15
C60S R60S P60S .... . . . . . ... . . . . . ... 29 8 60 24 12 29 10 60 24 15
C70S R70S P70S . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . ... 29 60 24 12 29 10 60 24 15
caos RSOS PSOS . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . ... 33 60 24 12 33 10 60 24 15
Floatlng caterpillar drlves
C35F R35F P35F 22 5 '/:i
66 29 'h 17 y, 20 66 29 y, 17 y, . . . . ... . . ... . . . . . ...
C40F R40F P40F 22 5 '/:i
66 29 y, 17 y, 21 73.M 66 29 '/:i 17 y, . . . . .... . . . . . ... . .. .
C50F R50F P50F 25 5 '/:i
66 29 Y2 17 y, 26 or 66 29 y, 17 y, 26 10 72 29 y, 20 y,
C60F R60F P60F . . . . .... . . . . . . .. . ... 29 8 72 29 y, 17 \12 29 10 72 29 '/:i 20Y,
C70F R70F P70F . . . . .... . . . . . ... . ... 29 72 29 Y2 17 \12 29 10 72 29 y, 20Y,
CSOF RS OF PSO F . . . . .... . . . . . ... . ... 33 72 29 y, 17'/:i 33 10 72 29 '/:i 20 y,

3 r conve yor 4 " conveyor 6" con veyor

Orive number
X348 choin ll. X4 5 8 choin t. X678 cho in t.
Consla nl
speed
Vorioble speed A 1 8 1 e 1 o 1
E A 1 8 1 e 1 O• 1 E A 1 8 1 e 1 º® 1 E
1 3 la 1 1 6 lo 1 INCHES

Corne r sprocket drlv es

C35C R35C P35C 3 y, 23 22 5 y, 54 . . .. . ... .... . . .. . . . . . ... . . . . . ... . . ..
C40C R40C P40C 3 y, 23 22 5 y, 54 3 % 23 '.4 22 54 .... . . . . . . . . ... . . ...
C40C R40C P40C 2~ 36 % 23 5 Y2 60 . . .. . .. . .... . . .. . . . . . ... . . . . .... . . ..
C50C R50C P50C 3 \12 23 23 5 y, 54 3 Ya 23 '.4 23 54 . . . . .... . . . . . . .. . ...
C50C R50C P50C 2 ~. 36 % 25 5 '/:i 60 3 36 25
7%
60 . . . . ... . . . . . . . .. . ...
or
C60C R60C P60C 3 y, 23 30 5 y, 54 3 Ya 23 '.4 28 54 . . .. .... . . . . ... . . ...
36 % 31 60 3 36 28 8 60 1% 38 y, 28 10 60
C60C R60C P60C 2 ~. 5 \12
C70C R70C P70C . . .. ... . . . . . . ... .. . . 3 3/1 23 '.4 30 54 . ... .. .. . . .. . ... . .. .
C70C R70C P70C 2 v. 36 % 32 5 y, 60 3 36 29 60 1% 38 '/:i 29 10 60
ca oc RSOC PSOC . . .. .... . . . . . . .. . . .. 3 Ya 23 \f4 34 54 . ... .... . . . . . ... . ...
ca oc RSOC PSOC .. . . . .. . . ... . ... . ... 3 36 32 60 1% 38 '/:i 32 10 60
Hove dimensions cerlified for inslallation purposes. • Olher drops: wilh X458 choin, ay.•
wilh 468 choin, 7Y/; 8>A."; 8~'.
t::. Corresponding sizes of unmod ified RiveHess choin can be used. ® Other drops: with X458 chain, 10'
with X678 chain, 10y2•.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 537
parts and package handling
trolley conve yon

Track and expansion ioints

Track

l A
Track e x pansion jo int s

Trovel
Trock T
si1e,
Take up type inches
INCHES

... •>0• 3 8 16
4 8 16
rlÍ TRAVEL 6 12 20
e
=~
=:;
Trock Tro ck A D
si z.e, w eig hl, 1 1 1 Hove dimensions certified for instol-
inches pounds
INCHES lotion purposes.
1 JF=I

3 5.7 3 1 2.33 1 . 17 , . 17
4 7 .7 4 2.66 . 19 . 19 cf===iO:O:::-::·--::.. - - r _$;¡
6 12.5 1 6 3.33 .23 . 2 3 - - - -10' J ~. H07

H a ve dimensions certified fo r instollotion pur- Building type • short trovel

poses.

Double vertical curves Track splices

e'""t<---6· J
'1;-=====1(5
/ MALLEABLE
IRON CLAMP

¡_
¡ T
WELDED
Fig. 501 1 Fig. 50 12
W elded splice angl e Bolte d spl ice clamp
ANGLE 9 /
For dimensions see poges 524, 525 ond 581.

Anti-runaway • downhill runs

Backstop • uphill runs

7
I==-----
Trock A e
size,
Trock A e D
inches
ii1e, INCHES
in ches
INCHES 3 4 y.
51/a 3'/a
3 5'1. 51'2 1'I• 9 8 1/a 4 6Y, 5 4 Ya
1
4 6'1· 51'2 2 Ya 11 8% 6 1 8 6'1. 1 51'1
1 8 1'2 1 51'2 1 3
6 1 11 y, 81/a
Hove dimensions certified for in·
Hove dimensions certified for instoll:>tion purposes. stollotion purposes.

538 . LINK - B ELT

 parts and package handling
powe r and free conveyors

Power ond free conveyors provide the wide operoting

Aexibility necesso ry to hondle ports, components ond
ossemblies through fobricoting ond processing oper-
otions, thereby reducing monufocturing ond handling
costs. Coupl ed with suitoble control systems, power ond
free conveyors outomoticolly perform mony compre-
hensive handling operotions.
Power ond free conveyors ore o combinotion of
powered trolley conveyors ond unpowered monoroil
type free conveyors which provide in one integroted
conveying system oll the odvontoges of both ty pes
coupled with ony desired omount of outomotic cont rol.
Two sets of trock ore used, usuolly suspended one
obove the other. The upper trock is structurol 1-beom
ond corries the powered trolley conveyor. The lower, or
free trock, usuoll y consists of two structurol chonnels or
ongles ond corries four wheel load trolleys from which
carriers are suspend ed. Load trolleys h ove two integral
pivoted dogs which engoge pushers attached to the
power conveyor trolleys or chain. Load trolleys are
switched to ond from adjacent unpowered free !rocks
on either or b o th sides o f the main power and free con-
veyor while the power conveyor is moving. Loa d trolleys
are hand or gravity propelled on free track runs. Man-
uolly or automatically controlled powered lifts ore
frequently used on free tracks to move load trolleys
ond corriers vertically to and from work stations and Automobile body subossemblies in tronsit from storoge to ossembly. Photo 39522
process enclosures such os point dip or ploting tonks or
between trock runs of different eleva tions.
Appl icotion of power ond free conveyors b y Link-
Belt from creotive engineering in the initiol sto ges,
through monufocturing, instollotion ond testing ossures
the most opproprio te ond economico l system to suit
individual requirements.

Operating features
Routing of materi al • Dispo tch mechonism o n corriers
permits material to b e tronsported to selected points in the
system ond stopped.
Storage • Corriers moy be collected on free or powered
trocks between operotio ns or deportme nts ond he ld os long
o s desired.
Recirculation • Co rriers dispotched to o stotio n tempo-
rorily unoble to occept them con circulote in the system until
needed. Material con be returned to vorious work stotions
for rework, or re test of rejected work.
Varlations in load spacing and load spee d • By
using sup plementory power conveyors with variable speed
drives ond with pushers spoced os required, load trolley
spocing o nd speeds con be voried os required in the system to
suit vorious processing operotio ns. Material flow moy be
divided when necessory to mointoin desired production.
V ert i cal move m e nt of load troll e y s • Powered lifts
ore used o n free !rock runs to move load trolleys ond corriers Load trolleys ond corriers bonked on free trock storoge lines ofter switching.
verticolly to ond from work stotions, between trock runs of Photo 39533
different e levotions ond for dipping operotions.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 53 9
parts and package handling
power and free conveyors

Components
;T•o<kyok•

~Power
~conveyor

- - - - Free
!rock
39503

~load h o ll•y

Power conveyors • 4" lrolley conveyors with 4 " 1-beom !rock,

Link-Bel! Series 500 trolleys, and X458 Rivetless choin o re usuolly used
for power conveyors. For systems hoving moderote loods ond inclines,
pusher ottochments on two wheel trolleys o re used to engoge ond
propel load trolleys on free !rock. For systems handling heovy lood s
or hoving steep inclines, pushers ore mounted on the choin between
two trol1eys.

Free track • Two structurol chonnels with Aong es focing ore usuolly
used for free !rack on both powered ond unpowered runs. The fre e
!rock on powered runs Is locoted b elow the power conveyor ond is
supported by steel yokes. 4 " structurol chonnel !rock is used for
systems hoving moderote loo ds ond 6 " structurol channel !rock is used
for systems hoving heovy loods. Trock systems for relatively light
loods can be furnished with !rock mode from two structurol ongles,

Load trolle ys • load trolleys consist of four boll b e oring wheels,

two vertical boll b eoring guide rollers, ond two pivoted pusher dogs
ali ossembled to o rugged steel bracket hoving o pendont to suspend
corriers.
The wheels ore fully mochined from steel tubing ond are corburized
ond hect treoted to give moximum life to rolling surfaces. f ully
ground rocewoys and precision steel bolls, fully coged for occuro te
spocing, minimize friction ond ossure smooth rolling. Wheels ore
Single and d auble suspension bumpers with rectangular box carriers.
provid e d with frictionless triple lobyrinth metal seols ond formed steel Photo 39534
end pioles hoving o pressure type lubricotion fitting.
Steel dogs e ngoge pusher attachments on power conveyor to trolleys ore required to suspend loods, bumpers olso serve as
propel load trolleys. load bars.
Vertical boll b eoring guide rollers run on !rock flonges to effectively Carriers o re designed to suit individual requirements. Assem bly
guide load trolleys on straight runs ond around horizontal turns, as- Axtures of mony types os required for vo rious operotions may b e
suring free movement. incorporoted . Many carriers con be orronged for outomatic loading
and unlooding when required.
Bumpers, load bars and carriers • Bump ers ore generolly pro-
vided on corriers for power ond free conveyor systems. They preve n! Dlspatch mechanlsm • Corrier dispotch ond control systems o re
odjocent corriers from contacting one another when corriers ore usuolly mechanical (for simple routing) or electronic (for comprehen-
banked on unpowered free !rock oheod of switches, lifts or in storoge sive systems) and are designed to provide ony or oll of the operoting
lines. Bumpers usuolly support carrier dispatch mechonism. When two feotures shown on pag es 543 ond 544.

540 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
power and free conveyors

Components
Horizontal turns • Turns used for combined power and free
runs consist of occurately curved sections of both power and
free tracks, o series of ball bearing rollers to guide power
conveyor chain, steel yokes to support free track and a struc-
tural steel frame to rig idly support the entire assembly.
M ínimum radius is 36". Standard trolley conveyor roller lurns
are used on independent power conveyor runs (power con-
veyor runs not having free track) . Turns for indep endent free
track runs require only accurately formed curved track sections
with support yokes. Po we r a nd free ho rizontol turn with vertical curve in backg round.
Pholo 39536
Vertical curves • One method of varying track elevations
on power ond free conveyors is with vertical curves. They con-
sist of accurately formed sections of 1-beam and channel track.
Mínimum radius is 10' -0" measured to centerline of power
conveyor track.

Powered lifts • Sections of free track on unpowered runs

along with load trolleys and carriers are moved vertically
with powered lifts. They are used to deliver work to and from
work stations, for dipping operations of all ty pes and to trons-
fer carriers from one Aoor to onother. Lifts are pneumaticolly,
electricall y or hydraulically operated and automatically or
manually controlled. Multiple elevations may be accommodated
when required.

Track switches (power and free) • 2 or 3- wa y tongue

and 2-way plate ty pe track switches are used to switch load
troll eys to and from power and free runs. Switches a re usually
pneumatically powered and are manually or automatica lly
controlled. Tongue switches hove a pivoted section of free
trock and ore used for moderote ond heovy loods when omple
cleoronce is ovoiloble for switching. Plote switches use o move-
oble switch plote to tronsfer load trolleys ond require less
trock length thon tongue switches. They are used for moderate Powe re d lift on fre e lrock. Photo 39593
loods where required by poth cleoronces.

Track switches (unpowered free track) • 2 or 3-woy

stub switches ore used to tronsfer load trolleys between un-
powered runs of free trock. They ore monuolly or pneumoti-
co lly p owered. The pneumotic type ma y be monuolly or
outomoticolly controlled. Stub switches hove sections of stroight
ond curved trock mounted on o moveoble frome.

2-way to ngue type !ra ck switch. Pho lo 39537

2-way plate type !rack switch with 2 -way stub type !rack switch in l oad lrolley being switche d on 2 -woy plate ty pe !rack switch.
b ackground. Photo 3 9 53 8 Photo 39535

L 1 N K - BE L T • 541
parts and package handling
power and free conveyors

Typical layout

UP

DOWN
z
3:
o
o------
1
o
( )
1 : 1

1
1
i
1
i: 1
LEGEND

1 1 1 POWER ANO FREE

1 1 ~--FREE TRACK
1
1 t t - --- POWER CONVEYOR ONLY
1 1 1 O STOP ANO FEEDER '

1 1 1 C8J POWERED LIFT

1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1 z
w
+1 1
1
1
1 AREA C
>
o
(.!)
z
1 1 1 >-
0::
1 \ J o
1 ' /

1-
[8]--JREWORKI

1
z
3:
"'-C8:1-" o
o
t
ITJ
W ORK STATIONS
..J

AREA B
8u
z
3:
o
o

--------~---+---~-------~ - -----­
~---------0---------0----+---o-------­

-0 -- -- ----~---+---~-- - - - --~-- - ----

STORAGE
~- - ------0- --------0-----+---o--------
-0--------~---+-- -~- -- ---- ~------­

~--------0--------0----+---o------ - -

fl9 . 62 JS

SHI PPING

Schematic layout of a power and free conve yor system.

542 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
p o w er a n d free con v eyor s

Operating features

Power ond free conveyors hove greot inherent operoting flexi-
b il ity. Load trolleys with corriers can be switched to and from
one or severo l power ond free conveyors or connecting free
trock systems. Material can be transported at vorious speeds,
stopped, moved vertically, pivoted, indexed, dumped or
dipped as desired to suit operoting requirements. This Aexi-
bility coupled with proper control systems gives power and
free conveyors mony desirable unique operoting features re-
quired for modern industrial operations.
Sections of the typical la yout on poge 542 ore used os
exomples in the following description of operoting feotures.
The oreas used for reference ore indicated on the layout.

Automatic routing of material (dispat ching) · Used in

conjunction with suitable dispotch systems on corriers ond
motching controls on the conveyor, power ond free conveyors
provide outomotic selective routing of material th roughout

/
~
,,,..------..o
systems involving one o r more conveyors. Loa d trolleys with
carriers ore dispotched from looding points or succeeding
work stotions ond ore stopped for storoge ond et work
z
3:
o
~ 7
r
1
(
1
> (
r
1 1
1
>
r
(
1
>
(
1
(( ( 1
stotions os required. After being dispatched, load trolleys ond
carriers proceed without further ottention to the next scheduled
o 1 1 1 1 1 stopping point wherever locoted in the system. Co rriers ore
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 dispotched singly o r in groups ond when required , ore se-
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 lectively recolled from remote storage oreas. Work stotions
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 ore continuously ond outomoticolly supplied with proper
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 omounts of material. In Figure 6215 Area A, the dispotch
1
1 t9t9t9t9t 9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1 1
system ollows corriers to be moved outomaticolly from looding
to storoge ond to ony of the work stotions.
1
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Dispotch systems ore designed to meet the requirements of
1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
individua l instoll o tions, which may vory widely. Mecho nical
1 l sTORAGE ¡
1 1 . 1 1 1
1 1 1 dispotch systems ore often used for smoll instollotions. They
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 usuo lly consist of o metal flag ond o positioning brocket
1 1 1 1
1 1 AREA A 1 1

t 9 t 9 t ·¡~ t ~ t ~
mounted on the corrier bumper. Electronic dispotch systems
1
' '
ore used for more comprehensive instollotions. One system of
+1 1
1
1
1
1
1 1
1
1 1 this t ype utilizes punched cord s which ore placed in o holder
1 1 1 1 1 mounted on the corrier bumpers. Cords ore outomoticolly reod
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 et vorious switching points.
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 Dispa tch systems moke possible the full utilizotion of the
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
inherent fle xi bility of power and free conveyors. Consult Link-
l - ........ -
? 9? 9? 99 Belt for the proper system to meet individual requirements.

? mt o:J [TI
Stora ge • Load trolleys with carriers ore outomoticolly
~ t
,.-1:8J-.. ,.-C8:]-.. ,.-C8:]-.. stopped ond moy be stored indef1nitely on power ond free
/ / /
conveyor systems. Material in process is bonked for storoge

"'-1:8:1_, "'~--
wherever required on free track storage lines or on powered
t "--C>f-- loops ho ving spring powl pushers on the power choin which
ITJ
WORK STATIONS
OJ m override d ogs on load trolleys when corriers are bonked on
the line. Load trolleys with carriers ore outomoticolly reclo imed
from storage on selective co ll from succeeding work stotions.
Fog . 621 5 Ar eo A
Material emerges from eoch storage line in the sorne order in
which it enters, mointoining f1rst in-f1rst out flow.
Storage lines occommodate differences, either continuous or
temporary for machine set ups, in rotes of production b e tween
vorious deportments or between operotions ond provide o
continuo usly ovoiloble supply of material stored in otherwise
unused overheod spoce. Figure 6215 Areo A, shows o series
of storage lines ohead of work stotions.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 543
parts and package handling
powe r and free conve yors

Recirculatlon • Power and free conveyors ore frequently
orronged to ollow load trolleys with carriers to recirculote
over selected paths or through all of the system. This feature
allows material that has been dispatched to a station tempo-
rarily unable to accept it to by- pass the station and automoti-
cally return. lt also provides temporary storage and allows
material to be supplied to work stations with minimum time
delay.
Recirculation ollows rejected work to be automatically re-
turned from inspection stations to rework st ations in the system.
lt also permits easy return of empty carriers to storage ahea d
Operating features
of various load stations.
In Figure 6215, Area B, recirculation is provided in the
fabrication- inspection crea. Th is allows carriers dispatched to
various work stations to automatically b y-pass if necessary and
retu rn. lt also allows carriers to be returned from inspection
to the rework station.
The poth in the inspection oreo is orronged to ollow seporote
g roups o r different types of corriers to be used for pointing
ond drying and in final inspection, pocking ond storage oreas
if d esired.

1 1 • 1 1

1 1 1 1 1
9 99 99 99 99 9
1
c..
QJ i =>
~ ~-IREWORK I
•
/--~ 1

' --cr~
0
WORK STATIONS

AREA 8

z
i'o5

Fig. 62 15 Areo B

V e rtical move ment of load trolle ys and carrl e rs · Powered lifts ore DOWN
used on free track runs to move load troll eys with carriers verticolly. Lifts o - -----
ore pneumatically, electrically or hydraulically o perated and are manually or 1

( ) c..
outomoticolly controlled. Vertical movement is odvontogeous for delivery of =>
1 :1
material to ond from work stations with minimum obstruction at the station.
Lifts ore olso advantogeously used for dipping operotions to keep length of
1
1
t',I
1 'I
dip tonks ot o minimum. Lifts ore olso used to move corriers verticolly from
1 11
one floor to onother. 1 :1
In Figure 6215 Areo B, lifts ore used to deliver corriers to ond from work +1 I+.¡
stotions. A vertical curve is used to lower corriers to working level prior to
1 '1
entering the inspection stotion. 1 l1

i ~¡¡
zw
Variations In load spaci ng and load sp eed • By using two or more
i!;
power conveyors, integroted power ond free systems ore orronged to
provide different load spocing ond speeds through areos where these factors ' I'
1
~
,I
J
AREA C <.!>
z
~
o
affect the operations to be performed, such os pointing ond drying. The ' /
pusher spocing ond operoting speeds of the supplementory power con-
veyors ore selected to suit the operotions involved ond, if possible, to mointoin
desired production of the overoll system. lf the production connot be moin-
tained, the flow con be divided into odditionol lines to occommodate slow
operotions ond subsequently be recombined with main path.
In Figure 6215 Areo C, supplemento ry power conveyors ore provided ot the z
~
o
point booth ond the drying oven. Load spacing is increased through pointing
and decreased to a minimum through the drying oven. Operoting speeds in
this crea are set to maintain o production balance with the fobrication section _J

of the system. §
Other f e atures • In oddition to the obove feotures, provision con be
made for horizontal tronsverse movement of load trolleys ond corriers, -+----
indexing, automotic loading and unloading, and other speciol features.
Fog. 6215 Areo C

544 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
power a n d free conveyors

Other types
Meat packing industry type
~

F;g. 6223

Mea! packing industry type power and free canveyar system on

the beef dressing floor al a modern packing house. Phota 31402A

The power conveyor usually consists of 658 or 678 Rivetless chain, or SS 4126 cha in having drop finger pushers
and slid e pioles, and supported by a double channe l o r angle !rack. fre e !rack is usually 'h" x 2 'h" bar and
is located b elow !he power conveyor !rack o n monoplone systems os shown on fig ure 6223. The free !rack on
multiplone systems is located alongsid e the power conveyor !rock on either side ond side finger pushers ore
use d. Brockets ore used to support ond olign both !rocks. Load trolleys hoving one double flanged wheel ore
used e ither singly or in poirs. Complete syslems including switches, powered lifts, inclined sections, d rives and
controls ca n be fu rnished.

1
1
:
J f

Occosionolly poth lengths and loo ds moke it desiro ble to use trolleys insteod of
slide pioles on !he powe r conveyor. The power conveyor on this type is orronged
o s shown ond has boll beoring trolleys. f igure 6221 shows o spring type pusher
which will override load trolleys when work is bonked on the line. Rigid drop
finger p ushers ore olso used. Complete syslems including switches, powered lifts,
inclined sections, drives and controls con b e furnished.
Modifled meat packing industry type power and fr ee having
ball beoring wheel trolleys on powered conveyor in a modern
bakery. Pholo 39594

Side-by-side type
In this ty pe, the two sets of !rock ore orronged alongside eoch other as
shown. 1-beam sections ore used far the !rock system ond bo th lracks ore
suspend ed from common supports. Load trolleys o nd corriers ore switche d
to ond from the line on the side opposite the power conveyor; however, the
power conveyor con be placed on either sid e of the free trock ond con cross
over it when desired. Figure 6222 shows the general orrongement of tracks
ond o spring looded side fing e r p ushe r with o manual releose. Complete
systems including switches, powered lifts, carrier dispotch mechonism ond
controls con be furnished.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 545
parts and package handling
Trukveyors

•1 I• l

Trukveyors J

Trukveyors ore widely used to mechonize freight handling,

worehousing, ond industrial operotions. H andling costs ore
reduced ond operot ing efficiencies ore increosed.
They ore o continuous ond versotile conveying medium for
towing four wheel plotform t rucks or dollies which carry the
material to b e hond led. Trucks ore eosily engoged to ond
d isengoged from the Trukveyor ot ony point.
Tr ukveyors o ffer unlimited possibilities of flexibility, copocity
ond length. They ore extremely versoti le ofter instollotion since
the voriotion in size ond shope of material tho t con be hondled
is limite d only b y the tr ucks used on the system. Trukveyors
m oy operote in multiple piones to meet layout req uirements.
Trucks ore outomotico ll y tronsferred from one Trukveyor
to onother when necessory to meet complex material flow ond
truck dispotching requirements.
ln-the-floor Trukveyor in a grocery warehouse continuousl y moves cases of
The creotive opp licotion of Trukveyors b y link-Belt, from
faad from receiving to storage and from storage to shipping. Photo 3949 1
initiol recommendotions th rough enginee ring, manufacture ond
instollo t ion ossures the most suito bl e d esign ond equipment to Link·Belt manufactures two types of Trukv e yors:
meet individual req uiremenl s.
ln-the - floor Trukveyor
Built Aush with the surfoce of the Aoor, this ty pe of Trukveyor consists
of on endless power driven strond of Rivetless choin operoting in o
metal t rough. The chain i s suspended by ball b earing pushers and
idlers running in o double structuro l chonnel !rock. The trock has
heovy cover plotes, o rronged t o p rovide o continuous norrow slot to
occept truck tow p ins ond designed to ca rr y normal cross Aoor troffic.
Trucks ore eosily engoged o t ony point by dropping the tow p in into
the slot ond ore reodily disengoged by r oising the tow pin ond pull-
ing the trucks owoy from the Trukveyor poth. Q uiet in operotion with
no overheod o b struction, the in-the-Aoor Trukveyor i s the most conven-
ient method of tronsporting p lotform trucks over any p reselected poth.

Overhead Trukveyor
This t ype of Trukveyor is on odoptotion of the widely used Link-Bel t
4 " t rolley conveyor. l t consists of on endless power driven strond of
Rivetless choin suspended b y boll beoring troll eys from on overheod
!rock. Towing ottochments, mounted an the trolleys ar choin, engage
mosts or choin slings attached to trucks. The overheod Trukveyor has
inherent Aexibility for poth changes after installotian ond is recam-
mended for installotion in b uild ings where the Aaor connat be cut
for structurol r eosans.

ln-the-Aoor Trukveyor handles grader peris and dozer blades weighing up to

3,000 pounds through cleaning, painting and drying to storage. Photo 37796

Advantages
Quiet, orderly, continuous movement • lood ed ond empt y
t rucks trovel al speeds up to 150 feet per minut e. Cong estion is e limi-
noted ond surg es in materia l Aow ore reodily occommodoted.

Gentle handling • Material in tronsit o n Trukveyors moves gently

ond smoothly.

Less handling • Trukveyors reduce the total number of physicol

hondlings of material. Hand ling costs ore reduced. Material t empo-
rorily held pending shipment i s conveniently ovoiloble on trucks for
eosy movement o nd proper looding sequence.

Convenient routing of mate rial • Trucks engoged on o Truk-

veyor trovel o pre -determined poth. They ore eosily ceded for
vorious storog e oreas, looding doors or material destinotions. Material Overhead Trukveyor in a motor freight terminal reduces congestion for neat,
is conveniently ovoiloble for ropid occurote checking. orderly and efficient operatian. Photo 39490

546 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
Trukveyors

contents
lntrodvction .. .. ....... .. ..... ...... . ......... .... 5 4 6
Components, in-the-Aoor Trukveyors
Chain, pushers and idlers.............. . ..... .. . 548
Straight track, clean-out box, and
expansion joint track sections . .. .. . .. . . .. ... . .. 549
Chain conflning track section, chain removal
and lubrication box and roller turns ..... .. ..... 55 0
Orives, controls and electrical accessories ... .. . .. . 551
Components, overhead Trukveyors
Chain, trolleys, towing attachments, roller
turns, t akeups, track, and drives . .. .. .. . . . .. .. . 552
Trucks and truck accessories .. ..... .. ..... . ....... . . . 553
Selection and dimensions
Typical layouts . .... . ............ . ......... .. . 554
ln-the-Aoor Trukveyors
Design procedure ..... . . .... . . .. ...... . .... . 555
Component selection ... .... .. . ...... ... .. . .. 556
Pusher and idler dimensions .. .. . , .... , , .. .. .. 557
Straight track, rolle r turn and t rench dimensio ns . . 557
Pit dimensions . .. ....... ... . ...... . . ... . .. . . 558
lnstallation methods . . . . . .. ... . ..... . ... .. .. . 559
Overhead Trukveyors
Design procedure . .. .. . . .. . ... .. ........ . ... 555
Component selection . . ........ .. ........ .. . .. 560
Componen! dimensions . . . . .. .. . .. . . .... , .. . .. 560

Trucks o re eosily e ngoged or d isengoged al o ny

Shipments o re e fficiently trons p orte d throughout point. Pho to 3 7 360 Trukveyors ho ve versotility to reo d ily occommo-

-~
.___
lhe syste m without conge slion. Photo 3 9506
1
1
do te w ide voria tion in material size, shope and
weight. Photo 37365
-.._......
--lt-.

These two link- Belt in-the-floor Truk-

veyors totolling 5651 fee t contin-
uously move LCL roil freight ship-
ments quickly ond efficiently through-
out this lorge roil rood freight house.
Photo 37730

Trukve yo r cro sse s fou r sets of !rocks a l raíl le ve l.

Trukveyor is sto ppe d , roil cors o re move d o cross p o th w ithout
Po th includ e s inclined ramps to cha nge elevation to permit
disossembly o f Trukveyor. Photo 37366
ra íl level !rock crossing. Pho to 37362

L 1 N K - B E L T • 547
parts and package handling
Trukveyors

Components • in-the-floor Trukveyors

3928 1

Chain
ln-the-floor Trukveyors use Link-Belt 658R drop forged steel l\ivetless choin. Rive tless cha ins, widely
used for many years on Link-Be lt trolley conveyors, hove high strength with minimum weig ht and
can be e osily assem bled a nd disassembled without tools. All peris ore hect treated for greate r
strength and maximum wear resistance. Threod ed exte nd ed choin pins o re used to ottoch pushers
and idlers.

Style TA pushers • through axle ty pe

Style TA pushers a re used to capture and hold truck tow pins on
monoplone installations. Tow pins normolly are engog ed by the
powl sid e of the pusher. The counterweighted powl is depressed by
36017
the tow pin a s it enters the pusher. Upon e ngagement the pawl re-
turns to normal position to capture the tow p in. The rear of the pusher
is inclined to allow eng ag ement of tow pins from the rear. The frame
and pawl a re rugged malleab le iro n ca stings. W heels a re similar to
and hove the sorne bearing s a s Link-Be lt Series 500 - 3 11 trolleys.
Fully coged p recision balls run on ha rd e ne d and concentrically
ground roceways to assure smooth rolling and long life. The wheels
hove recessed fo rmed steel e nd pioles, fitt ed for pressure lubrica-
tion, and triple la byrinth typ e metal seals.
Style TA pushe r

Style TA idler • through axle type

Style TA idlers are used on monoplane installations to support the
chain between Style TA p ushers. They hove a rugged malleable iron
frame with two wheels identica l to those on the Style TA pusher.

Style SA pusher • stub axle ty pe

Style SA pushers e ngage a greater leng th on tow pins than Sty le
TA pushers o nd o re used for applications requiring romps or trock
level rail crossing s. Style SA pushers hove two spring o p e rated pawls
360 18
and can engage tow pins from either e nd. The frame and pawl are
rugged malleable castings. Wheels ore similar to ond hove the sorne
11
bearings as Link-Belt Series 500 - 3 trolleys. Fully coged precision
bolls run o n hardened and concentrically ground raceways to assure
smooth rolling and long life. The wheels hove recessed formed steel
e nd pio les, fitted for pressure lubrication, and triple labyrinth type
metal seals.

Style SA idler • stub axle t ype

Style SA idlers are used to support the chain b etween Style SA
p ushers and provide g reater tow pin clearance than Style TA idlers.
Simila r in construction to Style TA id lers, Style SA id lers hove o
rugged molleable iron frame a nd two wheels identicol to those on
the Style SA pusher.
Style SA id ler

548 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
Truk veyors

Components • in-the-floor Trukveyors

Straight track sections

Straight track sections consist of two !rack chonnels, o formed steel
trough, two steel cover plotes, ond onchors and yoke plotes which
hold and align componenls during shipment ond instollation. Bolted
construction is used for standard slroight !rack so thot cover plates
ond !rack chonnels are individually removable ofter instollotion.
Stroight track is availoble with either 3 " or 4 11 !rack channels and
can be furnished with cover plotes welded to !rock chonnels on
request.
Trock sections are completely shop ossembled which provides
greater accuracy for proper motching ond alignment.
Standard cover pioles ore designed to withstond cross traffic
individual wheel loads up to 5,000 pounds. When required, pro-
vision can be made to accommodote heavier wheel loods.

39279

Clean-out box track sections

Clean-out boxes provide o convenient me ons of
collecting and removing dirt and foreign material
that enters the system through the tow pin slot. The y
ore osse mbled integral with a standard seclion of
slroight !rock; however, o deeper trough is provided
in the box lo allow dirt to collect. A readily remov-
oble cover pi ate offset from !he !rack cover piafe is
provided. For installations where water or other
liquids may enter !he trench, droins can be attached
to the bottom of the box. Cover piafes ore designed
for cross traffic wheel loods up lo 5000 pounds.
This !rack section is available with 3 " and 4"
channel trock.

Expansion ioint track sections

Expansion joinl !rack sections consisl of a section
of standard track cut through on an ongle ond
fitted with guide rods to assure track alignment.
Expansion joint !rock sections are used where Truk-
veyor paths cross building expansion joinls; how-
ever, they ore no! usuolly required where !he floor
is made with only construction joints, or shollow saw
cuis to control cracking.
Cover pioles for trock exponsion joints hove the
sorne load rating as stroight track cover pioles.
Expansion joint track sections are avoilable with
3" ond 4" chonnel track.

:.____) 39280

L 1 N K - B E L T • 549
parts and package handling
Trukveyors

Components • in-the-floor-T ru kveyors

Chain confining track section (takeup)

ln-the-floor Trukveyors hove a special slraight !rack seclion ad jacent to !he drive
on the downstrand (exit) side, to collect !he chain slack. The o utside dimensions and
shape of this section are identical lo standard straight !rack and it will fit the sorne
trench opening as standard slraight !rack. The cover pioles hove !he sorne load
b e aring capacity a s straight !rack cover p ioles. Chain confining !rack sections are
available with 3 11 and 4" channel !rack.

39588

Chain removal
and lubrication box
This special !rack section provides convenienl access to !he
chain for removal of slack and to the wheels of pushers and
idl ers for periodic lubrication. lt is located ad jacenl to !he
chain confining !rack section on !he downstrand (exit) side.
Track channels are cut so the upper flange and part of !he
web are attached to and removable with the cover p ioles.
The cover pioles hove the sorne load bearing capacity as on
slraight !rack. Chain removal and lubrication boxes are
available with 3 11 and 4 " channel !rack.

I
Roller turns
Roller turns are used lo g uide the Trukveyor chain around horizontal
lurns to keep the cenlerline of the chain under the centerline of the
tow pin slot.
ln-the-floor Trukveyor roller turns consist of a series of d oubl e -row ba ll
bearing rollers mounted on bolts between curved steel retainer bars
supported by welded steel brackets fro m a heavy curved slructural sleel
channel. Accurately formed curved !rack channels and cover pioles are
provided which are individually removable to p rovide convenienl
access to all peris. Cover plates are designed lo withstand cross traffic
individual wheel loads up to 5000 pounds. The bottom and sides of !he
entire assembly are enclosed with a sleel ca sing to p rotect componenls during insta ll a -
tion. Roller turns hove no projeclion beyond !he tangen! line of the turn. They are
avoilable in three standard radii and four standard ares with either 3 11 or 4 11 channel
!rack. Special turns can be furnished.

Roller turn rollers

36025
The outer shell with integral raceways is accurately machined from steel tubing ; the
inner ring with integral raceways is machined from bar stock. Both components are
carburized and hect treated to a ssure maximum life of ralling surfaces. A full comple-
ment of precision steel balls assures ample bearing capacity. Formed steel end shields
are press fitted to the inner ring to preven! entry of foreign material and lo seal in
bearing lubrican!. Top end shields of standa rd rollers hove grease fitti ng s which are
accessible for maintenance through !he tow pin slot.
Factory lubricated and seale d rollers are available having special dose dearance
seals lo completely endose the bearing s. These rollers are lubricated at the factory
during assembly and do nol require relubrica tion.

550 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
Trukveyors

Components • in-the-floor Trukveyors

Drives
Caterpillar type drives ore used on in-the-floor Trukveyors. Stotionory
caterpillar drives ore usuolly used ond ore recommended; however,
flooting caterpillar drives ore ovoiloble. Orives, either constont or
variable, ore ovoiloble far speeds up to o normal moximum of 150
feet per minute ond far o wide ronge of chain pull copacities.
Speciol drives far opplicotions requiring higher speeds, or other
speciol feotures con be furnished .
Ali drives hove Link-Bel! helicol-worm geor speed reducers with
extended dry well type beoring housings on the output end to provide
built-in shoft olignment ond moximum copocity far overhung loods.
The speed reducers ore connecte d to electric motors of omple size, Stationary ca terpillar drive. Photo 39314
usuolly by V-belts ond sheoves or variable speed pulley ossemblies;
however, silent choin drives ore ovoiloble. ln-the-floor Trukveyor
drives hove no open or exposed georing.
Orives hove primory ond secondory overlood protection. Primory
overlood protection is provided electricolly al the control panel.
Secondory overlood protection is provided mechonicolly on stotionory
drives ond electricolly on flooting drives.
The caterpillar ottochment engoges ond drives the conveyor choin.
The driving or caterpillar choin is on endless precision steel roller
choin fltted with hordened ond mochined drive dogs. These dogs
mesh with the conveyor choin to drive the conveyor. The drive choin
ond conveyor choin ore held in proper e ngogement through the
drive by o bock-up bar ond o series of guide rollers.
The hordened steel bock-up bar contocts the drive choin rollers to
hold the drive choin in position ogoinst the conveyor chain. The bock-
up bar is occurotely shoped to provide controlled engogement and
smooth disengogement of the choins without binding between conveyor
choins ond drive dogs. The boll beoring guide rollers mount behind
ond contoct the conveyor choin to prevent it from moving awoy from
the drive choin. The drive sprocket is mounted on the speed reducer
oJtput shoft ond the idler sprocket, which has on interno! onti-friction
beoring, operotes on o toil shoft mounted ta permit odjustment of
caterpillar chain tension.
Orives ore mounted on structuro l steel from es supported by heovy
Flooting caterpillar drive. Photo 3931 S
steel beo ms set in the drive pit wolls. Curb ongles and cover piafes
ore furnished far drive pits. Cover piafes ore removoble ond ore
designed to occommodote cross troffic individual wheel loods up to
5,000 pounds. An access hatch ond lodder ore provjded. The occess
hotch is sized to permit removol of oll drive components ond is off-
set to allow the Trukveyor to operote with the hotch open.

Controls and electrical accessories

Trukveyor control pone ls provide convenient operotionol control ond
o re designed far eosy instollotion. They contoin the motor storter, o
fused disconnect switch interlocked to the panel door, on omply
sized 440/220-11 O volt control circuit tronsfarmer, primory over-
lood reloys with externo! reset button, integra l START-STOP push
bullen stotion ond they hove spoce far odditionol control reloys. A
warning horn time-deloy reloy is provided when re q uired. Ponels
hove terminal stri ps fer eosy fleld instollotion.
To ossure smooth starting, outomotic resistonce type storters ore
used on Trukveyors operoting over 60 feet per minute.
Primory overlood protection far drive mochinery is provided by
instontoneous trip reloys mounted in the control panel. The reset
button is locoted in the control panel door.
Push bullen stotions ore usuolly furnished with Trukveyors ond
mony different types ore ovoilobl e. Fer best operotion, START-STOP
stotions ore recommended far moin operotion control points only,
with STOP or STOP-RUN stotions strotegicolly located oround the
Trukveyor poth. STOP or STOP-RUN stotions should hove lotches or
mointoined contoct type STOP buttons so thot the Trukveyor connot
be restorted until the stotion from which it wos stopped has been
restored to the run position.
An audible warning device is recommended far oll Trukveyors
operoting over 60 feet per minute or hoving runs not visible from
stort stotions. A megophone type industrial horn is usuolly used with o
time-deloy reloy connected so thot when the stort bullan is pushed,
the horn sounds far severo! seconds befare the Trukveyor storts. The
horn reloy is mounted in the control panel when ordered with the
Trukveyor.
Field wiring con be furnishtd. Floating caterpillar drive installed in pit. Photo 36892

L 1 N K - B E L T • 551
parts and package handling
Trukveyors
Overheod Trukveyors ore 4" trolley conveyors odopted to tow trucks.
4" 1-beom, X458 Rivetless choin ond Series 500 trolleys ore used o s
the towing medium. Roller type horizontal turns ond tokeups hoving
greose lubricoted rollers ore used. Stotionory caterpillar drives ore
usuolly used ; however, Aooting caterpillar drives con be furnished .
Trukveyor control pone ls os described on poge 551 ore used with
overheod Trukveyors.
The construction feotures of the vorious components for overheod
Trukveyors ore shown in the Trolley Conveyor section.
The proper Trukveyor towing ottochment for ony opplicotion
depends upon the type of most or sling provided on trucks to b e
Towing hook Towing eye
Towing
slrop
o
39312
Spring a d justed 90° takeu p
Stationary caterpillar type constan! speed drive
552 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Components • overhead Trukveyors
used with the system. For most operotions, towing shoes ore recom-
mended. They o re used with trucks hoving vertical, rigid telescoping
mosts. With this orrongement trucks need not be pulled oheod of the
Trukveyor to engoge or disengoge.
For b es! operation it is desi rable to keep the d istance from the
towing attachments to the Aoor al o mínimum. 7 ' -O" clearance under
the Trukveyor towing attachments will ele a r cross traffic for most
operations and is recommended. Greater clearance can be provided
when required; however, for clearances over 8 ' -O", towing arrang e-
ments require special consideration. Consult Link-Bel!.
39311
Towi ng shoe
9 0 ° Roller turn
floatin g caterpillar type variable speed drive 30485A

Trucks and truck accessories
Plotform trucks obout 30" to 32" wide ond 40" to 48 " long o re
commonly used for motor freight terminols. They ore usuolly fltted
with o rigid front end rock obout 40" high hoving o woybill or arder
cup, o dispotch blockboord ond o push hondle projecting forword
from the rock. Roil terminols ond worehouses usuolly use trucks
somewhot lorg er ond heovier; ond trucks for monufocturing opplico-
tions ore often speciolly designed to suit individual requirements. To
occommodote unusuolly long material, two wheel plotform troilers
ln-the-floor Trukveyors
For proper operotion on Trukveyor, tow pins should meet
following speciflcotions:
o. Pin to be round ond not over %" diometer. :V.." diometer
is the most common size.
b. Pin to be free to rotote in its guide tube.
c. In the engoged position, pin to project 1 112" moximum,
1 Ye" minimum, below surfoce of floor for monoplone
instollotions with 3 " chonnel trock (Style TA pusher); 2 Y2"
Truck engaged to Style TA pusher
Overhead Trukveyors
Three towing arrongements are commonly used on overhead
Trukveyors; however, voriotions can be made for individual re-
quirements.
Rigid telescoplng mast and towlng shoe is the most convenient
operoting orrongement and is recommended. The towing shoe is de-
signed to work with pipe masts up to 1.9" outside diometer. Ample
engagement is provided between the shoe and the mast to accommo-
dote some floor unevenness. Trucks do not need to be pulled ahead
of the Trukveyor to be disengoged.
7'- o* usuAL
CLEARANCE
Rigid telesco ping Rigid telesco pi ng W a g o n tang u e
mast engaged to mast hooked to ma st engaged to
towing shoe towing eye to wing h ook
parts and package handling
Tr u k vey ors
con be ottoched to standard trucks. Troilers hove two swivel costers
ond ottoch to truck fromes ot two points.
Trucks should hove onti-friction beoring wheels not less thon 6"
in diometer with soft, 60 to 80 durometer, rubber tires. Ho rd rubber
or ploslic tires or ploin steel wheels will chonnel standard concrete
floors oround the poth of the Trukveyor.
Trucks, troilers, tow pins, mosts ond other truck flttings con be
furni shed on request.
moximum, 2 Ya" minimum, below top of floor for multiplone
instollotions with 3 11 chonnel !rock (Style SA pusher); ond
3 Y2" moximum, 3 3/a 11 minimum, below surfoce of floor for
multiplone instollotions with 4 11 chonnel trock (Style SA
pusher). Projection should be od justoble.
d. Pin to be mounted on centerline of truck os clase os
possible to front wheels. For some multiplone opplicotions,
it moy be necessory to hove tow pins on the centerline of
the front wheels.
Truck with trailer engaged to Style SA pusher
Wagon ton gue mast wlth towlng hook orrongement is rec-
ommended for opplicotions involving ramps or when it is necessary
to change the elevotion of the !rack, with trucks engaged, in order to
cleor overhead obstructions or to pass through flre doors.
Chaln sllng and towlng eye arrangement is simple in design,
however wide aisles are required along the Trukveyor polh for
proper operotion with choin slings. The sling should be ottoched neor
the top of the end rack and should make an angle of obout 45°
to the floor when trucks ore engaged to the Trukveyor.
l lg . 6391
Chain hooked to Cha in sling h ooked
towing eye pin to to wing strap
L 1 N K - B E L T • 553
parts and package handling
Trukveyors

Typical layouts

r--
f
-- START STOP
---------38 9~0·----­

PUSH BUTTON STAT ION

44:0·
11~-------------~------
[> AJ-L. TURNS
35~0·
e QJ WARNING
HORN

1
~
1 . 6-0 RAOIUS
L_l'----- -....- ---4><..

l
L..-----'----~....q_----'Cl..-----'"----""-----""'------""---'"----=---------""----+---'
J .......

~ 70-0--~.~-------------------- 54 9 :0,_• _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ __ _ -+i-+-SO~O

Layout 1 • ln-the-floor Tru kveyor for a m oto r freig ht terminal

/CLEAN OU T BOX
T 1
1
ORIVE

-- ti RAM P
.+--...,

<-
--+ - - '
ORIVE RA MP
IÍ
_._ ..
"

--
RAM P JI CHAIN REMOVAL AN O
LUBRICATI ON BOX ~ ORIVE -
1
'----'

t CLEANOU T BOX
~---
, . 7 't
TAKEUP CLEANOUT
BOX 1
r
~

"Jt RAMP

- -·
r
···-
' --- L

,. ,..
- - - --------+ .. --+~

[ RAMP ORIVE
CLEAN OUT eoxl
T
1
RA MP

Layout 2 • ln-the-f loor Trukvey o r fo r a large rail freight t ermi nal

veyors. With p ow-

e red deod-end
spurs, trucks ore se· CHAIN REMOVAL ANO
LUBRICATI ON BOX o
lect ively switched zw
from Trukveyo rs, col-
o
lected logether ond
s t o pped with o ut ""ow
manual o ssistance. TRANSFER S WITCHES o
w

i¡ \.!)

ORIVE
•Oe. 6HS

Layout 3 • ln-the-floor Trukveyor with automatic switches and transfers for a typical ware house

554 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Design procedure • in-the-fl o or ond overh eod Tru kveyors
Layouts 1 and 2, page 554, show in-the-floor Trukveyors in freight terminals. Overhead
Trukveyor paths for these installations would be similar. La yout 3 shows a schematic
layout for a warehouse with four in-the-floor Trukveyors interconnected with automatic
switches and transfers.
A Trukveyor ca n readily be selected by following the steps listed below. Each step is
described and an example is presented . Layout 1 shows a Trukveyor in a motor freight
terminal and is used as the example problem on the following pages and is shown in
italics.
De termine layout
In freight terminals, Trukveyor poths ore usually rectangular in shape.
Runs along the length of the dock should be locoted obout 1 4 feet in
from the outside edge to permit limited storoge of looded and empty
trucks between the Trukveyor ond the doors. This distance may be
voried to suit individual conditions, but is seldom less !han 12 feet.
Freight owoiting shipment is usually stored on trucks in the middle
oreo of the plotform between the runs.
The tronsverse run al !he open end of the dock, awoy from !he
office, is commonly locoted obout 1 4 feet in from !he end, if freight
is hondl ed through !he end doors.
The transverse run al !he office end of !he dock is frequently set
bock one or more full bays from the office wall. This space can be used
to store trucks with freighl that must be held beyond normal storage
time and far moving freight such as long sections of pipe, sleel bors
or structural shapes in long lengths, large pieces of machinery, etc.,
thot becouse of size, shape or weight, require speciol hand ling.
This provision may be mode al the open end of the platform if
desired. Since sorne side doors would be d e prive d of access to the
Trukveyor, it may be prefe rred to hove the Trukveyor poth run the
full length. The bes! o rrongement con result only from on evaluation
of !he individual operotion involved.
Trukveyors are uni-directionol in travel after instollotion, but con
be designed far either clockwise or counter-clockwise trovel. The
direction of trove! far the majority of installotions mode has been
counter-clockwise. There is usually no particular reason far this other
than individual preference, os the performance of the system is not
affected. The direction of lrovel must be e stablished, however, os it
does affect the locotion of the drive.
Trucks ore frequently looded with ma terial overhonging the sides in
vorying omounts. In negotioting turns, trucks trovel towo rd the inside of
the ore during the exit holf of the turn. The omount of inswing will
depend on the radius of the turn ond on the type of truck. Provide
ample cleoronce oround building columns neor the Trukveyor poth.
In worehouse opplicotions, Trukveyor runs ore usuolly located in
main aisles, but when desirable, they are locoted in side aisles
through storoge oreas.
For manufacturing opplicotions, Trukveyor runs ore locoted to
deliver material to work stations ond through process enclosures os
required. Relocotion of sorne production mochinery moy be desiroble
to achieve the bes! layout far mechanized operotion.
/11a ke a plan uiew layout showing the bu ilding outline with tlze
Trulweyor path. S ee L ayout l.
Determine capacity
Capocity is the weight of material that can be handled per hour by
the system. This will be determined by the speed of the chain, spocing
of the trucks, weight corried per truck, and the percent utilizotion of
the towing ottachments. In ony operotion there will be peak hours
in o doy and peak days in each week; the ca pa city of the system
sh o uld be ba sed on these pea k operating co n d iti o ns. To deter-
mine Trukveyor design copocity far freight handling operotions,
proceed as follow:
(a) Bosed on o country wide average motor freight shipment
weight of obout 400 pounds, o design figure of 500 pounds
is used which will provide a morgin far unusuol conditions.
Terminal managers usuolly know the average shipment weight
for their aperation. lf known, use the actual average shipment
weight plus a design factor of 253.
(b) The recommended truck spacing far high capocity mono-
plone systems is 12' -O" far in-the-Aoor systems ond 1 O' -O"
ar 13'-4" far overheod systems.
parts and package handling
Trukv eyors
(e) The normal moximum operating speed is 120 FPM. Try
this speed flrst. Speeds up to 150 FPM con be used.
(d) Utilize pushe rs or towing attochments as follows:
703 with looded trucks engoged (utilization factor)
203 with empty trucks engoged
103 empty
The total quantity ond volume Aow of material to be handled in
warehouse and manufacturing operotions are generolly well estob-
lished ond not subject to extreme voriotion. The speed far warehouse
Trukveyors is usua lly not over 100 FPM. The speed of Trukveyors far
monufacturing operations is afien less than 20 FPM. Truck spocing
far worehouse and monufacturing operotions is usuolly greoter thon
for freight handling ond moy be 20 feet or more. Make provision
far transporting or re turning empty trucks when figuring the copocity
of ony system.
Compute the design capacity for tlze example system from the
informa/ion above:
120 F P M (max. speed) .
-.-) = 10 pushers per minute
12 ft . ( puslzer spacmg
JO x . 7 (utilization facto r) = 7 loaded lrucks per minute
7 x 60 = 420 /oaded trucks per hour, or shipmenls per hour
420 x 500 poimds (design ship menl weight + 25 %>
= 2 10,000 p ounds per hour design capacity
In motor freight operotions, opproximotely 103 of the total
shipments require more thon one truck. This is ollowed far out of the
303 cushion provided on the utilizotion of pushers. The above ca-
pocity will be more thon omple far the mo jority of instollations;
however, the ca pacity is the key factor in designing the system and
should be thoroughly checked. lf o greate r capacity is req uired, the
speed moy be increosed up to 150 FPM ond if necessory, reduce
the pusher or towing ottochment spocing in 1 ' -O" increments (in-the-
Aoor) or B" increments (ove rheod ) down to the mínimum required for
truck cleoronce. In most coses il is preferoble to increose the speed.
In sorne instances, o higher figure may be used far average
shipment weight, with the resulting higher roted copocity.
Compute path length and chain pull
Compute path length fro m Layout. Refer to poge 581 for ore
lengths of turns.
Far choin pull calculations, the empty weight of o 32" x 40" plotform
truck with an in-the-Aoor tow pin and 6 " diameter wheels is about
170 pounds. Adjust this figu re for trucks of different size ar construction.
Use 6.0 pounds per foot design weight of 65BR chain with pushers
and idlers assembled (in-the-Aoor) or X458 chain with trolleys and
towing attachments assembled (overh e ad).
In figuring chain p ull far Trukveyors (both in-the-Aoor and ove rheod)
hoving o loaded truck weight up to 1200 pounds, use a coefficient
of friction of .O 19. Far installations having o loaded truck weight
of from 1200 to 2400 pounds, use a coefficient of friction of .020.
These coefficients are based on trucks having anti-friction bearing
wheels not less thon 6 " in diameter operating on smooth level Aoors
hard enough to preven! channeling by truck wheels. Apply this to the
total moving weight; full and empty trucks; chain, pushers ond idlers
(in-the-Aoor); or trolleys and attachments (overhead).
lf future extension of the Trukveyor is planned, compute cha in p ull
for the ultimate length and loading. The drive furnished with the
initial installation will then be adequate for the final extended length
of the Trukveyor.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 555
.·
parts and package handling
Trukveyors

Design procedure • in-the-floor ond overheod Trukveyo rs

When the path includes ramps as shown in La yout 2, include in the
additional chain p ull the total chain pull due to lhe rise. A rise factor
consisling of the pra d uct of the change in Aoor eleva tia n in fe e t a nd
lhe loaded truck weight in pound s divided b y the pusher spacing in
feet musl be add e d to chain pull calculations to abtain total chain
pull. No deduclion is made for down ramps. Cansul t Link-Belt for
applications having romps.
Path lenglh of lay out 1 is 1200 feel.
Pusher spacing is 12'-0 " which gil-es a line capacity of ~~0
1
tions for economy and simplicity. Cansult Link-Bel! for applications
requiring va riable sp eed multiple drives.
Far best operatian, one d rive should be provided for each 2000
fe et of Trukveyor length, regardless of cha in pull.
For /h e example Trukveyor wilh chain pull of 1093 pounds
and conslant operating speed of 120 F PM, select drit-e C60S
from Table 1.
Ta ble 1 • Orive capacities and sp eeds
Orive numb er • Trukveyor speed-feet p er minureó.

= 100 pushers. Constant~ 3 to 1 Up to 1

30 40 1 60 1 80 1 100 1 120 1 150
spee d ¡variable
Design capacity is 70 pushers with loaded lrucl1s. 20 wilh 1peed Pull copac ity, pou nds
emp/y lrucks and 10 emply . Emply lruc/1 weigh/ is 170 pounds. C35S R35S
550 450 400 400 400 350 350
Cha in pull calculalion: C35F R35F
-- ------ -- -- --
1200 feet chain assembly x 6.0 pounds per fool . . 7.200 pounds C40S R40S 1000 750
70 loaded lrucks x 670 pounds per /ruck . . . 16,900 pounds 700 600 500 500 400
C40F R40F
20 emply lrucks x 170 pounds per truc/1. . . . .. :J.400 pounds C50S R50S
-- -- ---- -- - -
T ola/ moving weight . . 57,500 pounds X458 C50F R50F 1450 1150 1050 1000 850 800 700
chain pull = 57,.500 pounds x .019 = 1092.5 pounds or -- - - -- ----
658R C60S R60S
C60F R60F 2300 1800 1600 1500 1300 1200 1050
Sele ct d rive cho in - - - -- -- - - -- ----
Table 1 shows pull capacities of both in-the-Aoor and ove rhead
Trukveyor drives for various aperating speeds. Selecl a drive based
• C70S R70S
C70F R70F 3400 2600 2400 2200 1800 1650 1500
- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
esos RSOS 4000 4000 3600 3300 2700 2500 2250
on maximum aperating speed and chain pull. Far variable speed CSOF RSOF
applications, select speed range with d esign aperating speed as -- ------ ----
C90S R90S
maximum. Specify drive number, pull capacity, speed, Trukveyar ty pe C90F R90F .... 3700 3400 1 3000
and chain (overhead-X458; in-the-Aoor-658R). Statianary cater-
. Pull capaci ty x max. speed FPM
pillar drives hove suffix S in the table ; and Aoating caterpillar drives Dnve horsepowe r= x .B
hove suffix F. 33000
¿ X458 Ri vetless chain used fa r ove rhead Trukveyors.
lf the calculated chain pull is greater than the ca pacity of the
658 R Rivetless ch a in use d fa r in-the -íloo r Trukveyors.
largesl drive listed for the speed required, use twa or more drives. • S denotes stationory caterpillar d rives.
Ali drives used on a multiple drive Trukveyor shauld be id e ntical and F denotes ílo a ting ca terpillar drive s.
the sum of lheir capacities must e qual ar exceed the calculated pull. C orne r sprocket drives ore no t used on T rukveyors.
Constan! speed drives are recammended for multiple drive applica- 6 Fa r variable speed drives, use moximum speed.

Component selection • in -th e-floor Trukveyors

Chain
658R Rivetless chain has o warking pull roting of 4000 pounds
base d an an average ultimate strength of 48,000 pounds. For Truk-
veyor speeds over 1 00 FPM a worki ng p ull rating of 3000 pounds
is recommended to increase service life of chain and other components.
Thread e d extended chain pins for attaching p ushers ond idlers a re
mounted in pairs on 6" centers at inte rvals to suit p usher and idler
spacing. Pushers and idlers must be spaced in multipl es of o ne foot.
Give spacing when specifying.
Pushers and idlers
The Style TA pusher pravid es a 'l'1" ma ximum engagement to tow
pins and is used for manoplane installations, usua lly with 3" traclc.
The Style SA push er provides a l %" maximum e ngag e me nt to tow
pins and is used for multiplane applications and those involving roil
leve) track crossings. Both Style TA and SA pushers will operate in
either 3" or 4 " channe l track. Use Style TA idlers with Style TA
pushers ond Style SA idlers with Style SA pushers.
Ma ximum allawable spoce be tween pushers and idlers or between
ad jace nt idlers is 4 ' -0". Normally, p usher and idler wheels o re
pravided complete with mela) seals and pressure typ e lubrication
fitting s.
For the example Trukveyor, select Style TA pushers spaced
on 12' -O" centers with Sty le TA idlers on 4'-0" centers between
pushers .
Straight track
3" channel !rack is used on all applications except lhose requ1rmg
provision for special cle a rance between top of Aoor and p ushers and
idlers, such o s rail level track crossings. Balte d track construction is
usually used; however, welded construction can b e furnished when
d esired. The footage of standard straight tra ck required for each run
will be the dislance be tween tange n! lines of turns less the to tal length
of sp e cial sections (cleanouts, expansion joint, e tc.) required for that
run. Specify the total length af track required far each run to the next
greoter multiple af l O fee t. The sum af individual run lota Is will
determine the total le ngth af standard straight !rack required for the
Trukveyor. Specify !rack channel size, typ e of construction and total
footag e required. See Figure 6402, page 557, for recommended
lrench dimensions. Select tre nch width for prepared trench installa-
tions so truck wheels da not run on joint between trench flll concrete
and Aaor slab.
For the example Trulweyor, select 3" bolted trach.
Cle a n out bo x tra ck sections
A cleanoul box track section shauld be provided far each 250 to
300 feel of path length. For best ope ratian they should be placed
within 50 feet ahead (u pstrand) of turns and drives and as required
on slraight runs. Where the distance between adja cent turns or turns
and drives is less than 50 feet, lhe cleanout bax may be omitted
ahead of downstrand unit. Cle anout baxes ore 2 '-3 " long and are
integrally a ssembled ta a standard straight !rock section. When
droins ore required, the cle anout box trough is attached to the
drain line during installation. Give quantity and track channel size
whe n specifying.
For lhe example Tndweyor ( 1200 feet long) a min imum of 4
cleanout box trach sections are required. To insure adequate pro-
tection, select 6 cleanout boxes, located as shown on the layout.
Expansion joint track section
Provide on exponsion joint track sectio n at each intersection between
building expansian joints and Trukveyor path. Show tie-in dimensions
b etween slab expansion jaints and building me mb ers or Trukveyor
path. lnclude track size with speciflcations.
No trach expansion joints are prouided for lhe example Truk-
veyor because the terminal shown is not fitted with building
expansion joints.
Chai n confining track section (takeup)
This !rack sectian is 10' -0" long. Pravide two sections for e a ch d rive.
Locate chain conflning !rack sections immediately ad ja cent to drives
on downstrand (exit) side. Give track size when specifying.
For the example Trukvey or, se/ect 2 chain confining trae!;:,
section located as shown on lhe layout.
Chain removal and lubrication track section
The le ngth af this track section is 3 ' -O". Provid e one for e a ch d rive.

556 • L 1 N K - B E L T

Component selection • in-th e-floo r Trukveyo rs
Chain removal ond lubricotion trock sections ore placed immediately
adjacent to the la st chain confining track section on the downstrand
side. La rger sections con be furn ishe d for extremely long Trukveyors.
For the example Trukueyor, select one chain remoual and lubri-
cation track section, located as shown on the lay out.
Roller turns
Rolle r turns are available in standard ares of 45°, 90°, 135° and
180° with standard radii of 48", 72", and 9 6 ". 48" radius turns con
be used for speeds up to 1 20 FPM and 72" radius for sp eeds up
to 150 FPM. 96" radius turns are recomm ended fo r sp eeds over 150
FPM. Roller turn trench dimensions for pre pa red trench installations
are shown on page 558. The largest trench shown will allow truck
sizes noted in table to negotiate !he turn without crossing !he joint
b etween trench fill concrete and floor slab. Specify a re, radius and
!rack size.
For the example T rukueyor, select 72' radius for the 120 FP M
operating speed. Select six 90° and two 45° turns located as
shown on layout.
Drlves
Orives are available for a wide variety of speeds ond capacities as
shown on the drive selection table on page 556. Mo tors and sta rters
are normally furnished with drives. Orives can usually b e locote d fo r
Pusher and idler dimensions • in-the-floo r Trukveyo rs
STYLE TA PUSHER
STYLE TA IDLER
Hove ali dime nsions certified for instollo tion purposes.
Straight track and trench dimensions • in-the-floor Trukveyo rs
Floor surface under truck wheels s hould
be s mooth and leve! to within 1/s".
t-<-----4~0' U SUAL MAXIMUM- --
Fini she d surface not required
on trench walls.
During installotion, an initial pour of
concrete is made, ei ther continuous
or as unforme d grouts on 5' -0" cen-
ters, to firmly encase track yokes.
Fixtures are removed prio r to final
pour. See page 559.
Hove oll dimensions ce rlified far instollotion purposes. Concrete dimensions ore port of building design ond should be delermined by conditions ot the site.
parts and package handling
Trukveyors
convenient occess to po wer supply and in low traffic c reas. Provide
a mínimum distonce of 33 fee t from exit sid e of drive pi! to tonge nt
line of nea rest downstra nd turn.
Specify drive number, type (sta tionary o r float ing), p ull capacity,
spee d, and curren! cha ra cteristics.
For !he example Trukveyor, select stationary caterpillar driue
C60S for 120 FP M conslant speed and 1200 pound p ull capacity.
L ocale dr iue as shown on layout f or conuenience to p ower source.
Controls and accessorles
Control pane ls and electrical accessories a re d escribed on page 551.
Orive control panels a re recommended to a ssure proper Trukveyor
operation. Control panels, wa rning horns and pushbutton stations as
req uire d a re usually fu rnished with Trukveyor. Schema tic wiring
diagrams are furnished sho wing a ll electrical compone nts furn ished
with the Trukveyor. Control panel size is determined by horsepowe r
of d rive motor. Specify the quantity ond ty pe of push b ullen stations
and warning horn, if desired. Give curren! cho racteristics of moin
powe r supply.
For /he example Trukueyor, select 2 START-STOP push
bu/Ion stations, located as shown and 16 latch /ype S TOP push
button s/ations located on 60-foot centers along the Trulweyor
p alh . P rot•ide a warning horn as shown.
-----~-~
....,..
STYLE SA PUSHER
,,, .,.,
~-r-------;--~
STYLE SA IDLER
Select width of tre nch such that truck whee ls do not run
on joint b e tween trench fill conc rete and floor slab.
~
-+<
Mínimum excavation o r
approximate fill line
for track clearance.
Outl ine of cleanout box.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 557
parts and package handling
Trukveyo rs

Roller turn and trench dimensions • in -th e- floor Trukveyors

ALT ERNATE OUTLINE j _ ___ _
FOR SAW CU T TRENCH¡

~45°
1
'

f g. 6441

Type A mínimum roller turn trench Type B roller turn trench

with str oight sides

Estob lish dimensions A and B so truck wheels do not run on joint between
tre nch f111 concrete and floor slob when trucks ore on stroight runs.
See section AA below.

See no tes p oge 557 for inform olion on lrench walls, excavation and lrench flll concrete.

Type C roller turn trench

Truck wheels for standard pla tfor m tru ck sizes shown
below remoi n or. trench flll concre te oround turn.

Truck 1 R e o E f G H
plolform size
32 "x48" 48" 1' -3" 8 '-0" l ' -8" 3 ' -0 " 2 '-2 " 1' -2 y, "
Max. 72" 1':J" - -- 8 '-0" 3' -4 V. " 2 ' -3" 4 '-0 " 3' -6"
36"x72"
--- - -- - - -

Ma x. 96" 1 1 -6 11 9 '-0" 5' -0" 4 ' -6" 5 '-9" 5' -1 "

Hove oll dimensions certified fo r inS1allation purposes

Section AA through rolle r turn showing mínimum trench
Concrete dimensions ore parl af building design and shoul d be delermi ned by condi tíons al the site.

Drive pit dimensions • in-the-floor Tru kveyors

'"""'"" "''""' "" ~
CONOUIT TO PIT FOR ORIVE MOTOR.
TO BE FURNISHED AN O INSTALLED
BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE
H o ve a li dimensi o ns cerlified for i nstollat io n purposes.
Concrete d imensions ore rorl o f b uilding d esign a nd
PIT IS POURED""11 should be delermined by condil ions al the site.

"1

;.
10
L -- -- c.t TRUK VEYOR - - --
j
A TRAVEL ~ A

~
ITORAIN OR SUMP ANO PUMP
HEN REQUIRED FURNISHED
NO INSTALLED B Y PURCHASER
L º J
B B +-PIT CURB ANG LES
SLOPE FLOOR TO ORAIN FURNISHED BY LINK-BELT
INSTALLED BY
CONCRETE CONTRACTOR
SECTION BB
ORIVE PIT PLAN

1
r
1
........-.:i--
1 --- 1

: l :
~----- ------- ------ - ~1
1
1 1
1 t
1 1
1 1

,.
' .'
ANCHOR BOL TS
FURNISHED BY LINK·BELT
INSTALLED BY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
...
.. CONCRETE CONTRACTOR 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1
1 1 1
L------- ----------~ ----- ~

SECTION AA ENO VIEW F19 6•0:

558 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
Trukvey ors

lnstallation methods • in-the-floor Trukveyors

ln-the-Aoor Trukveyors are installed during !he conslruction of new

Aoors by either !he prepared trench or finish grade methods as de-
scribed below. They can also be installed in existing Aoors using !he
prepared trench method by saw cutting the Aoor and excavating
the trench ond pits as described below. Link-Bel! furnishes the me-
chanical installation for Trukveyors and test operates units after
installatian. Necessary concrete, labor to pour and material and labor
for electrical wiring are usually furnished by purchasers.
The following description of installation melhods is presented to
assist Trukveyor users in planning construction and in obtaining bids
for concrete and e lectrical work. Construction drawings are provided
for each installation.

Prepared trench installation

Prepored trench installatian method. Photo 36038
This installation method is illustrated by Photo 36038. The Aoor slab
is poured leaving the trench and pits ta receive Trukveyor components.
Link-Bel! sets componenls in place on erection fixtures after which
concrete is poured in the trench to about two-thirds its depth, either
continuaus or as unformed grouts on 5 '-0" cenlers. When thi s initial
pour has set, fixtures ore removed and the trench is then filled and
finished off lo adjoining Aoor leve!. Sorne users prefer special surfoce
fini shing compounds on trench fill concrete. Only compounds approved
by the Portland Cernen! Association should be used and installation
instructions mus! be carefully followed to insure satisfactory results.
The choin is then installed and drive machinery set after which tbe
unit is wired, usually by the purchaser's electrical controclor. The
Trukveyor is then test operoted. Link-Belt will furnish concrete work
and e lectrical wiring on request.
This is the most widely used installation me thod, particularly in
buildings hoving large Aoor oreas.
Finish grade intsallation method. Photo 38268
Finish grade installation
This installotion method is illustrated by Pholo 38268. The drive pit
is excava ted and walls poured by !he concrete contractor al the time
site is prepared. The Trukveyor com ponents are set in place on
erection fi xtures supported by stakes driven in the finish grade. The
concrete contractor then places unformed concrete pads al about
5-foot intervols along the path of the Trukveyor, of sufficient height
to engage anchors on !rack and turns. When pads hove set up,
erection fixtures and stakes are removed, chain is installed and drive
mochinery is set. The Aoor slab is the n poured. Trock cover pioles can
be used as a working surface for finbhing operations on Aoor slab.
Since the !rack cover pioles establish the e levation of the top of the
finished Aoor, this elevation is set by the purchoser's architect or
contractor ond is checked after Trukveyor components ore positioned
and rechecked after placing pads but befare they set up. The unit
is then wired, usually by the purchoser's e lectrical contractor after
which Link-Bel! test operates the Trukveyor. Link-Bel! will furnish Sow cutting exisling ficar forTrukveyor installotion. Photo 37821
electrical wiring on request.
This insto llation method is popular for Trukveyors for new motor
freight te rminals.

lnstallation in an existing floor

Trukveyors ore reodily installed in existing concrete Aoors, which hove
been poured over fill or grade, by the prepared trench metllod as
shown in Photos 37821 and 37822. The Aoor slab is sow cut to a
depth of about 2 inches to outline the Trukveyor trench and pits. The
trench slab is broken out with an air hamme r or a small concrete
breaker and the trench and pit are excavoted to the proper depth.
The Trukveyor is then installed as by the prepared trench melhod.
Trench excavation and Trukveyor erection can be scheduled so
that the terminal or warehouse can continue to operate through the
conslruction p eriod. Link-Be l! will furnish on requesl: labor to sa w cut
Aoors ond excavate trenches and pils, concrete work and electrical Excovating trench in existing floor far Tru kveyor installatio n.
wiring. Photo 37822

L 1 N K - B E L T • 559

-.
parts and package handling
Trukveyors

Component selection • ove rh eod Trukveyors

Chaln
X458 Rivetless choin has a working pull rating af 4000 pounds
bosed on en average ultimate strength of 48000 paunds. For Truk-
veyor speeds over l 00 FPM a working p ull rating of 3000 pounds
is recommended to increase service life of choin and other com-
po nents. Trolleys and attachments ore spaced in multiples of 8 " o n
this choin. X458 Rivetless chain weighs 3 . 1 pounds p er foot.
Trolleys
Series 500, 4", riveted, 73;16 11 drop trolleys ore used (Trolley Co nveyor
Section, poge 508). One or two trolleys will be required al towing
ottochments os shown on poge 552 depe nd ing on the type of ottoch-
ment to be used. Provide intermediote trolleys with 1-ottochments o n
40" moximum cente rs between towing ottochments.
Towlng attachment s
Vorious o ttochment designs ore shown on poge 552 o nd dimensio ns
ore shown on poge 557. For most o perations the towing shoe used
with o vertical, rigid, telescoping mo st will be suitoble ond is recom-
mended.
Roller turns
Recommended rodii of roller turns ore 48" for sp eed s up to 120
FPM; 60" or 72 " rodius for speeds from 120 to 150 FPM; ond 96"
rodius for speeds over 150 FPM. For higher speeds, consult link-Belt.
Ares ovoiloble ore 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° ond 180°. Other ores con
be furnished . Ro lle r turns ore furnished with Style GLP rollers, pag e
5 14, unless otherwise specified. Specify rodius ond ore.
Takeups
Use the sorne rodius selected for roller turns. 180° tokeups ore used
when the poth has one or more 180° turns. Use 90° tokeups for
opplicotions which hove no 180° turns. 90° tokeups ore furnishe d
complete with 1 O' -O" long hinged stroight !rock section. Spring od-
justed tokeups with Style GLP rollers ore furnished unless otherwise
specified. Screw ond counterweight type tokeups ond other style
rollers co n be furni shed. Specify rodius, ore, type of odjustme nt, ond
for 9 0° whether right or left hond.
Stralght track
4" 1-beom !rock is used for overhead Trukveyors ond is furnishe d ia
20' -0" lengths. Compute leng th of trock require d ond specify to ne:>t. t
greoter multiple of 20' -0".
Drive s
Both constan! ond variable speed caterpillar d rives ore ovai l obl ~­
Use choin pull ond moximum Trukveyor speed to select o d rive fro rn
Orive Seleclion Table 1, poge 555. Motors ond control ponels o re
usuolly include d with d rives. Use stotionory cat e rpill ar drives fo r
sing le drive overheod Trukveyo rs ond flooting caterpilla r d rives fo.-
multiple d rive opplicotions. Consult l ink-Belt fo r multiple d rive varia bl e
sp eed opplicotions.
locote drive within 1 00 feet ohe od of toke up if possible. Orive
dimensions ore shown below. Specify drive ty pe, pull copocity, op e r -
oting speed ond curren! chorocteristics.
Controls and electrical accessorie s
Control ponels ond electricol accessories o re d escribed o n pog e 55 1 .
Orive control ponels ore recommended to o ssure proper Trukveyo r
o perotion. Control ponels, warning horns ond pushbutton stotions a s
required ore usuolly furni shed with Trukveyo rs. Schemo tic wiring
diogroms ore furnished showing oll electrico l compone nls fu rnishe d
with the Trukveyor. Contro l panel si ze is dete rmine d by ho rsepo we r
of drive motor. Sp ecify the quontity ond ty pe of push b utton stotions
ond warning horn, if desi red. G ive curre n! cho roclerislics of moin
power supply.
Supports and superstructure
Ove rheod Trukveyors o re usuolly sup ported from overh e od b uilding
members; however, fl oor supports con be used when re quired. Sho w
loco tion of building memb ers on p ion view la yout of the T rukv eyo r~
lnclude typicol cross section e levotions showing bo ttom chord o f
trusse s or bottom of beo ms. Trock su pporls o re re q uired on 16 ' -O''
moximum centers. The gene ral o rro ngement of supporls for roll e r
turns, tokeups ond drives is shown in the Trolley Conve yor Seclio n ,
poges 5 29 ond 53 0. lt moy be necesso ry to provid e superstructure
members to suspend suppo rts fo r Trukveyor comp o nents. Support ond
superstructure me mbers o re usuolly weld e d to sleel building me mb e r s
or lrock ; ond log-screwed to woo d e n b uilding members. Sorne users
prefer to bolt superstructure to ste el building members. Cl o mps d e-
sig ned for this p urpose o re ovoilo ble. Suppo rts ond superstructure
o re usuolly furni she d with ove rhe od Trukve yors.

Component dimensions • overheo d Trukveyo rs

St atlonary cate rpillar drlves
Orive
numb er e D G

!
CLEARANCE
Coni to nt
speed
C35S
j3 to 1 vor.
sp e ed
R3 5S
¡
20 7~
lNCHES
54 24 12
.,._..,....,....,......,..~..,~DROP e 40S
esos
R40S
RSOS
21
26
7~
7•A.
54
54
24
24
12
12
e60S R60S 29 7~ 60 24 12
c;/L CHAIN
e70S R70S 29 7~ 60 24 12
PLAN VIEW VIEW AA 24 12
e sos R80S 33 7 ~. 60
e90S R90S 35 7·~. 60 24 12
Stationa ry caterpillar drive
Hove dimensions certifted far instollo rion purposes.
Floating caterpillar drives
Orive
number
e D G

Con itant
speed
13stopeed
1 vor. , INCHES
e35F R3 5F 20 7'A. 66 29 !h 17Y,
e40F R40F 21 7'A. 66 29 Y, 1
17Y,
eSO F RSOF 26 7~ 66 29 Y, 171-',
e60F R60F 29 7~ 72 29 1'> 171-',

e70 F R70F 29 7~. 72 29 Y, 17 Y,

eSOF RSOF 33 7~ 72 29 !h 171-',
f•• U Ol
e 90F R90 F 35 7•,¡. 72 29 !h 171-'.
PLAN VIEW VIEW AA Hove d1mensions cerrofted for 1nstollotion purposes.
Floating caterpillar d rive

560 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 parts and package handling
Trukveyars

Component dimensions • overhead Trukveyors

Towlng attachments
l
t f 1~ TO

1
11:: TO
1sr To
TOPOF
TRACK o
1sfro
TOP OF
TOP OF
TRACK

TOP OF TRACK
TR CK ·-C/L Cll
CHAIN o CHAIN

- + :f-·--,
flt·•4CI• 2%": 1
MAX. •
Towing eye pin Towing eye Towing hook T $ . MAX. OIA. n,. •.ot
Roller turns Towing shoe
Roller turns
Are of Pitch
turn, rodius, A B e o E
d egr ees inches 1 1 1 1
• •
48 66 35¡1,
INCHES
5 7'Ao 7y,
30 60 66 47¡,¡. 5 7'Ao 7 Y. Towing
-45° TURN SHOWN 72 72 60•1Ao 5 7!-1. 7Y, strap
30" ANO 60° SIMILAR
48 54 34 1'.. 5 7 1,.¡. 5
45 60 60 46',-1. 5 7 Y,. 6
72 66 57~ 5 7 Y,. ay.
48 54 33~ 5 7'1o. 51'..
60 60 60 43 1% 5 71,.¡. 5V.
72 66 54~ 5 71,.¡. 4 Y.

48 66 28'A. 5 7Y,. 7V.

90 60 78 36~ 5 71,.¡. 7
72 90 46 5 7 Y.. 8~

48 60 ... 5 71,.¡. 10
180 60 72 ... 5 7% 10
72 84 ... 5 7Y.. 10

Roller turn takeups

Are of Pitch
turn, radius, A B e o E F G H
CLEARANCEl!¡;
OROP•
C
L
/...
·r --------...,.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,.¡
degrees
•
inches
•
1 1
IN CHES
1 1
48 66 78 5 7'1o. 7y, 15 89 72
Cll CHAIN 90 60 78 90 5 7'1o. 7y, 15 101 82
TYPICAl SECTION 72 90 102 5 7'1o. 71'.. 15 11 3 94

Roller turn takeups 48 72 ... 5 7Y,. 4 . .. 83 1 lOY,

180 60 84 .. . 5 7Y,. 4 ... 95 1341'..
72 96 . . 5 7% 4 ... 107 158 Y,
Hove dimensions ce rtified for inslollollon purposes.
Roller turns ond roller turn fokeups ore furnished wilh Style GLP rollers
(poge 514) unless ofherwise speciíled. Tokeups ore ovoiloble wifh spring,
screw or counterweight fype od justmenf. Counterweighfs con be furnished.
Spring odjusfed lokeups ore furnished unless o fherwise spe cified.
For 90° foke up specify righf or leff hond.
• Other ores con be furnished.
• Other pifch rodii con be furnished.

Track expanslon lolnts

~:t;f
90" TAKEUP
RIGHT HAND SHOWN Track

)J
HINGES
CLEARA~

l
b
Clt
ff~
CHAl~~OROP
TYPICAl SECTION
,... no
Track spllce TAKEUP TYPE

, tl====E:r===l;==
Ple. MU
______ -=32Y====:j""'1
'-wELOEO
~.k--2.66~~
.., ) ¡ ~ ......l 10' ,1
tfave all dimensions certified for insta llation purposes. •·• '"' BUILDING TYPE • Short travel

L 1 N K - B E L T • 561
technical information

'lechnical informa'lion
con tenis
Bulk materia Is classifications .
Cha in conveyor ca lculations.
Shaft and bearing load calculations . . . . . . . . 570
Conventional formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7 2
Link-Belt has always been an eng ineering organization,
designing and manufactu ri ng a large variety of p roducts
and erecting complete insta llations. Many diffi cult and
563
unusua l problems hove bee n solved, affording a broad
566
background of knowledge and experience. This has largely
been made available to industry in our publications, which
are replete with valuable engineering informal ion.

Shaft diameter calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
Keyseating and keys .. ... ...... ..... ... 576
Equivalents (weights and measures) . . . . . . . . . 5 77
Pa th of belt on inclined conveyors. . . . . . . . . . 580
Leng ths of turns and curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
lncluded in the follo wing pages are add itiona l calcula-
tions and tables wh i ch are particula rly useful for the selec-
tion and application of materials hand ling, processing
equipment and pow er transmission products. Link-Belt
engineers are available for consultation and recommen-
dations.

39639

62 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 technical information

Bulk material classifications

Classificatlon of materials Table 1 • Material closs description
A clossifkotion of moteriols has been estoblished to focilitote Material characteristic Class
considerotion of ali the foctors which offect their handling by Very fine-100 mesh and under A
conveyors. This clossiflcotion is given in Table 1. With it, ony Fine - '11-inch mesh and under B
bulk material con be clossifled occording to its chorocteristics. 5ize Granular- Y2-inch and under e
Reference is mode to these clossiflcotions in the engineering or Lumpy - containing lumps over Y2 inch O
lrregular- being flbrous, stringy, or the like H
selection of material for mony Link-Belt conveyors, indicoting
th ereby the moteriols which con be hondled, the resulting Very free flowing-angle of repose up lo 30° 1
Flowobility Free flowing-angle of repose 30° to 45 ° 2
copocities, speciflcotions, etc. 51uggish-angle of repose 45° and up 3
Mony moteriols which ore commonly hondled in bulk ore
Nonabrosive 6
listed in Table 2 with their clossiflcotions ond weights. The Mild ly abrasive
Abrosiveness 7
clossiflcotions listed ore given os o guide ond ore correct und er Very abrasive 8
ordinory conditions. Considerotion should be given to moteriols Conlamina ble, offecting use or soleobility K
thot ossume different chorocteristics under different conditions Hy g roscop ic L
of processing, otmosphere, oge or storoge. Moteriols not ' Highly corrosive N
appeoring in this list con be clossifled by compo rison with Mildly corrosive p
similor moteriols or by using the clossiflcotions in Table 1. Other Gives off dust or fumes harmful to life R
characteristics Contains explosive dust 5
Oegrodable, offecting use or saleobility T
Exam ple
Very light and fluffy w
Crocked wheot is fine, Closs B; free flow ing, Closs 2; non- lnterlocks or mats to resist digging X
obrosive, Closs 6; ond contoins explosive dust, Closs S; moking Aerates and becomes fluid y
its clossiflcotion B26S. Packs under p ressure z
Table 2 • Material closses ond weights
Average Average
weight per Class weight per Class
Material cubic fool
paunds A
• Materia l cubic foot •
pounds A
Adipic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 45 A26LP Beans, castor, meal. ........ ... . . . . . . . B26
Alfalfo meal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ....... . 17 B37W Beans, novy, dry . . ............ . .. ... . 48 C16
Almonds, broken or whole ....... . ....... . 28-30 C27T Beans, navy, steeped ...... . . . .• . ..... 60 C26
Alum, flne .................. . ........ . 45-50 B26 Bentonite, crude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-40 037Z
Alum, lum py .................. . ....... . 50-60 026 Be ntonite, 100 mesh and under ... . ... . .. . 50-60 A27Y
Alumino ............................. . 60 B28 Benzine hexachloride ..... . ....... . .. . . 56 A36R
Aluminate jell ......................... . 45 B27 Bicarbonote of soda ........... . ... . . . 41 A26
Aluminum chips ......... ............... . 7 - 15 H36X Blood, dried ...................... .. . . 35-45 037
Aluminum hydrate ..................... . 18 C26 Bluestone, see copper sulphate . . . .... . . .
Aluminum ore, see bauxite Bones.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 35-50 Á
Aluminum oxid e ....................... . 67-120 A17Y Bon e block, 100 mesh and under ........ . . 20-25 A27
Aluminum silicate ............ .......... . . 49 B26 Bonechor, Ya " and under ................ . 27-40 B27
Ammonium chlorid e, crystolline ........... . 52 B26 Bonemeal ......................... . .. . 55-60 B27
Ammonium ni trate ....... ....... ... .. ... . 45 Á Borate of lime ........... . ... . .. . .. . .. . A26
Ammonium sulphate .... .... . . .... . ..... . 45-58 Á Borax, flne ...... . .......... . ......... . 53 B2 6
Antimo ny powder . ............. ..... . .. . B27 Boric acid, fin e ........ .. . ............. . 55 B26
Apple pomace, dry ......... .... . ... . .. . 15 C37W Bren ............................... . 16-20 B265W
Arsenale of leed, see leed arsenate . ...... . Bread crumbs ... .. ..... ... ............ . B26T
Arsenic, pulverized .................... . . 30 Á Brewer's grain, spent, dry .............. . 25 -30 C36
Arsenic oxide ................ ........ . 100-120 Á Brewer's grain, spent, wet ....... ....... . 55-60 C36P
Asbestos ore or rock ......... .. ... .. ... . 81 C28R Bronze chips ....... . ... .. .......... .. . 30-50 B38
Asbestos shred ....................... . 20-25 H37WZ Buckwheat . .... ........ . .... ... .... .. . 40-42 B165
Ashes, coal, dry, Y2 " and under ....... . .. . 35-40 C37 Calcium carbide . . .. .. .. .. . .. . .... ... . 70-8 0 027
Ashes, coal, dry, 3" and under ........... . 35-40 _. 037 Calcium lactate ...................... . 26-29 036TZ
Ashes, coal, wet, Y2" ond under ... . ...... . 45-50 C37PZ Colcium oxid e, see lime
Ashes, cool, wet, 3" and under .. . 45-50 037PZ Corbon block, pelletized .............. . . 20-25 B16TZ
Asphalt, crushed, Y2" and under ..... . 45 - C26 Carbon block powder ................. . 4-6 Á
Baga sse ............................. . 7 - 10 H36WXZ Corborundum, 3" ond und er ............ . 100 028
Bakelite, flne .. .... .. . ................. . 30-40 A36 Casein .............................. . 36 B27
Baking powder . .. .......... .. ........ . 41 A26 Cashew nuts ..... . .................. . 32-37 037
Barite ............ . ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 180 028 Casi iron chips .. .... ... ... .. .. ....... . 130-200 C37
Ba rium carbonate ....... .............. . . 72 A37 Cement, Portland ................... . . . 65-85 A27Y
Bark, wood, refuse .. .. .. ... .. ........ .. . 10-20 H37X Ceme nt clinker ..... . ................. . 75-80 028
Barley ............... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 38 B165 Chalk, lum py .......................... . 8 5-90 037Z
Baryte, see b arite Cholk, 100 mesh and under .............. . 70-75 A37YZ
Bauxite, crushed, 3" o nd und er .. . .. .. .... . 75-85 028 Chorcoal. .. .. ........................ . 18-25 0 37T
Beans, castor, whole .......... . ......... . 36 C16 Cheese, grote d . . ...... . ............... . 22 -24 8 26WZ

• These classes represen! observotions under general condit1ons. Specifoc A Weights of material, loase or slightly agitoted. Weights ore usuolly differ-
conditions may vary due to monufocturing processes ond handling. Refer ent when moterials are settled or pocked as in bins or containers.
to Table 1 above far closs description. ¿ Class may vary considerably due to conditions. Consult Link-Belt far in-
formation.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 563
technical information

Bulk material classifications

Table 2 • Materia l classes and weights (continued)
Average Average
weight per Class weight per Class
Material cubic foat
pounds 6.
• Material cubic foot
paunds 6.
•
Chocolate press cok e .... •............. .. 40-45 027 Face powder, see talcum powder
Chrome ore ................. . ... . •... . . 125-140 C28 Feldspar, ground, Ya " and und er ....... . 65-70 827
Cind ers, blo st furnoce ... . ........... . 57 038 Feldspar, powdered ... . ............... . . 75 A37
Cinders, cool. ............. .. ... .. . . . 40 028 Ferrous sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . ..... . 50-75 C27
Clay, see also bentonite, diatomaceous Fi sh meal. ............................ . 35-40 836
earth, fullers eorth, koolin and marl Fi sh scrap . ............ . . . ........... . 40-50 H36
Clay, calcined ...................... _ 80 828R Fla xseed ....... . .................... . 45 8165
Clay, fine dry . . . .................... . 100-120 ... Fla xseed cake, expeller ................ . 48-50 026
Clay, lumpy, loase ..................... . 60-75 ... Flaxseed meal ....................... . 25 826
Clover seed .......................... . 48 8165 Flour, wheat ......................... . 35-40 A36K
Coal, anthracite . ..... . ................ . 60 C27P Flue dust, boiler house, dry ............. . 35.45 A18Y
Coal, anthracite, river or culm, Y1 • and under 60 837P Fluorspar . ........................... . 82 C37
Coal, bituminous, mined , 50 mesh and under . 50 836P Fly ash, dry, see flue dust
Coal, bituminous, mined, run of mine ...... . 50 D26P Fuller's earth, oil fil ter, burned ........ . .. . 40 828
Caol, bituminous, mined, sized ........ . 50 D26PT Fuller's eartn, oil filler, raw ............. . 35- 40 827
Coal, bituminous, mined, slock, Y2" and under 50 C36P Fuller's earth, oil filler, spe nt ............ . 60-6 5 ...
Coal, bituminaus, stripping, not cleoned .... . 50 037P Garbage, green .. __ ............ . . ... . . 30 ...
Coal cha r .......... . ............ . .... . 24 8275Y Ge latin, granulated ... . ............... . 32 C26T
Cocoa beans ................ . . . ... . ... . 30-40 C27T Gilsonite ... . ....... . ...... . ......... . 37 C27P5
Cocoa nibs ............. . ............. . 35 C27 Glass batch ....... . ........ . .. . ...... . 90-100 028
Cocoa powder ......... . .......... . ... . 30-35 A36Z Glue, ground, Ya" and under ............ . 40 827
Cocoanut, shredded .................... . 20-22 H36 Glue, p earl ........ . ........... . . . .... . 40 C16
Coffee, chaff ..... . ..... . .... . ........ . 20 826WY Glute n meol . . . . . ....... . ...... . ..... . 40 826
Coffee, green b ean .. .. . . .. .. ..... . ... . 32 C26T Grains, distill ery, spent, dry ..... . ........ . 30 H26W
Coffee, g round . ............ . .......... . 25 826 Graphite, flake ........................ . 40 C26
Coffee, roasted bean ....... . ... .. ...... . 22-26 C16 Graphite, flour ......... .. .... .. . .. . ... . 28 A16Y
Coffee, soluble .. ............... .. ..... . 19 826KlT Granite, broken . ............... . ..... . 95-1 00 028
Coke, loase . ... . ............. . ........ . 23-32 D38TX Grape pomace . . ... ........ .... . ...... . 15-20 C37W
Coke, p e troleum, calcined ....... . . . _ . . _. 35-45 D28X Gra ss seed ...................... . .. . 10 -12 82 65W
Coke breeze, Y• " and under ...... . ...... . 25-35 C38 Grave!, screened . . . . . ........... . 90-100 027
Compost ......... . .......... . . . ...... . 28 H36N Gypsum, calcined, y,'' and under ...... . 55-60 C27
Copper ore ............... . ........... . 120-150 028 Gypsum, calcined, powdered . . . . . . . . . 60-80 A37
Copper sulphate ...................... . 026 Gypsum, row, l " and under . . . . . . . . . 90-100 027
Copperas, see ferrous sulphate Hominy ........................... . . 37 C26
Copra, lumpy ................. . . . .. . . . . 22 026 Hops, spent, dry . _.................... . 35 H36
Copra cake, lumpy .: ................... . 25-30 026 Hops, spent, wet ...................... . 50-55 H36P
Copra cake, ground ........... . ........ . 40-45 826 Ice, crushed .......................... . 35. 45 016
Copra meal ............. . ........ . ... . 40-45 826 llmenite ore .......................... . 140 828
Cork, fine ground ...................... . 12- 15 836WY lron ore .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . 12 5 - 150 ...
Cork, granulated ..................... . 12-15 C36 lron sulphate, see ferrou s sulphate
Corn, cracked ............ . ..... . ..... . 45-50 C26 Kaolin doy, 3" and under ............. . 163 027
Corn, seed ...... . .................... . 45 C165T Koolin tale, l 00 mesh and und e r ........ .. . 4 2 -56 A37
Co rn, shelled ..... . ..... . ... . ...... . ... . 45 Cl65 lactase ............. . . ..... .... . ..... . 32 A26KZ
Corn g erms ...... . ...... . ............. . 21 826 lamp block, see carbon block
Carn grits ... . . ........ . ....... . .. . .. . 40-45 826 leed arsenote ....................... . 72 836R
Corn sugar . .......................... . 31 826 lignite, air dried .. . . . .................. . 45.55 026
Cornmeal ........................... . 38-40 826 lignite, raw ...... . . . ...... . . . ....... . . 40 -45 ...
Cottonseed, dry, de-linted .............. . 35 C26 lime, ground, Ya " and under ............ . 60 836Z
Cottonseed, dry, not de-linted ........... . 18-25 C36 lime, hydrated, Ye " and under .......... . 40 826YZ
Cottonseed cake, lumpy ........ . ........ . 40-45 026 lime, hydrated, pulverized ............ . . 32-40 A26YZ
Cottonseed flakes ............ . .. . ...... . 20-25 ... lime, pebble ........................• . 53-56 036
Cottonseed hulls ...................... . 12 836W limestone, agricultural, Ya" ond und e r .... . 68 827
Cottonseed meal. ...................... . 35-40 826 limestone, crushed .................... . 85-90 027
Cottonseed meats . . ................. . 40 826 limestone dust ..................... . ... . 75 A37Y
Crackling s, crushed, 3 " and under ......... . 40-50 036 linseed, see fla xseed
Cryolite ......................... .. ... . 110 027 litharge, se e leed oxide
Cullet .. . . . .......................... . 80-120 028 lithopone ............................ . 45-50 A26Y
Detergen!, see soap detergen! Magne sium chloride .......... . ....... . 33 C36
Diatomaceous earth ................... . 11-14 A28YZ Maize, see corn
Dicalcium phosphate ... . ....... . ........ . 43 A36 Molt, dry ground, Ye" and under .. . .... . 22 8265W
Disodium phosphate ............ . .. . .... . 25-31 827PT Malt, dry whole ..................... . . . 27-30 C265
Dolomite, lumpy . . .......... . . . .... . . . . . 90-100 027 Molt, wet or green .. ................... . 60-65 C36
Ebonite, crushed, Y2" and under ... . .... . 65 -70 C26 Malt meal ... . . . ..... ................. . 36 - 40 826
Egg powder . ....... ............... . . . 16 ... Manganese dioxide ............ . ....... . 80 ...
Epsom salts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 4 0-50 826 Manganese ore ...... . 125-140 ...
• These closses represenl observations unde r general conditions. Speciric 6. Weights of material, loase or slightly ogitoled. Weights ore usual ly dif!er-
conditions moy vory due to monufocluring processes ond handling. Refer 10 enl when moleriols ore settled or pocked os in bins or contoiners.
Table 1, poge 563, for closs descriplion. .t. Closs moy vory considerobly due to condll1ons. Consult Link-Bell for in·
formotion.

564 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 technical information

Bulk material classifications

Table 2 • Material classes and wei ghts (contin ued)
Average Average
weight per Closs weight per Class
Material cubic foot
pounds A
• Materia l cubic foa t
pounds A
•
Mongonese sulphote ..... ....... . . .. . ... . 70 C28 Slote, crushed, %" and under ...... . .. . 80-90 C27
Morble, crushed, Y2" ond under .... . . .. .. . 90-95 D28 Slo te , ground, Ya " ond under ............ . 82 827
Mari ........ . ........ . ... ·· ····· · ···· 80 D27 Soo p beods or granules . ....... . ....... . 826T
Meo!, ground . . ....................... . 50-55 4. Soop chips . . ................. . ....... . 15-25 C26T
Mea!, scrops ......... . ... ... .......... . 40 H37X Soa p d etergents ... . ..... . .. .. .. . ... . . . . 15-50 ...
Mica, ground .. .. . ... ..... . . .. ... . .. . . . . 13-15 827 Soop flok es ...... .... . ...... . .. . ... ... . 5-15 826T
Mico, pulverized . . . . . ........ . .. . ... . . . . 13-1 5 A27Y Soop powd er ...... . ....... . ... . . . . . .. . 20-25 826
Mica flokes ............... .. .. . . . ..... . 17-22 81 7WY Soopstone tole, fine . . . . . ...... . ....... . . 40-50 A37Z
Milk, dried flake ....... . . ..... .. .. ... . . . 5-6 82 6K Soda osh, heavy .. . ... . . ...... ........ . 55-65 827
Milk, molted .. . ...... . . . . ... .. ...... .. . 30-35 A36KZ Soda ash, light .... . .......... .. .... . . . . 20-35 A27W
Milk, whole, powdered ... ..... ......... . . 20 836KLZ Sodium bicorbonate, see bica rbonate of soda
Monosodium phosphate ........... . . . ... . 50 827 Sodium nitrote .... . ... . . . . . ..... . ... . . . 7 0-80 &
Muriote of potosh ...... . . .. . . .......... . 77 828 Sodium phosphate, see monosodium phosphate,
Mustord seed . .... . . . . . . . .. .. ......... . 45 816S disodium phosphote, trisod ium phosphate
Naphthol ene flokes .. . ............... ... . 45 4. Sodium sulphate, see soltcoke
Niacin . ... .. ......... ...... . . ........ . 35 827 Sorghum seed ... . .. . .. . ... .. . . . . .. . . .. . 47-52 827
Nickel-cobalt sul phate ore .......... ..... . 70-80 4. Soybeons, crocked . ....... . ....... . . . . . . 30 -40 C27S
Oats . ...... . .. . .... ...... .. ..... . ... . 26 Cl6S Soybeons, whole . ..... . .. . . . . ... . ..... . . 45-50 G1 7S
Oats, rolled ....... . .. . ....... .. .. ... .. . 19 C26SW Soybeo n cake, over %" ... . . . .. ....... . . 40 -43 D26
Orang e peel, dry . .. . ........ .. . . .. . ... . 15 H36 Soybea n floke s, row .. . . . . . . . . . .. . ..... . . 20 -26 C26W
O xalic ocid crystols . ........... . ....... . 60 836L Soybean flokes, spent .... . ... . . . . . . .. .. . 18-20 C26W
Oyster shells, ground under Y2" . ... . . .... . 53 C27 Soybean flour . ...... . . . . .. ..... . .. ... . . 27 ...
O yster shells, whole .. ....... ... . .. .. ... . D27X Soybeon meal, cold .. . ... .. . ... . .. . . .. . . 40 826
Paper pulp, l 03 consistency . .. . . . .. .. . . . 45-50 4. Soyb e an meal, hot .. . . . .. ...... . ..... .. . 40 826P
Paper pulp, 203 consistency ....... .. ... . 25-30 4. Sto rch .. . . . ... . . .. . .... . . .......... .. · 25-50 4.
Pape r pulp, 303 consistency . . . ..... .. .. . 10-15 ... Steel chips, crushed ...... ..... . . . .. .. .. . 100-150 D28
H38X
Pe anuts, in shells .......... . ...... . . . ... . 15-20 D26T Steel turnings ....................... . . . 75-150
Pe anuts, shell e d . . ...... . ... . .......... . 35-45 C26T Stone, see grave! o r lime sto ne
Pea s, d ried ........... ....... . . . . .... . . 45 -50 Cl6ST Sugor, gronuloted ............ . . . ..... . . 50-55 B26KT
Phosphote rock ........ . . . . . . ...... . . . . . 75 -85 D2 7 Sugor, powdered ...... . . ..... . ..... .. . . 50-60 ...
Phosphote so nd ....................... . . 90-100 828 Sugor, raw, cane ..... . ....... . ...... .. . 55-65 836Z
Plaster of Pa ris, see g y psum, colcined, powd ered Sugor, wet, b eet .... ... ..... . . . .. . . .. . . 55-65 836Z
Po lystyrene b e o ds ....... . ............. . 40 826 Sugor b eet, pulp, dry .... . ... .. ... . . ... . 12- 15 4.
Pota ssium carbonate .. ....... . . ... ..... . . 51 827 Sugo r b eet, pulp, wet .. . ... . . . .. ....... . 25-45 ...
Po tassium chloride, p e ll e ts ... .. . . . . . ... . . . 120 - 130 C27P Sugor co ne, knifed ... . . .. . . .. .. . .. . .. . . . 15-1 8 H36X
Po ta ssium nitro te .... . ....... . ...... . ... . 76 C17P Sulphur, crushed, Y2" and under .......... . 50-60 C26S
Po tassium sulphote .. .. . . .. .. . . .... . . ... . 42-48 837Z Sulphur, 3 " and under .. . ... . . .. .. ... .. . . 80-85 D26S
Pumice, Ya" ond under ... . ... . .. . . . . . .. . . 42-45 838 Sulphur, powd ered . ... ..... . . . ........ . . 50 -60 826SY
Pyri tes, pellets .. . . . ... .... .. . . . . . ..... . . 120- 130 C27 Taconite, pellets ... . . . ...... .. .. ....... . 116-130 D28T
Rice, hulle d or polished ... . .... . . .... ... . 45-48 816 To lcum powd er .. . .... . .. .... . . .. ... . .. . 40 -60 A27Y
Rice, rough . . ... . ......... .. ........ .. . 36 826S Tanbark, ground . . . .• . .. ... . . . . . ...... . . 55 ...
Rice bron, see bron Tankage . . . ... . . .. . . ....... . ... .. . . .. . 60-70 4.
Rice grits ... . . . . .. . .............. . .... . 42-45 826 Timothy seed .. . .... . ....... .. ... .... .. . 36 826 SW
Rouge powder ............ .. ........ .. . A38Y Titonium spon'g e .... ...... . .. . . . . . . . . .. . 60-70 H38
Rubber, hard, ground, see e bo nite Tobocco leoves, dry . . ..... . ........ .. . . . 12-1 4 H36TX
Rubber, pelletized . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . 50-55 036 Tobocco scro ps ... . . . . . . ..... . . . ... ... . . 15-25 D36W
Rubber, recloim . . .. . . ... ... . .. . . . .. .. . . 25-30 0 36 Tobocco snuff . .... . .. . .. ....... . ...... . 30 836TY
Rye ........ .. . . . . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 44 81 65 Tobacco stems ....... . ... . . . . . . . ...... . . 15 H3 6X
Salicylic acid . . . . ... ........ . . 29 826L Tro prock, crushe d . . .. .. .. . .. .. ... ... . . . . 105- 11 0 D28X
Salt, common, dry course ..... . . ... . ..... . 45-50 C27PL Trisodium phosphate ... . .. . ........ . .. .. . 60 827
Sal!, common, dry fine ...... . ....... . ... . 70-80 827 PL Tripie su per phosphole ... . ... .. ... . .... . 50-55 827 NR
Solt cake, dry coarse ........ . . .. . . . .. .. . 85 D27 Tung nut meo Is, crushed . .. ... ........ ... . 25 D26
Salt cake, dry pulverized .... . ....... . ... . 65-85 827 Ve rmiculite, exponded . . .. . . . . . . .... . .. . 16 G 37W
Saltpeter ... ..... . . .. .. . ... . . ..... . .. . . 80 826S Vermiculite ore ... . . ........... . ... . . .. . 80 D27
Sand, bonk, damp ...... ...... . . . ... . .. . 110-130 838 W alnut she lls, crushed . ................ . . 35-40 828
Sand, bank, d ry .... . .. ... ...... ... . .. . . 90- 11 0 828 Wheat ..... . ... ... . ... . . . . .. . . . ..... . 45-48 C16S
Sand, foundry, prepared .. .... .... . ..... . 90 838 40-45 826 S
Wheot, cracked . ...... . .. . . .. .. ... .... .
Sand, foundry, shokeout .... ..... . . . ... . . . 90 D28 826
Wheot germ . . . .. . .... . ... ... . .. . . . ... . 28
Sand, silica, dry . . .. ........ ... ........ . 90- 100 818
Sawdust ... . ....... . ....... . ... .... •. .. l 0-13 ... Wood bo rk, se e b ork
Wood chips ......... .. . ..... . .... . . . . . 10-30 H36WX
27 827
Seso me se ed . . . . . .. ........... . ... . ... .
Sha le, crushed .............. . . .. . . ... .. . 85-90 C27 Wood flour .... . ... . .. .. . .. . .... . .. . . . . 16-36 ...
31 826K Zinc concentrate residue . . .... . ... ..... .. . 75-80 828
She lloc, powd e red or g ranul<Hed . . . . . .. .. .
Silica gel ....... .. . .... .. . .. . .. . . .. .. . 45 828 Zinc ore, crushe d ..... ... . . ...... .... . . . . 160 ...
Slog , furnac e , granular ...... ............ . 60-65 C28 Zinc oxid e, heavy ....... . ..... .. . ... . .. . 30-35 A36Z
Slag, furno ce, lumpy ... . ...... . . . . . . . . . . 160 - 180 D38X Zinc oxid e , lig ht . . .. .... . ...... ....... . . 10-15 A36WZ
• These classes represen! observations under general conditions. Specific A Weights el material, loose or slightly agitated. Weights ore usually dif-
conditions may vory due to manulactu ring processes and handling. Refer to ieren! wh.en materials are settled o r packed as in bins or containers.
Table l , page 563, fer closs description. & Class may vary considerably due to conditions. Consult Link.Bel! fer in-
formation.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 565
technical information

Chain conveyor calculations

Chain conveyors and cha in elevators G = factor in Table 3, for material 6 inches and over in depth
The following loyouts with horsepower ond choin pull formulas rep- H = horsepowe r al heod shoft
resen! o few of the more commonly used conveyor orrongements. h = depth of moteriol sliding ogo inst trough or skirt pi ates,
in inches- need not be considered for ma terial less thon
Orive shaft • In general, the driving power is opplied to the heod 6 inches in depth
or dischorge end of the conveyor. The odvantage of the heod end
K = 1. 15 for chain lub ricoted
drive is that only the corrying run of the conveyor is under maximum
1.20 for chain not lubricoted
tension.
L = length os indicoted in layouts, in feet
Takeup sh aft • Whenever proctical, takeup s ore locoted ot the M = weight of material per faot of conveyor, in pounds, o r
foot or looding end of the conveyor. Screw tokeups ore ordinarily 33.33 T
used, but where flxed tension in the chain is required, spring or
gravity takeups are recommended.
s
N = pull for moking cha in t o ut, in pounds
Lay out and f o r mula select ion • The vorious layouts opplying WU 2
to the different choin conveyors ond elevotors ore listed in Table l. or, N =coteno r y tension or BZ + W Z
For loyouts ond formulas not shown, consult Link-Belt.
P1= moximum choin pull or cho in pul l ot heod shaft in pounds
Layouts and calculations P2 = pull required by tokeups, in pounds
The following symbols ore used in the formulas ond the layouts: P>, p, etc. = cho in pull al points indicoted in loyouts, in pounds
A = factor in Table 2 Q = odditionol pull, in pounds, req uired to slide conveyor
B = dio meter of bucket elevotor foot wheel, in inches, when und er objects which o r e stopped or objects which o re
handling material with smoll lumps pulled through sows, etc.
= rodius of bucket elevotor foot wheel, in inches, when R = vertical rise of inclined portian of conveyor, in feet
handling fine or fluffy material S = speed, in fe et per minute
Ad
T =peak copocity, in tons per hour
C=o U = unsu pported horizontal distonce, in feet
D = diometer of choin roller in inches V = actual length of cho in, minus U
d = diometer of bushing ar pin on which choin roller revolves
W = weight of choin, slots, pons, etc., per faot per run of con-
or diameter of boll or roller circle, in inches
veyor, in p ounds
F = .20 for sliding choin on steel trock, lubricoted
.33 for sliding choin on steel !rock, no! lubricoted Y = horizontal length of inclined portion of conveyor, in feet
f = factor in Tabl e 3 Z = sog of choin, in fe et, o r ,,/-:J75 U V

Table 1 • Layout and formula selection

layout
Chain sliding Chain rolling
M oteriol
Choin canveyors car ried
Material sliding Material corried Molerial sliding Material carried
and elevators
Horizontal
l
Horizontal l lnclined Horizonta l lnclined Hori zontal lnc/ined
1
and
inclined
1
Horizontal lnclined
1Horizontal
ond
inc/ined
Vertica l
1

Apron feeder .. . ... D, E J ... . .. ... e H L

Apron conveyar .. . . .. D,E J ... . .. ... e H L
Bor flight feeder A F ... . .. B G K 1

Corrier choin conveyor .. . ... D, E J .. . . .. ... e H L

Cross-bar choin conveyor A F D, E J B G K e H L

Drog conveyor A F .. . . ..
Flight conveyor A F ... . .. B G K
Ploin choin conveyor .. . . .. D, E J .. . ... . .. e H L

Slot canveyor ... . .. D, E J .. . . .. . .. e H L

Bucket elevotor .. . ... . .. .. . . .. ... ... . .. . . ... M

Ta b le 2 • Factor A
Factor A ii.

Type of bearing far chain rollers Rollers Enc/osed

Rollers
no! oiling
greosed
lubricated 1 1
rollers
Cored iron or steel on cold flnished steel • .50 .35
Bored iron ar steel on cold flnish ed steel .40 .25 .20
Bored bronze bushing on cold flnished steel ... .20
Roller beorings with smooth hordened roces ... .09
Boll b eorings with smooth hordened roces ... .06

Ji. Based on rollers with smooth faces operoting on smooth, cleo n steel tracks • Based on smooth cored ho les mode wirh dry sand or painted cores.
ond includes reosonoble ollow once for ílange and hub fricti ons.

566 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 technical information

Chain conveyor calculations

Tabl e 3 • Factors f and G
Average weight Factor f, Factor G, Average weight Factor f, Factor G,
Material per cubic foot, vertical horizontal Material per cubic foot, vertical horizontal
pounds pre ssure pre ssure pounds pressure pressure
1

Alum, lumpy 50-60 .35-.45 .03 5 -.0 40 Coke, breeze 25-35 .60-.70 .026-.030
Ashes, dry, 1/2" and under 35-40 .45-.55 .024-.028 Cottanseed, undelinted 18-2 5 .30-.40 .010-.012
Ashes, wet, '12" and under 45-50 .55-.65 .0 16-.020 Grains 38-45 .35-.45 .042-.046
Ashes, dry, 3 " and under 35-40 .45-.55 .02 8-.032 Grave !, dry, screened 90-100 .40-.50 .078-.082

Ashes, wet, 3 11 and under 45-50 .55-.65 .022 -.026 Grave!, run af bank 100-125 .55-.65 .086-.090
Bagasse 7-8 .35-.45 .004-.006 Ice, crushed 35-45 .15-.20 .028-.032
Beans, whole 45-50 .30-.40 .054-.058 Ice cakes 57 .06-.10
Cement, Portland 75-85 .60-.70 .082-.090 Lime, ground 55-65 .35-. 45 .034-.038

Cement clinker 75-80 .65-.75 .078-.086 Lime, pebble 55-60 .45-.55 .062-.068
Cool, onthrocite, egg 50-55 .25-.30 .030-.034 Sond, dry 90-110 .55-.65 .130-.140
Coal, anthrocite, nut ond stove 50-55 .30-.35 .036-.040 Sond, domp 110- 130 .80-.90 .160-.170
Cool, onthrocite, run of mine 50-55 .35-.40 .048-.05 2 Sond, foundry, shokeout 85-95 .65-.75 .068-.072

Coal, onthrocite, peo 50-60 .40-.45 .060-.064 Sond, foundry, tempered 90-100 .80-.90 .0 6 6 -.070
Coal, onthrocite, buckwheot 55-65 .50-.55 .070-.075 Sawdust 10-13 .35-.45 .004-.006
Coal, bituminous, sized 45-55 .45-.55 .045-.050 Stone, dust 75-85 .45-.55 .085-.090
Cool, bituminous, run of mine 45-55 .55-.65 .047-.051 Stone, screened lumps 85-90 .55-.65 .110-.115

Cool, bituminous, slock, dry 40-50 .45-.55 .033-.037 Stone, lumps and fines 85-90 .60-.70 .105-. 110
Cool, bituminous, slock, wet 50-60 .65-.75 .03 1-.035 Wood chips 12-20 .35-.45 .004-.006
Coke, sized 23-32 .35-.45 .0 18-.022
Coke, mi)(ed 25-35 .55-.60 .022-.026

P1SK
Layout A • Chain and material sliding H = 33,000
P1 = Pó- PJ = L(2.2FW +fM+hiGJ+.2 N
P2= 2.2P4
P3 = N
P4 = P3+ LFW
Ps=l. 2P4
Pó = Ps+ L( FW + fM+ hiG)
Fig. 4981
See poge 566 for explonotion of symbols.

P1SK
Layout B • Chain rolling and material sliding H =33,00o

TAKEUP r
IP.
~LTRAVEL
~I
l/DRIVE
P1 = Pó - P3 = L(2.2CW + fM+ hiG) + .2N
P2 = 2.2 P4
,..."" .~¿. ...¿__,¿._~-~-~ ~-~ ...¿__,¿.-~~-
L.JL ' . 1 ~ FEED . ' lf' P3 = N
Pz"'\. ~ ) W CHUTE ( 1
.Á
~ 2'. J>"'=<t :~:~:t:f::t:J; ~--~·.-J:":L,·~,~-->-P, P4 = P3 + LCW
Ps TRAVEL - - - ~ Ps= l.2P4
Fig. 4982 Pó = Ps + L(CW + fM + h1G)
See poge 566 for explonotion of symbols.

P1SK
Layout C • Chain rolling and material carried H = 33,000
P1 = P6 - P3 = L(2.2c w + cM + h1G) +. 2 N
P2 = 2.2 P4
P3 = N
P4= P3+LCW
Ps=l.2 P4
Pó = Ps+ L(CW + c M+ hiG )
Fig. 4983 See poge 566 for explonotion of symbols.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 567
technical information

Chain conveyor calculations

layout D • Ch ain slid ing and mate ria l carried P1SK
H = 3 3,000
K---------- L----------~
P1 = Pó - P3 = LF(2.2W + M) + .2N + Q
TAKEUP TRAVEL- + / ORIVE
P,
,..-L..19.. __ffi__J:§L_...B__.0_ P.
_Jfil__J;SJ__...fil_ __EL_EJ;._t___ p
P2 = 2.2P4
P3 = N
P, • (
(•' \ ) \) (' 1 ') 1 p, = P3+ LFW
\ ....·~-- - ----- ---- ----~· Ps= l.2P,
P. - - - -TRAVEL P, P6 = Ps + LF(W + M) + Q
See poge 566 fer explonotien e f symbels.

layout E • Chain sliding and mat erial carr ied P1SK

H = 33,000

AKE~~Rl ""-~
P1 = Pó - PJ = LF(2 .2 W + 1.2M) + .2 N + 1.2Q
P2 = 2.2P4
T _fil_ _.fil__-"'l__ Cill \ .:;;;".L.fil_.-""l..._IB__ {°RIVE P3 = N
P, = P3+LF(W + M) + Q
P, • , ( ~) ( i) Ps = l.2P,
--- ~ - --- --- ----- _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ ____:::.._.-- -->-P.
TRAVEL ~
1
P, P. Pó = Ps+ LFW
Fig. 4985 See poge 566 fer e xplonotien ef symbels.

layout F • Chain and material slidin g P1SK

H =33,000
P1 = P6- P3
P2= 2.2 P,
R
P3 = N when y is less thon F
R
P3 = N + W (R - FY) when y is more thon F
R
P4 = N + W (FY - R) when y is le ss thon F
R
P4 = N whe n y is mo re thon F
Ps= l.2 P,
Pó = Ps + Y(FW + fM + h 2 G ) + R(W + Ml
Se e poge 566 fer explonotien ef symbels.

layout G • Chain rolling and mat eria l sliding P1SK

H =3 3,000
P1= P6- P3
P2 = 2.2P,
P3 = N when yR is less thon C
R
P3 = N + W (R- CY) when y is more tho n C

R
P, = N + W (CY - R) when y is less thon C
R
P4 = N whe n y is more thon C

- -- - -- - - -Y- - - -----;
]- Fog. 4987
Ps = l.2 P,¡
Pó = Ps+Y(CW +fM + h 2 G ) + R(W + M)
See poge 566 fer explonotien ef symbels.

P1SK
H = 33,000
P1 = Fó- PJ
P2 = 2.2P,
P3 = N whe n yR is less tho n C
P3 = N + W (R- CY) whe n yR is more thon C

R
P,¡ = N + W(CY - R) when y is le ss thon C
R
P4 = N w hen y is more thon C
Ps = l.2 P,
Pó = Ps+Y(CW + CM + h' G ) + R(W + M)
See poge 566 fer explonotion ef symbels.

56 8 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 technical information

Chain conveyor calculations

Layout J • Chain sliding and material carried rDRIVE P. H =~
P. t~ · 33,000
P1 = P6- P3
,..-<\--~"~~
L..--:- ~-y::v·.i.---- >-<• Al
P2 = 2.2P,
P3 = N when ~ is less thon F
~\.. p.-· -------- P,
y
fo--~ __.. ,. . .- ~ is
j
R P3 = N + W (R - FY) when more thon F
f y· ~\..
TAKEUP ~Ps~·st>--· _____ _...,.....-;:::>~\'ti'- P, = N + W(FY - R) when ~is less thon F

/ -?(\ . e-: - P, = N when ~is more thon F

Pz
~?p' 4 Ps = l.2 P,
y

Fig. 4989 P6 = Ps + YFIW + M) + R(W + M) + Q

See page 566 far explanalian af symbals.

Layout K • Chain rolling and material sliding r DRIVE H =~ P6 = 1.2Ps

P7 = P6 + L(CW + fM + h1G)
33,000
-.¡~\.. .
P,
).,!.~
t P1 = Pa - P3 Pa = P7 + Y(CW + fM + h1G)
~.v·.cr1.~P, P2 = 2.2Ps + R(W + M)

TAKE UP\ ~ P, V ...O. , - ~;~: ---;i: P3 = N when ~ is less thon C

y R
~-~--Ó- 4-.(,...~J,.-b-· ~Pe 1 '\ 1 P3 = N + W(R - CY) when - is more thon C
. O FEED ~- . y
Jí: , ) .· .. C~UTE . ~\..
}l_ R

r
Pz ' . .; .·• ,:
~-~-:9:": ~-$::?! -~ \ ( p, = N + W(CY - R) when ~is less thon C
R y
P. TRALVEL y ' 1
p, = N when y is more thon C
Ps= P4 + LCW
Fig. 4990 See page 566 far explanatian al symbals.

H =~ P6= 1.2Ps
P1 - Pó + L(CW + CM + h, G)
33,000
P1 = Pa - P3 Pa = P7 + Y(CW + CM + h1G)
P2= 2.2Ps + R(W + M)
P3 = N when ~ is less thon C
y R
P3 = N + W(R - CY) when - is more thon C
y
P, = N + W(CY - R) when ~is less thon C
R y
P, = N when y is less thon C

Fig. 4991 Ps= P4+ LCW

See page 566 far explanolion of symbols.

Layout M • Material carried

P, ORIVE

i-~ ----.
P. ~----1~
P,
. p
~
' .p H =~
33,000
~
i ~ F '
DOWN
1 P1 = P6- PJ
P2 = 2.2 P,

UP ~ f t ~ P3 = P, + RW
p, = N
. p Ps = 1.2P, + MB
~
' .p P6 = Ps+ R(M + W)
~ .
Ps {:..~P.
See poge 566 for explonation of symbols.

i\._..T_A-KE_U_P_..,

P, Fig. 4992

L 1 N K - B E L T • 569
technical information

Shaft and bearing load calculations

Determination of rad ial loads on heaal and foot
shaft bearings
The lood on each b earing is calculated for the various forces acting
on the bearings in the planes in which they accur. Using these loads,
a force diagram is plotted to d e termine the magnitude and direction
of the resultan! radial load.
The weight of the shaft has no t been included.
Determination of the bending and torsional
moments on head and foot shafts
The following method is simple and accurate. The weight of the shaft
has not been included and for the ordinary applicotion need not be
considered.
When the size of the pillow blocks indicated for the radial loads
is smaller than the diameter of the shaft requi red for the bending
and torsional moments, it may sometimes be found economical, on
the large sizes, to neck the shofts to suit the pillow blocks.
layouts and calculations
The following symbols are used in the formulas and the loyouts:
a , b, e, d and e = dimensions in inches
A = pull al d riving wheel in pounds
B = pull al conveyor wheels ar pulley in pounds
e = weight of driving wheel in pounds
D = weight of conveyor wheels or pulley including weight
of 180-degree wrop of chain, slats, pans, belt, etc., in
pounds
E 1 = lo ad al bearing 1 due to p ull A, in pound s
E2 = load et b e a ring 2 du e to pull A, in pounds
F 1 = load al bea ring 1 d ue to pull B, in pounds
F2 = load et bearing 2 due to p ull B, in pounds
G 1 = load et b earing 1 due to weights C anó D, in pounds
G 2 = load a t bea ring 2 dueto weights C and D, in pounds
H 1 = load et bea ring 1 due to weight D, in pounds
H2 = load et bearing 2 due to weight D, in p ounds
J = radius of driving wheel in inches
K1 = bending moment et bea ring 2 due to p ull A, in inch
pounds
K1 = b ending moment et bearing 2 due to we ight C, in inch
pounds
L1 = bending momenl et point 3 due to p ull A, in inch pounds
L2 = bending moment et point 3 due to p ull B, in inch pounds
l 3 = bending momenl et point 3 due to weight D, in inch
pounds
N 1 = bend ing mome nt al point 4 due to p ull A, in inch pounds
N 1 = bending moment at point 4 d ue to p ull B, in inch pounds
N J = bending moment al poi ni 4 due to weight D, in inch
pounds
M 1 = maximum bend ing momenl al bearing 2
M2 = maximum b ending moment et point 3
R1 = resultant radial load at b e a ring 1
R; - resulten! rcd icl !ocd ot beoring 2

He ad shaft with single sprocket or singl e arm pulley betwe en b e arings

Fo rces and re act ions for p lane in which pu ll A acts:

E~
A
Ab A(a + b)
E, Bearing loads: E 1 = a E2 = - --
a
a:t Bending mam e nts: K1 =Ab , L1 = E1c
1~ E~
,E, -c
3
d ,.J
>-<
- a- ,.Jb
I 1
Torsional momenl: T = AJ •

Fo rces and reactions for p lane in which pull B acts:

~
Bd Be
Beoring loads: F1 = ~· F2 =-;:;-

~c7dJbl-
Bending moment: L2 = F 1e

Forces and reactions for vertical plane in which weights C and D act:

Dd-Cb Dc + C(a + b)
Bearing loads: G 1 = G1= - - -- -
a o
Bending moments: K2 = Cb, l 3 = G1c

''º sooo
Resultan! bearing loads and bending moments

RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R,

DG
, F,
RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R, MAXI MUM BENDING MOMENT M, MAXIMUM BE N DING MOMENT M,
f 19 6136

AT BEARING 1A AT BEARING 2 • A T BEARING 2 • AT POINT 3 •

.A Know ing the radial loods, re fe r to C otolog 1050 to ma<e the beoring block • Knowing l he maximum bendinq ond torsionol moments, refer to poge 574
selec tion. to moke the shalt size selection.

570 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 technical information

Shaft and bearing load calculations

Head shaft with two sprockets or double arm pulley between bearings
Forces and reactions for plane in which pull A acts:

"'0
u
E, ,, E1 A
Fig.5001 Bending momenls:
Ab
Beo ring loods: E1 = ~,

Ki = Ab,
A(o + b )
E2 = - - -
o
L1 = E1c, N ¡ = Ed c + e)

Torsionol momenl: T = AJ
' ~
'°\_ d~e
E1 ~o-J b -

cr::,,
Forces and re actions for p lane in which pull B acts:
F, ¡:;

B(2d + e ) B(2c + e)
Beo ring loods: F1 = , F2 = - - -
Fig. 5002 20 2o

Forces and reactions for vertical plane in which weights C ond D act:

D(2d + e ) - 2Cb 2 C(o + b) + D(2c + e)

Beo ring loods: G1= , G2
20 20
Fig. 5003
Bending momenls: K2 = Cb, L3 = G 1e,

Resultan! b e aring loads and be nding moments

F,
~A LJ[ ______ ~
L_JG F,
2 M2 - - -

RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R1 RESULTANT RADIAL LOAD R2 MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M 1 MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M2
AT BEARING 1 • AT BEARING 2 • AT BEARING 2 • AT POINT 3 •
Fig. 5008

Foot or idler shaft with single sprocket or single arm pulley between bearings
Forces and reactions fo r plane in which B acts:
~B F, F2
Bd
Beoring loods: F 1 =-¡;-.
~&F 2 Fig. 5004
Be nding moment: L2 = F1c
B
e~

f "·
Forces and re a ctions for plane in which D acts:
H,
Dd De
3 2 Beoring loo ds: H i = ~, H2=-
Fig. 5005 o
Bending moment: L3 = H1e

Resultan! bearing loads and be nding mome nts

H~
L, _ .,

-------
~.
L3
L------ __..__.- ""'
--------

i ig. 5009

RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R, RESULT ANT RADIAL LOAD R2 MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M2
A T BEARING 1• AT BEARING 2 • AT POINT 3 •
.6. Knowing the radia l loads, refer to Catalog 1050 to make the bearing • Knowing the maximum bending moment, refer to page 574 to make th e
block selection. shaft size sel ection.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 571
technical information

Shaft and bearing load calculations

Foot or idler shaft with two sprockets or double arm pulley between bearings

Forces and reactions for plane in which B acts:

CE:,.
F, Fz

Beoring loods: F1

Bending momenls: L2 = F1c, N2 = F2d

Forces and reaction s for vertical plane in which w e ig ht D acts:

H, H2

D(2d + e ) D(2c + e)
42 Beoring loads: H1 = , H2
20 20

9 ~
e l..c- e- :>-id ~
Bending mome nls: L3 = H1e, NJ = H2d

fl t .5007 a -,.J

Resultan! b e aring load s and bending mome nts

F, F2

H,~ H,~
••• •2:u

RESU LTANT RADIAL LOAD R, RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R, MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M, MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M2
AT BEARING 1.t. AT BEARING 2 .t. AT BEARING 3 • AT POINT 4 •

Ji,. Knowing the radia l loads, refer to Catalog 1050 to moke the bearing • Knowing the maximum bending and torsional momenls, refer to page 574
block selection. to make the shaft size selection.

Conventional formulas
Horsepower Chain tension
H= ~ =___! N TN E= P + B
3 3,000 63,025 5,250
Jorque Tem p eratures
t = 6 3,025 H C = 5 / 9 (F - 3 2 )
N C = 1.2 5 R
T = 5,250 H F = 9/ 5 (C +32)
N F = 1.8 C + 32
F = 2.25 R+ 3 2
Centrifuga! pull of chain
R = .8 C
B = ~S~ R = 4 / 9 (F - 32)
1 15,900

whe re B = ce nlrifugo l pull, in pounds, due to weig ht o nd P = choin or belt pull in pounds
velocity o f choin R = degrees Reoumur
e = deg rees centigrode S = feel per minute
E = total cho in tension in pounds T = lorque in pound feel
F = degrees Fohre nheit 1 = torque in pound inches
H = horsep ower W = weight p e r foot of cho in in pounds
N = re vo lutions per minute

572 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 technical information

Shaft diameter calculations • approximate method

Shaft diameters Example of shaft selection
Tables l, 2 ond 3 moy be used far determining opproximote shoft Problem
diometers bosed on the three types of loodings. The volues shown Determine the opproximote shoft dio meter, using 10,000 pounds
ore bosed on on ollowoble sheoring stress of 6000 pounds per squore per squore inch sheor stress, to tronsmit 30 horsepower ot 200
inch far shofts with keyseots. Adjustments far other ollowoble sheor revolutions per minute with sprocket wheels mounted neor the beorings.
stress volues comparable with the physicol properties of the material
used should be mode by opplying the sheor foctors listed in Table 4. Solution
More occurote selections moy be mode by using Chori A, poge 575. Refer to Table 5 ond note thot o 2 7,1, " diometer shoft is odequote
When using speciol shofting select beorings of odequote size to far o sheor stress of 6000 pounds per squore inch.
carry the imposed load. The resistonce to deAection is determined by Refer to Table l. Note thot the sheor factor far l 0,000 pounds per
the shoft size ond not the shoft moter:ol. See olso poge 57 4. squore inch is .8434. Therefare, the required shoff diometer = 2 7116"
X .8434 = 2.06". A 2 3116 11 diometer shoft, which is the next higher
listed size, is selected.

Table 1 • Horsepower values for torsional moments only - without bending moments
Shoft 1 Horsepower of s hofting.t.
diameter, Revolutions per minute
inches - ,2'""'5:--.,..--:5.,,..
0--...,l,.....-=-
7 5,,,...-....,l--,-l""
Oo: --.,..
I .....,..,12'""'5,.......,¡---,1-=5""'
0 __,..1.....,..
17=-5: --:-
I ...,2'""'0,...,0---:l-'-:2.,,..
2..,,.
5 --,-l--:-
2 "5"0:--:-
1 -,2::-::7::-::5---:l-.,,3..,,.0""o---:-
1-,- 1 -4~0'""'0:--:-
3 5':"'.0:--:- I ---..,.45':"'.0:--'""
I ---,.
5 -0 0-
15,1, .4 .8 l.2 l.5 l.9 2.3 2.6 3.0 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.6 5.3 6.1 6.9 7.7
13116 .8 l.6 2.4 3.1 3.9 4.6 5.4 6.2 7.0 7.8 8.6 9.3 10.9 12.5 14.0 15.6
1'/ 16 l.4 2.8 4.2 5.5 6.9 8.3 9.7 l l. l 12.4 13.8 15.2 16.6 19.4 22.2 24.9 27.7
111;1, 2.2 4.5 6.6 8.9 11.2 13.4 15.7 17.9 20.2 22.4 24.7 26.9 31.4 35.9 40.4 44.9
1 15116 3.4 6.8 10.2 13.5 16.9 20.3 23.7 27. l 30.5 33.9 37.3 40.7 47.5 54.3 61. l 67.9
2 3116 4.9 9.8 14.7 19.5 24.4 29.3 34.2 39. l 44.0 48.9 53.8 58.6 68.4 78.2 88.0 97.8
2 1;1, 6.8 13.5 18.4 27.0 33.8 40.6 47.3 54.l 60.9 67.6 74.4 81.2 94.7 108.0 12 l.O 135.0
211;1, 9.1 18. l 27.3 36.2 45.3 54.4 63.4 72.5 81.6 90.7 99.7 108.0 126.0 145.0 163.0 181 .0
2 15;1, 11.8 23.7 35.4 47.3 59.2 71 .0 82.9 94.7 106.0 118.0 130.0 142.0 165.0 189.0 213.0 236.0
3 1A• 18.9 37.9 56.7 75.9 94.9 113.0 132.0 15 l.O 170.0 189.0 208.0 227.0 265.0 303.0 34 l.O 379.0
3 15;1, 28.5 57.0 85.5 114.0 142.0 171.0 199.0 228.0 256.0 285.0 313.0 342.0 399.0 456.0 513.0 570.0
Table 2 • Horsepower values for combined torsional moments and moderate bending moments
Shoft 1 Horsepower o f shaftin g .t.
d iomeler. --------~---------,.--_,_Re_v_ ol_
ut_io_n,....
s "-pe_ r_m
_i..,.nu_
te_ _.,.----,------..,.- - _ , . . - - _ , . .- - _ , . .- - -
inchcs 25 1 50 75 1 100 125 150 1 175 [ 200 1 225 1 250 1 275 1 300 1 350 1 400 1 450 [ 500
P A, .5 l.O l.5 2.0 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 7.3 8.3 9.4 10.4
1'116 .9 l.9 2.7 3.7 4.6 5.5 6.4 7.4 8.3 9.2 10.l l l. l 12.9 14.8 16.6 18.5
111;1, 1.5 2.9 4.5 5.9 7.4 8.9 10.4 11.9 13.4 14.9 16.4 17.9 20.9 23.9 26.9 29.9
l 1•11. 2.3 4.5 6.9 9.0 11.3 13.6 15.8 l 8.1 20.4 22.6 24.9 27.2 31.7 36.2 40.8 45.3
2 3A• 3.3 6.5 9.9 13.0 16.3 19.5 22.8 26. l 29.3 32.6 35.8 39. l 45.6 52.2 58.7 65.2
2 7116 4.5 9.0 13.5 18.0 22.5 27.0 31.6 36. l 40.6 45. l 49.6 54. l 63.2 72.2 81.2 90.2
2 11A• 6.1 12. l 18.3 24.2 30.2 36.3 42.3 48.4 54.4 60.5 66.5 72.6 84.7 96.8 108.0 12 l.O
2 15116 7.9 15.8 23.7 31.6 39.5 47.4 55.3 63.2 71.l 79.0 86.9 94.8 11 0.0 126.0 142.0 158.0
3~ 12.7 25.3 38. l 50.6 63.3 75.9 88.6 10 1.0 113.0 126.0 139.0 151.0 177.0 202.0 227.0 253.0
3 15116 19.0 38. l 57.0 76. l 94.l 114.0 133.0 152.0 17 1.0 190.0 209.0 228.0 266.0 304.0 342.0 380.0
4 1A, 27.0 54.0 81.0 108.0 136.0 163.0 190.0 217.0 245.0 272.0 299.0 326.0 38 l.O 435.0 490.0 544.0
4 1'A• 37.5 75.0 112.5 150.0 187.0 225.0 262.0 300.0 337.0 375.0 412.0 450.0 525.0 600.0 675.0 750.0
5 'ií6 50.0 100.0 150.0 200.0 250.0 330.0 350.0 400.0 451.0 50 1.0 55 l.O 601.0 701.0 801.0 902.0 1002.0
5"A• 65.2 131.0 195.6 261.0 326.0 391.0 456.0 522.0 587.0 652.0 717.0 783.0 9 13.0 1044.0 1174.0 1305.0
Table 3 • Horsepower values for combined torsional moments and heavy bending moments
Shoft 1 Horsepower of sh afti ng.t.
diameter, Revolutions per minute
inches -2-5-..,..
1-5-0-,....
\ - 7-5 ---,- 1-0_0_ [,...---
I 2- 5- . -
[ -1-
50-..,..
I _ 1_7_5 __,.1_ 2_0_0___,l,...--2_ 2_5-:-
[ - 25
_ 0_..,..
l _ 2_7_
5 __,.[_ 3_0_0___,[_ 3_5_0_ 1,...--4_ 0_0- . -
[ -4-5 0-
P A, .3 .6 .9 l.2 l.5 l.8 2.1 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.3 5.0 5.6
11;1, .55 l. l l.7 2.2 2.7 3.3 3.8 4.4 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.6 7.7 8.8 9.9
l 11A, .9 l.8 2.7 3.5 4.4 5.3 6.2 7.1 8.0 8.9 9.8 10.7 12.5 14.3 16.l
J 1SA• l.3 2.7 3.9 5.4 6.7 8.1 9.5 10.8 12.2 13.5 14.9 16.3 19.0 21.7 24.4
2 3A• l.9 3.9 5.7 7.8 9.7 11.7 13.7 15.6 17.6 19.5 21.5 23.4 27.4 31.3 35.2
2 1A, 2.7 5.4 8.1 10.8 13.5 16.2 18.9 21.6 24.3 27.0 29.7 32.4 37.9 43.3 48.7
2 11A, 3.6 7.3 10.8 14.5 18.l 21.7 25.4 29.0 32.6 36.2 39.9 43.5 50.8 58.0 65.3
2 15116 4.7 9.5 14. l 18.9 23.6 28.4 33. l 37.9 42.6 47.3 52.l 56.8 66.3 75.8 85.3
3 'ií6 7.6 15.2 22.8 30.3 37.9 45.5 53.l 60.7 68.3 75.9 83.5 91. l 106.0 121.0 136.0
3 15116 11.4 22.8 34.2 45.6 57.0 68.4 79.9 91.3 102.0 114.0 125.0 136.0 159.0 182.0 205.0
4 7116 16.3 32.7 48.9 65.3 81.6 98.0 114.0 130.0 147.0 163.0 179.0 196.0 228.0 26 l.O 294.0
4 15A' 22.5 45.0 67.5 90.0 112.0 135.0 157.0 180.0 202.0 225.0 247.0 270.0 315.0 360.0 405.0
5 1;1, 30.0 60.0 90.0 120.0 150.0 180.0 210.0 240.0 270.0 300.0 330.0 360.0 420.0 480.0 541.0
5"A• 39.0 78.0 117.0 156.0 195.0 234.0 273.0 313.0 352.0 391.0 430.0 469.0 547.0 626.0 704.0
.t. Bosed on steody loads and 6000 pounds per square inch shear st ress fe r than 6000 pounds per squo re inch .
shah s with keyseals. Re fe r to Table 4, page 574, for shear volue s o ther

l 1 N K - B E l T • 573
technical information

Shaft diameter calculations • accurate method

Shaft d iameter s Table 4 • Shear factors
Chori A provides o meons for o ccurotely determining shoft diometers Shear Shear
Shea r Shear
through the use of torsiono l ond bending moments. This cho ri is b osed stress stress
factor factor
on ollowoble sheoring stress of 6 000 pounds per squo re inch for .... 1 .... 1
shofts w ith keyseots. Adjustment for othe r allowoble sheor stress 500 2.2894 7 000 .9 499
volues comparable with the physicol properties of the ma teria l used 1000 1.8171 8000 .9086
should be mode by opplying the sheor foctors liste d in Tabl e 4. 1500 1.5874 9000 .8736
In determining shaft diometers, it is odvisable to moke generous 2000 1.4422 10000 .8434
allowance for abnormol operating co nditions. Liberal shaft diame ters
2500 1.3389 11 000 .8171
increase b e aring life.
3000 1.2599 12000 .7937
When using speciol shafting, select b ea rings of adequate size to
3500 1.1968 13000 .7728
carry the imposed loa d. The resista nce to deflection is determined 14000
4000 1.1447 .7539
b y the shaft size and not by the sha ft material.
4500 1.1006 15000 .7368
5000 1.0626 16000 .72 1 1
Example of shaft selection 5500 1.0294 17000 .7067
Problem 6000 1.0000 18000 .6934
Determine the shaft diameter, using 8000 pound s per square inch ..t. Allowable shear stress is gene rally token as lowe r value of either 30°7c, of
shear stress, for a bending moment of 1 0,000 pound inches and o minimum elastic limit or 183 of minimum ultimote !ensile strength . For shafts
torsionol moment o f 22,500 pound inches under a suddenly applied w ith keyseots red uce ollowoble sheor stress to 75% of obove sheo r volues.
load.
Tab le 5 • Shaft tolerances for low carbon steel
Solution
11 Shoft diometer, Diometer tolerance, inches
From Chort A, a 3 " 116 shaft is od e q uate for a sheor stress of 6000
inches Oversi ze Undersize
pounds per squore inch.
The shear factor for 8000 pounds per squa re inch she ar stress, Up to 1 .000 .002
from Tab le 4, is .9086. The required shoft diameter there fo re, is 1 111, to 2 .000 .003
3 1111," X .9086 = 3.35". Select a 3 7,-i6" shaft which is the next higher 2 1A6 io 4 .000 .004
listed shaft. 4 1116 to 6 .000 .005

Table 6 • Shaft speciflcations

Shoft Are a Section modulus Mamen! o f inertio

Weight Weight N orm a l sha ft
d iome ter, of shoft,
per inch, per foot, lengths,
inches squo re
pounds pounds fe et
inches Bending To r sion Bendin g Torsion
* 1 1
:y. .4418 .125 1.50 12 -16 .0414 .0828 .0155 .0311
13
A6 .6903 .1 95 2.35 12-16 .0809 . 1618 .0379 .0758
1 .7854 .223 2.67 12- 16 .0982 . 1963 .0491 .0982
13,-i, 1.1 075 .3 14 3.77 12-16 .1644 .3288 .0976 .1952
1 114 1.2272 .348 4.1 7 12-16 .1917 .3835 .1 198 .2397
l'lí6 1.6230 .460 5.52 20-24 .29 16 .5832 .2096 .4192
1 Y2 1.7671 .500 6.01 20-24 .3313 .6627 .2485 .4970
1 t '116 2.2365 .634 7.60 20-24 .4718 .9435 .3981 .7961
H4 2.4053 .682 8.18 20-24 .5262 1.0523 .4604 .9208
1'% 2.9483 .835 10.02 20-24 .7140 1.4281 .6917 1.3835
2 3.1416 .890 10.68 20-24 .7854 1.5708 .7854 1.5708
2% 3.7583 1.06 12.78 20-24 1.0276 2.0553 1.1240 2.2480
2 'lí, 4.6664 1.32 15.86 20-24 1.4218 2.8436 1.7328 3.4656
2 V2 4.9087 1.39 16.69 20-24 1.5340 3.0680 1.9175 3.8350
2"A' 5.6727 1.6 1 19.29 20-24 l. 9057 3.8113 2.5607 5.1215
2• •,-i, 6.7771 1.92 23.04 20-24 2.4885 4.9770 3.6549 7.3099
3 7.0686 2.00 24.03 20-24 2.6507 5.3014 3.9761 7.9522
3 'A' 7.9798 2.26 27. 13 20-24 3. 1794 6.3589 5.0672 10.1345
3 'lí6 9.2806 2.63 31.56 20-24 3.9878 7.9755 6.8539 13.7079
3 V2 9.621 2.73 32.7 1 20-24 4.2092 8.4185 7. 3662 14.7324
3 11A6 10.680 3.03 36.31 20-24 4.9226 9.8452 9.0761 18.1521
3 1o/í6 12. 177 3.45 41.40 20-24 5.9932 11.9865 11.7992 23.5984
4 12.566 3.56 42.73 20-24 6.2832 12.5664 12.5664 25.1327
4% 13.729 3.90 46.83 20-24 7.2088 14.4176 15.0935 30.1869
4 'lí6 15.466 4.38 52.58 20-24 8.5786 17.1571 19.0337 38.0674
4 Y2 15.904 4.50 54.07 20- 24 8.9462 17.8924 20.1289 40.2578
4 11,-i, 17.373 4.89 58.67 20-24 10.1 117 20.2234 23.6993 47.3985
4 "A6 19.147 5.43 65. 10 20-24 11.81 74 23.6348 29.1742 58.3483
5 'lí, 23.221 6.58 78.95 20-24 15.7833 31.5666 42.9108 85.8217
5 1o/í6 27.688 7.85 94.14 20 20.5499 4 1.0999 61.0077 122.01 53
6 Y2 33.183 9.40 112.8 20 26.9612 53.9225 87.6240 175.248'

574 • L 1 N K - B EL T
 technical information

Shaft diameter calculations • a ccurate meth od

Chart A • Combined to rsional and bending moments
>-l!Q<;;,_ '"
lªº- ,,,, 1
,__l:!QL!!;i
,~+'~5"'1-¡....;...++--H--+H--+.,._¡-H-J-H-++-l-'::....H-++-'--i--1-H-++-l--'--l-H-H-+x
-N_._~++__,_--H--+H-++-l--'-l-H-~~+'--+~H-++-17~~
70~ 14U -+-1-~H-++_._.-+-<H-.._._++-+-<-++l--+-4-4-+-<i--. ~~l--IH-l--l---H--l-H-;_j...+-!---lH-M--h-+-l-+-IH-!-+++-H-.+--H-++--"~_."4---H-++-H--+H--M---l--j
1"" " ·- 7'\''l!-H-+-t-H-t-H-\--t--1
,__ ~ ~-l'n"""-nl--l--i-++-!+H-+-+++-H-+l-++++H--+1--._
l-++-l-+--l_¡_--1__¡-_f_'~+
- ¡,.++_¡_
+--l __:-,__+¡__+._++_¡_+-'--'-,j:.1::.tt~,-
_¡_-j-j- ..._,_¡_-+-4+--l__¡-_;-_J--1--+1--+.__¡_+_¡_¡_4+--'j-j-_J--.__+._+
._:t-'6~:

~1-'"" 12
.... ~
~

._ ~ ,__LeQ
¡Z e
15011\Cl
o ] r
90
~ g ..,_1-
Q.
, ,,
,_,__,,,_,_.....__._._......_._.._._~6\ '
" ' '' \

oZ .;e "' "·' '•

... o
a:a :;
•' -
" CT""""s,~a.
. ,4--'+'--'--:++---1~-+-!-+-1w...µ+..'rl
'
, +1+-h--:..;..;_;;_;...-1--_,-+<µ\-1++J "
o ' ~\--'-
, --.-l-'-'-H-+--~J,----l--'-'-iH-+-t-+T+-l-+-f-'-+--'---1-,--++---H--'\-l'--+-\'-+-H
,_
.s=

1--

2 ~ '- ', ~---· \ --h

1\

z""""'-<--"--'--~~,
~,-~--1-1-",.~
'\__.__._..._.__,_ r t_....._._H-_,__,_...__.--1-'-'-+-~---'--'--++++-'--'--+'--'-++--L--• -1--+!-+++-H--+H-++--H-+-1H-!-+~
!--1-1--1--!-+--1+--l-H-++++--H--+\-l-+++-1--1-H-++__,_-Hl4-!-+.;...¡.-H1--1--H-++--H--+1--!1-++--l--+-1

Fig. 4375 1

"' H 1«> io ~ .~ ~ ~ b. f! ~ ... F-. f- ~ - 1~ ~ ~ !<!: ~ !:;- ~ ~ 1:.

!
·~ =
Q

TORSIONAL MOMENT • Thousonds of pound inches A

Directions: Project a line ha rizonto lly from the bending momenl scole ond a nother line ver tico ll y from the
torsionol moment scale . The spoce within which the intersection folls designotes the shaft size
A Bosed on 6000 pounds per squore inch stress far shafting with keyseols. Re ler to Table 4, poge 574, for foclors
lar other stress volues.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 575
technical information

Keyseating and keys

Keys in keywa ys are usuall y used to transfer torque between sprockets, gears, pulle ys,
couplings and similar items and the shafts or hubs on which they a re mounted.
Link-Belt has adopted square and fla t parallel keys and square and flat toper keys,
e ither with or without gib-head, for all applications except those transmitting extremely
heavy shock loads or those for which anothe r method of fostening may be sp ecifle d or
more desirable.
The sizes of keyways and keys for various shaft diameters given in the table b e low
comply with former ASA Standard B17. l- 1943 and are used unless otherwise ind icated.
Type and length should be specifled.

PLAIN END PLAIN MIDDLE ROU ND END NECKED

KEYSEAT KEYSEAT KEYSEAT END
1
1 ( )
1 1 1
I

~LENGTH•
1-
WIOTH ~ 1-<LENGTH+ f+LENGTH-

ry r r ENGTH1
1 0
"'··----------- _,, --- -
r------------- ....

1 1 Fig. 3736

:L__
W L(,-- ------.)
~

o
PARALLEL KEY w PARALLEL KEY
SQUARE ENDS 2 ROUND ENDS

.----- B W { TAPER !' IN 12

LDIAMETER
H [....___ __ ____, A ~JH J
Fig. 3735 t TAPER KEY GIB HEAD TAPER KEY

Sho f t Gib he o d Toleronce

Size of
dio meter,
H H/ 2 Square Flo t Toper ond gib heo d set screw
inches
... w Por ollel far

m~x.
W ond H w H -mox. p o r ollel
Flot Squore Flo t
A minus plus plus key,
To Squore 1 1 1
O ver 1 inches
1 (including) INCHES
.0020 .001 .005
.0020 .001 .005
.0020 .00 1 .005
.0020 .001 .005

o/a .0020 .001 .005

~a .0025 .001 .005
l .0025 .001 .005
l Ya .0025 .001 .005

l .0030 .001 .005

l Ya .0030 .001 .005
l y. 1 y. PA. l y. .0030 .001 .005
l y, l 'h l ~ l 'h .0030 .001 .005
Hove d imensions cer tified far instollation purposes.
In ordering, specify w hether parallel key square or ílat, taper key or g ib
heod toper key is re quired.
Flat keys ore used only when hub diameter is too smal l fo permit the
use o f o squore key.
Round end keys furnished only w hen specified.
Jt. Refer fo Table 5, poge 574, far shaff diomefer tolerances.

576 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 technical information

Equivalents • weights ond meosures

1 acre centimeter 1 foot- pound per second

43,560 squore feet 0.3937 inch 0.001285 British thermol unit per second
160 squore rods 0.0328 foot 0.0018 18 horsepower, U.S.
4,046.87 square meters 1O millimeters 0.001843 horsepower, metric
0.40469 hectore 0.13826 kilogrom-meter per second
0.0003237 kilogram-calorie per second
1 chain 1.35573 watts
0.001356 kilowatt
1 atmosphere, 760 mm. 792 inches
66 feet
29.9212 inches of mercury O.O 125 mile, U. S. stotute
gallon, liquid, U.S.
33.9006 feet of water 20.1 168 meters 2 31 cubic inches
14.6969 pounds per square inch 0 .02012 kilometer 0.13368 cubic foot
2, 116.35 pounds per squore foot 4 liquid quarts, U.S.
1.03329 kilogroms per squore centimeter 0.8327 British Imperial gallan
1 decimeter, cubic 3.78543 cubic decimeters
61.0234 cubic inches
1 Brltish thermal unit 0.03531 cubic foot gallon, dry, U.S.
1.05668 liquid quarts, U.S.
778. 104 foot-pounds 0.02838 bushel, U.S. 268.803 cubic inches
0.000393 horsepower-hour, U.S. 0.15556 cubic foot
0.0003984 horsepower-hour, metric 4 dry quarts, U.S.
1,054.9 joules 1 foot 0.96897 British Imperial gallon
1,052 watt-seconds 0.125 bushel, U.S.
0.000293 kilowatt-hour 12 inches 4.40492 cubic decimeters
107.577 kilogram-meters 0.33333 yard
0.252 kilogram-calorie 0.06061 rod
O.O 1515 cho in
grain
0.0001894 mile, U.S. statute 0.002083 ounce, troy
1 British thermal unit per second 304.8 millimeters 0.002286 ounce, avoirdupois
30.48 centimeters 0.0001736 pound, troy
778. 104 foot-pounds per second 0.3048 meter 0.0001429 pound, avoirdupois
1.4 147 4 horsepower, U.S. 0.0000648 kilogram
1.43436 horsepower, metric
1,054.9 watts foot, square gram per centimeter
1.0549 kilowatts 144 square inches
107.577 kilogram-meters per second 39.1983 grains per inch
929.03 square centimeters 0 .0056 pound per inch
0.252 kilogram -co lorie per second 0.0929 squore meter 0.0672 pound per foot
O. 1O ton, metric, per kilometer
0.1 O kilogram per meter
1 bushel, U.S. foot, cubic
2, 150.42 cubic inches 1,728 cubic inches 1 gram per cubic centimeter
1.2 4446 cubic feet 29.9221 liquid quarts, U.S.
7.48055 liquid gollons, U.S. 0.036 13 pound per cubic inch
32 dry quorts, U.S.
0.80356 bushels 62.4283 pounds per cubic foot
8 dry gallons, U.S.
1,000 kilograms per cubic meter
35.2393 cubic decimeters
100 kilograms per hectoliter
1 foot per second
gravity
1 kilogram- calorie 0.68182 mile per hour
0.3048 meter per second 32. 171 7 feet per second per second
3,087.77 foot-pounds 1.09728 kilometers per hour
3.96832 British thermol units he eta re
0.001559 horsepower-hour, U.S.
0.001581 horsepower-hour, metric 1 foot per second per second 107,639 square feet
4, 186.17 joules 2.47104 acres
426. 9 kilogram-meters 0.68 182 mile per hour per second 0.003861 squore mile
0.001163 kilowatt-hour 0.304 8 meter per second per second 10,000 squa re meters
1.09728 kilometers per hour per second O.O 1 square kilometer

1 kilogram-calorie per second
3,087.77 foot-pounds per second
5.61412 horsepower, U.S.
5.692 horsepower, metric
3.96832 British thermal units per second
4, 186.17 watts
4.18617 kilowatts
426.9 kilog ram-meters per second
1 horsepower, U.S.
1 foot-pound
0.00 1285 British thermal unit
0.000000505 1 horsepower-hour, U.S.
0.00000051 21 horsepower-hour, metric
1.35573 joules
0. 13826 kilogram-meter
0.0003239 kilogram-calorie
0.0000003766 kilowatt-hour
550 foot-pounds per second
33,000 foot-pounds per minute
0.70685 British thermal unit per second
0.178 12 kilogrom-colorie per second
76.0404 kilogrom-meters per second
1.01 387 horsepower, metric
7 45.65 watts
0.7 4565 kilowatt

L 1 N K - B E L T • 577
technical information
1 horsepower-hour, U.S.
1,980,000 foot-pounds
2,544.65 8ritish thermal unils
641.24 Kilogram-ealories
1.O 13 8 7 horsepower-hours, metric
2,684,340 joules
273.7 45 kilogram-meters
0.7 4565 kilowatt-hour
1 horsepower, metric
542.475 foot-pounds per seeond
0 .697 18 British thermal unit per seeond
0.98632 horsepower, U.S.
0.1 7569 Kilog ra m-ea lorie per seeond
7 5 kilogram-melers per seeond
735.448 watts
0.73545 kilowalt
1 horsepower-hour, metric
1,952,910 foot-pounds
2,509.83 British thermal units
0.98632 horse power-hour
2,647,61 O joules
270,000 kilogrom-meters
632.467 ealories
0 .73545 kilowatt-hour
1 inch
0.08333 foot
25.4 milli melers
0.0254 meter
1 inch of mer cury
0.49119 pound per square ineh
13.59 inehes of water
1 inch o f water
0.0361 pound p er squore ineh
0.0735 ineh of mereury
1 inch, square
0.006944 square foot
6.4516 square eenlimelers
0.0006452 squore meter
1 inch, cubic
0.0005787 eubic foot
O.O 1732 liquid quart, U.S.
0.004329 liquid gallen, U.S.
0.000465 bushel, U.S.
16.39 eubie eentimeters
1 joule
0.73761 foot-pou nd
0.000948 British th ermal unit
0.0000003725 horsepower-hour, U.S.
0.0000003777 horsepower-hour, metrie
0.0002389 kilogram-ealorie
0.1O 198 kilogram-meler
0.0000002778 kilowatt-hour
578 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Equivalents • weights and measures
1 k ilogram 1 kilometer p e r hour per second
1 5,432.4 grains O.91134 foot per seeond per seeond
32.1507 cunees, troy 0 .62137 mile per hour per seeond
35.27 4 cunees, avoirdupois 0.27778 meter p er seeond per seeond
2.67923 pound s, troy
2.204 62 pounds, avoird upois 1 kilowatt
0.00 1 1 02 Ion, net or short 737.612 foot-pound s per seeond
0.0009842 ton, gross or long 1.341 11 horsepower, U.S.
0.00 1 to n, metrie 1.35972 horsepower, metrie
1,000,000 milligrams 0.94796 British therma l unit p er seeond
100,000 eentigrams 0.23888 kilogram-ealorie per seeond
10,000 decigra ms 1,000 watts
101.979 kilogram-melers per seeond
1 kilogram per meter
1 kilowatt-hour
0.056 pound per ineh
0.671 97 pound per foot 2,655,40 3 fo ot-pounds
1.77 4 tons net or short per mile 1.34111 horsepower-hours, U.S.
1.58393 tons, gross or long 1.35972 horsepower-hours, metrie
1 ton, metrie, per kilometer 3412.66 British therma l units
1O grams per eenlimeler 859.975 kilogram-ealories
3,600,000 joules
1 kilogram per square centimete r 1,000 watt-hours
367, 123 kilog ram-melers
14.2234 pounds per squore ineh
2,048.17 pounds per square foot 1 liter
1.0240 8 tons net or short per square foot
61.023 eubie inehes
0.96778 a lmosphere, standard (760 mm.) 1.0567 q uarts
1,000 eubie eentimeters
1 kllogram per hectoliter
0.0003613 pound per eubie ineh 1 meter
0.62433 pound per eubie foot 39.37 inehes
0.08345 pound per liquid galle n, U.S. 3.28083 f eet
O.O 1 gram per eubie eenlimeter
0.001 kilometer
1O kilograms per eub ic meter 1,000 millimelers
100 eenlimelers
1 kilogram per cubic m e t e r 1O decimelers
0.000036 13 pound per eubic ineh 1 meter p e r second
0.06243 pound per eubie foot
3.28083 f eet per seeond
0.001 gram p e r eubie eenlimeler
2.23693 miles per hour
O. 1 kilogram per heetoliter
3.6 kilometers
1 k ilogram-me t er
1 mete r per second pe r second
7.233 foot-pounds
3.28083 feet per seeond per seeond
0.009296 Brilish therma l unit 2.23693 miles per hour per seeond
0.000003653 horsepower-hour, U.S.
3.6 kilometers per hour per seeond
0.000003704 horsepower-hour, metric
9.80597 joules · m et e r , square
0.002342 kilogram-ealorie 1,550 square inehes
0.000002724 kilowatt-hour
10.763 9 squa re feel
10,000 square eentimeters
1 k ilog r am- me t er p e r second
100 square decimelers
7.233 foot-pounds per seeond
O.O 1 315 horsepower, U.S. mete r , cubic
O.O 1333 horsepawer, metric 61,023.4 eubie inehes
0.009296 British thermal unit per seeond 35.3 1 eubic f eet
0.002342 kilog ram ealorie p er seeand 1056.68 liquid U.S. quarls
9.80597 watts 28.38 U.S. bushels
0.009806 kilowalt 1,000,000 cubie centimelers
1,000 eubie deeimeters
1 k ilome t er
39,370 inehes mile, U .S. statute
3,280.83 feet 63,360 inehes
1,000 meters 5,280 feet
0.62137 miles, U.S. slatule 1,760 yards
320 rods
1 ki lome t e r per hour
80 ehains
O. 911 3 4 foot per seeond 1,609.35 melers
0.62137 mile per hour 1.60935 kilometers
0.27778 meter per seeond 0.86839 mile, U.S. nautical
 technical information

Equivalents • weights and measures

1 mile, U.S. statut e square 1 pound per cubic inch 1 rod, squa r e
27,878,400 square feet 1,728 pounds per cubic foot 39,204 square inches
640 acres 27.6797 grams per cubic centimeter 272.25 square feet
2,589,999 square meters 2,767.97 kilograms per hectoliter 0.00625 acre
2.59 square kilometers 27,679.7 kilograms per cubic meter 0.000009766 square mile, U.S. statute
25.293 square meters
1 pound p er foot
1 mile, U.S. statute, p er hour 0.08333 pound per inch 1 ton, net o r short
1.46667 feet per second 2.64 tons, nel or short, per mile 2,000 pounds, avoirdupois
0.44704 meter per second 1.48816 tons, melric, per kilometer 2,430.56 pounds, troy
1.60935 kilometers per hour 14.8816 grams per centimeter 0.89286 tons, gross or long
1.48816 kilograms per meter O. 90719 Ion, metric
2.35714 tons, gross or long
1 mile per hour per second 1 ton, net or short, per mile,
1 pound per square foot
1.46667 feet per second U. S. statute
0.44704 meter per second per second 0.006944 pound per square inch
0.0004882 kilogram per squarecentimeter 0.03157 pound per inch
1.60935 kilometers per hour per second 0.37879 pound per foot
0.0004725 atmosphere, 760 mm.
1 pound per cubic foot 1 ton, gross or long
1 ounce, troy
0.0005787 pound per cubic inch 2240 pounds, avoirdupois
480 grains 1.24446 pounds per bushel, U.S. 2722.22 pounds, troy
1.09714 ounces, avoirdupois O.O 1602 gra m per cubic centimeter 1. 12 tons, net or shorl
0.08333 pound, troy 1.60 184 kilograms per hectoliter 1.01605 tons, metric
0.06857 pound, avoirdupois 16.0 184 kilograms per cubic meter
0.0311 kilogram 1 ton, gross or long, per mile
1 pound per yard
0.03535 pound, per inch
1 ounce, avoirdupois 0.02778 pound per inch 0.42424 pound per foot
0 .33333 pound per foot
437.5 grains 0.88 ton, net or short, per mile
O. 91146 ounce, troy 1 t on, metr ic
0.49605 ton, melric, per kilometer
0.07595 pound, troy 4.96054 grams per cenlimeter 2,204.62 pounds, avoirdupois
0.0625 pound, avoirdupois 0.49605 kilogram per meter 2,679.23 pounds, troy
0.02835 kilogram 0.78571 Ion, gross or short 1.10231 tons, net or shorl
O. 98421 ton, gross or long
1 pound per cubic yard 1,000 kilograms
1 pound, troy
0.00002143 pound per cubic inch
12 ounces, troy 0.03704 pound p e r cubic foot 1 ton, m e tric, per kilometer
13.1657 ounces, avoirdupois 0.04609 pound per bushel, U.S. 0 .056 pound per inch
0.82286 pound, avoirdupois 0.0005933 gram per cubic centimeter 0.67 1 97 pound per foot
0.0004 114 ton, net or short 0.05933 kilogram per hectoliter 1.77 4 tons, net ar short, per mile
0.000367 4 ton, gross or long 0.59327 kilogram per cubic meter 1.58393 tons, gross or long, per mile
0.0003732 ton, metric 1O grams per cenlimeter
0.37324 kilogram 1 quart, liquid, U. S. 1 kilogram p er meter
57.75 cubic inches
1 pound, avoirdupois 0 .03342 cubic foot 1 watt
O. 94636 cubic d ecimeter 0.73761 foot -pound per second
14.5833 ounces, troy
16 ounces, avoirdupois 1 quart, dry, U.S. 0.001341 horsepower, U.S.
1.21528 pounds, troy 0.00136 horsepower, metric
67.2006 cubic inches 0.000948 British lhermal unit per second
0.0005 ton, nel or short
0.03889 cubic foot 0.0002389 kilogram-calorie per second
0.0004464 ton, gross or long
0.25 dry gallan, U.S. 0.00 1 kilowalt
0.0004536 ton, metric
0.03125 bushel, U.S. 0 .10198 kilogram-meter per second
0.45359 kilogram
1 . 1O1 2 3 cubic d ecimeters
1 yard
1 pound per inch 1 radian
36 inches
57.29578 degrees
12 pounds per foot 3 feel
3 1.68 tons, net or short, per mile 1 radian per second O. 91 44 me ter
17.8579 tons, melric, per kilometer
178.579 grams per centimeter 0. 159155 revolution p er second 1 yard, square
17.8579 kilograms pe r meter
28.2857 tons, gross or long 1 rod 1,296 square inches
9 square feel
198 inches 0.83613 square meter
1 pound per square lnch 16.5 feet
5.5 yards
1 yard, cubic
144 pound s per square foot 0.25 chain
0.072 ton, net or short, per square foot 0.003125 mile, U.S. statute 46,656 cubic inches
0.07031 kilogram per square centimeter 5.02921 melers 27 cubic feel
0.06804 atmosphere, 760 mm. 0.005029 kilometer 764.559 cubic decimelers

L 1 N K - B E l.:. T • 579
technical information

Descending run of inclined bucket elevators

Ex ample
The line drawing (Fig. 6242) represents an inclined b ucket For a bucket elevator inclined 65° from horizontal, with 60-foot
elevator with ascending run supported by idlers ond descend- vertical centers, and with l foot of empty buckets ond belt
ing run hanging free and forming a catenary curve. Data per- weighing 62 pounds;
taining to this curve can be obtained from the following:
Length of descending run 1.17 X 60 = 70.2 feet
Length of descending run = F1H 1.18 X 62 X 6 0 = 4390
Tension in d escending run
Tension in descending run = F2W H pounds
Distonce S on drowing = F3 H Distance S = .25 X 60 = 15 feet
Distance D on drawing = F4 H Distance D = .14 X 60 = 8.4 feet
Angle Bon drawing-see Table Angle B = 81 ° 7 '
Contact angle-see Table l Contact angle = 163° 53'
F1, F2, Fa, f 4 = factors from Table
In practice, tension is usuolly put in the descend ing run by use of
H = vertical distonce between shaft centers, feet
tokeups or adjustable bearings, to decrease or prevent its
W = weight of em pty buckets and cha in or belt, per foot,
swoying and to increase the driving effect of the upper wheel
pounds when a belt is used for corrying the buckets. This normally
decreoses distonce D to about 4 0% ond chonges factor F3
for distance S to vory from .37 to .40.

Ta ble 1 • Dota for inclined bucket elevators

Ang le B al Contoct
Factors which oscending ongle of choin
Angle
A, run leoves or belt o n
degrees upper wheel• u pper wheel
f¡ F, f3 F,
1 1 1 DEGREES AND MIN UTES
45 1.50 1.62 .26 .20 67- 34 157-26
50 1.39 1.46 .26 .19 71-36 158-24
55 1.30 1.34 .26 .18 75- 9 159-51
60 1.23 1.25 .25 .16 78-23 161-37
65 1.17 1.18 .25 .14 81 - 7 163-53
Hang of return belt on inclined ele-
vator without take-up tension .
70 1.12 1.13 .24 .12 83 -32 166-29
75 1.08 1.08 .23 .10 85-39 170-29
80 1.05 1.05 .22 .07 87-28 172-33
85 1.02 1.02 .20 .04 88-57 176-0 3
90 1.00 1.00 .. . . .. 90- o 180- o
Á Moy be used to locote lip of dischorge chu te

Length of turns and curves • trol ley conveyors and Trukveyors

Lengths of vertical curves and lengths of inclined straight track sections for double vertical curves.

Develo p e d length of double curves = 2E+ J where

E= 0.0175RA (se e Table 1)

K
J =sin (see Table 2)
0
K= H-2C
C = R- R cos O (see Table 3)

Horizontal length of double curves= 2D + L where

D=R sin O
l = K col O
Not e: l. Rodií of uppcr ond low er cur'W'"':S ore usuolly equo l. When th"y
e
ore nof, E"Ot:'h cnd D dim,..nsion will d iArr in IPngth.
2. J will = O for conrinuous double curves.
Length between tangents
E= 0.01 75 R O (see Table 1) Double vertical curve

580 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 technical information

Length of turns and curves • tro lley co nveyo rs and Trukveyo rs

Table 1 • Centerline are length (E) for vertical curves and horizontal turns•

R~:!~'·¡
Ang le O. d egrees

;~~~. 5 10 15 ~~-3-º_ _ _3_5 _1--_4º_ _ __

4_5 _ _ _5_0 _
1 1
__5_5 -1 60 :- -6-5 - 1---7-º - '·- 7- 5_ 1_ _
80_ , _ _8_5_ .,__9_0 _
o. J v. y, l ió. l •ti. 1% 2 14 2 :y, 2 :y, J 'fo
2r. J 11 J 14 J 1i.i.
4 '116 4~ 4 ' \.16
0-6 y, l ió. 2 14 2 'fo J l4 4% 411¡1¡ SV. 61%
S:Y. 7% 6 •¡1¡ 7 r, B'fo B% 9~
0-9 1% J l4 J" 4 11 6% 7 \.16 7 r, B'fo 9~ 10% 11 ll :Y. 1- 0 % 1- l 'fo 1- 214
1-0 2 \lt 4 ~, S\I• 6% B'fo 9~ lO Y, l l Y, 1- 0 % 1- l 'fo 1- 2 1\.i 1- J 1ló. 1- 4 :y, 1- s 1~ 1- 6 r,
1-J 2 'fo SV. 6% 7 r, lO Y, 1 l :Y. 1- l ió. 1- 2'/, 1- J 1ló. 1- S 1- 6 % 1- 7 % 1- B1% 1- 10\4 1- 11 %
1-6 J l4 4 11 6~. 7 r. 9~ 1- 0 % 1- 2 14 1- J 1ló. 1- s v. 1- 6 r . 1- B ~ 1- 10 1- 11 % 2 - 1 Yo 2- 2 11-1. 2- 4 \4
1-9 1" SY, 7 •11, 9% 11 1- 21111 1- 4 Y, 1- 6 % 1- B% 1-10 1-11 " 2 - J y, 2- S•JI. 2- 7 Yo 2 - 9
2 -0 2 14 6 •¡1¡ B•/, lO Y, 1- 0% 1- 4 :Y. 1- 6 r , 1- B" 1-ll 'A. 2- 1 14 2 - 7 ~ 2- 9 \12 2- 11'/a J. l''A.
2- J 2 •1a 7 'A. 9~ 1 l :Y. 1- 2 \1, 1- 6 % 1- 9% 1- 1 1% 2- 1'•¡1¡ 2- 4 \4 2 - 1 ]>JI¡ J. 111¡\¡ J- 4 \.i. J. 6 ~
2 -6 2'/t 7 V1 lO Y, 1- l 'A. 1- J 11 1- B" 1-11 % 2 - 2 % 2- 4 u¡1¡ 2- 7 ~ J - J V. J. SV. J- BY, J-11 Yo
2 -9 2r, B'/1 11 y, 1- 2 '11 1- SV. 1- 11 \.i. 2- l'•JI. 2 - 4" 2 - 7''A• 2-10% J. 7 % J - 10\.i. 4- 0 "JI. 4- J 1%
J-0 J Y, 9~ 1- 0 % 1- J 11 1- 6 r . 2 - 1 Yo 2- 4 \4 2 - 7 ~ 2 - 10% J - 111 J - 11 Yo 4 - 2 \4 4- s ~ 4- B%
J -J J :y, 6" 10 % 1- 1 'fo 1- S 1- B ~ 2 - J V. 2 - 6 % 2 - 1O'A. J - 1 ~ J. 4 1% 4 - J \.i. 4 - 6 '11. 4- 9 V1 S- 1 \I•
J-6 J11 7% 11 1- 2 11 1- 1-10 111 2 - S'A. 2- 9 J. 0 % J . 4 •¡1¡ J. B 4- 7 4 - 10% S- 2 % S- 6
J -9 JlS 7 r. ll :Y. 1- J 1\.i. l - 1-11 % J Y, 2 - 7 '11. 2- 1 1'¡\¡ J - J \I. J - 7 % J-11 Yo S- 21% S- 6 :Y. S- 101\.i.
4 -0 4% B'fo 1- O% 1- 4 :Y. 1- B" 2. 114 S'A. 2 - 9 y, J . 1'\.i. J- s r . J - 101!1. 4- 2 v. s- 7 S-1 1% 6 - J 'fo
s -o s v. 10\12 1- J11 i . B •~ 2 - 2% 2- 7 '11. o v. J. s r . J.11 v. 4. 4 'fo 4. 9 % s. 21¡.¡. 6 - 1 l :Y. 7 - s 7.1o v.
6 -o 6•¡1¡ 1- O% 1. 6 r. 2 - i Yo 2- 7 '11. J- 111 B 4 - 2 v. 4- B% s - s - 9 Yo 6- J 'fo B- 4 y, B-1 0 " 9- s v.
7 -0 7% 1- 211!1. l-10 2 - S ~ J- 0 % J. B 4-10% S- 6 6 - l •JI. 6- B'fo 7- 9- 9 s¡1¡ 10 - 4 % 10- 11'%
B-0 B'fo l - 4 :Y. 12 - l l4 2 - 9 Y, J - S r1 4- S-7 6 - J 'fo 6 - ll :Y. 7 - BYo 8 - ll-21!1. ll -1 0 '11. 12-6' %
9-0 9 '11. 1- 6 % 2- 4 \1• J. 1'1!1. J-11 14 4- 6- J 'fo 7- 01% 7 - lO V. 8 - 7 11 9 - 12- 6 " IJ- 4 \1• 14- 1%
10-0 lO Y, 1- B"Jl. 2 - 7 '11. J . s r . 4 - 4 'fo S- 2" 6-ll :Y. 7-10 \4 B- 8 11 9- 7 % 10- lJ-11 % 14-10 l S- BY,
11-0 ll Y, l - l l 'A. 2 - 10% J-101!1. 4 - 9 '/1 S- 9 \11 7- B\11 8 - 711!1. 9 - 7 % 10- 11- 1S- 4•¡1¡ 16- J U 17- J 'fo
12-0 1- 0 % 2- l Yo J . J11 4- 2 \4 S- 2" 6- J 'fo 8 - 4 Y, 9 - S \lt 10- S"A. 11- 12- By, 16- 9 \.i. 17- 9 % lB-10%
lJ-0 1- 1% 2- J y. J - 4" 4- 6 '11. S- B'llo 6 - 9 1\.io 9 - 0 "11 10- 2\12 11 - 4 Yo 12- 0 % lB - l " 19- J '!í. 20- S'A.
14-0 1- 2 1\.i. 2- S•ll• J - B 4 - 10 % 6- 1% 7 - J •SJI¡ 9 - 9•¡1¡ 10-11'• 12 - 2 % lJ- J u 19 -6% 20- 9 \4 2 1-ll Vt
1S-0 1- J 1\,io 2- 7 '11. J - 11 14 S- 2" 6- 6% 7-10\4 s11 11 - 9 'fo lJ- 11,.i, 14- By, 17- 0 % lB- J" 19- 7 % 20- 11 % 22- J 'Ao 2J- 6 :Y.
16-0 1- 4 :Y. 2- 9 Y, 4 - 2 \4 S- 7 6-ll :Y. B- 4 Y, 9 - 9'11• 11 - 21!1. 12- 6 " lJ-11 % lS- 4s¡1¡ 16- 9 \.i. lB -1" 19- 6~, 20-11 1-i. 22- 41,.i, 2J- 8 1% 2S- 1%
17-0 1- S 1% 2- 1 l Yo 4 - S'!í. S- 11 % 7- s B-10'% 10- 4 % 11 - 10'!1. lJ - 4 \1. 14- 10 16- JUti. 17- 9 •fa 19- J ~ 20- 9 \1, 2 2- J \.i. 2J- B" 2S- 2'/t 2 6- B'!í.
lB-0 1- 6 r1 J . ll'A. 4 - BY.. 6 - J •!a 7 -10 \4 9 - Sl4 10- ll "ti. 12- 6" 14 - 1'/t lS- By, 17- J•1t 118-10'11• 20- S 1¡1¡ 21 - ll r, 2J- 6 '1• 2 S- 1% 26- B'!í. 28- J •ll6
19-0 1- 7 r , J . J 1ÍÁJ4. 11 11 6 - 7 % 8 - J Y, 9 - 11 '11 11 - 7 \4 lJ- J •11, 14 - 1 l 'Ao 16- 6 "ti. lB- 2 r, 19-lO:Y. 21 - 61'A. 2J- 2 % 24-10~ 26- 6 '11 2B- 2 \4 29-l OYo
20.0 1- ª "116 J - s r . Is- 2" 6 - 1 l :Y. B- B11 10- s 11 12- 2v. l J - 11 % is - a y, 17 - s ;¡. 19- 2 y, 20. 11 1-i. 22. Bv. 24- s•¡1¡ 26- 2•¡1¡ 27-11 v. 29- B'A. Jl- s
Table 2 • lnclined length ( J) of straight track sections for double vertical curves •
K, Angle O. degrees
f cet

~
o nd 5 10 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
inc.hes
,_ 1 1
--- 1 1 1
0- 1 11 y, S:Y. J r. 2'1-i. 2 'fo 2 1 y. 1% l '!í. l't i. 1 v. 1 Yo 1 14 l \,io l \,io 1 1 1
0 -2 1- 1Q1Sfi. 11 y, 7 :y. s r. 4 :Y. 4 J Y, J l4 21% 2% 2 '11. 2~ 2% 2 Yo 21¡1¡ 2 2 2
0-J 2- 10'!1. 1- s v. 11 % B:Y. 7 14 6 s v. 41',i, 4 \4 J 1% J llfi< J '!í. J i.i. J •ll6 J Y, J 1ti. J J
0 -4 J . 9 r . 1- 1 1'Ao 1- J '!í. 11 1',i, 9 '11. B 7 6 \4 s1111. s v. 4 r. 4% 4 '11. 4 v. 4 Yo 4 111o 4 4
0-S 4- 9 'fo 2- 4 "11. 1- 71-i. 1- 2 % 11 "A. 1o Bll-1. 7 Y. 7 \.i. 6 \12 6 14 S:Y. SY, S•JI. S•A. S•ll6 s s
0-6 S- B"A. 2 - 10% 1- 11 % 1- S% 1- 2% 1- o 10'!1. 9s¡1¡ a y, 7 "11. 7 •A. 6"11. 6% 6 'fo 6% 6 \.16 6 6
0-7 6- Bi.i. J . 4 5116 2 - J ló. 1- B'!í. 1- 4 % 1- 2 1- 0 % 10 r . 9% 8•¡1¡
9 Yo B1JI. 7 Y. 7~ 7 V. 7 Yo 7 7
0-8 7- 71¡.¡. J - 101¡1¡ 2 - 6 "11. 1-1 l 'fo 1- 6 1% 1- 4 1- 1"A. 1- o ;¡. 11 1-i. 107,io 9:y, 9 \4 B1% B\12 B•A. B\11 8 8
0 -9 B- 7 \4 4 - J 1% 2 - lO:Y. 2 - 21-i. 1- 91-i. 1- 6 1- JllJI. 1- 2 1- O:Y. l H'. 11 lO 'fo 9 "11. 9% 9 •A. 9 Yo 9 \.io 9
0-10 9 - 6 :Y. 4 - 9 % J - 2 % 2 - s v. 1-11'',i, 1- 8 1- s ;¡. 1- J % 1- 2 \lt 1- llti. 1- 0 % 11 ~. 11'¡\¡ 10 '/o lO'fo 1OYo 1 O'Ao 10
0 -11 10- 6 Y, S- J 'fo J - 6 Y, 2 - 8 % 2- 2 1- 10 1- 7 % 1- SYo 1- J •JI¡ l 2 '!t 1- 1 '11. 1- Q11Ji. 1- o v. 111111. 1 l 'fo 11 % 11 'Ao 11
1- o 11 - s1111. S- 9 Yo J - 10'fo 2 - 1 l'A. 2- 4 '11 2- o 1- 81% 1- 6•i,¡. 1- s 1- Jllll 1- 2 % 1- 1 v. 1- 1 v. 1. o :y, 1- 0 '11. 1- O•A. 1- Oló. 1-0
2- o 22 - 11 'fo 11 - 6 111. 7- B•;. S - 10 ~. 4 - B1% 4- o J . S•J.i. J - 1•¡1¡ 2- 9"11. 2- 7 •ti. 2- S•JI¡ 2- J 11A. 2- 2 Y, 2- 1% 2. o r . 2 - O'fo 2- 0 \.16 2 -0
J - o J4- S'A. 17- J •JI¡ 11 - 7 1ti. B- 9\4 7- 1% 6- o S- 2 :Y. 4 - B 4- 2"11. J-11 J . 7 1% J. S% J. J :y. J. 2 •11. J. l v. J - 0 % J - OYa J-0
4 - o 4S-1 o v. 2J- o;¡. lS- s ;¡. 11- B•JI¡ 9- S% B- o 6 - 1 ll ';i. 6- 2 1111, s- 7 r . S- 2 1\.16 4-10'/e 4- 7~ 4 - 4"JI. 4- J ',.i, 4- ll';i. 4- O:Y. 4- 0 % 4-0
S- o S7- 4 '11. 2B- 9 Y, 19- J1% 14- 7 '11. 11-10 10- o 8 - B'fo 7- 9•ti. 7- o r . 6- 6 •11. 6- 1 v. S- 9 5116 S- 6 % S- J r. S- 2 Yo S- QISJI. S- o v. S-0
6 - o 6B-1 OYo J4- 6 'fo 2J- 21¡1¡ 17- 6Y, 14- 2:Yt 12 - O 1Q. SY, 9 - 4 B- S 1% 7-10 7 - J r, 6 - 11 v. 6 - 7 '11. 6 - 4 '/t 6- 2% 6 - l Yo 6- o v. 6 -0
7 - o BO- J l'Ji. 40- J :Y. 27- º'116 20- S% 16- 6 :Y. 14- o 12- 2 '11. 10-101111. 9 - 101% 9- 1 'lt B- 6% B- 1 7 - B1\.i. 7 - S'la 7- 2"JI. 7- 1•116 7- 0 % 7-0
B- o 91- 9 '11. 46- 0 1% J0- 10'% 2J- 411¡1¡ 18-11 Yo 16- o lJ- 1 l 'fo 12- S :Yt 11 - J :Y. 10- S•¡\¡ 9- 9 1¡\¡ 9- 2r, B- 9 "116 B- 6 % B- J 'fo 8- 1 y, B- 0 '/1 8-0
9- o lOJ- J I¡\¡ S1 - 9 "¡\¡ J4- 9 \4 26- J :Y. 21 - J % 1 B- o 1S- B•¡I¡ 14- o 12- B:Y. 11- 9 10-11 "A. 10- 41 i,¡. 9-11 % 9 - 6 ' % 9 - J 1% 9 - 1'\,lo 9 - 0 '11. 9-0
10- o 1 14- B% S7- 7 1JI. JB- 7 % 29- 2 % 2J- 7 1511. 20- 017- S•JI. 1S- 6 1'11< 14- 11111. lJ- O'/t 12- 2 Y, 1 1- 6% 11- 0 % 10- 7 1i,¡. 10- 4 \4 10- i r . 10- o ;¡. 10-0
Table 3 • Drop (C) for single vertical curves,.
Angle O. degrees
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 65 70 75 80 85 1 90

J-0 1 14
4-0 %
%
'fo
1v.
l 'fo
2%
2 r.
J '/a
4Y,
4 1'11.
6 '11.
6 Y,
Bl\,io
B'!í.
11 v.
10%
1- 2\,io
1- o v.
1- Sl4
¡1-1- B'!í.
J 'fo 1-6
2-0
1- 8 "11. 1- 11'1!1.
2 - JllJI. 2- 7 %
2 - 2 1\.io
2-11 %
2 - SY.
J - J 11A.
2- B%
J. 71'11.
J -0
4-0
S-0 v. "A. 2 \.io J 'fo S'fo B'Ao 1o r . 1- 2 \.io 1- S% 1- 9 '11. 2- 1% 2 -6 2-10 % J - J Y, J. BY, 4- 1% 4- 6 :Y. S-0
6 -0 v. 1 14 2 '11. 4 1-i. 6 :Y. 9% 1- 1 1- 4 r. 1- 9 14 2- 1 y. 2- 6 1111. J-0 J- S% J - 11 'fo 4- S% 4-11 y, S- B% 6 -0
7 -0 'JI. 1 v. 2 r. S'Ao 7 r. 11 v. 1- J •JI¡ 1- 7 % 2- 0 % 2- 6 2-11'% J-6 4 - OY, 4 - 7 V. s - 2 v. S- 9 '11. 6- 411¡1¡ 7-0
B-0 % 1'11. J V. S•% 9 1- 0 % 1- S'fo 1-10'!1. 2 - 4 Ya 2 - 10•¡1¡ J. 4 "116 4-0 4- 7 '11. S- J •A. S-11 Ya 6- 7 511. 7- J 'fo B-0
9 -0 'ti. 1% J 1\,io 6 Y, 10 Yo 1- 2 Y, 1- 7 % 2 - 1 v. 2- 7 % J - 2 '116 J-10 111• 4-6 S- 2 'fo S- 1 llA. 6 - 8 \.io 7- s v. B- 2 ~. 9 -0
10-0 'ti. 11% 41¡1¡ 7 \4 11 v. 1- 4 \.io 1- 9 1\.io 2- 4 \,io 2 - 11 Yo J - 6 Vt 4- J 'A. S-0 S- 9 5¡\¡ 6- 6 1SJI. 7 - 4"¡\¡ 8 - J I¡\¡ 9- 1% 10-0
11 -0 y, 2 4 y, 71% 1- O'fo 1- s 11¡1¡ 1- 11 r. 2 - 6 r. J . 2 1\.i, J - 11 Ya 4 - B•JI. S-6 6- 2 15ti. 7 - 2 v. B- 1'% 9 - ]'JI¡ 1O- OY, 11 -0
12-0 % 2 •¡\¡ 4 u¡1¡ B11¡1¡ 1- 1 y, 1- 7 '11• 2- 21¡\¡ 2- 9 1111, J . 6 111, 4- J ~. S- l :Y, 6-0 6-11 \11 7-1 o v. B- lO :Y. 9 - 11 10- 11 '!1. 12-0
14 -0 '/1 2•11. s v. 10 \lt 1- J :y. 1- lO Y, 2- 6 \11 J. J •ll• 4- 1'11• S- o S-1 1'/1 7-0 B- 1 9 - 2•¡1¡ 1 O- 4 Y, 11 - 6"116 12- 9 3/t 14- 0
16-0 :y. 2"JI. 6% 11 % 1- 6 2- 1 y, 2- lO:Y. J. ª"A. 4- BV. S- B•¡I¡ 6 - 9 r . B-0 9- 2 r. 10- 6 •¡1¡ 11-10% 1 J- 2• \.i. 14- 7 \4 16-0
lB-0 ' '1-16 J •A. 7 'fo 1- 1 1- a v. 2- 4 "116 J . J 1¡1¡ 4 - 2 % S- J v. 6- S•¡\¡ 7 - BYa 9-0 10- 4'\.i. 11 - 1 OYa lJ- 4 Ya 14- lOY, 16- S% lB-0
20 -0 ' 'A. J Y, B•JI. 1- 2Y, 1- 1Oy, 2 - BYo J . 73/1 4 - B\la S -10•¡1¡ 7- 1 :y. B- 6 •¡1¡ 10-0 11 - 6 % lJ- l "JI. 14- 9 r . 16- 6 5116 1 B- J \.i, 20-0
• Tobuloted to neo resl !A•."

L 1 N K - B E L T • 581
subsidiary com pani es

U .n kll!!Belt Speeder
: •• ·: • • # ~¡. -~· .; .

Corpora'lion
Modern monufocturing facilities ot Ceder Ropids, lowo building roods, setting steel, pouring ce ment, snoking
produce the odvonced-design line of Link-Belt Speeder logs, mining, quorrying, digg in g pipeline tre nches, ex-
shovel-crones ovoiloble os crowler, truck, or rubber-tired covoting for foundotions, driving p iles, ond industria l
models in the 1/2 to 3-yord, 8 to 75-ton copocity ronges. plont looding, unlooding, ond stockpiling. As pedestol-
All these mochines ore full y convertible ond con be used mounted versions of stondord models, Link-Belt Speeder
os shovels, hoes, cron es, droglines, clomshells, or os pile- Seo-Crones ore serving off-shore drilling rigs ond sup-
drivers. link-Belt Speeder olso offers o complete line of ply croft.
diese l pile driv ing ho mmers. Over 150 distri butors loc oted throughout the world
Link-Belt Speeder shovel-crones offer o true powe r stock replocement ports ond offer soles ond service
hydroulic control system, torque converters for oll models, facilities. Cotologs ond speciflcotions on oll models ore
ond greoter usoble horsepower. Link-Belt Speeder prod- ovoiloble from these distributors or from the moin office
ucts set high p roduction stondords in mony fle ld s- in Cedo r Ropids, lowo.

58 68 K-300 K-608
1 se rie !!.
models
.se ries
models I models
" 1models
"
1
¡
series series series
'" I
models
ser ies
models
se ries
models
... 1 ... ... ... ... o 1 o
Sh ove l ratings, cubic y ard s \/2 :y. :y. 1 ... 1 \/2- l 3¡.. 3
--
Dragline and clam sh e ll
Standard boom length, feel 30 30 30 40 40 50 60
Capacity, cubic yards \/2 Y,-% % -1... 1 \/2-2
1-1 y. 3-4
---- --
Lifting cran e
Standard boom length, feel 30 30 30 40 40 50 60
Minimum rod ius, feet 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 0
Capocity rotings in tons al
minimum radius 8.2-12.5 11.2-1 7.5 16-30 22-35 35-40 26.6-36.6 68.4-74.5 0

.A Series includes crowle r, truck ond wheel-mounted o Series includes crawler -mounted models only.
models. O Fer comparotive roling purposes.

Bu lk mate rlals handllng - Because a link-Bel! Speeder General lndustrial -link· Belt Speeder lruck-crones travel anywhere, provide
clomshell is cont ro lled with minimum effort, the operotor is less p o sitive control over lift and swing of load a l ali times to increose speed o nd
prone to fa tigue ond con mointoin o high output throughout accuracy, promote sofety.
the day.

582 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 subsidiary companies
)(ARCONA MINlNG Co.
RROll:CVRD

IUll ~H
- J
SllP'lt
1

Cons truction -With power hydroulic controls, Link-Bel! Speeder truck-cranes quickly ond safely position
heavy, unwieldy loads during plan! conslruction-offer odded utility for plan! maintenance.

Yord storage - Rubber-tired, one-man operated yard cranes Quarrylng- Designed o nd built for extra strength ond stamino, Link-Bel! Speeder
roll quickly, easily through narrow aisles. lndependenl swing shovels loke full odvontoge of ovoiloble engine power to deliver greoter usoble
and trove! eliminates shifting, increoses mobility ond moneuver- horsepower.
obility.

L 1 N K - B E L T • 583
subsidiary companies

Synl'ron Company
The Syntron Company manufactures widely diversified fines of products. The Syntron electromagnetic
d rive is used to produce the vibratory action in bin vibrators, feeders, jolters, packers, p icking
tables, screens, paper joggers and sieve shakers, with re lated automatic electronic control equip-
ment-all engineered and produced b y Syntron. Other equipment in the wide range of Syntron
products is listed ot the bottom of the next page. These products contribute greatly to the vita l o re o
of automotic operation in modern industries- in handling, processing, ond pockog ing ports and
bulk moteriols efficiently ond economically.
District soles offices, locoted in principal cities, handle the sa le of Syntron products in the United
States. Cotalogs illustrating and descri bing Syntron equipment ore ovoilable from these offices
or from the ma in office in Homer City, Pennsylvonio.

Vibr a- Flow Vibra- Flow Weigh-Flow

vibratory fee ders
Vibralory feeders provide inslanlaneous regu-
latian of !he role of bulk material Aow-hot or
cald, dry or damp, fine powders to large lumps-
from pounds ta hundreds of tons per hour. A
single dial control increases or decreases the
flow eilher manualiy or automaticaliy lo crushers,
bali milis, mixers, and other processing equip-
ment. Refer to page 100 of this catalog.
d ry feed er machines
Dry feeder machines ore used extensively far
!he controlied low rote feeding of dry chemical
reogenls in water and sewage treatment
processes, and controliing !he feed af additives
and other bulk materials to processing equip-
ment such os pulverizers, dryers, separators,
cookers and mixers. Refer to page 447 of this
catalog.
gravimetric feed ers
Grovimetric feeders provide occurote, continu-
ous weigh feeding of bulk material al a constan!
weig ht. Setting of the scale automaticaliy main-
tains desired flow per unit of ti me. Models ore
available with maximum capacities from pounds
to 100 tons per hour. Refer to page 106 af this
catalog.

Vibra ting screens

The complete line of Syntron vibroting screens includes types and models far caerse scalping, medium and
fine dry separation, and wet screening. The grizzly bar and scree ning feeder types provide both controlled
feeding and screening. Ali types use the Syntron electromagnetic drive. Refer to page 418 of t his cata log.

584 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 subsidiary companies

Transfer and storage Ve r tical vibratory

Vertical vibratory
parts feeders
Ports feeders provide far the oriented position,
controlled rote, single line feed ing o f ports-
from o tiny balance wheel to on a• cylinder
heod ba h - to vorious outomotic mochines.
Feeders con be furni shed with grovity feed
trocks far dischorging ports to plocing de vices,
indexing tables, dies ond covities. Refer to
p oge 506 of thls cotolog.
parts feeders
Designed to elimino le the manual handling o f
ports between processing operations ond to in-
creose production, these p orts feeders receive
ports ot one level from one o peration, orient a r
p osition the p orts, ond dischorge a t another
level above o r below, to o sub sequent o pera-
tion. The helix ond the bowl provide live storage
far ports being transferre d . Refer to poge 507
o f this cotolog.
splral feede r s
This opplicot1on of vibratory motion provides
fa r the elevating or lowering of bulk materio ls
ond p o rts in bulk. The rote of flow con be in-
flnitely reguloted from minimum to moximum.
Because of the large surface oreo of the spiral
ramp, efficient conveclion or forced oir cooling
of bulk moteriols con be accomplished. Refer
to poge 507 of this catalog.

ºº

Iris flow control valves Pulsating magnet Re ctifier powe r

These volves provide far the p ositive flow con-
trol ond shut-off o f free -flowing bulk moteriols
from bins, hoppers, ond chutes-ar controlling
eddy-free oir far heoting, ventiloting, ond
drying. The flexible diophrogm farms concentric
opertures when opening a r closing, without
jomming ar clogging. Refer to poges 75 ond 81
of this coto log.
electric bin vibrators
Electric bin vibrotors promote a free flow of bulk
moterials from the smallest hopper, large storoge
bunkers, inclined chutes, or hopper bottom roil-
road cors. The controlled, e lectromag ne tic vibro-
tions break down orching ond plugging. A
variety of sizes is avoilable.
conve rsion units
Rectifler power conversion units con be furnished
with mognetic amplifler controlled voltoge ond
current output. Stepless voltoge voriotion ond
close curren! control ore extremely vo luoble
fo r mony industrial applicotions requiring direct
current power.

Other Syntron products

packers and jol ters selenium rectiflers portable electric saws
selenium rectifler battery chargers gasoline hammer paving breakers
test sieve shakers
gasoline hammer rock drills
vi~rating lapping machines electric heating elements
gasoline hammer spike drivers
hopper level switches infra-red heating panels
co ncrete vibrators, el ectroma gnetic form type
vibrating paper joggers sinuated electric heating element wire concrete vib rators, flexibl e shaft ma ss typ e
mechanical shaft sea ls electric hammers and hammer drills vibrating floats and compactors

L 1 N K - B E L T • 585
subsidiary companies

Power Screwdriver

Company

The Detroit Power Screwdriver Compony designs
and manufactures highly specia l ized automated
equipment used in a ssembly operations. The com-
pony's customers include the automotive industry,
monufacturers of aircraft, pharmoceuticals, toys,
hardware, photographic and electrical equi pment,
and many other producls. A line of st and ard screw
and nut driving machines and p e ris feeding de-
vices are built into special machines that outo-
matically assemble a great vori ety of parts. Th e
equipment made by Detroit Power Screwd river
Company in conjunction with conveyors facilitates
the automatic assembl y of small parts. In the fleld
of mechanical parts o ssembly , hand opera tions ore
reduced a nd substantial savings in a ssembl y costs
ore realize d.
Sales ond serv ice representatives for !he Detroit
Power Screwd river Company are located in the
majar industrial oreas of !he United States a nd
Cenada. Catalogs are available from these rep -
resent atives or from !he main o ffice in De troit,
Michigan.

Supe r-size scr e wdrive r • Ooub le -spindle se t- Automotive osse mbly • Three hop p ers, each Hopper feeding d evice • Assembly mochine
up outomotico lly feeds ond drives wing nuts in with o feeding mechonism lo insert leed b o lls to places split lock woshers on outomo tive body
cellulose mop heod ossemblies. seol corbureto r peris prior to final ossembly. bolts ond preloods ossemblies into mogozines.

Triple -spindle • Three screwdriving heod s o p - Automatic rotary feed e r s in action • Feeders outomoticolly sor! ond fee d
erote simultoneously to inserl odjusling screws nuts to outo mo tic to p ping mochines. O p erotors move from mochine to mochine,
into outomobile heodlight ossembly. checking equipment ond supplying nut blonks when required.

586 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 index

index

Subject Po ge Subject Po ge

Buckel elevolors .... . ... ... . .. . ... . . .. . .. ... ... .. .. . . ... 307-351
A Conlenls .. .. . • .... ... ... .. . , . . . . . . .
lntroduction ond instollotions . .... .. . .. . .. • .. . ... .. ... .. 307 -308
. 307

Types .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ......... .. • ... .. .. . 309-312

Aeroted grit collectors, Stroightline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... .... . . . 444
Aeropoise refuse control. . . . . .. .....•.. . .. . .. . .. ........ 4 58
Air-pulsoted wosh box . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . .. .... . . .. 457-459
Angle Aonged troughs, screw conveyor .. . ........ , . . . . . . . . . . 272
Anti-runowoys, tro lley conveyor . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517-538
Apron conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .... . . . .. . . . .. 248-258
Apron feeders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . • . . .... . .. .. . .. . .. 87-95
Apron pons, casi . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. .. . . .. 251
Archimedes-type conveyors . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . 292
Are lengths ond inclined lengths of trock for trolley conveyors
ond Trukveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580-58 1
Arm ond troy elevotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500-505
Automotic power shovels, power unlooding scoops . . . .. . .. 60-6 1
Automotic vertical grovity tokeups, belt conveyor .. . . . . . .... 198, 235
B lntroduction ... .. .. . . . . ........ . ...... . . .. .. . . . ...... . . 34-37
Bockstops, belt conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ..... . 200, 225
Bockstops, bucket elevotors . . . . . . . . .
Bockstops, trolley conveyors. .. . . . . . . 517, 538
Boll beoring rollers for roller turns, trolley conveyors . . . 514
Bar !light feeders . . . . . . . . . 1 10- 1 11
Borrel elevotors, orm ond tro y .. . . . . . . . . . 500-505
Bar screen, Stroightline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Bar screen, Thru-Cleon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BA vibroting screens . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. .. . .
406, 4 1 6
Beoring ond shoft load colculotions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570-572
Belt conveyors . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127-235
Contents . . . •• . . . . ...... 1 27
lntroduction ond instollotions .. . . . .. . ... . .•. . .... • . . .... . 127-136
Typicol orrongements . . . .... . . . . . .. . ...•... . . ..• .. ... 137-138
Typicol cross sections . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 139
Eng ineering . . . .. . .. . .. . ... ..... .. ....... ... .. . .. . . .. 140- 174
Components . . .. ... . . . .. . . .. • . . ... . .. .. . .•. . . .. .. 175-200
Auxiliory e quipment . .. . . . . . .. . ... . .... .. . ...• .... ... 201-212
Pre-seleé:ted termino Is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213-22 1
Pre-Bilt sectionol be lt conveyors .. .... . .. . . .... . . .. . ... .. 222-235
Belt conveyor idlers, see belt idlers
Belt conveyors, Aot . . . .... . . .. .. . ...• . .... . .. . . . . • . . . .. . 497-499
Belt conveyor stockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . 209-21 O
Belt conveyo r brid ges . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . 211
Belt conveyor plows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • .. ... . .. . . . . •. . . . . . .. . 209
Belt conveyor vesse l looders ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . 211
Belt conveyor vesse l unlooders . . . ....... . . . .. . •. ....•.... . ... 211
Belt elevators, see bucket e levotors, types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309-3 1 2
Belt feeders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 96-97
Belt idlers ..... . . . . .. .• .... . . . .. .. . .. . ....... 148-149, 175- 195
Selection ...... • ..... ... .... ..... • . . ... • . .. ... . .. ... 146-150
Types .. .... . . . , ...... • .. ..•.. . . . .. . . .. • ... . . . ...... 175- 180
Dimensions . . .. . . .. . . . .... . ..•.. .. . . .......... . . . .... 181 - 195
Belts, conveyor . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 155-158
Belt slingers . . .. . . .. .. .. . .•.......... • . . . .. . .. . ... .. ... . . .. 21 2
Be lt tripper chutes .... ..... . . . . . .. .. .. ..•.. . .• ... .. .... . 207-208
Belt trippers ... . .... .. .. . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . .. . ....... . .... 201-208
Bin goles . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... . . .. . . . ... .. . .. . ... .. . .... 7 4, 77
Booms, belt conveyor looding . .. ....... . . . .. . . . .• .. . .. . . ...... 2 1 1
Boxear unlooders, Kor-Flo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-65
Boxear unlooders, tilting type . ... .. . . ... . . . . . .. .... . ... .. 62, 66-67
Box ends, screw conveyor, see screw conveyor,
troug h ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . .. . . . . . 261, 269-271
Brid ges, belt conveyor .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
BS foundry shokeoul vibroting screens. . . . . . . 406, 4 1 7
Bucket conveyors, see g rovit y- dischorge conveyor-elevators,
olso Peck corriers
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . . . .. • . . . .... 3 1 3-3 17
Types 1 ond 2 cenlrifugol dischorge . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . 318-323
Types 3 ond 4 centrifugo! dischorge .. . . .... . . . .. . .. 324-326
Type 5 centrifugo ! dischorge . . . . .. . . . •. . ... • . .. . ... 327 -331
Type 6 positive dischorge .. . ..... . . .... . .. • .. . .. , .. . . .. 332-334
Types 7 ond 8 continuous buckets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335-338
Type 9 continuous buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 339-342
Types 1 O ond 1 1 continuous buckets .... .. . . ... . .. . . .. . .. 343-347
Typ es 1 2 ond 13 interno! dischorge .. ... ... . . .. .. .. ..... 348-350
Service plotforms .. ........ . .... . . . . . ... . ... 351
Orive orrongements ...... . . . . . ..... . . .. . . . . .. . .. 351
Bockstops.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 351
Bulk-Flo conveyor-elevotors ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357-370
Buckets, grovity-dischorge conveyor-elevotor .. . .... . , . . . . . . . . . . 374
Buckets, Peck corrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 378
Buckets, skip hoist . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 356
Bulk handling . .. .. . . ..• . ... . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . .. •. ...... 34-385
Contenls . . .. . . .. . .. . • , . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ... . . .. .. . . • ... . . . .... 37
Unlooding equipmenl, introduction . .•.... . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. .. . 38-40
Feeding equip ment, introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-86
351 Conveying ond elevoting equipment, introduction ....... . . . 123-126
Bulk material closses ond weights .. . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . 563-565
Bunker icers, ice crushers ond slingers ..... . ...... .. ...... . ...... 390
439
e
Copslon type cor sp otters . . .... . . . • . . . . .... .. . . .. . ........ 43-49
Cor dumpers . . . . . . . . .. . ... . ... • . .... ... . . ... .. ... . .. 52-59
Cor houls, for cor dumpers . . ... . .. • . .. . .. . .. . .... . ......... . . 57
Cor icers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. ... .. . . . . .... . .. . . . ... 391 -393
Cor pullers . . . . ......... . .. .. . ..... . . .... . . ....... ... ... . 41-49
Cor shokers, roilrood .. . . .. . .. . . .. ... . .. . .. . .... ........ .. 50-51
Corriers, circular ... . ...• . . . . ..•.. . . . .. . . . . . ... . ... . . . .. 304-305
Corrier, Peck .. ... . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . ... . . . ....•.. . ... 376-385
Cor spotlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 41-49
Cor-type conveyors, pollel·type conveyors ... .. . . . ..... . . ... 494-496
Cor unlooders, boxear. . . . . . . . . . . ... . ..... . . •. .... . .. 62-67
Corriers ond hooks, lrolley conveyor . . . . .. .. . . . • ... . . . .. . . ... .. 520
Corrier choin conveyors . . . . . . . . .. . • ..... •. .. . • . . .... 489-490
Corriers, Peck . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . .•... . . •. . . .... . . .... 376-385
Casi troughs, screw conveyor . . . . . ..•. . . . .. . . .. . . . .... .. . ... 273
Caterpillar d rives, trolley conveyors ..... . .. . . . . . . , .. . . , . . ...... 5 18
CA vibroting screens . . .. .. ...... .... . ... . •... .. ... . . .. . 405, 4 1 3
CA vibroting screens, totolly enclosed . . . .... . .. • .....• . ... . .. . . 414
CB vibroting screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 406, 4 1 5
Centrifugo ! dischorge bucket elevotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318-331
Choin conveyor colculotions . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . .. . . ... . 566-569
Choin conveyors, see peris ond package handling . .. . . ... . .. .484-491
Choin driven cool crusher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 -469
Chonnel si de troughs, screw conveyor . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Chonnel top opron conveyors . . . . . ... . . . .. . .. . .. . . . ... .. . 251, 257
Chemico l industries, instollotion photos . . . . .. . . ...•. .... . . ..... 22·23
Chutes, belt conveyor lripper . . .. ... . . . . . .. . •... . . . .. . . .. . 207-208
Circular corriers .. .. . .. .. . .. . . . . .. . .. . . .. .. . . . . .... . . ... 304-305
Circuline slud ge collectors . . . . . .. .... ... . .. • . . . .. .. . . . . 450-451
Clossiflers, seporotors, woshers ... .. . . . .. . .. .. . • . . . ... . . .. . 4 23-428
Clomps, cover, for screw conveyor troughs. . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 274
Closses o nd weights, bulk material .... . . . . . .. . .. ..... . .... 563-565
Clossifler-seporotors, Show .......... . .. ..... • ..... • .... .. . .. . 427
CL vibroting screens ................ . . . ............. . .. 406, 4 1 6
Coo l cleoners ... . ......... . . . ............. . .... . ...... . 4 54 -460
Cool cleoners, oir-pulsoled wosh box . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 4 5 7 -459
Cool cleoners, Heovy-medio . .. ......... . . . .. 454-456

L 1 N K - B E L T • 587
index

index

Subjecl Page Subject Page

Coal crushers ...... ..•. .. . 462-469 Drum-lype Aoat-sink concentrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 54

Coal p reparation equipment . ..... ... . .. . 4 53-469 Drum-lype pullers . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4-4 9
Coal p reparation industry, installation photos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Dry feede r machines. Syntron Vibro-Flow . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 4 47
Coal sep arotors ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 454 -460 Dryers and coolers . . . . . . . . . . ........ .. .. .. . . .. • .. . .... 396-404
Coa l weig h larries.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 306 Types . . ....... .. . .. .. . ... .. .. • . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ... 397
Coilmaunt oscillating canveyors ...........•........... 237, 241-243 Typical installotions . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Collectors, grit, Straightline . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 42-444 Roto-louvre . . . ....... .... . .. ...... . . .. . . . . . • •.. .... . 399-4 01
Collectars. sludge, Circuline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450-451 Multi-louvre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 402-403
Colleclars. sludge, Straightline . . . . 448-449 Monotube .... . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 404
Cambina tion trough separators and air-pulsated washers, OS foundry shakeout vibroting screens. . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 406, 4 17
coal cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . 457-460 Dua l bed air- p ulsoted wosh box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458-459
Concentrators, tank-type Aoat-sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455-456 Duol-flow troveling water screens ... .. . . . • . . . . • . . . • . 434-435
Concentrators, drum-type Aoot-sink .. .. .. ... .. ... 454 Dumpers, car . . . . .. ......... .. .. ... .. ... .. . 52-59
Construction materia Is industry, installation photos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.35 Dumpers, hydraulic tr uck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • 68-69
Continuous bucket eleva tors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335-347 Oump€.rs, mine car rotory . .. .. . . . .. .. . . •.. . . . .. . . .. . . 55-56
Conventional formulas . . . . . . . .. .. ..... .. 572 Dumpers, railroad car ro tary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-54
Conveyor belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 155- 1 58 Duplex goles .. .... .... .. .. ... ... .. 74, 78-79
Conveyor-elevators, gravity-dischorge .. . .. . .....•........ 373-375 D us t seol trough, screw conv~yor . .. .. . .. . . . . . . 272
Conveyor belt trippers ond tripper chutes ... .. • .. .. . .. . . .... 20 1-208
Canveyor-eleva tors
Bul k-Flo .... ........... . . .....• ............... 357-370
G rovity-dischorge ... ..... .
Peck carrier ........... .
. ..... .... . .. . ....... 373-375
.. • . . . . ...... 376-385
E
Conveyors for bulk materials
Apíon conveyor:io. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 8-258 ElevoTors, orm ond Troy . . . . . 500·505
Belt conveyors . .... .... . ... . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127-235 Elevators, bucket, see bucket e levalors . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 307-351
Flight conveyors . . . .. .. .. ..... . 294 -300 Elevotors, Bulk-Flo . . . . .... ...... ... . .... . . 357-370
Oscillating conveyors... ..... . . .. ..... . 236-2 4 7 Elevato r-conveyors, Bulk-Flo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357-370
Screw conveyors . .. ....... . .... •. ........... . ...•. ... 259-293 Elevator-conveyors, gravity-discharge . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 373. 375
Sidekar-K,;rrier . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. .. ... 302-303 Elevalor-conveyors, Peck carrier . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . 37 6 -385
Weigh lo rries . .. .. ...... . .. .•.. ......... . 306 Elevalors, Rotor-lift ......... . .... . ... . ..... . 37 1-372
Wide cha in drag conveyors . . .. . • . ..... • ..... , . ....... 301 Elevotors, skip hoist ... . .... . ..... 352 -356
Conveyors for parts and p ockages Enclosed countershoft trough ends, screw conveyor . . . . . . • . . . . . 27 1
Contents 476 Enclosed rack and pinion gotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 79
lntroduction and installations .. ..... .... 476-479 End fl anges, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 27 4
Types . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 480-482 End thrust bearings, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Arm ond troy elevotors ....... , .....••.... . . . . . . ....... 500-505 Equivalents . . . . . 577 -579
Carrier chain conveyors .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 489-490 Expansion joints, track, takeup type, trolley conveyor . 516
Crossbar cho in conveyors . . .. .. .. .. .. . .... .. ... ... 491 Expansion joint track seclions, in-the-Aoor Trukveyor. 549
Fiel belt conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 497-499
Pollet-typ e and car-type conveyors . . .. .... , . . . . . . . 494-496
Plain cho in conveyors . 484-486
Power ond free conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pusher cha in conveyors. . . .......... .. .... .
539-545
487-488 F
Sial conveyors . . ... ... .. .. . 492-493
Syntron peris feeders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506-507 Feeding equipment . . . . ............... . 84-122
Trolley conveyors . .. .... ...... .. ........ .. ... ... 508 -538 Feeder machines, Synlron Vibra-Flow ............ • . .. 447
Trukveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . 546-561 Feeders for peris, Syntron . .. .. . ........ . .. . ... . .. . . .. . . 506-507
Cover clamps, screw conveyor trough . . . . . . . . . . . 27 4 Feeders
Covers for screw conveyor troughs . .... ......• 27 4 lntroduction ond instollations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 84
Coolers ond dryers, see dryers ond coolers .... . . . . . . . . 396-404 Types . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . .. .. . . . .. . . .. •. 85-86
Couplings, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . .... .... . .. . 267 Apron ... . . . . . . . . . . ... ... .. .. ....•.. . .. .. ... .. . 87-95
Countershaft trough ends, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . 271 Belt............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 96-97
Crushers, coal. . . . . . . . . . .. .. ..... .•.. . .... . 462-469 Reciprocoting ... . . . . •. . . . . . . . 98-99
Crusher slingers, ice. .... .. ...... . . .. 390 Vibrotory, Syntron Vibra-Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 1QQ. 105
Cut and folded Aight conveyor screws. . . . . . . . . • . . . 263 Vibratory, special engineered, Syntron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Cut Aight screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 263 Grovimetric, Syntron Weigh-Flow .. . . . . . . 106- 107
Cutoff vol ves, rotory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 7 6, 8 1 Gravimetric feede r mochines, Syntron Weigh-Flo w ......... 106-107
Mechonicol vibro ting . 108- 1 09
Bar flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1Q. 1 1 1
D Screw .
Rotary table . . . . . . ... .. .. ..... .
112-115
1 16- 11 8
Ro tory plow . . . . . . .... .. ... ..... ... . 1 19· 1 21
Descending run of inclined bucket elevotors . . . .. .. . . . 580 Rotory vane . . . .... ....... .. ... .. .•. 1 22
Detroit Power Screwdriver Comp o ny . . . . . . .. . 586 Spirol peris, Syntron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • • . . 506-5 07
Dewotering conveyors, sond .. . .... ... ......... . 424 Flanged troug h, screw conveyo r . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 4
Discharge goles for bins, see gales Flore d trough, screw conveyo r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Dischorge spouts and gates, screw conveyor . .... . 261, 275 Flash mixer . . . . . .. .. . . .. •. . .. •. . . . . . . .. .. . .. . 446
Disc screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 441 Flat belt conveyors . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497- 499
Dock-mounted cor icer . . . . . .... ... ......................... . 392 Flexmounl o scilloting conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236-240
Dock-mounted salting machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Flight conveyors . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294-3 0 0
Double Aight conveyor scre ws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 264 Flighting, helicoid, screw conv1>yor . .............•......... 262· 264
Double flight short pitch conveyor screws ....... .. . . ... . 264 Flighting, seclionol, screw co nveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262-264
Drag conveyors, wid e cha in . . . ... ..... .... .... ... 301 Flight separolors, sond d e watering . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 4
Orive shaft lrough e nds, screw conveyor ... .......•............ 270 Float-sink concenlrator, d rum-type . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 454
Orives, indexed under sp ecific product Floot-sink concentrato r, ta nk-type .. . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 4 5 5-456
Drop bottom trough, screw conve yor ............• .. .......... .. 2 7 3 Flocculo tio n e quip menl . . . . . . .. .. . .... .... . . .... .. .. . 446
Drum screens . . . . . . . . . ... ..... . . . . . . • ..... •• . ...... 44 1 Flow contro l va lve, iris, Synlron .. . ......••. . . ...... ....... .. 7 5, 81

588 • L 1 N K - B E L T
 index

index

Subject Po ge Subject Po ge

Food industries, instollotion photos . .. , .....•................ . 28 · 29 lcers, cor . .. .. . ... .... , . . . . . . . . . . ............ . . 389-393
Formulas, conventionol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 lcing equipment . . 389-395
Foundry equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • • . . . 470-47 5 ldlers ond pushers, Trukveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . 548
Foundry industry, instollotion photos . . . . . . . . . 18-19 ldlers, belt conveyor, see belt idlers
Foundry sond Reviviflers ond Sep-Aerotors ... ... .... 474-475 ln·lhe-floor Trukveyors .. .. . .... ... ... • ...... . 546-561
Foundry shokeouts . . . . . 405, 4 1 3, 406, 4 17 lnclined lengths ond ore lengths of trock far
Four whee l load bar trolleys, trolley conveyors .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 511 trolley conveyors ond Trukveyors . . .. . .. ..... . . ........ 585
lnclined screw conveyors .. .. ... .. .•.. .. ... 292
lntoke water screens, troveling water screens . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 429-436
Interno! d ischarge bucket elevotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348-350
G Interno! ribbon lype conveyors
Iris flow control valve, Syntron ..
. ... .. .. .. .. ... .. 292
. . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . • . 75, 81

Goles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73-83
lntroduction ond instollotions . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4-76
73
J
Bin. . . ..... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 74, 77
Duplex . . . . . . . . . ........... ... ........... . 7 4, 78-79 Jocketed lrough, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . . . . 293
Enclosed rock ond pin ion .... . ............ • •. ... • ..... ... 7 4, 79
Heovy duty undcrcut . . . . . . ... ........ .. ....... .. 75, 80
Motor operoted heovy duty undercut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5, 81
One-woy swing . .
Rock ond pinion . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 82
. . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 7 4, 79
K
Segmento) sond ond grovel. ....... . .. . . .. ........ .. ... 76, 83
Kor- Flo boxear unlooders . . . ... ... .. , . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . 62-65
Tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 80
Keg elevotors, orm ond troy . . . . . • . . . • . • . . . . . 500-505
Und ercut .......................•.. . . . . • • .... . ... 7 4, 77, 78
Keyseoting ond keys . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 576
Universal swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 7 6, 8 2
Vertica l slide . . .. . .... . ... ... .. . . 75, 80
Goles ond spouts, screw conveyor dischorge ....... 261, 275
Geor driven cool crusher . . .
Geor guords, screw conveyor .
462 -465, 466, 468
271
L
General monufacturing industries, instollotion photos .. . ...... , 32 -33
Gro in cor unlooders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 -67 loborotory ond reseorch facilities . . . . . ... • .......• . . . . . . .... 8 -9
Grotings, hoppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • • . . . 70-72 lorries, weigh .. . . . . . . • •. •......•. . ...... . .. . 306
Grave! ond sond goles, see goles link-Belt history. . . . . . . ......... ••. ....•............. 3
Grovimetric feeders, Syntron Weigh-Flow ...... . .....• .... . 106-107 link-Bel!, industries served .. . .... •.. .. •• ........... •. .. 10-33
Grovimetric feeder mochines, Syntron Weigh-Flow ........... 106-107 link-Bel! monufacturing facilities . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . 6-7
Grovity-discharge conveyor-elevators . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7 3-37 5 l ink-Bel! reseorch ond loborotory . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • • . 8-9
Grovity takeups, outomotic, vertical belt conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . 235 link-Bel! soles facil itie s .. .. .. ..... .•.. ..•.. 4-5
Grit collectors, Stroightline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442-444 l ink-Be lt Speeder Corporotion . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 582-583
Ground-mounted cor icers . . . . . . . • . . . . 391, 393 liquid vibroting screens, NRM . . . . • • • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 405, 4 11
Guords far countershoft trough ends, screw conveyor .. . . . . . . . . 271 loaders, skip hoisl . .. .........•..... 352-356
Guords, trolle y conveyor ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 -532 looders, vessel, belt conveyor . . . . ..................... 21 1
looding booms, roilrood cor, b e lt conveyor . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . .. 211
looding hoppers, troveling, belt conve yor . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 21 2
long pitch conveyor screws . . . . . . . . .. .. , ............... 264
H
Hongers, screw conveyor . . ...• , ....•... . .•.. . .• • .. ... . . . 261, 268 M
Houloge mochines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1
Typ icol loyouts .. ... . ....... . ... . ......•. . ... .•. ........ 45-46
Mongonese sleel opron feeders • . . . . . .. . . . . . 87-88, 93-95
Selection ...............• • . ......... .. . .. ....•........ 47-48
Moteriols, bulk, closses ond weights ....•.. •. ... ...... . 563-565
lnsto llotions ...... ............... . ... . •. . ....•... . .... 41 -4 2
Moteriols hondled by bucket elevotors . . . .... . ... .... ..... 315-316
Cor spotte rs. . . ...........•. ... . ....... •. . . ..... ... 43, 49
Mecho nícol vib roting feeders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108-1 09
Drum type pullers . . . ................. .... • ..... . .. .... 44, 49
Metal mining industries, instollotion photos . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 12- 13
Houls, mine cor . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Metal producing industries, instollotion pholos . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . 14-1 5
Heat d ryers . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 396-404
Mine cor dumpers, rotory . . . . . . . . . •, •••. .. •• 55-56
Heovy duty undercut goles . . . . . . 75, 80
Mine cor houls . . . . . . ... ...................•. , . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Heovy duty undercut goles, motor operoted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5, 81
Mixers, flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . .. 446
Heovy-medio cool cleoning . . . . . . . •.. •. . . . 454-456
Mixers, horizontal slow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Helicoid flight conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262-264
Mixers, poddle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Hoists, skip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352-356
Mixers, Stroightline ......... • . . . . •......•............ •• .... 446
Hooks ond corriers, trolley conveyors ...... . . . . ........ ... . ... 520
Mixers, vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. 446
Hopper goles, see goles
Monotube dryer . . . . . . .. ....•... .. ..... 404
Hoppers, trock receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-72
Motor operoted heovy duty unde rcul goles ........ . .......... 75, 81
Hoppers, troveling looding, belt conveyor .. . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . 212
Multi-louvre dryer ... . . . . .........•. .... ..... 402-403
Hoppers, truck receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . .. 70-72
Multiple rihbon flight conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Ho rizontal slow mixers. . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Hydroulic truck dumper .... . • • .. . . • •..... • .... ............. 68-69

N
1 No-l eok opron conveyors.. . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 256
NRM liquid vibroting screens . . ... . .................... 405, 411
Ice crusher slingers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 NRM liquid vibroting screens, with feed flume, collecting tonk
lcers, bunker .. . .. . . .. .. ..... ... .... . .. . . . .. . . . . ....... 391 -393 ond motor support ............. ..... .... . ........ .... 405, 411

L 1 N K - B E L T • 589
index

index

Subject Po ge Subject Po ge

o Vibrating screens ....... . . . . . .................. .

Revolving screens . . . . . . . ..... ........ .. .. •.
s.. porotors, clossiflers ond wo shers .................. . 423-428
405-420
421 -422
. ..

Traveling water screens . .... 429-436

One·way swing gotes . . . . . . . . 76, 82 Water, sewage, ond industrial waste equipment 437-452
Open countershoft trough ends, screw conveyor ...•.. . .. . 271 Cool preporolion equipment ....... . 453-461
Open top corriers, see o pron conveyors, Peck carriers, Cool crushers . . . . . . . ....... . .. . 462-469
grovity-dischorge conveyor-elevolors Foundry equipmenl .. 470-475
Ore and rock corriers, opron conveyors ..... . . . . . ........ . 248-258 Pull.,rs, car. . . . . . . . . ..•....•. 41-49
O scillo ting conveyors . . . . ........ _ ..... . 236-247 Pulp and paper industrie s, instollotion photos ........... . 17
f l.,xmounl .. . ................... _ ............. . 237-240 Pulsating magnet grizzly bar screens 407,418
Coilmount ... . ........... . 237, 241-243 Pulsoting magnet scr eening feeders 407, 419
Torqmount........... . . ........... . 237, 244-246 Pulsating mognet vibrating screens . . . . , .•...... 407, 420
Outsid e dischorge lrough ends, screw conveyor ... . .. . 296 Pulverizers, ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 389-395
Overheod lrolley conveyors . 508-538 Pusher cho in conveyors .. . ............ . 480, 487-488
Overheod Trukveyors .. 546-561 Pushers and idlers, Trukveyor . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .. . 548
Overlopping pivoted bucket corrier, Peck co rrier .. . 376-385

p Q
Quik·link con veyor screw s 260, 262
Package handling, see peris ond package handling
Poddle conveyor screws, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Poddle mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 293
Pon conveyors, opron . . .
Pons, cost, opron conveyors . .
. ... . . . • ..... • .. , , .... 248-258
.. .... .. ..... .. .. .. .. 251
R
Pollet-type ond cor-lype conveyors . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 494-496
Peris feeders, Synlron vertical vi b rolory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506-507 Rock ond pinion dischorge goles, screw conveyor .......... . . . . 275
Porollel keys . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 57 6 Rack and pinion gales . . . .. .. ... .. ... .... 7 4 , 79
Peris ond package handling . . . . . . . . . . .•... . • . . . ..... 476-56 1 Rock and pinion gales. enclosl!d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 7 4 , 79
Conlenls . . . . . . . . .......•.. . ..• _. . . . . • . . . . . . 476 Rock and pinion gafe•, flight conveyor ........•........•........ 300
lnlroduction ...............•.....•. . ..•..... . ........ 476-482 Ro ilroad car dumpers, rolory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-54
ln5tollotions . .................... • ..........•....... 476-479 Railrood car load ing booms, belt conveyor .. . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 483 Railroad car shokers . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . 50-51
Ploin choin conveyors .... . .....• . . . .. • . ... . , . 480, 484 -486 Ro il-type car icers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........•... 391-393
Pusher choin conveyors .. . ..... . .... . . . •... . •... 480, 487-488 Rec.,iving hoppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-72
Corrier choin conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . 480, 489-490 Reciprocating feede rs . . . .... 98-99
Cros• bor choin conveyors ...........•...••... . , . . 480, 491 Rl!ctangulor tank sludge collectors, see grit collectars and
Slot conveyors. ... . . .. .. . .. . 481, 492 -493 sludge collectors
Pollet-type ond cor-lype conveyors . . . . • . . . . . . 481, 494-496 Rectangular trough, screw conveyor . 273
fl ol belt conveyor. . . . . . . . . . . 48 1, 497-499 Refrigerotor cor icing equipment . . 389-395
Arm ond troy elevolors ... .. .. .. . 48 1, 500-505 Rl!fuse car dumpers. . . . . . . . . .. 58
Synlron peris fee d ers . .. .. .. ..• . 481, 506-507 Revivifiers, sond . . ....... . 474 -475
Trolley conveyors . 482, 508-538 Revolving screens . .. 421 -422
Power ond free conveyors 482, 539-545 Ribbon flight conveyor screws 263, 265
Trukveyors 482, 546-561 Ribbon flight conveyor screw with poddles 265
Porls feeders, lronsfer ond storoge, Syntron . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506-507 Rock ond ore conveyors, opron conveyors . . . . ....... . 248-258
Peck corriers . . . . . .. ................. 37 6-38 5 Roller turns, trolley conveyors . . . . . ••.......... 514,535
Peck corrier buckets . . . . . . .. .. .. • .....•.......... 378 Roller turns, Trukveyor ......... . _ ...........•........ 550, 552
Picking lo bles, see opron conveyors Rolling pallet-type conveyors . . ...•...... • .....•.... . 494
Pivoted bucket corrier, Peck .. . .. .. ... .. .. . 376-385 Rotary cutoff volves . . . . .......••.................... 76, 81
Ploin choin conveyors ..• _ . . . . . . • 480, 484-486 Ratary mini! car dumpers . . . . . .....•......•............. 55-56
Plotform•, service, bucket ell!votors . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Rotary plow feeders ...••..... _ ............... . 119-121
Plow•, belt conveyor . .. . . .•. . . . . •. .. .. .. . . 209 Rotary railrood cor dumpl!rs . . . . . ..................... . 52-54
Porlobl" cor spotters . . . . •. .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 43, 49 Rotory tabl" feeders. ... . . . .................•.......• 116-118
Positive dischorge bucket l!levotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 332-334 Ratary van" feeders . . . . . . . . . . . ......•..... . .......... 122
Power ond free conveyors . . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... . 539-545 Roto-line skimmers . . . . . . . . . . ...............•...... 452
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . • • . . . . . . 540-54 1 Rotor-lifl vertical screw conveyor .. 371-372
Typicol loyouts .... .•. .. .• .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. . ... 542 Roto-Louvre dryer . 399-401
Operoling fe o tures . . . . . . . . . . •• . . . . 543-544 Rotoscoop seporotors . . . . . . . . . 425-426
Other lypes ..•.... .. .. .. .. . .... 5 45
Powl!r plonls, instollotion photos 24-25
Pow.,rshovels . .. .. . .. . . . . • . . . 60-61
Power unlooding scoops ond occessoril!s 60-61
Pre-Bilt sectionol belt convl!yors
Contenls
222-235
222
5
lntroduction ond instollotions ... . . .. 222-224
Components . .. .... .•..... 225-227 Sales facilities . . . . . ......................... 4-5
Selection 228-229 Solting machines, dock-mounted ........................ 394
Prl!-selected terminols, belt conveyor . .. .. . .. .. . . 213-221 Sand and grave! goles, sl!e goles
Procl!ssing equipment . ... . .. .... .. 386-475 Sond preparolion equipment, separa tors, clossiflers, washers 42 3-428
Contenls . • •. . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . 386 Sand Reviviflers . . . . . . . . . 474-475
lntroduction ond inslollotions . .. . .. . . .••. .. .•. . . 386-388 Sond Sep-Aerators . . . ....... _ . 47 4
lcing equipmenl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389-395 Scalping screens, vibraling, CB and BA .... . . . . . . . . . . 406, 415-416
Dry.,rs ond coolers .......•.. _ .... .... . . '. . . . . . . . . . . . . 396-404 Scrapl!r or Aight conv.,yors ... . ................•... .. ..... 294-300

590 • l 1 N K - B E l T
 index

index

Subject Po ge Subject Po ge

Screening feeder, pulsoting mognet . . . ...•.... . .•... . .. 407, 4 19 Slingers, belt . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . ... . 21 2
Screens, cable operoted bor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439-440 Slingers, ice crusher . . . . . . . . . . . • . . .. .. . .... . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 390
Screens, chain and rake bar screens ....... ............. ... 4 39-441 Slow mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Screens, disc ... . . ... . . .............. .... 441 Sludge collectors, Circuline. . . . . . . . .. .•. .. .. .. .. .... . 450-451
Screens, drum . . . . . . .. .. .. ..... 4 41 Sludge colleclors, link-Bel! Meider .. .. .. . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Screens, pulsating magnel grizzly bar, vibrating ... , .... • . ... 407, 418 Sludge collectors, Stroightline . . . . .. ... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448-449
Screens, revalving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ........... . 421-422 Speciol flight conveyor screws .. . ... . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Screens, sewage, bar screens .... ... •. .... .. ... . .. ... • .. .. 439-441 Spiro l conveyors, see screw conveyors
Screens, shaker . . ........... ..•. ....•.............. 4 61 Spira l porls feeders . . . ..... . ... . . . . . ... . . 506-507
Screens, Straightline bar ............. . ............ ... . ....... 4 39 Sp lil flight couplings, screw conveyor .. ....... .. ... 267
Screens, Thru-Clean bar .... . . •.... .•. ... • ............ . ..... . 4 39 Spotters ond p ullers, cor, see hauloge mochines
Screens, lrash . . . . . .. . ..........• • .... • ..... ......... 440 Sp outs, bel! conveyor lripper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207-208
Screens, lraveling water _ . . • . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 29-4 36 Spouls, see gales
Screens, Trilor . . . . ..•• ... .•... . .•... .. • ..... ........ 44 1 Stackers, bel! conveyor .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 209-21 O
Screens, vibraling, BA. . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 06, 4 1 6 Stainless steel conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 263, 266
Screens, vibroting, CA .....•.. ........ . •... ... . . . . . . 4 05, 4 13-4 14 Stationary car spotters . . . .......... . . .. 4 3, 45, 4 9
Screens, vibroting, CB ... . ..... ................ . ..... . __ . 406, 4 1 5 Steel piole lrough ends, screw canveyor .. . ... ... . ..•. . . ........ 269
Screens, vibrating, Cl . . . ___ .... . . . ...... .. .... . . 406, 41 6 Stepped dio meter conveyor screws . . . 264
Screens, vibrating, foundry shakeoul, BS ... . • .......... . . ... 4 06, 4 17 Stepped pitch conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 264
Screens, vibroting, foundry shakeout, OS .... . . •.... . ... . .... 4 06, 4 17 Stoker spoul goles, see gales
Screens, vibrating, liquid, NRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 05, 411 Stroightline bor screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 439
Screens, vibraling, pulsaling magnet ......... ... . • . . . . 4 0 7 , 4 20 Stroightline flosh mixers. . . ... .. .. .. ..•. .. .. ... 446
Screens, vibroling, UP .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 4 05, 4 13-4 14 Stroig htline g ril washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 5
Screw conveyors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 259-293 Straighlline g rit collectars . . .. . . . . .. ... . .. . •.. . ..... . . . 442 -4 44
Contents .. .... . . ........ . . . . • ... ..... ... . • .............. 259 Straightline horizontal slaw mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 6
lntroduction and installations . .. . _. _ ........ •• .. ...•. ..... . 259 Straighlline sludge collectors . . .. . ...........• . .. . . .... ... 448-44 9
Canveyar screws ... ...... ....• .... . .. 262 Straightline slow mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 6
Orive shafts, end shafts and couplings. . . . ... • .. . ...•..... .. 267 Stroightline vertical slow mixer . . . . . .... .... ... .. .. 446
Hangers . . .. ..... . . .... ... • ..... .. .....• ..... 268 Supports ond superslruclure, lrolley conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529-53 1
Traugh ends ........... . ............ . •.....•... . .. • ...... 269 Swing goles, one woy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 82
Trough end sea Is . . . . . ............ ... . ........ .... .. ... .. 270 Swing goles, universal. ............ ..... .. . ...... . . . ..... 76, 82
Traughs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ......• • .... ... .... 272 Syntron Compony . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584-585
Trough d ischarge spauls and gales .. .. . . ............... . .... 275
Typical drive arrangemenls .. .... . . . . ... .. • .... .. .. ... 276
Typical inlet arrangements . . . ... . .... • . . . . . .. .. .... • _. _ . 278
Typical discharge arrangemenls .... • .. . ..•.. . .. .. ...... •... . 279
Selection . . . . . . .• •... .•• .... . .•.... . .. ... 280
General layout data .......... . ........•............. . .... 290
T
Other lypes . . . . . . . . . . .... .•............... ... 292
Screw conveyors without interno! bearings .... . , . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 293 Table feeders, rolory .. ... .........• .. ... . • .... . ... ... .. 116- l 18
Screw feeders . . ... . .. ......... • • . ... .. .. .. . 112 -1 1 5 Takeups, bel! co.n veyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . 198, 235
Screw washer-sep aralors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 428 Tokeups, overheod Trukveyor ..... . .... • .. ...••....•.. . . . . . . 552
Seclional bel! conveyors, Pre-Bill. . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 222-235 Takeups, lrolley conveyor .... . . . .. .. ... .... • . .. . . . . .... . 516, 536
Sectional !light conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262-264 Tanks, setlling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 4 4 9
Segmenta( sand and grave! ga les .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 6 , 83 Tank-typ e floot-sink concentralor . . ....... . .. _. _... . • . .. . .. 455-4 56
Self-conlained apron feeders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 87-95 Tapering flig hl conveyor screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Sep-Aeralar . . . .. .. . . . . . •. . . .•. . . .. .. .. . . 47 4 Technicol informatian. .. ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 562-58 1
Separolors, classiflers, washers ...... ... . . .. .. • .. . . .... ... 4 23-428 Terminals, pre-selected, bel! conveyor . . . . . . . . • . . 2 13-221
Separalors, coal .. . . ... _....... .. ...... .. . .. ... • . . . .. 454-460 Thickeners, Circuline sludge colleclor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Separators, fligh l ................ .. .. . •... .. . .. . . •. .... ..... 424 Thru-Cleon bar screen. . ... .. .. . ... ... .. 4 39
Separalors, Rotascoop . . . . .......... .............. . ... 4 25-4 26 Thru-flow traveling water screens .............. . ... .. . ... . 4°29-4 33
Service p latforms, buckel elevalors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Thrust beorings, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. • .... ..... 269
Settling equipmenl, gril and sludge colleclors .. .. .... 442-445, 4 4 8-452 Tilting type boxea r unloader . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 66-67
Settling lanks ... .. .... ...... . .. ........... ..... 449 Top icers, see ice crusher slinger s, bunker icers
Sewage bar screens . . . . . ... . .• ........ ... .. 4 39-4 41 Torqmounl oscillating conveyors .. . . . . • . .. . 237, 244-24 6
Sewage, water, industrial wasle equipmenl . .... ..•. ... . ... . . 437 -452 Trock expansion joints, trolley conveyor. . . . . . . ... . • .. . . ... 516, 538
Shakeauts, foundry, BS .. _ . . . .. .. .. ... .... 4 06, 417 Track happers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 70-72
Shakeauts, foundry, OS .... . ... . ... • • .... . .... .. . . 406, 417 Trock, lrolley conveyor . ... ... _. . . . . . . .....• . .. ..... 517, 538
Shaft and bearing load calculations ... ........... ... .. .. . .. 570-572 Track, Trukveyor ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... •• ..... . . 549, 552
Shafl diameter calculotions . . . .. .... ........ . .. ....... . ... 573-575 Troclion wheel turns, lrolley conveyors . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . 51 5, 535
Shakers, railraad car .. ........ . . .....•. . .........• .. ...... 50-5 1 Transfer and storoge peris feeders, Synlr:>n . .... . . •. ...... . 481, 507
Sha ker screens . . . . . . ...........•. .... .•... .... ..... . ... 4 6 l Tronsfer car dumpers. . . . . .. .. ......... .. . . .. . 58
Show classifler-separators .... .. ............ . . .. ..... . . ..... .. 427 Tronsporlolion industry, instollotion p hotos .. . .....•• .... •. .. . . . 30-3 1
Shell clasing machine . . . . .. . .. . ........... .. .. .. . • . . .... . ... . 473 Trosh screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .•...... •.... . .. .. . . 440
Shell molding mochine .. . . ... ....... ........ ....•... . ... 471 -473 Tro veling looding hoppers, belt conveyor . .. . . ... ............ .. . 212
Shorl pitch conveyor screws . . ... .. .. .. ..... 263 Troveling slockers, bel! conveyor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1O
Shovels, power unlooding scoops and accessories .... . . ... .... .. 60-6 1 Troveling water screens .... . _ ... ... • . . . . ..• ....... .... .. 4 29-436
Shuttle bel! conveyors . . . . . . . . ........ ......... .. . . .... ... 209 Troy ond orm elevotors . . ..• . . ...•..... . . . . . . . .. 481, 500-505
Side dischorge cor dumpers . .... . ........ • ........ . ......... .. 59 Trip per chutes, bel! conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207-208
Sidekar-Karrier . . . . . . . . . ...... . ...• .... • .....••. .. .... 302-303 Trippers, bel! conveyor ... . .. . ..... ...... . . . ....•. . ... . . . 201 -208
Single bed air-pulsated wash box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . 458 Trilor screen . . .. .... . . ... . • ....... . ... •... .. . . ....... ... 441
Single-rol! coal crusher ........ .. .. .... . . . ......•....... . 462-467 Trolley conveyars ...... . ........ .• ....... . ..... ......... 508-538
Skimmers, Ro to-line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Conlenls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •• . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Skip hoisls ... . . . ...... ..... .. .... . . .... .. ............ . 352-356 lntroductian and instollotions . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 508-509
Slat conveyors. .. . . .... . ... .. ...... 481, 492-493 Sizes................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 51 O
Slide ,gales, rack ond pinion, flighl conveyar .. . ........ .... .. .... 300 Choins . . . . . . . .. ...... . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . .. . 510, 532
Slide gales, screw conveyor ...... .... .. .... . • ...... . ... ... .. . 275 Trolleys ....... . ... ......... . .... . ... .. ... . . S 11 -513, 533-534
Slide goles, vertical. .... ... .......... .. .............. . ... 75, 80 Roller turns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . ............... 514, 535

L 1 N K - B E L T • 591
index
Subjed Page
Traclian wheel turns .. . ... . ....... . .. . .... ... ... . .... 515, 535
Takeup track type expansion jainls ........... ... . . ...... 516, 536
Straight track, vertical curves and safety devices .. . ... ..... 517, 538
Orives. . . . ...... .. .. .......................... 518-519, 537
Hoaks and carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Sefection . . . . . . . ...... .. ... .. .... ... • ...... .. .. . 521-532
Supparls and superslructure. . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529-53 l
Guards .. . ..... . . . ............•.. . ............... . 531-532
Tralfeys, Trukveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . • . . . . . . 552
Trough connections, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 4
Trough covers, screw conveyor . . ... .. . .. .. ....... 27 4
Trough discharge spouts ond goles, screw conveyor . . . . . 261, 275
Trough ends, screw conve yor . . . . ............. 261, 269-271
Trough end se a fs, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Trough end thrusl beorings, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Troughs far oscilfaling conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Trough separators . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. .••. . . . .. . . . . . . 460
Troughs, screw conveyor .......... ....................... 272-273
Truck dumper, hydraufic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 68-69
Truck hoppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 70-72
Trucks and lruck accessories, Trukveyar . . . . . • . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . 553
Trukveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 546-561
Contenls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
fntroductian .. .... ... . . . . . . . . .. .......... . ........ .... 546-547
fn·lhe·Aoor Trukve yo rs
Camponenls . . . . . . . . . .. ................ . ..... .. . 548-551
Sefection and dimensions .... • ......•...... . .. ••. . . . .. 554-559
Overhead Trukveyors
Componenls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Selection and dimensions . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. 555-556, 560-56 1
Trucks and truck accessories . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Trunnion lype revofving screens. . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . 421-422
Tru-Trac car-type canveyors ... ... . ... . .... .... . . . . ..... 494-496
Tunnel gales . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5 , 80
Twa-rolf caal crushers .. . . ... . .. . . . .. . ... .. . . . ......... 462-469
u Washers, classifiers, separalars . . . . . . .......... . ..... .. . 423-428
Undercul gales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... •. .... . 74, 77, 78
Undercul gales, heavy duty motor operated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5, 8 1
Uniflaw settling lank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 449
Unit brackets, lrolfey canveyar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 4
Universal swing gales . . ................... .......... ..... 7 6, 8 2
UP vibrating screens . .. . . . . . ......... . .. . .. . .... . .... 405, 411
UP vibrating screens, tolally enclosed . . ... . . . . .. . . •. ... . . ...... 4 1 2
Unloaders, boxear, Kar-Flo . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-65
Unfoaders, boxear, fitting type .... . .......••..... . ... ... 62, 66-67
Unloaders, grain ca r . . . . . . ....... ... ... . . .. .. ..... .... . .. 62-67
Unloaders, vessef, belt conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 l
Unfoading shovels, power unfoading scaaps and accessorie s ....... 60-61
V Horizontal sfow mixer . . ............ . •................... 446
Vafves
Iris flaw control, Syntron .... . ....... • .•. ............. ... . 75, 81
Rotary cutaff . . . . . ....... . ............ . . ......... .. 7 6, 81
Va ne feeders, rotary ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 22
Vertical automatic gravity takeups, bell conveyor . . ....• •. . .. 198, 235
Vertical curves, trolfey conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Vertical screw conveyors, Rotor-Lift ....•....... . ......... . . 371 · 372
Vertical slide gales ............ ......... . . ...... ... ... ... . 75, 80
592 • L 1 N K - B E L T
index
Subjecl Page
Vertical slow mixers ... . . . . . . . . . . ... .. .. .. . 446
Vertical vibratory parts feeders, Syntron ............... . .. 506-507
Vessef foaders, beh conveyar . ...............••....... ... . .. . . 211
Vessef unloaders, belt conveyor . . ............. . . . ... . . 211
Vibra-Flow dry feeder machines, Syntron . . . . .. ... ..... 447
Vibra-Flow vibratary feeders, extra heavy duty, Syntron . ... . ..... . 1 03
Vibra-Flow vibratory feeders, heavy duty, Syntron ....... . . . ..... . 102
Vibra-Flow vibratory fee ders, special engineered, Synlron .. . .. . . . . 1 05
Vibra-Flow vibra tory feeders, Syntron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-1 05
Vibrating screens ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 405-420
Types .............. . . •... ...........•.... . ... ..... 4 05-407
Sefection . ..... ...... .. . • ............... . ...... . .. .. 408-41 O
lnsta lfations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 4 05-407
NRM fiquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ... ..... .... 4 05, 4 1 1
NRM fiquid wilh leed flume, collecting
lank and motor supporl . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 05, 4 11
UP ...................... ... . .. .... 4 05, 411
UP totalfy enclosed . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 41 2
CA .... ... . ..••............... ... . .. . ...... 405, 413
CA lotalfy enclosed . . ...........•.. ...• . . . . .... .. .. .. . . .. 4 14
ca scafping ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 406, 4 15
BA ..... . ..... . ....... • •. . ... . .. .... . . ... 406, 416
OS faundry shakeouls . .... .....•....• .... . ... . .. ... . . . 406, 4 17
BS faundry shakeouts ....•.....•..... .• .. . . .. . ... ... .. 406, 4 17
Cl .. . . . .. ...... ... . . . . . . . . ... • . . . . .. . . . .. 406, 416
Pulsating magnet .... .. . ... .. ......•.....•••....•. . .. 407, 420
Pufsating magnet grizzly bar ........... ............ . .. . 407, 4 18
Pulsating magnet screening feede rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... 407, 419
Vibratory feeders, extra heavy duty, Syntron Vibra-Ffow . .... . .. . . 1 03
Vibratory feeders, heavy d uty, Syntron Vibra-Ffow ........•...... 102
Vibratory feeders, speciaf engineered, Syntron . . . . . . . ..... . .. . . 1 05
w
Wash boxes, coaf washers, coaf cleaners ... . . ...• ....•..... 453-460
Washer-separatars, screw . . . . ........... ........ .. . . . . . 428
Washers, Straighlline gril . ... . . ........ .. . 445
Water, sew oge, ond industrial wa ste equipment,
instalfation pholos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 26-27
1
Water screens, travefing .. . .. . ........ 429-436
Water, sewage and industrial wasle equipment ....... . . . .... 437-452
Contenls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . .437
lntroduclion and inslalfations .... . . ......... . .. • ........ 437 -438
Thru-Cfean bar scree n. . .. . ....... • ....••• . .. . ........... 439
Straightline bar screen ........ .... .....•...........••.. . .. 439
Trash screens ....... .... , .........................• .. .... 440
Trilor screen . ... ......... .. . ...••.. .. . , . . ...• . . ....• . .... 44 1
Orum screen . .. . . . . .... . . . .. . .• . .... . •..... ... . .. ....... . 44 1
Oisc screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 1
Slraighlfine grit colfectors .........•...•.•.............. 442-444
Straighlfine grit washers .. . . . . ...•.... . •....... .. .......... 445
Straightfine mixers .................... , ....... .. .......... 446
Flash mixer . . . . . . . . .............• • ................... 446
Vertical sfaw mixer . . . . . .... •... ..... .... . ....... 446
Vibra-Ffow dry feeder machines . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . 447
Straighlfine sfudge collectors ... . . . . ................. 448-449
Circufine sfudge colfecto rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450-451
Weigh·Ffow gravimetric feeder machines, Syntron ............ 106· 1 07
Weigh-Flow gravimetric feeders, Syntron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-107
Weigh larries .. .. ... .. .... ....... ... .. ..... . •. ... • ,... . 306
Weighls and cfasses, bufk mate rial .. . . •. ........ ...•... ... 563-565
Wide cha in drag canveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Winding machines far skip hoisls . . . ..... . •.... . . . . . ... .. ...... 354
First edition March 1958
Printed in U. S. A.
 LINK-BELT catalog 1000

MATERIAL& HAN·D LING AND

is one of two bóoks covering the

Below is a summary of the

LINK-BELT catalo g 1050

FOR MATERIALS

Catalog 10 5 0 • .. lntroductlon
contains detailed information on the entire Chains
link-Belt line of power transmission prod- ge nera l c hains
casi sprockets
ucts . lt also contains a complete presenta-
R C rolle r chain and sprockets
tion of many components of the materials silent cha in o nd sprockets
handling and processing equipment shown chain a cc essories
chain cosings
in Catalog 1000. In many instances com- chain tightene rs
ponents ore shown p ictorially in Catalog chain lubricolion
wing ond swivel a ttachme nls
1000, while Catolog 1050 contains de-
tailed information for these components .